Church History
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Dedication to Theodosius
0PG 67:843–851
γενέσθαι, τοῖς μὲν φιλοκόσμοις, ἁλουργίδα καὶ στέφανον, καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια· τοῖς δὲ αὖ περὶ λόγους σπουδάσασι, μυθώδη τινὰ ποίησιν, ἢ σύγγραμμα θέλγειν δυνάμενον · τοῖς δὲ τὰ περὶ πόλεμον ἀσκοῦσι, βέλος εὐστόχως ἀφεῖναι, καὶ θῆρας βάλλειν, ἢ δόρυ ἀκοντίζειν, ἢ εἰς ἵππον ἄλλεσθαι. Προσήγγελλον δὲ ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς βασιλείοις ἕκαστος, ἐπιτηδεύων ὃ τῷ κρατοῦντι φίλον ἐτύγχανεν· ὁ μὲν δυσπόριστον ψηφίδα προσφέρων, ἕτερος δὲ λαμπροτέραν βαφὴν ἀλουργίδος ὑποτιθέμενος, ὁ δὲ ποίημα ἢ σύγγραμμα προσφωνῶν, ἄλλος δὲ εὔζωνον καὶ ξένον τὸν περὶ τὰ ὅπλα τρόπον εἰσηγούμενος. Μέγιστον δὲ καὶ βασιλικὸν ἐνομίζετο, ταυτησὶ τῆς δημώδους ἀρετῆς μόριον ἓν κεκτῆσθαι τὸν πάντων ἡγούμενον. Εὐσεβείας δὲ, τοῦ ἀληθοῦς κόσμου τῆς βασιλείας, οὐδενὶ τοσοῦτος λόγος ἐγένετο. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ κράτιστε βασιλεῦ Θεοδόσιε, συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, πᾶσαν ἐπήσκησας ἀρετὴν διὰ Θεοῦ, ἀλουργίδα δὲ καὶ στέφανον πρὸς τοὺς θεωμένους σύμβολον τῆς ἀξίας περικείμενος, ἔνδοθεν ἀεὶ τὸν ἀληθῆ κόσμον τῆς βασιλείας ἡμφίεσαι, τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν. Ὅθεν ἑκάστοτε ποιηταὶ καὶ συγγραφεῖς καὶ τῶν σῶν ὑπάρχων οἱ πλείους, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ὑπηκόων, περὶ σὲ καὶ τὰς σὰς πράξεις πονοῦσιν. Ἀγωνοθέτης δὲ καὶ λόγων κριτής προκαθήμενος, οὐ κομψῇ τινι φωνῇ καὶ σχήματι κλέπτεις τὴν ἀκρίβειαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰλικρινῶς βραβεύεις, λέξιν οἰκείαν σκοπῶν τῇ προθέσει τοῦ γράμματος, καὶ σχῆμα λόγου, καὶ μέρη, καὶ τάξιν καὶ ἁρμονίαν, καὶ φράσιν, καὶ συνθήκην, καὶ ἐπιχειρήματα, καὶ νοῦν, καὶ ἱστορίαν. ᾿Αμείβῃ δὲ τοὺς λέγοντας τῇ τε κρίσει τῇ σῇ καὶ τοῖς κρότοις καὶ χρυσαῖς εἰκόσιν, ἀναθέσει ἀνδριάντων, καὶ δώροις, καὶ τιμαῖς παντοδαπαῖς. Οἷον δὲ σεαυτὸν περὶ τοὺς λέγοντας παρέχεις, οὐ τοιοῦτοι Κρητῶν οἱ πάλαι ἐγένοντο περὶ τὸν ἀοίδιμον ἐκεῖνον "Ομηρον, ἢ ᾿Αλευάδαι περὶ Σιμωνίδην, ἢ Διονύσιος ὁ Σικελίας τύραννος περὶ Πλάτωνα τὸν Σωκράτους ἑταῖρον, ἢ Φίλιππος ὁ Μακεδὼν περὶ Θεόπομπον τὸν συγγραφέα, καὶ Σευῆρος ὁ Καῖσαρ περὶ Ὁ ππιανὸν, τὸν ἐν τοῖς μέτροις τῶν ἰχθύων τὰ γένη καὶ τὴν φύσιν τὴν θήραν ἀφηγησάμενον. Κρῆτες μὲν γὰρ ἐν χιλίοις νομίσμασιν “Ὅμηρον ἀμειψάμενοι τῆς εὐεπείας, ὡς ἀγνυπέρθλητον φιλοτιμίαν αὐχοῦντες, ἐν στήλῃ δημοσίᾳ τὴν δωρεὰν ἐγράψαντο, ᾿Αλευάδαι. δὲ καὶ Διονύσιος καὶ Φίλιππος, οὐχ ἂν στεγανώτεροι Κρητῶν ἐγένοντο, τῶν ἐπὶ πολιτείᾳ ἀτύφῳ καὶ φιλοσόφῳ σεμνυνομένων ἀλλὰ τάχος ἂν τὴν ἐκείνων στήλην ἐμιμήσαντο, εἰ μὴ κατόπιν ἧσαν τῇ δωρεᾷ. Σευῆρος δὲ μετρίας ποιήσεως χρυσοῦν κατὰ. στίχον Ὀππιανῷ δωρησάμενος, οὕτω τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ κατέπληξεν, ὡς χρυσᾶ ἔπη τὰ Ὀππιανοῦ εἰς ἔτι νῦν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὀνομάζεσθαι. Ταῦτα τῶν. πάλαι φιλομαθῶν καὶ φιλολόγων τὰ δῶρα. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ βασιλεῦ, οὐδενὶ τῶν πώποτε ὑπερβολὴν κατέλιπες ἐν ταῖς περὶ τοὺς λόγους φιλοτιμίαις " μοι δοχεῖς οὐχ ἀπειχότως τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Πάντας γὰρ νιχῇσαι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς σπουδάζων, εἰς ἐπίδοσιν ἄγεις τὰ σὰ, καθότι τῶν πάλαι χατωρθωμένων “Ἑλλησί τε Ρωμαίοις τὴν. ἱστορίαν ἠχρίθωσας. Φασὶ δέ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν μὲν τὰ περὶ τὰ ὅπλα τὸ σῶμα ἀσκεῖν, τὰ τῶν ἀρχομένων διατάττειν πράγματα, διχάζοντά τε, ἃ χρὴ γράφοντα, ἰδίᾳ τε κοινῇ τὰ πρακτέα σχοποῦντα " νύκτωρ δὲ τὰς βίβλους περιέπειν. Διαχυνεῖν δέ σοι λόγος πρὸς τὴν τούτων εἴδησιν λύχνον, μηχανῆς τινος αὐτομάτως τῇ θρυαλλίδι ἐπιχέοντα. τὸ ἔλαϊον,. ὡς ἂν μηδὲ εἷς τῶν περὶ τὰ βασίλεια. ἐν τοῖς σοῖς. πόνοις ταλαιπωρεῖν ἀναγχάζοιτο, καὶ τὴν φύσιν βιάζηται, πρὸς τὸν ὕπνον μαχόμενος" οὕτω τις φιλάνθρωπος πρᾶος, πρὸς τοὺς πέλας πρὸς πάντας ὑπάρχεις, τὸν οὐράνιον Βασιλέα τὸν σὸν προστάτην μιμούμενος, ᾧ φίλον ἐστὶν ἐπὶ δικαίους ἀδίκους. ὕειν, καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀφθόνως παρέχειν. Ὑπὸ γοῦν πολυμαθείας, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἀκούω σε καὶ λίθων εἰδέναι φύσεις, δυνάμεις ῥιζῶν, ἐνεργείας ἰαμάτων, οὐχ ἧττον Σολομὼν, ἢ ὁ Δαβὶδ ὁ σοφώτατος. Μᾶλλον δὲ χἀχείνον πλεονεχτεῖς ταῖς ἀρεταῖς. Ὁ μὲν. γὰρ δοῦλος γενόμενος τῶν ἡδονῶν, οὐ μέχρι τέλους τὴν εὐσέβειαν διεφύλαξε, τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῆς σοφίας αὐτῷ γενομένην. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ, κράτιστε, τὸν ἐγχρατῆ λογισμὸν ἀντιτάξας τῇ ῥᾳστώνῃ, εἰκότως νομίζῃ, μὴ μόνον ἀνθρώπων αὐτοκράτωρ εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν παθῶν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος. Εἰ δὲ δεῖ καὶ ταῦτα λέγειν, πυνθάνομαί σε καὶ παντὸς ὄψου καὶ ποτοῦ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν νικᾶν· καὶ μήτε σῦκα γλυκερά, ποιητικῶς εἰπεῖν, μήτ᾿ ἄλλο τι τῶν ὡραίων ἐλεῖν σε δύνασθαι, πλὴν ὅσον ἐπιψαῦσαι καὶ μόνον ἀπογεύσασθαι, πρότερον εὐλογήσαντα τὸν πάντων Δημιουργόν. Δίψους δὲ καὶ πνίγους καὶ ῥίγους κρατεῖν ἐθισθεὶς ἐν ταῖς καθ' ἡμέραν ἀσκήσεσι, φύσιν ἔχειν νομίζῃ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν. Πρώην γέ τοι τὴν ἐν Πόντῳ πόλιν Ἡρακλέους ἐπώνυμον σπεύδων ἰδεῖν, καὶ ἐγεῖραι τῷ χρόνῳ κάμνουσαν, ὥρᾳ θέρους τὴν διὰ Βιθυνῶν ᾔεις ὀδόν. Τοῦ δὲ ἡλίου σφόδρα φλέγοντος περὶ μέσην ἡμέραν, ἰδών σε τις τῶν δορυφόρων ἱδρῶτι πολλῷ καὶ κονιορτῷ πεφυρμένον, φθάσας ὡς δὴ χαριούμενος προσεκόμισέ σοι φιάλην εὖ μάλα λαμπρῶς πρὸς τὰς ἀκτῖνας ἀντιστίλβουσαν, ἡδὺν αὐτῇ τινα πότον ἐμβαλὼν, καὶ ψυχρὸν ὕδωρ ἐπιχέας. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ κράτιστε, προσδεξάμενος, ἐπήνεσας μὲν τῆς προθυμίας τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ δῆλος ἦσθα μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ τοῦτον φιλοτιμία βασιλικῇ καλῶς ποιήσων· πάντων δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν πρὸς τὴν φιάλην κεχηνότων, καὶ μακαριούντων ὃς πίεται, πάλιν αὐτῷ, ὦ γενναῖε, τὸ ποτὸν ἀπέδωκας, καὶ ὅπου φίλον αὐτῷ κεχρῆσθαι ἐκέλευσας. Ώστε μοι δοκεί εἰκότως ταῖς σαῖς ἀρεταῖς νενικῆσθαι καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον τὸν Φιλίππου· ᾧ λέγεται παρὰ τῶν ἐκεῖνον θαυμαζόντων, δι' ἀνύδρου τόπου βαδίζοντι μετὰ τῶν Μακεδόνων, ἐπιμελῆ στρατιώτην ὕδωρ εὑρόντα ἀρύσασθαι καὶ προσκομίσαι· τὸν δὲ μὴ πιεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐκχέαι τὸ πόμα. Συνελόντα οὖν εἰπεῖν, τῶν πρὸ σοῦ βασιλέων βασιλικώτερόν σε κυρίως καλεῖν ἔστι, κατὰ τὸν Ὅμηρον. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ, οὐδὲν οἷον ἄγασθαι κεκτημένους παρειλήφαμεν· τοὺς δὲ, ἐπὶ ἑνὶ μόλις ἢ δύο τὴν βασιλείαν σεμνύνοντας. Σὺ δὲ, ὦ κράτιστε, πάσας ὁμοῦ συλλαβὼν τὰς ἀρετὰς, πάντας ὑπερεβάλου εὐσεβείᾳ, καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ, καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ, καὶ σωφροσύνῃ, καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ, καὶ φιλοτιμίᾳ, καὶ μεγαλοψυχίᾳ, βασιλικῇ πρεπούσῃ ἀξίᾳ. ᾿Αναίμακτον δὲ καὶ καθα. ρὰν φόνου, πάντων τῶν πώποτε γενομένων, μόνην τὴν σὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἅπας αἰὼν αὐχεῖ. Ἡδονῇ δὲ τὰ σπουδαῖα τοὺς ὑπηκόους παιδεύεις, εὐνοίᾳ τε καὶ αἰδοῖ τὴν περὶ σὲ σπουδὴν καὶ τὰ κοινὰ ἐνδείκνυσθαι. "Ώστε μοι πάντων ἕνεκεν ἀναγκαῖον καταφαίνεται ᾿Εκκλησιαστικὴν Ἱστορίαν συγγράφοντι, σοὶ προσφωνῆσαι. Τίνι γὰρ μᾶλλον οἰκειότερον τοῦτο ποιήσω, πολλῶν καὶ θεσπεσίων ἀνδρῶν ἀρετὴν ἀφηγῆσθαι μέλλων, καὶ τὰ συμβάντα περὶ τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν, ὅσοις τε ἐχθροῖς ὑπαντήσασα, εἰς τοὺς ἃ σοὺς τῶν σῶν πατέρων λιμένας κατῆγεν. οὖν, ὦ πάντα εἰδὼς, καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν ἔχων, καὶ λιστα τὴν εὐσέθδειαν, ἣν ἀρχὴν εἶναι σοφίας ὁ θεῖός ἐστι λόγος, δέχου παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν, ἐξέτασυν, τὰς τῆς σῆς ἀκριβείας προσθέσε:ς προσαγαγὼν, τοῖς σοῖς πόνοις χάθαρον. Πάντως γὰρ ὅπη ἄν σοι φίλον δοχοῖ, ταύτη τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι χρῆ - σιμὸν λαμπρὸν φανεῖται" οὐδ᾽ ἐπιθήσει τις δάχτυλον τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ τῇ σῇ. Πρόεισι δέ μοι ἡ γραφὴ ἀπὸ τῆς Κρίσπου Κωνσταντίνου τῶν Καισάρων τρίτης ὑπατείας, μέχοι τῆς ἑπταχαιδεχάτης τῆς σῆς. "Ἔδοξε δέ μοι καλῶς ἔχειν εἰς ἐννέα μέρη τὴν πᾶσαν πραγματείαν διελεῖν. Περιέξει δὲ ὁ πρῶτος δεύτερος τόμος τὰ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίνου συμβάντα ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις" ὁ δὲ τρίτος καὶ τέταρτος, τὰ ἐπὶ τῶν αὑτοῦ παίδων" ὁ δὲ πέμπτος ἕχτος, τὰ ἐπὶ Ἴουλιανοῦ τοῦ ἀνεψιοῦ τῶν παίδων τοῦ μεγάλου Κωνσταντίνου, Ἰοδιανοῦ, καὶ προσέτι Οὐαλεντινιανοῦ Οὐάλεντος. Ὁ δὲ ἕθδομος καὶ ὄγδοος ἡμῖν δηλώσει τόμος τὰ ἐπὶ Γρατιανοῦ Οὐαλεντινιανοῦ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, μέχρι τῆς ἀναῤῥήσεως Θεοδοσίου τοῦ θεσπεσίου σου πάππου ἐσότε δὴ ὁ ὑμέτερος, κράτιστε βασιλεῦ, ἀοίδιμος πατὴρ ᾿Αρκάδιος τὴν πατρῴαν ἡγεμονίαν διαδεξάμενος, ἅμα τῷ εὐσεβεστάτῳ σου θείῳ Ὁνωρίῳ, τὴν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην ἰθύνειν ἔλαχε. Τὸ δὲ ἔννατον βιβλίον ἀνατέθειχα τῇ φιλοχρίστῳ καὶ εὐαγεστάτῃ ὑμῶν κορυφῇ " ἣν ἐς ἀεὶ φυλάττοι Θεὸς ἐν ἀχλονήτοις εὐθυμίαις, χατευμεγεθοῦσαν ἐχθρῶν, καὶ πάντας ἔχουσαν ὑπὸ πόδας, καὶ εἰς παῖδας παίδων ( παραπέμπουσαν τὴν εὐσεθῇ βασιλείαν, χατανεύοντος τοῦ Χριστοῦ " δι᾽ οὗ μεθ᾽ οὗ τῷ Θεῷ Πατρὶ : ἡ δόξα σὺν τῷ ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. Ἀμήν.
genesthai, tois men philokosmois, halourgida kai stephanon, kai ta toutois paraplēsia; tois de au peri logous spoudasasi, mythōdē tina poiēsin, ē syngramma thelgein dynamenon ; tois de ta peri polemon askousi, belos eustochōs apheinai, kai thēras ballein, ē dory akontizein, ē eis hippon allesthai. Prosēngellon de heautous tois basileiois hekastos, epitēdeuōn ho tǭ kratounti philon etynchanen; ho men dysporiston psēphida prospherōn, heteros de lamproteran baphēn alourgidos hypotithemenos, ho de poiēma ē syngramma prosphōnōn, allos de euzōnon kai xenon ton peri ta hopla tropon eisēgoumenos. Megiston de kai basilikon enomizeto, tautēsi tēs dēmōdous aretēs morion hen kektēsthai ton pantōn hēgoumenon. Eusebeias de, tou alēthous kosmou tēs basileias, oudeni tosoutos logos egeneto. Sy de, ō kratiste basileu Theodosie, syllēbdēn eipein, pasan epēskēsas aretēn dia Theou, alourgida de kai stephanon pros tous theōmenous symbolon tēs axias perikeimenos, endothen aei ton alēthē kosmon tēs basileias hēmphiesai, tēn eusebeian kai tēn philanthrōpian. Hothen hekastote poiētai kai syngrapheis kai tōn sōn hyparchōn hoi pleious, kai tōn loipōn hypēkoōn, peri se kai tas sas praxeis ponousin. Agōnothetēs de kai logōn kritēs prokathēmenos, ou kompsę̄ tini phōnę̄ kai schēmati klepteis tēn akribeian, all᾽ eilikrinōs brabeueis, lexin oikeian skopōn tę̄ prothesei tou grammatos, kai schēma logou, kai merē, kai taxin kai harmonian, kai phrasin, kai synthēkēn, kai epicheirēmata, kai noun, kai historian. ᾿Ameibę̄ de tous legontas tę̄ te krisei tę̄ sę̄ kai tois krotois kai chrysais eikosin, anathesei andriantōn, kai dōrois, kai timais pantodapais. Hoion de seauton peri tous legontas parecheis, ou toioutoi Krētōn hoi palai egenonto peri ton aoidimon ekeinon "Omēron, ē ᾿Aleuadai peri Simōnidēn, ē Dionysios ho Sikelias tyrannos peri Platōna ton Sōkratous hetairon, ē Philippos ho Makedōn peri Theopompon ton syngraphea, kai Seuēros ho Kaisar peri Ho ppianon, ton en tois metrois tōn ichthyōn ta genē kai tēn physin tēn thēran aphēgēsamenon. Krētes men gar en chiliois nomismasin “Homēron ameipsamenoi tēs euepeias, hōs agnyperthlēton philotimian auchountes, en stēlę̄ dēmosią tēn dōrean egrapsanto, ᾿Aleuadai. de kai Dionysios kai Philippos, ouch an steganōteroi Krētōn egenonto, tōn epi politeią atyphǭ kai philosophǭ semnynomenōn alla tachos an tēn ekeinōn stēlēn emimēsanto, ei mē katopin hēsan tę̄ dōreą. Seuēros de metrias poiēseōs chrysoun kata. stichon Oppianǭ dōrēsamenos, houtō tę̄ philotimią kateplēxen, hōs chrysa epē ta Oppianou eis eti nyn para tois pollois onomazesthai. Tauta tōn. palai philomathōn kai philologōn ta dōra. Sy de, ō basileu, oudeni tōn pōpote hyperbolēn katelipes en tais peri tous logous philotimiais " moi docheis ouch apeichotōs touto poiein. Pantas gar nichę̄sai tais aretais spoudazōn, eis epidosin ageis ta sa, kathoti tōn palai chatōrthōmenōn “Hellēsi te Rōmaiois tēn. historian ēchrithōsas. Phasi de meth᾽ hēmeran men ta peri ta hopla to sōma askein, ta tōn archomenōn diatattein pragmata, dichazonta te, ha chrē graphonta, idią te koinę̄ ta praktea schopounta " nyktōr de tas biblous periepein. Diachynein de soi logos pros tēn toutōn eidēsin lychnon, mēchanēs tinos automatōs tę̄ thryallidi epicheonta. to elaïon,. hōs an mēde heis tōn peri ta basileia. en tois sois. ponois talaipōrein ananchazoito, kai tēn physin biazētai, pros ton hypnon machomenos" houtō tis philanthrōpos praos, pros tous pelas pros pantas hyparcheis, ton ouranion Basilea ton son prostatēn mimoumenos, hǭ philon estin epi dikaious adikous. hyein, kai ton hēlion anatellein, kai ta alla aphthonōs parechein. Hypo goun polymatheias, hōs eikos, akouō se kai lithōn eidenai physeis, dynameis rhizōn, energeias iamatōn, ouch hētton Solomōn, ē ho Dabid ho sophōtatos. Mallon de chacheinon pleonechteis tais aretais. Ho men. gar doulos genomenos tōn hēdonōn, ou mechri telous tēn eusebeian diephylaxe, tēn aitian tōn agathōn tēs sophias autǭ genomenēn. Sy de, ō, kratiste, ton enchratē logismon antitaxas tę̄ rhąstōnę̄, eikotōs nomizę̄, mē monon anthrōpōn autokratōr einai, alla kai tōn pathōn tēs psychēs kai tou sōmatos. Ei de dei kai tauta legein, pynthanomai se kai pantos opsou kai potou tēn epithymian nikan; kai mēte syka glykera, poiētikōs eipein, mēt᾿ allo ti tōn hōraiōn elein se dynasthai, plēn hoson epipsausai kai monon apogeusasthai, proteron eulogēsanta ton pantōn Dēmiourgon. Dipsous de kai pnigous kai rhigous kratein ethistheis en tais kath' hēmeran askēsesi, physin echein nomizę̄ tēn enkrateian. Prōēn ge toi tēn en Pontǭ polin Hērakleous epōnymon speudōn idein, kai egeirai tǭ chronǭ kamnousan, hōrą therous tēn dia Bithynōn ę̄eis odon. Tou de hēliou sphodra phlegontos peri mesēn hēmeran, idōn se tis tōn doryphorōn hidrōti pollǭ kai koniortǭ pephyrmenon, phthasas hōs dē charioumenos prosekomise soi phialēn eu mala lamprōs pros tas aktinas antistilbousan, hēdyn autę̄ tina poton embalōn, kai psychron hydōr epicheas. Sy de, ō kratiste, prosdexamenos, epēnesas men tēs prothymias ton andra, kai dēlos ēstha met᾿ ou poly touton philotimia basilikę̄ kalōs poiēsōn; pantōn de tōn stratiōtōn pros tēn phialēn kechēnotōn, kai makariountōn hos pietai, palin autǭ, ō gennaie, to poton apedōkas, kai hopou philon autǭ kechrēsthai ekeleusas. Ōste moi dokei eikotōs tais sais aretais nenikēsthai kai ᾿Alexandron ton Philippou; hǭ legetai para tōn ekeinon thaumazontōn, di' anydrou topou badizonti meta tōn Makedonōn, epimelē stratiōtēn hydōr heuronta arysasthai kai proskomisai; ton de mē piein, alla ekcheai to poma. Synelonta oun eipein, tōn pro sou basileōn basilikōteron se kyriōs kalein esti, kata ton Homēron. Tous men gar, ouden hoion agasthai kektēmenous pareilēphamen; tous de, epi heni molis ē dyo tēn basileian semnynontas. Sy de, ō kratiste, pasas homou syllabōn tas aretas, pantas hyperebalou eusebeią, kai philanthrōpią, kai andreią, kai sōphrosynę̄, kai dikaiosynę̄, kai philotimią, kai megalopsychią, basilikę̄ prepousę̄ axią. ᾿Anaimakton de kai katha. ran phonou, pantōn tōn pōpote genomenōn, monēn tēn sēn hēgemonian hapas aiōn auchei. Hēdonę̄ de ta spoudaia tous hypēkoous paideueis, eunoią te kai aidoi tēn peri se spoudēn kai ta koina endeiknysthai. "Ōste moi pantōn heneken anankaion kataphainetai ᾿Ekklēsiastikēn Historian syngraphonti, soi prosphōnēsai. Tini gar mallon oikeioteron touto poiēsō, pollōn kai thespesiōn andrōn aretēn aphēgēsthai mellōn, kai ta symbanta peri tēn katholou Ekklēsian, hosois te echthrois hypantēsasa, eis tous ha sous tōn sōn paterōn limenas katēgen. oun, ō panta eidōs, kai pasan aretēn echōn, kai lista tēn eusethdeian, hēn archēn einai sophias ho theios esti logos, dechou par᾽ emou tautēn tēn graphēn, exetasyn, tas tēs sēs akribeias prosthese:s prosagagōn, tois sois ponois chatharon. Pantōs gar hopē an soi philon dochoi, tautē tois entynchanousi chrē - simon lampron phaneitai" oud᾽ epithēsei tis dachtylon tę̄ dokimasią tę̄ sę̄. Proeisi de moi hē graphē apo tēs Krispou Kōnstantinou tōn Kaisarōn tritēs hypateias, mechoi tēs heptachaidechatēs tēs sēs. "Edoxe de moi kalōs echein eis ennea merē tēn pasan pragmateian dielein. Periexei de ho prōtos deuteros tomos ta epi Kōnstantinou symbanta tais Ekklēsiais" ho de tritos kai tetartos, ta epi tōn hautou paidōn" ho de pemptos hechtos, ta epi Ioulianou tou anepsiou tōn paidōn tou megalou Kōnstantinou, Iodianou, kai proseti Oualentinianou Oualentos. Ho de hethdomos kai ogdoos hēmin dēlōsei tomos ta epi Gratianou Oualentinianou tōn adelphōn, mechri tēs anarrhēseōs Theodosiou tou thespesiou sou pappou esote dē ho hymeteros, kratiste basileu, aoidimos patēr ᾿Arkadios tēn patrǭan hēgemonian diadexamenos, hama tǭ eusebestatǭ sou theiǭ Honōriǭ, tēn Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēn ithynein elache. To de ennaton biblion anatetheicha tę̄ philochristǭ kai euagestatę̄ hymōn koryphę̄ " hēn es aei phylattoi Theos en achlonētois euthymiais, chateumegethousan echthrōn, kai pantas echousan hypo podas, kai eis paidas paidōn ( parapempousan tēn eusethę̄ basileian, chataneuontos tou Christou " di᾽ hou meth᾽ hou tǭ Theǭ Patri : hē doxa syn tǭ hagiǭ Pneumati eis tous aiōnas. Amēn.
… : for those who loved finery it was purple and a crown and things like them; for those devoted to letters, some fabulous poem or a composition able to charm; for those practised in war, to shoot an arrow true, to strike wild beasts, to hurl a spear, or to leap onto a horse. Each presented himself at the palace pursuing whatever happened to please the ruler: one brought a rare mosaic stone, another proposed a brighter dye of purple, another addressed a poem or a composition to him, another introduced some nimble and novel way of handling arms. It was thought the greatest and most kingly thing for the ruler of all to possess a single part of this popular excellence; but of piety, the true ornament of empire, no one took such account. You, most mighty Emperor Theodosius, to put it in a word, have through God practised every virtue. Wearing purple and a crown for those who look on, as a symbol of your rank, within you are always clothed with the true ornament of empire, piety and love of humankind. That is why poets and writers, and most of your officials and of your other subjects, labour on every occasion over you and your deeds. Presiding as judge of contests and of speeches, you are not robbed of accuracy by some clever voice and gesture, but you award the prize sincerely, looking for diction suited to the purpose of the writing, and for the form of the speech, its parts, order and harmony, its phrasing and composition, its arguments, its thought, and its history. You reward the speakers with your judgment and your applause, with golden images, with the setting up of statues, with gifts, and with honours of every kind. The Cretans of old were not such toward that celebrated Homer as you show yourself toward speakers, nor the Aleuadae toward Simonides, nor Dionysius the tyrant of Sicily toward Plato the companion of Socrates, nor Philip of Macedon toward Theopompus the historian, nor Severus the Caesar toward Oppian, who described in verse the kinds and nature of fishes and how they are caught. The Cretans rewarded Homer for his eloquence with a thousand coins and, boasting as if of an unsurpassable generosity, recorded the gift on a public pillar. The Aleuadae, Dionysius and Philip would not have been more close-fisted than the Cretans, who prided themselves on a modest and philosophic way of life; they would quickly have imitated their pillar, had they not lagged behind them in the gift. Severus gave Oppian a gold coin for every line of a modest poem, and so astonished people by his generosity that Oppian's verses are still called “golden” by most people. Such were the gifts of the lovers of learning and of letters of old. But you, O Emperor, have left no one who ever lived a way to surpass you in generosity toward letters; and you seem to me to do this not without reason. For, eager to surpass everyone in virtues, you increase your own, since you have mastered the history of what was achieved of old by Greeks and Romans. They say that by day you exercise your body in arms and arrange the affairs of your subjects, judging and writing what is needed and considering what must be done in private and in public; and by night you busy yourself with books. It is said that for the study of these you have a lamp which, by some device, pours the oil onto the wick by itself, so that none of those about the palace should be forced to toil at your labours and do violence to nature fighting against sleep. So humane and gentle are you toward those about you and toward all, imitating the heavenly King your protector, whose pleasure it is to send rain on the just and the unjust, to make the sun rise, and to give everything else ungrudgingly. Through your wide learning, as is natural, I hear that you know the natures of stones, the powers of roots, and the operations of remedies, no less than Solomon, the wisest son of David. Rather, you surpass him in virtues. For he became a slave of pleasures and did not keep piety to the end, though it had been the cause of the good gifts of wisdom to him. But you, most mighty, setting self-controlled reason against indulgence, rightly consider yourself emperor not only of men but also of the passions of soul and body. If I must say this too, I learn that you master the desire for every dish and drink, and that neither “sweet figs,” to speak poetically, nor any other fruit in season can take hold of you, beyond touching it and merely tasting it, after first blessing the Creator of all. Having accustomed yourself in your daily exercises to master thirst, heat and cold, you consider self-control your nature. Recently, eager to see the city in Pontus named after Heracles and to raise it up, worn as it was by time, you were travelling in summer along the road through Bithynia. When the sun was blazing fiercely about midday, one of your bodyguards, seeing you covered with sweat and dust, hastened to please you and brought you a cup gleaming brightly against the rays of the sun, into which he had put some sweet drink and poured cold water. You, most mighty, accepted it and praised the man for his eagerness, and it was plain that you would soon reward him handsomely with royal generosity; but while all the soldiers gaped at the cup and counted happy whoever would drink it, you, noble one, gave the drink back to him and told him to use it as he pleased. So it seems to me that Alexander son of Philip too has rightly been surpassed by your virtues. His admirers say that as he was marching through a waterless place with the Macedonians, a diligent soldier found water, drew some, and brought it to him; but he did not drink, and poured the drink out. To sum up, then, one may properly call you, in Homer's phrase, more kingly than the kings before you. For of some we have received that they possessed nothing worth admiring; of others, that they adorned their reign with one virtue or two at most. But you, most mighty, have gathered all the virtues together and surpassed everyone in piety, love of humankind, courage, moderation, justice, generosity, and greatness of soul befitting royal rank. Every age will boast that your rule alone, of all that ever were, is bloodless and pure of slaughter. You teach your subjects serious things with pleasure, so that they show zeal for you and for the common good out of goodwill and respect. So for every reason it seems necessary to me, as I write an Ecclesiastical History, to dedicate it to you. To whom could I do this more fittingly, when I am about to narrate the virtue of many godly men and what befell the catholic church, and how many enemies it met before it came into the harbours of you and your fathers? Therefore, you who know all things and have every virtue, and above all piety, which the divine word says is the beginning of wisdom, receive this writing from me. Examine it, bring to it the additions of your own accuracy, and purify it by your labours. For in whatever way it pleases you, in that way it will appear useful and bright to its readers, and no one will lay a finger on what you have approved. My writing proceeds from the third consulship of the Caesars Crispus and Constantine to your seventeenth. I thought it well to divide the whole work into nine parts. The first and second books will contain what befell the churches under Constantine; the third and fourth, under his sons; the fifth and sixth, under Julian, the cousin of the sons of the great Constantine, under Jovian, and further under Valentinian and Valens. The seventh and eighth books will show us what happened under the brothers Gratian and Valentinian, up to the proclamation of Theodosius, your godly grandfather, until your celebrated father Arcadius, most mighty Emperor, succeeded to his father's rule and was allotted the government of the Roman world together with your most pious uncle Honorius. The ninth book I have dedicated to your Christ-loving and most holy Majesty. May God always guard it in unshaken good cheer, triumphing over its enemies, with all under its feet, and handing on the pious empire to children's children, by the assent of Christ, through whom and with whom be glory to God the Father with the Holy Spirit for ever. Amen.
Chapter 1
1.1PG 67:853–861
Εννοιά μοί ποτε ἐγένετο, τί δὴ ἄρα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ἑτοιμοτέρα συνέβη ἡ περὶ τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον πίστις· Ἑβραίοις δὲ δύσπιστος, καίτοι τὰ : θεῖα πρεσβεύειν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παρειληφόσι, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὅπως ἔσται, πρὶν γένηται, μαθοῦσι διὰ τῶν προφητῶν. Ἀβραὰμ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀρχηγὸς τοῦ γένους καὶ τῆς περιτομῆς γενόμενος, αὐτὀπτης καὶ ἑστιάτωρ ἠξίωται εἶναι τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ. Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ὁ τούτου παῖς, τῇ μιμήσει τετίμηται τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ θυσίας, δέσμιος παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ βωμῷ προσαχθεὶς, ᾗ συνέβη καὶ τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενέσθαι πάθος, ὡς φασιν οἱ τὰς ἱερὰς ἀκριβοῦντες Γραφάς. Ἰακὼβ δὲ τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ νῦν οὖσαν προσδοκίαν τῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ τὸν καιρὸν, καθ' ὃνἦλθε, προεμήνυσεν, ἡνίκα φησίν· Ἐκλείψουσιν οἱ ἡγούμενοι τῶν Ἑβραίων ἐκ τοῦ γένους Ἰούδα τοῦ φυλάρχου. Ὑπεδήλου δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν Ἡρώδου, ὃς Ἰδουμαῖος ὢν τὸ γένος ἐκ πατρὸς, ᾿Αράβιος δὲ κατὰ μητέρα, ἐπ" ετράπη τὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου Ῥωμαίων καὶ Αὐγούστου Καίσαρος. Καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ προφητῶν, οἱ μὲν τὴν Χριστοῦ γένναν προεκήρυ - ξαν, καὶ τὴν ἄφραστον ἐκείνην κύησιν, καὶ μητέρα μετὰ τόκον παρθένον μείνασαν, καὶ γένος καὶ πατρίδα· οἱ δὲ, τὰς θείας αὐτοῦ καὶ παραδόξους, πράξεις · ἄλλοι δὲ πάθος, καὶ τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν, καὶ τὴν εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἄνοδον, καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ ἑκάστῳ συμβάν προεσήμαναν. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, εἴ τιῳ ἡγνόηται, οὐ χαλεπὸν εἰδέναι, ταῖς ἱεραῖς ἐντυχόντι βίβλοις. Καὶ Ἰώσηπος δὲ ὁ Ματθίου ὁ ἱερεὺς, ἀνὴρ παρά τε Ἰουδαίοις καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιδοξότατος γενόμενος, ἀξιόχρεως ἂν εἴη μάρτυς τῆς περὶ Χριστοῦ ἀληθείας. ῎Ανδρα μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀποκαλεῖν ὀκνεῖ, ὡς παραδόξων ἔργων ποιητὴν, καὶ διδάσκαλον λόγων ἀληθῶν· Χριστὸν δὲ περιφανῶς ὀνομάζει, καὶ τῷ σταυρῷ καταδικασθῆναι, καὶ τριταῖον ζῶντα φανῆναι. Καὶ ἄλλα μυρία θαυμάσια περὶ αὐτοῦ προειρῆσθαι τοῖς θείοις προφήταις οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ. Πολλοὺς δὲ ὄντας οὓς ἐπηγάγετο Ἕλληνάς τε καὶ Ἰουδαίους, ἐπιμεῖναι ἀγαπῶντας αὐτὸν μαρτυρεῖ, καὶ τὸ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὠνομασμένον μὴ ἐπιλεῖψαι φῦλον. Καί μοι δοκεῖ ταῦτα ἱστορῶν μονονουχὶ βοᾷν ἀναλόγως τοῖς ἔργοις, Θεὸν εἶναι τὸν Χριστόν· ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ παραδόξου πράγματος καταπλαγεὶς, ὡδί πως μέσως παρέδραμε, μηδὲν τοῖς εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύσασιν ἐπισκήψας, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ συνθέμενος. Ταῦτά μοι λογιζομένῳ θαυμαστὸν εἰκότως κατεφαίνετο, μὴ τοὺς Ἑβραίους φθάσαι καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μεταβαλεῖν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ Σιβύλλα καὶ χρησμοί τινες τῶν ἐπὶ τῷ Χριστῷ συμβεβηκότων, τὸ μέλλον προεμήνυσαν, οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο δήπου πᾶσιν Ἕλλησιν εἰς δυσπιστίαν ἐγκαλεῖν ἔστιν. Ὁλίγοι γὰρ, οἳ παιδείᾳ διαφέρειν ἐδόκουν, τὰς τοιαύτας ᾔδεσαν προφητείας, ἐμμέτρους τε ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ οὔσας, καὶ σεμνοτέραις πρὸς δῆμον λέξεσι πεφρασμένας. Ἦν δὲ ἄρα, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, τῆς ἄνωθεν προμηθίας, ἐπὶ συμφωνίᾳ τῶν ἐσομένων, μὴ μόνον ἰδίοις προφήταις ἐνηχῆσαι τὸ μέλλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὀθνείοις ἐκ μέρους· ὥσπερ εἴ τις μελοποιὸς διὰ χρείαν παραξένου μέλους, τὰς περιττὰς τῶν χορδῶν ἐπιδράμοι τῷ πλήκτρῳ, ἢ ταῖς οὔσαις ἑτέρας προσθείη. Ὡς μὲν οὖν Ἑβραῖοι πλείοσι καὶ σαφεστέραις προφητείαις χρησάμενοι περὶ τῆς παρουσίας Χριστοῦ, κατόπιν Ἑλλήνων ἐγένοντο περὶ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν πί· στιν, ἀπόχρη τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν. Οὐ μὴν οὐδ' οὕτω παρὰ λόγον δόξειε, διὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν εἰς τὰ μάλιστα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιδοῦναι. Πρῶτον μὲν, καθότι φιλεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὰς ἐκ παραδόξου μεταβάσεις βραβεύειν ἐπὶ τοῖς θείοις καὶ μεγίστοις πράγμασιν· ἔπειτα δὲ, οὐ ταῖς τυχούσαις ἀρεταῖς τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς" προστάντων αὐτῆς οἰκονομηθεῖσαν ἔστιν εὑρεῖν τὴν θρησκείαν. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ γλῶσσαν πρὸς φράσιν ἢ κάλλος λέξεως ήκονημένην οὐκ εἶχον, οὐδὲ λέξεσιν ἢ γραμμικαῖς ἀποδείξεσι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἔπειθον, οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο χεῖρον αὐτοῖς ἐπράχθη τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. ᾿Αλλ' ἀποδυόμενοι τὰς οὐσίας, καὶ τῶν οἰκείων ἀμελοῦντες, ἀνασκολοπιζόμενοί τε, καὶ ὡς ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις σώμασι τὰς πολλὰς καὶ χαλεπὰς βασάνους δεχόμενοι, καὶ μήτε τῶν κατὰ πόλιν δήμων καὶ ἀρχόντων ταῖς κολακείαις ὑπαγόμενοι, μήτε ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς ἐκπληττόμενοι, δῆλον πᾶσιν ἐποίησαν, ὡς ὑπὲρ μεγίστων ἄθλων τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον ὑπομένουσιν. Ώστε οὐδὲ πειθοῦς ἔδει λόγων, ἀκονιτὶ τῶν πραγμάτων κατ' οἴκους καὶ πόλεις πιστεύειν βιαζομένων, ἃ μὴ πρότερον ἀκηκόασι. Τοσαύτης οὖν θείας καὶ παραδόξου μεταβολῆς τῇ οἰκουμένῃ συμβάσης, ὡς καὶ τῆς προτέρας θρησκείας καὶ τῶν πατρίων νόμων ἀμελῆσαι, ἡ δεινὸν ἂν εἴη, τὸν μὲν ἐν Καλυδῶνι κάπρον, καὶ τὸν ἐν Μαραθῶνι ταῦρον, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα κατὰ χώρας ἢ πόλεις γινόμενα, ἢ μυθευόμενα, τοσαύτης ἀξιωθῆναι σπουδῆς, ὡς πολλοὺς τῶν παρ' "Ελλησιν εὐδοκιμωτάτων συγγραφέων περὶ ταῦτα πονῆσαι, φύσεως εὖ ἔχοντας γράφειν · ἐμὲ δὲ μὴ τὴν φύσιν βιάσασθαι καὶ ἐκκλη - σιαστικὴν ἱστορίαν συγγράψαι. Πέπεισμαι γὰρ, ὡς ὑποθέσεως οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δημιουργηθείσης, παραδόξως ἀναφανῆναί με συγγραφέα, οὐκ ἄπορον τῷ Θεῷ. Ὡρμήθην δὲ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ταύτην συγγράψαι τὴν πραγματείαν· λογισάμενος δὲ, ὡς καὶ ἄλλοι ταύτης ἐπειράθησαν μέχρι τῶν κατ' αὐτοὺς χρόνων (Κλήμης τε καὶ Ἡγήσιππος, ἄνδρες σοφώτατοι, τῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων διαδοχῇ παραχολουθήσαντες, ᾿Αφριχανὸς ὁ Συγγραφεὺς, Εὐσέβιος ὁ ἐπίκλην Παμφίλου, ἀνὴρ τῶν θείων Γραφῶν τῶν παρ᾽ “Ἕλλησι ποιητῶν συγγραφέων πολυμαθέστατος ἵἴστωρ), ὅσα μὲν τῶν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντων ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις συνέβη μετὰ τὴν εἰς ρανοὺς ἄνοδον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μέχρι τῆς Λικιννίου καθαιρέσεως, ἐπιτεμόμενος ἐπραγματευσάμην ἐν βιβλίοις δύο. Νῦν δὲ, σὺν Θεῷ φᾶναι, τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα διεξελθεῖν πειράσομαι. Μεμνήσομαι δὲ πραγ - μάτων, οἷς παρέτυχον, παρὰ τῶν εἰδότων 7| - θεασαμένων ἀκήκοα, κατὰ τὴν ἡμετέραν πρὸ ἡμῶν γενεάν. Τῶν δὲ περαιτέρω τὴν κατάληψιν ἐθήρασα ἀπὸ τῶν τεθέντων νόμων διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν, καὶ τῶν κατὰ καιρὸν συνόδων, καὶ νεωτερισμῶν, βασιλικῶν ἱερατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν " ὧν αἱ μὲν εἰς ἔτι νῦν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις καὶ ταῖς σίαις σῴζονται αἱ δὲ, σποράδην παρὰ τοῖς φιλολόγοῖς φέρονται. Τούτων δὲ τὰ ῥητὰ περιλαβεῖν τῇ γραφῇ πολλάκις ἐννοηθεὶς, ἄμεινον ἐδοχίμασα,, διὰ τὸν ὄγχον τῆς πραγματείας, τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς διάνοιαν συντόμως ἀπαγγεῖδαι" πλὴν εἰ μήτι τῶν ἀμφιλόγων εὑρήσομεν, ἐφ᾽ ὧν διάφορός ἔστι τοῖς πολλοῖς δόξα. Τηνικαῦτα γὰρ, εἰ εὐπορήσω τινὸς γραφῆς, παραθήσομαι ταύτην εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ τις ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν ὄντων χαταψηφίσητα: ψεῦδος τῆς πραγματέίας,, ἐναντίαις ἴσως ἐγτυχὼν γραφαῖς, ἰστέον ὡς προφάσει τῶν ᾿Αρείου δογμάτων τῶν ὕστερον ἀναφυέντων, διαφερόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἵ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἄρχοντες, ἕκαστοι περὶ ὧν ἐσπούδαζον, πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοδόξους ἔγραφον" καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυ - τοὺς συνιστάμενοι κατὰ συνόδους, ἐψηφίζοντο ἅπερ ἠβούλοντο καὶ τῶν τἀναντία δοξαζόντων, πολλάκις ἐρήμην χατεδίχαζον " τοὺς κατὰ καιρὸν βασικαὶ τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτοὺς δυναμένους περιέποντες, ὡς εἶχον δυνάμεως, ἔπειθον, ὁμόφρονας αὐτοῖς κατεσκεύαζον εἰς ἀπόδειξίν τε τοῦ δόξαι σέβειν ὀρθῶς, μὲν τοῖς, οἱ δὲ ἐκείνοις προστιθέμενοι, συναγωγὴν ἐποιήσαντο τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς οἰκείας σεως φερομένων ἐπιστολῶν, τὰς ἐναντίας παρἔλιπον. Ὃ δὴ σχολιὰν ἡμῖν λίαν κατεσκεύασε τὴν εὕρετιν τῶν περὶ ταῦτα συμβάντων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμάλιστα τῆς ἀληθείας ἐπιμελεῖσθαι χρεὼν διὰ τὸ ᾿ πῆς ἱστορίας ἀχίδδηλον, ἀναγκαῖον ἐφάνη μοι, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, πολυπραγμονῆσαι τὰς τοιαύτας γραφάς. Εἰ τοίνυν καὶ στάσεις ἐκκλησιαστικῶν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς περὶ προεδρίας ἣ προτιμήσεως τῆς οἰκείας αἱρέσεως διεξέλθω, μή τῳ φορτιχὸν ἣ ἐθελοχάχου προαιρέσεως εἶναι δόξῃ, τοιαῦτά με ἱστορεῖν. Πρῶ, μὲν γὰρ, ὡς εἴρηται, πάντα δεύτερα ποιεῖσθαι πῆς ἀληθείας τὸν συγγραφέα προσῆχει" ἔπειτα δὲ τὸ δόγμα τῆς καθόλου '᾿Ἐχχλησίας γνησιώτατον ὅτι μάλιστα φανεῖται, πολλάκις μὲν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν : ἐναντία δοξαζόντων δοχιμασθὲν, οἷα δὲ θεόθεν τὸ κρατεῖν αὖθις εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπανελθὸν δύναμιν, καὶ πάσας τὰς Ἐκκλησίας καὶ τὰ πλήθη πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀλήθειαν ἐπισπασάμενον. Βουλευομένῳ δέ μοι, εἰ ὧν ἔγνων μόνα προσῆκεν ἀναγράψαι τὰ γενόμενα περὶ τὴν ἘἜχχλησίαν ἀνὰ τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν, ἔδοξεν εὖ ἔχειν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐφικέσθαι δυνήσομαι, καὶ τὰ παρὰ Πέρσαις καὶ βαρβάροις συμβάντα ἐπὶ τῇ θρησκείᾳ ἱστορήσειν. Οὐχ ἀνοίχειον δὲ εἶναι τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱστορίας, ἐν τῇδε τῇ πραγματείᾳ διεξελθεῖν, τίνες ποτὲ ἦσαν οἱ ὥσπερ πατέρες καὶ εἰσηγηταὶ γενόμενοι τῶν καλουμένων μοναχῶν, οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτοὺς κατὰ διαδοχὰς, ὧν ἴσμεν ἢ ἀχηχόαμεν εὐδοχιμήσαντες. Οὔτε γὰρ ἀχάριστοι δόξομεν εἶναι πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ἀμνηστίᾳ παραδεδωχότες τὴν αὐτῶν ἀρετὴν, οὔτε ἀπείρως ἔχειν τῆς αὐτοὺς ἱστορίας, μετὰ τοῦ καὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις ὧδε φιλοσοφεῖν ὑπόδειγμα χρταλιπεῖν ἀγωγῆς, χρώμενοι, μαχαριωτάτονυ εὐδαίμονος μεθέξουσι τέλους. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν προϊὼν ὁ λόγος, ὡς οἷόν τε, παραφυλάξει. Τρέπομαι δὲ ἤδη ἐπὶ τὴν ἀφἤγησιν τῶν πραγμάτων, συνεργὸν ἵλεων τὸν Θεὸν ἐπιχαλεσάμενος. Ἕξει δὲ ἀρχὴν παροῦσα γραφὴ ἐνθένδε.
Ennoia moi pote egeneto, ti dē ara tois men allois anthrōpois hetoimotera synebē hē peri ton Theon Logon pistis; Hebraiois de dyspistos, kaitoi ta : theia presbeuein ex archēs pareilēphosi, kai ta peri tēs parousias tou Christou hopōs estai, prin genētai, mathousi dia tōn prophētōn. Abraam men gar autois archēgos tou genous kai tēs peritomēs genomenos, autoptēs kai hestiatōr ēxiōtai einai tou Huiou tou Theou. Isaak de ho toutou pais, tę̄ mimēsei tetimētai tēs epi tou staurou thysias, desmios para tou patros tǭ bōmǭ prosachtheis, hę̄ synebē kai to tou Christou genesthai pathos, hōs phasin hoi tas hieras akribountes Graphas. Iakōb de tēn ep᾿ autǭ nyn ousan prosdokian tōn ethnōn, kai ton kairon, kath' honēlthe, proemēnysen, hēnika phēsin; Ekleipsousin hoi hēgoumenoi tōn Hebraiōn ek tou genous Iouda tou phylarchou. Hypedēlou de tēn hēgemonian Hērōdou, hos Idoumaios ōn to genos ek patros, ᾿Arabios de kata mētera, ep" etrapē to tōn Ioudaiōn ethnos hypo tēs synklētou Rhōmaiōn kai Augoustou Kaisaros. Kai tōn allōn de prophētōn, hoi men tēn Christou gennan proekēry - xan, kai tēn aphraston ekeinēn kyēsin, kai mētera meta tokon parthenon meinasan, kai genos kai patrida; hoi de, tas theias autou kai paradoxous, praxeis ; alloi de pathos, kai tēn ek nekrōn anastasin, kai tēn eis ouranous anodon, kai to epi hekastǭ symban proesēmanan. Alla tauta men, ei tiǭ hēgnoētai, ou chalepon eidenai, tais hierais entychonti biblois. Kai Iōsēpos de ho Matthiou ho hiereus, anēr para te Ioudaiois kai Rhōmaiois epidoxotatos genomenos, axiochreōs an eiē martys tēs peri Christou alētheias. ᾿Andra men gar auton apokalein oknei, hōs paradoxōn ergōn poiētēn, kai didaskalon logōn alēthōn; Christon de periphanōs onomazei, kai tǭ staurǭ katadikasthēnai, kai tritaion zōnta phanēnai. Kai alla myria thaumasia peri autou proeirēsthai tois theiois prophētais ouk agnoei. Pollous de ontas hous epēgageto Hellēnas te kai Ioudaious, epimeinai agapōntas auton martyrei, kai to ap᾿ autou ōnomasmenon mē epileipsai phylon. Kai moi dokei tauta historōn mononouchi boąn analogōs tois ergois, Theon einai ton Christon; hypo de tou paradoxou pragmatos kataplageis, hōdi pōs mesōs paredrame, mēden tois eis auton pisteusasin episkēpsas, mallon de kai synthemenos. Tauta moi logizomenǭ thaumaston eikotōs katephaineto, mē tous Hebraious phthasai kai pro tōn allōn anthrōpōn eis Christianismon metabalein. Ei gar kai Sibylla kai chrēsmoi tines tōn epi tǭ Christǭ symbebēkotōn, to mellon proemēnysan, ou para touto dēpou pasin Hellēsin eis dyspistian enkalein estin. Holigoi gar, hoi paideią diapherein edokoun, tas toiautas ę̄desan prophēteias, emmetrous te hōs epi to poly ousas, kai semnoterais pros dēmon lexesi pephrasmenas. Ēn de ara, hōs emoi dokei, tēs anōthen promēthias, epi symphōnią tōn esomenōn, mē monon idiois prophētais enēchēsai to mellon, alla kai othneiois ek merous; hōsper ei tis melopoios dia chreian paraxenou melous, tas perittas tōn chordōn epidramoi tǭ plēktrǭ, ē tais ousais heteras prostheiē. Hōs men oun Hebraioi pleiosi kai saphesterais prophēteiais chrēsamenoi peri tēs parousias Christou, katopin Hellēnōn egenonto peri tēn eis auton pi; stin, apochrē tosouton eipein. Ou mēn oud' houtō para logon doxeie, dia tōn allōn ethnōn eis ta malista tēn Ekklēsian epidounai. Prōton men, kathoti philei ho Theos tas ek paradoxou metabaseis brabeuein epi tois theiois kai megistois pragmasin; epeita de, ou tais tychousais aretais tōn ex archēs" prostantōn autēs oikonomētheisan estin heurein tēn thrēskeian. Ei gar kai glōssan pros phrasin ē kallos lexeōs ēkonēmenēn ouk eichon, oude lexesin ē grammikais apodeixesi tous entynchanontas epeithon, ou para touto cheiron autois eprachthē to spoudazomenon. ᾿All' apodyomenoi tas ousias, kai tōn oikeiōn amelountes, anaskolopizomenoi te, kai hōs en allotriois sōmasi tas pollas kai chalepas basanous dechomenoi, kai mēte tōn kata polin dēmōn kai archontōn tais kolakeiais hypagomenoi, mēte tais apeilais ekplēttomenoi, dēlon pasin epoiēsan, hōs hyper megistōn athlōn ton agōna touton hypomenousin. Ōste oude peithous edei logōn, akoniti tōn pragmatōn kat' oikous kai poleis pisteuein biazomenōn, ha mē proteron akēkoasi. Tosautēs oun theias kai paradoxou metabolēs tę̄ oikoumenę̄ symbasēs, hōs kai tēs proteras thrēskeias kai tōn patriōn nomōn amelēsai, hē deinon an eiē, ton men en Kalydōni kapron, kai ton en Marathōni tauron, kai alla toiauta kata chōras ē poleis ginomena, ē mytheuomena, tosautēs axiōthēnai spoudēs, hōs pollous tōn par' "Ellēsin eudokimōtatōn syngrapheōn peri tauta ponēsai, physeōs eu echontas graphein ; eme de mē tēn physin biasasthai kai ekklē - siastikēn historian syngrapsai. Pepeismai gar, hōs hypotheseōs ouk ex anthrōpōn dēmiourgētheisēs, paradoxōs anaphanēnai me syngraphea, ouk aporon tǭ Theǭ. Hōrmēthēn de ta men prōta, ap᾿ archēs tautēn syngrapsai tēn pragmateian; logisamenos de, hōs kai alloi tautēs epeirathēsan mechri tōn kat' autous chronōn (Klēmēs te kai Hēgēsippos, andres sophōtatoi, tę̄ tōn apostolōn diadochę̄ paracholouthēsantes, ᾿Aphrichanos ho Syngrapheus, Eusebios ho epiklēn Pamphilou, anēr tōn theiōn Graphōn tōn par᾽ “Hellēsi poiētōn syngrapheōn polymathestatos hiistōr), hosa men tōn eis hēmas elthontōn tais Ekklēsiais synebē meta tēn eis ranous anodon tou Christou, mechri tēs Likinniou kathaireseōs, epitemomenos epragmateusamēn en bibliois dyo. Nyn de, syn Theǭ phanai, ta meta tauta diexelthein peirasomai. Memnēsomai de prag - matōn, hois paretychon, para tōn eidotōn 7| - theasamenōn akēkoa, kata tēn hēmeteran pro hēmōn genean. Tōn de peraiterō tēn katalēpsin ethērasa apo tōn tethentōn nomōn dia tēn thrēskeian, kai tōn kata kairon synodōn, kai neōterismōn, basilikōn hieratikōn epistolōn " hōn hai men eis eti nyn en tois basileiois kai tais siais sǭzontai hai de, sporadēn para tois philologois pherontai. Toutōn de ta rhēta perilabein tę̄ graphę̄ pollakis ennoētheis, ameinon edochimasa,, dia ton onchon tēs pragmateias, tēn en autois dianoian syntomōs apangeidai" plēn ei mēti tōn amphilogōn heurēsomen, eph᾽ hōn diaphoros esti tois pollois doxa. Tēnikauta gar, ei euporēsō tinos graphēs, parathēsomai tautēn eis apodeixin tēs alētheias. Hina de mē tis agnoią tōn ontōn chatapsēphisēta: pseudos tēs pragmateias,, enantiais isōs egtychōn graphais, isteon hōs prophasei tōn ᾿Areiou dogmatōn tōn hysteron anaphyentōn, diapheromenoi pros allēlous hoi tōn Ekklēsiōn archontes, hekastoi peri hōn espoudazon, pros tous homodoxous egraphon" kai kath᾽ heau - tous synistamenoi kata synodous, epsēphizonto haper ēboulonto kai tōn tanantia doxazontōn, pollakis erēmēn chatedichazon " tous kata kairon basikai tous amph᾽ autous dynamenous periepontes, hōs eichon dynameōs, epeithon, homophronas autois kateskeuazon eis apodeixin te tou doxai sebein orthōs, men tois, hoi de ekeinois prostithemenoi, synagōgēn epoiēsanto tōn hyper tēs oikeias seōs pheromenōn epistolōn, tas enantias parelipon. Ho dē scholian hēmin lian kateskeuase tēn heuretin tōn peri tauta symbantōn. Epei de hēmalista tēs alētheias epimeleisthai chreōn dia to ᾿ pēs historias achiddēlon, anankaion ephanē moi, hōs hoion te ēn, polypragmonēsai tas toiautas graphas. Ei toinyn kai staseis ekklēsiastikōn pros heautous peri proedrias hē protimēseōs tēs oikeias haireseōs diexelthō, mē tǭ phortichon hē ethelochachou proaireseōs einai doxę̄, toiauta me historein. Prō, men gar, hōs eirētai, panta deutera poieisthai pēs alētheias ton syngraphea prosēchei" epeita de to dogma tēs katholou '᾿Echchlēsias gnēsiōtaton hoti malista phaneitai, pollakis men tais epiboulais tōn : enantia doxazontōn dochimasthen, hoia de theothen to kratein authis eis tēn oikeian epanelthon dynamin, kai pasas tas Ekklēsias kai ta plēthē pros tēn oikeian alētheian epispasamenon. Bouleuomenǭ de moi, ei hōn egnōn mona prosēken anagrapsai ta genomena peri tēn EEchchlēsian ana tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn, edoxen eu echein eph᾽ hoson ephikesthai dynēsomai, kai ta para Persais kai barbarois symbanta epi tę̄ thrēskeią historēsein. Ouch anoicheion de einai tēs ekklēsiastikēs historias, en tę̄de tę̄ pragmateią diexelthein, tines pote ēsan hoi hōsper pateres kai eisēgētai genomenoi tōn kaloumenōn monachōn, hoi met᾽ autous kata diadochas, hōn ismen ē achēchoamen eudochimēsantes. Oute gar acharistoi doxomen einai pros autous, amnēstią paradedōchotes tēn autōn aretēn, oute apeirōs echein tēs autous historias, meta tou kai tois proeirēmenois hōde philosophein hypodeigma chrtalipein agōgēs, chrōmenoi, machariōtatony eudaimonos methexousi telous. ᾿Alla tauta men proïōn ho logos, hōs hoion te, paraphylaxei. Trepomai de ēdē epi tēn aphēgēsin tōn pragmatōn, synergon hileōn ton Theon epichalesamenos. Hexei de archēn parousa graphē enthende.
The thought once came to me: why was faith in God the Word received more readily by other people, while the Hebrews were slow to believe, even though from the beginning they had been taught to honour divine things and had learned through the prophets, before it happened, how the coming of Christ would be? Abraham, who became the founder of their race and of circumcision, was counted worthy to see the Son of God with his own eyes and to entertain him. Isaac his son was honoured by being a figure of the sacrifice of the cross, when he was brought bound by his father to the altar, as also happened to Christ in his passion, as those who study the sacred Scriptures closely say. Jacob foretold the expectation of the nations that now rests on him, and the time at which he came, when he said: “The rulers of the Hebrews shall fail from the race of Judah, the head of the tribe.” He was hinting at the rule of Herod, who was an Idumaean by race on his father's side and an Arabian on his mother's, and to whom the Jewish nation was entrusted by the Roman senate and Augustus Caesar. Of the other prophets, some proclaimed beforehand the birth of Christ, that unspeakable conception, a mother who remained a virgin after giving birth, and his race and his homeland; others his divine and wonderful deeds; others his passion, his resurrection from the dead, his ascent into heaven, and what came about at each. But if anyone does not know these things, it is not hard to learn them by reading the sacred books. Josephus too, son of Matthias, the priest, a man most renowned among both Jews and Romans, would be a credible witness to the truth about Christ. He hesitates to call him a man, as a doer of wonderful works and a teacher of true words; he names him openly as the Christ, and says that he was condemned to the cross and appeared alive on the third day. Nor is he unaware that countless other wonders about him had been foretold by the divine prophets. He testifies that the many Greeks and Jews whom he won over continued to love him, and that the tribe named after him has not died out. In recording this, it seems to me, he all but cries out, in keeping with the deeds, that Christ is God; but, struck with amazement at the wonderful matter, he passed over it somehow in a middle way, laying no blame on those who believed in him, but rather agreeing with them. As I reasoned on these things, it naturally seemed astonishing to me that the Hebrews had not been the first, before other people, to turn to Christianity. For even if the Sibyl and certain oracles foretold the future concerning what befell Christ, one cannot on that account charge all the Greeks with unbelief. Only a few, who were thought to excel in education, knew such prophecies, which were mostly in verse and expressed in language too lofty for the people. It was, it seems to me, a work of providence from above, for the harmony of what was to come, to sound the future not only through its own prophets but in part through foreign ones as well, as a musician who needs an unusual melody may run his plectrum over the spare strings, or add others to those already there. That the Hebrews, then, who had more and clearer prophecies of the coming of Christ, came behind the Greeks in faith in him, so much is enough to say. Yet even so it would not seem unreasonable that the church grew most of all through the other nations. First, because God likes to bring about unexpected changes in divine and very great matters; then, because one can find that the religion was ordered by no ordinary virtues in those who led it from the beginning. Even if they did not have a tongue sharpened for expression or beauty of diction, and did not persuade their hearers by words or geometrical demonstrations, the cause they laboured for did not fare worse on that account. Stripped of their possessions, neglecting their own families, impaled, enduring many harsh tortures as if in other people's bodies, neither won over by the flatteries of the people and magistrates in the cities nor terrified by their threats, they made it plain to all that they endured this contest for the greatest prizes. So there was no need of persuasive words, since the facts, without effort, compelled households and cities to believe what they had not heard before. When so great a divine and wonderful change came upon the world that people neglected even their former religion and their ancestral laws, it would be strange if the boar of Calydon and the bull of Marathon and other such things that happened, or are told in fables, in countries or cities, were thought worth so much attention that many of the most esteemed writers among the Greeks, with a natural gift for writing, laboured over them, while I should not force my nature and write an ecclesiastical history. For I am persuaded that, since the subject was not fashioned by men, it is not hard for God to make me appear, unexpectedly, as its writer. At first I set out to write this work from the beginning. But considering that others had attempted it down to their own times (Clement and Hegesippus, very wise men, who followed close upon the succession of the apostles; Africanus the writer; and Eusebius surnamed Pamphili, a man very learned in the divine Scriptures and in the poets and writers of the Greeks), I treated in an abridgement in two books what befell the churches, so far as it has come down to us, from the ascent of Christ into heaven to the overthrow of Licinius. Now, with God's help, I shall try to narrate what came after. I shall record events at which I was present, and those I heard of from people who knew or saw them, in our own generation and the one before us. Of things further back, I sought knowledge from the laws enacted concerning religion, from the synods held from time to time, from the innovations, and from the letters of emperors and bishops. Some of these are still preserved in the palace and the churches; others are scattered among the learned. I often thought of including their wording in my writing, but judged it better, because of the bulk of the work, to report their sense briefly, except where I find something disputed on which most people hold differing opinions. Then, if I have any document, I shall set it out as proof of the truth. And lest anyone, not knowing the facts, should condemn my work as false because he happens to read documents that contradict it, he should know this: on the pretext of the doctrines of Arius and of those that sprang up afterward, the leaders of the churches quarrelled with one another, and each party wrote to those of its own opinion about what it was pressing for. Meeting by themselves in synods, they voted as they wished and often condemned those of the opposite opinion in their absence. Courting the emperors of the time and the powerful men about them, they persuaded them as far as they had power and made them like-minded. And to show that they were thought to worship rightly, some attaching themselves to one party and some to the other, they made collections of the letters that supported their own sect and left out the contrary ones. This made it very difficult for us to discover what happened in these matters. But since the truth must be cared for above all, because history must be free of falsehood, it seemed necessary to me to search into such documents as far as I could. If, then, I also narrate the disputes of churchmen among themselves over precedence, or over preference for their own party, let no one think me vulgar or ill-intentioned for recording such things. For, first, as has been said, it befits the historian to put everything second to the truth; and second, the doctrine of the catholic church will appear all the more genuine, since it was often tested by the plots of those who held opposite views, and yet, as if by God's gift of victory, it returned again to its own strength and drew all the churches and peoples to its own truth. As I deliberated whether I ought to record only what I knew to have happened to the church within the Roman empire, it seemed good to me also to narrate, as far as I can reach, what befell religion among the Persians and the barbarians. Nor is it foreign to ecclesiastical history to narrate in this work who were, as it were, the fathers and founders of those called monks, and who after them, in succession, were renowned, so far as we know or have heard. We shall not seem ungrateful to them by consigning their virtue to oblivion, nor ignorant of their history; and at the same time we shall leave a pattern of conduct to those who wish to live the philosophic life in this way; by following it they will share in a most blessed and happy end. But the account, as it proceeds, will attend to these things as far as possible. I now turn to the narration of events, calling on God as a gracious helper. The present writing will begin from here.
1.2PG 67:863
Κρίσπου καὶ Κωνσταντίνου τῶν Καισάρων ὑπατευόντων, ἡγεῖτο μὲν τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας Σίλβεστρος· τῆς δὲ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ᾿Αλέξανδρος, καὶ Μακάριος τῆς Ἱεροσολύμων· τῆς δὲ Ἀντιοχέων τῶν πρὸς τῷ Ὀῤῥόντῃ, μετὰ ᾿Ῥωμανὸν οὔπω τις ἐπετέτραπτο, τῶν διωγμῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, μὴ συγχωρησάντων γενέσθαι τὴν χειροτονίαν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ οἱ εἰς Νίκαιαν συνεληλυθότες, θαυμάσαντες τοῦ βίου καὶ τῶν λόγων Εὐστάθιον, ἄξιον ἐδοκίμασαν τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ θρόνου ἡγεῖσθαι · καὶ ἐπίσκοπον ὄντα τῆς γείτονος Βεῤῥοίας, εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν μετέστησαν. Τῶν δὲ Χριστιανῶν οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἕω μέχρι τῶν ὁμόρων Αἰγυπτίοις Λιβύων, οὐκ ἐθάῤῥουν τότε εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐκκλησιάζειν, μεταβαλομένου Λικιννίου τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εὐνοίας. Οἱ δὲ ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν, Ἕλληνές τε καὶ Μακεδόνες καὶ Ἰλλυριοὶ, ἀδεῶς ἐθρήσκευον διὰ Κωνσταντῖνον, ὃς ἡγεῖτο τῶν τῇδε Ῥωμαίων.
Krispou kai Kōnstantinou tōn Kaisarōn hypateuontōn, hēgeito men tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias Silbestros; tēs de ᾿Alexandreōn ᾿Alexandros, kai Makarios tēs Hierosolymōn; tēs de Antiocheōn tōn pros tǭ Orrhontę̄, meta ᾿Rhōmanon oupō tis epetetrapto, tōn diōgmōn, hōs eikos, mē synchōrēsantōn genesthai tēn cheirotonian. Ouk eis makran de hoi eis Nikaian synelēlythotes, thaumasantes tou biou kai tōn logōn Eustathion, axion edokimasan tou apostolikou thronou hēgeisthai ; kai episkopon onta tēs geitonos Berrhoias, eis ᾿Antiocheian metestēsan. Tōn de Christianōn hoi men pros heō mechri tōn homorōn Aigyptiois Libyōn, ouk etharrhoun tote eis to phaneron ekklēsiazein, metabalomenou Likinniou tēs pros autous eunoias. Hoi de ana tēn dysin, Hellēnes te kai Makedones kai Illyrioi, adeōs ethrēskeuon dia Kōnstantinon, hos hēgeito tōn tę̄de Rhōmaiōn.
In the consulship of the Caesars Crispus and Constantine, Silvester led the church of Rome, Alexander that of the Alexandrians, and Macarius that of Jerusalem. At Antioch on the Orontes no one had yet been entrusted with the church after Romanus, since the persecutions, it seems, did not allow the ordination to take place. Not long afterward those who met at Nicaea, admiring the life and words of Eustathius, judged him worthy to lead the apostolic see, and transferred him, who was bishop of neighbouring Beroea, to Antioch. Of the Christians, those in the East as far as the Libyans who border on the Egyptians did not then dare to assemble openly, because Licinius had changed his goodwill toward them; but those in the West, Greeks, Macedonians and Illyrians, worshipped without fear because of Constantine, who ruled the Romans there.
1.3PG 67:863–867
Τούτῳ γὰρ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα συγκυρῆσαι παρειλήφαμεν, οἷς ἐπείσθη τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν δόγμα πρεσβεύειν " μάλιστα δὲ τὴν φανεῖσαν αὐτῷ θεοση- ; μείαν. Ἡνίκα γὰρ ἐπιστρατεῦσαι Μαξεντίῳ ἐδεδούλευτο, οἷά γε εἰκὸς ἠπόρει καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν, ὅπως ἄρα τὰ τῆς μάχης ἀποδήσεται, τίς αὐτῷ. βοηθὸς ἔσται. Ἐν τοιαύταις δὲ φροντίσι γενόμενος, ὄναρ εἶδε τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σελαγίζον. Τεθηπότι δὲ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν, παραστάντες θεῖοι ἄγγελοι, Ὧ Κωνσταντῖνε, ἔφησαν, τούτῳ νίκα. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπιφανέντα αὐτῷ, ϑεῖξαι τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ σύμβολον, καὶ παραχελεύσασθαι τούτῳ ποιῆσαι, ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἔχειν ἐπίχουρον καὶ νίκης ποριστιχόν. Εὐσέδιός γε μὴν ὁ Παμφίλου, αὐτοῦ φήσαντος ἐνωμότως τοῦ βασιλέωξ ἀκηκοέναι ἰσχυρίζεται, ὡς ἀμφὶ μεσημδρίαν ἤδη τοῦ ἡλίου ἀποχλίναντος, σταυροῦ τρόπαιον φωτὸς συνεστὼς, γραφὴν. συνημμένην Τούτῳ νίκα, λέγουσαν, ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐθεάσατο αὐτὸς, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ στρατιῶται" πορευομένῳ γάρ πη 4" σὺν τῷ. στρατεύματι, κατὰ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν τόδε τὸ θαῦμα ἐπεγένετο" λογιζομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ ὅ τι εἴη, νὺξ ἐπῆλθε. Καθεύδοντί τε τὸν Χριστὸν ὀφθῆναι σὺν τῷ φανέντι ἐν οὐρανῷ σημείῳ, καὶ παρακελεύσασθαι μίμημα ποιήσασθαι τούτηυ, ἀλεξήματι κεχρῆσθαι ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους μάχαις. Ἐπεὶ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐρμηνέως οὐδὲν ἔδει, ἀλλὰ περιφανῶς ἐδείχθη τῷ βασιλεῖ χρὴ περὶ Θεοῦ νομίζειν, ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ συγκαλέσας τοὺς ἱερέας τοῦ Χριστοῦ, περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ἐπυνθάνετο. Οἱ δὲ, τὰς ἱερὰς βθίδλους προϊσχόμενοι, τὰ περὶ Χριστοῦ. ἐξηγοῦντο καὶ πρὶν γενέσθαι σαφῇ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις πρόῤῥησιν, τῶν προφητῶν ἀπ- (; ἐδειξαν. Τὸ δὲ φανὲν αὐτῷ σημεῖον, σύμβολον εἶναι ἔλεγον τῆς κατὰ τοῦ ἄδου νίκης, ἣν εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐλθὼν, κατώρθωσε τῷ σταυρωθῆναι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν, τριταῖος ἀναδιῶναι. Κατὰ τοῦτο γὰρ ἔφασαν ἐλπίζειν, μετὰ. τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν. τῆς ἐνταῦθα βιοτῆς πρὸς τῷ τέλει τοῦ παρόντος αἰῶνος ἀνίστασθαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους, ἀθανάτους ἔσεσθαι " τοὺς μὲν, ἐπὶ ἀμοιθαῖς ὧν εὖ ἐδίωσαν ἐν. τούτοις. τοῖς πράγμασι" τοὺς ἐπὶ τιμωρίαις ὧν κακῶς ἔδρασαν " εἶναι μέντοι τοῖς ἐνταῦθα πλημμελήμασιν ἀφορμὴν σωτηρίας, καὶ καθαρμὸν ἀμαρτημάτων, ἀμνήτοις μὲν, μύησιν κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῆς Ἐκκλησίας " τοῖς δὲ μεμνημένοις, τὸ μὴ πάλιν ἁμαρπεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο παντελῶς ὀλίγων καὶ θείων ἀνδρῶν ἐστι κατορθῶσαι, ἐδίδασχον δεύτερον χαθαρμὸν τετάχθαι μετανοίας. Φιλάνθρωπον γὰρ ὄντα τὸν Θεὸν συγγνώμην νέμειν τοῖς ἑπταιχόσιν, εἰ μεταμεληθῶσι, καὶ ἔργοις ἀναθοῖς τὴν μεταμέλειαν βεβαιώσουσι.
Toutǭ gar polla men kai alla synkyrēsai pareilēphamen, hois epeisthē to tōn Christianōn dogma presbeuein " malista de tēn phaneisan autǭ theosē- ? meian. Hēnika gar epistrateusai Maxentiǭ ededouleuto, hoia ge eikos ēporei kath᾽ heauton, hopōs ara ta tēs machēs apodēsetai, tis autǭ. boēthos estai. En toiautais de phrontisi genomenos, onar eide to tou staurou sēmeion en tǭ ouranǭ selagizon. Tethēpoti de autǭ pros tēn opsin, parastantes theioi angeloi, Hō Kōnstantine, ephēsan, toutǭ nika. Legetai de kai auton ton Christon epiphanenta autǭ, ϑeixai to tou staurou symbolon, kai paracheleusasthai toutǭ poiēsai, en tois polemois echein epichouron kai nikēs poristichon. Eusedios ge mēn ho Pamphilou, autou phēsantos enōmotōs tou basileōx akēkoenai ischyrizetai, hōs amphi mesēmdrian ēdē tou hēliou apochlinantos, staurou tropaion phōtos synestōs, graphēn. synēmmenēn Toutǭ nika, legousan, en tǭ ouranǭ etheasato autos, kai hoi syn autǭ stratiōtai" poreuomenǭ gar pē 4" syn tǭ. strateumati, kata tēn hodoiporian tode to thauma epegeneto" logizomenǭ de autǭ ho ti eiē, nyx epēlthe. Katheudonti te ton Christon ophthēnai syn tǭ phanenti en ouranǭ sēmeiǭ, kai parakeleusasthai mimēma poiēsasthai toutēu, alexēmati kechrēsthai en tais pros tous polemious machais. Epei de loipon ermēneōs ouden edei, alla periphanōs edeichthē tǭ basilei chrē peri Theou nomizein, hama hēmerą synkalesas tous hiereas tou Christou, peri tou dogmatos epynthaneto. Hoi de, tas hieras bthidlous proïschomenoi, ta peri Christou. exēgounto kai prin genesthai saphę̄ tēn epi toutois prorrhēsin, tōn prophētōn ap- (? edeixan. To de phanen autǭ sēmeion, symbolon einai elegon tēs kata tou adou nikēs, hēn eis anthrōpous elthōn, katōrthōse tǭ staurōthēnai kai apothanein, tritaios anadiōnai. Kata touto gar ephasan elpizein, meta. tēn apallagēn. tēs entautha biotēs pros tǭ telei tou parontos aiōnos anistasthai pantas anthrōpous, athanatous esesthai " tous men, epi amoithais hōn eu ediōsan en. toutois. tois pragmasi" tous epi timōriais hōn kakōs edrasan " einai mentoi tois entautha plēmmelēmasin aphormēn sōtērias, kai katharmon amartēmatōn, amnētois men, myēsin kata ton nomon tēs Ekklēsias " tois de memnēmenois, to mē palin hamarpein. Epei de touto pantelōs oligōn kai theiōn andrōn esti katorthōsai, edidaschon deuteron chatharmon tetachthai metanoias. Philanthrōpon gar onta ton Theon syngnōmēn nemein tois heptaichosin, ei metamelēthōsi, kai ergois anathois tēn metameleian bebaiōsousi.
We have received that many other things befell him by which he was persuaded to honour the doctrine of the Christians, but above all the divine sign that appeared to him. When he had resolved to make war on Maxentius, he was naturally at a loss within himself how the battle would turn out and who would be his helper. While he was in these anxieties, he saw in a dream the sign of the cross shining in the sky. As he gazed in amazement at the sight, divine angels stood by him and said: “Constantine, conquer by this.” It is said that Christ himself also appeared to him, showed him the symbol of the cross, and commanded him to make a likeness of it and to have it in his wars as a helper and a bringer of victory. Eusebius son of Pamphilus, however, affirms that he heard the emperor himself say on oath that about midday, when the sun had already begun to decline, he and the soldiers with him saw in the sky a trophy of the cross formed of light, with an inscription joined to it which said, “Conquer by this.” For this wonder happened as he was marching somewhere with the army, on the road. While he was considering what it might be, night came on; and as he slept Christ appeared to him with the sign that had appeared in the sky, and commanded him to make a likeness of it and to use it as a safeguard in his battles against the enemy. Since there was no further need of an interpreter, but it had been shown to the emperor plainly what he must believe about God, at daybreak he called together the priests of Christ and asked about their doctrine. They brought out the sacred books, explained what concerns Christ, and showed from the prophets that the prediction of these things had been clear before they happened. The sign that had appeared to him, they said, was the symbol of the victory over Hades which Christ won when he came among men, by being crucified, dying, and coming back to life on the third day. On this ground, they said, they hope that after departing from life here, at the end of the present age, all people will rise and will be immortal: some to receive rewards for the good lives they lived in this world, others punishments for the evil they did. Yet for sins committed here there is a means of salvation and a cleansing from sins: for the uninitiated, initiation according to the law of the church; for the initiated, not to sin again. But since this is achieved by very few and godly men, they taught that a second cleansing has been appointed, that of repentance. For God, being a lover of humankind, grants pardon to those who have fallen, if they repent and confirm their repentance by good works.
1.4PG 67:867
Τοιαῦτα τῶν ἱερέων ὑφηγουμένων, θαυμάσας τὰς περὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ προφητείας ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐχέλευσεν ἄνδρας ἐπιστήμονας, χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις τιμίοις εἰς σταυροῦ σύμβολον μετασκευάσαι τὸ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις καλούμενον Λάβωρον. Σημεῖον δὲ τοῦτο πολεμικὸν, τῶν ἄλλων τιμιώτερον, καθότι ἀεὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ προσκυνεῖσθαι νενόμιστο παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν. Ἡ μάλιστα οἶμαι Κωνσταν - τῖνον τὸ ἐπισημότατον σύμβολον τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς, εἰς Χριστοῦ σημεῖον μεταβαλεῖν · ὥστε τῇ συνεχεῖ θέᾳ καὶ θεραπείᾳ ἀπεθισθῆναι τῶν πατρίων τοὺς ἀρχομένους· μόνον δὲ τοῦτον ἡγεῖσθαι Θεὸν, ὃν καὶ βασιλεὺς σέβει, καὶ ἡγεμόνι καὶ συμμάχῳ χρῆ ται κατὰ τῶν πολεμίων. Ἀεὶ γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον προὐβάλλετο τῶν οἰκείων ταγμάτων· καὶ ταῖς καμνούσαις φάλαγξιν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις παρεῖναι ἐκέλευε, φανεροὺς τάξας τῶν δορυφόρων περὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν, οἷς ἔργον ἦν ἕκαστον ἀμοιβαίως ἐπὶ τῶν ὤμων φέρειν τὸ σημεῖον, καὶ περιιέναι τὰς τάξεις τῶν πολεμίων. Λέγεται γοῦν ποτε τὸν τοῦτο φέροντα, ἀθρόως ἐπιδραμόντων τῶν πολεμίων, δείσαντα ἑτέρῳ παραδοῦναι, καὶ ἑαυτὸν τῆς μάχης ὑπεξαγαγεῖν· ἤδη δὲ τῶν βελῶν ἔξω γενόμενον, ἐξαπίνης πεσεῖν βληθέντα καιρίαν · τὸν δὲ παραλαβόντα τὸ θεῖον σύμβολον, ἄτρωτον διαμεῖναι, πολλῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τοξευόντων. Παραδόξως γάρ πως ὡς ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμεως ιθυνό μενα τὰ βέλη τῶν πολεμίων, τῷ σημείῳ προσεπήγνυντο· τοῦ δὲ φέροντος, καὶ μέσου τῶν κινδύνων ὄντος, ἀφίπταντο. Λέγεται δὲ μήτε ἄλλον πώποτε τούτῳ τῷ σημείῳ διακονούμενον, οἷά γε εἰκὸς ἐν πολέμῳ στρατιώτην, σκαιᾷ περιπεσεῖν συμφορᾷ, καὶ τραυματίαν ἢ αἰχμάλωτον γενέσθαι.
Toiauta tōn hiereōn hyphēgoumenōn, thaumasas tas peri tou Christou prophēteias ho basileus, echeleusen andras epistēmonas, chrysǭ kai lithois timiois eis staurou symbolon metaskeuasai to para Rhōmaiois kaloumenon Labōron. Sēmeion de touto polemikon, tōn allōn timiōteron, kathoti aei tou basileōs hēgeisthai kai proskyneisthai nenomisto para tōn stratiōtōn. Hē malista oimai Kōnstan - tinon to episēmotaton symbolon tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs, eis Christou sēmeion metabalein ; hōste tę̄ synechei theą kai therapeią apethisthēnai tōn patriōn tous archomenous; monon de touton hēgeisthai Theon, hon kai basileus sebei, kai hēgemoni kai symmachǭ chrē tai kata tōn polemiōn. Aei gar touto to sēmeion prouballeto tōn oikeiōn tagmatōn; kai tais kamnousais phalanxin en tais machais pareinai ekeleue, phanerous taxas tōn doryphorōn peri touto poiein, hois ergon ēn hekaston amoibaiōs epi tōn ōmōn pherein to sēmeion, kai periienai tas taxeis tōn polemiōn. Legetai goun pote ton touto pheronta, athroōs epidramontōn tōn polemiōn, deisanta heterǭ paradounai, kai heauton tēs machēs hypexagagein; ēdē de tōn belōn exō genomenon, exapinēs pesein blēthenta kairian ; ton de paralabonta to theion symbolon, atrōton diameinai, pollōn ep᾿ autǭ toxeuontōn. Paradoxōs gar pōs hōs hypo theias dynameōs ithyno mena ta belē tōn polemiōn, tǭ sēmeiǭ prosepēgnynto; tou de pherontos, kai mesou tōn kindynōn ontos, aphiptanto. Legetai de mēte allon pōpote toutǭ tǭ sēmeiǭ diakonoumenon, hoia ge eikos en polemǭ stratiōtēn, skaią peripesein symphorą, kai traumatian ē aichmalōton genesthai.
While the priests were explaining such things, the emperor, marvelling at the prophecies about Christ, ordered skilled craftsmen to remake into the symbol of the cross, with gold and precious stones, what the Romans call the Labarum. This was a military standard, more honoured than the others, since it was the custom for it always to go before the emperor and to be reverenced by the soldiers. I think that Constantine [was] most [eager] to change this most distinguished symbol of Roman rule into the sign of Christ, so that by seeing and honouring it constantly his subjects would be weaned from their ancestral customs and would hold as God only the one whom the emperor also worshipped and used as leader and ally against his enemies. This sign was always carried before his own troops, and he ordered it to be present with the hard-pressed lines in battle. He appointed picked men of his bodyguard to attend to it, whose task was to carry the standard on their shoulders in turn and to go round the ranks of the enemy. It is said that once, when the enemy suddenly charged, the man carrying it took fright, handed it to another, and slipped away from the battle; and when he was already out of range of the missiles he was suddenly struck and fell mortally wounded. But the man who had taken the divine symbol remained unhurt, though many shot at him. In some wonderful way, as if directed by divine power, the enemy's missiles stuck fast in the standard and flew away from the bearer, though he was in the midst of the danger. It is said, too, that no other man who served this standard ever met with misfortune, as a soldier naturally might in war, or was wounded or taken prisoner.
1.5PG 67:869–871
ἀνελόντα τινὰς τῶν ἐγγυτάτω τοῦ γένους, καὶ τῷ θανάτῳ Κρίσπου · τοῦ ἑαυτοῦ παιδὸς συμπράξαντα, μεταμεληθῆναι, καὶ περὶ καθαρμοῦ κοινώσασθαι Σωπάτρῳ τῷ φιλοσόφῳ, κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ προεστῶτι τῆς Πλωτίνου διαδοχῆς· τὸν δὲ ἀποφήνασθαι, μηδένα καθαρμὸν εἶναι τῶν τοιούτων ἁμαρτημάτων. Αδημονοῦντα δὲ τὸν βασιλέα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀπαγορεύσει, περιτυχεῖν ἐπισκόποις, οἳ μετανοίᾳ καὶ βαπτίσματι ὑπέσχοντο πάσης αὐτὸν ἁμαρτίας καθαἰρειν· ἡσθῆναί τε τούτοις κατὰ σκοπὸν εἰρηκόσι, καὶ θαυμάσαι τὸ δόγμα, καὶ Χριστιανὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀγαγεῖν. Ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ, ταῦτα πεπλάσθαι τοῖς σπουδάζουσι τὴν Χριστιανῶν θρησκείαν κακηγορεῖν. Κρίσπος μὲν γὰρ, δι᾽ ὅν φασι Κωνσταντῖνον καθαρμοῦ δεηθῆναι, τῷ εἰκοστῷ ἔτει ἐτελεύτησε τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς ἡγεμονίας, ἔτι περιὼν πολλοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ θέμενος νόμους ὑπὲρ Χριστιανῶν, ἅτε δὴ κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον σχῆμα τῆς βασιλείας τετιμημένος, Καῖσαρ ὢν, ὡς εἰς ἔτι νῦν μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ τοῖς νόμοις ὑποτεταγμένοι χρόνοι, καὶ τῶν νομοθετῶν αἱ προσηγορίαι. Σώπατρον δὲ, πρῶτον μὲν οὐκ εἰκὸς ἦν εἰς ὁμιλίαν ἐλθεῖν Κωνσταντίνῳ, μόνης τῆς πρὸς τῷ Ὠκεανῷ καὶ τῷ Ῥήνῳ μοίρας ἡγουμένῳ. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν πρὸς Μαξέντιον διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας διάγοντα, ἐστασίαζε τὰ Ῥωμαίων · καὶ οὐκ εὐπετὲς ἦν τότε ἐπιδημεῖν Γαλάταις καὶ Βρεττανοῖς καὶ τοῖς τῇδε κατοικοῦσι, παρ' οἷς συνωμολόγηται τῆς τῶν Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας μετασχεῖν Κωνσταντῖνον, πρὶν ἐπὶ Μαξέντιον στρατεῦσαι, καὶ παρελθεῖν ἐπὶ ᾿Ῥώμην καὶ Ἰταλούς. Καὶ μάρτυρες πάλιν τούτου οἱ χρόνοι, καὶ οἱ νόμοι – οὓς ὑπὲρ τῆς θρησκείας ἔθετο. Εἰ δὲ καὶ ῥᾳδίως ὠδί πως συγχωρήσομεν ἐντυχεῖν Σωπάτρῳ τὸν βασιλέα, ἢ δι' ἐπιστολῆς αὐτοῦ πυθέσθαι περὶ ὧν ἐβούλετο, οὐ δήπου πιθανὸν ἦν τὸν φιλόσοφον ἀγνοεῖν, ὡς Ἡρακλῆς ὁ ᾿Αλκμήνης ᾿Αθήνῃσιν έκαθάρθη μετὰ τὴν τεκνοκτονίαν τοῖς Δήμητρος μυστη-. ρίοις, καὶ μετὰ τὸν Ἰφίτου φόνον, ὃν ξένον καὶ φίλον, ὄντα ἀδίκως ἀνεῖλεν. Ὡς μὲν οὖν οἱ Ἕλληνες τῶν τοιούτων πλημμελημάτων καθαρμοὺς ἐπηγγέλλοντο, ἀπόχρη τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ ψεῦδος κατηγορεῖ τῶν ἐναντίᾳ ἀποφήνασθαι Σώπατρον πλασαμένων. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι, ταῦτα ἠγνοηκέναι τὸν ἐπισημότατον τότε παρ' Ἕλλησὶν ἐπὶ παιδεύσει γεγενημένον.
anelonta tinas tōn engytatō tou genous, kai tǭ thanatǭ Krispou ; tou heautou paidos sympraxanta, metamelēthēnai, kai peri katharmou koinōsasthai Sōpatrǭ tǭ philosophǭ, kat᾿ ekeino kairou proestōti tēs Plōtinou diadochēs; ton de apophēnasthai, mēdena katharmon einai tōn toioutōn hamartēmatōn. Adēmonounta de ton basilea epi tę̄ apagoreusei, peritychein episkopois, hoi metanoią kai baptismati hypeschonto pasēs auton hamartias kathairein; hēsthēnai te toutois kata skopon eirēkosi, kai thaumasai to dogma, kai Christianon genesthai, kai tous archomenous epi touto agagein. Emoi de dokei, tauta peplasthai tois spoudazousi tēn Christianōn thrēskeian kakēgorein. Krispos men gar, di᾽ hon phasi Kōnstantinon katharmou deēthēnai, tǭ eikostǭ etei eteleutēse tēs tou patros hēgemonias, eti periōn pollous syn autǭ themenos nomous hyper Christianōn, hate dē kata to deuteron schēma tēs basileias tetimēmenos, Kaisar ōn, hōs eis eti nyn martyrousin hoi tois nomois hypotetagmenoi chronoi, kai tōn nomothetōn hai prosēgoriai. Sōpatron de, prōton men ouk eikos ēn eis homilian elthein Kōnstantinǭ, monēs tēs pros tǭ Ōkeanǭ kai tǭ Rhēnǭ moiras hēgoumenǭ. Dia gar tēn pros Maxention diaphoran epi tēs Italias diagonta, estasiaze ta Rhōmaiōn ; kai ouk eupetes ēn tote epidēmein Galatais kai Brettanois kai tois tę̄de katoikousi, par' hois synōmologētai tēs tōn Christianōn thrēskeias metaschein Kōnstantinon, prin epi Maxention strateusai, kai parelthein epi ᾿Rhōmēn kai Italous. Kai martyres palin toutou hoi chronoi, kai hoi nomoi – hous hyper tēs thrēskeias etheto. Ei de kai rhądiōs ōdi pōs synchōrēsomen entychein Sōpatrǭ ton basilea, ē di' epistolēs autou pythesthai peri hōn ebouleto, ou dēpou pithanon ēn ton philosophon agnoein, hōs Hēraklēs ho ᾿Alkmēnēs ᾿Athēnę̄sin ekatharthē meta tēn teknoktonian tois Dēmētros mystē-. riois, kai meta ton Iphitou phonon, hon xenon kai philon, onta adikōs aneilen. Hōs men oun hoi Hellēnes tōn toioutōn plēmmelēmatōn katharmous epēngellonto, apochrē ta eirēmena, kai pseudos katēgorei tōn enantią apophēnasthai Sōpatron plasamenōn. Ou gar an eipoimi, tauta ēgnoēkenai ton episēmotaton tote par' Hellēsin epi paideusei gegenēmenon.
… that Constantine, having killed some of his nearest kin and having had a part in the death of his own son Crispus, repented and consulted about a cleansing Sopater the philosopher, who at that time headed the school of Plotinus; that Sopater declared there was no cleansing for such crimes; and that the emperor, distressed at this refusal, met bishops who promised to cleanse him of every sin by repentance and baptism; that he was pleased with what they had said to his purpose, admired the doctrine, became a Christian, and led his subjects to it. To me it seems that this was invented by those who are eager to slander the Christian religion. For Crispus, on whose account they say Constantine needed a cleansing, died in the twentieth year of his father's reign; while he lived he enacted many laws with him in favour of the Christians, being honoured with the second rank in the empire as Caesar, as the dates attached to the laws and the titles of the lawgivers bear witness to this day. As for Sopater, first, it is not likely that he came into conversation with Constantine while Constantine ruled only the part of the empire toward the Ocean and the Rhine. For when Constantine was in Italy because of his quarrel with Maxentius, the Roman state was in turmoil, and it was not easy then to travel to the Gauls, the Britons and those who live there; yet it is agreed that it was among them that Constantine embraced the Christian religion, before he marched against Maxentius and came to Rome and the Italians. Again the dates and the laws he enacted in favour of the religion bear witness to this. And even if we were to grant easily that the emperor met Sopater in some way, or asked him by letter about what he wished to know, it is surely not credible that the philosopher did not know that Heracles son of Alcmene was cleansed at Athens by the mysteries of Demeter after the killing of his children, and after the murder of Iphitus, whom he had unjustly killed though he was his guest and friend. That the Greeks promised cleansings for such crimes, then, what has been said is enough; and it convicts of falsehood those who invented the story that Sopater declared the contrary. For I would not say that the man who was then the most distinguished among the Greeks for learning did not know these things.
1.6PG 67:871–873
Αἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν αρχομένην ὑπὸ Κωνσταντίνου Ἐκκλησίαι καταθυμίως ἔπραττον, καὶ ὁσημέραι ἐπεδίδουν, εὔνου καὶ ὁμόφρονος βασιλέως εὐεργεσιῶν ἀξιούμεναι. Ταύτας δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πρὸ τούτου διωγμῶν καὶ ταραχῆς ἀπειράτους τὸ Θεῖον ἐφύλαξε. Διωκομένων γὰρ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ἄλλην οἰκουμένην Ἐκκλησιῶν, μόνος Κωνστάντιος ὁ Κωνσταντίνου πατήρ, ἀδεῶς θρησκεύειν συνεχώρησε τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς: Αμέλει τοιόνδε τι θαυμαστὸν καὶ συγγραφῆς ἄξιον ἔγνων εἰργάσθαι αὐτῷ. Δοκιμάσαι θέλων τίνες τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις· Χριστιανῶν ἄνδρες εἰσὶ καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ, συγκαλέσας· πάντας, προηγόρευσεν, εἰ μὲν ἕλοιντο θύειν καὶ θρησκεύειν ὁμοίως, ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς μένειν ἀξίας· εἰ δὲ παραιτήσαιντο, ἐξιέναι τῶν βασιλείων, χάριν ἔχοντας ὅτι μὴ καὶ τιμωρίας προσώφλησαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς ἑκάτερον διεκρίθησαν, οἱ μὲν τὴν θρησκείαν προδόν; ( τες, οἱ δὲ τῶν παρόντων τὰ θεῖα προτιμήσαντες, ἔγνω φίλοις καὶ συμβούλοις χρῆσθαι· τοῖς περὶ τὸ κρεῖττον πιστοῖς διαμείνασι · τοὺς δὲ, ὡς ἀνάνδρους καὶ κοβάλους ἀπεστράφη, καὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁμιλίας ἀπεώσατο. Λογισάμενος μή ποτε ἔσεσθαι περὶ βασιλέα εὔνους, τοὺς ὧδε ἑτοίμους προδότας Θεοῦ γεγενημένους. Ἐντεῦθεν εἰκότως ἔτι Κωνσταντίνου περιόντος, οὐκ ἐδόκει παράνομον Χριστιανίζειν τοῖς Ἰταλῶν ἐπέκεινα, Γαλάταις τε καὶ Βρεττανοῖς, καὶ ὅσοι περὶ τὸ Πυρηναῖον ὄρος οἰκοῦσι, μέχρι τοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν Ὠκεανοῦ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Κωνσταντῖνος τὴν αὐτὴν ἀρχὴν διεδέξατο, μᾶλλον διεφάνη τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πράγματα. Μαξεντίου γὰρ τοῦ Ἑρκουλίου παιδὸς ἀναιρεθέντος, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ μοίρας εἰς Κωνσταντῖνον ἐπιπεσούσης, ἀδεῶς ἐθρήσκέυον ὅσοι τε περὶ τὸν Θύβριν ποταμὸν ᾤκουν, καὶ τὸν Ἠριδανὸν, ὂν Πάδον οἱ ἐπιχώριοι καλοῦσι, καὶ τὸν ῎Ακυλιν, εἰς ὃν λόγος καθελκυσθῆναι τὴν ᾿Αργὼ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ Τυρρηνῶν διασωθῆναι πέλαγος. Οἱ γὰρ ᾿Αργο· ναῦται τὸν Αἰήτην φεύγοντες, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν πλοῦν ἐν τῇ ἐπανόδῳ ἐποιήσαντο. Περαιωθέντες δὲ τὴν ὑπὲρ Σκύθας θάλασσαν, διὰ τῶν τῇδε ποταμῶν ἀφίκοντο εἰς Ἰταλῶν ὅρια, καὶ χειμάσαντες ἐνταῦθα, πόλιν ἔκτισαν, Ἥμονα προσαγορευομένην. Τοῦ δὲ θέρους ἐπικαταλαβόντος, συμπραξάντων αὐτοῖς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, ἀμφὶ τοὺς τετρακοσίους σταδίους ὑπὸ μηχανῆς ἔλκοντες τὴν ᾿Αργὼ διὰ γῆς, ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Ακυλιν ποταμὸν ἤγαγον, ὃς τῷ Ἠριδανῷ συμβάλλει· Ἠριδανὸς δὲ εἰς τὴν κατὰ Ἰταλοὺς θάλασσαν τὰς ἐκβολάς ἔχει. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν περὶ Κιβάλας μάχην, Δαρδάνιοί τε καὶ Μακεδόνες, καὶ ὅσοι παρὰ τὸν Ἴστρον οἰκοῦσιν, ἢ τε καλουμένη Ἑλλὰς, καὶ πᾶν τὸ Ἰλλυριῶν ἔθνος, ὑπὸ Κωνσταντῖνον ἐγένοντο.
Hai de kata tēn archomenēn hypo Kōnstantinou Ekklēsiai katathymiōs epratton, kai hosēmerai epedidoun, eunou kai homophronos basileōs euergesiōn axioumenai. Tautas de kai allōs pro toutou diōgmōn kai tarachēs apeiratous to Theion ephylaxe. Diōkomenōn gar tōn ana tēn allēn oikoumenēn Ekklēsiōn, monos Kōnstantios ho Kōnstantinou patēr, adeōs thrēskeuein synechōrēse tois Christianois: Amelei toionde ti thaumaston kai syngraphēs axion egnōn eirgasthai autǭ. Dokimasai thelōn tines tōn en tois basileiois; Christianōn andres eisi kaloi kai agathoi, synkalesas; pantas, proēgoreusen, ei men helointo thyein kai thrēskeuein homoiōs, amph᾿ auton einai, kai epi tēs autēs menein axias; ei de paraitēsainto, exienai tōn basileiōn, charin echontas hoti mē kai timōrias prosōphlēsan. Epei de eis hekateron diekrithēsan, hoi men tēn thrēskeian prodon? ( tes, hoi de tōn parontōn ta theia protimēsantes, egnō philois kai symboulois chrēsthai; tois peri to kreitton pistois diameinasi ; tous de, hōs anandrous kai kobalous apestraphē, kai tēs pros auton homilias apeōsato. Logisamenos mē pote esesthai peri basilea eunous, tous hōde hetoimous prodotas Theou gegenēmenous. Enteuthen eikotōs eti Kōnstantinou periontos, ouk edokei paranomon Christianizein tois Italōn epekeina, Galatais te kai Brettanois, kai hosoi peri to Pyrēnaion oros oikousi, mechri tou pros hesperan Ōkeanou. Epei de kai Kōnstantinos tēn autēn archēn diedexato, mallon diephanē ta tēs Ekklēsias pragmata. Maxentiou gar tou Herkouliou paidos anairethentos, kai tēs autou moiras eis Kōnstantinon epipesousēs, adeōs ethrēskeuon hosoi te peri ton Thybrin potamon ǭkoun, kai ton Ēridanon, on Padon hoi epichōrioi kalousi, kai ton ᾿Akylin, eis hon logos kathelkysthēnai tēn ᾿Argō, kai pros to Tyrrēnōn diasōthēnai pelagos. Hoi gar ᾿Argo; nautai ton Aiētēn pheugontes, ou ton auton ploun en tę̄ epanodǭ epoiēsanto. Peraiōthentes de tēn hyper Skythas thalassan, dia tōn tę̄de potamōn aphikonto eis Italōn horia, kai cheimasantes entautha, polin ektisan, Hēmona prosagoreuomenēn. Tou de therous epikatalabontos, sympraxantōn autois tōn epichōriōn, amphi tous tetrakosious stadious hypo mēchanēs elkontes tēn ᾿Argō dia gēs, epi ton ᾿Akylin potamon ēgagon, hos tǭ Ēridanǭ symballei; Ēridanos de eis tēn kata Italous thalassan tas ekbolas echei. Meta de tēn peri Kibalas machēn, Dardanioi te kai Makedones, kai hosoi para ton Istron oikousin, ē te kaloumenē Hellas, kai pan to Illyriōn ethnos, hypo Kōnstantinon egenonto.
The churches in the region ruled by Constantine fared as they wished and grew daily, enjoying the benefits of a well-disposed and like-minded emperor. Even before this, the Divine had kept them free of persecution and trouble. For while the churches throughout the rest of the world were persecuted, Constantius alone, Constantine's father, allowed the Christians to worship without fear. I know that he did this remarkable thing, worth recording. Wishing to test which of the Christians in the palace were good and upright men, he called them all together and announced that if they chose to sacrifice and worship as he did, they might remain about him and keep their rank; but if they refused, they must leave the palace, grateful that they had not also incurred punishment. When they had divided on either side, some betraying their religion, others preferring divine things to their present advantages, he decided to keep as friends and counsellors those who had remained faithful to the better cause; the others he turned away from as unmanly knaves and drove from his company, reckoning that those who had so readily become traitors to God would never be loyal to the emperor. For this reason, naturally, while Constantius was still alive it was not thought unlawful to be a Christian among the peoples beyond Italy, the Gauls and the Britons and those who live about the Pyrenees as far as the western Ocean. When Constantine succeeded to the same rule, the affairs of the church became more conspicuous. For when Maxentius son of Herculius had been slain and his share of the empire had fallen to Constantine, those who lived by the river Tiber worshipped without fear, and by the Eridanus, which the inhabitants call the Padus, and by the Aquilis, down which, it is said, the Argo was hauled and brought safe to the Tyrrhenian sea. For the Argonauts, fleeing from Aeetes, did not make the same voyage on their return. They crossed the sea beyond the Scythians, came by way of the rivers there to the borders of Italy, wintered there, and built a city called Emona. When summer came, with the help of the inhabitants, they dragged the Argo overland by machines for about four hundred stades and brought it to the river Aquilis, which flows into the Eridanus; and the Eridanus empties into the sea of Italy. After the battle at Cibalae the Dardanians and Macedonians, those who live by the Ister, the so-called Hellas, and the whole Illyrian nation came under Constantine.
1.7PG 67:873–875
Λικίννιος δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἐνθάδε τροπὴν, πρότερον τὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν πρεσβεύων, μετεβάλετο τὴν γνώμην, καὶ πολλοὺς τότε τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἀρχῇ ἱερέων ἐκάκωσε · πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ στρατιωτικοῦ πλήθους. Σφόδρα γὰρ ἀπεχθάνετο πρὸς τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς, διὰ τὴν πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον διαφορὰν, οἰόμενος αὐτὸν λυπήσειν ταῖς δυσπραγίαις τῆς θρησκείας· ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ὑπολαμβάνων εὔχεσθαι, καὶ σπουδάζειν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ μόνου βασιλεύεσθαι. Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ, οἷα φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, πάλιν εἰς μάχην καθίστασθαι μέλλων Κωνσταντίνῳ, τοῦ προσδοκωμένου πολέμου πρόνοιαν ἐποιεῖτο, διά τε σφαγίων καὶ μαντειῶν· καὶ ὑπαχθείς τισιν ὑπισχνουμένοις αὐτῷ κρατήσειν, εἰς Ἑλληνισμὸν ἐτράπη. Αμέλει τοίνυν καὶ Ἕλληνές φασιν αὐτὸν τότε ἀποπειραθῆναι τοῦ ἐν Μιλήτῳ μαντείου τοῦ Διδυμαίου ᾿Απόλλωνος " ἐρομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ πολέμου, χρῆσαι τὸ δαιμόνιον τουτουσὶ τοὺς Ὁμηοιχοὺς στίχους " Ὧ γέρον, ἦ μάλα δὴ σε νέοι μαχηταί" Σὴ τε βίη 06 σε γῆρας Ἐχ πολλῶν οὖν ἄλλων ἔδοξέ μοι, τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν Θεοῦ προνοίᾳ συνίστασθαι, καὶ εἰς τοσαύτην παρελθεῖν ἐπίδοσιν, οὐχ ἤκιστα δὲ ἐχ τῶν τότε γενομένων, Μέλλοντι γὰρ ἤδη Λιχινίῳ διώκειν πάσας τὰς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας, συνίσταται ὁ ἐν Βιθυνίᾳ πόλεμος, ὃν τελευταῖον ἐπολέμησαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους αὐτός τε καὶ Κωνσταντῖνος. Τοσαύτῃ δὲ θείᾳ ῥοπῇ ἐχρήσατο Κωνσταντῖνος, ὡς γῆν καὶ θάλασσαν κρατῆσαι τῶν ἐναντίων " ἀποθαλόντα δὲ Λιχίνιον τὸ πεζὸν καὶ τὸ ἑαυτὸν ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ προδοῦναι, ἰδιώτην ἐπί τινα χρόνον ἀγαγεῖν ἐν Θεσσαλονίκῃ, χἀχεῖσε ἀναιρεθῆναι. "Ανδρα ταπρῶτα τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ἐν πολέμοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐδοχιμώτατον γενόμενον, καὶ τῷ γάμῳ τῆς ἀδελφῆς Κωνσταντίνου τετιμημένον, εἰς τοῦτο ὃὲ καταστάντα τέλους.
Likinnios de meta tēn enthade tropēn, proteron ta tōn Christianōn presbeuōn, metebaleto tēn gnōmēn, kai pollous tote tōn epi tę̄ idią archę̄ hiereōn ekakōse ; pollous de kai tōn allōn, kai malista tou stratiōtikou plēthous. Sphodra gar apechthaneto pros tous Christianous, dia tēn pros Kōnstantinon diaphoran, oiomenos auton lypēsein tais dyspragiais tēs thrēskeias; hama de kai tas Ekklēsias hypolambanōn euchesthai, kai spoudazein hyp' autou monou basileuesthai. Pros toutois de, hoia philei ginesthai, palin eis machēn kathistasthai mellōn Kōnstantinǭ, tou prosdokōmenou polemou pronoian epoieito, dia te sphagiōn kai manteiōn; kai hypachtheis tisin hypischnoumenois autǭ kratēsein, eis Hellēnismon etrapē. Amelei toinyn kai Hellēnes phasin auton tote apopeirathēnai tou en Milētǭ manteiou tou Didymaiou ᾿Apollōnos " eromenǭ de autǭ peri tou polemou, chrēsai to daimonion toutousi tous Homēoichous stichous " Hō geron, ē mala dē se neoi machētai" Sē te biē 06 se gēras Ech pollōn oun allōn edoxe moi, to dogma tōn Christianōn Theou pronoią synistasthai, kai eis tosautēn parelthein epidosin, ouch ēkista de ech tōn tote genomenōn, Mellonti gar ēdē Lichiniǭ diōkein pasas tas hyp᾽ auton Ekklēsias, synistatai ho en Bithynią polemos, hon teleutaion epolemēsan pros allēlous autos te kai Kōnstantinos. Tosautę̄ de theią rhopę̄ echrēsato Kōnstantinos, hōs gēn kai thalassan kratēsai tōn enantiōn " apothalonta de Lichinion to pezon kai to heauton en Nikomēdeią prodounai, idiōtēn epi tina chronon agagein en Thessalonikę̄, chacheise anairethēnai. "Andra taprōta tēs hēgemonias, en polemois kai tois allois eudochimōtaton genomenon, kai tǭ gamǭ tēs adelphēs Kōnstantinou tetimēmenon, eis touto hoe katastanta telous.
After his defeat there Licinius, who had formerly favoured the Christians, changed his mind, and at that time ill-treated many of the priests in his own dominion, and many others too, especially among the soldiers. He hated the Christians intensely because of his quarrel with Constantine, thinking that he would grieve him by the misfortunes of the religion, and at the same time supposing that the churches prayed and strove to be ruled by Constantine alone. Besides this, as often happens, when he was about to go to battle again with Constantine he made provision for the expected war by sacrifices and divinations, and, led on by some who promised him victory, he turned to paganism. The pagans themselves say that he then consulted the oracle of Didymaean Apollo at Miletus, and that when he asked about the war the demon answered him with these lines of Homer: “Old man, truly the young warriors [press] you [hard]; your strength [is spent, and hard] old age [attends] you.” Among many other things, it has seemed to me that the doctrine of the Christians was established by the providence of God and came to so great an increase not least from what happened then. For just when Licinius was about to persecute all the churches under him, the war in Bithynia broke out, the last war that he and Constantine fought against each other. Constantine had such divine help that he overcame his opponents by land and sea; and Licinius, having lost his infantry and his fleet, surrendered himself at Nicomedia, lived for some time as a private man at Thessalonica, and was put to death there. So ended a man who in the first part of his reign had been very highly esteemed in war and in other respects, and had been honoured with marriage to Constantine's sister.
1.8PG 67:875–881
Κωνσταντῖνος δὲ, εἰς μόνον αὐτὸν πάσης τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς περιστάσης, γράμματι δημοσίῳ προηγόρευσε τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ὑπηκόοις, τὴν Χριστιανῶν σέβειν θρησκείαν, τὸ Θεῖον ἐπιμελῶς θεραπεύειν Θεῖον δὲ νοεῖν μόνον, ὅ καὶ ὄντως ἐστὶ, καὶ διαρκῆ κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ χρόνου τὴν δύναμιν ἔχει. Τάδε μὲν γὰρ σπουδάζουσιν ἄφθονα πάντα τὰ ἀγαθὰ φιλεῖν προσγίνεσθαι, καὶ ἅπερ ἂν ἐγχειρῶσι, μετὰ χρηστῶν ἐλπίδων ἀπαντᾷν " τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἁμαρτάνουσι, κοινῇ καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἐν πολέμοις τε καὶ εἰρήνῃ πάντα δυσχερῆ συμβαίνειν. Χάριν τε ὁμολογῶν, οὐ χομπάζων λέγειν ἰσχυρίζεται, ὡς ἐπιτήδειον ὑπηρέτην ἀξιώσας αὐτὸν εἶναι ὁ Θεὸς τῆς αὐτοῦ βουλήσεως, ἀπὸ τῆς πρὸς Βρεττανοὺς θαλάσσης, μέχρι τῶν ἑῴων χωρίων προήγαγεν, ὅπως ἡ Χριστιανῶν αὐξηθείη θρησκεία, καὶ οἱ θεραπείας Θεοῦ ἕνεκεν χαρτεριχοὶ διαμείναντες ἐν ὁμολογίαις μαρτυρίαις, ἐπιφανέστεροι ταῖς τιμαῖς ἀναδειχθῶσι. Τοιαῦτα ἀναγορεύσας, ἄλλα μυρία διεξελθὼν, δι' ὧν ῴετο τὸ ὑπήκοον πρὸς τὴν θρησκείαν ἐπἀγεσθαι, ἄχυρα εἶναι ἐψηφίσατο τὰ κατὰ τῆς θρησκείας δόξαντα ἢ πεπραγμένα ἐπὶ τῶν διωξάντων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν " ἄφεσίν τε ἔχειν πάντας ἐνομοθέτησεν, ὅσοι διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν ὁμολογίαν κατεδιχάσθησαν μετοιχεῖν, ἐν νήσοις, ἀλλαχόσε παρὰ γνώμην διατρίβειν, ἢ μετάλλοις ἐμπονεῖν, ἢ δημοσίοις ἔργοις, ἢ γυναικείοις, ἢ λινυφίοις ὑπηρετεῖν, ἢ βουλευτηρίοις ἐναριθμεῖσθαι, μὴ βουλευταὶ ὄντες πρότερον. Ατίμοις δὲ γενομένοις τὴν ἀτιμίαν ἔλυσε. Τοῖς δὲ στρατείας τινὸς ἀφαιρεθεῖσιν, ἐν γνώμῃ εἴασεν, ἢ ἐφ' οὗπερ ἦσαν σχήματος εἶναι, ἢ μετὰ ἀφέσεως ἐντίμου ἐλευθέραν ἄγειν σχολήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντας εἰς τὴν προτέραν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὰς συνήθεις τιμὰς ἀνεκαλέσατο, καὶ τὰς οὐσίας αὐτοῖς ἀπέδωκεν. Εἰ δέ τινες θάνατον καταδικασθέντες τῶν ὄντων ἀφῃρέθησαν, προσέταξε τοῖς ἐγγυτέρω γένους διαφέρειν τοὺς κλήρους · μηδενὸς δὲ τούτων ὄντος, τὴν καθέκαστον ἐπιχώριον ἐκκλησίαν κληρονομεῖν· εἴτε δὲ ἰδιώτης, εἴτε τὸ δημόσιον, ἐκ τοιαύτης οὐσίας ἔχοι τι, ἀποδιδόναι. Τῶν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ ταμείου πριαμένων, ἢ δωρεὰν λαβόντων, εἰς τὸν δυνατὸν καὶ πρέποντα : τρόπον προνοεῖν ὑπέσχετο. Τάδε μὲν, ὡς εἴρηται, τῷ βασιλεῖ ἔδοξε, καὶ νόμῳ ἐκυρώθη, ἀμελητί τε τοῦ προσήκοντος τέλους ἐτύγχανε. Χριστιανοὶ δὲ ὡς ἐπίπαν τὰς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὰς ἐπετρόπευον · καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ θύειν ἀπείρητο πᾶσιν, ἢ μαντείαις καὶ τελε - ταῖς κεχρῆσθαι, ἢ ξόανα ἀνατιθέναι, ἡ Ἑλληνικάς ἄγειν ἑορτάς. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ πόλεις ἐθῶν ἡμείβετο τῆς ἀρχαιότητος. ᾿Αμέλει τοι, παρὰ μὲν Αἰγυπτίοις, οὐκέτι εἰς τοὺς εἰοιθότας Ἑλληνικοὺς ναοὺς, εἰς δὲ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἐξ ἐκείνου φέρεται ὁ πῆχυς, ᾧ σημαίνεται τῶν τοῦ Νείλου ὑδάτων ἡ ἐπίδοσις. Παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις, τότε πρῶτον ἡ τῶν μονομάχων ὁ ἐκωλύθη θέα. Παρὰ δὲ Φοίνιξιν, οἳ τὸν Λίβανον καὶ τὴν Ἡλίου πόλιν οἰκοῦσιν, οὐκέτι θέμις ἦν ἐκπορνεύεσθαι τὰς παρθένους, πρὶν τοῖς ἀνδράσι συνελθεῖν, οἷς νομίμῳ γάμῳ συνοικεῖν εἰώθεσαν μετὰ τὴν πρώτην πεῖραν τῆς ἀθεμίτου μίξεως. Τῶν δὲ εὐκτηρίων οἴκων, οἱ μὲν ἀρκούντως μεγέθους ἔχοντες, ἐπανωρθοῦντο· οἱ δὲ, εἰς ἐπίδοσιν ὕψους καὶ πλάτους λαμπρῶς ἐπεσκευάζοντο. Ἑτέρωθι δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ὄντες, ἐκ θεμελίου ἐδημιουργοῦντο. Τὰ δὲ χρήματα ἐκ τῶν βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν ἐχορήγει ὁ βασιλεὺς, γράψας τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόποις, ἃ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν ἐθνῶν, τοῖς μὲν ἐπιτάττειν ὅ τι βούλοιντο τοὺς δὲ πειθαρχεῖν, καὶ σπουδαίως ὑπηρετεῖσθαι τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. Εὐημερούσης δὲ αὑτῷ τῆς ἀρχῆς, συνεπεδίδου ἡ θρησκεία. Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὃὲ καὶ μετὰ τὸν πρὸς Λιχένιον πόλεμον ἐπιτευχτιχὸς ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ὡς καὶ Σαυροματῶν χρατῇσαι, τῶν καλουμένων Γότθων, τὸ τελευταῖον, ἐν μέρει χάριτος σπείσασθαι πρὺς αὑτούς. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧχει μὲν «τε πέραν Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ" μαχιμώτατον δὲ τυγχάνον, πλήθει, μεγέθει σωμάτων, ἐν ὅπλοις ἀεὶ παρεσκευασμένον, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων Βαρβάρων ἐκράτει" μόνους δὲ Ῥωμαίους ἀνταγων:στὰς εἶχεν. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ λέγεται καὶ τοῦτον τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιδεῖξαι Κωνσταντίνῳ διὰ σημείων ὀνειράτων, ὅσης θειόθεν φείωτο προνοίας. Κρατῆσας δὲ πάντων τῶν ἐπὶ αὖτοῦ συμβάντων πολέμων, καθάπερ ἀντιφιλοτιμούμενος τὸν Χριστὸν, ἡμείδετο τῇ περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν σπουδῇ" ταύτην μόνην πρεσβεύειν, σωτήριον ἡγεῖσθαι, τοὺς ἀρχομένους προτρέπων. Ἐχ δὲ τῆς οὔσης ὑποφόρου γῆς. καθ᾽ ἐχάστην πόλιν ἐξελὼν τοῦ δημοσίου ῥητὸν τέλος, ταῖς κατὰ τόπον ἐκκλησίαις καὶ κλήροις ἀπένειμε, τὴν δωρεὰν εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον κυρίαν εἶναι ἐνομοθέτησε. Προσεθίζων δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας ὁμοίως αὑτῷ τὸν Θεὸν σέβειν, τὰ τούτων ὅπλα τῷ συμβόλῳ τοῦ σταυροῦ χατεσῆμαινε, καὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εὐκτήριον οἶχον κατεσκεύασε" καὶ σκηνὴν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν εἰχασμένην περιέφερεν, ἡνίκα πολεμίοις ἐπεστράτευεν ᾿ ὥστε μηδὲ ἐν ἐρημίᾳ διάγοντα αὐτὸν, ἢ τὴν στρατιὰν, ἱεροῦ οἴκου ἀμοιρεῖν, ἐν ᾧ δέοι τὸν Θεὸν ὑμνεῖν καὶ προσεύχεσθαι, καὶ μυστηρίων μετέχειν. συνείποντο γὰρ καὶ ἱερεῖς καὶ διάκονοι τῇ σκηνῇ προσεδρεύοντες, κατὰ τὸν νότῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τὴν περὶ ταῦτα τάξιν ἐπλήρουν. ἘῈ ἐκείνου δὲ καὶ τὰ Ῥωμαίων τάγματα, ἃ νῦν ἀριθμοὺς καλοῦσιν, ἔχαστον ἰδίαν σκηνὴν κατεσχευάσατο, καὶ ἱερέας διακόνους ἀπονενεμημένους ἔχειν. Τὴν δὲ Κυριακὴν καλουμένην ἡμέραν, ἣν Ἑβραῖοι πρώτην τῆς ἑβδομάδος ὀνομάζουσιν, : Ἕλληνες δὲ ἡλίῳ ἀνατιθέασι, καὶ τὴν πρὸ τῆς ἑβδόμης, ἐνομοθέτησε δικαστηρίων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πραγμάτων σχολὴν ἄγειν πάντας, καὶ ἐν εὐχαῖς καὶ λιταῖς τὸ θεῖον θεραπεύειν. Ἐτίμα δὲ τὴν Κυριακὴν, ὡς ἐν ταύτῃ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀναστάντος ἐκ νεκρῶν· τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν, ὡς ἐν αὐτῇ σταυρωθέντος. Πάνυ γάρ πολὺ σέβας εἶχε τοῦ θείου σταυροῦ, ἔκ τε τῶν ὑπαρξάντων αὐτῷ τῇ ἐνθένδε ῥοπῇ ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τῶν ἐναντίων μάχαις, καὶ ἐκ τῆς συμβάσης αὐτῷ περὶ τούτου θεοσημείας. Αμέλει τοι πρότερον νενομισμένην Ῥωμαίοις τὴν τοῦ σταυροῦ τιμωρίαν, νόμῳ ἀνεῖλε τῆς χρήσεως τῶν δικαστηρίων. Πλαττομένῳ τε ἐν νομίσμασι καὶ εἰκόσι γραφομένῳ, ἐκέλευσεν ἀεὶ συγγράφεσθαι, καὶ συντυποῦσθαι τοῦτο τὸ θεῖον σύμβολον. Καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν εἰς ἔτι νῦν εἰκόνες αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τούτου οὖσαι τοῦ σχήματος. Ἐν ἅπασι μὲν, νομοθετῶν δὲ μάλιστα, ἐσπούδαζε θεραπεύειν τὸ Θεῖον. Φαίνεται γοῦν τὰς ἀκολάστους καὶ καταβεβλακευμένας μίξεις, πρὸ τούτου μὴ κωλυομένας, ἐπανορθώσας · ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν συνιδεῖν ἔστι τῶν περὶ τούτων κειμένων νόμων, εἴ τῳ τοῦτο ἐπιμελὲς τυγχάνει. Νυνὶ γὰρ περὶ τὸ τέλειον τοῦτο ποιεῖν, οὐκ εὔκαιρον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ. Τὰ δὲ ἐπὶ τιμῇ καὶ συστάσει τῆς θρησκείας νενομοθετημένα, πρὸς τοῖς εἰρημένοις διεξελθεῖν ἀναγκαῖον, μέρος ὄντα τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱστορίας. ῎Αρξομαι δὲ ἐντεῦθεν.
Kōnstantinos de, eis monon auton pasēs tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs peristasēs, grammati dēmosiǭ proēgoreuse tois ana tēn heō hypēkoois, tēn Christianōn sebein thrēskeian, to Theion epimelōs therapeuein Theion de noein monon, ho kai ontōs esti, kai diarkē kata pantos tou chronou tēn dynamin echei. Tade men gar spoudazousin aphthona panta ta agatha philein prosginesthai, kai haper an encheirōsi, meta chrēstōn elpidōn apantąn " tois de peri to kreitton hamartanousi, koinę̄ kai idią en polemois te kai eirēnę̄ panta dyscherē symbainein. Charin te homologōn, ou chompazōn legein ischyrizetai, hōs epitēdeion hypēretēn axiōsas auton einai ho Theos tēs autou boulēseōs, apo tēs pros Brettanous thalassēs, mechri tōn heǭōn chōriōn proēgagen, hopōs hē Christianōn auxētheiē thrēskeia, kai hoi therapeias Theou heneken charterichoi diameinantes en homologiais martyriais, epiphanesteroi tais timais anadeichthōsi. Toiauta anagoreusas, alla myria diexelthōn, di' hōn ǭeto to hypēkoon pros tēn thrēskeian epagesthai, achyra einai epsēphisato ta kata tēs thrēskeias doxanta ē pepragmena epi tōn diōxantōn tēn Ekklēsian " aphesin te echein pantas enomothetēsen, hosoi dia tēn eis Christon homologian katedichasthēsan metoichein, en nēsois, allachose para gnōmēn diatribein, ē metallois emponein, ē dēmosiois ergois, ē gynaikeiois, ē linyphiois hypēretein, ē bouleutēriois enarithmeisthai, mē bouleutai ontes proteron. Atimois de genomenois tēn atimian elyse. Tois de strateias tinos aphairetheisin, en gnōmę̄ eiasen, ē eph' houper ēsan schēmatos einai, ē meta apheseōs entimou eleutheran agein scholēn. Epei de pantas eis tēn proteran eleutherian kai tas synētheis timas anekalesato, kai tas ousias autois apedōken. Ei de tines thanaton katadikasthentes tōn ontōn aphę̄rethēsan, prosetaxe tois engyterō genous diapherein tous klērous ; mēdenos de toutōn ontos, tēn kathekaston epichōrion ekklēsian klēronomein; eite de idiōtēs, eite to dēmosion, ek toiautēs ousias echoi ti, apodidonai. Tōn de para tou tameiou priamenōn, ē dōrean labontōn, eis ton dynaton kai preponta : tropon pronoein hypescheto. Tade men, hōs eirētai, tǭ basilei edoxe, kai nomǭ ekyrōthē, amelēti te tou prosēkontos telous etynchane. Christianoi de hōs epipan tas Rhōmaiōn archas epetropeuon ; kai tou loipou thyein apeirēto pasin, ē manteiais kai tele - tais kechrēsthai, ē xoana anatithenai, hē Hellēnikas agein heortas. Polla de kai tōn kata poleis ethōn hēmeibeto tēs archaiotētos. ᾿Amelei toi, para men Aigyptiois, ouketi eis tous eioithotas Hellēnikous naous, eis de tas ekklēsias ex ekeinou pheretai ho pēchys, hǭ sēmainetai tōn tou Neilou hydatōn hē epidosis. Para de Rhōmaiois, tote prōton hē tōn monomachōn ho ekōlythē thea. Para de Phoinixin, hoi ton Libanon kai tēn Hēliou polin oikousin, ouketi themis ēn ekporneuesthai tas parthenous, prin tois andrasi synelthein, hois nomimǭ gamǭ synoikein eiōthesan meta tēn prōtēn peiran tēs athemitou mixeōs. Tōn de euktēriōn oikōn, hoi men arkountōs megethous echontes, epanōrthounto; hoi de, eis epidosin hypsous kai platous lamprōs epeskeuazonto. Heterōthi de tēn archēn mē ontes, ek themeliou edēmiourgounto. Ta de chrēmata ek tōn basilikōn thēsaurōn echorēgei ho basileus, grapsas tois kata polin episkopois, ha tois hēgoumenois tōn ethnōn, tois men epitattein ho ti boulointo tous de peitharchein, kai spoudaiōs hypēreteisthai tois hiereusin. Euēmerousēs de hautǭ tēs archēs, synepedidou hē thrēskeia. Epi tosouton hoe kai meta ton pros Lichenion polemon epiteuchtichos egeneto en tais kata tōn allophylōn hōs kai Sauromatōn chratę̄sai, tōn kaloumenōn Gotthōn, to teleutaion, en merei charitos speisasthai prys hautous. Touto de to ethnos hǭchei men «te peran Istrou potamou" machimōtaton de tynchanon, plēthei, megethei sōmatōn, en hoplois aei pareskeuasmenon, tōn men allōn Barbarōn ekratei" monous de Rhōmaious antagōn:stas eichen. Ouch hēkista de legetai kai touton ton polemon epideixai Kōnstantinǭ dia sēmeiōn oneiratōn, hosēs theiothen pheiōto pronoias. Kratēsas de pantōn tōn epi autou symbantōn polemōn, kathaper antiphilotimoumenos ton Christon, hēmeideto tę̄ peri tēn thrēskeian spoudę̄" tautēn monēn presbeuein, sōtērion hēgeisthai, tous archomenous protrepōn. Ech de tēs ousēs hypophorou gēs. kath᾽ echastēn polin exelōn tou dēmosiou rhēton telos, tais kata topon ekklēsiais kai klērois apeneime, tēn dōrean eis ton hapanta chronon kyrian einai enomothetēse. Prosethizōn de tous stratiōtas homoiōs hautǭ ton Theon sebein, ta toutōn hopla tǭ symbolǭ tou staurou chatesēmaine, kai en tois basileiois euktērion oichon kateskeuase" kai skēnēn eis ekklēsian eichasmenēn periepheren, hēnika polemiois epestrateuen ᾿ hōste mēde en erēmią diagonta auton, ē tēn stratian, hierou oikou amoirein, en hǭ deoi ton Theon hymnein kai proseuchesthai, kai mystēriōn metechein. syneiponto gar kai hiereis kai diakonoi tę̄ skēnę̄ prosedreuontes, kata ton notēs Ekklēsias, tēn peri tauta taxin eplēroun. EE ekeinou de kai ta Rhōmaiōn tagmata, ha nyn arithmous kalousin, echaston idian skēnēn katescheuasato, kai hiereas diakonous aponenemēmenous echein. Tēn de Kyriakēn kaloumenēn hēmeran, hēn Hebraioi prōtēn tēs hebdomados onomazousin, : Hellēnes de hēliǭ anatitheasi, kai tēn pro tēs hebdomēs, enomothetēse dikastēriōn kai tōn allōn pragmatōn scholēn agein pantas, kai en euchais kai litais to theion therapeuein. Etima de tēn Kyriakēn, hōs en tautę̄ tou Christou anastantos ek nekrōn; tēn de heteran, hōs en autę̄ staurōthentos. Pany gar poly sebas eiche tou theiou staurou, ek te tōn hyparxantōn autǭ tę̄ enthende rhopę̄ en tais kata tōn enantiōn machais, kai ek tēs symbasēs autǭ peri toutou theosēmeias. Amelei toi proteron nenomismenēn Rhōmaiois tēn tou staurou timōrian, nomǭ aneile tēs chrēseōs tōn dikastēriōn. Plattomenǭ te en nomismasi kai eikosi graphomenǭ, ekeleusen aei syngraphesthai, kai syntypousthai touto to theion symbolon. Kai martyrousin eis eti nyn eikones autou, epi toutou ousai tou schēmatos. En hapasi men, nomothetōn de malista, espoudaze therapeuein to Theion. Phainetai goun tas akolastous kai katabeblakeumenas mixeis, pro toutou mē kōlyomenas, epanorthōsas ; hōs ex autōn synidein esti tōn peri toutōn keimenōn nomōn, ei tǭ touto epimeles tynchanei. Nyni gar peri to teleion touto poiein, ouk eukairon einai moi dokei. Ta de epi timę̄ kai systasei tēs thrēskeias nenomothetēmena, pros tois eirēmenois diexelthein anankaion, meros onta tēs ekklēsiastikēs historias. ᾿Arxomai de enteuthen.
When the whole Roman empire had come round to Constantine alone, he proclaimed by a public decree to his subjects in the East that they should honour the Christian religion and serve the Divine diligently, and should regard as divine only that which truly is and has power that endures for all time. For those who are zealous for it, all good things are wont to come in abundance, and whatever they undertake meets with good hopes; but for those who fail toward the better cause, all things turn out ill, in public and in private, in war and in peace. Acknowledging his gratitude, not boasting, he affirms that God, judging him a fit servant of his will, led him forward from the sea by Britain to the eastern lands, so that the religion of the Christians might grow, and that those who had remained steadfast for the service of God in confessions and martyrdoms might be shown more illustrious by honours. Having proclaimed this and gone through countless other matters by which he thought to bring his subjects to the religion, he decreed that whatever had been decided or done against the religion under the persecutors of the church should be void. He enacted that all should be released who for confessing Christ had been condemned to be deported, to live against their will on islands or elsewhere, to labour in mines or public works, or to serve in the women's quarters or the linen factories, or to be enrolled in the town councils when they had not been councillors before. Those who had been deprived of civil rights he freed from the deprivation. Those who had been stripped of some military rank he allowed, as they chose, either to hold the rank they had had or to enjoy freedom with an honourable discharge. And when he had restored them all to their former freedom and their customary honours, he also gave back their property. If any condemned to death had been deprived of their goods, he ordered that the inheritance should pass to their nearest kin; if there were none, the local church in each place was to inherit; and whether a private person or the treasury held anything from such property, it was to be returned. For those who had bought from the treasury or received a grant, he promised to provide in a possible and fitting way. These things, as has been said, the emperor decided and confirmed by law, and they were carried out without delay. Christians for the most part administered the offices of Roman government; and henceforth all were forbidden to sacrifice, to use divinations and initiations, to set up images, or to celebrate pagan festivals. Many of the ancient customs in the cities were changed. Among the Egyptians, for example, the cubit by which the rise of the waters of the Nile is marked is no longer brought to the pagan temples as before, but from that time to the churches. Among the Romans the spectacle of gladiators was then forbidden for the first time. Among the Phoenicians who live in Lebanon and Heliopolis it was no longer lawful for virgins to be prostituted before they came together with the men with whom they were accustomed to live in lawful marriage after the first experience of the unlawful union. Of the houses of prayer, those that were large enough were repaired; others were splendidly enlarged in height and breadth; and where there had been none at all, they were built from the foundations. The emperor supplied the money from the royal treasuries, having written to the bishops in each city and to the governors of the provinces, the former to direct what they wished, the latter to obey and serve the priests diligently. As his rule prospered, religion grew with it. After the war with Licinius he was so successful against foreign peoples that he subdued the Sarmatians and those called Goths, and in the end made a treaty with them as a favour. This people lived beyond the river Ister; very warlike, great in numbers and in size of body, always prepared in arms, it overcame the other barbarians and had the Romans alone as rivals. It is said that in this war too it was shown to Constantine by signs and dreams how great a providence watched over him from God. Having prevailed in all the wars that befell him, as if vying in generosity with Christ, he repaid him with zeal for the religion, urging his subjects to honour it alone and to hold it the way of salvation. From the taxable land of each city he set apart a fixed portion of the public revenue and assigned it to the local churches and clergy, and enacted that the grant should be valid for all time. Accustoming the soldiers to worship God as he did, he marked their arms with the symbol of the cross. He built a house of prayer in the palace, and when he marched against enemies he carried with him a tent shaped like a church, so that neither he nor the army, even in the desert, should lack a sacred house in which to sing praise to God, pray, and share in the mysteries. Priests and deacons accompanied him, attending the tent and fulfilling the order of these things according to the law of the church. From that time each of the Roman legions, which they now call numeri, provided itself with its own tent and had priests and deacons assigned to it. He enacted that on the day called the Lord's day, which the Hebrews call the first of the week and the Greeks dedicate to the sun, and on the day before the seventh, all should rest from the courts and from other business and serve the Divine with prayers and supplications. He honoured the Lord's day because on it Christ rose from the dead, and the other because on it he was crucified. For he had very great reverence for the divine cross, both because of the help it had given him in his battles against his enemies and because of the divine sign concerning it that had been shown to him. For example, he abolished by law the punishment of the cross, which had formerly been customary among the Romans, from the use of the courts. He ordered that this divine symbol should always be inscribed and stamped on coins and on painted images of himself; and his images in this form still bear witness to it. In all things, but above all in his laws, he was zealous to serve the Divine. He is seen, for instance, to have reformed licentious and dissolute unions that had not been forbidden before, as one can see from the laws enacted on these matters, if anyone cares to. For it does not seem to me the right time now to do this completely. But it is necessary, besides what has been said, to go through what was enacted for the honour and establishment of the religion, since it is part of ecclesiastical history. I shall begin from here.
1.9PG 67:881–885
Νόμος ἦν Ῥωμαίοις παλαιὸς, ἀπὸ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν, τῶν ἴσων ἀξιοῦσθαι κωλύων τοὺς ἀγάμους τοῖς μὴ τοιούτοις, περὶ ἄλλα τε πολλά, καὶ τὸ μηδὲν κερδαίνειν ἐκ διαθήκης τοὺς μὴ γένει ἐγγυτάτω προσήκοντας · τοὺς δὲ ἄπαιδας ζημιῶν τὸ ἥμισυ τῶν καταλελειμμένων. Ἔθεντο δὲ τοῦτον οἱ πάλαι Ῥωμαῖοι, πολυάνθρωπον ἔσεσθαι τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ τὴν ὑπήκοον οἰόμενοι, καθότι οὐ πρὸ πολ λοῦ τοῦ νόμου, ἔτυχον ἀποβαλόντες τὰ σώματα ἐν ἐμφυλίοις πολέμοις. Ὁρῶν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς παρὰ τοῦτο χεῖρον πράττοντας τοὺς παρθενίαν καὶ ἀπαιδίαν διὰ Θεὸν ἀσκοῦντας, εὔηθες ἐνόμισεν, ἐξ ἐπιμελείας καὶ σπουδῆς ἀνθρώπων δύνασθαι τὸ τούτων γένος αὔξειν, τῆς φύσεως ἀεὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄνωθεν ἐπιμέτρησιν, καὶ φθορὰν καὶ αὔξησιν δεχομένης. Καὶ νόμον τῷ δήμῳ προσεφώνησεν, ὥστε ἐπίσης πάντων τῶν ὁμοίων ἀπολαύειν τοὺς ἀγάμους καὶ ἅπαιδας· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πλέον ἔχειν ἐνομοθέτησε – εἶναι τὴν αὐτῶν ψῆφον, καὶ κρείττω τῆς τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς ἐν ἐγκρατείᾳ καὶ παρθενίᾳ βιοῦντας, ἄδειαν αὐτοῖς δοὺς ἄῤῥεσί τε καὶ θηλείαις, καὶ ἀνήβοις οὖσφ διατίθεσθαι, παρὰ τὸ κοινῇ κρατοῦν ἐν τῇ Ῥως μαίων πολιτείᾳ. Περὶ πάντων γὰρ εὖ βούλεσθαι ᾠήθη, οἷς ἔργον ἀεὶ τὸ Θεῖον θεραπεύειν, καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἀσκεῖν. Ἐπεὶ τούτου χάριν καὶ οἱ πάλαι Ῥωμαῖοι ἀδεῶς διατίθεσθαι τὰς ἐστιακὰς παρθένους καὶ ἑξαετεῖς οὔσας, ἐνομοθέτησαν. Τεκμήριον δὲ κἀκεῖνο μέγιστον τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν αἰδοῦς. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ πανταχή κληρικοὺς θέσει νόμου ἀτελεῖς ἀνῆκε· τῶν δὲ ἐπισκόπων ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὴν κρίσιν ἐπέτρεψε τοῖς δικαζομένοις, ἣν βούλωνται τοὺς πολιτικοὺς ἄρχοντας παραιτεῖσθαι· κυρίαν δὲ δικαστῶν, ὡσανεὶ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐξενεχθεῖσαν· εἰς ἔργον δὲ τὰ κρινόμενα ἄγειν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς διακονουμένους αὐτοῖς στρατιώτας· ἀμετατρέτ πτους τε εἶναι τῶν συνόδων τοὺς ὅρους. Εἰς τοῦτο δὲ με προελθόντα γραφῆς, ἄξιον μὴ παραλιπεῖν τὰ νενομοθετημένα ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐλευθερουμένων. Ὑπὸ γὰρ ἀκριβείας νόμων, καὶ ἀκόντων τῶν κεκτημένων, πολλῆς δυσχερείας οὔσης περὶ τὴν κτῆσιν τῆς ἀμείνονος ἐλευθερίας, ἣν πολιτείαν Ῥωμαίων καλοῦσι, τρεῖς ἔθετο νόμους, ψηφισάμενος πάντας τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἔλευθερουμένους ὑπὸ μάρτυτι τοῖς ἱερεῦσι, πολιτείας Ῥωμαϊκῆς τυγχάνειν. Ταύτης τῆς εὐτεθοῦς ἐφευρέσεως εἰς ἔτι νῦν ὁ χρόνος φέρει τὸν ἔλεγχον " ἔθους κρατοῦντος τοὺς περὶ τούτου νόμους προγράφεσθαι ἐν τοῖς γραμματείοις τῶν ἐλευθεριῶν. μὲν δὴ Κωυνσταυντῖνος τοιαῦτα ἐνομοθέτε;, διὰ πάντων ἐσπούδαζε τὴν θρησκείαν γεραίρειν" ἦν δὲ καὶ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὴν εὐχλεὴς, διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τῶν τότε μετιόντιον αὐτήν.
Nomos ēn Rhōmaiois palaios, apo eikosi kai pente etōn, tōn isōn axiousthai kōlyōn tous agamous tois mē toioutois, peri alla te polla, kai to mēden kerdainein ek diathēkēs tous mē genei engytatō prosēkontas ; tous de apaidas zēmiōn to hēmisy tōn kataleleimmenōn. Ethento de touton hoi palai Rhōmaioi, polyanthrōpon esesthai tēn Rhōmēn kai tēn hypēkoon oiomenoi, kathoti ou pro pol lou tou nomou, etychon apobalontes ta sōmata en emphyliois polemois. Horōn oun ho basileus para touto cheiron prattontas tous parthenian kai apaidian dia Theon askountas, euēthes enomisen, ex epimeleias kai spoudēs anthrōpōn dynasthai to toutōn genos auxein, tēs physeōs aei kata tēn anōthen epimetrēsin, kai phthoran kai auxēsin dechomenēs. Kai nomon tǭ dēmǭ prosephōnēsen, hōste episēs pantōn tōn homoiōn apolauein tous agamous kai hapaidas; ou mēn alla kai pleon echein enomothetēse – einai tēn autōn psēphon, kai kreittō tēs tōn allōn tous en enkrateią kai parthenią biountas, adeian autois dous arrhesi te kai thēleiais, kai anēbois ousph diatithesthai, para to koinę̄ kratoun en tę̄ Rhōs maiōn politeią. Peri pantōn gar eu boulesthai ǭēthē, hois ergon aei to Theion therapeuein, kai philosophian askein. Epei toutou charin kai hoi palai Rhōmaioi adeōs diatithesthai tas estiakas parthenous kai hexaeteis ousas, enomothetēsan. Tekmērion de kakeino megiston tēs tou basileōs peri tēn thrēskeian aidous. Tous men gar pantachē klērikous thesei nomou ateleis anēke; tōn de episkopōn epikaleisthai tēn krisin epetrepse tois dikazomenois, hēn boulōntai tous politikous archontas paraiteisthai; kyrian de dikastōn, hōsanei para tou basileōs exenechtheisan; eis ergon de ta krinomena agein tous archontas, kai tous diakonoumenous autois stratiōtas; ametatret ptous te einai tōn synodōn tous horous. Eis touto de me proelthonta graphēs, axion mē paralipein ta nenomothetēmena ep᾿ ōpheleią tōn en tais ekklēsiais eleutheroumenōn. Hypo gar akribeias nomōn, kai akontōn tōn kektēmenōn, pollēs dyschereias ousēs peri tēn ktēsin tēs ameinonos eleutherias, hēn politeian Rhōmaiōn kalousi, treis etheto nomous, psēphisamenos pantas tous en tais ekklēsiais eleutheroumenous hypo martyti tois hiereusi, politeias Rhōmaïkēs tynchanein. Tautēs tēs eutethous epheureseōs eis eti nyn ho chronos pherei ton elenchon " ethous kratountos tous peri toutou nomous prographesthai en tois grammateiois tōn eleutheriōn. men dē Kōynstauntinos toiauta enomothete?, dia pantōn espoudaze tēn thrēskeian gerairein" ēn de kai kath᾽ heautēn euchleēs, dia tēn aretēn tōn tote metiontion autēn.
The Romans had an old law which forbade those who were unmarried from the age of twenty-five to receive the same privileges as those who were not, both in many other respects and in that they could gain nothing by a will from those who were not their nearest kin; and it penalized the childless by half of what was left to them. The Romans of old enacted it thinking that Rome and its subjects would thus become populous, since not long before the law they had lost many lives in civil wars. The emperor, then, seeing that on this account those who practised virginity and childlessness for God's sake fared worse, thought it foolish to suppose that the human race could be increased by human care and effort, since nature always receives both decrease and increase according to the measure from above. He issued a law to the people that the unmarried and childless should enjoy all the same rights equally with others; and he even enacted that those who lived in continence and virginity should have more, that their decision should be valid and stronger than that of others, giving them, men and women alike, and even those under age, permission to make a will, contrary to what generally prevailed in the Roman state. For he thought that those whose work was always to serve the Divine and to practise philosophy would decide well about everything. For this reason the Romans of old too had enacted that the Vestal virgins might make wills freely, even at six years of age. This too is a very great proof of the emperor's reverence for religion: by enacting a law he made the clergy everywhere exempt from taxes; he allowed litigants to appeal to the judgment of the bishops if they wished to decline the civil magistrates; their verdict was to be binding on the judges, as if it had been issued by the emperor; the magistrates and the soldiers serving them were to carry out what was decided; and the definitions of synods were to be unalterable. Having come to this point in my writing, it is right not to pass over what was enacted for the benefit of those freed in the churches. Because of the strictness of the laws, and the unwillingness of owners, there was great difficulty in obtaining the better freedom which the Romans call citizenship; so he enacted three laws, decreeing that all who were freed in the churches with the priests as witnesses should obtain Roman citizenship. Time still bears proof of this pious device to this day, for the custom prevails of writing the laws on this subject at the head of the deeds of manumission. Such were the laws Constantine enacted, and in every way he was zealous to honour the religion. It was also illustrious in itself, because of the virtue of those who then practised it.
1.10PG 67:885
ΛΛλλοι τε γὰρ πολλοὶ ἀγαθοὶ Χριστιανῶν ἦσαν τότε, ἔναγχός τε τῶν διυγμῶν πεπαυμένων, εἰσέτι πλεῖστοι τῶν ὁμολογητῶν τῷ βίῳ περιόντες, τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἐσέμνυνον" ὡς ὁ “Ὅσιος Κουρδούθης ἐπίσχοπος, ᾿Αμφίων ὁ Ἐπιφανίας τῆς Κιλίκων, καὶ Μάξιμος ὁ μετὰ. Μακάριον τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπιτραπεὶς, καὶ Παφνούτιος ὁ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου" δι᾽ οὗ φασι πλεῖστα θαυματουργῆσαι τὸ Θεῖον, δαιμόνων τε κρατεῖν, καὶ ποικίλων παθημάτων ἐάσεις αὐτῷ χαρισάμενον. ᾿Ἐγένοντο δὲ Παφνούτιος οὗτος, καὶ Μάξιμος ὁ δηλωθεὶς, ἐξ ἐκείνων τῶν ὁμολυγητῶν, οὺς Μαξιμῖνος ἐν τοῖς μετάλλοις ἐργάζεσθαι οἱ ἡ. κατεδίκασε, τοὺς δεξιοὺς αὐτῶν ἐχχόψας ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ τὰς ἀριστερὰς ἀγχύλας ἀποτεμών.
LLlloi te gar polloi agathoi Christianōn ēsan tote, enanchos te tōn diygmōn pepaumenōn, eiseti pleistoi tōn homologētōn tǭ biǭ periontes, tas Ekklēsias esemnynon" hōs ho “Hosios Kourdouthēs epischopos, ᾿Amphiōn ho Epiphanias tēs Kilikōn, kai Maximos ho meta. Makarion tēn Ekklēsian tōn Hierosolymōn epitrapeis, kai Paphnoutios ho ex Aigyptou" di᾽ hou phasi pleista thaumatourgēsai to Theion, daimonōn te kratein, kai poikilōn pathēmatōn easeis autǭ charisamenon. ᾿Egenonto de Paphnoutios houtos, kai Maximos ho dēlōtheis, ex ekeinōn tōn homolygētōn, ous Maximinos en tois metallois ergazesthai hoi hē. katedikase, tous dexious autōn echchopsas ophthalmous kai tas aristeras anchylas apotemōn.
For there were then many other good Christians, and, since the persecutions had only lately ceased, very many of the confessors were still alive and gave dignity to the churches: such as Hosius, bishop of Cordova; Amphion of Epiphania in Cilicia; Maximus, who was entrusted with the church of Jerusalem after Macarius; and Paphnutius from Egypt, through whom, they say, the Divine worked very many wonders, granting him power over demons and the healing of various diseases. This Paphnutius and the Maximus already mentioned were among those confessors whom Maximinus condemned to work in the mines, after cutting out their right eyes and severing the tendons of their left knees.
1.11PG 67:885–889
Κατὰ τούτους δὲ γενέσθαι παρειλήφαμεν καὶ Σπυρίδωνα τὸν Τριμυθοῦντος τῆς Κύπρον ἐπίσκοπον " οὗ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιδεῖξαι, τὴν ἔτι κρατοῦσαν περὶ αὖτοῦ φήμην ἀρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι, Τῶν δὲ δι᾽ αὐτοῦ σὺν θείᾳ ῥοπῇ γενομένων, τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα, ὥ; γε εἰκὸς, οἱ ἐπιχώριοι ἴσασιν " ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντα οὐχ ἀποχρύψομαι. Ἐγένετο γὰρ οὗτος ἄγροιχος, γαμετὴν καὶ παῖδας ἔχων" ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο τὰ θεῖα χείρων. Φασὶ δὲ ποτε νύκτωρ ἐλθεῖν χαχούργους ἄνδρας ἐπὶ τὴν αὐλὴν τῶν αὐτοῦ προβάτων, κλέψαι ἐπιχειρήσαντας, ἐξαπίνης γενέσθαι δεσμίους, μηδενὸς δήσαντος. Ἅμα δὲ ἡμέρᾳ παραγενόμενον αὐτὸν, πεπεδημένους εὑρεῖν τούτους, καὶ λῦσαι μὲν τῶν ἀοράτων δεσμῶν " μέμψασθαι δὲ, ὅτι ἐξὸν πεῖσαι καὶ λαβεῖν ἅ γε ἐπεθύμουν, κλέψαι μᾶλλον εἴλοντο, καὶ ἐν νυκτὶ τοσοῦτον ταλαιπωρῆσαι. Όμως δ' οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσας, μᾶλλον δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀμείνω βίον μετατεθῆναι παιδεύων, "Απιτε, ἔφη, τοῦτον τὸν κριὸν λαβόντες· κεκμήκατε γὰρ ἀγρυπνοῦντες, καὶ δεῖ ὑμᾶς μὴ μεμφομένους τοὺς πόνους, ἐκ τῆς ἐμῆς αὐλῆς ἀπαλλάττεσθαι. Τοῦτο θαυμάσειε μὲν ἄν τις εἰκότως · οὐχ ἧττον δὲ κἀκεῖνο· Θυγατρὶ αὐτοῦ παρθένῳ, Εἰρήνη τοὔνομα, παρέθετό τις τῶν γνωρίμων τι. Ἡ δὲ, λαβοῦσα κατώρυξεν οἶκοι, ὅπως ἐπιμελῶς φυλάττοιτο. Συμβὰν δὲ τὴν παῖδα τελευτῆσαι μηδὲν εἰποῦσαν, ἧκεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἀπαιτῶν. Ἀγνοοῦντος δὲ Σπυρίδωνος ὅ τι λέγει, ἀναζητήσαντος δὲ ὅμως κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ μὴ εὐρόντος, ἔκλαιε, καὶ τὰς τρίχας ἔτιλλε, καὶ θανατῶν δῆν λος ἦν. Κινηθεὶς δὲ πρὸς ἔλεον ὁ Σπυρίδων, ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον, καὶ ὀνομαστὶ τὴν παῖδα ἐκάλεσε. Τῆς δὲ ἀποκριναμένης, ἤρετο περὶ τῆς παρακαταθήκης · καὶ μαθὼν ἀνέστρεφε · καὶ εὑρὼν ᾗ ἐσήμαινεν, ἀπέδωκε τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τοῦτο προήχθην λόγου, οὐκ ἄτοπον καὶ τοῦτο προσθεῖναι. Ἔθος ἦν τούτω τῷ Σπυρίδωνι, τῶν γινομένων αὐτῷ καρπῶν τοὺς μὲν, πτωχοῖς διανέμειν, τοὺς δὲ͵ προῖκα δανείζειν τοῖς ἐθέλουσιν. Οὔτε δὲ διδοὺς, οὔτε ἀπολαμβάνων, δι' ἑαυτοῦ παρεἶχεν ἢ ὑπεδέχετο· μόνον δὲ τὸ ταμεῖον ἐπιδεικνὺς, ἐπέτρεπε τοῖς προσιοῦσιν, ὅσον δέονται κομίζεσθαι, καὶ πάλιν ἀποδιδόναι ὅσον ᾔδεσαν κομισάμενοι. Δανεισάμενος οὖν τις τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον, ἧκεν ὡς ἀποδώσων. Ἐπιτραπεὶς δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἔθος αὐτὸς καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἀποδοῦναι τῷ ταμείῳ τὰ : δεδανεισμένα, πρὸς ἀδικίαν εἶδε. Καὶ νομίσας λανθάνειν, οὐκ ἀπέδωκε τὸ χρέος · ἀλλ᾽ ὑφελόμενος τοῦ ὀφειλήματος τὴν ἀπόδοσιν, ὡς ἀποτίσας ἀπῆλθε. Τὸ δὲ ἄρα οὐκ ἔμελλεν ἐπὶ πολὺ λήσειν. Μετὰ γάρ τινα χρόνον, ὁ μὲν πάλιν ἐδεῖτο δανείζεσθαι. Ὁ δὲ, πρὸς τὸ ταμεῖον ἀπέπεμπεν, ἐξουσίαν δοὺς αὐτὸν ἑαυτῷ παραμετρεῖν ὅσον βούλεται. Κενὸν δὲ τὸν οἶκον ἰδὼν, ἐμήνυσε τῷ Σπυρίδωνι. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν, Θαυμαστὸν ἄρα, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ἔφη, πῶς σοὶ μόνῳ ἔδοξε τὸ ταμεῖον ἐπιλείπειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Σκόπει οὖν κατὰ σαυτὸν, μὴ χρησάμενος ἄλλοτε, τὰ πρῶτα οὐκ ἀπέδωκας. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν, πάντως οὐκ ἀποτεύξῃ ὧν δέῃ. Καὶ πάλιν ἴθι θαῤῥῶν ὡς εὐρήσων. Καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω φωραθεὶς, κατεμήνυσε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. "Αξιον δὲ, τούτου τοῦ θείου ἀνδρὸς θαυμάσαι τὸ ἐμβριθὲς, καὶ τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς τάξεως. Λέγεται οὖν χρόνῳ ὕστερον κατά τινα χρείαν εἰς ταὐτὸ συνελθεῖν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους τῆς Κύπρου · εἶναι δὲ σὺν αὐτοῖς Σπυρίδωνα τοῦτον, καὶ Τριφύλλιον τὸν Λεδρῶν ἐπίσκοπον, ἄνδρα ἄλλως τε ἐλλόγιμον, καὶ διὰ νόμων ἄσκησιν πολὺν χρόνον ἐν τῇ Βηρυτίων πόλει διατρίψαντα. Συνάξεως δὲ ἐπιτελουμένης, ἐπιτραπεὶς Τριφύλλιος διδάξαι τὸ πλῆθος, ἐπεὶ τὸ ῥητὸν ἐκεῖνο παράγειν εἰς μέσον ἐδέησε, τὸ, Αρόν σου τὸν κράββατον καὶ περιπάτει· σκίμποδα, ἀντὶ τοῦ κραββάτου, μεταβαλὼν τὸ ὄνομα, εἶπε. Καὶ ὁ Σπυρίδων ἀγανακτήσας, Οὐ σύ γε, ἔφη, ἀμείνων τοῦ κράββατον εἰρηκότος, ὅτι ταῖς αὐτοῦ λέξεσιν ἐπαισχύνῃ κεχρῆσθαι; Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, ἀπεπήδησε τοῦ ἱερατικοῦ θρόνου, τοῦ δήμου ὁρῶντος· ταύτῃ γε μετριάζειν παιδεύων τὸν τοῖς λόγοις ὠφρυωμένον. Ἱκανὸς γὰρ ἦν ἐντρέπειν, αἰδέσιμός τε ὧν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἐνδοξότατος· ἅμα δὲ πρεσβύτερος τῇ ἡλικίᾳ τε καὶ ἱερωσύνῃ τυγχάνων. Ὅπως δὲ διέκειτο περὶ τὰς δεξιώσεις τῶν ξένων, ἐντεῦθεν ἰστέον· "Ἤδη τῆς Τεσσαρακοστῆς ἐνστάσης, ἧκέ τις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐξ ὁδοιπορίας, ἐν αἷς εἰώθει μετὰ τῶν οἱκείων ἐπισυνάπτειν τὴν νηστείαν, καὶ εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν γεύεσθαι, ἄσιτος τὰς ἐν μέσῳ διαμένων · ἰδὼν δὲ τὸν ξένον μάλα κεκμηκότα, ῎Αγε δή, πρὸς τὴν θυγατέρα ἔφη, ὅπως τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοὺς πόδας νίψῃς, καὶ φαγεῖν αὐτῷ παράθες. Εἰπούσης δὲ τῆς παρθένου μήτε ἄρτον εἶναι, μήτε ἄλφιτα· περιττὴ γὰρ ἡ τούτων παρασκευή διὰ τὴν νηστείαν· εὐξάμενος πρότερον καὶ συγγνώμην αἰτήσας, ἐκέλευσε τῇ θυγατρὶ, κρέα ὕεια, ἅπερ ἔτυχε τῇ οἰκίᾳ τεταριχευμένα, ἐψεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥψητο, καθίσας ἅμα αὐτῷ τὸν ξένον, παρατεθέντων τῶν κρεῶν ἤσθιε, καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα παρεκάλει αὐτὸν μιμεῖσθαι. Παραιτούμενον δὲ, καὶ λέγοντα Χριστιανὸν ἑαυτὸν, Ταύτῃ μᾶλλον, ἔφη, οὐ παραιτητέον. Πάντα γὰρ καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς ὁ θεῖος ἀπεφήνατο Λόγος. Τάδε μὲν περὶ Σπυρίδωνος.
Kata toutous de genesthai pareilēphamen kai Spyridōna ton Trimythountos tēs Kypron episkopon " hou tēn aretēn epideixai, tēn eti kratousan peri autou phēmēn arkein hēgoumai, Tōn de di᾽ autou syn theią rhopę̄ genomenōn, ta men pleista, hō? ge eikos, hoi epichōrioi isasin " egō de ta eis hēmas elthonta ouch apochrypsomai. Egeneto gar houtos agroichos, gametēn kai paidas echōn" all᾽ ou para touto ta theia cheirōn. Phasi de pote nyktōr elthein chachourgous andras epi tēn aulēn tōn autou probatōn, klepsai epicheirēsantas, exapinēs genesthai desmious, mēdenos dēsantos. Hama de hēmerą paragenomenon auton, pepedēmenous heurein toutous, kai lysai men tōn aoratōn desmōn " mempsasthai de, hoti exon peisai kai labein ha ge epethymoun, klepsai mallon eilonto, kai en nykti tosouton talaipōrēsai. Omōs d' oun autous eleēsas, mallon de pros ton ameinō bion metatethēnai paideuōn, "Apite, ephē, touton ton krion labontes; kekmēkate gar agrypnountes, kai dei hymas mē memphomenous tous ponous, ek tēs emēs aulēs apallattesthai. Touto thaumaseie men an tis eikotōs ; ouch hētton de kakeino; Thygatri autou parthenǭ, Eirēnē tounoma, paretheto tis tōn gnōrimōn ti. Hē de, labousa katōryxen oikoi, hopōs epimelōs phylattoito. Symban de tēn paida teleutēsai mēden eipousan, hēken ho anthrōpos tēn parakatathēkēn apaitōn. Agnoountos de Spyridōnos ho ti legei, anazētēsantos de homōs kata tēn oikian, kai mē eurontos, eklaie, kai tas trichas etille, kai thanatōn dēn los ēn. Kinētheis de pros eleon ho Spyridōn, ēlthen epi ton taphon, kai onomasti tēn paida ekalese. Tēs de apokrinamenēs, ēreto peri tēs parakatathēkēs ; kai mathōn anestrephe ; kai heurōn hę̄ esēmainen, apedōke tǭ anthrōpǭ. Epei de eis touto proēchthēn logou, ouk atopon kai touto prostheinai. Ethos ēn toutō tǭ Spyridōni, tōn ginomenōn autǭ karpōn tous men, ptōchois dianemein, tous de͵ proika daneizein tois ethelousin. Oute de didous, oute apolambanōn, di' heautou pareichen ē hypedecheto; monon de to tameion epideiknys, epetrepe tois prosiousin, hoson deontai komizesthai, kai palin apodidonai hoson ę̄desan komisamenoi. Daneisamenos oun tis touton ton tropon, hēken hōs apodōsōn. Epitrapeis de kata to ethos autos kath' heauton apodounai tǭ tameiǭ ta : dedaneismena, pros adikian eide. Kai nomisas lanthanein, ouk apedōke to chreos ; all᾽ hyphelomenos tou opheilēmatos tēn apodosin, hōs apotisas apēlthe. To de ara ouk emellen epi poly lēsein. Meta gar tina chronon, ho men palin edeito daneizesthai. Ho de, pros to tameion apepempen, exousian dous auton heautǭ parametrein hoson bouletai. Kenon de ton oikon idōn, emēnyse tǭ Spyridōni. Ho de pros auton, Thaumaston ara, ō anthrōpe, ephē, pōs soi monǭ edoxe to tameion epileipein ta epitēdeia. Skopei oun kata sauton, mē chrēsamenos allote, ta prōta ouk apedōkas. Ei gar mē touto estin, pantōs ouk apoteuxę̄ hōn deę̄. Kai palin ithi tharrhōn hōs eurēsōn. Kai ho men houtō phōratheis, katemēnyse tēn hamartian. "Axion de, toutou tou theiou andros thaumasai to embrithes, kai tēn akribeian tēs ekklēsiastikēs taxeōs. Legetai oun chronǭ hysteron kata tina chreian eis tauto synelthein tous episkopous tēs Kyprou ; einai de syn autois Spyridōna touton, kai Triphyllion ton Ledrōn episkopon, andra allōs te ellogimon, kai dia nomōn askēsin polyn chronon en tę̄ Bērytiōn polei diatripsanta. Synaxeōs de epiteloumenēs, epitrapeis Triphyllios didaxai to plēthos, epei to rhēton ekeino paragein eis meson edeēse, to, Aron sou ton krabbaton kai peripatei; skimpoda, anti tou krabbatou, metabalōn to onoma, eipe. Kai ho Spyridōn aganaktēsas, Ou sy ge, ephē, ameinōn tou krabbaton eirēkotos, hoti tais autou lexesin epaischynę̄ kechrēsthai? Kai touto eipōn, apepēdēse tou hieratikou thronou, tou dēmou horōntos; tautę̄ ge metriazein paideuōn ton tois logois ōphryōmenon. Hikanos gar ēn entrepein, aidesimos te hōn kai ek tōn ergōn endoxotatos; hama de presbyteros tę̄ hēlikią te kai hierōsynę̄ tynchanōn. Hopōs de diekeito peri tas dexiōseis tōn xenōn, enteuthen isteon; "Ēdē tēs Tessarakostēs enstasēs, hēke tis pros auton ex hodoiporias, en hais eiōthei meta tōn hoikeiōn episynaptein tēn nēsteian, kai eis rhētēn hēmeran geuesthai, asitos tas en mesǭ diamenōn ; idōn de ton xenon mala kekmēkota, ᾿Age dē, pros tēn thygatera ephē, hopōs tou andros tous podas nipsę̄s, kai phagein autǭ parathes. Eipousēs de tēs parthenou mēte arton einai, mēte alphita; perittē gar hē toutōn paraskeuē dia tēn nēsteian; euxamenos proteron kai syngnōmēn aitēsas, ekeleuse tę̄ thygatri, krea hyeia, haper etyche tę̄ oikią tetaricheumena, epsein. Epei de hēpsēto, kathisas hama autǭ ton xenon, paratethentōn tōn kreōn ēsthie, kai ton andra parekalei auton mimeisthai. Paraitoumenon de, kai legonta Christianon heauton, Tautę̄ mallon, ephē, ou paraitēteon. Panta gar kathara tois katharois ho theios apephēnato Logos. Tade men peri Spyridōnos.
We have received that Spyridon, bishop of Trimythus in Cyprus, also lived in their time. To show his virtue, I think the fame that still prevails about him is enough. Of the things that were done through him with divine help, the inhabitants naturally know most; but I shall not hide what has come to us. He was a countryman, with a wife and children, but not on that account worse in divine things. They say that once some wicked men came by night to the fold of his sheep, and as they tried to steal them they were suddenly bound, though no one had bound them. At daybreak he came and found them fettered, and he loosed them from their invisible bonds; but he rebuked them because, when they could have asked and received what they wanted, they had chosen rather to steal and to toil so much by night. Yet he took pity on them, or rather taught them to change to a better life, and said: “Go, and take this ram with you; you are worn out from staying awake, and you must not leave my fold with nothing to show for your labours.” One might rightly marvel at this, and no less at the following. One of his acquaintances entrusted something to his daughter, a virgin named Irene, and she took it and buried it in the house, so that it might be carefully kept. It happened that the girl died without saying anything, and the man came demanding his deposit. Spyridon did not know what he meant, but searched the house nonetheless and did not find it; the man wept and tore his hair and was plainly ready to die. Moved to pity, Spyridon went to the tomb and called the girl by name. When she answered, he asked about the deposit; when he had learned, he went back, found it where she had indicated, and gave it back to the man. Since I have been led to this point in the account, it is not out of place to add this as well. It was Spyridon's custom to distribute some of the produce he gathered to the poor and to lend some without interest to whoever wished. He neither gave out nor received anything with his own hands; he would only point out the storeroom and let those who came take as much as they needed, and pay back again as much as they knew they had taken. A man who had borrowed in this way came to pay it back. Allowed, as was the custom, to return what he had borrowed to the storeroom by himself, he set his mind on wrongdoing; and thinking he was unobserved, he did not pay the debt, but kept back the repayment of what he owed and went away as if he had paid. But it was not to remain hidden for long. Some time later he again asked to borrow. Spyridon sent him to the storeroom, giving him leave to measure out for himself as much as he wanted. Seeing the room empty, he told Spyridon. Spyridon said to him: “It is surprising, man, how the storeroom seems to have run short of provisions for you alone. Consider within yourself whether you used it before and did not pay back what you took first. If this is not the case, you will certainly not fail to get what you need. Go again with confidence, and you will find it.” So the man was caught out and confessed his sin. It is worth marvelling also at the gravity of this godly man and his exactness about church order. It is said that some time later the bishops of Cyprus met together for some need, and with them were this Spyridon and Triphyllius, bishop of Ledra, a man of distinction in general, who had spent a long time in the city of Berytus for the study of law. At an assembly Triphyllius was asked to teach the people; and when he had to bring forward the saying, “Take up your bed and walk,” he changed the word and said “couch” instead of “bed.” Spyridon was indignant and said: “Are you better than the one who said ‘bed,’ that you are ashamed to use his words?” With these words he sprang from the bishop's throne in sight of the people, teaching in this way the man who was proud of his eloquence to be modest. For he was able to put him to shame, being venerable and most renowned for his deeds, and at the same time older both in age and in the priesthood. How he was disposed toward the entertaining of strangers may be known from this. When Lent had already begun, someone came to him from a journey, on the days in which he was accustomed to keep the fast continuously with his household and to taste food only on a set day, remaining without food on the days between. Seeing the stranger very weary, he said to his daughter: “Come, wash the man's feet and set food before him.” When the girl said there was neither bread nor barley meal, for it was needless to have these ready because of the fast, he first prayed and asked pardon, and then ordered his daughter to boil some salted pork that happened to be in the house. When it was cooked, he seated the stranger with him, set the meat before him and began to eat, and urged the man to do as he did. When he refused, saying that he was a Christian, Spyridon said: “All the more reason not to refuse; for the divine Word has declared, ‘To the pure all things are pure.’” So much about Spyridon.
1.12PG 67:889–895
Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ ἐπισημοτάτην τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἔδειξαν, καὶ τὸ δόγμα ἀνέσχον ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τοῦ βίον, : τότε μετιόντες τὴν μοναστικὴν πολιτείαν. Ὦφελιμώτατον γάρ τι χρῆμα εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐλθοῦσα παρὰ Θεοῦ ἡ τοιαύτη φιλοσοφία, μαθημάτων μὲν πολλῶν διαλεκτικῆς τεχνολογίας ἀμελεῖ ὡς περιέργου, καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀμείνοσι σχολὴν ἀφαιρουμένης, καὶ πρὸς τὸ βιοῦν ὀρθῶς οὐδὲν συλλαμθανομένης. Μόνη δὲ φυσιχῇ ἀπεριέργῳ φρονήσει παιδεύει τὰ παντελῶς ἀναιροῦντα, 7| μείονα ἐργαζόμενα, Ἔν οὐδεμιᾷ δὲ τάξει ἀγαθῶν τίθεται τὰ μεταξὺ κακίας καὶ ἀρετῆς ὄντα μόνοις δὲ τοῖς καλοῖς χαίρει. Καὶ τὸν ἀπεχόμενον τοῦ κακοῦ, μὴ δρῶντα δὲ τὸ ἀγαθὸν, φαῦλον νομίζει " οὐ γὰρ ἐπιδείχνυται ἀρετὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀσκεῖ, παρ᾽ οὐδὲν ποιουμένη τὴν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους δόξαν. ᾿Ανδρείως δὲ μάλα ἀνθισταμένη τοῖς πάθεσι τῆς ψυχῆς, οὔτε ταῖς ἀνάγχαις τῆς φύσεως ὑπείχει, οὔτε ταῖς τοῦ σώματος ὑποχαταχλίνεται ἀσθενείαις. Θείου δὲ νοῦ δύναμιν χεχτημένη, πρὸς τὸν Δημιουργὸν τῶν ὅλων ἀποθλέπει ἀεὶ, νύκτωρ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν αὐτὸν σέβει, καὶ εὐχαῖς λιταῖς ἐξιλεοῦται. Καθαρότητι δὲ ψυχῆς καὶ πολιτείᾳ πράξεων ἀγαθῶν, εἰς τὸ θρησκεύειν εὐαγῶς ἐρχομένη, χαθαρμῶν περιῤῥαντηρίων, καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ὑπερορᾷ " μόνα γὰρ μιάσματα ἡγεῖται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα. Κρείττων δὲ οὖσα τῶνξξωθεν συμπιπτόντων, καὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἁπάντων δεσπόζουσα, οὔτε ὑπὸ τῆς κατεχούσης τὸν βίον ἀταξίας ἣ ἀνάγκης, τῆς προαιρέσεως μεθίσταται" οὔτε ὑθριζομένη ἀνιᾶται, οὔτε κακῶς πάσχουσα ἀμύνεται " οὔτε νόσῳ ἣ ἐνδείᾳ ἐπιτηδείων ἐχπιεξομένη ἃ : ( χαταπίπτει. Μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις σεμνύνεται, τὸ οἱ ἃ πρᾶον, τὸ ὀλίγων δεῖσθαι δι' ὅλου τοῦ βίου ἀσχοῦσα, καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε ἀνθρώπου φύσει, ἐγγυτάτω Θεῷ γινομένη. Ὡς ἐν παρόδῳ δὲ τῇ παροὐτῇ βιοτῇ χεχρημένη, οὔτε περὶ κτῆσιν πραγμάτων ἀσχολουμένη ἄγχεται, οὔτε πέρα τῆς κατεπειγούσης χρείας, τῶν παρόντων προνοεῖ " ἀεὶ δὲ τὸ λιτὸν καὶ εὔζωνον τῆς ἐνταῦθα κατασκευῆς ἐπαινοῦσα, χαραδοκεῖ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν μαχαριότητα, καὶ συντέταται ἀεὶ πρὸς τὴν εὐδαίμονα λῆξιν. ᾿Αναπνέουσα δὲ διαπαντὸς τὴν εἰς τὸ Θεῖον εὐλάβειαν, αἰσχροῤῥημοσύνης ἀηδίαν ἀποστρέφεται, μηδὲ μέχρι φωνῆς ἀνἐχομένη τούτων, ὧν τὰς πράξεις τῆς οἰκείας ἀγωγῆς ἀφώρισεν. Ἐπὶ βραχύ τε συστέλλαυσα τὴν χρείαν τῆς φύσεως, καὶ τὸ σῶμα συναναγχάζουσα τῶν μετρίων δεῖσθαι σωφροσύνῃ μὲν, τῆς ἀκολασίας τεῖ " δικαιοσύνῃ δὲ, τὴν ἀδικίαν κολάζει, ἀληθείᾳ τὸ Ψεῦδος, καὶ εὐταξίᾳ, τῶν ἐπὶ πᾶσι μέτρων μεταλαγχάνει. Ἐν ὁμονοίᾳ τε καὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς πέλας, τὴν πολιτείαν καθίστησι " προνοητιχὴ φίλων ξένων ἐστὶ, τὰ οἰκεῖα, κοινὰ ποιεῖται τῶν δεομένων, καὶ τὰ πρόσφορα ἑκάστῳ συλλαμδάνεται᾽ μήτε χαίροντας ἐνοχλοῦσα, καὶ λυπουμένους παραμυθουμένη" καθόλου δὲ σπουδάζουσα, πρὸς τὸ ὄντως ἀγαθὸν ἐπιμέλειαν τείνουσα, λόγοις σώφροσι καὶ σοφοῖς ἐννοήμασι, καλλωπισμοῦ καὶ κακηγορίας ἀμοίρους, παιδεύει, καὶ ὥσπερ φαρμάκοις τισὶν ἰᾶται τοὺς ἀκούοντας· μετὰ τιμῆς καὶ αἰδοῦς τὰς διαλέξεις ποιουμένη, καὶ ἔριδος καὶ τωθασμοῦ καὶ ὀργῆς ἐλευθέρα. Λογικὴ γὰρ οὖσα, παραιτεῖται πᾶσαν ἀλόγιστον κίνησιν, καὶ καθάπαξ κρατεῖ τῶν παθῶν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἀρίστης φιλοσοφίας ἤρξατο μὲν, ὡς τινες λέγουσιν, Ηλίας ὁ προφήτης, καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής. Φίλων δὲ ὁ Πυθαγόριος ἐν τοῖς κατ᾿ αὐτὸν χρόνοις ἱστορεῖ, τοὺς πανταχόθεν Ἑβραίων ἀρίστους, εἴς τι χωρίον ὑπὲρ τὴν Μαρείαν λίμνην ἐπὶ γεωλόφου κείμενον φιλοσοφεῖν. Οἴκησιν δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ δίαιταν καὶ διαγωγήν τοιαύτην παρίστησιν, οἷαν καὶ ἡμεῖς νῦν παρὰ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων μοναχοῖς πολιτευομένην ὁρῶμεν. Γράφει γὰρ ἀρχομένους αὐτοὺς τοῦ φιλοσοφεῖν, ἐξ- 26 ίστασθαι τῶν ὄντων τοῖς προσήκουσι · καὶ πράγμασι καὶ ἐπιμιξίαις ἀπαγορεύοντας, ἔξω τειχῶν ἐν μοναγρίαις καὶ ἐν κήποις διατρίβειν. Οἰκήματα δὲ αὐτοῖς εἶναι ἱερὰ, ἃ καλεῖται μοναστήρια · ἐν τούτοις δὲ μεμονωμένους σεμνὰ μυστήρια ἐπιτελεῖν· ἐπιμελῶς δὲ ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις τὸ Θεῖον θεραπεύειν · καὶ πρὸ ἡλίου δύσεως μὴ ἀπογεύεσθαι τροφῆς· τοὺς δὲ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ πλειόνων· καὶ λοιπὸν, ῥηταῖς ἡμέραις χαμευνεῖν, καὶ οἴνου πάμπαν καὶ ἐναίμων ἀπέχεσθαι· ὄψον δὲ αὐτοῖς εἶναι ἄρτον καὶ ἅλας καὶ ὕσσωπον, καὶ ποτὸν ὕδωρ. Γυναῖκας δὲ αὐτοῖς συνεῖναι γηραλέας παρθένους, δι' ἔρωτα φιλοσοφίας ἑκουσίῳ γνώμῃ τὴν ἀγαμίαν ἀσκούσας. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Φίλων ὧδέ πη ἱστορῶν, ἔοικεν ὑποφαίνειν τοὺς κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐξ Ἑβραίων Χριστιανίσαντας, ἔτι Ἰουδαϊκώτερον βιοῦντας, καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων ἔθη φυλάττοντας. Παρ᾿ ἄλλοις γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν εὑρεῖν ταύτην τοῦ βίου τὴν διαγωγήν. "Οθεν συμβάλλω, ἐξ ἐκείνου παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις ἀκμάται ταυτηνὶ τὴν φιλοσοφίαν. "Αλλοι δέ φασιν αἰτίαν ταύτῃ παρασχεῖν τοὺς κατὰ καιρὸν τῇ θρησκείᾳ συμβάντας διωγμούς. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ φεύγον τες, ἐν ὄρεσι καὶ ἐρημίαις καὶ νάπαις τὰς διατριβάς ἐποιοῦντο, ἐθάδες τοῦ βίου τούτου ἐγένοντο.
Ouch hēkista de episēmotatēn tēn Ekklēsian edeixan, kai to dogma aneschon tais aretais tou bion, : tote metiontes tēn monastikēn politeian. Ōphelimōtaton gar ti chrēma eis anthrōpous elthousa para Theou hē toiautē philosophia, mathēmatōn men pollōn dialektikēs technologias amelei hōs periergou, kai tēn en tois ameinosi scholēn aphairoumenēs, kai pros to bioun orthōs ouden syllamthanomenēs. Monē de physichę̄ aperiergǭ phronēsei paideuei ta pantelōs anairounta, 7| meiona ergazomena, En oudemią de taxei agathōn tithetai ta metaxy kakias kai aretēs onta monois de tois kalois chairei. Kai ton apechomenon tou kakou, mē drōnta de to agathon, phaulon nomizei " ou gar epideichnytai aretēn, all᾽ askei, par᾽ ouden poioumenē tēn pros anthrōpous doxan. ᾿Andreiōs de mala anthistamenē tois pathesi tēs psychēs, oute tais ananchais tēs physeōs hypeichei, oute tais tou sōmatos hypochatachlinetai astheneiais. Theiou de nou dynamin chechtēmenē, pros ton Dēmiourgon tōn holōn apothlepei aei, nyktōr meth᾽ hēmeran auton sebei, kai euchais litais exileoutai. Katharotēti de psychēs kai politeią praxeōn agathōn, eis to thrēskeuein euagōs erchomenē, chatharmōn perirrhantēriōn, kai tōn toioutōn hyperorą " mona gar miasmata hēgeitai ta hamartēmata. Kreittōn de ousa tōnxxōthen sympiptontōn, kai hōs eipein, hapantōn despozousa, oute hypo tēs katechousēs ton bion ataxias hē anankēs, tēs proaireseōs methistatai" oute hythrizomenē aniatai, oute kakōs paschousa amynetai " oute nosǭ hē endeią epitēdeiōn echpiexomenē ha : ( chatapiptei. Mallon de epi toutois semnynetai, to hoi ha praon, to oligōn deisthai di' holou tou biou aschousa, kai hōs hoion te anthrōpou physei, engytatō Theǭ ginomenē. Hōs en parodǭ de tę̄ paroutę̄ biotę̄ chechrēmenē, oute peri ktēsin pragmatōn ascholoumenē anchetai, oute pera tēs katepeigousēs chreias, tōn parontōn pronoei " aei de to liton kai euzōnon tēs entautha kataskeuēs epainousa, charadokei tēn enteuthen machariotēta, kai syntetatai aei pros tēn eudaimona lēxin. ᾿Anapneousa de diapantos tēn eis to Theion eulabeian, aischrorrhēmosynēs aēdian apostrephetai, mēde mechri phōnēs anechomenē toutōn, hōn tas praxeis tēs oikeias agōgēs aphōrisen. Epi brachy te systellausa tēn chreian tēs physeōs, kai to sōma synananchazousa tōn metriōn deisthai sōphrosynę̄ men, tēs akolasias tei " dikaiosynę̄ de, tēn adikian kolazei, alētheią to Pseudos, kai eutaxią, tōn epi pasi metrōn metalanchanei. En homonoią te kai koinōnią tę̄ pros tous pelas, tēn politeian kathistēsi " pronoētichē philōn xenōn esti, ta oikeia, koina poieitai tōn deomenōn, kai ta prosphora hekastǭ syllamdanetai᾽ mēte chairontas enochlousa, kai lypoumenous paramythoumenē" katholou de spoudazousa, pros to ontōs agathon epimeleian teinousa, logois sōphrosi kai sophois ennoēmasi, kallōpismou kai kakēgorias amoirous, paideuei, kai hōsper pharmakois tisin iatai tous akouontas; meta timēs kai aidous tas dialexeis poioumenē, kai eridos kai tōthasmou kai orgēs eleuthera. Logikē gar ousa, paraiteitai pasan alogiston kinēsin, kai kathapax kratei tōn pathōn tou sōmatos kai tēs psychēs. Tautēs de tēs aristēs philosophias ērxato men, hōs tines legousin, Ēlias ho prophētēs, kai Iōannēs ho Baptistēs. Philōn de ho Pythagorios en tois kat᾿ auton chronois historei, tous pantachothen Hebraiōn aristous, eis ti chōrion hyper tēn Mareian limnēn epi geōlophou keimenon philosophein. Oikēsin de autōn kai diaitan kai diagōgēn toiautēn paristēsin, hoian kai hēmeis nyn para tois Aigyptiōn monachois politeuomenēn horōmen. Graphei gar archomenous autous tou philosophein, ex- 26 istasthai tōn ontōn tois prosēkousi ; kai pragmasi kai epimixiais apagoreuontas, exō teichōn en monagriais kai en kēpois diatribein. Oikēmata de autois einai hiera, ha kaleitai monastēria ; en toutois de memonōmenous semna mystēria epitelein; epimelōs de psalmois kai hymnois to Theion therapeuein ; kai pro hēliou dyseōs mē apogeuesthai trophēs; tous de dia triōn hēmerōn kai pleionōn; kai loipon, rhētais hēmerais chameunein, kai oinou pampan kai enaimōn apechesthai; opson de autois einai arton kai halas kai hyssōpon, kai poton hydōr. Gynaikas de autois syneinai gēraleas parthenous, di' erōta philosophias hekousiǭ gnōmę̄ tēn agamian askousas. Kai ho men Philōn hōde pē historōn, eoiken hypophainein tous kat᾿ auton ex Hebraiōn Christianisantas, eti Ioudaïkōteron biountas, kai ta ekeinōn ethē phylattontas. Par᾿ allois gar ouk estin heurein tautēn tou biou tēn diagōgēn. "Othen symballō, ex ekeinou par' Aigyptiois akmatai tautēni tēn philosophian. "Alloi de phasin aitian tautę̄ paraschein tous kata kairon tę̄ thrēskeią symbantas diōgmous. Epei gar pheugon tes, en oresi kai erēmiais kai napais tas diatribas epoiounto, ethades tou biou toutou egenonto.
Not least, those who then followed the monastic way of life made the church most illustrious and upheld its doctrine by the virtues of their lives. This kind of philosophy, a most useful thing that came to men from God, neglects many studies and the technicalities of dialectic as superfluous, since they take away leisure from better things and contribute nothing to living rightly. By a natural, unaffected wisdom alone it teaches what entirely destroys evil or lessens it. It places among good things nothing that lies between vice and virtue, and delights only in what is noble. It counts as worthless the man who abstains from evil but does not do good; for it does not display virtue but practises it, making no account of glory among men. Resisting the passions of the soul very bravely, it neither yields to the necessities of nature nor gives way to the weaknesses of the body. Possessing the power of a divine mind, it always looks to the Creator of all, worships him night and day, and propitiates him with prayers and supplications. Coming to holy worship by purity of soul and a life of good deeds, it disregards purifications, sprinklings and the like; for it holds that sins alone are defilements. Being superior to what befalls from outside and, so to speak, master of all things, it is not moved from its purpose by the disorder or necessity that holds life in its grip; it is not grieved when insulted nor does it retaliate when ill-treated; nor, when pressed by disease or lack of necessaries, does it lose heart. Rather it takes pride in these, practising gentleness and the need of little throughout life, and coming as near to God as human nature can. Using the present life as if in passing, it is not distressed with business about acquiring property, nor does it provide for present things beyond pressing need; always praising the simplicity and lightness of equipment here, it awaits the blessedness that is from there and is always intent on its happy lot. Breathing constant reverence toward the Divine, it turns from the unpleasantness of foul speech, not tolerating even in word the things whose deeds it has banished from its own way of life. Reducing the needs of nature to little and compelling the body to need only what is moderate, by self-control it [masters] licentiousness, by justice it punishes injustice, by truth falsehood, and by good order it attains due measure in all things. It establishes its life in concord and fellowship with its neighbours; it provides for friends and strangers, makes its own goods common to those in need, and helps each as is fitting, neither troubling the joyful nor failing to comfort the grieving. Altogether eager, and directing its care to what is truly good, it teaches with sober words and wise thoughts that have no part in ornament or slander, and heals its hearers as with medicines, holding its conversations with honour and respect, free from strife, mockery and anger. Being rational, it rejects every irrational impulse and masters once for all the passions of body and soul. This most excellent philosophy was begun, as some say, by Elijah the prophet and John the Baptist. Philo the Pythagorean relates that in his time the best of the Hebrews from every quarter practised philosophy on a certain estate lying on a low hill above Lake Mareotis. He presents their dwelling, diet and manner of life as being such as we now see lived among the monks of Egypt. He writes that when they began to practise philosophy they gave up their possessions to their relatives, and renouncing business and society, lived outside the walls in solitary fields and gardens; that they had sacred houses called monasteries, in which they performed solemn mysteries in solitude; that they served the Divine diligently with psalms and hymns; that they tasted no food before sunset, and some only every three days or more; that on certain days they lay on the ground, and abstained altogether from wine and from meat; that their food was bread, salt and hyssop, and their drink water; and that women lived among them, elderly virgins, who practised the unmarried life of their own free will out of love of philosophy. In relating this, Philo seems to point to those of his time who had become Christians from among the Hebrews, still living in a more Jewish way and keeping their customs; for this manner of life is not found among any others. From this I infer that this philosophy has flourished among the Egyptians since that time. Others say that the persecutions which befell the religion from time to time gave rise to it; for when people fled and spent their time in mountains, deserts and ravines, they became accustomed to this life.
1.13PG 67:895–899
᾿Αλλ' εἴτε Αἰγύπτιοι, εἴτε ἄλλοι τινὲς ταύτης προῦστησαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἐκεῖνο γοῦν παρὰ πᾶσι συνωμολόγηται, ὡς εἰς ἄκρον ἀκριβείας καὶ τελειότητος ἤθεσι, καὶ γυμνασίοις τοῖς πρέπουσιν ἐξήσκησε ταυτηνὶ τοῦ βίου τὴν διαγωγὴν ᾿Αντώνιος ὁ μέγας μοναχός· ὃν τηνικαῦτα διαπρέποντα ἐν ταῖς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον ἐρημίαις, κατὰ κλέος τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετῆς φίλον ἐποιήσατο Κωνσταντίνος ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ γράμμασιν ἐτίμα, καὶ περὶ ὧν ἐδεῖτο, γράφειν προὐτρέπετο. Ἐγένετο δὲ οὗτος Αἰγύπτιος τῷ γένει, τῶν εὐπατριδῶν, ἀπὸ Κομᾶ. Κώμη δὲ αὕτη ὁμοῦ Ἡρακλείας τῆς παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις ἄκρασι. Βούπαις δὲ καταλειφθεὶς ὀρφανὸς, τοὺς μὲν πα τρῴους ἀγροὺς ἐδωρήσατο τοῖς κωμήταις· τὴν δὲ ἄλλην οὐσίαν διαθεὶς, τὸ τίμημα τοῖς πενομένοις διένειμε. Σπουδαίου γὰρ εἶναι φιλοσόφου κατεῖδεν, ( μὴ μόνον ἑαυτὸν γυμνῶσαι χρημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰς δέον ταῦτα ἀναλῶσαι. Συγγενόμενος δὲ τοῖς κατ᾿ αὐ - τὸν σπουδαίοις, τὰς πάντων ἐζήλωσεν ἀρετάς · δοκιμάσας δὲ τὸν ἀγαθὸν βίον ἡδὺν ἔσεσθαι τῇ συνηθείᾳ καὶ χαλεπὸν ὄντα τὰ πρῶτα, τρόπους περινοῶν συντονωτέρας ἀσκήσεως, ὁσημέραι ἐπεδίδου τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ· καὶ ὡς ἀεὶ ἀρχόμενος, ἀνενέου τὴν προθυμίαν· ταῖς μὲν ταλαιπωρίαις τοῦ σώματος τὰς ἡδονὰς κοι λάζων· θεοσόφῳ δὲ προαιρέσει τοῖς πάθεσι τῆς ψυχῆς ἀντιτασσόμενος. ὧν δὲ αὐτῷ τροφὴ μόνος ἄρτος, καὶ ἅλας, ὕδωρ δὲ ποτόν. Καὶ ἀρίστου καιρὸς, δυόμενος ἥλιος. Πολλάκις δὲ δύο καὶ πλείους ἡμέρας διέμεινεν ἄσιτος. Ἠγρύπνει δὲ, ἀεὶ μὲν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὁλοκλήρους νύκτας · καὶ εὐχόμενος, τῆς ἡμέρας ἐφήπτετο· εἰ δ᾽ ἄρα καὶ ὕπνου ἐγεύσατο, ἐπὶ ῥιπὸς ἀκαριαῖον ἐκάθευδε. Τὰ πολλὰ δὲ καὶ χαμαὶ κείμενος, αὐτὴν μόνην τὴν γῆν στρωμνὴν ἐποιεῖτο. Ἐλαίου τε τὴν ἀλοιφὴν, καὶ λουτρῶν καὶ παραπλησίων τὴν χρῆσιν παρῃτεῖτο, ὡς ὑγρότητι τὸ σύντονον τοῦ σώματος εἰς τὸ χαῦνον μεταβάλλουσαν. Φασὶ δὲ μήτε γυμνὸν ἑαυτὸν θεασάμενον πώποτε. Γράμματα δὲ οὐδὲ ἠπίστατο, οὐδὲ ἐθαύμαζεν· ἀλλὰ νοῦν ἀγαθὸν ὡς πρεσβύτερον τῶν γραμμάτων, καὶ αὐτὸν τούτων εὑρετὴν ἐπῄνει. Ἐγένετο δὲ πρᾶος ταμάλιστα, καὶ φιλανθρωπότατος, καὶ ἐχέφρων, καὶ ἀνδρεῖος· χαρίεις τε τοῖς ἐντυγχάνουσι, καὶ ἄλυπος οἷς διελέγετο, εἰ καὶ ἐριστικῶς τὰς διαλέξεις ἐποιοῦντο. Σοφῶς γάρ πως τῷ οἰκείῳ ἤθει, καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ τινὶ φιλονεικίαν αὐξομένην κατέπαυε, καὶ πρὸς μέτρον μετετίθει · καὶ τῶν ὁμιλούντων αὐτῷ τὸν τόνον ἐκίρνα, καὶ τοὺς τρόπους ἐρύθμιζε. Διὰ τοσούτων δὲ ἀρετῶν ἔμπλεως θείας προγνώσεως γεγονώς, οὐχ ἡγεῖτο ἀρετὴν, προειδέναι τὸ μέλλον· καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μὴ πονεῖν εἰκῆ περὶ τοῦτο συνεβούλευεν· οὔτε τὸν ἀγνοοῦντα τὰ ἐσόμενα εὐθύνας ὑφέξειν, οὔτε τὸν εἰδότα παρὰ τοῦτο ζηλωτὸν ἔσεσθαι ἀποφαινόμενος. Τὸ γὰρ ἀληθῶς μακάριον ὑπάρχειν ἐν τῷ σέβειν τὸν Θεὸν εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς νόμους αὐτοῦ φυλάττειν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τούτου, φησὶ, μέλει τῳ, καθαρευέτω τὴν ψυχήν· τουτὶ γὰρ δύνασθαι διορατικὴν αὐτὴν ποιεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐσομένων ἐπιστήμονα, τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸ μέλλον προαναφαίνοντος. ᾿Αργεῖν δὲ οὔτε αὐτὸς ἡνείχετο· καὶ τὸν μέλλοντα καλῶς βιοῦν, ἐργάζεσθαι παρεκελεύετο, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἀνακρίνειν, καὶ λόγον τιθέναι ὧν ἐποίησε νύκτωρ καὶ καθ' ἡμέραν· εἰ δὲ τι μὴ δέον πέπραχεν, ἀναγράφεσθαι τοῦτο, ἵνα τοῦ λοιποῦ φείδηται τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ἑαυτὸν αἰδούμενος εἰ πολλὰ εὔροι γεγραμμένα · ἄτε δεδιώς, μὴ φωραθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς γραφῆς, κατάδηλος ἄλλοις γένηται μοχθηρὸς ὧν. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὰς προστασίας τῶν ἀδικουμένων, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος, ὑπερφυῶς σπουδαιότατος ἐγένετο· καὶ τούτων ἕνεκα, πολλάκις εἰς τὰς πόλεις ἐφοίτα. Παροδυρόμενοι γὰρ αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, ἐβιάζοντο πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ τοὺς ἐν τέλει · πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἕκαστος ἐτιμήσατο ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν, καὶ λαλοῦντος ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ κελεύοντι πειθαρχῆσαι, ἐπεὶ καὶ τηλικοῦτος ὧν, ἐσπούδαζεν ἀγνοεῖσθαι καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐρημίαις λανθάνειν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ βιασθείς ποτε εἰς πόλιν ἦλθεν ἐπικουρῆσαι δεομένοις, διαθεὶς ὅτου χάριν παρεγένετο, αὐτίκα ἐπὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἐπανῄει. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐχθύας ἔλεγε τὴν ὑγρὰν οὐσίαν τρέφειν• μοναχοῖς δὲ κόσμον φέρειν τὴν ἔρημον· ἐπίσης τε τοὺς μὲν ξηρᾶς ἀπτομένους τὸ ζῇν ἀπολιμπάνειν, τοὺς δὲ τὴν μοναστικὴν σεμνότητα ἀπολλύειν τοῖ; ἄστεσι προσιόντας. Πειθίνιον δὲ καὶ κεχαρισμένον τοῖς ὁρῶσιν ἑαυτὸν παρέχων, ἐπεμελεῖτο μήτε φύσιν ὑπερορῶσαν ἔχειν, μήτε δοκεῖν εἶναι τοῦτο. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν μικρὰ ἄττα τῶν ᾿Αντωνίου πολιτευμάτων εἰπεῖν προήχθην, ἵνα ὑποδείγμασι χρώμενοι τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἀναλογισώμεθα τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν. Πλείστους δὲ καὶ εὐδοκιμωτάτους μαθητὰς ἔσχεν · ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ Λιβύῃ· οἱ δὲ ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ, καὶ Συρίᾳ καὶ ᾿Αραβίᾳ διέπρεψαν. Καὶ ἕκαστος οὐχ ἧττον ἢ ὁ διδάσκαλος, παρ' οἷς διέτριβε, διεβίω τε καὶ ἐπολιτεύσατο, καὶ πολλοὺς ἐπαίδευσε, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὁμοίαν ἀρετὴν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν ἤγαγεν. Ὥστε ἔργον εἶναι, κατὰ πόλεις καὶ χώρας περιιόντα, ἐπιμελῶς ζητεῖν τοὺς ᾿Αντωνίου ἑταίρους, ἢ τοὺς τούτων διαδόχους. Πῶς γὰρ καὶ ῥᾳδία γένοιτο τούτων ἡ εὔρεσις, οἷς ἐν τῷ βίῳ λανθάνειν ἐσπουδάζετο ἐπιμελέστερον, ἢ πολλοὶ τῶν νῦν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας τυφόμενοι, πομπεύουσιν ἑαυτοὺς καὶ καταδήλους ποιοῦσιν; Εγέ νοντό γε μὴν εὐδοκιμώτατοι ὧν παρειλήφαμεν ᾿Αντωνίου μαθητῶν, ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ, οὓς κατὰ τὸν οἰκεῖον καιρὸν ἀναγράψομεν, καὶ Παῦλος ὁ ἐπίκλην ᾿Απλοῦς. ὧν φασιν ἄγροικον ὄντα, καλῇ τὸ εἶδος γυναικὶ συνοικῆσαι· ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ δὲ αὐτὴν καταλαβόντα μοιχευομένην, ἠρέμα ἐπιγελάσαι, καὶ ὄρκον προσθεῖναι ὡς οὐκ ἔτι αὐτῇ συνοικήσει. Ἔχε δὲ αὐτὴν, πρὸς τὸν μοιχὸν εἰπὼν, εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἐρημίαν ἦλθε πρὸς ᾿Αντώνιον. Πραότατον δὲ καὶ καρτερικὸν εἰς ἄγαν λέγεται τόνδε γενέσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα, ἀμέλει τοι καὶ γηραλέῳ ὄντι καὶ μοναστικῆς τληπαθείας ἀήθει, ἔτι γὰρ νέηλυς ἦν, παντοδαπαῖς πείραις προσβαλὼν ᾿Αντώνιος, ἐν οὐδενὶ ἀγεννῆ ἐφώρασε. Τελείαν δὲ αὐτῷ φιλοσοφίαν ἐπιμαρτυρήσας, καὶ ἑαυτὸν διάγειν ἐπέτρεπεν, ὡς μηδὲν διδασκάλου δεόμενον. Ἐπεψηφί ζετο δὲ καὶ ὁ Θεὸς τῇ Ἀντωνίου μαρτυρίᾳ, καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπεδείκνυε τὸν ἄνδρα ἐνδοξότατον κρείττονα δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ διδασκάλου εἰς τὸ κακοῦν καὶ ἀπελαύνειν τοὺς δαίμονας.
᾿All' eite Aigyptioi, eite alloi tines tautēs proustēsan ex archēs tēs philosophias, ekeino goun para pasi synōmologētai, hōs eis akron akribeias kai teleiotētos ēthesi, kai gymnasiois tois prepousin exēskēse tautēni tou biou tēn diagōgēn ᾿Antōnios ho megas monachos; hon tēnikauta diapreponta en tais kat᾿ Aigypton erēmiais, kata kleos tēs tou andros aretēs philon epoiēsato Kōnstantinos ho basileus, kai grammasin etima, kai peri hōn edeito, graphein proutrepeto. Egeneto de houtos Aigyptios tǭ genei, tōn eupatridōn, apo Koma. Kōmē de hautē homou Hērakleias tēs par' Aigyptiois akrasi. Boupais de kataleiphtheis orphanos, tous men pa trǭous agrous edōrēsato tois kōmētais; tēn de allēn ousian diatheis, to timēma tois penomenois dieneime. Spoudaiou gar einai philosophou kateiden, ( mē monon heauton gymnōsai chrēmatōn, alla kai eis deon tauta analōsai. Syngenomenos de tois kat᾿ au - ton spoudaiois, tas pantōn ezēlōsen aretas ; dokimasas de ton agathon bion hēdyn esesthai tę̄ synētheią kai chalepon onta ta prōta, tropous perinoōn syntonōteras askēseōs, hosēmerai epedidou tę̄ enkrateią; kai hōs aei archomenos, aneneou tēn prothymian; tais men talaipōriais tou sōmatos tas hēdonas koi lazōn; theosophǭ de proairesei tois pathesi tēs psychēs antitassomenos. hōn de autǭ trophē monos artos, kai halas, hydōr de poton. Kai aristou kairos, dyomenos hēlios. Pollakis de dyo kai pleious hēmeras diemeinen asitos. Ēgrypnei de, aei men, hōs eipein, holoklērous nyktas ; kai euchomenos, tēs hēmeras ephēpteto; ei d᾽ ara kai hypnou egeusato, epi rhipos akariaion ekatheude. Ta polla de kai chamai keimenos, autēn monēn tēn gēn strōmnēn epoieito. Elaiou te tēn aloiphēn, kai loutrōn kai paraplēsiōn tēn chrēsin parę̄teito, hōs hygrotēti to syntonon tou sōmatos eis to chaunon metaballousan. Phasi de mēte gymnon heauton theasamenon pōpote. Grammata de oude ēpistato, oude ethaumazen; alla noun agathon hōs presbyteron tōn grammatōn, kai auton toutōn heuretēn epę̄nei. Egeneto de praos tamalista, kai philanthrōpotatos, kai echephrōn, kai andreios; charieis te tois entynchanousi, kai alypos hois dielegeto, ei kai eristikōs tas dialexeis epoiounto. Sophōs gar pōs tǭ oikeiǭ ēthei, kai epistēmę̄ tini philoneikian auxomenēn katepaue, kai pros metron metetithei ; kai tōn homilountōn autǭ ton tonon ekirna, kai tous tropous erythmize. Dia tosoutōn de aretōn empleōs theias prognōseōs gegonōs, ouch hēgeito aretēn, proeidenai to mellon; kai kata touto mē ponein eikē peri touto synebouleuen; oute ton agnoounta ta esomena euthynas hyphexein, oute ton eidota para touto zēlōton esesthai apophainomenos. To gar alēthōs makarion hyparchein en tǭ sebein ton Theon einai, kai tous nomous autou phylattein. Ei de kai toutou, phēsi, melei tǭ, kathareuetō tēn psychēn; touti gar dynasthai dioratikēn autēn poiein, kai tōn esomenōn epistēmona, tou Theou to mellon proanaphainontos. ᾿Argein de oute autos hēneicheto; kai ton mellonta kalōs bioun, ergazesthai parekeleueto, kai kath' heauton anakrinein, kai logon tithenai hōn epoiēse nyktōr kai kath' hēmeran; ei de ti mē deon peprachen, anagraphesthai touto, hina tou loipou pheidētai tōn hamartēmatōn, heauton aidoumenos ei polla euroi gegrammena ; ate dediōs, mē phōratheisēs autǭ tēs graphēs, katadēlos allois genētai mochthēros hōn. Ou mēn alla kai peri tas prostasias tōn adikoumenōn, ei kai tis allos, hyperphyōs spoudaiotatos egeneto; kai toutōn heneka, pollakis eis tas poleis ephoita. Parodyromenoi gar autǭ polloi, ebiazonto presbeuein hyper autōn pros tous archontas kai tous en telei ; pollou gar an hekastos etimēsato idein auton, kai lalountos akousai, kai keleuonti peitharchēsai, epei kai tēlikoutos hōn, espoudazen agnoeisthai kai en tais erēmiais lanthanein. Ei de kai biastheis pote eis polin ēlthen epikourēsai deomenois, diatheis hotou charin paregeneto, autika epi tēn erēmon epanę̄ei. Tous men gar echthyas elege tēn hygran ousian trephein• monachois de kosmon pherein tēn erēmon; episēs te tous men xēras aptomenous to zę̄n apolimpanein, tous de tēn monastikēn semnotēta apollyein toi? astesi prosiontas. Peithinion de kai kecharismenon tois horōsin heauton parechōn, epemeleito mēte physin hyperorōsan echein, mēte dokein einai touto. Alla tauta men mikra atta tōn ᾿Antōniou politeumatōn eipein proēchthēn, hina hypodeigmasi chrōmenoi tois eirēmenois, analogisōmetha tou andros tēn philosophian. Pleistous de kai eudokimōtatous mathētas eschen ; hōn hoi men en Aigyptǭ kai Libyę̄; hoi de en Palaistinę̄, kai Syrią kai ᾿Arabią dieprepsan. Kai hekastos ouch hētton ē ho didaskalos, par' hois dietribe, diebiō te kai epoliteusato, kai pollous epaideuse, kai eis tēn homoian aretēn kai philosophian ēgagen. Hōste ergon einai, kata poleis kai chōras periionta, epimelōs zētein tous ᾿Antōniou hetairous, ē tous toutōn diadochous. Pōs gar kai rhądia genoito toutōn hē euresis, hois en tǭ biǭ lanthanein espoudazeto epimelesteron, ē polloi tōn nyn anthrōpōn hypo philotimias typhomenoi, pompeuousin heautous kai katadēlous poiousin? Ege nonto ge mēn eudokimōtatoi hōn pareilēphamen ᾿Antōniou mathētōn, alloi te polloi, hous kata ton oikeion kairon anagrapsomen, kai Paulos ho epiklēn ᾿Aplous. hōn phasin agroikon onta, kalę̄ to eidos gynaiki synoikēsai; ep᾿ autophōrǭ de autēn katalabonta moicheuomenēn, ērema epigelasai, kai orkon prostheinai hōs ouk eti autę̄ synoikēsei. Eche de autēn, pros ton moichon eipōn, euthys epi tēn erēmian ēlthe pros ᾿Antōnion. Praotaton de kai karterikon eis agan legetai tonde genesthai ton andra, amelei toi kai gēraleǭ onti kai monastikēs tlēpatheias aēthei, eti gar neēlys ēn, pantodapais peirais prosbalōn ᾿Antōnios, en oudeni agennē ephōrase. Teleian de autǭ philosophian epimartyrēsas, kai heauton diagein epetrepen, hōs mēden didaskalou deomenon. Epepsēphi zeto de kai ho Theos tę̄ Antōniou martyrią, kai tois ergois epedeiknye ton andra endoxotaton kreittona de kai autou tou didaskalou eis to kakoun kai apelaunein tous daimonas.
But whether Egyptians or some others first led this philosophy, this at least is agreed by all, that Antony the great monk brought this way of life to the height of exactness and perfection by his conduct and fitting exercises. As he was then distinguished in the deserts of Egypt, the emperor Constantine, because of the fame of the man's virtue, made him his friend, honoured him with letters, and urged him to write about whatever he needed. He was an Egyptian by race, of a noble family, from Coma; this village lies near Heraclea in Egypt. Left an orphan as a youth, he gave his ancestral fields to the villagers; he sold the rest of his property and distributed the price to the poor. For he saw that it belongs to an earnest philosopher not only to strip himself of money but also to spend it as he ought. He associated with the earnest men of his time and emulated the virtues of all of them. Judging that the good life, though hard at first, would become pleasant by habit, he devised ways of stricter discipline and advanced daily in self-control; and as if always beginning, he renewed his eagerness, chastising pleasures by the hardships of the body and opposing the passions of the soul with a purpose wise in God. His food was bread alone, and salt; his drink water; and his time for dinner sunset. He often remained without food for two days or more. He kept vigil, so to speak, always through whole nights, and was still praying when day came on; and if he tasted sleep at all, he slept for a moment on a mat. Mostly he lay on the ground, and made the bare earth his bed. He refused anointing with oil, the use of baths and the like, on the ground that moisture changes the firmness of the body into slackness. They say that he never saw himself naked. He neither knew letters nor admired them, but praised a good mind as older than letters and as their inventor. He was exceedingly gentle, most kind, sensible and courageous, gracious to those who met him and inoffensive to those with whom he conversed, even if they argued contentiously; for by his own character and a certain skill he wisely calmed growing rivalry and brought it to moderation, tempered the vehemence of those who talked with him, and set their manners in order. Though through so many virtues he had become full of divine foreknowledge, he did not consider it a virtue to foresee the future, and so he advised others not to labour vainly after it, declaring that one who does not know what is to come will not be called to account for it, and one who knows it will not on that account be enviable. True blessedness, he said, lies in worshipping God and keeping his laws. “But if anyone cares about this,” he said, “let him keep his soul pure”; for this can make it clear-sighted and knowing of what is to come, when God reveals the future beforehand. He would not endure being idle himself, and he urged anyone who meant to live well to work, to examine himself and give account of what he had done by night and by day; and if he had done anything he should not, to write it down, so that thereafter he might keep from sins, ashamed of himself if he found much written, and fearing that if his record were found he would be shown to others to be wicked. Moreover, he was extraordinarily zealous, if anyone ever was, in defending those who were wronged, and for their sake he often went into the cities. For many came to him lamenting and pressed him to plead for them with the magistrates and those in authority. Each of these would have paid much to see him, to hear him speak, and to obey his commands, since, great as he was, he was eager to be unknown and to lie hidden in the deserts. If he was ever compelled to come into a city to help those in need, as soon as he had settled the business for which he had come, he went straight back to the desert. For he said that as the water nourishes fishes, so the desert gives monks their ornament; and that as fishes that touch dry land lose their life, so monks who approach the towns lose their monastic dignity. Showing himself persuasive and gracious to those who saw him, he took care neither to have a disdainful nature nor to seem to have one. I have been led to tell these few of Antony's ways of life so that, using what has been said as examples, we may estimate the philosophy of the man. He had very many and very renowned disciples, some of whom were distinguished in Egypt and Libya, others in Palestine, Syria and Arabia. Each of them, no less than his teacher, lived and conducted himself among those with whom he dwelt, taught many, and led them to a like virtue and philosophy. So it would be a task to go round the cities and countries carefully seeking out the companions of Antony or their successors. How could it be easy to find those who were more careful to remain hidden in life than many people now, puffed up with ambition, are to parade themselves and make themselves known? Among the disciples of Antony of whom we have received an account, the most renowned were, among many others whom we shall record in their proper time, Paul, surnamed the Simple. They say that he was a countryman married to a woman of beautiful appearance; that he caught her in the act of adultery, laughed quietly, and swore an oath that he would no longer live with her; and that saying to the adulterer, “Keep her,” he went straight to Antony in the desert. This man is said to have been very gentle and exceedingly patient. Although he was old and unused to monastic hardship, being still a newcomer, Antony put him to every kind of test and found him ignoble in nothing. Bearing witness to his perfect philosophy, he allowed him to live by himself, as one who needed no teacher. God too confirmed Antony's testimony and by his works showed the man to be most renowned, and stronger even than his teacher in tormenting and driving out demons.
1.14PG 67:899–903
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ Ἀμοῦν ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ἐφιλοσόφει. Ὃν δὴ λόγος, βιασαμένων τῶν οἰκείων γυναῖκα ἀγαγέσθαι· μὴ πειραθῆναι δὲ αὐτῆς, ᾗ θέμις ἀνδράσιν. Ὡς γὰρ ἀρχὴν εἶχεν αὐτοῖς ὁ γάμος, καὶ νύμφην οὖσαν οἷα νυμφίος εἰς τὸν θάλαμον λαβὼν, ἐμονώθη· Ὁ μὲν δὴ γάμος ἡμῖν οὗτος, ἔφη, ὦ γύναι, μέχρι τούτων τετέλεσται. Ἡλίκον δὲ ἀγαθόν ἐστι δυνηθῆναι παρθένον διαμεῖναι, ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν ὑφηγεῖτο, καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο καθ' ἑαυτὸν οἰκεῖν. ἐπειδὴ τοὺς περὶ παρθενιας λόγους ἐπένει γυνὴ, χωρισθῆναι δὲ αὑτοῦ χαλεπῶς ἔφερεν, καθεύδων ἐπὶ δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἔτεσι συνῆν αὐτῇ, μηδὲ οὕτω μοναχικῆς ἀσκήσεως ἀμελῶν. Ἐν τοσούτῳ δὲ χρόνω ζηλώσασα τὴν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν ἡ γυνὴ, ἐλογίσατο μὴ δίκαιον εἶναι, τηλιχοῦτον ὄντα οἴκοι κρύπτεσθαι δι᾽ αὐτὴν, χρῆναι ἑκάτερον χεχωρισμένως οἰχοῦντα φιλοσοφεῖν, Καὶ περὶ τούτου ἐδεήθη τοῦ ἀνδρός. Ὃ δὲ, χάριν ὁμολογήσας τῷ Θεῷ ὑπὲρ τῶν βεδουλευμένων τῇ γυναικὶ, Σὺ μὲν δὴ, ἔφη, τοῦτὸν τὸν οἶχον ἔχε" ἐγὼ δὲ ἕτερον ἐμαυτῷ ποιήσω. Καὶ πρὸς μεσημθδρίαν τῆς Μαρείας λίμνης καταλαθὼν ἔρημον τόπον, ἀμφὶ τὴν Σχήτην καὶ τὸ χαλούμενον τῆς Νητρίας ὄρος, δύο καὶ εἴκοσι ἔτη ἐνθάδε ἐφιλοσόφησε, δὶς ἐχάστου ἔτους τὴν γυναῖκα θεώμενος. Τούτῳ δὲ τῷ θεσπεσίῳ ἀρχηγῷ γενομένῳ τῶν τῇδε μοναστηρίων, πολλοὶ καὶ ἀξιόλογοι ἐγένοντο μαθηταὶ, ὡς αἱ διαδοχαὶ ἐπιδείξουσι. Πολλὰ δὲ θεσπέσια ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ συμβέβηκεν, ἃ μάλιστα τοῖς Αἴγυπτον μοναχοῖς ἠχρίδωται, περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένοις, διαδοχῇ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου ἐπιμελῶς ἀπομνημονεύειν τὰς τῶν παλαιοτέρων ἀσκητῶν ἀρετάς. Ἐμοὶ δὲ τῶν εἷς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντων ἐκεῖνα ῥητέον. Ἐδέησεν αὐτῷ καὶ Θεοδώρῳ τῷ αὐτοῦ μαθητῇ ἀπιοῦσί που, διαβῆναι διώρυχα, ἣν Αύχον καλοῦσιν. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ γυμνοὺς ἀλλήλους θεάσωνται, ἐκέλευσεν ᾿Αμοῦν ὑπἀναχωρῆσαι Θεόδωρον. Ὡς δὲ ἑαυτὸν ἡἠσχύνετο γυμνὸν θεάσασθαι, ἐξαπίνης μετάρσιος ἀρθεὶς ὑπὸ θείας δυνάμεως, ἐπὶ τὴν ἀντικρὺ ὄχθην μετετέθη. Διαδὰς δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ Θεόδωρος, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἀδρόχους, ἐλιπάρει τὸν πρεσβύτην φράζειν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰτίαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ μὲν παρῃτεῖτο λέγειν" ὁ δὲ μὴ ἄλλως ἀνίσχειν ἰσχυρίζετο, εἰ μὴ μάθη, συνθεμένου Θεοδώρου, ζῶντος αὐτοῦ μηδενὶ λέξειν, ὡμολόγησε τὸ Παραπλήσιον δὲ τῷ εἰρημένῳ εἰς θαῦμα καὶ τοῦτο" "Αδιχοι πατέρὲς ὑπὸ χυνὸς λυσσῶντος ἴδιον παῖδα δηχθέντα, ὅσον οὕπω ἀπολέσθαι προσδοκώμενον, ἤγαγον ὡς αὐτόν" καὶ ὀλοφυρόμενοι ἐδέοντο αὐτοῦ θεραπεῦσαι τὸν υἱόν. Ὃ δὲ πρὸς αὑτούς ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐδὲν, ἔφη, δεῖται τῆς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ θεραπείας " ὑμεῖς δὲ εἰ βούλεσθε τὸν βοῦν ὃν χεχλόφατε ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς δεσπόταις, αὐτίκα ἰαθήσεται. Ὃ καὶ γὰρ ὁ βοῦς ἀπεδόθη, τὸ πάθης τὸν παῖδα ἀπέλιπεν. '᾿Ηνίχα δὲ ὁ ᾿Αμοῦς οὗτος ἐτελεύτα, λέγεται τὸν ᾿Αντώνιον θεάσασθαι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναγομένην, θείων Δυνάμεων σὺν ψαλμῳδίαις ἡγουμένων. Πυνθανομένοις δὲ τοῖς περὶ αὑτὸν τοῦ θαύματος τὴν αἰτίαν, οὐχ ἀπεχρύψατο᾽ δῆλος γὰρ ἣν σπουδαίως τὸν ἀέρα χατανοῶν, ἐχπεπληγμένος πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τοῦ παραδόξου θαύματος. Ὡς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα παραγενόμενοί τινες ἀπὸ τῆς Σκήτεως, ἀνήγγειλαν τὴν ὥραν τῆ; ᾿Αμοῦς τελευτῆς, τἀληθὲς ἐδείχθη τῆς ᾿Αντω: νίου προῤῥήσεως. Καὶ ἀμφοτέρους ἐμαχάριζον, τὸν μὲν, ἐπὶ ὁμολογουμένοις ἀγαθοῖς μεταστάντα τῆς ἐνταῦθα βιοτῆς" τὸν δὲ, τοσαύτης ἀξιωθέντα θέας, ἣν ὁ Θεὸς αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τοσούτου ἐδήλωσε. Πολλῶν γὰρ ἡμερῶν ὁδός ἐστι, τὸ μέσον τῶν τόπων ἐν οἷς ἑκάτερος διέτριβεν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἱστόρηται παρὰ τῶν "-— πὰ - αὶ τὰ δὲ τῆς ἡγεμονίας εὐδοκίμως ἐπυθόμην φιλοσοφῆσαι καὶ Εὐτυχιανόν· ὃς ἐν Βιθυνίᾳ περὶ τὸν Ολυμπον τὰς διατριβὰς εἶχεν. Αἵρεσιν δὲ τὴν Ναυατιανῶν πρεσβεύων, θείας χάριτος μετεῖχε, θεραπείαις παθῶν καὶ πράξεσι παραδόξοις, ὡς καὶ αὐτῷ Κωνσταντίνῳ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ βίου συνήθη καὶ φίλον εἶναι. Κατ' ἐκεῖνο γοῦν καιροῦ, δεσμώτου τινὸς ὄντος τῶν δορυφόρων· ὑποπτευθεὶς γὰρ τυραννικὰ φρονεῖν ἔφυγε, καὶ περὶ τὸν Ὄλυμπον ἀναζητηθεὶς, συνελήφθη· δεηθέντων τῶν ἐπιτηδείων Εὐτυχιανοῦ πρε σβεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, πρότερον δὲ προνοεῖν, ὥστε τῶν δεσμῶν ἀφεθῆναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον, μὴ χαλεπῶς δεδεμένος φθάσῃ ἀπολούμενος· λέγεται ὡς τοὺς δεσμοφύλακας πέμψας, ἐδεήθη τῶν δεσμῶν ᾿Αντωνίῳ καὶ ᾿Αμοῦν συγγενομένων. Ἐπὶ ταύτης : αὐτὸν ἀνεῖναι. Οἱ δὲ ὡς οὐκ ἐπείθοντο, εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἐλθεῖν· αὐτομάτως δὲ κεκλεισμένας ἀναπετασθῆναι τὰς θύρας, καὶ τοῦ δεσμώτου τὰ δεσμὰ διαβῥυῆναι. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς βασιλέα παραγενέσθαι ἐν Βυζαντίῳ διατρίβοντα τότε, ἑτοίμως τε τὴν χάριν λαβεῖν. Οὐ γὰρ εἴωθε Κωνσταντίνος δυσχε ραίνειν ἐπὶ ταῖς αὐτοῦ αἰτήσεσι. Σφόδρα γὰρ ἐν πλείστῃ τιμῇ τὸν ἄνδρα ἦγε. Τάδε μὲν ἡμῖν ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ δεδηλώσθω, περὶ τῶν τότε λαμπρῶς ἐν μοναχοῖς φιλοσοφησάντων. Ὁ δὲ ἀκριβείας τῆς περὶ τούτων μέλει, ζητῶν ἂν εὔροι τῶν πλειόνων τοὺς βίους ἀναγράπτους.
Peri de touton ton chronon, kai Amoun ho Aigyptios ephilosophei. Hon dē logos, biasamenōn tōn oikeiōn gynaika agagesthai; mē peirathēnai de autēs, hę̄ themis andrasin. Hōs gar archēn eichen autois ho gamos, kai nymphēn ousan hoia nymphios eis ton thalamon labōn, emonōthē; Ho men dē gamos hēmin houtos, ephē, ō gynai, mechri toutōn tetelestai. Hēlikon de agathon esti dynēthēnai parthenon diameinai, ek tōn hierōn Graphōn hyphēgeito, kai epeirato kath' heauton oikein. epeidē tous peri parthenias logous epenei gynē, chōristhēnai de hautou chalepōs epheren, katheudōn epi deka kai oktō etesi synēn autę̄, mēde houtō monachikēs askēseōs amelōn. En tosoutǭ de chronō zēlōsasa tēn tou andros aretēn hē gynē, elogisato mē dikaion einai, tēlichouton onta oikoi kryptesthai di᾽ autēn, chrēnai hekateron chechōrismenōs oichounta philosophein, Kai peri toutou edeēthē tou andros. Ho de, charin homologēsas tǭ Theǭ hyper tōn bedouleumenōn tę̄ gynaiki, Sy men dē, ephē, touton ton oichon eche" egō de heteron emautǭ poiēsō. Kai pros mesēmthdrian tēs Mareias limnēs katalathōn erēmon topon, amphi tēn Schētēn kai to chaloumenon tēs Nētrias oros, dyo kai eikosi etē enthade ephilosophēse, dis echastou etous tēn gynaika theōmenos. Toutǭ de tǭ thespesiǭ archēgǭ genomenǭ tōn tę̄de monastēriōn, polloi kai axiologoi egenonto mathētai, hōs hai diadochai epideixousi. Polla de thespesia ep᾽ autǭ symbebēken, ha malista tois Aigypton monachois ēchridōtai, peri pollou poioumenois, diadochę̄ paradoseōs agraphou epimelōs apomnēmoneuein tas tōn palaioterōn askētōn aretas. Emoi de tōn heis hēmas elthontōn ekeina rhēteon. Edeēsen autǭ kai Theodōrǭ tǭ autou mathētę̄ apiousi pou, diabēnai diōrycha, hēn Auchon kalousin. Hina de mē gymnous allēlous theasōntai, ekeleusen ᾿Amoun hypanachōrēsai Theodōron. Hōs de heauton hēēschyneto gymnon theasasthai, exapinēs metarsios artheis hypo theias dynameōs, epi tēn antikry ochthēn metetethē. Diadas de to hydōr Theodōros, kai theasamenos autou tēn esthēta kai tous podas adrochous, eliparei ton presbytēn phrazein autǭ tēn aitian. Epei de ho men parę̄teito legein" ho de mē allōs anischein ischyrizeto, ei mē mathē, synthemenou Theodōrou, zōntos autou mēdeni lexein, hōmologēse to Paraplēsion de tǭ eirēmenǭ eis thauma kai touto" "Adichoi pateres hypo chynos lyssōntos idion paida dēchthenta, hoson houpō apolesthai prosdokōmenon, ēgagon hōs auton" kai olophyromenoi edeonto autou therapeusai ton huion. Ho de pros hautous ᾿All᾽ ouden, ephē, deitai tēs par᾽ emou therapeias " hymeis de ei boulesthe ton boun hon chechlophate apodounai tois despotais, autika iathēsetai. Ho kai gar ho bous apedothē, to pathēs ton paida apelipen. '᾿Ēnicha de ho ᾿Amous houtos eteleuta, legetai ton ᾿Antōnion theasasthai tēn psychēn autou epi ton ouranon anagomenēn, theiōn Dynameōn syn psalmǭdiais hēgoumenōn. Pynthanomenois de tois peri hauton tou thaumatos tēn aitian, ouch apechrypsato᾽ dēlos gar hēn spoudaiōs ton aera chatanoōn, echpeplēgmenos pros tēn opsin tou paradoxou thaumatos. Hōs de meta tauta paragenomenoi tines apo tēs Skēteōs, anēngeilan tēn hōran tē? ᾿Amous teleutēs, talēthes edeichthē tēs ᾿Antō: niou prorrhēseōs. Kai amphoterous emacharizon, ton men, epi homologoumenois agathois metastanta tēs entautha biotēs" ton de, tosautēs axiōthenta theas, hēn ho Theos autǭ apo tosoutou edēlōse. Pollōn gar hēmerōn hodos esti, to meson tōn topōn en hois hekateros dietriben. Kai ta men historētai para tōn "-— pa - ai ta de tēs hēgemonias eudokimōs epythomēn philosophēsai kai Eutychianon; hos en Bithynią peri ton Olympon tas diatribas eichen. Hairesin de tēn Nauatianōn presbeuōn, theias charitos meteiche, therapeiais pathōn kai praxesi paradoxois, hōs kai autǭ Kōnstantinǭ dia tēn aretēn tou biou synēthē kai philon einai. Kat' ekeino goun kairou, desmōtou tinos ontos tōn doryphorōn; hypopteutheis gar tyrannika phronein ephyge, kai peri ton Olympon anazētētheis, synelēphthē; deēthentōn tōn epitēdeiōn Eutychianou pre sbeuein hyper autou pros ton basilea, proteron de pronoein, hōste tōn desmōn aphethēnai ton anthrōpon, mē chalepōs dedemenos phthasę̄ apoloumenos; legetai hōs tous desmophylakas pempsas, edeēthē tōn desmōn ᾿Antōniǭ kai ᾿Amoun syngenomenōn. Epi tautēs : auton aneinai. Hoi de hōs ouk epeithonto, eis to desmōtērion elthein; automatōs de kekleismenas anapetasthēnai tas thyras, kai tou desmōtou ta desma diabrhyēnai. Meta de tauta kai pros basilea paragenesthai en Byzantiǭ diatribonta tote, hetoimōs te tēn charin labein. Ou gar eiōthe Kōnstantinos dysche rainein epi tais autou aitēsesi. Sphodra gar en pleistę̄ timę̄ ton andra ēge. Tade men hēmin hōs en brachei dedēlōsthō, peri tōn tote lamprōs en monachois philosophēsantōn. Ho de akribeias tēs peri toutōn melei, zētōn an euroi tōn pleionōn tous bious anagraptous.
About this time Amun the Egyptian also practised philosophy. It is said that his family compelled him to marry, but that he did not have relations with his wife in the way lawful for husbands. When their marriage began and, as a bridegroom, he had taken her, his bride, into the chamber and was alone with her, he said: “Wife, this marriage of ours has been carried thus far, and no further.” He explained to her from the sacred Scriptures what a great good it is to be able to remain a virgin, and tried to live on his own. Although his wife approved of what he said about virginity, she took it hard to be separated from him; so for eighteen years he lived with her, sleeping apart, not neglecting monastic discipline even so. In that time his wife came to emulate her husband's virtue and reasoned that it was not right for so great a man to be hidden at home because of her, but that each of them should live apart and practise philosophy; and she asked her husband to do this. He gave thanks to God for what his wife had resolved and said: “You keep this house; I shall make another for myself.” He took a deserted place south of Lake Mareotis, near Scetis and what is called the mountain of Nitria, and practised philosophy there for twenty-two years, seeing his wife twice each year. This godly man became the founder of the monasteries there, and he had many notable disciples, as the successions will show. Many wonders befell him, which have been most carefully recorded by the monks of Egypt, who take great pains to remember accurately, by an unwritten tradition handed down, the virtues of the older ascetics. I shall tell those that have come to us. He and his disciple Theodore once had to cross a canal which they call the Lycus, as they were going somewhere. So that they should not see each other naked, Amun told Theodore to withdraw. And as he was ashamed to see even himself naked, he was suddenly lifted up by divine power and carried across to the opposite bank. Theodore crossed the water, and seeing that Amun's clothes and feet were not wet, he begged the old man to tell him the reason. Amun refused to tell; but Theodore insisted that he would not leave off unless he learned, and when Theodore had agreed to tell no one while Amun lived, he confessed the [wonder]. This too is like it as a marvel. Some parents who were wrongdoers brought to him their own child, who had been bitten by a mad dog and was expected to die at any moment, and with laments begged him to heal their son. He said to them: “He has no need of healing from me; but if you are willing to give back the ox you have stolen to its owners, he will be healed at once.” And when the ox was returned, the affliction left the child. When this Amun died, Antony is said to have seen his soul being carried up to heaven, with divine Powers leading it with psalm-singing. When those about him asked the reason of his wonder, he did not hide it; for he was plainly gazing intently into the air, astonished at the sight of the wonderful marvel. When afterward some people came from Scetis and reported the hour of Amun's death, the truth of Antony's prediction was shown. And they called both blessed: the one for departing from life here with acknowledged goods, the other for being counted worthy of so great a sight, which God showed him from so far away; for the distance between the places where each of them lived is a journey of many days. These things are related by those who associated with Antony and Amun. In this reign I learned that Eutychian too practised philosophy with distinction; he lived in Bithynia near Olympus. Though he belonged to the sect of the Novatians, he shared in divine grace through healings of diseases and wonderful deeds, so that because of the virtue of his life he was an intimate and friend of Constantine himself. At that time, for instance, one of the bodyguards was in prison; he had fled because he was suspected of plotting to seize power, and had been sought out near Olympus and arrested. His friends begged Eutychian to plead for him with the emperor, and first to see that the man was released from his chains, lest, bound so harshly, he should die before anything could be done. It is said that Eutychian sent to the jailers and asked them to release him; when they did not comply, he went to the prison, and the doors, which were locked, opened of themselves, and the prisoner's chains fell away. After this he went to the emperor, who was then staying at Byzantium, and readily obtained the favour; for Constantine was not accustomed to be displeased at his requests, since he held the man in very great honour. Let this be our brief account of those who then practised philosophy brilliantly among the monks. Anyone who cares about exactness on these matters would find, if he searched, that the lives of most of them have been written down.
1.15PG 67:903–907
᾿Ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ καίπερ ὧδε καὶ διὰ πάντων τῶν ἄλλων τῆς θρησκείας εὐδοκιμούσης, ἐριστικαί τινες διαλέξεις ἐτάραττον τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, ἐπὶ προφάσει δῆθεν εὐσεβείας, καὶ τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τελείας εὑρέσεως, εἰς ζήτησιν ἄγουσαι τὰ πρότερον ἀνεξέταστα. Ἦρξε δὲ τούτων τῶν λόγων "Αρειος, πρεσβύτερος τῆς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον ᾿Αλεξανδρείας. ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς σπουδαίος εἶναι περὶ τὸ δόγμα δόξας, νεωτερίζοντι Μελιτίῳ συνέπραττε· καταλιπὼν δὲ τοῦτον, ἐχειροτονήθη διάκονος παρὰ Πέτρου τοῦ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐπισκόπου - καὶ πάλιν αὖ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐξεβλήθη, καθότι Πέτρου τοὺς Μελιτίου σπουδαστὰς ἀποκηρύξαντος, καὶ τὸ αὐτῶν βάπτισμα μὴ προσιεμένου, τοῖς γινομένοις ἐπέσκηπτε, καὶ ἠρεμεῖν οὐκ ἠνείχετο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Πέτρος ἐμαρτύρησε, συγγνώμην αἰτήσας ᾿Αχιλλᾶν, ἐπετράπη διακονεῖν · καὶ πρεσβυτερίου ἠξιώθη. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἐν τιμῇ εἶχεν αὐτόν. Διαλεκτικώτατος δὲ γενόμενος, ἐλέγετο γὰρ μηδὲ τῶν τοιούτων ἀμοιρεῖν μαθημάτων, εἰς ἀτόπους ἐξεκυλίσθη λόγους· ὡς τοῦτο πρότερον παρ' ἑτέρου μὴ εἰρημένον, τολμῆσαι ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀποφήνασθαι, τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγενῆσθαι, καὶ εἶναί ποτε ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, καὶ αὐτεξουσιότητι κακίας καὶ ἀρετῆς δηκτικὸν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ κτίσμα καὶ ποίημα, καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ ἃ λέγειν εἰκὸς τὸν τούτοις συνιστάμενον, εἰς διαλέξεις προϊόντα καὶ τὰς κατὰ μέρος ζητήσεις. Λαβόμενοι δέ τινες τῶν εἰρημένων, ἐμέμφοντο ᾿Αλέξανδρον, ὡς οὐ δέον ἀνεχόμενον τῶν κατὰ τοῦ δόγματος νεωτερισμῶν. Ὁ δὲ, ὑπολαβὼν ἄμεινον εἶναι περὶ τῶν ἀμφιβόλων ἑκατέρῳ μέρει προθεῖναι λόγον, ὥστε μὴ δόξαι ἀνάγκῃ, ἀλλὰ πειθοῖ τῆς ἔριδος αὐτοὺς παύειν, κριτὴν καθίσας σὺν τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ κλήρου, εἰς ἅμιλλαν ἀμφοτέρους ἡγαγεν. Ὡς δὲ συμβαίνειν φιλεῖ περὶ τὰς ἔριδας τῶν λόγων, ἑκάτερος ἐπειρᾶτο νικᾶν. Συνίσταται δὲ Ἄρειος μὲν τοῖς παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένοις · οἱ δὲ, ὡς ὁμοούσιος καὶ συναἰδιός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τῷ Πατρί. Συνεδρίου δὲ πάλιν γενομένου, τοσαύτας διαλέξεις ἀνακινήσαντες, οὐ συνέβησαν ἀλλήλοις. Αμφηρίστου δὲ τῆς ζητήσεως ἔτι δοκούσης εἶναι, πέπονθέ τι καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος καπρῶτα, πῆ μὲν τούτους, πῆ δὲ ἐκείνους ἐπαινῶν. Τελευτῶν δὲ, τοῖς ὁμοούσιον καὶ συναΐδιον εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν ἀποφαινομένοις ἔθετο· καὶ τὸν Ἄρειον ὁμοίως φρονεῖν ἐκέλευσε, τῶν ἐναντίων λόγων ἀφέμενον, Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔπεισεν, ἤδη δὲ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν, τῶν ἐπισκόπων καὶ τοῦ κλήρου, λέγειν ὀρθῶς τὸν Ἄρειον ἐνόμιζον, ἀπεκήρυξε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας αὐτὸν τε καὶ τοὺς συμπράττοντας αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ δόγμα κληρικούς. Συνέπραττον δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων παροικίας, πρεσβύτεροι μὲν, ᾿Αειθαλᾶς καὶ ᾿Αχιλλᾶς, καὶ Καρπώνης τε καὶ Σαρμάτης καὶ ῎Αρειος · διάκονοι δὲ, Εὐζώϊος καὶ Μακάριος Ιούλιος καὶ Μηνᾶς καὶ Ἑλλάδιος. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ οὐκ ὀλίγη μοῖρα μετέθεντο πρὸς αὐτοὺς, οἱ μὲν ὁμοίως χρῆναι περὶ Θεοῦ νομίζειν ἡγούμενοι· οἱ δὲ, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ τοῖς πολλοῖς συμβαῖνον, ὡς ἡδικημένους ἐλεοῦν- 1 τες, καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀκρίτως ἐκβεβλημένους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ὧδε εἶχεν, λογισάμενοι οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αρειον ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὴν εὔνοιαν προφθάσαι τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόπων, πρεσβεύοντα, πρὸς αὐτούς. Καὶ γράψαντες ὡς ἐπίστευον, ἐζήτουν εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς ἔχει τάδε νομίζειν περὶ Θεοῦ, δηλῶσαι ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ μὴ χαλεπαίνειν αὐτοῖς· εἰ δὲ μὴ, διδάσκεσθαι ὂν χρὴ τρόπον δοξάζειν. Οὐ μετρίως δὲ ὧνησεν αὐτοὺς τοῦτο τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Διασπαρέντος γὰρ σχεδὸν εἰς πάντας τοῦ τοιούτου δόγματος, κοινῇ τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις ἡ αὐτὴ γέγονε ζήτησις. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔγραφον πρὸς ᾿Αλέξανδρον, μὴ προσἱεσθαι τοὺς περὶ Ἄρειον, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἑαυτῶν πίστιν ἀποκηρύξουσιν · οἱ δὲ, μὴ τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐδέοντο. Ἰδὼν οὖν ᾿Αλέξανδρος πλείστους ἀγαθοῦ βίου προσχήματι σεμνοὺς, καὶ πιθανότητι λόγου δεινοὺς, συλλαμβανομένους τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἄρειον, καὶ μάλιστα Εὐσέβιον τὸν τότε προεστῶτα τῆς Νικομηδέων ἐκκλησίας, ἄνδρα ἐλλόγιμον καὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τετιμημένον, ἔγραψε τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις, μὴ κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ ἑκάτεμα ἐξεκαίετο ἡ σπουδή, καὶ μείζων οἷα φιλεῖ ἀνεκινήθη ἔρις. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ πολλάκις δεηθέντες ᾿Αλεξάνδρου οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον οὐκ ἔπεισαν ὡς ὑβρισμένοι έχαλέπαινον, καὶ προθυμότεροι ἐγένοντο κρατῦναι τὸ ᾿Αρείου δόγμα. Καὶ σύνοδον ἐν Βιθυνίᾳ συγκροτήσαντες, γράφουσι τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις, ὡς ὀρθῶς δοξάζουσι κοινωνῆσαι τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν ῎Αρειον, παρασκευάσαι δὲ καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἦττον παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἐχώρει ἡ σπου δὴ, ᾿Αλεξάνδρου μὴ εἴκοντος, πρεσβεύεται ὁ "Αρειος πρὸς Παυλῖνον τὸν Τύρου ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Εὐσέβιον τὸν Παμφίλου, ἐπιτροπεύοντα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τῆς ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Καισαρείας, καὶ Πατρόφιλον τὸν Σκυ- θοπόλεως · καὶ ἐξαιτεῖ ἅμα τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπιτραπῆναι ἐκκλησιάζειν τὸν μετ᾿ αὐτῶν λαὸν, ὡς πρότερον τὴν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τάξιν ἐπέχοντας. Εἶναι γὰρ ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ἔθος, καθάπερ καὶ νῦν, ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ κατὰ πάντων ἐπισκόπου, πρεσβυτέρους ἰδίᾳ τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατέχειν, καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐταῖς λαὖν συνάγειν. Οἱ δὲ, καὶ ἄλλοις ἐπισκόποις ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ συνελθόντες, ἐψηφίσαντο τῇ Ἀρείου αἰτήσει, παρακελευσάμενοι συνάγειν μὲν αὐτοὺς ὡς πρότερον · ὑποτετάχθαι δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ, καὶ ἀντιβολεῖν ἀεὶ τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρήνης καὶ κοινωνίας μετέχειν.
᾿Alla gar kai kaiper hōde kai dia pantōn tōn allōn tēs thrēskeias eudokimousēs, eristikai tines dialexeis etaratton tas Ekklēsias, epi prophasei dēthen eusebeias, kai tēs tou Theou teleias heureseōs, eis zētēsin agousai ta proteron anexetasta. Ērxe de toutōn tōn logōn "Areios, presbyteros tēs kat᾿ Aigypton ᾿Alexandreias. hōs ex archēs spoudaios einai peri to dogma doxas, neōterizonti Melitiǭ synepratte; katalipōn de touton, echeirotonēthē diakonos para Petrou tou ᾿Alexandreōn episkopou - kai palin au par᾿ autou tēs Ekklēsias exeblēthē, kathoti Petrou tous Melitiou spoudastas apokēryxantos, kai to autōn baptisma mē prosiemenou, tois ginomenois epeskēpte, kai ēremein ouk ēneicheto. Epei de Petros emartyrēse, syngnōmēn aitēsas ᾿Achillan, epetrapē diakonein ; kai presbyteriou ēxiōthē. Meta de tauta kai ᾿Alexandros en timę̄ eichen auton. Dialektikōtatos de genomenos, elegeto gar mēde tōn toioutōn amoirein mathēmatōn, eis atopous exekylisthē logous; hōs touto proteron par' heterou mē eirēmenon, tolmēsai en ekklēsią apophēnasthai, ton Huion tou Theou ex ouk ontōn gegenēsthai, kai einai pote hote ouk ēn, kai autexousiotēti kakias kai aretēs dēktikon hyparchein, kai ktisma kai poiēma, kai alla polla ha legein eikos ton toutois synistamenon, eis dialexeis proïonta kai tas kata meros zētēseis. Labomenoi de tines tōn eirēmenōn, ememphonto ᾿Alexandron, hōs ou deon anechomenon tōn kata tou dogmatos neōterismōn. Ho de, hypolabōn ameinon einai peri tōn amphibolōn hekaterǭ merei protheinai logon, hōste mē doxai anankę̄, alla peithoi tēs eridos autous pauein, kritēn kathisas syn tois apo tou klērou, eis hamillan amphoterous hēgagen. Hōs de symbainein philei peri tas eridas tōn logōn, hekateros epeirato nikan. Synistatai de Areios men tois par᾿ autou eirēmenois ; hoi de, hōs homoousios kai synaidios estin ho Huios tǭ Patri. Synedriou de palin genomenou, tosautas dialexeis anakinēsantes, ou synebēsan allēlois. Amphēristou de tēs zētēseōs eti dokousēs einai, peponthe ti kai ᾿Alexandros kaprōta, pē men toutous, pē de ekeinous epainōn. Teleutōn de, tois homoousion kai synaïdion einai ton Huion apophainomenois etheto; kai ton Areion homoiōs phronein ekeleuse, tōn enantiōn logōn aphemenon, Epei de ouk epeisen, ēdē de polloi tōn amph᾿ auton, tōn episkopōn kai tou klērou, legein orthōs ton Areion enomizon, apekēryxe tēs Ekklēsias auton te kai tous symprattontas autǭ peri to dogma klērikous. Synepratton de autǭ tēs ᾿Alexandreōn paroikias, presbyteroi men, ᾿Aeithalas kai ᾿Achillas, kai Karpōnēs te kai Sarmatēs kai ᾿Areios ; diakonoi de, Euzōïos kai Makarios Ioulios kai Mēnas kai Helladios. Enteuthen de kai tou laou ouk oligē moira metethento pros autous, hoi men homoiōs chrēnai peri Theou nomizein hēgoumenoi; hoi de, touto dē to tois pollois symbainon, hōs hēdikēmenous eleoun- 1 tes, kai tēs Ekklēsias akritōs ekbeblēmenous. Epei de kata ᾿Alexandreian hōde eichen, logisamenoi hoi amphi ton ᾿Areion anankaion einai tēn eunoian prophthasai tōn kata polin episkopōn, presbeuonta, pros autous. Kai grapsantes hōs episteuon, ezētoun ei men orthōs echei tade nomizein peri Theou, dēlōsai ᾿Alexandrǭ mē chalepainein autois; ei de mē, didaskesthai on chrē tropon doxazein. Ou metriōs de hōnēsen autous touto to spoudazomenon. Diasparentos gar schedon eis pantas tou toioutou dogmatos, koinę̄ tois pantachē episkopois hē autē gegone zētēsis. Kai hoi men egraphon pros ᾿Alexandron, mē prosiesthai tous peri Areion, ei mē tēn heautōn pistin apokēryxousin ; hoi de, mē touto poiein edeonto. Idōn oun ᾿Alexandros pleistous agathou biou proschēmati semnous, kai pithanotēti logou deinous, syllambanomenous tois amphi ton Areion, kai malista Eusebion ton tote proestōta tēs Nikomēdeōn ekklēsias, andra ellogimon kai en tois basileiois tetimēmenon, egrapse tois pantachē episkopois, mē koinōnein autois. Ek toutou de eti mallon epi hekatema exekaieto hē spoudē, kai meizōn hoia philei anekinēthē eris. Epei gar pollakis deēthentes ᾿Alexandrou hoi amphi ton Eusebion ouk epeisan hōs hybrismenoi echalepainon, kai prothymoteroi egenonto kratynai to ᾿Areiou dogma. Kai synodon en Bithynią synkrotēsantes, graphousi tois pantachē episkopois, hōs orthōs doxazousi koinōnēsai tois amphi ton ᾿Areion, paraskeuasai de kai ᾿Alexandron koinōnein autois. Hōs de ouden ētton para gnōmēn autois echōrei hē spou dē, ᾿Alexandrou mē eikontos, presbeuetai ho "Areios pros Paulinon ton Tyrou episkopon, kai Eusebion ton Pamphilou, epitropeuonta tēn Ekklēsian tēs en Palaistinę̄ Kaisareias, kai Patrophilon ton Sky- thopoleōs ; kai exaitei hama tois amph᾿ auton epitrapēnai ekklēsiazein ton met᾿ autōn laon, hōs proteron tēn tōn presbyterōn taxin epechontas. Einai gar en ᾿Alexandreią ethos, kathaper kai nyn, henos ontos tou kata pantōn episkopou, presbyterous idią tas ekklēsias katechein, kai ton en autais laun synagein. Hoi de, kai allois episkopois en Palaistinę̄ synelthontes, epsēphisanto tę̄ Areiou aitēsei, parakeleusamenoi synagein men autous hōs proteron ; hypotetachthai de ᾿Alexandrǭ, kai antibolein aei tēs pros auton eirēnēs kai koinōnias metechein.
But although religion was thus thriving in all other respects, certain contentious disputes troubled the churches, which, on the pretext of piety and of a perfect discovery of God, brought into question things that had not been examined before. Arius, a presbyter of Alexandria in Egypt, began these debates. At first he was thought to be zealous for the doctrine, and he took part with Melitius in his innovations; but he left him and was ordained deacon by Peter, bishop of Alexandria. He was again expelled from the church by him, because when Peter excommunicated the followers of Melitius and would not accept their baptism, Arius censured what was done and would not keep quiet. After Peter was martyred, Arius asked pardon of Achillas, was allowed to serve as deacon, and was made a presbyter. Later Alexander too held him in honour. Being very skilled in dialectic, for he was said not to lack such learning, he rolled down into strange arguments, so that he dared to declare in the church what no one had said before: that the Son of God was made from nothing, that there was once when he was not, that by free will he is capable of vice and virtue, and that he is a creature and a thing made, and many other things that one who holds these views is likely to say when he goes on into debates and detailed inquiries. Some people took hold of what was said and blamed Alexander for not opposing innovations against the doctrine as he should. He, thinking it better to set out argument on both sides about the doubtful matters, so that he might seem to end their strife by persuasion and not by force, sat as judge with members of the clergy and brought both parties into debate. As usually happens in contests of words, each side tried to win. Arius maintained what he had said; the others maintained that the Son is of the same essence as the Father and co-eternal with him. When the council met again and they had raised so many arguments, they did not agree. While the question still seemed undecided, Alexander himself was at first in some way affected, praising now one side and now the other. In the end he sided with those who declared the Son to be of the same essence and co-eternal, and ordered Arius to think likewise and give up the contrary arguments. When he failed to persuade him, and many of the bishops and clergy about him already thought that Arius spoke rightly, he excommunicated him and the clergy who supported him in the doctrine. Those who supported him from the Alexandrian church were the presbyters Aithales, Achillas, Carpones, Sarmates and Arius, and the deacons Euzoius, Macarius, Julius, Menas and Helladius. From then on no small part of the people also went over to them, some thinking that they ought to believe the same about God, others, as commonly happens with most people, pitying them as wronged and as expelled from the church without trial. Since matters stood thus at Alexandria, Arius's party, reckoning it necessary to win over first the goodwill of the bishops in the various cities, sent envoys to them. Writing down what they believed, they asked that, if it was right to hold these views about God, the bishops should tell Alexander not to be harsh with them; and if not, that they should be taught how they ought to think. This effort helped them not a little. For when this doctrine had been spread among almost everyone, the same question became common to the bishops everywhere. Some wrote to Alexander not to receive Arius's party unless they renounced their belief; others asked him not to do this. Alexander, seeing that very many men, dignified by the appearance of a good life and formidable in persuasive speech, were supporting Arius's party, especially Eusebius, who then presided over the church of Nicomedia, a learned man honoured at the palace, wrote to the bishops everywhere not to hold communion with them. From this the zeal on both sides was kindled still more, and, as usually happens, a greater strife was stirred up. For when Eusebius's party had often begged Alexander and failed to persuade him, they were angry as if insulted, and became more eager to strengthen the doctrine of Arius. They held a synod in Bithynia and wrote to the bishops everywhere to hold communion with Arius's party as holding right opinions, and to induce Alexander also to hold communion with them. When their effort still went against their wishes, since Alexander would not yield, Arius sent envoys to Paulinus, bishop of Tyre, to Eusebius son of Pamphilus, who governed the church of Caesarea in Palestine, and to Patrophilus of Scythopolis, and asked that he and those with him be allowed to assemble the people who were with them, since they had formerly held the rank of presbyters. For it was the custom at Alexandria, as it still is now, that while there is one bishop over all, the presbyters hold the churches separately and gather the people in them. These bishops met with other bishops in Palestine and voted for Arius's request, directing that they should assemble the people as before, but should be subject to Alexander and continually entreat him to grant them peace and communion with him.
1.16PG 67:909–911
Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ συνόδων περὶ τούτου πολλῶν γενομένων, ἤκμαζεν ἡ ἔρις μέχρι τῶν βασιλείων ἐλθεῖν, οὐ μετρίως ἐδυσφόρει Κωνσταντίνος ὁ βασιλεὺς, καθότι προσφάτως τῆς θρησκείας αὔξειν ἀρχομένης, πολλοὺς Χριστιανίζειν ἀπέτρεπεν ἡ διαφωνία τῶν δογμάτων. Καὶ τούτου χάριν, δῆλος ἦν ἐν αἰτίᾳ ποιούμενος "Αρειόν τε καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον. Καὶ γράψας αὐτοῖς ἐνεκάλει, ὡς δυναμένην λαθεῖν, εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐξήγαγον ταύτην τὴν ζήτησιν· καὶ τῇ ἄγαν πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον σπουδῇ φιλονείκως ἀνεκίνησαν, μήτε ζητεῖν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔδει, μήτε ἐνθυμεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐνθυμηθέντας σιωπῇ παραδοῦναι· ἐξὸν ἀλλήλων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, εἰ καὶ περί τι μέρος τοῦ δόγματος διαφέροντα:. Περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς θείας προνοίας, μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πίστιν ἔχειν ἀναγκαῖον. Τὰς δὲ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ζητήσεων ἀκριβολογίας, κἂν μὴ πρὸς μίαν συμφέρηται γνώμην, προσήκειν ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ κατὰ διάνοιαν ἔχειν. Ἀφεμένους τε τῆς περὶ ταῦτα λέσχης, ἐκέλευσεν ὁμονοεῖν. ῎Αχθεσθαι γὰρ οὐ μετρίως· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο σπουδάζοντα τὰς ἐπὶ τῆς Ἕω πόλεις ἰδεῖν, ἐπισχεῖν. ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ μὲν οὖν καὶ ᾿Αρείῳ, πῆ μὲν μεμφόμενος, πῆ δὲ συμβουλεύων, τοιάδε ἔγραψε. Χαλεπῶς δὲ ἔφερε, πυνθανόμενός τινας ἐναντίως πᾶσι τὴν τοῦ Πάσχα ἄγειν ἑορτήν. Τηνικαῦτα γὰρ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς Ἕω πόλεσι διαφερόμενοί τινες περὶ τοῦτο, τῆς μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους οὐκ ἀπείχοντο κοινωνίας. Ιουδαϊκώτερον δὲ τὴν ἑορτὴν ἦγον, καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς τῇ περὶ τούτου διχονοία, τὴν λαμπρότητα τῆς πανηγύρεως ἔβλαπτον. Κατ᾿ ἀμφότερα τοίνυν ἀστασίαστον εἶναι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐσπούδαζε · νομίσας τε δύνασθαι προκαταλαβεῖν τὸ κακὸν, πρὶν εἰς πλείους χωρῆσαι, πέμπει ἄνδρα τὸν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν πίστει καὶ βίῳ ἐπίσημον, καὶ ταῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ὁμολογίαις ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν χρόνοις εὐδοκιμηκότα, διαλλάξοντα τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ διὰ τὸ δόγμα στασιάζοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρὸς Ἕω περὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν διαφερομένους· ἦν δὲ οὗτος Ὅσιος ὁ Κορδούβης ἐπίσκοπος.
Epei de kai en Aigyptǭ synodōn peri toutou pollōn genomenōn, ēkmazen hē eris mechri tōn basileiōn elthein, ou metriōs edysphorei Kōnstantinos ho basileus, kathoti prosphatōs tēs thrēskeias auxein archomenēs, pollous Christianizein apetrepen hē diaphōnia tōn dogmatōn. Kai toutou charin, dēlos ēn en aitią poioumenos "Areion te kai ᾿Alexandron. Kai grapsas autois enekalei, hōs dynamenēn lathein, eis to phaneron exēgagon tautēn tēn zētēsin; kai tę̄ agan pros to enantion spoudę̄ philoneikōs anekinēsan, mēte zētein tēn archēn edei, mēte enthymeisthai, kai enthymēthentas siōpę̄ paradounai; exon allēlōn mē chōrizesthai, ei kai peri ti meros tou dogmatos diapheronta:. Peri men gar tēs theias pronoias, mian kai tēn autēn pistin echein anankaion. Tas de peri tōn toioutōn zētēseōn akribologias, kan mē pros mian sympherētai gnōmēn, prosēkein en aporrhētǭ kata dianoian echein. Aphemenous te tēs peri tauta leschēs, ekeleusen homonoein. ᾿Achthesthai gar ou metriōs; kai dia touto spoudazonta tas epi tēs Heō poleis idein, epischein. ᾿Alexandrǭ men oun kai ᾿Areiǭ, pē men memphomenos, pē de symbouleuōn, toiade egrapse. Chalepōs de ephere, pynthanomenos tinas enantiōs pasi tēn tou Pascha agein heortēn. Tēnikauta gar en tais pros Heō polesi diapheromenoi tines peri touto, tēs men pros allēlous ouk apeichonto koinōnias. Ioudaïkōteron de tēn heortēn ēgon, kai hōs eikos tę̄ peri toutou dichonoia, tēn lamprotēta tēs panēgyreōs eblapton. Kat᾿ amphotera toinyn astasiaston einai tēn ekklēsian espoudaze ; nomisas te dynasthai prokatalabein to kakon, prin eis pleious chōrēsai, pempei andra ton amph᾿ auton pistei kai biǭ episēmon, kai tais hyper tou dogmatos homologiais en tois prosthen chronois eudokimēkota, diallaxonta tous en Aigyptǭ dia to dogma stasiazontas, kai tous pros Heō peri tēn heortēn diapheromenous; ēn de houtos Hosios ho Kordoubēs episkopos.
When many synods had been held on this matter in Egypt as well, and the strife was at its height, so that it reached the palace, the emperor Constantine was greatly vexed, because the disagreement over doctrines was turning many away from becoming Christians just when the religion had lately begun to grow. For this reason he plainly held Arius and Alexander to blame. He wrote to them and accused them of bringing into the open this question, which might have stayed hidden, and of stirring it up contentiously by too much zeal for opposing views, when they ought neither to have raised it in the first place nor to have pondered it, and, having pondered it, ought to have consigned it to silence. They could have kept from separating from one another, even if they differed on some part of the doctrine. For about divine providence it is necessary to have one and the same faith; but the hair-splitting of inquiries about such matters, even if it does not come to one opinion, ought to be kept secret in the mind. He ordered them to give up their talk about these things and to be of one mind. He was, he said, greatly grieved, and for this reason had put off his eager wish to see the cities of the East. Such was what he wrote to Alexander and Arius, partly blaming and partly advising them. He was also distressed to learn that some celebrated the feast of Easter differently from everyone else. At that time some in the cities of the East differed on this point; they did not break off communion with one another, but they kept the feast in a more Jewish way, and, as was natural, through their disagreement on this they spoiled the splendour of the festival. He was eager, then, that the church should be free of strife on both counts. Thinking that he could check the evil before it spread to more people, he sent a man of his circle distinguished for faith and life, who had won renown in earlier times by his confessions for the doctrine, to reconcile those in Egypt who were in strife over the doctrine and those in the East who differed over the feast. This was Hosius, bishop of Cordova.
1.17PG 67:911–913
Ἐπεὶ δὲ παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας ἐχώρει τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ κρείττων ἦν διαλλαγῶν ἡ ἔρις, ἄπρακτός τε ἐπανῄει ὁ τὴν εἰρήνην βραβεῦσαι ἀπεσταλμένος, συνεκάλεσε σύνοδον εἰς Νίκαιαν τῆς Βιθυνίας, καὶ πανταχῆ τοῖς προεστῶσι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἔγραψεν, εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν παρεῖναι. Ἐκοινώνουν δὲ τούτου τοῦ συλλόγου, τῶν μὲν Ἀποστολικῶν θρόνων, Μακάριος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Εὐστάθιος ἤδη τὴν ᾿Αντιοχείας τῆς πρὸς τῷ Ὀρόντῃ Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτραπεὶς, καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος Ἀλεξανδρείας τῆς πρὸς τὴν Μαρείαν λίμνην. Ἰούλιος δὲ ὁ Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπος, διὰ γῆρας ἀπελιμπάνετο. Παρῆσαν δὲ ἀντ᾿ αὐτοῦ Βίτων καὶ Βικέντιος, πρεσβύτεροι τῆς αὐτῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ, καὶ ἄλλοι πλεῖστοι καλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ ἐκ διαφόρων ἐθνῶν συνῆλθον, οἱ μὲν νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν ἱκανοὶ, εἰδήσει τε τῶν ἱερῶν βίβλων καὶ τῆς ἄλλης παιδεύσεως ἐπίσημοι, ἐν ἀρετῇ βίου διαπρέποντες· οἱ δὲ, κατ᾿ ἀμφότερον εὐδοκιμοῦντες. Ἦσαν δὲ ἐπίσκοποι ἀμφὶ τριακόσιοι εἴκοσι· πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ διακόνων ὡς εἰκὸς ἑπομένων, οὐκ ἦν ὀλίγον πλῆθος. Συμπαρῆσαν δὲ αὐτοῖς ἄνδρες διαλέξεων ἔμπειροι ἐκείνοις βοηθεῖν λόγοις σπουδάζοντες. Οἷα δὲ φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι, πολλοὶ τῶν ἱερέων, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἰδίων πραγμάτων ἀγωνίσασθαι συνελθόντες, καιρὸν ἔχειν ἐνόμισαν τῆς τῶν λυπούντων διορθώσεως · καὶ περὶ ὧν ἕκαστος τῶν ἄλλων ἐμέμ φετο, βιβλίον ἐπιδοὺς βασιλεῖ, τὰ εἰς αὐτὸν ἡμαρτητο μένα προσήγγελλεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης εὐχερῶς τοῦτο συνέβαινε, προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν ἕκαστον περὶ ὧν ἐνεκάλει δῆλον ποιεῖν. Αφικομένης δὲ τῆς προθεσμίας, τὰ ἐπιδοθέντα βιβλία δεξάμενος, αὗται μὲν ἔφη αἱ κατηγορίαι καιρὸν οἱκεῖον ἔχουσι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς μεγάλης κρίσεως · δικαστὴν δὲ, τὸν μέλλοντα πᾶσι τότε κρίνειν. Ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐ θεμιτὸν ἀνθρώπῳ ὄντι, τοιαύτην εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἕλκειν ἀκρόασιν, ἱερέων κατηγορούντων καὶ κατηγορουμένων. Ἥκιστα γὰρ χρὴ τοιούτους ἑαυτοὺς παρέχειν, ὡς παρ' ἑτέρου κρίνεσθαι. "Αγε οὖν, μιμησάμενοι τὴν θείαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἐν τῇ πρὸς ἀλλήλους συγγνώμῃ, ἀπαλειφθέντων τῶν κατηγορουμένων, πεισόμεθα, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς πίστεως σπουδάσωμεν, οὗ ἕνεκεν δεῦρο συνεληλύθαμεν. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς, τὴν ἑκάστου γραφὴν ἀργεῖν, καὶ τὰ βιβλία καυθῆναι προσέταξε· καὶ ἡμέραν ὥρισε, καθ᾽ ἣν ἐχρῆν λῦσαι τὰ ἀμφισβητούμενα. Πρὸ δὲ τῆς προθεσμίας συνιόντες καθ' ἑαυτοὺς οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, μετακαλοῦνται τὸν "Αρειον · καὶ προτιθεμένων εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ὧν ἐδόξαζον, διελέγοντο. Οἷα δὲ εἰκὸς, εἰς διαφόρους ζητήσεις περιισταμένης τῆς διασκέψεως, οἱ μὲν, μὴ νεωτερίζειν παρὰ τὴν ἀρχῆθεν παραδοθεῖσαν πίστιν συνεβούλευον, καὶ μάλιστα οἷς τὸ τῶν τρόπων ἁπλοῦν ἀπεριέργως εἰσηγεῖτο προσίεσθαι τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον πίστιν. Οἱ δὲ ἰσχυρίζοντο, μὴ χρῆναι ἀβασανίστως ταῖς παλαιοτέραις δόξαις ἕπεσθαι. Πολλοί δὲ τῶν τότε συνεληλυθότων ἐπισκόπων, καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων αὐτοῖς κληρικῶν, δεινοὶ διαλέγεσθαι, καὶ τὰς τοιαύτας μεθόδους τῶν λόγων ἠσκημένοι, διέπρεψαν, καὶ βασιλεῖ γνώριμος καὶ τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐγένοντο. Εξ ἐκείνου δὲ καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἔτι τότε διάκονος, ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ συνών, πλεῖστον εἶναι ἔδοξε μέρος τῆς περὶ ταῦτα βουλῆς.
Epei de par᾽ elpidas echōrei to pragma, kai kreittōn ēn diallagōn hē eris, apraktos te epanę̄ei ho tēn eirēnēn brabeusai apestalmenos, synekalese synodon eis Nikaian tēs Bithynias, kai pantachē tois proestōsi tōn Ekklēsiōn egrapsen, eis rhētēn hēmeran pareinai. Ekoinōnoun de toutou tou syllogou, tōn men Apostolikōn thronōn, Makarios ho Hierosolymōn, kai Eustathios ēdē tēn ᾿Antiocheias tēs pros tǭ Orontę̄ Ekklēsian epitrapeis, kai ᾿Alexandros Alexandreias tēs pros tēn Mareian limnēn. Ioulios de ho Rhōmaiōn episkopos, dia gēras apelimpaneto. Parēsan de ant᾿ autou Bitōn kai Bikentios, presbyteroi tēs autēs Ekklēsias. Epi toutois de, kai alloi pleistoi kaloi kai agathoi ek diaphorōn ethnōn synēlthon, hoi men noein kai legein hikanoi, eidēsei te tōn hierōn biblōn kai tēs allēs paideuseōs episēmoi, en aretę̄ biou diaprepontes; hoi de, kat᾿ amphoteron eudokimountes. Ēsan de episkopoi amphi triakosioi eikosi; presbyterōn te kai diakonōn hōs eikos hepomenōn, ouk ēn oligon plēthos. Symparēsan de autois andres dialexeōn empeiroi ekeinois boēthein logois spoudazontes. Hoia de philei ginesthai, polloi tōn hiereōn, hōs hyper idiōn pragmatōn agōnisasthai synelthontes, kairon echein enomisan tēs tōn lypountōn diorthōseōs ; kai peri hōn hekastos tōn allōn emem pheto, biblion epidous basilei, ta eis auton hēmartēto mena prosēngellen. Epei de eph᾽ hekastēs eucherōs touto synebaine, prosetaxen ho basileus eis rhētēn hēmeran hekaston peri hōn enekalei dēlon poiein. Aphikomenēs de tēs prothesmias, ta epidothenta biblia dexamenos, hautai men ephē hai katēgoriai kairon hoikeion echousi tēn hēmeran tēs megalēs kriseōs ; dikastēn de, ton mellonta pasi tote krinein. Emoi de ou themiton anthrōpǭ onti, toiautēn eis heauton helkein akroasin, hiereōn katēgorountōn kai katēgoroumenōn. Hēkista gar chrē toioutous heautous parechein, hōs par' heterou krinesthai. "Age oun, mimēsamenoi tēn theian philanthrōpian en tę̄ pros allēlous syngnōmę̄, apaleiphthentōn tōn katēgoroumenōn, peisometha, kai ta peri tēs pisteōs spoudasōmen, hou heneken deuro synelēlythamen. Tauta eipōn ho basileus, tēn hekastou graphēn argein, kai ta biblia kauthēnai prosetaxe; kai hēmeran hōrise, kath᾽ hēn echrēn lysai ta amphisbētoumena. Pro de tēs prothesmias syniontes kath' heautous hoi episkopoi, metakalountai ton "Areion ; kai protithemenōn eis to koinon hōn edoxazon, dielegonto. Hoia de eikos, eis diaphorous zētēseis periistamenēs tēs diaskepseōs, hoi men, mē neōterizein para tēn archēthen paradotheisan pistin synebouleuon, kai malista hois to tōn tropōn haploun aperiergōs eisēgeito prosiesthai tēn eis to theion pistin. Hoi de ischyrizonto, mē chrēnai abasanistōs tais palaioterais doxais hepesthai. Polloi de tōn tote synelēlythotōn episkopōn, kai tōn hepomenōn autois klērikōn, deinoi dialegesthai, kai tas toiautas methodous tōn logōn ēskēmenoi, dieprepsan, kai basilei gnōrimos kai tois amph᾿ auton egenonto. Ex ekeinou de kai ᾿Athanasios ho ᾿Alexandreias eti tote diakonos, ᾿Alexandrǭ tǭ episkopǭ synōn, pleiston einai edoxe meros tēs peri tauta boulēs.
When the matter went against his hopes, and the strife was too strong for reconciliation, and the man sent to arbitrate the peace came back without success, he summoned a synod to Nicaea in Bithynia and wrote to the leaders of the churches everywhere to be present on a set day. Of the apostolic sees there took part in this assembly Macarius of Jerusalem, Eustathius, who already had charge of the church of Antioch on the Orontes, and Alexander of Alexandria by Lake Mareotis. Julius, bishop of Rome, was absent because of old age; in his place Vito and Vincentius, presbyters of the same church, were present. Besides these, very many other good and upright men came together from various nations: some able in thought and speech, distinguished for knowledge of the sacred books and of other learning, and eminent in virtue of life; others renowned in both respects. There were about three hundred and twenty bishops; and since presbyters and deacons naturally accompanied them, the crowd was not small. With them were also men skilled in debate, eager to help them in argument. As usually happens, many of the priests, thinking they had come together to contend for their own affairs, considered this an opportunity to set right what grieved them; and each, about what he blamed in others, handed a petition to the emperor and reported the wrongs done to him. When this was being done readily every day, the emperor ordered each to make plain on a set day what he was accusing. When the appointed time came, he received the petitions that had been handed in and said: “These accusations have their proper time, the day of the great judgment, and their judge, the one who will then judge all. It is not lawful for me, a man, to take upon myself such a hearing, where priests accuse and are accused. Such men should least of all present themselves to be judged by another. Come then, let us imitate the divine love of humankind in forgiving one another; let the charges be blotted out, let us be persuaded, and let us give our zeal to the matters of faith for whose sake we have come here.” Having said this, the emperor ordered each man's charge to be set aside and the petitions to be burned, and he fixed a day on which the disputed questions should be resolved. Before the appointed time the bishops met by themselves, summoned Arius, and set before the assembly what he believed and debated it. As was natural, since the inquiry turned to various questions, some advised that there be no innovation against the faith handed down from the beginning, especially those whose simple manners led them to accept faith in God without curiosity; others maintained that older opinions should not be followed without examination. Many of the bishops who had then come together, and of the clergy who accompanied them, being able debaters and practised in such methods of argument, became prominent and known to the emperor and those about him. From that time Athanasius of Alexandria too, then still a deacon and in the company of Alexander the bishop, was thought to have the greatest share in the deliberations on these matters.
1.18PG 67:915–917
Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καί τινες τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι σοφῶν ἐπιτηδὲς τουτωνὶ τῶν διαλέξεων μετέσχον · οἱ μὲν, ὅτι ποτέ ἐστι τὸ δόγμα μανθάνειν σπουδάζοντες - οἱ δὲ, προσφάτως ἀπόλλυσθαι τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θρη σκείας ἀρχομένης, ἀπεχθανόμενοι τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς, τὴν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ζήτησιν εἰς ἔριδας λόγων ἐνέβαλλον· ὥστε πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς στασιάζειν καὶ ἐναν τία δοκεῖν. Λέγεται οὖν, ὡς τινος αὐτῶν ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας λόγων κομπάζοντος, καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἐπιτωθάζοντος, οὐκ ἤνεγκε τὸν τύφον γέρων ἁπλοῦς τις τῶν ἐν ὁμολογίαις εὐδοκιμησάντων. Τοιούτων δὲ σκιν δαλμῶν καὶ τερθρίας ἄμοιρος ὢν, τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνεδέξατο λόγον. Ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ, τοῖς μὲν προπετέσι τῶν εἰδότων τὸν ὁμολογητὴν, γέλωτα ἐκίνησε τὸ πρᾶγμα· τοῖς δὲ ἐπιεικέσι δέος, προορωμένοις μὴ παρὰ ἀνδρὶ τεχνίτῃ λόγων γελοῖος φανείη. Όμως δ' οὖν συγχωρησάντων λέγειν ἃ βούλεται· ἀντιτείνειν γὰρ αὐτῷ τοιούτῳ ὄντι ἐπὶ πολὺ ἡδοῦντα· ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἔφη, φιλόσοφε ἄκουσον. Εἷς ἐστι Θεὸς, οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς, καὶ πάντων τῶν ὁρωμένων καὶ ἀοράτων δημιουργὸς, ὁ πάντα ταῦτα τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ Λόγου ποιήσας, καὶ τῇ ἁγιωσύνῃ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύ ματος αὐτοῦ στηρίξας. Οὗτος οὖν ὁ Λόγος, φησὶν, ὃν ἡμεῖς Υἱὸν Θεοῦ προσαγορεύομεν, ἐλεήσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς πλάνης καὶ τῆς θηριώδους πολιτείας, εἴλετο ἐκ γυναικὸς τεχθῆναι, καὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις συνομιλῆσαι, καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν. Ἥξει δὲ πάλιν κριτὴς τῶν ἑκάστῳ βεβιωμένων. Ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχειν ἀπεριέργως πιστεύομεν. Μὴ τοίνυν μάτην πόνει, τῶν πίστει κατορθουμένων ἐλέγχους ἐπιζητῶν, καὶ τρόπον ᾧ γενέσθαι ταῦτα ἢ μὴ γενέσθαι ἐνεδέχετο. Αλλ' εἰ πιστεύεις, ἐρομένῳ μοι ἀποκρίνου. Πρὸς ταῦτα καταπλαγεὶς ὁ φιλόσοφος, Πιστεύω, φησί. Καὶ τῆς ἥττης χάριν ὁμολογήσας, τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ πρεσβύτῃ ἐδόξαζε, καὶ τοῖς πρότερον ὁμοίως διακειμένοις, ὁμοφρονεῖν συνεβούλευεν · οὐκ ἀθεεὶ μετατεθεῖσθαι ἐπομνύμενος, ἀλλ᾿ ἀφράστῳ τινὶ δυνάμε: χριστιανίσαι προτραπείς. Λέγεται δὲ τῷ εἰρημένῳ παραπλήσιον γενέσθαι θαῦμα, δι' ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τοῦ ἐπιτροπεύσαντος τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν. Ἡνίκα γὰρ παρεγένετο Κωνσταντῖνος εἰς τὸ Βυζάντιον, προσελθόντες αὐτῷ φιλόσοφοί τινες ἐμέμφοντο ὡς οὐ δεόντως θρησκεύει, καὶ περὶ τὰ θεῖα νεωτερίζει, καινὸν εἰσάγων σέβας τῇ πολιτείᾳ, παρὰ τὰ νενομισμένα τοῖς αὐτοῦ προγόνοις, καὶ πᾶσιν ὅσους Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμόνας ὁ παρελθὼν αἰὼν ἤνεγκεν. Καὶ ἐζήτουν διαλεχθῆναι ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος. Ὁ δὲ, καίπερ τοιαύτης γυμνασίας λόγων ἀτριβὴς, ἴσως δὲ τῷ βίῳ πεποιθὼς, ἐγένετο γὰρ καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς, ὑπέστη τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦ βασιλέως προστάξαντος. Συνελθόντων δὲ τῶν φιλοσόφων, ἐπειδὴ πάντες διαλέγε· σθαι ἠβούλοντο, ἕνα αὐτοὺς αἱρεῖσθαι ὃν θέλουσιν ἠξίου, τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους παρόντας ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. ᾿Αναδεξαμένου δὲ ἑνὸς τὸν λόγον, Ἐν ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἔφη πρὸς αὐτὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ἐπιτάττω σοι μὴ λαλεῖν. ῞Αμα δὲ τῷ λόγῳ, καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος αὐτίκα τὸ οτόμα πεδηθεὶς ἐσιώπα. ᾿Αρ' οὖν δίκαιον ἀναλογίσασθαι, πότερον μεῖζον ἐν παραδόξοις, ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ταῦτα φιλόσοφον, οὕτω ῥᾳδίως ἀφελέσθαι τοῦ λόγου, ἢ λίθον βίᾳ λόγου τῇ χειρὶ διελθεῖν, ὅ πρός τινων ἐπὶ Ἰουλιανῷ τῷ καλουμένῳ Χαλδαίῳ κεκομπολογῆσθαι ἀκήκοα· καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐπυθόμην.
Ou mēn alla kai tines tōn par' Hellēsi sophōn epitēdes toutōni tōn dialexeōn meteschon ; hoi men, hoti pote esti to dogma manthanein spoudazontes - hoi de, prosphatōs apollysthai tēs Hellēnikēs thrē skeias archomenēs, apechthanomenoi tois Christianois, tēn peri tou dogmatos zētēsin eis eridas logōn eneballon; hōste pros heautous stasiazein kai enan tia dokein. Legetai oun, hōs tinos autōn hypo philotimias logōn kompazontos, kai tois hiereusin epitōthazontos, ouk ēnenke ton typhon gerōn haplous tis tōn en homologiais eudokimēsantōn. Toioutōn de skin dalmōn kai terthrias amoiros ōn, ton pros auton anedexato logon. Epi touto de, tois men propetesi tōn eidotōn ton homologētēn, gelōta ekinēse to pragma; tois de epieikesi deos, proorōmenois mē para andri technitę̄ logōn geloios phaneiē. Omōs d' oun synchōrēsantōn legein ha bouletai; antiteinein gar autǭ toioutǭ onti epi poly hēdounta; en onomati Iēsou Christou, ephē, philosophe akouson. Heis esti Theos, ouranou kai gēs, kai pantōn tōn horōmenōn kai aoratōn dēmiourgos, ho panta tauta tę̄ dynamei tou Logou poiēsas, kai tę̄ hagiōsynę̄ tou hagiou Pneu matos autou stērixas. Houtos oun ho Logos, phēsin, hon hēmeis Huion Theou prosagoreuomen, eleēsas tous anthrōpous tēs planēs kai tēs thēriōdous politeias, eileto ek gynaikos techthēnai, kai tois anthrōpois synomilēsai, kai apothanein hyper autōn. Hēxei de palin kritēs tōn hekastǭ bebiōmenōn. Tauta houtōs echein aperiergōs pisteuomen. Mē toinyn matēn ponei, tōn pistei katorthoumenōn elenchous epizētōn, kai tropon hǭ genesthai tauta ē mē genesthai enedecheto. All' ei pisteueis, eromenǭ moi apokrinou. Pros tauta kataplageis ho philosophos, Pisteuō, phēsi. Kai tēs hēttēs charin homologēsas, ta auta tǭ presbytę̄ edoxaze, kai tois proteron homoiōs diakeimenois, homophronein synebouleuen ; ouk atheei metatetheisthai epomnymenos, all᾿ aphrastǭ tini dyname: christianisai protrapeis. Legetai de tǭ eirēmenǭ paraplēsion genesthai thauma, di' ᾿Alexandrou tou epitropeusantos tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsian. Hēnika gar paregeneto Kōnstantinos eis to Byzantion, proselthontes autǭ philosophoi tines ememphonto hōs ou deontōs thrēskeuei, kai peri ta theia neōterizei, kainon eisagōn sebas tę̄ politeią, para ta nenomismena tois autou progonois, kai pasin hosous Hellēnōn te kai Rhōmaiōn hēgemonas ho parelthōn aiōn ēnenken. Kai ezētoun dialechthēnai ᾿Alexandrǭ tǭ episkopǭ peri tou dogmatos. Ho de, kaiper toiautēs gymnasias logōn atribēs, isōs de tǭ biǭ pepoithōs, egeneto gar kalos kai agathos, hypestē ton agōna tou basileōs prostaxantos. Synelthontōn de tōn philosophōn, epeidē pantes dialege; sthai ēboulonto, hena autous haireisthai hon thelousin ēxiou, tous de allous parontas hēsychian agein. ᾿Anadexamenou de henos ton logon, En onomati Iēsou Christou, ephē pros auton ᾿Alexandros, epitattō soi mē lalein. ῾Ama de tǭ logǭ, kai ho anthrōpos autika to otoma pedētheis esiōpa. ᾿Ar' oun dikaion analogisasthai, poteron meizon en paradoxois, anthrōpon, kai tauta philosophon, houtō rhądiōs aphelesthai tou logou, ē lithon bią logou tę̄ cheiri dielthein, ho pros tinōn epi Ioulianǭ tǭ kaloumenǭ Chaldaiǭ kekompologēsthai akēkoa; kai ta men hōde epythomēn.
Moreover, some of the learned among the pagans deliberately took part in these debates: some eager to learn what the doctrine was; others, hating the Christians because the pagan religion had lately begun to perish, threw the inquiry about the doctrine into verbal contests, so that the Christians would quarrel among themselves and appear to contradict one another. It is said that when one of them, out of ambition for speaking, was boasting and mocking the priests, a simple old man, one of those renowned for their confessions, could not bear his arrogance. Though he had no part in such quibbling and jargon, he took up the argument against him. At this the thing roused laughter among the rash who knew the confessor, and fear among the reasonable, who foresaw that he would appear ridiculous before a man skilled in argument. Nevertheless, since they let him say what he wished, for out of respect they could not oppose such a man for long, he said: “In the name of Jesus Christ, philosopher, listen. There is one God, the maker of heaven and earth and of all things visible and invisible, who made all these by the power of the Word and established them by the holiness of his Holy Spirit. This Word,” he said, “whom we call the Son of God, took pity on men for their error and their beastlike way of life, and chose to be born of a woman, to live among men, and to die for them. And he will come again as judge of what each has done in life. That these things are so we believe without curiosity. Do not labour in vain, then, seeking proofs of what is accomplished by faith, and the way in which these things could or could not have happened. But if you believe, answer me as I ask.” Struck by this, the philosopher said, “I believe.” Acknowledging his defeat with thanks, he held the same views as the old man, and advised those who had been of his former opinion to agree with him, swearing that he had not changed without God, but had been moved to become a Christian by some unspeakable power. A wonder like the one described is said to have been worked through Alexander, who governed the church of Constantinople. When Constantine came to Byzantium, some philosophers approached him and complained that he did not worship as he should and was innovating in divine matters, bringing into the state a new worship contrary to what had been customary with his ancestors and with all the rulers of Greeks and Romans whom past ages had produced. They asked to debate with Alexander the bishop about the doctrine. Although he was unpractised in such exercises of argument, he relied perhaps on his life, for he was a good and upright man, and he accepted the contest at the emperor's command. When the philosophers came together, since all wished to debate, he asked them to choose one whom they wished, and the others present to keep quiet. When one had taken up the argument, Alexander said to him: “In the name of Jesus Christ I command you not to speak.” At the word the man's mouth was at once bound, and he fell silent. Is it fair, then, to consider which is the greater wonder, so easily to take speech from a man, and a philosopher at that, or to cleave a stone by force of a word with the hand, which I have heard was boasted of by some in the case of Julian, called the Chaldean? This is what I learned of these matters.
1.19PG 67:917–919
Οἱ δὲ ἐπίσκοποι συνεχῶς συνιόντες, τὸν Ἄρειον εἰς μέσον παρήγαγον, καὶ ἀκριβῆ βάσανον ἐποιοῦντο τῶν αὐτοῦ προτάσεων. Προπετῶς δὲ ἐπὶ θάτερα τὴν ψῆφον ἄγειν ἐφυλάττοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ κυρία παρῆν, καθ' ἣν ὥριστο τεμεῖν τὰ ἀμφίβολα, συνῆλθον εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, καθότι καὶ τῷ κρατοῦντι δέδοκτο κοινωνῆσαι αὐτοῖς τῆς βουλῆς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς ταυτὸ παρεγένοντο τοῖς ἱερεῦσι, διαβὰς πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ συλλόγου, ἐπὶ θρόνου τινὸς ἐκάθισεν ὥσπερ αὐτῷ κατεσκεύαστο· καὶ ἡ σύνοδος καθῆσθαι ἐκελεύσθη. Παρεσκεύαστο γὰρ ἑκατέρωθεν βάθρα πολλά, παρ. εκτεινόμενα τοῖς τοίχοις τοῦ βασιλείου οἴκου · μέγ:στος δὲ ἦν οὗτος, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὑπερφέρων. Καθεζομένων δὲ αὐτῶν, ἀναστὰς Εὐσέβιος ὁ Παμφίλου, λόγον τινὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ προσεφώνησε, καὶ δι' αὐτὸν, τῷ Θεῷ χαριστήριον ὕμνον. Παυσαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ, καὶ σιγῆς γενομένης, Πάντων μὲν ἕνεκεν, ἔφη ὁ βασιλεὺς, τῷ Θεῷ τὴν χάριν ἔχω, οὐχ ἤκιστα δὲ τὸν ὑμέτερον σύλλογον ὁρῶν, ὦ φίλοι. Καί μοι κρείττον εὐχῆς ἀπέβη, τοσούτους ἱερέας Χριστοῦ εἰς ταυτὸν ἀγαγεῖν. Βουλοίμην δ' ἂν ὁμόφρονας ὑμᾶς θεάσασθαι, καὶ συμφώνου γνώμης κοινωνούς. Ἐπεὶ παντὸς κακοῦ χαλεπώτερον ἡγοῦμαι, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ στασιάζειν. Ὅτε οὖν ἡγγέλθη ὧν οὐκ ὤφελον ἀκοῦσαι, σφόδρα τὴν ψυχὴν ἠνιάθην, διχονοεῖν ὑμᾶς πυθόμενος, οὓς ἥκιστα προσῆκε, Θεοῦ λειτουργοὺς ὄντας, καὶ βραβευτὰς εἰρήνης. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ἱερὰν ὑμῶν συνεκρότησα σύνοδον· βασιλεύς τε ὧν καὶ συνθεράπων ὑμέτερος, χάριν αἰτῶ λαβεῖν ἀρεστὴν τῷ Θεῷ τῷ κοινῷ δεσπότῃ, ἐμοί τε λαβεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν δοῦναι πρέπουσαν. Ἡ δέ ἐστι, προενεγκεῖν εἰς μέσον τὰ αἴτια τῆς ἀμφισβητήσεως, καὶ ὁμόφρονα καὶ εἰρηναῖον αὐτοῖς ἐπιθεῖναι τέλος. "Ωστε με σὺν ὑμῖν τοῦτο τὸ τρόπαιον ἀναστῆσαι κατὰ τοῦ φθονεροῦ δαίμονος, ὃς τῶν ἀλλοφύλων καὶ τυράννων ἐκποδὼν γενομένων, ταυτηνὶ τὴν ἐμφύλιον στάσιν ἤγειρε, νεμεσήσας τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἀγαθοῖς. Τοιαῦτα τῇ Ῥω μαίων φωνῇ τοῦ βασιλέως εἰπόντος, παρεστώς τις ἡρμήνευεν.
Hoi de episkopoi synechōs syniontes, ton Areion eis meson parēgagon, kai akribē basanon epoiounto tōn autou protaseōn. Propetōs de epi thatera tēn psēphon agein ephylattonto. Epei de hē kyria parēn, kath' hēn hōristo temein ta amphibola, synēlthon eis ta basileia, kathoti kai tǭ kratounti dedokto koinōnēsai autois tēs boulēs. Epei de eis tauto paregenonto tois hiereusi, diabas pros tēn archēn tou syllogou, epi thronou tinos ekathisen hōsper autǭ kateskeuasto; kai hē synodos kathēsthai ekeleusthē. Pareskeuasto gar hekaterōthen bathra polla, par. ekteinomena tois toichois tou basileiou oikou ; meg:stos de ēn houtos, kai tous allous hyperpherōn. Kathezomenōn de autōn, anastas Eusebios ho Pamphilou, logon tina tǭ basilei prosephōnēse, kai di' auton, tǭ Theǭ charistērion hymnon. Pausamenou de autou, kai sigēs genomenēs, Pantōn men heneken, ephē ho basileus, tǭ Theǭ tēn charin echō, ouch ēkista de ton hymeteron syllogon horōn, ō philoi. Kai moi kreitton euchēs apebē, tosoutous hiereas Christou eis tauton agagein. Bouloimēn d' an homophronas hymas theasasthai, kai symphōnou gnōmēs koinōnous. Epei pantos kakou chalepōteron hēgoumai, tēn Ekklēsian tou Theou stasiazein. Hote oun hēngelthē hōn ouk ōphelon akousai, sphodra tēn psychēn ēniathēn, dichonoein hymas pythomenos, hous hēkista prosēke, Theou leitourgous ontas, kai brabeutas eirēnēs. Kai dia touto tēn hieran hymōn synekrotēsa synodon; basileus te hōn kai syntherapōn hymeteros, charin aitō labein arestēn tǭ Theǭ tǭ koinǭ despotę̄, emoi te labein, kai hymin dounai prepousan. Hē de esti, proenenkein eis meson ta aitia tēs amphisbētēseōs, kai homophrona kai eirēnaion autois epitheinai telos. "Ōste me syn hymin touto to tropaion anastēsai kata tou phthonerou daimonos, hos tōn allophylōn kai tyrannōn ekpodōn genomenōn, tautēni tēn emphylion stasin ēgeire, nemesēsas tois hēmeterois agathois. Toiauta tę̄ Rhō maiōn phōnę̄ tou basileōs eipontos, parestōs tis hērmēneuen.
The bishops met continually, brought Arius forward, and examined his propositions closely; but they took care not to cast their vote rashly for either side. When the appointed day came on which the doubtful questions were to be settled, they gathered at the palace, since the ruler had decided to share in their deliberation. When he had come together with the priests, he passed to the head of the assembly and sat on a throne that had been prepared for him, and the synod was told to sit down. Many benches had been set out on either side along the walls of the palace hall, which was very large and surpassed the others. When they were seated, Eusebius son of Pamphilus rose and addressed a speech to the emperor, and on his account a hymn of thanksgiving to God. When he had finished and there was silence, the emperor said: “For all things I give thanks to God, my friends, and not least for seeing your assembly. It has turned out better than I prayed, to bring so many priests of Christ together. I should wish to see you of one mind and sharing a harmonious judgment, since I consider it worse than any evil for the church of God to be in strife. So when I was told what I ought never to have heard, I was greatly grieved in soul to learn that you were at variance, you to whom it least belongs, since you are ministers of God and arbiters of peace. For this reason I have convened your holy synod; and being emperor and your fellow servant, I ask to receive a favour pleasing to God, our common Master, fitting for me to receive and for you to give: that you bring into the open the causes of the dispute and put an end to them in concord and peace, so that with you I may set up this trophy against the envious demon, who, now that foreign enemies and tyrants have been removed, has stirred up this civil strife, resenting our good fortune.” When the emperor had said this in the Roman tongue, someone standing by translated it.
1.20PG 67:919–921
Ἐκ τούτου δὲ ἡ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος διάλεξις ἐκινήθη τοῖς ἱερεῦσι. Σχολῇ δὲ καὶ μάλα ἀνεξικάκως ἡκροᾶτο ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν λόγων. Καὶ τοῖς μὲν εὖ λέγουσιν ἐτίθετο· τοὺς δὲ φιλονεικοῦντας μετετίθει τῆς ἔριδος· πράως ἑκάστῳ διαλεγόμενος, ὡς ἀκούειν ἠπίστατο, καθότι οὐδὲ τῆς Ἑλλήνων γλώττης ἀπείρως εἶχε. Τὸ δὴ τελευταῖον, συνέβησαν ἀλλήλοις πάντες οἱ ἱερεῖς, καὶ ὁμοούσιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐψηφίσαντο. Μόνοι δὲ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, δέκα καὶ ἑπτὰ λέγονται τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν ἐπαινέσαι· παραχρῆμα δὲ καὶ τούτων οἱ πλείους πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ δόξαν μετέθεντο. Ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐψηφίσατο, συμβαλὼν αὐτὴν θεόθεν δεδοκιμᾶσθαι τὴν συμφωνίαν τοῦ συλλόγου. Ὑπερορίῳ τε φυγῇ ζημιωθήσεσθαι προηγόρευσε τὸν ἐναντίον τῶν δεδογμένων ἐρχόμενον, ὡς διαφθείραντα τοὺς θείους ὅρους. Ἵνα δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον βέβαιον καὶ δῆλον τοῖς ἐσομένοις ὑπάρχῃ τὸ σύμβολον τῆς τότε συναρεσάσης πίστεως, ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθην εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀληθείας, αὐτὴν τὴν περὶ τούτων γραφὴν παραθέσθαι. Εὐσεβῶν δὲ καὶ φίλων καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιστημόνων, οἷα δὲ μύσταις καὶ μυσταγωγοῖς μόνοις δέοντα λέγειν καὶ ἀκούειν ὑφηγουμένων ἐπήνεσα τὴν βουλήν. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπεικὸς και των ἁμυήτων τινὰς τῇδε τῇ βίβλῳ ἐντυχεῖν. Ὡς ἔνι δὲ τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἃ χρὴ σιωπᾶν αποκρυψάμενον · ὡς μὴ πάμπαν ἀγνοεῖν τὰ δόξαντα τῇ συνόδῳ.
Ek toutou de hē peri tou dogmatos dialexis ekinēthē tois hiereusi. Scholę̄ de kai mala anexikakōs hēkroato ho basileus tōn hekaterōthen logōn. Kai tois men eu legousin etitheto; tous de philoneikountas metetithei tēs eridos; praōs hekastǭ dialegomenos, hōs akouein ēpistato, kathoti oude tēs Hellēnōn glōttēs apeirōs eiche. To dē teleutaion, synebēsan allēlois pantes hoi hiereis, kai homoousion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion epsēphisanto. Monoi de ta men prōta, deka kai hepta legontai tēn ᾿Areiou doxan epainesai; parachrēma de kai toutōn hoi pleious pros to koinę̄ doxan metethento. Tautę̄ de tę̄ gnōmę̄ kai ho basileus epsēphisato, symbalōn autēn theothen dedokimasthai tēn symphōnian tou syllogou. Hyperoriǭ te phygę̄ zēmiōthēsesthai proēgoreuse ton enantion tōn dedogmenōn erchomenon, hōs diaphtheiranta tous theious horous. Hina de kai eis ton hexēs chronon bebaion kai dēlon tois esomenois hyparchę̄ to symbolon tēs tote synaresasēs pisteōs, anankaion ǭēthēn eis apodeixin tēs alētheias, autēn tēn peri toutōn graphēn parathesthai. Eusebōn de kai philōn kai ta toiauta epistēmonōn, hoia de mystais kai mystagōgois monois deonta legein kai akouein hyphēgoumenōn epēnesa tēn boulēn. Ou gar apeikos kai tōn hamyētōn tinas tę̄de tę̄ biblǭ entychein. Hōs eni de tōn aporrhētōn ha chrē siōpan apokrypsamenon ; hōs mē pampan agnoein ta doxanta tę̄ synodǭ.
After this the debate about the doctrine was opened among the priests. The emperor listened to the arguments on both sides at leisure and with great patience. He agreed with those who spoke well and drew the contentious away from their strife, talking gently with each, as far as he knew how to listen, since he was not unacquainted with the Greek language either. In the end all the priests came to agreement with one another and voted that the Son is of the same essence as the Father. At first only seventeen are said to have praised Arius's opinion; but immediately most of these too went over to the common opinion. The emperor also voted for this view, concluding that the agreement of the assembly had been approved by God; and he proclaimed that anyone who opposed what had been decided would be punished with exile, as one who had corrupted the divine definitions. So that the creed of the faith then agreed upon might remain firm and plain to those who would come after, I thought it necessary to set down the document itself as proof of the truth. But godly friends who understood such matters advised that these things should be spoken and heard only by the initiated and their initiators, and I approved their counsel. For it is not unlikely that some of the uninitiated will read this book. So I have hidden, as far as possible, the secret things that must be kept in silence, while not leaving the reader altogether ignorant of what the synod decided.
1.21PG 67:921–923
Ἱστέον δὲ ὅτι τὸν μὲν Υἱὸν ὁμοούσιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ ἀπεφήναντο· τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἦν ποτὲ ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, καὶ πρὶν γεννηθῆναι οὐκ ἦν, καὶ ὅτι ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐγένετο, ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως ἢ οὐσίας, ἢ τρεπτὸν ἢ ἀλλοιωτὸν, ἀπεκήρυξαν, καὶ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἀλλοτρίους ἐψηφίσαντο. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπήνεσαν Εὐσέβιός τε ὁ Νικομηδείας· καὶ Θεόγνιος ὁ Νικαίας, Μάρις τε ὁ Χαλκηδόνιος, καὶ Πατρόφιλος ὁ Σκυθοπόλεως, καὶ Σεκοῦνδος ὁ Πτολεμαΐδος τῆς Λιβύης. Εὐσέβιος δὲ ὁ Παμφίλου μικρὸν ἐπισχὼν, ἐπεσκέψατο ταύτην καὶ ἐπήνεσεν. Ἡ δὲ σύνοδος ἀπεκήρυξεν "Αρειον καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φρονοῦντας, ᾿Αλεξανδρείας τε μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν αὐτὸν · ἐψηφίσαντο. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς λέξεις τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης ἀπεκήρυξαν, καὶ τὸ βιβλίον ὁ περὶ ταύτης συντάξας Θαλείαν ἐπέγραψε. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ συντάγματος, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, οὐ γὰρ ἐνέτυχον, διαλελυμένος ἐστὶν ὁ χαρακτήρ, ὡς ἐμφερὴς εἶναι τῇ χαυνό. τητι τοῖς Σωτάδου ᾄσμασιν. Ιστέον μέντοι, ὡς τῇ ᾿Αρείου καθαιρέσει οὔτε ἔθεντο, οὔτε ὑπέγραψαν Εὐσέβιος ὁ Νικομηδείας καὶ Θεόγνιος ὁ Νικαεὺς, καίπερ τῇ γραφῇ τῆς πίστεως συναινέσαντες. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ῎Αρειον μὲν ὑπερορίῳ φυγῇ ἐζημίωσε· καὶ τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις καὶ λαοῖς νομοθετῶν ἔγραψεν, ἀσεβεῖς ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ ὁμόφρονας, καὶ πυρὶ παραδοῦναι εἴ τι αὐτῶν εὑρίσκοιτο σύγγραμμα, ὥς τε μήτε αὐτοῦ, μήτε τοῦ δόγματος οὗ εἰσηγήσατο, ὑπόμνημα φέρεσθαι. Εἰ δέ τις φωραθείη κρύπτων, καὶ μὴ παραχρῆμα καταμηνύσας ἐμπρήσῃ, θάνατον εἶναι τὴν ζημίαν, καὶ τιμωρίαν εἰς κεφαλήν. Καὶ ἄλλας δὲ κατὰ πόλιν ἐπιστολὰς διεπέμψατο, κατὰ Ἀρείου καὶ τῶν ὁμοδόξων αὐτοῦ. Εὐσέβιον δὲ καὶ Θεόγνιον, φεύγειν προσέταξεν ἃς ἐπεσκόπουν πόλεις. Τῇ δὲ Νικομηδέων Ἐκκλησία ἔγραψεν, ἔχεσθαι τῆς πίστεως ἣν ἡ σύνοδος παρέδωκεν · ὀρθοδόξους δὲ προβάλλεσθαι ἐπισκόπους, καὶ τούτοις πείθεσθαι· τῶν δὲ λήθῃ παραδοῦναι τὴν μνήμην. Τοὺς δὲ ἐπαινεῖν, ἢ τὰ αὐτῶν φρονεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντας, ἠπείλησε τιμωρεῖσθαι. Ἐν τούτοις δὲ τοῖς γράμμασι, καὶ ἄλλως ἀπεχθάνεσθαι· πρὸς Εὐσέ βιον ἐδήλου, ὡς πρότερον ἤδη τὰ τοῦ τυράννου φρονήσαντα, καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλεύσαντα. Κατὰ ταῦτα μὲν οὖν τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως γράμματα, ἀφηρέθησαν ὧν εἶχον Ἐκκλησιῶν Εὐσέβιός τε καὶ Θεόγνιος. Παραλαμβάνει δὲ τὴν Νικομηδέων Αμφίων, Χρῆστος δὲ τὴν Νίκαιαν. Παυσαμένης δὲ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ δόγματι ζητήσεως, ἔδοξε τῇ συνόδῳ καὶ τὴν Πασχαλίαν ἑορτὴν ἅπαντας κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιτελεῖν καιρόν
Histeon de hoti ton men Huion homoousion einai tǭ Patri apephēnanto; tous de legontas ēn pote hote ouk ēn, kai prin gennēthēnai ouk ēn, kai hoti ex ouk ontōn egeneto, ē ex heteras hypostaseōs ē ousias, ē trepton ē alloiōton, apekēryxan, kai tēs katholou Ekklēsias allotrious epsēphisanto. Tautēn de tēn graphēn epēnesan Eusebios te ho Nikomēdeias; kai Theognios ho Nikaias, Maris te ho Chalkēdonios, kai Patrophilos ho Skythopoleōs, kai Sekoundos ho Ptolemaïdos tēs Libyēs. Eusebios de ho Pamphilou mikron epischōn, epeskepsato tautēn kai epēnesen. Hē de synodos apekēryxen "Areion kai tous homoiōs autǭ phronountas, ᾿Alexandreias te mē epibainein auton ; epsēphisanto. Ou mēn alla kai tas lexeis tēs autou doxēs apekēryxan, kai to biblion ho peri tautēs syntaxas Thaleian epegrapse. Toutou de tou syntagmatos, hōs epythomēn, ou gar enetychon, dialelymenos estin ho charaktēr, hōs empherēs einai tę̄ chauno. tēti tois Sōtadou ąsmasin. Isteon mentoi, hōs tę̄ ᾿Areiou kathairesei oute ethento, oute hypegrapsan Eusebios ho Nikomēdeias kai Theognios ho Nikaeus, kaiper tę̄ graphę̄ tēs pisteōs synainesantes. Ho de basileus ᾿Areion men hyperoriǭ phygę̄ ezēmiōse; kai tois pantachē episkopois kai laois nomothetōn egrapsen, asebeis hēgeisthai auton te kai tous autou homophronas, kai pyri paradounai ei ti autōn heuriskoito syngramma, hōs te mēte autou, mēte tou dogmatos hou eisēgēsato, hypomnēma pheresthai. Ei de tis phōratheiē kryptōn, kai mē parachrēma katamēnysas emprēsę̄, thanaton einai tēn zēmian, kai timōrian eis kephalēn. Kai allas de kata polin epistolas diepempsato, kata Areiou kai tōn homodoxōn autou. Eusebion de kai Theognion, pheugein prosetaxen has epeskopoun poleis. Tę̄ de Nikomēdeōn Ekklēsia egrapsen, echesthai tēs pisteōs hēn hē synodos paredōken ; orthodoxous de proballesthai episkopous, kai toutois peithesthai; tōn de lēthę̄ paradounai tēn mnēmēn. Tous de epainein, ē ta autōn phronein epicheirountas, ēpeilēse timōreisthai. En toutois de tois grammasi, kai allōs apechthanesthai; pros Euse bion edēlou, hōs proteron ēdē ta tou tyrannou phronēsanta, kai autǭ epibouleusanta. Kata tauta men oun ta tou basileōs grammata, aphērethēsan hōn eichon Ekklēsiōn Eusebios te kai Theognios. Paralambanei de tēn Nikomēdeōn Amphiōn, Chrēstos de tēn Nikaian. Pausamenēs de tēs epi tǭ dogmati zētēseōs, edoxe tę̄ synodǭ kai tēn Paschalian heortēn hapantas kata ton auton epitelein kairon
It should be known that they declared the Son to be of the same essence as the Father; and those who say, “There was once when he was not,” and “Before he was begotten he was not,” and that he came into being from nothing, or from another subsistence or essence, or that he is mutable or alterable, they anathematized and voted to be strangers to the catholic church. This formula was approved by Eusebius of Nicomedia, Theognis of Nicaea, Maris of Chalcedon, Patrophilus of Scythopolis, and Secundus of Ptolemais in Libya. Eusebius son of Pamphilus held back a little, examined it, and approved it. The synod anathematized Arius and those who thought as he did, and voted that he should not set foot in Alexandria. They also condemned the expressions of his opinion, and the book which he composed about it and entitled Thalia. I have learned, for I have not read it, that the style of this composition is loose, so that in its slackness it resembles the songs of Sotades. It should be known, however, that Eusebius of Nicomedia and Theognis of Nicaea neither agreed to nor signed the deposition of Arius, although they assented to the written statement of the faith. The emperor punished Arius with exile beyond the frontiers, and wrote to the bishops and peoples everywhere, as a law, that they should regard him and those of his mind as impious, and should burn any writing of theirs that was found, so that no memorial either of him or of the doctrine he introduced should survive. If anyone were caught hiding one and did not at once report and burn it, the penalty was to be death and capital punishment. He also sent other letters to the cities against Arius and those who shared his opinions. He ordered Eusebius and Theognis to leave the cities of which they were bishops. To the church of Nicomedia he wrote that they should hold to the faith which the synod had handed down, should put forward orthodox bishops and obey them, and should consign the memory of the others to oblivion; and he threatened to punish those who tried to praise them or to hold their views. In these letters he also made plain that he was hostile to Eusebius on other grounds, as one who had earlier taken the tyrant's side and plotted against him. In accordance with these letters of the emperor, Eusebius and Theognis were deprived of the churches they held; Amphion received that of Nicomedia, and Chrestus that of Nicaea. When the inquiry about the doctrine had ended, the synod decided that all should also celebrate the feast of Easter at the same time.
1.22PG 67:923–925
Λέγεται δὲ τὸν βασιλέα τῆς πάντων Χριστιανῶν ὁμονοίας προνοοῦντα, καὶ ᾿Ακέσιον ὃς ἐπίσκοπος ἦν τῆς Ναυατιανῶν Ἐκκλησίας, ἐπὶ τὴν σύνοδον καλέσαι· καὶ τὸν περὶ τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἑορτῆς ἐπιδεῖξαι ὅρον, ἤδη δὲ βεβαιωθέντα ταῖς τῶν ἐπισκόπων ὑπογραφαῖς, πυθέσθαι τε εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς τούτοις συναινεῖ. Τὸν δὲ φάναι, μηδὲν ὡρίσθαι καινὸν, καὶ ἐπαινέσαι τὸ τῇ συνόδῳ δόξαν· οὕτω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παρειληφέναι πιστεύειν τε καὶ ἑορτάζειν. Τί οὖν, : ἔφη ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὁμοίως φρονῶν, χωρίζῃ τῆς κοινωνίας; Τοῦ δὲ προφέροντος τὴν ἐπὶ Δεκίου Ναυάτῳ καὶ Κορνηλίῳ συμβᾶσαν διαφορὰν», καὶ ὡς μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα κοινωνίας οὐκ ἀξιοῖ μυστηρίων τοὺς ἁμαρτίας ἐνόχους, ἣν πρὸς θάνατον καλοῦσιν αἱ θεῖαι Γραφαί · Θεοῦ γὰρ ἐξουσίας μόνου, οὐχ ἱερέων ἠρτῆσθαι τὴν ἄφεσιν · ὑπολαβὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν· Ὦ ᾿Ακέσις, κλίμακα θὲς, καὶ μόνος εἰς οὐρανοὺς ἀνάβηθι. Ταῦτα δὲ οἶμαι εἰπεῖν τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς ᾿Ακέσιον, οὐκ ἐπαινοῦντα · ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ὄντες, ἀναμαρτήτους σφᾶς εἶναι νομίζουσιν.
Legetai de ton basilea tēs pantōn Christianōn homonoias pronoounta, kai ᾿Akesion hos episkopos ēn tēs Nauatianōn Ekklēsias, epi tēn synodon kalesai; kai ton peri tēs pisteōs kai tēs heortēs epideixai horon, ēdē de bebaiōthenta tais tōn episkopōn hypographais, pythesthai te ei kai autos toutois synainei. Ton de phanai, mēden hōristhai kainon, kai epainesai to tę̄ synodǭ doxan; houtō gar kai auton ex archēs pareilēphenai pisteuein te kai heortazein. Ti oun, : ephē ho basileus, homoiōs phronōn, chōrizę̄ tēs koinōnias? Tou de propherontos tēn epi Dekiou Nauatǭ kai Kornēliǭ symbasan diaphoran», kai hōs meta to baptisma koinōnias ouk axioi mystēriōn tous hamartias enochous, hēn pros thanaton kalousin hai theiai Graphai ; Theou gar exousias monou, ouch hiereōn ērtēsthai tēn aphesin ; hypolabōn ho basileus eipen; Ō ᾿Akesis, klimaka thes, kai monos eis ouranous anabēthi. Tauta de oimai eipein ton basilea pros ᾿Akesion, ouk epainounta ; all᾽ hoti anthrōpoi ontes, anamartētous sphas einai nomizousin.
It is said that the emperor, taking thought for the concord of all Christians, also summoned to the synod Acesius, who was bishop of the church of the Novatians, showed him the definition about the faith and the feast, already confirmed by the bishops' signatures, and asked whether he too agreed with it. He replied that nothing new had been defined, and praised what the synod had decided; for so he too had received from the beginning to believe and to keep the feast. “Why then,” said the emperor, “if you think the same, do you separate yourself from communion?” He brought up the dispute that arose under Decius between Novatus and Cornelius, and said that after baptism they do not admit to communion in the mysteries those guilty of the sin which the divine Scriptures call “unto death”; for forgiveness depends on the authority of God alone, not of priests. The emperor took him up and said: “Acesius, set up a ladder and climb into heaven alone.” I think the emperor said this to Acesius not in praise, but because, being men, they think themselves without sin.
1.23PG 67:925
Ἡ δὲ σύνοδος, ἐπανορθῶσαι τὸν βίον σπουδάζουσα τῶν περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας διατριβόντων ἔθετο νόμους οὖς κανόνας ὀνομάζουσιν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ περὶ τούτου βουλεύεσθαι, τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἐδόκει νόμον ἐπεισἁγειν, ἐπισκόπους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, διακόνους τε καὶ ὑποδιακόνους, μὴ συγκαθεύδειν ταῖς γαμεταῖς ἃς πρὶν ἱερᾶσθαι ἠγάγοντο. Αναστὰς δὲ Παφνούτιος ὁ ὁμολογητὴς, ἀντεῖπε· τίμιόν τε τὸν γάμον ἀποκαλῶν, σωφροσύνην τε τὴν πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας γυναῖκας συνουσίαν, συνεβούλευσε τῇ συνόδῳ μὴ τοιοῦτον θέσθαι νόμον. Χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἐἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα φέρειν· ἴσως δὲ καὶ αὐτοῖς, καὶ ταῖς τούτων γαμεταῖς, τοῦ μὴ σωφρονεῖν αἰτία γενήσεται. Κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀρχαίαν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παράδοσιν, τοὺς μὲν ἀγάμους τοῦ ἱερα - τικοῦ τάγματος κοινωνήσαντας, μηκέτι γαμεῖν· τοὺς δὲ μετὰ γάμον ὧν ἔχουσι γαμετῶν μὴ χωρίζεσθαι. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁ Παφνούτιος, καίπερ ἄπειρος ὧν γάμου εἰσηγήσατο. Ἐπήνεσε δὲ καὶ ἡ σύνοδος τὴν βουλὴν, καὶ περὶ τούτου οὐδὲν ἐνομοθέτησεν· ἀλλὰ τῇ ἑκάστου γνώμῃ τὸ πρᾶγμα, οὐκ ἐν ἀνάγκῃ ἔθετο. Περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ᾗπερ αὐτῇ καλῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει νόμους ἀνεγράψατο, καθ' οὓς πολιτεύεσθαι προσήκει τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πράγματα. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτοις μὲν, εἴ τῳ φίλον, ῥᾴδιον ἐντυχεῖν, παρὰ πολλοῖς φερομένοις.
Hē de synodos, epanorthōsai ton bion spoudazousa tōn peri tas ekklēsias diatribontōn etheto nomous ous kanonas onomazousin. En de tǭ peri toutou bouleuesthai, tois men allois edokei nomon epeisagein, episkopous kai presbyterous, diakonous te kai hypodiakonous, mē synkatheudein tais gametais has prin hierasthai ēgagonto. Anastas de Paphnoutios ho homologētēs, anteipe; timion te ton gamon apokalōn, sōphrosynēn te tēn pros tas idias gynaikas synousian, synebouleuse tę̄ synodǭ mē toiouton thesthai nomon. Chalepon gar einai to pragma pherein; isōs de kai autois, kai tais toutōn gametais, tou mē sōphronein aitia genēsetai. Kata de tēn archaian tēs Ekklēsias paradosin, tous men agamous tou hiera - tikou tagmatos koinōnēsantas, mēketi gamein; tous de meta gamon hōn echousi gametōn mē chōrizesthai. Kai tauta men ho Paphnoutios, kaiper apeiros hōn gamou eisēgēsato. Epēnese de kai hē synodos tēn boulēn, kai peri toutou ouden enomothetēsen; alla tę̄ hekastou gnōmę̄ to pragma, ouk en anankę̄ etheto. Peri de tōn allōn hę̄per autę̄ kalōs echein edokei nomous anegrapsato, kath' hous politeuesthai prosēkei ta tēs Ekklēsias pragmata. ᾿Alla toutois men, ei tǭ philon, rhądion entychein, para pollois pheromenois.
The synod, eager to reform the life of those who serve in the churches, enacted laws which they call canons. While they were deliberating on this, some thought it right to introduce a law that bishops and presbyters, deacons and subdeacons should not sleep with the wives they had married before they entered the priesthood. But Paphnutius the confessor rose and spoke against it. Calling marriage honourable, and intercourse with one's own wife chastity, he advised the synod not to make such a law; for the thing would be hard to bear, and might perhaps become a cause of unchastity both for them and for their wives. According to the ancient tradition of the church, he said, those who were unmarried when they entered the priestly order should not afterwards marry; but those who were married should not separate from the wives they had. Paphnutius proposed this, although he himself had no experience of marriage. The synod approved his counsel and made no law on the matter, but left it to each person's judgment, not to compulsion. On other matters it wrote down laws as it thought right, by which the affairs of the church should be governed. These anyone who wishes may easily read, for many people have copies.
1.24PG 67:927
Ἐξετασθέντων δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ Μελίτιον ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον συμβάντων, κατεδίκασεν αὐτὸν ἢ σύνοδος ἐν τῇ Λύχῳ διατρίδειν, Ψιλὸν ὄνομα ἐπισκοπῆς ἔχοντα " τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ, μήτε ἐν πόλει, μήτε ἐν χώμῃη χειροτονεῖν. τοὺς δὲ ἤδη παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ καταστάντα:, κοινωνεῖν καὶ λειτουργεῖν " δευτερεύειν δὲ ταῖς τιμαῖς τῶν ἐν ἐχάστῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ παροικίᾳ κληρικῶν Ἐπαναθαίνειν δὲ ταῖς τάξεσι τῶν προτελευτώντων, εἰ Ψήφῳ τοῦ πλήθους ἄξιοι φανοῖεν, ἐπιχειροτονοῦντος τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ᾿Ἐχχλησίσας" μὴ ἐξ: εἶναι δὲ αὑτοῖς ἐπιλέγεσθαι κατὰ γνώμην ἰδίαν, οὖς ἂν ἐθέλωσιν. Ἐφάνη δὲ τοῦτο τῇ συνόδῳ δίκαιον, λογιζομένῃ τὸ προπετὲς ἕτοιμον εἰς χειροτονίαν οἱ : Μιελιτίου τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων" ὥστε Πέτρου τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος, ἡνίκα ἡγεῖτο τῆς ᾿Άλεξανδρέων ᾿Εκκλησίας, φεύγοντος διὰ τὸν τότε διωγμὸν,. τὰς διαφερούσας αὐτῷ χειροτονίας ὑφήῤποσε.
Exetasthentōn de kai tōn kata Melition ana tēn Aigypton symbantōn, katedikasen auton ē synodos en tę̄ Lychǭ diatridein, Psilon onoma episkopēs echonta " tou de loipou, mēte en polei, mēte en chōmę̄ē cheirotonein. tous de ēdē par᾽ autou katastanta:, koinōnein kai leitourgein " deutereuein de tais timais tōn en echastę̄ ekklēsią paroikią klērikōn Epanathainein de tais taxesi tōn proteleutōntōn, ei Psēphǭ tou plēthous axioi phanoien, epicheirotonountos tou episkopou tēs ᾿Alexandreōn ᾿Echchlēsisas" mē ex: einai de hautois epilegesthai kata gnōmēn idian, ous an ethelōsin. Ephanē de touto tę̄ synodǭ dikaion, logizomenę̄ to propetes hetoimon eis cheirotonian hoi : Mielitiou tōn ta auta phronountōn" hōste Petrou tou martyrēsantos, hēnika hēgeito tēs ᾿Alexandreōn ᾿Ekklēsias, pheugontos dia ton tote diōgmon,. tas diapherousas autǭ cheirotonias hyphērpose.
When the events concerning Melitius in Egypt had also been examined, the synod sentenced him to remain in Lycus, holding the bare name of bishop, and thereafter to ordain no one either in city or in village. Those already appointed by him were to be in communion and to minister, but to take second place in honour to the clergy in each church and parish. They might succeed to the ranks of those who died before them, if they were found worthy by the vote of the people, the bishop of the church of Alexandria confirming the ordination; but they were not permitted to choose whomever they wished by their own judgment. This seemed just to the synod, considering the rashness and readiness of Melitius and those of the same opinion in ordaining; for while Peter, who was martyred, was leading the church of Alexandria and had fled because of the persecution of that time, Melitius had usurped the ordinations that belonged to him.
1.25PG 67:927–929
Τούτων ὧδε δοξάντων τῇ συνόδῳ, ξυνηνέχθη κατὰ ( ταυτὸν ἑορτὴν εἶναι εἰκοσαετηρίδα τῆς Κωνσταντίνου. βασιλείας. Ἔθος δὲ Ῥωμαίοις, δημοτελῇ πανήγυἄγειν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην δεκάδα ἐτῶν τῆς τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἀρχῆς. Εὔκαιρον οὖν εἶναι νομίσας ὁ σιλεὺς, προετρέψατό τε τὴν σύνοδον εἰς ἐστίατιν, καὶ τοῖς προσήκουσι δώροις ἐτίμησεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἴκαδε ἐπανιέναι παρεσχενάσαντο, συγκαλέσας πάντὰς, συνεθούλευδεν ὁμονοεῖν περὶ τὴν πίστιν, τῆς πρὸς σφᾶς αὑτοὺς εἰρήνης ἔχεσθαι, ὡς ἂν ἀστασίαπτοι τοῦ λοιποῦ διαμένοιεν. Καὶ πολὺν περὶ τούτου λόγον διεξελθὼν, τὸ τελευταῖον ἐκέλευσεν ὑπὲρ ἑαντοῦ, καὶ πᾶίδων, βασιλείας εὔχεσθαι σπουδαίως, τὸν Θεὸν ἱκετεύειν ἑχάστυτε. Καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς τότε ἀφικομένους πρὸς Νίκαιαν τοιαῦτα εἰπὼν, συνετάξατο. Δῆλα δὲ ποιῶν καὶ τοῖς μὴ παροῦσι Ὁ νὰ ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ χατωρθωμένα, γράμματα πέπομφε ταῖς κατὰ πόλιν Ἐκκλησίαις. Τῇ δὲ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἰδίᾳ ἕτερα παρὰ ταῦτα, προτρέπων πάσης ἀφεμένους διχονοίας ὁμονοῆσαι περὶ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν παρὰ τῆς συνόδου πίστιν. Μηδὲν γὰρ ἕτερον εἶναι, ἢ ταύτην Θεοῦ γνώμην, ἐκ συμφωνίας τηλικούτων καὶ τοσούτων ἀρχιερέων ἁγίῳ Πνεύματι συστᾶσαν, μετά ζήτησιν ἀκριβῆ καὶ βάσανον πάντων τῶν ἀμφιβόλων δοκιμασθεῖσαν.
Toutōn hōde doxantōn tę̄ synodǭ, xynēnechthē kata ( tauton heortēn einai eikosaetērida tēs Kōnstantinou. basileias. Ethos de Rhōmaiois, dēmotelę̄ panēgyagein kath᾽ hekastēn dekada etōn tēs tou kratountos archēs. Eukairon oun einai nomisas ho sileus, proetrepsato te tēn synodon eis estiatin, kai tois prosēkousi dōrois etimēsen. Epei de oikade epanienai pareschenasanto, synkalesas pantas, synethouleuden homonoein peri tēn pistin, tēs pros sphas hautous eirēnēs echesthai, hōs an astasiaptoi tou loipou diamenoien. Kai polyn peri toutou logon diexelthōn, to teleutaion ekeleusen hyper heantou, kai paidōn, basileias euchesthai spoudaiōs, ton Theon hiketeuein hechastyte. Kai pros men tous tote aphikomenous pros Nikaian toiauta eipōn, synetaxato. Dēla de poiōn kai tois mē parousi Ho na en tę̄ synodǭ chatōrthōmena, grammata pepomphe tais kata polin Ekklēsiais. Tę̄ de ᾿Alexandreōn idią hetera para tauta, protrepōn pasēs aphemenous dichonoias homonoēsai peri tēn ektetheisan para tēs synodou pistin. Mēden gar heteron einai, ē tautēn Theou gnōmēn, ek symphōnias tēlikoutōn kai tosoutōn archiereōn hagiǭ Pneumati systasan, meta zētēsin akribē kai basanon pantōn tōn amphibolōn dokimastheisan.
When the synod had decided these things, it happened that at the same time there was the festival of the twentieth year of Constantine's reign. It is the Roman custom to hold a public festival every ten years of the ruler's reign. Thinking it a fitting occasion, the emperor invited the synod to a banquet and honoured them with suitable gifts. When they were preparing to return home, he called them all together and advised them to be of one mind about the faith and to hold to peace among themselves, so that they might remain free of strife thereafter. After speaking at length on this, he finally bade them pray earnestly for himself, his children and the empire, and entreat God continually. Having said this to those who had come to Nicaea, he took leave of them. To make known to those who were absent what had been accomplished at the synod, he sent letters to the churches in the cities, and in particular other letters besides these to the church of Alexandria, urging them to lay aside all dissension and to agree about the faith set forth by the synod. For this, he said, was nothing other than the mind of God, established by the Holy Spirit through the agreement of so many and such great high priests, and approved after exact inquiry and testing of all doubtful points.
Chapter 2
2.1PG 67:929–933
Τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ Νίκαιαν, μέχρι τούτου τέλος ἔσχε· καὶ τῶν ἱερέων ἕκαστος οἴκαδε ἐπανῆλθον. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔχαιρεν ὑπερφυῶς, συμφωνοῦσαν ὁρῶν περὶ τὸ δόγμα τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν· χαριστήριά τε ἀνατιθεὶς τῷ Θεῷ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁμονοίας τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ὑπέρ τε αὐτοῦ καὶ παίδων καὶ τῆς βασιλείας, ψήθη δεῖν οἶκον εὐκτήριον τῷ Θεῷ κατασκευάσαι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἀμφὶ τὸν καλούμενον Κρανίου τόπον. Περὶ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, καὶ Ἑλένη ἡ αὐτοῦ μήτηρ ἧκεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, εὔξασθαί τε, καὶ τοὺς ἐνταῦθα ἱεροὺς ἱστορῆσαι τόπους. Εὐλαβῶς δὲ περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν διακειμένη, περὶ πολλοῦ ἐποιεῖτο τοῦ σεβασμίου σταυροῦ τὸ ξύλον εὑρεῖν. Ἧν δὲ οὔτε τούτου, οὔτε τοῦ θεσπεσίου τάφου ἡ εὔρεσις ῥᾳδία. Οἱ γὰρ πάλαι τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν διώξαντες Ἕλληνες, ἔτι φύεσθαι ἀρχομένην τὴν θρησκείαν πάσῃ μηχανῇ σπουδάσαντες ἐκτεμεῖν, ὑπὸ πολλῷ χώματι τὸν τῇδε τόπον κατέκρυψαν, καὶ εἰς ὕψος ἤγειραν βαθύτερον ὑπάρχοντα, ὡς καὶ νῦν φαίνεται. Περιλαβόντες δὲ πέριξ πάντα τὸν τῆς ἀναστάσεως χῶρον καὶ τοῦ Κρανίου, διεκόσμησαν, καὶ λίθῳ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν κατέστρωσαν· καὶ ᾿Αφροδίτης ναὸν κατεσκεύασαν, καὶ ζῴδιον ἱδρύσαντο· ὥστε τοὺς αὐτόθι τὸν Χριστὸν προσκυνοῦντας, δόξαι τὴν ᾿Αφροδίτην σέβειν · καὶ τῷ χρόνῳ εἰς λήθην ἐλθεῖν τὴν ἀληθῆ αἰτίαν τοῦ περὶ τὸν τόπον σεβάσματος, μήτε τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀδεῶς εἰς τοῦτο φοιτᾷν, ἢ ἑτέροις καταμηνύειν τολμώντων, καὶ τούναντίον πιστουμένου τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ναοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀγάλματος. Ἐγένετό γε μὴν δῆλος ὁ τόπος, καὶ ἐφωράθη ἡ σπουδασθεῖσα περὶ αὐτὸν πλάνη· ὡς μὲν τινὲς λέγουσιν, ἀνδρὸς Ἑβραίου τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Εω οἰκούντων, ἐκ πατρώας γραφῆς καταμηνύσαντος· ὡς δὲ ἀληθέστερον ἐννοεῖν ἔστι, τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐπιδείξαντος διὰ σημείων καὶ ὀνειράτων. Οὐ γὰρ οἶμαι τὰ θεῖα δεῖσθαι τῆς παρ᾿ ἀνθρώπων μηνύσεως, ἡνίκα ἂν δῆλα αὐτὰ τῷ Θεῷ δοκῇ γενέσθαι. Τηνικαῦτα οὖν κατὰ πρόσταξιν τοῦ βασιλέως, τοῦ τῇδε χώρου καθαρθέντος εἰς βάθος, ἐν μέρει τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐφάνη ἄντρον. Ἑτέρωθι δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον τρεῖς εὐρέθησαν σταυροί· καὶ χωρὶς ἄλλο ξύλον ἐν τάξει λευκώματος ῥήμασι καὶ γράμμασιν Ἑβραῖκοῖς, Ἑλληνικοῖς τε καὶ Ῥωμαϊκοῖς, τὰ δηλοῦντα Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν, ὡς ἡ ἱερὰ βίβλος τῶν Εὐαγγελίων ἱστορεῖ, οὕτω συνέβη προγραφῆναι ὑπὲρ κεφαλῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ, Πιλάτου τοῦτο προστάξαντος, τοῦ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἐπιτροπεύοντος. Ἐργώδης δὲ ἔτι ἐτύγχανεν ἡ τοῦ θείου σταυροῦ διάκρισις, εἰ καὶ εὑρέθη, διερ ῥυηκότος αὐτοῦ τοῦ γράμματος, καὶ διεῤῥιμμένου. ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν τριῶν σταυρῶν χύδην διεσπαρμένων, ὥς γε εἰκὸς, ἐν τῇ καθαιρέσει τῶν σταυρωθέντων σωμάτων συγχυθείσης τῆς τάξεως. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ στρατιῶται νεκρὸν ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ εὑρήκασι, καθελόντες αὐτὸν, πρῶτον ἀπέδοντο εἰς ταφὴν, κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἑκατέρωθεν λῃστῶν ταχύ· ναντες τὸν θάνατον, τὰ σκέλη κατέαξαν, καὶ τὰ ξύλα ὅπη ἔτυχεν, ἄλλο ἄλλῃ ἔρριψαν. Τί γὰρ καὶ ἐπιμελὲς αὐτοῖς, ἐν τῇ προτέρᾳ τάξει ταῦτα ἐᾶν, ἑκάστου φθάσαι τὴν ἑσπέραν σπουδάζοντος, καὶ ἀνδρῶν βία τετελευτηκότων, περὶ σταυροὺς ἐνδιατρίβειν οὐκ ἀγαθὸν ἡγουμένου. Ταύτῃ οὖν ἀδήλου τυγχάνοντος ἔτι τοῦ θείου ξύλου, καὶ θειοτέρας, ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον δεομένου μηνύσεως, τοιόνδε τι συνέβη. Γυνή τις ἦν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις τῶν ἐπισήμων, χαλεπωτάτῳ καὶ ἀνιάτῳ νόσῳ κάμνουσα. Πρὸς ταύτην κειμένην ἦλθς Μακάριος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπος, παραλαβὼν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως μητέρα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ' αὐτόν. Εὐξάμενός τε πρότερον, καὶ σύμβολον τάξας τοῖς ὁρῶσιν, ἐκεῖνον εἶναι τὸν θεῖον σταυρὸν, ὃς ἐπιτιθεὶς ἀπαλλάξει τῆς νόσου τὴν γυναῖκα, φέρων ἕκαστον αὐτῇ τῶν ξύλων προσήγαγεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τῶν μὲν δύο ἐπιτεθέν· των, οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ λῆρος καὶ γέλως ἔδοξεν εἶναι τὸ γινόμενον, θανάτου ἐν θύραις ὄντος τοῦ γυναίου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ τρίτον ξύλον ὁμοίως προσήνεγκεν, ἐξαπίνης ἀνέβλεψε, καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀθροίσασα, παραχρῆμα τῆς στρωμνῆς ὑγιὴς ἀπεπήδησε. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ νεκρὸν τῷ ἴσῳ τρόπῳ ἀναβιῶναι. Τοῦ δὲ εὐρεθέντος θεσπεσίου ξύλου, τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον ἐν ἀργυρᾷ θήκη μένον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις φυλάττεται. Μέρος δὲ ἡ βασιλὶς πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον τὸν παῖδα διεκόμισεν· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἤλους οἷς τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ διαπεπερόνητο. Ἐκ τούτων δὲ ἱστοροῦσι, περικεφαλαίαν τὸν βασιλέα κατασκευάσαι, καὶ χαλινὸν ἴππου, κατὰ τὴν Ζαχαρίου προφητείαν, ᾧ δὴ προείρηται, ὡς Ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ, ἔσται τὸ ἐπὶ τὸν χαλινὸν τοῦ ἵππου ἅγιον τῷ Κυρίῳ παντοκράτορι. Ὧδε γὰρ αὐταῖς λέξεσιν ὁ προφήτης φησί. Ταῦτα πάλαι μὲν ἔγνωστο καὶ προείρητο τοῖς ἱεροῖς προφήταις· εἰς ὕστερον δὲ διὰ θαυμασίων ἐβεβαιοῦτο τῶν ἔργων, ὅτε ἐν καιρῷ δοκοῦν εἶναι τῷ Θεῷ κατεφαίνετο. Καὶ θαυμαστὸν οὔπω τοσοῦτον, ὅπου γε καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν Ἑλλήνων συνωμολόγηται, Σιβύλλης εἶναι τοῦτο, Ὦ ξύλον ὦ μακαριστὸν, ἐφ᾽ οὗ Θεὸς ἐξετανύσθη! Τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ σπουδάζων τις ἐναντίος εἶναι, οὐκ ἂν ἀρνηθείη. Προὐσήμαινεν οὖν τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ ξύλον, καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ σέβας. Τάδε μὲν ἡμῖν ὡς παρειλήφαμεν ἱστόρηται, ἀνδρῶν τε ἀκριβῶς ἐπισταμένων ἀκούσασιν, εἰς οὓς ἐκ διαδοχῆς πατέρων εἰς παῖδας τὸ μανθάνειν παρεγένετο, καὶ ὅσοι γε αὐτὰ συγγράψαντες, ὡς δυνάμεως εἶχον, τοῖς ἔπειτα καταλελοίπασιν.
Ta men dē kata Nikaian, mechri toutou telos esche; kai tōn hiereōn hekastos oikade epanēlthon. Ho de basileus echairen hyperphyōs, symphōnousan horōn peri to dogma tēn katholou Ekklēsian; charistēria te anatitheis tǭ Theǭ hyper tēs homonoias tōn episkopōn, hyper te autou kai paidōn kai tēs basileias, psēthē dein oikon euktērion tǭ Theǭ kataskeuasai en Hierosolymois, amphi ton kaloumenon Kraniou topon. Peri de ton auton chronon, kai Helenē hē autou mētēr hēken eis Hierosolyma, euxasthai te, kai tous entautha hierous historēsai topous. Eulabōs de peri to dogma tōn Christianōn diakeimenē, peri pollou epoieito tou sebasmiou staurou to xylon heurein. Hēn de oute toutou, oute tou thespesiou taphou hē euresis rhądia. Hoi gar palai tēn Ekklēsian diōxantes Hellēnes, eti phyesthai archomenēn tēn thrēskeian pasę̄ mēchanę̄ spoudasantes ektemein, hypo pollǭ chōmati ton tę̄de topon katekrypsan, kai eis hypsos ēgeiran bathyteron hyparchonta, hōs kai nyn phainetai. Perilabontes de perix panta ton tēs anastaseōs chōron kai tou Kraniou, diekosmēsan, kai lithǭ tēn epiphaneian katestrōsan; kai ᾿Aphroditēs naon kateskeuasan, kai zǭdion hidrysanto; hōste tous autothi ton Christon proskynountas, doxai tēn ᾿Aphroditēn sebein ; kai tǭ chronǭ eis lēthēn elthein tēn alēthē aitian tou peri ton topon sebasmatos, mēte tōn Christianōn adeōs eis touto phoitąn, ē heterois katamēnyein tolmōntōn, kai tounantion pistoumenou tou Hellēnikou naou kai tou agalmatos. Egeneto ge mēn dēlos ho topos, kai ephōrathē hē spoudastheisa peri auton planē; hōs men tines legousin, andros Hebraiou tōn ana tēn Eō oikountōn, ek patrōas graphēs katamēnysantos; hōs de alēthesteron ennoein esti, tou Theou epideixantos dia sēmeiōn kai oneiratōn. Ou gar oimai ta theia deisthai tēs par᾿ anthrōpōn mēnyseōs, hēnika an dēla auta tǭ Theǭ dokę̄ genesthai. Tēnikauta oun kata prostaxin tou basileōs, tou tę̄de chōrou katharthentos eis bathos, en merei to tēs anastaseōs ephanē antron. Heterōthi de peri ton auton topon treis eurethēsan stauroi; kai chōris allo xylon en taxei leukōmatos rhēmasi kai grammasin Hebraikois, Hellēnikois te kai Rhōmaïkois, ta dēlounta Iēsous ho Nazōraios, ho basileus tōn Ioudaiōn. Kai tauta men, hōs hē hiera biblos tōn Euangeliōn historei, houtō synebē prographēnai hyper kephalēs tou Christou, Pilatou touto prostaxantos, tou tēn Ioudaian epitropeuontos. Ergōdēs de eti etynchanen hē tou theiou staurou diakrisis, ei kai heurethē, dier rhyēkotos autou tou grammatos, kai dierrhimmenou. hama de kai tōn triōn staurōn chydēn diesparmenōn, hōs ge eikos, en tę̄ kathairesei tōn staurōthentōn sōmatōn synchytheisēs tēs taxeōs. Epei gar hoi stratiōtai nekron en tǭ xylǭ heurēkasi, kathelontes auton, prōton apedonto eis taphēn, kata tēn historian. Meta de tauta tōn hekaterōthen lę̄stōn tachy; nantes ton thanaton, ta skelē kateaxan, kai ta xyla hopē etychen, allo allę̄ erripsan. Ti gar kai epimeles autois, en tę̄ proterą taxei tauta ean, hekastou phthasai tēn hesperan spoudazontos, kai andrōn bia teteleutēkotōn, peri staurous endiatribein ouk agathon hēgoumenou. Tautę̄ oun adēlou tynchanontos eti tou theiou xylou, kai theioteras, ē kata anthrōpon deomenou mēnyseōs, toionde ti synebē. Gynē tis ēn en Hierosolymois tōn episēmōn, chalepōtatǭ kai aniatǭ nosǭ kamnousa. Pros tautēn keimenēn ēlths Makarios ho Hierosolymōn episkopos, paralabōn tēn tou basileōs mētera kai tous amph' auton. Euxamenos te proteron, kai symbolon taxas tois horōsin, ekeinon einai ton theion stauron, hos epititheis apallaxei tēs nosou tēn gynaika, pherōn hekaston autę̄ tōn xylōn prosēgagen. ᾿Alla tōn men dyo epitethen; tōn, ouden hoti mē lēros kai gelōs edoxen einai to ginomenon, thanatou en thyrais ontos tou gynaiou. Epei de to triton xylon homoiōs prosēnenken, exapinēs aneblepse, kai tas dynameis athroisasa, parachrēma tēs strōmnēs hygiēs apepēdēse. Legetai de kai nekron tǭ isǭ tropǭ anabiōnai. Tou de eurethentos thespesiou xylou, to men pleiston en argyrą thēkē menon eti kai nyn en Hierosolymois phylattetai. Meros de hē basilis pros Kōnstantinon ton paida diekomisen; ou mēn alla kai tous ēlous hois to sōma tou Christou diapeperonēto. Ek toutōn de historousi, perikephalaian ton basilea kataskeuasai, kai chalinon ippou, kata tēn Zachariou prophēteian, hǭ dē proeirētai, hōs Epi tou parontos kairou, estai to epi ton chalinon tou hippou hagion tǭ Kyriǭ pantokratori. Hōde gar autais lexesin ho prophētēs phēsi. Tauta palai men egnōsto kai proeirēto tois hierois prophētais; eis hysteron de dia thaumasiōn ebebaiouto tōn ergōn, hote en kairǭ dokoun einai tǭ Theǭ katephaineto. Kai thaumaston oupō tosouton, hopou ge kai pros autōn tōn Hellēnōn synōmologētai, Sibyllēs einai touto, Ō xylon ō makariston, eph᾽ hou Theos exetanysthē! Touto gar kai spoudazōn tis enantios einai, ouk an arnētheiē. Prousēmainen oun to tou staurou xylon, kai to peri autou sebas. Tade men hēmin hōs pareilēphamen historētai, andrōn te akribōs epistamenōn akousasin, eis hous ek diadochēs paterōn eis paidas to manthanein paregeneto, kai hosoi ge auta syngrapsantes, hōs dynameōs eichon, tois epeita kataleloipasin.
So the affairs at Nicaea came to this end, and each of the priests returned home. The emperor rejoiced exceedingly, seeing the catholic church in agreement on doctrine; and offering thanks to God for the concord of the bishops, for himself, his children and the empire, he thought he should build a house of prayer to God in Jerusalem, near what is called the place of the Skull. About the same time his mother Helena came to Jerusalem to pray and to visit the holy places there. Being devoutly disposed toward the doctrine of the Christians, she made it a great concern to find the wood of the venerable cross. But it was not easy to find either it or the godly tomb. For the pagans who formerly persecuted the church, eager by every device to cut off the religion while it was still beginning to grow, had hidden the place under a great mound of earth and raised it high, though it had been lower, as can still be seen. They enclosed the whole area of the resurrection and of the Skull, adorned it, paved the surface with stone, built a temple of Aphrodite and set up an image, so that those who worshipped Christ there would seem to honour Aphrodite, and in time the true reason for the reverence paid to the place would be forgotten, since Christians did not dare to go there freely or to point it out to others, while the pagan temple and statue were gaining credit. Yet the place became known and the deception contrived about it was detected: as some say, because a Hebrew who lived in the East revealed it from writings handed down from his fathers; but as it is truer to think, because God showed it by signs and dreams. For I do not think that divine things need to be revealed by men, when God sees fit to make them known. At that time, then, by the emperor's command, the area was cleared to a depth, and in one part the cave of the resurrection appeared. Elsewhere, near the same place, three crosses were found, and apart from them another piece of wood, like a whitened board, bearing in Hebrew, Greek and Roman letters the words, “Jesus of Nazareth, the King of the Jews.” As the sacred book of the Gospels relates, this had been written above Christ's head by order of Pilate, who governed Judea. But it was still difficult to distinguish the divine cross, even though it had been found, since the inscription had been torn off and thrown aside, and the three crosses were scattered about at random, the order, naturally, having been confused when the crucified bodies were taken down. For when the soldiers found him already dead on the wood, they took him down and gave him up first for burial, according to the account. After that, hastening the death of the robbers on either side, they broke their legs, and threw the pieces of wood one here, one there, wherever it happened. Why would they take care to leave them in their former order, when each was eager to finish before evening and thought it no good thing to linger near the crosses of men who had died by violence? Since the divine wood was thus still unknown and needed a revelation more divine than human, the following happened. There was in Jerusalem a woman of rank who was suffering from a very severe and incurable disease. Macarius, bishop of Jerusalem, came to her as she lay ill, bringing with him the emperor's mother and those about her. He first prayed, and gave those who were watching a sign: that cross would be the divine one which, when laid on the woman, would free her from her disease. Then he brought each piece of wood and applied it to her. When two had been laid on her, what was happening seemed nothing but nonsense and a joke, for the woman was at death's door. But when he brought the third piece of wood in the same way, she suddenly opened her eyes, gathered her strength, and at once sprang up healthy from her bed. It is said that a dead man was also restored to life in the same way. Of the godly wood that was found, the greater part, kept in a silver case, is still guarded in Jerusalem to this day. The empress took a part to her son Constantine, and also the nails with which the body of Christ had been pierced. From these, they relate, the emperor made a helmet and a horse's bridle, according to the prophecy of Zechariah, which foretold: “At the present time, what is on the bridle of the horse shall be holy to the Lord Almighty.” For so the prophet says in these words. These things had long been known and foretold by the sacred prophets, but were confirmed later by wonderful works, when they appeared at the time God thought fit. Nor is this so very wonderful, since even the pagans themselves agree that this line is the Sibyl's: “O most blessed wood, on which God was stretched out!” Not even someone eager to oppose it could deny this. So the wood of the cross was foretold, and the veneration paid to it. We have related these things as we received them, having heard them from men who knew them exactly, to whom the knowledge came by succession from fathers to sons, and from those who wrote them down, as far as they were able, and left them to those who came after.
2.2PG 67:933–935
Ἀμφὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, προθέμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς ναὸν ἐγεῖραι τῷ Θεῷ, προσέταξε τοῖς τῇδε ἄρχουσι, προνοεῖν ὡς ἂν μάλιστα μεγαλοφυὲς καὶ πολυτελὲς ἀποδειχθείη τὸ ἔργον. Ἐν μέρει δὲ καὶ Ἑλένη ἡ αὐτοῦ μήτηρ, δύο ναοὺς ᾠκοδόμησε, τὸν μὲν ἐν Βηθλεὲμ, ἀμφὶ τὸ τῆς γεννήσεως Χριστοῦ σπήλαιον τὸν δὲ, πρὸς ταῖς ἀκρωρείαις τοῦ ὄρους τῶν Ἑλαιῶν, ὅθεν ἐπὶ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνελήφθη. Ταύτης δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄλλα δείκνυσι τὴν εὐσέβειαν καὶ εὐλάβειαν· οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ τόδε. Λέγεται γὰρ αὐτὴν τότε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις διατρίβουσαν, συγκαλέσαι πρὸς ἐστίασιν τὰς ἱερὰς παρθένους, καὶ ὑπηρέτιν γενέσθαι περὶ τὸ ῥεῖπνον, παρατιθεῖσαν τὰ ὄψα, και ὕδωρ ταῖς χερσὶν ἐπιχέουσαν, καὶ τ᾽ ἄλλα ποιοῦσαν, ἃ θέμις διακονεῖσθαι τοὺς τῶν δαιτυμόνων θεράποντας. Τηνικαῦτα δὲ τὰς πόλεις τῆς περιϊοῦσα, τὰς μὲν κατὰ πόλιν ἐκκλησίας ἀναθήμασ! τοῖς προσήχουσιν ἐτίμησε πολλοὺς δὲ οὐσιῶν ἐχπεπτωχότας, πλουσίους ἐποίησε " πενομένοις δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀφθόνως διένειμε τοὺς χρονίων δεσμῶν καὶ ὑπερορίας φυγῆς καὶ μετάλλων ἠλευθέρωσε. μοι δοκεῖ τούτων ἀξίως ἀπειληφέναι τὰς ἀμοιδάς. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα βιοτὴν, ὡς οὐ πλέον ἐνεδέχετο, λαμπρῶς καὶ λίαν ἐπισήμως διήνυσε" σεθαστὴ τεἀνεχηρύχθη, καὶ εἰχόνι ἰδίᾳ χρυσοῦν νόμισμα κατεσήμανε βασιλικῶν θησαυρῶν ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τοῦ παιδὸς λαβοῦσα, κατὰ γνώμην ἐχρῆτο. Ἐπειδη δὲ ἔδει τὸν τῇδε καταλιπεῖν βίον, εὐκλεῶς ἐτελεύτησει" ἔτη μὲν ἀμφὶ τὰ ὀγδοήκοντα γεγονυῖα, τὸν παῖδα καταλιποῦσα ἅμα Καίσαρσιν αὐτῆς ἐχγόνοις, πάσης : τῆς Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένης ἡγούμενον. Εἰ δέ τίς ἔστι τούτων ὄνησις, οὐδὲ τελευτήσασαν ἡ λήθη ἐχάλυἔχει δὲ αὐτῆς διηνεχοῦς μνήμης ἐνέχυρον ὁ μέλλων αἰὼν, τὴν ἐπὶ Βιθυνίας πόλιν ", καὶ ἑτέραν παρὰ Παλαιστινοῖς, ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς λαδούσας τὴν προσηγορίαν. Ταῦτα μὲν ἡμῖν ὧδε περὶ Ἑλένης εἰρήσθω
Amphi de touton ton chronon, prothemenos ho basileus naon egeirai tǭ Theǭ, prosetaxe tois tę̄de archousi, pronoein hōs an malista megalophyes kai polyteles apodeichtheiē to ergon. En merei de kai Helenē hē autou mētēr, dyo naous ǭkodomēse, ton men en Bēthleem, amphi to tēs gennēseōs Christou spēlaion ton de, pros tais akrōreiais tou orous tōn Helaiōn, hothen epi ton ouranon anelēphthē. Tautēs de polla men kai alla deiknysi tēn eusebeian kai eulabeian; ouch hēkista de kai tode. Legetai gar autēn tote en Hierosolymois diatribousan, synkalesai pros estiasin tas hieras parthenous, kai hypēretin genesthai peri to rheipnon, paratitheisan ta opsa, kai hydōr tais chersin epicheousan, kai t᾽ alla poiousan, ha themis diakoneisthai tous tōn daitymonōn therapontas. Tēnikauta de tas poleis tēs periïousa, tas men kata polin ekklēsias anathēmas! tois prosēchousin etimēse pollous de ousiōn echpeptōchotas, plousious epoiēse " penomenois de ta epitēdeia aphthonōs dieneime tous chroniōn desmōn kai hyperorias phygēs kai metallōn ēleutherōse. moi dokei toutōn axiōs apeilēphenai tas amoidas. Tēn men gar entautha biotēn, hōs ou pleon enedecheto, lamprōs kai lian episēmōs diēnyse" sethastē teanechērychthē, kai eichoni idią chrysoun nomisma katesēmane basilikōn thēsaurōn exousian para tou paidos labousa, kata gnōmēn echrēto. Epeidē de edei ton tę̄de katalipein bion, eukleōs eteleutēsei" etē men amphi ta ogdoēkonta gegonuia, ton paida katalipousa hama Kaisarsin autēs echgonois, pasēs : tēs Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēs hēgoumenon. Ei de tis esti toutōn onēsis, oude teleutēsasan hē lēthē echalyechei de autēs diēnechous mnēmēs enechyron ho mellōn aiōn, tēn epi Bithynias polin ", kai heteran para Palaistinois, ap᾿ autēs ladousas tēn prosēgorian. Tauta men hēmin hōde peri Helenēs eirēsthō
About this time the emperor, having resolved to raise a church to God, ordered the governors there to see that the work should be made as magnificent and costly as possible. His mother Helena for her part built two churches, one at Bethlehem by the cave of Christ's birth, and the other on the summit of the Mount of Olives, from which he was taken up into heaven. Many other things show her piety and reverence, and not least this. It is said that while she was staying at Jerusalem at that time she invited the holy virgins to a banquet and became their servant at the meal, setting the dishes before them, pouring water on their hands, and doing the other things that it is customary for the servants of guests to do. Then, going round the cities of the East, she honoured the churches in each city with fitting gifts; she made rich many who had fallen from their property; she distributed necessities generously to the poor; and she freed people from long imprisonment, from exile beyond the frontiers, and from the mines. And it seems to me that she received a worthy reward for these things. For she passed her life here as splendidly and as illustriously as was possible: she was proclaimed Augusta, she stamped gold coin with her own image, and she received from her son authority over the imperial treasuries and used them as she wished. When she had to leave this life, she died gloriously, about eighty years old, leaving her son, together with the Caesars, her grandsons, rulers of the whole Roman world. And if there is any benefit in such things, oblivion did not cover her even in death; for future ages hold a pledge of her lasting memory in the city in Bithynia, and another among the Palestinians, which took their names from her. Let this be what we have to say about Helena.
2.3PG 67:935–941
δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀεΐ τι πονῶν, εἰς εὐσέβειαν συνετέλει, καὶ πανταχοῦ περιχαλλεστάτους ναοὺς ἀνίστη τῷ Θεῷ. Διαφερόντως δὲ ἐν ταῖς μητροπόλεσιν, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς Νικομηδείας τῆς Βιθυνῶν, ᾿Αντιοχείας τῆς παρὰ τὸν ῤῥόντην ποταμὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς Βυζαντίων πόλεως, ἣν ἴσα Ῥώμῃ κρατεῖν καὶ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς κατεστήσατο. ᾿Επεὶ γὰρ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ πάντα προὐχώρει, κατώρθωτο δὲ τὰ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους πολέμοις σπονδαῖς, ἔγνωκεν οἰκίσαι πόλιν ὁμώνυμον ἑαυτῷ, τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὁμότιμον. Καταλαβὼν τὸ πρὸ τοῦ Ἰλίου πεδίον, παρὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὑπὲρ τὸν Αἴαντος τάφον, οὗ δὴ λέγεται τὸν ναύσταθμον καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἐσχηκέναι τοὺς ἐπὶ Τροίαν τότε στρατευσαμένους Αχαιούς, ἴαν ἐχρῆν καὶ ὅσην τὴν πόλιν διέγραψε · καὶ πύλας κατεσκεύασεν ἐν περιωπῇ, αἳ δὴ νῦν ἔτι ἀπὸ θαλάσσης φαίνονται τοῖς παραπλέουσι. Ταῦτὰ δὲ αὐτῷ πονοῦντι, νύκτωρ ἐπιφανεὶς ὁ Θεὸς, ἔχρησεν ἕτερον ἐπιζητεῖν τόπον. Καὶ κινήσας αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ Βυζάντιον τῆς Θράκης, πέραν Χαλκηδόνος τῆς Βιθυνῶν, ταύτην αὐτῷ οἰκίζειν ἀπέφηνε πόλιν, καὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου ἐπωνυμίας ἀξίαν. Ὁ δὲ, τοῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγοις πεισθεὶς, τὴν πρὶν Βυζάντιον προσαγορευομένην εἰς εὐρυχωρίαν ἐκτείνας, μεγίστοις τείχεσι περιέβαλεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς αὐτόχθονας οὐχ ἱκανοὺς ἐνόμισεν πολίτας τῷ μεγέθει τῆς πόλεως, μεγίστας οἰκίας ἀνὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς σποράδην οἰκοδομήσας, ἄνδρας ἐν λόγῳ σὺν τοῖς οἰκείοις δεσπότας ποιήσας, ἐν ταύταις κατώκισε· τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῆς πρεσβυτέρας Ρώμης, τοὺς δὲ ἐξ ἑτέρων ἐθνῶν μετακαλεσάμενος. Φόρους δὲ τάξας, τοὺς μὲν εἰς οἰκοδομὰς καὶ κάλλη τῆς πόλεως, τοὺς δὲ εἰς ἀποτροφὴν τῶν πολιτῶν, ἅπασί τε τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν διαθεὶς, ἱπποδρόμῳ τε καὶ κρήναις καὶ στοαῖς καὶ λοιποῖς οἰκοδομήμασι φιλοτίμως κοσμήσας, νέαν Ῥώμην Κωνσταντινούπολιν ὠνόμασε · καὶ βασιλίδα κατέστησε τῶν ὅσοι τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον γῆν οἰκοῦσι πρὸς ἄρκτον καὶ νότον καὶ ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα, καὶ τὰ ἐν μέσῳ πελάγη, ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἴστρον πόλεων, καὶ Ἐπιδάμνου, τῶν πρὸς τῷ Ἰονίῳ κόλπῳ, μέχρι Κυρήνης καὶ τῶν τῇδε Λιβύων παρὰ τὸ Βόρειον καλούμενον. Βουλευτήριόν σατο, τὰς αὐτὰς τάξας τιμὰς καὶ ἱερομηνίας, ᾗ καὶ Ῥωμαίοις τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις ἔθος. Ἐν πᾶσι δὲ δεῖξαι σπουδάσας ἐφάμιλλον τῇ παρὰ Ἰταλοῖς Ῥώμῃ τὴν ὁμώνυμον αὐτοῦ πόλιν, οὐ διήμαρτεν. Εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ, σὺν Θεῷ φᾶναι, ἐπέδωκεν, ὡς καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ τοῖς χρήμασι μείζονα συνομολογεῖσθαι. Τούτου δὲ πρόφασιν ἡγοῦμαι, τὸ τοῦ οἰκιστῆρος καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως θεοφιλές, καὶ τῶν οἰκητόρων τὸν περὶ τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς ἔλεον καὶ φιλοτιμίαν. Εἰς τοσοῦτον γὰρ τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως ἐπαγωγός ἐστιν, ὡς πολλοὺς μὲν Ἰουδαίους, Ἕλληνας δὲ σχεδὸν ἅπαντας αὐτόθι Χριστιανίζειν. ᾿Αρξαμένη δὲ βασιλεύειν καθ' ὂν συν έβη χρόνον καὶ τὴν θρησκείαν εἰς πλῆθος ἐπιδιδόναι, οὔτε βωμῶν, οὔτε Ἑλληνικῶν ναῶν ἢ θυσιῶν ἐπει τε μέγα, ἣν σύγκλητον ὀνομάζουσιν, ἕτερον συνεστήράθη, πλὴν ὅσον παρὰ Ἰουλιανοῦ τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος ὕστερον πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐπεχειρήθη, καὶ αὐτίκα ἀπέσβη. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν ὡσεί τινα νεοπαγή Χριστοῦ πόλιν καὶ ὁμώνυμον ἑαυτῷ γεραίρων Κωνσταντῖνος, πολλοῖς καὶ μεγίστοις ἐκόσμησεν εὐκτηρίοις οἴκοις. Συνελαμβάνετο δὲ καὶ τὸ Θεῖον τῇ προθυμίᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ταῖς ἐπιφανείαις ἐπιστοῦτο ἁγίους καὶ σωτηρίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν εὐκτηρίους οἴκους. Ἐπισημότατον δὲ μάλιστα ξένοις τε καὶ ἀστοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνου γενέσθαι συνωμολόγηται τὴν ἐν ταῖς Ἑστίαις ποτὲ καλουμέναις ἐκκλησίαν. Τόπος δὲ οὗτος ὁ νῦν Μιχαήλιον ὀνομαζόμενος, ἐν δεξιᾷ καταπλέοντι ἐκ Πόντου εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν· διεστώς αὐτῆς πλωτῆρι μὲν, ἀμφὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε στάδια · ἑβδομήκοντα δὲ καὶ πρὸς, κύκλῳ περιοδεύοντι τὸν διὰ μέσου πορθμόν. Ἔλαχε δὲ τὸ χωρίον τοῦτο τὴν νυνὶ κρατοῦσαν προσηγορίαν, καθότι πεπίστευται ἐνθάδε ἐπιφαίνεσθαι Μιχαὴλ τὸν θεῖον ἀρχάγγελον. Τοῦτο δὲ κἀγὼ εὐηργετημένος τὰ μέγιστα ἀληθὲς εἶναι σύμφημι. Δεικνύει δὲ τοῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχειν, καὶ ἀπὸ πολλῶν ἄλλων ἡ τῶν πραγμάτων πεῖρα. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ περιπετείαις δειναῖς ἢ κινδύνοις ἀφύκτοις, οἱ δὲ νόσοις ἢ πάθεσιν ἀγνώστοις περιπεσόντες, εὐξάμενοι ἐνταῦθα τῷ Θεῷ, ἀπαλλαγὴν εὐρήκασιν τῶν συμφορῶν. Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν καθ᾿ ἕκαστον, ὅπως συνέβη καὶ τίσι, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη λέγειν. Οἷον δὲ ᾿Ακυλίνῳ ὑπῆρξεν, ἀνδρὶ εἰσέτι νῦν ἡμῖν συνδιατρί - βοντι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς δικαστηρίοις δίκας ἀγορεύοντι, τὰ μὲν παρ' αὐτοῦ ἀκούσας, τὰ δὲ καὶ θεασάμενος, ἀναγκαίως ἐρῶ. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ λάβρος πυρετὸς ὑπὸ ξανθῆς χολῆς κινηθεὶς ἐπέλαβεν αὐτὸν, ἐπήλυτόν τι φάρμακον δεδώκασιν αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἱ ἰατροί· καὶ τοῦτο ἐξήμεσεν, ἅμα δὲ τῷ ἐμέτῳ ἐκχυθεῖσα ἡ χολή, πρὸς ὁμόχροον ἰδέαν ἔβαψε τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν · ἐκ τούτου δὲ πᾶν ὄψον καὶ ποτὸν ἐξήμει. · Ὡς δὲ ἐπὶ πολλῷ τῷ χρόνῳ τοῦτο ὑπέμεινε, μὴ ἠρεμούσης τε ἐν αὐτῷ τῆς τροφῆς, ἠπόρει πρὸς τὸ πάθος ἡ τῶν ἰατρῶν τέχνη. Καὶ ἤδη ἡμιθανὴς ὢν, παρεκελεύσατο τοῖς οἰκείοις φέρειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν εὐκτήριον οἶκον, ἰσχυρισάμενος ἢ αὐτόθι ἀποθανεῖσθαι, ἢ τῆς νόσου ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι. Κειμένῳ δὲ ἐνθάδε, νύκτωρ ἐπιφανεῖσα θεία δύναμις, προσέταξε τὰ ἐσθιόμενα πόματι βάπτειν τοιούτῳ, ὅ σύνθετον ἐκ μέλιτος καὶ οἴνου καὶ πεπέρεως ἀναμιγνυμένων ἅμα, τὴν κατασκευὴν ἔχει. "Ο δὴ τῆς νόσου ἀπήλλαξε τὸν ἄνθρωπον· καίτοιγε τοῖς ἰατροῖς, κατὰ λόγον τῆς τέχνης, ἐναντίον ἐδόκει παθήμασι ξανθῆς χολῆς, πόμα τὸ θερμότατον. Ἐπυθόμην δὲ καὶ Προβιανὸν, ἄνδρα τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στρατευσαμένων ἰατρῶν, χαλεπῶς ὑπὸ πάθους ποδῶν ὀδυνώμενον, ἐνθάδε τῶν ἀλγηδόνων ἀπαλλαγῆναι, καὶ παραδόξου θείας ὄψεως ἀξιωθῆναι. Ἑλληνίζοντι γὰρ αὐτῷ ταπρῶτα, ἐπεὶ Χριστιανίζειν ἤρξατο, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα τοῦ δόγματος ἀμωσγέπως πιθανὰ ἐδόκει· τὸ δὲ τῶν πάντων σωτηρίας αἴτιον γενέσθαι τὸν θεῖον σταυρὸν, οὐ προσίετο. Ωδε δὲ ἔχοντι γνώμης θεία προφανεῖσα ὄψις ἔδειξέ τι σταυροῦ σύμβολον τῶν ἀνακειμένων τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας· καὶ διαῤῥήδην ἀπεφήνατο, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Χριστὸς, τῶν ὅσα γέγονεν ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ κοινῇ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους, ἢ ἰδίᾳ τινῶν, ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ σεβασμίου σταυροῦ δυνάμεως μηδὲν κατορθῶσαι, μήτε τοὺς θείους ἀγγέλους, μήτε τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἀνθρώπους. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, ὅτι μὴ πάντα καταλέγειν καιρὸς, ἐξ ὧν ἔγνω συμβεβηκέναι ἐν τῷδε τῷ νεῷ, εἰπεῖν προήχθην.
de basileus aeï ti ponōn, eis eusebeian synetelei, kai pantachou perichallestatous naous anistē tǭ Theǭ. Diapherontōs de en tais mētropolesin, hōs epi tēs Nikomēdeias tēs Bithynōn, ᾿Antiocheias tēs para ton rrhontēn potamon, kai epi tēs Byzantiōn poleōs, hēn isa Rhōmę̄ kratein kai koinōnein autę̄ tēs archēs katestēsato. ᾿Epei gar kata gnōmēn autǭ panta prouchōrei, katōrthōto de ta tous allophylous polemois spondais, egnōken oikisai polin homōnymon heautǭ, tę̄ Rhōmę̄ homotimon. Katalabōn to pro tou Iliou pedion, para ton Hellēsponton hyper ton Aiantos taphon, hou dē legetai ton naustathmon kai tas skēnas eschēkenai tous epi Troian tote strateusamenous Achaious, ian echrēn kai hosēn tēn polin diegrapse ; kai pylas kateskeuasen en periōpę̄, hai dē nyn eti apo thalassēs phainontai tois parapleousi. Tauta de autǭ ponounti, nyktōr epiphaneis ho Theos, echrēsen heteron epizētein topon. Kai kinēsas auton eis to Byzantion tēs Thrakēs, peran Chalkēdonos tēs Bithynōn, tautēn autǭ oikizein apephēne polin, kai tēs Kōnstantinou epōnymias axian. Ho de, tois tou Theou logois peistheis, tēn prin Byzantion prosagoreuomenēn eis eurychōrian ekteinas, megistois teichesi periebalen. Epei de tous autochthonas ouch hikanous enomisen politas tǭ megethei tēs poleōs, megistas oikias ana tas aguias sporadēn oikodomēsas, andras en logǭ syn tois oikeiois despotas poiēsas, en tautais katōkise; tous men ek tēs presbyteras Rōmēs, tous de ex heterōn ethnōn metakalesamenos. Phorous de taxas, tous men eis oikodomas kai kallē tēs poleōs, tous de eis apotrophēn tōn politōn, hapasi te tois allois ta peri tēn polin diatheis, hippodromǭ te kai krēnais kai stoais kai loipois oikodomēmasi philotimōs kosmēsas, nean Rhōmēn Kōnstantinoupolin ōnomase ; kai basilida katestēse tōn hosoi tēn Rhōmaiōn hypēkoon gēn oikousi pros arkton kai noton kai hēlion anischonta, kai ta en mesǭ pelagē, ek tōn para ton Istron poleōn, kai Epidamnou, tōn pros tǭ Ioniǭ kolpǭ, mechri Kyrēnēs kai tōn tę̄de Libyōn para to Boreion kaloumenon. Bouleutērion sato, tas autas taxas timas kai hieromēnias, hę̄ kai Rhōmaiois tois presbyterois ethos. En pasi de deixai spoudasas ephamillon tę̄ para Italois Rhōmę̄ tēn homōnymon autou polin, ou diēmarten. Eis tosouton gar, syn Theǭ phanai, epedōken, hōs kai tois sōmasi kai tois chrēmasi meizona synomologeisthai. Toutou de prophasin hēgoumai, to tou oikistēros kai to tēs poleōs theophiles, kai tōn oikētorōn ton peri tous endeeis eleon kai philotimian. Eis tosouton gar tēs eis Christon pisteōs epagōgos estin, hōs pollous men Ioudaious, Hellēnas de schedon hapantas autothi Christianizein. ᾿Arxamenē de basileuein kath' on syn ebē chronon kai tēn thrēskeian eis plēthos epididonai, oute bōmōn, oute Hellēnikōn naōn ē thysiōn epei te mega, hēn synklēton onomazousin, heteron synestērathē, plēn hoson para Ioulianou tou basileusantos hysteron pros oligon epecheirēthē, kai autika apesbē. Tautēn men oun hōsei tina neopagē Christou polin kai homōnymon heautǭ gerairōn Kōnstantinos, pollois kai megistois ekosmēsen euktēriois oikois. Synelambaneto de kai to Theion tę̄ prothymią tou basileōs, kai tais epiphaneiais epistouto hagious kai sōtērious einai tous ana tēn polin euktērious oikous. Episēmotaton de malista xenois te kai astois ex ekeinou genesthai synōmologētai tēn en tais Hestiais pote kaloumenais ekklēsian. Topos de houtos ho nyn Michaēlion onomazomenos, en dexią katapleonti ek Pontou eis Kōnstantinoupolin; diestōs autēs plōtēri men, amphi triakonta kai pente stadia ; hebdomēkonta de kai pros, kyklǭ periodeuonti ton dia mesou porthmon. Elache de to chōrion touto tēn nyni kratousan prosēgorian, kathoti pepisteutai enthade epiphainesthai Michaēl ton theion archangelon. Touto de kagō euērgetēmenos ta megista alēthes einai symphēmi. Deiknyei de touth᾽ houtōs echein, kai apo pollōn allōn hē tōn pragmatōn peira. Hoi men gar peripeteiais deinais ē kindynois aphyktois, hoi de nosois ē pathesin agnōstois peripesontes, euxamenoi entautha tǭ Theǭ, apallagēn eurēkasin tōn symphorōn. Alla ta men kath᾿ hekaston, hopōs synebē kai tisi, makron an eiē legein. Hoion de ᾿Akylinǭ hypērxen, andri eiseti nyn hēmin syndiatri - bonti, kai en tois autois dikastēriois dikas agoreuonti, ta men par' autou akousas, ta de kai theasamenos, anankaiōs erō. Epei gar labros pyretos hypo xanthēs cholēs kinētheis epelaben auton, epēlyton ti pharmakon dedōkasin autǭ piein hoi iatroi; kai touto exēmesen, hama de tǭ emetǭ ekchytheisa hē cholē, pros homochroon idean ebapse tēn epiphaneian ; ek toutou de pan opson kai poton exēmei. ; Hōs de epi pollǭ tǭ chronǭ touto hypemeine, mē ēremousēs te en autǭ tēs trophēs, ēporei pros to pathos hē tōn iatrōn technē. Kai ēdē hēmithanēs ōn, parekeleusato tois oikeiois pherein auton eis ton euktērion oikon, ischyrisamenos ē autothi apothaneisthai, ē tēs nosou apallagēsesthai. Keimenǭ de enthade, nyktōr epiphaneisa theia dynamis, prosetaxe ta esthiomena pomati baptein toioutǭ, ho syntheton ek melitos kai oinou kai pepereōs anamignymenōn hama, tēn kataskeuēn echei. "O dē tēs nosou apēllaxe ton anthrōpon; kaitoige tois iatrois, kata logon tēs technēs, enantion edokei pathēmasi xanthēs cholēs, poma to thermotaton. Epythomēn de kai Probianon, andra tōn en tois basileiois strateusamenōn iatrōn, chalepōs hypo pathous podōn odynōmenon, enthade tōn algēdonōn apallagēnai, kai paradoxou theias opseōs axiōthēnai. Hellēnizonti gar autǭ taprōta, epei Christianizein ērxato, ta men alla tou dogmatos amōsgepōs pithana edokei; to de tōn pantōn sōtērias aition genesthai ton theion stauron, ou prosieto. Ōde de echonti gnōmēs theia prophaneisa opsis edeixe ti staurou symbolon tōn anakeimenōn tǭ thysiastēriǭ tēs enthade ekklēsias; kai diarrhēdēn apephēnato, aph᾿ hou estaurōthē ho Christos, tōn hosa gegonen ep᾿ ōpheleią koinę̄ tou anthrōpeiou genous, ē idią tinōn, aneu tēs tou sebasmiou staurou dynameōs mēden katorthōsai, mēte tous theious angelous, mēte tous eusebeis kai agathous anthrōpous. Alla tauta men, hoti mē panta katalegein kairos, ex hōn egnō symbebēkenai en tǭde tǭ neǭ, eipein proēchthēn.
The emperor, always labouring at something, contributed to piety and raised most beautiful churches to God everywhere, especially in the chief cities, as at Nicomedia in Bithynia, at Antioch on the river Orontes, and at the city of Byzantium, which he made equal to Rome in power and a sharer in its rule. For when everything went as he wished, and his dealings with foreign peoples had been brought to success by wars and treaties, he decided to found a city bearing his own name and equal in honour to Rome. He took the plain before Ilium, by the Hellespont, above the tomb of Ajax, where the Achaeans who once made war on Troy are said to have had their anchorage and their tents, and he laid out the plan of the city, its shape and its size; and he built gates on a height, which are still seen from the sea by those sailing past. While he was at work on this, God appeared to him by night and bade him seek another place; and moving him to Byzantium in Thrace, across from Chalcedon in Bithynia, he showed him that he should build this city and that it was worthy to bear the name of Constantine. Obeying the words of God, he enlarged the city formerly called Byzantium to a wide extent and surrounded it with very great walls. Since he judged the native inhabitants too few to be citizens of so great a city, he built very large houses here and there along the streets and settled in them men of note, whom he summoned with their households, some from the elder Rome and some from other nations, and made them owners of the houses. He imposed taxes, some for the buildings and ornaments of the city, others for the maintenance of the citizens; and having arranged everything else about the city, and adorned it lavishly with a hippodrome, fountains, porticoes and other buildings, he named it New Rome, Constantinople, and made it the capital of all who inhabit the Roman lands to the north, to the south and to the east, and of the seas between, from the cities by the Ister and Epidamnus on the Ionian gulf as far as Cyrene and the part of Libya called Boreum. He established another great council, which they call the senate, and appointed the same honours and festivals as were customary for the Romans of the elder city. Eager to show his namesake city a rival in everything to Rome in Italy, he did not fail; for with God's help, it has grown so greatly that it is agreed to surpass Rome in population and in wealth. I think the reason for this is the godliness of its founder and of the city, and the compassion and generosity of its inhabitants toward the needy. It draws people so strongly to faith in Christ that many Jews and almost all pagans there become Christians. Since it began to rule at the time when religion was increasing in numbers, it has known neither altars nor pagan temples nor sacrifices, except for a brief attempt by Julian, who reigned later, which was soon quenched. Constantine honoured this city, as a newly founded city of Christ and his namesake, and adorned it with many very great houses of prayer. The Divine too assisted the emperor's zeal, and confirmed by manifestations that the houses of prayer in the city were holy and saving. It is agreed that the most famous of all, to strangers and citizens alike, has been from that time the church at the place once called Hestiae. This is the place now called the Michaelion, on the right as one sails from the Pontus to Constantinople, about thirty-five stades from the city by sea, and more than seventy going round the bay between. The place has received the name that now prevails because it is believed that Michael the divine archangel appears there. I too, having received very great benefits there, affirm that this is true. The experience of events shows it to be so from many other cases as well. Some who fell into terrible misfortunes or inescapable dangers, others into diseases or unknown afflictions, prayed to God there and found release from their troubles. It would be long to tell each case, how it happened and to whom; but I must tell what happened to Aquilinus, a man who still lives among us and pleads cases in the same courts as I do, partly as I heard it from him and partly as I saw it myself. When a violent fever caused by yellow bile seized him, the physicians gave him a medicine to drink, and he vomited it up; with the vomiting the bile poured out and stained his skin the same colour, and from then on he vomited every food and drink. When he had endured this for a long time and no food would stay in him, the physicians' art was at a loss before the disease. Being now half dead, he told his household to carry him to the house of prayer, declaring that he would either die there or be freed from his disease. As he lay there, a divine power appeared to him by night and ordered him to dip his food in a drink compounded of honey, wine and pepper mixed together. This freed the man from his disease, although to the physicians, according to the principles of their art, so very heating a drink seemed contrary to disorders of yellow bile. I have learned also that Probianus, one of the physicians who served at the palace, who suffered severely from a disease of the feet, was freed from his pains there and was counted worthy of a wonderful divine vision. He had at first been a pagan; when he began to be a Christian, the other parts of the doctrine seemed to him in some way persuasive, but he did not accept that the divine cross had become the cause of salvation for all. While he was of this mind, a divine vision appeared to him and showed him a symbol of the cross among those dedicated at the altar of the church there, and declared plainly that since Christ was crucified, of all the things that have been done for the common benefit of the human race or for individuals, none has been achieved, either by the divine angels or by pious and good men, without the power of the venerable cross. I have been led to tell these things, since there is no time to list all that I know to have happened in this church.
2.4PG 67:941–945
᾿Αναγκαῖον δὲ ἐξελθεῖν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν δρῶν τὴν Μαμβρή καλουμένην βεβουλευμένα Κωνσταντίνῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ. Τόπος δὲ οὗτος, ὃν νῦν Τερέβινθον προσαγορεύουσιν, ἀπὸ δέκα καὶ πέντε σταδίων γείτονα τὴν Χεβρῶν πρὸς μεσημβρίαν ἔχων, Ἱεροσολύμων δὲ διεστὼς ἀμφὶ διακόσια καὶ πεντήκοντα στάδια. Οὗ δὴ λόγος ἐστὶν ἀληθὴς, ἅμα τοῖς Σοδομιτῶν ἀποσταλεῖσιν ἀγγέλοις τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ φανῆνα' τῷ εἰπεῖν αὐτῷ τοῦ παιδὸς τὴν γένεσιν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ λαμπρὰν εἰσέτι νῦν ἐτήσιον πανήγυριν ἄγουσιν ὥρᾳ θέρους οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, προσωτέρω Παλαιστινοὶ, καὶ Φοίνιχες καὶ ᾿Αῤῥάθιοι. Συνίασι δὲ πλεῖστοι ἐμπορείας ἕνεκα, πωλῆσον. τες καὶ ἀγοράσοντες " πᾶσι γὰρ περισπούδαστος ἡ Ἰουδαίοις μὲν, καθότι πατριάρχην αὐχοῦσι τὸν ᾿Αθραάμ" Ἕλλησι δὲ, διὰ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν τῶν ἀγγέλων" τοῖς δ᾽ αὖ Χριστιανοῖς, ὅτι τότε ἐπ’ ἐφάνη τῷ εὑσεθεῖ ἀνδρὶ, χρόνοις ὕστερον ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους διὰ τῆς Παρθένου φανερῶς αὐτὸν ἐπιδείξας. Προσφόρως δὲ ταῖς θρησκείαις τιμῶσι τοῦτον τὸν χῶρον, οἱ μὲν, εὐχόμενοι τῷ πάντων Θεῷ οἱ δὲ, τοὺς ἀγγέλους ἐπικαλούμενοι, οἶνον σπένδοντες, λίθανον θύοντες, βοῦν 1) τράγον, ἢ πρόδατον ἣ ἀλεχτρυόνα. Ὃ γὰρ ἕκαστος ἐσπουδασμένον καὶ καλὸν εἶχε, διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔτους ἐπιμελῶς τρέφων, ὑπόσχεσιν εἰς εὐωχίαν τῆς ἐνθάδε ἑορτῆς ἐφύλαττεν ἑαυτῷ τε τοῖς οἰκείοις. Τιμῶντες δὲ τὸν τόπον πάντες, ἢ διὰ θεομηνίας κακῶς παθεῖν φυλαττόμενοι, οὔτε γυναιξὶν ἐνθάδε συνουσιάζουσιν, ὡς ἐν ἑορτῇ, κάλλους καὶ κόσμου πλείονος ἐπιμελουμέναις, καὶ εἰ ἔτυχε φαινομέναις τε καὶ προϊούσαις " οὔτε ἄλλως ἀχολασταίνουσι, καὶ ταῦτα ὁμοῦ ἐπίπαν τὰς σκηνὰς ἔχοντες, καὶ ἀναμὶξ χαθεύδοντες. Αἴθριος γὰρ καὶ ἀρόσιμός ἐστιν ὁ χῶρος, οὐχ ἔχων οἰκήματα, ἣ μόνα τὰ περὶ τὴν δρῦν πάλαι τοῦ ᾿Αδραὰμ γενόμενα, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ τὸ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ χατασχευᾳσθέν " περὶ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς πανηγύρεως, οὐδεὶς ἐντεῦθεν ὑδρεύεται, Νόμῳ γὰρ Ἑλληνικῷ, οἱ μὲν λύχνους ἡμμένους ἐνθάδ» ἐτίθεσαν" οἱ δὲ ἐπέχεον, ἢ πόπανα ἔῤῥιπτον " ἄλλοι δὲ νομίσματα, ἣ μύρα, 7) θνμιάματα. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ὥς γε ἀχρεῖον τὸ ὕδωρ ἐγένετο τῇ μετουσίᾳ τῶν ἐμθαλλομένων. Ταῦτα δὲ κατὰ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ἡδέως ἧ θέμις “Ἕλλησιν ἐπιτελούμενα, παραγενομένη ποτὲ ἐνθάδε χατ᾽ εὐχὴν ἡ τῆς γαμετῆς Κωνσταντίνου μήτηρ, τῷ βασιλεῖ κατήγγειλεν. Ὁ δὲ πυθόμενος, οὐ μετρίως ἠτιᾶτο τοὺς Παλαιστίνης ἐπισκόπους, ὡς τοῦ προσήκοντος ὀλιγωρήσαντας, τὸν τόπον ἅγιον ὄντα ὑπεριδόντας, σπονδαῖς θύβεδήλοις μιαίνεσθαι. Δείχνυσι δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν ϑἀνοηίθηϑ, ἢ) εὐσεβῆ μέμψιν ἡ περὶ τούτου γραφεῖπα ἐπιστολὴ τῷ Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπισκόπῳ, Εὐσεδίῳ τῷ Παμφίλον, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Παλαιστινῶν ἐπισκόποις ' οὗς κατὰ ταὐτὸν συνελθεῖν προσέταξε τοῖς ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐπισκόποις τοῦ πρότερον ἐνθάδε βωμοῦ ἀνακαθαιρουμένου ἐκ βάθρων, πυρί τε τῶν ξοάνων παραδεδομένων, ἐκκλησίαν αὐτόθι διαγράψαι τῆς τοῦ τόπου ἀρχαιότητος καὶ σεμνότητος ἀξίαν, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ προνοεῖν, ἐλεύθερον σπονδῶν καὶ θυμάτων τοῦτον εἶναι· ὥστε μηδὲν ἕτερον πράττεσθαι, ἢ τὸν Θεὸν θρησκεύειν κατὰ τὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας νόμον. Εἰ δὲ τὰ πρότερόν τις ἐπιχειρῶν ἁλοίη, τοὺς ἐπισκόπους μηνύειν, ὥστε αὐτὸν μεγίστην τιμωρίαν ἐπαγαγεῖν. Κατὰ ταύτην τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν, ἄρχοντες καὶ ἱερεῖς Χριστοῦ, ἔργῳ τὰ προστεταγμένα παρέδοσαν.
᾿Anankaion de exelthein kai ta peri tēn drōn tēn Mambrē kaloumenēn bebouleumena Kōnstantinǭ tǭ basilei. Topos de houtos, hon nyn Terebinthon prosagoreuousin, apo deka kai pente stadiōn geitona tēn Chebrōn pros mesēmbrian echōn, Hierosolymōn de diestōs amphi diakosia kai pentēkonta stadia. Hou dē logos estin alēthēs, hama tois Sodomitōn apostaleisin angelois ton Huion tou Theou phanēna' tǭ eipein autǭ tou paidos tēn genesin. Entautha de lampran eiseti nyn etēsion panēgyrin agousin hōrą therous hoi epichōrioi, prosōterō Palaistinoi, kai Phoiniches kai ᾿Arrhathioi. Syniasi de pleistoi emporeias heneka, pōlēson. tes kai agorasontes " pasi gar perispoudastos hē Ioudaiois men, kathoti patriarchēn auchousi ton ᾿Athraam" Hellēsi de, dia tēn epidēmian tōn angelōn" tois d᾽ au Christianois, hoti tote ep’ ephanē tǭ heusethei andri, chronois hysteron epi sōtērią tou anthrōpeiou genous dia tēs Parthenou phanerōs auton epideixas. Prosphorōs de tais thrēskeiais timōsi touton ton chōron, hoi men, euchomenoi tǭ pantōn Theǭ hoi de, tous angelous epikaloumenoi, oinon spendontes, lithanon thyontes, boun 1) tragon, ē prodaton hē alechtryona. Ho gar hekastos espoudasmenon kai kalon eiche, dia pantos tou etous epimelōs trephōn, hyposchesin eis euōchian tēs enthade heortēs ephylatten heautǭ te tois oikeiois. Timōntes de ton topon pantes, ē dia theomēnias kakōs pathein phylattomenoi, oute gynaixin enthade synousiazousin, hōs en heortę̄, kallous kai kosmou pleionos epimeloumenais, kai ei etyche phainomenais te kai proïousais " oute allōs acholastainousi, kai tauta homou epipan tas skēnas echontes, kai anamix chatheudontes. Aithrios gar kai arosimos estin ho chōros, ouch echōn oikēmata, hē mona ta peri tēn dryn palai tou ᾿Adraam genomena, kai to phrear to par᾽ autou chatascheuąsthen " peri de ton kairon tēs panēgyreōs, oudeis enteuthen hydreuetai, Nomǭ gar Hellēnikǭ, hoi men lychnous hēmmenous enthad» etithesan" hoi de epecheon, ē popana errhipton " alloi de nomismata, hē myra, 7) thnmiamata. Kai dia touto, hōs ge achreion to hydōr egeneto tę̄ metousią tōn emthallomenōn. Tauta de kata ton eirēmenon tropon hēdeōs hē themis “Hellēsin epiteloumena, paragenomenē pote enthade chat᾽ euchēn hē tēs gametēs Kōnstantinou mētēr, tǭ basilei katēngeilen. Ho de pythomenos, ou metriōs ētiato tous Palaistinēs episkopous, hōs tou prosēkontos oligōrēsantas, ton topon hagion onta hyperidontas, spondais thybedēlois miainesthai. Deichnysi de autou tēn ϑanoēithēϑ, ē) eusebē mempsin hē peri toutou grapheipa epistolē tǭ Hierosolymōn episkopǭ, Eusediǭ tǭ Pamphilon, kai tois allois Palaistinōn episkopois ' hous kata tauton synelthein prosetaxe tois ek Phoinikēs episkopois tou proteron enthade bōmou anakathairoumenou ek bathrōn, pyri te tōn xoanōn paradedomenōn, ekklēsian autothi diagrapsai tēs tou topou archaiotētos kai semnotētos axian, kai tou loipou pronoein, eleutheron spondōn kai thymatōn touton einai; hōste mēden heteron prattesthai, ē ton Theon thrēskeuein kata ton tēs Ekklēsias nomon. Ei de ta proteron tis epicheirōn haloiē, tous episkopous mēnyein, hōste auton megistēn timōrian epagagein. Kata tautēn tēn basileōs epistolēn, archontes kai hiereis Christou, ergǭ ta prostetagmena paredosan.
It is necessary also to relate what the emperor Constantine decided about the oak called Mamre. This place, which they now call the Terebinth, is fifteen stades from Hebron, which lies to the south, and about two hundred and fifty stades from Jerusalem. It is truly said that here the Son of God appeared to Abraham together with the angels sent against the Sodomites, and foretold to him the birth of his son. Here even now the people of the country and of more distant parts, Palestinians, Phoenicians and Arabians, hold a splendid yearly festival in summer. Very many also come together for trade, to sell and to buy. For the place is greatly prized by all: by the Jews because they boast of Abraham as their patriarch; by the pagans because of the visit of the angels; and by the Christians because he who in later times showed himself openly through the Virgin for the salvation of the human race then appeared to the pious man. They honour this place in ways suited to their religions: some praying to the God of all, others invoking the angels, pouring libations of wine, burning incense, and sacrificing an ox, a goat, a sheep or a cock. For each man kept whatever fine animal he had been carefully rearing through the whole year, promised for the feast of the festival here for himself and his household. All of them, honouring the place or guarding against suffering harm through divine wrath, neither have intercourse here with women, though these, as at a festival, take more care of beauty and adornment and happen to appear in public and go about, nor are they otherwise licentious, even though for the most part they have their tents together and sleep side by side. For the place is open country and ploughland, without buildings except those that were once Abraham's, by the oak, and the well he made. At the time of the festival no one draws water from it; for by pagan custom some set lighted lamps there, others poured wine or threw cakes into it, others coins, perfumes or incense; and for this reason, naturally, the water became useless because of what was thrown in. The mother of Constantine's wife, coming there once to fulfil a vow, reported to the emperor these rites, which were performed in the manner described and with pleasure, according to pagan custom. When he learned of it, he blamed the bishops of Palestine severely for neglecting their duty and allowing a holy place to be defiled by profane libations. His pious rebuke is shown by the letter he wrote on this to the bishop of Jerusalem, Eusebius son of Pamphilus, and the other bishops of Palestine. He ordered them to meet at the place with the bishops of Phoenicia, to demolish from its foundations the altar that had been there, to burn the images, and to lay out a church there worthy of the antiquity and sanctity of the place; and thereafter to see that it was kept free of libations and sacrifices, so that nothing else should be done there but the worship of God according to the law of the church. If anyone were caught attempting the former practices, the bishops were to report him, so that the emperor might inflict the severest punishment on him. In accordance with this letter of the emperor, the governors and the priests of Christ carried out what was commanded.
2.5PG 67:945–947
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολλοὶ δῆμοι καὶ πόλεις ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπήκοον, εἰσέτι δεῖμα καὶ σέβας ἔχοντες τῆς περὶ τὰ ξήανα φαντασίας, ἀπεστρέφοντο τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἀρχαιότητός τε ἐπεμελοῦντο καὶ τῶν πατρῴων ἐθῶν καὶ πανηγύρεων, ἀναγκαῖον αὐτῷ ἐφάνη, παιδεῦσαι τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἀμελεῖν τῶν θρησκευομένων. Εἶναι δὲ τοῦτο εὐπετὲς, εἰ πρῶτον αὐτοὺς ἐθίσειε καταφρονεῖν τῶν ναῶν καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀγαλμάτων. Ἐννοηθέντι δὲ ταῦτα, στρατιωτικῆς χειρὸς οὐκ ἐδέησεν. ᾿Αλλ' ἄνδρες Χριστιανοὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐπετέλουν τὰ δόξαντα, διαβάντες τὰς πόλεις ἅμα γράμμασι βασιλικοῖς. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ δῆμοι, περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ παίδων καὶ γυναικῶν δεδιότες μήτι κακὸν πάθωσιν ἐναντιούμενοι, ἡσυχίαν ἦγον. Γυμνωθέντες δὲ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους ῥοπῆς οἱ νεωκόροι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς, προὔδωκαν τὰ παρ' αὐτοῖς τιμιώτατα, καὶ τὰ διοπετῆ καλούμενα· καὶ δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν ταῦτα προῆγον ἐκ τῶν ἀδύτων καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς κρυφίων μυχῶν. Βατά τε λοιπὸν ἦν τοῖς θέλουσι, τὰ πρὶν ἄδατα, καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις ἐγνωσμένα. Τῶν δ' αὖ ξοάνων τὰ ὄντα τιμίας ὕλης, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὅσον ἐδόκει χρήσιμον εἶναι, πυρὶ διεκρίνετο, καὶ δημόσια ἐγίνετο χρήματα. Τὰ δὲ ἐν χαλκῷ θαυμασίως εἰργασμένα, πάντοθεν εἰς τὴν ἐπώνυμον πόλιν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος μετεκομίσθη πρὸς κόσμον · καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν δημοσίᾳ ἵδρυνται κατὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς καὶ τὸν ἱππόδρομον καὶ τὰ βασίλεια. Τὰ μὲν, τοῦ Πυθίας ἦν μαντείου Ἀπόλλωνος, καὶ Μοῦσαι αἱ Ἑλικωνιάδες, καὶ οἱ ἐν Δελφοῖς τρίποδες, καὶ ὁ Πὰν ὁ βοώμενος, ὃν Παυσανίας ν ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, καὶ αἱ Ἑλληνίδες πόλεις διοπετῆ ἀνέθεντο μετὰ τὸν πρὸς Μήδους πόλεμον. Νεὼ δὲ οἱ μὲν θυρῶν, οἱ δὲ ὀρόφων ἐγυμνώθησαν· οἱ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἀμελούμενοι, ἠρείποντό τε καὶ διεφθείροντο. Κατεσκάφησαν δὲ τότε καὶ ἄρδην ἠφανίσθησαν, ὁ ἐν Αἰγαῖς τῆς Κιλικίας Ασκληπιοῦ ναὸς, καὶ ὁ ἐν ᾿Αφάκοις τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης περὶ τὸν Λίβανον τὸ ὄρος καὶ ῎Αδωνιν τὸν ποταμόν. ῎Αμφω δὲ ἐπισημοτάτω νεὼ ἐγενέσθην, καὶ σεβασμίω τοῖς πάλαι. Καθότι Αἰγεάται μὲν ηὔχουν τοὺς κάμνοντας τὰ σώματα νόσων ἀπαλλάττεσθαι παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς, ἐπιφαινομένου νύκτωρ καὶ ἰωμένου τοῦ δαίμονος. Ἐν ᾿Αφάκοις δὲ, κατ᾿ ἐπίκλησίν τινα καὶ ῥητὴν ἡμέραν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀκρωρείας τοῦ Λιβάνου πῦρ διαΐσσον, καθάπερ ἀστὴρ, εἰς τὸν παρακείμενον ποταμὸν ἔδυνεν. Ἔλεγον δὲ τοῦτο τὴν Οὐρανίαν εἶναι ὡδὶ τὴν ᾿Αφροδίτην καλοῦντες. Τούτων οὕτω συμβάντων, κατὰ σκοπὸν προὐχώρει τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὰ πρὶν σεμνὰ καὶ φοβερὰ εἰκῆ ἐῤῥιμμένα, καὶ καλάμης καὶ φορυτοῦ ἔνδοθεν βεβυσμένα ὁρῶντες, εἰς καταφρόνησιν ἦλθον τῶν πρότερον σεβασμίων, καὶ πλάνην τοῖς προγόνοις ἐμέμφοντο Οἱ δὲ, ζηλώσαντες τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς τῆς παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς, ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθησαν τὰ τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἤδη μιμήσασθαι. ῎Αλλοι δὲ, καθέντες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς διάσκεψιν τοῦ δόγματος, ἢ σημείοις, ἢ ὀνείρασιν, ἢ ἐπισκόπων, ἢ μοναχῶν συνουσίαις, ἐδοκίμασαν ἄμεινον εἶναι Χριστιανίζειν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δῆμοι καὶ πόλεις, ἐκοντὶ τῆς προτέρας μετέθεντο γνώμης. Ἡνίκα δὴ τὸ ἐπίνειον τῆς Γαζαίων πόλεως, ὃν Μαϊουμᾶν προσαγορεύουσιν, εἰσάγαν δεισιδαιμονοῦν, καὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα πρὸ τούτου θαυμάζον, εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν ἀθρόον πανδημεὶ μετέβαλε. ᾿Αμειβόμενος δὲ αὐτοὺς τῆς εὐσεβείας ὁ βασιλεὺς, πλείστης τιμῆς ἠξίωσε, καὶ πόλιν οὐ πρότερον ἂν τὸ χωρίον ἀπέφηνε, καὶ Κωνσταντίαν ἐπωνόμασε· τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ τῶν παίδων γεραίρων τὸν τόπον διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν. Ἐκ τοιαύτης δὲ αἰτίας, καὶ Κωνσταντίναν τὴν παρὰ Φοίνιξιν ἔγνων ἐπιγράψασθαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπωνυμίαν. Ἀλλὰ γὰρἕκαστα συγγράφειν οὐκ εὐχερές. Πλεῖσται γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἄλλαι πόλεις τηνικαῦτα πρὸς τὴν θρησκείαν ηὐτομόλησαν, καὶ αὐτόματοι, βασιλέως μηδὲν ἐπιτάττοντος, τοὺς παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ναοὺς καὶ ξόανα καθεῖλον, καὶ εὐκτηρίους οἴκους ᾠκοδό μησαν.
Epeidē de polloi dēmoi kai poleis ana pasan tēn hypēkoon, eiseti deima kai sebas echontes tēs peri ta xēana phantasias, apestrephonto to dogma tōn Christianōn, archaiotētos te epemelounto kai tōn patrǭōn ethōn kai panēgyreōn, anankaion autǭ ephanē, paideusai tous archomenous amelein tōn thrēskeuomenōn. Einai de touto eupetes, ei prōton autous ethiseie kataphronein tōn naōn kai tōn en autois agalmatōn. Ennoēthenti de tauta, stratiōtikēs cheiros ouk edeēsen. ᾿All' andres Christianoi en tois basileiois epeteloun ta doxanta, diabantes tas poleis hama grammasi basilikois. Hoi men gar dēmoi, peri autōn kai paidōn kai gynaikōn dediotes mēti kakon pathōsin enantioumenoi, hēsychian ēgon. Gymnōthentes de tēs tou plēthous rhopēs hoi neōkoroi kai hoi hiereis, proudōkan ta par' autois timiōtata, kai ta diopetē kaloumena; kai di᾿ heautōn tauta proēgon ek tōn adytōn kai tōn en tois naois kryphiōn mychōn. Bata te loipon ēn tois thelousi, ta prin adata, kai tois hiereusi monois egnōsmena. Tōn d' au xoanōn ta onta timias hylēs, kai tōn allōn hoson edokei chrēsimon einai, pyri diekrineto, kai dēmosia egineto chrēmata. Ta de en chalkǭ thaumasiōs eirgasmena, pantothen eis tēn epōnymon polin tou autokratoros metekomisthē pros kosmon ; kai eiseti nyn dēmosią hidryntai kata tas aguias kai ton hippodromon kai ta basileia. Ta men, tou Pythias ēn manteiou Apollōnos, kai Mousai hai Helikōniades, kai hoi en Delphois tripodes, kai ho Pan ho boōmenos, hon Pausanias n ho Lakedaimonios, kai hai Hellēnides poleis diopetē anethento meta ton pros Mēdous polemon. Neō de hoi men thyrōn, hoi de orophōn egymnōthēsan; hoi de kai allōs ameloumenoi, ēreiponto te kai diephtheironto. Kateskaphēsan de tote kai ardēn ēphanisthēsan, ho en Aigais tēs Kilikias Asklēpiou naos, kai ho en ᾿Aphakois tēs ᾿Aphroditēs peri ton Libanon to oros kai ᾿Adōnin ton potamon. ᾿Amphō de episēmotatō neō egenesthēn, kai sebasmiō tois palai. Kathoti Aigeatai men ēuchoun tous kamnontas ta sōmata nosōn apallattesthai par᾿ autois, epiphainomenou nyktōr kai iōmenou tou daimonos. En ᾿Aphakois de, kat᾿ epiklēsin tina kai rhētēn hēmeran apo tēs akrōreias tou Libanou pyr diaïsson, kathaper astēr, eis ton parakeimenon potamon edynen. Elegon de touto tēn Ouranian einai hōdi tēn ᾿Aphroditēn kalountes. Toutōn houtō symbantōn, kata skopon prouchōrei tǭ basilei to spoudazomenon. Hoi men gar ta prin semna kai phobera eikē errhimmena, kai kalamēs kai phorytou endothen bebysmena horōntes, eis kataphronēsin ēlthon tōn proteron sebasmiōn, kai planēn tois progonois ememphonto Hoi de, zēlōsantes tous Christianous tēs para tǭ basilei timēs, anankaion ǭēthēsan ta tou kratountos ēdē mimēsasthai. ᾿Alloi de, kathentes heautous eis diaskepsin tou dogmatos, ē sēmeiois, ē oneirasin, ē episkopōn, ē monachōn synousiais, edokimasan ameinon einai Christianizein. Ex ekeinou dēmoi kai poleis, ekonti tēs proteras metethento gnōmēs. Hēnika dē to epineion tēs Gazaiōn poleōs, hon Maïouman prosagoreuousin, eisagan deisidaimonoun, kai ta archaia pro toutou thaumazon, eis Christianismon athroon pandēmei metebale. ᾿Ameibomenos de autous tēs eusebeias ho basileus, pleistēs timēs ēxiōse, kai polin ou proteron an to chōrion apephēne, kai Kōnstantian epōnomase; tǭ timiōtatǭ tōn paidōn gerairōn ton topon dia tēn thrēskeian. Ek toiautēs de aitias, kai Kōnstantinan tēn para Phoinixin egnōn epigrapsasthai tēn tou basileōs epōnymian. Alla garekasta syngraphein ouk eucheres. Pleistai gar dē kai allai poleis tēnikauta pros tēn thrēskeian ēutomolēsan, kai automatoi, basileōs mēden epitattontos, tous par᾿ autois naous kai xoana katheilon, kai euktērious oikous ǭkodo mēsan.
Since many peoples and cities throughout the empire still had fear and reverence for the illusion of idols, turned away from the doctrine of the Christians, and clung to antiquity and their ancestral customs and festivals, it seemed necessary to him to teach his subjects to neglect what they worshipped. This, he thought, would be easy if he first accustomed them to despise the temples and the statues in them. When he had resolved on this, he had no need of military force. Christian men of the palace carried out what had been decided, going through the cities with imperial letters. The peoples kept quiet, fearing that they themselves, their children and their wives might suffer some harm if they resisted. The temple wardens and priests, stripped of the support of the crowd, gave up their most precious things, including the images said to have fallen from heaven, and themselves brought them out of the inner shrines and the secret recesses of the temples. What had formerly been inaccessible and known only to the priests became accessible to anyone who wished. Of the images, those made of precious material, and of the other things whatever seemed useful, were refined by fire and became public property. Those wonderfully worked in bronze were brought from everywhere to the city named after the emperor, for ornament, and they still stand in public in the streets, the hippodrome and the palace. Among them were the Apollo of the Pythian oracle, the Muses of Helicon, the tripods of Delphi, and the celebrated Pan which Pausanias the Lacedaemonian and the Greek cities dedicated after the war against the Medes. Some temples were stripped of their doors, others of their roofs; others, otherwise neglected, fell into ruin and decay. At that time the temple of Asclepius at Aegae in Cilicia was razed and utterly destroyed, and that of Aphrodite at Aphaca by Mount Lebanon and the river Adonis. Both were very famous temples and revered by the ancients. For the people of Aegae boasted that those who were sick in body were freed from their diseases there, the demon appearing by night and healing them; and at Aphaca, at a certain invocation and on a set day, a fire darted like a star from the summit of Lebanon and sank into the nearby river. They said this was Urania, as they call Aphrodite. When this had happened, what the emperor was striving for went forward as he intended. Some, seeing things that had been held holy and dreadful thrown down anyhow and stuffed inside with straw and rubbish, came to despise what they had formerly revered and blamed their ancestors for their error. Others, envying the honour the Christians had with the emperor, thought it necessary to imitate the ruler. Others, giving themselves to the examination of the doctrine, judged it better to be Christians, through signs or dreams or conversations with bishops or monks. From that time peoples and cities changed their former opinion of their own accord. So it was that the port of the city of Gaza, which they call Maiuma, which had been exceedingly devoted to superstition and before this admired the ancient rites, turned to Christianity all at once, the whole people together. Rewarding them for their piety, the emperor counted them worthy of the highest honour: he declared the place, which had not been a city before, a city, and named it Constantia, honouring the place with the name of the most honoured of his children because of its religion. For a similar reason I have learned that Constantina in Phoenicia too took the emperor's name. But it is not easy to record each case; for very many other cities went over to the religion at that time and of their own accord, without any command of the emperor, pulled down their temples and images and built houses of prayer.
2.6PG 67:947–949
Πληθυνούσης δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην, καὶ δι' αὐτῶν βαρβάρων ἡ θρησκεία ἐχώρει. "Ἤδη γὰρ τά τε ἀμφὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον φῦλα ἐχριστιάνιζον, Κελτοί τε καὶ οἱ Γαλατῶν ἔνδον τελευταῖοι τὸν Ὠκεανὸν προσοικοῦσι, καὶ Γότθοι, καὶ ὅσοι τούτοις ὅμοροι τὸ πρὶν ἦσαν ἀμφὶ τὰς ὄχθας Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ, πάλαι μετασχόντες τῆς εἰς Χριστὸν πίστεως, ἐπὶ τὸ ἡμερώτερον καὶ λογικὸν μεθηρμόσαντο. Πᾶσι δὲ βαρβάροις σχεδὸν πρόφασις συνέβη πρεσβεύειν τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, οἱ γενόμενοι κατὰ καιρὸν πόλεμοι Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις, ἐπὶ τῆς Γαλλιήνου ἡγεμονίας καὶ τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτὸν βασιλέων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ τότε πλῆθος ἄφατον μιγάδων ἐθνῶν, ἐκ τῆς Θράκης περαιωθὲν τὴν ᾿Ασίαν κατέδραμεν, ἄλλοι τε ἀλλαχῆ βάρβαροι ταὐτὸν εἰργάσαντο τοὺς παρακειμένους Ῥωμαίους, πολλοὶ τῶν ἱερέων τοῦ Χριστοῦ αἰχμάλωτοι γενόμενοι, σὺν αὐτοῖς ἦσαν. Ὡς δὲ τοὺς αὐτόθι νοσοῦντας ἰῶντο, καὶ τοὺς δαιμονῶντας ἐκάθαιρον, Χριστὸν μόνον ὀνομάζοντες, καὶ υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἐπικαλούμενοι · προσέτι δὲ καὶ πολιτείαν ἅμεμπτον ἐφιλοσόφουν, καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τὸν μῶμον ἐνίκων, θαυμάσαντες οἱ βάρβαροι τοὺς ἄνδρας τοῦ βίου καὶ τῶν παραδόξων ἔργων, εὐφρονεῖν συνεῖδον, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἴλεων ἔχειν, εἰ· τοὺς ἀμείνους φανέντας μιμήσαιντο, καὶ ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς τὸ κρεῖττον θεραπεύοιεν. Προβαλλόμενοι οὖν αὐτοὺς τοῦ πρακτέου καθηγητὰς, ἐδιδάσκοντο καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο, καὶ ἀκολούθως ἐκκλησίαζον.
Plēthynousēs de tēs Ekklēsias toutǭ tǭ tropǭ ana pasan tēn Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēn, kai di' autōn barbarōn hē thrēskeia echōrei. "Ēdē gar ta te amphi ton Rhēnon phyla echristianizon, Keltoi te kai hoi Galatōn endon teleutaioi ton Ōkeanon prosoikousi, kai Gotthoi, kai hosoi toutois homoroi to prin ēsan amphi tas ochthas Istrou potamou, palai metaschontes tēs eis Christon pisteōs, epi to hēmerōteron kai logikon methērmosanto. Pasi de barbarois schedon prophasis synebē presbeuein to dogma tōn Christianōn, hoi genomenoi kata kairon polemoi Rhōmaiois kai tois allophylois, epi tēs Galliēnou hēgemonias kai tōn met᾿ auton basileōn. Epei gar tote plēthos aphaton migadōn ethnōn, ek tēs Thrakēs peraiōthen tēn ᾿Asian katedramen, alloi te allachē barbaroi tauton eirgasanto tous parakeimenous Rhōmaious, polloi tōn hiereōn tou Christou aichmalōtoi genomenoi, syn autois ēsan. Hōs de tous autothi nosountas iōnto, kai tous daimonōntas ekathairon, Christon monon onomazontes, kai huion Theou epikaloumenoi ; proseti de kai politeian hamempton ephilosophoun, kai tais aretais ton mōmon enikōn, thaumasantes hoi barbaroi tous andras tou biou kai tōn paradoxōn ergōn, euphronein syneidon, kai ton Theon ileōn echein, ei; tous ameinous phanentas mimēsainto, kai homoiōs autois to kreitton therapeuoien. Proballomenoi oun autous tou prakteou kathēgētas, edidaskonto kai ebaptizonto, kai akolouthōs ekklēsiazon.
As the church was multiplying in this way throughout the Roman world, the religion also made its way among the barbarians themselves. For the tribes about the Rhine were already Christians, as were the Celts and the farthest Gauls who live by the Ocean; and the Goths, and those who formerly bordered on them about the banks of the river Ister, having long since shared in faith in Christ, had changed to a gentler and more rational way of life. For almost all the barbarians the occasion of honouring the doctrine of the Christians was the wars that arose from time to time between the Romans and foreign peoples, under the reign of Gallienus and the emperors after him. For when at that time an untold multitude of mixed nations crossed from Thrace and overran Asia, and other barbarians elsewhere did the same to the Romans who bordered on them, many priests of Christ were taken captive and were with them. When they healed the sick there and cleansed those possessed by demons, naming only Christ and calling on him as Son of God, and moreover lived a blameless life and overcame reproach by their virtues, the barbarians, marvelling at the men's life and their wonderful works, saw that it was wise, and that they would have God gracious to them, if they imitated those who had shown themselves better and served the Supreme as they did. So they took them as guides in what they should do, were taught and baptized, and thereafter assembled as churches.
2.7PG 67:949–953
Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς προκειμένης βασιλείας, λέγεται τοὺς Ἴβηρας ὁ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπιγνῶναι. Ἔθνος δὲ τοῦτο βάρβαρον, μέγα τε καὶ μαχιμώτατον· οἰκεῖ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίων ἐνδότερον πρὸς ῎Αρκτον. Παρεσκεύασε δὲ ᾿ αὐτοὺς τῆς πατρώας θρησκείας ὑπεριδεῖν Χριστιανή γυνὴ αἰχμάλωτος· ἡ δὴ πιστοτάτη καὶ θεοσεβής ἄγαν οὖσα, οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἀλλοφύλοις καθυφῆκε τῆς συνήθους πολιτείας. Φίλον δὲ τι αὐτῇ χρῆμα ἐτύγχανε νηστεία, καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ' ἡμέραν εὔχεσθαι, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν εὐλογεῖν. Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἐπυνθάνοντο ὅτου χάριν τοῦτο ὑπομένοι. Τῆς δὲ, ἁπλούστερον λεγούσης οὕτω χρῆναι σέβειν τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ Υἱόν, ξένον αὐτοῖς ἐδόκει καὶ τοῦ θρησκευομένου τὸ ὄνομα, καὶ τῆς θρησκείας ὁ τρόπος. Συμβὰν δὲ μειράκιον ἐνταῦθα δεινῶς ἀσθενεῖν, περιφέρουσα καθ᾿ ἕκαστον οἶκον ἡ μήτηρ ἐδείκνυεν. Ἔθος γὰρ Ιβηρσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἵν᾿ εἴ τις εὑρεθείη τοῦ νοσήματος ἰατρὸς, εὐπόριστος γένηται τοῖς κάμνουσιν ἡ τοῦ πάθους ἀπαλλαγή. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μηδαμοῦ θεραπευθὲν, καὶ παρὰ τὴν αἰχμάλωτον ἐκομίσθη τὸ παιδίον, Φαρμάκων μὲν, ἔφη, οὔτε χρηστῶν οὔτε ἐπιπλάστων εἴδησιν ἢ πεῖραν ἔχω· πιστεύω δὲ τὸν Χριστὸν ὃν σέβω, τὸν ἀληθινὸν καὶ μέγαν Θεὸν, σωτῆρα τοῦ σοῦ παιδὸς γενέσθαι, ὦ γύναι. Παραχρῆμά τε ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ εὐξαμένη, τῆς νόσου ἀπήλλαξεν αὐτὸν, ὅσον οὔπω τεθνήξεσθαι προσδοκώμενον. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, καὶ τὴν γαμετὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος τοῦ ἔθνους ἀνιάτῳ πάθει διόλλυσθαι μέλλουσαν, τῷ ἔσῳ τρόπῳ διέσωσε· καὶ τὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ γνῶσιν ἐπαίδευσεν · ὑγείας ταμίαν, καὶ ζωῆς, καὶ βασιλείας, καὶ πάν· των Κύριον αὐτὸν εἰσηγουμένη. Καὶ ἡ μὲν, τῇ πείρα τοῦ ἐπὶ αὐτῇ συμβεβηκότος ἀληθεῖς εἶναι πιστεύσασα τοὺς τῆς αἰχμαλώτου λόγους, τὴν Χριστιανῶν θρη σκείαν ἐπρέσβευε, καὶ διὰ πολλῆς τιμῆς εἶχε τὴν ἄνθρωπον. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, θαυμάσας τὸ ταχὺ καὶ παράδοξον τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἰάσεως, ἔμαθε τὴν αἰτίαν παρὰ τῆς γαμετῆς, καὶ δώροις ἐκέλευσεν ἀμείβεσθαι τὴν αἰχμάλωτον. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτων, ἔφη ἡ βασιλὶς, ὀλίγος αὐτῇ λόγος, κἂν πάνυ τίμια νομί ζηται. Μόνην δὲ περιπολλοῦ ποιεῖται τὴν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον Θεὸν θεραπείαν. ὧν οὖν αὐτῇ χαριεῖσθαι βουλοίμεθα, καὶ ἀσφαλῶς πράττειν καὶ καλῶς σπουδάζοιμεν, ἄγε δὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῦτον σεβώμεθα, κραταιὸν Θεὸν ὄντα καὶ σωτῆρα, καὶ βασιλέας, ἣν βούληται, ἐν οἷς εἰσι διαμένειν ποιοῦντα, πάλιν τ᾽ αὖ ἱκανὸν ῥᾳδίως τοὺς μεγάλους, μικροὺς ἀποφαίνειν, καὶ τοὺς ἀδόξους ἐπιφανεῖς, καὶ τοὺς ἐν δεινοῖς ὄντας σώζειν. Τοιαῦτα πολλάκις εὖ λέγειν δοκούσης τῆς γυναικός, ἀμφίβολος ἦν ὁ τῆς Ἱβηρίας ἡγούμενος, καὶ οὐ πάνυ ἐπείθετο, τοῦ πράγματος τὸ νεώτερον ( ἐννοῶν, καὶ τὴν πατρώαν θρησκείαν αἰδούμενος. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἅμα τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν εἰς ὕλην ἐλθὼν, ἐθήρα. Ἐξαπίνης οὖν ἀχλὺς πυκνοτάτη, καὶ παχὺς ἀὴρ ἐπιχυθεὶς αὐτοῖς πάντοθεν, τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν ἥλιον ἐκάλυψε. Νὺξ δὲ βαθεῖα καὶ σκότος πολὺ τὴν ὕλην κατεῖχεν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ περὶ ἑαυτοῦ δείσας ἕκαστος, διεσκεδάσθησαν ἀλλήλων. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, μόνος ἀλώμενος, οἷα φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀμηχανοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς, ἐνενοήθη τὸν Χριστόν· καὶ Θεὸν αὐτὸν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ σέβειν κατὰ νοῦν ἐδοκίμασεν, εἰ τὸ παρὸν διαφύγοι κακόν. Ἔτι δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ἐνθυμουμένου, παραχρῆμα διελύθη ἡ ἀχλὺς, καὶ ὁ ἀὴρ εἰς αἰθρίαν μετέβαλεν· ἐμβαλούσης τε τῆς ἀκτῖνος τῇ ὕλῃ, διεσώθη ἐνθάδε. Καὶ τὸ συμβὰν τῇ γαμετῇ κοινωσάμενος, μετεπέμψατο τὴν αἰχμάλωτον, καὶ τίνα τρόπον προσήκει τὸν Χριστὸν θρησκεύειν, ἐκέλευσε διδάσκειν. Τῆς δὲ, ὅσα γυναικὶ θέμις λέγειν τε καὶ ποιεῖν, εἰσηγησαμένης, ἀγείρας τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἐκεῖνος, τὰς συμβάσας αὐτῷ καὶ τῇ γαμετῇ θείας εὐεργεσίας εἰς κοινὸν ἐξήγγειλε" μήπω δὲ μυηθεὶς, τὰ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος μετέδιυχε τοῖς ἀρχομένοις" τὸν Χριστὸν πανδημεὶ σέβειν πείθουσιν, αὐτὸς μὲν τοὺς ἄνδρας " ἡ δὲ βασίλισσα ἅμα τῇ αἰχμαλώτῳ., τὰς γυναῖκας. Καὶ ἐν τάχει κοινῇ συνθήκῃ παντὸς τοῦ , φιλοτιμότατα παρεσχευάσαντο ἐκκλησίαν κοδομεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κύκλῳ τοῦ νεὼ τὸν περίβολον ἤγειραν, στήσαντες μηχανὰς, ἀνίμων τοὺς κίονας, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν βάσεων ἑστήριζον. Λέγεται δὲ τοῦ τε πρώτου καὶ δευτέρου ὀρθωθέντος, ἐργώδη γενέσθαι τοῦ τρίτου κίονος τὴν σύστασιν, καὶ μήτε τέχνῃ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων χατορθωθῆναι, μήτε ἰσχύϊ βιασθῆναι, χαΐπερ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν ἑλχόντων. Ἑσπέρας δὲ ἐπιγενομένης, μόνη αἰχμάλωτος αὐτόθι διενυχτέρευσεν, ἱχετεύουσα τὸν Θεὸν, εὐπετῇ γενέσθαι τῶν χιόνων τὴν διόρθωσιν. Οἱ ὃὲ ἄλλο! πάντες ἀνεχώρησαν δυσφοροῦντες, καὶ μάλιστα ὁ βασιλεύς. Ὄρθωθεὶς: γὰρ μέχρι τοῦ μέσου ὁ χίων, ἐγχάρσιος ἔμενε, τῷ ἐδάφει ἐμπαγεὶς, τῆς κάτωθεν ἀρχῆς ἀκίνητος Ἔμελλε δὲ διατοῦτο τὰ πρὸ τούτου Κκαράδοξα βεθαιοτέρους καὶ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ποιήσειν τοὺς Ἴδηρας. Περὶ γὰρ τὴν ἕω παραγενομένων αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, θαυμάσιόν τε χρῆμα καὶ ὀνείρῳ προσεσιχὺὸς, ὀρθὸς ἐφάνη ὁ τῇ προτεραίᾳ ἀχίνητος χίων, ἀπὸ μικροῦ διαστήματος ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας βάσεως αἰωρούμενος. Καταπλαγέντων οὖν πάντων, καὶ μόνον εἶναι Θεὸν ἀληθινὸν συνομολογούντων τὸν Χριστὸν, θεωμένων πάντων, ἡσυχῇ διολισθῆσας αὐτομάτως, ὡς ἀπὸ τέχνης τῇ βάσει προσηρμόσθη. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα εὐπετῶς οἱ ἄλλοι ὧρθώθησαν, προθυμότεροι οἱ Ἴβηρες τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπετέλουν. Σπουδῇ δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας οἰχοδομηθείσης, ὑποθεμένης τῆς αἰχμαλώτου πέμπουσι πρέσβεις πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον τὸν βασιλέα, συμμαχίαν καὶ σπονδὰς φέοοντας, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων ἱερέας τῷ ἔθνει ἀποσταλῆναι δεομένους. Διεξελθόντων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων οἷα παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς συνέδη, καὶ ὡς τὸ πᾶν ἔθνος ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ πολλῇ σέδει τὸν Χριστὸν., ἤσθη τῇ πρεσθείᾳ ὁ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεύς " καὶ πάντα κατὰ γνώμην πράξαντας τοὺς πρέσβεις ἀπέπεμψεν. Ὧδε μὲν Ἴθηρε: τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπέγνωσαν, εἰσέτι νῦν ἐπιμελῶς σέβουσιν.
Epi de tēs prokeimenēs basileias, legetai tous Ibēras ho ton Christon epignōnai. Ethnos de touto barbaron, mega te kai machimōtaton; oikei de tēs ᾿Armeniōn endoteron pros ᾿Arkton. Pareskeuase de ᾿ autous tēs patrōas thrēskeias hyperidein Christianē gynē aichmalōtos; hē dē pistotatē kai theosebēs agan ousa, oude para tois allophylois kathyphēke tēs synēthous politeias. Philon de ti autę̄ chrēma etynchane nēsteia, kai nyktōr kai meth' hēmeran euchesthai, kai ton Theon eulogein. Hoi de barbaroi epynthanonto hotou charin touto hypomenoi. Tēs de, haplousteron legousēs houtō chrēnai sebein ton tou Theou Huion, xenon autois edokei kai tou thrēskeuomenou to onoma, kai tēs thrēskeias ho tropos. Symban de meirakion entautha deinōs asthenein, peripherousa kath᾿ hekaston oikon hē mētēr edeiknyen. Ethos gar Ibērsi touto poiein, hin᾿ ei tis heuretheiē tou nosēmatos iatros, euporistos genētai tois kamnousin hē tou pathous apallagē. Epei de mēdamou therapeuthen, kai para tēn aichmalōton ekomisthē to paidion, Pharmakōn men, ephē, oute chrēstōn oute epiplastōn eidēsin ē peiran echō; pisteuō de ton Christon hon sebō, ton alēthinon kai megan Theon, sōtēra tou sou paidos genesthai, ō gynai. Parachrēma te hyper autou euxamenē, tēs nosou apēllaxen auton, hoson oupō tethnēxesthai prosdokōmenon. Ou pollǭ de hysteron, kai tēn gametēn tou kratountos tou ethnous aniatǭ pathei diollysthai mellousan, tǭ esǭ tropǭ diesōse; kai tēn tou Christou gnōsin epaideusen ; hygeias tamian, kai zōēs, kai basileias, kai pan; tōn Kyrion auton eisēgoumenē. Kai hē men, tę̄ peira tou epi autę̄ symbebēkotos alētheis einai pisteusasa tous tēs aichmalōtou logous, tēn Christianōn thrē skeian epresbeue, kai dia pollēs timēs eiche tēn anthrōpon. Ho de basileus, thaumasas to tachy kai paradoxon tēs pisteōs kai iaseōs, emathe tēn aitian para tēs gametēs, kai dōrois ekeleusen ameibesthai tēn aichmalōton. ᾿Alla toutōn, ephē hē basilis, oligos autę̄ logos, kan pany timia nomi zētai. Monēn de peripollou poieitai tēn eis ton idion Theon therapeian. hōn oun autę̄ charieisthai bouloimetha, kai asphalōs prattein kai kalōs spoudazoimen, age dē kai hēmeis touton sebōmetha, krataion Theon onta kai sōtēra, kai basileas, hēn boulētai, en hois eisi diamenein poiounta, palin t᾽ au hikanon rhądiōs tous megalous, mikrous apophainein, kai tous adoxous epiphaneis, kai tous en deinois ontas sōzein. Toiauta pollakis eu legein dokousēs tēs gynaikos, amphibolos ēn ho tēs Hibērias hēgoumenos, kai ou pany epeitheto, tou pragmatos to neōteron ( ennoōn, kai tēn patrōan thrēskeian aidoumenos. Met᾿ ou poly de hama tois amph᾿ auton eis hylēn elthōn, ethēra. Exapinēs oun achlys pyknotatē, kai pachys aēr epichytheis autois pantothen, ton ouranon kai ton hēlion ekalypse. Nyx de batheia kai skotos poly tēn hylēn kateichen. Entautha de peri heautou deisas hekastos, dieskedasthēsan allēlōn. Ho de basileus, monos alōmenos, hoia philei symbainein tois anthrōpois amēchanousin en tois deinois, enenoēthē ton Christon; kai Theon auton hēgeisthai, kai tou loipou sebein kata noun edokimasen, ei to paron diaphygoi kakon. Eti de autou tauta enthymoumenou, parachrēma dielythē hē achlys, kai ho aēr eis aithrian metebalen; embalousēs te tēs aktinos tę̄ hylę̄, diesōthē enthade. Kai to symban tę̄ gametę̄ koinōsamenos, metepempsato tēn aichmalōton, kai tina tropon prosēkei ton Christon thrēskeuein, ekeleuse didaskein. Tēs de, hosa gynaiki themis legein te kai poiein, eisēgēsamenēs, ageiras tous hypēkoous ekeinos, tas symbasas autǭ kai tę̄ gametę̄ theias euergesias eis koinon exēngeile" mēpō de myētheis, ta peri tou dogmatos metediyche tois archomenois" ton Christon pandēmei sebein peithousin, autos men tous andras " hē de basilissa hama tę̄ aichmalōtǭ., tas gynaikas. Kai en tachei koinę̄ synthēkę̄ pantos tou , philotimotata parescheuasanto ekklēsian kodomein. Epei de kyklǭ tou neō ton peribolon ēgeiran, stēsantes mēchanas, animōn tous kionas, kai epi tōn baseōn hestērizon. Legetai de tou te prōtou kai deuterou orthōthentos, ergōdē genesthai tou tritou kionos tēn systasin, kai mēte technę̄ tōn epistēmonōn chatorthōthēnai, mēte ischyï biasthēnai, chaïper pollōn ontōn tōn helchontōn. Hesperas de epigenomenēs, monē aichmalōtos autothi dienychtereusen, hicheteuousa ton Theon, eupetę̄ genesthai tōn chionōn tēn diorthōsin. Hoi hoe allo! pantes anechōrēsan dysphorountes, kai malista ho basileus. Orthōtheis: gar mechri tou mesou ho chiōn, encharsios emene, tǭ edaphei empageis, tēs katōthen archēs akinētos Emelle de diatouto ta pro toutou Kkaradoxa bethaioterous kai peri to Theion poiēsein tous Idēras. Peri gar tēn heō paragenomenōn autōn eis tēn ekklēsian, thaumasion te chrēma kai oneirǭ prosesichyos, orthos ephanē ho tę̄ proteraią achinētos chiōn, apo mikrou diastēmatos epi tēs idias baseōs aiōroumenos. Kataplagentōn oun pantōn, kai monon einai Theon alēthinon synomologountōn ton Christon, theōmenōn pantōn, hēsychę̄ diolisthēsas automatōs, hōs apo technēs tę̄ basei prosērmosthē. Meta de tauta eupetōs hoi alloi hōrthōthēsan, prothymoteroi hoi Ibēres ta loipa epeteloun. Spoudę̄ de tēs ekklēsias oichodomētheisēs, hypothemenēs tēs aichmalōtou pempousi presbeis pros Kōnstantinon ton basilea, symmachian kai spondas pheoontas, anti de toutōn hiereas tǭ ethnei apostalēnai deomenous. Diexelthontōn de tōn presbeōn hoia par᾽ autois synedē, kai hōs to pan ethnos en epimeleią pollę̄ sedei ton Christon., ēsthē tę̄ prestheią ho Rhōmaiōn basileus " kai panta kata gnōmēn praxantas tous presbeis apepempsen. Hōde men Ithēre: ton Christon epegnōsan, eiseti nyn epimelōs sebousin.
Under the reign we are describing, the Iberians are said to have come to know Christ. This is a barbarian nation, large and very warlike, living further inland than the Armenians, toward the north. A Christian woman who had been taken captive led them to despise their ancestral religion. Being very faithful and exceedingly devout, she did not relax her customary way of life even among foreigners. Fasting was dear to her, and praying night and day and blessing God. The barbarians asked why she endured this; and when she said simply that this was how one must worship God's Son, both the name of the one worshipped and the manner of worship seemed strange to them. It happened that a child there fell gravely ill, and his mother carried him round to every house and showed him; for the Iberians have this custom, so that if anyone is found who knows a cure for the disease, release from the illness may be easily obtained for the sick. When the child had been cured nowhere and was brought to the captive woman, she said: “Of medicines, whether to drink or to apply, I have neither knowledge nor experience; but I believe that Christ, whom I worship, the true and great God, will be the saviour of your child, woman.” At once she prayed for him and freed from his disease the child who was expected to die at any moment. Not long afterward, in the same way, she saved the wife of the ruler of the nation, who was about to perish from an incurable disease, and taught her the knowledge of Christ, presenting him as the steward of health, of life and of kingship, and Lord of all. The queen, believing from the experience of what had happened to her that the captive's words were true, honoured the religion of the Christians and held the woman in great honour. The king, amazed at the speed and wonder of the faith and the cure, learned the cause from his wife and ordered that the captive be rewarded with gifts. “But she makes little account of these,” said the queen, “even if they are thought very precious. Only the service of her own God does she value highly. If, then, we wish to please her, and to act safely and do well, come, let us too worship this God, who is mighty and a saviour, who causes kings to remain in their place if he wills, and again is able easily to make the great small, the obscure famous, and to save those in danger.” Though the woman often seemed to speak well in this way, the ruler of Iberia was in two minds and not fully persuaded, considering the novelty of the matter and revering his ancestral religion. Not long after, he went into a forest with his companions to hunt. Suddenly a very thick mist and dense air poured round them on every side and hid the sky and the sun; deep night and great darkness held the forest. Each of them, fearing for himself, scattered from the others. The king, wandering alone, as people commonly do when helpless in danger, thought of Christ, and resolved in his mind to hold him as God and to worship him thereafter, if he escaped the present evil. While he was still thinking this, the mist at once dispersed, the air changed to clear sky, and as the sun's rays struck into the forest, he came safely out. He told his wife what had happened, sent for the captive, and ordered her to teach him how Christ ought to be worshipped. When she had explained what it was lawful for a woman to say and do, he gathered his subjects and announced publicly the divine benefits that had come to him and his wife; and though he was not yet initiated, he imparted the doctrine to his subjects. They persuaded the whole people to worship Christ, he the men and the queen, with the captive, the women. And quickly, by the common agreement of the whole nation, they made ready with great zeal to build a church. When they had raised the enclosure round the church, they set up machines, hoisted the columns, and fixed them on their bases. It is said that when the first and second had been set upright, the setting up of the third column proved laborious, and could be achieved neither by the skill of the experts nor by force, though many were hauling. When evening came, the captive alone spent the night there, entreating God that the raising of the columns might be made easy. All the others went away in distress, the king most of all. For the column, raised halfway, stayed slanting, stuck in the ground, and its lower end would not move. This was to make the Iberians firmer in their belief in the Divine than the wonders before it. For when they came to the church at dawn, a marvellous thing like a dream appeared: the column that had been immovable the day before stood upright, hanging a little above its own base. All were astonished and confessed that Christ alone is the true God; and as all watched, it slid down quietly of its own accord and fitted onto its base as if by skill. After this the others were set up easily, and the Iberians completed the rest more eagerly. When the church had been built with zeal, at the captive's suggestion they sent envoys to the emperor Constantine, offering alliance and treaties and asking in return that priests be sent to the nation. When the envoys had related what had happened among them, and how the whole nation worshipped Christ with great care, the emperor of the Romans was pleased with the embassy, and sent the envoys away having done all they wished. In this way the Iberians came to know Christ, and they still worship him carefully to this day.
2.8PG 67:953–955
᾿Ἀρμενίους δὲ πάλιν πρότερον ἐπυθόμην Χριστιανίσαι. Λέγεται γὰρ Τηριδάτην τὸν ἡγούμενον τούτου τοῦ ξῦνους, ἔκ τινο; παραδόξου θεοσημείας συμβάσης περὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ οἶκον, ἅμα τε Χριστιανὸν γενέσθαι, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὑφ᾽ ἑνὶ κηρύγματι προστάξαι ὁμοίως θρησκεύειν. Ἐφεξῆς δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὁμόρων φυλῶν τὸ δόγμα διέβη, καὶ εἰς πλῆθος ἐπέδωκε. Καὶ Περσῶν δὲ Χριστιανίσαι · τὴν ἀρχὴν ἡγοῦμαι, ὅσοι προφάσει τῆς Ὀσροηνῶν καὶ ᾿Αρμενίων ἐπιμιξίας, ὡς εἰκὸς, τοῖς αὐτόθι θείοις ἀνδράσιν ὡμίλησαν, καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν ἀρετῆς ἐπειράθησαν.
᾿Armenious de palin proteron epythomēn Christianisai. Legetai gar Tēridatēn ton hēgoumenon toutou tou xynous, ek tino? paradoxou theosēmeias symbasēs peri ton autou oikon, hama te Christianon genesthai, kai pantas tous archomenous hyph᾽ heni kērygmati prostaxai homoiōs thrēskeuein. Ephexēs de kai dia tōn homorōn phylōn to dogma diebē, kai eis plēthos epedōke. Kai Persōn de Christianisai ; tēn archēn hēgoumai, hosoi prophasei tēs Osroēnōn kai ᾿Armeniōn epimixias, hōs eikos, tois autothi theiois andrasin hōmilēsan, kai tēs autōn aretēs epeirathēsan.
I have learned that the Armenians were Christians even earlier. It is said that Tiridates, the ruler of this nation, because of a wonderful divine sign that befell his house, at once became a Christian and by a single proclamation ordered all his subjects to worship likewise. After that the doctrine passed through the neighbouring tribes and grew in numbers. I think that the first Persians to become Christians were those who, through their dealings with the Osrhoenians and Armenians, naturally associated with the godly men there and experienced their virtue.
2.9PG 67:955–959
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ πλεῖστοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἤρξαντο, καὶ ἱερέας καὶ διακόνους εἶχον, ἐλύπει τοῦτο οὐ μετρίως τοὺς μάγους, οἱ τὴν Περσῶν θρησκείαν, ὥσπερ τι φῦλον ἱερατικὸν, κατὰ διαδοχὴν γένους ἀρχῆθεν ἐπιτροπεύουσιν. Ἐλύπει δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαίους, τρόπον τινὰ φύσει ὑπὸ βασκανίας πρὸς τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐκπεπολεμουμένους. Καὶ διαβάλλουσι πρὸς Σαβώρην, τὸν τότε βασιλέα, Συμεώνην τὸν τότε ἀρχιεπίσκοπον Σελευκείας καὶ Κτησιφῶντος, τῶν ἐν Περσίδι βασιλευουσῶν πόλεων, ὡς φίλον ὄντα τῷ Καίσαρι Ῥωμαίων, καὶ τὰ Περσῶν πράγματα τούτῳ καταμηνύοντα. Πεισθεὶς δὲ ταῖς διαβολαῖς ὁ Σαβώρης, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα φόροις ἀμέτροις ἐπέτριβε τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς, καθότι τοὺς πλείστους ἀκτημοσύνην ἀσκεῖν ἔγνω· καὶ χαλεποῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐπέτρεψε τὴν εἴσπραξιν· ὥστε ἐνδείᾳ χρημάτων, καὶ ἀπηνείᾳ τῶν εἰσπρακτόρων βιαζομένους, ὑπεριδεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν θρησκείαν· τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐσπου· δάζετο. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ λειτουργούς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναιρεθῆναι ξίφει προσέταξε, τὰς δὲ ἐκκλησίας κατασκαφῆναι, καὶ τὰ κειμήλια δημόσια γενέσθαι, καὶ Συμεώνην ἄγεσθαι, ὡς προδότην τῆς Περσῶν βασιλείας καὶ θρησκείας γεγενημένον. Οἱ μὲν οὖν μάγοι, συλλαμβανομένων αὐτοῖς τῶν Ἰου δαίων, σπουδῇ τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους καθεῖλον. Συμεώνης δὲ συλληφθεὶς, σιδηροδεσμώτης ὡς βασιλέα ἤχθη · ἔνθα δὴ γίνεται ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ ἀνδρεῖος. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ βασανίσων αὐτὸν εἰσάγεσθαι προσέταξεν ὁ Σαβώρης, οὔτε ἔδεισεν, οὔτε προσεκύνησεν. Ἐφ' ᾧ σφόδρα χαλεπήνας ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐπύθετο, Τί δή ποτε νῦν οὐ προσεκύνησας, πρότερον τοῦτο ποιῶν; Ὅτι πρότερον, ἔφη ὁ Συμεώνης, οὐ δεσμώτης ἠγόμην ἐπὶ προδοσίᾳ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς Θεοῦ - καὶ μηδὲν διαφερόμενος, τὰ νενομισμένα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπλήρουν. Νῦν δὲ μοι οὐ θέμις τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Ἥχω γὰρ ἀγωνιούμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας καὶ τοῦ ἡμετέρου δόγματος. Τοιαῦτα εἰπόντα, παρεκελεύσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον· καὶ πειθομένῳ μὲν πολλὰ δῶρα δώσειν ὑπισχνεῖτο καὶ ἐν τιμῇ ἔξειν, ἀπειθοῦντα δὲ ἀπολέσειν ἠπείλησεν αὐτόν τε καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν φῦλον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς κατεκτύπει τὸν Συμεώνην, οὔτε ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις ἐχάλαζεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀνδρεῖος ἔμενεν, ἰσχυριζόμενος μή ποτε προσκυνήσειν τὸν ἥλιον, μηδὲ προδότης φανήσεσθαι τῆς αὐτοῦ θρησκείας, προσέταξεν αὐτὸν τέως ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶναι, λογισάμενος, ὡς εἰκὸς, μεταμεληθήσεσθαι. ᾿Απαγόμενον δὲ εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἰδὼν Οὐσθαζάνης πρεσβύτης εὐνοῦχος, τροφεὺς Σαβώρου, καὶ μείζων τῆς βασιλέως οἰκίας, προσεκύνησεν αὐτὸν ἀναστάς. Ἔτυχε γὰρ πρὸ τῶν βασι-. λείων θυρῶν καθήμενος. Ὁ δὲ Συμεώνης ὑβριστικῶς ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ θυμωθεὶς ἀνεβόησε, καὶ ἀποστραφεὶς παρήμειψε. Χριστιανὸς γὰρ ῶν, οὐ προπολλοῦ ἐβιάσθη προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον. Αὐτίκα δὲ δακρύσας μετ' οἰμωγῆς ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ἣν μὲν ἡμφίεστο λαμπρὰν ἐσθῆτα ἀπέθετο · οἷα δὲ πενθῶν μέλαιναν περιβαλλόμενος, πρὸ τῆς βασιλέως οἰκίας ἐκαθέζετο, κλαίων καὶ στένων, Οἴμοι ἐγὼ, λέγων, οἷον χρή προσδοκᾷν εἶναι περὶ ἐμὲ ὂν ἠρνησάμην Θεὸν, ὅπουγε τούτου χάριν ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη πάλαι μοι συνήθης γεγονώς Συμεώνης, οὐδὲ λόγου μεταδοὺς, ὧδέ με ἀπεστράφη καὶ παρέδραμεν! Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔγνω ταῦτα Σαβώρης, μετακαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν, ἐπυνθάνετο τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ πένθους, καὶ εἰ συμφορᾷ τινι περὶ τὸν ( οἶκον ἐχρήσατο. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Οὐσθαζάνης εἶπεν, Ὦ βασιλεῦ, οὐδὲν περὶ τὸν ἐνθάδε οἶκον ἡτύχησα. Εἴθε γὰρ ἀντὶ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος μοι, παντοδαπαῖς ἀλλοίαις περιπέπτωκα συμφοραῖς, καὶ ῥᾷον ἦν. Πενθῶ δὲ νῦν, ὅτι ζῶ· καὶ πάλαι τεθνάναι ὀφείλων, ὁρῶ τὸν ἥλιον, ὃν σοὶ χαριζόμενος, οὐκ ἀπὸ γνώμης προσεκύνησα τῷ δοκεῖν. "Ωστε κατ' ἀμφότερον δίκαιον εἶναί με ἀποθανεῖν, προδότην Χριστοῦ γεγενημένον, καὶ περὶ σὲ ἀπατεῶνα. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, τοιάδε εἰπὼν, ὤμωσεν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς δημιουργὸν, μὴ μεταθήσεσθαι λοιπὸν τῆς γνώμης. Σαβώρης δὲ πρὸς τὸ παράδοξον τῆς μεταβολῆς τοῦ εὐνούχου τεθηπὼς, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐχαλέπαινε τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς, ὡς γοητείαις τοιάδε κατορθοῦσι. Φειδοῖ δὲ τῇ περὶ τὸν πρεσβύτην, πῆ μὲν πρᾶος, πῆ δὲ ἀπηνὴς φαινόμενος, παντὶ σθένει μεταπείθειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρᾶτο. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἥνυεν, ἰσχυριζομένου Οὐσθαζάδου μήποτε τοσοὔτον εὐήθη ἔσεσθαι, ὡς ἀντὶ τοῦ πάντων δημιουργοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ δεδημιουργημένα σέβειν, τότε δὴ πρὸς ὀργὴν κινηθεὶς, προσέταξεν αὐτοῦ ξίφει τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτμηθῆναι. Ἐπὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀγόμενος παρὰ τῶν δημίων, ἐπισχεῖν μικρὸν αὐτῶν ἐδεήθη, ὡς περί του βασιλεῖ δηλώσων. Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενός τινα τῶν πιστοτάτων εὐνούχων, ἐκέλευσε τάδε εἰπεῖν Σαβώρῃ· Ην μὲν ἐκ νέου μέχρι τοῦ νῦν εὔνοιαν ἔσχον, ὦ βασιλεῦ, περὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον οἶκον πατρί τε σῷ καὶ σοὶ, σπουδῇ τῇ προσηκούσῃ διακονούμενος, οὗ μοι δοκεῖ μαρτύρων παρὰ σοὶ, εὖ ταῦτα ἐπισταμένῳ, δεῖσθαι. ᾿Αντὶ πάντων δὲ ὧν πώποτε κεχαρισμένος ὑμῖν ἐγενόμην, ἀπόδος μοι ταύτην τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, τὸ μὴ δόξαι τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσι τιμωρίαν ὑπέχειν ὡς ἄπιστον περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν, ἢ ἄλλως κακοῦργον ἀλόντα. Καὶ ὥστε τοῦτο δῆλον γενέσθαι, κήρυξ βοῶν σημανεῖ πᾶσιν, ὅτι Οὐσθαζάδης τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτέμνεται, μοχθηρὸς μὲν οὐδα μῶς ἔν τινι ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις φανεὶς, Χριστιανὸς δὲ ὢν, καὶ τὸν ἴδιον Θεὸν ἀρνήσασθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ μὴ πειθόμενος. Καὶ ὁ μὲν εὐνοῦχος ἤγγειλε ταῦτα. Σαβώρης δὲ κατὰ τὴν αἴτησιν Οὐσθαζάδου, κήρυκα βοῆσαι προσέταξεν. "ρετο γὰρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἑτοίμως παύεσθαι Χριστιανίζειν, εἰ κατὰ νοῦν λάβοιεν, ὡς οὐδενὸς Χριστιανοῦ φείσεται, πρεσβύτην τροφέα καὶ οἰκεῖον εὔνουν ἀνελών. Οὐσθαζάδης δὲ ἐσπούδαζεν ἀνακηρυχθῆναι τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς αὐτοῦ τιμωρίας, λογισάμενος ὡς ἡνίκα εὐλαβηθεὶς προσεκύνησε τὸν ἥλιον, πολλοὺς Χριστιανῶν εἰς δέος κατέστησε · νυνὶ δὲ εἰ μάθοιεν αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς θρησκείας ἀναιρεθέντα, μιμητὰς πολλοὺς ποιήσει τῆς οἰκείας ἀνδρείας.
Epei de tǭ chronǭ pleistoi egenonto, kai ekklēsiazein ērxanto, kai hiereas kai diakonous eichon, elypei touto ou metriōs tous magous, hoi tēn Persōn thrēskeian, hōsper ti phylon hieratikon, kata diadochēn genous archēthen epitropeuousin. Elypei de kai Ioudaious, tropon tina physei hypo baskanias pros to dogma tōn Christianōn ekpepolemoumenous. Kai diaballousi pros Sabōrēn, ton tote basilea, Symeōnēn ton tote archiepiskopon Seleukeias kai Ktēsiphōntos, tōn en Persidi basileuousōn poleōn, hōs philon onta tǭ Kaisari Rhōmaiōn, kai ta Persōn pragmata toutǭ katamēnyonta. Peistheis de tais diabolais ho Sabōrēs, ta men prōta phorois ametrois epetribe tous Christianous, kathoti tous pleistous aktēmosynēn askein egnō; kai chalepois andrasin epetrepse tēn eispraxin; hōste endeią chrēmatōn, kai apēneią tōn eispraktorōn biazomenous, hyperidein tēn oikeian thrēskeian; touto gar autǭ espou; dazeto. Meta de tauta tous hiereas kai leitourgous tou Theou anairethēnai xiphei prosetaxe, tas de ekklēsias kataskaphēnai, kai ta keimēlia dēmosia genesthai, kai Symeōnēn agesthai, hōs prodotēn tēs Persōn basileias kai thrēskeias gegenēmenon. Hoi men oun magoi, syllambanomenōn autois tōn Iou daiōn, spoudę̄ tous euktērious oikous katheilon. Symeōnēs de syllēphtheis, sidērodesmōtēs hōs basilea ēchthē ; entha dē ginetai anēr agathos kai andreios. Epei gar basanisōn auton eisagesthai prosetaxen ho Sabōrēs, oute edeisen, oute prosekynēsen. Eph' hǭ sphodra chalepēnas ho basileus, epytheto, Ti dē pote nyn ou prosekynēsas, proteron touto poiōn? Hoti proteron, ephē ho Symeōnēs, ou desmōtēs ēgomēn epi prodosią tou alēthous Theou - kai mēden diapheromenos, ta nenomismena peri tēn basileian eplēroun. Nyn de moi ou themis touto poiein. Hēchō gar agōnioumenos hyper tēs eusebeias kai tou hēmeterou dogmatos. Toiauta eiponta, parekeleusato ho basileus proskynēsai ton hēlion; kai peithomenǭ men polla dōra dōsein hypischneito kai en timę̄ exein, apeithounta de apolesein ēpeilēsen auton te kai pan to tōn Christianōn phylon. Epei de oute tais apeilais katektypei ton Symeōnēn, oute tais epangeliais echalazen, all᾿ andreios emenen, ischyrizomenos mē pote proskynēsein ton hēlion, mēde prodotēs phanēsesthai tēs autou thrēskeias, prosetaxen auton teōs en desmois einai, logisamenos, hōs eikos, metamelēthēsesthai. ᾿Apagomenon de eis to desmōtērion idōn Ousthazanēs presbytēs eunouchos, tropheus Sabōrou, kai meizōn tēs basileōs oikias, prosekynēsen auton anastas. Etyche gar pro tōn basi-. leiōn thyrōn kathēmenos. Ho de Symeōnēs hybristikōs epetimēsen autǭ, kai thymōtheis aneboēse, kai apostrapheis parēmeipse. Christianos gar ōn, ou propollou ebiasthē proskynēsai ton hēlion. Autika de dakrysas met' oimōgēs ho eunouchos, hēn men hēmphiesto lampran esthēta apetheto ; hoia de penthōn melainan periballomenos, pro tēs basileōs oikias ekathezeto, klaiōn kai stenōn, Oimoi egō, legōn, hoion chrē prosdokąn einai peri eme on ērnēsamēn Theon, hopouge toutou charin enteuthen ēdē palai moi synēthēs gegonōs Symeōnēs, oude logou metadous, hōde me apestraphē kai paredramen! Epei de egnō tauta Sabōrēs, metakalesamenos auton, epynthaneto tēn aitian tou penthous, kai ei symphorą tini peri ton ( oikon echrēsato. Hypolabōn de Ousthazanēs eipen, Ō basileu, ouden peri ton enthade oikon hētychēsa. Eithe gar anti tou symbebēkotos moi, pantodapais alloiais peripeptōka symphorais, kai rhąon ēn. Penthō de nyn, hoti zō; kai palai tethnanai opheilōn, horō ton hēlion, hon soi charizomenos, ouk apo gnōmēs prosekynēsa tǭ dokein. "Ōste kat' amphoteron dikaion einai me apothanein, prodotēn Christou gegenēmenon, kai peri se apateōna. Kai ho men, toiade eipōn, ōmōsen ouranou kai gēs dēmiourgon, mē metathēsesthai loipon tēs gnōmēs. Sabōrēs de pros to paradoxon tēs metabolēs tou eunouchou tethēpōs, eti mallon echalepaine tois Christianois, hōs goēteiais toiade katorthousi. Pheidoi de tę̄ peri ton presbytēn, pē men praos, pē de apēnēs phainomenos, panti sthenei metapeithein auton epeirato. Hōs de ouden hēnyen, ischyrizomenou Ousthazadou mēpote tosouton euēthē esesthai, hōs anti tou pantōn dēmiourgou Theou ta pros autou dedēmiourgēmena sebein, tote dē pros orgēn kinētheis, prosetaxen autou xiphei tēn kephalēn apotmēthēnai. Epi touto de agomenos para tōn dēmiōn, epischein mikron autōn edeēthē, hōs peri tou basilei dēlōsōn. Kai proskalesamenos tina tōn pistotatōn eunouchōn, ekeleuse tade eipein Sabōrę̄; Ēn men ek neou mechri tou nyn eunoian eschon, ō basileu, peri ton hymeteron oikon patri te sǭ kai soi, spoudę̄ tę̄ prosēkousę̄ diakonoumenos, hou moi dokei martyrōn para soi, eu tauta epistamenǭ, deisthai. ᾿Anti pantōn de hōn pōpote kecharismenos hymin egenomēn, apodos moi tautēn tēn amoibēn, to mē doxai tois agnoousi timōrian hypechein hōs apiston peri tēn basileian, ē allōs kakourgon alonta. Kai hōste touto dēlon genesthai, kēryx boōn sēmanei pasin, hoti Ousthazadēs tēn kephalēn apotemnetai, mochthēros men ouda mōs en tini en tois basileiois phaneis, Christianos de ōn, kai ton idion Theon arnēsasthai tǭ basilei mē peithomenos. Kai ho men eunouchos ēngeile tauta. Sabōrēs de kata tēn aitēsin Ousthazadou, kēryka boēsai prosetaxen. "reto gar tous allous hetoimōs pauesthai Christianizein, ei kata noun laboien, hōs oudenos Christianou pheisetai, presbytēn trophea kai oikeion eunoun anelōn. Ousthazadēs de espoudazen anakērychthēnai tēn aitian tēs autou timōrias, logisamenos hōs hēnika eulabētheis prosekynēse ton hēlion, pollous Christianōn eis deos katestēse ; nyni de ei mathoien auton hyper tēs thrēskeias anairethenta, mimētas pollous poiēsei tēs oikeias andreias.
When in time they had become very numerous and had begun to hold assemblies and to have priests and deacons, this greatly grieved the magi, who from the beginning have had charge of the Persians' religion by hereditary succession, like a priestly tribe. It grieved the Jews too, who in some way are by nature set at war against the doctrine of the Christians through envy. They slandered to Sapor, the king at that time, Symeon, then archbishop of Seleucia and Ctesiphon, the royal cities of Persia, as a friend of the Caesar of the Romans who reported the affairs of the Persians to him. Persuaded by the slanders, Sapor at first ground down the Christians with immoderate taxes, knowing that most of them practised voluntary poverty, and entrusted the collection to harsh men, so that, forced by lack of money and the cruelty of the collectors, they would abandon their religion; for this was his aim. After this he ordered the priests and ministers of God to be put to the sword, the churches to be razed, their treasures to become public property, and Symeon to be brought to him as a traitor to the kingdom and religion of the Persians. The magi, then, with the help of the Jews, eagerly pulled down the houses of prayer. Symeon was arrested and brought in iron chains to the king; and there he showed himself a good and brave man. When Sapor ordered him to be brought in for torture, he neither feared nor did obeisance. The king, greatly angered at this, asked: “Why do you not do obeisance now, when you did so before?” Symeon said: “Because before I was not being brought in chains to betray the true God; and since there was no dispute, I fulfilled what was customary toward the kingship. But now it is not lawful for me to do this; for I have come to contend for piety and our doctrine.” When he had said this, the king ordered him to worship the sun, promising, if he obeyed, to give him many gifts and to hold him in honour, and threatening, if he disobeyed, to destroy both him and the whole race of Christians. When neither his threats terrified Symeon nor his promises softened him, but he remained brave, insisting that he would never worship the sun nor appear a traitor to his religion, the king ordered him to be kept in chains for the time being, reckoning, naturally, that he would change his mind. As he was being led to prison, Usthazanes, an old eunuch, Sapor's foster-father and chief of the king's household, saw him, rose and did obeisance to him; for he happened to be sitting before the palace doors. Symeon rebuked him insultingly, cried out in anger, turned away and passed by; for Usthazanes was a Christian and not long before had been forced to worship the sun. At once the eunuch burst into tears and laments, put off the splendid clothing he wore, put on black as one in mourning, and sat before the king's house weeping and groaning, saying: “Woe is me! What must I expect from the God I have denied, when on this account Symeon, who has long been my friend, has not even given me a word, but has turned away from me and passed me by!” When Sapor learned this, he called him and asked the reason for his mourning, and whether some misfortune had befallen his household. Usthazanes answered: “O king, I have met with no misfortune in my house here. Would that instead of what has befallen me I had fallen into every other kind of misfortune; it would have been easier. I mourn now because I am alive, and though I ought to have died long ago, I see the sun, which to please you I worshipped in appearance, not from conviction. So on both counts it is just that I die, having become a traitor to Christ and a deceiver toward you.” Having said this, he swore by the Creator of heaven and earth that he would not change his mind again. Sapor, astounded at the wonderful change in the eunuch, was still more incensed against the Christians, as though they did such things by sorcery. Yet sparing the old man, now gentle, now harsh, he tried with all his might to win him back. When he achieved nothing, since Usthazanes insisted he would never be so foolish as to worship the things made by God instead of God, the Creator of all, the king was moved to anger and ordered his head to be cut off with the sword. As he was being led to this by the executioners, he asked them to wait a little, so that he might tell the king something. He called one of the most trusted eunuchs and told him to say this to Sapor: “What goodwill I have had from youth until now toward your house, O king, toward your father and you, serving with fitting zeal, I think needs no witnesses with you, who know it well. In return for all the services I have ever done you, grant me this reward: that I may not seem to those who do not know to be suffering punishment as one unfaithful to the kingdom, or as caught in some other crime. To make this plain, let a herald proclaim aloud to all that Usthazanes is beheaded, not because he has been found wicked in any way at the palace, but because he is a Christian and would not obey the king and deny his own God.” The eunuch delivered this message, and Sapor, in accordance with Usthazanes' request, ordered a herald to proclaim it; for he thought that the others would readily stop being Christians if they realized that he would spare no Christian, since he had put to death an old man who was his foster-father and a loyal member of his household. But Usthazanes was eager that the cause of his punishment be proclaimed, reckoning that when he had worshipped the sun out of fear he had made many Christians afraid, and now, if they learned that he had been killed for his religion, he would make many imitators of his own courage.
2.10PG 67:959–961
Ὧδε μὲν Οὐσθαζάδης Ενδοξοτάτην βιοτὴν ἐνθάδε κατέλιπε. Συμεώνης δὲ μαθὼν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ, εὐχαριστήρια περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ Θεῷ ηὔξατο. Τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, ἔτυχε δὲ ἕκτην τῆς ἑβδομάδος εἶναι, καθ᾿ ἣν πρὸ τῆς ἀναστασίμου πανηγύρεως ἡ ἐτήσιος τοῦ σωτηρίου πάθους ἀνάμνησις ἐπιτελεῖται, καὶ τὸν Συμεώνην ἐψηφίσατο ὁ βασιλεὺς ξίφει ἀναιρεθῆναι. Προαχθεὶς γὰρ αὖθις ἐκ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, γενναίως μάλα διελέχθη Σαβώρῃ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος, καὶ οὔτε αὐτὸν, οὔτε τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνῆσαι ἠνέσχετο. Κατὰ δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν, ὁμοίως ἀναιρεθῆναι προσετάχθησαν καὶ ἄλλοι ἑκατὸν ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ ὄντες · τελευταῖον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπισφαγῆναι Συμεώνην, τὸν πάντων θάνατον θεασάμενον. Ἦσαν δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν ἐπίσκοποι, οἱ δὲ πρεσβύτεροι, καὶ ἄλλοι ἄλλων κληρικῶν ταγμάτων. Ὡς δὲ πάντες τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἤγοντο, παραγενόμενος ὁ μέγας ἀρχιμάγος, ἤρετο αὐτοὺς εἰ βούλοιντο ζῇν, βασιλεῖ παραπλησίως θρησκεύειν, καὶ τὸν ἥλιον σέδειν. Οὐδενὸς δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ζωὴν ἑλομένου, ὡς εἰς τὸν τόπον ἤχθησαν οὗ χτείνεσθαι ἔμελλον, οἱ μὲν δήμιοι ἔργου εἴχοντο, καὶ περὶ τὴν σφαγὴν τῶν μαρτύρων ἐπόνουν" Συμεώνης δὲ εστηχὼς αὐτοῖς ἀναιρουμένοις, παρεκελεύετο θαῤῥεῖν, περὶ θανάτου, περὶ ἀναστάσεως, περὶ εὐσεβείας διελέγετο. Καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν πιστούμενος, ἐδείκνυ ζωὴν μὲν ἀληθῶς εἶναι τὸ ὧδε ἀποθανεῖν τὸ δὲ διὰ δειλίαν προδοῦναι Θεὸν, ὁμολογουμένως θάνατον. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ γὰρ καὶ μηδενὸς ἀποχτείνοντος, αὐτομάτως τεθνήξονται " τοῦτο γὰρ ἄφυχτον παντὶ τιχτομένῳ τέλος. Τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ διηνεχῇ ὄντα, οὐ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ὁμοίως ἀπαντήσει " ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀπὸ στάθμης τινὸς, ἀχριδῇ λόγον δώσουσι τῆς ἐνθάδε βιοτῆς. Καὶ ἀθανάτους ὧν ἕκαστος εὖ ἐποίησε τὰς ἀμοιθὰς λήψεται, καὶ τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν ἐναντίων ὑφέξει, Μεῖζον δὲ πάντων ἐν ἀγαθοῖς μακαριώτατον, ὑπὲρ Θεοῦ ἑλέσθαι ἀποθανεῖν. Τοιαῦτα Συμεώνου διεξιόντος, οἷα παιδοτρίθου παραχελευομένου ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσιν ὃν χρὴ τρόπον ἐλθεῖν, ἐπαΐων, προθύμως πρὸς τὴν σφαγὴν ἐχώρει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοὺς ἑκατὸν διῆλθεν ὁ δήμιος, τελευταῖον αὐτὸν Συμεώνην ἔχτεινε καὶ ᾿Αδεδεχαλάαν καὶ ᾿Αναννίαν. ᾿Αμφότεροι δὲ γηραλέοι πρεσβύτεροι τῆς ὑπ' αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας, ἅμα αὐτῷ συνελέφθησαν, ἐν δεσμοῖς ἧσαν.
Hōde men Ousthazadēs Endoxotatēn biotēn enthade katelipe. Symeōnēs de mathōn en tǭ desmōtēriǭ, eucharistēria peri autou tǭ Theǭ ēuxato. Tę̄ de hexēs hēmerą, etyche de hektēn tēs hebdomados einai, kath᾿ hēn pro tēs anastasimou panēgyreōs hē etēsios tou sōtēriou pathous anamnēsis epiteleitai, kai ton Symeōnēn epsēphisato ho basileus xiphei anairethēnai. Proachtheis gar authis ek tou desmōtēriou eis ta basileia, gennaiōs mala dielechthē Sabōrę̄ peri tou dogmatos, kai oute auton, oute ton hēlion proskynēsai ēnescheto. Kata de tēn autēn hēmeran, homoiōs anairethēnai prosetachthēsan kai alloi hekaton en tǭ desmōtēriǭ ontes ; teleutaion de autois episphagēnai Symeōnēn, ton pantōn thanaton theasamenon. Ēsan de toutōn hoi men episkopoi, hoi de presbyteroi, kai alloi allōn klērikōn tagmatōn. Hōs de pantes tēn epi thanatǭ ēgonto, paragenomenos ho megas archimagos, ēreto autous ei boulointo zę̄n, basilei paraplēsiōs thrēskeuein, kai ton hēlion sedein. Oudenos de tēn epi toutois zōēn helomenou, hōs eis ton topon ēchthēsan hou chteinesthai emellon, hoi men dēmioi ergou eichonto, kai peri tēn sphagēn tōn martyrōn eponoun" Symeōnēs de estēchōs autois anairoumenois, parekeleueto tharrhein, peri thanatou, peri anastaseōs, peri eusebeias dielegeto. Kai tōn hierōn Graphōn pistoumenos, edeikny zōēn men alēthōs einai to hōde apothanein to de dia deilian prodounai Theon, homologoumenōs thanaton. Met᾿ ou poly gar kai mēdenos apochteinontos, automatōs tethnēxontai " touto gar aphychton panti tichtomenǭ telos. Ta meta tauta de diēnechę̄ onta, ou pasin anthrōpois homoiōs apantēsei " all᾽ hōs apo stathmēs tinos, achridę̄ logon dōsousi tēs enthade biotēs. Kai athanatous hōn hekastos eu epoiēse tas amoithas lēpsetai, kai tas euthynas tōn enantiōn hyphexei, Meizon de pantōn en agathois makariōtaton, hyper Theou helesthai apothanein. Toiauta Symeōnou diexiontos, hoia paidotrithou paracheleuomenou en tois agōsin hon chrē tropon elthein, epaïōn, prothymōs pros tēn sphagēn echōrei. Epei de tous hekaton diēlthen ho dēmios, teleutaion auton Symeōnēn echteine kai ᾿Adedechalaan kai ᾿Anannian. ᾿Amphoteroi de gēraleoi presbyteroi tēs hyp' auton Ekklēsias, hama autǭ synelephthēsan, en desmois hēsan.
So Usthazanes left this life most gloriously. Symeon, learning of it in prison, offered thanks to God for him. On the next day, which happened to be the sixth day of the week, on which, before the festival of the resurrection, the yearly commemoration of the saving passion is held, the king condemned Symeon also to be put to the sword. For he was brought again from the prison to the palace, argued very nobly with Sapor about the doctrine, and would not do obeisance either to him or to the sun. On the same day a hundred others who were in the prison were likewise ordered to be put to death, and Symeon to be slain last after them, when he had watched the death of all. Of these some were bishops, others presbyters, and others of other clerical orders. As they were all being led to death, the chief of the magi came and asked them whether they wished to live, by worshipping as the king did and honouring the sun. When no one chose life on these terms, and they had been brought to the place where they were to be killed, the executioners set to work and laboured at the slaughter of the martyrs; Symeon, standing by them as they were killed, urged them to be of good courage, and spoke about death, resurrection and piety. Confirming it from the sacred Scriptures, he showed that to die in this way is truly life, while to betray God through cowardice is confessedly death. For in a little while, even if no one kills them, they will die of themselves; for this end is inescapable for everyone who is born. But what comes after is everlasting, and will not befall all people alike: rather, as by a measuring line, they will give an exact account of their life here; and each will receive immortal rewards for the good he has done, and pay the penalty for the contrary. And greatest of all, the most blessed among good things, is to choose to die for God. As Symeon went through these things, like a trainer urging athletes in the games how they must enter the contest, each one who heard him went eagerly to the slaughter. When the executioner had gone through the hundred, last of all he killed Symeon himself, and Abdechalaas and Ananias, both elderly presbyters of his church, who had been arrested with him and were in chains.
2.11PG 67:961–963
Τηνικαῦτα δὲ Πουσίχης, ὃς πάντων ἦρχε τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως τεχνιτῶν, αὐτόθι ἑστὼς, ἰδὼν ᾿Αναννίαν τρέμοντα ὡς ηὐτρεπίζετο ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγὴν, Πρὸς βραχὺ, ἔφη, γέρον, μῦσον τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, καὶ θάῤῥει. Αὐτίκα γὰρ ὄψει τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὸ φῶς. Ὁ δὲ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, συνελήφθη, ὡς βασιλέα ἤχθη. Καὶ Χριστιανὸς εἶναι ὁμολογήσας, καθότι ἐλευθεροστομῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος καὶ τῶν μαρτύ. ρων προσδιελέχθη τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὡς οὐ δέον παῤῥησιασάμενο:, παραξένῳ καὶ ὠμοτάτῳ τρόπῳ ἀποθανεῖν προσετάχθη. Περὶ γὰρ τὸν τένοντα διορύξαντες αὖποῦ τὸν αὐχένα οἱ δήμιοι, τῇδε αὐτοῦ τὴν γλῶτταν ἐξείλχυσαν διαδολῆς δέ τινων, καὶ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ παρθένος ἱερὰ συλληφθεῖσα τότε ἀνῃρέθη. Τοῦ δὲ ἐπιγενομένου ἔτους, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν, τοῦ μὲν πάθους τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ ἀνάμνησις ἐπετελεῖτο, τῆς δὲ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως ἡ πανήγυρις προσεδοκᾶτο, ὠμοτάτη Σαδώρου πρόσταξις ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Περσῶν γῆν ἐφοίτα, χαταδιχάζουσα θάνατον τῶν ἑαυτοὺς Χριστιανοὺς εἶναι ὁμολογούντων" ἡνίκα δὴ λέγεται ἀριθμοῦ κρείττονα πληθὺν Χριστιανῶν, ὑπὸ ξίφους ἀναιρεθῆναι. Οἵ τε γὰρ μάγοι, κατὰ πόλεις κώμας ἐπιμελῶς ἐθήρων τοὺς λανθάνοντας" οἱ δὲ, καὶ αὐτόματοι μηδενὸς ἄγοντος ἑαυτοὺς χατεμήννον, ὥστε μὴ τῇ σιγῇ δόξαν τὸν Χριστὸν ἀπαρνεῖσθαι. ᾿Αφειδῶς δὲ πάντων Χριστιανῶν χτιννυμένων, πλεῖστοι ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς βασιλείοις ἀνῃρέθησαν, ᾿Αζάδης ὁ εὐνοῦχος, ταμάλιστα βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος ὥν. Ὃν ἐπείπερ ἀποθανεῖν ὁ Σαβώρης ἐπύθετο, περίλυπος εἰς ἄγαν ἐγένετο, καὶ τὴν δημώδη ταύτην σφαγὴν ἔστησε, μόνους δὲ τοὺς καθηγητὰς τῆς θρησκείας ἀναιρεῖσθαι προσέταξε,
Tēnikauta de Pousichēs, hos pantōn ērche tōn tou basileōs technitōn, autothi hestōs, idōn ᾿Anannian tremonta hōs ēutrepizeto epi tēn sphagēn, Pros brachy, ephē, geron, myson tous ophthalmous sou, kai tharrhei. Autika gar opsei tou Christou to phōs. Ho de touto eipōn, synelēphthē, hōs basilea ēchthē. Kai Christianos einai homologēsas, kathoti eleutherostomōn hyper tou dogmatos kai tōn marty. rōn prosdielechthē tǭ basilei, hōs ou deon parrhēsiasameno:, paraxenǭ kai ōmotatǭ tropǭ apothanein prosetachthē. Peri gar ton tenonta dioryxantes aupou ton auchena hoi dēmioi, tę̄de autou tēn glōttan exeilchysan diadolēs de tinōn, kai thygatēr autou parthenos hiera syllēphtheisa tote anę̄rethē. Tou de epigenomenou etous, kata tēn hēmeran, tou men pathous tou Christou hē anamnēsis epeteleito, tēs de nekrōn anastaseōs hē panēgyris prosedokato, ōmotatē Sadōrou prostaxis ana pasan tēn Persōn gēn ephoita, chatadichazousa thanaton tōn heautous Christianous einai homologountōn" hēnika dē legetai arithmou kreittona plēthyn Christianōn, hypo xiphous anairethēnai. Hoi te gar magoi, kata poleis kōmas epimelōs ethērōn tous lanthanontas" hoi de, kai automatoi mēdenos agontos heautous chatemēnnon, hōste mē tę̄ sigę̄ doxan ton Christon aparneisthai. ᾿Apheidōs de pantōn Christianōn chtinnymenōn, pleistoi en autois tois basileiois anę̄rethēsan, ᾿Azadēs ho eunouchos, tamalista basilei kecharismenos hōn. Hon epeiper apothanein ho Sabōrēs epytheto, perilypos eis agan egeneto, kai tēn dēmōdē tautēn sphagēn estēse, monous de tous kathēgētas tēs thrēskeias anaireisthai prosetaxe,
At that time Pusices, who was over all the king's craftsmen, was standing there, and seeing Ananias trembling as he was being made ready for the slaughter, he said: “Old man, close your eyes for a little while and take courage; for at once you will see the light of Christ.” As soon as he had said this he was arrested and brought to the king. He confessed that he was a Christian; and because he spoke freely to the king on behalf of the doctrine and the martyrs, as one who had used improper boldness, he was ordered to be put to death in a strange and most cruel way: the executioners pierced his neck at the sinew and drew out his tongue through it. At the slander of some people his daughter too, a holy virgin, was arrested and put to death at that time. In the following year, on the day when the commemoration of the passion of Christ was being kept and the festival of the resurrection of the dead was expected, a most cruel order of Sapor went out through the whole land of the Persians, condemning to death those who confessed themselves to be Christians. It is said that at that time a multitude of Christians beyond counting was put to the sword. For the magi carefully hunted out in cities and villages those who were in hiding, and others gave themselves up of their own accord with no one bringing them, so as not to seem by their silence to deny Christ. As all Christians were killed without mercy, very many were put to death in the palace itself, among them Azades the eunuch, who was particularly dear to the king. When Sapor learned of his death he was exceedingly grieved, stopped this general slaughter, and ordered that only the teachers of the religion should be put to death.
2.12PG 67:963–965
ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ, νόσῳ περιπεσούσης τῆς βασιλίδος, συλλαμβάνεται. ἡ Συμεώνου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἀδελφὴ, Ταρθούλα τοὔνομα, ἱερὰ παρθένος. σὺν θεραπαίνῃ τὸν αὐτὸν μετιούσῃ βίον, καὶ ἀδελφῇ μετὰ θάνατον ἀνδρὸς, γάμον ἀπαγορευσάσῃ, καὶ ὁμοίως ἀγομένη. Ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ σύλληψις διαδολῇς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐπαιτιωμένων ὡς φαρμάκοις τῇ κρατούσῃ ἐπεδούλευσαν, διὰ τὸν Συμεώνου θάνατον μηνιῶσαι. δὲ βασιλὶς (φιλεῖ γάρ πως τὸ νοσοῦν τοῖς ἀπευχταίοις ὑπέχειν τὴν ἀκοὴν [99]} ὑπέλαθεν ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὴν διαδολὴν, μάλιστα παρὰ Ἰουδαίων γεγενημένην " ἐπεὶ τὰ αὑτῶν ἐφρόνει, καὶ Ἰουδαϊκῶς , (, ἐδίω, καὶ ἀψευδεῖς αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖτο εὔνους αὐτῇ. οἱ Παραλαθόντες δὲ μάγοι Ταρθούλαν καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς, χαταδιχάζουσιν αὐτῶν θάνατον" πρίονι διχῇ τεμόντες, ἀνεσχολόπισαν, ὡς ἀποτρόπαιον νόσου, διὰ μέσου τῶν σχολόπων τὴν βασιλίδα παρελθεῖν ἐποίησαν. Λέγεται δὲ Ταρδούλαν ταύτην, εὐπρεπῇ μάλα καλὴν τὸ εἶδος γενέσθαι" ἐρασθῆναι δὲ αὖτῆς τινα τῶν μάγων, καὶ περὶ τῆς συνουσίας λάθρα προπέμψασθαι μισθὸν, ἐπαγγειλάμενον, εἰ πεισθείη, σωτηρίαν αὐτῇ ταῖς συνούσαις. Τὴν δὲ, μῆτε ἀσελγοὺς ἀκοῆς ἀνασχομένην, ἐνυβρίσαι μὲν αὐτοῖς ἄἀχολασίαν ὀνειδίσαι" προθυμότατα δὲ μᾶλλον ἑλέσθαι ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὴν παρθενίαν προδοῦναι. Κρατήσαντος δὲ κατὰ τὴν Σαβώρου πρόσταξιν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, τοὺς ἄλλους ἐᾶν, μόνους δὲ συλλαμβάνεσθαι τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ τοὺς ὑφηγητὰς τοῦ δόγματος, περιιόντες μάγοι τε καὶ ἀρχιμάγοι ἀνὰ τὴν Περσῶν γῆν, ἐπιμελῶς ἐκακούργουν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, μάλιστα δὲ κατὰ τὴν Διαβηνῶν χώραν· κλίμα δὲ τοῦτο Περσικὸν, ὡς ἐπίπαν Χριστιανίζον.
ekeino de kairou, nosǭ peripesousēs tēs basilidos, syllambanetai. hē Symeōnou tou episkopou adelphē, Tarthoula tounoma, hiera parthenos. syn therapainę̄ ton auton metiousę̄ bion, kai adelphę̄ meta thanaton andros, gamon apagoreusasę̄, kai homoiōs agomenē. Egeneto de autōn hē syllēpsis diadolę̄s tōn Ioudaiōn, epaitiōmenōn hōs pharmakois tę̄ kratousę̄ epedouleusan, dia ton Symeōnou thanaton mēniōsai. de basilis (philei gar pōs to nosoun tois apeuchtaiois hypechein tēn akoēn [99]} hypelathen alēthē einai tēn diadolēn, malista para Ioudaiōn gegenēmenēn " epei ta hautōn ephronei, kai Ioudaïkōs , (, ediō, kai apseudeis autous hēgeito eunous autę̄. hoi Paralathontes de magoi Tarthoulan kai tas loipas, chatadichazousin autōn thanaton" prioni dichę̄ temontes, anescholopisan, hōs apotropaion nosou, dia mesou tōn scholopōn tēn basilida parelthein epoiēsan. Legetai de Tardoulan tautēn, euprepę̄ mala kalēn to eidos genesthai" erasthēnai de autēs tina tōn magōn, kai peri tēs synousias lathra propempsasthai misthon, epangeilamenon, ei peistheiē, sōtērian autę̄ tais synousais. Tēn de, mēte aselgous akoēs anaschomenēn, enybrisai men autois aacholasian oneidisai" prothymotata de mallon helesthai apothanein, ē tēn parthenian prodounai. Kratēsantos de kata tēn Sabōrou prostaxin, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, tous allous ean, monous de syllambanesthai tous hiereas kai tous hyphēgētas tou dogmatos, periiontes magoi te kai archimagoi ana tēn Persōn gēn, epimelōs ekakourgoun tous episkopous kai presbyterous, malista de kata tēn Diabēnōn chōran; klima de touto Persikon, hōs epipan Christianizon.
At that time, when the queen fell ill, Tarbula, the sister of Symeon the bishop, a holy virgin, was arrested, together with a servant who followed the same way of life and a sister who after her husband's death had renounced marriage and was arrested likewise. Their arrest came about through the slander of the Jews, who accused them of plotting against the queen with poisons in revenge for Symeon's death. The queen (for sickness somehow tends to lend an ear to the worst things) believed the slander to be true, especially since it came from Jews; for she was of their way of thinking, lived in a Jewish manner, and regarded them as truthful and well disposed to her. The magi took Tarbula and the others and condemned them to death; they sawed them in two, impaled them on stakes, and, as a charm to avert the disease, made the queen pass between the stakes. It is said that this Tarbula was very comely and beautiful in appearance, and that one of the magi fell in love with her and secretly sent her an offer for intercourse, promising safety for her and her companions if she consented. But she would not endure hearing of such licentiousness; she insulted them and reproached their lewdness, and most eagerly chose to die rather than betray her virginity. When Sapor's order prevailed, as has been said above, that the rest should be left alone and only the priests and teachers of the doctrine arrested, the magi and chief magi went round the land of the Persians and carefully ill-treated the bishops and presbyters, especially in the country of the Adiabenians; this is a district of Persia that is almost entirely Christian.
2.13PG 67:965–967
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ Ἀκεψιμᾶν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον συνελάβοντο, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν κληρικῶν. Ἑπιλογισάμενοι δὲ, τῇ ἄγρᾳ τοῦ ἡγουμένου ἠρκέσθησαν. Τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἀφῆκαν, τὰς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ἀφελόμενοι. Ἰάκωβος δέ τις πρεσβύτερος, ἐκοντὴς εἶπετο τῷ ᾿Ακεψιμᾷ· καὶ δεηθεὶς τῶν μάγων, ὑπὸ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐγένετο δεσμόν· καὶ οἷα γηραλέῳ προθύμως ὑπηρετεῖτο· καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς αὐτῷ ἐκούφιζεν ὡς ἐνῆν, καὶ τὰς πληγὰς ἐθεράπευε. Μετ' οὐ πολὺ γὰρ τῆς συλλήψεως, ἱμάσιν ὠμοῖς χαλεπῶς αὐτὸν ἐβασάνισαν οἱ μάγοι, βιαζόμενοι προσκυνῆσαι τὸν ἥλιον. Ὡς δὲ οὐκ εἶξε, πάλιν αὐτὸν ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶχον. Κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ καὶ ᾿Αειθαλᾶς καὶ Ἰάκωβος πρεσβύτεροι, ᾿Αζαδάνης τε καὶ ᾿Αβδιησοῦς διάκονοι, διὰ δόγμα δεσμωτήριον ᾤκουν, χαλεπώτατα ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων μαστιγωθέντες. Χρόνου δὲ πολλοῦ ( παρελθόντος, ἐκοινώσατο περὶ αὐτῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ ὁ μέγας ἀρχιμάγος. Καὶ ἐπιτραπεὶς ὡς βούλεται τιμωρήσασθαι αὐτοὺς, εἰ μὴ τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνήσουσι, δήλην τοῖς ἐν δεσμωτηρίῳ ἐποιήσατο τὴν Σαβώρου πρόσταξιν. Ὡς δὲ ἀναφανδὸν ἀπεκρίναντο, μήποτε σφᾶς προδότας γενέσθαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ, μηδὲ τὸν ἥλιον προσκυνήσειν, ἀφειδῶς αὐτοὺς ἐβασάνισε. Καὶ ᾿Ακεψιμᾶς μὲν ἐν ταῖς τοῦ δόγματος ὁμολογίαις ἀνδρείως διαμείνας, ἐτελεύτησε. Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐξ Αρμενίας παρὰ Πέρσαις ὁμήρων, τὸ λείψανον αὐτοῦ λάθρα ἀνελόμενοι, ἔθαψαν. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, καίπερ οὐχ ἧττον μαστιγωθέντες, παραδόξως ἔζων· καὶ μὴ μεταθέμενοι τῆς γνώμης, πάλιν ἐν δεσμοῖς ἐγένοντο. Σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ ἦν καὶ ᾿Αειθαλᾶς, ὃς ἐν τῷ τύπτεσθαι, τεινόμενος, ὑπὸ τοῦ ἄγαν ἑλκυσμοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὤμων διεσπάσθη τοὺς βραχίονας, καὶ νεκρὰς μόνον καὶ ᾐωρημένας τὰς χεῖρας ἔφερε, ὡς ἄλλους τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ τὴν τροφὴν προσάγειν. Ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ἡγε. μονίας, μαρτύρια τοῦ βίου περιέστησαν, πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ διακόνων, καὶ μοναχῶν καὶ ἱερῶν παρθένων, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων περὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ὑπηρετουμένων, καὶ περὶ τὸ δόγμα διακειμένων, πλῆθος ἀναρίθμητον. Ἐπίσχοποι δὲ ὧν ἐπυθόμην, βίο σύμης Παῦλος, καὶ Γαδδιάδθης Σαβῖνος, Μαρέας Μώχιος, καὶ Ἰωάννης Ὁ ρμήσδας, Πάπας τε καὶ Ἰάχωθδος, καὶ ῬῬώμας Μαάρης, καὶ ἼΛγας Βόχρης, καὶ ᾿Αὐδᾶς ᾿Αὐδιησοῦς, ᾿ Ἰωάννης τε ᾿Αδράμιος καὶ ᾿Αγδελᾷς, καὶ Σαθώκαὶ Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Δαῦσας, ὃς αἰχμάλωτος ἣν γενόμενος ὑπὸ Περσῶν ἀπὸ Ζαθδαίου χωρίου ὧδε προσαγορευομένου. Κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος τέθνηκεν, ἅμα Μαρεάδδῃ χωρεπισχόπῳ, κληρικοῖς τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν, ἀμφὶ διακοσίοις πεντῆήκοντα, οἱ παρὰ Περσῶν αἰχμάλωτοι συνελήφθησαν.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, kai Akepsiman ton episkopon synelabonto, kai pollous tōn hyp᾿ auton klērikōn. Hepilogisamenoi de, tę̄ agrą tou hēgoumenou ērkesthēsan. Tous de allous aphēkan, tas ousias autōn aphelomenoi. Iakōbos de tis presbyteros, ekontēs eipeto tǭ ᾿Akepsimą; kai deētheis tōn magōn, hypo ton auton egeneto desmon; kai hoia gēraleǭ prothymōs hypēreteito; kai tas symphoras autǭ ekouphizen hōs enēn, kai tas plēgas etherapeue. Met' ou poly gar tēs syllēpseōs, himasin ōmois chalepōs auton ebasanisan hoi magoi, biazomenoi proskynēsai ton hēlion. Hōs de ouk eixe, palin auton en desmois eichon. Kat᾿ ekeino de kairou kai ᾿Aeithalas kai Iakōbos presbyteroi, ᾿Azadanēs te kai ᾿Abdiēsous diakonoi, dia dogma desmōtērion ǭkoun, chalepōtata hypo tōn magōn mastigōthentes. Chronou de pollou ( parelthontos, ekoinōsato peri autōn tǭ basilei ho megas archimagos. Kai epitrapeis hōs bouletai timōrēsasthai autous, ei mē ton hēlion proskynēsousi, dēlēn tois en desmōtēriǭ epoiēsato tēn Sabōrou prostaxin. Hōs de anaphandon apekrinanto, mēpote sphas prodotas genesthai tou Christou, mēde ton hēlion proskynēsein, apheidōs autous ebasanise. Kai ᾿Akepsimas men en tais tou dogmatos homologiais andreiōs diameinas, eteleutēse. Tines de tōn ex Armenias para Persais homērōn, to leipsanon autou lathra anelomenoi, ethapsan. Hoi de alloi, kaiper ouch hētton mastigōthentes, paradoxōs ezōn; kai mē metathemenoi tēs gnōmēs, palin en desmois egenonto. Syn autois de ēn kai ᾿Aeithalas, hos en tǭ typtesthai, teinomenos, hypo tou agan helkysmou apo tōn ōmōn diespasthē tous brachionas, kai nekras monon kai ę̄ōrēmenas tas cheiras ephere, hōs allous tǭ stomati autou tēn trophēn prosagein. Epi tautēs tēs hēge. monias, martyria tou biou periestēsan, presbyterōn te kai diakonōn, kai monachōn kai hierōn parthenōn, kai tōn allōn peri tas ekklēsias hypēretoumenōn, kai peri to dogma diakeimenōn, plēthos anarithmēton. Epischopoi de hōn epythomēn, bio symēs Paulos, kai Gaddiadthēs Sabinos, Mareas Mōchios, kai Iōannēs Ho rmēsdas, Papas te kai Iachōthdos, kai RhRhōmas Maarēs, kai ILgas Bochrēs, kai ᾿Audas ᾿Audiēsous, ᾿ Iōannēs te ᾿Adramios kai ᾿Agdeląs, kai Sathōkai Isaak, kai Dausas, hos aichmalōtos hēn genomenos hypo Persōn apo Zathdaiou chōriou hōde prosagoreuomenou. Kat᾽ ekeino de kairou hyper tou dogmatos tethnēken, hama Mareaddę̄ chōrepischopǭ, klērikois tois hyp᾽ auton, amphi diakosiois pentēēkonta, hoi para Persōn aichmalōtoi synelēphthēsan.
About this time they also arrested Acepsimas the bishop and many of the clergy under him; but on reflection they contented themselves with the capture of the leader, and let the others go, taking away their property. But a presbyter named James followed Acepsimas of his own accord, and by begging the magi came under the same bonds; he served the old man eagerly, lightened his misfortunes as far as he could, and tended his wounds. For not long after his arrest the magi tortured him severely with raw thongs, trying to force him to worship the sun; and when he did not yield, they kept him again in chains. At that time also the presbyters Aithalas and James and the deacons Azadanes and Abdiesus were living in prison for the doctrine, after being most cruelly scourged by the magi. When much time had passed, the chief magus spoke to the king about them; and being allowed to punish them as he wished if they would not worship the sun, he made Sapor's order known to those in prison. When they answered openly that they would never become traitors to Christ nor worship the sun, he tortured them without mercy. Acepsimas, remaining brave in his confession of the doctrine, died; and some of the Armenian hostages among the Persians secretly took up his remains and buried them. The others, though scourged no less, survived beyond expectation, and since they did not change their mind, were put in chains again. Among them was Aithalas, whose arms, as he was stretched out while being beaten, were torn from his shoulders by the excessive pulling, so that he carried his hands dead and hanging, and others had to bring food to his mouth. Under this reign an innumerable multitude of presbyters, deacons, monks, holy virgins, and others who served the churches or were devoted to the doctrine ended their lives in martyrdom. Of the bishops, those I have learned of are Barbasymes, Paul, Gaddiabes, Sabinus, Mareas, Mocius, John, Hormisdas, Papas, James, Romas, Maares, Agas, Bochres, Abdas, Abdiesus, John, Abramius, Agdelas, Sapor, Isaac, and Dausas, who had been taken captive by the Persians from a place called Zabdaeus. At that time he died for the doctrine together with Mareabdes, a country bishop, and about two hundred and fifty of the clergy under him, who had been taken captive by the Persians.
2.14PG 67:967–969
Ὑπὸ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Μίλλης ἐμαρτύρησεν ὃς τὰ μὲν πρῶτα παρὰ Πέρσαις ἐστρατεύετο. Μετὰ ὃὲ ταῦτα καταλιπὼν τὴν στρατείαν, τὴν ἀπὸ στολιχὴν πολιτείαν ἐζήλωσε. Λέγεται δὲ πόλεως Περσιχὴς ἐπίσκοπος χειροτονηθεὶς, πολλὰ πολλάκις παθεῖν, πληγὰς ὑπομεῖναι ἑλχυσμούς. Ὡς δὲ οὐδένα ἔπεισε Χριστιανίσαι, χαλεπῶς ἐνεγκὼν, ἐπἡράσατο τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἀνεχώρησε. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τῶν ἐνθάδε πρωτενόντων ἐξαμαρτόντων εἰς βασιλέα, παραγενομένη στρατιὰ μετὰ τριακοσίων ἐλεφάντων, τὴν πόλιν χατέστρεψαν, καὶ οἷα ἄρουραν γεωργήσαντες ἔσπειραν. Ὁ δὲ μόνον πῆραν ἐπιφερόμενος, ἐν ᾗ τὴν ἱερὰν βίβλον τῶν Εὐαγγελίων εἶχεν, εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπῆλθεν εὐξόμενος· κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἐπὶ θέαν τῶν αὐτόθι μοναχῶν. Οἴων δὲ τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα παραδόξων καὶ θεσπεσίων ἔργων δημιουργὸν γενέσθαι παρειλήφαμεν, μαρτυροῦσι Σύρων παῖδες, οἳ τὰς αὐτοῦ πράξεις καὶ τὸν βίον ἀνεγράψαντο. Ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀρκεῖν ἡγοῦμαι ταῦτα τέως περὶ αὐτοῦ διεξελθεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Περσίδι μαρτυρησάντων ἐπὶ τῆς Σαβώρου βασιλείας. Σχολῇ γὰρ ἄν τις ἅπαντα τὰ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς γεγενημένα ἀπαριθμήσαι, τίνες τε ἦσαν καὶ πόθεν, ἢ πῶς τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐπετέλεσαν, καὶ ποίας τιμωρίας ὑπέμειναν· παντοδαποὶ γὰρ τῶν τοιούτων τρόπων παρὰ Πέρσαις εἰς ὠμότητα φιλοτιμουμένων. Ὡς ἔνι δὲ συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, λέγεται τῶν τότε μαρτύρων τοὺς ὀνομαστὶ φερομένους ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας, εἶναι εἰς μυρίους ἐξακισχιλίους· τὴν δὲ ἐκτὸς τούτων πληθὺν, κρείττω ἀριθμοῦ, καὶ διατοῦτο ἐργῶδες φανῆναι τὰς αὐτῶν προσηγορίας ἀπαριθμήσασθαι, Πέρσαις τε καὶ Σύροις, καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἔδεσαν οἰκοῦσιν, οἳ πολλὴν τοῦτο ἐπιμέλειαν ἐποιήσαντο.
Hypo touton ton chronon Millēs emartyrēsen hos ta men prōta para Persais estrateueto. Meta hoe tauta katalipōn tēn strateian, tēn apo stolichēn politeian ezēlōse. Legetai de poleōs Persichēs episkopos cheirotonētheis, polla pollakis pathein, plēgas hypomeinai helchysmous. Hōs de oudena epeise Christianisai, chalepōs enenkōn, epērasato tę̄ polei, kai anechōrēse. Met᾿ ou poly de tōn enthade prōtenontōn examartontōn eis basilea, paragenomenē stratia meta triakosiōn elephantōn, tēn polin chatestrepsan, kai hoia arouran geōrgēsantes espeiran. Ho de monon pēran epipheromenos, en hę̄ tēn hieran biblon tōn Euangeliōn eichen, eis Hierosolyma apēlthen euxomenos; kakeithen eis Aigypton epi thean tōn autothi monachōn. Oiōn de touton ton andra paradoxōn kai thespesiōn ergōn dēmiourgon genesthai pareilēphamen, martyrousi Syrōn paides, hoi tas autou praxeis kai ton bion anegrapsanto. Emoi de arkein hēgoumai tauta teōs peri autou diexelthein, kai tōn en Persidi martyrēsantōn epi tēs Sabōrou basileias. Scholę̄ gar an tis hapanta ta ep᾿ autois gegenēmena aparithmēsai, tines te ēsan kai pothen, ē pōs tēn martyrian epetelesan, kai poias timōrias hypemeinan; pantodapoi gar tōn toioutōn tropōn para Persais eis ōmotēta philotimoumenōn. Hōs eni de syllēbdēn eipein, legetai tōn tote martyrōn tous onomasti pheromenous andras te kai gynaikas, einai eis myrious exakischilious; tēn de ektos toutōn plēthyn, kreittō arithmou, kai diatouto ergōdes phanēnai tas autōn prosēgorias aparithmēsasthai, Persais te kai Syrois, kai tois ana tēn Edesan oikousin, hoi pollēn touto epimeleian epoiēsanto.
About this time Milles was martyred. At first he served as a soldier among the Persians; afterward he left military service and emulated the apostolic way of life. It is said that, having been ordained bishop of a Persian city, he often suffered much and endured blows and draggings; and when he persuaded no one to become a Christian, he was angry, cursed the city, and departed. Not long afterward, when its leading men had offended against the king, an army came with three hundred elephants and destroyed the city, and having ploughed it like a field, sowed it. Carrying only a wallet, in which he had the sacred book of the Gospels, he went to Jerusalem to pray, and from there to Egypt to see the monks there. What wonderful and godly works we have received that this man performed is witnessed by the sons of the Syrians, who have written down his deeds and his life. For myself, I think it is enough for the present to relate these things about him and about those martyred in Persia under the reign of Sapor. For it would be a long task to enumerate everything that happened to them, who they were and where they came from, or how they accomplished their martyrdom and what punishments they endured; for among the Persians all kinds of such methods are pursued in rivalry of cruelty. To speak in summary as far as possible, it is said that of the martyrs of that time those recorded by name, men and women, amount to sixteen thousand, and that the multitude beyond these is past counting, so that it has seemed laborious to the Persians, the Syrians and those who live about Edessa, who have taken great care in this, to enumerate their names.
2.15PG 67:969–971
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὧδε πολεμεῖσθαι τοὺς ἐν Περσίδι Χριστιανοὺς ἔγνω Κωνσταντίνος ὁ Ῥωμαίων βασιλεὺς, ἤσχαλλέ τε καὶ σφόδρα ἐδυσφόρει. Καὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς σπουδάζων, ἠπόρει ὅ τι ποιήσοι, ὡς ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ βε-, βαίως διάγοιεν. Καὶ συμβάν κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ πρέ- - σβεις παρ' αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως, ἐπινεύσας τοῖς αἰτουμένοις, τὰ κατὰ γνώμην πράξαντας ἀπέμψεν. Εὔκαιρον δὲ τότε νομίσας, παραθέσθαι Σαβώρῃ τοὺς ἐν Περσίδι Χριστιανοὺς, ἔγραψε πρὸς αὐτὸν, μεγίστην καὶ ἀνάγραπτον ἀεὶ ἐχάριν ὁμολογῶν ἔξειν, εἰ φιλάνθρωπος γένοιτο περὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν θαυμάζοντας. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τῷ τρόπῳ, φησὶ, τῆς θρησκείας οὐδὲν ἐγκαλεῖν ἔστιν, εἴ γε μόναις εὐχαῖς ἀναιμάκτοις πρὸς ἱκεσίαν Θεοῦ ἀρκοῦνται. Οὐ γὰρ αὐτῷ φίλον αἱμάτων χύσις· μόνῃ δὲ χαίρει ψυχῇ καθαρᾷ, πρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν ὁρώσῃ· ὥστε καὶ ἐπαινεῖν χρῆναι τοὺς ὧδε πιστεύοντας. Ἔπειτα δὲ τῆς περὶ τὸ δόγμα προνοίας, ίλεω καὶ αὐτὸ ἕξειν τὸ θεῖον ὑπισχνεῖτο, τεκμηρίοις χρώ μενος τοῖς Οὐαλεριανῷ καὶ αὐτῷ συμβεβηκόσιν. Αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ διὰ τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν συμμάχω χρώμενος τῇ θεόθεν ῥοπῇ, ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς δύσιν Ὠκεανοῦ ἀρξάμενος, τὴν πᾶσαν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐποιήσατο· καὶ πολλοὺς πολέμους κατώρθωσε πρὸς ἀλλοφύλους καὶ τοὺς τότε τυράννους μαχόμενος· καὶ μὴ δεηθῆναι σφαγίων ἢ μαντείων τινῶν· ἀλλὰ ἀποχρῆσαι αὐτῷ εἰς νίκην τὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ σύμβολον, τῶν οἰκείων στρατευμάτων προηγούμενον, καὶ εὐχὴν καθαρὰν αἱμάτων καὶ ῥύπου. Ὁ δὲ Οὐαλεριανὸς, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον οὐκ ἐκακούργει τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, εὐημερῶν διετέλει τὴν ἀρχήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διωγμὸν ἐγείρειν ἐβουλεύσατο κατὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν, θεία μῆνις ἐλάσασα αὐτὸν ὑπὸ Πέρσας ἐποίησε. Παρ' ὧν αἰχμάλωτος ληφθεὶς, ἐλεεινῶς τὸν βίον κατέπαυσε. Τοιαῦτα Σαβώρῃ γράψας Κωνσταντῖνος, ἐπειρᾶτο πείθειν αὐτὸν εὐνοεῖν τῇ θρησκείᾳ. Πλείστῃ γὰρ ἐχρῆτο κηδεμονίᾳ περὶ τοὺς πανταχοῦ Χριστιανοὺς, Ῥωμαίους καὶ ἀλλοφύλους.
Epei de hōde polemeisthai tous en Persidi Christianous egnō Kōnstantinos ho Rhōmaiōn basileus, ēschalle te kai sphodra edysphorei. Kai boēthein autois spoudazōn, ēporei ho ti poiēsoi, hōs an kai autoi be-, baiōs diagoien. Kai symban kat᾿ ekeino kairou pre- - sbeis par' auton elthein tou Persōn basileōs, epineusas tois aitoumenois, ta kata gnōmēn praxantas apempsen. Eukairon de tote nomisas, parathesthai Sabōrę̄ tous en Persidi Christianous, egrapse pros auton, megistēn kai anagrapton aei echarin homologōn exein, ei philanthrōpos genoito peri tous hyp᾿ auton to dogma tōn Christianōn thaumazontas. Epei kai tǭ tropǭ, phēsi, tēs thrēskeias ouden enkalein estin, ei ge monais euchais anaimaktois pros hikesian Theou arkountai. Ou gar autǭ philon haimatōn chysis; monę̄ de chairei psychę̄ katharą, pros aretēn kai eusebeian horōsę̄; hōste kai epainein chrēnai tous hōde pisteuontas. Epeita de tēs peri to dogma pronoias, ileō kai auto hexein to theion hypischneito, tekmēriois chrō menos tois Oualerianǭ kai autǭ symbebēkosin. Autos men gar dia tēn eis Christon pistin symmachō chrōmenos tę̄ theothen rhopę̄, ek tou pros dysin Ōkeanou arxamenos, tēn pasan Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēn hyph᾽ heauton epoiēsato; kai pollous polemous katōrthōse pros allophylous kai tous tote tyrannous machomenos; kai mē deēthēnai sphagiōn ē manteiōn tinōn; alla apochrēsai autǭ eis nikēn to tou staurou symbolon, tōn oikeiōn strateumatōn proēgoumenon, kai euchēn katharan haimatōn kai rhypou. Ho de Oualerianos, eph᾿ hoson ouk ekakourgei tas Ekklēsias, euēmerōn dietelei tēn archēn. Epei de diōgmon egeirein ebouleusato kata tōn Christianōn, theia mēnis elasasa auton hypo Persas epoiēse. Par' hōn aichmalōtos lēphtheis, eleeinōs ton bion katepause. Toiauta Sabōrę̄ grapsas Kōnstantinos, epeirato peithein auton eunoein tę̄ thrēskeią. Pleistę̄ gar echrēto kēdemonią peri tous pantachou Christianous, Rhōmaious kai allophylous.
When Constantine, the emperor of the Romans, learned that the Christians in Persia were being warred against in this way, he was vexed and greatly distressed. Eager to help them, he was at a loss what to do so that they too might live securely. It happened that at that time envoys of the king of the Persians came to him; he granted their requests and sent them away having done as they wished. Thinking it then a fitting moment to commend the Christians in Persia to Sapor, he wrote to him, declaring that he would always have very great and lasting gratitude if Sapor were humane toward those under him who admired the doctrine of the Christians. For, he said, there is nothing to blame even in the manner of their religion, since they are content with bloodless prayers alone in supplicating God; for he takes no pleasure in the shedding of blood, but rejoices only in a pure soul that looks to virtue and piety, so that those who believe thus deserve praise. Then he promised that Sapor would have the Divine itself gracious to him for his care of the doctrine, using as proofs what had happened to Valerian and to himself. He himself, through faith in Christ, having divine help as his ally, had begun from the western Ocean and brought the whole Roman world under him, and had won many wars, fighting against foreign peoples and the tyrants of the time; he had needed no sacrifices or divinations, but the symbol of the cross going before his armies, and prayer pure from blood and defilement, had sufficed him for victory. Valerian, so long as he did not harm the churches, continued to prosper in his rule; but when he resolved to raise a persecution against the Christians, divine wrath drove him and put him in the power of the Persians, by whom he was taken captive and ended his life pitiably. Writing such things to Sapor, Constantine tried to persuade him to be well disposed toward the religion. For he took very great care of Christians everywhere, Romans and foreigners alike.
2.16PG 67:971–975
Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, ῎Αρειος ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξορίαν ἀπαγόμενος, ἀνεκλήθη ᾿Αλεξανδρείας δὲ ἔτι ἐπιβαίνειν κεκώλυτο. ᾿Αμέλει τοι ὕστερον ἡ εἰς Αἴγυπτον αὐτῷ κάθοδος ἐσπουδάσθη, ὡς ἐν καιρῷ λελέξεται. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ τὰς αὐτῶν Ἐκκλησίας ἀπέλαβον, Εὐσέβιός τε ὁ Νικομηδείας, ᾿Αμφίωνα τὸν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθέντα ἐκβαλών, καὶ Θεόγνιος δὲ ὁ Νικαίας Χρῆστον. ᾿Ανεκλήθησαν δὲ, μετανοίας βιβλίον ὧδε ἔχον τοῖς ἐπισκόποις διδόντες. Ἤδη μὲν καταψηφισθέντες πρὸ κρίσεως παρὰ τῆς εὐλαβείας ὑμῶν, ὠφείλομεν σιωπᾶν τὰ κεκριμένα παρὰ τῆς εὐλαβείας ὑμῶν. ᾿Αλλ' ἐπειδὴ ἄτοπον, καθ' ἑαυτῶν διδόναι τῶν συκοφαντούντων τὴν ἀπόδειξιν τῇ σιωπῇ, τούτου ἕνεκεν ἀναφέρομεν, ὡς ἡμεῖς καὶ τῇ πίστει συνεδράμομεν, καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν ἐξετάσαντες ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοουσίῳ, ὅλοι ἐγενόμεθα τῆς εἰρήνης, μηδαμοῦ τῇ αἱρέσει ἐξακολουθήσαντες. Ὑπομνήσαντες δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀσφαλείᾳ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, ὅσα τὸν λογισμὸν ἡμῶν ὑπέτρεχε, καὶ πληροφορηθέντες, καὶ πληροφορήσαντες τοὺς δι' ἡμῶν πεισθῆναι ὀφείλοντας, ὑπεσημηνάμεθα τῇ πίστει. Τῷ δὲ ἀναθεματισμῷ οὐχ ὑπεγράψαμεν, οὐχ ὡς τῆς πίστεως κατηγοροῦντες, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀπιστοῦντες τοιοῦτὸν εἶναι τὸν κατηγορηθέντα, ἐκ τῶν ἰδίᾳ πρὸς ἡμᾶς παρ' αὐτοῦ διὰ τε ἐπιστολῶν καὶ τῶν εἰς πρόσωπον διαλέξεων πεπληροφορημένοι μὴ τοιοῦτον εἶναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπείσθη ἡ ἁγία ὑμῶν σύνοδος, οὐκ ἀντιτείνοντες, ἀλλὰ συντιθέμενοι τοῖς παρ' ὑμῶν ἠκριβωμένοις, καὶ διὰ τοῦ γράμματος πληροφοροῦμεν τὴν συγκατάθεσιν, οὐ τὴν ἐξορίαν βαρέως φέροντες, ἀλλὰ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν τῆς αἱρέσεως ἀποδυόμενοι. Εἰ γὰρ καταξιώσητε νῦν γοῦν εἰς πρόσωπον ἐπαναλαβεῖν ἡμᾶς, ἕξετε ἐν ἅπασι συμψύχους, ἀκολουθοῦντας τοῖς παρ' ὑμῖν κεκριμένοις · καὶ ὅτε αὐτὸν τὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐναγόμενον ἔδοξεν ὑμῶν τῇ εὐλαβείᾳ φιλανθρωπεύεσθαι, καὶ ἀνακαλέσασθαι. "Ατοπον δέ τι δοκοῦντες εἶναι ὑπευθύνου ἀνακεκλημένου, καὶ ἀπολογισαμένου ἐφ᾿ οἷς διεβάλλετο, ἡμᾶς ἐπισιωπᾶν καθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν ἐνδόντας τὸν ἔλεγχον. Καταξιώσατε οὖν, ὡς ἁρμόζει τῇ φιλοχρίστῳ ὑμῶν εὐλαβείᾳ, καὶ τὸν θεοφιλέστατον βασιλέα ὑπομνῆσαι, καὶ δεήσεις ἡμῶν ἐγχειρίσαι, καὶ θᾶττον βουλεύσασθαι τὰ ὑμῖν ἁρμόζοντα ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν. Ὧδε μὲν αὐτοῖς Εὐσέβιός τε καὶ Θεόγνιος μετεμελήθησαν, καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν Ἐκκλησίας ἀπέλαβον͵
Ou pollǭ de hysteron tēs en Nikaią synodou, ᾿Areios epi tēn exorian apagomenos, aneklēthē ᾿Alexandreias de eti epibainein kekōlyto. ᾿Amelei toi hysteron hē eis Aigypton autǭ kathodos espoudasthē, hōs en kairǭ lelexetai. Ouk eis makran de tas autōn Ekklēsias apelabon, Eusebios te ho Nikomēdeias, ᾿Amphiōna ton ant' autou cheirotonēthenta ekbalōn, kai Theognios de ho Nikaias Chrēston. ᾿Aneklēthēsan de, metanoias biblion hōde echon tois episkopois didontes. Ēdē men katapsēphisthentes pro kriseōs para tēs eulabeias hymōn, ōpheilomen siōpan ta kekrimena para tēs eulabeias hymōn. ᾿All' epeidē atopon, kath' heautōn didonai tōn sykophantountōn tēn apodeixin tę̄ siōpę̄, toutou heneken anapheromen, hōs hēmeis kai tę̄ pistei synedramomen, kai tēn ennoian exetasantes epi tǭ homoousiǭ, holoi egenometha tēs eirēnēs, mēdamou tę̄ hairesei exakolouthēsantes. Hypomnēsantes de epi tę̄ asphaleią tōn Ekklēsiōn, hosa ton logismon hēmōn hypetreche, kai plērophorēthentes, kai plērophorēsantes tous di' hēmōn peisthēnai opheilontas, hypesēmēnametha tę̄ pistei. Tǭ de anathematismǭ ouch hypegrapsamen, ouch hōs tēs pisteōs katēgorountes, all᾽ hōs apistountes toiouton einai ton katēgorēthenta, ek tōn idią pros hēmas par' autou dia te epistolōn kai tōn eis prosōpon dialexeōn peplērophorēmenoi mē toiouton einai. Epei de epeisthē hē hagia hymōn synodos, ouk antiteinontes, alla syntithemenoi tois par' hymōn ēkribōmenois, kai dia tou grammatos plērophoroumen tēn synkatathesin, ou tēn exorian bareōs pherontes, alla tēn hyponoian tēs haireseōs apodyomenoi. Ei gar kataxiōsēte nyn goun eis prosōpon epanalabein hēmas, hexete en hapasi sympsychous, akolouthountas tois par' hymin kekrimenois ; kai hote auton ton epi toutois enagomenon edoxen hymōn tę̄ eulabeią philanthrōpeuesthai, kai anakalesasthai. "Atopon de ti dokountes einai hypeuthynou anakeklēmenou, kai apologisamenou eph᾿ hois dieballeto, hēmas episiōpan kath᾿ heautōn endontas ton elenchon. Kataxiōsate oun, hōs harmozei tę̄ philochristǭ hymōn eulabeią, kai ton theophilestaton basilea hypomnēsai, kai deēseis hēmōn encheirisai, kai thatton bouleusasthai ta hymin harmozonta eph᾿ hēmin. Hōde men autois Eusebios te kai Theognios metemelēthēsan, kai tas autōn Ekklēsias apelabon͵
Not long after the synod at Nicaea, Arius, who was being taken into exile, was recalled; but he was still forbidden to set foot in Alexandria. His return to Egypt was in fact pressed for later, as will be told in its place. Soon afterward Eusebius of Nicomedia and Theognis of Nicaea recovered their churches, the former expelling Amphion, who had been ordained in his place, and the latter Chrestus. They were recalled after giving the bishops a document of repentance, which reads as follows: “Having already been condemned by your Piety without a trial, we ought to have kept silent about what your Piety had judged. But since it is absurd by our silence to give proof against ourselves to our slanderers, we therefore declare that we have both agreed in the faith and, having examined the meaning of ‘of the same essence’ (homoousios), have been wholly for peace, never having followed the heresy. Having put forward, for the security of the churches, whatever came into our minds, and having been fully satisfied, and having fully satisfied those who were to be persuaded through us, we signed the faith. We did not sign the anathema, not as finding fault with the faith, but as not believing that the man accused was such as he was charged with being, since we had been fully assured from what he had said to us privately, both by letters and in conversations face to face, that he was not such. But since your holy synod was persuaded, we do not oppose it, but agree with what you have determined, and by this letter we confirm our assent; not because we take our exile hard, but to strip off the suspicion of heresy. For if you will now at least deign to receive us into your presence, you will have us of one mind in everything, following what you have decided; especially since your Piety has seen fit to deal kindly with and to recall the very man who was charged with these things. We think it absurd, when the one held responsible has been recalled and has defended himself on the charges, that we should keep silent and give the proof against ourselves. Deign, then, as befits your Christ-loving Piety, to remind the most God-beloved emperor, to put our petitions into his hands, and to decide quickly what befits you concerning us.” In this way Eusebius and Theognis repented and recovered their churches.
2.17PG 67:975–979
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, μέλλων τὸν βίον μεταλλάσσειν ᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπος, διάδοχον αὐτοῦ κατέλιπεν ᾿Αθανάσιον, θείαις προστάξεσιν, ὡς ἡγοῦμαι, ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἀγαγὼν τὴν ψῆφον. Ἐπεὶ τόν γε ᾿Αθανάσιον φασὶν ἀποφυγεῖν πειραθῆναι, καὶ ἄκοντα βιασθῆναι πρὸς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ὑποδέξασθαι. Καὶ μαρτυρεῖ ᾿Ἀπολινάριος ὁ Σύρος ὧδε λέγων · Οὐκ ὀκνεῖ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολεμεῖν ἡ δυσσέβεια. ᾿Αλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν μακάριον διδάσκαλον τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ὡπλίζετο. Καὶ οὗτος παρῆν συν ήγορος, ὡς πατρὶ παῖς. Ἔπειτα καὶ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, ὡς ἧκεν ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς διαδοχὴν, πολλῇ μὲν ἀποφυγῇ χρησάμενος · κατὰ Θεὸν δὲ ἀνευρεθεὶς, ὡς καὶ τῷ μακαρίῳ ἀνδρὶ τῷ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐγχειρίσαντι προδεδήλωτο θείαις δηλώσεσιν, οὐχ ἕτερον ἔσεσθαι τὸν διάδοχον ἢ τοῦτον. Ἐκαλεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ βίου· ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τυγχάνων, ᾿Αθανάσιον όνομαστὶ μὴ παρόντα ἐκάλει. Καὶ ὡς ὁ παρὼν ὁμώνυμος ὑπήκουε τῇ κλήσει, πρὸς μὲν τοῦτον ἀπεσιώπα, ὡς οὐ τοῦτον καλῶν. Αὖθις δὲ ἐχρῆτο τῇ κλήσει · καὶ ὡς ταὐτὸ πολλάκις ἐγίνετο, ἀπεσιωπᾶτο μὲν ὁ παρών· ἐδηλοῦτο δὲ ὁ μὴ παρών. Καὶ προφητικῶς ἔλεγεν ὁ μακάριος ᾿Αλέξανδρος· ᾿Αθανάσιε, νομίζεις ἐκπεφευ γέναι · οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ δὲ · δηλῶν ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα ἐκαλεῖτο. Ταῦτα μὲν Ἀπολινάριος γράφει περὶ ᾿Αθανασίου. Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως λέγουσιν, ὡς ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τελευτήσαντος, ἐκοινώνουν ἀλλήλοις οἱ τὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου καὶ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες· συνελθόντες τε ἐκ Θηβαΐδος καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Αἰγύπτου πεντήκοντα καὶ τέσσαρες ἐπίσκοποι, ἐνωμότως συνέθεντο, κοινῇ ψήφῳ αἰρεῖσθαι τὸν ὀφείλοντα τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύειν. Ἐπιορκήσαντας δὲ ἑπτά τινας τῶν ἐπισκόπων, παρὰ τὴν πάντων γνώμην κλέψαι τὴν ᾿Αθανασίου χειροτονίαν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πολλοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον κληρικῶν, ἀποφυγεῖν τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίαν. Ἐγὼ δὲ πείθομαι τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, οὐκ ἀθεεὶ παρελθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην, λέγειν τε, καὶ νοεῖν ἱκανὸν, καὶ πρὸς ἐπιβουλὰς ἀντέχειν· οἴου μάλιστα ὁ κατ' αὐτὸν ἐδεῖτο καιρός. Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ὅτι μάλιστα, καὶ περὶ τὸ ἱερᾶσθαι ἐπιτηδειότατος, ἐκ νέου, ὡς εἰπεῖν, αὐτοδίδακτος τοιοῦτος φανείς. Αμέλει τοι οὔπω προσήβῳ γενομένῳ, τόδε φασὶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ συμβεβηκέναι. Δημοτελῆ καὶ σφόδρα λαμπράν πανἡγυριν εἰσέτι νῦν ἄγουσιν ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς, τὴν ἐτησίαν ἡμέραν τῆς μαρτυρίας Πέτρου τοῦ γενομένου παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐπισκόπου. Ταύτην τε ἐπιτελῶν ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ὁ τότε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἡγούμενος, ἤδη τὴν λειτουργίαν πληρώσας, περιέμενε τοὺς ἅμα αὐτῷ μέλλοντας ἀριστᾷν. Καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν δὲ διάγων, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἶχεν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. Ἰδὼν δὲ πόῤῥωθεν παρὰ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν παῖδας παίζοντας, καὶ ἐπίσκοπον μιμουμένους καὶ τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἔθη, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον ἀκίνδυνον ἑώρα τὴν μίμησιν, ἥδετο τῇ θέᾳ, καὶ τοῖς γινομένοις ἔχαιρεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀποῤῥήτων ἥψαντο, ἐταράχθη· καὶ μετακαλεσάμενος τοὺς ἐν τέλει τοῦ κλήρου, ἐπέδειξε τοὺς παῖδας· καὶ συλληφθέντας αὐτοὺς ἀχθῆναι κελεύσας, ἐπυνθάνετο τίς αὐτοῖς ἦν ἡ παιδιὰ, καὶ ποδαποὶ οἱ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ λόγοι καὶ πράξεις. Οἱ δὲ, δείσαντες, τὰ πρῶτα ἠρνοῦντο· ἐπιμείναντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τῇ βασάνῳ, κατεμήνυσαν ἐπίσκοπον μὲν καὶ ἀρχηγὸν γενέσθαι τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον · βαπτισθῆναι δὲ παρ' αὐτοῦ τινὰς τῶν ἀμυήτων παίδων. Οὓς ἐπιμελῶς ἀνέκρινεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος, τί μὲν αὐτοὺς ἤρετο ἢ ἐποίησεν ὁ τῆς παιδιᾶς ἱερεύς· τί δὲ αὐτοὶ ἀπεκρίναντο ή ἐδιδάχθησαν. Ανευρὼν δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τάξιν ἀκριβῶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς φυλαχθεῖσαν, ἐδοκίμασεν ἅμα τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἱερεῦσι βουλευσάμενος, μὴ χρῆναι ἀναβαπτίσαι ἱ τοὺς ἅπαξ ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς θείας χάριτος ἀξιωθέντας. Τὰ δὲ ἄλλα περὶ αὐτοὺς ἐπλήρου, ἃ θέμις μόνους τοὺς ἱερωμένους μυσταγωγοῦντας τελεῖν, ᾿Αθανάτιον δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους παῖδας οἵ πρεσβύτεροι διάκονοι ἐν τῷ παίζειν ἐτύγχανον, ὑπὴ μάρτυρι τῷ Θεῷ, τοῖς οἰκείοις παρέδωκεν ἀναθρέψαι τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ ἀγαγεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὃ ἐμιμήσαντο. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ, ὁμοδίαιτον καὶ ὑπογραφέα τὸν ᾿Αθαγάσιον εἶχεν. Εὖ δὲ ἀχθεὶς, γραμματιχοῖς τε ῥήτορσι φοιτήσας, ἤδη εἰς ἄνδρας τελῶν, πρὸ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς πεῖραν ἔδωχε τοῖς ὁμιλήσασιν αὐτῷ σοφοῦ ἑλλογίμου ἀνδρός. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησεν ᾿Αλέξανδρος, διάδοχον αὐτὸν καταλιπὼν, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπέδωκεν ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξα, βεθαιουμένη ταῖς οἱχείαις ἀρεταῖς, τῇ μαρτυρίᾳ τοῦ μεγάλου ᾿Αντωνίου μοναχοῦ. Μεταχαλουμένου γὰρ αὐτοῦ ὑπήκουε, καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐφοίτα " καὶ εἰς τὰς ἐκκλησίας συνήει " καὶ οἷς ἐδόξαζε περὶ Θεοῦ, συνεψηφίζετο. Καὶ φίλον ἐν πᾶσιν εἶχεν αὐτὸν, τοὺς ἐναντιουμέ^ ἢ ἀπεχθανομένους αὑτῷ ἀπεστρέφετο.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, mellōn ton bion metallassein ᾿Alexandros ho ᾿Alexandreias episkopos, diadochon autou katelipen ᾿Athanasion, theiais prostaxesin, hōs hēgoumai, ep' auton agagōn tēn psēphon. Epei ton ge ᾿Athanasion phasin apophygein peirathēnai, kai akonta biasthēnai pros ᾿Alexandrou, tēn episkopēn hypodexasthai. Kai martyrei ᾿Apolinarios ho Syros hōde legōn ; Ouk oknei de kai meta tauta polemein hē dyssebeia. ᾿Alla prōton men epi ton makarion didaskalon tou andros hōplizeto. Kai houtos parēn syn ēgoros, hōs patri pais. Epeita kai ep᾿ auton, hōs hēken epi tēn tēs episkopēs diadochēn, pollę̄ men apophygę̄ chrēsamenos ; kata Theon de aneuretheis, hōs kai tǭ makariǭ andri tǭ tēn episkopēn encheirisanti prodedēlōto theiais dēlōsesin, ouch heteron esesthai ton diadochon ē touton. Ekaleito men gar ek tou biou; ēdē de pros apallagēn tynchanōn, ᾿Athanasion onomasti mē paronta ekalei. Kai hōs ho parōn homōnymos hypēkoue tę̄ klēsei, pros men touton apesiōpa, hōs ou touton kalōn. Authis de echrēto tę̄ klēsei ; kai hōs tauto pollakis egineto, apesiōpato men ho parōn; edēlouto de ho mē parōn. Kai prophētikōs elegen ho makarios ᾿Alexandros; ᾿Athanasie, nomizeis ekpepheu genai ; ouk ekpheuxę̄ de ; dēlōn hōs pros ton agōna ekaleito. Tauta men Apolinarios graphei peri ᾿Athanasiou. Hoi de apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs legousin, hōs ᾿Alexandrou teleutēsantos, ekoinōnoun allēlois hoi ta ᾿Alexandrou kai Melitiou phronountes; synelthontes te ek Thēbaïdos kai tēs allēs Aigyptou pentēkonta kai tessares episkopoi, enōmotōs synethento, koinę̄ psēphǭ aireisthai ton opheilonta tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian epitropeuein. Epiorkēsantas de hepta tinas tōn episkopōn, para tēn pantōn gnōmēn klepsai tēn ᾿Athanasiou cheirotonian kai dia touto pollous tou laou, kai tōn ana tēn Aigypton klērikōn, apophygein tēn pros auton koinōnian. Egō de peithomai ton andra touton, ouk atheei parelthein epi tēn archierōsynēn, legein te, kai noein hikanon, kai pros epiboulas antechein; oiou malista ho kat' auton edeito kairos. Egeneto de ekklēsiastikos hoti malista, kai peri to hierasthai epitēdeiotatos, ek neou, hōs eipein, autodidaktos toioutos phaneis. Amelei toi oupō prosēbǭ genomenǭ, tode phasin ep᾿ autǭ symbebēkenai. Dēmotelē kai sphodra lampran panēgyrin eiseti nyn agousin ᾿Alexandreis, tēn etēsian hēmeran tēs martyrias Petrou tou genomenou par' autois episkopou. Tautēn te epitelōn ᾿Alexandros, ho tote tēs Ekklēsias hēgoumenos, ēdē tēn leitourgian plērōsas, periemene tous hama autǭ mellontas aristąn. Kath᾽ heauton de diagōn, tous ophthalmous eichen epi tēn thalassan. Idōn de porrhōthen para ton aigialon paidas paizontas, kai episkopon mimoumenous kai ta tēs Ekklēsias ethē, eph᾿ hoson akindynon heōra tēn mimēsin, hēdeto tę̄ theą, kai tois ginomenois echairen. Epei de kai tōn aporrhētōn hēpsanto, etarachthē; kai metakalesamenos tous en telei tou klērou, epedeixe tous paidas; kai syllēphthentas autous achthēnai keleusas, epynthaneto tis autois ēn hē paidia, kai podapoi hoi epi tautę̄ logoi kai praxeis. Hoi de, deisantes, ta prōta ērnounto; epimeinantos de autou tę̄ basanǭ, katemēnysan episkopon men kai archēgon genesthai ton ᾿Athanasion ; baptisthēnai de par' autou tinas tōn amyētōn paidōn. Hous epimelōs anekrinen ᾿Alexandros, ti men autous ēreto ē epoiēsen ho tēs paidias hiereus; ti de autoi apekrinanto ē edidachthēsan. Aneurōn de pasan tēn ekklēsiastikēn taxin akribōs ep᾿ autois phylachtheisan, edokimasen hama tois amph᾿ auton hiereusi bouleusamenos, mē chrēnai anabaptisai hi tous hapax en haplotēti tēs theias charitos axiōthentas. Ta de alla peri autous eplērou, ha themis monous tous hierōmenous mystagōgountas telein, ᾿Athanation de tous allous paidas hoi presbyteroi diakonoi en tǭ paizein etynchanon, hypē martyri tǭ Theǭ, tois oikeiois paredōken anathrepsai tę̄ Ekklēsią, kai agagein eph᾽ ho emimēsanto. Met᾿ ou poly de, homodiaiton kai hypographea ton ᾿Athagasion eichen. Eu de achtheis, grammatichois te rhētorsi phoitēsas, ēdē eis andras telōn, pro tēs episkopēs peiran edōche tois homilēsasin autǭ sophou hellogimou andros. Epei de eteleutēsen ᾿Alexandros, diadochon auton katalipōn, eti mallon epedōken hē peri autou doxa, bethaioumenē tais hoicheiais aretais, tę̄ martyrią tou megalou ᾿Antōniou monachou. Metachaloumenou gar autou hypēkoue, kai tais polesin ephoita " kai eis tas ekklēsias synēei " kai hois edoxaze peri Theou, synepsēphizeto. Kai philon en pasin eichen auton, tous enantioume^ ē apechthanomenous hautǭ apestrepheto.
About this time Alexander, bishop of Alexandria, being about to depart this life, left Athanasius as his successor, having directed the vote to him, as I think, by divine commands. For they say that Athanasius tried to flee, and was compelled against his will by Alexander to accept the episcopate. Apolinarius the Syrian bears witness to this, saying: “Impiety does not hesitate to make war afterward too. First it armed itself against the man's blessed teacher, and he was present as his advocate, as a son for his father. Then it turned against him himself, when he came to succeed to the episcopate, after much flight, but found according to God, as had been shown beforehand by divine revelations to the blessed man who entrusted the episcopate to him, that the successor would be no other than he. For he was being called from life; and being already at the point of departure, he called Athanasius by name, who was not present. When a man of the same name who was present answered the call, he said nothing to him, as not calling him. Again he called; and when this happened many times, the one present was passed over in silence, and the one absent was made known. And the blessed Alexander said prophetically: ‘Athanasius, you think you have escaped; but you will not escape,’ showing that he was being called to the contest.” This is what Apolinarius writes about Athanasius. Those of the heresy of Arius say that after Alexander's death those who held with Alexander and with Melitius were in communion with one another; that fifty-four bishops came together from the Thebaid and the rest of Egypt and agreed on oath to choose by common vote the man who should govern the church of Alexandria; but that seven of the bishops broke their oath and, against the judgment of all, ordained Athanasius by stealth; and that for this reason many of the people and of the clergy in Egypt avoided communion with him. But I am persuaded that this man did not come to the high priesthood without God, being able in speech and thought and able to withstand plots, such a man as his time particularly needed. He was a churchman in the fullest degree and most fitted for the priesthood, having shown himself such from youth, so to speak, self-taught. Indeed, they say that the following happened to him when he was not yet grown up. The Alexandrians still hold a public and very splendid festival on the yearly day of the martyrdom of Peter, who had been their bishop. Alexander, who then led the church, was keeping it; and having already completed the liturgy, he was waiting for those who were to dine with him. Spending the time by himself, he had his eyes on the sea. Seeing from a distance some boys playing on the shore and imitating a bishop and the customs of the church, so long as he saw that the imitation was harmless, he enjoyed the sight and was pleased with what was done. But when they touched also on the secret rites, he was troubled; and calling the leading clergy, he pointed out the boys, ordered them to be caught and brought to him, and asked what their game was, and what words and actions there were in it. At first they were afraid and denied it; but when he persisted in his questioning, they revealed that Athanasius had been their bishop and leader, and that some of the uninitiated boys had been baptized by him. Alexander carefully examined them as to what the priest of the game had asked them or done, and what they had answered or been taught. Finding that the whole order of the church had been exactly observed with them, he decided, after consulting the priests about him, that those who had once in simplicity been counted worthy of divine grace ought not to be baptized again. But he completed for them the other rites that only those who are ordained and administer the mysteries may perform. Athanasius, and the other boys who had been presbyters and deacons in the game, he handed over to their families, with God as witness, to be brought up for the church and led on to what they had imitated. Not long afterward he had Athanasius as his companion at table and his secretary. Well brought up, and having attended grammarians and rhetoricians, he was already reaching manhood when, before his episcopate, he gave those who talked with him proof that he was a wise and learned man. When Alexander died leaving him as successor, his reputation grew still more, confirmed by his own virtues and by the testimony of Antony the great monk. For when Athanasius summoned him, Antony obeyed, came into the cities, attended the churches, and agreed with him in his views about God. He held him as a friend in all things and turned away from those who opposed or hated him.
2.18PG 67:979–981
Μάλιστα δὲ ἐνδοξότατον αὐτὸν κατέστησαν οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου καὶ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες ἀεὶ μὲν ἐπιβουλεύσαντες, οὐδέποτε δὲ δικαίως αὐτὸν ἑλεῖν δόξαντες. Τὰ μὲν οὖν πρῶτα δι᾽ ἐπιστολῆς ἐπειράθη αὐτοῦ Εὐσέδιος, δέχεσθαι τοὺς περὶ εἰ δὲ ἀπειθήσει, κακῶς αὐτὸν ποιήσειν ἀγράφως ἠπείλει. Ὡς δὲ οὐχ εἶξε, μὴ δεχτοὺς εἶναι ἐνιστάμενος, τοὺς ἐπὶ νέωτε-ρισμῷ τῆς ἀληθείας αἵρεσιν εὑρόντας, καὶ παρὰ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ἀποχηρυχθέντας, ἐσπούδαζεν ὅπως αὑτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς προσδέξηται τὸν ΓΆρειον, καὶ κάθοδον αὐτῷ παράσχῃ. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὡς ἐγένετο, οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν ἐρῶ. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, πάλιν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἐστασίαζον οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, ἀκριβολογούμενοι περὶ τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὄνομα. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ, τοὺς τοῦτο προσδεχομένους, βλασφημεῖν ὡς ὑπάρξεως ἐκτὸς τὸν δοξάζοντας, καὶ τὰ Μοντανοῦ καὶ Σαδελλίου φρονοῦντας. Οἱ δ᾽ αὖ πάλιν, ὡς Ἑλληνιστὰς τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐξετρέποντο, πολυθεῖας εἰσάγειν διέβαλλον. Κατετρίθοντο δὲ μάλιστα περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα, Εὑσέ6:6, τε ὁ Παμφίλου, Εὐστάθιος ὁ ᾿Αντιοχεύς. ᾿Αμφότεροι μὲν γὰρ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑποστάσει ὡμολόγουν ὥσπερ δὲ ἀλλήλων μὴ ἐπαΐοντες, ἀλλήλους διέδαλλου. Καὶ Εὐστάθιος μὲν ἐπῃτιᾶτο τὸν Εὐσέβιον, εἰς τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαντα περὶ τοῦ δόγματὸς χαινοτομοῦντα' ὁ δὲ, ταῦτα μὲν ἐπαινεῖν φησιν" Εὐσταθίῳ δὲ τὴν Σαβελλίου ὀνειδίζειν δόξαν.
Malista de endoxotaton auton katestēsan hoi ta ᾿Areiou kai Melitiou phronountes aei men epibouleusantes, oudepote de dikaiōs auton helein doxantes. Ta men oun prōta di᾽ epistolēs epeirathē autou Eusedios, dechesthai tous peri ei de apeithēsei, kakōs auton poiēsein agraphōs ēpeilei. Hōs de ouch eixe, mē dechtous einai enistamenos, tous epi neōte-rismǭ tēs alētheias hairesin heurontas, kai para tēs en Nikaią synodou apochērychthentas, espoudazen hopōs hautos ho basileus prosdexētai ton GAreion, kai kathodon autǭ paraschę̄. ᾿Alla tauta men hōs egeneto, ouch eis makran erō. En de tǭ tote, palin pros heautous estasiazon hoi episkopoi, akribologoumenoi peri to homoousion onoma. Hoi men gar, tous touto prosdechomenous, blasphēmein hōs hyparxeōs ektos ton doxazontas, kai ta Montanou kai Sadelliou phronountas. Hoi d᾽ au palin, hōs Hellēnistas tous heterous exetreponto, polytheias eisagein dieballon. Katetrithonto de malista peri ta toiauta, Heuse6:6, te ho Pamphilou, Eustathios ho ᾿Antiocheus. ᾿Amphoteroi men gar ton Huion tou Theou en hypostasei hōmologoun hōsper de allēlōn mē epaïontes, allēlous diedallou. Kai Eustathios men epę̄tiato ton Eusebion, eis ta en Nikaią doxanta peri tou dogmatos chainotomounta' ho de, tauta men epainein phēsin" Eustathiǭ de tēn Sabelliou oneidizein doxan.
What made him most renowned of all was that those who held the views of Arius and Melitius were always plotting against him and yet never seemed to convict him justly. At first Eusebius tried him by letter, asking him to receive Arius's party, and threatened, without putting it in writing, to do him harm if he disobeyed. When he would not yield, maintaining that those who had invented a heresy by innovating against the truth and had been anathematized by the synod at Nicaea were not to be received, Eusebius worked to have the emperor himself receive Arius and grant him a return. How this came about I shall tell shortly. At that time the bishops were again in strife among themselves, splitting hairs over the term “of the same essence.” Some held that those who accepted it blasphemed, as holding the Son to be without existence of his own, and as thinking the same as Montanus and Sabellius. Others again turned away from the first party as pagans and accused them of introducing many gods. Eusebius son of Pamphilus and Eustathius of Antioch wore themselves out most of all over such matters. Both confessed the Son of God as existing in his own subsistence; yet, as if they did not understand each other, they slandered each other. Eustathius accused Eusebius of innovating against what had been decided at Nicaea about the doctrine; Eusebius said that he approved those decisions, and reproached Eustathius with the opinion of Sabellius.
2.19PG 67:981–983
Συνόδου δὲ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ γενομένης, ἀφαιρεῖται Εὐστάθιος τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίαν τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς, ὡς πολὺς ἔχε: λόγος, καθότι τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν ἐπήνει, τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέδιον καὶ Παυλῖνον τὸν Τύρου ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Πατρόφιλον τὸν Σχυθοπόλεως, ὧν τῇ γνώμῃ οἱ ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἱερεῖς εἵποντο, οἷά γε τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας ἁ πεστρέφετο, φανερῶς διέβαλλε" πρόφασιν δὲ, ὡς οὐχ ὁσίαις πράξεσι τὴν ἱερωσύνην αἰσχύνας ἐφωράθη. Μεγίστη δὲ διὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ καθαίρεσιν ἀνεχινήέθη στάσις κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν" ὡς μικροῦ δεῖν ξιφῶν ἅψασθαι τὸ πλῆθος, πᾶσαν κινδυνεῦσαι τὴν πόλιν. "Ἐθλαψε δὲ αὑτὸ τοῦτο οὐ μετρίως αὐτὸν πρὸς βασιλέα. Ὡς γὰρ ἔγνω ταῦτα συμδεθηχέναι, καὶ τὸν λαὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας εἰς δύο διηρῆσθαι, σφόδρα ἐχαλέπαινε, ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ αὐτὸν εἶχεν, ὡς αἴτιον τῆς στάσεως. Πέμπει δ᾽ ὅμως τινὰ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν λαμπρῶς στρατευομένων, ἐντειλάμενος εἰς δέος καταστῆσαι τὸ πλῆθος, δίχα ταραχῆς καὶ βλάδης χαταπαῦσαι τὴν στάσιν. Λογισάμενοι δὲ οἱ καθελόντες Εὐστάθιον, οἱ δὴ τούτου χάριν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν σννηγμένοι ἐτύγχανον, ὡς εἰ τῶν ὁμοδόξων αὐτοῖς προστήσαιντό τινα τῆς ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίας βασιλεῖ γνώριμον, καὶ ἐπὶ λόγων ἐπιστήμη εὐδόχιμον, ῥᾳδίως ἕξουσι πειθομένους τοὺς ἄλλους, εὖ ἔχειν ἐνόμισαν ἐπιτρέψαι τὸν ᾿Αντιοχέων θρόνον Εὐσεδίῳ τῷ Παμφίλου, Καὶ γράφουσι περὶ τούτου τῷ βασιλεῖ, δηλώσαντες καὶ τῷ λαῷ ὑπερφνῶς τοῦτο κεχαρισμένον εἶναι" ὧδε γὰρ ἐξήτησαν ὅσοι τοῦ κλήρου καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἀπεχθῶς εἶχον πρὸς Εὐστάθιον. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλ᾽ Εὐσέβιος ἔγραψε τῷ βασιλεῖ παραιτούμενος. ᾿Επαινέσας δὲ αὐτοῦ τὴν παραίτησιν ὁ βασιλεύς " νόμος γὰρ ἐχχλησιαστιχὺς ἐκώλνε, τὸν ἅπαξ ἡγησάμενον Ἐκκλησίας, ἐπισκοπὴν ἄλλην μὴ μετιέναι " ἔγραψε δὲ Εὐσεθδίῳ ἀποδεχόμενος αὐτὸν τῆς γνώμης, καὶ μακάριον ἀποκαλῶν, ὡς οὐ μιᾶς πόλεως, ἀλλὰ πάσης «Ὡς οἰκουμένης ὄντα ἄξιον ἐπισκοπεῖν. Ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς ᾿Ἀντιοχέων Ἐκχχλησίας, περί τε ὁμονοίας, καὶ κοῦ μὴ δεῖν ἐφίεσθαι τοῦ παρ᾽ ἄλλοις ἐπισχοποῦντος, οἱ οἱ ὡς οὐκ ἀγαθοῦ ὄντος τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμεῖν. Ἰδίᾳ δὲ παρὰ ταύτας ἄλλην ἐπιστολὴν τῇ συνόδῳ διεπέμψατο· καὶ Εὐσέβιον μὲν ὁμοίως τῆς παραιτήσεως ἐθαύμαζεν ἐν τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν γράμμασιν. Ὡς δοκίμους δὲ τὴν πίστιν εἶναι πυθόμενος Εὐφρό νιον Καππαδόκην πρεσβύτερον, καὶ Γεώργιον ᾿Αρεθούσιον, ἐκέλευσε τούτων ὃν ἂν κρίνωσιν, ἢ ἕτερον ὃς ἄξιος, φησὶ, φανείη, χειροτονῆσαι τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων 'Eκκλησίας προστάτην. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ βασιλέως ἐδέξαντο γράμματα, Εὐφρόνιον ἐχειροτόνησαν. Εὐστάθιος δὲ, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ἡσυχῆ τὴν συκοφαντίαν ἤνεγκεν, ὧδέ πη κρίνας ἄμεινον· ἀνὴρ τά τε ἄλλα καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ εὐγλωττίᾳ δικαίως θαυμαζόμενος, ὡς ἐκ τῶν φερομένων αὐτοῦ λόγων συνιδεῖν ἔστιν, ἀρχαιότητι φράσεως καὶ σωφροσύνῃ νοημάτων, καὶ ὀνομάτων κάλλει, καὶ χάριτι ἀπαγγελίας εὐδοκιμούντων.
Synodou de en ᾿Antiocheią genomenēs, aphaireitai Eustathios tēn ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsian to men alēthes, hōs polys eche: logos, kathoti tēn en Nikaią pistin epēnei, tous amphi ton Eusedion kai Paulinon ton Tyrou episkopon, kai Patrophilon ton Schythopoleōs, hōn tę̄ gnōmę̄ hoi ana tēn Heō hiereis heiponto, hoia ge ta ᾿Areiou phronountas ha pestrepheto, phanerōs dieballe" prophasin de, hōs ouch hosiais praxesi tēn hierōsynēn aischynas ephōrathē. Megistē de dia tēn autou kathairesin anechinēethē stasis kata tēn ᾿Antiocheian" hōs mikrou dein xiphōn hapsasthai to plēthos, pasan kindyneusai tēn polin. "Ethlapse de hauto touto ou metriōs auton pros basilea. Hōs gar egnō tauta symdethēchenai, kai ton laon tēs Ekklēsias eis dyo diērēsthai, sphodra echalepaine, en hyponoią auton eichen, hōs aition tēs staseōs. Pempei d᾽ homōs tina tōn amph᾽ auton lamprōs strateuomenōn, enteilamenos eis deos katastēsai to plēthos, dicha tarachēs kai bladēs chatapausai tēn stasin. Logisamenoi de hoi kathelontes Eustathion, hoi dē toutou charin eis ᾿Antiocheian snnēgmenoi etynchanon, hōs ei tōn homodoxōn autois prostēsainto tina tēs enthade Ekklēsias basilei gnōrimon, kai epi logōn epistēmē eudochimon, rhądiōs hexousi peithomenous tous allous, eu echein enomisan epitrepsai ton ᾿Antiocheōn thronon Eusediǭ tǭ Pamphilou, Kai graphousi peri toutou tǭ basilei, dēlōsantes kai tǭ laǭ hyperphnōs touto kecharismenon einai" hōde gar exētēsan hosoi tou klērou kai tou plēthous apechthōs eichon pros Eustathion. Ou mēn all᾽ Eusebios egrapse tǭ basilei paraitoumenos. ᾿Epainesas de autou tēn paraitēsin ho basileus " nomos gar echchlēsiastichys ekōlne, ton hapax hēgēsamenon Ekklēsias, episkopēn allēn mē metienai " egrapse de Eusethdiǭ apodechomenos auton tēs gnōmēs, kai makarion apokalōn, hōs ou mias poleōs, alla pasēs «Hōs oikoumenēs onta axion episkopein. Egrapse de kai tǭ laǭ tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekchchlēsias, peri te homonoias, kai kou mē dein ephiesthai tou par᾽ allois epischopountos, hoi hoi hōs ouk agathou ontos tōn allotriōn epithymein. Idią de para tautas allēn epistolēn tę̄ synodǭ diepempsato; kai Eusebion men homoiōs tēs paraitēseōs ethaumazen en tois pros auton grammasin. Hōs dokimous de tēn pistin einai pythomenos Euphro nion Kappadokēn presbyteron, kai Geōrgion ᾿Arethousion, ekeleuse toutōn hon an krinōsin, ē heteron hos axios, phēsi, phaneiē, cheirotonēsai tēs ᾿Antiocheōn 'Ekklēsias prostatēn. Epei de ta basileōs edexanto grammata, Euphronion echeirotonēsan. Eustathios de, hōs epythomēn, hēsychē tēn sykophantian ēnenken, hōde pē krinas ameinon; anēr ta te alla kalos kai agathos, kai epi euglōttią dikaiōs thaumazomenos, hōs ek tōn pheromenōn autou logōn synidein estin, archaiotēti phraseōs kai sōphrosynę̄ noēmatōn, kai onomatōn kallei, kai chariti apangelias eudokimountōn.
A synod was held at Antioch, and Eustathius was deprived of the church of Antioch: in truth, as is widely said, because he praised the faith of Nicaea, openly attacked Eusebius's party, and Paulinus, bishop of Tyre, and Patrophilus of Scythopolis, whose opinion the priests of the East followed, and turned away from them as holding the views of Arius; but the pretext was that he had been caught disgracing the priesthood by unholy deeds. Because of his deposition a very great disturbance was stirred up at Antioch, so that the people almost took up swords and the whole city was in danger. This itself did him no little harm with the emperor. For when he learned that this had happened and that the people of the church had been divided in two, he was very angry and suspected him of being the cause of the disturbance. Yet he sent one of the distinguished officers about him with orders to put the people in fear and to stop the disturbance without tumult or harm. Those who had deposed Eustathius, who had gathered at Antioch for this purpose, reckoned that if they set over the church there someone of their own opinion who was known to the emperor and esteemed for learning, they would easily have the others obedient; so they thought it good to entrust the see of Antioch to Eusebius son of Pamphilus. They wrote about this to the emperor, declaring that it was exceedingly pleasing to the people as well; for so all those of the clergy and people who were hostile to Eustathius had requested. But Eusebius wrote to the emperor declining. The emperor praised his refusal, since a law of the church forbade one who had once led a church to seek another episcopate, and wrote to Eusebius approving his judgment and calling him blessed, as worthy to be bishop not of one city but of the whole world. He also wrote to the people of the church of Antioch about concord, and that they should not covet one who was bishop of others, since it is not good to desire what belongs to others. Besides these, he sent another letter separately to the synod; and in his letter to Eusebius he likewise admired his refusal. Having learned that Euphronius, a presbyter from Cappadocia, and George of Arethusa were approved in the faith, he ordered them to ordain whichever of these they judged best, or another who should appear worthy, as head of the church of Antioch. When they had received the emperor's letters, they ordained Euphronius. Eustathius, as I have learned, bore the false accusation quietly, judging this the better course. He was a good and upright man in general, and justly admired for his eloquence, as can be seen from the speeches of his that are in circulation, which are esteemed for their old-fashioned diction, the soundness of their thoughts, the beauty of their words, and the grace of their style.
2.20PG 67:983–985
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Ἰούλιος μὲν, Μάρκου μετὰ Σίλβεστρον ὁ ἐπ' ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἐπισκοπήσαντος, τὸν ἐν Ῥώμῃ διεῖπε θρόνον. Μάξιμος δὲ μετὰ Μακάριον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων. Τοῦτον δὲ λόγος ἐπίσκοπον ὑπὸ Μακαρίου χειροτονηθῆναι τῆς ἐν Διοσπόλει Ἐκxκλησίας· ἐπισχεθῆναι δὲ παρὰ τῶν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις κατοικούντων. Ὁμολογητὴς γὰρ ἂν, καὶ ἄλλως ἀγαθὸς, τῇ δοκιμασίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ ὑποψήφιος ἦν, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Μακαρίου τελευτὴν εἰς τὴν ἐνθάδε ἐπισκοπήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ χαλεπῶς τὸ πλῆθος ἔφερεν, οὗ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπειράθη ἀποστερούμενον, καὶ στάσις ἠπειλεῖτο, ἔδοξεν εὖ ἔχειν, Διοσπολίταις μὲν ἕτερον αἱρεῖσθαι ἐπίσκοπον · Μάξιμον δὲ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις μεῖναι, καὶ Μακαρίῳ συνιερᾶσθαι· μετὰ δὲ τὴν αὐτοῦ τελευτὴν, ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Ἰστέον μέντοι ὡς οἱ τάδε ἠκριβωκότες, κατὰ γνώμην Μακαρίου γενέσθαι τε καὶ σπουδασθῆναι τῷ πλήθει ταῦτα ἰσχυρίζονται. Φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν μεταμεληθῆναι ἐπὶ τῇ Μαξίμου χειροτονίᾳ, ἐπιλογισάμενον ὡς ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζων, καὶ διὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῷ λαῷ κεχαρισμένος, ἀναγκαίως φυλακτέος ἐστὶν εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ διαδοχήν. Ἐδεδίει γὰρ μὴ τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ, καιρὸν εὐρόντες οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον καὶ Πατρόφιλον, οἱ δὴ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες, ὁμοδόξῳ τὸν ἐνθάδε θρόνον ἐπιτρέψουσιν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ Μακαρίου περιόντος, νεωτερίσαι ἐπεχείρησαν · ἀφορισθέντες δὲ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ, διὰ τοῦτο ἡσυχίαν ἦγον.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, Ioulios men, Markou meta Silbestron ho ep' oligǭ chronǭ episkopēsantos, ton en Rhōmę̄ dieipe thronon. Maximos de meta Makarion ton Hierosolymōn. Touton de logos episkopon hypo Makariou cheirotonēthēnai tēs en Diospolei Ekxklēsias; epischethēnai de para tōn en Hierosolymois katoikountōn. Homologētēs gar an, kai allōs agathos, tę̄ dokimasią tou laou hypopsēphios ēn, meta tēn tou Makariou teleutēn eis tēn enthade episkopēn. Epei de chalepōs to plēthos epheren, hou tēs aretēs epeirathē aposteroumenon, kai stasis ēpeileito, edoxen eu echein, Diospolitais men heteron haireisthai episkopon ; Maximon de en Hierosolymois meinai, kai Makariǭ synierasthai; meta de tēn autou teleutēn, hēgeisthai tēs Ekklēsias. Isteon mentoi hōs hoi tade ēkribōkotes, kata gnōmēn Makariou genesthai te kai spoudasthēnai tǭ plēthei tauta ischyrizontai. Phasi gar auton metamelēthēnai epi tę̄ Maximou cheirotonią, epilogisamenon hōs orthōs peri Theou doxazōn, kai dia tēn homologian tǭ laǭ kecharismenos, anankaiōs phylakteos estin eis tēn autou diadochēn. Edediei gar mē teleutēsantos autou, kairon eurontes hoi amphi ton Eusebion kai Patrophilon, hoi dē ta ᾿Areiou phronountes, homodoxǭ ton enthade thronon epitrepsousin. Epei kai Makariou periontos, neōterisai epecheirēsan ; aphoristhentes de par᾿ autou, dia touto hēsychian ēgon.
About this time Julius held the see of Rome, after Mark, who had been bishop for a short time after Silvester; and Maximus held that of Jerusalem after Macarius. It is said that Maximus had been ordained by Macarius as bishop of the church of Diospolis, but was kept back by the inhabitants of Jerusalem. For being a confessor and good in other respects, he was the people's candidate, in their judgment, for the episcopate there after Macarius's death. When the people took it hard to be deprived of one whose virtue they had experienced, and a disturbance threatened, it seemed good that the people of Diospolis should choose another bishop, and that Maximus should remain in Jerusalem and share the priesthood with Macarius, and after his death lead the church. It should be known, however, that those who have looked into these matters closely maintain that this happened by Macarius's own wish and was urged on the people. For they say that he repented of the ordination of Maximus, reflecting that since Maximus held right views about God and was dear to the people because of his confession, he must necessarily be kept for his own succession. For he feared that after his death the party of Eusebius and Patrophilus, who held the views of Arius, would find an opportunity and entrust the see there to one of their own opinion. For even while Macarius was alive they had attempted innovations; but being excommunicated by him, they kept quiet for this reason.
2.21PG 67:985–989
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, Αἰγυπτίοις οὔπω τέλος εἶχεν ἡ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους κινηθεῖσα φιλονεικία. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ συνόδῳ τῇ κατὰ Νίκαιαν, ἡ μὲν ᾿Αρειανὴ αἵρεσις παντάπασιν ἀπεκηρύχθη, οἱ δὲ τὰ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐδέχθησαν, ἐπανελθόντι ᾿Αλεξάνδρῳ εἰς Αἴγυπτον, παρέδωκε Μελίτιος τὰς Ἐκκλησίας, ἃς παρανόμως ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐν τῇ Λυκῷ διῆγε. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ μέλλων τὸν βίον καταλιμπάνειν, Ἰωάννην τινὰ τῶν αὐτῷ συνήθων, παρὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, κατέστησεν ἀντ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάλιν αἴτιος ἀταξίας ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἐγένετο. Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ᾿Αρείου τοὺς Μελιτίου νεωτερίζοντας, συνετάραττον καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας. Οἷα γὰρ φιλεῖ ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις ταραχαῖς, οἱ μὲν τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν ἐθαύμαζον· οἱ δὲ ἐδικαίουν, τοὺς Μελιτίου χειροτονηθέντας χρῆναι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἡγεῖσθαι, καὶ τούτοις προσετίθεντο. Πρότερον δὲ διαφερόμενοι πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἑκάτεροι, ὡς εἶδον τὸ πλῆθος ἑπόμενον τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, εἰς φθόνον κατέστησαν. Καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐσπείσαντο, καὶ κοινὴν τὴν ἔχθραν ἀνεδέξαντο “πρὸς τὸν κλῆρον ᾿Αλεξανδρείας. Ἐπιμίξ τς πρὸς διελέγοντο, τὰ ἐγκλήματα προέφερον, τὰς ἀπολογίας ἐποιοῦντο ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς προϊόντος τοῦ χρόνου, Μελιτιανοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ὀνομάζεσθαι τοὺς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας καίτοι" γε προστασίας μόνης ἕνεκεν Ἐκκλησιῶν διεφέροντὸ ᾿Αρειανοὶ δὲ ὁμοίως ᾿Αρείῳ περὶ Θεοῦ ἐδόξαζον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅμως ἰδίᾳ τὰ παρ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀναινόμενοι, ὑποχρίνεσθαι σφᾶς παρὰ γνώμην καὶ συμφωνεῖν ὑπέμενον ἐν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῆς ἔχθρας, ἔκαστοι δοχῶντες ῥᾳδίως κρατήσειν ὧν ἐβούλοντο. Τῷ δὲ χρόνῳ, ὡς εἰκὸς, τῶν περὶ ταῦτα διαλέξεων, ἕξιν λαβόντες τῶν δογμάτων, ὁμοίως περὶ Θεοῦ ἐδόξαζον. Ἔ ντεῦθέν τε πάλιν εἰς τὴν προτέραν ταραχὴν ἐπανῆλθε τὰ κατὰ τὸν “Αρειῖον " καὶ λαοὶ χλῆροι, τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπεσχίζοντο κοινωνίας. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσι, μάλιστα παρὰ Βιθυνοῖς καὶ Ελλησποντίοις καὶ ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίνου πόλει αὖθις ἀνεῤῥιπίζετο τὰ περὶ τῶν ᾿Αρείου δογμάτων. ᾿Αμέλει τοι λέγεται, ὡς Εὐσέβιος ὁ Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπος Θεόγνιος ὁ Νικαίας, παραπείσαντες τὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιτραπέντα φυλάττειν τὴν γραφὴν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, ἀπήλειψαν τὰς αὐτῶν ὑπογραφάς " εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐπεχείρουν διδάσκειν μὴ χρῆναι ὁμοούσιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζειν. Περὶ δὲ τούτου ἐγχαλούμενον Εὐσέβιον, ὧδε ἄντικρυς πρὸς βασιλέα παῤῥησιάσασθαι, καὶ εἰπεῖν ἐπιδείξατά τι ὧν ἡμφίεστο" Ὡς εἰ τοῦτο τὸ ἱμάτιον ἐμοῦ θεωμένου διαιρεθείη, οὔποτε ἂν φαίην τῆς αὖτῆς οὐσίας ἑκάτερον. Ἐπὶ τούτοις ὃὲ χαλεπῶς ἄγαν ἔφερεν ὁ βασιλεύς. Οἰόμενος γὰρ μετὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ σύνοδον πεπαῦσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας ζητήσεις, παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα αὖθις ἀναχινουμένας ἑώρα. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ αὑτὸν ἐλύπησεν Εὐσέβιος καὶ Θεόγνιος, ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσί τισι κοινωνήσαντες, οὖς εἰς μεταμέλειαν ἢ σύνοδος τετήρηχεν ὡς μὴ ὀρθῶς δοξάζοντας " αὐτὸς δὲ ὡς αἰτίους διχονοίας, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῆς τρίδος ἐκδημοῦντας, ἐκπεμφθῆναι προσέταξεν. Ἐπὶ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας εἰσὶν οἱ λέγουσιν ὀργισθέντα τὸν βασιλέα, καταδικάσαι φυγὴν Εὐσεβίου καὶ Θεογνίου. ᾿Αλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτου ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἔγραψα, ἅπερ παρὰ ἀκριβῶς ἐπισταμένων ἀκήκοα.
En toutǭ de, Aigyptiois oupō telos eichen hē ex archēs autois pros allēlous kinētheisa philoneikia. Epei gar en tę̄ synodǭ tę̄ kata Nikaian, hē men ᾿Areianē hairesis pantapasin apekērychthē, hoi de ta Melitiou phronountes epi tois eirēmenois, edechthēsan, epanelthonti ᾿Alexandrǭ eis Aigypton, paredōke Melitios tas Ekklēsias, has paranomōs hyph᾽ heauton epoiēsato, kai en tę̄ Lykǭ diēge. Met᾿ ou poly de mellōn ton bion katalimpanein, Iōannēn tina tōn autǭ synēthōn, para to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou, katestēsen ant᾿ autou, kai palin aitios ataxias tais Ekklēsiais egeneto. Idontes de hoi ᾿Areiou tous Melitiou neōterizontas, synetaratton kai autoi tas Ekklēsias. Hoia gar philei en tais toiautais tarachais, hoi men tēn ᾿Areiou doxan ethaumazon; hoi de edikaioun, tous Melitiou cheirotonēthentas chrēnai tōn Ekklēsiōn hēgeisthai, kai toutois prosetithento. Proteron de diapheromenoi pros heautous hekateroi, hōs eidon to plēthos hepomenon tois hiereusi tēs katholou Ekklēsias, eis phthonon katestēsan. Kai pros allēlous espeisanto, kai koinēn tēn echthran anedexanto “pros ton klēron ᾿Alexandreias. Epimix ts pros dielegonto, ta enklēmata proepheron, tas apologias epoiounto epi tosouton, hōs proïontos tou chronou, Melitianous en Aigyptǭ para tōn pollōn onomazesthai tous ta ᾿Areiou phronountas kaitoi" ge prostasias monēs heneken Ekklēsiōn diepheronto ᾿Areianoi de homoiōs ᾿Areiǭ peri Theou edoxazon. ᾿All᾽ homōs idią ta par᾽ allēlōn anainomenoi, hypochrinesthai sphas para gnōmēn kai symphōnein hypemenon en tę̄ koinōnią tēs echthras, ekastoi dochōntes rhądiōs kratēsein hōn eboulonto. Tǭ de chronǭ, hōs eikos, tōn peri tauta dialexeōn, hexin labontes tōn dogmatōn, homoiōs peri Theou edoxazon. E nteuthen te palin eis tēn proteran tarachēn epanēlthe ta kata ton “Areiion " kai laoi chlēroi, tēs pros allēlous apeschizonto koinōnias. Ou mēn alla en allais polesi, malista para Bithynois kai Ellēspontiois kai en tę̄ Kōnstantinou polei authis anerrhipizeto ta peri tōn ᾿Areiou dogmatōn. ᾿Amelei toi legetai, hōs Eusebios ho Nikomēdeias episkopos Theognios ho Nikaias, parapeisantes ton hypo tou basileōs epitrapenta phylattein tēn graphēn tēs en Nikaią synodou, apēleipsan tas autōn hypographas " eis to phaneron epecheiroun didaskein mē chrēnai homoousion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazein. Peri de toutou enchaloumenon Eusebion, hōde antikrys pros basilea parrhēsiasasthai, kai eipein epideixata ti hōn hēmphiesto" Hōs ei touto to himation emou theōmenou diairetheiē, oupote an phaiēn tēs autēs ousias hekateron. Epi toutois hoe chalepōs agan epheren ho basileus. Oiomenos gar meta tēn en Nikaią synodon pepausthai tas toiautas zētēseis, par᾽ elpida authis anachinoumenas heōra. Ouch hēkista de hauton elypēsen Eusebios kai Theognios, ᾿Alexandreusi tisi koinōnēsantes, ous eis metameleian ē synodos tetērēchen hōs mē orthōs doxazontas " autos de hōs aitious dichonoias, kai epi toutǭ tēs tridos ekdēmountas, ekpemphthēnai prosetaxen. Epi tautēs de tēs aitias eisin hoi legousin orgisthenta ton basilea, katadikasai phygēn Eusebiou kai Theogniou. ᾿Alla peri men toutou en tois prosthen egrapsa, haper para akribōs epistamenōn akēkoa.
Meanwhile the rivalry that had arisen among the Egyptians from the beginning had not yet come to an end. For when, at the synod of Nicaea, the Arian heresy had been entirely anathematized and the followers of Melitius had been received on the terms stated, Melitius, when Alexander returned to Egypt, handed over to him the churches he had unlawfully brought under himself, and lived in Lycus. But not long afterward, being about to depart this life, he appointed in his place one John, one of his intimates, contrary to the decree of the synod of Nicaea, and again became a cause of disorder to the churches. When the Arians saw the Melitians making innovations, they too threw the churches into confusion. As usually happens in such disturbances, some admired the opinion of Arius, others held that those ordained by Melitius ought to lead the churches, and attached themselves to them. Though the two parties had formerly been at variance with each other, when they saw the people following the priests of the catholic church they fell into envy, made a truce with one another, and took up a common enmity against the clergy of Alexandria. They mingled and conversed together, brought forward charges, and made defences, to such an extent that in course of time most people in Egypt called the Melitians adherents of Arius, although the Melitians differed only over the leadership of churches, while the Arians held the same views about God as Arius. Yet, though privately rejecting each other's positions, they endured feigning against their convictions and agreeing in the fellowship of their enmity, each thinking they would easily get what they wanted. In time, naturally, through their discussions on these matters they became familiar with the doctrines and held the same views about God. From then on the affair of Arius returned to its former turmoil, and peoples and clergy cut themselves off from communion with one another. Moreover, in other cities, especially among the Bithynians and the people of the Hellespont and in the city of Constantine, the question of Arius's doctrines was fanned up again. It is said, for instance, that Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theognis of Nicaea persuaded the man whom the emperor had entrusted with keeping the document of the synod of Nicaea, erased their signatures, and set about teaching openly that one should not believe the Son to be of the same essence as the Father. When Eusebius was accused of this, he spoke openly to the emperor and, pointing to the robe he was wearing, said: “If this garment were cut in two before my eyes, I would never say that each part was of the same essence.” The emperor was greatly vexed at this. For he had thought that such inquiries had ended after the synod of Nicaea, and he saw them stirred up again beyond his expectation. Not least, Eusebius and Theognis grieved him by holding communion with certain Alexandrians whom the synod had reserved for repentance as not holding right views, and whom he himself had ordered to be sent away as causes of dissension, and who were for this reason living away from their country. Some say that it was angered for this reason that the emperor condemned Eusebius and Theognis to exile. But on this I have written above what I heard from those who knew exactly.
2.22PG 67:989–991
᾿Αθανασίῳ δὲ τῶν ἐπιγενομένων δυσχερῶν πρῶτοι γεγόνασιν αἴτιοι. Πλείστην γὰρ ἔχοντες παρὰ βασιλεῖ παῤῥησίαν καὶ δύναμιν, τὸν Ἄρειον μὲν ὡς ὁμόδοξον καὶ φίλον, κατάγειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ἐσπούδαζον · τὸν δὲ, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐκβαλεῖν, ὡς ἐναντίον αὐτοῖς γινόμενον. Διαβάλλουσιν οὖν αὐτὸν πρὸς Κωνσταντῖνον, ὡς στάσεων καὶ θορύβων αἴτιον τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ γενόμενον, καὶ εἴργοντα τοὺς βουλομένους εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσιέναι, ἐξὸν πάντας ὁμονοεῖν, εἰ τοῦτο μόνον συγχωρηθείη. Ἐπιστοῦντο δὲ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαβολὰς, πολλοὶ τῶν μετὰ Ἰωάννου ἐπισκόπων καὶ κληρικῶν, συνεχῶς βασιλεῖ προσιόντες, ὀρθοδόξους τε σφᾶς εἶναι λέγοντες, καὶ φόνων καὶ δεσμῶν καὶ πληγῶν ἀδίκων καὶ τραυμάτων, καὶ ἐμπρησμῶν ἐκκλησιῶν κατηγοροῦντες αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπισκόπων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος ἐδήλωσε τῷ βασιλεῖ, παρανόμους χειροτονίας ἐγκαλῶν τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ νεωτερισμὸν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, καὶ πίστιν οὐχ ὑγιᾶ, καὶ στάσεις καὶ ὕβρεις κατὰ τῶν ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξαζόντων, οὐκ εἶχε λοιπὸν ὅτῳ πιστεύσειεν ὁ Κωνσταντίνος. Τοιαῦτα δὲ αὐτῶν ἐγκαλούντων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ πολλάκις πολλῶν κατηγόρων ἑκατέρωθεν ὀχλούντων, ἐπεὶ σφόδρα αὐτῷ ἔμελε τῆς ὁμονοίας τῶν λαῶν, γράφει ᾿Αθανασίῳ, μηδένα τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἴργεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ εἰς ὕστερον μηνυθείη, πέμπειν ἀμελητί τὸν ἐξελάσοντα αὐτὸν τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων πόλεως. Εἴτῳ δὲ φίλον καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐντυχεῖν ἐπιστολῇ, ὧδε ἔχει τὸ περὶ τούτου μέρος. Ἔχων τοίνυν τῆς ἐμῆς βουλήσεως τὸ γνώρισμα, πᾶσι τοῖς βουλομένοις εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσελθεῖν, ἀκώλυτον παράσχου τὴν εἴσοδον. Ἐὰν γὰρ γνῶ ὡς ἐχώλυσας ἃ αὐτῶν τινας τῆς ἐκκλησίας μεταποιουμένους, ἢ : « ἀπεῖρξας τῆς εἰσόδου, ἀποστελῶ παραχρῆμα τὸν καθαιρήσοντά σε ἐξ ἐμῆς κελεύσεως, τῶν τόπων μεταστήσοντα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ γράφων τὸν : βασιλέα ἔπειθε, μὴ μεταδοτέον κοινωνίας τοῖς ᾿Αρείου πρὸς τὴν ᾿Εχχλησίαν, συνιδὼν Εὐσέθδιος ὡς οὐχ ἐπιτεύξεται τοῦ σκοποῦ, ᾿Αθανασίου τἀναντία. » σπουδάζοντος, δεῖν πάσῃ μηχανῇ ἐκποδὼν τὸν ποιῆσαι, Πρόφασιν δὲ μὴ ἔχων πρὸς τοσαύτην ἐπιβουλὴν, ὑπέσχετο τοῖς Μελιτίου, συλλαμβάνεσθαι πρὸς βασιλέα τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν δυναμένους, ἣν ἐθέλωσιν ᾿Αθανασίου κατηγορεῖν. Ἐντεῦθέν τε πρώτην ὑπομένει γραφὴν, ὡς χιτωνίων λινῶν φόρον ἐπιτιθεὶς Αἰγυπτίοις, καὶ παρὰ τῶν κατηγόρων τοιοῦτον δασμὸν εἰσπραξάμενος. Παρατυ - χόντες δὲ αὐτόθι “Λπις πρεσβύτεροι τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ᾿Εκκλησίας, ψευδῆ τὴν κατηγορίαν ἐσπούδασαν διελέγξαι. ταύτης τε τῆς αἰτίας μεταχληθέντα ᾿Αθανάσιον πάλιν ἐγράψαντο ὡς λεύων τῷ κρατοῦντι, χρυσοῦ Φιλουμένῳ τινὶ πέπομφεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ συκοφαντίας κατέγνω τῶν κατηγόρων ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐπέτρεψεν ᾿Αϑανασίῳ ἐπανελθεῖν οἴκαδε " τῷ λαῷ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἔγραψε, μαρτυρήσας αὐτῷ πολλὴν ἐπιείκειαν πίστιν ὀρθὴν, ἀσμένως τε αὐτῷ συντετυχηχέναι, θεῖον ἄνδρα πεπεῖσθαι. Φθόνου τε χάριν τὴν γραφὴν ὑπομείναντα, κρείττω φανῆναι τῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγόρων. ( Πυθόμενός τε πολλοὺς ἔτι ἀπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ζυγομαχεῖν ἐχ τῆς Μελιτίου προφάσεως. διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολῆς παρεκάλει τὸ πλῆθος εἰς Θεὸν οἱ ἀπιδεῖν, τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ κρίσιν εἰς νοῦν : λαβεῖν, εὐνοεῖν τε ἀλλήλοις, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιδουλεύοντας τῇ αὐτῶν ὁμονοίᾳ, παντὶ σθένει διώκειν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς ὧδέ πη γράφων εἰς τὸ κοινὸν, πάντας εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἐκάλει, καὶ μὴ διασπᾶσθαι τὴν ἘἜχχλησίαν ἐσπούδαζε,
᾿Athanasiǭ de tōn epigenomenōn dyscherōn prōtoi gegonasin aitioi. Pleistēn gar echontes para basilei parrhēsian kai dynamin, ton Areion men hōs homodoxon kai philon, katagein eis tēn ᾿Alexandreian espoudazon ; ton de, tēs Ekklēsias ekbalein, hōs enantion autois ginomenon. Diaballousin oun auton pros Kōnstantinon, hōs staseōn kai thorybōn aition tę̄ Ekklēsią genomenon, kai eirgonta tous boulomenous eis tēn ekklēsian eisienai, exon pantas homonoein, ei touto monon synchōrētheiē. Epistounto de alētheis einai tas kat᾿ autou diabolas, polloi tōn meta Iōannou episkopōn kai klērikōn, synechōs basilei prosiontes, orthodoxous te sphas einai legontes, kai phonōn kai desmōn kai plēgōn adikōn kai traumatōn, kai emprēsmōn ekklēsiōn katēgorountes autou kai tōn hyp᾿ auton episkopōn. Epei de kai ᾿Athanasios edēlōse tǭ basilei, paranomous cheirotonias enkalōn tois amphi ton Iōannēn, kai neōterismon tōn en Nikaią doxantōn, kai pistin ouch hygia, kai staseis kai hybreis kata tōn orthōs peri Theou doxazontōn, ouk eiche loipon hotǭ pisteuseien ho Kōnstantinos. Toiauta de autōn enkalountōn allēlois, kai pollakis pollōn katēgorōn hekaterōthen ochlountōn, epei sphodra autǭ emele tēs homonoias tōn laōn, graphei ᾿Athanasiǭ, mēdena tēs ekklēsias eirgesthai. Ei de touto kai eis hysteron mēnytheiē, pempein amelēti ton exelasonta auton tēs ᾿Alexandreōn poleōs. Eitǭ de philon kai autę̄ tę̄ tou basileōs entychein epistolę̄, hōde echei to peri toutou meros. Echōn toinyn tēs emēs boulēseōs to gnōrisma, pasi tois boulomenois eis tēn ekklēsian eiselthein, akōlyton paraschou tēn eisodon. Ean gar gnō hōs echōlysas ha autōn tinas tēs ekklēsias metapoioumenous, ē : « apeirxas tēs eisodou, apostelō parachrēma ton kathairēsonta se ex emēs keleuseōs, tōn topōn metastēsonta. Epei de graphōn ton : basilea epeithe, mē metadoteon koinōnias tois ᾿Areiou pros tēn ᾿Echchlēsian, synidōn Eusethdios hōs ouch epiteuxetai tou skopou, ᾿Athanasiou tanantia. » spoudazontos, dein pasę̄ mēchanę̄ ekpodōn ton poiēsai, Prophasin de mē echōn pros tosautēn epiboulēn, hypescheto tois Melitiou, syllambanesthai pros basilea tous amph᾽ auton dynamenous, hēn ethelōsin ᾿Athanasiou katēgorein. Enteuthen te prōtēn hypomenei graphēn, hōs chitōniōn linōn phoron epititheis Aigyptiois, kai para tōn katēgorōn toiouton dasmon eispraxamenos. Paraty - chontes de autothi “Lpis presbyteroi tēs ᾿Alexandreōn ᾿Ekklēsias, pseudē tēn katēgorian espoudasan dielenxai. tautēs te tēs aitias metachlēthenta ᾿Athanasion palin egrapsanto hōs leuōn tǭ kratounti, chrysou Philoumenǭ tini pepomphen. Epei de sykophantias kategnō tōn katēgorōn ho basileus, epetrepsen ᾿Aϑanasiǭ epanelthein oikade " tǭ laǭ tēs ᾿Alexandreias egrapse, martyrēsas autǭ pollēn epieikeian pistin orthēn, asmenōs te autǭ syntetychēchenai, theion andra pepeisthai. Phthonou te charin tēn graphēn hypomeinanta, kreittō phanēnai tōn autou katēgorōn. ( Pythomenos te pollous eti apo tōn Aigyptiōn zygomachein ech tēs Melitiou prophaseōs. dia tēs autou epistolēs parekalei to plēthos eis Theon hoi apidein, tēn par᾽ autou krisin eis noun : labein, eunoein te allēlois, kai tous epidouleuontas tę̄ autōn homonoią, panti sthenei diōkein. Kai ho men basileus hōde pē graphōn eis to koinon, pantas eis homonoian ekalei, kai mē diaspasthai tēn EEchchlēsian espoudaze,
They were the first causes of the troubles that befell Athanasius. Having very great freedom of speech and power with the emperor, they were eager to bring Arius back to Alexandria as one of their opinion and a friend, and to drive Athanasius from the church as their opponent. So they slandered him to Constantine as the cause of strife and tumult in the church, and as keeping out of the church those who wished to enter, when all could be of one mind if only this were allowed. Many of the bishops and clergy who were with John confirmed that the slanders against him were true; they came continually to the emperor, saying that they were orthodox and accusing him and the bishops under him of murders, imprisonments, unjust beatings and woundings, and burnings of churches. When Athanasius in turn informed the emperor, charging John's party with unlawful ordinations, innovation against the decisions of Nicaea, unsound faith, and acts of violence and insult against those who held right views about God, Constantine no longer knew whom to believe. As they were bringing such charges against each other, and many accusers on both sides were often troubling him, since he cared greatly for the concord of the peoples, he wrote to Athanasius not to keep anyone out of the church, and that if this were reported again later, he would send without delay someone to expel him from the city of Alexandria. If anyone wishes to read the emperor's letter itself, the part about this reads as follows: “Having, then, knowledge of my will, grant unhindered entry to all who wish to enter the church. For if I learn that you have hindered any of those who lay claim to the church, or have kept them from entering, I will at once send someone who will depose you by my command and remove you from your place.” When Athanasius wrote and persuaded the emperor that those of Arius's party should not be admitted to communion with the church, Eusebius, seeing that he would not attain his aim while Athanasius was working for the opposite, decided that the man must be put out of the way by every device. Having no pretext for so great a plot, he promised the Melitians to secure the help of the powerful men about the emperor if they would accuse Athanasius. From this Athanasius faced his first charge: that he had imposed a tax of linen tunics on the Egyptians and had exacted such a levy from his accusers. But Apis and Macarius, presbyters of the church of Alexandria, who happened to be there, were able to prove the accusation false. On this charge Athanasius was summoned, and they accused him again of having sent a chest of gold to one Philumenus, as plotting against the ruler. When the emperor had found the accusers guilty of false accusation, he allowed Athanasius to return home, and wrote to the people of Alexandria, bearing witness to his great reasonableness and right faith, saying that he had been glad to meet him and was persuaded that he was a godly man, and that he had endured the accusation because of envy and had proved superior to his accusers. Having learned that many Egyptians were still contending on the pretext of Melitius, he urged the people in his letter to look to God, to keep his own judgment in mind, to be well disposed to one another, and to drive away with all their strength those who plotted against their concord. Writing in this way to the public, the emperor called all to concord and was eager that the church should not be torn apart.
2.23PG 67:991–995
Μελιτιανοὶ δὲ τῆς προτέρας ἀποτυχόντες πείρας, ἑτέρας ὕφαινον ᾿Αθανασίου γραφάς " τὴν μὲν, ; ὡς ποτήριον ἱερὸν συνέτριψε τὴν δὲ, ὡς ᾿Αρσένιόν τινα κτείνας, ἐξέτεμεν αὐτοῦ τὸν βραχίονα, καὶ παρ' ἑαυτῷ ἔχει γοητείας ἕνεκα. Οἷα δὲ κληρικός ἐλέγετο ὁ ᾿Αρσένιος οὗτος, ἁμαρτήματι περιπεσών κρύπτεσθαι. Δίκην γὰρ ὑφωρᾶτο δώσειν, παρὰ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ εὐθυνόμενος. Τὸ δὲ συμβὰν οὕτως, εἰς ἐσχάτην διαβολὴν διεσκεύασαν οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντες ᾿Αθανασίῳ. Καὶ τὸν μὲν ᾿Αρσένιον ἐπιμελῶς ζητήσαντες εὗρον, καὶ φιλοφρονησάμενοι, καὶ πᾶσαν εὔνοιαν καὶ ἀσφάλειαν παρέξειν αὐτῷ ὑποσχόμενοι, ἄγουσι λάθρα πρός τινα τῶν αὐτοῖς συνήθων, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ σπουδαζόντων. Πρίνης ὄνομα αὐτῷ ἦν, πρεσβύτερος μοναστηρίου. Ἐνταῦθά τε τὸν ᾿Αρσένιον κρύψαντες, σπουδῇ περιῄεσαν κατὰ τὰς ἀγορὰς καὶ τοὺς συλλόγους τῶν ἐν τέλει, λογοποιοῦντες τοῦτον πεφονεῦσθαι παρὰ ᾿Αθανασίου. Παρεσκεύαστο δὲ πρὸς τοιαύτην κατηγορίαν καὶ Ἰωάννης μοναχός τις ὁ γραφόμενος. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰσχρᾶς φήμης εἰς πολλοὺς διασπαρείσης ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς καὶ βασιλέως ἀκοὰς φθάσαι, ὁρῶν ᾿Αθανάσιος ὡς εἰ συμβαίη αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ αἰτίᾳ γραφὴν ὑπομείναι, χαλεπόν ἐστιν ἀπολογήσασθαι παρὰ δικασταῖς τοιαύταις φήμαις προκατειλημμένοις, ἀντεστρατήγει ταῖς τῶν ἐναντίων τέχναις · καὶ ὡς ἐνεδέχετο πάντας πιστούμενος, ἐπενόει μὴ καλύπτεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν ταῖς αὐτῶν διαβολαῖς. ὧν δὲ ἄρα τοὺς πολλοὺς πείθειν ἐργῶδες, ᾿Αρσενίου μὴ φαινομένου. Λογισάμενος οὖν ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως ἑαυτὸν καθάροι τῆς ὑπονοίας, εἰ μὴ ζῇν ἀπελέγξειε τὸν τεθνάναι λεγόμενον, πέμπει τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτόν τινα πιστότατον διάκονον, ἀναζητήσοντα τοῦτον. Ὁ δὲ, παραγενόμενος εἰς Θηβαΐδα, ἐξαγγειλάντων τινῶν μοναχῶν, ἔγνω ὅπου διῆγεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦκε πρὸς Πρίνην παρ' ᾧ ἐκρύπτετο, αὐτὸν μὲν ᾿Αρσένιον οὐ καταλαμβάνει. Προμαθόντες γὰρ τὴν ἄφιξιν τοῦ διακόνου, μετέστησαν τοῦτον εἰς τὴν χάτω Αἴγυπτον. Παραλαβὼν δὲ τὸν Πρίνην, ἤγαγεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ἅμα δὲ καὶ Ἠλίαν, ἕνα τῶν αὐτῷ συνόντων, ὃς ἐλέγετο τὸν ᾿Αρσένιον ἑτέρωθι μεταστῆσαι. "Ἄμφω προσαχθέντες τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ στρατιωτικῶν ταγμάτων, ὡμολόγησαν ἐν ζῶσιν εἶναι ᾿Αρσένιον " λαθεῖν δὲ παρ᾽ αὑτοῖς πρότερον κρυπτόμενον, καὶ νῦν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ διάγειν. Ταῦτα οὕτω συμδάντα, δῆλα γενέσθαι Κωνσταντίνῳ ἐσπούδασεν ᾿Αθανάσιος. Τῷ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀντέγραψεν, ἔχεσθαι τῆς ἱερωσύνης ἐπιμελῶς, καὶ τῆς τοῦ λαοῦ εὐταξίας εὐσεβείας προνοεῖν παρ᾽ οὐδὲν δὲ ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς τῶν Μελιτιανῶν ἐπιδουλὰς, ὡς τοῦ εὖ εἰδότος, φθόνον αὐτοὺς ἐγείρειν εἰς τοιαύτας ψευδεῖς καὶ πεπλασμένας γραφὰς, καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θορύθδους. Αὐτόν τε τοῦ λοιποῦ μὴ συγχωρεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα " ἀλλὰ δικαστὴν ἔσεσθαι κατὰ ποὺς πολιτικοὺς νόμους, εἰ μὴ ἡσυχίαν ἄγοιεν, δίκην λαθεῖν αὐτῶν, ὡς οὐ μόνον ἀδίκως τοῖς ἀθώοις ἐπιθουλενόντων, ἀλλ᾽ ἀδίκως τῇ εὐταξίᾳ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῇ εὐσεδείᾳ λυμαινομένων. Τοιαῦτα γράψας ὁ βασιλεὺς ᾿Αθανασίῳ, προσέταξεν εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν, ἵν᾽ εἰδέναι πάντες ἔχοιεν τὴν αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν. Τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνου περιδεεῖς γενόμενοι οἱ τὰ Μελιτίου φρονοῦντες, τέως ἠρέμουν, ὑφορώμενοι τὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἀπειλήν. Εἰρηνευομένη δὲ ἡ κατὰ πᾶσαν Αἴγυπτον Ἐκκλησία, καὶ ὑπὸ τοσούτου ἱερέως προστασίᾳ ἰθυνομένη, πολυπλασίων ὁσημέραι ἐγίνετο, πολλῶν προστιθεμένων ἐχ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ πλήθους, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων.
Melitianoi de tēs proteras apotychontes peiras, heteras hyphainon ᾿Athanasiou graphas " tēn men, ? hōs potērion hieron synetripse tēn de, hōs ᾿Arsenion tina kteinas, exetemen autou ton brachiona, kai par' heautǭ echei goēteias heneka. Hoia de klērikos elegeto ho ᾿Arsenios houtos, hamartēmati peripesōn kryptesthai. Dikēn gar hyphōrato dōsein, para tǭ episkopǭ euthynomenos. To de symban houtōs, eis eschatēn diabolēn dieskeuasan hoi epibouleuontes ᾿Athanasiǭ. Kai ton men ᾿Arsenion epimelōs zētēsantes heuron, kai philophronēsamenoi, kai pasan eunoian kai asphaleian parexein autǭ hyposchomenoi, agousi lathra pros tina tōn autois synēthōn, kai ta auta spoudazontōn. Prinēs onoma autǭ ēn, presbyteros monastēriou. Entautha te ton ᾿Arsenion krypsantes, spoudę̄ perię̄esan kata tas agoras kai tous syllogous tōn en telei, logopoiountes touton pephoneusthai para ᾿Athanasiou. Pareskeuasto de pros toiautēn katēgorian kai Iōannēs monachos tis ho graphomenos. Tautēs de tēs aischras phēmēs eis pollous diaspareisēs epi tosouton, hōs kai basileōs akoas phthasai, horōn ᾿Athanasios hōs ei symbaiē auton kai epi tautę̄ tę̄ aitią graphēn hypomeinai, chalepon estin apologēsasthai para dikastais toiautais phēmais prokateilēmmenois, antestratēgei tais tōn enantiōn technais ; kai hōs enedecheto pantas pistoumenos, epenoei mē kalyptesthai tēn alētheian tais autōn diabolais. hōn de ara tous pollous peithein ergōdes, ᾿Arseniou mē phainomenou. Logisamenos oun hōs ouk an allōs heauton katharoi tēs hyponoias, ei mē zę̄n apelenxeie ton tethnanai legomenon, pempei tōn amph᾿ auton tina pistotaton diakonon, anazētēsonta touton. Ho de, paragenomenos eis Thēbaïda, exangeilantōn tinōn monachōn, egnō hopou diēgen. Epei de ēke pros Prinēn par' hǭ ekrypteto, auton men ᾿Arsenion ou katalambanei. Promathontes gar tēn aphixin tou diakonou, metestēsan touton eis tēn chatō Aigypton. Paralabōn de ton Prinēn, ēgagen eis ᾿Alexandreian hama de kai Ēlian, hena tōn autǭ synontōn, hos elegeto ton ᾿Arsenion heterōthi metastēsai. "Amphō prosachthentes tǭ archonti tōn en Aigyptǭ stratiōtikōn tagmatōn, hōmologēsan en zōsin einai ᾿Arsenion " lathein de par᾽ hautois proteron kryptomenon, kai nyn en Aigyptǭ diagein. Tauta houtō symdanta, dēla genesthai Kōnstantinǭ espoudasen ᾿Athanasios. Tǭ de basileus antegrapsen, echesthai tēs hierōsynēs epimelōs, kai tēs tou laou eutaxias eusebeias pronoein par᾽ ouden de hēgeisthai tas tōn Melitianōn epidoulas, hōs tou eu eidotos, phthonon autous egeirein eis toiautas pseudeis kai peplasmenas graphas, kai tous kata tēs Ekklēsias thorythdous. Auton te tou loipou mē synchōrein ta toiauta " alla dikastēn esesthai kata pous politikous nomous, ei mē hēsychian agoien, dikēn lathein autōn, hōs ou monon adikōs tois athōois epithoulenontōn, all᾽ adikōs tę̄ eutaxią tēs Ekklēsias, kai tę̄ eusedeią lymainomenōn. Toiauta grapsas ho basileus ᾿Athanasiǭ, prosetaxen eis to koinon anagnōsthēnai tēn epistolēn, hin᾽ eidenai pantes echoien tēn autou proairesin. To de ex ekeinou perideeis genomenoi hoi ta Melitiou phronountes, teōs ēremoun, hyphorōmenoi tēn tou kratountos apeilēn. Eirēneuomenē de hē kata pasan Aigypton Ekklēsia, kai hypo tosoutou hiereōs prostasią ithynomenē, polyplasiōn hosēmerai egineto, pollōn prostithemenōn ech tou Hellēnikou plēthous, kai tōn allōn haireseōn.
The Melitians, having failed in their first attempt, wove other charges against Athanasius: one, that he had broken a sacred chalice; the other, that he had killed a certain Arsenius, cut off his arm, and kept it with him for sorcery. This Arsenius, a cleric, was said to have fallen into some sin and gone into hiding, for he suspected that he would be punished when called to account by his bishop. Those plotting against Athanasius turned what had happened into the most extreme slander. They searched carefully for Arsenius, found him, treated him kindly, promised to give him every goodwill and safety, and secretly brought him to one of their intimates who shared their aims; his name was Prines, presbyter of a monastery. Having hidden Arsenius there, they went eagerly about the market-places and the gatherings of those in authority, spreading the story that he had been murdered by Athanasius. A certain monk John was also prepared to bring such an accusation. When this shameful rumour had spread among many, so far that it reached the ears of the emperor, Athanasius saw that if he happened to be charged on this count too, it would be hard to defend himself before judges already prejudiced by such rumours. So he countered the stratagems of his opponents, and, winning over everyone as far as he could, he took care that the truth should not be hidden by their slanders. But it was hard to persuade most people while Arsenius did not appear. Reckoning that he could not clear himself of suspicion in any other way than by proving that the man said to be dead was alive, he sent one of his most trusted deacons to search for him. The deacon came to the Thebaid and, when some monks told him, learned where he was living. When he came to Prines, with whom he was hidden, he did not find Arsenius himself; for learning beforehand of the deacon's arrival, they had moved him to Lower Egypt. But he took Prines, and also Elias, one of his companions, who was said to have moved Arsenius elsewhere, and brought them to Alexandria. Both, brought before the commander of the military forces in Egypt, confessed that Arsenius was alive, that he had earlier been hidden with them unnoticed, and that he was now living in Egypt. Athanasius took care that this should be made known to Constantine. The emperor wrote back to him to hold carefully to his priesthood and to care for the good order and piety of the people, and to make nothing of the plots of the Melitians, since he well knew that envy stirred them to such false and fabricated charges and to the disturbances against the church. He himself, he said, would not permit such things in future; but if they did not keep quiet, he would be their judge according to the civil laws and would punish them, as men who not only plotted unjustly against the innocent but also unjustly corrupted the good order and piety of the church. Having written thus to Athanasius, the emperor ordered the letter to be read in public, so that all might know his purpose. From then on the followers of Melitius were afraid and kept quiet for a time, fearing the ruler's threat. The church throughout Egypt, at peace and directed by the leadership of so great a priest, grew manifold daily, as many joined it from the pagan multitude and from the other heresies.
2.24PG 67:995–999
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, παρειλήφαμεν τοὺς ἔνδον τῶν ἡμᾶς ᾿Ινδῶν, ἀπειράτους μείναντας τῶν Βαρθολομαίον χηρυγμάτων, μετασχεῖν τοῦ δόγματος ὑπὸ Φρουμεντίῳ, ἱερεῖ χαθηγητῇ γενομένῳ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς τῶν ἱερῶν μαθημάτων. Ἵνα δὲ γνοίημεν ἐν τῷ παραδόξῳ τοῦ συμβάντος περὶ τοὺς Ἰνδοὺς, οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ὥς τισι τερατολογεῖσθαι δοκεῖ, τὴν σύστασιν λαθεῖν τὸ τῶν Χριστιανῶν δόγμα, ἀναγκαῖον τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς Φρουμεντίου χειροτονίας διεξελθεῖν " ἔχει δὲ ὧδε. Περὶ πολλοῦ τοῖς : παρ' “Ἕλλησιν εὐδοχιμοτάτοις φιλοσόφοις ἐγίνετο, πόλεις καὶ τόπους ἀγνῶτας ἱστορεῖν. Οὕτω γοῦν Πλάτων ὁ Σωκράτους ἑταῖρος Αἰγυπτίοις ἐνεδήμησε, τὰ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς μαθησόμενος. Ἔπλευσε δὲ καὶ εἰς Σικελίαν, ἐπὶ θέᾳ τῶν αὐτόθι κρατήρων· ἐν οἷς ἀεὶ μὲν ὡς ἀπὸ πηγῆς ἀναδιδόμενον αὐτόματον παμφλάζει πῦρ· πολλάκις δὲ ὑπερχέον, ποταμοῦ δίκην ῥεῖ, καὶ τὴν γείτονα γῆν ἐπιβόσκεται τοσοῦτον, ὡς ἔτι νῦν πολλοὺς ἀγροὺς φαίνεσθαι κατακεκαυμένους, καὶ μήτε σπόρον δέχεσθαι, μήτε φυτείαν δένδρων, οἷά γε περὶ τῆς Σοδομιτῶν χώρας καταγγέλλουσι. Τούτους δὲ τοὺς κρατῆρας καὶ Ἑμπεδοκλῆς ἱστόρησεν, ἀνὴρ λαμπρῶς παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφήσας, καὶ ἐν ἔπεσιν ἠρώοις τὴν ἐπιστήμην πραγματευσάμενος. Διαπορούμενος δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀναδόσεως τοῦ πυρὸς, ἢ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ ἄμεινον ἀποθανεῖν δοκιμάσας, ἡ τόγε ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἴσως εἰδὼς οὗ χάριν πρὸ καιροῦ τὴν τοιαύτην ἑαυτῷ εὗρεν τοῦ βίου ἀπαλλαγὴν, ἥλατο εἰς τὸ πῦρ, καὶ διεφθάρη. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Δημόκριτος ὁ Κῶος πλείστας ἱστόρησε πόλεις, ἀέρα τε, καὶ χώρας, καὶ ἔθνη, καὶ ἐπὶ ἔτεσιν ὀγδοήκοντα διαγαγεῖν ἐπὶ ξένης αὐτός που περὶ ἑαυτοῦ φησιν. "Αλλοι τε ἐπὶ τούτοις μυρίοι τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι σοφῶν, ἀρχαῖοι καὶ νεώτεροι, τοῦτο ἐσπούδασαν. Οὓς ζηλώσας Μερόπιός τις φιλόσοφος Τύριος τῆς Φοινίκης, παρεγένετο εἰς Ἰνδούς. Εἴποντο δὲ αὐτῷ παῖδες δύο, Φρουμέντιός τε καὶ Αἰδέσιος· ἄμφω δὲ γένει αὐτῷ προσήκοντες · οὓς διὰ λόγων ἦγε, καὶ ἐλευθερίως ἐπαίδευεν. Ἱστορήσας δὲ τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ὅσα γε αὐτῷ ἐξεγένετο, τῆς ἐπανόδου εἴχετο, νηὸς ἐπιτυχὼν στελλομένης εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Συμβὰν δὲ κατὰ χρείαν ὕδατος ἢ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιτηδείων, εἰς ὅρμον τινὰ προσχεῖν τὴν ναῦν, καταδραμόντες οἱ τῇδε Ἰνδοὶ κτείνουσι πάντας, καὶ τὸν Μερόπιον. Ἔτυχον γὰρ τότε λύσαντες τὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους σπονδάς. Τοὺς δὲ παῖδας νέους ὄντας οἰκτείραντες ἐζώγρησαν, καὶ βασιλεῖ τῷ ἑαυτῶν προσήγαγον. Ὁ δὲ, τὸν μὲν νεώτερον οἰνοχόον κατέστησε· μείζονα δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ οἰκίας τὸν Φρουμέντιον, καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπίτροπον. Ἔγνω γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐχέφρονα, καὶ διοικεῖν ἱκανώτατον. Ἐπὶ πολὺν δὲ χρόνον χρησίμους σφᾶς καὶ πιστοὺς παρασχομένους, τελευτῶν ἐπὶ παιδὶ καὶ γαμετῇ, ἐλευθερίᾳ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοὺς ἡμείψατο, καὶ οἱ βούλοιντο διάγειν ἐπέτρεψε. Καὶ οἱ μὲν εἰς Τύρον πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους ἐπανελθεῖν ἐσπούδαζον. Ἔτι δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως υἱοῦ νέου κομιδῇ ὄντος, ἐδεήθη ἡ τούτου μήτηρ ) ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον χρόνον περιμεῖναι ἄμφω τὴν βασιλείαν ἐπιτροπεύοντας, ἄχρις ἂν ὁ παῖς ἀνδρωθείη. Καὶ ἀντιβολοῦσαν δὲ τὴν βασιλίδα ἠδέσθησαν· καὶ τὰ βασίλεια καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν Ἰνδῶν διώκουν. Ὁ δὲ Φρουμέντιος, θείαις ἴσως προτραπεὶς ἐπιφανείαις, ἢ καὶ αὐτομάτως τοῦ Θεοῦ κινοῦντος, ἐπυνθάνετο εἴ τινες εἶεν Χριστιανοὶ παρ' Ἰνδοῖς, ἢ Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν εἰσπλεόντων ἐμπόρων. Ἐπιμελῶς δὲ τούτους ἀναζητῶν, μετεκαλεῖτο πρὸς ἑαυτόν. Αμφαγαπάζων τε καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος, εὐχῆς ἕνεκεν συνιέναι ἐποίει, καὶ ᾗ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος ἐκκλησιάζειν· καὶ διὰ πάντων προὐτρέπετο τὸ θεῖον πρεσβεύειν, εὐκτηρίους οἴκους οἰκοδομήσας. Ἤδη δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως υἱοῦ εἰς ἐφήβους τελοῦντος, παραιτησάμενοι αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν βασιλίδα, οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν ἡγουμένους χωρίζεσθαι σφῶν, πείσαντες, καὶ φίλοι ἀπαλλαγέντες, παρεγένοντο εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον, καὶ Αἰδέσιος μὲν τοὺς οἰκείους ὀψόμενος, εἰς Τύρον ἦλθεν· ἔνθα δὴ μετὰ ταῦτα πρεσβυτερείου ἠξιώθη. Φρουμέντιος δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ Φοινίκην ὁδὸν τέως ἀναβαλλόμενος, ἀφίκετο εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν. ῎Ἔδοξε γὰρ αὐτῷ οὐ καλῶς ἔχειν, πατρίδος καὶ γένους δευτερεύειν τὴν περὶ τὰ θεῖα σπουδήν. Συντυχὼν δὲ ᾿Αθανασίῳ τῷ προϊσταμένῳ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐχκλησίας, τὰ κατ' Ἰνδοὺς διηγήσατο, καὶ ὡς ἐπισκό που δέοι αὐτοῖς, τῶν αὐτόθι Χριστιανῶν ἐπιμελησομένου. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος, τοὺς ἐνδημοῦντας ἱερέας ἀγείρας, ἐβουλεύσατο περὶ τούτου· καὶ χειροτονεῖ αὐτὸν τῆς Ἰνδικῆς ἐπίσκοπον, λογισάμενος ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι τοῦτον, καὶ ἱκανὸν πολλὴν ποιῆσαι τὴν θρησκείαν, παρ' οἷς πρῶτος αὐτὸς ἔδειξε τὸ Χριστιανῶν ὄνομα, καὶ σπέρμα παρέσχετο τῆς τοῦ δόγματος μετουσίας. Ὁ δὲ Φρουμέντιος πάλιν εἰς Ἰνδοὺς ὑποστρέψας, λέγεται τοσοῦτον εὐκλεῶς τὴν ἱερωσύνην μετελθεῖν, ὡς ἐπαιρεθῆναι παρὰ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ πειραθέντων, οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τοὺς ἀποστόλους θαυμάζουσι. Καθότι καὶ ἐπισημότατον αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς ἀπέφηνε, πολλὰς καὶ παραδόξους ἰάσεις, καὶ σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα δι' αὐτοῦ δημιουργήσας. Ἡ μὲν δὴ παρ᾿ Ἰνδοῖς ἱερωσύνη ταύτην ἔσχεν ἀρχήν.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, pareilēphamen tous endon tōn hēmas ᾿Indōn, apeiratous meinantas tōn Bartholomaion chērygmatōn, metaschein tou dogmatos hypo Phroumentiǭ, hierei chathēgētę̄ genomenǭ par᾽ autois tōn hierōn mathēmatōn. Hina de gnoiēmen en tǭ paradoxǭ tou symbantos peri tous Indous, ouk ex anthrōpōn, hōs tisi teratologeisthai dokei, tēn systasin lathein to tōn Christianōn dogma, anankaion tēn aitian tēs Phroumentiou cheirotonias diexelthein " echei de hōde. Peri pollou tois : par' “Hellēsin eudochimotatois philosophois egineto, poleis kai topous agnōtas historein. Houtō goun Platōn ho Sōkratous hetairos Aigyptiois enedēmēse, ta par᾿ autois mathēsomenos. Epleuse de kai eis Sikelian, epi theą tōn autothi kratērōn; en hois aei men hōs apo pēgēs anadidomenon automaton pamphlazei pyr; pollakis de hypercheon, potamou dikēn rhei, kai tēn geitona gēn epibosketai tosouton, hōs eti nyn pollous agrous phainesthai katakekaumenous, kai mēte sporon dechesthai, mēte phyteian dendrōn, hoia ge peri tēs Sodomitōn chōras katangellousi. Toutous de tous kratēras kai Hempedoklēs historēsen, anēr lamprōs par' Hellēsi philosophēsas, kai en epesin ērōois tēn epistēmēn pragmateusamenos. Diaporoumenos de peri tēs anadoseōs tou pyros, ē toutǭ tǭ tropǭ ameinon apothanein dokimasas, hē toge alēthesteron eipein, oude autos isōs eidōs hou charin pro kairou tēn toiautēn heautǭ heuren tou biou apallagēn, hēlato eis to pyr, kai diephtharē. Ou mēn alla kai Dēmokritos ho Kōos pleistas historēse poleis, aera te, kai chōras, kai ethnē, kai epi etesin ogdoēkonta diagagein epi xenēs autos pou peri heautou phēsin. "Alloi te epi toutois myrioi tōn par' Hellēsi sophōn, archaioi kai neōteroi, touto espoudasan. Hous zēlōsas Meropios tis philosophos Tyrios tēs Phoinikēs, paregeneto eis Indous. Eiponto de autǭ paides dyo, Phroumentios te kai Aidesios; amphō de genei autǭ prosēkontes ; hous dia logōn ēge, kai eleutheriōs epaideuen. Historēsas de tēs Indikēs hosa ge autǭ exegeneto, tēs epanodou eicheto, nēos epitychōn stellomenēs eis Aigypton. Symban de kata chreian hydatos ē tōn allōn epitēdeiōn, eis hormon tina proschein tēn naun, katadramontes hoi tę̄de Indoi kteinousi pantas, kai ton Meropion. Etychon gar tote lysantes tas pros Rhōmaious spondas. Tous de paidas neous ontas oikteirantes ezōgrēsan, kai basilei tǭ heautōn prosēgagon. Ho de, ton men neōteron oinochoon katestēse; meizona de tēs autou oikias ton Phroumention, kai tōn chrēmatōn epitropon. Egnō gar auton echephrona, kai dioikein hikanōtaton. Epi polyn de chronon chrēsimous sphas kai pistous paraschomenous, teleutōn epi paidi kai gametę̄, eleutherią tēs eunoias autous hēmeipsato, kai hoi boulointo diagein epetrepse. Kai hoi men eis Tyron pros tous oikeious epanelthein espoudazon. Eti de tou basileōs huiou neou komidę̄ ontos, edeēthē hē toutou mētēr ) ep᾿ oligon chronon perimeinai amphō tēn basileian epitropeuontas, achris an ho pais andrōtheiē. Kai antibolousan de tēn basilida ēdesthēsan; kai ta basileia kai tēn hēgemonian Indōn diōkoun. Ho de Phroumentios, theiais isōs protrapeis epiphaneiais, ē kai automatōs tou Theou kinountos, epynthaneto ei tines eien Christianoi par' Indois, ē Rhōmaioi tōn eispleontōn emporōn. Epimelōs de toutous anazētōn, metekaleito pros heauton. Amphagapazōn te kai philophronoumenos, euchēs heneken synienai epoiei, kai hę̄ Rhōmaiois ethos ekklēsiazein; kai dia pantōn proutrepeto to theion presbeuein, euktērious oikous oikodomēsas. Ēdē de tou basileōs huiou eis ephēbous telountos, paraitēsamenoi auton kai tēn basilida, ouk anekton hēgoumenous chōrizesthai sphōn, peisantes, kai philoi apallagentes, paregenonto eis tēn Rhōmaiōn hypēkoon, kai Aidesios men tous oikeious opsomenos, eis Tyron ēlthen; entha dē meta tauta presbytereiou ēxiōthē. Phroumentios de tēn epi Phoinikēn hodon teōs anaballomenos, aphiketo eis ᾿Alexandreian. ᾿Edoxe gar autǭ ou kalōs echein, patridos kai genous deutereuein tēn peri ta theia spoudēn. Syntychōn de ᾿Athanasiǭ tǭ proïstamenǭ tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Echklēsias, ta kat' Indous diēgēsato, kai hōs episko pou deoi autois, tōn autothi Christianōn epimelēsomenou. Ho de ᾿Athanasios, tous endēmountas hiereas ageiras, ebouleusato peri toutou; kai cheirotonei auton tēs Indikēs episkopon, logisamenos epitēdeiotaton einai touton, kai hikanon pollēn poiēsai tēn thrēskeian, par' hois prōtos autos edeixe to Christianōn onoma, kai sperma parescheto tēs tou dogmatos metousias. Ho de Phroumentios palin eis Indous hypostrepsas, legetai tosouton eukleōs tēn hierōsynēn metelthein, hōs epairethēnai para pantōn tōn autou peirathentōn, ouch hētton ē tous apostolous thaumazousi. Kathoti kai episēmotaton auton ho Theos apephēne, pollas kai paradoxous iaseis, kai sēmeia, kai terata di' autou dēmiourgēsas. Hē men dē par᾿ Indois hierōsynē tautēn eschen archēn.
About this time, we have received, the Indians of the interior, who had remained untouched by the preaching of Bartholomew, came to share in the doctrine through Frumentius, who became a priest and teacher of the sacred learning among them. So that we may know, from the wonder of what befell the Indians, that the doctrine of the Christians received its establishment not from men, as some think who tell marvels, it is necessary to relate the cause of Frumentius's ordination. It is as follows. The most esteemed philosophers among the Greeks made it a great concern to visit unknown cities and places. So Plato, the companion of Socrates, stayed among the Egyptians to learn what they knew. He also sailed to Sicily to see the craters there, in which fire bubbles up of itself continually as from a spring, and often overflows and runs like a river, devouring the neighbouring land, so that many fields still appear burned and receive neither seed nor planting of trees, as they report of the land of the Sodomites. Empedocles too, a man who practised philosophy brilliantly among the Greeks and treated his science in heroic verse, visited these craters. Being perplexed about the eruption of the fire, or having judged it better to die in this way, or, to put it more truly, perhaps not knowing himself why he devised such a departure from life before his time, he leaped into the fire and perished. Democritus of Cos too visited very many cities, climates, countries and nations, and he says somewhere of himself that he spent eighty years abroad. Besides these, countless others of the wise men among the Greeks, ancient and more recent, pursued this. Emulating them, a certain Meropius, a philosopher of Tyre in Phoenicia, went to the Indians. Two boys accompanied him, Frumentius and Aedesius, both related to him, whom he was leading through his studies and educating liberally. Having visited as much of India as he could, he set out on his return, finding a ship bound for Egypt. It happened that, for want of water or other necessities, the ship put in at a certain harbour, and the Indians there rushed down and killed everyone, including Meropius; for they had just then broken their treaty with the Romans. But taking pity on the boys because they were young, they took them alive and brought them to their king. He appointed the younger his cupbearer, and Frumentius steward of his household and manager of his property; for he saw that he was sensible and very capable at administration. When they had shown themselves useful and faithful for a long time, the king, dying and leaving a son and a wife, rewarded their goodwill with freedom and allowed them to live wherever they wished. They were eager to return to their families at Tyre. But since the king's son was still very young, his mother begged them both to stay a short time and govern the kingdom until the boy grew to manhood. Out of respect for the queen's entreaty they administered the palace and the government of the Indians. Frumentius, perhaps moved by divine manifestations, or God stirring him of his own accord, inquired whether there were any Christians among the Indians, or Romans among the merchants who sailed there. Seeking them out carefully, he called them to himself, welcomed and befriended them, and had them meet together for prayer and assemble as is the custom of the Romans; and in every way he encouraged them to honour the Divine, building houses of prayer. When the king's son was already reaching youth, they asked leave of him and of the queen, who thought it unbearable to be parted from them; having persuaded them, they departed as friends and came into the Roman dominions. Aedesius went to Tyre to see his family, and there was afterward made a presbyter. Frumentius, putting off for a time the journey to Phoenicia, came to Alexandria; for he thought it not right that zeal for divine things should take second place to country and family. Meeting Athanasius, who led the church of Alexandria, he told him about the Indians, and that they needed a bishop to care for the Christians there. Athanasius gathered the priests who were present, took counsel about this, and ordained Frumentius bishop of India, reckoning that he was most fit and able to make the religion great among those to whom he had first shown the name of Christian and given the seed of a share in the doctrine. Frumentius returned to the Indians and is said to have exercised the priesthood so gloriously that he was praised by all who had experience of him, and admired no less than the apostles. For God made him most renowned, working through him many wonderful healings, signs and wonders. Such was the beginning of the priesthood among the Indians.
2.25PG 67:999–1007
᾿Αθανασίῳ δὲ πάλιν αἱ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐπιβουλαὶ ἀνεκίνουν πράγματα, καὶ μίσος παρὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ κατεσκεύαζε, καὶ κατηγόρων ἐπήγειρε πλῆθος. Παρ' ὧν όχλούμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, σύνοδον γενέσθαι προσέταξεν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ τῆς Παλαιστίνης. Εἰς ἣν κληθεὶς, οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, Εὐσεβίου τοῦ τῇδε ἐπισκόπου, καὶ τοῦ Νικομηδείας, καὶ τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτοὺς δείσας τὴν σκαιωρίαν. ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν, καίτοι συνελθεῖν ἀναγκαζόμενος, ἀμφὶ τοὺς τριάκοντα μῆνας ἀνεβάλετο. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα σφοδρότερον βιασθεὶς, ἧκεν εἰς Τύρον. Ἔνθα δὴ συνελθόντες πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόπων, ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν τὰς εὐθύνας ὑπέχειν τῶν κατηγορουμένων. Κατηγόρουν δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ μέρους Ἰωάννου, Καλλίνικος ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Ἰσχυρίων τις, ὅτι μυστικὸν ποτήριον συνέτριψε, καὶ ἐπισκοπικὸν καθεῖλε θρόνον· καὶ Ἰσχυρίωνα τοῦτον πρεσβύ τερον ὄντα πολλάκις καθεῖρξε, καὶ συκοφαντήσας πρὸς Ὑγῖνον τὸν Αἰγύπτου ὕπαρχον ὡς βασιλικάς εἰκόνας λιθάσαντα, δεσμωτήριον οἰκεῖν παρεσκεύασε· Καλλίνικον δὲ ὡς ἐπίσκοπον ὄντα ἐν Πηλουσίῳ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ μετὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου συναγόμενον, καθεῖλεν· ὅτι γε, φησὶ, παρῃτεῖτο κοινωνείν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ πεισθείη περὶ τοῦ συντετρίφθαι ὑπονοουμένου μυστικοῦ ποτηρίου· Μάρκῳ δὲ τινι πρεσβυτερίου ἀφῃρημένῳ τὴν Πηλουσίου Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπἑτρεψεν· αὐτὸν δὲ Καλλίνικον στρατιωτικῆς φρουρᾶς καὶ αἰκισμῶν καὶ δικαστηρίων πειραθῆναι ἐποίησε. Καὶ Εὔπλους δὲ καὶ Παχώμιος, καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἀχιλλᾶς καὶ Ἑρμαίων τῶν ἀμφ' Ἰωάννην ἐπί σκοποι, πληγῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγόρουν. Κοινῇ δὲ πάντες ὡς δι' ἐπιορκίας τινῶν εἰς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν παρῆλθεν, ὑποθεμένων πάντων μηδένα χειροτονεῖν, πρὶν τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγκλήματα διαλύσωσιν. ᾿Αποστῆναι δὲ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἀπατηθέντας τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίας· τὸν δὲ μὴ ἀξιῶσαι πεῖσαι, ἀλλὰ βιάζεσθαι, καὶ δεσμωτηρίσις αυτοὺς ἐμβαλεῖν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τε καὶ τὰ κατ' ᾿Αρσένιον ἀνεκινεῖτο. Καὶ οἷα φιλεῖ ἐν σπουδαζομέναις ἐπιβουλαῖς, ἀπροσδόκητοι καὶ τῶν νομιζομένων φίλων ἀνεφύοντο κατήγοροι. Καὶ γραμματεῖον ἀνεγινώσκετο δημοτικῶν ἐκβοήσεων, ὡς τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν λαῶν δι' αὐτὸν ἐκκλησιάζειν μὴ ἀνεχομένων. Ὁ δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος, ἀπολογήσασθαι προσταχθείς, προελθὼν πολλάκις εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον, τὰ μὲν τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀπελύσατο· τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἐπίσκεψιν, ὑπέρθεσιν ᾔτησεν. Ἡπόρει δὲ λίαν, καὶ τοὺς κατηγόρους τοῖς δικασταῖς ὁρῶν κεχαρισμένους, καὶ μάρτυρας πολλοὺς κατ' αὐτοῦ παρεσκευασμένους ἐκ τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου καὶ Μελιτίου φρονούντων, καὶ τοὺς συκοφάντας, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐγκλήμασιν ἐκράτει, συγγνώμης ἀξιουμένους · καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῇ κατὰ ᾿Αρσένιον γραφῇ, οὗ γοητείας ἕνεκα κατηγορεῖτο τὸν βραχίονα ἐκτεμεῖν· καὶ γυναῖκά τινα, ᾗ δῶρα ἐπὶ ἀσελγείᾳ δεδωκέναι, καὶ νύκτωρ ἀκούσῃ συνδιαφθαρῆναι ἐνεκαλεῖτο. Ἑκατέρα γραφή γελοία ἐφωράθη, καὶ συκοφαντίας ἀνάπλεως. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ συνειλεγμένων ἐπισκόπων κατηγόρει ταῦτα ἡ γυνὴ, παρεστώς ᾿Αθανασίῳ Τιμόθεος ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς πρεσβύτερος, ὡς αὐτοῖς λάθρα συνεδόκει, ὑπολαβὼν πρὸς τὸ γύναιον, Ἐγώ σε, ἔφη, ἐβιασάμην, ὦ γύναι; Ἡ δὲ, ᾿Αλλ' οὐ σύ; καιρὸν λέγουσα καὶ τόπον ἐν ᾧ δῆθεν βεβίαστο. Αρσένιον δὲ εἰς μέσον παρήγαγε, καὶ ἀμφοτέρας ἀρτίους αὐτοῦ χεῖρας ἀπέδειξε τοῖς δικασταῖς · καὶ ἐδεῖτο αὐτῶν, εὐθύνας ὑπέχειν τοὺς κατηγόρους οὗ ἐπεφέροντο βραχίονος. Ἔτυχε γάρι Αρσένιος οὗτος, ἢ θειόθεν ἐλαυνόμενος, ἢ, ὡς λέγεται, ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιβούλων ᾿Αθανασίου κρυπτόμενος, ἀναγγείλαντός του δι' αὐτὸν κινδυνεύειν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον, ἀποδρὰς νύκτωρ, καὶ πρὸ μιᾶς τοῦ δικαστηρίου κατάρας εἰς Τύρον. Ἑκατέρου δὲ ἐγκλήματος ὧδε λυθέντος, ὡς μηδὲν ἀπολογίας προσδεηθῆναι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, ὡς οἶμαι, ἐπὶ προφάσει δῆθεν τοῦ μὴ χρῆναι οὕτως αἰσχρὸν καὶ γελοιῶδες πρᾶγμα ἐπὶ συνόδου ἀναγράφεσθαι, οὐκ ἐμφέρεται τοῖς πεπραγμένοις. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ δεύτερον ἤρκεσεν εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῖς κατηγόροις εἰπεῖν, ὡς Πλουσιανός τις ἐπίσκοπος τῶν ὑπὸ ᾿Αθανάσιον, κατὰ πρόσταξιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ᾿Αρσενίου οἰκίαν κατέφλεξε· καὶ κίονι προσδήτας, καὶ ἱμάσιν αἰκισάμενος, ἐν οἰκίσκῳ καθεῖρξε. Διὰ θυρίδος δὲ ἀποδράσαι τοῦτον· καὶ ἐπειδὴ ζητητέος ἦν, ἐπὶ· χρόνον λαθεῖν κρυπτόμενον, μὴ φαινόμενον δὲ εἰκότως ἀποθανεῖν νομισθῆναι. Καὶ οἷά γε ἐπιφανῆ ἄνδρα καὶ ὁμολογητὴν, οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐπίσκοποι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν, προσιόντες τοῖς ἄρχουσι. Ταῦτ᾽ οὖν λογιζόμενος ᾿Αθανάσιος, περιδεὴς ἦν· ἅμα δὲ ὑφωρᾶτο, μὴ καιρὸν εὑρόντες οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντες λάθρα ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν. Μετὰ πολλὰς δὲ συνόδους, θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς ἐμπλησθέντος τοῦ συλλόγου, κεκραγότων τε τῶν κατηγόρων καὶ τοῦ περὶ τὸ δικαστήριον πλήθους, πάσῃ μηχανῇ χρῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖν ὡς γόητα, καὶ βίαιον, καὶ ἱερωσύνης ἀνάξιον· δείσαντες οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως προστεταγμένοι παρεῖναι τῇ συνόδῳ εὐταξίας ἕνεκα, μὴ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐν στάσει καταδραμόντες, αὐτόχειρες αὐτοῦ γένωνται, λάθρα αὐτὸν ὑπεξἡγαγον τοῦ δικαστηρίου. Ὁ δὲ, λογισάμενος οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον αὐτῷ διατρίβειν ἐν Τύρῳ, οὔτε ἀσφαλές • δικάσασθαι πρὸς πλῆθος κατηγόρων παρὰ δικασταῖς ἐχθροῖς, φεύγει εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Καταδικάζουσι δὲ αὐτῷ ἐρήμην ἡ σύνοδος, καὶ καθαιροῦσι τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς, καὶ ψηφίζονται αὐτὸν μηκέτι τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν οἰκεῖν, ἵνα μὴ, φησὶ, θορύβους καὶ στάσεις παρὼν ἐργάζηται. Ἰωάννην δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ πάντας, ὡς οὐ δικαίως κακῶς παθόντας, εἰς κοινωνίαν προσίενται, καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ κλήρῳ ἀξίωμα ἑκάστῳ διέδωκαν. Δηλοῦσι δὲ τὰ πεπραγμένα τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ γράφουσι τοῖς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόποις, μὴ μεταδοῦναι αὐτῷ κοινωνίας, μήτε γράφειν, μήτε παρ' αὐτοῦ γράμματα δέχεσθαι, ὡς ἐληλεγμένου ἐν οἷς διήκουσαν, καὶ διὰ τῆς φυγῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς μὴ ἀγωνισθείσαις γραφαῖς ἀλόντος. Ἑδήλουν δὲ διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, ἐπὶ τοιαύτην προῆχθαι ψῆφον· πρῶτον μὲν ὅσον χαι λεπαίνοντες, καθότι, τοῦ βασιλέως προστάξοντος ἐν τῷ παρελθόντι ἐνιαυτῷ, συνελθεῖν αὐτοῦ χάριν εἰς Καισάρειαν τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόπους, οὐκ ἀπήντησεν, ἐπὶ μακρῷ χρόνῳ ταλαιπωρουμένην τὴν σύνὁδὸν ἰδὼν, καὶ τῶν τοῦ κρατοῦντος προσταγμάτων καταφρονήσας. Πλειόνων δὲ συνελθόντων εἰς Τύρον, ἅμα πλήθει ἀφίκετο, καὶ ταραχὰς καὶ θορύβους ἐνεποίει τῇ συνόδῳ· πῆ μὲν τὰς ἀπολογίας ἀποκρουόμενος, πῆ δὲ τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἕκαστον προπηλακίζων· ἄλλοτε δὲ καλούμενος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν, μὴ ὑπι ακούων · ποτὲ κρίνεσθαι μὴ ἀξιῶν. Περιφανῶς δὲ πεφωρᾶσθαι αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ μυστικοῦ ποτηρίου τῇ συντριβῇ κατήγγελλον, μάρτυρας ἐπὶ τοῦτο προϊσχόμενοι, Θεόγνιον τὸν Νικαίας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Μάριν τὸν Χαλκηδόνος, καὶ Θεόδωρον τὸν Ἡρακλείας, Οὐάλεντά τε καὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Μακεδόνιον · οὓς ἀπέστειλαν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ὥστε παραγενομένους εἰς τὴν κώμην ἔνθα συντετρίφθαι τὸ ποτήριον ἐλέγετο, τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀνευρεῖν. Τοιαῦτα ἔγραψαν, καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἔγκλημα δικανικῶς ἐφαψάμενοι, καὶ οἷον ἐκ τέχνης τινὸς διαβολὴν κατασκευάσαι σπουδάζοντες. Οὐχ ὑγιῶς δὲ ταύτην τὴν κρίσιν ἔχειν, καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν παρόντων ἱερέων κατεφαίνετο. Λέγεται οὖν Παφνούτιον τὸν ὁμολογητὴν τῇ συνόδῳ ταύτῃ παραγενόμενον, λαβόμενον τῆς χειρὸς, ἐξαναστῆναι Μάξιμον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπον, ὡς οὐ δέον συλλόγου κοινωνεῖν πονηρῶν ἀν θρώπων, ὁμολογητὰς αὐτοὺς ὄντας, καὶ δι᾿ εὐσέβειαν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν κεκομμένους, καὶ τὰς ἀγγύλας πεπηρωμένους.
᾿Athanasiǭ de palin hai tōn enantiōn epiboulai anekinoun pragmata, kai misos para tǭ basilei kateskeuaze, kai katēgorōn epēgeire plēthos. Par' hōn ochloumenos ho basileus, synodon genesthai prosetaxen en Kaisareią tēs Palaistinēs. Eis hēn klētheis, ouch hypēkousen, Eusebiou tou tę̄de episkopou, kai tou Nikomēdeias, kai tōn amph᾿ autous deisas tēn skaiōrian. ᾿Alla tote men, kaitoi synelthein anankazomenos, amphi tous triakonta mēnas anebaleto. Meta de tauta sphodroteron biastheis, hēken eis Tyron. Entha dē synelthontes polloi tōn ana tēn Heō episkopōn, ekeleuon auton tas euthynas hypechein tōn katēgoroumenōn. Katēgoroun de autou tou merous Iōannou, Kallinikos episkopos, kai Ischyriōn tis, hoti mystikon potērion synetripse, kai episkopikon katheile thronon; kai Ischyriōna touton presby teron onta pollakis katheirxe, kai sykophantēsas pros Hyginon ton Aigyptou hyparchon hōs basilikas eikonas lithasanta, desmōtērion oikein pareskeuase; Kallinikon de hōs episkopon onta en Pēlousiǭ tēs katholou Ekklēsias, kai meta ᾿Alexandrou synagomenon, katheilen; hoti ge, phēsi, parę̄teito koinōnein autǭ, ei mē peistheiē peri tou syntetriphthai hyponooumenou mystikou potēriou; Markǭ de tini presbyteriou aphę̄rēmenǭ tēn Pēlousiou Ekklēsian epetrepsen; auton de Kallinikon stratiōtikēs phrouras kai aikismōn kai dikastēriōn peirathēnai epoiēse. Kai Euplous de kai Pachōmios, kai Isaak kai Achillas kai Hermaiōn tōn amph' Iōannēn epi skopoi, plēgōn autou katēgoroun. Koinę̄ de pantes hōs di' epiorkias tinōn eis tēn episkopēn parēlthen, hypothemenōn pantōn mēdena cheirotonein, prin ta en autois enklēmata dialysōsin. ᾿Apostēnai de dia touto autous apatēthentas tēs pros auton koinōnias; ton de mē axiōsai peisai, alla biazesthai, kai desmōtērisis autous embalein. Epi toutois te kai ta kat' ᾿Arsenion anekineito. Kai hoia philei en spoudazomenais epiboulais, aprosdokētoi kai tōn nomizomenōn philōn anephyonto katēgoroi. Kai grammateion aneginōsketo dēmotikōn ekboēseōn, hōs tōn ana tēn ᾿Alexandreian laōn di' auton ekklēsiazein mē anechomenōn. Ho de ᾿Athanasios, apologēsasthai prostachtheis, proelthōn pollakis eis to dikastērion, ta men tōn enklēmatōn apelysato; tōn de pros episkepsin, hyperthesin ę̄tēsen. Hēporei de lian, kai tous katēgorous tois dikastais horōn kecharismenous, kai martyras pollous kat' autou pareskeuasmenous ek tōn ta ᾿Areiou kai Melitiou phronountōn, kai tous sykophantas, eph᾽ hois enklēmasin ekratei, syngnōmēs axioumenous ; kai malista epi tę̄ kata ᾿Arsenion graphę̄, hou goēteias heneka katēgoreito ton brachiona ektemein; kai gynaika tina, hę̄ dōra epi aselgeią dedōkenai, kai nyktōr akousę̄ syndiaphtharēnai enekaleito. Hekatera graphē geloia ephōrathē, kai sykophantias anapleōs. Epei gar syneilegmenōn episkopōn katēgorei tauta hē gynē, parestōs ᾿Athanasiǭ Timotheos ᾿Alexandreus presbyteros, hōs autois lathra synedokei, hypolabōn pros to gynaion, Egō se, ephē, ebiasamēn, ō gynai? Hē de, ᾿All' ou sy? kairon legousa kai topon en hǭ dēthen bebiasto. Arsenion de eis meson parēgage, kai amphoteras artious autou cheiras apedeixe tois dikastais ; kai edeito autōn, euthynas hypechein tous katēgorous hou epepheronto brachionos. Etyche gari Arsenios houtos, ē theiothen elaunomenos, ē, hōs legetai, hypo tōn epiboulōn ᾿Athanasiou kryptomenos, anangeilantos tou di' auton kindyneuein ton episkopon, apodras nyktōr, kai pro mias tou dikastēriou kataras eis Tyron. Hekaterou de enklēmatos hōde lythentos, hōs mēden apologias prosdeēthēnai, to men prōton, hōs oimai, epi prophasei dēthen tou mē chrēnai houtōs aischron kai geloiōdes pragma epi synodou anagraphesthai, ouk empheretai tois pepragmenois. Pros de to deuteron ērkesen eis apologian tois katēgorois eipein, hōs Plousianos tis episkopos tōn hypo ᾿Athanasion, kata prostaxin autou tēn ᾿Arseniou oikian katephlexe; kai kioni prosdētas, kai himasin aikisamenos, en oikiskǭ katheirxe. Dia thyridos de apodrasai touton; kai epeidē zētēteos ēn, epi; chronon lathein kryptomenon, mē phainomenon de eikotōs apothanein nomisthēnai. Kai hoia ge epiphanē andra kai homologētēn, hoi amphi ton Iōannēn episkopoi ezētoun auton, prosiontes tois archousi. Taut᾽ oun logizomenos ᾿Athanasios, perideēs ēn; hama de hyphōrato, mē kairon heurontes hoi epibouleuontes lathra anelōsin auton. Meta pollas de synodous, thorybou kai tarachēs emplēsthentos tou syllogou, kekragotōn te tōn katēgorōn kai tou peri to dikastērion plēthous, pasę̄ mēchanę̄ chrēnai auton ekpodōn poiein hōs goēta, kai biaion, kai hierōsynēs anaxion; deisantes hoi para tou basileōs prostetagmenoi pareinai tę̄ synodǭ eutaxias heneka, mē, hōs eikos, en stasei katadramontes, autocheires autou genōntai, lathra auton hypexēgagon tou dikastēriou. Ho de, logisamenos ouk akindynon autǭ diatribein en Tyrǭ, oute asphales • dikasasthai pros plēthos katēgorōn para dikastais echthrois, pheugei eis Kōnstantinoupolin. Katadikazousi de autǭ erēmēn hē synodos, kai kathairousi tēs episkopēs, kai psēphizontai auton mēketi tēn ᾿Alexandreian oikein, hina mē, phēsi, thorybous kai staseis parōn ergazētai. Iōannēn de kai tous syn autǭ pantas, hōs ou dikaiōs kakōs pathontas, eis koinōnian prosientai, kai to en tǭ klērǭ axiōma hekastǭ diedōkan. Dēlousi de ta pepragmena tǭ basilei, kai graphousi tois pantachē episkopois, mē metadounai autǭ koinōnias, mēte graphein, mēte par' autou grammata dechesthai, hōs elēlegmenou en hois diēkousan, kai dia tēs phygēs, kai epi tais mē agōnistheisais graphais alontos. Hedēloun de dia tēs epistolēs, epi toiautēn proēchthai psēphon; prōton men hoson chai lepainontes, kathoti, tou basileōs prostaxontos en tǭ parelthonti eniautǭ, synelthein autou charin eis Kaisareian tous ana tēn Heō episkopous, ouk apēntēsen, epi makrǭ chronǭ talaipōroumenēn tēn synodon idōn, kai tōn tou kratountos prostagmatōn kataphronēsas. Pleionōn de synelthontōn eis Tyron, hama plēthei aphiketo, kai tarachas kai thorybous enepoiei tę̄ synodǭ; pē men tas apologias apokrouomenos, pē de tōn episkopōn hekaston propēlakizōn; allote de kaloumenos hyp᾿ autōn, mē hypi akouōn ; pote krinesthai mē axiōn. Periphanōs de pephōrasthai auton epi tou mystikou potēriou tę̄ syntribę̄ katēngellon, martyras epi touto proïschomenoi, Theognion ton Nikaias episkopon, kai Marin ton Chalkēdonos, kai Theodōron ton Hērakleias, Oualenta te kai Oursakion kai Makedonion ; hous apesteilan eis Aigypton, hōste paragenomenous eis tēn kōmēn entha syntetriphthai to potērion elegeto, to alēthes aneurein. Toiauta egrapsan, kath᾿ hekaston enklēma dikanikōs ephapsamenoi, kai hoion ek technēs tinos diabolēn kataskeuasai spoudazontes. Ouch hygiōs de tautēn tēn krisin echein, kai pollois tōn parontōn hiereōn katephaineto. Legetai oun Paphnoution ton homologētēn tę̄ synodǭ tautę̄ paragenomenon, labomenon tēs cheiros, exanastēnai Maximon ton Hierosolymōn episkopon, hōs ou deon syllogou koinōnein ponērōn an thrōpōn, homologētas autous ontas, kai di᾿ eusebeian tous ophthalmous autōn kekommenous, kai tas angylas pepērōmenous.
Again the plots of his opponents stirred up trouble for Athanasius, created hatred against him with the emperor, and raised up a multitude of accusers. Troubled by them, the emperor ordered a synod to be held at Caesarea in Palestine. Athanasius was summoned to it but did not obey, fearing the scheming of Eusebius, bishop there, and of the bishop of Nicomedia and their party. At that time, though compelled to attend, he put it off for about thirty months. Afterward, being pressed more strongly, he came to Tyre. There many of the bishops of the East had gathered, and they ordered him to answer the charges. He was accused by Callinicus, a bishop of John's party, and by one Ischyrion, of having broken a mystic chalice and overthrown a bishop's throne; of having often imprisoned this Ischyrion, though he was a presbyter, and of having caused him to be put in prison by falsely accusing him before Hyginus, the prefect of Egypt, of throwing stones at the imperial statues; of having deposed Callinicus, who was bishop of the catholic church in Pelusium and had been in communion with Alexander, because, he said, Callinicus refused to communicate with him unless he was satisfied about the mystic chalice he was suspected of having broken; of having entrusted the church of Pelusium to one Mark, who had been deprived of the presbyterate; and of having made Callinicus himself suffer military custody, ill-treatment and lawsuits. Euplus, Pachomius, Isaac, Achillas and Hermaeon, bishops of John's party, accused him of beatings. All together accused him of having come into the episcopate through the perjury of certain men, when all had agreed to ordain no one until they had resolved the charges among themselves; and of having, when they were deceived and for this reason withdrew from communion with him, not thought fit to persuade them but used force and thrown them into prison. Besides this, the affair of Arsenius was stirred up again. And as usually happens in zealously pursued plots, unexpected accusers sprang up even from among those thought to be friends. A document of popular outcries was read, to the effect that the people of Alexandria would not attend church because of him. Athanasius, ordered to defend himself, came often before the court; he cleared himself of some of the charges, and for others asked for a postponement for inquiry. He was greatly at a loss, seeing that the accusers were in favour with the judges, that many witnesses against him had been made ready from among those who held the views of Arius and Melitius, and that the false accusers were pardoned on the charges in which he prevailed: especially in the charge about Arsenius, whose arm he was accused of cutting off for sorcery, and that about a woman, to whom he was charged with having given gifts for lewdness and with having violated her at night against her will. Each charge was found ridiculous and full of falsehood. For when the woman was making these accusations before the assembled bishops, Timothy, a presbyter of Alexandria, who was standing by Athanasius, by secret agreement with him took up the word and said to the woman: “Woman, was it I who violated you?” She answered, “Was it not you?”, naming the time and place where she had supposedly been violated. He also brought Arsenius into the midst, showed the judges both his hands whole, and asked them to make the accusers answer for the arm they had produced. For this Arsenius, either driven by God or, as is said, hidden by those plotting against Athanasius, when someone told him that the bishop was in danger on his account, had run away by night and come down to Tyre the day before the trial. When both charges had been disposed of in this way, so that no defence was needed, the first, as I think, on the pretext that so shameful and ridiculous a matter ought not to be recorded at a synod, is not included in the acts. On the second, it sufficed the accusers by way of defence to say that a certain Plusianus, a bishop under Athanasius, had at his command burned the house of Arsenius, tied him to a pillar, scourged him with thongs, and shut him up in a small room; that he had escaped through a window; and that since he was being sought, he had hidden for a time, and when he did not appear was naturally thought to be dead; and that the bishops of John's party had sought him, as a distinguished man and a confessor, by going to the magistrates. Reflecting on all this, Athanasius was greatly afraid; at the same time he suspected that those plotting against him would find an opportunity and kill him secretly. After many sessions, when the assembly was filled with uproar and confusion, and the accusers and the crowd about the court were shouting that he must be put out of the way by every means as a sorcerer, a man of violence, and unworthy of the priesthood, those who had been ordered by the emperor to attend the synod for the sake of good order feared that the crowd would rush on him in a riot and lay hands on him, and they secretly led him out of the court. Reckoning that it was neither without danger for him to stay in Tyre nor safe to stand trial against a multitude of accusers before hostile judges, he fled to Constantinople. The synod condemned him in his absence, deposed him from the episcopate, and voted that he should no longer live in Alexandria, lest, as they said, by his presence he should cause tumults and disturbances. They received John and all those with him into communion, as having suffered unjustly, and restored to each his rank in the clergy. They reported what had been done to the emperor, and wrote to the bishops everywhere not to give him communion, nor to write to him, nor to receive letters from him, as one convicted in the charges they had heard, and condemned by his flight in those not contested. In the letter they declared that they had been led to such a vote: first, because they were angry that when the emperor had ordered the bishops of the East to meet at Caesarea in the previous year on his account, he did not come, though he saw the synod kept waiting for a long time, and despised the ruler's commands; and that when more of them met at Tyre, he came with a crowd and caused disturbances and tumults in the synod, at times rejecting the defences, at times insulting each of the bishops, at other times not answering when called, and sometimes refusing to be tried. They announced that he had been clearly convicted of breaking the mystic chalice, citing as witnesses to this Theognis, bishop of Nicaea, Maris of Chalcedon, Theodore of Heraclea, Valens, Ursacius and Macedonius, whom they had sent to Egypt to go to the village where the chalice was said to have been broken and find out the truth. Such was what they wrote, touching each charge in a lawyer's manner and eager, as if by some art, to construct an accusation. That this judgment was not sound appeared to many of the priests present as well. It is said that Paphnutius the confessor, who was present at this synod, took Maximus, bishop of Jerusalem, by the hand and made him rise, saying that it was not right for them, being confessors who had had their eyes put out and their knees maimed for piety, to take part in an assembly of wicked men.
2.26PG 67:1007–1009
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὴν τρίτην δεκάδα τῆς Κωνσταντίνου ἡγεμονίας, ἐξεργασθέντος τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσο λύμοις νεὼ περὶ τὸν Κρανίου χῶρον, ὅ μέγα Μαρτύριον προσαγορεύεται, παραγενόμενος εἰς Τύρον Μαριανός, ἀνὴρ τῶν ἐν ἀξίᾳ, βασιλικὸς ταχυγράφος, ἀπέδωκε τῇ συνόδῳ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὴν, παρακελευομένην ἐν τάχει τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα καταλαβεῖν, καὶ τὸν νεὼ καθιερῶσαι. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πρὶν βεβουλευμένος, ἀναγκαῖον ἐνόμισε πρότερον ἐν Τύρῳ συνελθόντας τοὺς ἐπισκό πους, διαθεῖναι τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοράς· οὕτω τε κεκαθαρμένους διχονοίας καὶλύπης ἐπὶ τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν τοῦ νεὼ χωρῆσαι. Πρόσφορον γὰρ εἶναι τοιαύτῃ πανηγύρει τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τῶν ἱερέων. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦκον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ τὸν ναὸν καθιέρωσαν, καὶ τὰ ἀποσταλέντα παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως κειμήλιά τε καὶ ἀναθήματα, ἃ εἰσέτι νῦν ἐν τῷδε τῷ ἱερῷ οἴκῳ ἀνάκεινται, καὶ πολὺ παρέχει θαῦμα τοῖς θεωμένοις, πολυτελείας καὶ μεγέθους ἕνεκα. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ ἐτήσιον ταύτην ἑορτὴν λαμπρῶς μάλα ἄγει ἡ τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων Ἐκκλησία · ὡς καὶ μυήσεις ἐν αὐτῇ τελεῖσθαι, καὶ ὀκτὼ ἡμέρας ἐφεξῆς ἐκκλησιάζειν· συνιέναι τε πολλοὺς σχεδὸν ἐκ πάσης τῆς ὑφ᾽ ἥλιον, οἳ καθ' ἱστορίαν τῶν ἱερῶν τόπων, πάντοθεν συντρέχουσι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ταύτης τῆς πανηγύρεως.
En toutǭ de amphi tēn tritēn dekada tēs Kōnstantinou hēgemonias, exergasthentos tou en Hieroso lymois neō peri ton Kraniou chōron, ho mega Martyrion prosagoreuetai, paragenomenos eis Tyron Marianos, anēr tōn en axią, basilikos tachygraphos, apedōke tę̄ synodǭ basileōs epistolēn, parakeleuomenēn en tachei ta Hierosolyma katalabein, kai ton neō kathierōsai. Touto de kai prin bebouleumenos, anankaion enomise proteron en Tyrǭ synelthontas tous episko pous, diatheinai tas pros allēlous diaphoras; houtō te kekatharmenous dichonoias kailypēs epi tēn aphierōsin tou neō chōrēsai. Prosphoron gar einai toiautę̄ panēgyrei tēn homonoian tōn hiereōn. Kai hoi men ēkon eis Hierosolyma, kai ton naon kathierōsan, kai ta apostalenta para tou basileōs keimēlia te kai anathēmata, ha eiseti nyn en tǭde tǭ hierǭ oikǭ anakeintai, kai poly parechei thauma tois theōmenois, polyteleias kai megethous heneka. Ex ekeinou de etēsion tautēn heortēn lamprōs mala agei hē tōn Hierosolymōn Ekklēsia ; hōs kai myēseis en autę̄ teleisthai, kai oktō hēmeras ephexēs ekklēsiazein; synienai te pollous schedon ek pasēs tēs hyph᾽ hēlion, hoi kath' historian tōn hierōn topōn, pantothen syntrechousi kata ton kairon tautēs tēs panēgyreōs.
Meanwhile, about the thirtieth year of Constantine's reign, when the church in Jerusalem at the place of the Skull, which is called the great Martyrium, had been completed, Marianus, a man of rank and an imperial secretary, came to Tyre and delivered to the synod a letter of the emperor bidding them go quickly to Jerusalem and consecrate the church. He had planned this before, but thought it necessary that the bishops should first meet at Tyre and settle their differences with one another, and so, cleansed of dissension and grief, proceed to the dedication of the church; for the concord of the priests was fitting for such a festival. They came to Jerusalem and consecrated the church, together with the treasures and offerings sent by the emperor, which are still kept in this holy house and cause great wonder to those who see them because of their costliness and size. From that time the church of Jerusalem has kept this as a yearly feast with great splendour, so that initiations are performed at it and assemblies held for eight days in succession; and many come together from almost every land under the sun, who run together from everywhere at the time of this festival to visit the holy places.
2.27PG 67:1009–1013
Τηνικαῦτα δὲ καιροῦ λαβόμενοι οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες τῶν ἐπισκόπων, ἐσπούδασαν γενέσθαι ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις σύνοδον, καὶ κοινωνίας αὐτῷ μεταδοῦναι καὶ Εὐζωΐῳ· ἐθάῤῥησαν δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ πρόφασιν τοιάνδε· Πρεσβύτερός τις ἦν συνήθης τῇ ἀδελφῇ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπαινέτης τῶν ᾿Αρείου δογμάτων. Καὶ ὅτι τάδε ἐφρόνει, τὰ πρῶτα ἐλάνθανεν. Ὡς δὲ πολλοῖς προελθὼν χρόνοις οἰκειότερον ἑαυτὸν κατέστησε Κωνσταντίᾳ, τοῦτο γὰρ ὅνομα ἦν τῇ ἀδελφῇ Κωνσταντίνου, ἀδείας λαβόμενος ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο πρὸς αὐτὴν, καὶ κατεμέμφετο, μὴ δικαίως "Αρειον τὴν πατρίδα φεύγειν, καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐκβεβλῆσθαι, διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἰδίας ἔχθρας ἐκβληθέντα παρὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, τοῦ ἐπιτροπεύσαντος τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Εκκλησίαν. Εὐδοκιμοῦντα γὰρ, ἔφη, παρὰ τῷ πλήθει ὁρῶν αὐτὸν, ἐζηλοτύπησεν. ᾿Αληθῆ δὲ ταῦτα πεισθεῖσα Κωνσταντία, ἐν ᾧ μὲν περιῆν, οὐδὲν ἔφθασε νεωτε ρίσαι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ νόσῳ περιἐπεσε, καθυφωρᾶτο τελευτᾷν· καὶ παραγενόμενον ὡς αὐτὴν τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐκέλευσε τελευταίαν αὐτῇ δοῦναι χάριν, ἣν ἂν αἰτήσειεν. Ἑδεῖτο δὲ οἰκεῖον ἔχειν τὸν εἰρημένον πρεσβύτερον, καὶ ὡς ὀρθῶς δοξάζοντι περὶ τὸ Θεῖον πείθεσθαι. Ἑαυτὴν μὲν γὰρ ἔφη οἴχεσθαι, καὶ λοιπὸν τῆς ἐνταῦθα βιοτῆς μηδὲν φροντίζειν περὶ δὲ αὐτοῦ ὀῤῥωδεῖν, μήτι πάθοι ὑπὸ θεομηνίας, ἢ αὐτὸς κακῶς πράξας, ἢ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αἰσχρῶς ἀποβαλών· ἐπεὶ δικαίους, ἔφη, καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἀδίκως πεισθείς τισιν, ἀϊδίῳ φυγῇ ἐζημίωσεν. Ἐντεῦθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς οἰκειότατα διετέθη περὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον τοῦτον · καὶ παῤῥησίας αὐτῷ μεταδοὺς, καὶ κοινωσάμενος περὶ ὧν ἐνετείλατο ἡ ἀδελφή, ψήθη χρῆναι πάλιν πειρασθῆναι τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἄρειον· ὡς εἰκὸς, ὑποτοπήσας ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς διαβολάς, ἢ τῇ ἀδελφῇ χαριζόμενος. Οὐκ εἰς μακράν τε μετεκαλέσατο "Αρειον ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς, καὶ γραφὴν ἐκέ-, λευσεν ἐκδοῦναι ὧν πιστεύει περὶ Θεοῦ. Ὁ δὲ, τὸ καινὸν ἐκκλίνας ὧν πρότερον εὖρεν ὀνομάτων, ἑτέραν ὕφανεν ἔκθεσιν, ἁπλοῖς ῥητοῖς καὶ ἐγνωσμένοις ταῖς ἱεραῖς Βίβλοις χρησάμενος· καὶ ὅρκον ὤμοσεν, ἢ μὴν ὧδε πιστεύειν, καὶ κατὰ νοῦν ταῦτα φρονεῖν, καὶ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἐννοεῖν παρὰ ταῦτα. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε 83 Τῷ εὐσεβεστάτῳ καὶ θεοφιλεστάτῳ δεσπότῃ ἡμῶν Κωνσταντίνῳ, "Αρειος καὶ Εὐζώϊος πρεσβύτεροι. Καθὼς προσέταξεν ἡ θεοφιλής σου εὐσέβεια, δέσποτα βασιλεῦ, ἐκτιθέμεθα τὴν ἑαυτῶν πίστιν ἐγγράφως· ὁμολογοῦμεν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ οὕτω πιστεύειν, καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν ἡμῖν, ὡς ὑποτέτακται. Πιστεύομεν εἰς ἕνα Θεὸν, Πατέρα παντοκράτορα, και εἰς Κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, τὸν ἐξ αὐτοῦ πρὸ πάντων τῶν αἰώνων γεγεννημένον Θεὸν Λόγον, δι' οὗ τὰ πάντα ἐγένετο, τὰ τε ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· τὸν ἐλθόντα καὶ σάρκα ἀναλαβόντα, καὶ παθόντα καὶ ἀναστάντα, καὶ ἀνελθόντα εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺς, καὶ πάλιν ἐρχόμενον κρίναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. Καὶ εἰς ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, καὶ σαρκὸς ἀνάστα: σιν, καὶ εἰς ζωὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, καὶ εἰς βασιλείαν οὐρανῶν, καὶ εἰς μίαν Ἐκκλησίαν καθολικὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ἀπὸ περάτων ἕως περάτων. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν πίστιν παρειλήφαμεν ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων εὐαγγελίων, λέγοντος τοῦ Κυρίου τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μαθηταῖς, Πορευθέντες μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, βαπτίζον τες αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Εἰ δὲ μὴ ταῦτα οὕτω πιστεύομεν, καὶ ἀποδεχόμεθα ἀληθῶς, Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ὡς πᾶσα ἡ καθολικὴ Ἐκκλησία καὶ αἱ ἅγιαι Γραφαὶ διδάσκουσιν, ὡς κατὰ πάντα πιστεύομεν, κριτὴς ἡμῶν ἔσται ὁ Θεὸς καὶ νῦν καὶ ἐν τῇ μελλούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ. Διὸ παρακαλοῦμέν σου τὴν εὐσέβειαν, θεοφιλέστατε ἡμῶν βασιλεῦ, ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς ἡμᾶς ὄντας, καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὸ φρόνημα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἁγίων Γραφῶν ἔχοντας, ἑνοῦσθαι ἡμᾶς διὰ τῆς εἰρηνοποιοῦ σου καὶ θεοσεβοῦς εὐσεβείας τῇ μητρὶ ἡμῶν, τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ δηλα - δὴ, περιῃρημένων τῶν ζητημάτων, καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῶν ζητημάτων περισσολογιῶν· ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἡ Ἐκκλησία μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων εἰρηνεύοντες, τὰς συνήθεις καὶ παντὸς τοῦ γένους σου κοινῇ πάντες ποιώμεθα. εὐχὰς ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρηνικῆς σου, καὶ εὐσεβοῦς βασιλείας, ματι. Οὐ μὴν ἑαυτῷ ἐπέτρεψεν, εἰς κοινωνίαν αὐτοὺς Ταύτης τῆς πίστεως τὴν γραφὴν, οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον 4 τεχνικῶς συγκεῖσθαι, καὶ τὸ δοκεῖν τοῖς ῥητοῖς διαλλάσσειν· συμφέρεσθαι δὲ καὶ οὕτως τοῖς ᾿Αρείου δόγμασι κατὰ τὴν ἐκδοχὴν τῶν ὀνομάτων, ἄδειαν παρεχόντων ἐπαμφοτερίζειν, καὶ πρὸς ἑκατέραν διάνοιαν ταῦτα ἐκλαμβάνειν. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς παραπλήσια δοξάζειν "Αρειόν τε καὶ Εὐζώϊον τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθόσιν, ἥσθη τῷ πράγδέξασθαι, πρὸ κρίσεως καὶ δοκιμασίας τῶν τούτου κυρίων, κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Πέμπει δὲ αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις τότε συνελθόντας ἐπισκόπους, γράψας σκοπηθῆναι αὐτῶν τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῆς πίστεως · φιλάνθρωπον δὲ ψῆφον ἐνεγκεῖν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς τὴν σύνοδον, ἤν τε ὀρθῶς φανεῖεν δοξάζοντες, καὶ φθόνου χάριν, ἐπιβουλευθέντες, ἤν τε μηδὲν ἔχον τες μέμφεσθαι τοῖς ἤδη ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς κεκριμένοις, μεταμεληθεῖεν. Καιροῦ δὲ λαβόμενοι, πάλαι ταῦτα σπουδάζοντες, προφάσει τῶν βασιλέως γραμμάτων, ἐδέξαντο αὐτοὺς εἰς κοινωνίαν. Καὶ ὅτε τοῦτο ἐποίησαν, αὐτῷ τε τῷ βασιλεῖ ἔγραψαν, καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Θηβαΐδα καὶ Λιβύην ἐπισκόποις καὶ κληρικοῖς, παρακελευσάμενοι προθύμως αὐτοὺς δέξασθαι, ὡς καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως μαρτυρήσαντος ὀρθὴν εἶναι τὴν αὐτῶν πίστιν, ἣν τῇ οἰκείᾳ ἐπιστολῇ ὑπέταξαν, καὶ τῆς συνόδου ἐπιψηφισαμένης τῇ τοῦ βασιλέως κρίσει. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐσπουδάζετο.
Tēnikauta de kairou labomenoi hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronountes tōn episkopōn, espoudasan genesthai en Hierosolymois synodon, kai koinōnias autǭ metadounai kai Euzōïǭ; etharrhēsan de tauta kata prophasin toiande; Presbyteros tis ēn synēthēs tę̄ adelphę̄ tou basileōs, epainetēs tōn ᾿Areiou dogmatōn. Kai hoti tade ephronei, ta prōta elanthanen. Hōs de pollois proelthōn chronois oikeioteron heauton katestēse Kōnstantią, touto gar honoma ēn tę̄ adelphę̄ Kōnstantinou, adeias labomenos eparrhēsiasato pros autēn, kai katemempheto, mē dikaiōs "Areion tēn patrida pheugein, kai tēs Ekklēsias ekbeblēsthai, dia phthonon kai idias echthras ekblēthenta para ᾿Alexandrou, tou epitropeusantos tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian. Eudokimounta gar, ephē, para tǭ plēthei horōn auton, ezēlotypēsen. ᾿Alēthē de tauta peistheisa Kōnstantia, en hǭ men periēn, ouden ephthase neōte risai tōn en Nikaią doxantōn. Epei de nosǭ periepese, kathyphōrato teleutąn; kai paragenomenon hōs autēn ton adelphon ekeleuse teleutaian autę̄ dounai charin, hēn an aitēseien. Hedeito de oikeion echein ton eirēmenon presbyteron, kai hōs orthōs doxazonti peri to Theion peithesthai. Heautēn men gar ephē oichesthai, kai loipon tēs entautha biotēs mēden phrontizein peri de autou orrhōdein, mēti pathoi hypo theomēnias, ē autos kakōs praxas, ē tēn hēgemonian aischrōs apobalōn; epei dikaious, ephē, kai agathous andras adikōs peistheis tisin, aïdiǭ phygę̄ ezēmiōsen. Enteuthen ho basileus oikeiotata dietethē peri ton presbyteron touton ; kai parrhēsias autǭ metadous, kai koinōsamenos peri hōn eneteilato hē adelphē, psēthē chrēnai palin peirasthēnai tōn kata ton Areion; hōs eikos, hypotopēsas alētheis einai tas diabolas, ē tę̄ adelphę̄ charizomenos. Ouk eis makran te metekalesato "Areion apo tēs phygēs, kai graphēn eke-, leusen ekdounai hōn pisteuei peri Theou. Ho de, to kainon ekklinas hōn proteron euren onomatōn, heteran hyphanen ekthesin, haplois rhētois kai egnōsmenois tais hierais Biblois chrēsamenos; kai horkon ōmosen, ē mēn hōde pisteuein, kai kata noun tauta phronein, kai mēden heteron ennoein para tauta. Echei de hōde 83 Tǭ eusebestatǭ kai theophilestatǭ despotę̄ hēmōn Kōnstantinǭ, "Areios kai Euzōïos presbyteroi. Kathōs prosetaxen hē theophilēs sou eusebeia, despota basileu, ektithemetha tēn heautōn pistin engraphōs; homologoumen epi Theou houtō pisteuein, kai autoi kai pantes hoi syn hēmin, hōs hypotetaktai. Pisteuomen eis hena Theon, Patera pantokratora, kai eis Kyrion Iēsoun Christon ton Huion autou, ton ex autou pro pantōn tōn aiōnōn gegennēmenon Theon Logon, di' hou ta panta egeneto, ta te en ouranǭ kai ta epi tēs gēs; ton elthonta kai sarka analabonta, kai pathonta kai anastanta, kai anelthonta eis tous ouranous, kai palin erchomenon krinai zōntas kai nekrous. Kai eis hagion Pneuma, kai sarkos anasta: sin, kai eis zōēn tou mellontos aiōnos, kai eis basileian ouranōn, kai eis mian Ekklēsian katholikēn tou Theou, tēn apo peratōn heōs peratōn. Tautēn de tēn pistin pareilēphamen ek tōn hagiōn euangeliōn, legontos tou Kyriou tois heautou mathētais, Poreuthentes mathēteusate panta ta ethnē, baptizon tes autous eis to onoma tou Patros kai tou Huiou kai tou hagiou Pneumatos. Ei de mē tauta houtō pisteuomen, kai apodechometha alēthōs, Patera kai Huion kai hagion Pneuma, hōs pasa hē katholikē Ekklēsia kai hai hagiai Graphai didaskousin, hōs kata panta pisteuomen, kritēs hēmōn estai ho Theos kai nyn kai en tę̄ mellousę̄ hēmerą. Dio parakaloumen sou tēn eusebeian, theophilestate hēmōn basileu, ekklēsiastikous hēmas ontas, kai tēn pistin kai to phronēma tēs Ekklēsias kai tōn hagiōn Graphōn echontas, henousthai hēmas dia tēs eirēnopoiou sou kai theosebous eusebeias tę̄ mētri hēmōn, tę̄ Ekklēsią dēla - dē, perię̄rēmenōn tōn zētēmatōn, kai tōn ek tōn zētēmatōn perissologiōn; hina kai hēmeis kai hē Ekklēsia met᾿ allēlōn eirēneuontes, tas synētheis kai pantos tou genous sou koinę̄ pantes poiōmetha. euchas hyper tēs eirēnikēs sou, kai eusebous basileias, mati. Ou mēn heautǭ epetrepsen, eis koinōnian autous Tautēs tēs pisteōs tēn graphēn, hoi men elegon 4 technikōs synkeisthai, kai to dokein tois rhētois diallassein; sympheresthai de kai houtōs tois ᾿Areiou dogmasi kata tēn ekdochēn tōn onomatōn, adeian parechontōn epamphoterizein, kai pros hekateran dianoian tauta eklambanein. Hypolabōn de ho basileus paraplēsia doxazein "Areion te kai Euzōïon tois en Nikaią synelēlythosin, hēsthē tǭ pragdexasthai, pro kriseōs kai dokimasias tōn toutou kyriōn, kata ton nomon tēs Ekklēsias. Pempei de autous pros tous en Hierosolymois tote synelthontas episkopous, grapsas skopēthēnai autōn tēn ekthesin tēs pisteōs ; philanthrōpon de psēphon enenkein ep᾿ autois tēn synodon, ēn te orthōs phaneien doxazontes, kai phthonou charin, epibouleuthentes, ēn te mēden echon tes memphesthai tois ēdē ep᾿ autois kekrimenois, metamelētheien. Kairou de labomenoi, palai tauta spoudazontes, prophasei tōn basileōs grammatōn, edexanto autous eis koinōnian. Kai hote touto epoiēsan, autǭ te tǭ basilei egrapsan, kai tę̄ Ekklēsią ᾿Alexandreias, kai tois ana tēn Aigypton kai Thēbaïda kai Libyēn episkopois kai klērikois, parakeleusamenoi prothymōs autous dexasthai, hōs kai tou basileōs martyrēsantos orthēn einai tēn autōn pistin, hēn tę̄ oikeią epistolę̄ hypetaxan, kai tēs synodou epipsēphisamenēs tę̄ tou basileōs krisei. Kai ta men hōde en Hierosolymois espoudazeto.
At that time the bishops who held the views of Arius seized the opportunity and worked to have a synod held at Jerusalem and to give communion to Arius and Euzoius. They took courage to do this on the following pretext. There was a presbyter on familiar terms with the emperor's sister, who approved of the doctrines of Arius. At first it was not known that he held these views. But when, over a long time, he had made himself more intimate with Constantia, for that was the name of Constantine's sister, he took the liberty of speaking freely to her and complained that Arius was unjustly exiled from his country and expelled from the church, having been cast out by Alexander, who governed the church of the Alexandrians, through envy and personal enmity. “For seeing him esteemed by the people,” he said, “he was jealous of him.” Constantia was persuaded that this was true, but while she lived she made no attempt to alter what had been decided at Nicaea. When she fell ill and was suspected to be dying, she asked her brother, who had come to her, to grant her a last favour, whatever she might ask. She asked that he keep this presbyter as one of his household and trust him as one who held right views about the Divine. For herself, she said, she was departing and had no further care for life here; but she feared for him, lest he suffer something through divine wrath, either faring ill himself or shamefully losing his rule, since, she said, he had been unjustly persuaded by some to punish just and good men with perpetual exile. From then on the emperor became very intimate with this presbyter, gave him freedom of speech, and, sharing with him what his sister had charged, he thought he ought to examine the case of Arius again, naturally suspecting that the accusations against him might be slanders, or else wishing to please his sister. Not long after, he recalled Arius from exile and ordered him to give a written statement of what he believed about God. Arius, avoiding the novelty of the terms he had earlier devised, wove another exposition, using simple expressions known from the sacred books, and swore an oath that he truly believed so, held these views in his mind, and thought nothing other than these. It reads as follows: “To our most pious and God-beloved lord Constantine, Arius and Euzoius, presbyters. As your God-beloved Piety commanded, lord emperor, we set out our own faith in writing, and we confess before God that we and all who are with us believe as is written below. We believe in one God, the Father almighty, and in the Lord Jesus Christ his Son, begotten from him before all ages, God the Word, through whom all things came into being, both in heaven and on earth; who came and took flesh, suffered, rose again, ascended into heaven, and is coming again to judge the living and the dead. And in the Holy Spirit, and in the resurrection of the flesh, and in the life of the age to come, and in the kingdom of heaven, and in one catholic church of God, from one end of the earth to the other. This faith we have received from the holy Gospels, the Lord saying to his disciples: ‘Go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit.’ If we do not believe these things so and truly accept the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, as the whole catholic church and the holy Scriptures teach, as we believe in all respects, God is our judge both now and in the coming day. Therefore we entreat your Piety, our most God-beloved emperor, that we, who are churchmen and hold the faith and mind of the church and of the holy Scriptures, may be united through your peacemaking and godly Piety to our mother, the church, the questions and the superfluous arguments arising from the questions being removed, so that we and the church, at peace with one another, may all together offer the customary prayers for your peaceful and pious reign and for your whole family.” Some said that this statement of faith had been composed artfully, differing in appearance from Arius's doctrines in its expressions but agreeing with them even so in the sense of the terms, which allowed one to equivocate and take them in either meaning. The emperor, supposing that Arius and Euzoius held views like those of the bishops who had met at Nicaea, was pleased with the matter. Yet he did not take it upon himself to receive them into communion before the judgment and examination of those who had authority in this, according to the law of the church. He sent them to the bishops then gathered at Jerusalem, writing that their exposition of faith should be examined, and that the synod should give a humane verdict on them, whether they were found to hold right views and to have been plotted against out of envy, or whether, having nothing to object to in what had already been decided about them, they had repented. Seizing the opportunity, having long been eager for this, they received them into communion on the pretext of the emperor's letter. When they had done this, they wrote to the emperor himself, to the church of Alexandria, and to the bishops and clergy throughout Egypt, the Thebaid and Libya, urging them to receive them readily, since the emperor had borne witness that their faith, which they had set down in their own letter, was right, and the synod had confirmed the emperor's judgment. Such were the efforts made at Jerusalem.
2.28PG 67:1013–1017
᾿Αθανάσιος δὲ φεύγων ἐκ Τύρου, εἰς Κωνσταντίνου πόλιν ἦλθε· καὶ προσελθὼν Κωνσταντίνῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἃ πέπονθεν ἀπωδύρατο, παρόντων τῶν καταδικασάντων αὐτοῦ ἐπισκόπων · καὶ ἐδεῖτο τῶν ἐν Τύρῳ κεκριμένων γενέσθαι τὴν ἐξέτασῖν ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ βασιλέως. Κωνσταντίνος δὲ εὔλογον εἶναι δοκιμάσας τὴν αἴτησιν, τάδε ἔγραψεν τοῖς ἐν Τύρῳ συνελθοῦσιν ἐπισκόποις· • Ἐγὼ μὲν ἀγνοῶ, τίνα ἐστὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας συνόδου μετὰ θορύβου καὶ χειμῶνος κριθέντα. Δοκεῖ δὲ πως ὑπό τινος ταραχώδους ἀταξίας ἡ ἀλήθεια διεστράφθαι, ὑμῶν δηλαδὴ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς πέλας ( ἐρεσχελίαν, ἣν ἀήττητον εἶναι βούλεσθε, τὰ τῷ Θεῷ ἀρέσκοντα μὴ συνορώντων. Ἀλλὰ ἔσται τῆς θείας προνοίας ἔργον, καὶ τὰ τῆς φιλονεικίας ταύτης κακὰ φανερῶς ἀλόντα διασκεδάσαι, καὶ ἡμῖν διαῤῥήδην ἐπιδεῖξαι, εἴ τινα τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτόθι συνελθόντες ἐποιήσατε φροντίδα, καὶ εἰ τὰ κεκριμένα χωρίς τινος χάριτος καὶ ἀπεχθείας ἐκρίνατε. Τοιγαροῦν ἡπειγμένως πάντας ὑμᾶς πρὸς τὴν ἐμὴν ἐλθεῖν εὐλάβειαν βούλομαι, ἵνα τὴν τῶν πεπραγμένων ὑμῖν ἀκρίβειαν καὶ ἐφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν παραστήσητε. Τίνος δὲ ἕνεκεν ταῦτα γράψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐδικαίωσα, καὶ ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν διὰ τοῦ γράμματος καλῶ, ἐκ τῶν ἑπομένων γνώσεσθε. Ἐπιβαίνοντί μοι λοιπὸν τῆς ἐπωνύμου ἡμῶν καὶ πανευδαίμονος πατρίδος τῆς Κωνσταντίνου πόλεως, συνέβαινε δέ με τηνικαῦτα ἐφ᾿ ἵππου ὀχεῖσθαι, ἐξαίφνης ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος ἐν μέσῳ τῆς λεωφόρου μετὰ ἑτέρων τινῶν οὓς περὶ αὐτὸν εἶχεν, ἀπροσ85 δοκήτως οὕτω προσῆλθεν, ὡς παρασχεῖν ἐκπλήξεως ἀφορμήν. Μαρτυρεῖ γὰρ ὁ πάντων ἔφορος Θεὸς, ὡς οὐδὲ ἐπέγνων τ αὐτὸν ὅστις ἦν, παρὰ τὴν πρώτην ὄψιν ἐδυνήθην, εἰ μή τινες καὶ ὅστις ἣν καὶ τὴν ἀδικίαν ἣν πέπονθε πυνθανομένοις, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς, ἀπήγγειλαν ἡμῖν. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐ διελέχθην αὐτῷ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ, οὔτε ὁμιλίας ἐκοινώνησα. Ὡς ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἠξίου, ἐγὼ δὲ παρῃτούμην, μικροῦ δεῖν ἀπελαύνεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐκέλευον, μετὰ πλείονος παῤῥησίας οὐδὲν ἕτερον παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἥτει, ἢ τὴν ὑμεπέραν ἄφιξιν ἠξίωσεν ὑπᾶρξαι, ἵν᾽ ὑμῶν παρόντων, ἃ πέπονθεν ἀναγκαίως, ἀποδύρασθαι δυνηθείη. Ὅπερ ἐπειδὴ εὔλογον εἶναι καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς πρέπον κατἐφαίνετο, ἀσμένως ταῦτα γραφῆναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς προσἐταξα, ἵνα πάντες ὅσοι τὴν σύνοδον τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ γε, νομένην ἐπληρώσατε, ἀνυπερθέτως εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡμερότητος ἐπειχθῆτε, τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῖς ἐπιδείξοντες τὸ τῆς ὑμετέρας κρίσεως καθατε ἀδιάστροφον ἐπὶ ἐμοῦ, ὃν τοῦ Θεοῦ γνήσιον εἶναι θεράποντα οὐχ ἂν ἀρνηθείητε. Τοιγαροὖν διὰ τῆς ἐμῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν λατρείας τὰ πανταχοῦ εἰρηνεύεται, καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων αὐτῶν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὄνομα γνησίως εὐλογούντων, οἵ μέχρι νῦν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἠγνόουν δῆλον ὃΣ ὅτι ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀγνοῶν οὐδὲ τὸν Θεὸν ἐπιγινώσχει. Πλὴν ὅμως, καθὰ προείρηται, καὶ οἱ βάρδαροι νῦν δι᾽ ἐμὲ, τὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ θεράποντα γνήσιον, ἐπέγνωσαν τὸν Θεὸν, εὐλαβεῖσθαι μεμαθήκασιν, ὃν ὑπερασπίζειν μου πανταχοῦ καὶ προνοεῖσθα!ι τοῖς ἔργοις αὑτοῖς ἤσθοντο. : "Ὅθεν μάλιστα καὶ ἴσασι τὸν Θεόν ὃν ἐκεῖνοι «μὲν διὰ τὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φόβον εὐλαβοῦνται. Ἡμεῖς δὲ οἱ τὰ μυστήρια τῆς εὐμενείας αὐτοῦ δοκοῦντες προβάλλεσθαι, οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμ: φυλάττειν, ἡμεῖς, φημὶ, οὐδὲν πράττομεν, ἣ τὰ πρὸς διχόνοιαν καὶ τείνοντα, ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, τὰ πρὸς ὄλεθρον τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους ἔχοντα τὴν ἀναφοράν. ἐπείχθητε, καθὰ προείρηται, πρὸς ἡμᾶς σπεύσατε πάντες τάχος, πεπεισμένοι ὡς παντὶ σθένει κατορθῶσαι πειράσομαι, ὅπως ἐν τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ πάντα ἐξαιρέτως ἀδιάπτωτα φυλάττωνται, οἷς οὔτε ψόγος οὔτε κακοδοξία τις δυνήσεται προσπλακῆναι, διασκεδασθέντων δτλαδὴ συντριδέντων ἄρδην, παντελῶς ἀφανισθέντων τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοῦ νόμον, οἴτινες ἐπὶ πρόσχημά τι τοῦ ἁγίον ὀνόματος ποιχθλας διαφόρους βλασφημίας παρέχουσι.» Τάδε τοῦ βασιλέως γράψαντος, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι δείσαντες, οἴκαδε ἀνεχώρηοἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέδιον τὸν Νικομηδείας ἐπέσκοπον, παραγενόμενοι πρὸς βασιλέα, δίκαια ψηφέσασθαι ἐπὶ ᾿Αθανασίῳ τὴν ἐν Τύρῳ σύνοδον διΐσχυοίζοντο. Καὶ μάρτυρας παραγαγόντες εἰς μέσον Θεόγνιον Μάριν Θεόδωρον, θὐάλεντά τε καὶ Οὐρσάκιον, ἔπεισαν ὡς μυστικὸν ποτήριον συνέτριψεν· ἄλλα τε πολλὰ λοιδορησάμενοι, ἐκράτησαν ταῖς διαβολαῖς. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ἢ ἀληθῆ τάδε πιστεύσας, ἢ λοιπὸν ὁμονοεῖν τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ὑπολαβὼν, εἴπερ ἑκποδών γένηται ὁ ᾿Αθανάσιος, προσέταξεν αὐτὸν ἐν Τριβέρει τῶν πρὸς δύσιν Γαλατῶν οἰκεῖν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀπήχθη.
᾿Athanasios de pheugōn ek Tyrou, eis Kōnstantinou polin ēlthe; kai proselthōn Kōnstantinǭ tǭ basilei, ha peponthen apōdyrato, parontōn tōn katadikasantōn autou episkopōn ; kai edeito tōn en Tyrǭ kekrimenōn genesthai tēn exetasin epi autou basileōs. Kōnstantinos de eulogon einai dokimasas tēn aitēsin, tade egrapsen tois en Tyrǭ synelthousin episkopois; • Egō men agnoō, tina esti ta hypo tēs hymeteras synodou meta thorybou kai cheimōnos krithenta. Dokei de pōs hypo tinos tarachōdous ataxias hē alētheia diestraphthai, hymōn dēladē dia tēn pros tous pelas ( ereschelian, hēn aēttēton einai boulesthe, ta tǭ Theǭ areskonta mē synorōntōn. Alla estai tēs theias pronoias ergon, kai ta tēs philoneikias tautēs kaka phanerōs alonta diaskedasai, kai hēmin diarrhēdēn epideixai, ei tina tēs alētheias autothi synelthontes epoiēsate phrontida, kai ei ta kekrimena chōris tinos charitos kai apechtheias ekrinate. Toigaroun hēpeigmenōs pantas hymas pros tēn emēn elthein eulabeian boulomai, hina tēn tōn pepragmenōn hymin akribeian kai eph' hēmōn autōn parastēsēte. Tinos de heneken tauta grapsai pros hymas edikaiōsa, kai hymas pros emauton dia tou grammatos kalō, ek tōn hepomenōn gnōsesthe. Epibainonti moi loipon tēs epōnymou hēmōn kai paneudaimonos patridos tēs Kōnstantinou poleōs, synebaine de me tēnikauta eph᾿ hippou ocheisthai, exaiphnēs ᾿Athanasios ho episkopos en mesǭ tēs leōphorou meta heterōn tinōn hous peri auton eichen, apros85 dokētōs houtō prosēlthen, hōs paraschein ekplēxeōs aphormēn. Martyrei gar ho pantōn ephoros Theos, hōs oude epegnōn t auton hostis ēn, para tēn prōtēn opsin edynēthēn, ei mē tines kai hostis hēn kai tēn adikian hēn peponthe pynthanomenois, hōsper eikos, apēngeilan hēmin. Egō men oun ou dielechthēn autǭ kat᾽ ekeino kairou, oute homilias ekoinōnēsa. Hōs ekeinos men ēxiou, egō de parę̄toumēn, mikrou dein apelaunesthai auton ekeleuon, meta pleionos parrhēsias ouden heteron par᾽ hēmōn hētei, ē tēn hymeperan aphixin ēxiōsen hyparxai, hin᾽ hymōn parontōn, ha peponthen anankaiōs, apodyrasthai dynētheiē. Hoper epeidē eulogon einai kai tois kairois prepon katephaineto, asmenōs tauta graphēnai pros hymas prosetaxa, hina pantes hosoi tēn synodon tēn en Tyrǭ ge, nomenēn eplērōsate, anyperthetōs eis to stratopedon tēs hēmeteras hēmerotētos epeichthēte, tois ergois autois epideixontes to tēs hymeteras kriseōs kathate adiastrophon epi emou, hon tou Theou gnēsion einai theraponta ouch an arnētheiēte. Toigaroun dia tēs emēs pros ton Theon latreias ta pantachou eirēneuetai, kai tōn barbarōn autōn to tou Theou onoma gnēsiōs eulogountōn, hoi mechri nyn tēn alētheian ēgnooun dēlon hoS hoti ho tēn alētheian agnoōn oude ton Theon epiginōschei. Plēn homōs, katha proeirētai, kai hoi bardaroi nyn di᾽ eme, ton tou Theou theraponta gnēsion, epegnōsan ton Theon, eulabeisthai memathēkasin, hon hyperaspizein mou pantachou kai pronoeistha!i tois ergois hautois ēsthonto. : "Hothen malista kai isasi ton Theon hon ekeinoi «men dia ton pros hēmas phobon eulabountai. Hēmeis de hoi ta mystēria tēs eumeneias autou dokountes proballesthai, oude gar an eipoim: phylattein, hēmeis, phēmi, ouden prattomen, hē ta pros dichonoian kai teinonta, haplōs eipein, ta pros olethron tou anthrōpeiou genous echonta tēn anaphoran. epeichthēte, katha proeirētai, pros hēmas speusate pantes tachos, pepeismenoi hōs panti sthenei katorthōsai peirasomai, hopōs en tǭ nomǭ tou Theou panta exairetōs adiaptōta phylattōntai, hois oute psogos oute kakodoxia tis dynēsetai prosplakēnai, diaskedasthentōn dtladē syntridentōn ardēn, pantelōs aphanisthentōn tōn echthrōn tou nomon, oitines epi proschēma ti tou hagion onomatos poichthlas diaphorous blasphēmias parechousi.» Tade tou basileōs grapsantos, hoi men alloi deisantes, oikade anechōrēoi de amphi ton Eusedion ton Nikomēdeias epeskopon, paragenomenoi pros basilea, dikaia psēphesasthai epi ᾿Athanasiǭ tēn en Tyrǭ synodon diïschyoizonto. Kai martyras paragagontes eis meson Theognion Marin Theodōron, thyalenta te kai Oursakion, epeisan hōs mystikon potērion synetripsen; alla te polla loidorēsamenoi, ekratēsan tais diabolais. Ho de basileus, ē alēthē tade pisteusas, ē loipon homonoein tous episkopous hypolabōn, eiper hekpodōn genētai ho ᾿Athanasios, prosetaxen auton en Triberei tōn pros dysin Galatōn oikein. Kai ho men apēchthē.
Athanasius, fleeing from Tyre, came to Constantinople; and approaching the emperor Constantine, he lamented what he had suffered, in the presence of the bishops who had condemned him, and asked that the decisions made at Tyre be examined before the emperor himself. Constantine, judging the request reasonable, wrote as follows to the bishops who had met at Tyre: “I do not know what was decided by your synod amid tumult and storm. But it seems that the truth has somehow been perverted by some disorderly confusion, because of your contentiousness toward your neighbours, which you wish to be unconquerable, while you do not see what is pleasing to God. But it will be the work of divine providence both to scatter the evils of this rivalry, plainly exposed, and to show us clearly whether, when you met there, you took any thought for the truth, and whether you judged what you judged without favour or enmity. Therefore I wish all of you to come with haste to my Piety, so that you may present the exact account of what you did in our own presence as well. Why I have thought it right to write this to you, and summon you to me by letter, you will learn from what follows. As I was entering our namesake and most happy city of Constantinople, and was riding on horseback at the time, suddenly Athanasius the bishop, with some others whom he had with him, came up to me in the middle of the road so unexpectedly as to give cause for astonishment. For God, who oversees all, is my witness that I did not recognize who he was at first sight, until some of our people, when we asked, told us, as was natural, both who he was and the injustice he had suffered. At that time I neither conversed with him nor shared in any talk. When he kept asking, and I refused and was almost ordering him to be driven away, he asked of us with greater boldness nothing else than that your coming should be granted, so that he might in your presence lament what he had suffered under compulsion. Since this seemed reasonable and fitting to the times, I gladly ordered this letter to be written to you, so that all of you who made up the synod held at Tyre may hasten without delay to the court of our Clemency, to show by the deeds themselves the purity and integrity of your judgment before me, whom you would not deny to be a true servant of God. For through my service to God everything everywhere is at peace, and the very barbarians, who until now did not know the truth, truly bless the name of God. Plainly, one who does not know the truth does not know God either. Yet, as has been said, even the barbarians have now come to know God through me, the true servant of God, and have learned to reverence him, whom they have perceived by the deeds themselves to shield me and care for me everywhere. Hence, above all, they know God, whom they reverence out of fear of us. But we, who are thought to set forth (I would not say guard) the mysteries of his kindness, we, I say, do nothing but what tends to dissension and hatred, and, to put it simply, what leads to the destruction of the human race. Hasten, then, as has been said, come to us all of you with all speed, persuaded that I shall try with all my strength to ensure that the things in the law of God are preserved especially without fault, to which neither blame nor any false opinion can attach, when the enemies of the law, who under some pretence of the holy name put forward various and manifold blasphemies, have been scattered, utterly crushed and entirely destroyed.” When the emperor had written this, the others were afraid and went home; but Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and his party came to the emperor and insisted that the synod at Tyre had voted justly concerning Athanasius. Bringing forward as witnesses Theognis, Maris, Theodore, Valens and Ursacius, they convinced him that Athanasius had broken a mystic chalice; and with many other abuses they prevailed by their slanders. The emperor, either believing these things true, or supposing that the bishops would at last be of one mind if Athanasius were out of the way, ordered him to live at Trier among the western Gauls; and he was taken away.
2.29PG 67:1017–1019
Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις σύνοδον ἧκε "Αρειος εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Μὴ κοινωνούσης δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίας, πάλιν ἦλθεν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Ἐπίτηδες δὲ συνδραμόντων τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων ἰδίᾳ, καὶ τῶν πειθομένων Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Νικομηδείας ἐπισκόπῳ, καὶ σύνοδον ποιῆσαι παρασκευαζομένων, αἰσθόμενος τῆς αὐτῶν σπουδῆς ᾿Αλέξανδρος ὁ τότε τὸν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει διέπων θρόνον, ἐπειράθη διαλῦσαι τὴν σύνοδον. Ὡς δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξεγένετο, ἄντικρυς ἀπηγόρευε ταῖς πρὸς ῎Αρειον σπονδαῖς, μὴ θεμιτὸν, μηδὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸν εἶναι λέγων, σφῶν αὐτῶν τὴν ψῆφον ἄκυρον ποιεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἅμα αὐτοῖς ἐκ πάσης σχεδὸν τῆς ὑφ᾽ ἥλιον συνεληλυθότων εἰς Νίκαιαν. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον ὡς τὰ πρῶτα λόγοις οὐκ ἔπειθον τὸν ᾿Αλέξανδρον, ἐμπαροινήσαντες αὐτῷ μετὰ ἀπειλῆς διεμαρτύραντο, εἰ μὴ προσδέξεται τὸν Ἄρειον εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν, αὐτὸν μὲν ὑπερορίαν οἰκήσειν ἐκβληθέντα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ᾿Αρείῳ δὲ κοινωνήσειν τὸν μετ᾿ αὐτόν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις τε ἀπηλλάγησαν τότε ἀλλήλων· οἱ μὲν, τῇ προθεσμία περιμένοντες ἐπιτελέσαι τὰς ἀπειλάς· ὁ δὲ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, προσευχόμενος μὴ εἰς ἔργον ἐκβῆναι τοὺς Εὐσεβίου λόγους. Μάλιστα δὲ αὐτὸν περιδεᾶ ἐποίει καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐνδιδόναι τρόπον τινὰ συμπεισθείς. Τῇ δὲ πρὸ τῆς προθεσμίας ἡμέρᾳ, εἰσδὺς ὑπὸ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, παννύχιος ἔκειτο πρηνής, τοῦ Θεοῦ δεόμενος· ἐμποδισθῆναι τὸ τέλος τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ βεβουλευμένων. Κατὰ δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, ἀπιών που περὶ δείλην ὀψίαν ὁ ῎Αρειος, ἐξαπίνης ἀνακινησάσης αὐτὸν τῆς γαστρὸς, τοῦ κατεπείγοντος ἐγίνετο, καὶ εἰς δημόσιον τόπον πρὸς τοιαύτην χρείαν ἀφωρισμένον ἦλθεν. Ὡς δὲ ἐπὶ πολλῷ οὐκ ἐξῄει, εἰσελθόντες τινὲς τῶν ἔξω προσδεχομένων αὐτὸν, καταλαμβάνουσιν νεκρὸν ἐπὶ τῆς καθέδρας κείμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐγένετο, οὐ ταὐτὰ πάντες ἐνόμιζον περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς. Ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς μὲν, ἀθρόᾳ νόσῳ ληφθεὶς περὶ τὴν καρδίαν, ἢ πάρεσιν ὑπομείνας ὑφ᾽ ἡδονῆς τῶν κατὰ γνώμην ἀπαντησάντων πραγμάτων, αὐθωρὸν τεθνάναι· τοῖς δὲ, ὡς δυσσεβήσας δεδωκέναι δίκην. Οἱ δὲ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες γοητείαις ἐλογοποίουν ἀνῃρῆσθαι τὸν ἄνδρα. Οὐκ ἄτοπον δὲ τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰρημένα ᾿Αθανασίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας εἰς μέσον ἀγαγεῖν. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε
Meta de tēn en Hierosolymois synodon hēke "Areios eis Aigypton. Mē koinōnousēs de autǭ tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsias, palin ēlthen eis Kōnstantinoupolin. Epitēdes de syndramontōn tōn ta auta phronountōn idią, kai tōn peithomenōn Eusebiǭ tǭ Nikomēdeias episkopǭ, kai synodon poiēsai paraskeuazomenōn, aisthomenos tēs autōn spoudēs ᾿Alexandros ho tote ton en Kōnstantinoupolei diepōn thronon, epeirathē dialysai tēn synodon. Hōs de touto ouk exegeneto, antikrys apēgoreue tais pros ᾿Areion spondais, mē themiton, mēde ekklēsiastikon einai legōn, sphōn autōn tēn psēphon akyron poiein, kai tōn hama autois ek pasēs schedon tēs hyph᾽ hēlion synelēlythotōn eis Nikaian. Hoi de amphi ton Eusebion hōs ta prōta logois ouk epeithon ton ᾿Alexandron, emparoinēsantes autǭ meta apeilēs diemartyranto, ei mē prosdexetai ton Areion eis rhētēn hēmeran, auton men hyperorian oikēsein ekblēthenta tēs Ekklēsias, ᾿Areiǭ de koinōnēsein ton met᾿ auton. Epi toutois te apēllagēsan tote allēlōn; hoi men, tę̄ prothesmia perimenontes epitelesai tas apeilas; ho de ᾿Alexandros, proseuchomenos mē eis ergon ekbēnai tous Eusebiou logous. Malista de auton peridea epoiei kai ho basileus, endidonai tropon tina sympeistheis. Tę̄ de pro tēs prothesmias hēmerą, eisdys hypo to thysiastērion, pannychios ekeito prēnēs, tou Theou deomenos; empodisthēnai to telos tōn kat᾿ autou bebouleumenōn. Kata de tautēn tēn hēmeran, apiōn pou peri deilēn opsian ho ᾿Areios, exapinēs anakinēsasēs auton tēs gastros, tou katepeigontos egineto, kai eis dēmosion topon pros toiautēn chreian aphōrismenon ēlthen. Hōs de epi pollǭ ouk exę̄ei, eiselthontes tines tōn exō prosdechomenōn auton, katalambanousin nekron epi tēs kathedras keimenon. Epei de touto dēlon egeneto, ou tauta pantes enomizon peri tēs autou teleutēs. Edokei de tois men, athroą nosǭ lēphtheis peri tēn kardian, ē paresin hypomeinas hyph᾽ hēdonēs tōn kata gnōmēn apantēsantōn pragmatōn, authōron tethnanai; tois de, hōs dyssebēsas dedōkenai dikēn. Hoi de ta autou phronountes goēteiais elogopoioun anę̄rēsthai ton andra. Ouk atopon de ta peri autou eirēmena ᾿Athanasiǭ tǭ episkopǭ ᾿Alexandreias eis meson agagein. Echei de hōde
After the synod at Jerusalem, Arius came to Egypt. When the church of Alexandria would not communicate with him, he came again to Constantinople. Those who held the same views and those who followed Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, purposely gathered there by themselves and were preparing to hold a synod; Alexander, who then governed the see of Constantinople, perceived their aim and tried to break up the synod. When this did not succeed, he openly refused to make peace with Arius, saying that it was neither lawful nor ecclesiastical to annul their own vote and that of those who had met with them at Nicaea from almost every land under the sun. When Eusebius's party could not persuade Alexander by words at first, they behaved insolently toward him and declared with threats that if he did not receive Arius by a set day, he himself would be expelled from the church and live in exile, and his successor would communicate with Arius. On these terms they then parted: they waiting for the appointed day to carry out their threats, and Alexander praying that the words of Eusebius would not come to pass. The emperor made him most afraid, since he had in some way been persuaded to give way. On the day before the appointed day Alexander went in under the altar and lay all night face down, begging God that the accomplishment of what had been plotted against him might be prevented. On that day, toward late evening, Arius was going somewhere when his bowels were suddenly moved; under pressure of need he came to a public place set apart for such use. When he did not come out for a long time, some of those waiting for him outside went in and found him lying dead on the seat. When this became known, not everyone held the same view about his death. Some thought that he had been seized by a sudden disease of the heart, or had suffered a stroke from joy at things turning out as he wished, and had died on the spot; others, that he had paid the penalty for impiety. Those who held his views spread the story that the man had been killed by sorcery. It is not out of place to bring forward what Athanasius, bishop of Alexandria, said about him. It reads as follows.
2.30PG 67:1019–1023
Καὶ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ῎Ἄρειος, ὁ τῆς μὲν αἱρέσεως Έξαρχος, Εὐσεβίου δὲ κοινωνὸς, κληθεὶς ἐκ σπουδῆς τότε τῶν περὶ Εὐσέβιον παρὰ τοῦ μακαρίτου Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ Αὐγούστου, ἀπαιτούμενος ἐγγράφως εἰπεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πίστιν, ἔγραψεν ὁ δόλιος, κρύπτων τὰς ἀναιδεῖς δυσσεβείας λέξεις, ὑποκρινόμενος καὶ αὐτὸς, ὡς ὁ διάβολος, τὰ τῶν Γραφῶν ῥήματα ἀπλᾶ καὶ ὡς ἔστι γεγραμμένα. Εἶτα λέγοντος τοῦ μακαρίου Κωνσταντίνου, Εἰ μηδὲν ἕτερον ἔχεις παρὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ, μάρτυρα τὴν ἀλήθειαν δὸς· ἀμυνεῖται γὰρ ἐπιορκήσαντά σε αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος - ὤμοσεν ὁ ἄθλιος, μήτε ἔχειν, μήτε ἄλλα παρὰ τὰ νῦν γραφέντα φρονεῖν, κἂν εἰρῆσθαι πώποτε εἴη παρ' αὐτοῦ. ᾿Αλλ' εὐθὺς ἐξελθὼν, ὥσπερ δίκην δοὺς, κατέπεσε· καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησε μέσος. Πᾶσι μὲν οὖν ἀνθρώποις κοινὸν τοῦ βίου τέλος θάνατός ἐστιν · καὶ οὐ δεῖ τινος ἐπεμβαίνειν, κἂν ἐχθρὸς ἢ ὁ τελευτήσας, ἀδήλου ὄντος μὴ ἕως ἑσπέρας καὶ αὐτὸν τοῦτο καταλάβῃ. Τὸ δὲ τέλος τοῦ ᾿Αρείου, ἐπειδὴ οὐχ ἁπλῶς γέγονε, διατοῦτο καὶ διηγήσεώς ἐστιν ἄξιον. Τῶν γὰρ περὶ Εὐσέβιον ἀπειλούντων εἰσαγαγεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὁ μὲν ἐπίσκοπος τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ᾿Αλέξανδρος ἀντέλεγεν. Ὁ δὲ Ἄρειος ἐθάῤῥει τῇ βίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς Εὐσεβίου. Σάββατον γὰρ ἦν, καὶ προσεδόκα τῇ ἑξῆς συνάγεσθαι. Πολὺς δὲ ἀγὼν ἦν, ἐκείνων μὲν ἀπειλούντων, ᾿Αλεξάνδρου δὲ εὐχομένου. ᾿Αλλ' ὁ Κύριος κριτής γενόμενος ἐβράβευσε κατὰ τῶν ἀδικούντων. Οὔπω γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος ἔδυ· καὶ χρείας αὐτὸν ἑλκυσάσης εἰς τόπον, ἐκεῖ κατέπεσε · καὶ ἀμφοτέρων, τῆς τε κοινωνίας καὶ τοῦ ζῇν, εὐθὺς ἐστερήθη. Καὶ ὁ μὲν μακαρίτης Κωνσταντῖνος ἀκούσας ἐθαύμασεν, εἰδὼς ἐλεγχθέντα τοῦτον ἐπίορκον · πᾶσι δὲ τότε γέγονε φανερὸν, ὅτι τῶν μὲν περὶ Εὐσέβιον ἠσθένησαν αἱ ἀπειλαὶ, καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς ᾿Αρείου ματαία γέγονεν. Ἐδείχθη δὲ πάλιν, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἀκοινώνητος γέγονεν ἡ ᾿Αρειανὴ μανία, καὶ ὧδε καὶ ἐν τῇ τῶν πρωτοτόκων ἐκκλησίᾳ. Τίς οὖν οὐ θαυμάσειεν, ὁρῶν τούτους δικαιῶσαι φιλονεικοῦντας, ὃν ὁ Κύριος κατέκρινε, καὶ βλέπων αὐτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντας τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὓς ἀκοινωνήτους ἤλεγξεν ὁ Κύριος, μὴ ἀφεὶς τὸν αὐτῆς ἔξαρχον εἰς τὴν ἔκκλησίαν ἐλθεῖν; Ὧδε μὲν "Αρειον ἀποθανεῖν παρειλήφαμεν. Λόγος οὖν ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ μηδένα χρήσασθαι τῇ καθέδρᾳ ἐφ᾿ ᾗ τέθνηκεν. Οἷα δὲ εἰς δημόσιον χῶρον διὰ τὴν χρείαν ὀχλουμένων, ὡς φιλεῖ ἐν πλήθει γίνεσθαι, καὶ παρακελευομένων ἀλλήλοις τῶν εἰσιόντων φυλάττεσθαι τὴν καθέδραν, ἀποτρόπαιος ἦν καὶ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ τόπος, ὡς ἀσεβείας ποινὰς αὐτόθι δεδωκότος ᾿Αρείου. Χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον, τῶν τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονούντων τις πλούσιός τε ἐν δυνάμει, σπουδῇ χρησάμενος, ἐπρίατο τοῦτον τὸν τόπον παρὰ τοῦ δημοσίου, καὶ οἰκίαν κατεσκεύασε, καθελὼν τὴν προτέραν ὄψιν, ὥστε λήθην γενέσθαι τῷ δήμῳ, καὶ μὴ τῇ διαδοχῇ τῆς τοιαύτης ἀναμνήσεως τὸν ᾿Αρείου θάνατον κωμῳδεῖσθαι.
Kai gar kai autos ᾿Areios, ho tēs men haireseōs Exarchos, Eusebiou de koinōnos, klētheis ek spoudēs tote tōn peri Eusebion para tou makaritou Kōnstantinou tou Augoustou, apaitoumenos engraphōs eipein tēn heautou pistin, egrapsen ho dolios, kryptōn tas anaideis dyssebeias lexeis, hypokrinomenos kai autos, hōs ho diabolos, ta tōn Graphōn rhēmata apla kai hōs esti gegrammena. Eita legontos tou makariou Kōnstantinou, Ei mēden heteron echeis para tauta en tę̄ dianoią, martyra tēn alētheian dos; amyneitai gar epiorkēsanta se autos ho Kyrios - ōmosen ho athlios, mēte echein, mēte alla para ta nyn graphenta phronein, kan eirēsthai pōpote eiē par' autou. ᾿All' euthys exelthōn, hōsper dikēn dous, katepese; kai prēnēs genomenos, elakēse mesos. Pasi men oun anthrōpois koinon tou biou telos thanatos estin ; kai ou dei tinos epembainein, kan echthros ē ho teleutēsas, adēlou ontos mē heōs hesperas kai auton touto katalabę̄. To de telos tou ᾿Areiou, epeidē ouch haplōs gegone, diatouto kai diēgēseōs estin axion. Tōn gar peri Eusebion apeilountōn eisagagein auton eis tēn ekklēsian, ho men episkopos tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs ᾿Alexandros antelegen. Ho de Areios etharrhei tę̄ bią kai tais apeilais Eusebiou. Sabbaton gar ēn, kai prosedoka tę̄ hexēs synagesthai. Polys de agōn ēn, ekeinōn men apeilountōn, ᾿Alexandrou de euchomenou. ᾿All' ho Kyrios kritēs genomenos ebrabeuse kata tōn adikountōn. Oupō gar ho hēlios edy; kai chreias auton helkysasēs eis topon, ekei katepese ; kai amphoterōn, tēs te koinōnias kai tou zę̄n, euthys esterēthē. Kai ho men makaritēs Kōnstantinos akousas ethaumasen, eidōs elenchthenta touton epiorkon ; pasi de tote gegone phaneron, hoti tōn men peri Eusebion ēsthenēsan hai apeilai, kai hē elpis ᾿Areiou mataia gegonen. Edeichthē de palin, hoti para tou Sōtēros akoinōnētos gegonen hē ᾿Areianē mania, kai hōde kai en tę̄ tōn prōtotokōn ekklēsią. Tis oun ou thaumaseien, horōn toutous dikaiōsai philoneikountas, hon ho Kyrios katekrine, kai blepōn autous ekdikountas tēn hairesin, hous akoinōnētous ēlenxen ho Kyrios, mē apheis ton autēs exarchon eis tēn ekklēsian elthein? Hōde men "Areion apothanein pareilēphamen. Logos oun epi pollǭ chronǭ mēdena chrēsasthai tę̄ kathedrą eph᾿ hę̄ tethnēken. Hoia de eis dēmosion chōron dia tēn chreian ochloumenōn, hōs philei en plēthei ginesthai, kai parakeleuomenōn allēlois tōn eisiontōn phylattesthai tēn kathedran, apotropaios ēn kai tois meta tauta ho topos, hōs asebeias poinas autothi dedōkotos ᾿Areiou. Chronǭ de hysteron, tōn ta autou phronountōn tis plousios te en dynamei, spoudę̄ chrēsamenos, epriato touton ton topon para tou dēmosiou, kai oikian kateskeuase, kathelōn tēn proteran opsin, hōste lēthēn genesthai tǭ dēmǭ, kai mē tę̄ diadochę̄ tēs toiautēs anamnēseōs ton ᾿Areiou thanaton kōmǭdeisthai.
“For Arius himself, the leader of the heresy and Eusebius's associate, was summoned at that time, at the urging of Eusebius's party, by the blessed Constantine Augustus, and, being required to state his faith in writing, the crafty man wrote, hiding the shameless expressions of his impiety, and, like the devil, pretending to use the words of the Scriptures simply, as they are written. Then, when the blessed Constantine said, ‘If you have nothing else in your mind besides these, take the truth as witness; for the Lord himself will avenge you if you swear falsely,’ the wretch swore that he neither held nor thought anything besides what was now written, although things had once been said by him. But immediately on going out, as if paying the penalty, he fell, and falling headlong he burst open in the middle. Death is the common end of life for all people, and one must not trample on anyone, even if the one who has died is an enemy, since it is uncertain whether the same will not overtake oneself before evening. But since the end of Arius did not happen in an ordinary way, for this reason it is worth relating. When Eusebius's party were threatening to bring him into the church, Alexander, bishop of Constantinople, opposed it; but Arius was confident in the violence and threats of Eusebius. For it was Saturday, and he expected to be received into the assembly the next day. There was a great contest, they threatening, Alexander praying. But the Lord, becoming judge, gave his award against those who did wrong. For the sun had not yet set, and need having drawn him to a place, he fell there, and was at once deprived of both, communion and life. The blessed Constantine, hearing of it, was amazed, knowing that he had been convicted of perjury. And it then became plain to all that the threats of Eusebius's party had failed and the hope of Arius had become vain. It was shown again that the Arian madness had been excluded from communion by the Saviour, both here and in the church of the firstborn. Who then would not marvel, seeing these men contending to justify one whom the Lord condemned, and seeing them championing the heresy which the Lord has proved excluded from communion, not allowing its leader to come into the church?” This is how we have received that Arius died. It is said that for a long time no one used the seat on which he died. Since people crowd into a public place because of need, as happens in a multitude, and those who went in warned one another to avoid the seat, the place was shunned by those who came later, as Arius had paid the penalty for impiety there. Some time later, one of those who held his views, a man of wealth and power, made efforts to buy this place from the public authority and built a house there, demolishing the former structure, so that the people would forget, and Arius's death would not be mocked by the handing on of such a memory.
2.31PG 67:1023–1025
αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες, τοῖς τὰναντία δοξάζουσιν ἐπιβουἈλλὰ γὰρ οὐδὲ τούτου τελευτήσαντος τέλος ἔσχεν ἡ ζήτησις ὧν εὖρε δογμάτων· οὐδὲ ἐπαύσαντο οἱ τὰ λεύεσθαι. Αμέλει τοι καὶ τοῦ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων δήμου συνεχῶς ἐκβοῶντος, καὶ ἐν λιταῖς ἱκετεύοντος περὶ τῆς ᾿Αθανασίου καθόδου, καὶ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ μεγάλου μοναχοῦ πολλάκις περὶ αὐτοῦ γράψαντος, καὶ ἀντιβολοῦντος μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς Μελιτιανοῖς, καὶ συκοφαντίας ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς αὐτῶν κατηγορίας, οὐκ ἐπείσθη ὁ βασιλεύς · ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσιν ἔγραψεν ἄνοιαν καὶ ἀταξίαν ἐγκαλῶν, κληρικοῖς δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἱεραῖς παρθένοις ἡσυχίαν ἐπιτάττων· καὶ μὴ μετατίθεσθαι τῆς γνώμης ἰσχυρίζετο, μηδὲ μετακαλεῖσθαι τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον, ὡς στασιώδη, καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῇ καταδεδικασμένον κρίσει. ᾿Αντωνίῳ δὲ ἀντεδήλωσε, μὴ οἷός τε εἶναι τῆς συνόδου ὑπεριδεῖν τὴν ψῆφον. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ ὀλίγοι, φησὶ, πρὸς ἀπέχθειαν ἢ χάριν ἐδίκασαν, οὐ δήπου πιθανὸν, τοσαύτην πληθὺν ἐλλογίμων καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐπισκόπων τῆς ὁμοίας γενέσθαι γνώμης. Τὸν γὰρ ᾿Αθανάσιον ὑβριστήν τε εἶναι καὶ ὑπερήφανον, καὶ διχονοίας καὶ στάσεως αἴτιον. Οἱ γὰρ ἐναντίως ἔχοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν, περὶ ταῦτα μάλιστα διέβαλλον αὐτὸν, καθότι ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπερφυῶς ἀπεστρέφετο. Τότε γοῦν πυθόμενος διχῆ μεμερίσθαι τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ᾿Αθανάσιον, τοὺς δὲ Ἰωάννην θαυμάζειν, σφόδρα ἡγανάκτησε, καὶ αὐτὸν Ἰωάννην ἐξώρισεν. Ηὧν δὲ οὗτος ὁ Μελί τιον διαδεξάμενος, καὶ παρὰ τῆς ἐν Τύρῳ συνόδου προσταχθεὶς τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ κοινωνεῖν, καὶ τὰς τιμάς τῶν ἰδίων κλήρων ἔχειν αὐτός τε καὶ οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες. Καί τοί γε παρὰ γνώμην τοῦτο ἀπέβη τοῖς ᾿Αθανασίου ἐχθροῖς. Ἀλλ᾿ ὅμως ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐδὲν ὤνησεν Ἰωάννην τὰ δεδογμένα τοῖς ἐν Τύρῳ συνεληλυθόσι. Κρείττων γὰρ ἦν βασιλεὺς ἱκεσίας καὶ παντοδαπῆς παραιτήσεως, πρὸς τὸν ὑπονοούμενον εἰς στάσιν ἢ διχόνοιαν ἐγείρειν τὰ πλήθη τῶν Χριστιανῶν.
autou phronountes, tois tanantia doxazousin epibouAlla gar oude toutou teleutēsantos telos eschen hē zētēsis hōn eure dogmatōn; oude epausanto hoi ta leuesthai. Amelei toi kai tou ᾿Alexandreōn dēmou synechōs ekboōntos, kai en litais hiketeuontos peri tēs ᾿Athanasiou kathodou, kai Antōniou tou megalou monachou pollakis peri autou grapsantos, kai antibolountos mē peithesthai tois Melitianois, kai sykophantias hēgeisthai tas autōn katēgorias, ouk epeisthē ho basileus ; alla tois men ᾿Alexandreusin egrapsen anoian kai ataxian enkalōn, klērikois de kai tais hierais parthenois hēsychian epitattōn; kai mē metatithesthai tēs gnōmēs ischyrizeto, mēde metakaleisthai ton ᾿Athanasion, hōs stasiōdē, kai ekklēsiastikę̄ katadedikasmenon krisei. ᾿Antōniǭ de antedēlōse, mē hoios te einai tēs synodou hyperidein tēn psēphon. Ei gar kai oligoi, phēsi, pros apechtheian ē charin edikasan, ou dēpou pithanon, tosautēn plēthyn ellogimōn kai agathōn episkopōn tēs homoias genesthai gnōmēs. Ton gar ᾿Athanasion hybristēn te einai kai hyperēphanon, kai dichonoias kai staseōs aition. Hoi gar enantiōs echontes pros auton, peri tauta malista dieballon auton, kathoti ho basileus tous toioutous hyperphyōs apestrepheto. Tote goun pythomenos dichē memeristhai tēn Ekklēsian, kai tous men ᾿Athanasion, tous de Iōannēn thaumazein, sphodra hēganaktēse, kai auton Iōannēn exōrisen. Hēōn de houtos ho Meli tion diadexamenos, kai para tēs en Tyrǭ synodou prostachtheis tę̄ Ekklēsią koinōnein, kai tas timas tōn idiōn klērōn echein autos te kai hoi ta autou phronountes. Kai toi ge para gnōmēn touto apebē tois ᾿Athanasiou echthrois. All᾿ homōs egeneto, kai ouden ōnēsen Iōannēn ta dedogmena tois en Tyrǭ synelēlythosi. Kreittōn gar ēn basileus hikesias kai pantodapēs paraitēseōs, pros ton hyponooumenon eis stasin ē dichonoian egeirein ta plēthē tōn Christianōn.
But not even with Arius's death did the inquiry into the doctrines he had devised come to an end, nor did those who held his views cease plotting against those of the opposite opinion. For instance, although the people of Alexandria kept crying out and entreating in litanies for the return of Athanasius, and Antony the great monk often wrote about him and begged the emperor not to believe the Melitians but to regard their accusations as slanders, the emperor was not persuaded. He wrote to the Alexandrians accusing them of folly and disorder, and ordered the clergy and the holy virgins to keep quiet; and he insisted that he would not change his mind or recall Athanasius, as a seditious man condemned by an ecclesiastical judgment. To Antony he replied that he could not disregard the vote of the synod. “For even if a few,” he said, “judged out of enmity or favour, it is surely not credible that so great a number of learned and good bishops came to the same opinion; for Athanasius is insolent and arrogant, and a cause of dissension and strife.” For his opponents slandered him chiefly on these points, since the emperor exceedingly detested such people. At that time, for instance, learning that the church was divided in two, some admiring Athanasius and others John, he was greatly incensed and exiled John himself. This was the man who had succeeded Melitius, and who had been directed by the synod of Tyre to be in communion with the church and, with those of his opinion, to keep the honours of their own clerical ranks. This turned out contrary to the wishes of Athanasius's enemies; but it happened nonetheless, and the decisions of those who had met at Tyre were of no help to John. For the emperor was proof against entreaty and every kind of plea toward anyone suspected of stirring up the Christian people to strife or dissension.
2.32PG 67:1025–1027
Τὸ δὲ ᾿Αρείου δόγμα, εἰ καὶ πολλοῖς ἐν ταῖς διαλέ ξεσιν ἐσπουδάζετο, οὔπω εἰς ἴδιον διεκέκριτο λαὸν, ἢ ὄνομα τοῦ εὐρόντος· ἀλλὰ πάντες ἅμα ἐκκλησίαζον καὶ ἐκοινώνουν, πλὴν Ναυατιανῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων Φρυγῶν, Οὐαλεντινιανῶν τε καὶ Μαρκιωνιστῶν καὶ Παυλιανῶν, καὶ εἴ τινες ἕτεροι ἑτέρας ἤδη ηὑρημένας αἱρέσεις ἐπλήρουν. Κατὰ τούτων δὲ πάντων νόμον θέμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, προσέταξεν ἀφαιρεθῆναι αὐτῶν εὐκτηρίους οἴκους, καὶ ταῖς ἐχκλησίαις συνάπτεσθαι, καὶ μήτε ἐν οἰκίαις ἰδιωτῶν, μήτε δημοσίᾳ ἐκκλησιάζειν. Κάλλιον δὲ τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ κοινωνεῖν εἰσηγεῖτο, καὶ εἰς ταύτην συνιέναι συνεβούλευσε. Διὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν νόμον τούτων τῶν αἱρέσεων οἶμαι τὴν πολλὴν ἀφανισθῆναι μνήμην. 91 ( αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίᾳ. Φρύγες δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἀρχομέἘπὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν πρὶν βασιλέων, ὅσοι τὸν Χριστὸν ἔσεβον, εἰ καὶ τὰς δόξας διεφέροντο, πρὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν οἱ αὐτοὶ ἐνομίζοντο, καὶ κακῶς ὁμοίως ἔπασχον. Σφᾶς δὲ αὐτοὺς πολυπραγμονεῖν διὰ τὰς κοινὰς συμφορὰς οὐκ ἠδύναντο· καὶ διατοῦτο ῥᾳδίως καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἕκαστοι συνιόντες ἐκκλησίαζον, καὶ συνεχῶς ὁμιλοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, εἰ καὶ ὀλίγοι ἦσαν, οὐ διελύθησαν. Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον, δὔτε δημοσίᾳ ἐκκλησιάζειν ἠδύναντο κωλυόμενοι, οὔτε λάθρα, τῶν κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόπων καὶ κληρικῶν παρατηρούντων. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ περιδεεῖς οἱ πλείους γενόμενοι, τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ προσέθεντο. Οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης μείναντες, οὐκέτι διαδόχους τῆς αὐτῶν αἱρέσεως καταλιπόντες, ἐτελεύτησαν · ὡς μήτε εἰς ταὐτὸν συνιέναι συγχωρούμενοι, μήτε ἀδεῶς ὁμοδόξους ἐκδιδάσκειν δυνάμενοι. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι αἱρέσεις ὀλίγους τοὺς ζηλώσαντας ἔσχον, ἢ διὰ σκαιότητα δογμάτων, ἢ φαυλότητα τῶν εὐρόντων καὶ καθηγητῶν τούτων γενομένων. Οἱ δὲ τὰ Ναυάτου φρονοῦντες, ὡς ἀγαθῶν ἡγεμόνων ἐπιτυχόντες, καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ δοξάζοντες, πολλοί τε ἦσαν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, καὶ διέμειναν, οὐδὲν μέγα βλαβέντες ὑπὸ τούτου τοῦ νόμου. Ὡς γὰρ οἶμαι, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἑκὼν καθυφίει, φοβῆσαι μόνον, οὐ λυμήνασθαι τοὺς ὑπηκόους προθέμενος. Καὶ ᾿Ακέσιος δὲ ὁ τότε ἐν Κωνσταντίνοι πόλει τῆς αὐτῶν αἱρέσεως ἐπίσκοπος, βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος ὧν διὰ τὸν βίον, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐβοήθει τῇ ὑπ᾿ νην, παραπλήσια τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπέμειναν, πλὴν Φρυγίας, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τῶν ἐκ γειτόνων· ἔνθα δὴ ἐκ τῶν κατὰ Μοντανὸν χρόνων πλῆθος ἀρξάμενοι, καὶ νῦν εἰσι. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον τὸν Νικομηδείας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Θεόγνιον τὸν Νικαίας, ἐγγράφως ἤρξαντο νεωτερίζειν περὶ τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων. Καὶ ἀναφανδὸν μὲν ἐκβάλλειν τὸ ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐκ ἐθάρρησαν. "Ἤδεσαν γὰρ βασιλέα ὧδε δοξά - ζοντα. Ἑτέραν δὲ ἐκθέμενοι γραφὴν ἐπὶ ῥηταῖς ἐρμηνείαις καταδεδέχθαι τὰ ὀνόματα τοῦ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόγματος ἐμήνυσαν τοῖς ἀνα τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόποις. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ τοῦ ῥητοῦ καὶ διανοίας, εἰς διάλεξιν πεσοῦσα ἡ προτέρα ζήτησις, καὶ δόξασα πεπαῦσθαι, πάλιν ἀνεκινεῖτο.
To de ᾿Areiou dogma, ei kai pollois en tais diale xesin espoudazeto, oupō eis idion diekekrito laon, ē onoma tou eurontos; alla pantes hama ekklēsiazon kai ekoinōnoun, plēn Nauatianōn, kai tōn epikaloumenōn Phrygōn, Oualentinianōn te kai Markiōnistōn kai Paulianōn, kai ei tines heteroi heteras ēdē hēurēmenas haireseis eplēroun. Kata toutōn de pantōn nomon themenos ho basileus, prosetaxen aphairethēnai autōn euktērious oikous, kai tais echklēsiais synaptesthai, kai mēte en oikiais idiōtōn, mēte dēmosią ekklēsiazein. Kallion de tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią koinōnein eisēgeito, kai eis tautēn synienai synebouleuse. Dia touton de ton nomon toutōn tōn haireseōn oimai tēn pollēn aphanisthēnai mnēmēn. 91 ( auton Ekklēsią. Phryges de kata tēn allēn archomeEpi men gar tōn prin basileōn, hosoi ton Christon esebon, ei kai tas doxas diepheronto, pros tōn Hellēnistōn hoi autoi enomizonto, kai kakōs homoiōs epaschon. Sphas de autous polypragmonein dia tas koinas symphoras ouk ēdynanto; kai diatouto rhądiōs kath' heautous hekastoi syniontes ekklēsiazon, kai synechōs homilountes allēlois, ei kai oligoi ēsan, ou dielythēsan. Meta de touton ton nomon, dyte dēmosią ekklēsiazein ēdynanto kōlyomenoi, oute lathra, tōn kata polin episkopōn kai klērikōn paratērountōn. Enteuthen de perideeis hoi pleious genomenoi, tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią prosethento. Hoi de kai epi tēs autēs gnōmēs meinantes, ouketi diadochous tēs autōn haireseōs katalipontes, eteleutēsan ; hōs mēte eis tauton synienai synchōroumenoi, mēte adeōs homodoxous ekdidaskein dynamenoi. Epei kai tēn archēn hai men allai haireseis oligous tous zēlōsantas eschon, ē dia skaiotēta dogmatōn, ē phaulotēta tōn eurontōn kai kathēgētōn toutōn genomenōn. Hoi de ta Nauatou phronountes, hōs agathōn hēgemonōn epitychontes, kai ta auta peri to Theion tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią doxazontes, polloi te ēsan ex archēs, kai diemeinan, ouden mega blabentes hypo toutou tou nomou. Hōs gar oimai, kai ho basileus hekōn kathyphiei, phobēsai monon, ou lymēnasthai tous hypēkoous prothemenos. Kai ᾿Akesios de ho tote en Kōnstantinoi polei tēs autōn haireseōs episkopos, basilei kecharismenos hōn dia ton bion, hōs eikos, eboēthei tę̄ hyp᾿ nēn, paraplēsia tois allois hypemeinan, plēn Phrygias, kai tōn allōn ethnōn tōn ek geitonōn; entha dē ek tōn kata Montanon chronōn plēthos arxamenoi, kai nyn eisi. Peri de touton ton chronon, hoi amphi ton Eusebion ton Nikomēdeias episkopon, kai Theognion ton Nikaias, engraphōs ērxanto neōterizein peri tēn ekthesin tōn en Nikaią synelēlythotōn. Kai anaphandon men ekballein to homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion, ouk etharrēsan. "Ēdesan gar basilea hōde doxa - zonta. Heteran de ekthemenoi graphēn epi rhētais ermēneiais katadedechthai ta onomata tou en Nikaią dogmatos emēnysan tois ana tēn heō episkopois. Ek toutou de tou rhētou kai dianoias, eis dialexin pesousa hē protera zētēsis, kai doxasa pepausthai, palin anekineito.
The doctrine of Arius, though it was pursued by many in debates, had not yet been separated into a people of its own or into the name of its founder; all assembled and communicated together, except the Novatians, those called Phrygians, the Valentinians, Marcionites and Paulianists, and any others who made up other heresies already devised. Against all these the emperor enacted a law, ordering that their houses of prayer be taken from them and joined to the churches, and that they should not assemble either in private houses or in public; he recommended that it was better to be in communion with the catholic church and advised them to join it. Through this law, I think, the memory of these heresies has largely disappeared. For under the earlier emperors all who worshipped Christ, even if they differed in their opinions, were regarded by the pagans as the same and suffered ill alike. Because of their common misfortunes they could not busy themselves about one another, and so each group easily met by itself and held assemblies, and by constant intercourse with one another, even if they were few, they were not dissolved. But after this law they could not assemble in public, being forbidden, nor in secret, since the bishops and clergy in each city kept watch. From then on most of them, in fear, joined the catholic church; others, who remained of the same opinion, died without leaving successors to their heresy, since they were neither allowed to meet together nor able to teach those of their opinion freely. Indeed, from the beginning the other heresies had few followers, either because of the perversity of their doctrines or because of the worthlessness of their founders and teachers. But those who held the views of Novatus, having had good leaders and holding the same views about the Divine as the catholic church, were numerous from the beginning and remained so, suffering no great harm from this law. For, as I think, the emperor himself willingly relaxed it, intending only to frighten his subjects, not to ruin them. Acesius too, then bishop of their sect at Constantinople, being in favour with the emperor because of his life, naturally helped the church under him. The Phrygians throughout the rest of the empire suffered like the others, except in Phrygia and the neighbouring peoples, where they had been numerous since the times of Montanus, and still are. About this time the party of Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theognis of Nicaea began in writing to innovate on the exposition of those who had met at Nicaea. They did not dare to reject openly that the Son is of the same essence as the Father, for they knew the emperor held this view. But setting out another document, they announced to the bishops of the East that they had accepted the terms of the Nicene doctrine on certain stated interpretations. From this wording and sense the former inquiry, which had seemed to have ceased, fell into debate and was stirred up again.
2.33PG 67:1027–1029
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε καὶ Μάρκελλον ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπον τῆς Γαλατῶν, ὡς καινῶν δογμάτων εἰσηγητὴν, καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντα ἐκ Μαρίας τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰληφέναι, καὶ τέλος ἕξειν τὴν αὐτοῦ βασιλείαν, καὶ γραφήν τινα περὶ τούτου συντάξαντα, συνελθόντες ἐν Κωνσταντίνου πόλει καθεῖλον, καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐξέβαλον · καὶ Βασιλείῳ, δεινῷ λέγειν, καὶ ἐπὶ παιδεύσει ὑπειλημμένῳ, ἐπιτρέπουσι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν τῆς Γαλατῶν παροικίας. Καὶ ταῖς αὐτόθι ἐκκλησίαις ἔγραψαν, ἀναζητῆσαι τὴν Μαρκέλλου βίβλον, καὶ ἐξαφανίσαι, καὶ τοὺς τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦντας, εἴτινας εὕροιεν, μεταβάλλειν. Καὶ διὰ μὲν τὸ πολύστιχον τῆς γραφῆς, μὴ τὸ πᾶν ὑποτάξαι βιβλίον ἐδήλωσαν· ῥητὰ δέ τινα ἐνέθηκαν τῇ αὐτῶν ἐπιστολῇ, πρὸς ἔλεγχον τοῦ δοξάζειν αὐτὸν τάδε. Ἐλέγετο δὲ πρός τινων, ταῦτα ὡς ἐν ζητήσει εἰρῆσθαι Μαρκέλλῳ, καὶ ὡς ὡμολογημένα διαβεβλῆσθαι καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ παρὰ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον· καθότι ὑπερφυῶς ἐχαλέπαινον αὐτῷ, μήτε ἐν τῇ κατὰ Φοινίκην συνόδῳ συντεθειμένῳ τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτῶν ὁρισθεῖσι, μήτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐπὶ Ἀρείῳ, μήτε τῆς ἀφιερώσεως τοῦ μεγάλου Μαρτυρίου μετασχόντι, δι' ἀποφυγὴν τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίας. Αμέλει τοι γράφοντες περὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ ταῦτα εἰς διαβολὴν προὔφερον· ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ ὑβρισμένου ὑπ' αὐτοῦ, μὴ ἀξιώσαντος τὴν ἀφιέρωσιν τιμῆσαι τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις νεὼ οἰκοδομηθέντος. Πρόφασις δὲ γέγονε Μαρκέλλῳ ταύτης τῆς γραφῆς, Αστέριός τε ἐκ Καππαδοκίας σοφιστὴς, ὃς καὶ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος λόγους συγγράφων, τῇ ᾿Αρείου δόξῃ συμφερομένους, περιϊὼν τὰς πόλεις ἐπεδείκνυτο, καὶ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις καὶ ταῖς γινομέναις συνόδοις ὡς ἐπίπαν παρεγίνετο. ᾿Αντιλέγων γὰρ αὐτῷ Μάρκελλος, ἢ ἑκὼν, ἢ οὐχ οὕτω νοήσας, εἰς τὴν Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσατέως ἐξεκυλίσθη δόξαν. ᾿Αλλ' ὁ μὲν τῇ ἐν Σαρδοῖ συνόδῳ ὕστερον τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀνείληφε, μὴ φρονεῖν ὧδε λογισάμενος.
En de tǭ tote kai Markellon ᾿Ankyras episkopon tēs Galatōn, hōs kainōn dogmatōn eisēgētēn, kai ton Huion tou Theou legonta ek Marias tēn archēn eilēphenai, kai telos hexein tēn autou basileian, kai graphēn tina peri toutou syntaxanta, synelthontes en Kōnstantinou polei katheilon, kai tēs Ekklēsias exebalon ; kai Basileiǭ, deinǭ legein, kai epi paideusei hypeilēmmenǭ, epitrepousi tēn episkopēn tēs Galatōn paroikias. Kai tais autothi ekklēsiais egrapsan, anazētēsai tēn Markellou biblon, kai exaphanisai, kai tous ta auta phronountas, eitinas heuroien, metaballein. Kai dia men to polystichon tēs graphēs, mē to pan hypotaxai biblion edēlōsan; rhēta de tina enethēkan tę̄ autōn epistolę̄, pros elenchon tou doxazein auton tade. Elegeto de pros tinōn, tauta hōs en zētēsei eirēsthai Markellǭ, kai hōs hōmologēmena diabeblēsthai kai autǭ tǭ basilei para tōn amphi ton Eusebion; kathoti hyperphyōs echalepainon autǭ, mēte en tę̄ kata Phoinikēn synodǭ syntetheimenǭ tois hyp' autōn horistheisi, mēte en Hierosolymois epi Areiǭ, mēte tēs aphierōseōs tou megalou Martyriou metaschonti, di' apophygēn tēs pros autous koinōnias. Amelei toi graphontes peri autou tǭ basilei, kai tauta eis diabolēn proupheron; hōs kai autou hybrismenou hyp' autou, mē axiōsantos tēn aphierōsin timēsai tou en Hierosolymois neō oikodomēthentos. Prophasis de gegone Markellǭ tautēs tēs graphēs, Asterios te ek Kappadokias sophistēs, hos kai peri tou dogmatos logous syngraphōn, tę̄ ᾿Areiou doxę̄ sympheromenous, periïōn tas poleis epedeiknyto, kai tois episkopois kai tais ginomenais synodois hōs epipan paregineto. ᾿Antilegōn gar autǭ Markellos, ē hekōn, ē ouch houtō noēsas, eis tēn Paulou tou Samosateōs exekylisthē doxan. ᾿All' ho men tę̄ en Sardoi synodǭ hysteron tēn episkopēn aneilēphe, mē phronein hōde logisamenos.
At that time also they met at Constantinople and deposed Marcellus, bishop of Ancyra in Galatia, as an introducer of new doctrines, saying that the Son of God took his beginning from Mary and that his kingdom will have an end, and that he had composed a book on this; they expelled him from the church and entrusted the episcopate of the Galatian church to Basil, a powerful speaker esteemed for his learning. They wrote to the churches there to search out Marcellus's book and destroy it, and to bring over any whom they found holding the same views. Because of the length of the work, they said, they had not appended the whole book, but they inserted certain passages in their letter to prove that he held these views. Some said, however, that Marcellus had said these things as part of an inquiry, and that Eusebius's party had misrepresented them to the emperor himself as his confessed opinions; for they were exceedingly angry with him because he had not agreed with what they had defined at the synod in Phoenicia, nor at Jerusalem concerning Arius, nor taken part in the dedication of the great Martyrium, to avoid communion with them. Indeed, writing about him to the emperor, they brought this forward too as a slander, as though the emperor himself had been insulted by him, since he had not seen fit to honour the dedication of the church built in Jerusalem. The occasion of this book of Marcellus was Asterius, a sophist from Cappadocia, who, writing treatises about the doctrine that agreed with the opinion of Arius, went round the cities giving readings of them, and was generally present among the bishops and at the synods that were held. For in contradicting him, Marcellus, either willingly or not understanding it so, rolled into the opinion of Paul of Samosata. But at the synod of Sardica he later recovered his see, having shown that he did not hold these views.
2.34PG 67:1029–1031
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, ἤδη πρότερον εἰς τους παῖδας Καίσαρας ὄντας τὴν ἀρχὴν διελών · καὶ Κωνσταντίνῳ μὲν καὶ Κώνσταντι τὰ πρὸς δύσιν ἀπονείμας, Κωνσταντίῳ δὲ τὰ πρὸς ἕω· μαλακισθεὶς τὸ σῶμα, ὡς αὐτομάτοις λουτροῖς χρησόμενος, ἧκεν εἰς Ἑλενόπολιν Βιθυνῶν. Χαλεπώτερον δὲ διατεθεὶς, διεκομίσθη εἰς Νικομήδειαν. Ἔνθα δὴ ἐν προαστείῳ διάγων, ἐμυήθη τὴν ἱερὰν βάπτισιν· ἐπὶ τούτῳ τε σφόδρα ἡσθεὶς, χάριν ὠμολόγει τῷ Θεῷ. Διαθήκην τε ποιῆἃ σας, τοῖς μὲν παισὶ διένειμε τὴν ὡς πρότερον. Πρεσθεῖα δὲ, τὰ μὲν τῇ πρεσδυτέρᾳ Ῥώμη, τὰ δὲ τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ καταλιπὼν, ἔδωχε τὴν διαθήκην τῷ πρεσδυτέρῳ, ὃν ἐπαινέτην ὄντα ᾿Αρείον, ἀγαθὸν δὲ τῷ βίῳ, παρέθετο αὐτῷ τελευτῶσα Κωνσταντία ἣ ἀδελφή " ὄρχον προσθεὶς, ἐνετείλατο Κωνσταντίῳ δοῦναι ἐπειδὰν ἀφίκηται. Οὔτε γὰρ οὗτος, οὔτε ἄλλος τῶν Καισάρων παρῆν τῷ πατρὶ τελευτῶντι. Καὶ ὃ μὲν ταῦτα ἐντειλάμενος, ὀλίγας ἐπεδίω ἡμέρας καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἀμφὶ πέντε ἐξήκοντα ἔτη γεγογώς " τούτοις δὲ τριάκοντα καὶ ἕν βασιλεύσας. ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τῆς Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας ἐπαινέτης, ὡς πρῶτος βασιλέων ἄρξαι τῆς περὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας σπουδῆς, καὶ εἰς ἄκρον ἐπιδόσεως ἄγαγεῖν. Ἐπιτευχτιχὸς δὲ, ὡς οὐχ οἵδ᾽ εἴτις ἕτερος, ἐν οἷς ἐπεχείρησεν" ἄνευ τὰρ Θεοῦ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, οὐχ ἐπεχείρει. Ὅς γε πολέμων τε τῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ συμθάντων πρός γε Γότθους μάτας περιεγένετο, τὴν πολιτείαν πρὸς τὸ δόξαν αὐτῷ οὕτω ῥᾳδίως μετεσχημάτισεν, ὡς ἑτέραν καταστῆσαι λὴν, βασιλίδα πόλιν τὴν ἐπώνυμον αὐτῷ. Τὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν θρησκείαν ἅμα τε ἐπεχείρησε, ἐν ὄλίγῳ καθεῖλεν, ὑπὸ ἀρχόντων τε καὶ ἀρχομένων ἐχ τοσούτον χρόνου σπουδασθεῖσαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε, διεκομίσθη αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα εἰς Κωνσταντίνου πόλιν ἐν λάρνακι χρυσῇ, καὶ ἐπὶ βήματός τινος τοῖς. βασιλείοις ἀπετέθη. Τιμὴ δὲ καὶ τάξις ὥσπερ εἰς ζῶντα, ἡ αὐτὴ ἐγένετο παρὰ τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις. Ὡς δὲ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν θᾶττον αὑτῷ μηνυθεῖσαν͵ ἔγγω Κωνστάντιος, ἐν τῇ ξῳ διατρίβων, σπουδῇ τὴν Κωνσταντίνου πόλιν χατέλαδε " βασιλικῶς χηδεύσας αὐτὸν, ἔθαψεν ἐν τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἔνθα δὴ περιὼν αὑτὸς Κωνσταντῖνος ἑαυτῷ τάφον κατεσκεύασεν. ᾿Απὸ τούτου ὃξ, ὡς ἔκ τινος ἀρχῆς ἔθου: γενομένου, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τελευτήσαντες ἐν Ἱζωνσταντίνου πόλει βασιλεῖς Χριστιανοὶ χεῖνται. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ἐπίσκοποι, ὡς τῆς ἱερωσύνης ὁμοτίμον τῆς βασιλείας υὔσης " μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς τόποις καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἐχούσης.
Ho de basileus, ēdē proteron eis tous paidas Kaisaras ontas tēn archēn dielōn ; kai Kōnstantinǭ men kai Kōnstanti ta pros dysin aponeimas, Kōnstantiǭ de ta pros heō; malakistheis to sōma, hōs automatois loutrois chrēsomenos, hēken eis Helenopolin Bithynōn. Chalepōteron de diatetheis, diekomisthē eis Nikomēdeian. Entha dē en proasteiǭ diagōn, emyēthē tēn hieran baptisin; epi toutǭ te sphodra hēstheis, charin ōmologei tǭ Theǭ. Diathēkēn te poiēa sas, tois men paisi dieneime tēn hōs proteron. Prestheia de, ta men tę̄ presdyterą Rhōmē, ta de tę̄ epōnymǭ autou katalipōn, edōche tēn diathēkēn tǭ presdyterǭ, hon epainetēn onta ᾿Areion, agathon de tǭ biǭ, paretheto autǭ teleutōsa Kōnstantia hē adelphē " orchon prostheis, eneteilato Kōnstantiǭ dounai epeidan aphikētai. Oute gar houtos, oute allos tōn Kaisarōn parēn tǭ patri teleutōnti. Kai ho men tauta enteilamenos, oligas epediō hēmeras kai eteleutēsen amphi pente exēkonta etē gegogōs " toutois de triakonta kai hen basileusas. es ta malista tēs Christianōn thrēskeias epainetēs, hōs prōtos basileōn arxai tēs peri tēs Ekklēsias spoudēs, kai eis akron epidoseōs agagein. Epiteuchtichos de, hōs ouch hoid᾽ eitis heteros, en hois epecheirēsen" aneu tar Theou, emoi dokein, ouch epecheirei. Hos ge polemōn te tōn ep᾽ autǭ symthantōn pros ge Gotthous matas periegeneto, tēn politeian pros to doxan autǭ houtō rhądiōs meteschēmatisen, hōs heteran katastēsai lēn, basilida polin tēn epōnymon autǭ. Tēn de Hellēnikēn thrēskeian hama te epecheirēse, en oligǭ katheilen, hypo archontōn te kai archomenōn ech tosouton chronou spoudastheisan. Epei de eteleutēse, diekomisthē autou to sōma eis Kōnstantinou polin en larnaki chrysę̄, kai epi bēmatos tinos tois. basileiois apetethē. Timē de kai taxis hōsper eis zōnta, hē autē egeneto para tōn en tois basileiois. Hōs de tēn tou patros teleutēn thatton hautǭ mēnytheisan͵ engō Kōnstantios, en tę̄ xǭ diatribōn, spoudę̄ tēn Kōnstantinou polin chatelade " basilikōs chēdeusas auton, ethapsen en tę̄ epōnymǭ tōn apostolōn ekklēsią, entha dē periōn hautos Kōnstantinos heautǭ taphon kateskeuasen. ᾿Apo toutou hox, hōs ek tinos archēs ethou: genomenou, kai meta tauta teleutēsantes en Hizōnstantinou polei basileis Christianoi cheintai. Ou mēn alla episkopoi, hōs tēs hierōsynēs homotimon tēs basileias yysēs " mallon men oun en tois hierois topois kai ta prōta echousēs.
The emperor had already divided the empire among his sons, who were Caesars, assigning the West to Constantine and Constans and the East to Constantius. Falling ill in body, he went to Helenopolis in Bithynia to use the natural hot baths. Becoming worse, he was carried to Nicomedia. While staying there in a suburb, he was initiated into holy baptism; he rejoiced greatly at this and gave thanks to God. Making a will, he divided the empire among his sons as before. Leaving privileges to the elder Rome and to his namesake city, he gave the will to the presbyter whom his sister Constantia, when dying, had commended to him, an admirer of Arius but good in his life; and adding an oath, he charged him to give it to Constantius when he arrived. For neither he nor any other of the Caesars was with their father when he died. Having given this charge, he lived a few days more and died, about sixty-five years old, having reigned thirty-one of them. He was above all a supporter of the Christian religion, so that he was the first emperor to begin to show zeal for the church and to bring it to the height of its growth. He was successful, as I do not know whether anyone else has been, in what he undertook; for without God, it seems to me, he undertook nothing. He prevailed in the wars that befell him against the Goths and Sarmatians; he reshaped the state as he wished so easily as to establish another senate and an imperial city named after himself; and as soon as he undertook it he overthrew in a short time the pagan religion, which had been cherished by rulers and subjects for so long. When he died, his body was carried to Constantinople in a golden coffin and laid on a platform in the palace. The same honour and ceremony were paid to him by those in the palace as when he was alive. When Constantius learned of his father's death, which was soon reported to him while he was staying in the East, he hastened to Constantinople, and, after a royal funeral, buried him in the church named after the apostles, where Constantine himself had prepared his tomb while he lived. From that time, as if a custom had begun, the Christian emperors who have died since in Constantinople are laid there; and not only they but bishops too, since the priesthood is of equal honour with the kingship, or rather, in holy places, even holds the first place.
Chapter 3
3.1PG 67:1033
Τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ τὴν Κωνσταντίνου βασιλείαν συμβάντα ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις, ὧδε ἔσχε. Τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, πάλιν εἰς ζήτησιν ἤγετο τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων τὸ δόγμα. Τοῦτο γὰρ εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντες ἀπεδέχοντο, Κωνσταντίνου ἔτι περιόντος τῷ βίῳ, οὐδεὶς περιφανῶς ἐκβαλεῖν ἐτόλμησεν. Ὡς δὲ ἐτελεύτησε, πολλοὶ ταύτης τῆς δόξης ἀπέστησαν· οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ καὶ πρὶν ἐπὶ προδοσίᾳ ταύτης ὕποπτοι. Πάντων δὲ μάλιστα πλείστην ἐποιοῦντο σπουδὴν τὴν Αρείου δόξαν κρατεῖν, Εὐσέβιος καὶ Θεόγνιος, οἱ ἐκ Βιθυνίας. ᾜοντο δὲ τοῦτο κατορθῶσαι ῥᾳδίως, εἰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας κάθοδον ᾿Αθανασίῳ ἀνέλοιεν, όμοδόξῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς τὰς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον Ἐκκλησίας παραδοῖεν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τάδ᾽ ἐπενόουν, ὑπουργὸν ἔχοντες τὸν πρεσβύτερον, ὃς αἴτιος ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίνου ἐγένετο τῆς ᾿Αρείου ἀνακλήσεως. Ἐτύγχανε γὰρ καὶ Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος, καθότι τὴν πατρώαν αὐτῷ διαθήκην ἀπέσωσεν. Οἷὰ τε πιστὸς παῤῥησίαν λαβὼν, μέχρι τῆς βασιλέως γαμετῆς, καὶ τῶν ἐν δυνάμει θαλαμηπόλων εὐνούχων, συνήθης ἐγένετο. Προειστήκει δὲ τότε τῆς βασιλικῆς οἰκίας Εὐσέβιος· ὃς ἐπαινέτης τῆς ᾿Αρείου δόξης γενόμενος, ὁμόφρονας ἑαυτῷ τὴν βασιλίδα, καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν περὶ τὰ βασίλεια κατεστήσατο. Ἐντεῦθέν τε πάλιν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ συχναὶ διαλέξεις ἐγένοντο, σὺν ταύταις τε καὶ ὕβρεις, καὶ ἀπέχθειαι· καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῖς ἀμφὶ Θεόγνιον κατὰ γνώμην προὐχώρει.
Ta men dē kata tēn Kōnstantinou basileian symbanta tais Ekklēsiais, hōde esche. Teleutēsantos de autou, palin eis zētēsin ēgeto tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn to dogma. Touto gar ei kai mē pantes apedechonto, Kōnstantinou eti periontos tǭ biǭ, oudeis periphanōs ekbalein etolmēsen. Hōs de eteleutēse, polloi tautēs tēs doxēs apestēsan; houtoi de ēsan hoi kai prin epi prodosią tautēs hypoptoi. Pantōn de malista pleistēn epoiounto spoudēn tēn Areiou doxan kratein, Eusebios kai Theognios, hoi ek Bithynias. Ę̄onto de touto katorthōsai rhądiōs, ei tēn ek tēs hyperorias kathodon ᾿Athanasiǭ aneloien, omodoxǭ de autois tas kat᾿ Aigypton Ekklēsias paradoien. Kai hoi men tad᾽ epenooun, hypourgon echontes ton presbyteron, hos aitios epi Kōnstantinou egeneto tēs ᾿Areiou anaklēseōs. Etynchane gar kai Kōnstantiǭ tǭ basilei kecharismenos, kathoti tēn patrōan autǭ diathēkēn apesōsen. Hoia te pistos parrhēsian labōn, mechri tēs basileōs gametēs, kai tōn en dynamei thalamēpolōn eunouchōn, synēthēs egeneto. Proeistēkei de tote tēs basilikēs oikias Eusebios; hos epainetēs tēs ᾿Areiou doxēs genomenos, homophronas heautǭ tēn basilida, kai pollous tōn peri ta basileia katestēsato. Enteuthen te palin peri tou dogmatos idią te kai dēmosią sychnai dialexeis egenonto, syn tautais te kai hybreis, kai apechtheiai; kai to pragma tois amphi Theognion kata gnōmēn prouchōrei.
Such were the events that befell the churches in the reign of Constantine. After his death the doctrine of those who had met at Nicaea was again brought into question. For though not all accepted it, while Constantine was still alive no one dared openly to reject it. But when he died, many departed from this opinion; these were those who had earlier been suspected of betraying it. Of all, Eusebius and Theognis of Bithynia made the greatest efforts to make the opinion of Arius prevail. They thought they could easily achieve this if they prevented Athanasius's return from exile and handed over the churches of Egypt to one of their own opinion. They planned these things with the help of the presbyter who had been responsible under Constantine for the recall of Arius. For he was also in favour with the emperor Constantius, since he had preserved his father's will for him. Being trusted, he gained freedom of speech and became familiar even with the emperor's wife and with the powerful eunuchs of the bedchamber. Eusebius was then head of the imperial household; having become a supporter of Arius's opinion, he brought the empress and many of those about the palace to share his views. From then on there were frequent debates about the doctrine again, in private and in public, and with them insults and hatreds; and things went as Theognis's party wished.
3.2PG 67:1035–1037
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος, ἐκ τῆς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλατίας ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν. Τοῦτον δὲ καὶ Κωνσταντῖνος περιὼν μετακαλεῖσθαι προήρητο. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς αὐτοῦ διαθήκαις ἐθελῆσαι τοῦτο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ φθάσας ἐτελεύτησεν, ὁ ὁμώνυμος αὐτῷ παῖς, ὃς καὶ τῶν πρὸς ἑσπέραν Γαλατῶν ἦρχεν, ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτῷ τὴν κάθοδον, γράμματα δοὺς πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων λαόν. Ταῦτα δὲ ἐκ τῆς Ῥωμαίων μεταβληθέντα φωνῆς εὑρὼν, ὡς εὗρον παρέθηκα. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε. Κωνσταντῖνος Καῖσαρ λαῷ τῆς καθολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας Αλεξανδρείας πόλεως. Οὐδὲν τὴν τῆς ὑμετέρας ἱερᾶς ἐννοίας ἀποπεφευγέναι γνῶσιν οἶμαι· διὰ τοῦτο ᾿Αθανάσιον τὸν τοῦ προσκυνητοῦ νόμου ὑποφήτην πρὸς καιρὸν εἰς Γαλλίας ἀπεστάλθαι, ἵν᾽, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἀγριότης τῶν αἱμοβόρων αὐτοῦ καὶ πολεμίων ἐχθρῶν, εἰς κίνδυνον τῆς ἱερᾶς αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς ἐπέμενε, μὴ ἄρα διὰ τῆς τῶν φαύλων διαστροφῆς ἀνήκεστα ὑποστῇ. Πρὸς τὸ διαπαῖξαι τοίνυν ταύτην, ἀφῃρέθη τῶν φαρύγγων τῶν ἐπικειμένων αὐτῷ ἀνδρῶν, καὶ ὑπ᾿ ἐμοὶ διάγειν κεκέλευσται οὕτως, ὡς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει ἐν ᾗ διέτριβε, πᾶσι τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις ἐμπλεονάζειν· εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ ἡ ἀοίδιμος ἀρετὴ, ταῖς θείαις πεποιθυῖα βοηθείαις, καὶ τὰ τῆς τραχυτέρας ἄχθη ἐξουθενεῖ. Τοιγαροῦν εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα πρὸς τὴν προσφιλεστάτην ὑμῶν θεοσέβειαν ὁ δεσπότης ἡμῶν, ὁ τῆς μακαρίας μνήμης Κωνσταντίνος ὁ σεβαστὸς, ὁ ἐμὸς πατήρ, τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπίσκοπον τῷ ἰδίῳ τόπῳ παρασχεῖν προήρητο, ὅμως ἐπειδὴ ἀνθρωπίνῳ κλήρῳ προληφθεὶς, πρὸ τοῦ τὴν εὐχὴν πληρῶσαι ἀνεπαύσατο, ἀκόλουθον ἡγησάμην τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ τῆς θείας μνήμης βασιλέως διαδεξάμενος πληρῶσαι· ὅστις ἐπειδὰν τῆς ὑμετέρας τύχῃ προσόψεως, ὅσης αἰδοῦς παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ τετύχηκε, γνώσεσθε. Οὐ γὰρ θαυμαστὸν, εἴ τι δ᾽ ἂν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πεποίηκα. Καὶ γὰρ τὴν ἐμὴν ψυχὴν ἡ τε τοῦ ὑμετέρου πόθου εἰκὼν, καὶ τὸ τηλικούτου ἀνδρὸς σχῆμα, εἰς τοῦτο ἐκίνει καὶ προέτρεπεν. Ἡ θεία πρόνοια ὑμᾶς διαφυλάξοι, ἀδελφοὶ ἀγαπητοί. Κατὰ ταύτην τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως γραφὴν τῆς καθόδου τυχών Αθανάσιος, τὰς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον Ἐκκλησίας διεῖπεν. "Ὅσοι δὲ τὰ ᾿Αρείου ἐφρόνουν, δεινὸν τοῦτο ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ ἠρεμεῖν οὐκ ἠνείχοντο. Ἐντεῦθέν τε συνεχεῖς ἀνεκινοῦντο στάσεις· ὃ δὴ πρόφασιν πάλιν κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου παρέσχεν ἑτέρων ἐπιβουλῶν. Οἱ γὰρ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον, σπουδῇ πρὸς βασιλέα διέβαλον αὐτὸν, ὡς στασιώδη, καὶ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἑαυτῷ τὴν κάθοδον ἐπιτρέψαντα, δίχα κρίσεως ἐπισκόπων. ᾿Αλλ' ὅπως μὲν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπιβουλῆς αὖθις ἐξηλάθη τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, αὐτίκα δὴ κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἐρῶ τάξιν. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Παμφίλου τελευτήσαντος, διαδέχεται τὴν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ τῆς Παλαιστίνης ἐπισκοπὴν ᾿Ακάκιος. ὡς πρὸς αὐτὸν Εὐσέβιον τὸν ζῆλον ἔχων, καὶ ὑπ᾿ αὐτῷ τοὺς ἱεροὺς παιδευθεὶς λόγους, ἱκανός τε νοεῖν καὶ φράζειν ἀστεῖος ἐγένετο, ὡς καὶ πολλὰ συγγράμματα λόγου ἄξια καταλιπεῖν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ καὶ Κωνσταντίνος ὁ βασιλεὺς, πόλεμον ἐπαγαγὼν Κώνσταντι τῷ ἰδίῳ ἀδελφῷ περὶ ᾿Ακυληίαν, κτίννυται παρὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἡγεμόνων. Περιίσταται δὲ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς, τὰ μὲν πρὸς δύσιν, εἰς Κώνσταντα · τὰ δὲ πρὸς ἕω, εἰς Κωνστάντιον.
En toutǭ de kai ᾿Athanasios, ek tēs pros dysin Galatias epanēlthen eis ᾿Alexandreian. Touton de kai Kōnstantinos periōn metakaleisthai proērēto. Legetai de kai en tais autou diathēkais ethelēsai touto. Epei de phthasas eteleutēsen, ho homōnymos autǭ pais, hos kai tōn pros hesperan Galatōn ērchen, epetrepsen autǭ tēn kathodon, grammata dous pros ton ᾿Alexandreōn laon. Tauta de ek tēs Rhōmaiōn metablēthenta phōnēs heurōn, hōs heuron parethēka. Echei de hōde. Kōnstantinos Kaisar laǭ tēs katholikēs Ekklēsias Alexandreias poleōs. Ouden tēn tēs hymeteras hieras ennoias apopepheugenai gnōsin oimai; dia touto ᾿Athanasion ton tou proskynētou nomou hypophētēn pros kairon eis Gallias apestalthai, hin᾽, epeidē hē agriotēs tōn haimoborōn autou kai polemiōn echthrōn, eis kindynon tēs hieras autou kephalēs epemene, mē ara dia tēs tōn phaulōn diastrophēs anēkesta hypostę̄. Pros to diapaixai toinyn tautēn, aphę̄rethē tōn pharyngōn tōn epikeimenōn autǭ andrōn, kai hyp᾿ emoi diagein kekeleustai houtōs, hōs en tautę̄ tę̄ polei en hę̄ dietribe, pasi tois anankaiois empleonazein; ei kai ta malista autou hē aoidimos aretē, tais theiais pepoithuia boētheiais, kai ta tēs trachyteras achthē exouthenei. Toigaroun ei kai ta malista pros tēn prosphilestatēn hymōn theosebeian ho despotēs hēmōn, ho tēs makarias mnēmēs Kōnstantinos ho sebastos, ho emos patēr, ton auton episkopon tǭ idiǭ topǭ paraschein proērēto, homōs epeidē anthrōpinǭ klērǭ prolēphtheis, pro tou tēn euchēn plērōsai anepausato, akolouthon hēgēsamēn tēn proairesin tou tēs theias mnēmēs basileōs diadexamenos plērōsai; hostis epeidan tēs hymeteras tychę̄ prosopseōs, hosēs aidous par᾿ emou tetychēke, gnōsesthe. Ou gar thaumaston, ei ti d᾽ an hyper autou pepoiēka. Kai gar tēn emēn psychēn hē te tou hymeterou pothou eikōn, kai to tēlikoutou andros schēma, eis touto ekinei kai proetrepen. Hē theia pronoia hymas diaphylaxoi, adelphoi agapētoi. Kata tautēn tēn tou basileōs graphēn tēs kathodou tychōn Athanasios, tas kat᾿ Aigypton Ekklēsias dieipen. "Hosoi de ta ᾿Areiou ephronoun, deinon touto epoiounto, kai ēremein ouk ēneichonto. Enteuthen te synecheis anekinounto staseis; ho dē prophasin palin kata ᾿Athanasiou pareschen heterōn epiboulōn. Hoi gar amphi ton Eusebion, spoudę̄ pros basilea diebalon auton, hōs stasiōdē, kai para tous nomous tēs Ekklēsias heautǭ tēn kathodon epitrepsanta, dicha kriseōs episkopōn. ᾿All' hopōs men ek tēs toutōn epiboulēs authis exēlathē tēs ᾿Alexandreias, autika dē kata tēn oikeian erō taxin. Peri de touton ton chronon Eusebiou tou Pamphilou teleutēsantos, diadechetai tēn en Kaisareią tēs Palaistinēs episkopēn ᾿Akakios. hōs pros auton Eusebion ton zēlon echōn, kai hyp᾿ autǭ tous hierous paideutheis logous, hikanos te noein kai phrazein asteios egeneto, hōs kai polla syngrammata logou axia katalipein. Ouk eis makran de kai Kōnstantinos ho basileus, polemon epagagōn Kōnstanti tǭ idiǭ adelphǭ peri ᾿Akylēian, ktinnytai para tōn autou hēgemonōn. Periistatai de tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs, ta men pros dysin, eis Kōnstanta ; ta de pros heō, eis Kōnstantion.
Meanwhile Athanasius too returned from western Gaul to Alexandria. Constantine, while alive, had intended to recall him, and is said to have wished this in his will as well. Since he died before doing so, his namesake son, who ruled the western Gauls, allowed him to return, giving him a letter to the people of Alexandria. Having found it translated from the Latin, I have set it down as I found it. It reads as follows: “Constantine Caesar to the people of the catholic church of the city of Alexandria. I think it has not escaped the knowledge of your holy mind that Athanasius, the interpreter of the venerable law, was sent for a time to the Gauls so that, since the savagery of his bloodthirsty and hostile enemies persisted to the danger of his sacred head, he might not suffer irreparable harm through the perversity of wicked men. To frustrate this, he was snatched from the jaws of the men who were pressing upon him, and was ordered to live under my care in such a way that in this city where he was staying he had all necessities in abundance; though indeed his celebrated virtue, trusting in divine help, makes light even of the burdens of harsher fortune. Our lord, of blessed memory, Constantine Augustus, my father, had intended to restore this same bishop to his own place, to your most beloved Godliness; but since he was overtaken by the human lot and went to rest before fulfilling his wish, I thought it fitting, as his successor, to fulfil the purpose of the emperor of divine memory. When he comes into your presence, you will learn how much respect he has received from me. Nor is it surprising if I have done anything for him; for both the image of your longing and the bearing of so great a man moved and urged my soul to this. May divine providence preserve you, beloved brothers.” Having obtained his return by this letter of the emperor, Athanasius governed the churches of Egypt. But those who held the views of Arius took this hard and would not keep quiet. From then on frequent disturbances were stirred up, which again gave a pretext for other plots against Athanasius. For Eusebius's party eagerly slandered him to the emperor as seditious, and as having allowed himself to return against the laws of the church, without a judgment of bishops. How through their plotting he was driven again from Alexandria, I shall tell shortly in its proper order. About this time Eusebius son of Pamphilus died, and Acacius succeeded to the episcopate of Caesarea in Palestine. Having the same zeal as Eusebius himself, and having been taught the sacred writings under him, he was able in thought and elegant in expression, so that he left many writings worth mentioning. Not long afterward the emperor Constantine, making war on his own brother Constans near Aquileia, was killed by Constans's generals. The Roman empire fell, in the West, to Constans, and in the East, to Constantius.
3.3PG 67:1037–1039
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου τετελευτηκότος, διεδέξατο Παῦλος τὴν τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀρχιερωσύνην· ὡς μὲν λέγουσιν οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου καὶ Μακεδονίου φρονοῦντες, ἑαυτῷ ταύτην πραγματευσάμενος, παρὰ γνώμην Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Νικομηδείας ἐπισκόπου, καὶ Θεοδώρου τοῦ ἐν Θράκῃ Ἡρακλείας, οἷς ὡς γείτοσιν ἡ χειροτονία (διέφερεν. Ὡς δὲ πολὺς ἔχει λόγος, μαρτυρίᾳ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου ὂν διεδέξατο, ἐχειροτονήθη παρὰ τῶν ἐνδημούντων τῇ πόλει ἐπισκόπων. Ἤδη γὰρ ὀκτὼ καὶ ἐνενήκοντα ἄγων ἐνιαυτοὺς ὁ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, ἐκ τούτων δὲ εἴκοσι τρεῖς ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ ἀνδρείως διαγενόμενος, ἐπειδὴ τελευτᾷν ἔμελλε, πυνθανομένων αὐτοῦ τῶν κληρικῶν, τίνι μετ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπιτρεπτέον τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, εἰ μὲν ἀγαθὸν τὰ θεῖα, διδακτικόν τε ἅμα ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἔφη, Παῦλον ἔχετε εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὰ ἔξω πράγματα καὶ τὰς συνουσίας τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἀμείνων Μακεδόνιος. ᾿Αλλ' ἑκάτερον μεμαρτυρῆσθαι παρὰ ᾿Αλεξάνδρου, καὶ οἱ Μακεδονίου ἐπαινέται συνομολογοῦσι. Περὶ δὲ τὰ πράγματα καὶ λόγους δεινὸν γεγενῆσθαι λέγουσι τὸν Παῦλον· τὴν δὲ περὶ τοῦ βίου μαρτυρίαν Μακεδονίῳ ἀνατιθέασι. Παῦλον δὲ περὶ τρυφὴν καὶ βίον ἀδιάφορον ἐσχολακέναι διαβάλλουσι. Φαίνεται γοῦν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ὁμολογίας, ἐλλόγιμον ἄνδρα γεγενῆσθαι τὸν Παῦλον, ἐπὶ Ἐκκλησίας διδάξαι λαμπρόν, ἰοὺς δὲ τὰς περιπετείας τοῦ βίου, τὰς ὁμιλίας τῶν ἐν δυνάμει, φαύλως αὐτὸν ἐσχηκέναι μαρτυρεῖ τὰ πράγματα. Οὐδεμίαν γὰρ ἐπιβουλὴν τῶν. ἐπαναστάντων αὐτῷ, ὡς εἰκὸς τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα δεινοὺς, διέλυσεν. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ὑπερφυῶς φιλούμενος, χαχὼς ἔπαθε, σχαιωρίᾳ τῶν τότε ἀναινομένων τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ χρατῆσαν δόγμα. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, ὡς μὴ εὖ βεθδιωχὼς, γραφὴν ὑπομείνας, ἐξεβλήθη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Κωνσταντινουπόλεως. Τελευτῶν δὲ καὶ ὑπερορίαν ηἰχεῖν χατεδικάτθη, εἰ καὶ τεθνάναι ἐλεεινῶς δι' ἀγχόνης λέγεται, μηχαντ - σαμένων αὐτῷ φόνον τῶν ἐπιδούλων, ᾿Αλλὰ τάδε μὲν ὕστερον συνέβη.
En toutǭ de ᾿Alexandrou teteleutēkotos, diedexato Paulos tēn tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs archierōsynēn; hōs men legousin hoi ta ᾿Areiou kai Makedoniou phronountes, heautǭ tautēn pragmateusamenos, para gnōmēn Eusebiou tou Nikomēdeias episkopou, kai Theodōrou tou en Thrakę̄ Hērakleias, hois hōs geitosin hē cheirotonia (diepheren. Hōs de polys echei logos, martyrią ᾿Alexandrou on diedexato, echeirotonēthē para tōn endēmountōn tę̄ polei episkopōn. Ēdē gar oktō kai enenēkonta agōn eniautous ho ᾿Alexandros, ek toutōn de eikosi treis en tę̄ episkopę̄ andreiōs diagenomenos, epeidē teleutąn emelle, pynthanomenōn autou tōn klērikōn, tini met᾿ auton epitrepteon tēn Ekklēsian, ei men agathon ta theia, didaktikon te hama epizēteite, ephē, Paulon echete ei de pros ta exō pragmata kai tas synousias tōn archontōn, ameinōn Makedonios. ᾿All' hekateron memartyrēsthai para ᾿Alexandrou, kai hoi Makedoniou epainetai synomologousi. Peri de ta pragmata kai logous deinon gegenēsthai legousi ton Paulon; tēn de peri tou biou martyrian Makedoniǭ anatitheasi. Paulon de peri tryphēn kai bion adiaphoron escholakenai diaballousi. Phainetai goun ek tēs toutōn homologias, ellogimon andra gegenēsthai ton Paulon, epi Ekklēsias didaxai lampron, ious de tas peripeteias tou biou, tas homilias tōn en dynamei, phaulōs auton eschēkenai martyrei ta pragmata. Oudemian gar epiboulēn tōn. epanastantōn autǭ, hōs eikos tous peri tauta deinous, dielysen. ᾿Alla kai hypo tou plēthous hyperphyōs philoumenos, chachōs epathe, schaiōrią tōn tote anainomenōn to kata tēn en Nikaią chratēsan dogma. Kai ta men prōta, hōs mē eu bethdiōchōs, graphēn hypomeinas, exeblēthē tēs Ekklēsias Kōnstantinoupoleōs. Teleutōn de kai hyperorian ēichein chatedikatthē, ei kai tethnanai eleeinōs di' anchonēs legetai, mēchant - samenōn autǭ phonon tōn epidoulōn, ᾿Alla tade men hysteron synebē.
Meanwhile, Alexander having died, Paul succeeded to the high priesthood of Constantinople: as those who hold the views of Arius and Macedonius say, having obtained it for himself against the wishes of Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia, and Theodore of Heraclea in Thrace, to whom, as neighbours, the ordination belonged; but as the common account has it, he was ordained by the bishops staying in the city on the testimony of Alexander, whom he succeeded. For Alexander, who was already ninety-eight years old, twenty-three of which he had spent bravely in the episcopate, when he was about to die and the clergy asked him to whom they should entrust the church after him, said: “If you seek a man good in divine things and able to teach as well, you have Paul; but if one for outward affairs and dealings with magistrates, Macedonius is better.” Even the admirers of Macedonius agree that both were so testified to by Alexander. They say that Paul was skilled in business and in speaking, but they attribute the testimony about character to Macedonius; and they accuse Paul of having given himself to luxury and an indifferent way of life. From their own admission, then, it appears that Paul was an eloquent man and a brilliant teacher in the church; but as to the reverses of life and dealings with the powerful, events bear witness that he handled them badly. For he broke up none of the plots of those who rose against him, as those skilled in such matters naturally do. Although he was exceedingly loved by the people, he suffered ill through the scheming of those who then rejected the doctrine that had prevailed at Nicaea. First he was accused of not having lived well and was expelled from the church of Constantinople; in the end he was condemned to live in exile, and is said to have died pitiably by strangling, his enemies having contrived his murder. But this happened later.
3.4PG 67:1039
Ἐν δὲ τῷ νῦν διὰ ταύτην τὴν χειροτονίαν μεγίστη ταραχὴ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἔσχεν. Ἐν ᾧ γὰρ περιῆν ᾿Αλέξανδρος, οὐ πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν ἦγον ὅσοι τὰ ᾿Αρείου ἐφρόνουν" καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ λαὺς βλέπων ἤγοντο, τὸ Θεῖον ἐδόξαζον." μάλιστα μετὰ τὴν ἀδόκητον ᾿Αρεῖίου συμφορὰν, ὃν οὕτως ἀποθανεῖν, ὡς εἴρηται, κατὰ θεομηνίαν ἐπίευον ταῖς ᾿λλεξάνδρου ἀρεταῖς Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε, διχῇ διακριθὲν τὸ πλῆθος, εἰς ἔριδας δογμάτων εἰς τὸ φανερὸν καθίσταντο μάχην. Σπουδὴ δὲ ἐγένετο, τοῖς μὲν τὰ ζηλοῦσι, Μακεδόνιον κε:ροτονεῖσθα! " τοῖς δὲ ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζουσι, Παῦλον ἐπισκοπεῖν" καὶ τοῦτο ἐκράτει. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Παύλου χειροτονίαν, παραγενόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἔτυχε γὰρ τότε ἀπόδημος, ἐχαλέπαινεν, ὡς ἀναξίῳ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἐπιτραπείτης. Ἔξ ἐπιθουλῆῇς τε τῶν πρὸς Παῦλον ἀπεχθανομένων, σύνοδον χαῦ - ἰσας, τὸν μὲν ἀπεώσατο τῆς Ἐκκλησίας" Εὐσεδίῳ δὲ τῷ Νικομηδείας ἐπισκόπῳ τὸν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως θρόνον παρέδιωχε.
En de tǭ nyn dia tautēn tēn cheirotonian megistē tarachē tēn Ekklēsian Kōnstantinoupoleōs eschen. En hǭ gar periēn ᾿Alexandros, ou pollēn parrhēsian ēgon hosoi ta ᾿Areiou ephronoun" kai pros auton ho laus blepōn ēgonto, to Theion edoxazon." malista meta tēn adokēton ᾿Areiiou symphoran, hon houtōs apothanein, hōs eirētai, kata theomēnian epieuon tais ᾿llexandrou aretais Epei de eteleutēse, dichę̄ diakrithen to plēthos, eis eridas dogmatōn eis to phaneron kathistanto machēn. Spoudē de egeneto, tois men ta zēlousi, Makedonion ke:rotoneistha! " tois de homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazousi, Paulon episkopein" kai touto ekratei. Meta de tēn Paulou cheirotonian, paragenomenos ho basileus, etyche gar tote apodēmos, echalepainen, hōs anaxiǭ tēs episkopēs epitrapeitēs. Ex epithoulēę̄s te tōn pros Paulon apechthanomenōn, synodon chau - isas, ton men apeōsato tēs Ekklēsias" Eusediǭ de tǭ Nikomēdeias episkopǭ ton Kōnstantinoupoleōs thronon parediōche.
At this time very great turmoil seized the church of Constantinople because of this ordination. While Alexander was alive, those who held the views of Arius had little freedom of speech; the people looked to him and were guided by him, and held right belief about the Divine, especially after the unexpected disaster of Arius, whose death in the manner described they believed to have come by divine wrath through the virtues of Alexander. But when he died, the people were divided in two and came to open battle in strife over doctrines. Those who followed the views of Arius were eager that Macedonius should be ordained, and those who held the Son to be of the same essence as the Father, that Paul should be bishop; and this prevailed. After Paul's ordination the emperor arrived, for he happened to be away at the time, and was angry that the episcopate had been entrusted to an unworthy man. At the instigation of those hostile to Paul he convened a synod, drove him from the church, and handed over the see of Constantinople to Eusebius, bishop of Nicomedia.
3.5PG 67:1041–1045
Καὶ ὁ μὲν τάδε πραξας, εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν τῆς Συρίας ἦκεν. Ἤδη δὲ ἐξεργασθείσης τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας, ἣν μεγέθει καὶ κάλλει ὑπερφυᾶ, ἔτι περιὼν Κωνσταντῖνος, ὑπουργῷ χρησάμενος Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ παιδί, οἰκοδημεῖν ἤρξατο, εἰς καιρὸν ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον, πάλαι τοῦτο σπουδάζουσι, σύνοδον γενέσθαι. Οἱ δὴ τότε, καὶ ἕτεροι τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑπτὰ τελοῦντες ἐπισκόπους, πολλαχόθεν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν συνῆλθον. προφάσει μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ ἀφιερώσει τῆς νεουργοῦ ἐκκλησίας· ὡς δὲ τὸ ἀποβὰν ἔδειξεν, ἐπὶ μεταποιήσει τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων. Ἡγεῖτο δὲ τηνικαῦτα τῆς Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας Πλάκητος μετὰ Εὐφρόνιον. Πέμπτον δὲ ἔτος ἠνύετο ἀπὸ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ Μεγάλου τελευτῆς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντες οἱ ἐπίσκοποι συνῆλθον, παρῆν δὲ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Κωνστάντιος, ἡγανάκτουν οἱ πλείους, καὶ δεινῶς ᾿Αθανάσιον ἐπῃτιῶντο, ὡς ἱερατικὸν ὑπεριδόντα θεσμὸν, ὃν αὐτοὶ ἐθεντο, καὶ πρὶν ἐπιτραπῆναι παρὰ συνόδου, τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν ἀπολαβόντα. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ, καὶ θανάτου πολιτῶν αἴτιον αὐτὸν ἔλεγον, ὡς ἡνίκα εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἰσήει στάσεως κινηθείσης· καὶ πολλῶν μὲν ἀναιρεθέντων, τῶν δὲ δικαστηρίοις παραδοθέντων. Μεγίστης τε διαβολῆς ὑπὸ τοιούτων λόγων κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου ὑφανθείσης, ἐψηφίσαντο Γρηγόριον τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίας προστατεῖν. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ μεταβάντες εἰς τὴν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ζήτησιν, τοῖς μὲν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξασιν οὐδὲν ἐμέμψαντο· γράμματα δὲ διεπέμψαντο τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόποις, οἷς ἐδήλωσαν, ὡς ἐπίσκοποι ὄντες οὐκ ἠκολούθησαν ᾿Αρείῳ· πῶς γὰρ πρεσβυτέρῳ ὄντι ; δοκιμασταὶ δὲ γενόμενοι τῆς πίστεως αὐτοῦ, μᾶλλον αὐτὸν προσήκαντο, πιστεύειν δὲ σφᾶς κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παραδοθεῖσαν πίστιν. Εἶναι δὲ ταύτην ἣν ὑπέταξαν τῇ αὐτῶν ἐπι? στολῇ, οὐσίας μὲν Πατρὸς ἢ Υἱοῦ, ἢ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου ὀνόματος μηδαμῶς μεμνημένην· ἐπαμφοτερίζουσαν δὲ ταῖς ἐννοίαις, ὡς μήτε τοὺς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας, μήτε τοὺς ἑπομένους τῇ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδῳ, δύνασθαι τῇ συντάξει τῶν ῥημάτων ἐπισκήπτειν, ὡς ἀγνώστων ταῖς ἱεραῖς Γραφὰῖς. Παραλιπόντες γὰρ ἅπερ ἐκάτεροι οὐ προσίεντο, τὰ παρ' ἑκατέρων ὁμολογούμενα τεθείκασιν ὀνόματα ταύτῃ τῇ γραφῇ. Συνεῖναι μὲν γὰρ τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ μονογενῆ καὶ Θεὸν εἶναι, καὶ πρὸ πάντων ὑπάρχειν, σάρκα τε ἀνειληφέναι, καὶ τὴν πατρώαν πεπληρωκέναι βουλὴν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὁμοίως συνωμολόγησαν. Πότερον δὲ συναΐδιος ἢ ὁμοούσιός ἐστι τῷ Πατρὶ, ἢ τοὐναντίον, οὐκ ἐνέγραψαν. Μεταμεληθέντες δὲ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ γραφῇ, πάλιν ἑτέραν παρὰ ταύτην ἐξέθεντο· τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, ὡς οἶμαι, συνάδουσαν τῷ δόγματι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων, εἰ μὴ τις ἐμοὶ ἄδηλος διάνοια τοῖς ῥητοῖς ἀφανῶς ἔγκειται. Οὐκ οἶδα δὲ ἀνθ᾿ ὅτου, ὁμοούσιον εἰπεῖν τὸν Υἱὸν παραιτησάμενοι, ἄτρεπτόν τε καὶ ἀναλλοίωτον τῆς θεότητος ἀπεφήναντο, οὐσίας τε καὶ βουλῆς καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης ἀπαράλλακτον εἰκόνα, καὶ πρωτότοκον πάσης κτίσεως. Ἔλεγον δὲ ταύτην τὴν πίστιν ὁλόγραφον εὑρηκέναι Λουκιατοῦ ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ μαρτυρήσαντος, ἀνδρὸς τὰ τε ἄλλα εὐδοκιμωτάτου, καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς Γραφὰς εἰς ἄκρον ἠκριβωκότος· πότερον δὲ ἀληθῶς ταῦτα ἔφασαν, ἢ τὴν ἰδίαν γραφὴν σεμνοποιοῦντες τῷ ἀξιώματι τοῦ μάρτυρος, λέγειν οὐκ ἔχω. Μετέσχον δὲ ταύτης τῆς συνόδου, οὐ μόνον Εὐσέβιος, ὃς μετὰ Παῦλον ἐκβεβλημένον, ἐκ Νικομηδείας μεταστὰς, τὸν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως εἶχε θρόνον· ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Παμφίλου διάδοχος, καὶ Πατρόφιλος ὁ Σκυθοπόλεως, καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Ἡρακλείας, τῆς πρὶν Περίνθου ὀνομαζομένης, Εὐδόξιός τε Γερμανικίας, ὃς ὕστερον μετὰ Μακεδόνιον τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπετράπη Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ Γρηγόριος ὁ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίας αἱρεθεὶς προστατεῖν. Οἱ δὴ τότε τὰ αὐτὰ φρονεῖν ἀλλήλοις ὡμολόγηντο· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ Διάνοιος ὁ παρὰ Καππαδόκαις Καισαρείας ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικείας τῆς παρὰ Σύροις, ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ μητροπολιτικὰς καὶ ἄλλως ἐπισήμους Ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκοποῦντες.
Kai ho men tade praxas, eis ᾿Antiocheian tēs Syrias ēken. Ēdē de exergastheisēs tēs enthade ekklēsias, hēn megethei kai kallei hyperphya, eti periōn Kōnstantinos, hypourgǭ chrēsamenos Kōnstantiǭ tǭ paidi, oikodēmein ērxato, eis kairon edoxe tois amphi ton Eusebion, palai touto spoudazousi, synodon genesthai. Hoi dē tote, kai heteroi tōn ta auta phronountōn autois eis enenēkonta kai hepta telountes episkopous, pollachothen eis ᾿Antiocheian synēlthon. prophasei men hōs epi aphierōsei tēs neourgou ekklēsias; hōs de to apoban edeixen, epi metapoiēsei tōn en Nikaią doxantōn. Hēgeito de tēnikauta tēs Antiocheōn Ekklēsias Plakētos meta Euphronion. Pempton de etos ēnyeto apo tēs Kōnstantinou tou Megalou teleutēs. Epei de pantes hoi episkopoi synēlthon, parēn de kai ho basileus Kōnstantios, hēganaktoun hoi pleious, kai deinōs ᾿Athanasion epę̄tiōnto, hōs hieratikon hyperidonta thesmon, hon autoi ethento, kai prin epitrapēnai para synodou, tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian apolabonta. Ek toutou de, kai thanatou politōn aition auton elegon, hōs hēnika eis tēn polin eisēei staseōs kinētheisēs; kai pollōn men anairethentōn, tōn de dikastēriois paradothentōn. Megistēs te diabolēs hypo toioutōn logōn kata ᾿Athanasiou hyphantheisēs, epsēphisanto Grēgorion tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsias prostatein. Ek toutou de metabantes eis tēn peri tou dogmatos zētēsin, tois men en Nikaią doxasin ouden emempsanto; grammata de diepempsanto tois kata polin episkopois, hois edēlōsan, hōs episkopoi ontes ouk ēkolouthēsan ᾿Areiǭ; pōs gar presbyterǭ onti ? dokimastai de genomenoi tēs pisteōs autou, mallon auton prosēkanto, pisteuein de sphas kata tēn ex archēs paradotheisan pistin. Einai de tautēn hēn hypetaxan tę̄ autōn epi? stolę̄, ousias men Patros ē Huiou, ē tou homoousiou onomatos mēdamōs memnēmenēn; epamphoterizousan de tais ennoiais, hōs mēte tous ta ᾿Areiou phronountas, mēte tous hepomenous tę̄ en Nikaią synodǭ, dynasthai tę̄ syntaxei tōn rhēmatōn episkēptein, hōs agnōstōn tais hierais Graphais. Paralipontes gar haper ekateroi ou prosiento, ta par' hekaterōn homologoumena tetheikasin onomata tautę̄ tę̄ graphę̄. Syneinai men gar ton Huion tǭ Patri, kai monogenē kai Theon einai, kai pro pantōn hyparchein, sarka te aneilēphenai, kai tēn patrōan peplērōkenai boulēn, kai ta alla homoiōs synōmologēsan. Poteron de synaïdios ē homoousios esti tǭ Patri, ē tounantion, ouk enegrapsan. Metamelēthentes de, hōs eoiken, epi tautę̄ tę̄ graphę̄, palin heteran para tautēn exethento; ta men alla, hōs oimai, synadousan tǭ dogmati tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn, ei mē tis emoi adēlos dianoia tois rhētois aphanōs enkeitai. Ouk oida de anth᾿ hotou, homoousion eipein ton Huion paraitēsamenoi, atrepton te kai analloiōton tēs theotētos apephēnanto, ousias te kai boulēs kai dynameōs kai doxēs aparallakton eikona, kai prōtotokon pasēs ktiseōs. Elegon de tautēn tēn pistin holographon heurēkenai Loukiatou en Nikomēdeią martyrēsantos, andros ta te alla eudokimōtatou, kai tas hieras Graphas eis akron ēkribōkotos; poteron de alēthōs tauta ephasan, ē tēn idian graphēn semnopoiountes tǭ axiōmati tou martyros, legein ouk echō. Meteschon de tautēs tēs synodou, ou monon Eusebios, hos meta Paulon ekbeblēmenon, ek Nikomēdeias metastas, ton Kōnstantinoupoleōs eiche thronon; alla kai ᾿Akakios ho Eusebiou tou Pamphilou diadochos, kai Patrophilos ho Skythopoleōs, kai Theodōros ho Hērakleias, tēs prin Perinthou onomazomenēs, Eudoxios te Germanikias, hos hysteron meta Makedonion tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs epetrapē Ekklēsian, kai Grēgorios ho tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsias hairetheis prostatein. Hoi dē tote ta auta phronein allēlois hōmologēnto; alla gar kai Dianoios ho para Kappadokais Kaisareias episkopos, kai Geōrgios ho Laodikeias tēs para Syrois, alloi te polloi mētropolitikas kai allōs episēmous Ekklēsias episkopountes.
Having done this, he came to Antioch in Syria. The church there, of extraordinary size and beauty, which Constantine had begun to build while still alive, using his son Constantius as his helper, had now been completed; and it seemed to Eusebius's party, who had long been eager for this, the right moment to hold a synod. They, and others of the same views, ninety-seven bishops in all, gathered at Antioch from many places, ostensibly for the dedication of the new church, but, as the outcome showed, to alter what had been decided at Nicaea. Placetus was then leading the church of Antioch after Euphronius. It was the fifth year since the death of Constantine the Great. When all the bishops had gathered, and the emperor Constantius was also present, most of them were indignant and fiercely accused Athanasius of having disregarded a priestly ordinance which they themselves had made, and of having taken back the church of Alexandria before being permitted by a synod. On this ground they also said he was the cause of the death of citizens, since when he entered the city a disturbance had arisen, and many had been killed and others handed over to the courts. When the greatest slander had been woven against Athanasius by such arguments, they voted that Gregory should head the church of Alexandria. Then, passing to the inquiry about the doctrine, they found no fault with what had been decided at Nicaea; but they sent letters to the bishops in the cities declaring that, being bishops, they had not followed Arius, for how could they follow one who was a presbyter? but that, having become examiners of his faith, they had rather received him; and that they believed according to the faith handed down from the beginning. This, they said, was the one they appended to their letter, which made no mention at all of the essence of the Father or of the Son, or of the term “of the same essence,” but equivocated in its meaning, so that neither those who held the views of Arius nor those who followed the synod of Nicaea could attack the composition of its words as unknown to the sacred Scriptures. For leaving out what each side did not accept, they put into this document the terms acknowledged by both. They agreed that the Son is with the Father, is only-begotten and God, exists before all things, took flesh and fulfilled the Father's will, and other things likewise; but whether he is co-eternal or of the same essence with the Father, or the contrary, they did not write. Having changed their minds, it seems, about this document, they set out another besides it, in other respects, as I think, agreeing with the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea, unless some meaning unknown to me lies hidden in the words. I do not know why, having refused to call the Son of the same essence, they declared him unchangeable and unalterable in his divinity, the exact image of the essence, will, power and glory, and the firstborn of all creation. They said they had found this creed written in the hand of Lucian, who was martyred at Nicomedia, a man most highly esteemed in other respects and who had studied the sacred Scriptures with the greatest exactness; but whether they said this truly, or were dignifying their own document by the martyr's reputation, I cannot say. Taking part in this synod were not only Eusebius, who, after Paul had been expelled, had moved from Nicomedia and held the see of Constantinople, but also Acacius, Eusebius son of Pamphilus's successor, Patrophilus of Scythopolis, Theodore of Heraclea, formerly called Perinthus, Eudoxius of Germanicia, who later, after Macedonius, was entrusted with the church of Constantinople, and Gregory, who had been chosen to head the church of Alexandria. These were then acknowledged to hold the same views as one another. There were also Dianius, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia, George of Laodicea in Syria, and many others who were bishops of metropolitan or otherwise notable churches.
3.6PG 67:1045–1047
Σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ καὶ Εὐσέβιος ὁ ἐπίκλην Ἐμεσηνός· ὃς τὸ μὲν γένος, ἐξ Ἐδέσσης τῆς Ὀσροηνῶν εὐπατρίδης ὑπῆρχεν· ἐκ νέου δὲ κατὰ πάτριον ἔθος τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἐκμαθὼν λόγους, μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὰ παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἐξεδιδάχθη παιδεύματα, διδασκάλοις τοῖς ἐνθάδε τότε οὖσι φοιτήσας. Ὕστερον δὲ ἐξηγηταῖς Εὐσεβίῳ τῷ Παμφίλου, καὶ Πατροφίλῳ τῷ προϊσταμένῳ Σκυθοπόλεως, τὰς θείας βίβλους ἠκρίβωσε. Παραγενόμενός τε εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ἐπεὶ συνέβη Εὐστάθιον καθαιρεθῆναι διὰ τὴν Κύρου κατηγορίαν, Εὐφρονίῳ τῷ μετ᾿ αὐτὸν συνῆν. Φεύγων δὲ ἱερᾶσθαι, ἀφίκετο εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, φιλοσόφοις τοῖς τῇδε φοιτήσας· καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων ἀσκηθεὶς μαθήματα, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, καὶ Πλακήτῳ πάλιν τῷ μετὰ Εὐφρόνιον συνδιέτριβεν. Ὡς δὲ συνέβη ταύτην ἐνθάδε συγκροτεῖσθαι σύνοδον, ἐπὶ τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρείας προεκλήθη θρόνον ὑπὸ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπισκόπου. ᾜετο γὰρ αὐτὸν εὖ μάλα πολιτευόμενον, καὶ λέγειν κράτιστον ὄντα, ῥᾳδίως μεταστῆσαι τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους τῆς περὶ ᾿Αθανάσιον εὐνοίας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταύτην παρῃτήσατο τὴν χειροτονίαν, λογισάμενος ὡς εὐτρεπὲς εὑρήσει μίσος παρὰ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσιν, οὐκ ἀνεχομένοις ἕτερον ἀντὶ ᾿Αθανασίου ἰδεῖν, ἐπιτρέπεται Γρηγόριος • τὴν τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων, αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν Ἐμέσης Ἐκκλησίαν. Ἐνταῦθα στάσιν ὑπομείνας · διεβάλλετο γὰρ ἀσκεῖσθαι τῆς ἀστρονομίας, ὃ μέρος ἀποτελεσματικὸν ἀ καλοῦσι, φυγὰς ἦλθεν εἰς Λαοδίκειαν πρὸς Γεώργιον τὸν ἐνθάδε ἐπίσκοπον, ἐπιτήδειον ὄντα. Ὁ δὲ, εἰς Αντιόχειαν αὐτῷ συνελθών, πρὸς Πλάκητον καὶ Νάρκισσον τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς Ἔμεσαν παρεσκεύασεν. Ἐγένετο δὲ Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ κεχαρισμένος. Αμέλει τοι ἡνίκα Πέρσαις ἐπιστρατεύειν ἔμελλεν, αὐτὸν ἐπήγετο. Λέγεται γὰρ πολλὰ δι' αὐτοῦ θαυματουργῆσαι τὸ Θεῖον, ὡς μαρτυρεῖ Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικεὺς, ταῦτα καὶ ἕτερα περὶ αὐτοῦ διεξελθών. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν καίπερ τοιοῦτος ὢν, οὐ διέφυγε τὸν φθόνον τῶν ἀνιᾶσθαι πεφυκότων ἐπὶ ταῖς ἄλλων ἀρεταῖς. Ὑπέμεινε δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς μέμψιν, ὡς τὰ Σαβελλίου φρονῶν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ νῦν τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ συνελθοῦσιν ἐψηφίσατο. Μάξιμον μέντοι τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπίσκοπον, ἐπίτηδες λέγεται ταύτην ἀποφυγεῖν τὴν σύνοδον, μεταμεληθέντα καθότι ἀπατηθεὶς, σύμψηφος ἐγένετο τοῖς ᾿Αθανάσιον καθελοῦσιν. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ὁ τὸν Ῥωμαίων διέπων θρόνου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἰταλῶν, ἢ τῶν ἐπέκεινα Ῥωμαίων οὐδεὶς ἐνθάδε συνῆλθεν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, Φράγκων μὲν τοὺς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλάτας δῃούντων · τῆς δὲ πρὸς ἕω ἀρχομένης ὑπὸ μεγίστων σεισμῶν τινασσομένης, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς Ἀντιοχέων πόλεως μετὰ τὴν ἐνθάδε σύνοδον, ἧκε Γρηγόριος εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν σὺν πλήθει στρατιωτῶν·, οἳ προνοεῖν προσετάχθησαν, ὡς ἂν ἀστασίαστος καὶ ἀσφαλὴς αὐτῷ ἡ εἴσοδος γένοιτο. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρανοῦντες περί τε ταῦτα, καὶ ὅπως ᾿Αθανάσιον ἐξελάσωσιν. Ὁ δὲ ἐδεδίει, μή τι δι' αὐτὸν ὁ λαὸς πάθοι. Καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπιλαβούσης ἐκκλησίαζεν· ἤδη τε τῶν στρατιωτῶν καταλαβόντων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, εὐχὴν ἀποτελέσας, πρότερον ψαλμὸν ῥηθῆναι παρεκελεύσατο. Συμφώνου δὲ τῆς ψαλμῳδίας γενομένης, οἱ στρατιῶται τέως ἡσύχαζον, ὡς οὐκ εὔκαιρον ὃν ἐπιθέσθαι τότε. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ διαδὺς ὑπὸ τοὺς ψάλλοντας, ἔλαθεν ἐξελθὼν, καὶ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνήχθη. Γρηγόριος δὲ τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων κατέσχε θρόνον· ὁ δὲ λαὸς χαλεπήνας, τὴν ἐπώνυμον Διονυσίου τοῦ τῇδε ἐπισκοπήσαντος ἐκκλησίαν ἐνέπρησαν.
Syn autois de kai Eusebios ho epiklēn Emesēnos; hos to men genos, ex Edessēs tēs Osroēnōn eupatridēs hypērchen; ek neou de kata patrion ethos tous hierous ekmathōn logous, meta tauta kai ta par' Hellēsin exedidachthē paideumata, didaskalois tois enthade tote ousi phoitēsas. Hysteron de exēgētais Eusebiǭ tǭ Pamphilou, kai Patrophilǭ tǭ proïstamenǭ Skythopoleōs, tas theias biblous ēkribōse. Paragenomenos te eis ᾿Antiocheian, epei synebē Eustathion kathairethēnai dia tēn Kyrou katēgorian, Euphroniǭ tǭ met᾿ auton synēn. Pheugōn de hierasthai, aphiketo eis Alexandreian, philosophois tois tę̄de phoitēsas; kai ta ekeinōn askētheis mathēmata, epanēlthen eis ᾿Antiocheian, kai Plakētǭ palin tǭ meta Euphronion syndietriben. Hōs de synebē tautēn enthade synkroteisthai synodon, epi ton ᾿Alexandreias proeklēthē thronon hypo Eusebiou tou Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopou. Ę̄eto gar auton eu mala politeuomenon, kai legein kratiston onta, rhądiōs metastēsai tous Aigyptious tēs peri ᾿Athanasion eunoias. Epei de tautēn parę̄tēsato tēn cheirotonian, logisamenos hōs eutrepes heurēsei misos para ᾿Alexandreusin, ouk anechomenois heteron anti ᾿Athanasiou idein, epitrepetai Grēgorios • tēn tōn ᾿Alexandreōn, autos de tēn Emesēs Ekklēsian. Entautha stasin hypomeinas ; dieballeto gar askeisthai tēs astronomias, ho meros apotelesmatikon a kalousi, phygas ēlthen eis Laodikeian pros Geōrgion ton enthade episkopon, epitēdeion onta. Ho de, eis Antiocheian autǭ synelthōn, pros Plakēton kai Narkisson tous episkopous, epanelthein eis Emesan pareskeuasen. Egeneto de Kōnstantiǭ tǭ basilei kecharismenos. Amelei toi hēnika Persais epistrateuein emellen, auton epēgeto. Legetai gar polla di' autou thaumatourgēsai to Theion, hōs martyrei Geōrgios ho Laodikeus, tauta kai hetera peri autou diexelthōn. ᾿All᾿ ho men kaiper toioutos ōn, ou diephyge ton phthonon tōn aniasthai pephykotōn epi tais allōn aretais. Hypemeine de kai autos mempsin, hōs ta Sabelliou phronōn. En de tǭ nyn ta auta tois en ᾿Antiocheią synelthousin epsēphisato. Maximon mentoi ton Hierosolymōn episkopon, epitēdes legetai tautēn apophygein tēn synodon, metamelēthenta kathoti apatētheis, sympsēphos egeneto tois ᾿Athanasion kathelousin. Ou mēn oude ho ton Rhōmaiōn diepōn thronou, oude tōn allōn Italōn, ē tōn epekeina Rhōmaiōn oudeis enthade synēlthen. En toutǭ de, Phrankōn men tous pros dysin Galatas dę̄ountōn ; tēs de pros heō archomenēs hypo megistōn seismōn tinassomenēs, kai malista tēs Antiocheōn poleōs meta tēn enthade synodon, hēke Grēgorios eis ᾿Alexandreian syn plēthei stratiōtōn;, hoi pronoein prosetachthēsan, hōs an astasiastos kai asphalēs autǭ hē eisodos genoito. Synelambanonto de autois kai hoi ta ᾿Areiou phranountes peri te tauta, kai hopōs ᾿Athanasion exelasōsin. Ho de edediei, mē ti di' auton ho laos pathoi. Kai tēs nyktos epilabousēs ekklēsiazen; ēdē te tōn stratiōtōn katalabontōn tēn ekklēsian, euchēn apotelesas, proteron psalmon rhēthēnai parekeleusato. Symphōnou de tēs psalmǭdias genomenēs, hoi stratiōtai teōs hēsychazon, hōs ouk eukairon hon epithesthai tote. En toutǭ de diadys hypo tous psallontas, elathen exelthōn, kai eis tēn Rhōmēn anēchthē. Grēgorios de tōn ᾿Alexandreōn katesche thronon; ho de laos chalepēnas, tēn epōnymon Dionysiou tou tę̄de episkopēsantos ekklēsian eneprēsan.
With them was also Eusebius, surnamed of Emesa. By birth he was of a noble family of Edessa in Osrhoene. From youth he learned the sacred writings according to the custom of his country, and afterward he was taught the learning of the Greeks too, attending the teachers who were there at that time. Later he studied the divine books thoroughly under the interpreters Eusebius son of Pamphilus and Patrophilus, who presided over Scythopolis. Coming to Antioch, when Eustathius happened to be deposed on the accusation of Cyrus, he was in the company of Euphronius, his successor. Fleeing from the priesthood, he went to Alexandria and attended the philosophers there; and having been trained in their learning, he returned to Antioch and again spent his time with Placetus, the successor of Euphronius. When this synod was being held there, he was proposed for the see of Alexandria by Eusebius, bishop of Constantinople. For Eusebius thought that, being very good at public affairs and a most powerful speaker, he would easily turn the Egyptians from their goodwill toward Athanasius. But when he declined this ordination, reckoning that he would find ready hatred among the Alexandrians, who would not bear to see another in place of Athanasius, Gregory was entrusted with the church of Alexandria and he himself with that of Emesa. There he suffered a riot, for he was accused of practising the part of astronomy they call judicial; he fled to Laodicea, to George, the bishop there, who was his friend. George went with him to Antioch and arranged, through the bishops Placetus and Narcissus, for him to return to Emesa. He was in favour with the emperor Constantius; for instance, when the emperor was about to march against the Persians, he took him with him. For it is said that the Divine worked many wonders through him, as George of Laodicea bears witness, who relates these and other things about him. But though he was such a man, he did not escape the envy of those whose nature is to be pained at the virtues of others; he too incurred the charge of holding the views of Sabellius. At this time he voted with those who met at Antioch. Maximus, bishop of Jerusalem, is said to have deliberately avoided this synod, because he repented that, having been deceived, he had voted with those who deposed Athanasius. Nor did he who governed the see of Rome, nor any of the other Italians or of those beyond the Romans, come there. Meanwhile, when the Franks were ravaging the western Gauls, and the East was being shaken by very great earthquakes, especially the city of Antioch, after the synod there, Gregory came to Alexandria with a multitude of soldiers, who had been ordered to see that his entry should be without disturbance and safe. Those who held the views of Arius helped them in this and in driving out Athanasius. Athanasius feared that the people might suffer something on his account. When night came on he was holding an assembly; and when the soldiers had already occupied the church, he finished the prayer and first ordered a psalm to be sung. While the psalm was being sung in unison, the soldiers kept quiet for a time, since it was not a fitting moment to attack. Meanwhile, slipping out among those singing, he went out unnoticed and sailed up to Rome. Gregory took possession of the see of Alexandria; and the people, enraged, set fire to the church named after Dionysius, who had been bishop there.
3.7PG 67:1049–1051
Ὧδε μὲν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως τὰ βεβουλευμένα κατώρθωτο, καθῃρημένων τῶν σπουδῇ προϊσταμένων ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω τοῦ ἐν Νικαίᾳ βεβαιωθέντος δόγματος. Προκατειλημμένων τε τῶν ἐπισημοτάτων θρόνων, ᾿Αλεξανδρείας τῆς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας τῆς ἐν Συρίᾳ, καὶ τῆς παρὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον βασιλίδος πόλεως, πειθομένους εἶχον τοὺς ἀνὰ τόδε τὸ ὑπήκοον ἐπισκόπους. Ὁ δὲ τὴν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύων, καὶ οἱ ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν ἱερεῖς, ὕβριν οἰκείαν ταῦτα ἡγοῦντο. Ἐφ᾽ ἅπασι γὰρ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν ψῆφον ἐπαινέσαντες, εἰσέτι νῦν οὐ διέλιπον ὧδε φρονοῦντες· ἀφικόμενόν τε ὡς αὐτοὺς ᾿Αθανάσιον, φιλοφρόνως ἐδέξαντο, καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν εἶλκον δίκην. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ χαλεπῶς φέρων Εὐσέβιος, ἔγραψεν Ἰουλίῳ, ὥστε αὐτὸν γενέσθαι κριτὴν τῶν ἐπὶ ᾿Αθανασίῳ δοξάντων ἐν Τύρῳ. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν, πρὶν μαθεῖν τὴν Ἰουλίου γνώμην, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον τῆς ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ γενομένης συνόδου, ἐτελεύτησεν. Οἱ δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντίνου πόλει τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαν ζηλώσαντες, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἤγαγον Παῦλον. Ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ δὲ συλλαμβανομένων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐναντίου πλήθους, ἐν ἑτέρᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ συνελθόν- ( τες οἱ ἀμφὶ Θεόγνιον τὸν Νικαίας ἐπίσκοπον καὶ Θεόδωρον τὸν Ἡρακλείας, ἕτεροί τε οἱ τὰ τούτων φρονοῦντες, οἱ ἔτυχον ἐνδημοῦντες, Μακεδόνιον ἐχειροτόνησαν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον. Εντεῦθέν τε συχναὶ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἐγένοντο στάσεις, πολέμοις ἐμφερεῖς. Εἰς ἑαυτὸ γὰρ ἑκατέρωθεν τοῦ πλήθους συμπίπτοντος, πλείστοι διώλλυντο · καὶ ταραχῆς ἡ πόλις ἀνάπλεως ἦν· ὡς καὶ βασιλέα τότε ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ ὄντα, τάδε μαθεῖν, καὶ πρὸς ὀργὴν κινηθέντα, προστάξαι πάλιν ἀπελαύνεσθαι Παῦλον. Διηκονεῖτο δὲ τοῖς βασιλέως προστάγμασιν Ερμογένης, ὁ τὴν ἱππικὴν δύναμιν ἐπιτετραμμένος στρατηγός · ὃς ἐπὶ Θράκην τότε ἀποσταλεὶς, παριὼν διὰ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, ἐβιάζετο Παῦλον διὰ στρατιωτῶν ἐξελάσαι τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος οὐ συνεχώρει, πῆ δὲ καὶ ἡμύνετο· βιαιότερόν τε ἐπεχείρουν εἱ στρατιῶται ἐπιτελεῖν τὸ προσταχθὲν, καταλαβόντες τὴν Ἑρμογένους οἰκίαν οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν έπρησαν, καὶ αὐτὸν ἀναιροῦσι καὶ σχοινίον ἐξάψαντες εἶλκον διὰ τῆς πόλεως. ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἱππεὺς ἐλάσας ἧκεν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ὡς κακῶς δράσων τὸ πλῆθος. ᾿Αλλὰ τῶν μὲν ἐφείσατο, δεδακρυμένους αὐτῷ ἰδὼν ὑπαντωμένους, καὶ ἀντιβολοῦντας · ἀμφὶ δὲ τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ σίτου τὴν πόλιν ἀφείλετο, ὂν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ Κωνσταντῖνος, ἑκάστου ἔτους ἀπὸ τοῦ δημοσίου τοῖς πολίταις ἐδωρήσατο ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων φόρων· ὑπολαβὼν ἴσως ὑπὸ τρυφῆς καὶ ῥαστώνης τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀργοῦντας, ἑτοίμους εἰς στάσεις εἶναι. Τρέπει δὲ τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπὶ Παῦλον, καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀπελαθῆναι προσέταξεν αὐτόν. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς Μακεδόνιον ἐχαλέπαινεν, ὡς τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ στρατηγοῦ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν αἴτιον· καὶ ὅτι πρὸν αὐτὸν ἐπιτρέψαι ἐχειροτονήθη· οὔτε δὲ ἐπιψηφισάμενος τῇ αὐτοῦ χειροτονίᾳ, οὔτε ἀποχειροτονήσας, καταλιπὼν οὕτως ἀνέστρεψεν εἰς Αντιόχειαν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ οἱ τῆς ᾿Αρείου δόξης σπουδασταί, μετέστησαν Γρηγόριον, ὡς ἀμελῆ πρὸς σύστασιν τοῦ οἰκείου δόγματος, καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσιν ἀκαταθύμιον διὰ τὰ συμβάντα τῇ πόλει χαλεπὰ περὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ εἴσοδον, καὶ τὸν ἐμπρησμὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας. ᾿Αντὶ δὲ τούτου πέμπεται Γεώργιος, ὃς τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Καππαδόκης · ὡς δραστήριος δὲ ἐθαυμάζετο, καὶ περὶ τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα σπουδαῖος.
Hōde men tois apo tēs enantias haireseōs ta bebouleumena katōrthōto, kathę̄rēmenōn tōn spoudę̄ proïstamenōn ana tēn heō tou en Nikaią bebaiōthentos dogmatos. Prokateilēmmenōn te tōn episēmotatōn thronōn, ᾿Alexandreias tēs kat᾿ Aigypton, kai ᾿Antiocheias tēs en Syrią, kai tēs para ton Hellēsponton basilidos poleōs, peithomenous eichon tous ana tode to hypēkoon episkopous. Ho de tēn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsian epitropeuōn, kai hoi ana tēn dysin hiereis, hybrin oikeian tauta hēgounto. Eph᾽ hapasi gar tōn en Nikaią synelēlythotōn ex archēs tēn psēphon epainesantes, eiseti nyn ou dielipon hōde phronountes; aphikomenon te hōs autous ᾿Athanasion, philophronōs edexanto, kai pros autous tēn kat᾿ auton eilkon dikēn. Epi toutois de chalepōs pherōn Eusebios, egrapsen Iouliǭ, hōste auton genesthai kritēn tōn epi ᾿Athanasiǭ doxantōn en Tyrǭ. ᾿All᾿ ho men, prin mathein tēn Iouliou gnōmēn, ou pollǭ hysteron tēs en ᾿Antiocheią genomenēs synodou, eteleutēsen. Hoi de en Kōnstantinou polei tēn ektetheisan en Nikaią doxan zēlōsantes, eis tēn ekklēsian ēgagon Paulon. En tǭ autǭ de syllambanomenōn tōn apo tou enantiou plēthous, en heterą ekklēsią synelthon- ( tes hoi amphi Theognion ton Nikaias episkopon kai Theodōron ton Hērakleias, heteroi te hoi ta toutōn phronountes, hoi etychon endēmountes, Makedonion echeirotonēsan Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopon. Enteuthen te sychnai kata tēn polin egenonto staseis, polemois emphereis. Eis heauto gar hekaterōthen tou plēthous sympiptontos, pleistoi diōllynto ; kai tarachēs hē polis anapleōs ēn; hōs kai basilea tote en ᾿Antiocheią onta, tade mathein, kai pros orgēn kinēthenta, prostaxai palin apelaunesthai Paulon. Diēkoneito de tois basileōs prostagmasin Ermogenēs, ho tēn hippikēn dynamin epitetrammenos stratēgos ; hos epi Thrakēn tote apostaleis, pariōn dia Kōnstantinoupoleōs, ebiazeto Paulon dia stratiōtōn exelasai tēs ekklēsias. Epei de to plēthos ou synechōrei, pē de kai hēmyneto; biaioteron te epecheiroun hei stratiōtai epitelein to prostachthen, katalabontes tēn Hermogenous oikian hoi stratiōtai en eprēsan, kai auton anairousi kai schoinion exapsantes eilkon dia tēs poleōs. ᾿Akousas de ho basileus, hippeus elasas hēken eis Kōnstantinoupolin, hōs kakōs drasōn to plēthos. ᾿Alla tōn men epheisato, dedakrymenous autǭ idōn hypantōmenous, kai antibolountas ; amphi de to hēmisy tou sitou tēn polin apheileto, on ho patēr autou Kōnstantinos, hekastou etous apo tou dēmosiou tois politais edōrēsato ek tōn Aigyptiōn phorōn; hypolabōn isōs hypo tryphēs kai rhastōnēs tous pollous argountas, hetoimous eis staseis einai. Trepei de tēn orgēn epi Paulon, kai tēs poleōs apelathēnai prosetaxen auton. Ou mēn alla kai pros Makedonion echalepainen, hōs tēs anaireseōs tou stratēgou kai heterōn pollōn aition; kai hoti pron auton epitrepsai echeirotonēthē; oute de epipsēphisamenos tę̄ autou cheirotonią, oute apocheirotonēsas, katalipōn houtōs anestrepsen eis Antiocheian. En toutǭ de hoi tēs ᾿Areiou doxēs spoudastai, metestēsan Grēgorion, hōs amelē pros systasin tou oikeiou dogmatos, kai ᾿Alexandreusin akatathymion dia ta symbanta tę̄ polei chalepa peri tēn autou eisodon, kai ton emprēsmon tēs ekklēsias. ᾿Anti de toutou pempetai Geōrgios, hos to men genos ēn Kappadokēs ; hōs drastērios de ethaumazeto, kai peri touto to dogma spoudaios.
In this way the plans of those of the opposing sect succeeded: those who zealously championed in the East the doctrine confirmed at Nicaea had been deposed, and since they had already seized the most illustrious sees, of Alexandria in Egypt, of Antioch in Syria, and of the imperial city by the Hellespont, they had the bishops throughout these regions obedient to them. But the bishop of the church of Rome and the priests of the West regarded these things as an insult to themselves. For they had approved from the beginning the vote of those who met at Nicaea in everything, and had not ceased to hold this view even now; and when Athanasius came to them, they received him kindly and drew his case to themselves. Eusebius, vexed at this, wrote to Julius that he should be judge of what had been decided about Athanasius at Tyre. But before learning Julius's decision, he died, not long after the synod held at Antioch. Those at Constantinople who were zealous for the doctrine set out at Nicaea brought Paul into the church. At the same time, as those of the opposite party joined together, the party of Theognis, bishop of Nicaea, and Theodore of Heraclea, and others of their views who happened to be in the city, met in another church and ordained Macedonius bishop of Constantinople. From then on frequent disturbances like wars arose in the city; for the people clashed with each other on both sides, very many were killed, and the city was full of turmoil, so that the emperor, then at Antioch, learning of this and being moved to anger, ordered Paul to be driven out again. The emperor's orders were carried out by Hermogenes, the general in command of the cavalry. Being sent at that time to Thrace and passing through Constantinople, he tried to drive Paul from the church by means of soldiers. When the people would not allow it, and in some measure defended him, and the soldiers tried to carry out the order more violently, the people seized Hermogenes's house, set it on fire, killed him, tied a rope to him and dragged him through the city. When the emperor heard of it, he rode on horseback to Constantinople to punish the people. But he spared them when he saw them meeting him in tears and entreating him; he deprived the city of about half the grain which his father Constantine had given each year from the public stores to the citizens out of the taxes of Egypt, supposing perhaps that the many, idle from luxury and ease, were ready for riots. He turned his anger on Paul and ordered him to be driven from the city. He was also angry with Macedonius, as the cause of the death of the general and of many others, and because he had been ordained before he gave permission; and neither confirming his ordination nor annulling it, he left matters so and returned to Antioch. Meanwhile the zealots for the opinion of Arius removed Gregory, as negligent in establishing their doctrine and disliked by the Alexandrians because of the hardships that befell the city at his entry and the burning of the church. In his place George was sent, a Cappadocian by race, who was admired as a man of action and was zealous for this doctrine.
3.8PG 67:1051–1055
᾿Αθανάσιος δὲ φεύγων ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, εἰς Ῥώμην ἀφίκετο. Κατ' αὐτὸ δὲ συνέβη καὶ Παῦλον τὸν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον συνδραμεῖν, καὶ Μάρκελλον τὸν ᾿Αγκύρας, καὶ ᾿Ασκληπᾶν τὸν Γάζης, ὃς ἐναντίος ὢν τοῖς ᾿Αρείου, γραφὴν ὑπομείνας πρὸς ἑτεροδόξων τινῶν ὡς θυσιαστήριον ἀνατρέψας, καθῃρέθη. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ἀντὶ τούτου μὲν ἐπιτρέπεται τὴν Γαζαίων Ἐκκλησίαν Κυντιανός. Καὶ Λούκιος δὲ ὁ Αδριανουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπος, ἐπ᾿ ἄλλῳ κατηγορηθεὶς, καὶ τῆς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας ἀφαιρεθεὶς, ἐν Ῥώμῃ διῆγε. Μαθὼν δὲ ὁ Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπος τὰ ἑκάστου ἐγκλήματα, ἐπειδὴ πάντας όμονοοῦντας εὖρε περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, ὡς ὁμοδόξους αὐτοὺς εἰς κοινωνίαν προσήκατο. Οἷα δὲ τῆς πάντων κηδεμονίας αὐτῷ προσηκούσης διὰ τὴν ἀξίαν τοῦ θρόνου, ἑκάστῳ τὴν ἰδίαν Ἐκκλησίαν ἀπέδωκε. Καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόποις ἔγραψε, μεμφόμενος ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς βουλευσαμένοις περὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ταράττουσι, τῷ μὴ ἐμμένειν τοῖς ἐν Νεκαίᾳ δόξασιν. Ὀλίγους δὲ ἐκ πάντων εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν παρεῖναι ἐκέλευσε, διελέγξοντας δικαίαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐνηνοχέναι τὴν ψῆφον · ἢ τοῦ λοιποῦ οὐκ ἀνέξεσθαι ἠπείλησεν, εἰ μὴ παύσοιντο νεωτερίζοντες. Καὶ ὁ μὲν τάδε ἔγραψεν. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον καὶ Παῦλον, ἕκαστος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ κατείληφε θρόνον, καὶ τὰς Ἰουλίου ἐπιστολὰς διεπέμψαντο τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἐπισκόποις. Οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ ταύταις χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκαν· καὶ συλλεγέντες ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, ἀντέγραψαν Ἰουλίῳ κεκαλλιεπημένην τινὰ, καὶ δικανικῶς συντεταγμένην ἐπιστολὴν, εἰρωνείας τε πολλῆς ἀνάπλεων, καὶ ἀπειλῆς οὐκ ἀμοιροῦσαν δεινοτάτης. Φέρειν μὲν γὰρ πᾶσι φιλοτιμίαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ὡμολόγουν. ὡς ἀποστόλων φροντιστήριον, καὶ εὐσεβείας μητρόπολιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς γεγενημένην· εἰ καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἕω ἐνεδήμησαν αὐτῇ οἱ τοῦ δόγματος εἰσηγηταί. Οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο δὲ τὰ δευτερεῖα φέρειν ἠξίουν, ὅτι μὴ μεγέθει ἢ πλήθει Ἐκκλησίας πλεονεκτοῦσιν, ὡς ἀρετῇ καὶ προαιρέσει νι κῶντες. Εἰς ἐγκλήματα δὲ προφέροντες Ἰουλίῳ τὸ κοινωνῆσαι τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον, ἐχαλέπαινον ὡς ὑβρισμένης αὐτῶν τῆς συνόδου, καὶ τῆς ἀποφάσεως ἀναιρεθείσης · καὶ τὸ γενόμενον, ὡς ἄδικον ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ θεσμοῦ ἀπάδον διέβαλλον. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ ὧδέ πως μεμψάμενοι, καὶ δεινὰ πεπονθέναι μαρτυράμενοι, δεχομένῳ μὲν Ἰουλίῳ τὴν καθαίρεσιν τῶν πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐληλαμένων, καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν ἀντ᾿ αὐτῶν χειροτονηθέντων, εἰρήνην καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐπηγγέλλοντο· ἀνθισταμένῳ δὲ τοῖς δεδογμένοις, τἀναντία προηγόρευσαν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς πρὸ αὐτῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἱερέας οὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἰσχυρίζοντο, ἡνίκα Ναυατιανὸς τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας ἠλάθη. Περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπραγμένων περὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς εν Νικαιᾳ συνελθούσιν, οὐδὲν αὐτῷ ἀντέγραψαν, πολλὰς μὲν αἰτίας ἔχειν εἰς παραίτησιν ἀναγκαίαν τῶν γεγενημένων δηλώσαντες· ἀπολογεῖσθαι δὲ νῦν ὑπὲρ τούτων περιττὸν εἰπόντες, ὡς ἅπαξ ὁμοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἀδικεῖν ὑπονοηθέντες.
᾿Athanasios de pheugōn ek tēs ᾿Alexandreias, eis Rhōmēn aphiketo. Kat' auto de synebē kai Paulon ton Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopon syndramein, kai Markellon ton ᾿Ankyras, kai ᾿Asklēpan ton Gazēs, hos enantios ōn tois ᾿Areiou, graphēn hypomeinas pros heterodoxōn tinōn hōs thysiastērion anatrepsas, kathę̄rethē. ᾿All᾿ anti toutou men epitrepetai tēn Gazaiōn Ekklēsian Kyntianos. Kai Loukios de ho Adrianoupoleōs episkopos, ep᾿ allǭ katēgorētheis, kai tēs hyp᾿ auton Ekklēsias aphairetheis, en Rhōmę̄ diēge. Mathōn de ho Rhōmaiōn episkopos ta hekastou enklēmata, epeidē pantas omonoountas eure peri to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou, hōs homodoxous autous eis koinōnian prosēkato. Hoia de tēs pantōn kēdemonias autǭ prosēkousēs dia tēn axian tou thronou, hekastǭ tēn idian Ekklēsian apedōke. Kai tois ana tēn heō episkopois egrapse, memphomenos hōs ouk orthōs bouleusamenois peri tous andras, kai tas Ekklēsias tarattousi, tǭ mē emmenein tois en Nekaią doxasin. Oligous de ek pantōn eis rhētēn hēmeran pareinai ekeleuse, dielenxontas dikaian ep᾿ autois enēnochenai tēn psēphon ; ē tou loipou ouk anexesthai ēpeilēsen, ei mē pausointo neōterizontes. Kai ho men tade egrapsen. Hoi de amphi ton ᾿Athanasion kai Paulon, hekastos ton heautou kateilēphe thronon, kai tas Iouliou epistolas diepempsanto tois ana tēn heō episkopois. Hoi de epi tautais chalepōs ēnenkan; kai syllegentes en ᾿Antiocheią, antegrapsan Iouliǭ kekalliepēmenēn tina, kai dikanikōs syntetagmenēn epistolēn, eirōneias te pollēs anapleōn, kai apeilēs ouk amoirousan deinotatēs. Pherein men gar pasi philotimian tēn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsian en tois grammasin hōmologoun. hōs apostolōn phrontistērion, kai eusebeias mētropolin ex archēs gegenēmenēn; ei kai ek tēs heō enedēmēsan autę̄ hoi tou dogmatos eisēgētai. Ou para touto de ta deutereia pherein ēxioun, hoti mē megethei ē plēthei Ekklēsias pleonektousin, hōs aretę̄ kai proairesei ni kōntes. Eis enklēmata de propherontes Iouliǭ to koinōnēsai tois amphi ton ᾿Athanasion, echalepainon hōs hybrismenēs autōn tēs synodou, kai tēs apophaseōs anairetheisēs ; kai to genomenon, hōs adikon ekklēsiastikou thesmou apadon dieballon. Epi toutois de hōde pōs mempsamenoi, kai deina peponthenai martyramenoi, dechomenǭ men Iouliǭ tēn kathairesin tōn pros autōn elēlamenōn, kai tēn katastasin tōn ant᾿ autōn cheirotonēthentōn, eirēnēn kai koinōnian epēngellonto; anthistamenǭ de tois dedogmenois, tanantia proēgoreusan. Epei kai tous pro autōn ana tēn heō hiereas ouden anteipein ischyrizonto, hēnika Nauatianos tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias ēlathē. Peri de tōn pepragmenōn peri ta doxanta tois en Nikaią synelthousin, ouden autǭ antegrapsan, pollas men aitias echein eis paraitēsin anankaian tōn gegenēmenōn dēlōsantes; apologeisthai de nyn hyper toutōn peritton eipontes, hōs hapax homou epi pasin adikein hyponoēthentes.
Athanasius, fleeing from Alexandria, came to Rome. At the same time Paul, bishop of Constantinople, happened to arrive there too, and Marcellus of Ancyra, and Asclepas of Gaza, who, being opposed to the Arians, had been accused by some of a different opinion of having overturned an altar and had been deposed; in his place Quintianus was entrusted with the church of Gaza. Lucius too, bishop of Adrianople, accused on another charge and deprived of his church, was living in Rome. The bishop of the Romans, having learned the charges against each, and finding them all in agreement with the doctrine of the synod of Nicaea, admitted them into communion as of the same faith. And since the care of all belonged to him because of the dignity of his see, he restored to each his own church. He wrote to the bishops in the East, blaming them for not having judged rightly about these men and for troubling the churches by not abiding by what had been decided at Nicaea. He ordered a few of them all to be present on a set day to prove that they had passed a just sentence on them; otherwise he threatened that he would not tolerate them in future if they did not stop innovating. So he wrote. Athanasius and Paul each recovered his see, and sent Julius's letters to the bishops in the East. These took them hard; and gathering at Antioch, they wrote back to Julius a letter elegantly phrased and composed in a lawyer's manner, full of much irony and not without the most terrible threats. In the letter they acknowledged that the church of the Romans was held in honour by all, as having been from the beginning the school of the apostles and the metropolis of piety, even though the introducers of the doctrine had settled there from the East. But they did not think that on this account they should take second place, since, if they did not surpass it in the size or numbers of their church, they excelled it in virtue and purpose. Bringing as a charge against Julius his communion with Athanasius's party, they were indignant that their synod had been insulted and its sentence annulled, and they denounced what had been done as unjust and contrary to church law. After complaining in this way and protesting that they had suffered wrong, they promised peace and communion to Julius if he accepted the deposition of those they had driven out and the appointment of those ordained in their place; but if he opposed what had been decided, they announced the contrary. For they insisted that the priests in the East before them had made no objection when Novatian was driven from the church of the Romans. About what had been done concerning the decisions of those who met at Nicaea they wrote him nothing in reply, declaring that they had many reasons for a necessary defence of what had happened, but saying that it was superfluous to defend themselves on these matters now, since they had been suspected of doing wrong in everything at once.
3.9PG 67:1055
Ἰουλίῳ μὲν οὖν τοιάδε ἔγραψαν. Πρὸς δὲ βασιλέα Κωνστάντιον διέβαλον αὖθις τοὺς πρὸς αὐτῶν καθῃρημένους. Ὁ δὲ, ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τότε διατρίβων, γράφεὶ Φιλίππῳ τῷ ὑπάρχῳ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει ὄντι, πάλιν Μακεδονίῳ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἀποδοῦναι, Παῦλον δὲ ἐξελάσαι τῆς πόλεως. Δείσας δὲ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους κίνησιν ὁ ὕπαρχος, πρὶν ἔκπυστον γενέσθαι τὴν βασιλέως πρόσταξιν, προσελθὼν εἰς δημόσιον λουτρὸν ᾧ ὄνομα Ζεύξιππος, περιφανὲς δὲ τοῦτο καὶ μέγιστον, ὡς περὶ κοινῶν πραγμάτων κοινωσόμενος, μετεκαλέσατο Παῦλον · παραγενομένῳ δὲ εὐθὺς, τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπέδειξε τὸ γράμμα· λάθρα τε διὰ τῶν βασιλείων τῷ λουτρῷ παρακειμένων, ἐπὶ θάλασσαν αὐτὸν ἀχθῆναι προστάξας, εἰς πλοῖον ἐπεβίβασε, καὶ εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην ἔπεμψεν, ὅθεν καὶ τοὺς προγόνους ἔχειν ἐλέγετο, παντελῶς τε τὴν κατὰ τὴν ἕω ἀρχομένην φεύγειν κατεδίκασεν αὐτόν· Ἰλλυριῶν δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐπέκεινα γῆς ἐπιβαίνειν οὐκ ἑκώλυσεν. Ἐξελθὼν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ δικαστηρίου, συνοχούμενον αὐτῷ Μακεδόνιον ἔχων, ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ᾔει. Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος· ἤδη γὰρ τούτων γενομένων, ἄφατοι συνελέγησαν· εὐθὺς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπλήρωσαν· ἕκαστοι γὰρ αὐτὴν, οἵ τε ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, οἵ τε Παῦλον ἐπαινοῦντες, προκαταλαβεῖν ἐσπούδασαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ταῖς θύραις τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐγένετο ὁ ὕπαρχος, σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ Μακεδόνιος, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος ὅπως αὐτοῖς πάροδος γένηται πρὸς τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὠθούμενον, ὑποχωρεῖν οὐκ ἠδύνατο, τοῦ πρόσω σεσαγμένου, ὑπολαβόντες οἱ στρατιῶται ἑκοντὶ μὴ εἶκειν τὸν ὄχλον, πολλοὺς τοῖς ξίφεσι διεχειρίσαντο. Πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπ' ἀλλήλων πατούμενοι διεφθάρησαν. Τὸ δὲ βασιλεῖ δόξαν οὕτως ) ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας παρέλαβε Μακεδόνιος. Ὁ μὲν δὴ Παῦλος ἀδοκήτως ὧδε τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει Ἑκκλησίας ἀφηρέθη. ᾿Αθανάσιος δὲ φεύγων, ἀφανὴς ἦν, δείσας τὴν Κωνσταντίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπειλήν. Θανάτῳ γὰρ αὐτὸν ζημιοῦν ἠπείλησεν, αἰτιωμένων τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ὡς στάσεις ἐργάζοιτο, καὶ εἰσιόντος αὐτοῦ πολλοὶ τεθνήκασι. Τὸ δὲ μάλιστα πρὸς ὀργὴν τὸν βασιλέα κινῆσαν ἦν, ὅτι καὶ σιτηρέσιον ἔλεγον αὐτὸν πωλοῦντα ἀποκερδαίνειν, ὃ δη βασιλεὺς Κωνσταντῖνος τοῖς ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρεία πτωχοῖς ἐδωρήσατο.
Iouliǭ men oun toiade egrapsan. Pros de basilea Kōnstantion diebalon authis tous pros autōn kathę̄rēmenous. Ho de, en ᾿Antiocheią tote diatribōn, graphei Philippǭ tǭ hyparchǭ en Kōnstantinoupolei onti, palin Makedoniǭ tēn Ekklēsian apodounai, Paulon de exelasai tēs poleōs. Deisas de tēn tou plēthous kinēsin ho hyparchos, prin ekpyston genesthai tēn basileōs prostaxin, proselthōn eis dēmosion loutron hǭ onoma Zeuxippos, periphanes de touto kai megiston, hōs peri koinōn pragmatōn koinōsomenos, metekalesato Paulon ; paragenomenǭ de euthys, tou basileōs epedeixe to gramma; lathra te dia tōn basileiōn tǭ loutrǭ parakeimenōn, epi thalassan auton achthēnai prostaxas, eis ploion epebibase, kai eis Thessalonikēn epempsen, hothen kai tous progonous echein elegeto, pantelōs te tēn kata tēn heō archomenēn pheugein katedikasen auton; Illyriōn de kai tēs epekeina gēs epibainein ouk hekōlysen. Exelthōn de ek tou dikastēriou, synochoumenon autǭ Makedonion echōn, epi tēn ekklēsian ę̄ei. To de plēthos; ēdē gar toutōn genomenōn, aphatoi synelegēsan; euthys tēn ekklēsian eplērōsan; hekastoi gar autēn, hoi te apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, hoi te Paulon epainountes, prokatalabein espoudasan. Epei de pros tais thyrais tēs ekklēsias egeneto ho hyparchos, syn autǭ de kai Makedonios, to de plēthos hopōs autois parodos genētai pros tōn stratiōtōn ōthoumenon, hypochōrein ouk ēdynato, tou prosō sesagmenou, hypolabontes hoi stratiōtai hekonti mē eikein ton ochlon, pollous tois xiphesi diecheirisanto. Polloi de kai hyp' allēlōn patoumenoi diephtharēsan. To de basilei doxan houtōs ) egeneto, kai tas Ekklēsias parelabe Makedonios. Ho men dē Paulos adokētōs hōde tēs en Kōnstantinoupolei Hekklēsias aphērethē. ᾿Athanasios de pheugōn, aphanēs ēn, deisas tēn Kōnstantiou tou basileōs apeilēn. Thanatǭ gar auton zēmioun ēpeilēsen, aitiōmenōn tōn heterodoxōn hōs staseis ergazoito, kai eisiontos autou polloi tethnēkasi. To de malista pros orgēn ton basilea kinēsan ēn, hoti kai sitēresion elegon auton pōlounta apokerdainein, ho dē basileus Kōnstantinos tois en ᾿Alexandreia ptōchois edōrēsato.
Such was what they wrote to Julius. To the emperor Constantius they again denounced those they had deposed. He, then staying at Antioch, wrote to Philip, the prefect at Constantinople, to give the church back to Macedonius and to drive Paul from the city. The prefect, fearing a movement of the people, before the emperor's order became known, went to a public bath called Zeuxippus, a famous and very large one, and sent for Paul as if to consult him on public business. When he came, he at once showed him the emperor's letter; and ordering him to be led secretly through the palace next to the bath to the sea, he put him on a ship and sent him to Thessalonica, from where his ancestors were said to have come, and sentenced him to keep entirely out of the eastern part of the empire, though he did not forbid him to set foot in Illyricum and the lands beyond. Leaving the court, with Macedonius riding with him in his carriage, the prefect went to the church. The people (for, these things having already happened, countless numbers had gathered) at once filled the church; for both those of the Arian heresy and those who favoured Paul were eager to occupy it first. When the prefect, and Macedonius with him, came to the doors of the church, the crowd, pushed by the soldiers to make way for them, could not give way, since those in front were packed tight; and the soldiers, supposing that the mob would not yield willingly, killed many with their swords. Many too were trampled to death by one another. So what the emperor had decided was done, and Macedonius took over the churches. In this way Paul was unexpectedly deprived of the church of Constantinople. Athanasius, in flight, remained hidden, fearing the threat of the emperor Constantius. For he had threatened to punish him with death, since those of another opinion accused him of causing riots and said that many had died when he entered the city. What most moved the emperor to anger was that they said he was making a profit by selling the grain allowance which the emperor Constantine had given to the poor of Alexandria.
3.10PG 67:1057–1059
Τῶν δὲ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐπισκόπων ψευδῆ ταῦτα εἶναι γραψάντων, μαθὼν Ἰούλιος οὐχ ἀσφαλὲς ᾿Αθανασίῳ τέως ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ διάγειν, τὸν μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν μετεκαλέσατο. Τοῖς δὲ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχεία συνελθοῦσιν, ἔτυχε γὰρ τηνικαῦτα τὴν τούτων δεξάμενος ἐπιστολὴν, ἔγραψεν ἐγκαλῶν, ὡς λάθρα περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου νεωτερίζουσι, καὶ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σύνοδον οὐ χεχλήχασιν. Εἶναι γὰρ νόμον ἱερατικὸν, ὡς ἄχυρα ἀποφαίνειν τὰ παρὰ γνώμην πραττόμενα τοῦ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου. Τὰ δὲ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ Μαρεώτῃ, μὴ ἐν δίκῃ πεπράχθαι κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου" κατηγορεῖν δὲ τῶν μὲν, τὴν κατὰ ᾿Αρσένιον συχοφαντίαν᾽" τῶν δὲ ἐν τῷ Μαρεώτῃ, τὴν ᾿Αθανασίου ἀπουσίαν. ἅπασι δὲ, τὸ αὔθαδες τῶν γραμμάτων ἐμέμφετο. Καὶ ἐκ τούτων δὲ ἐκ πάντων ἀνελογίζετο χρῆναι βοηθεῖν ᾿Αθανασίῳ καὶ Παύλῳ. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς Ἰταλίαν παραγενόμενος, τὰ αὑτὸν ἀπωδύρετο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξ ὧν ἔγραψε περὶ σὑτῶν τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω ἱερεῦσιν, οὐδὲν ἦνυε, δῆλα τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς ἐποίησε Κώνσταντι τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ὁ δὲ Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἔγραψε, πέμψαι τινὰς τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἕω ἐπισκόπων, ἀπολογησομένους περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν καθαιρέσεως. Καὶ αἱροῦνται ἐπὶ τούτῳ τρεῖς, Νάρκισσος ὁ Εἰρηνοπόλεως τῆς Κιλικίας ἐπίσκοπος, Θεόδωρος ὁ Ηραχλείας τῆς Θράκης, : καὶ Μάρκος ὁ ᾿Αρεθούσης τῆς Συρίας. Καὶ παραγενόμενοι εἰς Ἰταλίαν, τοῖς ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν πεπραγμένοις ἰσχυρίζοντο, καὶ τὸν βασιλέα πείθειν ἐπειρῶντο, δικαίαν εἶναι τῆς ἀνατολικῆς συνόδου τὴν κρίσιν. ᾿Απαιτούμενοι δὲ λέγειν ὅπως πιστεύσωσι, τὴν μὲν ἐκτεθεῖσαν παρ' αὐτῶν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ ἀπεκρύψαντο • ἑτέραν δὲ ἔγγραφον ὁμολογίαν ἐκδεδώκασι, καὶ οὕτως ἀπάδουσαν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοκιμασθείσης. Συνιδών δὲ Κώνστας ὡς ἀδίκως ἐπεβούλευσαν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, οὐκ ἐγκλημάτων ἕνεκεν, οὐδὲ βίου, ἀποστρεφόμενοι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίαν, ὡς αἱ καθαιρέσεις εἶχον, ἀλλὰ τῆς περὶ τὸ δόγμα διαφωνίας, ἀπέπεμψαν τούτους, μὴ πείσαντας περὶ ὧν ἐληλύθεισαν.
Tōn de ex Aigyptou episkopōn pseudē tauta einai grapsantōn, mathōn Ioulios ouch asphales ᾿Athanasiǭ teōs en Aigyptǭ diagein, ton men pros heauton metekalesato. Tois de en ᾿Antiocheia synelthousin, etyche gar tēnikauta tēn toutōn dexamenos epistolēn, egrapsen enkalōn, hōs lathra peri to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou neōterizousi, kai para tous nomous tēs Ekklēsias auton eis tēn synodon ou chechlēchasin. Einai gar nomon hieratikon, hōs achyra apophainein ta para gnōmēn prattomena tou Rhōmaiōn episkopou. Ta de en Tyrǭ kai en tǭ Mareōtę̄, mē en dikę̄ peprachthai kata ᾿Athanasiou" katēgorein de tōn men, tēn kata ᾿Arsenion sychophantian᾽" tōn de en tǭ Mareōtę̄, tēn ᾿Athanasiou apousian. hapasi de, to authades tōn grammatōn emempheto. Kai ek toutōn de ek pantōn anelogizeto chrēnai boēthein ᾿Athanasiǭ kai Paulǭ. Met᾿ ou poly gar kai autos eis Italian paragenomenos, ta hauton apōdyreto. Epei de ex hōn egrapse peri sytōn tois ana tēn heō hiereusin, ouden ēnye, dēla ta kat' autous epoiēse Kōnstanti tǭ basilei. Ho de Kōnstantiǭ tǭ adelphǭ egrapse, pempsai tinas tōn apo tēs heō episkopōn, apologēsomenous peri tēs hautōn kathaireseōs. Kai hairountai epi toutǭ treis, Narkissos ho Eirēnopoleōs tēs Kilikias episkopos, Theodōros ho Ērachleias tēs Thrakēs, : kai Markos ho ᾿Arethousēs tēs Syrias. Kai paragenomenoi eis Italian, tois hyp᾿ autōn pepragmenois ischyrizonto, kai ton basilea peithein epeirōnto, dikaian einai tēs anatolikēs synodou tēn krisin. ᾿Apaitoumenoi de legein hopōs pisteusōsi, tēn men ektetheisan par' autōn en ᾿Antiocheią apekrypsanto • heteran de engraphon homologian ekdedōkasi, kai houtōs apadousan tēs en Nikaią dokimastheisēs. Synidōn de Kōnstas hōs adikōs epebouleusan tois andrasin, ouk enklēmatōn heneken, oude biou, apostrephomenoi tēn pros autous koinōnian, hōs hai kathaireseis eichon, alla tēs peri to dogma diaphōnias, apepempsan toutous, mē peisantas peri hōn elēlytheisan.
When the bishops of Egypt wrote that these charges were false, Julius, learning that it was not safe for Athanasius to stay in Egypt for the time being, summoned him to himself. To those who had met at Antioch (for he had just then received their letter) he wrote accusing them of innovating secretly on the doctrine of the synod of Nicaea, and of not having summoned him to their synod, contrary to the laws of the church; for there was a priestly law declaring void whatever was done without the consent of the bishop of the Romans. He said that what had been done at Tyre and in the Mareotis against Athanasius had not been done justly; he charged the former with the false accusation concerning Arsenius, and those in the Mareotis with the absence of Athanasius; and he blamed the arrogance of their letter in everything. On all these grounds he concluded that he must help Athanasius and Paul. For not long afterward Paul too came to Italy and lamented his own case. When Julius achieved nothing by what he wrote about them to the priests of the East, he made their case known to the emperor Constans. Constans wrote to his brother Constantius to send some of the bishops of the East to defend their deposition of these men. Three were chosen for this: Narcissus, bishop of Irenopolis in Cilicia, Theodore of Heraclea in Thrace, and Mark of Arethusa in Syria. Arriving in Italy, they maintained what they had done and tried to persuade the emperor that the judgment of the eastern synod was just. When asked to state what they believed, they concealed the creed they had set out at Antioch and gave another written confession, also differing from the one approved at Nicaea. Constans, seeing that they had plotted unjustly against the men, rejecting communion with them not on account of charges or of their lives, as the depositions alleged, but because of disagreement about the doctrine, sent them away without having persuaded him of what they had come for.
3.11PG 67:1059–1063
Τριῶν δὲ ἤδη γενομένων ἐνιαυτῶν, πάλιν οἱ ἐπὶ τῆς ἕω ἐπίσκοποι, τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν ἑτέραν διεπέμψαντο γραφήν, ἣν μακρόστιχον ἔκθεσιν ὀνομάζουσιν, ὡς διὰ πλειόνων ῥημάτων τε καὶ ὀνομάτων παρὰ τὰς προτέρας συγκειμένην. Καὶ οὐσίας μὲν ἐν ταύτῃ Θεοῦ μνήμην οὐκ ἐποιήσαντο. Τοὺς δὲ λέγοντας ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας ὑποστάσεως, οὐκ ἐκ Θεοῦ, καὶ ὅτι ἦν ποτε χρόνος ἢ αἰὼν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν, ἀπεκήρυττον. Εὐδοξίου δὲ, ὃς τῆς Γερμανικείας ἐπίσκοπος ἦν, Μαρτυρίου τε καὶ Μακεδονίου διακομισάντων ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν, οὐ προσεδέξαντο οἱ ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν ἱερεῖς. Αρκεῖσθαι γὰρ ἔφασαν τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξασι, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα πολυπραγμονεῖν οὐδὲν λοιπὸν ᾤοντο δεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Κώνστας ὁ βασιλεὺς ᾔτει χάριν τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ὥστε τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἀθανάσιον τοὺς οἰκείους ἀπολαβεῖν θρόνους, καὶ γράφων οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, ἀντιπραττόντων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον καὶ Παῦλον, προσιόντες αὐτῷ γενέσθαι σύνοδον ἐζήτουν, ὡς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῶν ὀρθῶν δογμάτων ἐπιβουλευθέντες, ἔδοξε γνώμῃ τῶν βασιλέων, τοὺς ἀφ' ἑκατέρας ἀρχομένης ἐπισκόπους, εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν καταλαβεῖν τὴν Σαρδώ· πόλις δὲ αὕτη Ἰλλυριῶν. Συνελθόντες δὲ πρῶτον εἰς Φιλίππου πόλιν τῆς Θράκης οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἔω, γράφουσι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς δύσεως ἤδη ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνεληλυθόσιν, ἀπώσασθαι τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ τῆς κοινωνίας τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον, ὡς καθῃρημένους· ἄλλως δὲ μὴ συνιέναι ἔφασαν. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ εἰς Σαρδικὴν παραγενόμενοι, ἰσχυρίζοντο μὴ ἐμβαλεῖν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, συνιόντων τῶν πρὸς αὐτῶν καθῃρημένων. Πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς δύσεως ἀντέγραψαν, ὡς οὐδέποτε τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίας ἀπέστησαν, οὔτε νῦν ταύτης ἀναχωρήσουσι· καὶ μάλιστα Ἰουλίου τοῦ ῾Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἐξετάσαντος, καὶ μὴ καταγνόντος. Παρεῖναι δὲ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἑτοίμως ἔχειν δικάζεσθαι, καὶ αὖθις ἀπελέγξειν τὰς ἐπαχθείσας αὐτοῖς αἰτίας. Ὡς δὲ παρὰ σφᾶς τοιαῦτα δηλοῦντες οὐδὲν ἤνυον, ἤδη καὶ ὑπερημέρου τῆς κυρίας γενομένης, ἐν ᾗ κρίνειν ἔδει περὶ ὧν συνεληλύθεσαν, τὸ τελευταῖον τοιαῦτα ἔγραψαν ἀλλήλοις, ἐξ ὧν εἰς μείζονα τῆς προτέρας δυσμενείας κατέστησαν. Καὶ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς συνελθόντες, ψήφους ἐναντίας ἤνεγκαν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ανατολῆς, τὰ ἤδη αὐτοῖς δόξαντα ἐπὶ ᾿Αθανασίῳ καὶ Παύλῳ καὶ Μαρκέλλῳ καὶ Ἀσκληπᾷ κυρώσαντες, καθεῖλον Ἰούλιον τὸν Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπον, ὡς ἄρξαντα τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίας · ῞Οσιόν τε τὸν ὁμολογητὴν, καὶ διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν, καὶ ὅτι φίλος ἐγένετο Παυλίνῳ καὶ Εὐσταθίῳ τοῖς ἡγησαμένοις τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας· καὶ Μαξιμῖνον τὸν Τριβέρεως ἐπίσκοπον, ὡς πρῶτον Παύλῳ κοινωνήσαντα, καὶ αἴτιον αὐτῷ γενόμενον τῆς εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν καθόδου, καὶ τοὺς εἰς Γαλλίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἕω παραγενομένους ἐπισκόπους ( ἀποκηρύξαντα. Ἐπὶ τούτοις καθεῖλον καὶ Πρωτογένην τὸν Σαρδικῆς ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Γαυδέντιον. Τὸν μὲν ὡς Μαρκέλλου ὑπερμαχοῦντα, πρότερον αὐτοῦ καταψηφισάμενον · τὸν δὲ Γαυδέντιον, ὡς ἐναντία σπουδάσαντα Κυριακῷ, ὂν διεδέξατο, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενον τοὺς πρὸς αὐτῶν καθῃρημένους. Ταῦτα ψηφισάμενοι, τοῖς πανταχοῦ ἐπισκόποις δῆλα ἐποίησαν· ὥστε μήτε προσίεσθαι εἰς κοινωνίαν, μήτε γράφειν αὐτοῖς, μήτε τὰ παρ' αὐτῶν γραφόμενα δέχεσθαι. Περὶ δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ δοξάζειν ἐκέλευον, ὃν τρόπον ὑφηγεῖτο ἡ τῇ αὐτῶν ἐπιστολῇ ὑποτεταγμένη γραφή· Ὁμοουσίου μὲν μνήμην μὴ ποιουμένη· ἀποκηρύττουσα δὲ τοὺς λέγοντας τρεῖς εἶναι Θεούς· ἢ τὸν Χριστὸν μὴ εἶναι Θεόν· ἢ τὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν καὶ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ἢ ἀγέννητον τὸν Υἱόν· ἢ ὅτι ἦν ποτε χρόνος ἡ αἰὼν ὅτε οὐκ ἦν.
Triōn de ēdē genomenōn eniautōn, palin hoi epi tēs heō episkopoi, tois ana tēn dysin heteran diepempsanto graphēn, hēn makrostichon ekthesin onomazousin, hōs dia pleionōn rhēmatōn te kai onomatōn para tas proteras synkeimenēn. Kai ousias men en tautę̄ Theou mnēmēn ouk epoiēsanto. Tous de legontas ex ouk ontōn ton Huion, ē ex heteras hypostaseōs, ouk ek Theou, kai hoti ēn pote chronos ē aiōn hote ouk ēn, apekērytton. Eudoxiou de, hos tēs Germanikeias episkopos ēn, Martyriou te kai Makedoniou diakomisantōn tautēn tēn graphēn, ou prosedexanto hoi ana tēn dysin hiereis. Arkeisthai gar ephasan tois en Nikaią doxasi, kai para tauta polypragmonein ouden loipon ǭonto dein. Epei de Kōnstas ho basileus ę̄tei charin ton adelphon, hōste tous amphi ton Athanasion tous oikeious apolabein thronous, kai graphōn ouden ēnyen, antiprattontōn tōn apo tēs enantias haireseōs; hoi de peri ton ᾿Athanasion kai Paulon, prosiontes autǭ genesthai synodon ezētoun, hōs epi kathairesei tōn orthōn dogmatōn epibouleuthentes, edoxe gnōmę̄ tōn basileōn, tous aph' hekateras archomenēs episkopous, eis rhētēn hēmeran katalabein tēn Sardō; polis de hautē Illyriōn. Synelthontes de prōton eis Philippou polin tēs Thrakēs hoi apo tēs eō, graphousi tois apo tēs dyseōs ēdē en Sardikę̄ synelēlythosin, apōsasthai tou synedriou kai tēs koinōnias tous amphi ton ᾿Athanasion, hōs kathę̄rēmenous; allōs de mē synienai ephasan. Meta de tauta kai eis Sardikēn paragenomenoi, ischyrizonto mē embalein tę̄ ekklēsią, syniontōn tōn pros autōn kathę̄rēmenōn. Pros tauta de hoi apo tēs dyseōs antegrapsan, hōs oudepote tēs pros autous koinōnias apestēsan, oute nyn tautēs anachōrēsousi; kai malista Iouliou tou ῾Rhōmaiōn episkopou ta kat᾿ autous exetasantos, kai mē katagnontos. Pareinai de autous, kai hetoimōs echein dikazesthai, kai authis apelenxein tas epachtheisas autois aitias. Hōs de para sphas toiauta dēlountes ouden ēnyon, ēdē kai hyperēmerou tēs kyrias genomenēs, en hę̄ krinein edei peri hōn synelēlythesan, to teleutaion toiauta egrapsan allēlois, ex hōn eis meizona tēs proteras dysmeneias katestēsan. Kai kath' heautous synelthontes, psēphous enantias ēnenkan. Hoi men gar apo tēs ᾿Anatolēs, ta ēdē autois doxanta epi ᾿Athanasiǭ kai Paulǭ kai Markellǭ kai Asklēpą kyrōsantes, katheilon Ioulion ton Rhōmēs episkopon, hōs arxanta tēs pros autous koinōnias ; ῾Osion te ton homologētēn, kai dia tēn autēn aitian, kai hoti philos egeneto Paulinǭ kai Eustathiǭ tois hēgēsamenois tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsias; kai Maximinon ton Tribereōs episkopon, hōs prōton Paulǭ koinōnēsanta, kai aition autǭ genomenon tēs eis Kōnstantinoupolin kathodou, kai tous eis Gallian apo tēs heō paragenomenous episkopous ( apokēryxanta. Epi toutois katheilon kai Prōtogenēn ton Sardikēs episkopon, kai Gaudention. Ton men hōs Markellou hypermachounta, proteron autou katapsēphisamenon ; ton de Gaudention, hōs enantia spoudasanta Kyriakǭ, on diedexato, kai peri pollou poioumenon tous pros autōn kathę̄rēmenous. Tauta psēphisamenoi, tois pantachou episkopois dēla epoiēsan; hōste mēte prosiesthai eis koinōnian, mēte graphein autois, mēte ta par' autōn graphomena dechesthai. Peri de tou Theou doxazein ekeleuon, hon tropon hyphēgeito hē tę̄ autōn epistolę̄ hypotetagmenē graphē; Homoousiou men mnēmēn mē poioumenē; apokēryttousa de tous legontas treis einai Theous; ē ton Christon mē einai Theon; ē ton auton einai Patera kai Huion kai hagion Pneuma, ē agennēton ton Huion; ē hoti ēn pote chronos hē aiōn hote ouk ēn.
When three years had passed, the bishops of the East again sent the bishops of the West another document, which they call the Long Exposition, as being composed of more words and terms than the earlier ones. In it they made no mention of the essence of God; but they anathematized those who say that the Son is from nothing, or from another subsistence and not from God, and that there was once a time or age when he was not. When Eudoxius, who was bishop of Germanicia, Martyrius and Macedonius brought this document, the priests of the West did not accept it. For they said that they were content with what had been decided at Nicaea and thought there was no need to busy themselves further beyond it. When the emperor Constans asked his brother as a favour that Athanasius's party should recover their own sees, and achieved nothing by writing, since those of the opposite sect worked against it, and Athanasius and Paul came to him asking for a synod, since they had been plotted against with a view to overthrowing the right doctrines, it was decided by the emperors' judgment that the bishops of both parts of the empire should come on a set day to Sardica, a city of Illyricum. Those from the East first gathered at Philippopolis in Thrace, and wrote to those from the West who had already met at Sardica to expel Athanasius's party from the assembly and from communion as deposed men; otherwise, they said, they would not join them. After this they came to Sardica too, but insisted that they would not enter the church if those deposed by them were assembling there. To this those from the West replied that they had never withdrawn from communion with them, nor would they withdraw from it now, especially since Julius, bishop of the Romans, had examined their case and had not condemned them; and that they were present and ready to be tried and to refute again the charges brought against them. When by such messages to each other they achieved nothing, and the appointed day for judging the matters for which they had met had already passed, they finally wrote such things to each other as made their former hostility greater. Meeting separately, they passed contrary votes. Those from the East confirmed what they had already decided about Athanasius, Paul, Marcellus and Asclepas, and deposed Julius, bishop of Rome, as having begun communion with them; Hosius the confessor, for the same reason and because he had become a friend of Paulinus and Eustathius, the former leaders of the church of Antioch; and Maximinus, bishop of Trier, as the first to communicate with Paul and responsible for his return to Constantinople, and as having refused the bishops who came from the East to Gaul. Besides these they deposed Protogenes, bishop of Sardica, and Gaudentius: the former because, though he had earlier voted against Marcellus, he now championed him; Gaudentius, because he had worked against Cyriacus, whom he succeeded, and made much of those deposed by them. Having passed these votes, they made them known to the bishops everywhere, so that they should neither admit these men to communion, nor write to them, nor receive their letters. About God they bade them hold as the document appended to their letter set out; it made no mention of “of the same essence,” but anathematized those who say there are three Gods, or that Christ is not God, or that the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit are the same, or that the Son is unbegotten, or that there was once a time or age when he was not.
3.12PG 67:1063–1065
Ἐν μέρει τε καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Ὅσιον συνελθόντες, ἀθώους ἀπέφηναν · ᾿Αθανάσιον μὲν, ὡς ἀδίκως ἐπιβουλευθέντα παρὰ τῶν ἐν Τύρῳ συνελθόντων · Μάρκελλον δὲ, ὡς μὴ τάδε φρονεῖν ὁμολογήσαντα ἃ διεβάλλετο · ᾿Ασκληπᾶν δὲ, ὡς Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Παμφίλου καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων δικαστῶν ψήφῳ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀπολαβόντα· καὶ ὅτι τάδε ἀληθῆ εἴη, ὑπόμνημα τῆς δίκης ἐπιδείξαντα· Λούκιον δὲ ὡς τῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγόρων φυγόντων. Καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου παροι κίαν ἔγραψαν, αὐτοὺς ἔχειν ἐπισκόπους καὶ προσδυκᾶν· Γρηγόριον δὲ τὸν ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, καὶ Βασίλειον τὸν ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ, καὶ Κυντιανὸν τὸν ἐν Γάζῃ, μηδὲ ἐπισκόπους ὀνομάζειν, μηδὲ κοινωνίαν τινὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔχειν, μηδὲ Χριστιανοὺς ἡγεῖσθαι. Καθεῖλον δὲ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς Θεόδωρον τὸν Θρᾷκα, καὶ Νάρκισσον τὸν Εἰρηνοπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ ᾿Ἀκάκιον τὸν Καισαρείας τῆς Παλαιστίνης, καὶ Μηνόφαντον τὸν Ἐφέσου, καὶ Οὐρσάκιον τὸν Σιγγιδώνου τῆς Μυσίας,ὶ καὶ Οὐάλεντα τὸν Μυρσῶν τῆς Παννονίας, κα Γεώργιον τὸν Λαοδικείας, εἰ καὶ μὴ τῇ συνόδῳ ταύτῃ παρεγένετο συν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἕω ἐπισκόποις. ᾿Αφεί λοντο δὲ τούτους τῆς ἱερωσύνης καὶ τῆς κοινωνίας, ὡς τὸν Υἱὸν χωρίζοντας τοῦ Πατρὸς τῆς οὐσίας, καὶ τοὺς πάλαι καθαιρεθέντας διὰ τὴν ᾿Αρείου αἵρεσιν δεξαμένους, καὶ εἰς ἀξιώματα μείζω λειτουργίας Θεοῦ παραγόντας. Διὰ ταῦτὰ τε αὐτοὺς ἀποκηρύξαντες, καὶ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἀλλοτρίους ψηφισάμενοι, ἔγραψαν τοῖς πανταχοῦ ἐπισκόποις, ἐπιψηφίσασθαι παρ' αὐτῶν κεκριμένοις, καὶ ὁμοφρονεῖν αὐτοῖς περὶ τὸ δόγμα. ᾿Εξέθεντο δὲ αὐτοὶ τηνικαῦτα πίστεως γραφὴν ἑτέραν, πλατυτέραν μὲν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ " φυλάττουσαν δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν, οὐ παρὰ πολὺ διαλλάττουσαν τῶν ἐκείνης ῥημάτων. ᾿Αμέλει “Ὅσιος καὶ Πρωτογένης, οἱ τότε. ὑπῆρχον ἄρχοντες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς δύσεως ἐν Σαρδικῇ συνεληλυθότων, δείσαντες ἴσως μὴ σθεῖεν τισὶ καινοτομεῖν τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ, ἔγραψαν Ἰουλίῳ , καὶ ἐμαρτύραντο κύρια τάδε ἡγεῖσθαι " κατὰ χρείαν δὲ σαφηνείας, τὴν αὐτὴν διάνοιαν πλατῦναι " ὥστε μὴ ἐγγενέσθαι τοῖς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσιν, ἀποχεχρημένοις τῇ συντομίᾳ τῆς γραφῆς, εἰς ἄτοπον ἕλκειν τοὺς ἀπείρους διαλέξεως. Ταῦτα πράξαντες , διέλυσαν ἐὸν σύλλογον, εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ἔκαστος ἐπανῆλθε. Συνέστη δὲ : αὕτη ἡ σύνοδος, Εὐσεδίου ὑπατευόντων ἐνδέχατον δὲ τοῦτο ἔτος ἣν ἀπὸ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου τελευτῆς, Συνῆλθον δὲ, μὲν τῶν πῤὸς Δύσιν πόλεων ἀμφὶ τριακόσιοι ἐπίσκοποι: δὲ τῆς Ἕω, ἐξ ἑύδομήχοντα " σὺν τούτοις δὲ καὶ Ἰσσχυρίων, ἐπιτραπεὶς τὴν τοῦ Μαρεώτου ἐπιτχοπὴν πρὸς τῶν ᾿Αθανασίῳ ἀπεχθανομένων.
En merei te kai hoi amphi ton Hosion synelthontes, athōous apephēnan ; ᾿Athanasion men, hōs adikōs epibouleuthenta para tōn en Tyrǭ synelthontōn ; Markellon de, hōs mē tade phronein homologēsanta ha dieballeto ; ᾿Asklēpan de, hōs Eusebiou tou Pamphilou kai pollōn allōn dikastōn psēphǭ tēn episkopēn apolabonta; kai hoti tade alēthē eiē, hypomnēma tēs dikēs epideixanta; Loukion de hōs tōn autou katēgorōn phygontōn. Kai pros tēn hekastou paroi kian egrapsan, autous echein episkopous kai prosdykan; Grēgorion de ton en ᾿Alexandreią, kai Basileion ton en ᾿Ankyrą, kai Kyntianon ton en Gazę̄, mēde episkopous onomazein, mēde koinōnian tina pros autous echein, mēde Christianous hēgeisthai. Katheilon de tēs episkopēs Theodōron ton Thrąka, kai Narkisson ton Eirēnopoleōs episkopon, kai ᾿Akakion ton Kaisareias tēs Palaistinēs, kai Mēnophanton ton Ephesou, kai Oursakion ton Singidōnou tēs Mysias,i kai Oualenta ton Myrsōn tēs Pannonias, ka Geōrgion ton Laodikeias, ei kai mē tę̄ synodǭ tautę̄ paregeneto syn tois apo tēs heō episkopois. ᾿Aphei lonto de toutous tēs hierōsynēs kai tēs koinōnias, hōs ton Huion chōrizontas tou Patros tēs ousias, kai tous palai kathairethentas dia tēn ᾿Areiou hairesin dexamenous, kai eis axiōmata meizō leitourgias Theou paragontas. Dia tauta te autous apokēryxantes, kai tēs katholou Ekklēsias allotrious psēphisamenoi, egrapsan tois pantachou episkopois, epipsēphisasthai par' autōn kekrimenois, kai homophronein autois peri to dogma. ᾿Exethento de autoi tēnikauta pisteōs graphēn heteran, platyteran men tēs en Nikaią " phylattousan de tēn autēn dianoian, ou para poly diallattousan tōn ekeinēs rhēmatōn. ᾿Amelei “Hosios kai Prōtogenēs, hoi tote. hypērchon archontes tōn apo tēs dyseōs en Sardikę̄ synelēlythotōn, deisantes isōs mē stheien tisi kainotomein ta doxanta tois en Nikaią, egrapsan Iouliǭ , kai emartyranto kyria tade hēgeisthai " kata chreian de saphēneias, tēn autēn dianoian platynai " hōste mē engenesthai tois ta ᾿Areiou phronousin, apochechrēmenois tę̄ syntomią tēs graphēs, eis atopon helkein tous apeirous dialexeōs. Tauta praxantes , dielysan eon syllogon, eis ta oikeia ekastos epanēlthe. Synestē de : hautē hē synodos, Eusediou hypateuontōn endechaton de touto etos hēn apo tēs Kōnstantinou teleutēs, Synēlthon de, men tōn pros Dysin poleōn amphi triakosioi episkopoi: de tēs Heō, ex heudomēchonta " syn toutois de kai Isschyriōn, epitrapeis tēn tou Mareōtou epitchopēn pros tōn ᾿Athanasiǭ apechthanomenōn.
For their part, those who met with Hosius declared the accused innocent: Athanasius, as unjustly plotted against by those who met at Tyre; Marcellus, as having confessed that he did not hold the views he was charged with; Asclepas, as having recovered his episcopate by the vote of Eusebius son of Pamphilus and many other judges, and having shown the record of the trial to prove that this was true; and Lucius, because his accusers had fled. They wrote to the church of each that they should have them as bishops and expect them; and that Gregory in Alexandria, Basil in Ancyra and Quintianus in Gaza should not even be named bishops, nor should anyone have communion with them or regard them as Christians. They deposed from the episcopate Theodore the Thracian, Narcissus, bishop of Irenopolis, Acacius of Caesarea in Palestine, Menophantus of Ephesus, Ursacius of Singidunum in Moesia, Valens of Mursa in Pannonia, and George of Laodicea, even though he had not come to this synod with the bishops from the East. They deprived them of the priesthood and of communion as separating the Son from the essence of the Father, and as having received those formerly deposed for the heresy of Arius and promoted them to higher ranks in the ministry of God. Having anathematized them for these reasons and voted them strangers to the catholic church, they wrote to the bishops everywhere to ratify what they had decided and to agree with them about the doctrine. They then set out another document of faith, fuller than that of Nicaea but keeping the same meaning and not differing much from its words. Indeed, Hosius and Protogenes, who were then the leaders of those from the West who had met at Sardica, fearing perhaps that they might seem to some to be innovating on the decisions of Nicaea, wrote to Julius and protested that they held these as valid, but had enlarged the same meaning for the sake of clarity, so that those who held the views of Arius should not be able, by misusing the brevity of the document, to drag those unpractised in argument into absurdities. Having done this, they dissolved the assembly, and each returned home. This synod met in the consulship of … and Eusebius; it was the eleventh year since the death of Constantine. About three hundred bishops from the cities of the West came together, and seventy-six from the East; among these was Ischyrion, who had been entrusted with the episcopate of the Mareotis by those hostile to Athanasius.
3.13PG 67:1065–1067
Μετὰ ταύτην τὴν σύνοδον, οὐκέτι ἀλλήλοις ὡς ὁμοδόξοις ἐπεμίγνυντο, οὐδὲ ἐκοινώνουν, Οἱ μὲν ἀνὰ τὴν Δύσιν, μέχρι Θρᾳκῶν σφᾶς χωρίσαντες " οἵ ὃς ἀνὰ τὴν μέχρις Ἰλλυριῶν. Τὰ δὲ τῶν Ἔχχλησιῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐν διχονοίαις συγχέχυτο, καὶ ἐν διαβολαῖς ἦν. Εἰ γὰρ πρότερον περὶ τὸ δόγμα ὃδιἐφέροντο, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν ἀλλήλοις συγχοινωνοῦντες, οὐ μέγα τὸ χαχὼν ἐποίουν, παραπλησίως φρονεῖν ἐνομίζοντο ὡς ἐπίπαν γὰρ, ἡ μὲν ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Δύσιν Ἐκκλησία καθαρῶς διὰ τῶν πατρίων ἰθυνομένη δογμάτων, ἔριδός τε καὶ τῆς περὶ ταῦτα τερθρείας ἀπήλλακτο. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ τῇδε ὑπήκοον πρὸς τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν μετάγειν ἐσπούδαζον, Αὐξέντιος ὁ Μεδιολάνου γενόμενος, Οὐάλης Οὐρσάκιος οἱ ἐκ Παννονίων, οὐ δήπου κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἡ σπουδὴ προὐχώρει, προϊσταμένου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων θρόνου, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἱερέων ἐπιμελῶς φθάνοντος, καὶ τὰς βλάστας ἐκκόπτοντος τῆς τοιαύτης αἱρέσεως. Τὸ δὲ ἐῷον, εἰ καὶ ἐστασίαζε μετὰ τὴν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ σύνοδον, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν περιφανῶς ἤδη διεφέρετο, τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς, οἶμαι, κατὰ τὴν τῶν πλειόνων γνώμην εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν συνέτρεχε διάνοιαν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Πατρὸς οὐσίας τὸν Υἱὸν συνωμολόγει. Ἐριστικῶς δὲ πρὸς τὴν Ὁμοούσιον λέξιν τινὲς ἀπεμάχοντο. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ ὀνόματι ἐναντιωθέντες, ὡς συμβάλλω, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πολλοῖς συμβαῖνον, αἰσχύνην ἡγοῦντο δόξαι νενικῆσθαι. Οἱ δὲ, καὶ ὑπὸ ἕξεως τῶν περὶ ταῦτα συχνῶν διαλέξεων, ἐπὶ τὸ ὧδε δοξάζειν περὶ Θεοῦ τραπέντες, ἀμεταθέτως λοιπὸν εἶχον. Οἱ δὲ, εἰδότες ὡς οὐ δέον φιλονεικοῦσι, πρὸς τὸ κεχαρισμένον ἑκατέροις ὑπεκλίνοντο διὰ δύναμιν, ἢ οἰκειότητα, ἢ ἄλλας αἰτίας, ὑφ᾽ ὧν ἄνθρωποι προάγονται τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα χαρίζεσθαι, ἢ παρρησίαν μὴ ἄγειν ἐφ᾽ οἷς χρὴ διελέγχειν. Πολλοὶ δὲ λῆρον ἡγοῦντο, τρίβεσθαι περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας ἔριδας τῶν λόγων· ἡσυχῇ δὲ τῆς γνώμης εἴχοντο τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων· ἐῴκεισαν δὲ παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν ἕω εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἀπρὶξ ἔχεσθαι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, Παῦλος ὁ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ ᾿Αλεξαν δρείας, καὶ σύμπαν τὸ μοναχικὸν πλῆθος· ᾿Αντώνιός τε ὁ Μέγας ἔτι περιὼν, καὶ οἱ συγγενόμενοι αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλοι πλεῖστοι ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἀλσθην, ὅσους περιφανεῖς κατ᾿ αὐτὴν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν παρείληφα, ἐπιδραμοῦμαι τῷ λόγῳ. λαχοῦ τῆς Ῥωμαίων γῆς. Τούτων δὲ ἐπείπερ ἐπεμνή-
Meta tautēn tēn synodon, ouketi allēlois hōs homodoxois epemignynto, oude ekoinōnoun, Hoi men ana tēn Dysin, mechri Thrąkōn sphas chōrisantes " hoi hos ana tēn mechris Illyriōn. Ta de tōn Echchlēsiōn, hōs eikos, en dichonoiais synchechyto, kai en diabolais ēn. Ei gar proteron peri to dogma hodiepheronto, all᾽ oun allēlois synchoinōnountes, ou mega to chachōn epoioun, paraplēsiōs phronein enomizonto hōs epipan gar, hē men ana pasan tēn Dysin Ekklēsia katharōs dia tōn patriōn ithynomenē dogmatōn, eridos te kai tēs peri tauta terthreias apēllakto. Ei gar kai to tę̄de hypēkoon pros tēn ᾿Areiou doxan metagein espoudazon, Auxentios ho Mediolanou genomenos, Oualēs Oursakios hoi ek Pannoniōn, ou dēpou kata gnōmēn autois hē spoudē prouchōrei, proïstamenou tou Rhōmaiōn thronou, kai tōn allōn hiereōn epimelōs phthanontos, kai tas blastas ekkoptontos tēs toiautēs haireseōs. To de eǭon, ei kai estasiaze meta tēn en ᾿Antiocheią synodon, kai pros tēn en Nikaią pistin periphanōs ēdē diephereto, to men alēthes, oimai, kata tēn tōn pleionōn gnōmēn eis tēn autēn synetreche dianoian, kai ek tēs tou Patros ousias ton Huion synōmologei. Eristikōs de pros tēn Homoousion lexin tines apemachonto. Hoi men gar tēn archēn tǭ onomati enantiōthentes, hōs symballō, touto dē to pollois symbainon, aischynēn hēgounto doxai nenikēsthai. Hoi de, kai hypo hexeōs tōn peri tauta sychnōn dialexeōn, epi to hōde doxazein peri Theou trapentes, ametathetōs loipon eichon. Hoi de, eidotes hōs ou deon philoneikousi, pros to kecharismenon hekaterois hypeklinonto dia dynamin, ē oikeiotēta, ē allas aitias, hyph᾽ hōn anthrōpoi proagontai ta mē prosēkonta charizesthai, ē parrēsian mē agein eph᾽ hois chrē dielenchein. Polloi de lēron hēgounto, tribesthai peri tas toiautas eridas tōn logōn; hēsychę̄ de tēs gnōmēs eichonto tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn; eǭkeisan de para pantas tous ana tēn heō eis to phaneron aprix echesthai tōn en Nikaią doxantōn, Paulos ho Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopos, kai ᾿Athanasios ho ᾿Alexan dreias, kai sympan to monachikon plēthos; ᾿Antōnios te ho Megas eti periōn, kai hoi syngenomenoi autǭ, kai alloi pleistoi ana tēn Aigypton, kai alsthēn, hosous periphaneis kat᾿ autēn tēn hēgemonian pareilēpha, epidramoumai tǭ logǭ. lachou tēs Rhōmaiōn gēs. Toutōn de epeiper epemnē-
After this synod they no longer mixed with one another as of the same faith, nor held communion: those throughout the West separated themselves as far as Thrace, and those throughout the East as far as Illyricum. The affairs of the churches, naturally, were confounded in dissensions and were full of slanders. For though before they had differed about the doctrine, yet while they held communion with one another they did no great harm, being thought to hold much the same views. For on the whole the church throughout the West, governed purely by the ancestral doctrines, was free from strife and from hair-splitting on these matters. For even if Auxentius, who became bishop of Milan, and Valens and Ursacius of Pannonia were eager to bring the subjects there over to the opinion of Arius, their efforts did not go as they wished, since the see of the Romans presided, carefully forestalling the other priests and cutting off the shoots of such a heresy. The East, though it was in strife after the synod at Antioch and already differed openly from the faith of Nicaea, in truth, I think, in the judgment of the majority agreed in the same meaning, and confessed the Son to be from the essence of the Father. But some fought contentiously against the word “of the same essence.” Some, having opposed the term at first, thought it shameful, as I conjecture, to seem defeated, as happens to many people. Others, through habit formed by frequent debates on these matters, turned to thinking so about God and thereafter held immovably to it. Others, knowing that they were contending needlessly, inclined toward what pleased either side, because of power or friendship or other causes by which people are led to grant favours they ought not, or not to use frank speech where they ought to refute. Many thought it nonsense to wear themselves out in such contests of words, and quietly held to the judgment of those who met at Nicaea. Above all those in the East, those who openly held fast to the decisions of Nicaea were Paul, bishop of Constantinople, Athanasius of Alexandria, and the whole body of monks: Antony the Great, who was still alive, and those who had lived with him, and very many others throughout Egypt and elsewhere in the Roman world. Since I have mentioned them, I shall run through in my account those whom I have received as renowned in this same reign.
3.14PG 67:1067–1081
῎Αρξομαι δὲ ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ Μακαρίων τῶν δύο. τῶν ἀοιδιμωτάτων ἡγεμόνων τῆς Σκήτεως, καὶ τοῦ τῇδε ὄρους. Τούτοιν δὲ, ὁ μὲν Αἰγύπτιος· ὁ δὲ πολιτικὸς, ὡς ἀστὸς, ὠνομάζετο. Ἧν γὰρ τῷ γένει ᾿Αλεξανδρεύς. "Αμφω δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα θεσπεσίω ἐγενέσθην, καὶ θείαν πρόγνωσιν καὶ φιλοσοφίαν, καὶ δαίμοσι φοβερώ · πολλῶν τε καὶ παραδόξων πραγμάτων καὶ ἰαμάτων δημιουργώ. Τὸν δὲ Αἰγύπτιον λόγος, ὡς καὶ νεκρὸν ζῆν ἐποίησεν, ἵν᾿ ἑτερόδοξον πείσῃ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν ἔσεσθαι. Διεβίω δὲ ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἔτη · ἑξήκοντα δὲ ἐκ τούτων ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις διέτριβεν. Αὐτίκα τε φιλοσοφεῖν ἀρχόμενος, ἔτι νέος ὧν διέπρεπεν, ὡς παιδαριογέροντα παρὰ τῶν μοναχῶν ὀνομάζεσθαι, καὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη γεγο νότα, χειροτονηθῆναι πρεσβύτερον. Ὁ δὲ ἕτερος, χρόνῳ μὲν ὕστερον πρεσβύτερος ἐγένετο· παντοδαπῆς δὲ σχεδὸν ἀσκήσεως ἐπειράθη· τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς περινοῶν· ἃ δὲ παρ᾿ ἄλλοις ἤκουσεν, ἐκ παντὸς τρό που κατορθῶν · ὡς ὑπὸ τοῦ ἄγαν κατεσκληκέναι, μὴ φύειν τοῦ γενείου τὰς τρίχας. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἐφιλοσόφουν Πάμβω τε καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, καὶ Κρόνιος, καὶ Παφνούτιος, καὶ Πουτουβάστης, καὶ ᾿Αρσίσιος, καὶ Σαραπίων ὁ μέγας, καὶ Πιτυρίων, ὃς παρὰ Θηβαίοις τὴν διατριβὴν εἶχε· καὶ Παχώμιος, ὃς ἀρχηγὸς ἐγένετο τῶν καλουμένων Ταβεν νησιωτῶν. Σχῆμα δὲ τούτοις ἦν καὶ πολιτεία ἔν τισι παρηλλαγμένη τῆς ἄλλης μοναχικῆς· πρὸς ἀρετὴν μέντοι ὁρῶσα, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν προσερεθίζουσα, τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς καταφρονεῖν· ἄνω δὲ ὁρᾶν, ἵν᾿ εὐμαρῶς ἐπὶ τὰ οὐράνια χωροίη, ἡνίκα τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλαγείη · διφθέρας δὲ ἀμφιέννυσθαι κατὰ μίμησιν Ἡλιοῦ τοῦ Θεσβίτου· ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὥστε ἐκ τοῦ περικειμένου δέρματος, εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἀεὶ λαμβάνοντας τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ προφήτου, ἀνδρείως πρὸς τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἀφροδισίων συντετάχθαι, καὶ ζήλῳ τῷ πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐλπίδι ὁμοίων ἀμοιβῶν, προθυμότερον σωφρονεῖν. Αόγος δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄλλᾳ ἐνδύματα τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μα ναχῶν, συλλαμβάνεσθαι εἰς ὑπόδειγμα φιλοσοφίας τινός · μηδὲ ὡς ἔτυχε παραλλάσσειν τῶν ἄλλων. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν χιτῶνας ἀχειριδώτους ἐνδεδύσκεσθαι, παιδεύοντας μὴ ἑτοίμους ἔχειν τὰς χεῖρας εἰς ὕβριν. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς σκέπασμα, ὃ κουκούλιον καλοῦσιν, ὥστε ἐπίσης ἀκεραίως καὶ καθαρῶς βιοῦν τοῖς γάλακτι τρεφομένοις παισὶν, οἷς αἱ τοιαῦται τιάραι ἐπίκεινται, τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν σκέπουσαί τε καὶ περιθάλπουσαι. Ζώνη δὲ καὶ ἀναβολεὺς, ἡ μὲν τὴν ὀσφὺν περισφίγγουσα, ὁ δὲ τοὺς ὤμους καὶ τοὺς βραχίονας ἀνέχων, ἑτοίμους εἶναι εἰς διακονίαν Θεοῦ καὶ ἐργασίαν, ὧδε παρακελεύεται. Οὐκ ἀγνοῶ δὲ, ὡς περὶ τούτων ἄλλοι ἀλλοίους ἀποδεδώκασι λόγους. Ἐμοὶ δὲ ἀπόχρη τοσοῦτον εἰπεῖν. Τόν γε μὴν Παχώμιόν φασι μόνον ἐν σπηλαίῳ τὰ πρῶτα φιλοσοφῆσαι. Προφανέντα δὲ αὐτῷ θεῖον ἄγγελον, παρακελεύσασθαι νέους ἀθροῖσαι μοναχοὺς, καὶ συνεῖναι αὐτοῖς. Εὖ γὰρ τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ κατωρθωκέναι, καὶ χρῆναι καὶ συνοικιῶν ἡγούμενον ὠφελεῖν πολλούς. ῎Αγειν δὲ αὐτοὺς νόμοις οἷς ἂν δοίη · δεδωκέναι δὲ αὐτῷ δέλτον, ἣν ἔτι φυλάττουσιν. Ἐνοῦσα δὲ ταύτῃ γραφὴ προσἐταττε συγχωρεῖν ἑκάστῳ, ὡς ἂν οἷός τε ἦν, φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν, καὶ ἐργάζεσθαι, νηστεύειν τε, καὶ μή. Τοῖς μέντοι ῥωμαλεωτέρως ἐσθίουσι, τὰ ἐπιπονώτερα τῶν ἔργων ἐπιτρέπειν · τὰ δὲ εὐχερῆ, τοῖς ἀσκουμένοις. Οἰκήματα δὲ μικρὰ κατασκευάσαι πολλά, καὶ καθ' ἕκαστον οἴκημα τρεῖς καταμένειν · ὑπὸ ἕνα δὲ οἶκον πάντας τροφῆς μεταλαμβάνειν· σιγῇ τε ἐσθίειν, καὶ καθῆσθαι παρὰ τὰς τραπέζας ἐπικεκαλυμμένους τὰ πρόσωπα, ὡς μήτε ἀλλήλους ὁρᾶν, μήτε ἄλλο τι, πλὴν τῆς τραπέζης καὶ τῶν προκειμένων. Ξένον δὲ μὴ συνεσθίειν αὐτοῖς, μόνον εἰ μὴ παροδεύων ἐπιξενωθείη · τὸν δὲ συνοικεῖν αὐτοῖς βουλόμενον, πρότερον ἐπὶ τριετίαν τὰ χαλεπώτερα τῶν ἔργων πονεῖν, καὶ οὕτω μετέχειν τῆς αὐτῶν συνοικίας. Διφθέρας δὲ ἀμφιέννυσθαι, καὶ τιάραις ἐρίναις τὰς κεφαλὰς σκέπεσθαι. Κατασημαίνεσθαι δὲ ταύτας τὰς τιάρας οἷονεὶ – κέντροις πορφυροῖς προσέταξε. Χιτῶσι δὲ λινοῖς καὶ ζώναις κεχρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐζωσμένους σὺν τοῖς χιτωνίοις καὶ ταῖς διφθέραις καθεύδειν, καθημένους ἐν οἰκοδομητοῖς θρόνοις, ἑκατέρωθεν περιπεφραγμένοις, ὥστε τὴν ἑκάστου συνέχειν στρωμνήν. Τῇ δὲ πρώτῃ καὶ τελευταίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἑβδομάδος, ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν θείων μυστηρίων τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ προσιόντας, τὰς ζώνας λύειν, καὶ τὰς διφθέρας ἀποτίθεσθαι · δωδέ κατον δὲ πάσης τῆς ἡμέρας εὔχεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ὁμοίως · τοσαυτάκις δὲ καὶ νύκτωρ· ἐννάτῃ δὲ ὥρᾳ, τρίτον. Ἡνίκα δὲ μέλλοιεν ἐσθίειν, ἑκάστης εὐχῆς προᾴδειν ψαλμόν. Πᾶσαν δὲ τὴν συνοικίαν εἰς ε εἰκοσιτέσσαρα τάγματα διελεῖν, καὶ ἐπονομάσαι ταῦτα τοῖς Ἑλλήνων στοιχείοις· καὶ ὅπως ἔχοι βίου καὶ ἤθους ἑκάστῳ τάγματι τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐφαρμόσαι. Οἷον, ἁπλουστέρους μὲν ἰῶτα ἀποκαλοῦντας, σκολιοὺς δὲ ζἢ ξ, καὶ ἄλλους ἄλλως, καθὼς ἐκλαμβάνειν εὐστόχως ἔστι πρὸς τὸ σχῆμα τοῦ γράμματος τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ τάγματος. Κατὰ τούτους τοὺς νόμους, τοὺς ἰδίους μαθητὰς ἦγεν ὁ Παχώμιος, ἀνὴρ τὰ μάλιστα φιλάνθρωπος, καὶ θεοφιλὴς εἰς ἄγαν, ὡς προειδέναι τὰ ἐσόμενα, καὶ θείοις ἀγγέλοις ὁμιλῶν πολλάκις. Διέτριβε δὲ ἐν Ταβέννῃ νήσῳ τῆς Θηβαΐδος, ὅθεν Ταβεννησιῶται εἰσέτι νῦν ὀνομάζονται. Ὑπὸ δὲ τούτους τοὺς νόμους πολιτευόμενοι, ὀνομαστότατοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ εἰς πλῆθος τῷ χρόνῳ ἐπέδοσαν, ὡς εἰς ἑπτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας συντελεῖν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἐν Ταβέννῃ νήσῳ συνοικία, μεθ' ὧν αὐτὸς Παχώμιος διέτριβεν, ἀμφὶ τοὺς χιλίους καὶ τριακοσίους' εἶχεν · οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Θηβαΐδα, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Αἴγυπτον οἰκοῦσι. Μία δὲ καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ ἀγωγὴ πᾶσι, καὶ κοινὰ πάντων τὰ πάντα · καθάπερ δὲ μητέρα τὴν ἐν Ταβέννῃ νήσῳ συνοικίαν ἡγοῦντο· πατέρας δὲ καὶ ἄρχοντας, τοὺς ἐνθάδε ἡγουμένους. Κατὰ τοῦτον δὲ τὸν χρόνον καὶ ᾿Απολλώνιος ἐπὶ μοναχικῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ διέπρεπεν. Ον φασί δέκα καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν ὄντα, φιλοσοφῆσαι ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις · εἰς ἔτη δὲ τεσσαράκοντα γεγονώς, κατὰ θείαν πρόσταξιν εἰς τοὺς οἰκουμένους ἦλθε τόπους. Εἶχε δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν Θηβαΐδι τὴν συνοικίαν. Ἐγένετο δὲ θεοφιλὴς εἰς ἄγαν, καὶ παραδόξων ἰάσεων καὶ σημείων δημιουργὸς, καὶ πρακτικὸς ὧν δεῖ, καὶ τῶν εἰς φιλοσοφίαν ἡκόντων διδάσκαλος ἀγαθὸς καὶ χαρίεις · καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐν ταῖς εὐχαῖς εὐήκοος, ὡς μηδὲν ἀνήνυτον γενέσθαι, ὧν παρὰ Θεοῦ ἐζήτησε. Πάντως γὰρ σοφὸς ὢν, σοφῶς τὰς αἰτήσεις ἐποιεῖτο, αἷς τὸ Θεῖον ἑτοίμως ἐπινεύειν πέφυκε. Κατὰ τούτους εἰκάζω γενέσθαι καὶ ᾿Ανοῦφ τὸν θεσπέσιον · ὃν ἐπυθόμην, ἀφ᾿ οὗ πρῶτον ἐν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ὡμολόγησε, μήτε ψεῦδος εἰπεῖν, μήτε ἐπιθυμῆσαί τινος τῶν ἐπὶ γῆς. Ἐπιτυχεῖν δὲ πάντων ὧν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐδεήθη, καὶ ὑπὸ θείου ἀγγέλου διδασκάλου πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν παιδευθῆναι. ᾿Αλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἐν Αἰγυπτῳ μοναχῶν τοσάδε τέως ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω. Ἤδη δὲ καὶ Παλαιστίνη τὸν ἴσον τρόπον φιλοσοφεῖν ἤρχετο, παρ' Αἰγυπτίων μαθοῦσα· διέπρεπε δὲ τότε ἐνθάδε Ιλαρίων ὁ θεσπέσιος. Τούτῳ δὲ πατρὶς μὲν ἦν Θαβαθὰ κώμη · πρὸς νότον δὲ Γάζης κειμένη παρὰ τὸν χειμάῤῥουν, ὃς ἐπὶ θάλασσαν τὰς ἐμβολὰς ἔχων, ἐπιχωρίως ἀπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῆς κώμης τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν ἔλαβε. Γραμματικῷ δὲ φοιτῶν ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, κατὰ θέαν ᾿Αντωνίου τοῦ μεγάλου μοναχοῦ εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ἦλθε. Καὶ συγγενόμενος αὐτῷ, παραπλησίως φιλοσοφεῖν ἔγνω. Ὀλίγον δὲ χρόνον ἐνθάδε διατρίψας, “κατὰ γνώμην ἠρεμεῖν, πολλῶν ὄντων ἑκάστοτε τῶν ( ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα. Οὐ γὰρ συνεχωρεῖτο ὡς Ἀντώνιον ἐρχομένων. Καταλαβὼν δὲ τελευτήσάντας τοὺς πατέρας, εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοὺς δεομένους τὴν οὐσίαν διένειμεν. Οὐθὲν δὲ παντάπασι xαταλιπὼν ἑαυτῷ, διέτριβεν ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ παρὰ θάλασσαν, ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι στάδια τῆς αὐτοῦ κώμης διεστῶτι. Οἴκησις δὲ ἦν αὐτῷ, δωμάτιον μικρὸν, ἐκ πλίνθου καὶ φορυτοῦ καὶ κεράμων κατεαγότων κατεσκευασμένον· εὔρους τε καὶ ὕψους καὶ μήκους τοσ οῦτον, ὅσον ἑστῶτα μὲν κεκυφέναι τὴν κεφαλήν · κείμενον δὲ τοὺς πόδας συλλέγειν ἐπάναγκες εἶναι. Διαπάντων γὰρ εἴθιζεν ἑαυτὸν ταλαιπωρεῖν, καὶ ῥᾳστώνης κρατεῖν. Αμέλει τοι ὧν ἴσμεν ἐγκρατείας ἀκόμπου καὶ δεδοκιμασμένης, οὐδενὶ κατέλιπεν ὑπερβολὴν, ἀγωνιζόμενος πρὸς ἀσιτίαν καὶ δίψος, καὶ ῥῖγος καὶ πνίγος, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα πάθη, καὶ θωπείας τοῦ σώματος τῆς ψυχῆς. Ἦν δὲ τὸ μὲν ἦθος δαῖΐος " σεμνὸς δὲ τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἐπήδολος ἀχριθδὴς τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν" ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ θεοφιλὴς ἐγένετο, ὡς ἔτι νῦν ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτοῦ τάφῳ πολλοὺς ἰᾶσθαι κάμνοντας καὶ δαιμονῶντας " καὶ τόγε παραδοξότατον, παρά τε Κυπρίοις οὗ πρότερον ἐτάφη, παρὰ ΠΙαλαιστινοῖς παρ᾽ οἷς ἐστὶ νῦν. Συμδὰν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐν Κύπρῳ διατρίδοντα τελευτῆσαι, πρὸς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἐχηδεύθη, ἐν πολλῇ τιμῇ καὶ θεραπείᾳ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἦν. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ἡσύχας, ὃς εὐδοχιμώτατος ἐγένετο τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν, χλέψας τὸ λείψανον, διεκόμισεν εἰς Παλαιστίνην, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ μοναστηρίῳ ἔθαψε. Καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου, δημοτελῆ καὶ μάλα λαμπρὰν ἐνθάδε ἐτήσιον ἑορτὴν ἄγουσιν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι. Ὧδε γὰρ Παλαιστινοῖς ἔθος γεραίρειν τοὺς παρ᾽ αὑτοῖς ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γενομένους, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει Αὐρήλιον τὸν ᾿Ανθηδόνιον, ᾿Αλεξίωνα τὸν ἀπὸ Βηθαγάθωνος, ᾿Αλαφίωνα τὸν ἀπὸ ᾿Ασαλέας κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν γενόμενοι χρόνον, ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης βασιλείας εὐσεβθῶς καὶ ἀνδοείως ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ ἐπολιτεύσαντο, ταῖς οἰκείαις ἀρεταῖς ἐν ἑλληνιζούσαις ἄγαν ταῖς τῇδε πόλεσι κώμαις, εἰς ἐπίδοσιν ἤγαγον τὴν θρησκείαν. ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ Ἰουλιανὸς ἀμφὶ τὴν Ἔδεσαν ἐφιλοσόφει, ἀκχριδεστάτῃη, καὶ οἷα ἀσωμάτῳ ἀγωγῇ καὶ πολιτείᾳ ἐπιχειρήσας, ὡς ἐκτὸς σαρκῶν ὀστέοις καὶ δέρματι δοκεῖν συνεστάναι καὶ Ἐφραὶμ τῷ Σύρῳ συγγραφεῖ πρόφασις γενέσθαι ματείας τῆς κατὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ βίον ἀφηγήσεως. Ἐπεψηφίζετο δὲ Θεὸς αὐτὸς οἷς ἄνθρωπαι περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐδόξαζον, δαίμονας ἀπελαύνειν, παντοδαπῶν νόσων ἰάσεις αὐτῷ δωρησάμενος, οὐ φαρμάκοις τισὶν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐχῇ χατορθουμένας. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις πολλοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς φιλοσόφοις, τὸ τῇδε ὑπήκοον τηνικαῦτα διέπρεπε, κατά τε τὸν ᾿Εδεσσηνῶν νομὸν, ὑπό τε τὴν ᾿Αμιδηνῶν πόλιν, ἀμφὶ τὸ Γαυγάλιον χαλούμενον ὄρος " ὧν ἤστην Δανιὴλ Συμεών. ᾿Αλλὰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἐν Συρίᾳ μοναχῶν τάδε εἰρήσθω νῦν. Τελεώτερον εἰ ὁ Θεὸς θελήσειε, τοῖς ἑξῆς εἰρήσεται περὶ αὐτῶν. ᾿Αρμενίοις δὲ καὶ Παφλαγόσι, καὶ τοῖς πρὸς τὸν Πόντον οἰκοῦσι, λέγεται Εὐστάθιος ὁ τὴν ἐν Σεθαστίᾳ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύσας, μοναχικῆς πολιτείας ἄρξαι· καὶ ( ἀποκηρύξωσιν. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ λόγος, Εὐστάθιον ἐπιτῆς ἐν ταύτῃ σπουδαίας ἀγωγῆς, ἐδεσμάτων τε ὧν χρὴ μετέχειν καὶ ἀπέχεσθαι, καὶ ἐσθῆτος ᾗ δεῖ κε χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἡθῶν, καὶ πολιτείας ἀκριβοῦς εἰσηγητὴν γενόμενον. Ὡς καὶ τὴν ἐπιγεγραμμένην Βασιλείου τοῦ Καππαδόκου Ασκητικὴν βίβλον, ἰσχυρίζεσθαί τινας αὐτοῦ γραφὴν εἶναι. Λέγεται δὲ ὑπὸ πολλῆς ἀκριβείας, εἰς παραλόγους ἐπιτηρήσεις ἐκπεσεῖν, παντελῶς ἀπᾳδούσας τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν νόμων. Οἱ δὲ αὐτὸν μὲν τοῦ ἐγκλήματος ἐξαιροῦνται · ἐπαιτιῶνται δὲ τινας τῶν αὐτοῦ μαθητῶν, ὡς γάμῳ καταμεμφομένους, καὶ ἐν οἴκοις γεγαμηκότων εὔχεσθαι παραιτουμένους, καὶ τοὺς γεγαμηκότας πρεσβυτέρους ὑπερφρονοῦντας, καὶ ἐν Κυριακαῖς ἡμέραις νηστεύοντας, καὶ ἐν οἰκίαις ἐκκλησιάζοντας, καὶ τοὺς πλουσίους καθάπαξ ἀμοίρους τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀποφαινομένους, καὶ τοὺς κρέα ἐσθίοντας βδελυττομένους· καὶ χιτῶνας μὲν συνήθεις καὶ στο λὰς μὴ ἀνεχομένους ἀμφιέννυσθαι · ξένῃ δὲ καὶ ἀήθει ἐσθῆτι χρωμένους, καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα νεωτερίζοντας. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ πολλὰς γυναῖκας ἀπατηθείσας καταλιπεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας · εἶτ' ἐγκρατεύεσθαι μὴ δυνηθείσας, μοιχείας ἁμαρτεῖν· τὰς δὲ, προφάσει θεοσεβείας, τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποκείρασθαι, καὶ ἀλλοίως ἢ γυναικὶ πρέπει, ἀνδράσι δὲ σύνηθες, ἀμφιέννυσθαι. Διὰ δὴ ταῦτα, τοὺς πλησιοχώρους ἐπισκόπους συνελθεῖν ἐν Γάγγραις τῇ μητροπόλει Παφλαγόνων, καὶ ἀλλοτρίους αὐτοὺς ψηφίσασθαι τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ κατὰ τοὺς ὅρους τῆς συνόδου ἕκαστον τῶν εἰρημένων δεικνύμενον ὡς οὐκ αὐθαδείας ἕνεκα, ἀλλὰ τῆς κατὰ Θεὸν ἀσκήσεως εἰσηγεῖτο ταῦτα καὶ ἐπιτηδεύοι, ἀμεῖψαι τὴν στολὴν, καὶ παραπλησίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱερεῦσι τὰς προόδους ποιήσασθαι. Τοιοῦτος δὴ τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ὑπάρχων, καὶ ἐπὶ λόγοις ἐθαυμάζετο. δὲ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ἐγένετο λέγειν μὲν οὐ δεινός. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐπιστήμην ἐξήσκητο. Τὸ δὲ ἦθος θαυμάσιος, καὶ πείθειν ἱκανώτατος· ὡς καὶ πολλοὺς τῶν ἐκπορευομένων ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν, μεταπείσαι σώφρονα καὶ σπουδαῖον βίον ἀναλαβεῖν. Φασὶ γοῦν αὐτὸν, ἄνδρα τινὰ καὶ γυναῖκα κατά θεσμὸν Ἐκκλησίας παρθενίαν προσποιουμένους, καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν συνιέναι διαβαλλομένους, σπουδάσαι τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὁμιλίας παῦσαι. ᾿Αποτυχόντα δὲ, μέγα ἀνοιμῶξαι καὶ εἰπεῖν, ὡς κατὰ νόμον ἀνδρὶ συνοικοῦσα γυνή, τοὺς περὶ σωφροσύνης λόγους ἀκούσασα αὐτοῦ, συνουσίας ἀπέσχετο, ἧς γαμεταῖς θέμις πρὸς ἰδίους ἄνδρας κοινωνεῖν· τοὺς δὲ παρανόμως συνουσιάζοντας ἀλλήλοις, ἀσθενῆ ἀποφῆναι τὴν αὐτοῦ πειθώ. Τὸν δὴ τοιοῦτον, τῆς κατὰ τόδε τὸ κλίμα ἀκριβοῦς μοναστικῆς ἀγωγῆς ἀρχηγὸν γενέσθαι λόγος. Θράκιοι δὲ καὶ Ἰλλυριοὶ, καὶ ὅσοι τὴν καλουμένην Εὐρώπην οἰκοῦσιν, εἰ καὶ ἀπείρατοι ἔτι μοναχικῶν συνοικῶν ἦσαν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ παντελῶς φιλοσόφων ἀνδρῶν ἡτύχουν. Ἐγνωρίζετο δὲ τάτε παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς Μαρτῖνος, ὃς ἀπὸ Σαβωρίας τῆς Παννονίας ἐπίσημος ἦν τὸ γένος · ἐν ὅπλοις δὲ λαμπρῶς στρατευσάμενος, καὶ συνταγματάρχης ἐγένετο. Προτιμήσας δὲ τὸ θεῖον, τὸν φιλόσοφον μετῄει βίον. Διέτριβε δὲ τὰ πρῶτα παρ' Ἰλλυριοῖς· ἐπεὶ δὲ προθύμως ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ἀγωνιζόμενος, τινὰς τῶν ἐνθάδε ἐπισκόπων ἐφώρασε τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας, ἐπιβουλευθεὶς καὶ πολλάκις δημοσίᾳ τυπτηθεὶς, ἐξηλάθη· καὶ εἰς Μεδιόλανον ἐλθὼν, καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν διέτριβεν. Ὑπεχώρησέ τε ἔνθεν, ἐπιβουλευόμενος παρὰ Αυξεντίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου, οὐδὲ αὐτοῦ ὑγιῶς ἔχοντος περὶ τὴν πίστιν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων. Καὶ ἐπί τινα χρόνον ῥίζαις βοτανῶν ἀρκούμενος, νῆσον ᾤκησεν ἣν Γαλληναρίαν καλοῦσι. Μικρὰ δὲ αὕτη καὶ ἀοίκητος, ἐν τῷ Τυῤῥηνικῷ πελάγει κειμένη. Χρόνῳ δὲ ὕστερον καὶ ἐπισκοπὴν ἐπετράπη τὴν ἐν Ταῤῥακίναις ἐκκλησίαν. Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ θαυματουργίαις προελθεῖν παραδέδοται, ὡς νεκρὸν ἐγεῖραι πιστεύεσθαι, ἄλλα τε σημεῖα ἐπιτελέσαι Ἀποστολικῶν οὐ λειπόμενα. Κατὰ τόδε τὸ ὑπήκοον, ἐν τῷ τότε καὶ Ἱλάριον γενέσθαι παρειλή - φαμεν, ἄνδρα βίῳ καὶ λόγῳ θεσπέσιον · ὃς Μαρτίνῳ τῆς φυγῆς ἐκοινώνησε διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸ δόγμα σπουδὴν. Ἀνδρῶν μὲν οὖν πέρι, οἱ τότε ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῷ θεσμῷ ἐφιλοσόφουν, τάδε ἔγνων ὡς συνέγραψα. Ὑπερφυῶς δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ μάλα ἐλλόγιμοι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις διέπρεπον. Ἑπισημότατοι δὲ ἐν τούτοις ἐγένοντο, Εὐσέβιος ὁ τὴν Ἐμέσης ἱερωσύνην ἐπιτροπεύσας, καὶ Τίτος ὁ Βόστρης, καὶ Σεραπίων ὁ Θμουαῖος, Βασίλειός τε ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας, καὶ Εὐδόξιος ὁ Γερμανικίας, καὶ ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Καισαρείας, καὶ Κύριλλος ὃς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων θρόνον ἐπετρόπευσε. Σύμβολον τῆς αὐτῶν παιδείας, ἃ συνεγράψαντο καὶ καταλελοίπασι, πολλά τε καὶ λόγου ἄξια.
᾿Arxomai de ex Aigyptou, kai Makariōn tōn dyo. tōn aoidimōtatōn hēgemonōn tēs Skēteōs, kai tou tę̄de orous. Toutoin de, ho men Aigyptios; ho de politikos, hōs astos, ōnomazeto. Hēn gar tǭ genei ᾿Alexandreus. "Amphō de hoti malista thespesiō egenesthēn, kai theian prognōsin kai philosophian, kai daimosi phoberō ; pollōn te kai paradoxōn pragmatōn kai iamatōn dēmiourgō. Ton de Aigyption logos, hōs kai nekron zēn epoiēsen, hin᾿ heterodoxon peisę̄ nekrōn anastasin esesthai. Diebiō de amphi ta enenēkonta etē ; hexēkonta de ek toutōn en tais erēmois dietriben. Autika te philosophein archomenos, eti neos hōn dieprepen, hōs paidariogeronta para tōn monachōn onomazesthai, kai tessarakonta etē gego nota, cheirotonēthēnai presbyteron. Ho de heteros, chronǭ men hysteron presbyteros egeneto; pantodapēs de schedon askēseōs epeirathē; ta men autos perinoōn; ha de par᾿ allois ēkousen, ek pantos tro pou katorthōn ; hōs hypo tou agan katesklēkenai, mē phyein tou geneiou tas trichas. En toutǭ de peri ton auton chronon ephilosophoun Pambō te kai Hērakleidēs, kai Kronios, kai Paphnoutios, kai Poutoubastēs, kai ᾿Arsisios, kai Sarapiōn ho megas, kai Pityriōn, hos para Thēbaiois tēn diatribēn eiche; kai Pachōmios, hos archēgos egeneto tōn kaloumenōn Taben nēsiōtōn. Schēma de toutois ēn kai politeia en tisi parēllagmenē tēs allēs monachikēs; pros aretēn mentoi horōsa, kai tēn psychēn proserethizousa, tōn epi gēs kataphronein; anō de horan, hin᾿ eumarōs epi ta ourania chōroiē, hēnika tou sōmatos apallageiē ; diphtheras de amphiennysthai kata mimēsin Hēliou tou Thesbitou; emoi dokein, hōste ek tou perikeimenou dermatos, eis anamnēsin aei lambanontas tēn aretēn tou prophētou, andreiōs pros tas epithymias tōn aphrodisiōn syntetachthai, kai zēlǭ tǭ pros auton, kai elpidi homoiōn amoibōn, prothymoteron sōphronein. Aogos de kai ta allą endymata tōn en Aigyptǭ ma nachōn, syllambanesthai eis hypodeigma philosophias tinos ; mēde hōs etyche parallassein tōn allōn. Kai tous men chitōnas acheiridōtous endedyskesthai, paideuontas mē hetoimous echein tas cheiras eis hybrin. To de epi tēs kephalēs skepasma, ho koukoulion kalousin, hōste episēs akeraiōs kai katharōs bioun tois galakti trephomenois paisin, hois hai toiautai tiarai epikeintai, to hēgemonikon skepousai te kai perithalpousai. Zōnē de kai anaboleus, hē men tēn osphyn perisphingousa, ho de tous ōmous kai tous brachionas anechōn, hetoimous einai eis diakonian Theou kai ergasian, hōde parakeleuetai. Ouk agnoō de, hōs peri toutōn alloi alloious apodedōkasi logous. Emoi de apochrē tosouton eipein. Ton ge mēn Pachōmion phasi monon en spēlaiǭ ta prōta philosophēsai. Prophanenta de autǭ theion angelon, parakeleusasthai neous athroisai monachous, kai syneinai autois. Eu gar ta kat᾿ auton en philosophią katōrthōkenai, kai chrēnai kai synoikiōn hēgoumenon ōphelein pollous. ᾿Agein de autous nomois hois an doiē ; dedōkenai de autǭ delton, hēn eti phylattousin. Enousa de tautę̄ graphē prosetatte synchōrein hekastǭ, hōs an hoios te ēn, phagein kai piein, kai ergazesthai, nēsteuein te, kai mē. Tois mentoi rhōmaleōterōs esthiousi, ta epiponōtera tōn ergōn epitrepein ; ta de eucherē, tois askoumenois. Oikēmata de mikra kataskeuasai polla, kai kath' hekaston oikēma treis katamenein ; hypo hena de oikon pantas trophēs metalambanein; sigę̄ te esthiein, kai kathēsthai para tas trapezas epikekalymmenous ta prosōpa, hōs mēte allēlous horan, mēte allo ti, plēn tēs trapezēs kai tōn prokeimenōn. Xenon de mē synesthiein autois, monon ei mē parodeuōn epixenōtheiē ; ton de synoikein autois boulomenon, proteron epi trietian ta chalepōtera tōn ergōn ponein, kai houtō metechein tēs autōn synoikias. Diphtheras de amphiennysthai, kai tiarais erinais tas kephalas skepesthai. Katasēmainesthai de tautas tas tiaras hoionei – kentrois porphyrois prosetaxe. Chitōsi de linois kai zōnais kechrēsthai, kai ezōsmenous syn tois chitōniois kai tais diphtherais katheudein, kathēmenous en oikodomētois thronois, hekaterōthen peripephragmenois, hōste tēn hekastou synechein strōmnēn. Tę̄ de prōtę̄ kai teleutaią hēmerą tēs hebdomados, epi koinōnią tōn theiōn mystēriōn tǭ thysiastēriǭ prosiontas, tas zōnas lyein, kai tas diphtheras apotithesthai ; dōde katon de pasēs tēs hēmeras euchesthai, kai pros hesperan homoiōs ; tosautakis de kai nyktōr; ennatę̄ de hōrą, triton. Hēnika de melloien esthiein, hekastēs euchēs proądein psalmon. Pasan de tēn synoikian eis e eikositessara tagmata dielein, kai eponomasai tauta tois Hellēnōn stoicheiois; kai hopōs echoi biou kai ēthous hekastǭ tagmati tēn prosēgorian epharmosai. Hoion, haplousterous men iōta apokalountas, skolious de zē x, kai allous allōs, kathōs eklambanein eustochōs esti pros to schēma tou grammatos tēn proairesin tou tagmatos. Kata toutous tous nomous, tous idious mathētas ēgen ho Pachōmios, anēr ta malista philanthrōpos, kai theophilēs eis agan, hōs proeidenai ta esomena, kai theiois angelois homilōn pollakis. Dietribe de en Tabennę̄ nēsǭ tēs Thēbaïdos, hothen Tabennēsiōtai eiseti nyn onomazontai. Hypo de toutous tous nomous politeuomenoi, onomastotatoi egenonto, kai eis plēthos tǭ chronǭ epedosan, hōs eis heptakischilious andras syntelein. Hē men gar en Tabennę̄ nēsǭ synoikia, meth' hōn autos Pachōmios dietriben, amphi tous chilious kai triakosious' eichen ; hoi de kata tēn Thēbaïda, kai tēn allēn Aigypton oikousi. Mia de kai hē autē agōgē pasi, kai koina pantōn ta panta ; kathaper de mētera tēn en Tabennę̄ nēsǭ synoikian hēgounto; pateras de kai archontas, tous enthade hēgoumenous. Kata touton de ton chronon kai ᾿Apollōnios epi monachikę̄ philosophią dieprepen. On phasi deka kai pente etōn onta, philosophēsai en tais erēmois ; eis etē de tessarakonta gegonōs, kata theian prostaxin eis tous oikoumenous ēlthe topous. Eiche de kai autos en Thēbaïdi tēn synoikian. Egeneto de theophilēs eis agan, kai paradoxōn iaseōn kai sēmeiōn dēmiourgos, kai praktikos hōn dei, kai tōn eis philosophian hēkontōn didaskalos agathos kai charieis ; kai epi tosouton en tais euchais euēkoos, hōs mēden anēnyton genesthai, hōn para Theou ezētēse. Pantōs gar sophos ōn, sophōs tas aitēseis epoieito, hais to Theion hetoimōs epineuein pephyke. Kata toutous eikazō genesthai kai ᾿Anouph ton thespesion ; hon epythomēn, aph᾿ hou prōton en tois diōgmois hyper tou dogmatos hōmologēse, mēte pseudos eipein, mēte epithymēsai tinos tōn epi gēs. Epitychein de pantōn hōn para tou Theou edeēthē, kai hypo theiou angelou didaskalou pasan aretēn paideuthēnai. ᾿Alla peri men tōn en Aigyptǭ monachōn tosade teōs hēmin eirēsthō. Ēdē de kai Palaistinē ton ison tropon philosophein ērcheto, par' Aigyptiōn mathousa; dieprepe de tote enthade Ilariōn ho thespesios. Toutǭ de patris men ēn Thabatha kōmē ; pros noton de Gazēs keimenē para ton cheimarrhoun, hos epi thalassan tas embolas echōn, epichōriōs ap᾿ autēs tēs kōmēs tēn epōnymian elabe. Grammatikǭ de phoitōn en ᾿Alexandreią, kata thean ᾿Antōniou tou megalou monachou eis tēn erēmon ēlthe. Kai syngenomenos autǭ, paraplēsiōs philosophein egnō. Oligon de chronon enthade diatripsas, “kata gnōmēn ēremein, pollōn ontōn hekastote tōn ( epanēlthen eis tēn patrida. Ou gar synechōreito hōs Antōnion erchomenōn. Katalabōn de teleutēsantas tous pateras, eis tous adelphous kai tous deomenous tēn ousian dieneimen. Outhen de pantapasi xatalipōn heautǭ, dietriben en erēmǭ topǭ para thalassan, amphi ta eikosi stadia tēs autou kōmēs diestōti. Oikēsis de ēn autǭ, dōmation mikron, ek plinthou kai phorytou kai keramōn kateagotōn kateskeuasmenon; eurous te kai hypsous kai mēkous tos outon, hoson hestōta men kekyphenai tēn kephalēn ; keimenon de tous podas syllegein epanankes einai. Diapantōn gar eithizen heauton talaipōrein, kai rhąstōnēs kratein. Amelei toi hōn ismen enkrateias akompou kai dedokimasmenēs, oudeni katelipen hyperbolēn, agōnizomenos pros asitian kai dipsos, kai rhigos kai pnigos, kai pros ta alla pathē, kai thōpeias tou sōmatos tēs psychēs. Ēn de to men ēthos daiïos " semnos de ton logon, kai epēdolos achrithdēs tōn hierōn Graphōn" epi tosouton de theophilēs egeneto, hōs eti nyn epi tǭ autou taphǭ pollous iasthai kamnontas kai daimonōntas " kai toge paradoxotaton, para te Kypriois hou proteron etaphē, para PIalaistinois par᾽ hois esti nyn. Symdan gar auton en Kyprǭ diatridonta teleutēsai, pros tōn epichōriōn echēdeuthē, en pollę̄ timę̄ kai therapeią par᾽ autois ēn. Meta de tauta Hēsychas, hos eudochimōtatos egeneto tōn autou mathētōn, chlepsas to leipsanon, diekomisen eis Palaistinēn, kai en tǭ idiǭ monastēriǭ ethapse. Kai to ex ekeinou, dēmotelē kai mala lampran enthade etēsion heortēn agousin hoi epichōrioi. Hōde gar Palaistinois ethos gerairein tous par᾽ hautois andras agathous genomenous, hōsper amelei Aurēlion ton ᾿Anthēdonion, ᾿Alexiōna ton apo Bēthagathōnos, ᾿Alaphiōna ton apo ᾿Asaleas kata ton auton genomenoi chronon, epi tēs parousēs basileias eusebthōs kai andoeiōs en philosophią epoliteusanto, tais oikeiais aretais en hellēnizousais agan tais tę̄de polesi kōmais, eis epidosin ēgagon tēn thrēskeian. ekeino kairou Ioulianos amphi tēn Edesan ephilosophei, akchridestatę̄ē, kai hoia asōmatǭ agōgę̄ kai politeią epicheirēsas, hōs ektos sarkōn osteois kai dermati dokein synestanai kai Ephraim tǭ Syrǭ syngraphei prophasis genesthai mateias tēs kata ton autou bion aphēgēseōs. Epepsēphizeto de Theos autos hois anthrōpai peri autou edoxazon, daimonas apelaunein, pantodapōn nosōn iaseis autǭ dōrēsamenos, ou pharmakois tisin, all᾽ euchę̄ chatorthoumenas. Epi toutǭ de kai allois pollois ekklēsiastikois philosophois, to tę̄de hypēkoon tēnikauta dieprepe, kata te ton ᾿Edessēnōn nomon, hypo te tēn ᾿Amidēnōn polin, amphi to Gaugalion chaloumenon oros " hōn ēstēn Daniēl Symeōn. ᾿Alla peri men tōn en Syrią monachōn tade eirēsthō nyn. Teleōteron ei ho Theos thelēseie, tois hexēs eirēsetai peri autōn. ᾿Armeniois de kai Paphlagosi, kai tois pros ton Ponton oikousi, legetai Eustathios ho tēn en Sethastią tēs ᾿Armenias ekklēsian epitropeusas, monachikēs politeias arxai; kai ( apokēryxōsin. Enteuthen de logos, Eustathion epitēs en tautę̄ spoudaias agōgēs, edesmatōn te hōn chrē metechein kai apechesthai, kai esthētos hę̄ dei ke chrēsthai, kai hēthōn, kai politeias akribous eisēgētēn genomenon. Hōs kai tēn epigegrammenēn Basileiou tou Kappadokou Askētikēn biblon, ischyrizesthai tinas autou graphēn einai. Legetai de hypo pollēs akribeias, eis paralogous epitērēseis ekpesein, pantelōs apądousas tōn ekklēsiastikōn nomōn. Hoi de auton men tou enklēmatos exairountai ; epaitiōntai de tinas tōn autou mathētōn, hōs gamǭ katamemphomenous, kai en oikois gegamēkotōn euchesthai paraitoumenous, kai tous gegamēkotas presbyterous hyperphronountas, kai en Kyriakais hēmerais nēsteuontas, kai en oikiais ekklēsiazontas, kai tous plousious kathapax amoirous tēs basileias tou Theou apophainomenous, kai tous krea esthiontas bdelyttomenous; kai chitōnas men synētheis kai sto las mē anechomenous amphiennysthai ; xenę̄ de kai aēthei esthēti chrōmenous, kai alla pleista neōterizontas. Ek toutou de pollas gynaikas apatētheisas katalipein tous andras ; eit' enkrateuesthai mē dynētheisas, moicheias hamartein; tas de, prophasei theosebeias, tēn kephalēn apokeirasthai, kai alloiōs ē gynaiki prepei, andrasi de synēthes, amphiennysthai. Dia dē tauta, tous plēsiochōrous episkopous synelthein en Gangrais tę̄ mētropolei Paphlagonōn, kai allotrious autous psēphisasthai tēs katholou Ekklēsias, ei mē kata tous horous tēs synodou hekaston tōn eirēmenōn deiknymenon hōs ouk authadeias heneka, alla tēs kata Theon askēseōs eisēgeito tauta kai epitēdeuoi, ameipsai tēn stolēn, kai paraplēsiōs tois allois hiereusi tas proodous poiēsasthai. Toioutos dē ta peri ton bion hyparchōn, kai epi logois ethaumazeto. de alēthes eipein, egeneto legein men ou deinos. Oude gar tēn epi toutǭ epistēmēn exēskēto. To de ēthos thaumasios, kai peithein hikanōtatos; hōs kai pollous tōn ekporeuomenōn andrōn kai gynaikōn, metapeisai sōphrona kai spoudaion bion analabein. Phasi goun auton, andra tina kai gynaika kata thesmon Ekklēsias parthenian prospoioumenous, kai eis tauton synienai diaballomenous, spoudasai tēs pros allēlous homilias pausai. ᾿Apotychonta de, mega anoimōxai kai eipein, hōs kata nomon andri synoikousa gynē, tous peri sōphrosynēs logous akousasa autou, synousias apescheto, hēs gametais themis pros idious andras koinōnein; tous de paranomōs synousiazontas allēlois, asthenē apophēnai tēn autou peithō. Ton dē toiouton, tēs kata tode to klima akribous monastikēs agōgēs archēgon genesthai logos. Thrakioi de kai Illyrioi, kai hosoi tēn kaloumenēn Eurōpēn oikousin, ei kai apeiratoi eti monachikōn synoikōn ēsan, all᾽ ou pantelōs philosophōn andrōn hētychoun. Egnōrizeto de tate par᾿ autois Martinos, hos apo Sabōrias tēs Pannonias episēmos ēn to genos ; en hoplois de lamprōs strateusamenos, kai syntagmatarchēs egeneto. Protimēsas de to theion, ton philosophon metę̄ei bion. Dietribe de ta prōta par' Illyriois; epei de prothymōs hyper tou dogmatos agōnizomenos, tinas tōn enthade episkopōn ephōrase ta ᾿Areiou phronountas, epibouleutheis kai pollakis dēmosią typtētheis, exēlathē; kai eis Mediolanon elthōn, kath᾽ heauton dietriben. Hypechōrēse te enthen, epibouleuomenos para Auxentiou tou episkopou, oude autou hygiōs echontos peri tēn pistin tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn. Kai epi tina chronon rhizais botanōn arkoumenos, nēson ǭkēsen hēn Gallēnarian kalousi. Mikra de hautē kai aoikētos, en tǭ Tyrrhēnikǭ pelagei keimenē. Chronǭ de hysteron kai episkopēn epetrapē tēn en Tarrhakinais ekklēsian. Epi tosouton de thaumatourgiais proelthein paradedotai, hōs nekron egeirai pisteuesthai, alla te sēmeia epitelesai Apostolikōn ou leipomena. Kata tode to hypēkoon, en tǭ tote kai Hilarion genesthai pareilē - phamen, andra biǭ kai logǭ thespesion ; hos Martinǭ tēs phygēs ekoinōnēse dia tēn peri to dogma spoudēn. Andrōn men oun peri, hoi tote en eusebeią kai ekklēsiastikǭ thesmǭ ephilosophoun, tade egnōn hōs synegrapsa. Hyperphyōs de polloi kai mala ellogimoi kata ton auton chronon en tais Ekklēsiais dieprepon. Hepisēmotatoi de en toutois egenonto, Eusebios ho tēn Emesēs hierōsynēn epitropeusas, kai Titos ho Bostrēs, kai Serapiōn ho Thmouaios, Basileios te ho ᾿Ankyras, kai Eudoxios ho Germanikias, kai ᾿Akakios ho Kaisareias, kai Kyrillos hos tōn Hierosolymōn thronon epetropeuse. Symbolon tēs autōn paideias, ha synegrapsanto kai kataleloipasi, polla te kai logou axia.
I shall begin from Egypt and the two Macarii, the most celebrated leaders of Scetis and of the mountain there. Of these two, one was called the Egyptian, the other the townsman, as a citizen; for he was an Alexandrian by birth. Both were exceedingly godly men, possessed divine foreknowledge and philosophy, were terrible to demons, and worked many wonderful deeds and healings. It is said of the Egyptian that he even made a dead man live, in order to persuade a man of another opinion that there will be a resurrection of the dead. He lived about ninety years, sixty of which he spent in the deserts. As soon as he began the philosophic life, while still young, he excelled so that the monks called him the “boy-elder,” and at forty he was ordained presbyter. The other became a presbyter later in life; he tried almost every kind of discipline, partly devising it himself and partly carrying out by every means what he heard from others, so that from extreme dryness of body no hair grew on his chin. About the same time there were practising philosophy Pambo, Heraclides, Cronius, Paphnutius, Putubastes, Arsisius, Serapion the Great, and Pityrion, who lived in the Thebaid; and Pachomius, who became the founder of the so-called Tabennesiots. These had a habit and way of life differing in some respects from the rest of the monks, but looking to virtue and stirring the soul to despise earthly things and to look upward, so that it might pass easily to heavenly things when released from the body. They wore sheepskins in imitation of Elijah the Tishbite; in my opinion, so that, always reminded of the prophet's virtue by the skin they wore, they might stand bravely in battle against the desires of the flesh, and, from zeal for him and hope of similar rewards, be the more eager to live chastely. It is said too that the other garments of the monks in Egypt contribute to an example of a certain philosophy, and do not differ from others by chance. They wear tunics without sleeves, teaching that their hands should not be ready for violence. The covering on the head, which they call a cowl, signifies that they should live as innocently and purely as infants fed on milk, who wear such caps, which cover and keep warm the ruling part. The girdle and the scapular, the one binding the loins and the other holding up the shoulders and arms, bid them be ready for the service and work of God. I am not unaware that others have given other explanations of these things; for me it is enough to say this much. They say that Pachomius at first practised philosophy alone in a cave; and that a divine angel appeared to him and bade him gather young monks and live with them, for he had succeeded well in his own philosophy, and ought, as leader of a community, to benefit many; and that he should govern them by the laws the angel would give; and that he gave him a tablet, which they still keep. The writing on it directed him to allow each to eat and drink as he was able, to work, and to fast or not; but to assign the heavier tasks to those who ate more vigorously, and the lighter to the ascetics. He was to build many small cells, three to live in each cell; all were to take food in one house, eat in silence, and sit at table with their faces covered, so as to see neither one another nor anything else but the table and what was on it. A stranger was not to eat with them, except one lodging as he passed through; and one who wished to live with them was first to labour at the harder tasks for three years, and so share in their community. They were to wear sheepskins and cover their heads with woollen caps, and he ordered these caps to be marked with purple crosses, as it were. They were to use linen tunics and girdles, and to sleep girded in their tunics and sheepskins, sitting on built seats enclosed on either side so as to hold each one's bedding. On the first and last day of the week, approaching the altar for communion in the divine mysteries, they were to loosen their girdles and lay aside their sheepskins. They were to pray twelve times in the whole day, likewise in the evening, and as many times at night; at the ninth hour, three times. When about to eat, they were to sing a psalm before each prayer. He was to divide the whole community into twenty-four orders and name them after the letters of the Greek alphabet, fitting the name to each order according to its life and character: for example, calling the simpler ones iota, the crooked ones zeta or xi, and others in other ways, as one could aptly relate the disposition of the order to the shape of the letter. By these laws Pachomius led his disciples, a man exceedingly kind and so dear to God that he foresaw the future and often conversed with divine angels. He lived at Tabenna, an island in the Thebaid, from which they are still called Tabennesiots. Living under these laws they became most renowned and grew in time to such numbers that they amounted to some seven thousand men. The community on the island of Tabenna, with which Pachomius himself lived, had about thirteen hundred; the others live throughout the Thebaid and the rest of Egypt. There is one and the same rule for all, and all things are common to all; they regard the community on the island of Tabenna as their mother, and its leaders as their fathers and rulers. At this time Apollonius too was distinguished in monastic philosophy. They say that at fifteen he practised philosophy in the deserts, and at forty, by divine command, came to inhabited places. He too had his community in the Thebaid. He was exceedingly dear to God, a worker of wonderful healings and signs, effective in what was needed, and a good and gracious teacher of those who came to philosophy; and so readily heard in his prayers that nothing he asked of God went unaccomplished. For being altogether wise, he made his requests wisely, and the Divine is naturally ready to grant such. I conjecture that the godly Anuph too lived at this time; I have learned that from the time he first confessed the doctrine in the persecutions he never told a lie nor desired anything on earth, obtained everything he asked of God, and was taught every virtue by a divine angel as his teacher. But let so much be said for now about the monks of Egypt. Palestine too was already beginning to practise philosophy in the same way, having learned it from the Egyptians; and the godly Hilarion was then distinguished there. His home was the village of Thabatha, lying south of Gaza by the torrent which, emptying into the sea, takes its local name from the village. While attending a grammarian at Alexandria, he went to the desert to see Antony the great monk; and associating with him, he resolved to practise philosophy in like manner. After spending a short time there he returned to his homeland; for he was not allowed to live in quiet as he wished, since many people were always coming to Antony. Finding his parents dead, he distributed his property among his brothers and the needy, and, keeping nothing at all for himself, lived in a desert place by the sea, about twenty stades from his village. His dwelling was a small hut built of brick, rubbish and broken tiles, so wide, high and long that standing he had to bend his head and lying he had to draw up his feet. For he accustomed himself to hardship in everything and to mastering ease. Indeed, of all whom we know he left no one able to surpass him in unboastful and proven self-control, contending against hunger and thirst, cold and heat, and the other passions and flatteries of body and soul. He was earnest in character, grave in speech, and an exact student of the sacred Scriptures; and he was so dear to God that even now many sick and possessed are healed at his tomb, and, most wonderful of all, both among the Cypriots, where he was first buried, and among the Palestinians, where he now is. For having died while staying in Cyprus, he was buried by the inhabitants and was held there in great honour and veneration. Afterward Hesychas, the most renowned of his disciples, stole his remains, carried them to Palestine, and buried them in his own monastery; and from that time the inhabitants keep a public and very splendid yearly feast there. For it is the custom of the Palestinians to honour in this way the good men who have lived among them, as for example Aurelius of Anthedon, Alexion of Bethagathon, and Alaphion of Asalea, who lived at the same time, practised philosophy piously and bravely under the present reign, and by their own virtues advanced the religion in the cities and villages there, which were exceedingly given to paganism. At that time Julian practised philosophy near Edessa, undertaking a most exact and, as it were, bodiless discipline and way of life, so that he seemed to consist of bones and skin without flesh; and he gave Ephrem the Syrian writer occasion for a work narrating his life. God himself confirmed what men thought of him, granting him to drive out demons and to heal diseases of every kind, not by any medicines but by prayer. Besides him, the region there was then distinguished by many other churchly philosophers, in the district of Edessa and near the city of Amida, about the mountain called Gaugalion; among them were Daniel and Symeon. But let this be said for now about the monks of Syria; more fully, God willing, it will be told about them in what follows. Among the Armenians and Paphlagonians and those who live by the Pontus, Eustathius, who governed the church of Sebaste in Armenia, is said to have begun the monastic way of life, and to have introduced an earnest discipline there: what foods one should partake of or abstain from, what dress one should use, and customs and an exact way of life; so that some insist that the book entitled the Ascetic Book of Basil the Cappadocian is his writing. It is said that through excessive strictness he fell into unreasonable observances quite contrary to the laws of the church. Others clear him of the charge, but blame some of his disciples as condemning marriage, refusing to pray in the houses of married people, despising married presbyters, fasting on the Lord's days, holding assemblies in houses, declaring the rich entirely without share in the kingdom of God, abhorring those who eat meat, not tolerating the wearing of ordinary tunics and robes but using a strange and unusual dress, and making very many other innovations. Through this, it is said, many women were deceived and left their husbands, and then, unable to remain continent, fell into adultery; others, on the pretext of piety, cut off their hair and dressed otherwise than befits a woman, in the fashion usual for men. For these reasons the neighbouring bishops met at Gangra, the metropolis of Paphlagonia, and voted them strangers to the catholic church unless they renounced each of the things mentioned, according to the definitions of the synod. Eustathius, showing that he had introduced and practised these things not out of arrogance but for discipline according to God, changed his dress and thereafter made his public appearances like the other priests. Such a man in his life, he was also admired for his words; though, to tell the truth, he was not a powerful speaker, for he had not trained himself in that skill. But in character he was wonderful and most able to persuade, so that he persuaded many men and women who were living immorally to take up a chaste and earnest life. They say, for instance, that when a certain man and woman, who professed virginity according to the rule of the church, were accused of living together, he tried to stop their association; and failing, he groaned deeply and said that a woman living lawfully with her husband had, on hearing his words about chastity, abstained from the intercourse that wives may lawfully have with their own husbands, while those who lived together unlawfully had proved his persuasion weak. Such a man, it is said, was the founder of the strict monastic discipline in that region. The Thracians, Illyrians and those who live in what is called Europe, though they still had no experience of monastic communities, were not altogether without philosophic men. Among them Martin was known, who was of distinguished family from Sabaria in Pannonia; he served brilliantly in arms and became a commander. But preferring divine things, he took up the philosophic life. He lived first among the Illyrians; but when, contending eagerly for the doctrine, he exposed some of the bishops there as holding the views of Arius, he was plotted against, often beaten in public, and driven out. Coming to Milan, he lived by himself. He withdrew from there too, being plotted against by Auxentius the bishop, who himself did not hold soundly to the faith of those who met at Nicaea; and for a time, living on roots of herbs, he dwelt on an island they call Gallinaria, which is small and uninhabited, lying in the Tyrrhenian sea. Later he was entrusted with the episcopate of the church at Terracina. It is handed down that he advanced so far in wonder-working that he is believed to have raised a dead man and to have performed other signs not falling short of the apostles'. In this part of the empire, we have received, there lived at that time also Hilary, a man godly in life and speech, who shared Martin's exile because of his zeal for the doctrine. Concerning the men, then, who at that time practised philosophy in piety and according to the rule of the church, I have written these things as I learned them. Exceedingly many and very learned men were also distinguished in the churches at the same time. The most famous among them were Eusebius, who held the priesthood of Emesa, Titus of Bostra, Serapion of Thmuis, Basil of Ancyra, Eudoxius of Germanicia, Acacius of Caesarea, and Cyril, who governed the see of Jerusalem. The many and noteworthy works they wrote and left behind are a token of their learning.
3.15PG 67:1083–1085
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον καὶ Δίδυμος ἐκκλησιαστικός συγγραφεὺς διέπρεπε, προϊστάμενος ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ τοῦ ἱεροῦ διδασκαλείου τῶν ἱερῶν μαθημάτων. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ παντοδαπὴ σοφία ᾤκει, ποιηταί τε καὶ ῥήτορες, ἀστρονομία τε καὶ γεωμετρία καὶ ἀριθμοὶ, καὶ δόξαι φιλοσόφων. Πάντων δὲ νῷ μόνῳ καὶ ἀκοῇ εἴδησιν ἐκτήσατο. Νέος γὰρ ἔτι, τυφλὸς ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ πείρᾳ τῆς μαθήσεως τῶν στοιχείων. Ἤδη δὲ εἰς ἐφήβους τελῶν, ἐπεθυμησε λόγων καὶ παιδείας· καὶ τοῖς ταῦτα διδάσκουσι φοιτῶν, ἡκροᾶτο μόνον · καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἦλθε σοφίας, ὡς καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασι σκολιῶν θεωρημάτων ἐφικέσθαι. Λέγεται δὲ τοὺς χαρακτῆρας τῶν γραμμάτων, σανίδι καταχαραχθέντας εἰς βάθος, ἐκμαθεῖν τοῖς δακτύλοις ἐφαπτόμενος • συλλαβὰς δὲ καὶ ὀνό ματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐφεξῆς, καταλήψει νοῦ καὶ συνεχεῖ ἀκροάσει καὶ ἀναμνήσει τῶν ἀκοῇ θηρωμένων. Ἦν δὲ οὐ τὸ τυχὸν θαῦμα· καὶ πολλοὶ κατὰ κλέος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν παρεγίνοντο, οἱ μὲν αὐτοῦ ἀκουσόμενοι, οἱ δὲ, ἱστορήσοντες μόνον. Ἑλύπει δὲ οὐ μετρίως τοὺς ᾿Αρείου, τῷ δόγματι τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου συνιστάμενος. Ἔπειθε γὰρ ῥᾳδίως, οὐ βίᾳ λόγων τοῦτο ποιεῖν δοκῶν· ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ τῆς ἄγαν πειθοῦς, ἕκαστον αὐτῶν οἱονεὶ κριτὴν καθίστη τῶν ἀμφιβόλων. Τοῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας περισπούδαστος ἦν· ἐπῄνει δὲ αὐτὸν, καὶ τὰ τάγματα τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μοναχῶν, καὶ ᾿Αντώνιος ὁ Μέγας. Ον φασι τότε ἐπὶ μαρτυρίᾳ τῆς ᾿Αθανασίου πίστεως ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου παραγενόμενον εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, τάδε πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν· Οὐ χαλεπὸν, οὐδὲ λύπης ἄξιον, ὦ Δίδυμε, ὀφθαλμῶν ἀπορεῖν σε, ὧν μέτεστι σαύραις καὶ μυσὶ καὶ τοῖς εὐτελέσι ζώοις. Μακάριον δὲ καὶ χάριεν, ὅτι παραπλησίως ἀγγέλοις τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχεις, δι' ὧν τρανῶς τὸ θεῖον κατανοεῖς, καὶ τὴν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν ἀκριβῶς ὁρᾷς. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ Ἰταλοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τόδε τὸ ὑπήκοον οἰκοῦσιν, ἐπὶ ἀρετῇ πατρίων λόγων διέπρεπον, Εὐσέβιος καὶ Ἱλάριος ὁ δηλωθείς · οὗ περὶ πίστεως καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους φασὶν εὐδοκίμους φέρεσθαι λόγους. Καὶ Λουκίφερ, ὂν εὑρετὴν γενέσθαι λέγουσι τῆς όμωνύμου αἱρέσεως. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ᾿Αέτιος πρὸς τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ἐθαυμάζετο, διαλεκτικός τις ὢν, καὶ συλλογίζεσθαι ἱκανὸς, καὶ περὶ τὰς ἔριδας τῶν λόγων ἐσχολακὼς, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς ταῦτα σπουδάζων. Αμέλει τοι ὡς ῥᾳδίως περὶ Θεοῦ διαλεγόμενος, ἄθεος παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ὠνομάζετο. Φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἰατρὸν ὄντα τὰ πρῶτα ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τῶν Σύρων, σπουδαίως δὲ ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις φοιτῶντα, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν διαλεγόμενον, γνώριμον γενέσθαι Γάλλῳ, Καίσαρι ὄντι τότε, πολὺν ποιουμένῳ λόγον τῆς θρησκείας, καὶ τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐπιμελουμένοις εἰς ἄγαν χαίροντι· ὡς δὲ εἰκὸς, προφάσει τοιούτων διαλέξεων, φίλον αὐτῷ γενόμενον, ἀσκηθῆναι τοῦτο τὸ εἶδος τῶν λόγων, ἵνα μᾶλλον ἀρέσκῃ. Ἑλέγετο γὰρ καὶ διὰ τῶν ᾿Αριστοτέλους μαθημάτων ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ φοιτῆσαι τοῖς τούτων διδασκάλοις. Καὶ ἕτεροι δὲ παρά τούτους, πλῆθος ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἦσαν, ἱκανοὶ διδάσκειν καὶ διαλέγεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν. ᾿Απαριθμήσασθαι δὲ πάντας, ἔργον. Μήτῳ δὲ χαλεπὸν εἶναι δόξῃ, ὅτι τινὰς τῶν εἰρημένων αἱρέσεων ἢ ἀρχηγοὺς ἢ σπουδαστὰς γενομένους, ἐπαινέσας ἔχω. Εὐγλωττίας γὰρ ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις δεινότητος, θαυμασίους εἶναι σύμφημι. Δογμάτων δὲ πέρι, κρινέτωσαν οἷς τοῦτο ποιεῖν θέμις. Οὐδὲ γὰρ τάδε συγγράφειν προὐθέμην, οὔτε ἱστορίᾳ πρέπον, ᾗ ἔργον, μόνα τὰ ὄντα ἀφηγεῖσθαι, μηδὲν οἰκεῖον ἐπεισαγούσῃ. Ὅσοι μὲν δὴ τότε ὧν παρειλήφαμεν, τῇ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ κεχρημένοι, ἐπὶ παιδεύσει καὶ λόγοις ἐνδοξότατοι ἐγένοντο, ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις τετάχθω.
Hypo de touton ton chronon kai Didymos ekklēsiastikos syngrapheus dieprepe, proïstamenos en ᾿Alexandreią tou hierou didaskaleiou tōn hierōn mathēmatōn. En toutǭ de kai pantodapē sophia ǭkei, poiētai te kai rhētores, astronomia te kai geōmetria kai arithmoi, kai doxai philosophōn. Pantōn de nǭ monǭ kai akoę̄ eidēsin ektēsato. Neos gar eti, typhlos egeneto en tę̄ prōtę̄ peirą tēs mathēseōs tōn stoicheiōn. Ēdē de eis ephēbous telōn, epethymēse logōn kai paideias; kai tois tauta didaskousi phoitōn, hēkroato monon ; kai epi tosouton ēlthe sophias, hōs kai tōn en tois mathēmasi skoliōn theōrēmatōn ephikesthai. Legetai de tous charaktēras tōn grammatōn, sanidi katacharachthentas eis bathos, ekmathein tois daktylois ephaptomenos • syllabas de kai ono mata kai ta alla ephexēs, katalēpsei nou kai synechei akroasei kai anamnēsei tōn akoę̄ thērōmenōn. Ēn de ou to tychon thauma; kai polloi kata kleos tou andros eis ᾿Alexandreian pareginonto, hoi men autou akousomenoi, hoi de, historēsontes monon. Helypei de ou metriōs tous ᾿Areiou, tǭ dogmati tēs en Nikaią synodou synistamenos. Epeithe gar rhądiōs, ou bią logōn touto poiein dokōn; all᾽ hypo tēs agan peithous, hekaston autōn hoionei kritēn kathistē tōn amphibolōn. Tois de apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias perispoudastos ēn; epę̄nei de auton, kai ta tagmata tōn en Aigyptǭ monachōn, kai ᾿Antōnios ho Megas. On phasi tote epi martyrią tēs ᾿Athanasiou pisteōs ek tēs erēmou paragenomenon eis ᾿Alexandreian, tade pros auton eipein; Ou chalepon, oude lypēs axion, ō Didyme, ophthalmōn aporein se, hōn metesti saurais kai mysi kai tois eutelesi zōois. Makarion de kai charien, hoti paraplēsiōs angelois tous ophthalmous echeis, di' hōn tranōs to theion katanoeis, kai tēn alēthē gnōsin akribōs horąs. Ou mēn alla kai para Italois kai tois ana tode to hypēkoon oikousin, epi aretę̄ patriōn logōn dieprepon, Eusebios kai Hilarios ho dēlōtheis ; hou peri pisteōs kai pros tous heterodoxous phasin eudokimous pheresthai logous. Kai Loukipher, on heuretēn genesthai legousi tēs omōnymou haireseōs. En toutǭ de kai ᾿Aetios pros tōn heterodoxōn ethaumazeto, dialektikos tis ōn, kai syllogizesthai hikanos, kai peri tas eridas tōn logōn escholakōs, kai atechnōs tauta spoudazōn. Amelei toi hōs rhądiōs peri Theou dialegomenos, atheos para tōn pollōn ōnomazeto. Phasi de auton iatron onta ta prōta en ᾿Antiocheią tōn Syrōn, spoudaiōs de tais Ekklēsiais phoitōnta, kai peri tōn hierōn Graphōn dialegomenon, gnōrimon genesthai Gallǭ, Kaisari onti tote, polyn poioumenǭ logon tēs thrēskeias, kai tēs eusebeias epimeloumenois eis agan chaironti; hōs de eikos, prophasei toioutōn dialexeōn, philon autǭ genomenon, askēthēnai touto to eidos tōn logōn, hina mallon areskę̄. Helegeto gar kai dia tōn ᾿Aristotelous mathēmatōn elthein, kai en ᾿Alexandreią phoitēsai tois toutōn didaskalois. Kai heteroi de para toutous, plēthos en tais Ekklēsiais ēsan, hikanoi didaskein kai dialegesthai peri tōn hierōn Graphōn. ᾿Aparithmēsasthai de pantas, ergon. Mētǭ de chalepon einai doxę̄, hoti tinas tōn eirēmenōn haireseōn ē archēgous ē spoudastas genomenous, epainesas echō. Euglōttias gar heneken kai tēs en tois logois deinotētos, thaumasious einai symphēmi. Dogmatōn de peri, krinetōsan hois touto poiein themis. Oude gar tade syngraphein prouthemēn, oute historią prepon, hę̄ ergon, mona ta onta aphēgeisthai, mēden oikeion epeisagousę̄. Hosoi men dē tote hōn pareilēphamen, tę̄ Rhōmaiōn kai Hellēnōn phōnę̄ kechrēmenoi, epi paideusei kai logois endoxotatoi egenonto, en tois eirēmenois tetachthō.
About this time Didymus too, a church writer, was distinguished, presiding at Alexandria over the sacred school of sacred learning. In him dwelt every kind of wisdom: poets and orators, astronomy, geometry and arithmetic, and the opinions of philosophers. He acquired knowledge of all these by mind and hearing alone. For while still young he became blind, at his first attempt at learning the letters. When he was already reaching youth, he longed for letters and education; attending those who taught them, he only listened, and came to such wisdom that he mastered even the difficult theorems of mathematics. It is said that he learned the shapes of the letters by touching with his fingers letters carved deeply into a board, and syllables, words and the rest in order by grasp of mind, constant listening, and recollection of what he had captured by hearing. He was no ordinary marvel; and many came to Alexandria because of the man's fame, some to hear him, others only to see him. He greatly grieved the Arians, since he upheld the doctrine of the synod of Nicaea. He persuaded easily, not seeming to do it by force of argument, but by his great persuasiveness he made each of them, as it were, judge of the disputed points. He was highly prized by those of the catholic church; the orders of monks in Egypt praised him, and Antony the Great. They say that Antony, coming from the desert to Alexandria at that time to bear witness to the faith of Athanasius, said this to him: “It is not hard, Didymus, nor worth grieving over, that you lack eyes, which lizards and mice and the meanest creatures share. But it is blessed and gracious that you have eyes like the angels, by which you discern the Divine clearly and see true knowledge exactly.” Among the Italians, moreover, and those living in that part of the empire, Eusebius and the Hilary already mentioned were distinguished for excellence in the ancestral doctrines; they say that his treatises on the faith and against those of another opinion are well regarded. And Lucifer, whom they say was the founder of the sect named after him. At this time Aetius too was admired by those of another opinion, being a dialectician, able at syllogisms, given to contests of words and pursuing them without skill. Indeed, because he discoursed so readily about God, most people called him godless. They say that at first he was a physician at Antioch in Syria, that he zealously attended the churches and discussed the sacred Scriptures, and became known to Gallus, who was then Caesar, who made much of religion and greatly delighted in those who cared for piety; and that, having naturally become his friend through such discussions, he trained himself in this kind of argument in order to please him more. For he was said to have gone through the learning of Aristotle and to have attended its teachers at Alexandria. Besides these there were a multitude of others in the churches able to teach and discuss the sacred Scriptures; to enumerate them all would be a labour. Let no one think it hard that I have praised some who were leaders or zealots of the heresies mentioned. For I agree that they were admirable for eloquence and skill in speaking; but concerning doctrines, let those judge to whom it belongs to do so. For I did not set out to write about these things, nor is it fitting for history, whose task is to narrate only what happened, adding nothing of its own. Let those, then, of whom we have received that at that time, using the Latin and Greek languages, they became most renowned for learning and eloquence, be ranked among those named.
3.16PG 67:1085–1093
Ἐῴκει δὲ πάντας παρευδοκιμεῖν, καὶ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν σεμνύνειν, Ἐφραὶμ ὁ Σύρος. Ὃς ἐκ Νισίβεως ἢ τῶν τῇδε χωρίων τὸ γένος εἶχεν. Ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δὲ μοναστικῇ τὸν βίον ἐξασκήσας, οὔτε μαθὼν, οὔτε προσδοκηθεὶς τοιοῦτος εἶναι, ἐξαπίνης ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον παιδείας κατὰ τὴν Συρων φωνὴν ἐπέδωκεν, ὡς φιλοσοφίας μὲν τῶν ἄκρων ἐφικέσθαι θεωρημάτων · εὐκολίᾳ δὲ καὶ λαμπρότητι λόγου, καὶ τῷ πυκνῷ καὶ σώφρονι τῶν νοημάτων, ὑπερβαλέσθαι τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμωτάτους συγγραφέας. Οὕτω γοῦν τῶν μὲν, εἴτις πρὸς τὴν Σύρων ἢ ἑτέραν γλῶτταν μεταβάλλοι τὰ γράμματα, καὶ τὴν καρυκείαν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀφέλοιτο τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν γλωττισμάτων, αὐτίκα φωρᾶται, καὶ τῆς προτέρας ἀποῤῥεῖ χάριτος. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν Ἐφραὶμ λόγων, οὐχ οὕτως. Περιόντος τε γὰρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν, ἃ συνεγράψατο πρὸς Ἑλληνίδα φωνὴν ἑρμηνεύουσι · καὶ οὐ πολὺ ἀποδεῖ τῆς ἐν ᾧ πέφυκεν ἀρετῆς. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἕλλην ἀναγινωσκόμενος, ἐπίσης τῷ Σύρος εἶναι θαυμάζεται. Αμέλει τοι καὶ Βασίλειος, ὁ τὴν Καππαδοκῶν μητρόπολιν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπισκοπήσας, ἠγάσθη τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ τῆς παιδεύσεως ἐθαύμασεν. ( Ὥστε μοι δικαίως καταφαίνεται, κοινῇ παρὰ τῶν τότε παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἐπὶ λόγοις θαυμαζομένων ταύτην τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἀπενέγκασθαι τὸν Ἐφραὶμ, διὰ τῆς τοῦ Βασιλείου φωνῆς ἐξενεχθεῖσαν, ὡς τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν πάντων ἐλλογιμώτερος γεγενῆσθαι συνωμολόγηται. Λέγεται δὲ τὰς πάσας ἀμφὶ τὰς τριακοσίας μυριάδας ἐπῶν συγγράψαι, καὶ μαθητὰς ἐσχηκέναι πολλοὺς, σπουδῇ τὴν αὐτοῦ παίδευσιν ζηλώσαντας. Ἐπισημοτάτους δὲ Ἀββᾶν, καὶ Ζηνόβιον, ῾Αβραάμ τε καὶ Μαρᾶν καὶ Συμεῶνα· ἐφ᾽ οἷς μέγα αὐχοῦσιν οἱ Σύρων παῖδες, καὶ ὅσοι τὴν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς παιδείαν ἠκρίβωσαν. Ἐπίσης δὲ Παυλωνᾶν, καὶ ᾿Αρανάδ ἐπαινοῦσιν ἐπὶ εὐγλωττίᾳ· φασὶ δὲ τῶν ὑγιῶν δογμάτων διαμαρτεῖν αὐτούς. Οὐκ ἀγνοῦ δὲ, ὡς καὶ πάλαι ἐλλογιμώτατοι τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον παρὰ Ὁσροηνοῖς ἐγένοντο, Βαρδησάνης τε, ὃς τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ καλουμένην αἵρεσιν συνεστήσατο, καὶ Αρμόνιος ὁ Βαρδησάνου παῖς· ὃν φασι διὰ τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι λόγων ἀχθέντα, πρῶτον μέτροις καὶ νόμοις μυσικοῖς τὴν πάτριον φωνὴν ὑπαγαγεῖν, καὶ χοροῖς παραδοῦναι, καθάπερ καὶ νῦν πολλάκις οἱ Σύροι ψάλλουσιν, οὐ τοῖς Ἁρμονίου συγγράμμασιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς μέλεσι χρώμενοι. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οὐ παντάπασιν ἐκτὸς ἦν τῆς πατρώας αἱρέσεως, καὶ ὧν περὶ ψυχῆς, γενέσεώς τε καὶ φθορᾶς σώματος, καὶ παλιγγενεσίας, οἱ παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσοφοῦντες δοξάζουσιν, οἷά γε ὑπὸ λύραν ἃ συνεγράψατο συνθεὶς, ταυτασὶ τὰς δόξας τοῖς οἱκείοις προσέμιξε γράμμασιν. Ἰδὼν δὲ Ἐφραὶμ κηλουμένους τοὺς Σύρους τῷ κάλλει τῶν ὀνομάτων, καὶ τῷ ῥυθμῷ τῆς μελῳδίας, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο προσεθιζομένους ὁμοίως αὐτῷ δοξάζειν, καίπερ Ἑλληνικῆς παιδείας ἄμοιρος, ἐπέστη τῇ καταλήψει τῶν ᾿Αρμονίου μέτρων · καὶ πρὸς τὰ μέλη τῶν ἐκείνου γραμμάτων, ἑτέρας γραφὰς συνᾳδούσας τοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς δόγμασι συνέθηκεν· ὁποῖα αὐτῷ πεπόνητο ἐν θείοις ὕμνοις καὶ ἐγκωμίοις ἀπαθῶν ἀνδρῶν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου τε Σύροι κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῆς ᾿Αρμονίου ᾠδῆς τὰ τοῦ Ἐφραὶμ ψάλλουσιν. Ἡλίκος μὲν οὖν τὴν φύσιν ἐγεγόνει, καὶ ἐκ τούτου τεκμαίρεσθαι χρεών. Ἧν δὲ καὶ τὸν βίον, ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔργων καὶ ἀκριβοῦς πολιτείας ἐπιφανὴς, καὶ ἡσυχίας εἰς ἄγαν ἐραστής. ( Σεμνὸς δὲ, καὶ τὰς διαβολὰς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εὐλαβούμενος, ὡς πάσης γυναικὸς καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν θέαν φυλάττεσθαι. Λόγος γοῦν ποτε γυναῖκά τινα ἀμελῆ τὸν βίον, ἀναιδῆ δὲ ἴσως τὸν τρόπον, ἢ αὐτὴν τὸν ἄνδρα πειρῶσαν, ἢ ἐπὶ μισθῷ τοῦτο ἄλλοις σπουδάζουσαν, ἐπίτηδες ἐν στενωπῷ ἀντιπρόσωπον ὑπαντῆσαι, ἀσκαρδαμυκτὶὲς αὐτὸν βλέπουσαν. Τὸν δὲ ἐπιτιμῆσαι αὐτῇ, καὶ εἰς γῆν ὁρᾶν παρακελεύσασθαι. Καὶ πῶς, ἔφη ἡ γυνὴ, ἥτις οὐκ ἀπὸ γῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ σοῦ ἐγενόμην; δικαιότερον γὰρ εἶναι, σὲ μὲν εἰς γῆν ὁρᾶν ἀφ᾿ ἧς ἔχεις τὴν γένεσιν· ἐμὲ δὲ, εἰς σὲ ὅθεν εἰμί. Θαυμάσας δὲ τὸ γύναιον Ἐφραὶμ, εἰς σύγγραμμα τὸ συμβάν ἐσχημάτισεν, ὅπερ Σύρων λόγιοι ἐν τοῖς σπουδαίοις τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων τετάχασι. Λέγεται γοῦν τὸ πρὶν ἀκρατῶς ὀργῆς ἔχων, ἀφ᾽ οὗ τὴν μοναστικὴν ἀγωγὴν μετῆλθε, μηδέπω θεαθῆνα! παρά τινος ὀργιζόμενος. Εἰ Οὕτω γοῦν ἐπὶ πολλαῖς ἡμέραι; ὥσπερ εἰώθει στεύοντι, προσφέρων αὐτῷ τὸ ὄψον, ὁ διακονούμενος, τὴν χύτραν ἔχλασεν. Αἰδοῖ δὲ δέει χεχρατημένον ἰδὼν, ἀλλὰ, Θάῤῥει, καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἔφη, πρὸς τὸ ὄψον ἴωμεν, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς ἡμᾶς οὐχ ἦλθε. Καὶ καθεσθεὶς παρὰ τὰ χλάσματα τῆς χύτρας, ἐδείπνησεν. "Ὅσον δὲ χενῆῇῆς ἐκράτει δόξης, ἐντεῦθεν ἱστέον. Ποτὲ ψῆφον ἐπισχοπῇς ἐνηνόχασιν αὐτῷ τινες, καὶ συλλαθεῖν ἐπειρῶντο, ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν χειροτονίαν ἄξοντες. Αὐτίκα δὲ αἰσθόμενος, εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐνέβαλε, καὶ οἷα παραπαίων ἐδείκνυ ἑαυτὸν, ἀτάκτως βαδίζων, τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἐπισύρων, καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἐσθέων. Ἐπεὶ, δὲ ἔξω φρενῶν εἶναι νομίσαντες οἱ συλληψόμενοι, τῇ τ᾿ ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁρμῆς ἀνεχόπησαν, καιρὸν εὑρὼν ἀπέδρασε, μέχρι ἕτερος ἐχειροτονήθη, διέλαθεν. ᾿Αλλὰ τούτοις μὲν ἐγὼ περὶ τοῦ Ἐφραὶμ ἀρχεσθήσομαι. Τὰ δὲ πλείω ἴσασιν εἴ τε καὶ λέγουσιν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, Οἷον δὲ αὐτῷ εἴργασται οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ τῆς τελεντῆς, ἐπεὶ ἀξιομνημόνευτον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, ἐνθάδε γράψομαι. Λιμοῦ γὰρ προχαταλαθόντος τὴν Ἐδεσηγῶν πόλιν, διὰ πολλοῦ χρόνου προελθὼν τοῦ οἰχήματος ἐν ᾧ ἐφιλοσόφει, κατεμέμφετο τοὺς τὰς οὐσία; ἔχοντας, ὡς οὐ δέον ὑπερορῶντας τὸ ὁμόφυλον, ἀπορίᾳ ἐπιτηδείων φθειρόμενον " τὸν δὲ οἰκεῖον πλοῦτον ἐπιμελῶς φυλάττοντας, ἐπὶ βλάβῃ σφῶν τιμωρίᾳ τῆς ἰδίας ψυχῆς, ἣν τιμιωτέραν παντοδαποῦ πλούτο" καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, φιλοσοφῶν ἐδείκνυ" παρ᾽ οὐδὲν δὲ ταύτην ποιουμένους, διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀπήλεγχεν. Οἱ δὲ, αἰδεσθέντες τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγους, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἡμῖν μέλει οὐσίας, ἔφασαν " ᾧ δὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπιτρέψομεν διαχονεῖσθαι, ἀποροῦμεγ, σχεδὸν πάντων πρὸς κέρδος κεχηνότων, καὶ χαπηλίαν τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιουμένων. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ, Οἷος ὑμῖν δοκῶ, ἤρετο’ τῶν δὲ, ᾿Αξιόχρεών τε καὶ μάλα καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, καὶ τοιοῦτον οἷον ἡ περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξα ἐκράτει συνομολογούντων, Οὐκοῦν ἑχοντῆς, ἔφη, δι᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τοῦτο χειροτονήσω ἐμαυτόν. Καὶ λαδὼν ἀργύριον παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἀμφὶ τὰς τριακοσίας χλίνας ἐν τοῖς δημοσίοις ἐμθόλοις εἶχε. Καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ λιμοῦ νοσούντων ἐπεμελεῖτο, ξένους, καὶ τοὺς κατὰ σπάνιν ἀναγκαίων ἐχ τῶν ἀγρῶν παραγενομέγους ἐδεξιοῦτο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ὁ λιμὸς ἐπαύσατο, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὸ οἴχτιμα ἔνθα πρὸ τούτου διέτριβε. Καὶ ὀλίγων ἡμερῶν ἐπιδιώσας, ἐτελεύτησε " διακόνου μὲν ἄχρι κληρικοῦ τάγματος ἐπιβάς περιδόητος δὲ ἐπὶ ἀρετῇ γεγονὼς, οὐχ ἧττον τῶν ἱερωσύνη πολιτείᾳ ἀγαθοῦ βίου καὶ παιδεύσει θαυμαζομένων. Ταυτα τῆς Ἐφραὶμ ἀρετῆς τὰ μηνύματα. Ἐπαξίως δὲ εἰπεῖν, καὶ περὶ πάντων διεξελθεῖν, ὡς ἐκεῖνος καὶ ἕκαστος τῶν τότε φιλοσοφησάντων ἐδίω. καὶ ἐπολιτεύσατο, καὶ παρὰ τίσι, δεήσει συγγράφεως οἷος αὐτός - ἐμοὶ δὲ ἄπορον εἶναι τοῦτο χαθορῶ, ὑπό τε ἀσθενείας λόγων, καὶ ἀγνοίας αὐτῶν τε τῶν ἀνδρῶν, καὶ ὧν χαθώρθωσαν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀνὰ τὰς ἐρέμους ἐλάνθανον" οἱ δὲ ἐν ὁμίλῳ πόλεων διατρέθοντες, εὐτελεῖς σφᾶς παρεῖχον φαίνεσθαι, καὶ τῶν πολλῶν μηδὲν διαφέροντας " ἀρετὴν μὲν ἐργαζόμενοι, χλέστοντες τὴν ἀληθῆ περὶ αὐτῶν δόχησιν, ὥστε μὴ ἃ ἐπαινεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων. Πρὸς γὰρ τὰ; ἀμοιδὰς τῶν ἐσομένων ἀγαθῶν τὸν νοῦν τείνοντες, μάρτυρα ὧν ἐπόνουν μόνον τὸν Θεὸν ἐποιοῦντο τῆς δὲ ἔξωθεν δόξης οὐδεὶς αὐτοῖς λόγος ἦν.
Eǭkei de pantas pareudokimein, kai es ta malista tēn katholou Ekklēsian semnynein, Ephraim ho Syros. Hos ek Nisibeōs ē tōn tę̄de chōriōn to genos eichen. En philosophią de monastikę̄ ton bion exaskēsas, oute mathōn, oute prosdokētheis toioutos einai, exapinēs epi tosouton paideias kata tēn Syrōn phōnēn epedōken, hōs philosophias men tōn akrōn ephikesthai theōrēmatōn ; eukolią de kai lamprotēti logou, kai tǭ pyknǭ kai sōphroni tōn noēmatōn, hyperbalesthai tous par' Hellēsin eudokimōtatous syngrapheas. Houtō goun tōn men, eitis pros tēn Syrōn ē heteran glōttan metaballoi ta grammata, kai tēn karykeian, hōs eipein, apheloito tōn Hellēnikōn glōttismatōn, autika phōratai, kai tēs proteras aporrhei charitos. Epi de tōn Ephraim logōn, ouch houtōs. Periontos te gar autou, kai eiseti nyn, ha synegrapsato pros Hellēnida phōnēn hermēneuousi ; kai ou poly apodei tēs en hǭ pephyken aretēs. Alla kai Hellēn anaginōskomenos, episēs tǭ Syros einai thaumazetai. Amelei toi kai Basileios, ho tēn Kappadokōn mētropolin meta tauta episkopēsas, ēgasthē ton andra, kai tēs paideuseōs ethaumasen. ( Hōste moi dikaiōs kataphainetai, koinę̄ para tōn tote par' Hellēsin epi logois thaumazomenōn tautēn tēn martyrian apenenkasthai ton Ephraim, dia tēs tou Basileiou phōnēs exenechtheisan, hōs tōn kat᾿ auton pantōn ellogimōteros gegenēsthai synōmologētai. Legetai de tas pasas amphi tas triakosias myriadas epōn syngrapsai, kai mathētas eschēkenai pollous, spoudę̄ tēn autou paideusin zēlōsantas. Episēmotatous de Abban, kai Zēnobion, ῾Abraam te kai Maran kai Symeōna; eph᾽ hois mega auchousin hoi Syrōn paides, kai hosoi tēn par᾿ autois paideian ēkribōsan. Episēs de Paulōnan, kai ᾿Aranad epainousin epi euglōttią; phasi de tōn hygiōn dogmatōn diamartein autous. Ouk agnou de, hōs kai palai ellogimōtatoi touton ton tropon para Hosroēnois egenonto, Bardēsanēs te, hos tēn par' autou kaloumenēn hairesin synestēsato, kai Armonios ho Bardēsanou pais; hon phasi dia tōn par' Hellēsi logōn achthenta, prōton metrois kai nomois mysikois tēn patrion phōnēn hypagagein, kai chorois paradounai, kathaper kai nyn pollakis hoi Syroi psallousin, ou tois Harmoniou syngrammasin, alla tois melesi chrōmenoi. Epei gar ou pantapasin ektos ēn tēs patrōas haireseōs, kai hōn peri psychēs, geneseōs te kai phthoras sōmatos, kai palingenesias, hoi par' Hellēsi philosophountes doxazousin, hoia ge hypo lyran ha synegrapsato syntheis, tautasi tas doxas tois hoikeiois prosemixe grammasin. Idōn de Ephraim kēloumenous tous Syrous tǭ kallei tōn onomatōn, kai tǭ rhythmǭ tēs melǭdias, kai kata touto prosethizomenous homoiōs autǭ doxazein, kaiper Hellēnikēs paideias amoiros, epestē tę̄ katalēpsei tōn ᾿Armoniou metrōn ; kai pros ta melē tōn ekeinou grammatōn, heteras graphas synądousas tois ekklēsiastikois dogmasi synethēken; hopoia autǭ peponēto en theiois hymnois kai enkōmiois apathōn andrōn. Ex ekeinou te Syroi kata ton nomon tēs ᾿Armoniou ǭdēs ta tou Ephraim psallousin. Hēlikos men oun tēn physin egegonei, kai ek toutou tekmairesthai chreōn. Hēn de kai ton bion, ex agathōn ergōn kai akribous politeias epiphanēs, kai hēsychias eis agan erastēs. ( Semnos de, kai tas diabolas epi tosouton eulaboumenos, hōs pasēs gynaikos kai autēn tēn thean phylattesthai. Logos goun pote gynaika tina amelē ton bion, anaidē de isōs ton tropon, ē autēn ton andra peirōsan, ē epi misthǭ touto allois spoudazousan, epitēdes en stenōpǭ antiprosōpon hypantēsai, askardamykties auton blepousan. Ton de epitimēsai autę̄, kai eis gēn horan parakeleusasthai. Kai pōs, ephē hē gynē, hētis ouk apo gēs, all᾽ ek sou egenomēn? dikaioteron gar einai, se men eis gēn horan aph᾿ hēs echeis tēn genesin; eme de, eis se hothen eimi. Thaumasas de to gynaion Ephraim, eis syngramma to symban eschēmatisen, hoper Syrōn logioi en tois spoudaiois tōn autou logōn tetachasi. Legetai goun to prin akratōs orgēs echōn, aph᾽ hou tēn monastikēn agōgēn metēlthe, mēdepō theathēna! para tinos orgizomenos. Ei Houtō goun epi pollais hēmerai? hōsper eiōthei steuonti, prospherōn autǭ to opson, ho diakonoumenos, tēn chytran echlasen. Aidoi de deei chechratēmenon idōn, alla, Tharrhei, kai hēmeis, ephē, pros to opson iōmen, epeidē pros hēmas ouch ēlthe. Kai kathestheis para ta chlasmata tēs chytras, edeipnēsen. "Hoson de chenēę̄ēs ekratei doxēs, enteuthen histeon. Pote psēphon epischopę̄s enēnochasin autǭ tines, kai syllathein epeirōnto, hōs epi tēn cheirotonian axontes. Autika de aisthomenos, eis tēn agoran enebale, kai hoia parapaiōn edeikny heauton, ataktōs badizōn, tēn esthēta episyrōn, kai dēmosią estheōn. Epei, de exō phrenōn einai nomisantes hoi syllēpsomenoi, tę̄ t᾿ ep᾽ auton hormēs anechopēsan, kairon heurōn apedrase, mechri heteros echeirotonēthē, dielathen. ᾿Alla toutois men egō peri tou Ephraim archesthēsomai. Ta de pleiō isasin ei te kai legousin hoi epichōrioi, Hoion de autǭ eirgastai ou pro pollou tēs telentēs, epei axiomnēmoneuton einai moi dokei, enthade grapsomai. Limou gar prochatalathontos tēn Edesēgōn polin, dia pollou chronou proelthōn tou oichēmatos en hǭ ephilosophei, katemempheto tous tas ousia? echontas, hōs ou deon hyperorōntas to homophylon, aporią epitēdeiōn phtheiromenon " ton de oikeion plouton epimelōs phylattontas, epi blabę̄ sphōn timōrią tēs idias psychēs, hēn timiōteran pantodapou plouto" kai autou tou sōmatos kai tōn allōn, philosophōn edeikny" par᾽ ouden de tautēn poioumenous, dia tōn ergōn apēlenchen. Hoi de, aidesthentes ton andra kai tous autou logous, all᾽ ouden hēmin melei ousias, ephasan " hǭ de ta toiauta epitrepsomen diachoneisthai, aporoumeg, schedon pantōn pros kerdos kechēnotōn, kai chapēlian to pragma poioumenōn. Hypolabōn de, Hoios hymin dokō, ēreto’ tōn de, ᾿Axiochreōn te kai mala kalon kai agathon einai, kai toiouton hoion hē peri autou doxa ekratei synomologountōn, Oukoun hechontēs, ephē, di᾽ hymas epi touto cheirotonēsō emauton. Kai ladōn argyrion par᾽ autōn, amphi tas triakosias chlinas en tois dēmosiois emtholois eiche. Kai tōn apo limou nosountōn epemeleito, xenous, kai tous kata spanin anankaiōn ech tōn agrōn paragenomegous edexiouto. ᾿Epei de ho limos epausato, epanēlthen eis to oichtima entha pro toutou dietribe. Kai oligōn hēmerōn epidiōsas, eteleutēse " diakonou men achri klērikou tagmatos epibas peridoētos de epi aretę̄ gegonōs, ouch hētton tōn hierōsynē politeią agathou biou kai paideusei thaumazomenōn. Tauta tēs Ephraim aretēs ta mēnymata. Epaxiōs de eipein, kai peri pantōn diexelthein, hōs ekeinos kai hekastos tōn tote philosophēsantōn ediō. kai epoliteusato, kai para tisi, deēsei syngrapheōs hoios autos - emoi de aporon einai touto chathorō, hypo te astheneias logōn, kai agnoias autōn te tōn andrōn, kai hōn chathōrthōsan. Hoi men gar ana tas eremous elanthanon" hoi de en homilǭ poleōn diatrethontes, euteleis sphas pareichon phainesthai, kai tōn pollōn mēden diapherontas " aretēn men ergazomenoi, chlestontes tēn alēthē peri autōn dochēsin, hōste mē ha epaineisthai para tōn allōn. Pros gar ta? amoidas tōn esomenōn agathōn ton noun teinontes, martyra hōn eponoun monon ton Theon epoiounto tēs de exōthen doxēs oudeis autois logos ēn.
Ephrem the Syrian seemed to surpass them all and to adorn the catholic church above all. His family came from Nisibis or the places near it. Having spent his life in monastic philosophy, without having studied or being expected to become such a man, he suddenly advanced so far in learning in the Syriac language that he attained the highest speculations of philosophy, and by the ease and brilliance of his style and the density and soundness of his thought surpassed the most esteemed writers among the Greeks. For if one translates their works into Syriac or another language and removes, so to speak, the seasoning of the Greek idioms, they are at once exposed and lose their former charm. But it is not so with the works of Ephrem. Both in his lifetime and still now they translate what he wrote into Greek, and it falls little short of the excellence it has in the original; read in Greek, he is admired as much as in Syriac. Basil, for instance, who afterward was bishop of the metropolis of the Cappadocians, admired the man and marvelled at his learning. So it seems to me that Ephrem rightly received this testimony from those then admired among the Greeks for eloquence, expressed through the voice of Basil, since it is agreed that Basil was the most learned of all in his time. It is said that he wrote some three million lines in all, and had many disciples who zealously emulated his learning; the most distinguished were Abbas, Zenobius, Abraham, Maras and Symeon, of whom the sons of the Syrians, and all who have mastered their learning, boast greatly. They praise Paulonas and Aranad likewise for eloquence, but say that they fell away from the sound doctrines. I am not unaware that long ago very learned men of this kind arose among the Osrhoenians: Bardaisan, who founded the sect called after him, and Harmonius, Bardaisan's son. They say that Harmonius, trained in Greek letters, was the first to bring his native language under metres and musical rules, and to give it to choirs, as the Syrians still often sing now, using not the writings of Harmonius but his melodies. For since he was not entirely free of his father's heresy and of what the Greek philosophers hold about the soul, the generation and destruction of the body, and rebirth, he set his compositions to the lyre, as it were, and mixed these opinions into his writings. When Ephrem saw the Syrians charmed by the beauty of the words and the rhythm of the melody, and through this becoming accustomed to think as he did, though he had no share in Greek learning, he set himself to master the metres of Harmonius, and to the melodies of his writings he composed other works agreeing with the doctrines of the church, such as he laboured at in divine hymns and in praises of passionless men. From that time the Syrians sing the works of Ephrem according to the rule of Harmonius's ode. How great his nature was must be judged from this too. In his life also he was illustrious for good works and an exact way of life, and an exceeding lover of quiet. He was grave, and so careful to avoid slander that he guarded himself even from the sight of any woman. It is said, for instance, that once a woman careless in her life and perhaps shameless in manner, either testing the man herself or being paid by others to do so, deliberately met him face to face in a narrow lane, staring at him without blinking. He rebuked her and told her to look at the ground. “And how,” said the woman, “when I came not from the earth but from you? It is more just that you look at the earth, from which you have your origin, and I at you, from whom I am.” Ephrem, admiring the woman, made what happened into a composition, which the learned among the Syrians have ranked among the most excellent of his works. It is said, too, that though formerly prone to anger, from the time he took up the monastic discipline he was never seen angry by anyone. Thus once, when as usual he had fasted for many days, the one who served him, bringing him his food, broke the pot. Seeing him overcome with shame and fear, Ephrem said: “Take courage; since the food has not come to us, let us go to the food.” And sitting down by the pieces of the pot, he ate his meal. How far he was master of vain glory may be known from this. Once some people cast a vote for him for a bishopric and tried to seize him to take him to be ordained. As soon as he perceived it, he rushed into the market-place and showed himself as if deranged, walking in disorder, trailing his clothes, and eating in public. When those who meant to seize him thought he was out of his mind and were checked in their rush at him, he found an opportunity, ran away, and stayed hidden until another had been ordained. With this I shall be content about Ephrem; the people of the country know and tell more. But what he did not long before his death seems to me worth remembering, so I shall write it here. When famine had seized the city of Edessa, he came out, after a long time, from the cell in which he practised philosophy, and rebuked those who had property for disregarding their own kin, who were perishing for want of necessities, while carefully guarding their own wealth, to the harm and punishment of their own souls, which he showed, philosophizing, to be more precious than all wealth and than the body itself and everything else; and he proved by their deeds that they made no account of it. They, respecting the man and his words, said: “We do not care about property; but we are at a loss to whom we may entrust such services, since almost everyone gapes after gain and makes a trade of the matter.” He took them up and asked, “What do you think of me?” When they agreed that he was trustworthy, a very good and upright man, and such as his reputation held, “Then for your sakes,” he said, “I will willingly appoint myself to this.” Taking money from them, he set up about three hundred beds in the public porticoes, cared for those sick from the famine, and welcomed strangers and those who came in from the country for lack of necessities. When the famine ended, he returned to the cell where he had lived before; and having lived a few days more, he died. He rose in the clerical order no higher than deacon, but became famous for virtue no less than those admired for priesthood, a good life and learning. These are the tokens of Ephrem's virtue. To speak worthily and go through everything, how he and each of those who then practised philosophy lived and conducted themselves, and among whom, would need a writer such as he was. I see that this is beyond me, from weakness of speech and ignorance both of the men themselves and of what they achieved. For some lay hidden in the deserts; others, living among the crowds of cities, made themselves appear ordinary and no different from the many, practising virtue while hiding the true opinion about themselves, so as not to be praised by others. For, intent on the rewards of the good things to come, they made God alone the witness of their labours and took no account of glory from outside.
3.17PG 67:1093–1095
Ὡς ἐπίπαν δὲ καὶ οἱ προεστῶτες τότε τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, τὸν βίον ἡχρίδωντο. Εἰχότως τε ὑπὸ τοιούτοις ἐναγόμενα τὰ πλήθη, σπουδαίως συντέτακτο περὶ τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ σέβας " καὶ ἡ θρησκεία ὁσημέρα: ἐπεδίδου, ζήλῳ τε ἀρετῇ, παραδόξοις πράξεσιν ἱερέων καὶ τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν φιλοσόφων,ἐθήρα καὶ πρὸς ἐπυτὴν μετῆγε τῆς ᾿ΕἙλληνιχῆς τερθρείας, τοὺς ᾿Ἑλληνιστάς. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ εἰς ἐπίδοσιν τούτων οἱ βασιλεῖς, οὐχ ἧττον ἢ ὁ πατὴρ περὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας σπουδάζοντες, κληρικοὺς καὶ παῖδας αὐτῶν καὶ οἰκείους ἐξαιρέτοις τιμαῖς ἀτελείαις γεραίροντες, τοῖς πατρῴοις νόμοις ἐπιψηφιζόμενοι, καὶ οἰκείους τιθέντες νόμους κατὰ τῶν θύειν, ἣ ξόανα θεραπεύειν, ἢ ἄλλως 'Ἑλληνικῶς θρησκεύειν ἐπιχειρούντων. Ναοὺς δὲ τοὺς πανταχῇ κειμένους ἐν πόλεσι καὶ ἀγροῖς χεχλεῖσθαι προσέταξαν. Τοὺς δὲ, ταῖ: Ἐκκλησίαις προσένειμαν, ἢ τόπων, ἢ ὑλῶν προυσδεομέναις μάλιστα γὰρ πολλὴν ἐπιμέλειαν ἐποιοῦντο, τοὺς μὲν ὑπὸ χρόνου κάμνοντας τῶν εὐκτηρίων οἴκων ἀνανεοῦν, τοὺς δὲ μεγαλοπρεπῶς θεμελίων ἐγείρειν. Ὧν ἔστι καὶ ἡ ἀξιοθέατος καὶ κάλλει ἀοίδιμος Ἐμέσης Ἐκκλησία. Ἰουδαίων δὲ ἐνομοθέτησαν μηδένα δοῦλον ὠνεῖσθαι τῶν ἐξ ἑτέρας αἱρέσεως ; εἰ δὲ παρὰ τοῦτο ποιήσει, δημόσιον οἰχέτὴν εἶναι ; εἰ δὲ καὶ περιτέμῃ καθὰ Ἰουδαίοις θέμις, εἰς κεφαλὴν εἶναι τὸν κίνδυνον, καὶ ἀφαίρεσιν τῶν ὄντων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὴν θρησκείαν πάντοθεν αὔξειν ἠδούλοντο, τούτον πρόνοιαν ἐποιήσαντο, ὥστε μὴ ἀδεῶς εἰς Ἰουδαϊσμὸν ὑποσύρεσθαι τοὺς μὴ τοιούτους ἐκ γένους ὄντας · φυλάττεσθαι δὲ τῇ Ἐκκλησία καὶ τοὺς ἐλπίδα Χριστιανισμοῦ ἔχοντας. Μάλιστα γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἑλληνικοῦ πλήθους ἐπεδίδου ἡ θρησκεία.
Hōs epipan de kai hoi proestōtes tote tōn Ekklēsiōn, ton bion hēchridōnto. Eichotōs te hypo toioutois enagomena ta plēthē, spoudaiōs syntetakto peri to tou Christou sebas " kai hē thrēskeia hosēmera: epedidou, zēlǭ te aretę̄, paradoxois praxesin hiereōn kai tōn ekklēsiastikōn philosophōn,ethēra kai pros epytēn metēge tēs ᾿HeEllēnichēs terthreias, tous ᾿Hellēnistas. Synelambanonto de eis epidosin toutōn hoi basileis, ouch hētton ē ho patēr peri tas Ekklēsias spoudazontes, klērikous kai paidas autōn kai oikeious exairetois timais ateleiais gerairontes, tois patrǭois nomois epipsēphizomenoi, kai oikeious tithentes nomous kata tōn thyein, hē xoana therapeuein, ē allōs 'Hellēnikōs thrēskeuein epicheirountōn. Naous de tous pantachę̄ keimenous en polesi kai agrois chechleisthai prosetaxan. Tous de, tai: Ekklēsiais proseneiman, ē topōn, ē hylōn prousdeomenais malista gar pollēn epimeleian epoiounto, tous men hypo chronou kamnontas tōn euktēriōn oikōn ananeoun, tous de megaloprepōs themeliōn egeirein. Hōn esti kai hē axiotheatos kai kallei aoidimos Emesēs Ekklēsia. Ioudaiōn de enomothetēsan mēdena doulon ōneisthai tōn ex heteras haireseōs ? ei de para touto poiēsei, dēmosion oichetēn einai ? ei de kai peritemę̄ katha Ioudaiois themis, eis kephalēn einai ton kindynon, kai aphairesin tōn ontōn. Epei gar tēn thrēskeian pantothen auxein ēdoulonto, touton pronoian epoiēsanto, hōste mē adeōs eis Ioudaïsmon hyposyresthai tous mē toioutous ek genous ontas ; phylattesthai de tę̄ Ekklēsia kai tous elpida Christianismou echontas. Malista gar ek tou hellēnikou plēthous epedidou hē thrēskeia.
On the whole the leaders of the churches at that time too lived exact lives. Naturally, the people, led by such men, were zealously devoted to the worship of Christ; and religion grew daily, and by the zeal, virtue and wonderful deeds of the priests and the church's philosophers it captured the pagans and drew them to itself from pagan nonsense. The emperors helped toward this growth, being no less zealous for the churches than their father, honouring the clergy, their children and households with special honours and exemptions, confirming their father's laws, and enacting laws of their own against those who attempted to sacrifice, to worship images, or to practise pagan religion in any other way. They ordered the temples everywhere in cities and countryside to be closed; and some they gave to churches that needed sites or materials. For they took great care to renew the houses of prayer worn by time and to raise others magnificently from the foundations; among these is the church of Emesa, worth seeing and celebrated for its beauty. They enacted that no Jew should buy a slave of another religion; if he did so, the slave was to become public property; and if he also circumcised him, as is lawful for Jews, the penalty was to be capital and the confiscation of his property. For since they wished to increase the religion in every way, they made provision that those who were not Jews by birth should not be drawn freely into Judaism, and that those who had hope of Christianity should be kept for the church. For religion grew most of all from the pagan multitude.
3.18PG 67:1095
Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ τὸ δόγμα, τὰ πρῶτα τὴν πατρῷαν ἐφύλαττον δόξαν· ἄμφω γὰρ ἐπαινέται τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστεως. Καὶ Κώνστας μὲν οὕτω διαμείνας ἐτελεύτησε· Κωνστάντιος δὲ, μέχρι μέν τινος, ὁμοίως εἶχε. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ διαβληθείσης τῆς τοῦ ὁμοουσίου λέξεως, τῆς προτέρας παρεκινήθη γνώμης· οὐ μὴν παντελῶς ἀπέσχετο τοῦ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὅμοιον εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν συνομολογεῖν τῷ Πατρί. Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐσέβιον, καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν τότε ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπὶ λόγῳ καὶ βίῳ θαυμαζομένων ἐπισκόπων, διαφορὰν, ὡς ἔγνωμεν, εἰσηγοῦντο τοῦ ὁμοούσιον λέγειν καὶ κατ' οὐσίαν ὅμοιον, ὅπερ ὁμοιούσιον ὠνόμαζον. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὁμοούσιον, ἐπὶ σωμάτων κυρίως νοεῖσθαι, οἷον ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζώων, καὶ δένδρων καὶ φυτῶν, οἷς ἐξ ὁμοίου ἡ μετουσία καὶ ἡ γένεσίς ἐστι. Τὸ δὲ ὁμοιούσιον, ἐπὶ ἀσωμάτων, οἷον ἐπὶ Θεοῦ καὶ ἀγγέλων, ἑκατέρου πρὸς ἑαυτὸν νοουμένου κατ' ἰδίαν οὐσίαν. Ὑπὸ δὴ τῶν τοιούτων καὶ Κωνστάντιος ὁ βασιλεὺς μετεπείσθη. Καὶ κατὰ μὲν διάνοιαν, ὡς εἰκάζω, ὅμοια τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἐφρόνει. Ῥητὸν δὲ ῥητοῦ ἀμείψας, ἀντὶ ὁμοουσίου ὁμοιοούσιον ἔλεγε. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἐδόκει τοῖς τούτων εἰσἡγηταῖς, ἀκριβέστερον ὧδε ὀνομάζειν ἰσχυριζομένοις ὡς εἴτις μὴ τοῦτο λέγει, κινδυνεύοι σῶμα τὸ ἀσώματον νοεῖν· ὅπερ εὔηθες εἶναι πολλοῖς ἐδόκει. Ἐκ γὰρ τῶν φαινομένων ἔφασκον χρῆναι περὶ τῶν νοητῶν τὰ ὀνόματα μεταλαμβάνειν · λέξεώς τε κίνδυνον μηδένα εἶναι, ἣν μὴ περὶ ἔννοιαν ἡ ἁμαρτία γένηται.
Ou mēn alla kai peri auto to dogma, ta prōta tēn patrǭan ephylatton doxan; amphō gar epainetai tēs en Nikaią pisteōs. Kai Kōnstas men houtō diameinas eteleutēse; Kōnstantios de, mechri men tinos, homoiōs eiche. Meta tauta de diablētheisēs tēs tou homoousiou lexeōs, tēs proteras parekinēthē gnōmēs; ou mēn pantelōs apescheto tou kat᾿ ousian homoion einai ton Huion synomologein tǭ Patri. Hoi de amphi ton Eusebion, kai alloi tines tōn tote ana tēn Heō epi logǭ kai biǭ thaumazomenōn episkopōn, diaphoran, hōs egnōmen, eisēgounto tou homoousion legein kai kat' ousian homoion, hoper homoiousion ōnomazon. To men gar homoousion, epi sōmatōn kyriōs noeisthai, hoion anthrōpōn kai tōn allōn zōōn, kai dendrōn kai phytōn, hois ex homoiou hē metousia kai hē genesis esti. To de homoiousion, epi asōmatōn, hoion epi Theou kai angelōn, hekaterou pros heauton nooumenou kat' idian ousian. Hypo dē tōn toioutōn kai Kōnstantios ho basileus metepeisthē. Kai kata men dianoian, hōs eikazō, homoia tǭ patri kai tǭ adelphǭ ephronei. Rhēton de rhētou ameipsas, anti homoousiou homoioousion elege. Touto gar edokei tois toutōn eisēgētais, akribesteron hōde onomazein ischyrizomenois hōs eitis mē touto legei, kindyneuoi sōma to asōmaton noein; hoper euēthes einai pollois edokei. Ek gar tōn phainomenōn ephaskon chrēnai peri tōn noētōn ta onomata metalambanein ; lexeōs te kindynon mēdena einai, hēn mē peri ennoian hē hamartia genētai.
Moreover, in the doctrine itself they at first kept their father's opinion; for both approved the faith of Nicaea. Constans remained so until his death; Constantius held the same for a time. Afterward, when the word “of the same essence” had been attacked, he was moved from his former opinion; yet he did not altogether refrain from confessing the Son to be like the Father in essence. Eusebius's party and certain others of the bishops then admired in the East for speech and life introduced, as we have learned, a distinction between saying “of the same essence” and “like in essence,” which they called homoiousios. For “of the same essence,” they said, is properly understood of bodies, such as men and other animals, trees and plants, whose sharing and generation are from something like themselves; but “like in essence” of incorporeal beings, such as God and angels, each being conceived in its own essence. By such men the emperor Constantius too was won over. In meaning, as I conjecture, he held the same as his father and brother; but exchanging one expression for another, he said homoiousios instead of homoousios. For the proponents of these views thought it more exact to speak in this way, insisting that if one did not say this, one risked conceiving the incorporeal as a body. This seemed foolish to many; for they said that names for intelligible things must be taken from visible things, and that there is no danger in a word unless the error lies in the thought.
3.19PG 67:1095–1097
Οὐ θαυμαστὸν δὲ, εἰ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸ τοῦτο πέπονθεν· ἐπεὶ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων πολλοὶ ἀφιλονείκως τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο προσίεντο, τῇ διανοίᾳ συνάδοντες τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθόσιν. Οἱ δε ἑκατέρᾳ λέξει μηδὲν διαφερόμενοι, ἐχρῶντο ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς σημασίας. "Ωστε μοι δοκεῖ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς ἀληθείας κεκομψεῦσθαι ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον τοῖς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσιν. Λέγουσι γὰρ ὡς μετὰ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ͵ σύνοδον, πολλοὶ τῶν ἱερέων, ὧν ἦσαν Εὐσέβιος καὶ Θεόγνιος, οὐκέτι λέγειν ἠνείχοντο ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν 1244 χαλεπήνας Κωνσταντῖνος ὑπερορίαν αὑτοὺς οἰκεῖν κατεδίκασεν. δὲ 7| ὕπαρ θεόθεν. προανεφάνη τῇ ἀδελφῇ τοῦ βασιλέως, ὡς ὀρθῶς δοξάζουσι, καὶ ἀδίκως τάδε πεπόνθασιν. Ἔχ τούτου δὲ τὸν βασιλέα μετακαλέσασθαι αὐτοὺς, καὶ πυθέσθαι. τί δήποτε παρὰ τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαντα φρονοῦσι, καὶ ταῦτα κοινωνοὶ γενόμενοι τῆς ἐκτεθείσης ἐνθάδε ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει γραφῆς. Τοὺς δὲ φάναι, οὐχ ἀπὸ γνώμης συναινέσαι δεδιότας δὲ μὴ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἔριδος ἐπὶ τούτῳ γενομένῆς, χαταγνῳ ὡς ἀμφιθόλου τοῦ δόγματος, πρὸς Ἑλληνισμὸν τραπείη, καὶ διώξει τὴν ᾿Εχχλησίαν, ἔναγχος Χριστιανίζειν ἀρξάμενος, καὶ ἔτι ἀδάπτιστος ὥν. Ἐπὶ ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ φασὶ Κωνσταντῖνον συγγνώμην αὐτοῖς νεῖμαι" προνοῆσαι δὲ πάλιν ἑτέραν συναθροῖσαι σύνοδον. Ἐν δὲ τῷ ταῦτα βουλεύεσθαι φθαπάσης τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς, οἷα πρεσδυτέρῳ παιδὶ ἐντείλασθαι Κωνσταντίῳ το" τοῦτο ἐπιτελέσαι, ὡς οὐδὲν ὄφελος ὃν αὐτῷ βασιλείας, εἰ μὴ συμφώνως πρὸς πάντων τὸ Θεῖον θρησχεύοιτο. Τὸν δὲ τῷ πατρὶ πειθόμενον, τὴν ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ συγχροτῆσαι σύνοδον, μάλιστα τὸ ψεῦδος φωρᾶται. Συνεληλύθασι γὰρ Ὑπατίου καὶ Εὐσεδίου ὑπατευόντων, ἡνίκα ἀμφὶ τὸ δεύτῆρον καὶ εἰχοστὸν ἔτος ἐν τῇ ἡγεμονίᾳ διήῆνυς Κωνστάντιος, μετὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τελευτὴν ᾿ πολλῶν ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ συνόδων γενομένων, ἐν αἷς περὶ ὁμοουσίου ὁμοιοουσίου ζήτησις ἣν. Τὸ δὲ χατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζειν, παντελῶς οὐδεὶς ἠθέλησεν, εἰσότε περὶ τούτου ᾿Αέτιος χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκε. Καὶ ἐπὶ ἀναιρέσει τοῦ τοιούτου δόγματος, ἐν Σελευκείᾳ προσέταξε κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τοὺς ἱερέας συνελθεῖν. Ὥστε τὴν ἀληθῆ αἰτίαν ταυτησὶ τῆς συνόδου γενέσθαι, οὐ τὴν Κωνσταντίνου κέλευσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ᾿Δέτιον ζήτησιν, Ὅτι μὲν οὖν τάδε ὧδε ἔχει, τὰ ἑξῆς ἐπιδείξει.
Ou thaumaston de, ei ho basileus auto touto peponthen; epei kai tōn hiereōn polloi aphiloneikōs to onoma touto prosiento, tę̄ dianoią synadontes tois en Nikaią synelēlythosin. Hoi de hekaterą lexei mēden diapheromenoi, echrōnto epi tēs autēs sēmasias. "Ōste moi dokei para poly tēs alētheias kekompseusthai ekeinon ton logon tois ta ᾿Areiou phronousin. Legousi gar hōs meta tēn en Nikaią͵ synodon, polloi tōn hiereōn, hōn ēsan Eusebios kai Theognios, ouketi legein ēneichonto homoousion tǭ Patri ton 1244 chalepēnas Kōnstantinos hyperorian hautous oikein katedikasen. de 7| hypar theothen. proanephanē tę̄ adelphę̄ tou basileōs, hōs orthōs doxazousi, kai adikōs tade peponthasin. Ech toutou de ton basilea metakalesasthai autous, kai pythesthai. ti dēpote para ta en Nikaią doxanta phronousi, kai tauta koinōnoi genomenoi tēs ektetheisēs enthade epi tę̄ pistei graphēs. Tous de phanai, ouch apo gnōmēs synainesai dediotas de mē, hōs eikos, eridos epi toutǭ genomenēs, chatagnǭ hōs amphitholou tou dogmatos, pros Hellēnismon trapeiē, kai diōxei tēn ᾿Echchlēsian, enanchos Christianizein arxamenos, kai eti adaptistos hōn. Epi tautę̄ de tę̄ apologią phasi Kōnstantinon syngnōmēn autois neimai" pronoēsai de palin heteran synathroisai synodon. En de tǭ tauta bouleuesthai phthapasēs tēs autou teleutēs, hoia presdyterǭ paidi enteilasthai Kōnstantiǭ to" touto epitelesai, hōs ouden ophelos hon autǭ basileias, ei mē symphōnōs pros pantōn to Theion thrēscheuoito. Ton de tǭ patri peithomenon, tēn en ᾿Ariminǭ synchrotēsai synodon, malista to pseudos phōratai. Synelēlythasi gar Hypatiou kai Eusediou hypateuontōn, hēnika amphi to deutēron kai eichoston etos en tę̄ hēgemonią diēēnys Kōnstantios, meta tēn tou patros teleutēn ᾿ pollōn en tǭ metaxy synodōn genomenōn, en hais peri homoousiou homoioousiou zētēsis hēn. To de chat᾽ ousian homoion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazein, pantelōs oudeis ēthelēsen, eisote peri toutou ᾿Aetios chalepōs ēnenke. Kai epi anairesei tou toioutou dogmatos, en Seleukeią prosetaxe kata ton auton chronon tous hiereas synelthein. Hōste tēn alēthē aitian tautēsi tēs synodou genesthai, ou tēn Kōnstantinou keleusin, alla tēn ᾿Detion zētēsin, Hoti men oun tade hōde echei, ta hexēs epideixei.
It is not surprising that the emperor was affected in this way, since many of the priests too accepted this term without contention, agreeing in meaning with those who had met at Nicaea; and others, finding no difference between the two words, used them with the same sense. So it seems to me that the story put about by those who hold the views of Arius is far from the truth. For they say that after the synod of Nicaea many of the priests, among them Eusebius and Theognis, would no longer say that the Son is of the same essence as the Father; that Constantine, angry at this, condemned them to live in exile; that it was revealed by God beforehand to the emperor's sister, in a dream or a waking vision, that they held right views and had suffered unjustly; that the emperor then recalled them and asked why they held views contrary to what was decided at Nicaea, especially since they had taken part in the document on the faith set out there; and that they said they had assented not from conviction, but fearing that, if strife arose on this, he would naturally condemn the doctrine as doubtful and turn to paganism and persecute the church, since he had only lately begun to be a Christian and was still unbaptized. On this defence, they say, Constantine pardoned them and planned to gather another synod; but his death came before he could carry this out, and he charged his elder son Constantius to accomplish it, since there was no profit to him in empire unless the Divine were worshipped by all in harmony; and Constantius, obeying his father, convened the synod at Ariminum. Here above all the falsehood is detected. For they met in the consulship of Hypatius and Eusebius, when Constantius was completing about the twenty-second year of his reign after his father's death, and many synods had been held in between, at which there was inquiry into “of the same essence” and “of like essence.” No one at all was willing to deny that the Son is like the Father in essence until Aetius gave offence on this point; and to do away with such a doctrine, the emperor ordered the priests to meet at Seleucia at the same time. So the true cause of this synod was not Constantine's command but Aetius's inquiry. That this is so, what follows will show.
3.20PG 67:1099–1101
Ὁ δὲ Κώνστας τὰ ἐν Σαρδικῇ γεγενημένα μαθών, ἔγραψε τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον καὶ Παῦλον τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐκκλησίας. Ὡς δὲ ἀνεβάλλετο, πάλιν ἔγραψεν, ἢ δέχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἢ πρὸς πόλεμον παρασκευάσασθαι. Κοινωσάμενος δὲ περὶ τούτου Κωνστάντιος τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόποις, εὔηθες ἐνόμισε τούτου χάριν ἐμφύλιον αἱρεῖσθαι μάχην. Μετακαλεῖται δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιον ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας, δημόσια ὀχήματα δοὺς αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν ἐπάνοδον, καὶ γράμμασι πολλάκις προτρέψας θᾶττον ἐπανελθεῖν. ᾿Αθανάσιος δὲ ἐν Ἀκυληίᾳ τότε διάγων, δεξάμενος τὸ Κωνσταντίου γράμματα, ἧκεν εἰς Ῥώμην, τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἰούλιον συνταξόμενος. Ὁ δὲ μάλα φιλοφρό νως ἀπέπεμψεν αὐτὸν, ἐπιστολὴν δοὺς πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αλε ξανδρέων κλῆρον καὶ λαὸν, ὡς εἰκὸς τὸν ἄνδρα θαυμάζουσαν, ἐπιδοξότατον τοῖς πολλοῖς κινδύνοις γεγενημένον, καὶ συνηδομένην τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησία ἐπὶ τοσούτου; ἱερέως ἐπανόδῳ, καὶ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονεῖν παρακελευομένην. Ἐντεῦθέν τε ἧκεν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν τῆς Συρίας, ὅπου τότε διέτριβεν ὁ βασιλεύς· τὰς δὲ Ἐκκλησίας κατεῖχε Λεόντιος. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν Εὐσταθίου φυγὴν, οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως τὸν ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐπετρόπευον θρόνον· πρῶτος μὲν Εὐφρόνιος μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Πλάκητος, καὶ ἐφεξῆς Στέφανος. Ὡς ἀναξίου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀποχειροτονηθέντος, Λεόντιος τότε τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διεῖπεν. Ον ὡς ἑτερόδοξον, παρῃτεῖτο ᾿Αθανάσιος · τοῖς δὲ καλουμένοις Εὐσταθιανοῖς ἐκοινώνει, ἐν ἰδιωτῶν οἰκίαις ἐκκλησιάζων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εὔνου καὶ ἐπιεικοῦς ἐπειράθη Κωνσταντίου καὶ ἐδόκει τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῷ ἀπολαβεῖν Ἐκκλησίαν, ὑποθεμένων τῶν προεστώτων τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως· ᾿Αλλ' ἐγὼ μὲν, ἔφη ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἕτοιμός εἰμι περάναι τὰς ὑποσχέσεις, ἐφ᾿ αἷς σε μετεκαλεσάμην. Ἐν δίκῃ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς, ἣν ἂν αἰτήσαιμι χάριν, προθύμως συγχωρήσεις. Ἡ δὲ ἐστιν, ὥστε ἐκ πολλῶν τῶν ὑπό σε ἐκκλησιῶν μίαν ἔχειν τοὺς κοινωνεῖν σοι παραιτουμένους. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος, Καὶ μάλα, βασιλεῦ, εἶπε, δίκαιον καὶ ἀναγκαῖον, τοῖς σοῖς προστάγμασι πείθεσθαι, καὶ οὐκ ἀντερῶ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἀνὰ τῶν ἑτεροδόξων ἡμῖν ἀποφεύγοντες, παραπλησίαν τήνδε τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν πόλιν, εἰσὶν οἱ τὴν κοινωνίαν αἰτῶ χάριν, ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὺς μίαν ἔχειν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἀδεῶς ἐν ταύτῃ συνιέναι. Δίκαια δὲ λέγειν ᾿Αθανάσιον τοῦ βασιλέως δοκιμάσαντος, ἄμεινον ἐφάνη τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἑτέρας αἱρέσεως ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, λογιζεμένοις ὡς οὐ πάντως τὰ τῆς οἰκείας δόξης ἐπίδοσιν ἕξει παρὰ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι δι' αὐτὸν ᾿Αθανάσιον · ἱκανὸν ὄντα τοὺς ὁμοφρονοῦντας ἀσφαλῶς ἔχειν, καὶ τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐπάγεσθαι · παρὰ δὲ Ἀντιοχεῦσιν εἰ τοῦτο γένοιτο, πρῶτον μὲν συγκροτηθήσεσθαι τοὺς Εὐσταθίου ἐπαινέτας πολλοὺς ὄντας. Ἔπειτα δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, νεωτέρων αὐτοὺς πειραθήσεσθαι πραγμάτων, ἐξὸν ἀκινδύνως ἔχειν οὓς ἔχουσιν· ἐπεὶ καὶ κρατούντων αὐτῶν τῶν τῇδε ἐκκλησιῶν, οὐ παντελῶς οἷς ἐδόξαζον ὁ πᾶς κλῆρος καὶ ὁ λαὸς ἐπείθοντο· ἀλλὰ κατὰ χοροὺς ὡς ἔθος ἐν τῷ ὑμνεῖν τὸν Θεὸν συνιστάμενοι, πρὸς τῷ τέλει τῶν ᾠδῶν τὴν οἰκείαν προαίρεσιν ἐπεδείκνυον. Καὶ οἱ μὲν, Πατέρα καὶ Υἱὸν ὡς ὁμότιμον ἐδόξαζον· οἱ δὲ, Πατέρα ἐν Υἱῷ, τῇ παρενθέσει τῆς προθέσεως, δευτερεύειν τὸν Υἱὸν ἀποφαίνοντες. Αμέλει τοι τούτων ὧδε γεγενημένων, ἀπορῶν ὅ τι ποιήσειε Λεόντιος, ὃς κατὰ τόνδε τὸν χρόνον ἐκ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως τὸν ᾿Αντιοχέων διεῖπε θρόνον, κωλύειν μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησε τοὺς κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου τὸν Θεὸν ὑμνοῦντας · ἐδεδίει γὰρ, μὴ στασιάσῃ τὸ πλῆθος· λέγεται δὲ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐφαψάμενος, ὑπὸ πολιᾶς λευκῆς οὔσης, εἰπεῖν· ὡς ταυτησὶ τῆς χιόνος λυθείσης, πολὺς ἔσται πηλός. Ὑποδηλῶν ὡς αὐτοῦ τελευτήσαντος, εἰς στάσιν τῷ λαῷ καταλήξει ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὕμνοις διαφωνία, μὴ ἀνεχομένων τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτὸν ὁμοίως συμπεριφέρεσθαι τῷ πλήθει.
Ho de Kōnstas ta en Sardikę̄ gegenēmena mathōn, egrapse tǭ adelphǭ apodounai tois amphi ton ᾿Athanasion kai Paulon tas heautōn ekklēsias. Hōs de aneballeto, palin egrapsen, ē dechesthai tous andras, ē pros polemon paraskeuasasthai. Koinōsamenos de peri toutou Kōnstantios tois ana tēn Heō episkopois, euēthes enomise toutou charin emphylion haireisthai machēn. Metakaleitai de ᾿Athanasion ek tēs Italias, dēmosia ochēmata dous autǭ pros tēn epanodon, kai grammasi pollakis protrepsas thatton epanelthein. ᾿Athanasios de en Akylēią tote diagōn, dexamenos to Kōnstantiou grammata, hēken eis Rhōmēn, tois amphi ton Ioulion syntaxomenos. Ho de mala philophro nōs apepempsen auton, epistolēn dous pros ton ᾿Ale xandreōn klēron kai laon, hōs eikos ton andra thaumazousan, epidoxotaton tois pollois kindynois gegenēmenon, kai synēdomenēn tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn ekklēsia epi tosoutou? hiereōs epanodǭ, kai ta autou phronein parakeleuomenēn. Enteuthen te hēken eis ᾿Antiocheian tēs Syrias, hopou tote dietriben ho basileus; tas de Ekklēsias kateiche Leontios. Meta gar tēn Eustathiou phygēn, hoi ek tēs enantias haireseōs ton ᾿Antiocheias epetropeuon thronon; prōtos men Euphronios meta de touton Plakētos, kai ephexēs Stephanos. Hōs anaxiou de autou apocheirotonēthentos, Leontios tote tēn episkopēn dieipen. On hōs heterodoxon, parę̄teito ᾿Athanasios ; tois de kaloumenois Eustathianois ekoinōnei, en idiōtōn oikiais ekklēsiazōn. Epei de eunou kai epieikous epeirathē Kōnstantiou kai edokei tēn idian autǭ apolabein Ekklēsian, hypothemenōn tōn proestōtōn tēs enantias haireseōs; ᾿All' egō men, ephē ho basileus, hetoimos eimi peranai tas hyposcheseis, eph᾿ hais se metekalesamēn. En dikę̄ de kai autos, hēn an aitēsaimi charin, prothymōs synchōrēseis. Hē de estin, hōste ek pollōn tōn hypo se ekklēsiōn mian echein tous koinōnein soi paraitoumenous. Hypolabōn de ᾿Athanasios, Kai mala, basileu, eipe, dikaion kai anankaion, tois sois prostagmasi peithesthai, kai ouk anterō. Epei de kai ana tōn heterodoxōn hēmin apopheugontes, paraplēsian tēnde tēn ᾿Antiocheian polin, eisin hoi tēn koinōnian aitō charin, hōste kai autous mian echein ekklēsian, kai adeōs en tautę̄ synienai. Dikaia de legein ᾿Athanasion tou basileōs dokimasantos, ameinon ephanē tois apo tēs heteras haireseōs hēsychian agein, logizemenois hōs ou pantōs ta tēs oikeias doxēs epidosin hexei para ᾿Alexandreusi di' auton ᾿Athanasion ; hikanon onta tous homophronountas asphalōs echein, kai tous enantious epagesthai ; para de Antiocheusin ei touto genoito, prōton men synkrotēthēsesthai tous Eustathiou epainetas pollous ontas. Epeita de, hōs eikos, neōterōn autous peirathēsesthai pragmatōn, exon akindynōs echein hous echousin; epei kai kratountōn autōn tōn tę̄de ekklēsiōn, ou pantelōs hois edoxazon ho pas klēros kai ho laos epeithonto; alla kata chorous hōs ethos en tǭ hymnein ton Theon synistamenoi, pros tǭ telei tōn ǭdōn tēn oikeian proairesin epedeiknyon. Kai hoi men, Patera kai Huion hōs homotimon edoxazon; hoi de, Patera en Huiǭ, tę̄ parenthesei tēs protheseōs, deutereuein ton Huion apophainontes. Amelei toi toutōn hōde gegenēmenōn, aporōn ho ti poiēseie Leontios, hos kata tonde ton chronon ek tēs enantias haireseōs ton ᾿Antiocheōn dieipe thronon, kōlyein men ouk epecheirēse tous kata tēn paradosin tēs en Nikaią synodou ton Theon hymnountas ; edediei gar, mē stasiasę̄ to plēthos; legetai de tēs kephalēs ephapsamenos, hypo polias leukēs ousēs, eipein; hōs tautēsi tēs chionos lytheisēs, polys estai pēlos. Hypodēlōn hōs autou teleutēsantos, eis stasin tǭ laǭ katalēxei hē en tois hymnois diaphōnia, mē anechomenōn tōn met᾿ auton homoiōs symperipheresthai tǭ plēthei.
When Constans learned what had been done at Sardica, he wrote to his brother to give back their churches to Athanasius and Paul. When Constantius put it off, he wrote again that he should either receive the men or prepare for war. Constantius, consulting the bishops of the East about this, thought it foolish to choose civil war for this reason. He recalled Athanasius from Italy, giving him the public carriages for the return journey, and urging him by many letters to return quickly. Athanasius, who was then staying at Aquileia, on receiving Constantius's letters, came to Rome to take leave of Julius. Julius sent him away very kindly, giving him a letter to the clergy and people of Alexandria which naturally admired the man, made most famous by his many dangers, rejoiced with the church of Alexandria at the return of so great a priest, and urged them to hold his views. From there he came to Antioch in Syria, where the emperor was then staying; and Leontius held the churches. For after the exile of Eustathius those of the opposite sect had governed the see of Antioch: first Euphronius, after him Placetus, and then Stephen; and when he was deposed as unworthy, Leontius then governed the episcopate. Athanasius declined him as of another opinion, and communicated with those called Eustathians, who assembled in private houses. When he found Constantius well disposed and fair, and it seemed that he would recover his own church, at the suggestion of the leaders of the opposite sect the emperor said: “I am ready to fulfil the promises on which I recalled you. But it is just that you too should readily grant a favour I may ask: that of the many churches under you, those who decline to communicate with you may have one.” Athanasius replied: “It is most just and necessary, emperor, to obey your commands, and I will not oppose it. But since in this city of Antioch too there are those who flee communion with the heterodox and are in communion with us, I ask the same favour, that they too may have one church and meet in it without fear.” When the emperor judged that Athanasius spoke justly, it seemed better to those of the other sect to keep quiet. They reckoned that their own opinion would in any case make no progress among the Alexandrians because of Athanasius himself, who was able to keep those of his opinion secure and to win over his opponents; whereas if this happened at Antioch, first the admirers of Eustathius, who were many, would be organized, and then, naturally, they would attempt innovations, when they could have what they had without danger. For even while they held the churches there, not all the clergy and people obeyed their views; but gathering in choirs, as is the custom, to sing praise to God, they showed their own preference at the end of the odes. Some glorified the Father and the Son as equal in honour; others the Father in the Son, by inserting the preposition declaring the Son to be second. Indeed, when things had come to this, Leontius, who at this time governed the see of Antioch for the opposite sect, was at a loss what to do; he did not try to prevent those who sang praise to God according to the tradition of the synod of Nicaea, for he feared the people would riot; but it is said that, touching his head, which was white with grey hair, he said: “When this snow melts there will be much mud,” hinting that after his death the disagreement in the hymns would end in strife among the people, since those after him would not be so accommodating toward the multitude.
3.21PG 67:1101–1103
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀποπέμπει ᾿Αθανάσιον εἰς Αἴγυπτον· ἔγραψε δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ἐπισκόποις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις, καὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίας, ὀρθότητά τε βίου μαρτυρῶν αὐτῷ καὶ τρόπων ἀρετήν · παρακελευόμενος ὁμονοεῖν καὶ, ὑπὸ πρωτοστάτῃ αὐτῷ εὐχαῖς καὶ ἱκεσίαις τὸ θεῖον θεραπεύειν. Εἰ δὲ τινες ἐθελοκακοῦντες στασιώδεις άναφανεῖεν, τιμωρίαν διδόναι κατὰ τοὺς περὶ τούτων κειμένους νόμους. Προσέταξε δὲ καὶ τὰ πρότερον παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ γραφέντα κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου καὶ τῶν αὐτῷ κοινωνούντων, ἀπὸ τῶν δημοσίων ὑπομνημάτων ἀπαλειφῆναι· καὶ ὡς τὸ πρὶν, ἀτέλειαν ἔχειν λειτουργημάτων τοὺς αὐτοῦ κληρικούς. Καὶ περὶ τούτου πρὸς τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Λιβύην ἄρχοντας ἔγραψε. Παραγενόμενος δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος εἰς Αἴγυπτον, οὓς μὲν ἔγνω τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας, καθεῖλεν. Οἷς δὲ αὐτὸς ἐδοκίμασε, τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἐπέτρεψε, καὶ τὴν πίστιν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου· καὶ σπουδῇ ταύτης ἔχεσθαι ἐνετέλλετο. Λέγεται δὲ τότε καὶ διὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ποιούμενος, ὅμοια πρᾶξαι, εἰ συνέβαινε ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Αρείου κατέχεσθαι. Αμέλει τοι καὶ τοῦτο ἔγκλημα αὐτῷ ἐπῆγον, ὡς ἐν πόλεσι μηδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκούσαις, χειροτονεῖν ἐτόλμησεν. Οἷα δὲ καὶ ἀκόντων τῶν ἐναντίων κατωρθωκὼς τὴν ἐπάνοδον, καὶ διὰ τὴν φιλίαν Κώνσταντος τοῦ βασιλέως οὐ δοκῶν εὐκαταφρόνητος εἶναι, μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον ἐν τιμῇ ἦν. Πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐπισκόπων, τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπεχθείας μετέθεντο, καὶ κοινωνίας μετέδοσαν, ὡς Παλαιστινοί· παριόντα γὰρ αὐτὸν τότε δι' αὐτῶν, εὐμενῶς προσεδέξαντο· καὶ σύνοδον ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐπιτελέσαντες Μάξιμός τε καὶ ἕτεροι, ἔγραψαν περὶ αὐτοῦ τάδε.
Ho de basileus apopempei ᾿Athanasion eis Aigypton; egrapse de peri autou tois kata polin episkopois kai presbyterois, kai tǭ laǭ tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsias, orthotēta te biou martyrōn autǭ kai tropōn aretēn ; parakeleuomenos homonoein kai, hypo prōtostatę̄ autǭ euchais kai hikesiais to theion therapeuein. Ei de tines ethelokakountes stasiōdeis anaphaneien, timōrian didonai kata tous peri toutōn keimenous nomous. Prosetaxe de kai ta proteron par᾿ autou graphenta kata ᾿Athanasiou kai tōn autǭ koinōnountōn, apo tōn dēmosiōn hypomnēmatōn apaleiphēnai; kai hōs to prin, ateleian echein leitourgēmatōn tous autou klērikous. Kai peri toutou pros tous ana tēn Aigypton kai Libyēn archontas egrapse. Paragenomenos de ᾿Athanasios eis Aigypton, hous men egnō ta ᾿Areiou phronountas, katheilen. Hois de autos edokimase, tas ekklēsias epetrepse, kai tēn pistin tēs en Nikaią synodou; kai spoudę̄ tautēs echesthai enetelleto. Legetai de tote kai dia tōn allōn ethnōn tēn hodoiporian poioumenos, homoia praxai, ei synebaine tais ekklēsiais hypo tōn ᾿Areiou katechesthai. Amelei toi kai touto enklēma autǭ epēgon, hōs en polesi mēden autǭ prosēkousais, cheirotonein etolmēsen. Hoia de kai akontōn tōn enantiōn katōrthōkōs tēn epanodon, kai dia tēn philian Kōnstantos tou basileōs ou dokōn eukataphronētos einai, mallon ē proteron en timę̄ ēn. Polloi de kai tōn episkopōn, tēs pros auton apechtheias metethento, kai koinōnias metedosan, hōs Palaistinoi; parionta gar auton tote di' autōn, eumenōs prosedexanto; kai synodon en Hierosolymois epitelesantes Maximos te kai heteroi, egrapsan peri autou tade.
The emperor sent Athanasius away to Egypt, and wrote about him to the bishops and presbyters in the cities and to the people of the church of Alexandria, bearing witness to the uprightness of his life and the virtue of his character, urging them to be of one mind and, under him as their leader, to serve the Divine with prayers and supplications; and if any wilfully showed themselves seditious, they were to be punished according to the laws on such matters. He also ordered that what he had earlier written against Athanasius and those in communion with him should be erased from the public records, and that his clergy should be exempt from public duties as before; and he wrote about this to the governors in Egypt and Libya. When Athanasius came to Egypt, he deposed those he knew held the views of Arius, entrusted the churches to those he himself approved, together with the faith of the synod of Nicaea, and charged them to hold zealously to it. It is said that at that time, travelling through the other provinces too, he did the same wherever the churches happened to be held by those of Arius. Indeed, they brought this charge too against him, that he had dared to ordain in cities that did not belong to him. Since he had achieved his return in spite of his opponents, and because of his friendship with the emperor Constans did not seem one to be despised, he was in more honour than before. Many of the bishops too gave up their hostility to him and gave him communion, as did those of Palestine; for when he passed through their country at that time they received him kindly; and holding a synod at Jerusalem, Maximus and others wrote about him as follows.
3.22PG 67:1103–1105
Ἡ ἁγία σύνοδος ἡ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις συναχθεῖσα, τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ Λιβύῃ, καὶ τοῖς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ πρεσβυτέροις καὶ διακόνοις καὶ λαῷ, ἀγαπητοῖς καὶ ποθεινοτάτοις ἀδελφοῖς, ἐν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν. Κατ᾿ ἀξίαν τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ εὐχαριστεῖν οὐκ ἀρκοῦμεν, ἀγαπητοὶ, ἐφ᾽ οἷς θαυμασίοις ἐποίησε πάντοτε, ἐποίησε δὲ καὶ νῦν μετὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας Ἐκκλησίας, τὸν ποιμένα ὑμῶν καὶ κύριον καὶ συλλειτουργὸν ἡμῶν ᾿Αθανάσιον ἀποδοὺς ὑμῖν. Τίς γὰρ ἤλπισέ ποτε ταῦτα ὀφθαλμοῖς ἰδεῖν, ἃ νῦν ὑμεῖς ? ἔργῳ ἀπολαμβάνετε; ἀλλ᾿ ἀληθῶς αἱ εὐχαὶ ὑμῶν αὐτὸν καὶ ἡμᾶς ἡνῶσθαι. Ὀφείλετε δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰσηκούσθησαν παρὰ τῷ τῶν ὅλων Θεῷ, τῷ κηδομένῳ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπιδόντι ὑμῶν τὰ δάκρυα καὶ τοὺς ὀδυρμοὺς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῶν δεήσεων ὑμῶν ἐπακούσαντι. Ἦτε γὰρ ὡς πρόβατα ἐῤῥιμμένα καὶ ἐσκυλμένα, μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. Καὶ διατοῦτο ἐπεσκέψατο ὑμᾶς ὁ ἀληθινὸς ποιμὴν οὐρανόθεν, ὁ τῶν ἰδίων προβάτων κηδόμενος, ἀποδοὺς ὑμῖν ὃν ἐπαθεῖτε. Ἰδοὺ γὰρ καὶ ἡμεῖς πάντα ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκκλη - σιαστικῆς εἰρήνης πράττοντες, καὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ συμπνέοντες ἀγάπη, προλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἠσπασάμεθα · καὶ κοινωνήσαντες δι' αὐτοῦ ὑμῖν ταύτας τὰς προσρήσεις διαπεμπόμεθα, καὶ τὰς εὐχαριστηρίους ὑμῶν εὐχὰς, ἵν᾽ εἰδῆτε τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς ἀγάπης πρὸς εὐσεβείας τῶν θεοφιλεστάτων βασιλέων εὔχεσθαι · οἵτινες καὶ αὐτοὶ γνόντες τὸν πόθον ὑμῶν καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ καθαρότητα, ἀποκαταστησαι ὑμῖν αὐτὸν μετὰ πάσης τιμῆς κατηξίωσαν. Ὑπτίαις οὖν δεξάμενοι αὐτὸν χερσὶ, καὶ τὰς ὀφειλομένας ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ εὐχαριστηρίους εὐχὰς ἀναπέμψαι τῷ ταῦτα ὑμῖν χαρισαμένῳ Θεῷ σπουδάσατε, ὑπὲρ τοῦ διὰ παντὸς ὑμᾶς χαίρειν σὺν Θεῷ, καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν Κύριον ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ Κυρίῳ ἡμῶν, δι' οὗ τῷ Πατρὶ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ᾿Αμήν.
Hē hagia synodos hē en Hierosolymois synachtheisa, tois en Aigyptǭ kai Libyę̄, kai tois en Alexandreią presbyterois kai diakonois kai laǭ, agapētois kai potheinotatois adelphois, en Kyriǭ chairein. Kat᾿ axian tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ eucharistein ouk arkoumen, agapētoi, eph᾽ hois thaumasiois epoiēse pantote, epoiēse de kai nyn meta tēs hymeteras Ekklēsias, ton poimena hymōn kai kyrion kai sylleitourgon hēmōn ᾿Athanasion apodous hymin. Tis gar ēlpise pote tauta ophthalmois idein, ha nyn hymeis ? ergǭ apolambanete? all᾿ alēthōs hai euchai hymōn auton kai hēmas hēnōsthai. Opheilete de kai hyper tēs eisēkousthēsan para tǭ tōn holōn Theǭ, tǭ kēdomenǭ tēs Ekklēsias autou, kai epidonti hymōn ta dakrya kai tous odyrmous, kai dia touto tōn deēseōn hymōn epakousanti. Ēte gar hōs probata errhimmena kai eskylmena, mē echonta poimena. Kai diatouto epeskepsato hymas ho alēthinos poimēn ouranothen, ho tōn idiōn probatōn kēdomenos, apodous hymin hon epatheite. Idou gar kai hēmeis panta hyper tēs ekklē - siastikēs eirēnēs prattontes, kai tę̄ hymeterą sympneontes agapē, prolabontes auton ēspasametha ; kai koinōnēsantes di' autou hymin tautas tas prosrēseis diapempometha, kai tas eucharistērious hymōn euchas, hin᾽ eidēte tǭ syndesmǭ tēs agapēs pros eusebeias tōn theophilestatōn basileōn euchesthai ; hoitines kai autoi gnontes ton pothon hymōn kai tēn autou katharotēta, apokatastēsai hymin auton meta pasēs timēs katēxiōsan. Hyptiais oun dexamenoi auton chersi, kai tas opheilomenas hyper autou eucharistērious euchas anapempsai tǭ tauta hymin charisamenǭ Theǭ spoudasate, hyper tou dia pantos hymas chairein syn Theǭ, kai doxazein ton Kyrion en Christǭ Iēsou tǭ Kyriǭ hēmōn, di' hou tǭ Patri hē doxa eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. ᾿Amēn.
“The holy synod gathered at Jerusalem to the presbyters, deacons and people in Egypt and Libya and in Alexandria, beloved and most longed-for brothers, greeting in the Lord. We cannot thank the God of all worthily, beloved, for the wonders he has always done, and has done now with your church, in giving back to you your shepherd and lord and our fellow minister Athanasius. For who ever hoped to see with his eyes what you now receive in fact? But truly your prayers have been heard by the God of all, who cares for his church and has looked upon your tears and lamentations, and for this reason has heard your petitions. For you were like sheep scattered and harassed, having no shepherd. Therefore the true Shepherd, who cares for his own sheep, has visited you from heaven and given back to you the one you longed for. For see, we too, doing everything for the peace of the church and breathing with your love, have met him first and embraced him; and having entered into communion with you through him, we send you these greetings and our prayers of thanksgiving, so that you may know that we too are united with you by the bond of love. You ought also to pray for the piety of the most God-beloved emperors, who themselves, knowing your longing and his innocence, have seen fit to restore him to you with all honour. Receive him, then, with outstretched hands, and be eager to send up the thanksgiving you owe for him to God, who has granted you these things, so that you may always rejoice with God and glorify the Lord in Christ Jesus our Lord, through whom be glory to the Father for ever and ever. Amen.”
3.23PG 67:1105–1107
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔγραψεν ἡ ἐκ Παλαιστίνης σύνοδος. Μέγιστον δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις ᾿Αθανασίῳ συνεκύρησε, περιφανῶς ἐλέγχον, ἀδίκως αὐτοῦ καταδικάσαι τοὺς ἐν Τύρῳ συνεληλυθότας. Οὐάλης γὰρ καὶ Οὐρσάκιος, οἱ σὺν τοῖς ἀμφὶ Θεόγνιον, ὡς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, εἰς τὸν Μαρεώτην παρεγένοντο ἐρευνῆσαι, εἰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰσχυρίωνος γραφὴν ποτήριον ἱερὸν συνέτριψε, μεταμεληθέντες τάδε ἔγραψαν Ἰουλίῳ τῷ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπῳ. Τῷ Κυρίῳ μακαριωτάτῳ πάπᾳ Ἰουλίῳ, Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης. Ἐπειδὴ συνέστησεν ἡμᾶς πρὸ τούτου πολλά τε καὶ δεινὰ περὶ ᾿Αθανασίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου διὰ γραμμάτων ὑμῶν ὑποβεβληκέναι, γράμμασι τῆς σῆς Χρηστότητος μεθοδευθέντες, τοῦ πράγματος χάριν περὶ οὗ ἐδηλώσαμεν, οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν λόγον ἀποδοῦναι, ὁμολογοῦμεν παρὰ τῇ σῇ Χρηστότητι, παρόντων τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν πάντων τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ὅτι πάντα τὰ πρὸ τούτου ἐλθόντα εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ὑμῶν περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ προειρημένου ᾿Αθανασίου, ψευδῆ καὶ πλαστά ἐστιν, πάσῃ τε δυνάἀλλότρια αὑτοῦ τυγχάνε: " διά τε τοῦτο, ἡδέως ἀντιποιούμεθα τῆς κοινωνίας τοῦ προειρημένου ᾿Αθανασίου " μάλιστα ὅτι ἡ Θεοσέδειά σου κατὰ τὴν ἔμφυτον αὐτῆς χαλοχαγαθίαν, τῇ πλάνῃ ἡμῶν συγγνώμην κατηξίωσε δοῦναι. 'Ομολογοῦμεν τοῦτο, ὅτι ἐάν ποτε ἡμᾶς οἱ ἀνατολικοὶ θελήσωσιν, 7| αὐτὸς ᾿Αθανάσιος χαχοτρόπως περὶ τούτου εἰς κρίσιν καλέσαι, μὴ. ἀπέρχεσθαι παρὰ γνώμην τῆς σῆς διαθέσεως. Τὸν δὲ αἱρετικὸν τοὺς ὑπερασπίζοντας αὐτῷ. τοὺς λέγοντας, ποτε ὅτε οὐχ ἦν ὁ Υἱὸς, ὅτι τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Χριστός ἐστιν, τοὺς ἀρνουμένους τὸν Χριστὸν Θεὸν εἷναι καὶ Υἱὸν Θεοῦ πρὸ αἰώνων, καθὼς καὶ ἐν τῷ προτέρῳ λιβέλλῳ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῇ Μεδιολάνων ἐπιδεδώχαμεν, νῦν ἀεὶ ἀναθεματίζομεν παῦτα δὲ τῇ χειρὶ αὐτῶν γράψαντες, ὁμολογοῦμεν πάλιν ὅτι τὴν ᾿Αρειανιχὴν αἵρετιν, καθὰ προείπομεν, τοὺς ταύτης αὐθέντας χατεχρίναμεν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, Ἐγὼ Οὐρσάκιος τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ μου ταύτῃ παρὼν ὑκἐγραψα ὡσαύτως δὲ Οὐάλης. Καὶ ἃ μὲν πρὸς Ἰούλιον ὡμολόγησαν, ταῦτά ἐστιν. δὲ καὶ πρὸς ᾿Αθανάσιον ἔγραψαν, ἀναγκαίως παραθήσομαι. Ἔχει δὲ
Kai ta men hōde egrapsen hē ek Palaistinēs synodos. Megiston de epi toutois ᾿Athanasiǭ synekyrēse, periphanōs elenchon, adikōs autou katadikasai tous en Tyrǭ synelēlythotas. Oualēs gar kai Oursakios, hoi syn tois amphi Theognion, hōs prosthen eirētai, eis ton Mareōtēn paregenonto ereunēsai, ei kata tēn Ischyriōnos graphēn potērion hieron synetripse, metamelēthentes tade egrapsan Iouliǭ tǭ Rhōmaiōn episkopǭ. Tǭ Kyriǭ makariōtatǭ papą Iouliǭ, Oursakios kai Oualēs. Epeidē synestēsen hēmas pro toutou polla te kai deina peri ᾿Athanasiou tou episkopou dia grammatōn hymōn hypobeblēkenai, grammasi tēs sēs Chrēstotētos methodeuthentes, tou pragmatos charin peri hou edēlōsamen, ouk ēdynēthēmen logon apodounai, homologoumen para tę̄ sę̄ Chrēstotēti, parontōn tōn adelphōn hēmōn pantōn tōn presbyterōn, hoti panta ta pro toutou elthonta eis tas akoas hymōn peri tou onomatos tou proeirēmenou ᾿Athanasiou, pseudē kai plasta estin, pasę̄ te dynaallotria hautou tynchane: " dia te touto, hēdeōs antipoioumetha tēs koinōnias tou proeirēmenou ᾿Athanasiou " malista hoti hē Theosedeia sou kata tēn emphyton autēs chalochagathian, tę̄ planę̄ hēmōn syngnōmēn katēxiōse dounai. 'Omologoumen touto, hoti ean pote hēmas hoi anatolikoi thelēsōsin, 7| autos ᾿Athanasios chachotropōs peri toutou eis krisin kalesai, mē. aperchesthai para gnōmēn tēs sēs diatheseōs. Ton de hairetikon tous hyperaspizontas autǭ. tous legontas, pote hote ouch ēn ho Huios, hoti tou mē ontos Christos estin, tous arnoumenous ton Christon Theon heinai kai Huion Theou pro aiōnōn, kathōs kai en tǭ proterǭ libellǭ heautōn en tę̄ Mediolanōn epidedōchamen, nyn aei anathematizomen pauta de tę̄ cheiri autōn grapsantes, homologoumen palin hoti tēn ᾿Areianichēn hairetin, katha proeipomen, tous tautēs authentas chatechrinamen eis ton aiōna, Egō Oursakios tę̄ homologią mou tautę̄ parōn hykegrapsa hōsautōs de Oualēs. Kai ha men pros Ioulion hōmologēsan, tauta estin. de kai pros ᾿Athanasion egrapsan, anankaiōs parathēsomai. Echei de
So wrote the synod of Palestine. A very great thing besides befell Athanasius, which clearly proved that those who met at Tyre had condemned him unjustly. For Valens and Ursacius, who, as was said before, had gone with Theognis's party to the Mareotis to inquire whether he had broken a sacred chalice, as Ischyrion's charge alleged, repented and wrote as follows to Julius, bishop of the Romans: “To the lord most blessed Pope Julius, Ursacius and Valens. Since it is established that we earlier made many grievous charges against Athanasius the bishop in our letters, and when summoned by letters of your Goodness we could not give an account of the matter about which we had informed, we confess before your Goodness, in the presence of all our brothers the presbyters, that everything that came earlier to your hearing about the name of the aforesaid Athanasius is false and fabricated and wholly foreign to him. For this reason we gladly embrace communion with the aforesaid Athanasius, especially since your Piety, in its innate goodness, has seen fit to grant pardon for our error. We confess also that if ever the Easterners, or even Athanasius himself, should wish maliciously to summon us to judgment about this, we will not go without your consent. The heretic Arius and his supporters, who say, ‘There was once when the Son was not,’ and ‘Christ is from what was not,’ and who deny that Christ is God and Son of God before the ages, as we also stated in our former libellus given at Milan, we anathematize now and always. Having written this with our own hand, we confess again that, as we said before, we have condemned the Arian heresy and its authors for ever. I, Ursacius, subscribed this my confession in person; likewise Valens.” This is what they confessed to Julius. What they also wrote to Athanasius I shall necessarily set down. It reads as follows.
3.24PG 67:1107–1109
Κυρίῳ ἀδελφῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ᾿Αθανασίῳ, Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης ἐπίσκοποι. 'Δφορμὴν εὑρόντες διὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ συμπρεσβυτέρου ἡμῶν Μουσαίου ἐρχομένου πρὸς τὴν σὴν ἀγάπην, ἀδελφὲ ἀγαπητὲ, διὰ τούτου σε πάνυ αγορεύομεν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αχυλίας " εὐχόμεθά ὑγιαίνοντα, τὰ γράμματα τὰ ἡμέτερα ἀναγνῶναι. Δώσεις γὰρ ἡμῖν θαῤῥεῖν, ἐὰν σὺ ἐν τῷ γράφειν ἀποδῶς ἡμῖν τὴν ἀμοιβήν. Γίνωσκε γὰρ ἡμᾶς εἰρήνην ἔχειν μετά σου, καὶ κοινωνίαν ἐκκλησιαστικήν. τούτων γνώρισμα, ἡ διὰ τούτων τῶν γραμμάτων προσηγορία. ᾿Αθανάσιος μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐκ τῆς πρὸς δύσιν ἀρχομένης ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον. Καὶ Παῦλος δὲ καὶ Μάρκελλος, ᾿Ασκληπᾶς τε καὶ Λούκιος, τοὺς ἰδίους ἀπέλαβον θρόνους. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ τούτοις γράμματα βασιλέως ἐπέτρεπε τὴν ἐπάνοδον. Καὶ ἐν μὲν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει Παύλου εἰσελθόντος, ὑπεχώρησε Μακεδόνιος, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἐκκλησίαζεν. Ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ δὲ μέγιστος συνέβη θόρυβος, ἀφαιρουμένου Βασιλείου τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας, ἡνίκα Μάρκελλος εἰσῄει. Τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις οὐ χαλεπή ἡ εἴσοδος ἐγένετο.
Kyriǭ adelphǭ episkopǭ ᾿Athanasiǭ, Oursakios kai Oualēs episkopoi. 'Dphormēn heurontes dia tou adelphou sympresbyterou hēmōn Mousaiou erchomenou pros tēn sēn agapēn, adelphe agapēte, dia toutou se pany agoreuomen apo tēs ᾿Achylias " euchometha hygiainonta, ta grammata ta hēmetera anagnōnai. Dōseis gar hēmin tharrhein, ean sy en tǭ graphein apodōs hēmin tēn amoibēn. Ginōske gar hēmas eirēnēn echein meta sou, kai koinōnian ekklēsiastikēn. toutōn gnōrisma, hē dia toutōn tōn grammatōn prosēgoria. ᾿Athanasios men oun houtōs ek tēs pros dysin archomenēs epanēlthen eis Aigypton. Kai Paulos de kai Markellos, ᾿Asklēpas te kai Loukios, tous idious apelabon thronous. Kai gar dē toutois grammata basileōs epetrepe tēn epanodon. Kai en men tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei Paulou eiselthontos, hypechōrēse Makedonios, kai kath' heauton ekklēsiazen. En ᾿Ankyrą de megistos synebē thorybos, aphairoumenou Basileiou tēs enthade ekklēsias, hēnika Markellos eisę̄ei. Tois de allois ou chalepē hē eisodos egeneto.
“To the lord brother bishop Athanasius, Ursacius and Valens, bishops. Finding an opportunity through our brother and fellow presbyter Musaeus, who is coming to your love, beloved brother, we greet you warmly through him from Aquileia, and pray that you may read our letter in good health. You will give us confidence if you repay us by writing in return. For know that we are at peace with you and in ecclesiastical communion; the token of this is the greeting in this letter.” So Athanasius returned from the western part of the empire to Egypt. Paul too, and Marcellus, Asclepas and Lucius, recovered their own sees; for letters of the emperor allowed them to return. In Constantinople, when Paul entered, Macedonius withdrew and held assemblies by himself. At Ancyra a very great disturbance occurred when Basil was deprived of the church there and Marcellus entered. For the others the return was not difficult.
Chapter 4
4.1PG 67:1111
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε συνέβη. Τετάρτῳ δὲ ἔτει· τῆς ἐν Σαρδοῖ συνόδου, κτίννυται Κώνστας περὶ τοὺς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλάτας. Μαγνέντιος δὲ, ὃς αὐτῷ τὸν φόνον ἐπεβούλευσε, πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὸ Κώνσταντος ἀρχομένην, ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησε. Βρετανίων δέ τις, ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ βασιλεὺς ἀνηγορεύθη. Πλεῖστον δὲ τούτων τῶν κακῶν μέρος καὶ ἡ πρεσβυτέρα Ῥώμη μετείχε, Νεποτιανοῦ ὃς ἀδελφιδοῦς ἦν καὶ Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος, τοὺς μονομάχους περὶ ἑαυτὸν ποιησαμένου, καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀμφισβητοῦντος. ᾿Αλλ' ὁ μὲν, ὑπὸ τῶν Μαγνεντίου στρατιωτῶν ἀνῃρέθη. Κωνστάντιος δὲ, ὡς εἰς μόνον αὐτὸν τῆς πάσης ἀρχῆς περιελθούσης, αὐτοκράτωρ ἀναγορευθεὶς, τοὺς τυράννους καθελεῖν ἐσπούδαζεν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος παρεγένετο εἰς 'Αλεξάνδρειαν, καὶ σύνοδον γενέσθαι παρεσκεύασε τῶν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐπισκόπων, καὶ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς ἐν Σαρδοῖ καὶ Παλαιστίνῃ περὶ αὐτοῦ δεδογμένοις.
Kai ta men hōde synebē. Tetartǭ de etei; tēs en Sardoi synodou, ktinnytai Kōnstas peri tous pros dysin Galatas. Magnentios de, hos autǭ ton phonon epebouleuse, pasan tēn hypo Kōnstantos archomenēn, hyph᾽ heauton epoiēse. Bretaniōn de tis, hypo tōn Illyriōn stratiōtōn en tǭ Sirmiǭ basileus anēgoreuthē. Pleiston de toutōn tōn kakōn meros kai hē presbytera Rhōmē meteiche, Nepotianou hos adelphidous ēn kai Kōnstantinou tou basileusantos, tous monomachous peri heauton poiēsamenou, kai tēs basileias amphisbētountos. ᾿All' ho men, hypo tōn Magnentiou stratiōtōn anę̄rethē. Kōnstantios de, hōs eis monon auton tēs pasēs archēs perielthousēs, autokratōr anagoreutheis, tous tyrannous kathelein espoudazen. En toutǭ de ᾿Athanasios paregeneto eis 'Alexandreian, kai synodon genesthai pareskeuase tōn ex Aigyptou episkopōn, kai epipsēphisai tois en Sardoi kai Palaistinę̄ peri autou dedogmenois.
So these things happened. In the fourth year after the synod at Sardica, Constans was killed among the western Gauls; and Magnentius, who had plotted his murder, brought under himself the whole of the empire ruled by Constans. Vetranio was proclaimed emperor by the Illyrian soldiers at Sirmium. The elder Rome too had a very great share in these evils, when Nepotianus, a nephew of the emperor Constantine, gathered the gladiators about him and laid claim to the empire; but he was killed by the soldiers of Magnentius. Constantius, since the whole empire had come round to him alone, was proclaimed sole emperor and set himself to overthrow the usurpers. Meanwhile Athanasius came to Alexandria and had a synod of the bishops of Egypt held to confirm what had been decided about him at Sardica and in Palestine.
4.2PG 67:1113
Ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς ταῖς διαβολαῖς πεισθεὶς τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως ; ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐχ ἔμεινε γνώμκῃης " ἀλλ᾽ ἀπελαύνεσθαι προσέταξε, παρὰ τὰ πρότερον δεδογμένα τῇ ἐν Σαρδοῖ συνόδῳ, τῆς καθόδου τυχόντας. Ἡνίκα δὴ Μαρκέλλου πάλιν ἐκβληθέντος, τὴν ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ Ἐκκλησίαν κατέσχε Βασίλειος· Λούκιος δὲ δεσμωτηρίῳ ἐμδληθεὶς, ἀπώλετο. Παῦλος δὲ ἀϊδίῳ φυγῇ καταδικασθεὶς, εἰς Κυουχουσὸν τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας ἀπηνέχθη " ἔνθα δὴ καὶ τετελεύτηχε " εἰ — πότερον δὲ νόσῳ ἣ βίᾳ, ἐγὼ μὲν οὐχ ἀχριδῶ. Φήμη δὲ εἰς ἔτι νῦν κρατεῖ, βρόχῳ αὑτὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι παρὰ τῶν τὰ Μακεδονίου φρονούντων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ὑπερορίαν ἀπηνέχθη, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν κατέσχε Μακεδόνιος, μοναστηρίοις πολλοῖς ἃ συνεστήσατο τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν περιφράξας ἑαυτὸν, καὶ ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς πέριξ ἐπισκόπους σπονδαῖς " λέγεται διαφόρως καχῶσαι τοὺς τὰ Παύλου φρονοῦντας, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν αὐτόὺς ἐξελαύνων. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συγκοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ βιαζόμενος ' ὡς πολλοὺς. ὑπὸ πληγῶν διαφθαρῆναι " τοὺς δὲ οὐσίας; ἄλλους δὲ πολιτείας ἀφαιρεθῆναι" τοὺφ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου γενέσθαι, ἵν᾽ ἐπίσημοι εἶεν τοιοῦτο: ὄντες " βασιλέα 05 μαθόντα καταγνῶναι, καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Μακεδόνιον ἐν αἰτίᾳ ποιήσασῦαι. Κατὰ ταυτὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ Μακεδονίου καθαιρέσεως, ἡνίκα τοῦτον ἀφείλοντο τὴν Ἰίωνσταυτινουτόλεως Ἐχυλησίαν.
Ho de basileus tais diabolais peistheis tōn apo tēs enantias haireseōs ? epi tēs autēs ouch emeine gnōmkę̄ēs " all᾽ apelaunesthai prosetaxe, para ta proteron dedogmena tę̄ en Sardoi synodǭ, tēs kathodou tychontas. Hēnika dē Markellou palin ekblēthentos, tēn en ᾿Ankyrą Ekklēsian katesche Basileios; Loukios de desmōtēriǭ emdlētheis, apōleto. Paulos de aïdiǭ phygę̄ katadikastheis, eis Kyouchouson tēs ᾿Armenias apēnechthē " entha dē kai teteleutēche " ei — poteron de nosǭ hē bią, egō men ouch achridō. Phēmē de eis eti nyn kratei, brochǭ hauton anairethēnai para tōn ta Makedoniou phronountōn. Epei de eis tēn hyperorian apēnechthē, tēn Ekklēsian katesche Makedonios, monastēriois pollois ha synestēsato tēn Kōnstantinoupolin periphraxas heauton, kai tais pros tous perix episkopous spondais " legetai diaphorōs kachōsai tous ta Paulou phronountas, ta men prōta tōn ekklēsiōn autous exelaunōn. Meta de tauta synkoinōnein autǭ biazomenos ' hōs pollous. hypo plēgōn diaphtharēnai " tous de ousias? allous de politeias aphairethēnai" touph de epi tou metōpou genesthai, hin᾽ episēmoi eien toiouto: ontes " basilea 05 mathonta katagnōnai, kai tous amphi ton Makedonion en aitią poiēsasyai. Kata tauta tēs autou Makedoniou kathaireseōs, hēnika touton apheilonto tēn Iiōnstautinoutoleōs Echylēsian.
The emperor, persuaded by the slanders of those of the opposite sect, did not keep to the same mind, but ordered those to be driven out who had obtained their return contrary to what had earlier been decided by the synod at Sardica. Then, Marcellus having been expelled again, Basil held the church of Ancyra; and Lucius was thrown into prison and died. Paul was condemned to perpetual exile and was carried away to Cucusus in Armenia, where he died; whether by disease or violence I do not know exactly, but the report still prevails that he was strangled by those of Macedonius's opinion. When he had been carried into exile, Macedonius held the church, having fortified himself with many monasteries which he founded at Constantinople and with treaties with the surrounding bishops. He is said to have ill-treated those of Paul's opinion in various ways: first driving them from the churches, and afterward forcing them to communicate with him, so that many died under blows, some were deprived of property, others of citizenship, and others were branded on the forehead, so that they might be marked as such. The emperor, learning of this, condemned it and held Macedonius's party to blame; and this became a cause of the deposition of Macedonius himself, when they took from him the church of Constantinople.
4.3PG 67:1113–1115
Προηχῆε γὰρ τὸ κακὸν μέχρι φόνων καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἄλλοι τινὲς ἀνηρέθησαν, καὶ Μαρτύῤιος οὺς συνοίκους ὄντας Παύλου, λόγος ἀνδρείως ἀποθανεῖν παραδοθέντας ὑπὸ Μακεδονίου τῷ ὑπάρχῳ, ὡς αἰτίους γενομένους τῆς Ἑρμογένους ἀναιρέσεως, καὶ τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῇ στάσεως. Ἦν δὲ ὁ μὲν, ὑποδιάχονος " ὁ δὲ Μαρκιανὸς, ψάλτης καὶ ἀναγνώστης τῶν θείων Γραφῶν " ὁ ὃὲ τάφος αὐτοῖς ἐστὶν ἐπίσημος, πρὸ τοῦ τείχους τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, οἷά γε μαρτύρων μνῆμα, εὐκτήριον οἶκον περικείμενος. Ὃν οἰκοδομεῖν ἤρξατο Ἰωάννης· έτελεσιούργησε δὲ Σισίνιος, οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα προστάντες τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίας. Οὐ γὰρ ἄξιον νενομίκασι, μαρτυρίας γερῶν ἀμοιρεῖν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ Θεοῦ τιμωμένους, καθότι καὶ ὁ τῇδε τόπος, τῶν ἐπὶ θάνατον ἀγομένων ἐνθάδε τὰς κεφαλὰς ἀποτεμνομένων, τὸ πρὶν ἄβατος ὢν ὑπὸ φασμάτων, ἐκαθάρθη καὶ δαιμονῶντες τῆς νόσου ἀπηλλάγησαν, καὶ πολλὰ ἄλλα παράδοξα ἐπὶ τῷ τάφῳ αὐτῶν συνέβη. Τάδε μὲν περὶ Μαρτυρίου καὶ Μαρκιανοῦ εἰρήσθω. Εἰ δὲ τῳ οὐ πιθανὰ εἶναι δοκεῖ, πόνος οὐδεὶς ἀκριβέστερον παρὰ τῶν εἰδότων μαθεῖν. Ἴσως γὰρ καὶ τούτων θαυμαστότερα ἀφηγήσονται.
Proēchēe gar to kakon mechri phonōn kai gar dē alloi tines anērethēsan, kai Martyrios ous synoikous ontas Paulou, logos andreiōs apothanein paradothentas hypo Makedoniou tǭ hyparchǭ, hōs aitious genomenous tēs Hermogenous anaireseōs, kai tēs ep᾽ autę̄ staseōs. Ēn de ho men, hypodiachonos " ho de Markianos, psaltēs kai anagnōstēs tōn theiōn Graphōn " ho hoe taphos autois estin episēmos, pro tou teichous tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs, hoia ge martyrōn mnēma, euktērion oikon perikeimenos. Hon oikodomein ērxato Iōannēs; etelesiourgēse de Sisinios, hoi meta tauta prostantes tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsias. Ou gar axion nenomikasi, martyrias gerōn amoirein autous hypo Theou timōmenous, kathoti kai ho tę̄de topos, tōn epi thanaton agomenōn enthade tas kephalas apotemnomenōn, to prin abatos ōn hypo phasmatōn, ekatharthē kai daimonōntes tēs nosou apēllagēsan, kai polla alla paradoxa epi tǭ taphǭ autōn synebē. Tade men peri Martyriou kai Markianou eirēsthō. Ei de tǭ ou pithana einai dokei, ponos oudeis akribesteron para tōn eidotōn mathein. Isōs gar kai toutōn thaumastotera aphēgēsontai.
For the evil went as far as murders. For others were put to death, and Martyrius and Marcian, who had been members of Paul's household and, it is said, died bravely, having been handed over by Macedonius to the prefect as responsible for the death of Hermogenes and for the riot connected with it. One was a subdeacon; the other, Marcian, a cantor and reader of the divine Scriptures. Their tomb is famous, before the wall of Constantinople, a memorial as of martyrs, enclosed by a house of prayer, which John began to build and Sisinnius completed, who afterward presided over the church of Constantinople. For they have thought it not right that men honoured by God should lack the honours of martyrdom, since the place there, where those led to death had their heads cut off, which had formerly been inaccessible because of apparitions, was cleansed, those possessed by demons were freed from their affliction, and many other wonders happened at their tomb. Let this be said about Martyrius and Marcian. If it seems incredible to anyone, it is no labour to learn more exactly from those who know; perhaps they will relate things still more wonderful.
4.4PG 67:1115–1117
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ᾿Αθανασίου φυγόντος, Γεώργιος κακῶς ἐποίει τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φρονεῖν παραιτουμένους. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ Ἰλλυριοὺς στρατεύσας, ἧκεν εἰς Σίρμιον, καὶ ἐπὶ ῥηταῖς συνθήκαις εἰς ταυτὸν ἐνθάδε Βρετανίων ἦλθε. Μεταθεμένων δὲ τῶν ἀναγορευσάντων αὐτὸν στρατιωτῶν, καὶ μόνον Κωνστάντιον αὐτοκράτορα καὶ σεβαστὸν ἀναβοώντων · ὧδε γὰρ τάδε γενέσθαι αὐτῷ τε τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦσιν ἐσπουδάζετο, συνῆκε Βρετανίων τὴν προδοσίαν. Πρηνής τε παρὰ τοὺς πόδας κείμενος Κωνσταντίου, ἱκέτης ἐγίνετο. Περιελὼν δὲ αὐτοῦ Κωνστάντιος τὸν βασιλικὸν κόσμον καὶ τὴν ἀλουργίδα, ἠλέησε, καὶ ἰδιωτεύειν εἴασε, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀφθόνως ἔχειν ἀπὸ τοῦ δημοσίου προσέταξεν · οἷά γε λοιπὸν πρεσβύτην, πρεπωδέστερον εἶναι φήσας βασιλικῶν ἀπηλλάχθαι φροντίδων, καὶ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ εἶναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ κατὰ Βρετανίωνα ὧδε αὐτῷ ἀπέβη, πλείστην κατὰ Μαγνεντίου στρατείαν ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς Ἰταλίαν · Γάλλον δὲ τὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνεψιὸν Καίσαρα καταστήσας, εἰς Συρίαν ἀπέστειλεν, ἐπὶ φυλακῇ τοῦ κατὰ τὴν Ἕω κλίματος.
Hypo de touton ton chronon ᾿Athanasiou phygontos, Geōrgios kakōs epoiei tous ana tēn Aigypton homoiōs autǭ phronein paraitoumenous. Ho de basileus epi Illyrious strateusas, hēken eis Sirmion, kai epi rhētais synthēkais eis tauton enthade Bretaniōn ēlthe. Metathemenōn de tōn anagoreusantōn auton stratiōtōn, kai monon Kōnstantion autokratora kai sebaston anaboōntōn ; hōde gar tade genesthai autǭ te tǭ basilei kai tois ta autou phronousin espoudazeto, synēke Bretaniōn tēn prodosian. Prēnēs te para tous podas keimenos Kōnstantiou, hiketēs egineto. Perielōn de autou Kōnstantios ton basilikon kosmon kai tēn alourgida, ēleēse, kai idiōteuein eiase, kai ta epitēdeia aphthonōs echein apo tou dēmosiou prosetaxen ; hoia ge loipon presbytēn, prepōdesteron einai phēsas basilikōn apēllachthai phrontidōn, kai en hēsychią einai. Epei de ta kata Bretaniōna hōde autǭ apebē, pleistēn kata Magnentiou strateian exepempsen eis Italian ; Gallon de ton autou anepsion Kaisara katastēsas, eis Syrian apesteilen, epi phylakę̄ tou kata tēn Heō klimatos.
About this time, Athanasius having fled, George ill-treated those in Egypt who refused to hold the same views as he. The emperor, marching against Illyricum, came to Sirmium, and Vetranio came to meet him there on stated terms. When the soldiers who had proclaimed him changed sides and acclaimed Constantius alone as emperor and Augustus (for the emperor himself and his supporters had worked for this), Vetranio understood that he had been betrayed; and falling prostrate at Constantius's feet, he became a suppliant. Constantius, stripping him of the imperial ornaments and the purple, pitied him, allowed him to live as a private man, and ordered that he should have necessities in abundance from the public treasury, saying that, as an old man, it was more fitting for him to be released from imperial cares and to live in quiet. When things had turned out so with Vetranio, he sent a very large army against Magnentius into Italy; and having made his cousin Gallus Caesar, he sent him to Syria to guard the eastern region.
4.5PG 67:1117
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε Κυρίλλου μετὰ Μάξιμον τὴν Ἱεροσολύμων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύσαντος, σταυροῦ σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἀνεφάνη, καταυγάζον λαμπρῶς, οὐχ οἷον κομήτης ταῖς ἐλλάμψεσιν ἀποῤῥέων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν συστάσει πολλοῦ φωτὸς ἐπιεικῶς πυκνὸν καὶ διαφανές· μῆκος μὲν ὅσον ἐκ τοῦ Κρανίου μέχρι τοῦ ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, ἀμφὶ δέκα καὶ πέντε στάδια τὸν ὑπὲρ τὸν χῶρον τοῦτον οὐρανὸν ἀπολαβόν. Εὗρος δὲ, τῷ μήκει ἀνάλογον. Ὡς ἐπὶ παραδόξῳ δὲ τῷ συμβεβηκότι θαύματι, καὶ δέος πάντας ἔσχεν. Οἰκίας δὲ καὶ ἀγορὰς, καὶ ὅπερ ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος ἐργαζόμενος καταλιπὼν, ἅμα παισὶ καὶ γυναιξὶν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν συνῆλθον, καὶ κοινῇ τὸν Χριστὸν ὕμνουν, καὶ Θεὸν προθύμως ὡμολόγουν. Οὐ μετρίως δὲ πᾶν τὸ καθ' ἡμᾶς οἰκούμενον ἡ περὶ τούτου ἀγγελία κατέπληξεν. Ἐγένετο δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς μακράν. Ὡς γὰρ εἰώθει, ἐκ πάσης, ὡς εἰπεῖν, γῆς κατ᾿ εὐχὴν καὶ ἱστορίαν τῶν τῇδε τόπων Ἱεροσολύμων ένδημοῦντες, ὧν ἐγένοντο θεαταὶ, τοῖς οἰκείοις ἐμήνυσαν. Ἔγνω δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἄλλων τε πολλῶν ἀναγγειλάντων, καὶ Κυρίλλου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου γράψαντος. Ἐλέγετο δὲ παρὰ τῶν τὰ τοιάδε ἐπι στημόνων, κατά τινα προφητείαν θείαν, πάλαι ταῦτα προμεμηνύσθαι ἐν ταῖς ἱεραῖς βίβλοις. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ὧδε συμβάν, πολλοὺς Ἑλλήνων καὶ Ἰουδαίων εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν ἐπηγάγετο.
En de tǭ tote Kyrillou meta Maximon tēn Hierosolymōn Ekklēsian epitropeusantos, staurou sēmeion en tǭ ouranǭ anephanē, kataugazon lamprōs, ouch hoion komētēs tais ellampsesin aporrheōn, all᾽ en systasei pollou phōtos epieikōs pyknon kai diaphanes; mēkos men hoson ek tou Kraniou mechri tou orous tōn Elaiōn, amphi deka kai pente stadia ton hyper ton chōron touton ouranon apolabon. Heuros de, tǭ mēkei analogon. Hōs epi paradoxǭ de tǭ symbebēkoti thaumati, kai deos pantas eschen. Oikias de kai agoras, kai hoper etychen hekastos ergazomenos katalipōn, hama paisi kai gynaixin eis tēn ekklēsian synēlthon, kai koinę̄ ton Christon hymnoun, kai Theon prothymōs hōmologoun. Ou metriōs de pan to kath' hēmas oikoumenon hē peri toutou angelia kateplēxen. Egeneto de touto ouk eis makran. Hōs gar eiōthei, ek pasēs, hōs eipein, gēs kat᾿ euchēn kai historian tōn tę̄de topōn Hierosolymōn endēmountes, hōn egenonto theatai, tois oikeiois emēnysan. Egnō de touto kai ho basileus, allōn te pollōn anangeilantōn, kai Kyrillou tou episkopou grapsantos. Elegeto de para tōn ta toiade epi stēmonōn, kata tina prophēteian theian, palai tauta promemēnysthai en tais hierais biblois. Kai to men hōde symban, pollous Hellēnōn kai Ioudaiōn eis Christianismon epēgageto.
At that time, when Cyril governed the church of Jerusalem after Maximus, a sign of the cross appeared in the sky, shining brightly, not streaming out in rays like a comet, but as a mass of much light, fairly dense and transparent; in length it stretched from the place of the Skull to the Mount of Olives, taking up about fifteen stades of the sky above this place, and its breadth was in proportion to its length. At the wonderful marvel all were seized with fear. Leaving houses and markets and whatever work each was doing, they gathered with their children and wives into the church, sang praise to Christ together, and eagerly confessed him as God. The report of it greatly amazed the whole inhabited world in our part of it. It did not take long; for, as was usual, those who had come from almost every land to Jerusalem to pray and to visit the places there told their families what they had seen. The emperor also learned of it, both from many others who reported it and from a letter of Cyril the bishop. It was said by those learned in such matters that this had been foretold long ago in the sacred books by a certain divine prophecy. What happened in this way brought many pagans and Jews to Christianity.
4.6PG 67:1119–1123
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Φωτεινὸς τὴν Σιρμίῳ Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύων, ἤδη πρότερον χαινῆῇς αἱρέσεως εἰσηγητὴς γενόμενος, ἔτι τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιδημοῦντος ἐνθάδε, ἀναφανδὸν τῷ οἰκείῳ συνίστατο δόγματι. Φύσεως δὲ ἔχων εὖ λέγειν, καὶ πείθειν ἱκανὸς, πολλοὺς εἰς τὴν ὁμοίαν αὐτῷ δόξαν ἐπηγάγετο. Ἔλεγε δὲ ὡς Θεὸς μέν ἐστι παντοκράτωρ εἷς, ὁ τῷ ἰδίῳ Λόγῳ τὰ πάντα δημιουργήσας. Τὴν δὲ πρὸ αἰώνων γέννησίν τε καὶ ὕπαρξιν τοῦ Υἱοῦ οὐ ; προσίετο" ἀλλ᾽ Μαρίας γεγενῆσθαι τὸν Χριστὸν οι : εἰσηγεῖτο. Περιπύστου δὲ πολλοῖς γενομένου τοιούτου δόγματος, χαλεπῶς ἔφερον οἵ τε τῆς Δύσεως καὶ τῆς ας ἐπίσκοποι, κοινῇ. ταῦτα νεωτερίζεσθαι ὧν ἕκαστος ἐδόξαζεν, ἡγοῦντο, Καθἀπαξ γὰρ τὸ διαφωνοῦν ἐδείκνυτο τῆς Φωτεινοῦ πίστεως, πρός τε τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ τὴν παράδοσιν θαυμαζόντων, τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν ἐπαινούντων, Ἐπὶ κούτοις δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐχαλέπαινεν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε ἐν Σιρμίῳ διατρίδων, σύνοδον συνεκάλεσε. Καὶ συνῆλθον ἐχ μὲν τῆς Ἕω ἄλλοι τε, καὶ Γεώργιος ὁ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐπιτραπεὶς ᾿Εχχλησίαν, Βασίλειος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Μάρκος ὁ ᾿ΑρεθούἘχ δὲ τῆς Δύσεως, Οὐάλης τε ὁ Μούρσων, "Ὅσιος ὁ ὁμολογητῆς ὃς τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου κοινωνήσας, ἄκων ταύτης μετέσχε. Οὗτος γὰρ οὐ πολλῷ πρότερον ἐξ ἐπιδουλῆς τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων ὑπερορίαν οἰκεῖν καταδικασθεὶς, σπουδῇ τῶν ἐν Σιρμίῳ συνελθόντων, μετεκλήθη παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. ἼὭοντο γὰρ ὡς εἰ πειθοῖ τινι ἣ βίᾳ σύμψηφον σφίσι ποιήσουσιν, ἐπισημότατον ὄντα, καὶ πρὸς πάντων θαυμαζόμενον, ἀξιόχρεως αὐτοῖς μάρτυς οἰκείου δόγματος. ᾿Επεὶ οὖν ἐν Σιρμίῳ συνἦλθον " ἔτος δὲ τοῦτο ἦν μετὰ τὴν Σεργίου καὶ Νιγριανοῦ ὑπατείαν, ἡνίκα οὐδεὶς ὕπατος, οὔτε ἐχ τῆς οὔτε ἐκ τῆς Δύσεως ἀνεδείχθη, διὰ τὴν συμβᾶσαν προφάσει τῶν τυράννων περὶ τὰ κοινὰ ταραχὴν, τὸν μὲν Φωτεινὸν καθεῖλον, ὡς τὰ Σαβελλίου Παύλου. τοῦ Σαμοσατέως φρονοῦντα. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν παρὰ τὰ πρότερον δεδογμένα περὶ τῆς πίστεως, τρεῖς ἐκθέσεις ἐξέδωκαν. τὴν μὲν, τῇ Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ " τὰς δὲ τῇ Ῥωμαίων συνέταξαν, ἐν πολλοῖς περί τε ῥητὸν ἔννοιαν, οὔτε ἑαυταῖς οὔτε ταῖς προτέραις δεδογμέναις συμφωνούσας. Ἱστέον μέντοι ὡς ἢ 'Ἑλληνικὴ οὔτε ὁμοούσιον, οὔτε ὁμοιοούσιον τῷ Πα-. τρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν εἴπε τοὺς δὲ φάσκοντας αὐτὸν ἄναρχον εἶναι, ἢ πλατυνομένην τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν Υίδν ποιεῖν, ἢ συντετάχθαι, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὑποτετάχθαι τῷ Πατρὶ δόξαντας, ἀποκηρύττειν. Θατέρα δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν, περὶ μὲν οὐσίας ἣν σουσταντίαν Ῥωμαῖοι όνομάζουσιν, εἴ τε ὁμοιοούσιος, εἴ τε ὁμοούσιός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τῷ Πατρὶ, παντελῶς ἀπαγορεύει λέγειν, ὡς οὔτε ταῖς ἱεραῖς εἰρημένα Γραφαῖς, οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐννοίαις καὶ γνώσει εὔληπτα. Μείζονα δὲ χρῆναι συνομολογεῖν τὸν Πατέρα παρακελεύεται τιμῇ καὶ ἀξίᾳ, καὶ θεότητι, καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ πατρικῷ ὀνόματι. Καὶ ὑποτετάχθαι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν μετὰ πάντων ἀξιοῖ. Καὶ τοῦ μὲν Πατρὸς ἀρχὴν μὴ εἶναι· τοῦ δὲ Υἱοῦ τὴν γένεσιν, ἄγνωστον πᾶσι, πλὴν τοῦ Πατρός. Λέγεται δὲ ἤδη ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν ἐκδοθεῖσαν, ὡς μὴ δεόντως συγκειμένην, σπουδάσαι τοὺς ἐγκειμένους ἐπισκόπους ἐπὶ διορθώσει ἀναλαβεῖν· καὶ τὸν βασιλέα τοῦτο προστάξαι, τιμωρίαν ἀπειλήσαντα κατὰ τῶν ἀποκρυπτόντων. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν ἅπαξ έκδοθεῖσα, παντελῶς οὐκέτι ἔλαθεν. Ἡ δὲ τρίτη γραφή, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα συμφέρεται τῇ διανοίᾳ ταῖς ἄλλαις. δὲ τῆς οὐσίας ὄνομα περιεῖλε· καὶ αἰτίαν τήνδε αὐτοῖς ῥητοῖς ἔχει διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων φωνῆς· τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τῆς οὐσίας, ὅπερ ἁπλούστερον ἐτέθη ὑπὸ τῶν πατέρων, ἀγνοούμενον δὲ τοῖς πολλοῖς σκάνδαλον ἔφερε, διὰ τὸ μηδὲ ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς αὐτὸ ἐμφέρεσθαι, ἤρεσε περιαιρεθῆναι, καὶ παντελῶς μηδεμίαν μνήμην οὐσίας ποιεῖσθαι, διὰ τὸ μάλιστα τὰς θείας Γραφὰς μηδαμοῦ περὶ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος μίαν εἶναι οὐσίαν, γράφεται δὲ καὶ ὑπόστασιν ὀνομάζειν. Ὅμοιον δὲ λέγομεν τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς αἱ θεῖαι Γραφαὶ λέγουσι. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε περὶ τῆς πίστεως, αὐτοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως παρόντος ἔδοξεν. Ὅσιος δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν παρῃτεῖτο τούτοις συναινεῖν. Βιασθεὶς δὲ, καὶ πληγὰς, ὡς λέγεται, πρεσβύτης ὧν ὑπομείνας, συνήνεσέ τε καὶ ὑπέγραψε. Φωτεινοῦ δὲ πειρασθῆναι μετὰ τὴν καθαίρεσιν, εἴ πως δύναιτο τῆς πρὸ τοῦ μεταθέσθαι γνώμης, ἐδόκει τῇδε τῇ συνόδῳ. Ὁ δὲ, προτρεπόντων αὐτὸν τῶν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀποδώσειν ὑπισχνουμένων, εἰ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀποκηρύξει δόγμα, καὶ ταῖς αὐτῶν γραφαῖς συμψηφίσαιτο, οὐκ ἐνέσχετο · ἀλλ᾽ εἰς διάλεξιν αὐτοὺς προὐκαλεῖτο. Εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν δὲ συνελθόντων τῶν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ δικαστῶν ἐκ προστάγματος τοῦ βασιλέως προκαθεσθέντων, οἱ ἐπιστήμῃ λόγων καὶ ἀξιώματι τότε πρωτεύειν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐδόκουν, ἀναδέχεται τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φωτεινὸν διάλεξιν Βασίλειος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος. Ἐπὶ πολλῶν δὲ πρὸς πεῦσιν καὶ ἀπόκρισιν ἀμφοτέροις προελθόντος τοῦ ἀγῶνος, ταχυγράφων ἀναγραφομένων τοὺς ἑκατέρων λόγους, ἐκράτησε Βασί-. λεῖος. Φωτεινὸς δὲ φεύγειν καταδικασθεὶς, οὐδὲ οὕτως ἐπαύσατο τὸ οἰκεῖον συγχροτῶν δόγμα. Λόγους τε τῇ Ῥωμαίων Ἑλλήνων φωνῇ συγγράφων ἐξεδίδον, δι᾽ ὧν ἐπειρᾶτο, πλὴν τῆς αὐτοῦ, τὰς τῶν ἄλλων δόξας ψευδεῖς ἀποφαίνειν. Φωτεινοῦ μὲν οὖν πέρι, καὶ τῆς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ καλουμένης αἱρέσεως, τάδε μοι εἰρήσθω.
En toutǭ de Phōteinos tēn Sirmiǭ Ekklēsian epitropeuōn, ēdē proteron chainēę̄s haireseōs eisēgētēs genomenos, eti tou basileōs epidēmountos enthade, anaphandon tǭ oikeiǭ synistato dogmati. Physeōs de echōn eu legein, kai peithein hikanos, pollous eis tēn homoian autǭ doxan epēgageto. Elege de hōs Theos men esti pantokratōr heis, ho tǭ idiǭ Logǭ ta panta dēmiourgēsas. Tēn de pro aiōnōn gennēsin te kai hyparxin tou Huiou ou ? prosieto" all᾽ Marias gegenēsthai ton Christon oi : eisēgeito. Peripystou de pollois genomenou toioutou dogmatos, chalepōs epheron hoi te tēs Dyseōs kai tēs as episkopoi, koinę̄. tauta neōterizesthai hōn hekastos edoxazen, hēgounto, Kathapax gar to diaphōnoun edeiknyto tēs Phōteinou pisteōs, pros te tōn en Nikaią tēn paradosin thaumazontōn, tēn ᾿Areiou doxan epainountōn, Epi koutois de ho basileus echalepainen. En de tǭ tote en Sirmiǭ diatridōn, synodon synekalese. Kai synēlthon ech men tēs Heō alloi te, kai Geōrgios ho tēn ᾿Alexandreōn epitrapeis ᾿Echchlēsian, Basileios ho ᾿Ankyras episkopos, kai Markos ho ᾿ArethouEch de tēs Dyseōs, Oualēs te ho Moursōn, "Hosios ho homologētēs hos tēs en Nikaią synodou koinōnēsas, akōn tautēs metesche. Houtos gar ou pollǭ proteron ex epidoulēs tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn hyperorian oikein katadikastheis, spoudę̄ tōn en Sirmiǭ synelthontōn, meteklēthē para tou basileōs. HiŌonto gar hōs ei peithoi tini hē bią sympsēphon sphisi poiēsousin, episēmotaton onta, kai pros pantōn thaumazomenon, axiochreōs autois martys oikeiou dogmatos. ᾿Epei oun en Sirmiǭ synēlthon " etos de touto ēn meta tēn Sergiou kai Nigrianou hypateian, hēnika oudeis hypatos, oute ech tēs oute ek tēs Dyseōs anedeichthē, dia tēn symbasan prophasei tōn tyrannōn peri ta koina tarachēn, ton men Phōteinon katheilon, hōs ta Sabelliou Paulou. tou Samosateōs phronounta. Meta de tauta palin para ta proteron dedogmena peri tēs pisteōs, treis ektheseis exedōkan. tēn men, tę̄ Hellēnōn phōnę̄ " tas de tę̄ Rhōmaiōn synetaxan, en pollois peri te rhēton ennoian, oute heautais oute tais proterais dedogmenais symphōnousas. Histeon mentoi hōs ē 'Hellēnikē oute homoousion, oute homoioousion tǭ Pa-. tri ton Huion eipe tous de phaskontas auton anarchon einai, ē platynomenēn tēn ousian tou Theou ton Uidn poiein, ē syntetachthai, alla mē hypotetachthai tǭ Patri doxantas, apokēryttein. Thatera de tōn Rhōmaïkōn, peri men ousias hēn soustantian Rhōmaioi onomazousin, ei te homoioousios, ei te homoousios estin ho Huios tǭ Patri, pantelōs apagoreuei legein, hōs oute tais hierais eirēmena Graphais, oute anthrōpōn ennoiais kai gnōsei eulēpta. Meizona de chrēnai synomologein ton Patera parakeleuetai timę̄ kai axią, kai theotēti, kai autǭ tǭ patrikǭ onomati. Kai hypotetachthai tǭ Patri ton Huion meta pantōn axioi. Kai tou men Patros archēn mē einai; tou de Huiou tēn genesin, agnōston pasi, plēn tou Patros. Legetai de ēdē tautēn tēn graphēn ekdotheisan, hōs mē deontōs synkeimenēn, spoudasai tous enkeimenous episkopous epi diorthōsei analabein; kai ton basilea touto prostaxai, timōrian apeilēsanta kata tōn apokryptontōn. ᾿All᾽ hē men hapax ekdotheisa, pantelōs ouketi elathen. Hē de tritē graphē, ta men alla sympheretai tę̄ dianoią tais allais. de tēs ousias onoma perieile; kai aitian tēnde autois rhētois echei dia tēs Rhōmaiōn phōnēs; to de onoma tēs ousias, hoper haplousteron etethē hypo tōn paterōn, agnooumenon de tois pollois skandalon ephere, dia to mēde en tais Graphais auto empheresthai, ērese periairethēnai, kai pantelōs mēdemian mnēmēn ousias poieisthai, dia to malista tas theias Graphas mēdamou peri Patros kai Huiou kai hagiou Pneumatos mian einai ousian, graphetai de kai hypostasin onomazein. Homoion de legomen tǭ Patri ton Huion, kathōs hai theiai Graphai legousi. Kai ta men hōde peri tēs pisteōs, autou tou basileōs parontos edoxen. Hosios de tēn archēn parę̄teito toutois synainein. Biastheis de, kai plēgas, hōs legetai, presbytēs hōn hypomeinas, synēnese te kai hypegrapse. Phōteinou de peirasthēnai meta tēn kathairesin, ei pōs dynaito tēs pro tou metathesthai gnōmēs, edokei tę̄de tę̄ synodǭ. Ho de, protrepontōn auton tōn episkopōn, kai tēn episkopēn apodōsein hypischnoumenōn, ei to oikeion apokēryxei dogma, kai tais autōn graphais sympsēphisaito, ouk enescheto ; all᾽ eis dialexin autous proukaleito. Eis rhētēn hēmeran de synelthontōn tōn episkopōn, kai dikastōn ek prostagmatos tou basileōs prokathesthentōn, hoi epistēmę̄ logōn kai axiōmati tote prōteuein en tois basileiois edokoun, anadechetai tēn pros ton Phōteinon dialexin Basileios ho ᾿Ankyras episkopos. Epi pollōn de pros peusin kai apokrisin amphoterois proelthontos tou agōnos, tachygraphōn anagraphomenōn tous hekaterōn logous, ekratēse Basi-. leios. Phōteinos de pheugein katadikastheis, oude houtōs epausato to oikeion synchrotōn dogma. Logous te tę̄ Rhōmaiōn Hellēnōn phōnę̄ syngraphōn exedidon, di᾽ hōn epeirato, plēn tēs autou, tas tōn allōn doxas pseudeis apophainein. Phōteinou men oun peri, kai tēs ap' autou kaloumenēs haireseōs, tade moi eirēsthō.
Meanwhile Photinus, who governed the church of Sirmium and had already earlier introduced a new heresy, openly maintained his own doctrine while the emperor was still staying there. Having a natural gift for speaking well and being able to persuade, he drew many to an opinion like his own. He said that there is one God almighty, who created all things by his own Word; but he did not accept the generation and existence of the Son before the ages, and taught that Christ came into being from Mary. When this doctrine became widely known, the bishops of the West and of the East were indignant, all alike thinking that what each of them believed was being innovated upon; for the faith of Photinus was shown to be entirely at variance both with those who admired the tradition of Nicaea and with those who approved the opinion of Arius. The emperor was angry at this, and, staying at Sirmium at that time, he convened a synod. From the East there came, among others, George, who had been entrusted with the church of Alexandria, Basil, bishop of Ancyra, and Mark of Arethusa; from the West, Valens of Mursa and Hosius the confessor, who, having taken part in the synod of Nicaea, took part in this one against his will. For not long before, through the plotting of those who held the views of Arius, he had been condemned to live in exile, and at the urging of those who met at Sirmium he was summoned by the emperor. For they thought that if by some persuasion or force they made him vote with them, he, being most distinguished and admired by all, would be a credible witness to their own doctrine. When they met at Sirmium (this was the year after the consulship of Sergius and Nigrinianus, when no consul was proclaimed either from the East or from the West because of the disturbance in public affairs caused by the usurpers), they deposed Photinus as holding the views of Sabellius and Paul of Samosata. After this, again contrary to what had earlier been decided about the faith, they issued three expositions, composing one in Greek and the others in Latin, which in many respects, both in wording and in meaning, agreed neither with each other nor with those decided before. It should be known that the Greek one called the Son neither of the same essence nor of like essence with the Father, but anathematized those who say that he is without beginning, or that the essence of God is extended and makes the Son, or who think him co-ordinate with the Father rather than subordinate to him. One of the Latin ones forbids entirely to speak of essence, which the Romans call substantia, whether the Son is of like essence or of the same essence with the Father, as neither stated in the sacred Scriptures nor easily grasped by human thoughts and knowledge; it bids all confess that the Father is greater in honour, dignity and divinity, and in the very name of Father, and holds that the Son is subordinate to the Father together with all things; that the Father has no beginning, and that the generation of the Son is unknown to all except the Father. It is said that after this document had been issued, the bishops concerned, as it had been composed improperly, were eager to take it back for correction, and that the emperor ordered this, threatening punishment against those who concealed it; but once issued, it could no longer be hidden at all. The third document agrees in meaning with the others in other respects, but removed the name of essence, and gives this reason in these very words, in the Latin language: “The name of essence, which was set down rather simply by the fathers and, being unknown to the many, caused offence because it is not found in the Scriptures, it has seemed good to remove, and to make no mention at all of essence, chiefly because the divine Scriptures nowhere speak of one essence of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit; nor is one to speak of one subsistence. We say the Son is like the Father, as the divine Scriptures say.” These were the decisions about the faith made in the presence of the emperor himself. Hosius at first refused to agree to them; but being forced, and having endured blows, as it is said, though an old man, he agreed and signed. This synod decided to test Photinus after his deposition, to see whether he could perhaps change his former opinion. But when the bishops urged him and promised to give back his episcopate if he renounced his own doctrine and voted with their documents, he would not; instead he challenged them to a debate. On a set day the bishops met, and judges took their seats by the emperor's order, those who then seemed to hold first place at the palace in learning and rank; and Basil, bishop of Ancyra, took up the debate with Photinus. When the contest had gone on at length by question and answer on both sides, with shorthand writers recording the words of each, Basil prevailed. Photinus was condemned to exile, but even so did not stop promoting his own doctrine; he wrote and published treatises in Latin and Greek in which he tried to show the opinions of all others except his own to be false. Concerning Photinus and the heresy named after him, let this be said by me.
4.7PG 67:1123–1125
Ἐν τούτοις δὲ καταλαβὼν Μαγνέντιος τὴν πῤεσθυτέραν Ρώμην, πόλλους τῆς συγκλήτου τοῦ δημοτίιχοῦ ἀνεῖλε. Μαθὼν δὲ πλησίον ἱέναι ἤδη αὑτοῦ τοὺς Κωνσταντίου στρατηγοὺς, ὑπεχώῤγηδεν εἰς τοὺς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλάτας. "Ἔνθα δὴ πολλάκις ἀλλήλοις προσδάλλοντες, πῇ μὲν οὗτοι, πὴ δὲ ἐκεῖνο, ἐχρατοῦντο" εἰσότε δὴ τὸ τελευταῖόν ἡττηθεὶς Μαγνέντιος, ἔφυγεν εἰς Μοῦρσαν. Γαλατῶν δὲ τοῦτο τὸ φρούριον. ᾿Αϑδημονοῦντας ὃὲ τοὺς ἰδίους στρατιώτας ὡς ἡττηθέντας ὁρῶν, ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ στὰς, ἔπειρᾶτο θαῤῥαλεωτέρους ποιεῖν. Οἱ δὲ, οἷά γε εἰώθασιν ἐπευφημεῖν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ ἐπὶ Μαγνεντίῳ φανέντι εἰπεῖν προθυμηθέντες, ἔλαθον οὖχ ἐκόντες Κωνστάντιον ἀντὶ Μαγνεντίου Αὔγουστον ἀνάθοῆσαντες. Συμβαλὼν δὲ ἐκ τούτου Μαγνέντιος, ὡς οὐ δέον αὐτῷ θεόθεν βασιλεύειν, πειρᾶται καταλιπὼν τοῦτο τὸ φρυύριον; προσωτέρω χωρεῖν. Διωχούσης δὲ τῆς Κωνσταντίου στρατιᾶς, περὶ τὸ καλούμενον Μοντιοσέλευχον συμβαλὼν, φεύγων, εἰς Λουγδοῦγον διεσώθη. ᾿Ανελὼν δὲ ἐνθάδε τὴν αὐτοῦ μητέρα τὸν ἀδελφὸν, ὃν Καίσαρὰ κατέστησε, τελευταῖον ἑαυτὸν ἐπέσφαξε. οὐ πολὺ δὲ Δεχέντιος ἕτερος αὐτοῦ ἀδέλφὸς, ἀγχόνῃ ἑαυτὸν διεχρήσατο. Αἱ δὲ περὶ τὰ κοινὰ ταραχᾶὶϊ, οὐδὲ οὕτω τέλος ἔσχον. Ὀύχ εἰς μακρὰν παρὰ μὲν τοῖς πρὸς δύξιν ΓαὉ λάταις Σιλθανός τις ἐτυράννησεν, ὃν αὐτίκα καθεῖλον οἱ Κωνσταντίου στρατηγοί. Οἱ δὲ ἐν Διοκαισαρείᾳ Ἰουδαῖοι, τὴν Παλαιστίνην τοὺς πέριξ ὄντας κατέτρεχον' ὅπλα τε ἀράμενοι, πείθεσθαι Ῥωμαίοις οὐχ ἠνείχοντο. Μαθὼν δὲ ταῦτα Γάλλος ὁ Καϊῖσαρ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ διατρίδων, πέμψας στρατιὰν, αὐτοὺς ἐχειρώσατο, καὶ τὴν Διοκαισάρειαν ἀνάστατον ἐποίητε. Δόξας δὲ εὖ πράττειν, τὴν εὐημερίαν οὐκ ἤνεγκεν, ἀλλὰ τυραννεῖν ἐβούλετο. Καταμηνύσαντας δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν αὐτοῦ νεωτερισμὸν, Μάγνον τε τὸν κοιαίστωρα, καὶ τῆς Ἕω τὸν ὕπαρχον Δομετιανὸν, ἀνεῖλεν. ᾿Αγανακτήσας δὲ Κωνστάντιος, μετεκαλεῖτο αὐτόν. ᾿Απειθεῖν οὐχ οἷός τε ὧν, ἐδεδίει γὰρ, εἴχετο τῆς ὁδοῦ. Ἤδη δὲ παρὰ Φλάβωνα τὴν νῆσον γενόμενος, ἀνῃρέθη, τοῦ βασιλέως προστάξαντος· ἡνίκα δὴ αὐτὸς μὲν τὸ τρίτον ὑπάτευεν, ἔβδομον δὲ Κωνστάντιος.
En toutois de katalabōn Magnentios tēn presthyteran Rōmēn, pollous tēs synklētou tou dēmotiichou aneile. Mathōn de plēsion hienai ēdē hautou tous Kōnstantiou stratēgous, hypechōrgēden eis tous pros dysin Galatas. "Entha dē pollakis allēlois prosdallontes, pę̄ men houtoi, pē de ekeino, echratounto" eisote dē to teleutaion hēttētheis Magnentios, ephygen eis Moursan. Galatōn de touto to phrourion. ᾿Aϑdēmonountas hoe tous idious stratiōtas hōs hēttēthentas horōn, eph᾽ hypsēlou stas, epeirato tharrhaleōterous poiein. Hoi de, hoia ge eiōthasin epeuphēmein tois basileusi, kai epi Magnentiǭ phanenti eipein prothymēthentes, elathon ouch ekontes Kōnstantion anti Magnentiou Augouston anathoēsantes. Symbalōn de ek toutou Magnentios, hōs ou deon autǭ theothen basileuein, peiratai katalipōn touto to phryyrion? prosōterō chōrein. Diōchousēs de tēs Kōnstantiou stratias, peri to kaloumenon Montioseleuchon symbalōn, pheugōn, eis Lougdougon diesōthē. ᾿Anelōn de enthade tēn autou mētera ton adelphon, hon Kaisara katestēse, teleutaion heauton epesphaxe. ou poly de Dechentios heteros autou adelphos, anchonę̄ heauton diechrēsato. Hai de peri ta koina tarachaiï, oude houtō telos eschon. Ouch eis makran para men tois pros dyxin GaO latais Silthanos tis etyrannēsen, hon autika katheilon hoi Kōnstantiou stratēgoi. Hoi de en Diokaisareią Ioudaioi, tēn Palaistinēn tous perix ontas katetrechon' hopla te aramenoi, peithesthai Rhōmaiois ouch ēneichonto. Mathōn de tauta Gallos ho Kaïisar en ᾿Antiocheią diatridōn, pempsas stratian, autous echeirōsato, kai tēn Diokaisareian anastaton epoiēte. Doxas de eu prattein, tēn euēmerian ouk ēnenken, alla tyrannein ebouleto. Katamēnysantas de tǭ basilei ton autou neōterismon, Magnon te ton koiaistōra, kai tēs Heō ton hyparchon Dometianon, aneilen. ᾿Aganaktēsas de Kōnstantios, metekaleito auton. ᾿Apeithein ouch hoios te hōn, edediei gar, eicheto tēs hodou. Ēdē de para Phlabōna tēn nēson genomenos, anę̄rethē, tou basileōs prostaxantos; hēnika dē autos men to triton hypateuen, ebdomon de Kōnstantios.
Meanwhile Magnentius, having seized the elder Rome, killed many of the senate and of the people. Learning that Constantius's generals were already near, he withdrew to the western Gauls. There, attacking each other many times, now these and now those were defeated, until at last Magnentius was defeated and fled to Mursa, a fortress of the Gauls. Seeing his own soldiers dejected at their defeat, he stood on a height and tried to make them bolder. But they, as they are accustomed to acclaim emperors, and eager to do so when Magnentius appeared, without meaning to, unwittingly acclaimed Constantius instead of Magnentius as Augustus. Concluding from this that God did not wish him to reign, Magnentius tried to leave this fortress and go farther. Pursued by Constantius's army, he engaged it near the place called Mons Seleucus, fled, and escaped to Lugdunum. There, having killed his mother and his brother, whom he had made Caesar, he finally killed himself. Not long after, Decentius, another brother of his, hanged himself. Even so the public disturbances did not come to an end. Shortly afterward one Silvanus seized power among the western Gauls, and Constantius's generals at once put him down. The Jews in Diocaesarea overran Palestine and the surrounding peoples, and taking up arms, refused to obey the Romans. When Gallus the Caesar, who was staying at Antioch, learned of this, he sent an army, subdued them, and laid Diocaesarea waste. Thinking himself successful, he could not bear his good fortune, but wished to make himself sole ruler. When Magnus the quaestor and Domitian, the prefect of the East, reported his plans of revolt to the emperor, he killed them. Constantius, indignant, summoned him. Unable to disobey, for he was afraid, he set out on the journey; and when he was already near the island of Flanona, he was put to death by the emperor's order, in the year when he was consul for the third time and Constantius for the seventh.
4.8PG 67:1125–1127
Ἐπεὶ δὲ καθῃρημένων τῶν τυράννων, ἐδόκει τῶν συμβάντων κακῶν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν Κωνστάντιος, καταλιπὼν τὸ Σίρμιον, ἐπὶ τὴν πρεσβυτέραν ᾔει Ῥώμην. Ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἐβούλετο τὴν κατὰ τῶν τυράννων ἐπινίκιον ἐπιτελεῖν πομπήν· κατὰ ταυτὸν δὲ νομίσας δύνασθαι τοὺς ἑκατέρας ἀρχομένης ἐπισκόπους ὁμόφρονας περὶ τὸ δόγμα καταστῆσαι, σύνοδον γενέσθαι ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ προσέταξεν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Ἰούλιος ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐπὶ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐνιαυτοῖς τὴν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύσας. Διαδέχεται δὲ τοῦτον Λιβέριος. Λογισάμενοι δὲ καιρὸν ἔχειν εἰς διαβολὴν τῶν ἐναντία φρονούντων οἱ τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν παραιτούμενοι, ἐπιμελῶς μάλα ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐπόνουν, ἐκβάλλειν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν πάντας τοὺς πρὸς αὐτῶν καθῃρη- ( μένους, ὡς ἑτεροδόξους ὄντας, καὶ ἐν ᾧ Κώνστας τῷ βίῳ περιῆν, συγκροῦσαι τὰς βασιλείας πρὸς ἑαυτὰς σπουδάσαντας· καθότι τῷ ἀδελφῷ πόλεμον ἐπήγγειλεν, εἰ μὴ προσδέξεται αὐτοὺς, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται. Μάλιστα δὲ ἐν αἰτίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο ᾿Αθανάσιον, οἱ γε ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ περὶ αὐτὸν μίσους, οὐδὲ Κώνσταντος περιόντος, καὶ Κωνσταντίου φιλεῖν αὐτὸν προσποιουμένου, τῆς ἀπεχθείας ἀπέσχοντο· ἀλλὰ συνελθόντες ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, Νάρκισσός τε ὁ Κίλιξ, καὶ Θεόδωρος ὁ Θρᾷξ, καὶ Εὐγένιος ὁ Νικαεὺς, καὶ Πατρόφιλος ὁ Σκυθοπολίτης, καὶ Μηνόφαντος ὁ Ἐφέσιος, καὶ ἄλλοι ἀμφὶ τριάκοντα οἱ πάντες, ἔγραψαν τοῖς πανταχοῦ ἐπισκόποις, ὡς παρὰ τοὺς νόμους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, οὐκ ἀναίτιος φανεὶς ἐπὶ συνόδου, ἀλλὰ φιλονεικίᾳ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονούντων· καὶ παρεκελεύοντο, μήτε κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ, μήτε γράφειν, ἀλλὰ Γεωργίῳ τῷ πρὸς αὐτῶν κεχειροτονημένῳ. ᾿Αθανασίῳ δὲ τούτων τότε μὲν οὐδεὶς ὑπόλογος ἦν. Ἔμελλε δὲ χαλεπωτέρων ἢ πρότερον πειραθῆναι πραγμάτων. "Αμα γοῦν ἀπολώλει Μαγνέντιος, καὶ μόνος Κωνστάντιος τῆς Ῥω μαίων οἰκουμένης ἡγεῖτο, πᾶσαν ἐποιεῖτο σπουδὴν, τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν Δύσιν ἐπισκόπους τοῖς ὁμοούσιον Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζουσι συνεῖναι. Ἐποίει δὲ τοῦτο, οὐ φανερῶς οὕτω τὰ πρῶτα βιαζόμενος. Πείθων δὲ ἐπιψηφίσασθαι τοῖς κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου κεκριμένοις ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόπων. Ἐλογίζετο γὰρ ὡς εἰ κοινῇ ψήφῳ ἐκποδὼν οὗτος γένοιτο, ῥᾳδίως ἂν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν κατορθωθείη αὐτῷ.
Epei de kathę̄rēmenōn tōn tyrannōn, edokei tōn symbantōn kakōn hēsychian echein Kōnstantios, katalipōn to Sirmion, epi tēn presbyteran ę̄ei Rhōmēn. Entautha gar ebouleto tēn kata tōn tyrannōn epinikion epitelein pompēn; kata tauton de nomisas dynasthai tous hekateras archomenēs episkopous homophronas peri to dogma katastēsai, synodon genesthai en Italią prosetaxen. En toutǭ de Ioulios eteleutēsen, epi eikosi kai pente eniautois tēn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsian epitropeusas. Diadechetai de touton Liberios. Logisamenoi de kairon echein eis diabolēn tōn enantia phronountōn hoi tēn en Nikaią pistin paraitoumenoi, epimelōs mala en tois basileiois eponoun, ekballein tōn ekklēsiōn pantas tous pros autōn kathę̄rē- ( menous, hōs heterodoxous ontas, kai en hǭ Kōnstas tǭ biǭ periēn, synkrousai tas basileias pros heautas spoudasantas; kathoti tǭ adelphǭ polemon epēngeilen, ei mē prosdexetai autous, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai. Malista de en aitią epoiounto ᾿Athanasion, hoi ge hyperbolę̄ tou peri auton misous, oude Kōnstantos periontos, kai Kōnstantiou philein auton prospoioumenou, tēs apechtheias apeschonto; alla synelthontes en ᾿Antiocheią, Narkissos te ho Kilix, kai Theodōros ho Thrąx, kai Eugenios ho Nikaeus, kai Patrophilos ho Skythopolitēs, kai Mēnophantos ho Ephesios, kai alloi amphi triakonta hoi pantes, egrapsan tois pantachou episkopois, hōs para tous nomous tēs Ekklēsias epanēlthen eis ᾿Alexandreian, ouk anaitios phaneis epi synodou, alla philoneikią tōn ta auta phronountōn; kai parekeleuonto, mēte koinōnein autǭ, mēte graphein, alla Geōrgiǭ tǭ pros autōn kecheirotonēmenǭ. ᾿Athanasiǭ de toutōn tote men oudeis hypologos ēn. Emelle de chalepōterōn ē proteron peirathēnai pragmatōn. "Ama goun apolōlei Magnentios, kai monos Kōnstantios tēs Rhō maiōn oikoumenēs hēgeito, pasan epoieito spoudēn, tous ana tēn Dysin episkopous tois homoousion Patri ton Huion doxazousi syneinai. Epoiei de touto, ou phanerōs houtō ta prōta biazomenos. Peithōn de epipsēphisasthai tois kata ᾿Athanasiou kekrimenois hypo tōn ana tēn Heō episkopōn. Elogizeto gar hōs ei koinę̄ psēphǭ ekpodōn houtos genoito, rhądiōs an kai ta peri tēn thrēskeian katorthōtheiē autǭ.
When the usurpers had been put down and Constantius seemed to have rest from the evils that had befallen, he left Sirmium and went toward the elder Rome; for he wished to hold the triumphal procession over the usurpers there. Thinking at the same time that he could bring the bishops of both parts of the empire to one mind about the doctrine, he ordered a synod to be held in Italy. Meanwhile Julius died, having governed the church of the Romans for twenty-five years, and Liberius succeeded him. Those who rejected the faith of Nicaea, reckoning that they had an opportunity to slander those of the opposite opinion, worked very diligently at the palace to have expelled from the churches all those whom they had deposed, as being of another opinion and as having striven, while Constans was alive, to set the two empires against each other, since he had threatened his brother with war unless he received them, as was said above. They blamed Athanasius most of all. In the excess of their hatred for him, not even while Constans was alive and Constantius pretended to love him did they refrain from their enmity; but meeting at Antioch, Narcissus the Cilician, Theodore the Thracian, Eugenius of Nicaea, Patrophilus of Scythopolis, Menophantus of Ephesus and others, about thirty in all, wrote to the bishops everywhere that he had returned to Alexandria contrary to the laws of the church, not having been found innocent by a synod but through the partisanship of those who held his views; and they urged them neither to communicate with him nor to write to him, but to George, whom they had ordained. At that time Athanasius took no account of these things; but he was to experience harsher troubles than before. For as soon as Magnentius had perished and Constantius alone ruled the Roman world, he made every effort to bring the bishops of the West to join those who held the Son to be of like essence with the Father. He did not do this at first by open compulsion, but by persuading them to vote with what had been decided against Athanasius by the bishops of the East; for he reckoned that if Athanasius were put out of the way by common vote, the matters of religion too would easily go as he wished.
4.9PG 67:1127–1131
Συνόδου δὲ, τοῦ βασιλέως κατεπείγοντος, ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ γενομένης, ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἕω ὀλίγοι παρεγένοντο· τῶν ἄλλων, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἢ διὰ νόσον, ἢ μακρὰν ὁδοιπορίαν παραιτησαμένων τὴν ἄφιξιν. Τῶν δὲ πρὸς Δύσιν, πλείους ἢ τριακόσιοι συνελέγησαν.. ᾿Αξιούντων δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς καταδικάζειν σίου, ὡς ἂν παντελῶς ἀπελαθείη τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι, ἣ δέει, ἢ ἀπάτῃ, ἢ ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν ὄντων συνήνουν. Μόνοι δὲ, Διονύσιος ὁ Ἄλβας ἐπίσκοπος, Ἰταλίας δὲ ἥδε ἡ μητρόπολις, Εὐσέβιος ὁ τῆς Λιγυρίας, Παυλῖνος ὁ Τριδέρεως, Ῥοδανὸς, Λούκιφερ ἀνέκραγον, ἐμαρτύραντο μὴ χρῆναι ὡδὶ ῥᾳδίως καταδικάσαι ᾿Αθανασίου μηδὲ γὰρ ἄχρι τούτου, εἰ γένοιτο, στήσεσθαι τὸ κακόν χωρήσειν δὲ τὴν ἐπιδουλὴν κατ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δεδογμένων " ἐπὶ χαβαιρέσει τε τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστεως, ταῦτα σπουδάζεσῆαι παρὰ τοῦ βαπιλέως τῶν τά ᾿'Ἀρείου φρονούντων. Καὶ οἱ μὲν, ὧδε παῤῥησιασάμενοι, ὑπερορίας φυγῇ κατεδιχάσθησαν σὺν τούτοις δὲ Ἱλάριος. ᾿Αληθῆ δὲ τοῦ ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ αυλλόγου αἰτίαν εἶναι ἣν ἔλεγον, ἐπιστοῦτο ἡ ἀπόδασις. Οὐ χολλῷ γὰρ ὕστερον ἡ ἐν ᾿λριμήνῳ Σελευκείᾳ σύνοδος συνελέγη, ἑκατέρα κατὰ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δεδογμένων νεωτερίζειν ἐπεχείρησεν, ὡς αὐτίκα ἐπιδείξω. ᾿Αθανάσιος δὲ πειθόμενος ἐπιθουλεύεσθαι ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις, αὐτὸς μὲν πρὸς βασιλέα ἐλθεῖν οὔτε ἐθάῤῥησεν, οὔτε λυσιτελεῖν ἐδοκίμασεν. Ἐπιλεξάμενος δὲ τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἐπισκόπων πέντε, ὧν ἣν Σεραπίων ὁ Θμοναῖος, ἀνὴρ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τὸν βίον θεσπέσιος, λέγειν δεινὸ;, πέμπει ὡς βασιλέα, πρὸς Δύσιν τότε τῆς ἀρχομένης διάγοντα. Συμπέμπει δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῆς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας πρεσβυτέρους τρεῖς, χαταλλάξοντας αὐτῷ τὸν΄ κρατοῦντα, καὶ ἣν δέοι, πρὸς τὰς διαβολὰς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀπολογησομένους, τὰ ἄλλα πράξοντας, ὅπη ἂν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ αὑτῷ ἄριστα γινώσχωσιν. ᾿ΑἈποπλευσάντων δὲ αὐτῶν, μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ γράμματα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐδέξατο χαλοῦντα αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια. Ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ αὐτὸς ᾿Αθανάσιος καὶ ὁ λαὸς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐταράχθησαν, καὶ ἐναγώνιοι ἦσαν, οὔτε πείθεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἑτεροδόξῳ ὄντι, ἀσφαλὲς νομίζοντες, οὔτε ἀπειθεῖν ἀκίνδυνον. Ἑχράτει δὲ ὅμως μένειν" ὁ τὰ γράμματα χομίσας, ἄπρακτος ἀνέστρεφε. Τῷ δὲ ἐπιγενομένῳ θέρει, παραγενόμενος ἕτερος ἐχ βασιλέιυς σὺν τοῖς ἐν τῷ ἔθνει ἄρχουσι, χατήπειγεν αὐτὸν ἐξιέναι τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τὸν κλῆρον χαλεπῶς ἐπολέμησεν. ᾿Αναθαρσήσαντος δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, συντεταγμένους πρὸς πόλεμον ἰδὼν, καὶ οὕτως οὐδὲν ἀνύσας, ἐξεδήμησεν ἐντεῦθεν. Οὐ πολλοῦ δὲ διαγενομένου χρόνου, μετακαλοῦνται ἐξ Αἰγύπτου καὶ Λιβύης στρατιαὶ, ἂς λεγεῶνας Ῥωμαῖοι καλοῦσι • καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐμηνύθη κρύπτεσθαι ᾿Αθανάσιον κατὰ τὴν Θεωνᾶ καλουμένην ἐκκλησίαν, παραλαβών στρατιώτας ὁ τῶν τῇδε ταγμάτων ἡγεμών, καὶ Ἱλάριος, ὃς ἐκ βασιλέως πάλιν ἀφίκετο τάδε ἐπιταχύνων, ἀπροσδοκήτως ἀωρὶ κλάσας τὰς θύρας, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰσῆλθε · πανταχῆ τε ἐπιζητήσας, οὐ κατέλαβεν ἔνδοθεν ᾿Αθανάσιον. Λέγεται γὰρ ὡς πολλάκις ὑπὸ θείων μηνυμάτων πολλοὺς καὶ ἄλλους κινδύνους διέφυγε, καὶ τήνδε τὴν ἔφοδον Θεὸν αὐτῷ προαναφῆναι. Αὐτίκα τε ἐξῄει, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τὰς θύρας καταλαβεῖν τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἀκαριαίῳ τινὶ χρόνῳ τῆς αὐτοῦ συλλήψεως ὑστερήσαντας.
Synodou de, tou basileōs katepeigontos, en Mediolanǭ genomenēs, ek men tēs Heō oligoi paregenonto; tōn allōn, hōs eikos, ē dia noson, ē makran hodoiporian paraitēsamenōn tēn aphixin. Tōn de pros Dysin, pleious ē triakosioi synelegēsan.. ᾿Axiountōn de tōn apo tēs katadikazein siou, hōs an pantelōs apelatheiē tēs ᾿Alexandreias, hoi men alloi, hē deei, ē apatę̄, ē agnoią tōn ontōn synēnoun. Monoi de, Dionysios ho Albas episkopos, Italias de hēde hē mētropolis, Eusebios ho tēs Ligyrias, Paulinos ho Tridereōs, Rhodanos, Loukipher anekragon, emartyranto mē chrēnai hōdi rhądiōs katadikasai ᾿Athanasiou mēde gar achri toutou, ei genoito, stēsesthai to kakon chōrēsein de tēn epidoulēn kat᾿ autōn tōn orthōs peri Theou dedogmenōn " epi chabairesei te tēs en Nikaią pisteōs, tauta spoudazesēai para tou bapileōs tōn ta ᾿'Areiou phronountōn. Kai hoi men, hōde parrhēsiasamenoi, hyperorias phygę̄ katedichasthēsan syn toutois de Hilarios. ᾿Alēthē de tou en Mediolanǭ aullogou aitian einai hēn elegon, epistouto hē apodasis. Ou chollǭ gar hysteron hē en ᾿lrimēnǭ Seleukeią synodos synelegē, hekatera kata tōn en Nikaią dedogmenōn neōterizein epecheirēsen, hōs autika epideixō. ᾿Athanasios de peithomenos epithouleuesthai en tois basileiois, autos men pros basilea elthein oute etharrhēsen, oute lysitelein edokimasen. Epilexamenos de tōn en Aigyptǭ episkopōn pente, hōn hēn Serapiōn ho Thmonaios, anēr es ta malista ton bion thespesios, legein deino?, pempei hōs basilea, pros Dysin tote tēs archomenēs diagonta. Sympempei de autois kai tēs hyp᾽ auton Ekklēsias presbyterous treis, chatallaxontas autǭ ton΄ kratounta, kai hēn deoi, pros tas diabolas tōn enantiōn apologēsomenous, ta alla praxontas, hopē an tę̄ Ekklēsią hautǭ arista ginōschōsin. ᾿AApopleusantōn de autōn, met᾽ ou poly grammata tou basileōs edexato chalounta auton eis ta basileia. Epi de toutǭ autos ᾿Athanasios kai ho laos tēs Ekklēsias etarachthēsan, kai enagōnioi ēsan, oute peithesthai tǭ basilei, heterodoxǭ onti, asphales nomizontes, oute apeithein akindynon. Hechratei de homōs menein" ho ta grammata chomisas, apraktos anestrephe. Tǭ de epigenomenǭ therei, paragenomenos heteros ech basileiys syn tois en tǭ ethnei archousi, chatēpeigen auton exienai tēs poleōs, kai ton klēron chalepōs epolemēsen. ᾿Anatharsēsantos de tou laou tēs Ekklēsias, syntetagmenous pros polemon idōn, kai houtōs ouden anysas, exedēmēsen enteuthen. Ou pollou de diagenomenou chronou, metakalountai ex Aigyptou kai Libyēs stratiai, as legeōnas Rhōmaioi kalousi • kai epei emēnythē kryptesthai ᾿Athanasion kata tēn Theōna kaloumenēn ekklēsian, paralabōn stratiōtas ho tōn tę̄de tagmatōn hēgemōn, kai Hilarios, hos ek basileōs palin aphiketo tade epitachynōn, aprosdokētōs aōri klasas tas thyras, eis tēn ekklēsian eisēlthe ; pantachē te epizētēsas, ou katelaben endothen ᾿Athanasion. Legetai gar hōs pollakis hypo theiōn mēnymatōn pollous kai allous kindynous diephyge, kai tēnde tēn ephodon Theon autǭ proanaphēnai. Autika te exę̄ei, kai tous stratiōtas tas thyras katalabein tēs ekklēsias, akariaiǭ tini chronǭ tēs autou syllēpseōs hysterēsantas.
When a synod was held at Milan, at the emperor's urging, few came from the East, the others, naturally, declining to come because of illness or the length of the journey; from the West more than three hundred gathered. When those from the East demanded that Athanasius be condemned, so that he might be altogether driven from Alexandria, the others agreed, through fear, deceit, or ignorance of the facts. Only Dionysius, bishop of Alba, the metropolis of Italy, Eusebius of Liguria, Paulinus of Trier, Rhodanius and Lucifer cried out and protested that Athanasius should not be condemned so easily; for, if this happened, the evil would not stop there, but the plot would go on against those who held right doctrines about God; and these efforts were being made by the emperor's Arian party for the overthrow of the faith of Nicaea. Those who spoke so freely were condemned to exile, and Hilary with them. The outcome confirmed that the true cause of the assembly at Milan was what they said. For not long afterward the synod at Ariminum and that at Seleucia were gathered, and each tried to innovate against what had been decided at Nicaea, as I shall show shortly. Athanasius, convinced that he was being plotted against at the palace, neither dared to go to the emperor himself nor judged it useful. He chose five of the bishops of Egypt, among whom was Serapion of Thmuis, a man most godly in life and a powerful speaker, and sent them to the emperor, who was then staying in the West of the empire. With them he also sent three presbyters of his church, to reconcile the ruler to him, to answer, if need be, the slanders of his opponents, and to do whatever else they judged best for the church and for him. Not long after they had sailed, he received a letter from the emperor summoning him to the palace. At this Athanasius himself and the people of the church were troubled and in anguish, thinking it neither safe to obey the emperor, who was of another opinion, nor without danger to disobey. Yet the decision to stay prevailed, and the man who had brought the letter went back without success. The following summer another official came from the emperor and, with the governors of the province, pressed him to leave the city, and made bitter war on the clergy. When the people of the church took heart, and he saw them drawn up for battle, achieving nothing even so, he departed. Not long afterward the forces which the Romans call legions were summoned from Egypt and Libya; and when it was reported that Athanasius was hiding in the church called that of Theonas, the commander of the troops there, with soldiers, and Hilary, who had come again from the emperor to hasten these matters, unexpectedly at an untimely hour broke down the doors and entered the church. Searching everywhere, they did not find Athanasius inside. For it is said that he often escaped many other dangers through divine warnings, and that God showed him this attack beforehand; he went out at once, and the soldiers, who occupied the doors of the church, missed seizing him by a moment.
4.10PG 67:1131–1135
Ἔοικε δὲ μὴ προσήκειν ἀπιστειν, ὡς θεοφιλής ὅδε ἀνὴρ ὑπῆρχε, καὶ τρανῶς προεώρα τὸ μέλλον. Θαυμαστότερα γὰρ ἢ κατὰ τὰ προειρημένα, περὶ αὐτοῦ παρειλήφαμεν, ἀκριβεστάτην ἐπιμαρτυροῦντα αὐτῷ τῶν ἐσομένων εἴδησιν. Οὕτω γοῦν ἡνίκα τὸ πρῶτον, ἔτι Κώνσταντος περιόντος, κακουργεῖν αὐτὸν ἐβούλετο ὁ βασιλεὺς, φυγάς γενόμενος, παρά τινι τῶν γνωρίμων ἐκρύπτετο· καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ διέτριβεν ἐν μυχῷ γῆς, καὶ ἀνηλίῳ οἰκήματι, ὁ ταμιεῖον τὸ πρὶν ὑδάτων ἐτύγχανε. Συνῄδει δὲ οὐδεὶς, ἢ παρ᾿ οἷς ἐλάνθανε, καὶ θεράπαινα τούτῳ πιστὴ δοκοῦσα, ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ διακονοίη. Πολλῆς δὲ οὔσης σπουδῆς τοῖς ἑτεροδόξοις ζωγρῆσαι τὸν ἄνδρα, οἷa εἰκὸς, ἐπὶ δώροις ἢ ὑποσχέσεσιν ἔμελλεν αὐτὸν καταμηνύειν ἡ θεράπαινα. Προαναφήναντος δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, φθάσας ἑτέρωθι μετῴκησε. Καὶ ἡ θεράπαινα τιμωρίαν ἔδωκεν, ὡς ψευδῆ μηνύσασα κατὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν, οἳ δὴ πεφεύγεισαν. Οὐ γὰρ τὸ τυχὸν ἐποιοῦντο ἔγκλημα οἱ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως κατὰ τῶν ὑποδεχομένων ἢ κρυπτόντων ᾿Αθανάσιον · ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπειθεῖς προστάξεσι βασιλέως, καὶ περὶ πολιτείαν ἁμαρτάνοντας, εἰς δικαστήριον εἶλκον. Καὶ παραπλησίου δ᾽ οὖν καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐπὶ ᾿Αθανασίῳ συμβάντος εἰς ἀκοὴν ἦλθον. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ κατὰ τοιαύτην αἰτίαν ὡς ἐπὶ Αἴγυπτον φεύγων ἀνέπλεεν ἐπὶ τὸν Νεῖλον, μηνυσάντων τοῦτο τινῶν, ἐδίωκον αὐτὸν οἱ συλληψόμενοι. Προμαθὼν δὲ θεόθεν τὴν δίωξιν, ἐξήγγειλε τοῖς συμπλέουσι, καὶ ἀναστρέφειν ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ἐκέλευσεν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ καταπλεῖν, ἀναπλέοντας τοὺς ἐπιβούλους παραμείψας, ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν διεσώθη, καὶ ὡς ἐν ὀμίλῳ καὶ πλήθει οἰκημάτων, ἀσφαλέστερον ἐλάνθανεν. Ἐκ δὴ τῶν τοιούτων, καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων ὁμοίως προμηνυομένων παρ' αὐτοῦ, διεβάλλετο παρὰ τῶν ἐναντίων Ἑλλήνων τε καὶ ἑτεροδόξων, ὡς γοητείας ταῦτα κατορθῶν. Λόγος οὖν, ποτὲ προϊόντος αὐτοῦ ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν, συμβὰν οὕτως ἐφιπταμένην κρῶξαι κορώνην. Παρατυχὸν δὲ πλῆθος Ἑλλήνων, οἷα εἰς γόητα ἀποσκῶπτον, ἐξαιτῆσαι εἰπεῖν αὐτοῖς ὅ τι λέγοι ἡ κορώνη. Τὸν δὲ φάναι, ἠρέμα ἐπιγελάσαντα, Κρὰς, ὅ ἐστιν αὔριον τῇ Ῥωμαίων φωνῇ. Τοῦτο τοίνυν κράζουσα, ἀηδῆ τὴν αὔριον ὑμῖν ἔσεσθαι καταγγέλλει. Σημαίνει γὰρ ἐκ προστάγματος τοῦ Ῥωμαίων βασιλέως κωλυθήσεσθαι ὑμᾶς, τὴν ἑξῆς ἑορτὴν ἄγειν. Ἡ δὲ ᾿Αθανασίου πρόῤῥησις, καίπερ γελοιμώδης δόξασα, ἀληθὴς ἐφάνη. Τῇ γὰρ ἐς αὔριον γράμματα τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἀπεδόθη τοῖς ἄρχουσι, παρακελευόμενα μὴ συγχωρεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας τοῖς ναοῖς προσβάλλειν, μηδὲ τὰς συνήθεις θρησκείας καὶ πανηγύρεις ἐπιτελεῖν. Καὶ ἡ παρατυχοῦσα τότε ἑορτὴ διελύθη, σεβάσμιός τε οὖσα καὶ πολυτελής Ἕλλησιν. Ὡς μὲν οὖν προφητικὸς ὁ ἀνὴρ ἐγένετο, ἀπόχρη τάδε εἰπεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ, ὡς εἴρηται, διέφυγε, τοὺς ἐπὶ συλλήψει αὐτοῦ παραγενομένους, ἐπί τινι χρόνῳ διέμεινεν ὁ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ κλῆρος καὶ λαὸς, τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατέχοντες εἰς ὅτε δὴ ὁ Αἰγύπτου ὕπαρχος, καὶ ὁ ἡγούμενος τῶν τῇδε στρατιωτῶν, ἐκβαλόντες τοὺς αὐτῷ πειθομένους, παρέδωκαν αὐτὰς τοῖς προσδοκῶσι Γεώργιον. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ αὐτὸς Γεώργιος ἀφίκετο, καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ὑφ' ἑαυτὸν εἶχε. Βιαιότερον δὲ ἡ κατὰ πρόσχημα καὶ ἦθος ἱερέων ἐπιτηδεύων κρατεῖν· καὶ πρὸς μὲν πάντας φοβερὸς εἶναι θέλων, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ᾿Αθανάσιον ἐπαινοῦντας ἀπηνὴς, ὡς δέσμὰ καὶ πληγὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας ὑπομεῖναι, οἷα τύραννος ἐνομίζετο. Ὑπὸ τοιαύτης δὲ αἰτίας εἰς κοινὸν μῖσος ἐμπεσόντι, κινηθεὶς εἰς ὀργὴν ὁ δῆμος, ἐπέστη ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ διατρίβοντι, καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν διεχρήσαντο. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ὧδε κινδυνεύσας, μόλις διεσώθη, καὶ πρὸς βασιλέα φεύγει. Οἱ δὲ τὰ ᾿Αθανασίου φρονοῦντες, τὰς ἐκκλησίας κατέσχον. Ἐγένετο δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ. Παραγενόμενος γὰρ ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου στρατηγὸς, πάλιν τοῖς Γεωργίου τὰς ἐκκλησίας παρέδωκε. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ταχυγράφος βασιλικὸς ἐκ τοῦ τάγματος τῶν καλουμένων νοταρίων, ἀποσταλεὶς τιμωρῆσαι, πολλοὺς Ἀλεξανδρέων ἐβασάνισε καὶ ἠκίσατο. Μετοὐπολὺ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Γεώργιος ἐπανῆλθε, φοβερώτερος ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων, ὡς εἰκὸς, γεγενημένος, καὶ μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον μισοῦμενος, ὡς εἰς κάκωσιν πολλῶν βασιλέα κεκινηκώς, καὶ ἐπὶ δυσπιστίᾳ καὶ τύφῳ διαβαλλόμενος παρὰ τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μοναχῶν · ὧν τῇ δόξῃ τὸ πλῆθος εἴπετο, καὶ τὰς μαρτυρίας ἀληθεῖς ἡγεῖτο, καθότι ἀρετὴν ἤσκουν, καὶ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ ὁ βίος αὐτοῖς ἦν.
Eoike de mē prosēkein apistein, hōs theophilēs hode anēr hypērche, kai tranōs proeōra to mellon. Thaumastotera gar ē kata ta proeirēmena, peri autou pareilēphamen, akribestatēn epimartyrounta autǭ tōn esomenōn eidēsin. Houtō goun hēnika to prōton, eti Kōnstantos periontos, kakourgein auton ebouleto ho basileus, phygas genomenos, para tini tōn gnōrimōn ekrypteto; kai epi pollǭ chronǭ dietriben en mychǭ gēs, kai anēliǭ oikēmati, ho tamieion to prin hydatōn etynchane. Synę̄dei de oudeis, ē par᾿ hois elanthane, kai therapaina toutǭ pistē dokousa, hōs an autǭ diakonoiē. Pollēs de ousēs spoudēs tois heterodoxois zōgrēsai ton andra, hoia eikos, epi dōrois ē hyposchesesin emellen auton katamēnyein hē therapaina. Proanaphēnantos de tou Theou tēn epiboulēn, phthasas heterōthi metǭkēse. Kai hē therapaina timōrian edōken, hōs pseudē mēnysasa kata tōn despotōn, hoi dē pepheugeisan. Ou gar to tychon epoiounto enklēma hoi tēs enantias haireseōs kata tōn hypodechomenōn ē kryptontōn ᾿Athanasion ; all' hōs apeitheis prostaxesi basileōs, kai peri politeian hamartanontas, eis dikastērion eilkon. Kai paraplēsiou d᾽ oun kai allote epi ᾿Athanasiǭ symbantos eis akoēn ēlthon. Epei gar kata toiautēn aitian hōs epi Aigypton pheugōn anepleen epi ton Neilon, mēnysantōn touto tinōn, ediōkon auton hoi syllēpsomenoi. Promathōn de theothen tēn diōxin, exēngeile tois sympleousi, kai anastrephein epi tēn ᾿Alexandreian ekeleusen. En de tǭ kataplein, anapleontas tous epiboulous parameipsas, epi tēn polin diesōthē, kai hōs en omilǭ kai plēthei oikēmatōn, asphalesteron elanthanen. Ek dē tōn toioutōn, kai pollōn allōn homoiōs promēnyomenōn par' autou, dieballeto para tōn enantiōn Hellēnōn te kai heterodoxōn, hōs goēteias tauta katorthōn. Logos oun, pote proïontos autou ana tēn polin, symban houtōs ephiptamenēn krōxai korōnēn. Paratychon de plēthos Hellēnōn, hoia eis goēta aposkōpton, exaitēsai eipein autois ho ti legoi hē korōnē. Ton de phanai, ērema epigelasanta, Kras, ho estin aurion tę̄ Rhōmaiōn phōnę̄. Touto toinyn krazousa, aēdē tēn aurion hymin esesthai katangellei. Sēmainei gar ek prostagmatos tou Rhōmaiōn basileōs kōlythēsesthai hymas, tēn hexēs heortēn agein. Hē de ᾿Athanasiou prorrhēsis, kaiper geloimōdēs doxasa, alēthēs ephanē. Tę̄ gar es aurion grammata tou kratountos apedothē tois archousi, parakeleuomena mē synchōrein tous Hellēnas tois naois prosballein, mēde tas synētheis thrēskeias kai panēgyreis epitelein. Kai hē paratychousa tote heortē dielythē, sebasmios te ousa kai polytelēs Hellēsin. Hōs men oun prophētikos ho anēr egeneto, apochrē tade eipein. Epei de, hōs eirētai, diephyge, tous epi syllēpsei autou paragenomenous, epi tini chronǭ diemeinen ho hyp' autou klēros kai laos, tas ekklēsias katechontes eis hote dē ho Aigyptou hyparchos, kai ho hēgoumenos tōn tę̄de stratiōtōn, ekbalontes tous autǭ peithomenous, paredōkan autas tois prosdokōsi Geōrgion. Ouk eis makran de autos Geōrgios aphiketo, kai tas ekklēsias hyph' heauton eiche. Biaioteron de hē kata proschēma kai ēthos hiereōn epitēdeuōn kratein; kai pros men pantas phoberos einai thelōn, pros de tous ᾿Athanasion epainountas apēnēs, hōs desma kai plēgas andras te kai gynaikas hypomeinai, hoia tyrannos enomizeto. Hypo toiautēs de aitias eis koinon misos empesonti, kinētheis eis orgēn ho dēmos, epestē en tę̄ ekklēsią diatribonti, kai mikrou auton diechrēsanto. Kai ho men hōde kindyneusas, molis diesōthē, kai pros basilea pheugei. Hoi de ta ᾿Athanasiou phronountes, tas ekklēsias kateschon. Egeneto de touto ouk epi pollǭ chronǭ. Paragenomenos gar ho tēs Aigyptou stratēgos, palin tois Geōrgiou tas ekklēsias paredōke. Meta de tauta tachygraphos basilikos ek tou tagmatos tōn kaloumenōn notariōn, apostaleis timōrēsai, pollous Alexandreōn ebasanise kai ēkisato. Metoupoly de kai autos Geōrgios epanēlthe, phoberōteros ek tōn eirēmenōn, hōs eikos, gegenēmenos, kai mallon ē proteron misoumenos, hōs eis kakōsin pollōn basilea kekinēkōs, kai epi dyspistią kai typhǭ diaballomenos para tōn en Aigyptǭ monachōn ; hōn tę̄ doxę̄ to plēthos eipeto, kai tas martyrias alētheis hēgeito, kathoti aretēn ēskoun, kai en philosophią ho bios autois ēn.
It seems one should not disbelieve that this man was dear to God and clearly foresaw the future. For we have received things about him more wonderful than those already told, bearing witness to his most exact knowledge of what was to come. Thus, the first time the emperor wished to harm him, while Constans was still alive, he became a fugitive and was hidden by one of his acquaintances; and for a long time he lived in a recess of the earth, in a sunless chamber that had formerly been a water cistern. No one knew of it except those with whom he was hidden and a maidservant who was thought trustworthy, so that she might wait on him. Since those of another opinion were very eager to capture the man, the maidservant, naturally won by gifts or promises, was about to betray him. But God revealed the plot beforehand, and he moved elsewhere in time; and the maidservant was punished for having informed falsely against her masters, who had fled. For those of the opposite sect made no small charge against those who received or hid Athanasius, but dragged them to court as disobedient to the emperor's commands and offenders against the state. Something similar happened to Athanasius at another time too, which has come to our hearing. When, for such a reason, he was fleeing to Egypt and sailing up the Nile, some people informed on him, and those who were to arrest him pursued him. Learning beforehand from God of the pursuit, he told his fellow passengers and ordered them to turn back to Alexandria. As they sailed down, he passed his pursuers sailing up, and came safely to the city, where among the crowd and the multitude of houses he lay hidden more safely. From such things, and many others he likewise foretold, he was slandered by his opponents, pagans and those of another opinion, as accomplishing them by sorcery. It is said, for instance, that once, as he was going through the city, a crow happened to fly overhead and caw. A crowd of pagans who were there, mocking him as a sorcerer, asked him to tell them what the crow was saying. Smiling quietly, he said: “Cras, which in the language of the Romans is ‘tomorrow.’ By crying this it announces that tomorrow will be unpleasant for you; for it signifies that by order of the emperor of the Romans you will be prevented from holding tomorrow's festival.” Athanasius's prediction, though it seemed laughable, proved true. For the next day a letter of the ruler was delivered to the governors, ordering them not to allow the pagans to go to the temples or to celebrate their customary rites and festivals; and the festival that happened to fall then, which the pagans revered and celebrated lavishly, was broken up. That the man had the gift of prophecy, this is enough to say. When, as has been said, he escaped those who had come to arrest him, the clergy and people under him held the churches for some time, until the prefect of Egypt and the commander of the soldiers there drove out those who obeyed him and handed the churches over to those who were waiting for George. Not long after, George himself arrived and held the churches under him. He was thought a tyrant, practising to rule more by force than in the manner and character of priests: wishing to be feared by all, and harsh to those who praised Athanasius, so that men and women suffered chains and beatings. Having fallen into general hatred for this reason, the people, moved to anger, set upon him while he was in the church and almost killed him. Having been in such danger, he barely escaped and fled to the emperor; and those of Athanasius's opinion held the churches. This did not last long. For the general of Egypt came and again handed over the churches to George's party. After this an imperial secretary from the order called notaries, sent to punish them, tortured and ill-treated many Alexandrians. Not long after, George himself returned, more fearsome, naturally, from what had happened, and more hated than before, as having moved the emperor to ill-treat many, and being accused by the monks of Egypt of unbelief and arrogance; and the people followed their opinion and held their testimony to be true, since they practised virtue and their life was one of philosophy.
4.11PG 67:1135–1139
Τάδε μὲν ὧδε ἐφεξῆς, οὐ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν, ᾿Αθανασίῳ τε καὶ τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίᾳ συνἐδη, μετὰ τὴν Κώνσταντος τελευτήν. Σαφηνείας δὲ χάριν ταῦτα συλλήβδην ἐνταῦθα διηγησάμην. ᾿Απράκτου δὲ διαλυθείσης τῆς ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ συνόδου, τοὺς μὲν, ἀντειπόντας τοῖς κατὰ ᾿Αθανασίου σπουδάζουσιν, ἐκποδὼν ἐποίησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς, φυγὴν αὐτῶν καταδικάσας. Περιπολλοῦ δὲ ποιούμενος πανταχοῦ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν συμφωνεῖν περὶ τὸ δόγμα, καὶ τοὺς ἱερέας ὁμονοεῖν, ἐβουλεύετο πανταχόθεν ἐπισκόπους εἰς τὴν Δύσιν καλεῖν. Ἐννοούμενος δὲ ὡς ἐργῶδες τοῦτο διὰ τὸ μῆκος τῆς ἐν μέσῳ γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης, ἠπόρει μὲν ὅ τι ποιήσεις παντελῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀφίει. Μένων δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης, πρὶν εἰς Ῥώμην ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τὴν εἰωθυῖαν Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιτελεῖν πομπὴν κατὰ τῶν νενικημένων, μετακαλεσάμενος Λιβέριον τὸν Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπον, ἔπειθεν ὁμόφρονα γενέσθαι τοῖς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἱερεῦσιν, ὧν ἦν καὶ Εὐδόξιος. ᾿Αντεροῦντα δὲ, καὶ ἰσχυριζόμενον μή ποτε τοῦτο ποιήσειν, προσέταξεν εἰς Βεροίην τῆς Θράκης ἀπάγεσθαι. Λέγεται δὲ σὺν ταύτῃ πρόφασιν εἶναι τῆς Λιβερίου φυγῆς, καὶ τὸ μὴ ἑλέσθαι τὴν πρὸς ᾿Αθανάσιον κοινωνίαν ἀρνήσασθαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἀνδρείως περὶ τούτου ἀντειπεῖν βασιλεῖ, ἐπαιτιωμένῳ ὡς τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἠδίκησε, καὶ τοῖν ἰδίοιν ἀδελφοῖν, τὸν μὲν πρεσβύτερον ἀπώλεσε · Κώνσταντα δὲ, ὅσον εἰς αὐτὸν ἦκεν, ἐχθρὸν αὐτῷ κατέστησε. Προἴσχομένῳ δὲ τὴν κρίσιν τῶν πανταχοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα ἐν Τύρῳ κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ συνεληλυθότων, τούτοις μὲν ὡς κατὰ πάντα πρὸς ἀπέχθειαν καὶ χάριν ἡδέως ψηφισαμένοις μὴ χρῆναι τίθεσθαι ἔλεγε Λιβέριος. Ἐζήτει δὲ τὴν μὲν ἐν Νικαίᾳ παραδοθεῖσαν πίστιν ὑπογραφαῖς τῶν πανταχοῦ ἐπισκόπων κρατύνεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑπερορίαις διατρίβοντας μετακαλεῖσθαι. Κατορθωθέντων δὲ τούτων, ὥστε μὴ ὀχλη: ροὺς καὶ ἐπιζημίους δόξαι, δημοσίων ὀχημάτων ἢ χρημάτων μὴ μεταδοῦναί τινι· ἀλλ᾿ ἰδίᾳ δαπάνῃ πάντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν συνελθεῖν, ἔνθα ὁ ἡδικηκὼς καὶ οἱ ἡδικημένοι, καὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων οἱ ἔλεγχοι, καὶ ἀκριβὴς τῆς ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀληθείας βάσανος. Ἐπιδεικνύς τε τὴν ἐπὶ ᾿Αθανασίου ἔγγραφον μαρτυρίαν Οὐάλεντος καὶ Οὐρσακίου, ἣν ἐπιδεδώκασιν Ἰουλίῳ τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων θρόνον ἐπιτροπεύσαντι, συγγνώμην αἰτοῦντες, καὶ τὰ πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ Μαρεώτῃ πεπραγμένα, ψευδή καταμηνύοντες, ἠξίου μὴ καταδικάζειν αὐτοῦ ἀπόντος τὸν βασιλέα, μηδὲ τοῖς τότε ψηφισαμένοις πείθεσθαι, ἅτε δήλης τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς οὔσης. Ἕνεκα δὲ τοῖν ἀδελφοῖν, μὴ προσδοκᾷν αὐτὸν ἀμύνεσθαι διὰ ἱερατικῆς χειρὸς, ἣν οὐχ ἕτοιμον εἰς τοῦτο, ἀλλ' εἰς ἁγιασμὸν καὶ πᾶσαν δικαίαν τε καὶ ἀγαθὴν πρᾶξιν τὸ Θεῖον ἐνομοθέτησεν. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐ καθυφῆκεν οἷς ἐπέταττε, προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν Θράκην ἀπάγεσθαι, εἰ μὴ μετάθοιτο τῆς γνώμης ἐντὸς ἡμερῶν δύο. ᾿Αλλ' Ἐμοὶ, ἔφη Λιβέριος, ὦ βασιλεῦ, οὐ βουλῆς δεῖ· πάλαι γὰρ ταῦτα εὖ μοι βεβούλευται καὶ δέδοκται, καὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐντεῦθεν ἤδη ἔχομαι. Λέγεται δὲ ἀπαγομένῳ αὐτῷ πεντακοσίους χρυσίους ἀποστεῖλαι · τὸν δὲ μὴ δεξάμενον, εἰπεῖν τῷ κομίσαντι· "Απιθι, καὶ ἄγγειλον τῷ πεπομφότι τὸ χρυσίον τοῦτο, δοῦναι τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν κόλαξι καὶ ὑποκριταῖς, οὓς ὑπὸ ἀπληστίας διηνεκὴς ἔνδεια ὁσημέραι ὀχλοῦσα κολάζει, ἀεὶ χρημάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντας, μηδέποτε δὲ κορεννυμένους. Ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ Χριστὸς ὁ ἐν ἅπασι τῷ Πατρὶ ὅμοιος, τροφεὺς καὶ ταμίας ἐστὶ πάντων τῶν ἀγαθῶν. Ἐκ δὴ τοιαύτης αἰτίας καὶ Λιβέριος ἀφηρέθη τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας· ἐπιτρέπεται δὲ ταύτην Φίληξ διάκονος τοῦ ἐνταῦθα κλήρου. "Ον ὁμόφρονά φασι διαμεῖναι κατὰ τὴν πίστιν τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθόσιν, καὶ παντελῶς θρησκείας ἕνεκα ἀνέγκλητον. Τουτὶ δὲ μόνον ἐγκαλεῖσθαι, ὅτι γε πρὸ χειροτονίας, καὶ κοινωνίας ἑτεροδό ξων ἀνδρῶν ἠνέσχετο. Ως δὲ εἰσήλαυνεν εἰς Ῥώμην ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ πολὺς ἦν ὁ ἐνθάδε δῆμος περὶ Λιβερίου ἐκβοῶν, καὶ δεόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπολαβεῖν, βουλευσάμενος μετὰ τῶν συνόντων αὐτῷ ἐπισκόπων, ἀπεκρίνατο μετακαλεῖσθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν ἀποδώσειν αὐτὸν, εἰ πεισθείη τοῖς συνοῦσιν αὐτῷ ἱερεῦσιν ὁμοφρονεῖν.
Tade men hōde ephexēs, ou kata ton auton kairon, ᾿Athanasiǭ te kai tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsią synedē, meta tēn Kōnstantos teleutēn. Saphēneias de charin tauta syllēbdēn entautha diēgēsamēn. ᾿Apraktou de dialytheisēs tēs en Mediolanǭ synodou, tous men, anteipontas tois kata ᾿Athanasiou spoudazousin, ekpodōn epoiēsen ho basileus, phygēn autōn katadikasas. Peripollou de poioumenos pantachou tēn Ekklēsian symphōnein peri to dogma, kai tous hiereas homonoein, ebouleueto pantachothen episkopous eis tēn Dysin kalein. Ennooumenos de hōs ergōdes touto dia to mēkos tēs en mesǭ gēs kai thalassēs, ēporei men ho ti poiēseis pantelōs de ouk aphiei. Menōn de epi tēs autēs gnōmēs, prin eis Rhōmēn elthein, kai tēn eiōthuian Rhōmaiois epitelein pompēn kata tōn nenikēmenōn, metakalesamenos Liberion ton Rhōmēs episkopon, epeithen homophrona genesthai tois amph᾽ auton hiereusin, hōn ēn kai Eudoxios. ᾿Anterounta de, kai ischyrizomenon mē pote touto poiēsein, prosetaxen eis Beroiēn tēs Thrakēs apagesthai. Legetai de syn tautę̄ prophasin einai tēs Liberiou phygēs, kai to mē helesthai tēn pros ᾿Athanasion koinōnian arnēsasthai, all᾿ andreiōs peri toutou anteipein basilei, epaitiōmenǭ hōs tas Ekklēsias ēdikēse, kai toin idioin adelphoin, ton men presbyteron apōlese ; Kōnstanta de, hoson eis auton ēken, echthron autǭ katestēse. Proischomenǭ de tēn krisin tōn pantachou, kai malista en Tyrǭ kat᾿ autou synelēlythotōn, toutois men hōs kata panta pros apechtheian kai charin hēdeōs psēphisamenois mē chrēnai tithesthai elege Liberios. Ezētei de tēn men en Nikaią paradotheisan pistin hypographais tōn pantachou episkopōn kratynesthai, kai tous dia touto en hyperoriais diatribontas metakaleisthai. Katorthōthentōn de toutōn, hōste mē ochlē: rous kai epizēmious doxai, dēmosiōn ochēmatōn ē chrēmatōn mē metadounai tini; all᾿ idią dapanę̄ pantas eis tēn ᾿Alexandreian synelthein, entha ho hēdikēkōs kai hoi hēdikēmenoi, kai tōn enklēmatōn hoi elenchoi, kai akribēs tēs epi toutois alētheias basanos. Epideiknys te tēn epi ᾿Athanasiou engraphon martyrian Oualentos kai Oursakiou, hēn epidedōkasin Iouliǭ tǭ pro autou ton tōn Rhōmaiōn thronon epitropeusanti, syngnōmēn aitountes, kai ta pros autōn en tǭ Mareōtę̄ pepragmena, pseudē katamēnyontes, ēxiou mē katadikazein autou apontos ton basilea, mēde tois tote psēphisamenois peithesthai, hate dēlēs tēs epiboulēs ousēs. Heneka de toin adelphoin, mē prosdokąn auton amynesthai dia hieratikēs cheiros, hēn ouch hetoimon eis touto, all' eis hagiasmon kai pasan dikaian te kai agathēn praxin to Theion enomothetēsen. Epei oun ou kathyphēken hois epetatte, prosetaxen autǭ ho basileus eis tēn Thrakēn apagesthai, ei mē metathoito tēs gnōmēs entos hēmerōn dyo. ᾿All' Emoi, ephē Liberios, ō basileu, ou boulēs dei; palai gar tauta eu moi bebouleutai kai dedoktai, kai tēs hodou enteuthen ēdē echomai. Legetai de apagomenǭ autǭ pentakosious chrysious aposteilai ; ton de mē dexamenon, eipein tǭ komisanti; "Apithi, kai angeilon tǭ pepomphoti to chrysion touto, dounai tois amph᾿ auton kolaxi kai hypokritais, hous hypo aplēstias diēnekēs endeia hosēmerai ochlousa kolazei, aei chrēmatōn epithymountas, mēdepote de korennymenous. Hēmin de ho Christos ho en hapasi tǭ Patri homoios, tropheus kai tamias esti pantōn tōn agathōn. Ek dē toiautēs aitias kai Liberios aphērethē tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias; epitrepetai de tautēn Philēx diakonos tou entautha klērou. "On homophrona phasi diameinai kata tēn pistin tois en Nikaią synelēlythosin, kai pantelōs thrēskeias heneka anenklēton. Touti de monon enkaleisthai, hoti ge pro cheirotonias, kai koinōnias heterodo xōn andrōn ēnescheto. Ōs de eisēlaunen eis Rhōmēn ho basileus, kai polys ēn ho enthade dēmos peri Liberiou ekboōn, kai deomenos auton apolabein, bouleusamenos meta tōn synontōn autǭ episkopōn, apekrinato metakaleisthai auton, kai tois aitousin apodōsein auton, ei peistheiē tois synousin autǭ hiereusin homophronein.
These things befell Athanasius and the church of Alexandria in succession, not at the same time, after the death of Constans; for clarity I have related them together here. When the synod at Milan had broken up without result, the emperor put out of the way those who had opposed the efforts against Athanasius, condemning them to exile. Since he made much of the church everywhere agreeing about the doctrine and the priests being of one mind, he planned to call bishops from everywhere to the West. Considering that this was difficult because of the distance by land and sea between, he was at a loss what to do, but did not altogether give it up. Remaining of the same mind, before coming to Rome and holding the procession customary among the Romans over the conquered, he summoned Liberius, the bishop of Rome, and tried to persuade him to agree with the priests about him, among whom was Eudoxius. When he opposed and insisted that he would never do this, the emperor ordered him to be taken to Beroea in Thrace. It is said that besides this, another reason for Liberius's exile was that he did not choose to renounce communion with Athanasius, but bravely opposed the emperor on this, when the emperor accused Athanasius of having wronged the churches and, of his two brothers, of having destroyed the elder and, as far as lay in him, made Constans his enemy. When the emperor put forward the judgment of the bishops everywhere, and especially of those who met against him at Tyre, Liberius said that one should not rely on them, since they had in every way voted gladly out of enmity and favour. He asked that the faith handed down at Nicaea be confirmed by the signatures of the bishops everywhere, and that those living in exile on this account be recalled; and when this had been done, so as not to seem burdensome and costly, that public carriages or money be given to no one, but that all meet at their own expense at Alexandria, where were the one who had done wrong and those who had been wronged, the proofs of the charges, and an exact test of the truth about them. Showing the written testimony of Valens and Ursacius about Athanasius, which they had given to Julius, who governed the see of the Romans before him, asking pardon and declaring that what they had done in the Mareotis was false, he asked that the emperor not condemn Athanasius in his absence, nor trust those who had then voted, since the plot was plain. As for his brothers, he should not expect to avenge himself through a priestly hand, which God had ordained ready not for this but for sanctification and every just and good deed. When Liberius would not yield to what he commanded, the emperor ordered him to be taken to Thrace unless he changed his mind within two days. “I need no time to deliberate, emperor,” said Liberius; “this has long been deliberated and decided by me, and I am setting out on the road from here at once.” It is said that as he was being led away the emperor sent him five hundred gold pieces; he did not accept them, and said to the man who brought them: “Go and tell him who sent this gold to give it to the flatterers and hypocrites about him, whom insatiable want, harassing them daily, punishes for their greed, always desiring money and never satisfied. For us Christ, who is like the Father in all things, is the nourisher and steward of all good things.” For such a reason Liberius was deprived of the church of the Romans, and Felix, a deacon of the clergy there, was entrusted with it. They say that he remained of the same mind in faith as those who met at Nicaea and was altogether blameless in religion; this alone was charged against him, that before his ordination he had also tolerated communion with men of another opinion. When the emperor entered Rome and the people there kept crying out for Liberius and begging to have him back, he consulted with the bishops who were with him and answered that he would recall him and give him back to those who asked, if he agreed to be of one mind with the priests who were with him.
4.12PG 67:1141–1143
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐδίδασκεν ᾿Αέτιος ἣν εἶχε περὶ Θεοῦ δόξαν. Ἦν δὲ τότε διάκονος τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας, παρὰ Λεοντίου γενόμενος. Τὰ αὐτὰ δὲ ᾿Αρείῳ ἐδόξαζε, κτιστὸν, καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων, ἀνόμοιόν τε λέγων τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱόν. Ἐριστικὸς δὲ τις εἰς ἄγαν ὢν, καὶ τολμηρὸς ἐν τοῖς περὶ Θεοῦ λόγοις, ἀσφαλῶς τε καὶ ποικίλως τοῖς λογισμοῖς χρώμενος, ἔδοξεν ἑτερόδοξος εἶναι οἷς ὁμοίως ἐφρόνει. Ἐκβληθείς τε τῆς αὐτῶν Ἐκκλησίας, ἐσκήπτετο παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς κοινωνίαν, ὡς ᾿Αρείῳ κεκοινωνηκότας μὴ δέον. Ὅτι, φησὶ, ἐπιώρκησεν, ἡνίκα μεταμεληθεὶς ὀμώμοκε Κωνσταντίνῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ, συνῳδὰ φρονεῖν τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθόσι. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε λέγεται. Ἔτι δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν τῇ πρὸς Δύσιν ἀρχομένῃ διάγοντος, ἀγγέλλεταί τετελευτηκέναι Λεόντιος ὁ ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπος. Ὡς φυλακῆς δὲ προσδεομένης τῆς ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίας, ἐδεήθη τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐδόξιος ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς Συρίαν. Ἐπιτραπεὶς δὲ τοῦτο, σπουδῇ, καταλαμβάνει τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν· καὶ περιποιεῖται ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἐνθάδε ἐπισκοπὴν, μήτε Γεωργίου τοῦ Λαοδικείας ἐπισκόπου, μήτε Μάρκου τοῦ ᾿Αρεθούσης, οἱ δὴ τότε τῶν ἐν Συρίᾳ ἐπισκόπων ἐπίσημοι ἦσαν, μήτε τῶν ἄλλων οἷς ἡ χειροτονία διέφερε, συνθεμένων. Λόγος δὲ ταῦτα τὸν αὐτὸν πραγματεύσασθαι κατὰ γνώμην τοῦ κρατοῦντος, τῶν - ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εὐνούχων συμπραξάντων· οἳ ἅμα Εὐδοξίῳ τὸ ᾿Αετίου δόγμα ἐπήνουν, καὶ ἀνόμοιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐδόξαζον. Ὡς οὖν ἐκράτησε τῆς Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας, παῤῥησίας λαβόμενος, περιφανῶς ἤδη προΐστατο τῆς τοιαύτης αἱρέσεως. Καὶ συνελθὼν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ ἅμα τοῖς τὰ τοιαῦτα φρονοῦσιν, ὧν ἦσαν καὶ ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Καισαρείας τῆς Παλαιστίνης ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Οὐράνιος ὁ Τύρου, Ὃς μετὰ τοῦ ὁμοιοουσίου καὶ τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὄνομα ἠθέτει, πρόφασιν ποιούμενος ὡς ἀνὰ τὴν Δύσιν ἐπίσκοποι ταῦτα ἐψηφίσαντο, Ὅσιος γὰρ ἅμα τισὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε ἱερέων, ἐπὶ καταλύσει τῆς Οὐάλεντος Οὑρσαχίου Γερμανίου Φφιλονευξίας, βιασθεὶς ἐν Σιρμίῳ, ὡς εἴρηται, συνεχώρησε μὖτε ὁμοούσιον μήτε ὁμοιοούδιον λέγειν. Ὡς μῆδὲ ταϊς οἱ ἱεραῖς Γραφαῖς ἐγνωσμένων τῶν ὀνόμάτων, καὶ ὅπὲρ νοῦν ἀνθρώπων ὃν, οὐσίᾶν Θεοῦ πολυπραγμονεῖν. ", Ὧξφ χατωρθώχόσι δὲ περὶ τούτου τὰ ὕράμ: μᾶξα, πρὸς ἀὐτοὺς ἐπιστολὴν διεπέμψατο, Οὐάλέψει καὶ Οὐρσακίῳ Γέρμανίῳ χάριν ὁμολογοῦντές, τοῦ ὀρθῶς δοξάζεϊν τοὺς ἐν τῇ Δύσει, τᾶς ἀφορμὰς αὐτοῖς ἀνατιθέντες.
Peri de touton ton chronon, eis to phaneron edidasken ᾿Aetios hēn eiche peri Theou doxan. Ēn de tote diakonos tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsias, para Leontiou genomenos. Ta auta de ᾿Areiǭ edoxaze, ktiston, kai ex ouk ontōn, anomoion te legōn tǭ Patri ton Huion. Eristikos de tis eis agan ōn, kai tolmēros en tois peri Theou logois, asphalōs te kai poikilōs tois logismois chrōmenos, edoxen heterodoxos einai hois homoiōs ephronei. Ekblētheis te tēs autōn Ekklēsias, eskēpteto paraiteisthai tēn pros autous koinōnian, hōs ᾿Areiǭ kekoinōnēkotas mē deon. Hoti, phēsi, epiōrkēsen, hēnika metamelētheis omōmoke Kōnstantinǭ tǭ basilei, synǭda phronein tois en Nikaią synelēlythosi. Kai ta men hōde legetai. Eti de tou basileōs en tę̄ pros Dysin archomenę̄ diagontos, angelletai teteleutēkenai Leontios ho ᾿Antiocheias episkopos. Hōs phylakēs de prosdeomenēs tēs enthade Ekklēsias, edeēthē tou basileōs Eudoxios epanelthein eis Syrian. Epitrapeis de touto, spoudę̄, katalambanei tēn ᾿Antiocheian; kai peripoieitai heautǭ tēn enthade episkopēn, mēte Geōrgiou tou Laodikeias episkopou, mēte Markou tou ᾿Arethousēs, hoi dē tote tōn en Syrią episkopōn episēmoi ēsan, mēte tōn allōn hois hē cheirotonia diephere, synthemenōn. Logos de tauta ton auton pragmateusasthai kata gnōmēn tou kratountos, tōn - en tois basileiois eunouchōn sympraxantōn; hoi hama Eudoxiǭ to ᾿Aetiou dogma epēnoun, kai anomoion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion edoxazon. Hōs oun ekratēse tēs Antiocheōn Ekklēsias, parrhēsias labomenos, periphanōs ēdē proïstato tēs toiautēs haireseōs. Kai synelthōn en ᾿Antiocheią hama tois ta toiauta phronousin, hōn ēsan kai ᾿Akakios ho Kaisareias tēs Palaistinēs episkopos, kai Ouranios ho Tyrou, Hos meta tou homoioousiou kai to homoousion onoma ēthetei, prophasin poioumenos hōs ana tēn Dysin episkopoi tauta epsēphisanto, Hosios gar hama tisi tōn enthade hiereōn, epi katalysei tēs Oualentos Hoursachiou Germaniou Phphiloneuxias, biastheis en Sirmiǭ, hōs eirētai, synechōrēse myte homoousion mēte homoiooudion legein. Hōs mēde taïs hoi hierais Graphais egnōsmenōn tōn onomatōn, kai hoper noun anthrōpōn hon, ousian Theou polypragmonein. ", Hōxph chatōrthōchosi de peri toutou ta hyram: maxa, pros autous epistolēn diepempsato, Oualepsei kai Oursakiǭ Germaniǭ charin homologountes, tou orthōs doxazeïn tous en tę̄ Dysei, tas aphormas autois anatithentes.
About this time Aetius openly taught the opinion he held about God. He was then a deacon of the church of Antioch, having been made one by Leontius. He held the same views as Arius, saying that the Son is a creature, from nothing, and unlike the Father. Being exceedingly contentious and bold in discourse about God, and using his reasonings confidently and with variety, he was thought to be of another opinion even by those who held like views. Expelled from their church, he alleged that he declined communion with them because they had wrongly communicated with Arius, “since,” he said, “Arius perjured himself when, having repented, he swore to the emperor Constantine that he agreed with those who had met at Nicaea.” So it is said. While the emperor was still staying in the western part of the empire, it was reported that Leontius, bishop of Antioch, had died. As the church there needed guarding, Eudoxius asked the emperor to let him return to Syria. Being permitted, he hastened to Antioch and secured the episcopate there for himself, without the consent of George, bishop of Laodicea, or Mark of Arethusa, who were then distinguished among the bishops of Syria, or of the others to whom the ordination belonged. It is said that he arranged this with the ruler's approval, with the help of the eunuchs of the palace, who with Eudoxius approved the doctrine of Aetius and held the Son to be unlike the Father. When he had taken possession of the church of Antioch, gaining freedom of speech, he openly headed this heresy. Meeting at Antioch with those of the same views, among whom were Acacius, bishop of Caesarea in Palestine, and Uranius of Tyre, he rejected both “of like essence” and “of the same essence,” on the pretext that the bishops of the West had so decided. For Hosius, with some of the priests there, forced at Sirmium, as has been said, to put an end to the contentiousness of Valens, Ursacius and Germanius, had agreed to say neither “of the same essence” nor “of like essence,” since the words were not known in the sacred Scriptures and it is beyond the mind of men to busy oneself about the essence of God. And as to those who had achieved this, they sent a letter to them, to Valens, Ursacius and Germanius, thanking them, and attributing to them the occasion of the right belief of those in the West.
4.13PG 67:1143–1147
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὧδε ἐνεωτέριζεν Εὐδόξιος, καὶ πόλλοὶ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκχχλησίας ἐναντιούμενοι αὐτῷ ἐξηλά: θησαν" γράμματα λαβόντες Ἐεωργίου τοῦ Λαοδιχείαᾶς 1447 ἐπισκόπου, παρεγένοντο ᾿Αγγυραν τῆς Γαλατίας. Ἔτυχε γάρ Βασίλειος ἐπὶ καθιερώσει ἧς ἐδείματο ἐκκλησίας, συγκαλέσας πολλοὺς τῶν πλησιοχώρων ἐπισκόπων, οἷς ἀπέδωκεν τὴν Γεωργίου ἐπιστολήν. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε· Κυρίοις τιμιωτάτοις, Μακεδονίφ, Βασιλείῳ, κροπίῳ, Εὐγενίῳ, Γεώργιος ἐν Κυρίῳ χαίρειν. Τὸ ᾿Αετίου ναυάγιον, σχεδόν που πᾶσαν κατείληφε τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων. Τοὺς γὰρ παρ' ὑμῖν ἀτιμαζομένους μαθητὰς τοῦ δυσωνύμου ᾿Αετίον πάντας καταλαβών Εὐδόξιος, εἰς κληρικοὺς προβάλλεται, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τετιμημένοις ἔχων τὸν αἱρετικὸν ᾿Αέτιον. Καταλάβετε οὖν τὴν τηλικαύτην πόλιν, μὴ τῷ ναυαγίῳ αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη παρασυρῇ. Καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν γενόμενοι, ὅσους καὶ γενέσθαι ἐγχωρεῖ, παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἔπισκόπων ὑπογραφὰς ἀπαιτήσατε· ἵνα καὶ ᾿Αέτιον ἐκβάλῃ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας Εὐδόξιος, καὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ μαθητὰς ὄντας, πρόχειρισθέντας εἰς κανόνας ἐκκόψῃ. Ἡ ἐὰν ἐπιμείνῃ μετὰ ᾿Αετίου ἀνόμοιον καλῶν, καὶ τοὺς τοῦτο τολμῶντας λέγειν τῶν μὴ λεγόντων προτιμῶν, οἶχεται ὑμῖν, ὡς φθάσας ἔφην, τέως ἡ ᾿Αντιοχέων. Τάδε μὲν περιείχεν ἡ Γεωργίου ἐπιστολή. δὲ ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ ἐπίσκοποι, ἐπειδὴ ἀπεδείχθη ὁ Εὐδοξίου νεωτερισμὸς, ἐξ ὧν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος ἐγγράφως ἐψηφίσατο μεθ᾽ ὧν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ συνῆλθε, δηλοῦσι ταῦτα τῷ βασιλεῖ· καὶ ἐξαιτοῦσι γενέσθαι τινὰ πρόνοιαν, ὥστε κρατεῖν τὰ ἐν Σαρδικῇ καὶ ἐν Σιρμίῳ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις συνόδοις κεκριμένα, ἐν αἷς συνεδόκει ὅμοιον εἶναι κατ' οὐσίαν τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱόν. Καὶ αἱροῦνται περὶ τούτου πρεσβεύειν πρὸς βασιλέα, τός τε Βασίλειος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Εὐστάθιος ὁ Σεβαστείας, καὶ Ἐλεύσιος ὁ Κυζίκου, καὶ Λεόντιος πρεσβύτερος ἐκ θαλαμηπόλεως βασιλικοῦ. Ὡς δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, καταλαμβάνουσιν ᾿Ασφάλιον πρεσβύτερον ἐξ ᾿Αντιοχείας, εἰς ἄγαν σπουδαστὴν τῆς ᾿Αετίου αἱρέσεως, ἤδη πράξαντα ἐφ᾽ ᾧ παρεγένετο, καὶ γράμματα παρὰ βασιλέως κομισάμενον, ἐκδημεῖν μέλλοντα. Καταμηνυθείσης δὲ τῆς αἰρέσεως διὰ τῶν ἐξ ᾿Αγκύρας πρέσβεων, καταψηφίζεται Κωνστάντιος τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον· καὶ ἀνακομίζεται παρὰ ᾿Ασφαλίου τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπιστολήν· γράφει δὲ τάδε ·
Epei de hōde eneōterizen Eudoxios, kai polloi tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekchchlēsias enantioumenoi autǭ exēla: thēsan" grammata labontes Eeōrgiou tou Laodicheiaas 1447 episkopou, paregenonto ᾿Angyran tēs Galatias. Etyche gar Basileios epi kathierōsei hēs edeimato ekklēsias, synkalesas pollous tōn plēsiochōrōn episkopōn, hois apedōken tēn Geōrgiou epistolēn. Echei de hōde; Kyriois timiōtatois, Makedoniph, Basileiǭ, kropiǭ, Eugeniǭ, Geōrgios en Kyriǭ chairein. To ᾿Aetiou nauagion, schedon pou pasan kateilēphe tēn ᾿Antiocheōn. Tous gar par' hymin atimazomenous mathētas tou dysōnymou ᾿Aetion pantas katalabōn Eudoxios, eis klērikous proballetai, en tois malista tetimēmenois echōn ton hairetikon ᾿Aetion. Katalabete oun tēn tēlikautēn polin, mē tǭ nauagiǭ autēs kai hē oikoumenē parasyrę̄. Kai eis tauton genomenoi, hosous kai genesthai enchōrei, para tōn allōn episkopōn hypographas apaitēsate; hina kai ᾿Aetion ekbalę̄ tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsias Eudoxios, kai tous autou mathētas ontas, procheiristhentas eis kanonas ekkopsę̄. Hē ean epimeinę̄ meta ᾿Aetiou anomoion kalōn, kai tous touto tolmōntas legein tōn mē legontōn protimōn, oichetai hymin, hōs phthasas ephēn, teōs hē ᾿Antiocheōn. Tade men perieichen hē Geōrgiou epistolē. de en ᾿Ankyrą episkopoi, epeidē apedeichthē ho Eudoxiou neōterismos, ex hōn peri tou dogmatos engraphōs epsēphisato meth᾽ hōn en ᾿Antiocheią synēlthe, dēlousi tauta tǭ basilei; kai exaitousi genesthai tina pronoian, hōste kratein ta en Sardikę̄ kai en Sirmiǭ kai tais allais synodois kekrimena, en hais synedokei homoion einai kat' ousian tǭ Patri ton Huion. Kai hairountai peri toutou presbeuein pros basilea, tos te Basileios ho ᾿Ankyras episkopos, kai Eustathios ho Sebasteias, kai Eleusios ho Kyzikou, kai Leontios presbyteros ek thalamēpoleōs basilikou. Hōs de aphikonto eis ta basileia, katalambanousin ᾿Asphalion presbyteron ex ᾿Antiocheias, eis agan spoudastēn tēs ᾿Aetiou haireseōs, ēdē praxanta eph᾽ hǭ paregeneto, kai grammata para basileōs komisamenon, ekdēmein mellonta. Katamēnytheisēs de tēs aireseōs dia tōn ex ᾿Ankyras presbeōn, katapsēphizetai Kōnstantios tōn amphi ton Eudoxion; kai anakomizetai para ᾿Asphaliou tēn idian epistolēn; graphei de tade ;
When Eudoxius was making these innovations, and many of the church of Antioch who opposed him had been driven out, they took letters from George, bishop of Laodicea, and came to Ancyra in Galatia. For Basil happened to have called together many of the neighbouring bishops for the dedication of a church he had built, and to them they delivered George's letter. It reads as follows: “To my most honoured lords Macedonius, Basil, Cecropius and Eugenius, George sends greeting in the Lord. The shipwreck of Aetius has engulfed almost the whole of Antioch. For Eudoxius has taken up all the disciples of the ill-named Aetius who were dishonoured among you, and is promoting them to the clergy, holding the heretic Aetius among the most honoured. Take hold, then, of so great a city, lest by its shipwreck the world too be swept away. Meet together, as many as can, and demand signatures from the other bishops, so that Eudoxius may expel Aetius from the church of Antioch and cut off from the lists his disciples who have been promoted. Otherwise, if he persists with Aetius in calling the Son unlike, and in preferring those who dare to say this to those who do not, Antioch, as I said before, is lost to you.” Such were the contents of George's letter. The bishops at Ancyra, since Eudoxius's innovation had been demonstrated from what he had decided in writing about the doctrine with those who met with him at Antioch, informed the emperor of this, and asked that provision be made that what had been decided at Sardica and at Sirmium and at the other synods, at which it was agreed that the Son is like the Father in essence, should prevail. They chose as envoys to the emperor on this matter Basil, bishop of Ancyra, Eustathius of Sebaste, Eleusius of Cyzicus, and Leontius, a presbyter from the imperial bedchamber. When they arrived at the palace, they found Asphalius, a presbyter from Antioch and an ardent supporter of the heresy of Aetius, who had already accomplished what he had come for and had received a letter from the emperor and was about to depart. When the heresy had been exposed by the envoys from Ancyra, Constantius condemned Eudoxius's party, took back his own letter from Asphalius, and wrote the following.
4.14PG 67:1147–1149
Νικητὴς Κωνστάντιος μέγιστος, Σεβαστός, τῇ κατὰ ᾿Αντιόχειαν ἁγίᾳ Ἐκκλησία. Εὐδόξιος οὐ παρ' ἡμῶν ἧκε· μηδεὶς οὕτως οἰέσθω. Πόῤῥω τοῦ προστίθεσθαι τοιούτοις ἐσμέν. Εἰ δὲ μετὰ ἄλλων καὶ τοῦτο σοφίζονται, εὔδηλοι δήπουθέν εἰσιν εἰς τὸ κρεῖττον κομψευόμενοι. Τίνων γὰρ ἂν ἐκόντες ἀπόσχοιντο, οἱ δυναστειῶν ἕνεκεν τὰς πόλεις ἐπιόντες, ἀπ᾿ ἄλλης εἰς ἄλλην μεταπηδῶντες, ὥσπερ τινὲς μετανάσται, πάντα μυχὸν πολυπραγμονοῦντες ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ πλείονος; Εἶναι δὲ λόγος περὶ αὐτοὺς ἀγύρτας τινὰς καὶ σοφιστὰς, οὓς οὐδὲ ὀνομάζειν θέμις· ἐργαστήριον πονηρὸν καὶ δυσσεβέστατον. Πάντως που καὶ αὐτοὶ συνίετε τὸ σύστημα. Πάντως ἐκ τῶν λόγων τὸν ᾿Αέτιον γνωρίζετε, καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν ταύτην ἐσχολακότας. Οἷς ἓν μόνον τοῦτο ἔργον ἐστὶ, τὸ διαφθείρειν τὰ πλήθη. ᾿Αλλ' οἱ κομψοὶ καὶ πρὸς πάντα εὔτολμοι, ἤδη τι τοιοῦτον πρός τινας ἐνεανιεύσαντο, ὅτι χαίροιμεν αὐτῶν τῇ χειροτονίᾳ, ἣν ἑαυτοὺς ἐχειροτόνησαν. Ταῦτα παρ' ἐκείνων μὲν ἄδεται, τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα θρυλλεῖν εἰωθότων. Ἔστι δ᾽ οὐδ᾽ ὅλως πόθεν, οὐδ᾽ ἐγγύς. Καί μοι τῶν πρώτων ἀναμνήσθητε λόγων, ὅτε περὶ πίστεως ἐσκοποῦμεν· ἐν οἷς ὁ Σωτὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπεδείκνυτο ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὅμοιος τῷ Πατρί. ᾿Αλλ' οἱ γενναῖοι καὶ περὶ τοῦ κρείττονος λέγοντες εὐχερῶς τὰ παριστάμενα, ἐς τοσοῦτον προἦλθον ἀθεῖας, ὥστε καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ παρὰ τὰ ὄντα νομίζειν, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πειρᾶσθαι διδάσκειν. Οἷς ὅτι μὲν εἰς κεφαλὴν τρέψεται, πάνυ πεπιστεύκαμεν, δὲ τέως εἴργεσθαι συνόδων αὐτοὺς 1449 πον συλλόγου κοινοῦ, Μὴ γὰρ δὴ εἰπεῖν προαχθείην ἐν τῷ παρόντι, ὅσα μικρὰν ὕστερον ἐκεῖνοι πείσονται, ἣν μὴ τῆς λύσσης ταύτης ἀπόσχοιντο. δὲ( καὶ τί γὰρ οὐχ ἐπεισάγουσι τῷ χαχῷ) ; τοὺς πονηροτάτους ὥσπερ ἐξ ἐντολῆς ἀγεέροντες, τούτους δὴ τοὺς τῶν αἱρέσεων ἀρχηγοὺς, εἰς τὸν κλῆρον χαταλέγουσι, σχῆμα σεμνὸν οὕτω χιδδηλεύοντας ὥσπερ ἐξὺν αὐτοὺς ἄγειν φέρειν ἅπάντα. Καίτοι τίς ἂν εἰς ζῶντας τελῶν, τούτων ἀνάσχοιτο, οἱ τὰς μὲν πόλεις τοῦ δυσσεβεῖν ἐμπιπλῶσι, τὴν δὲ ὑπερορίαν μιάσμασιν ἀποχρύπτουσιν, ἕν ποῦτο μόνον ἔργον ἀγαπῶντες, τὸ τοῖς καλοῖς ἀπεχθάνεσθαι διηνεκῶς ; ᾿Εῤῥέτω πανοῦργόν τι σύστημα θειοτέροις θώχοις ἐνιδρύσαι, Νῦν ὥρα τοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας τροφίμους εἰς οἱ ἃ ἃ φῶς μέσους, ὅσοι τῶν ἠθῶν ἐχφυγόντες, φόδῳ χατείχοντο πάλαι, Τὰ δὴ σοφὰ τούτων ἐξήλεγχται" μηχανῆς οὐδεὶς ἔσται τρόπος χενὸς, ὃς ἐξαιρήσεται τούτους τοῦ δυσσεύεϊν. ᾿Ανδρῶν ἀγα - ϑῶν ἔργον, τῇ πίστει τῶν πατέρων συζῆν, ταύτὴν ἐπαύξειν ὡς εἴρηται " πέρα δὲ μὴ πολυπραγμονεῖν. Παραινέσαιμι δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ βαράθρου ὀψέ ποτε μεταθεμένους, θέσθαι ταύτῃ τῇ ψήφῳ, ἣν οἱ τὰ θεῖα σοφοὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ κρείττονος ἐψηφίσαντο δεόντως ἐπίσκοποι. ἐκείνου μὲν οὖν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπαρ᾽ ὀλίγον ἐχινδύνευσε κρατεῖν ἡ τῶν ᾿Ανομοίων καλουμένη αἴρεσις,
Nikētēs Kōnstantios megistos, Sebastos, tę̄ kata ᾿Antiocheian hagią Ekklēsia. Eudoxios ou par' hēmōn hēke; mēdeis houtōs oiesthō. Porrhō tou prostithesthai toioutois esmen. Ei de meta allōn kai touto sophizontai, eudēloi dēpouthen eisin eis to kreitton kompseuomenoi. Tinōn gar an ekontes aposchointo, hoi dynasteiōn heneken tas poleis epiontes, ap᾿ allēs eis allēn metapēdōntes, hōsper tines metanastai, panta mychon polypragmonountes epithymią tou pleionos? Einai de logos peri autous agyrtas tinas kai sophistas, hous oude onomazein themis; ergastērion ponēron kai dyssebestaton. Pantōs pou kai autoi syniete to systēma. Pantōs ek tōn logōn ton ᾿Aetion gnōrizete, kai tous peri tēn hairesin tautēn escholakotas. Hois hen monon touto ergon esti, to diaphtheirein ta plēthē. ᾿All' hoi kompsoi kai pros panta eutolmoi, ēdē ti toiouton pros tinas eneanieusanto, hoti chairoimen autōn tę̄ cheirotonią, hēn heautous echeirotonēsan. Tauta par' ekeinōn men adetai, tōn ta toiauta thryllein eiōthotōn. Esti d᾽ oud᾽ holōs pothen, oud᾽ engys. Kai moi tōn prōtōn anamnēsthēte logōn, hote peri pisteōs eskopoumen; en hois ho Sōtēr hēmōn apedeiknyto ho Huios tou Theou, kai kat᾿ ousian homoios tǭ Patri. ᾿All' hoi gennaioi kai peri tou kreittonos legontes eucherōs ta paristamena, es tosouton proēlthon atheias, hōste kai alla tina para ta onta nomizein, kai tous allous peirasthai didaskein. Hois hoti men eis kephalēn trepsetai, pany pepisteukamen, de teōs eirgesthai synodōn autous 1449 pon syllogou koinou, Mē gar dē eipein proachtheiēn en tǭ paronti, hosa mikran hysteron ekeinoi peisontai, hēn mē tēs lyssēs tautēs aposchointo. de( kai ti gar ouch epeisagousi tǭ chachǭ) ? tous ponērotatous hōsper ex entolēs ageerontes, toutous dē tous tōn haireseōn archēgous, eis ton klēron chatalegousi, schēma semnon houtō chiddēleuontas hōsper exyn autous agein pherein hapanta. Kaitoi tis an eis zōntas telōn, toutōn anaschoito, hoi tas men poleis tou dyssebein empiplōsi, tēn de hyperorian miasmasin apochryptousin, hen pouto monon ergon agapōntes, to tois kalois apechthanesthai diēnekōs ? ᾿Errhetō panourgon ti systēma theioterois thōchois enidrysai, Nyn hōra tous tēs alētheias trophimous eis hoi ha ha phōs mesous, hosoi tōn ēthōn echphygontes, phodǭ chateichonto palai, Ta dē sopha toutōn exēlenchtai" mēchanēs oudeis estai tropos chenos, hos exairēsetai toutous tou dysseueïn. ᾿Andrōn aga - ϑōn ergon, tę̄ pistei tōn paterōn syzēn, tautēn epauxein hōs eirētai " pera de mē polypragmonein. Parainesaimi d᾽ an kai tous ek tou barathrou opse pote metathemenous, thesthai tautę̄ tę̄ psēphǭ, hēn hoi ta theia sophoi epi tou kreittonos epsēphisanto deontōs episkopoi. ekeinou men oun touton ton tropar᾽ oligon echindyneuse kratein hē tōn ᾿Anomoiōn kaloumenē airesis,
“Victor Constantius, greatest, Augustus, to the holy church at Antioch. Eudoxius did not come from us; let no one think so. We are far from favouring such people. And if they use this sophistry along with others, they are plainly making a show about the highest matters. For from what would they willingly abstain, who go about the cities for the sake of power, leaping from one to another like migrants, prying into every corner in their desire for more? It is said that there are about them certain vagabonds and sophists, whom it is not right even to name: a wicked and most impious workshop. Surely you yourselves understand the company; surely you recognize Aetius from his words, and those who have given themselves to this heresy, whose one work is to corrupt the people. But these clever men, bold for anything, have already been so impudent as to tell some people that we rejoice in their ordination, which they have conferred on themselves. This is what is chanted by those who are accustomed to babble such things; but it is not true at all, nor anywhere near it. Recall to me the first discussions, when we were examining the faith, in which our Saviour was shown to be the Son of God and like the Father in essence. But these noble men, speaking glibly about the highest things whatever comes to them, have come to such impiety as to think other things contrary to the truth, and to try to teach others. That it will recoil on their own heads we firmly believe; meanwhile it will be enough that they be kept from synods and from any common assembly. For I would not be led to say at present what they will suffer shortly, unless they abstain from this madness. And (for what do they not add to the evil?) gathering the most wicked men as if by command, they enrol these very leaders of heresies in the clergy, debasing a venerable office as if they were free to do as they pleased with everything. Yet who that is counted among the living could bear these men, who fill the cities with impiety and conceal far-off places with defilements, loving this one work alone, to be at enmity with good men continually? Away with this villainous company that would set itself in holier seats! Now is the time for the nurslings of the truth to come out into the light, all who, having escaped …, were long held back by fear. Their wisdom has been exposed; no new manner of contrivance will rescue them from impiety. It is the work of good men to live with the faith of the fathers and, as has been said, to increase it, and not to busy themselves beyond it. I would advise those too who have at last turned back from the pit to submit to that vote which the bishops wise in divine things rightly passed concerning the highest matters.” In this way, then, the heresy of the so-called Anomoeans, which had come near to prevailing, was checked.
4.15PG 67:1149–1153
Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἐπανελθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης εἰς Σίρμιον ὁ βασιλεὺς, πρεσδευσαμένων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Δύσεως ἐπισκόπων, μεταχαλεῖται Λιδέριον Βεροίας. Παρόντων τε τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς πρέσδεων, συναγαγὼν τοὺς παρατυχόντας ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἱερέας, ἐδιάζετι αὐτὸν ὁμολογεῖν μὴ εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ὁμοούσιον. Ἐνέχειντο δὲ, καὶ τὸν κρατοῦντα ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἐχίνουν, πλείστην παρ᾽ αὐτῷ παῤῥησίαν ἄγοντες, Βασίλειος καὶ Εὐστάθιος καὶ ᾿Ελεύσιος. Οἱ δὴ τότε εἰς μίαν γραφὴν ἀθροίσαντες τὰ δεδογμένα ἐπὶ Παύλῳ τῷ ἐκ Σαμοσάτων, καὶ Φωτει νῷ τῷ ἐκ Σιρμίου, καὶ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν· πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐγκαινίοις τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων, ἐκκλησίας, ὡς ἐπὶ προφάσει τοῦ ὁμοουσίου ἐπιχειρούντων τινῶν ἰδίαν συνιστάνειν αἵρεσιν, παρασκευάζουσι συναινέ σαι ταύτῃ Λιβέριον, ᾿Αθανάσιόν τε καὶ ᾿Αλέξαν δρον, καὶ Σεβηριανὸν καὶ Κρίσκεντα, οἱ ἐν Αφρικῇ ἱέρωντο. Ὁμοίως δὲ συνήνουν καὶ Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Γερμήνιος ὁ Σιρμίου, καὶ Οὐάλης ὁ Μουρσῶν ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ ὅσοι ἐκ τῆς Ἕω παρῆσαν. Ἐν μέρει δὲ καὶ ὁμολογίαν ἐκομίσαντο παρὰ Λιβερίου ἀποκηρύττουσαν τοὺς μὴ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν καὶ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀποφαίνοντας. Ἡνίκα γὰρ τὴν Ὁσίου ἐπιστολὴν ἐδέξαντο Εὐδόξιος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῇ ᾿Αετίου αἱρέσει σπουδάζοντες, ἐλογοποίουν ὡς καὶ Λιβέριος τὸ ὁμοούσιον ἀπεδοκί μασε, καὶ ἀνόμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ὧδε κατώρθωτο τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Δύσεως πρέσβεσιν, ἀπέδωκεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Λιβερίῳ τὴν ἐπὶ 'Ῥώμην ἐπάνοδον· γράφουσί τε προσδέξασθαι αὐτὸν οἱ ἐν Σιρμίῳ ἐπίσκοποι, Φίληκι τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τότε τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῷ ἐνθάδε κλήρως ἄμφω δὲ τὸν ἀποστολικὸν ἐπιτροπεύειν θρόνον, καὶ κοινῇ ἱερᾶσθαι μεθ᾽ ὁμονοίας, ἀμνηστίᾳ τε παραδοῦναι τὰ συμβάντα ἀνιαρὰ διὰ τὴν Φίληκος χειροτονίαν καὶ τὴν Λιβερίου ἀποδημίαν. Οἷα γὰρ τὰ ἄλλα καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθὸν τὸν Λιβέριον, καὶ ἀνδρείως ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ἀντειπόντα τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἢγάπα 6 ; τῶν δῇ μος" ὡς μεγίστην ἀναχινηθῆναι στάσιν, μέχρι φόνων χωρῆσαι. ᾿θλέγον δὲ χρόνον Φίχηχος ἐπιβιώσαντος μόνος Λιθδέριος τῆς κλησίας προΐστατο. Ταύτῃ “πὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ διοιχῆσαντὸς ᾿ὥδτε τὸν Πέτρου θρόνον μὴ ἀδοξέϊν, ὑπὸ δύο ἡγεμόσιν ἰθυνόμενον ὃ ᾿διχονοίας σύμθολόν ἐστι, καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ θεσμοῦ ἀλλότριον
Ou pollǭ de hysteron epanelthōn ek tēs Rhōmēs eis Sirmion ho basileus, presdeusamenōn tōn apo tēs Dyseōs episkopōn, metachaleitai Liderion Beroias. Parontōn te tōn apo tēs presdeōn, synagagōn tous paratychontas en tǭ stratopedǭ hiereas, ediazeti auton homologein mē einai tǭ Patri ton Huion homoousion. Enecheinto de, kai ton kratounta epi touto echinoun, pleistēn par᾽ autǭ parrhēsian agontes, Basileios kai Eustathios kai ᾿Eleusios. Hoi dē tote eis mian graphēn athroisantes ta dedogmena epi Paulǭ tǭ ek Samosatōn, kai Phōtei nǭ tǭ ek Sirmiou, kai tēn ektetheisan; pistin en tois enkainiois tēs ᾿Antiocheōn, ekklēsias, hōs epi prophasei tou homoousiou epicheirountōn tinōn idian synistanein hairesin, paraskeuazousi synaine sai tautę̄ Liberion, ᾿Athanasion te kai ᾿Alexan dron, kai Sebērianon kai Kriskenta, hoi en Aphrikę̄ hierōnto. Homoiōs de synēnoun kai Oursakios kai Germēnios ho Sirmiou, kai Oualēs ho Moursōn episkopos, kai hosoi ek tēs Heō parēsan. En merei de kai homologian ekomisanto para Liberiou apokēryttousan tous mē kat᾿ ousian kai kata panta homoion tǭ Patri ton Huion apophainontas. Hēnika gar tēn Hosiou epistolēn edexanto Eudoxios kai hoi syn autǭ en Antiocheią tę̄ ᾿Aetiou hairesei spoudazontes, elogopoioun hōs kai Liberios to homoousion apedoki mase, kai anomoion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazei. Epei de tauta hōde katōrthōto tois ek tēs Dyseōs presbesin, apedōken ho basileus Liberiǭ tēn epi 'Rhōmēn epanodon; graphousi te prosdexasthai auton hoi en Sirmiǭ episkopoi, Philēki tǭ hēgoumenǭ tote tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias, kai tǭ enthade klērōs amphō de ton apostolikon epitropeuein thronon, kai koinę̄ hierasthai meth᾽ homonoias, amnēstią te paradounai ta symbanta aniara dia tēn Philēkos cheirotonian kai tēn Liberiou apodēmian. Hoia gar ta alla kalon kai agathon ton Liberion, kai andreiōs hyper tou dogmatos anteiponta tǭ basilei, ēgapa 6 ? tōn dę̄ mos" hōs megistēn anachinēthēnai stasin, mechri phonōn chōrēsai. ᾿thlegon de chronon Phichēchos epibiōsantos monos Lithderios tēs klēsias proïstato. Tautę̄ “pē tou Theou dioichēsantos ᾿hōdte ton Petrou thronon mē adoxeïn, hypo dyo hēgemosin ithynomenon ho ᾿dichonoias symtholon esti, kai ekklēsiastikou thesmou allotrion
Not long afterward the emperor returned from Rome to Sirmium; and when the bishops of the West sent an embassy, he recalled Liberius from Beroea. In the presence of the envoys from the East, he gathered the priests who happened to be at the court and pressed him to confess that the Son is not of the same essence as the Father. Basil, Eustathius and Eleusius, who had very great freedom of speech with the ruler, insisted on this and urged him to it. They then gathered into one document what had been decided against Paul of Samosata and Photinus of Sirmium, and the creed set out at the dedication of the church of Antioch, on the ground that some, under pretext of the “same essence,” were trying to set up a heresy of their own; and they induced Liberius, Athanasius, Alexander, Severianus and Crescens, who were priests in Africa, to agree to it. Ursacius, Germinius of Sirmium, Valens, bishop of Mursa, and those from the East who were present agreed likewise. In their turn they also received from Liberius a confession anathematizing those who do not declare the Son to be like the Father in essence and in all things. For when Eudoxius and those with him at Antioch who favoured the heresy of Aetius received the letter of Hosius, they spread the story that Liberius too had rejected the “same essence” and held the Son to be unlike the Father. When these things had been accomplished by the envoys from the West, the emperor granted Liberius his return to Rome; and the bishops at Sirmium wrote to Felix, who then led the church of the Romans, and to the clergy there, to receive him, and that both should govern the apostolic see and serve as priests together in concord, and consign to oblivion the distressing things that had happened because of Felix's ordination and Liberius's absence. For the people loved Liberius as a good and upright man in other respects, and as one who had bravely opposed the emperor on behalf of the doctrine, so that a very great disturbance was stirred up, going as far as bloodshed. Felix survived only a short time, and Liberius alone presided over the church; God, it seems, so ordering it that the see of Peter should not be disgraced by being governed by two leaders, which is a sign of dissension and foreign to the law of the church.
4.16PG 67:1153–1159
Ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ Σιρμίῳ ταῦτα ἐγεγόνει" ἐδόκει τότε διὰ τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως φόβον, ᾿Ανατολὴ καὶ Δύσις ᾿ὁμοφρονεῖν “περὶ τὸ δόγμα. Περὶ -δὲ τῶν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ νεωτερισθέντων, καὶ τῆς ᾿Αετίου αἱρέσεως, ἔχρινεν ὁ βᾶσιλεὺς “ἐπιτελέσαι σύνοδον ἐν Νικαίᾳ. Παραϊτησαμένων δὲ τῶν ἀμφὶ Βασΐλειον διὰ τὸ πάλαι ἐνθάδε τὴν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος συμβῆναι ζήτησιν, ἔδοξεν ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ τῆς Βιθυνίας " καὶ γράμμασιν εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν μετὰ σπουδῆς καλεῖν τῶν ἀν᾽ ἔχαστον ἔθνος ἐπισκόπων, οἵ συνιέναι ἐπιτηδειότεροι ἐδόκουν, νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν ἱκανοί, “Ὥστε ἀντὶ “πάντων τῶν ἱερέων τοῦ ἔθνους. μετασχεῖν αὐτοὺς πῆς συνόδου, τῇ κρίσει παρεῖναι. δὲ τῶν πλειόνων κατὰ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ὄντων, ἀγγέλλεται τὸ Νικομηδείας ᾿ πάθος , «καὶ ὅτι πᾶσαν ὁ Θεὸς χατέσεισεν. 'Ὡς ἐπὶ ᾿ἀπολομένῃ -δὲ ἄρδην τῇ πόλει πᾶνταχοῦ 'κρατοῦντος,, ἐπέσχον. οἱ -καθ᾽ ὁδὸν ἐπίσκοποι "ὡς γὰρ φιλεῖ ἢ φήμη- ἐργάζεσθαι, οὐχ ἄχρι τῶν πεπονθότων «τὰ δεινὰ τοῖς ἄπωθεν ἤγγελλεν. εθρυλλεῖτο δὲ Νίχαιάντε καὶ Πέρινθον, τὰς πλησίον πόλεις ; κοινωνῆσαι τῆς συμφορᾶς προσέτι δὲ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν. : μετρίως δὲ τυὺς εὖ φρονοῦντας τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἐλύπει τὸ συμβὰν, καθὁτι καὶ ἐκκλησία μεγαλοπρεπῶς. οἰχοδομουμένη. κατἐσείσθη, 'καὶ -πρύψασις ἐγένετο -ἀπεχθανομέπρὸς τὴν θρησκείαν, ἀγγεῖλαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, ὡς οἱ ἐπισκόπων “πλῆθος καὶ ἀνδρῶν καὶ παίδων ναιχῶν ᾿ἀπώλετο,. προσφυγόντων τῇ ᾿ἐχχλησίᾳ ἐπ᾿ , : ἐλπίδι τοῦ. ἐνθάδε σωθήσεσθαι. Θὑχ' ἀληθῶς δὲ ταῦτα | εἶχε· δευτέρᾳ γὰρ ὥρᾳ οὐ συναξίμου ἡμέρας, ὁ σεισμὸς ἐνέσκηψεν. Ἐπισκόπων δὲ μόνος Κεκρόπιος ὁ Νικομηδείας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἄλλος ἀπὸ Βοσπόρου τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἔξωθεν κατελείφθησαν. Ἐν ἀκαριαίῳ τε χρόνῳ κατασεισθείσης τῆς πόλεως, οὐδὲ ἐνεδέχετο δύνασθαι τοὺς θέλοντας ἄλλῃ καταφυγεῖν. ᾿Αλλ' ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ πείρᾳ τοῦ κινδύνου ὡς ἐπίπαν ὅπη ἔτυχεν ἕκαστος ἑστὼς, ἢ ἐσώθη, ἢ ἀπώλετο. Λέγεται δὲ πρὶν γενέσθαι ταύτην τὴν συμφορὰν, προϊδεῖν ᾿Αρσάκιον· ὅς τὸ μὲν γένος Πέρσης ἦν. Ἀπὸ στρατιώτου δὲ θηροκόμου τῶν βασιλικῶν λεόντων, οὐκ ἄσημος τῶν ἐπὶ Λικινίου ὁμολογητὴς ἐγένετο· καὶ τὴν στρατείαν καταλιπών, ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ Νικομηδείας, ἐντὸς τοῦ τείχους κατώκει φιλοσοφῶν. Ἔνθα δὴ προφανεῖσα αὐτῷ θεία ὄψις, ἐκέλευσεν ἐξιέναι τῆς πόλεως, ὡς πεισομένης ἅπερ ὕστερον πέπονθεν Ἐκ τούτου τε σπουδῇ καταλαβὼν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐνετείλατο τοῖς κληρικοῖς ἐπιμελῶς ἱκετεῦσαι τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ἱλαστηρίους ἐπιτελέσαι λιτὰς ἐπὶ λύσει τῆς ἀπειληθείσης ὀργῆς. Ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἔπεισε, καὶ γελοῖος ἐδόκει, ἀπροσδόκητα μηνύων πάθη, ἀνέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν πῦργον, καὶ πρηνὴς καταπεσὼν ηύχετο. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τοῦ σεισμοῦ ἐπισκήψαντος, οἱ μὲν πλείους ἀπώλοντο· οἱ δὲ περιλειφθέντες, εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς καὶ τὴν ἔρημον ἔφυγον. Ὡς γὰρ ἐν εὐδαίμονι καὶ μεγάλῃ πόλει, καθ' ἑκάστην οἰκίαν πῦρ ἡμμένον ἐτύγχανεν ἐν χυτροπόδοις καὶ πνιγεῦσι, καὶ καμίνοις βαλανείων τε καὶ τῶν ὅσοι περὶ τὰς ἐμπύρους τέχνας πονοῦσιν· ἐρειπομένων τε τῶν ὀρόφων, περικλει:σθεῖσα ταῖς ὅλαις ἡ φλὸξ, ἀναμεμιγμένων ὡς εἰκὸς φρυγάνων, καὶ τῶν ὅσα ἐλαιώδη ἐστὶ, καὶ πρὸς τὸ καίεσθαι ῥᾳδίαν ἔχει τὴν ἐπίδοσιν, ἀφθόνως ἐτράφη. Πανταχοῦ τε ἕρπουσα, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν συναπτομένη, μίαν ὡς εἰπεῖν πυρὰν τὴν πᾶσαν πόλιν ἐποίησε. Καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ τῶν οἴκων ἀβάτων ὄν των, οἱ περισωθέντες ἐκ τοῦ σεισμοῦ, ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν ἔδραμον. ᾿Αρσάκιος δὲ ἐν ἀσείστῳ τῷ πύργῳ εὑρέθη νεκρὸς, πρηνὴς κείμενος, οἷον ἑαυτὸν ἐτάνυσε τῆς εὐχῆς ἀρξάμενος. Λόγος δὲ τοῦ προτελευτῆσαι τότε αὐτὸν, τὸν Θεὸν ἱκετεῦσαι, καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ἑλέσθαι μᾶλλον, ἢ συμφορὰν θεάσασθαι πόλεως, ἐν ᾗ τὰ πρῶτα τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπέγνω, καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς φιλοσοφίας μετέσχεν. ᾿Αλλ' ἐπεὶ φέρων ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος εἰς τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἤγαγεν, ἰστέον ὡς ὑπὸ θεοφιλίας ἱκανὸς ἦν δαίμονας ἀπελαύνειν, καὶ τοὺς ὀχλουμένους ὑπ' αὐτῶν καθαίρειν. Οὕτω γοῦν δαιμονιῶν τις ξίφος σπασάμενος, ἀνὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἔθεε. Φευγόντων δὲ πάντων, καὶ θορύβου τὴν πόλιν ἔχοντος, ὑπαντώμενος αὐτῷ τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπωνόμασε, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ κατέβαλε. Καὶ αὐτίκα ἐκάθηρε, καὶ σωφρονεῖν ἐποιησε Πεπόνητο δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πολλὰ ἄλλα ὑπὲρ ἀνθρωπίνην δύναμιν καὶ τέχνην, καὶ μέντοι καὶ τόδε· Δράκων ἦν, ἢ ἕτερον ἑρπετοῦ γένος, ὃ πρὸ τῆς ὅψεως τοὺς παροδίτας τῷ φυσήματι ἀπώλλυε. Παρὰ γὰρ λεωφόρον ἐφώλευσεν. Ἔνθα δὴ παραγενόμενος ᾿Αρσάκιος ηὔξατο, καὶ ὁ ὄφις αὐτομάτως τοῦ φωλεοῦ ἐξῆλθε, καὶ δὶς τῷ ἐδάφει τὴν κεφαλὴν προσρήξας, ἑαυτὸν ἀνεῖλε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἀφηγήσαντο, οἱ περὶ τῶν ᾿Αρσάκιον αὐτὸν θεασαμένων ἀκηκοέναι ἔφασαν. Οἱ δὲ ἐπίσκοποι ἀνακοπέντες τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν σύνοδον ὁρμῆς διὰ τὸ Νικομηδείας πάθος, οἱ μὲν περιέμενον πάλιν τὰ δόξαντα τῷ βασιλεῖ · οἱ δὲ, ἣν ἔχουσι δόξαν περὶ τῆς πίστεως, διὰ γραμμάτων ἐδήλωσαν. ᾿Απορῶν δὲ περὶ τοῦ πρακτέου ὁ κρατῶν, γράφει Βασιλείῳ, πυνθανόμενος ὅ τί ποτε χρὴ περὶ τῆς συνόδου ποιεῖν. Ὁ δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐπὶ εὐσεβείᾳ δι' ἐπιστολῆς ἐπαινέσας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ πάθει Νικομηδείας παραμυθησάμενος ἐξ ὑποδειγμάτων ἱερῶν ἱστοριῶν, παροτρύνει ἐπιταχῦναι τὴν σύνοδον, καὶ μὴ καθυφῆναι, ὡς ὑπὲρ εὐσεβείας τῆς σπουδῆς οὔσης· μηδὲ ἀπράκτους ἀποπέμψαι τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦτο συλλεγομένους ἱερέας, ἅπαξ ἐξεληλυθότας, καὶ κατὰ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ὄντας · ὥρισε δὲ τῇ συνόδῳ τόπον ἀντὶ Νικομηδείας τὴν Νίκαιαν, ὥστε ἐκεῖ τὰ περὶ τῆς πίστεως διορθωθῆναι, ἔνθα καὶ ζητεῖσθαι ἤρξατο. Καὶ ὁ Βασίλειος τοιαῦτα ἀντέγραψε, τεκμηράμενος ὧδέ πη κεχαρισμένα βασιλεῖ δηλώσειν, καθότι καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ ἐδοκίμασε γενέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον. Δεξάμενος δὲ τὴν Βασιλείου ἐπιστολὴν, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα προσέταξεν ἀρχομένου τοῦ θέρους συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς Νίκαιαν, πλὴν εἰ μή τινες εἶεν τοῖς σώμασιν ἀσθενεῖς· ἐκπέμψαι δὲ τούτους ἀντὶ αὐτῶν, οὓς ἂν ἕλωνται πρεσβυτέρους ἢ διακόνους, ὥστε τὴν αὐτῶν γνώμην δηλῶσαι, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀμφιβόλων βουλεύσασθαι, καὶ κοινῇ περὶ πάντων ὁμοφρονῆσαι. Δέκα δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν Ἑσπερίων μερῶν, καὶ τοσούτους ἀπὸ τῆς Ἕω, οὓς ἂν κοινῇ γνώμῃ ἐπιλέξωνται οἱ συνιόντες, ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ τὰ δόξαντα ἀφηγήσασθαι· ὥστε καὶ αὐτὸν συνιδεῖν, εἰ κατὰ τὰς ἱερὰς Γραφάς συνέβησαν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ περὶ τῶν πρακτέων ὅπη ἂν ἄριστα δοκῇ ἐπιτελέσαι. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βουλευσάμενος προσέταξε πάντας ἔνθα ἂν διάγωσιν, ἢ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις Ἐκκλησίαις ἐπιμεῖναι, μέχρις ἂν ὁρισθείη τῇ συνόδῳ τόπος, καὶ σημανθείη εἰς τοῦτον ἀφικέσθαι, Γράφει δὲ τῷ Βασιλείῳ,, δι᾽ ἐπιστολῶν οἱ α. πυθέσθαι πάντων τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν ἐπισκόπων, ὅπη ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σύνοδον προσῆκεν " ὥστε ἔαρος μένου, τοῦτο πᾶσι γενέτθαι δῆλον. Νικαίᾳ γὰρ, ὡς χεχμηχότος τοῦ τῇδε ἔθνους ὑπὸ σεισμῶν, οὐ καλῶς ἔχειν ὑπέλαθε σύνοδον ποιεῖν. Ὁ δὲ Βασίλειος ἰδίας ἐπιστολῆς προτάξας τὰ βασιλέως γράμμάτα, τοῖς κατὰ ἔθνος ἐπισκόποις ἐδήλωσε διασχέψασθαι, καὶ τὸν ἀρέσοντα τόπον ἐν τάχει δηλῶσαι, Οἷα δὲ φιλεῖ ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον ἐπιλεξαμένων πάντων, παραγίνεται πρὸς βατίλξα Βασίλειος " διέτριβε δὲ τότε ἐν Σιρμίῳ. Καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐνθάδε ἄλλους τέ τινας ἐπισκόπους χατ᾽ ἰδίας χρείας, καὶ Μάρκον τὸν ᾿Αρεθούσιων, καὶ Γεώργιον τὸν ἐπιτραπέντα προστατεῖν τῆς ᾿Αλεξανἃ δρέων Ἐκκλησίας. Δόξαν δὲ ἤδη Σελευκείᾳ τῆς γενέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον, οἱ ἀμφὶ Οὐάλεντα γὰρ δὴ καὶ οὗτος τῷ Σιρμίῳ ἐνεδήμει" τῇ τῶν ᾿Ανομοίων αἱρέσει χαίροντες, σπουδάζουσι τοὺς τῷ στρατοπέδῳ παρόντας ἐπισκόπους εἰς ἕτοιμόν τινα γραφὴν πίστεως ὑπογράψαι, τὸ τῆς οὐσίας οὐκ ἐνέχφιτο ὄνομα. Σπουδαζομένης δὲ. τῆς συνόδου, λογισάμενοι οἱ ἀμφὶ Εὐδόξιον ᾿Ακάκιον, Οὐρσάκιον γαὶ Οὐάλεντα, ὡς τῶν πανταχῆ ἐπισκόπων οἱ μὲν τὴν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν " οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφιερώσει τῆς ᾿Αγτιοχέων ἐκκλησίας ἐκτεθεῖσαν ζηλοῦσιν ἑκατέρα τε τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ὄνομα ἔχει, καὶ κατὰ πάντα ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀποφαίνει " καὶ ὡς εἰ πάντες εἰς ταὐτὸν συνέλθωσιν, ἑτοίμως χαταψηφίσονται τῆς ᾿Δετίον δόξης, ἣν αὐτοὶ ἐπήνουν, ἄντικρυς ἑκατέρας ἀπάδουσαν " κατορθοῦσι τοὺς μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Δύσεως ἐν 'Αριμίνῳ συνελθεῖν " τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Σελευκείᾳ τῆς Ἰσαυρίας. Ἵνα ῥᾳδίου ὄντος ὀλίγους, ἣ πάντας πείθειν, εἰ μὲν δύναιντο, τῇδε χἀχεῖσε μερισθέντες παρασχευάσωσι σφίσι συμψήφους γενέσθαι ἑκατέραν σύνοδον" εἰ δὲ μὴ, θατέραν ὥστε μὴ πάσαις ψήφοις ἀποχηρυχϑῆναι τὴν αἵρεσιν. Συνέπραττον δὲ αὐτοῖς ταῦτα, Εὐσέβιος ὁ τοῦ βασιλείου οἴκου προεστὼς εὐνοῦχος, Εὐδοξίῳ ἐπιτήδειος ὧν, καὶ ἄλλως ὁμόδοξος, πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν δυνάμει, χάριν αὐτῷ Εὐσεθέῳ. φέροντες.
En men oun tǭ Sirmiǭ tauta egegonei" edokei tote dia ton tou basileōs phobon, ᾿Anatolē kai Dysis ᾿homophronein “peri to dogma. Peri -de tōn en ᾿Antiocheią neōteristhentōn, kai tēs ᾿Aetiou haireseōs, echrinen ho basileus “epitelesai synodon en Nikaią. Paraïtēsamenōn de tōn amphi Basïleion dia to palai enthade tēn peri tou dogmatos symbēnai zētēsin, edoxen en Nikomēdeią tēs Bithynias " kai grammasin eis rhētēn hēmeran meta spoudēs kalein tōn an᾽ echaston ethnos episkopōn, hoi synienai epitēdeioteroi edokoun, noein kai legein hikanoi, “Hōste anti “pantōn tōn hiereōn tou ethnous. metaschein autous pēs synodou, tę̄ krisei pareinai. de tōn pleionōn kata tēn hodoiporian ontōn, angelletai to Nikomēdeias ᾿ pathos , «kai hoti pasan ho Theos chateseisen. 'Hōs epi ᾿apolomenę̄ -de ardēn tę̄ polei pantachou 'kratountos,, epeschon. hoi -kath᾽ hodon episkopoi "hōs gar philei ē phēmē- ergazesthai, ouch achri tōn peponthotōn «ta deina tois apōthen ēngellen. ethrylleito de Nichaiante kai Perinthon, tas plēsion poleis ? koinōnēsai tēs symphoras proseti de tēn Kōnstantinoupolin. : metriōs de tyys eu phronountas tōn episkopōn elypei to symban, kathoti kai ekklēsia megaloprepōs. oichodomoumenē. kateseisthē, 'kai -prypsasis egeneto -apechthanomepros tēn thrēskeian, angeilai tǭ basilei, hōs hoi episkopōn “plēthos kai andrōn kai paidōn naichōn ᾿apōleto,. prosphygontōn tę̄ ᾿echchlēsią ep᾿ , : elpidi tou. enthade sōthēsesthai. Thych' alēthōs de tauta | eiche; deuterą gar hōrą ou synaximou hēmeras, ho seismos eneskēpsen. Episkopōn de monos Kekropios ho Nikomēdeias autēs, kai allos apo Bosporou tēs ekklēsias exōthen kateleiphthēsan. En akariaiǭ te chronǭ kataseistheisēs tēs poleōs, oude enedecheto dynasthai tous thelontas allę̄ kataphygein. ᾿All' en tę̄ prōtę̄ peirą tou kindynou hōs epipan hopē etychen hekastos hestōs, ē esōthē, ē apōleto. Legetai de prin genesthai tautēn tēn symphoran, proïdein ᾿Arsakion; hos to men genos Persēs ēn. Apo stratiōtou de thērokomou tōn basilikōn leontōn, ouk asēmos tōn epi Likiniou homologētēs egeneto; kai tēn strateian katalipōn, en tę̄ akrą Nikomēdeias, entos tou teichous katōkei philosophōn. Entha dē prophaneisa autǭ theia opsis, ekeleusen exienai tēs poleōs, hōs peisomenēs haper hysteron peponthen Ek toutou te spoudę̄ katalabōn tēn ekklēsian, eneteilato tois klērikois epimelōs hiketeusai ton Theon, kai hilastērious epitelesai litas epi lysei tēs apeilētheisēs orgēs. Hōs de ouk epeise, kai geloios edokei, aprosdokēta mēnyōn pathē, anestrepsen epi ton pyrgon, kai prēnēs katapesōn ēucheto. En toutǭ de tou seismou episkēpsantos, hoi men pleious apōlonto; hoi de perileiphthentes, eis tous agrous kai tēn erēmon ephygon. Hōs gar en eudaimoni kai megalę̄ polei, kath' hekastēn oikian pyr hēmmenon etynchanen en chytropodois kai pnigeusi, kai kaminois balaneiōn te kai tōn hosoi peri tas empyrous technas ponousin; ereipomenōn te tōn orophōn, periklei:stheisa tais holais hē phlox, anamemigmenōn hōs eikos phryganōn, kai tōn hosa elaiōdē esti, kai pros to kaiesthai rhądian echei tēn epidosin, aphthonōs etraphē. Pantachou te herpousa, kai pros heautēn synaptomenē, mian hōs eipein pyran tēn pasan polin epoiēse. Kai kata touto de tōn oikōn abatōn on tōn, hoi perisōthentes ek tou seismou, epi tēn akran edramon. ᾿Arsakios de en aseistǭ tǭ pyrgǭ heurethē nekros, prēnēs keimenos, hoion heauton etanyse tēs euchēs arxamenos. Logos de tou proteleutēsai tote auton, ton Theon hiketeusai, kai apothanein helesthai mallon, ē symphoran theasasthai poleōs, en hę̄ ta prōta ton Christon epegnō, kai tēs ekklēsiastikēs philosophias meteschen. ᾿All' epei pherōn hēmas ho logos eis ton andra touton ēgagen, isteon hōs hypo theophilias hikanos ēn daimonas apelaunein, kai tous ochloumenous hyp' autōn kathairein. Houtō goun daimoniōn tis xiphos spasamenos, ana tēn agoran ethee. Pheugontōn de pantōn, kai thorybou tēn polin echontos, hypantōmenos autǭ ton Christon epōnomase, kai tǭ logǭ katebale. Kai autika ekathēre, kai sōphronein epoiēse Peponēto de autǭ kai polla alla hyper anthrōpinēn dynamin kai technēn, kai mentoi kai tode; Drakōn ēn, ē heteron herpetou genos, ho pro tēs hopseōs tous paroditas tǭ physēmati apōllye. Para gar leōphoron ephōleusen. Entha dē paragenomenos ᾿Arsakios ēuxato, kai ho ophis automatōs tou phōleou exēlthe, kai dis tǭ edaphei tēn kephalēn prosrēxas, heauton aneile. Kai ta men hōde aphēgēsanto, hoi peri tōn ᾿Arsakion auton theasamenōn akēkoenai ephasan. Hoi de episkopoi anakopentes tēs epi tēn synodon hormēs dia to Nikomēdeias pathos, hoi men periemenon palin ta doxanta tǭ basilei ; hoi de, hēn echousi doxan peri tēs pisteōs, dia grammatōn edēlōsan. ᾿Aporōn de peri tou prakteou ho kratōn, graphei Basileiǭ, pynthanomenos ho ti pote chrē peri tēs synodou poiein. Ho de, hōs eikos, epi eusebeią di' epistolēs epainesas auton, kai epi tǭ pathei Nikomēdeias paramythēsamenos ex hypodeigmatōn hierōn historiōn, parotrynei epitachynai tēn synodon, kai mē kathyphēnai, hōs hyper eusebeias tēs spoudēs ousēs; mēde apraktous apopempsai tous epi touto syllegomenous hiereas, hapax exelēlythotas, kai kata tēn hodoiporian ontas ; hōrise de tę̄ synodǭ topon anti Nikomēdeias tēn Nikaian, hōste ekei ta peri tēs pisteōs diorthōthēnai, entha kai zēteisthai ērxato. Kai ho Basileios toiauta antegrapse, tekmēramenos hōde pē kecharismena basilei dēlōsein, kathoti kai autos tēn archēn en Nikaią edokimase genesthai tēn synodon. Dexamenos de tēn Basileiou epistolēn, ta men prōta prosetaxen archomenou tou therous synelthein autous eis Nikaian, plēn ei mē tines eien tois sōmasin astheneis; ekpempsai de toutous anti autōn, hous an helōntai presbyterous ē diakonous, hōste tēn autōn gnōmēn dēlōsai, kai peri tōn amphibolōn bouleusasthai, kai koinę̄ peri pantōn homophronēsai. Deka de apo tōn Hesperiōn merōn, kai tosoutous apo tēs Heō, hous an koinę̄ gnōmę̄ epilexōntai hoi syniontes, aphikesthai eis ta basileia, kai ta doxanta aphēgēsasthai; hōste kai auton synidein, ei kata tas hieras Graphas synebēsan allēlois, kai peri tōn prakteōn hopē an arista dokę̄ epitelesai. Meta de tauta bouleusamenos prosetaxe pantas entha an diagōsin, ē en tais idiais Ekklēsiais epimeinai, mechris an horistheiē tę̄ synodǭ topos, kai sēmantheiē eis touton aphikesthai, Graphei de tǭ Basileiǭ,, di᾽ epistolōn hoi a. pythesthai pantōn tōn ana tēn episkopōn, hopē epitelein tēn synodon prosēken " hōste earos menou, touto pasi genetthai dēlon. Nikaią gar, hōs chechmēchotos tou tę̄de ethnous hypo seismōn, ou kalōs echein hypelathe synodon poiein. Ho de Basileios idias epistolēs protaxas ta basileōs grammata, tois kata ethnos episkopois edēlōse diaschepsasthai, kai ton aresonta topon en tachei dēlōsai, Hoia de philei epi tois toioutois, ou ton auton topon epilexamenōn pantōn, paraginetai pros batilxa Basileios " dietribe de tote en Sirmiǭ. Kai katalambanei enthade allous te tinas episkopous chat᾽ idias chreias, kai Markon ton ᾿Arethousiōn, kai Geōrgion ton epitrapenta prostatein tēs ᾿Alexana dreōn Ekklēsias. Doxan de ēdē Seleukeią tēs genesthai tēn synodon, hoi amphi Oualenta gar dē kai houtos tǭ Sirmiǭ enedēmei" tę̄ tōn ᾿Anomoiōn hairesei chairontes, spoudazousi tous tǭ stratopedǭ parontas episkopous eis hetoimon tina graphēn pisteōs hypograpsai, to tēs ousias ouk enechphito onoma. Spoudazomenēs de. tēs synodou, logisamenoi hoi amphi Eudoxion ᾿Akakion, Oursakion gai Oualenta, hōs tōn pantachē episkopōn hoi men tēn en Nikaią pistin " hoi de tēn epi tę̄ aphierōsei tēs ᾿Agtiocheōn ekklēsias ektetheisan zēlousin hekatera te to tēs ousias onoma echei, kai kata panta homoion tǭ Patri ton Huion apophainei " kai hōs ei pantes eis tauton synelthōsin, hetoimōs chatapsēphisontai tēs ᾿Detion doxēs, hēn autoi epēnoun, antikrys hekateras apadousan " katorthousi tous men apo tēs Dyseōs en 'Ariminǭ synelthein " tous de apo tēs en Seleukeią tēs Isaurias. Hina rhądiou ontos oligous, hē pantas peithein, ei men dynainto, tę̄de chacheise meristhentes parascheuasōsi sphisi sympsēphous genesthai hekateran synodon" ei de mē, thateran hōste mē pasais psēphois apochērychϑēnai tēn hairesin. Synepratton de autois tauta, Eusebios ho tou basileiou oikou proestōs eunouchos, Eudoxiǭ epitēdeios hōn, kai allōs homodoxos, polloi tōn en dynamei, charin autǭ Eusetheǭ. pherontes.
These things had been done at Sirmium, and it seemed then, through fear of the emperor, that East and West agreed about the doctrine. Concerning the innovations at Antioch and the heresy of Aetius, the emperor decided to hold a synod at Nicaea. When Basil's party declined it, because the inquiry about the doctrine had taken place there long before, it was decided to hold it at Nicomedia in Bithynia, and by letters to summon urgently, for a set day, those bishops of each province who seemed most suitable to attend, able in thought and speech, so that they might take part in the synod in place of all the priests of the province and be present at the judgment. When most of them were on the road, the disaster of Nicomedia was announced, and that God had shaken the whole city. Since the report prevailed everywhere that the city had been utterly destroyed, the bishops on the road halted; for, as rumour is wont to do, it reported to those far off more than the sufferers had endured. It was said that Nicaea and Perinthus, the neighbouring cities, had shared in the calamity, and Constantinople too. What happened grieved the right-minded bishops not a little, since a church that was being magnificently built had been thrown down, and it gave those hostile to the religion a pretext to report to the emperor that a multitude of bishops and of men, children and women had perished, who had fled to the church in the hope of being saved there. But this was not true. For the earthquake struck at the second hour of a day that was not a day of assembly. Of the bishops, only Cecropius, bishop of Nicomedia itself, and another from the Bosporus were overtaken by it, outside the church, and perished. Since the city was thrown down in an instant, it was not possible for those who wished to flee elsewhere; but at the first experience of the danger, each, wherever he happened to stand, was for the most part either saved or killed. It is said that before this calamity happened, Arsacius foresaw it. He was a Persian by race; from being a soldier, a keeper of the imperial lions, he became a not undistinguished confessor under Licinius, and leaving the army he lived within the walls on the citadel of Nicomedia, practising philosophy. There a divine vision appeared to him and bade him leave the city, as it was about to suffer what it later suffered. Hastening at once to the church, he urged the clergy to entreat God earnestly and to perform propitiatory litanies for averting the threatened wrath. When he did not persuade them, and seemed ridiculous for announcing unexpected sufferings, he returned to the tower and, falling on his face, prayed. Meanwhile the earthquake struck; most perished, and those who survived fled to the fields and the desert. For, as in a prosperous and great city, there happened to be fire lit in every house, in braziers and ovens and in the furnaces of the baths and of all who work at crafts using fire; and as the roofs collapsed, the flame, shut in with the timbers, mixed, naturally, with brushwood and all oily things easy to set alight, was fed abundantly; creeping everywhere and joining with itself, it made the whole city, so to speak, one pyre. Since the houses were then inaccessible, those who had survived the earthquake ran to the citadel. Arsacius was found dead in the tower, which had not been shaken, lying face down as he had stretched himself out when he began his prayer. It is said that he then entreated God to let him die first, choosing rather to die than to see the calamity of the city in which he had first come to know Christ and shared in the church's philosophy. But since the account has brought us to this man, it should be known that through his favour with God he was able to drive out demons and to cleanse those troubled by them. Thus once a man possessed by a demon drew a sword and ran through the market-place. When everyone fled and the city was in uproar, Arsacius met him, named Christ, and struck him down with the word; at once he cleansed him and made him sane. Many other things beyond human power and skill were accomplished by him, and this too. There was a dragon, or some other kind of serpent, which killed passers-by with its breath before they saw it; for it lurked by the highway. Arsacius came there and prayed, and the serpent came out of its den of its own accord, struck its head twice on the ground, and killed itself. These things were related by those who said they had heard them from people who had seen Arsacius himself. The bishops, checked in their haste to the synod by the disaster of Nicomedia, some waited again for the emperor's decision, while others made known by letter their opinion about the faith. The ruler, at a loss what to do, wrote to Basil asking what should be done about the synod. Basil, praising him, naturally, by letter for his piety, and consoling him for the disaster of Nicomedia with examples from the sacred histories, urged him to hasten the synod and not to give it up, since the effort was for piety's sake, nor to send away without result the priests gathered for this purpose, who had already set out and were on the road; and he designated Nicaea as the place for the synod instead of Nicomedia, so that matters of faith might be set right there where the inquiry had begun. Basil wrote back in this way, conjecturing that he would show what pleased the emperor, since he himself had at first approved that the synod be held at Nicaea. On receiving Basil's letter, the emperor at first ordered them to meet at Nicaea at the beginning of summer, except any who were ill in body; these were to send in their place presbyters or deacons of their choice to declare their opinion, deliberate about the doubtful points, and agree together on everything; and ten from the western parts, and as many from the East, chosen by the common judgment of those who met, were to come to the palace and report what had been decided, so that he too might see whether they had agreed with one another according to the sacred Scriptures, and might carry out what was to be done as seemed best. After this, on reflection, he ordered all to remain where they were or in their own churches until a place should be fixed for the synod and they should be told to come to it. He wrote to Basil to inquire by letters of all the bishops in the East where the synod ought to be held, so that at the beginning of spring this might be made known to all; for he thought it not well to hold a synod at Nicaea, since that province was worn out by earthquakes. Basil, putting the emperor's letter at the head of a letter of his own, told the bishops of each province to consider and quickly make known the place that suited them. As usually happens in such matters, since not all chose the same place, Basil came to the emperor, who was then staying at Sirmium, and found there certain other bishops on their own business, Mark of Arethusa, and George, who had been entrusted with the leadership of the church of Alexandria. When it had already been decided that the synod should be held at Seleucia in Isauria, Valens's party (for he too was staying at Sirmium), who rejoiced in the heresy of the Anomoeans, were eager to get the bishops present at the court to sign a document of faith prepared in advance, in which the name of essence did not appear. While the synod was being pressed forward, the party of Eudoxius, Acacius, Ursacius and Valens reckoned that, of the bishops everywhere, some were zealous for the faith of Nicaea and others for the one set out at the dedication of the church of Antioch, each of which contains the name of essence and declares the Son like the Father in all things; and that if all met together, they would readily condemn the opinion of Aetius, which they themselves approved, as plainly at variance with both. So they arranged that those from the West should meet at Ariminum and those from the East at Seleucia in Isauria, so that, since it is easier to persuade a few than all, by dividing themselves between the two places they might, if they could, make both synods vote with them, or failing that, one of them, so that the heresy should not be anathematized by all votes. They were helped in this by Eusebius, the eunuch who presided over the imperial household, who was friendly to Eudoxius and of the same opinion besides, and by many of the powerful, who did him favours for Eusebius's sake.
4.17PG 67:1161–1163
Πεισθεὶς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὡς οὔτε τῷ δημοσίῳ λυσι τελεῖ διὰ τὴν δαπάνην, οὔτε τοῖς ἐπισκόποις διὰ τὰς μακρὰς ὁδοὺς, εἰς ταὐτὸν πάντας συνελθεῖν, διεῖλε τὴν σύνοδον· καὶ γράφει τοῖς τότε ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ Σελευκείᾳ, τὰ περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἀμφίβολα προδιαθεῖναι· ἐν τέλει δὲ διαλαβεῖν κατὰ τὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θεσμὸν, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀδίκως καθῃρῆσθαι ἢ ὑπερορίας οἰκεῖν μεμφομένων ἐπισκόπων, ὧν εἷς ἦν Κύριλλος Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπαγομένων ἐγκλημάτων τισὶ τῶν ἐπισκόπων δικάσαι. Κατηγόρουν γὰρ ἄλλοι ἄλλων · Γεωργίου δὲ Αἰγύπτιοι, άρπαγῶν καὶ ὕβρεων. Ἐπικεκριμένοις δὲ πᾶσι, δέκα ἐκατέρωθεν καταλαβεῖν τὰ βασίλεια ἐπὶ μηνύσει τῶν γεγενημένων. Κατὰ ταῦτα ἔκαστοι συνελέγησαν ἔνθα συνελθεῖν προσετάγησαν. Καὶ ἔφθανε ἡ ἐν Ἀρι μίνῳ συστᾶσα σύνοδος. Ἐτέλουν δὲ εἰς αὐτὴν πλείους ἢ τετρακόσιοι. Καὶ περὶ ᾿Αθανασίου μηδὲν ἀνακινεῖν, ἄμεινον ἐδοκίμασαν οἱ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπεχθῶς εἶχον. Ζητήσεως δὲ οὔσης εἰς ὃν χρὴ τρόπον πιστεύειν, παρελθόντὲς εἰς μέσον Οὐάλης τε καὶ Οὐρσάκιος, οἷς συνελαμβάνοντο Γερμήνιός τε καὶ Αὐξέντιος, καὶ Γάϊος καὶ Δημόφιλος, τὰς μὲν ἤδη πρότερον περὶ πίστεως γενομένας γραφὰς ἀργεῖν ἠξίουν · κρας τεῖν δὲ ἣν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ ἐν Σιρμίῳ συνέταξαν διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων φωνῆς, ὅμοιον μὲν εἶναι τῷ Πατρί τὸν Υἱὸν κατὰ τὰς Γραφὰς εἰσηγουμένην· οὐσίας δὲ παντελῶς ἐπὶ Θεοῦ μὴ ποιεῖσθαι μνήμην. Ἔλεγον δὲ ταύτην καὶ βασιλέα ἐπαινέσαι· χρῆναι δὲ καὶ τὴν ; σύνοδον ἀναγκαίως προσίεσθαι, μηδὲν τοῦ λοιποῦ πολυπραγμονοῦσαν τῆς ἑκάστου ἐννοίας, ἵνα μὴ διχόνοιας καὶ στάσεις γίνωνται, διαλέξει καὶ ἀκριβεί βασάνῳ παραδιδομένων τῶν ὀνομάτων. "Αμεινον γὰρ εἶναι, ἀμαθέστερον διαλεγομένους, ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζειν, ἢ καινότητας ὀνομάτων ἐπεισάγειν, διαλεκτικῆς. τερθρείας συγγενεῖς. Ὑπηνίττοντο δὲ, μᾶλλον καὶ φανερῶς διέβαλλον τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὄνομα, ὡς ἄγνωστον ταῖς ἱεραῖς Γραφαῖς, καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀσαφές. ᾿Αντὶ δὲ τούτου, ὅμοιον κατὰ πάντα τῷ γεννήσαντι λέγειν τὸν Υἱὸν κατὰ τὰς θείας Γραφάς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα περιέχουσαν καὶ τὴν προκομισθεῖσαν παρ' αὐτῶν γραφὴν ἀνέγνωσαν, οἱ μὲν πλείους μηδὲν δεῖσθαι νεωτέρας πίστεως ἰσχυρίζοντο· ἀλλ᾿ ἀρκεῖ σθαι τοῖς ἤδη δόξασι πρὸ αὐτῶν. Συνεληλυθέναι δὲ νῦν, ἵνα εἴτι καινοτομοῖτο κατὰ τούτων, κωλύσωσιν • εἰ δὲ μηδὲν παρὰ ταῦτα καινοτομεῖ τὰ ἀνεγνωσμένα, λέγειν ἐζήτουν τοὺς εἰσηγητὰς ταύτης τῆς γραφῆς, καὶ φανερῶς ἀποκηρύττειν τὸ ᾿Αρείου δόγμα, ὡς θορύβου αἴτιον εἰσέτι νῦν ἐξ ἐκείνου γενόμενον ταῖς πανταχοῦ ἐκκλησίαις. ᾿Αποφυγόντων δὲ τὴν πρότασιν Οὐρσακίου Οὐάλεντος, Γερμηνίου τε Αὐξεντίου, Δημοφίλου, Γαΐου, ἐκέλευσεν ἡ σύνοδος ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἔκθεσιν τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων, καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων" ὥστε τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ἀποχηρῦξαι αἱρέσεις, ἐπύψηφίσασθαι δὲ τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δεδογμένοις, καὶ περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῦ λοιποῦ μηδένα ἐγκαλεῖν ἢ σύνοδον αἰτεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀρχεῖσθαι τοῖς φθάσασι. γὰρ εἶναι, ὡς νῦν ἀρχομένους πιστεύειν, τοιαῦτα συγγράφειν, καὶ τοῦ προλαδόντος χρόνου τὴν παράδοσιν διαδάλλειν, κεχρημένοι αὐτοί τε καὶ οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν, τὰς Ἔχχλησίας ἐπετρόπευσαν, ὧν οἱ πλείους ἐν ὁμολογίαις καὶ μαρτυρίοις τὸν βίον μετήλλαξαν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τάδε προϊόχόμενοι, οὐδὲν ἠξίουν νεωτερίζειν. Μὴ πειθομένους δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Οὐάλεντα καὶ Οὐρσάκιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνισταμένους κρατεῖν ἣν προΐσχοντο πίστιν, καθεῖλον, ἄκυρον εἶναι Ψηφισάμενοι ἣν ἀνέγνωσαν γραφήν. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ ἄτοπον αὐτοῖς ἔδοξεν εἶναι, προγεγράφθαι ταύτης, ὡς ἐν Σιρμίῳ ἐξετέθη παρόντος Κωνσταντίου τοῦ αἰωνίου Αὐγούστου, Ὑπατευόντων Εὐσεβίου Ὑπατίου" ὥσπερ ᾿Αθανάσιος πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους γράφων φησὶ, γελοῖον εἶναι βασιλέα αἰώνιον τὸν Κωνστάντιον ὀνομάζειν " ἀΐδιον δὲ λέγειν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ παραιτεῖσθαι " καὶ ῥητὸν χρόνον πρυτάττειν τῆς γραφῇς ταύτης, ἐπὶ διαδολῇ τῆς πίστεως τῶν παλαιοτέρων, καὶ τῶν πρὸ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου μυηθέντων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε ἐν ᾿Αριμένῳ ἐγένετο, οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Οὐάλεντα Οὐρσάκιον χαλεπῶς φέροντες ἐπὶ τῇ καθαιρέσει, σπουδῇ πρὸς βασιλέα παρεγένοντο. ,
Peistheis de ho basileus, hōs oute tǭ dēmosiǭ lysi telei dia tēn dapanēn, oute tois episkopois dia tas makras hodous, eis tauton pantas synelthein, dieile tēn synodon; kai graphei tois tote en ᾿Ariminǭ Seleukeią, ta peri tēs pisteōs amphibola prodiatheinai; en telei de dialabein kata ton tēs Ekklēsias thesmon, kai peri tōn adikōs kathę̄rēsthai ē hyperorias oikein memphomenōn episkopōn, hōn heis ēn Kyrillos Hierosolymōn, kai peri tōn epagomenōn enklēmatōn tisi tōn episkopōn dikasai. Katēgoroun gar alloi allōn ; Geōrgiou de Aigyptioi, arpagōn kai hybreōn. Epikekrimenois de pasi, deka ekaterōthen katalabein ta basileia epi mēnysei tōn gegenēmenōn. Kata tauta ekastoi synelegēsan entha synelthein prosetagēsan. Kai ephthane hē en Ari minǭ systasa synodos. Eteloun de eis autēn pleious ē tetrakosioi. Kai peri ᾿Athanasiou mēden anakinein, ameinon edokimasan hoi pros auton apechthōs eichon. Zētēseōs de ousēs eis hon chrē tropon pisteuein, parelthontes eis meson Oualēs te kai Oursakios, hois synelambanonto Germēnios te kai Auxentios, kai Gaïos kai Dēmophilos, tas men ēdē proteron peri pisteōs genomenas graphas argein ēxioun ; kras tein de hēn ou pro pollou en Sirmiǭ synetaxan dia tēs Rhōmaiōn phōnēs, homoion men einai tǭ Patri ton Huion kata tas Graphas eisēgoumenēn; ousias de pantelōs epi Theou mē poieisthai mnēmēn. Elegon de tautēn kai basilea epainesai; chrēnai de kai tēn ? synodon anankaiōs prosiesthai, mēden tou loipou polypragmonousan tēs hekastou ennoias, hina mē dichonoias kai staseis ginōntai, dialexei kai akribei basanǭ paradidomenōn tōn onomatōn. "Ameinon gar einai, amathesteron dialegomenous, orthōs peri Theou doxazein, ē kainotētas onomatōn epeisagein, dialektikēs. terthreias syngeneis. Hypēnittonto de, mallon kai phanerōs dieballon to homoousion onoma, hōs agnōston tais hierais Graphais, kai tois pollois asaphes. ᾿Anti de toutou, homoion kata panta tǭ gennēsanti legein ton Huion kata tas theias Graphas. Epei de tauta periechousan kai tēn prokomistheisan par' autōn graphēn anegnōsan, hoi men pleious mēden deisthai neōteras pisteōs ischyrizonto; all᾿ arkei sthai tois ēdē doxasi pro autōn. Synelēlythenai de nyn, hina eiti kainotomoito kata toutōn, kōlysōsin • ei de mēden para tauta kainotomei ta anegnōsmena, legein ezētoun tous eisēgētas tautēs tēs graphēs, kai phanerōs apokēryttein to ᾿Areiou dogma, hōs thorybou aition eiseti nyn ex ekeinou genomenon tais pantachou ekklēsiais. ᾿Apophygontōn de tēn protasin Oursakiou Oualentos, Germēniou te Auxentiou, Dēmophilou, Gaïou, ekeleusen hē synodos anagnōsthēnai tēn ekthesin tōn allōn haireseōn, kai tōn en tę̄ Nikaią synelēlythotōn" hōste tas men allas apochēryxai haireseis, epypsēphisasthai de tois en Nikaią dedogmenois, kai peri tōn autōn tou loipou mēdena enkalein ē synodon aitein, all᾽ archeisthai tois phthasasi. gar einai, hōs nyn archomenous pisteuein, toiauta syngraphein, kai tou proladontos chronou tēn paradosin diadallein, kechrēmenoi autoi te kai hoi pro autōn, tas Echchlēsias epetropeusan, hōn hoi pleious en homologiais kai martyriois ton bion metēllaxan. Kai hoi men tade proïochomenoi, ouden ēxioun neōterizein. Mē peithomenous de tous amphi Oualenta kai Oursakion, all᾽ enistamenous kratein hēn proïschonto pistin, katheilon, akyron einai Psēphisamenoi hēn anegnōsan graphēn. Kai gar dē atopon autois edoxen einai, progegraphthai tautēs, hōs en Sirmiǭ exetethē parontos Kōnstantiou tou aiōniou Augoustou, Hypateuontōn Eusebiou Hypatiou" hōsper ᾿Athanasios pros tous epitēdeious graphōn phēsi, geloion einai basilea aiōnion ton Kōnstantion onomazein " aïdion de legein ton Huion tou Theou paraiteisthai " kai rhēton chronon prytattein tēs graphę̄s tautēs, epi diadolę̄ tēs pisteōs tōn palaioterōn, kai tōn pro toutou tou chronou myēthentōn. Epei de tade en ᾿Arimenǭ egeneto, hoi men amphi Oualenta Oursakion chalepōs pherontes epi tę̄ kathairesei, spoudę̄ pros basilea paregenonto. ,
The emperor, persuaded that it was profitable neither to the treasury, because of the expense, nor to the bishops, because of the long journeys, for all to meet in one place, divided the synod. He wrote to those then at Ariminum and at Seleucia to settle first the doubtful questions about the faith, and at the end, according to the law of the church, to deal with the bishops who complained that they had been unjustly deposed or exiled, of whom one was Cyril of Jerusalem, and to judge the charges brought against some of the bishops; for some accused others, and the Egyptians accused George of plunder and violence. When everything had been decided, ten from each side were to come to the palace to report what had been done. Accordingly each group gathered where they had been ordered to meet. The synod at Ariminum met first; more than four hundred took part. Those hostile to Athanasius judged it better to raise nothing about him. When the question was how one ought to believe, Valens and Ursacius came forward, supported by Germinius, Auxentius, Gaius and Demophilus, and asked that the documents on the faith already drawn up earlier be set aside, and that the one they had composed not long before at Sirmium in Latin should prevail, which taught that the Son is like the Father according to the Scriptures, but made no mention at all of essence in speaking of God. They said that the emperor too had approved it, and that the synod must accept it, no longer inquiring into each man's meaning, so that there might be no dissensions and strife from terms being handed over to debate and exact examination; for it was better, while speaking somewhat unlearnedly, to think rightly about God, than to introduce novelties of terms akin to the jargon of dialectic. They hinted at, or rather openly attacked, the term “of the same essence” as unknown to the sacred Scriptures and obscure to the many, and instead of it to say that the Son is like the one who begot him in all things, according to the divine Scriptures. When they had read the document they had brought containing these things, most of the bishops maintained that there was no need of a newer faith, but that what had been decided before them was enough; they had met now to prevent any innovation against it. If what had been read made no innovation upon it, they asked that the authors of this document should say so and openly anathematize the doctrine of Arius, which from that time until now had caused turmoil in the churches everywhere. When Ursacius, Valens, Germinius, Auxentius, Demophilus and Gaius avoided this proposal, the synod ordered the exposition against the other heresies and that of those who had met at Nicaea to be read, so as to anathematize the other heresies and to confirm what had been decided at Nicaea, and that thereafter no one should raise charges or ask for a synod about these matters, but be content with what had gone before. For it was absurd, as if they were only now beginning to believe, to compose such things and to slander the tradition of former times, which they themselves and those before them had used in governing the churches, most of whom had ended their lives in confessions and martyrdoms. Putting forward these arguments, they would make no innovation. When Valens's and Ursacius's party would not be persuaded, but insisted that the faith they put forward should prevail, they deposed them, voting the document they had read invalid. For it seemed absurd to them that it was headed, “As set out at Sirmium in the presence of Constantius the eternal Augustus, in the consulship of Eusebius and Hypatius”; as Athanasius, writing to his friends, says, it is ridiculous to call Constantius an eternal emperor while refusing to say that the Son of God is everlasting, and to prefix a definite date to this document, to the slander of the faith of the older generations and of those initiated before this date. When this had been done at Ariminum, Valens's and Ursacius's party, aggrieved at their deposition, hastened to the emperor.
4.18PG 67:1163–1167
Ἡ δὲ σύνοδος εἴκοσιν ἐπισκόπους προθαλλομένη, πρέσβεις ἀπέστειλεν. "Ἔγραψε δὲ αὐτῶν τάδε, μεταγραφέντα τῆς Ῥωμαίων φωνῆς " Τά τε τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ κελεύσεως, τοῦ τῆς σῆς εὐσεδείας προστάγματος δογματισθέντα, γενέσθαι πιστεύομεν• εἰς γὰρ ᾿Αρίμινον ἐκ πασῶν τῶν πρὸς δύσιν πόλεων, ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ πάντες οἱ ἐπίσκοποι συνήλθομεν, ἵνα καὶ ἡ πίστις τῆς καθολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας γνωρισθῇ, καὶ οἱ τὰ ἐναντία φρονοῦντες ἔκδηλοι γένωνται. Ὡς γὰρ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον διασκοποῦντες εὑρήκαμεν, ἀρεστὸν ἐφάνη τὴν πίστιν τὴν ἐκ παλαιοῦ διαμένουσαν, ἣν καὶ οἱ προφῆται, καὶ τὰ Εὐαγγέλια, καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐκήρυξαν, τοῦ καὶ τῆς σῆς βασιλείας ἐφόρου, καὶ τῆς σῆς ῥώσεως προστάτου, ἵνα ταύτην κατασχόντες φυλάττωμεν, μέχρι τέλους διατηροῦντες. ῎Ατοπον γὰρ καὶ ἀθέμιτον ἐφάνη, τῶν ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως ὡρισμένων τι μεταλλάσσειν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ κοινῇ μετὰ τοῦ ἐνδοξοτάτου Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ σοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ βασιλέως ἐσκεμμένων, ὧν ἡ διδασκαλία καὶ τὸ φρόνημα διῆλθέ τε καὶ ἐκηῥύχθη εἰς πάσας ἀνθρώπων ἀκοάς τε καὶ διανοίας. Ἦτις ἀντίπαλος μένει, καὶ ὀλετὴρ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως ὑπῆρξε · δι' ἧς, οὐ μόνον αὕτη, ἀλλὰ καὶ λοιπαὶ πᾶσαι καθῃρέθησαν· ἐν ᾗ ὄντως καὶ προσθεῖναί τι σφαλερὸν, καὶ τὸ ἀφελέσθαι τι, ἐπικίνδυνον ὑπάρχει · ὡς εἴπερ τι θάτερον γένηται, ἔσται τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἄδεια ποιεῖν ἅπερ βούλονται. "Οθεν Οὐρσάκιός τε καὶ Οὐάλης, ἐπειδὴ πάλαι μέτοχοί τε καὶ σύμβουλοι τοῦ ᾿Αρειανοῦ δόγματος ἦσαν καθεστηκότες, καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας χωρισθέντες ἀπεφάνθησαν. Ἧς ἵνα μετάσχωσιν, ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἑαυτοῖς συνεγνώκεισαν πλημμελήσαντες, μετανοίας τε καὶ συγγνώμης ἠξίουν τυχεῖν. Ὡς καὶ τὰ ἔγγραφα τὰ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων γεγενημένα μαρτυρεῖ· δι᾽ ὧν ἁπάντων φειδώ γεγένηται, καὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων συγγνώμη. Ην δὲ : καιρὸς καθ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα ἐπράττετο, ὅτε ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ τὸ συνέδριον τῆς συνόδου συνεκροτεῖτο · συμπαρόντων δὲ καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας· ἐγνωκότες ἅμα καὶ τὸν μετὰ τελευτὴν ἄξιον μνήμης Κωνσταντίνον, μετὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας καὶ ἐξετάσεως τὴν συγγραφεῖσαν πίστιν ἐκτεθεικότα· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὡς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο βαπτισθεὶς, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὀφειλομένὴν εἰρήνην ἀνεχώρησεν, ἄτοπον εἶναι μετ' ἐκεῖνόν τι καινοτομεῖν· καὶ τοσούτους ἁγίους ὁμολογητὰς καὶ μάρτυρας, τοὺς δὲ καὶ τοῦ δόγματος συγγραφέας τε καὶ εὐρετὰς ὑπεριδεῖν, οἱ τινες κατὰ τὸν παλαιὸν τῆς καθολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας θεσμὸν, ἅπαντα φρονοῦντες διαμεμενήκασιν. Ων ὁ Θεὸς τὴν πίστιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς σοὺς χρόνους τῆς βασιλείας μεταδέδωκε, διὰ τοῦ Δεσπότου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, δι' οὗ σοι καὶ τὸ βασιλεύειν οὕτως ὑπῆρξεν, ὡς καὶ τῆς καθ' ἡμᾶς οἰκουμένης κρατεῖν. Πάλιν γοῦν ἐλεεινοὶ καὶ οἰκτροὶ τῷ φρονήματι, ἀθεμίτῳ τολμήματι τῆς δυσσεβοῦς φρονήσεως κήρυκάς τε ἑαυτοὺς ἀνήγγειλαν, καὶ ἐπιχειροῦσιν ἀνατρέπειν πᾶν ἀληθείας σύνταγμα. Ὡς γὰρ κατὰ τὸ σὸν πρόσταγμα, τὸ συν έδριον τῆς συνόδου συνεκροτεῖτο, κἀκεῖνοι τῆς ἰδίας ἀπάτης ἐγύμνουν τὴν σκέψιν· ἐπειρῶντο γὰρ πανουργίᾳ τινὶ καὶ ταραχῇ προσφέροντές τι καινοτομεῖν, τῆς τοιαύτης ἑτερείας τοὺς συναλισκομένους εὑρόντες, Γερμήνιον, Αὐξέντιον, καὶ Γάῖον· τοὺς τὴν ἔριν καὶ διχοστασίαν ἐμποιοῦντας. Ὧν ἡ διδασκαλία μὴ μένουσα, πᾶν πλῆθος βλασφημιῶν ὑπερβέβηκεν· ὡς δὲ συνεῖδον, οὐχὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντας, οὔθ᾽ ὁμογνωμονοῦντας ἐφ᾽ οἷς κακῶς ἐφρόνουν, εἰς τὸ συμβούλιον ἡμῶν μετήγαγον ἑαυτοὺς, ὡς δοκεῖν ἔτερόν τι γράφειν. Ἦν δὲ ὁ καιρὸς βραχὺς, ὁ καὶ τὰς γνώμας αὐτῶν ἐξελέγχων. Ἵν᾿ οὖν μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας περιπίπτῃ, καὶ ταραχὴ καὶ θόρυβος κυλινδούμενος ἅπαντας συνέχῃ, βέβαιον ἐφάνη τὰ – πάλαι ὡρισμένα καὶ ἀμετακίνητα φυλάττειν · τοὺς δὲ προειρημένους τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας ἀποκεχωρίσθαι· δι' ἣν αἰτίαν τοὺς ἀναδιδάξοντας πρέσβεις πρὸς τὴν σὴν ἐπιείκειαν ἀπεστάλκαμεν, τὴν γνώμην τοῦ συνεδρίου διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς μηνύσοντας. Τοῖς δὲ πρέσβεσι πρό γε πάντων τοῦτο παρεκελευσάμεθα, τὸ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πιστώσασθαι ἐκ τῶν πάλαι ἀρχαίων δικαίως ὡρισμένων · οἳ καὶ τὴν σὴν ἀναδιδάξουσιν ὀσιότητα, ὅτι οὐχ ὥσπερ ἔφησαν Οὐρσάκιος καὶ Οὐάλης, ἔσται εἰρήνη, εἴπερ τι τῶν δικαίων ἀνατραπείη. Πῶς γὰρ εἰρήνην οἷόν τε ἄγειν, τοὺς τὴν εἰρήνην καταλύοντας; μᾶλλον γὰρ ἔρις καὶ ταραχὴ ἐκ τούτων σὺν ταῖς λοιπαῖς πόλεσι, καὶ τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίᾳ γενήσεται. Διὸ δὴ ἱκετεύομεν τὴν σὴν ( ἐπιείκειαν, ἵνα προσηνέσιν ἀκοαῖς, καὶ γαληνιαίῳ βλέμματι, τοὺς ἡμετέρους πρέσβεις ἀθρήσειας· μηδὲ πρὸς ὕβριν τῶν τετελευτηκότων, καινόν τι μεταλλάττειν ἐπιτρέψειας · ἀλλὰ ἑάσεις ἐμμένειν ἡμᾶς τοῖς παρὰ τῶν προγόνων ὁρισθεῖσί τε καὶ νενομοθετημένοις · οὓς ἅπαντα μετὰ ἀγχενοίας τε καὶ φρονήσεως, καὶ Πνεύματος ἁγίου πεποιηκέναι φήσαιμεν ἄν. Τὰ γὰρ νῦν παρ' ἐκείνων καινοτομούμενα, τοῖς μὲν πιστεύουσιν, ἀπιστίαν ἐνεποίει · τοῖς δὲ μὴ πιστεύουσιν, ὠμότητα. Ικετεύομεν δὲ ἔτι, ἵνα κελεύσῃς τοὺς ἐπισκόπους τοὺς ἐν ἀλλοδαπαῖς διατρίβοντας, οὓς καὶ τὸ τῆς ἡλικίας ἐπίπονον, καὶ τὸ τῆς πενίας ἐνδεὲς τρύχει, τὴν εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀνακομιδὴν ῥᾳδίαν ποιήσασθαι· ἵνα μὴ ἔρημοι, τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἀφωρισμένων, αἱ Ἐκκλησίαι διαμένωσιν. Ἔτι δὲ πρὸς ἅπασι καὶ τοῦτο δεόμεθα, ἵνα μηδὲν μήτε ἐλλείπῃ τῶν προὕπαρξάντων, μήτε πλεονάζῃ· ἀλλὰ πάντα ἄρρηκτα διαμένῃ, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ σοῦ πατρὸς εὐσεβείας εἰς τὸν νῦν χρόνον διαφυλαττόμενα· μήτε λοιπὸν ἡμᾶς μοχθεῖν, καὶ τῶν ἰδίων παροικήσεων ἀλλοτρίους ἐπιτρέψειας γενέσθαι· ἀλλ' ἵνα οἱ ἐπίσκοποι σὺν τῷ ἰδίῳ λαῷ μετ' εἰρήνης εἰς εὐωχίας τε καὶ λατρείας σχολὴν ἄγοιεν, ἱκετεύοντες ὑπὲρ τῆς σῆς σωτηρίας καὶ βασιλείας καὶ εἰρήνης, ἣν ἡ Θεότης σοι εἰς τὸ διηνεκές χαριεῖται. Οἱ δὲ ἡμέτεροι πρέσβεις τὰς τε ὑπογραφὰς, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐπισκόπων προσηγορίας κομίζουσιν· οἵτινες καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν θείων γραμμάτων τὴν σὴν ἀναδιδάξουσι θειότητα.
Hē de synodos eikosin episkopous prothallomenē, presbeis apesteilen. "Egrapse de autōn tade, metagraphenta tēs Rhōmaiōn phōnēs " Ta te tēs tou Theou keleuseōs, tou tēs sēs eusedeias prostagmatos dogmatisthenta, genesthai pisteuomen• eis gar ᾿Ariminon ek pasōn tōn pros dysin poleōn, epi tauto pantes hoi episkopoi synēlthomen, hina kai hē pistis tēs katholikēs Ekklēsias gnōristhę̄, kai hoi ta enantia phronountes ekdēloi genōntai. Hōs gar epi pleiston diaskopountes heurēkamen, areston ephanē tēn pistin tēn ek palaiou diamenousan, hēn kai hoi prophētai, kai ta Euangelia, kai hoi apostoloi tou Kyriou hēmōn Iēsou Christou ekēryxan, tou kai tēs sēs basileias ephorou, kai tēs sēs rhōseōs prostatou, hina tautēn kataschontes phylattōmen, mechri telous diatērountes. ᾿Atopon gar kai athemiton ephanē, tōn orthōs kai dikaiōs hōrismenōn ti metallassein, kai tōn en Nikaią koinę̄ meta tou endoxotatou Kōnstantinou tou sou Patros kai basileōs eskemmenōn, hōn hē didaskalia kai to phronēma diēlthe te kai ekērhychthē eis pasas anthrōpōn akoas te kai dianoias. Ētis antipalos menei, kai oletēr tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs hypērxe ; di' hēs, ou monon hautē, alla kai loipai pasai kathę̄rethēsan; en hę̄ ontōs kai prostheinai ti sphaleron, kai to aphelesthai ti, epikindynon hyparchei ; hōs eiper ti thateron genētai, estai tois echthrois adeia poiein haper boulontai. "Othen Oursakios te kai Oualēs, epeidē palai metochoi te kai symbouloi tou ᾿Areianou dogmatos ēsan kathestēkotes, kai tēs hēmeteras koinōnias chōristhentes apephanthēsan. Hēs hina metaschōsin, eph᾽ hois heautois synegnōkeisan plēmmelēsantes, metanoias te kai syngnōmēs ēxioun tychein. Hōs kai ta engrapha ta hyp᾿ ekeinōn gegenēmena martyrei; di᾽ hōn hapantōn pheidō gegenētai, kai tōn enklēmatōn syngnōmē. Ēn de : kairos kath᾽ an tauta epratteto, hote en Mediolanǭ to synedrion tēs synodou synekroteito ; symparontōn de kai tōn presbyterōn tēs tōn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias; egnōkotes hama kai ton meta teleutēn axion mnēmēs Kōnstantinon, meta pasēs akribeias kai exetaseōs tēn syngrapheisan pistin ektetheikota; epeidē de hōs ex anthrōpōn egeneto baptistheis, kai pros tēn opheilomenēn eirēnēn anechōrēsen, atopon einai met' ekeinon ti kainotomein; kai tosoutous hagious homologētas kai martyras, tous de kai tou dogmatos syngrapheas te kai euretas hyperidein, hoi tines kata ton palaion tēs katholikēs Ekklēsias thesmon, hapanta phronountes diamemenēkasin. Ōn ho Theos tēn pistin kai eis tous sous chronous tēs basileias metadedōke, dia tou Despotou hēmōn Iēsou Christou, di' hou soi kai to basileuein houtōs hypērxen, hōs kai tēs kath' hēmas oikoumenēs kratein. Palin goun eleeinoi kai oiktroi tǭ phronēmati, athemitǭ tolmēmati tēs dyssebous phronēseōs kērykas te heautous anēngeilan, kai epicheirousin anatrepein pan alētheias syntagma. Hōs gar kata to son prostagma, to syn edrion tēs synodou synekroteito, kakeinoi tēs idias apatēs egymnoun tēn skepsin; epeirōnto gar panourgią tini kai tarachę̄ prospherontes ti kainotomein, tēs toiautēs hetereias tous synaliskomenous heurontes, Germēnion, Auxention, kai Gaion; tous tēn erin kai dichostasian empoiountas. Hōn hē didaskalia mē menousa, pan plēthos blasphēmiōn hyperbebēken; hōs de syneidon, ouchi tēs autēs haireseōs ontas, outh᾽ homognōmonountas eph᾽ hois kakōs ephronoun, eis to symboulion hēmōn metēgagon heautous, hōs dokein eteron ti graphein. Ēn de ho kairos brachys, ho kai tas gnōmas autōn exelenchōn. Hin᾿ oun mē tois autois ta tēs Ekklēsias peripiptę̄, kai tarachē kai thorybos kylindoumenos hapantas synechę̄, bebaion ephanē ta – palai hōrismena kai ametakinēta phylattein ; tous de proeirēmenous tēs hēmeteras koinōnias apokechōristhai; di' hēn aitian tous anadidaxontas presbeis pros tēn sēn epieikeian apestalkamen, tēn gnōmēn tou synedriou dia tēs epistolēs mēnysontas. Tois de presbesi pro ge pantōn touto parekeleusametha, to tēn alētheian pistōsasthai ek tōn palai archaiōn dikaiōs hōrismenōn ; hoi kai tēn sēn anadidaxousin osiotēta, hoti ouch hōsper ephēsan Oursakios kai Oualēs, estai eirēnē, eiper ti tōn dikaiōn anatrapeiē. Pōs gar eirēnēn hoion te agein, tous tēn eirēnēn katalyontas? mallon gar eris kai tarachē ek toutōn syn tais loipais polesi, kai tę̄ tōn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsią genēsetai. Dio dē hiketeuomen tēn sēn ( epieikeian, hina prosēnesin akoais, kai galēniaiǭ blemmati, tous hēmeterous presbeis athrēseias; mēde pros hybrin tōn teteleutēkotōn, kainon ti metallattein epitrepseias ; alla heaseis emmenein hēmas tois para tōn progonōn horistheisi te kai nenomothetēmenois ; hous hapanta meta anchenoias te kai phronēseōs, kai Pneumatos hagiou pepoiēkenai phēsaimen an. Ta gar nyn par' ekeinōn kainotomoumena, tois men pisteuousin, apistian enepoiei ; tois de mē pisteuousin, ōmotēta. Iketeuomen de eti, hina keleusę̄s tous episkopous tous en allodapais diatribontas, hous kai to tēs hēlikias epiponon, kai to tēs penias endees trychei, tēn eis ta oikeia anakomidēn rhądian poiēsasthai; hina mē erēmoi, tōn episkopōn aphōrismenōn, hai Ekklēsiai diamenōsin. Eti de pros hapasi kai touto deometha, hina mēden mēte elleipę̄ tōn prouparxantōn, mēte pleonazę̄; alla panta arrēkta diamenę̄, ek tēs tou sou patros eusebeias eis ton nyn chronon diaphylattomena; mēte loipon hēmas mochthein, kai tōn idiōn paroikēseōn allotrious epitrepseias genesthai; all' hina hoi episkopoi syn tǭ idiǭ laǭ met' eirēnēs eis euōchias te kai latreias scholēn agoien, hiketeuontes hyper tēs sēs sōtērias kai basileias kai eirēnēs, hēn hē Theotēs soi eis to diēnekes charieitai. Hoi de hēmeteroi presbeis tas te hypographas, kai tas tōn episkopōn prosēgorias komizousin; hoitines kai ex autōn tōn theiōn grammatōn tēn sēn anadidaxousi theiotēta.
The synod, putting forward twenty bishops, sent them as envoys. It wrote as follows, translated from the Latin: “We believe that it was by the command of God, and by the order of your Piety, that what was decreed was done. For from all the cities of the West we bishops have all come together to Ariminum, so that the faith of the catholic church might be made known and those who think the contrary might be exposed. As we have found after very long examination, it seemed good to keep the faith that has endured from of old, which the prophets, the Gospels and the apostles proclaimed of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is the overseer of your reign and the protector of your health, so that holding it fast we might guard it and keep it to the end. For it seemed absurd and unlawful to change anything of what was rightly and justly defined, and of what was considered in common at Nicaea with the most glorious Constantine, your father and emperor, whose teaching and mind have gone out and been proclaimed to the hearing and understanding of all men. It stands as the adversary and has been the destroyer of the Arian heresy; through it not only that heresy but all the others were overthrown. In it, truly, to add anything is hazardous and to take anything away is dangerous; for if either were done, the enemies would have licence to do what they wish. Therefore Ursacius and Valens, since they had long been sharers and counsellors of the Arian doctrine, were declared separated from our communion; and to share in it again they asked for repentance and pardon for the faults of which they were conscious, as the documents made by them bear witness, through which forbearance was shown to them all and pardon for the charges. The time when this was done was when the council of the synod was being held at Milan, the presbyters of the church of the Romans also being present. We knew too that Constantine, worthy of remembrance after his death, set out the faith composed with all exactness and examination; and since, having been baptized, he departed from men and went to his due peace, it is absurd to innovate anything after him, and to disregard so many holy confessors and martyrs, and those who were the writers and discoverers of the doctrine, who have continued holding everything according to the ancient law of the catholic church. Their faith God has handed on even to the times of your reign, through our Lord Jesus Christ, through whom it has been given you so to reign as to rule the world of our part. Yet again these wretched men, pitiable in mind, with lawless daring have proclaimed themselves heralds of an impious opinion, and are trying to overturn the whole system of truth. For when, according to your command, the council of the synod was being held, they too laid bare the design of their own deceit. For they tried, with some cunning and disturbance, to bring forward something new, having found partners in such heterodoxy, Germinius, Auxentius and Gaius, who cause strife and division. Their teaching, not abiding, has surpassed every multitude of blasphemies. When they saw that they were not of the same heresy, nor of one mind in their wrong thinking, they brought themselves over into our council, so as to seem to write something different. But the time was short which exposed their opinions. So, in order that the affairs of the church may not fall into the same troubles, and that turmoil and tumult rolling on may not hold everyone, it seemed secure to keep what was defined of old and unmovable, and that the aforesaid should be separated from our communion. For this reason we have sent envoys to your Clemency to inform you, who will make known the judgment of the council by our letter. We have charged the envoys above all to confirm the truth from what was justly defined of old; they will inform your Holiness that it is not as Ursacius and Valens said, that there will be peace if anything of what is just is overturned. For how can those who destroy peace keep peace? Rather, from them strife and turmoil will arise in the other cities and in the church of the Romans. Therefore we entreat your Clemency to look upon our envoys with gentle ears and a calm countenance, and not to permit anything new to be changed, to the insult of the dead, but to let us remain in what was defined and enacted by our forefathers, who, we would say, did everything with sagacity and understanding and the Holy Spirit. For the innovations they are now making have produced unbelief in those who believe and hardness in those who do not. We entreat further that you order the bishops living in foreign lands, who are worn by the hardship of age and the want of poverty, to be given an easy return to their own homes, so that the churches may not remain bereft, their bishops being cut off. Besides all this we ask also this, that nothing be lacking or added to what existed before, but that everything remain unbroken, as preserved from the piety of your father to the present time; and that you do not permit us to toil any longer and to become strangers to our own dioceses, but that the bishops with their own people may in peace have leisure for festivals and worship, praying for your safety, reign and peace, which the Godhead will grant you for ever. Our envoys bring the signatures and the names of the bishops; they will also inform your Divinity from the divine writings themselves.”
4.19PG 67:1167–1171
Τάδε μὲν τῶν ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ συνελθόντων τὰ γράμματα. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Οὐρσάκιον καὶ Οὐάλεντα, φθάσαντες τοὺς παρ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀποσταλέντας πρέσβεις, ἐπέδειξαν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν γραφὴν ἣν ἀνέγνωσαν, καὶ τὴν σύνοδον διέβαλον. Ὁ δὲ, λυπηθεὶς ἴσως ὅτι μὴ ταύτην προσεδέξαντο τὴν πίστιν, ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ παρόντος ἐν Σιρμίῳ βεβαιωθεῖσαν, τοὺς μὲν ἐν τιμῇ εἶχε· τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων ἡμέλει, καὶ τῇ προσεδρίᾳ ταλαιπωρούντων ὑπερεώρα. Ὀψὲ δὲ ποτε ἔγραψε τῇ συνόδῳ, παραιτούμενος ὡς ἀναγκαία τις αὐτὸν ἥπειγεν ἡ πρὸς τοὺς βαρβάρους ὁδὸς, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς, πρέσβεις ἰδεῖν οὐ δύνηται. Ἐκέλευσε δὲ ἐν ᾿Αδριανοῦ πόλει ἐπανιόντα αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι· ἵν᾿ ἐπειδὰν τὰ κοινὰ πράγματα διατεθείη καλῶς, ἐλεύθερος ὢν φροντίδων, τὰ περὶ τῶν πρέσβεων ἀκούσῃ καὶ δοκιμάσῃ. Προσήκειν γὰρ τὸν περὶ τῶν θείων διαλαμβάνειν μέλλοντα, καθαρὰν ἔχειν τῶν ἄλλων τὴν ψυχήν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιάδε ἔγραψε. Πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ ἡ σύνοδος ἀντεδήλωσεν, ἰσχυριζομένη μηδαμῶς ἀναχωρεῖν τῶν δεδογμένων, καὶ τοῦτο γράψαι, καὶ τοῖς πρέσβεσιν ἐντείλασθαι. Καὶ ἀντιβολεῖ μετ' εὐνοίας αὐτοὺς ἰδεῖν, καὶ ὧν ἐνετείλατο δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπακοῦσαι, καὶ τὰ γραφέντα ἀναγνῶναι. Χαλεπὸν γὰρ καὶ αὐτῷ φανεῖσθαι, τοσαύτας Ἐκκλησίας χωρὶς ἐπισκόπων εἶναι ἐν καιρῷ τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας. Χρῆναι δὲ, εἰ καὶ αὐτῷ συνδοκεῖ, εἰς τὰς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐπανελθεῖν. Τοιαῦτα γράψαντες, καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς ἦν, ἐν ἱκεσίας τάξει καὶ ὀνόματι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν συντάξαντες, ὀλίγον χρόνον ἐπέμειναν. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀντεδήλωσεν, ἐπὶ τὰς αὐτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν πό λεις. Ὡς μὲν οὖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξασι καὶ οἱ ἐν Ἀριμήνῳ συνελθόντες ἐψηφίσαντο, μαρτυρεῖ ( τὰ εἰρημένα. Ῥητέον δὲ νῦν ὅπως ὕστερον συνήνεσαν τῇ προκομισθείσῃ γραφῇ παρὰ τῶν ἀμφὶ Οὐάλεντα καὶ Οὐρσάκιον. Διάφορος δὲ λόγος περὶ τούτου εἰς ἐμὲ ἦλθεν. Οἱ μὲν γάρ φασι, πρόφασιν ὕβρεως βασιλέα ποιησάμενον τὴν παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ ἐξ ᾿Αριμήνου τῶν ἐπισκόπων ἀποδημίαν, ἐπιτρέψαι Οὐάλεντι καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ, ᾗ ἂν θέλωσι τὰς πρὸς δύσιν Ἐκκλησίας διοικεῖν, καὶ τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ πίστιν ἐκδιδόναι · τοὺς δὲ ὑπογράφειν ταύτῃ παραιτουμένους ἐκβάλλειν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν· ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων, ἑτέρους χειροτονεῖν. ᾿Αδείας δὲ ἐντεῦθεν λαβομένους, βιάσασθαι ταύτῃ τῇ πίστει ὑπογράψαι· πολλοὺς δὲ μὴ πειθομένους διῶξαι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, καὶ πρῶτον Λιβέριον τὸν Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἔπραξαν, βουλεύσασθαι καὶ τὰς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω Ἐκκλησίας τὸν ἴσον διαθεῖναι τρόπον. Διιόντας δὲ τὴν Θράκην, παραγενέσθαι εἰς Νίκην, πόλιν τοῦδε τοῦ ἔθνους· καὶ συνέδριον ἐνθάδε καθίσαντες, τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ γραφὴν εἰς Ἑλλάδα μεταβαλεῖν φωνὴν, καὶ δημοσιεύσαντες βεβαιῶσαι · καὶ λογοποιεῖν, ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς οἰκουμενικῆς συνόδου, ἡ ἐν Νίκῃ πίστις ὑπηγορεύθη καὶ ἐδοξάσθη. Ἐπιτηδὲς δὲ τάδε ἐν Νίκῃ πρᾶξαι, καὶ ὧδε ἐπευφημῆσαι, ὥστε τοὺς ἁπλουστέρους ῥᾳδίως πείθεσθαι ταύτῃ τῇ πίστει συναινεῖν, τῷ παραπλησίῳ τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀπατωμένους, καὶ οἰομένους ταύτην εἶναι τὴν ἐν Νικαία βεβαιωθεῖσαν γραφήν. Ταῦτα μὲν ὧδε λέγουσιν. Οἱ δὲ φασιν, ὡς τῆς ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ συνόδου τῇ προσεδρίᾳ ταλαιπωρουμένης, ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως μὴ ἀποκρίσεως ἀξιοῦντος τοὺς ἐπισκόπους, μήτε ἀναχωρεῖν συγχωροῦντος, οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως σπουδασταὶ, καθῆκάν τινας συμβουλεύοντας, ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον ἑνὸς ὀνόματος τοῦ τῆς οὐσίας ἕνεκα διαφέρεσθαι τοὺς πανταχοῦ ἱερέας - ἐξὸν ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν λέγειν, καὶ τὰς ἀφορ - μὰς τῆς ἔριδος ἀνελεῖν. Ὡς τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω οὔποτε ἡσυχασόντων, εἰ μὴ τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ὄνομα περιαιρε· θείη. Τοιαῦτα δὲ κομψευομένων τῶν διαλλακτῶν. πεισθῆναι τὴν σύνοδον συναινέσαι τῇ σπουδασθείση συγγραφῇ τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Οὐρσάκιον. Δείσαντας δὲ τούτους, μὴ παραγενόμενοι οἱ παρὰ τῆς συνόδου ἀποσταλέντες πρὸς βασιλέα πρέσβεις, δήλην ποιήσωσι τῶν δυτικῶν ἐπισκόπων τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔνστασιν, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς τοῦ ὁμοουσίου ἀναιρέσεως, ἐπισχεῖν τοὺς πρέσβεις ἐν Νίκῃ τῆς Θράκης, διὰ χειμῶνα καὶ ταλαιπωρίαν τῶν δημοσίων νωτοφόρων, προφασισαμένους μὴ ῥᾳδίαν ἔσεσθαι τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν · πεῖσαι δὲ τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν παρ᾿ αὐτῶν γραφὴν, ἐκ τῆς Ῥωμαίων μεταφράσαι φωνῆς, καὶ Ἑλληνιστὶ συντεθεῖσαν ἐκπέμψαι τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόποις· οὕτω γὰρ συμβήσεσθαι, τὴν μὲν γραφὴν κατορθοῦν αὐτοῖς τὸ σπουδαζόμενον κατὰ σκοπὸν συγκειμένην· μὴ φωραθήσεσθαι δὲ τὸν δόλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἐλεγχόντων, (ὡς οὐχ ἑκόντες οἱ ἐν Ἀριμήνῳ τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς οὐσίας ἀπέστησαν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν εἰς τοὺς ἀνατολικοὺς σκῆψιν, ὡς ἀποστρεφομένους τὸ ὄνομα. Ὅπερ ψεῦδος περιφανῶς ἐτύγχανε· πάντες γὰρ πλὴν ὀλίγων, καὶ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἰσχυρίζοντο· διεφέροντο δὲ μόνον, οἱ μὲν ὁμοούσιον, οἱ δὲ ὁμοιοούσιον, τὸν Υἱὸν ὀνομάζοντες. Ταῦτα οἱ μὲν οὕτως, οἱ δὲ ἐκείνως ἐροῦσιν.
Tade men tōn en ᾿Ariminǭ synelthontōn ta grammata. Hoi de peri Oursakion kai Oualenta, phthasantes tous par᾿ autōn apostalentas presbeis, epedeixan tǭ basilei tēn graphēn hēn anegnōsan, kai tēn synodon diebalon. Ho de, lypētheis isōs hoti mē tautēn prosedexanto tēn pistin, hōs kai autou parontos en Sirmiǭ bebaiōtheisan, tous men en timę̄ eiche; tōn de presbeōn hēmelei, kai tę̄ prosedrią talaipōrountōn hypereōra. Opse de pote egrapse tę̄ synodǭ, paraitoumenos hōs anankaia tis auton hēpeigen hē pros tous barbarous hodos, kai dia touto tous, presbeis idein ou dynētai. Ekeleuse de en ᾿Adrianou polei epanionta auton epimeinai; hin᾿ epeidan ta koina pragmata diatetheiē kalōs, eleutheros ōn phrontidōn, ta peri tōn presbeōn akousę̄ kai dokimasę̄. Prosēkein gar ton peri tōn theiōn dialambanein mellonta, katharan echein tōn allōn tēn psychēn. Kai ho men toiade egrapse. Pros tauta de hē synodos antedēlōsen, ischyrizomenē mēdamōs anachōrein tōn dedogmenōn, kai touto grapsai, kai tois presbesin enteilasthai. Kai antibolei met' eunoias autous idein, kai hōn eneteilato di᾿ autōn epakousai, kai ta graphenta anagnōnai. Chalepon gar kai autǭ phaneisthai, tosautas Ekklēsias chōris episkopōn einai en kairǭ tēs autou basileias. Chrēnai de, ei kai autǭ syndokei, eis tas autōn ekklēsias pro tou cheimōnos epanelthein. Toiauta grapsantes, kai hōs eikos ēn, en hikesias taxei kai onomati tēn epistolēn syntaxantes, oligon chronon epemeinan. Hōs de ouden autois antedēlōsen, epi tas autōn anechōrēsan po leis. Hōs men oun ex archēs tois en Nikaią doxasi kai hoi en Arimēnǭ synelthontes epsēphisanto, martyrei ( ta eirēmena. Rhēteon de nyn hopōs hysteron synēnesan tę̄ prokomistheisę̄ graphę̄ para tōn amphi Oualenta kai Oursakion. Diaphoros de logos peri toutou eis eme ēlthen. Hoi men gar phasi, prophasin hybreōs basilea poiēsamenon tēn para gnōmēn autou ex ᾿Arimēnou tōn episkopōn apodēmian, epitrepsai Oualenti kai tois syn autǭ, hę̄ an thelōsi tas pros dysin Ekklēsias dioikein, kai tēn anagnōstheisan en ᾿Arimēnǭ pistin ekdidonai ; tous de hypographein tautę̄ paraitoumenous ekballein tōn Ekklēsiōn; anti de toutōn, heterous cheirotonein. ᾿Adeias de enteuthen labomenous, biasasthai tautę̄ tę̄ pistei hypograpsai; pollous de mē peithomenous diōxai tōn Ekklēsiōn, kai prōton Liberion ton Rhōmaiōn episkopon. Epei de tade tois kata tēn Italian epraxan, bouleusasthai kai tas ana tēn Heō Ekklēsias ton ison diatheinai tropon. Diiontas de tēn Thrakēn, paragenesthai eis Nikēn, polin toude tou ethnous; kai synedrion enthade kathisantes, tēn anagnōstheisan en ᾿Arimēnǭ graphēn eis Hellada metabalein phōnēn, kai dēmosieusantes bebaiōsai ; kai logopoiein, hōs hypo tēs oikoumenikēs synodou, hē en Nikę̄ pistis hypēgoreuthē kai edoxasthē. Epitēdes de tade en Nikę̄ praxai, kai hōde epeuphēmēsai, hōste tous haplousterous rhądiōs peithesthai tautę̄ tę̄ pistei synainein, tǭ paraplēsiǭ tōn onomatōn apatōmenous, kai oiomenous tautēn einai tēn en Nikaia bebaiōtheisan graphēn. Tauta men hōde legousin. Hoi de phasin, hōs tēs en ᾿Arimēnǭ synodou tę̄ prosedrią talaipōroumenēs, hōs tou basileōs mē apokriseōs axiountos tous episkopous, mēte anachōrein synchōrountos, hoi apo tēs enantias haireseōs spoudastai, kathēkan tinas symbouleuontas, hōs ouk axion henos onomatos tou tēs ousias heneka diapheresthai tous pantachou hiereas - exon homoion tǭ Patri ton Huion legein, kai tas aphor - mas tēs eridos anelein. Hōs tōn ana tēn Heō oupote hēsychasontōn, ei mē to tēs ousias onoma periaire; theiē. Toiauta de kompseuomenōn tōn diallaktōn. peisthēnai tēn synodon synainesai tę̄ spoudastheisē syngraphę̄ tois amphi ton Oursakion. Deisantas de toutous, mē paragenomenoi hoi para tēs synodou apostalentes pros basilea presbeis, dēlēn poiēsōsi tōn dytikōn episkopōn tēn ex archēs enstasin, kai tēn aitian tēs tou homoousiou anaireseōs, epischein tous presbeis en Nikę̄ tēs Thrakēs, dia cheimōna kai talaipōrian tōn dēmosiōn nōtophorōn, prophasisamenous mē rhądian esesthai tēn hodoiporian ; peisai de tēn anagnōstheisan par᾿ autōn graphēn, ek tēs Rhōmaiōn metaphrasai phōnēs, kai Hellēnisti syntetheisan ekpempsai tois ana tēn Heō episkopois; houtō gar symbēsesthai, tēn men graphēn katorthoun autois to spoudazomenon kata skopon synkeimenēn; mē phōrathēsesthai de ton dolon apo tōn elenchontōn, (hōs ouch hekontes hoi en Arimēnǭ tou onomatos tēs ousias apestēsan, alla dia tēn eis tous anatolikous skēpsin, hōs apostrephomenous to onoma. Hoper pseudos periphanōs etynchane; pantes gar plēn oligōn, kai kat᾿ ousian homoion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion ischyrizonto; diepheronto de monon, hoi men homoousion, hoi de homoioousion, ton Huion onomazontes. Tauta hoi men houtōs, hoi de ekeinōs erousin.
Such was the letter of those who met at Ariminum. Ursacius's and Valens's party, arriving before the envoys sent by the synod, showed the emperor the document they had read and slandered the synod. He, grieved perhaps that they had not accepted this faith, since it had been confirmed in his own presence at Sirmium, held them in honour, but neglected the envoys and disregarded them as they wore themselves out waiting. At length he wrote to the synod, excusing himself on the ground that an urgent journey against the barbarians pressed him, and for this reason he could not see the envoys; and he ordered them to wait at Adrianople for his return, so that, when public affairs had been well settled, he might, free of cares, hear and examine the envoys' business; for one who is going to deal with divine matters ought to have his soul free of other things. So he wrote. To this the synod replied, insisting that it would in no way depart from what had been decided, that it had written this and charged its envoys accordingly; and it begged him to see them kindly, to hear what it had charged them, and to read what had been written; for he too would find it grievous that so many churches should be without bishops in the time of his reign; and they ought, if he agreed, to return to their churches before winter. Having written this, composing the letter, as was fitting, in the form and language of a petition, they waited a short time; and when he made no reply, they withdrew to their cities. That those who met at Ariminum voted from the beginning for what had been decided at Nicaea, what has been said bears witness. It must now be told how they later agreed to the document brought forward by Valens's and Ursacius's party. Different accounts of this have come to me. Some say that the emperor, making the departure of the bishops from Ariminum against his will a pretext for insult, allowed Valens and those with him to govern the churches of the West as they wished, to publish the faith that had been read at Ariminum, to expel from the churches those who refused to sign it, and to ordain others in their place; and that, taking licence from this, they forced people to sign this faith, and drove from the churches many who would not comply, Liberius, bishop of the Romans, first of all. When they had done this to those in Italy, they planned to arrange the churches of the East in the same way. Passing through Thrace, they came to Nice, a city of that province; holding a council there, they translated the document read at Ariminum into Greek, published it and confirmed it, and spread the story that the faith of Nice had been dictated and approved by the ecumenical synod. They did this at Nice on purpose, and gave it this name, so that the simpler might readily be persuaded to assent to this faith, deceived by the similarity of the names and thinking it the document confirmed at Nicaea. So say some. Others say that when the synod of Ariminum was worn out by waiting, since the emperor neither deigned to answer the bishops nor allowed them to leave, those zealous for the opposite sect sent in certain people to advise them that it was not worth while for the priests everywhere to quarrel over one word, that of essence, when they could say the Son is like the Father and remove the grounds of strife; for those in the East would never be quiet unless the name of essence were removed. When these mediators had made such clever arguments, the synod was persuaded to agree to the document pressed by Ursacius's party. These, fearing that the envoys sent by the synod to the emperor would arrive and make known the original resistance of the Western bishops and the reason for removing the “same essence,” detained the envoys at Nice in Thrace, alleging that because of the winter and the hardships of the public pack animals the journey would not be easy; and they persuaded them to translate the document they had read from Latin, put it into Greek, and send it to the bishops in the East. For in this way the document, composed to suit their purpose, would achieve what they were aiming at, while the deceit would not be detected by those who might refute it, namely that those at Ariminum had not departed from the name of essence willingly, but on the pretext concerning the Easterners, as though these rejected the name. This was plainly false; for all except a few maintained that the Son is like the Father in essence too; they differed only in that some called the Son of the same essence, others of like essence. Some will tell these things one way and some another.
4.20PG 67:1171–1175
Ἐν ᾧ δὲ τὰ περὶ Ἰταλίαν, ὡς εἴρηται, ἐγίνετο, πρὶν συστῆσαι τὴν ἐν Σελευκείᾳ σύνοδον, μέγισται αὶ ταραχαὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἕω συνέβησαν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον καὶ Πατρόφιλον, ἀφελόμενοι Μάξιμον, τὴν Ἱεροσολύμων Ἐκκλησίαν Κυρίλλῳ ἐπέτρεψαν. Μαχκεδόνιος δὲ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, τὰς πέριξ πόλεις ἑτάραττεν’ ὡς ἤρξατο χειροτονεῖν ὁ Μαχά, συλλαμθανομένους ἔχων ᾿Ελεύσιον Μαραθώνιον. Ὧν τὸν μὲν ἤδη πρότερον διακόνου τῆς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας, σπουδαῖον ἐπίτροπον πτωχείων τε μοναχικῶν συνοικιῶν ἀνδρῶν τε γυναικῶν, ἐπίσκοπον Νικομηδέων κατέστησεν Ἐλεύ.σιον δὲ Κυζίκου, οὐχ ἀσήμως ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στρατευσάμενον. "Ἄμφω δέ φασιν ἀγαθὼ γενέσθαι τὸν βίον σπουδαίω δὲ χαχῶσαι τοὺς ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζοντας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὕτως ὡς Μαχεδόνιος. Οὗτος γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἤλαυνε τοὺς τουμένους αὐτῷ κοινωνεῖν, ἀλλὰ δεσμώτας ἐποίει, δικασταῖς παρεδίδου " τοὺς ὃὲ καὶ ἄκοντας κοινωνεῖν ἐδιάζετο, παῖδάς τε γυναῖκας ἀμνήτους ἁρπάζων, ἐμυσταγώγει. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰς. πολλαχῇ Ἐκκλησίας καθεῖλε, βασιλέως πρόσταγμα προϊσχόμενος, καθαιρεῖσθαι προστάττον τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους τῶν ὁμοούσιον τῷ. Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν εἶνα! ἰσχυριζομένων. δὴ τῆς τοιαύτης αἰτίας, καὶ ἡ ποὺς τῷ καλουμένῳ Πελαργῷ ἐν Κωνσταντίνου πόλει Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησία χαθηρέθη. Ἡνίκα δὴ λέγετα! τοὺς ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως, ἀνδρεῖον ἔργον ἐργάσασθαι" ἴσως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ὡς ὀμόφροσι συνελάβοντο. Ἐπιταττόντων γὰρ οἷς οἱ τοῦτο προστέταχτο λύειν τοῦτον τὸν πανοικὶ αὶ συνελθόντες, οἱ μὲν τὰς ὕλας χατέθαλλον " δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀντίπεραν Συχᾶς μετεχόμιζον καὶ ἐν τάχει πέἡ σπουδὴ ἔσχεν " ἐκοινώνουν γὰρ τοῦ ἔργον μόνον ἄνδρες, ἀλλὰ γυναῖκες καὶ παῖδες " ἔκαστος γὰρ αὐτῶν, Θεῷ τὸ ἔργον προσφέρων, ὑπερφυῶς προὐθυμεῖτο ὑπὸ τοιαύτης δὲ σπουδῆς τὸν ἶσον τρόἢδε ἡ ἐκκλησία ἀνενεώθη, τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ συμβάντος, ᾿Αναστασία ὠνόμασται, Τελευτήσαν: τος γὰρ Κωνσταντίου, διαδεξάμενος Ἰουλιανὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, τὸν τόπον τοῖς Ναυατιανοῖς ἀπέδωκε, καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἰκοδομῆσαι ἑπέτρεψεν. Ὁ καὶ ἐγέ νετο, τοῦ λαοῦ προθύμως συλλαβομένου, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς ὅλας ἐκ τῶν Συκῶν μετακομίσαντος. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὕστερον ὧδε ἔσχεν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, μικροῦ Ναυατιανοὶ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἡνώ θησαν· ὁμοίως γὰρ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον δοξάζοντες, καὶ κοινῇ ἐλαυνόμενοι, καὶ ἐν ὁμοίαις συμφοραῖς ὄντες, εὔνοι ἀλλήλοις ἦσαν· καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν συνῄεσάν τε, καὶ συνηύχοντο· τοῖς γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας εὐκτήριος οὐκ ἦν οἶκος, ἀλλὰ πάντες πρὸς τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων ἀφήρηντο · καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐκ τῆς συνεχοῦς ὁμιλίας μάτην διαφέρεσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς λογισάμενοι, λο κοινωνεῖν ἀλλήλοις ἐβουλεύοντο. Καὶ δὴ τοῦτο ἐγεγόνει, εἰ μὴ βασκανία ὀλίγων, οἶμαι, τὴν τοῦ πλήθους προθυμίαν ἔβλαψεν, ἀρχαῖον εἶναι λόγου
En hǭ de ta peri Italian, hōs eirētai, egineto, prin systēsai tēn en Seleukeią synodon, megistai ai tarachai kata tēn Heō synebēsan. Hoi men gar amphi ᾿Akakion kai Patrophilon, aphelomenoi Maximon, tēn Hierosolymōn Ekklēsian Kyrillǭ epetrepsan. Machkedonios de tēn Kōnstantinoupolin, tas perix poleis hetaratten’ hōs ērxato cheirotonein ho Macha, syllamthanomenous echōn ᾿Eleusion Marathōnion. Hōn ton men ēdē proteron diakonou tēs hyp᾽ auton Ekklēsias, spoudaion epitropon ptōcheiōn te monachikōn synoikiōn andrōn te gynaikōn, episkopon Nikomēdeōn katestēsen Eleu.sion de Kyzikou, ouch asēmōs en tois basileiois strateusamenon. "Amphō de phasin agathō genesthai ton bion spoudaiō de chachōsai tous homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazontas, all᾽ ouch haplōs houtōs hōs Machedonios. Houtos gar ou monon ēlaune tous toumenous autǭ koinōnein, alla desmōtas epoiei, dikastais paredidou " tous hoe kai akontas koinōnein ediazeto, paidas te gynaikas amnētous harpazōn, emystagōgei. Ou mēn alla kai pollas. pollachę̄ Ekklēsias katheile, basileōs prostagma proïschomenos, kathaireisthai prostatton tous euktērious oikous tōn homoousion tǭ. Patri ton Huion eina! ischyrizomenōn. dē tēs toiautēs aitias, kai hē pous tǭ kaloumenǭ Pelargǭ en Kōnstantinou polei Nauatianōn ekklēsia chathērethē. Hēnika dē legeta! tous apo tautēs tēs haireseōs, andreion ergon ergasasthai" isōs de kai hoi apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias hōs omophrosi synelabonto. Epitattontōn gar hois hoi touto prostetachto lyein touton ton panoiki ai synelthontes, hoi men tas hylas chatethallon " de eis tas antiperan Sychas metechomizon kai en tachei peē spoudē eschen " ekoinōnoun gar tou ergon monon andres, alla gynaikes kai paides " ekastos gar autōn, Theǭ to ergon prospherōn, hyperphyōs prouthymeito hypo toiautēs de spoudēs ton ison troēde hē ekklēsia aneneōthē, to ex ekeinou tou symbantos, ᾿Anastasia ōnomastai, Teleutēsan: tos gar Kōnstantiou, diadexamenos Ioulianos tēn basileian, ton topon tois Nauatianois apedōke, kai tēn ekklēsian oikodomēsai hepetrepsen. Ho kai ege neto, tou laou prothymōs syllabomenou, kai tas autas holas ek tōn Sykōn metakomisantos. Kai ta men hysteron hōde eschen. En de tǭ tote, mikrou Nauatianoi kai hoi apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias hēnō thēsan; homoiōs gar peri to Theion doxazontes, kai koinę̄ elaunomenoi, kai en homoiais symphorais ontes, eunoi allēlois ēsan; kai eis tauton synę̄esan te, kai synēuchonto; tois gar apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias euktērios ouk ēn oikos, alla pantes pros tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn aphērēnto ; kai hōs eikos, ek tēs synechous homilias matēn diapheresthai pros sphas logisamenoi, lo koinōnein allēlois ebouleuonto. Kai dē touto egegonei, ei mē baskania oligōn, oimai, tēn tou plēthous prothymian eblapsen, archaion einai logou
While events in Italy were taking place as described, before the synod at Seleucia met, very great disturbances occurred in the East. Acacius's and Patrophilus's party removed Maximus and entrusted the church of Jerusalem to Cyril. Macedonius, holding Constantinople, troubled the surrounding cities, when he began to ordain, having Eleusius and Marathonius as helpers. Marathonius, formerly a deacon of his church and a zealous administrator of the poor-houses and the monastic communities of men and women, he made bishop of Nicomedia; and Eleusius, who had served with distinction in the palace, bishop of Cyzicus. They say that both were good in their lives, but zealous in ill-treating those who held the Son to be of the same essence as the Father, though not so simply as Macedonius. For he not only drove out those who refused to communicate with him, but imprisoned them and handed them over to judges; others he forced to communicate against their will, seizing uninitiated children and women and initiating them. Moreover he pulled down many churches in many places, putting forward an imperial order commanding that the houses of prayer of those who maintained that the Son is of the same essence as the Father be pulled down. For this reason the church of the Novatians at the place called Pelargus in Constantinople was also pulled down. It is said that on this occasion those of this sect did a brave deed, and perhaps those of the catholic church helped them as being of the same mind. For when those who had been ordered to demolish it gave orders, they came together with their whole households; some took down the timbers, others carried them across to Sycae opposite; and quickly the work was done, for not only men took part, but women and children, each offering the work to God and exceedingly eager. With the same zeal this church was rebuilt in the same way, and from that event has been named Anastasia. For when Constantius died, Julian, succeeding to the empire, gave back the site to the Novatians and allowed them to build the church; this was done, the people helping eagerly and bringing back the same timbers from Sycae. These things happened later. At that time the Novatians and those of the catholic church were almost united. For holding the same views about the Divine, being driven out together and being in the same misfortunes, they were well disposed to each other; they met together and prayed together, since those of the catholic church had no house of prayer, all having been taken away by those who held the views of Arius; and, naturally, reasoning from their constant intercourse that they differed with each other in vain, they planned to communicate with each other. And this would have happened, I think, had not the jealousy of a few, who said that there was an ancient …, harmed the eagerness of the many.
4.21PG 67:1175–1177
Κατὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ Ἐλεύσιος τὴν ἐν Κυζίκῳ ἐκκλησίαν Ναυατιανῶν ἄρδην καθεῖλε. Τούτων δὲ τῶν κακῶν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα μετέσχον οἱ Μαντίνειον οἰκοῦντες, καὶ ἄλλοι Παφλαγόνες. Μαθὼν γὰρ Μακεδόνιος τοὺς πλείους ἐνθάδε τὰ Ναυάτου φρονεῖν, μὴ ἱκανούς τε μόνους εἶναι τούτους τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς ἀπελαύνειν, ἔπεισε τὸν βασιλέα τέσσαρα τάγματα τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐκπέμψαι τούτου χάριν. Ὧδε γὰρ ᾤετο ἀνθρώπους ἀήθεις ὅπλων, εἰ ὁπλίτας θεάσοιντο, δείσαντας εὐθὺς πρὸς τὴν αὐτοῦ δόξαν μεταθήσεσθαι. Τὸ δὲ ἄλλως ἀπέβη. Τὸ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ Μαντι νείου πλῆθος γενόμενοι, δρεπάναις τε καὶ πελέκεσι, καὶ ἄλλως ᾗ ἔτυχεν, ἕκαστος σφᾶς ὁπλίσαντες, συνέμιξαν τοῖς στρατιώταις. Καρτερᾶς δὲ μάχης γενομένης, πίπτουσι Παφλαγόνων μὲν πλεῖστοι · τῶν δὲ στρατιωτῶν σχεδὸν πάντες. Ἐντεῦθεν ὡς τηλιχούτων συμφορῶν αἴτιον ὄντα Μακεδόνιον, πολλοὶ τῶν - ἐπιτηδείων ἐμέμφοντο. Ἀποστραφεὶς δὲ καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, οὐκέτι ὑγιῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶχεν. Ἐπεγένετο γὰρ καὶ μείζονος ἀπεχθείας πρόφασις τοιάδες Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος τὴν θήκην ἐβούλετο Μακεδόνιος ἑτέρωθι μεταφέρειν, Ἠπείλει γὰρ πτῶσιν ὁ ταύτην καλύπτων οἶκος. Τοῦ δὲ λαοῦ, οἱ μὲν ὧδε γενέσθαι συνεχώρουν οἱ δὲ ἀντεῖχον, ἀνόσιον εἶναι: ἡγούμενοι, τῷ ἀνορύττειν ὅμοιον. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ τούτοις οἱ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου πρεσβεύοντες, μήτε ὑθρίζεσθαι Κωνσταντίνου τὸ σῶμα ὡς ὁμοδόξου ἀνεχόμενοι, καὶ Μακεδονίῳ, οἶμαι, ἐναντίοι εἶναι σπουδάζοντες. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν μηδὲν μελῆσας, μετεχόμισε τὴν θήκην εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐν ἧ ᾿Ακακίου τοῦ μάρτυράς ἐστιν ὁ τάφος. Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος, οἱ μὲν τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπαινοῦντες, οἱ δὲ, μεμφόμενοι, κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐτράπησαν. Καὶ τελευτῶντες, αὐτόν τε τὸν εὐκτήριον οἶχον τὸν πέριξ χῶρον αἱμάτων φόνων ἐνἔπλησαν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔτι διάγων ἐν τῇ πρὸς δύσιν ἀρχομένῃ, τάδε μαθὼν ἐχαλέπαινς " καὶ ὡς ὑδρισμένου τοῦ πατρὸς, τῶν περὶ τὸν λαὸν ἀτυχημάτων, ἐπητιᾶτο Μαχεδόγιον, καὶ δι᾽ ὀργῆς εἶχε " βουλευσάμενος δὲ τὴν καταλαβεῖν, εἴχετο τῆς ὁδοῦ. καλεσάμενος δὲ Ἰουλιανὸν τὸν ἀνεψιὸν, Καίσαρα κατέστησε, καὶ εἰς τοὺς πρὸς δύτιν Γαλάτας πέπομφεν.
Kata de touton ton chronon, kai Eleusios tēn en Kyzikǭ ekklēsian Nauatianōn ardēn katheile. Toutōn de tōn kakōn es ta malista meteschon hoi Mantineion oikountes, kai alloi Paphlagones. Mathōn gar Makedonios tous pleious enthade ta Nauatou phronein, mē hikanous te monous einai toutous tous ekklēsiastikous apelaunein, epeise ton basilea tessara tagmata tōn stratiōtōn ekpempsai toutou charin. Hōde gar ǭeto anthrōpous aētheis hoplōn, ei hoplitas theasointo, deisantas euthys pros tēn autou doxan metathēsesthai. To de allōs apebē. To gar ek tou Manti neiou plēthos genomenoi, drepanais te kai pelekesi, kai allōs hę̄ etychen, hekastos sphas hoplisantes, synemixan tois stratiōtais. Karteras de machēs genomenēs, piptousi Paphlagonōn men pleistoi ; tōn de stratiōtōn schedon pantes. Enteuthen hōs tēlichoutōn symphorōn aition onta Makedonion, polloi tōn - epitēdeiōn ememphonto. Apostrapheis de kai ho basileus, ouketi hygiōs pros auton eichen. Epegeneto gar kai meizonos apechtheias prophasis toiades Kōnstantinou tou basileusantos tēn thēkēn ebouleto Makedonios heterōthi metapherein, Ēpeilei gar ptōsin ho tautēn kalyptōn oikos. Tou de laou, hoi men hōde genesthai synechōroun hoi de anteichon, anosion einai: hēgoumenoi, tǭ anoryttein homoion. Synelambanonto de toutois hoi to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou presbeuontes, mēte hythrizesthai Kōnstantinou to sōma hōs homodoxou anechomenoi, kai Makedoniǭ, oimai, enantioi einai spoudazontes. ᾿All᾽ ho men mēden melēsas, metechomise tēn thēkēn eis tēn ekklēsian, en hē ᾿Akakiou tou martyras estin ho taphos. To de plēthos, hoi men to gegonos epainountes, hoi de, memphomenoi, kat᾽ autēn tēn ekklēsian eis allēlous etrapēsan. Kai teleutōntes, auton te ton euktērion oichon ton perix chōron haimatōn phonōn eneplēsan. Ho de basileus eti diagōn en tę̄ pros dysin archomenę̄, tade mathōn echalepains " kai hōs hydrismenou tou patros, tōn peri ton laon atychēmatōn, epētiato Machedogion, kai di᾽ orgēs eiche " bouleusamenos de tēn katalabein, eicheto tēs hodou. kalesamenos de Ioulianon ton anepsion, Kaisara katestēse, kai eis tous pros dytin Galatas pepomphen.
About this time Eleusius too pulled down entirely the church of the Novatians at Cyzicus. Those who lived in Mantinium, and other Paphlagonians, shared most in these evils. For Macedonius, learning that most people there held the views of Novatus, and that the churchmen alone were not enough to drive them out, persuaded the emperor to send four companies of soldiers for this purpose; for he thought that people unaccustomed to arms, if they saw soldiers, would be frightened and at once change to his opinion. But it turned out otherwise. The people of Mantinium armed themselves, each as he could, with sickles, axes and whatever came to hand, and engaged the soldiers. A fierce battle took place, and very many of the Paphlagonians fell, and almost all the soldiers. From then on many of his friends blamed Macedonius as the cause of such great calamities; and the emperor too turned against him and was no longer well disposed toward him. A pretext for greater hostility arose as follows. Macedonius wished to move the coffin of the emperor Constantine elsewhere, since the building that covered it threatened to collapse. Of the people, some agreed to this, others opposed it, thinking it impious, like digging up a grave. Those who upheld the doctrine of the synod of Nicaea joined these, not enduring that the body of Constantine, who had been of their opinion, should be insulted, and eager, I think, to oppose Macedonius. But he, paying no heed, moved the coffin to the church in which is the tomb of Acacius the martyr. The people, some praising what had been done and others blaming it, turned on one another in the church itself, and in the end filled the house of prayer itself and the area round it with blood and slaughter. The emperor, still staying in the western part of the empire, was angry when he learned of this; and as though his father had been insulted, he blamed Macedonius for the misfortunes of the people and was enraged with him. Having decided to go to Constantinople, he set out on the journey, and calling his cousin Julian, he made him Caesar and sent him to the western Gauls.
4.22PG 67:1177–1185
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐπίσκοποι ἀμφὶ τὸν ἑξήκοντα ὄντες, εἰς Σελεύκειαν τὴν παρὰ Ἰσαύροις συνῆλθον, “Ἔτος δὲ ἣν ἐν ᾧ ὑπάτευεν Εὐσέτε Ὑπάτιος - συνεληλύθει δὲ αὐτοῖς Λεωνᾶς, ὁ ἐν ἀξιώματι λαμπρῶς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στρατευόμενος. προστάγματος Κωνσταντίου τῇ συνόδῳ παρῆν, ὥστε ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι τὴν περὶ τοῦ δόγματος πίστιν. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ Λαυρίκιος, ὁ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοῦ ἔθνους ἡγεμὼν, εἴ δέοι παρασχενάσων " ὑπουργεῖν γὰρ αὐτῷ βασιλέως ἐπέταττε γράμματα. Κατὰ δὲ τὸν πρῶτον σύλλογον ἀπολιμπάνοντᾶι ἕτεροί τέ τινες ἐπίσκοποι, καὶ Πατρόφιλος ὁ Σκυθοπόλεως, καὶ Μακεδόνιος ὁ Κωνσταντίνου πόλέως, καὶ Βασίλειος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας. Πρόφασις δὲ γέγονε τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἄλλη Πατροφίλῳ δὲ ὀφθαλμία, Μακεδονίῳ νόσος. Ὑπόνοια δὲ ἣν, ὡς δεδιότες ἐγκλήμᾶτα κατηγόρων, οὐ παρεγένοντο τότε παραιτουμένων δὲ τῶν ἄλλων διὰ τὴν τούτων ἀπουσίαν, ἑτάξειν τὰ ἀμφίβολα, καὶ οὕτως ἐκέλευσε Λεωνᾶς τὰς ζητήσεις κινεῖν. Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ πρότερον τὰ, δόγμα ἐξετάζειν οἱ δὲ, τοὺς βίους ἀνακρίνειν τῶν κατηγορουμένων ἐν αὐτοῖς ὧν ἣν Κύριλλος Ἱεροσο, καὶ Εὐστάθιος ὁ Σεδαστείας, ἀναγκαῖον γον. Πρόφασιν δὲ αὐτοῖς βασιλέως ἐδίδου γράμπῇ μὲν τοῦτο, πῆ δὲ ἐκεῖνο δηλοῦντα. Ἐχ ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἔριδος ἀρξάμενοι, οὐκέτι ὑγιῶς πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς δύο διῃρέθησαν. Ἐκράτει δὲ ὅμως, πρότερον περὶ τοῦ δόγματος τὴν διάλεξιν ποιεῖσθαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τοὺς τοιούτους καθίσταντο λόγους, τοῖς μὲν ἐδόκει παντελῶς τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ἀνελεῖν ὄνομα, προῖσχομένοις τὴν πίστιν ἦν οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ κατὰ τὸ Σίρμιον ὁ Μάρκος συνέθηκε, κατεδέξαντο δὲ οἱ παρατυχόντες ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, μεθ' ὧν ἦν καὶ Βασίλειος ὁ τῆς ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος. Τοῖς δὲ πλείοσιν ἐσπουδάζετο ἡ ἐκτεθεῖσα πίστις ἐπὶ τῇ τελεσιουργίᾳ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας. Προΐσταντο δὲ μάλιστα τῆς προτέρας γνώμης Εὐδόξιος, καὶ Ἀκάκιος, καὶ Πατρόφιλος, καὶ Γεώργιος ὁ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, καὶ Οὐράνιος ὁ Τύρου, καὶ ἕτεροι τριάκοντα δύο. Τῆς δὲ δευτέρας, Γεώργιος ὁ Λαοδικείας τῆς Συρίας, καὶ Ἐλεύσιος ὁ Κυζίκου, καὶ Σωφρόνιος ὁ Πομπηΐου πόλεως τῆς Παφλαγόνος, οἷς οἱ πλείους εἴποντο. Ὑπενοοῦντο δὲ οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον ἐπίτηδες πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους περὶ τὸ δόγμα διαφέρεσθαι, καὶ προφάσει ταύτῃ τὰς κατ᾿ αὐτῶν εὐθύνας ἀναιρεῖν · καθότι πρὸν δι' ὧν ἔγραψαν Μακεδονίῳ τῷ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπισκόπῳ, συνομολογήσαντες κατὰ πάντα ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας, ἀνέδην νῦν ἀπεμάχοντο ταῖς προτέραις όμολογίαις. Ἐριστικῶς δὲ πολλῶν κινηθέντων, οὐκ ἀνεκτὸν εἶναι ἀνεβόησε Σιλβανὸς ὁ Ταρσοῦ ἐπίσκοπος, καινὴν ἑτέρας πίστεως ἐπεισάγειν γραφὴν παρὰ τὴν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ δοκιμασθεῖσαν · ταύτην δὲ μόνην χρῆναι κρατεῖν. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ χαλεπῶς ἐνεγκόντες οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἀκάκιον, ἐξανέστησαν· οἱ δὲ ἕτερο:, τότε μὲν ἀνέγνωσαν τὰ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ δόξαντα. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ συνελθόντες ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τὰς θύρας ἀπέκλεισαν καὶ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς γενόμενοι, ἐπεψηφίσαντο τούτους. ᾿Ακάκιος δὲ τὰ μὲν οὕτω γενόμενα διέβαλλεν · ἰδίᾳ δὲ Λεωνᾷ καὶ Λαυρικίῳ τὴν σπουδαζομένην αὐτῷ γραφὴν ἐπέδειξε. Τρίτῃ δὲ πάλιν ἡμέρᾳ, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι συνῆλθον, Μακεδόνιός τε καὶ Βασίλειος οἱ πρὶν ἀπολειφθέντες. ᾿Ακάκιος δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἠξίουν τοῦ συλλόγου κοινωνεῖν, εἰ μὴ πρότερον ἐξέλθωσιν οἱ πρὸς αὐτῶν καθῃρημένοι καὶ κατηγορηθέντες· καὶ τοῦτο ἐγένετο. Συνεχώρουν γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου μέρους, ὑπολαβόντες ᾿Ακάκιον ταύτην πρόφασιν θηρᾶσθαι διαλῦσαι τὴν σύνοδον, ὡς καὶ τὴν ᾿Αετίου αἵρεσιν τὴν πάροῦσαν ἐξέτασιν διαφυγεῖν, καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τὰς εὐθύνας τῶν κατηγορουμένων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντες παρῆσαν, βιβλίον ἔφη Λεωνᾶς ἔχειν, ἐπιδοθὲν παρὰ τῶν ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον · τὸ δὲ, πίστεως ἦν γραφὴ σὺν προοιμίῳ τινί · καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐλάνθανεν. Ἑκὼν γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ Λεωνᾶς ἀπεκρύψατο, τὰ ᾿Ακακίου φρονῶν. Ὡς δὲ ἀνεγνώσθη, θορύβου πλήρης ὁ σύλλογος γέγονεν. Ἐδήλου γὰρ, ὡς βασιλέως προςτάξαντος μηδὲν ἐπεισάγειν τῇ πίστει παρὰ τὰς ἱερὰς Γραφὰς, ἐπαγόμενοί τινες τοὺς καθῃρημένους ἐκ διαφόρων ἐθνῶν, καὶ τοὺς παρανόμως ἐπισκόπους καταστάντας, ἐτάραξαν τὴν σύνοδον· καὶ τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ὕβρισαν· τοὺς δὲ λαλεῖν οὐ συνεχώρησαν. Σφᾶς δὲ, τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ μὴ ἀποφυγεῖν, εἰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν τότε συμβᾶσαν ζήτησιν, οἱ συνελθόντες ἐκεῖσε ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν εἰσηγήσαντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ ὁμοούσιον, καὶ τὸ ὁμοιοούσιον εἰσέτι νῦν πολλοὺς θορυβεῖ, ἀρτίως δὲ καινοτομεῖν τινες ἐπιχειροῦσι τὸ ἀνόμοιον τοῦ Υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα · διὰ τοῦτο τὸ μὲν ὁμοούσιον καὶ τὸ ὁμοιοούσιον ἐκβάλλειν χρεών, ὡς ἀλλότριον Γραφῶν· ἀποκηρύττειν δὲ τὸ ἀνόμοιον· τὸ δὲ ὅμοιον Υἱοῦ πρὸς Πατέρα σαφῶς ὁμολογεῖν. Ἔστι γὰρ, ὡς πού φησι Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος, εἰκὼν τοῦ ἀοράτου Θεοῦ. Ταῦτα προοιμιασάμενοι, ἐξῆς πίστεως ἐπισυνῆψαν γραφήν, μήτε τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ, μήτε τοῖς ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ δόξασι συνάδουσαν· ἀλλ᾽ ἁπλῶς οὕτω συγκειμένην, ὡς καὶ τοὺς τὰ ᾿Αρείου, καὶ τὰ ᾿Αετίου φρονοῦντας μηδὲν δοκεῖν ἁμαρτάνειν εἰ καὶ ὧδε πιστεύουσι. Παραδραμόντες γὰρ τὰ ὀνόματα δι' ὧν τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν ἐκβάλλουσιν οἱ ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντες· σιωπήσαντες δὲ καὶ ὡς ἀναλλοίωτός ἐστι τῆς θεότητος ὁ Υὼς, οὐσίας τε καὶ βουλῆς καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης ἀπαράλλακτος εἰκὼν τοῦ Πατρὸς, οἷα τῇ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ συνόδῳ εἴρηται· ὡμολόγησαν πιστεύειν εἰς Πατέρα, πιστεύειν δὲ καὶ εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα. Ἐφ' ἑκάστῳ δὲ ἐπιθέτοις ὀνόμασι κοινοῖς τισι χρησάμενοι, ἃ μήτε αὐτοῖς, μήτε τοῖς ἐναντία δοξάζουσιν ἐμάχοντο, τοὺς ἄλλως πιστεύοντας ἀλλοτρίους τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἐψηφίσαντο. Τοιάδε μὲν τὸ παρὰ Λεωνᾶ προκομισθέν βιβλίον περιείχεν, ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ δὲ ᾿Ακακίου καὶ τῶν αὐτῷ πειθομένων ὑπογεγραμμένον. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν τούτου ἀνάγνωσιν, ἀναβοήσας Σωφρόνιος ὁ Παφλαγών, Εἰ τὸ ἑκάστης ἡμέρας, ἔφη, ἰδίαν ἐκτίθεσθαι βούλησιν, πίστεώς ἐστιν ἔκθεσις, ἐπιλείψει ἡμᾶς ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκρίβεια. Ἰσχυριζομένου δὲ ᾿Ακακίου, μηδὲν κωλύειν ἑτέραν ὑπαγορευθῆναι γραφὴν, εἴγε ἅπαξ καὶ ἡ ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστις μετεποιήθη, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλάκις · ὑπολαβὼν Ἑλεύσιος, ᾿Αλλ' ή σύνοδος, ἔφη, συνεκροτήθη νῦν, οὐχ ἵνα μάθῃ ἃ μὴ μεμάθηκεν, οὐδ' ἵνα πίστιν ἑτέραν παραλάβῃ παρὰ τὴν ἤδη δοκιμασθεῖσαν παρὰ τῶν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ συνελθόντων. Καὶ μέχρι ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου ταύτης ἔχεσθαι σφᾶς. Ωδε προϊούσης τῆς διαλέξεως, ἐπὶ ἑτέραν μετέβησαν ζήτησιν. Καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο τῶν ἀμφὶ Ακάκιον, κατὰ τί ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ὡμολόγησαν. Τῶν δὲ, κατὰ βούλησιν μόνον, οὐ μὴν κατ᾿ οὐσίαν εἰπόντων· οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες, καὶ κατ' οὐσίαν ὅμοιον αὐτὸν ἰσχυρίζοντο. Καὶ τὸν ᾿Ακάκιον ἤλεγχον διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν συνεγράψατο καὶ ἐκδέδωκεν, ὡς ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς ἐδόξαζε πρότερον. Τοῦ δὲ, μὴ δεῖν ἀπὸ συγγραμμάτων τὰς εὐθύνας ἐπάγειν λέγοντος, καὶ τῆς διαλέξεως ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἐριστικῶς προϊούσης, τὸ τελευταῖον Ελεύσιος ὁ Κυζικηνὸς, Εἱ μὲν, ἔφη, Βασίλειος ἢ Μάρκος καθ' ἑαυτούς τινα πεπράχασιν. ἢ ἰδίᾳ παρά τινων ἀλλήλοις ἐγκαλοῦσιν αὐτοί τε καὶ οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἀκάκιον, οὐδὲν τῇ συνόδῳ διαφέρει, οὐδὲ πότερον καλῶς ἢ ἄλλως ἔχει ἡ ἐκτεθεῖσα πίστις παρ᾿ αὐτῶν, πολυπραγμονεῖν ἀναγκαῖον· τῇ μέντοι παρὰ τῶν παλαιοτέρων ἐνενήκοντα καὶ ἑπτὰ ἱερέων ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κυρωθήσῃ χρῆναι ἔπεσθαι. Παρὰ ταῦτα δὲ εἴ τις εἰσηγοῖτα, ἀλλότριον εἶναι εὐσεβείας καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Ὡς δὲ τούτοις οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ πάντες ἐπευφήμησαν, τότε μὲν ὁ σύλλογος διελύθη. Τῇ δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ, οὐκέτι εἰς ταὐτὸ συνιέναι ἡνείχοντο οἱ περὶ ᾿Ακάκιον καὶ Γεώργιον. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ Λεωνᾶς κληθεὶς παρεγένετο · περιφανῶς γὰρ ἤδη τὰ τούτων ἐφρόνει. ᾿Αμέλει τοι οἱ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφικόμενοι, ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ οἰκίᾳ κατέλαβον τοὺς περὶ ᾿Ακάκιον. Δεομένων δὲ καὶ καλούντων αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν σύλλογον, οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, ὡς τῆς συνόδου διχονοούσης· αὐτοῦ δὲ παρ εἶναι προσταχθέντος παρὰ βασιλέως, συναινούντων πάντων καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν συνιόντων· ἐπεὶ δὲ χρόνος διετρίβετο, πολλάκις μὲν τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον καλούντων· τῶν δὲ, πῆ μὲν εἰς τὴν Λεωνᾶ οἰκίαν ῥητοὺς συνελθεῖν ἀξιούντων· πῆ δὲ αὐτοὺς κρίνειν τοὺς ἄλλους ἰσχυριζομένους παρὰ βασιλέως ἐπιτετάχθαι. Οὐδὲ τὴν αὐτὴν πίστιν ὁμολογεῖν ἡβούλαντο, ἢ περὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἀπολογεῖσθαι, οὔτε εἰς τὴν κατὰ Κύριλλον ἐξέτασιν παραγενέσθαι ἠνείχοντο, ὂν αὐτοὶ καθεῖλον. Καὶ ὁ κατεπείγων οὐκ ἦν. Καθαιροῦσιν ἄλλους τέ τινας, καὶ Γεώργιον τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ ᾿Ακάκιον τὸν Καισαρείας, καὶ Οὐράνιον τὸν Τύρου, καὶ Πατρόφιλον τὸν Σκυ θοπόλεως, καὶ Εὐδόξιον τὸν ᾿Αντιοχείας. Τοὺς δὲ πλείους ἀκοινωνήτους ἐποίησαν, ἄχρις ἂν πρὸς τὰ ἐπαγόμενα ἐγκλήματα ἀπολογήσωνται. Καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα τῇ ἑκάστου παροικίᾳ ἔγραψαν. ᾿Αντὶ δὲ Εὐδοξίου, ᾿Αδριανὸν ἐχειροτόνησαν ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπον, πρεσβύτερον ὄντα τοῦ ἐκεῖσε κλήρου. Συλλαβόντες δὲ τοῦτον οἱ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον, Λεωνᾷ καὶ Λαυρικίῳ παρέδωκαν· οἱ δὲ, τότε μὲν ἐν στρατιωτικῇ φρουρᾷ αὐτὸν εἶχον. Ὕστερον δὲ, ὑπερορίαν αὐτοῦ φυγὴν κατεδίκασαν. Τοῦτο πέρας, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ, ἡ ἐν Σελευκείᾳ σύνοδος ἔσχεν. Ὁ δὲ φιλῶν ἀκριβῶς τὸ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον εἰδέναι, ἐκ τῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις πραχθέντων ὑπομνημάτων, εἴσεται, ἃ ταχυγράφοι παρόντες ἀνέγραψαν.
En toutǭ de hoi apo tēs episkopoi amphi ton hexēkonta ontes, eis Seleukeian tēn para Isaurois synēlthon, “Etos de hēn en hǭ hypateuen Eusete Hypatios - synelēlythei de autois Leōnas, ho en axiōmati lamprōs en tois basileiois strateuomenos. prostagmatos Kōnstantiou tę̄ synodǭ parēn, hōste ep᾽ autou genesthai tēn peri tou dogmatos pistin. Parēn de kai Laurikios, ho tōn stratiōtōn tou ethnous hēgemōn, ei deoi paraschenasōn " hypourgein gar autǭ basileōs epetatte grammata. Kata de ton prōton syllogon apolimpanontai heteroi te tines episkopoi, kai Patrophilos ho Skythopoleōs, kai Makedonios ho Kōnstantinou poleōs, kai Basileios ho ᾿Ankyras. Prophasis de gegone tois men allois allē Patrophilǭ de ophthalmia, Makedoniǭ nosos. Hyponoia de hēn, hōs dediotes enklēmata katēgorōn, ou paregenonto tote paraitoumenōn de tōn allōn dia tēn toutōn apousian, hetaxein ta amphibola, kai houtōs ekeleuse Leōnas tas zētēseis kinein. Enteuthen hoi proteron ta, dogma exetazein hoi de, tous bious anakrinein tōn katēgoroumenōn en autois hōn hēn Kyrillos Hieroso, kai Eustathios ho Sedasteias, anankaion gon. Prophasin de autois basileōs edidou grampę̄ men touto, pē de ekeino dēlounta. Ech tautēs de tēs eridos arxamenoi, ouketi hygiōs pros allēlous eichon, all᾽ eis dyo dię̄rethēsan. Ekratei de homōs, proteron peri tou dogmatos tēn dialexin poieisthai. Epei de eis tous toioutous kathistanto logous, tois men edokei pantelōs to tēs ousias anelein onoma, proischomenois tēn pistin ēn ou pro pollou kata to Sirmion ho Markos synethēke, katedexanto de hoi paratychontes en tǭ stratopedǭ, meth' hōn ēn kai Basileios ho tēs ᾿Ankyras episkopos. Tois de pleiosin espoudazeto hē ektetheisa pistis epi tę̄ telesiourgią tēs ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsias. Proïstanto de malista tēs proteras gnōmēs Eudoxios, kai Akakios, kai Patrophilos, kai Geōrgios ho ᾿Alexandreias, kai Ouranios ho Tyrou, kai heteroi triakonta dyo. Tēs de deuteras, Geōrgios ho Laodikeias tēs Syrias, kai Eleusios ho Kyzikou, kai Sōphronios ho Pompēïou poleōs tēs Paphlagonos, hois hoi pleious eiponto. Hypenoounto de hoi amphi ᾿Akakion epitēdes pros tous allous peri to dogma diapheresthai, kai prophasei tautę̄ tas kat᾿ autōn euthynas anairein ; kathoti pron di' hōn egrapsan Makedoniǭ tǭ Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopǭ, synomologēsantes kata panta homoion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion, kai tēs autēs ousias, anedēn nyn apemachonto tais proterais omologiais. Eristikōs de pollōn kinēthentōn, ouk anekton einai aneboēse Silbanos ho Tarsou episkopos, kainēn heteras pisteōs epeisagein graphēn para tēn en ᾿Antiocheią dokimastheisan ; tautēn de monēn chrēnai kratein. Epi toutǭ de chalepōs enenkontes hoi amphi Akakion, exanestēsan; hoi de hetero:, tote men anegnōsan ta en ᾿Antiocheią doxanta. Tę̄ de hysteraią synelthontes en tę̄ ekklēsią, tas thyras apekleisan kai kath' heautous genomenoi, epepsēphisanto toutous. ᾿Akakios de ta men houtō genomena dieballen ; idią de Leōną kai Laurikiǭ tēn spoudazomenēn autǭ graphēn epedeixe. Tritę̄ de palin hēmerą, hoi men alloi synēlthon, Makedonios te kai Basileios hoi prin apoleiphthentes. ᾿Akakios de kai hoi amph᾿ auton ouk ēxioun tou syllogou koinōnein, ei mē proteron exelthōsin hoi pros autōn kathę̄rēmenoi kai katēgorēthentes; kai touto egeneto. Synechōroun gar hoi apo tou heterou merous, hypolabontes ᾿Akakion tautēn prophasin thērasthai dialysai tēn synodon, hōs kai tēn ᾿Aetiou hairesin tēn parousan exetasin diaphygein, kai sphas autous tas euthynas tōn katēgoroumenōn. Epei de pantes parēsan, biblion ephē Leōnas echein, epidothen para tōn amphi ᾿Akakion ; to de, pisteōs ēn graphē syn prooimiǭ tini ; kai tous allous elanthanen. Hekōn gar touto kai Leōnas apekrypsato, ta ᾿Akakiou phronōn. Hōs de anegnōsthē, thorybou plērēs ho syllogos gegonen. Edēlou gar, hōs basileōs prostaxantos mēden epeisagein tę̄ pistei para tas hieras Graphas, epagomenoi tines tous kathę̄rēmenous ek diaphorōn ethnōn, kai tous paranomōs episkopous katastantas, etaraxan tēn synodon; kai tous men autōn hybrisan; tous de lalein ou synechōrēsan. Sphas de, tēn ektetheisan pistin en ᾿Antiocheią mē apophygein, ei kai pros tēn tote symbasan zētēsin, hoi synelthontes ekeise tautēn tēn graphēn eisēgēsanto. Epei de to homoousion, kai to homoioousion eiseti nyn pollous thorybei, artiōs de kainotomein tines epicheirousi to anomoion tou Huiou pros ton Patera ; dia touto to men homoousion kai to homoioousion ekballein chreōn, hōs allotrion Graphōn; apokēryttein de to anomoion; to de homoion Huiou pros Patera saphōs homologein. Esti gar, hōs pou phēsi Paulos ho apostolos, eikōn tou aoratou Theou. Tauta prooimiasamenoi, exēs pisteōs episynēpsan graphēn, mēte tois en Nikaią, mēte tois en Antiocheią doxasi synadousan; all᾽ haplōs houtō synkeimenēn, hōs kai tous ta ᾿Areiou, kai ta ᾿Aetiou phronountas mēden dokein hamartanein ei kai hōde pisteuousi. Paradramontes gar ta onomata di' hōn tēn ᾿Areiou doxan ekballousin hoi en Nikaią synelthontes; siōpēsantes de kai hōs analloiōtos esti tēs theotētos ho Yōs, ousias te kai boulēs kai dynameōs kai doxēs aparallaktos eikōn tou Patros, hoia tę̄ en ᾿Antiocheią synodǭ eirētai; hōmologēsan pisteuein eis Patera, pisteuein de kai eis ton Huion kai to hagion Pneuma. Eph' hekastǭ de epithetois onomasi koinois tisi chrēsamenoi, ha mēte autois, mēte tois enantia doxazousin emachonto, tous allōs pisteuontas allotrious tēs katholou Ekklēsias epsēphisanto. Toiade men to para Leōna prokomisthen biblion perieichen, hyp᾿ autou de ᾿Akakiou kai tōn autǭ peithomenōn hypogegrammenon. Meta de tēn toutou anagnōsin, anaboēsas Sōphronios ho Paphlagōn, Ei to hekastēs hēmeras, ephē, idian ektithesthai boulēsin, pisteōs estin ekthesis, epileipsei hēmas hē tēs alētheias akribeia. Ischyrizomenou de ᾿Akakiou, mēden kōlyein heteran hypagoreuthēnai graphēn, eige hapax kai hē en Nikaią pistis metepoiēthē, kai meta tauta pollakis ; hypolabōn Heleusios, ᾿All' ē synodos, ephē, synekrotēthē nyn, ouch hina mathę̄ ha mē memathēken, oud' hina pistin heteran paralabę̄ para tēn ēdē dokimastheisan para tōn en ᾿Antiocheią synelthontōn. Kai mechri zōēs kai thanatou tautēs echesthai sphas. Ōde proïousēs tēs dialexeōs, epi heteran metebēsan zētēsin. Kai epynthanonto tōn amphi Akakion, kata ti homoion tǭ Patri ton Huion hōmologēsan. Tōn de, kata boulēsin monon, ou mēn kat᾿ ousian eipontōn; hoi men alloi pantes, kai kat' ousian homoion auton ischyrizonto. Kai ton ᾿Akakion ēlenchon dia ton logon hon synegrapsato kai ekdedōken, hōs homoiōs autois edoxaze proteron. Tou de, mē dein apo syngrammatōn tas euthynas epagein legontos, kai tēs dialexeōs epi mallon eristikōs proïousēs, to teleutaion Eleusios ho Kyzikēnos, Hei men, ephē, Basileios ē Markos kath' heautous tina peprachasin. ē idią para tinōn allēlois enkalousin autoi te kai hoi amphi Akakion, ouden tę̄ synodǭ diapherei, oude poteron kalōs ē allōs echei hē ektetheisa pistis par᾿ autōn, polypragmonein anankaion; tę̄ mentoi para tōn palaioterōn enenēkonta kai hepta hiereōn en Antiocheią kyrōthēsę̄ chrēnai epesthai. Para tauta de ei tis eisēgoita, allotrion einai eusebeias kai tēs Ekklēsias. Hōs de toutois hoi syn autǭ pantes epeuphēmēsan, tote men ho syllogos dielythē. Tę̄ de hysteraią, ouketi eis tauto synienai hēneichonto hoi peri ᾿Akakion kai Geōrgion. Ou mēn oude Leōnas klētheis paregeneto ; periphanōs gar ēdē ta toutōn ephronei. ᾿Amelei toi hoi pros auton aphikomenoi, en tę̄ autou oikią katelabon tous peri ᾿Akakion. Deomenōn de kai kalountōn auton epi ton syllogon, ouch hypēkousen, hōs tēs synodou dichonoousēs; autou de par einai prostachthentos para basileōs, synainountōn pantōn kai eis tauton syniontōn; epei de chronos dietribeto, pollakis men tōn allōn tous amphi ᾿Akakion kalountōn; tōn de, pē men eis tēn Leōna oikian rhētous synelthein axiountōn; pē de autous krinein tous allous ischyrizomenous para basileōs epitetachthai. Oude tēn autēn pistin homologein hēboulanto, ē peri tōn enklēmatōn apologeisthai, oute eis tēn kata Kyrillon exetasin paragenesthai ēneichonto, on autoi katheilon. Kai ho katepeigōn ouk ēn. Kathairousin allous te tinas, kai Geōrgion ton ᾿Alexandreias episkopon, kai ᾿Akakion ton Kaisareias, kai Ouranion ton Tyrou, kai Patrophilon ton Sky thopoleōs, kai Eudoxion ton ᾿Antiocheias. Tous de pleious akoinōnētous epoiēsan, achris an pros ta epagomena enklēmata apologēsōntai. Kai ta prachthenta tę̄ hekastou paroikią egrapsan. ᾿Anti de Eudoxiou, ᾿Adrianon echeirotonēsan ᾿Antiocheias episkopon, presbyteron onta tou ekeise klērou. Syllabontes de touton hoi amphi ᾿Akakion, Leōną kai Laurikiǭ paredōkan; hoi de, tote men en stratiōtikę̄ phrourą auton eichon. Hysteron de, hyperorian autou phygēn katedikasan. Touto peras, hōs en brachei, hē en Seleukeią synodos eschen. Ho de philōn akribōs to kath᾿ hekaston eidenai, ek tōn epi toutois prachthentōn hypomnēmatōn, eisetai, ha tachygraphoi parontes anegrapsan.
Meanwhile the bishops of the East, about one hundred and sixty in number, gathered at Seleucia in Isauria. It was the year in which Eusebius and Hypatius were consuls. Leonas, who held a distinguished rank in the palace, had come with them by order of Constantius and was present at the synod, so that the statement of faith about the doctrine might be made in his presence. Lauricius, the commander of the soldiers of the province, was also present, to provide whatever might be needed, for the emperor's letter ordered him to assist. At the first session certain other bishops were absent, as well as Patrophilus of Scythopolis, Macedonius of Constantinople, and Basil of Ancyra. The pretexts were different for the others; for Patrophilus an eye disease, for Macedonius illness. But there was a suspicion that they did not come then for fear of the charges of their accusers. When the others declined to examine the doubtful matters because of their absence, Leonas nevertheless ordered them to raise the questions. From then on some said it was necessary first to examine the doctrine, others to scrutinize the lives of those accused among them, among whom were Cyril of Jerusalem and Eustathius of Sebaste. The emperor's letters gave them a pretext, declaring now one thing and now another. Beginning from this dispute, they were no longer on good terms with one another, but were divided in two. Yet it prevailed that the debate about the doctrine should come first. When they came to such discussions, some thought it right to remove the name of essence altogether, putting forward the faith which Mark had composed not long before at Sirmium, and which those present at the court had accepted, among whom was Basil, bishop of Ancyra. But most were zealous for the faith set out at the dedication of the church of Antioch. Leading the former opinion were Eudoxius, Acacius, Patrophilus, George of Alexandria, Uranius of Tyre and thirty-two others; leading the second, George of Laodicea in Syria, Eleusius of Cyzicus, and Sophronius of Pompeiopolis in Paphlagonia, whom the majority followed. Acacius's party were suspected of differing from the others about the doctrine on purpose, and on this pretext of escaping the scrutiny of the charges against them; since earlier, in what they had written to Macedonius, bishop of Constantinople, they had agreed that the Son is like the Father in all things and of the same essence, and now they shamelessly fought against their former confessions. When many had been stirred to contention, Silvanus, bishop of Tarsus, cried out that it was intolerable to introduce a new document of another faith besides the one approved at Antioch; this alone ought to prevail. At this Acacius's party, annoyed, rose and left; the others then read what had been decided at Antioch. The next day, meeting in the church, they shut the doors, and by themselves confirmed it. Acacius denounced what had been done in this way, and privately showed Leonas and Lauricius the document he was pressing. On the third day the others met again, with Macedonius and Basil, who had been absent before. Acacius and his party refused to take part in the assembly unless those deposed and accused by them left first; and this was done. For those of the other side agreed, supposing that Acacius was seeking this pretext to break up the synod, so that both the heresy of Aetius and they themselves might escape the present examination and the scrutiny of the charges. When all were present, Leonas said he had a book handed in by Acacius's party; it was a statement of faith with a certain preface, and the others were not aware of it, for Leonas, holding Acacius's views, had deliberately concealed it. When it was read, the assembly was filled with uproar. For it declared that, although the emperor had ordered that nothing be introduced into the faith beyond the sacred Scriptures, certain persons, bringing in men deposed from various provinces and bishops unlawfully appointed, had thrown the synod into confusion, insulting some and not allowing others to speak; that they themselves did not reject the faith set out at Antioch, even though those who met there had introduced this document to meet the inquiry of that time; but since “of the same essence” and “of like essence” still trouble many, and some have lately attempted the innovation that the Son is unlike the Father, therefore “of the same essence” and “of like essence” must be cast out as foreign to the Scriptures, and “unlike” anathematized, and the likeness of the Son to the Father clearly confessed; for he is, as Paul the apostle says somewhere, “the image of the invisible God.” After this preface they attached a document of faith agreeing neither with what was decided at Nicaea nor with what was decided at Antioch, but composed so simply that even those holding the views of Arius and Aetius would not seem to err if they believed thus. For they passed over the terms by which those who met at Nicaea cast out the opinion of Arius, and kept silent also on the Son's being unchangeable in his divinity, the exact image of the Father's essence, will, power and glory, as was said at the synod at Antioch; they confessed that they believe in the Father, and believe also in the Son and the Holy Spirit; and using for each certain common epithets, which conflicted neither with themselves nor with those of the opposite opinion, they voted those who believe otherwise strangers to the catholic church. Such were the contents of the book brought forward by Leonas, signed by Acacius himself and those who followed him. After it was read, Sophronius the Paphlagonian cried out: “If setting out one's own wish each day is an exposition of faith, the exactness of the truth will fail us.” When Acacius maintained that nothing prevented another document being dictated, since the faith of Nicaea too had been altered once and many times afterward, Eleusius took him up and said: “But the synod has been convened now, not to learn what it has not learned, nor to receive another faith besides that already approved by those who met at Antioch”; and he said they would hold to it to life and death. As the debate went on thus, they passed to another question, and asked Acacius's party in what respect they confessed the Son to be like the Father. When they said, in will only, but not in essence, all the others insisted that he is like in essence too; and they refuted Acacius from the treatise he had written and published, as having formerly held the same view as they. When he said that one ought not to bring charges from writings, and the debate grew more contentious, at last Eleusius of Cyzicus said: “Whether Basil or Mark did something on their own, or whether they and Acacius's party accuse one another privately on certain matters, makes no difference to the synod; nor is it necessary to inquire whether the faith set out by them is good or otherwise. But one must follow the faith ratified at Antioch by the ninety-seven priests of older times; and if anyone introduces anything contrary to it, he is a stranger to piety and to the church.” When all with him applauded this, the assembly was then dissolved. The next day Acacius's and George's party would no longer consent to meet together. Nor did Leonas come when summoned; for he now openly held their views. Indeed, those who went to him found Acacius's party in his house. When they begged and summoned him to the assembly, he would not comply, saying that the synod was divided, and that he had been ordered by the emperor to be present when all agreed and met together. As time went by, the others often summoned Acacius's party, who at one time demanded that certain persons meet at Leonas's house, at another insisted that they had been ordered by the emperor to judge the others. They would neither confess the same faith, nor make a defence on the charges, nor consent to come to the examination concerning Cyril, whom they themselves had deposed; and there was no one to compel them. So the others deposed, among some others, George, bishop of Alexandria, Acacius of Caesarea, Uranius of Tyre, Patrophilus of Scythopolis and Eudoxius of Antioch; and they excommunicated most others until they made their defence on the charges brought, and wrote what had been done to the church of each. In place of Eudoxius they ordained Adrian bishop of Antioch, a presbyter of the clergy there. Acacius's party seized him and handed him over to Leonas and Lauricius, who then kept him under military guard, and later condemned him to exile. Such, in brief, was the end of the synod at Seleucia. Anyone who wishes to know each detail exactly will learn it from the records of what was done there, which shorthand writers who were present wrote down.
4.23PG 67:1185–1187
Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε ὧδε ἐγένετο, οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Ακάκιον, σπουδῇ ἐπὶ τὰ βασίλεια ἀφίκοντο· οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι, έκαστος οἴκαδε ἀνεχώρουν. Δέκα δὲ, ὡς προστέτακτο, κοινῇ γνώμῃ ἐπιτραπέντες πρὸς βασιλέα παραγενέσθαι, καταλαμβάνουσι τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους δέκα παρὰ τῶν ἐν Ἀριμήνῳ συνελθόντων, τοὺς δὲ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον ἤδη κατωρθωκότας τὰ αὐτῶν φρονεῖν τοὺς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις δυναμένους, καὶ διὰ τούτων πραγματευσαμένους τὴν παρὰ τοῦ κρατοῦντος εὔνοιαν. Εἶναι γὰρ, ὡς ἐλέγετο, τοὺς μὲν, ὁμοδόξους αὐτοῖς· τοὺς δὲ, ταῖς ἐκκλησιαστικαῖς οὐσίαις διεφθάρθαι· τοὺς δὲ, θωπείαις λόγων ἐξηπατῆσθαι, καὶ τῇ ἀξίᾳ τοῦ πείθοντος. Οὐ γὰρ ὁ τυχὼν ἐδόκει ᾿Ακάκιος· φύσει τε δεινὸς ὧν νοεῖν καὶ λέγειν, καὶ τὰ βεβουλευμένα εἰς ἔργον ἄγειν · καὶ ἐπισήμου προεστὼς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ Εὐσέβιον τὸν Παμφίλου, μεθ' ὂν αὐτὸς τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἦνυς, διδάσκαλον αὐχῶν, καὶ τῇ δοκήσει καὶ διαδοχῇ τῶν αὐτοῦ βίβλων, πλείω τῶν ἄλλων ἀξιῶν εἰδέναι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιοῦτος ὢν, ῥᾳδίως ἄ γε ἐβούλετο διεσκεύαζεν. Ὄντων δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τῶν ἐξ ἑκατέρας συνόδου εἴκοσι, καὶ ἄλλων οἴπερ ἔτυχον ἐνδημοῦντες, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπιτρέπεται δικάσαι τῇ κατὰ ᾿Αέτιον ζητήσει, παρὀντων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς ἐξάρχων, ὁ Ονωράτος, ὃν βασιλεὺς οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς : πρὸς δύσιν ἀρχομένης ἐπανελθὼν, πρῶτον ὕπαρχον Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀπέφηνεν " ὕστερον δὲ αὖτοῦ Κωνσταντίον σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσι διαγνόντος, φωρᾶται ᾿Λέτιος χαχόνους ὧν περὶ τὴν πίστιν, ὡς λαὶ τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὡς ἐπὶ βλασφήμοις αὖτοῦ λόγοις χαλεπῆναι. Λέγεται δὲ τοῖς περὶ ᾿Ακάκιον, ἄγνοιαν σχηπτομένοις τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς τοιαύτης αἱρέσεως, ἐπίτηδες σπουδάσαι τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν δικάσαι, ἀχαταμάχητον ἔσεσθαι τοῖς λόγοις τὸν ᾿Λέτιον. οἰηθέντας, καὶ ἱκανὸν πειθοῦς ἀνάγκῃ τοὺς ἀχούωντας ἑλεῖν, ἀχοντὶ κρατῦναι τὴν αἵρεσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο παρ᾽ ἐλπίδας αὐτοῖ; ἀπέβη, προχομίται τὴν ἐξ ᾿Αριμήνου χομισθεῖσαν γραφὴν, καὶ τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους παρὰ τῆς ἐν Σελευκείᾳ συνόδου ἀξιῶσαι ταύτην χαταδέξασθαι. Ἰσχυριζομένους δὲ μηδαμῶς τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ὄνομα παραλιμπάνειν, ὄρχοις πεῖσαι, ὡς οὐχ ἀνόμοιον οὐσίαν τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζουσιν, ἑτοίμως τε ἔχουσι ταύτην ἀποκηρύττειν τὴν αἵρεσιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ παραδόξως οἵ δυτιχοὶ τὸ τῆς οὐσίας ὄνομα παρέλιπον ἔν ᾿Αριμήνῳ, περισπούδαστον αὐτοῖς εἶναι ἰσχυρίζοντο τὴν τοιαύτὴν γραφήν. Εἰ γὰρ, φησὶ, χρατήσοι, πάντως: που τῷ τῆς οὐσίας ὀνόματι συσσιωπηθήσεται τὸ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου, ὃ δὴ μάλιστα οἱ ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν ἱερεῖς αἰδοῖ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου περὶ πολλοῦ ἐποιοῦντο. Πρὸς τούτοις δὲ, καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπείσθη ταύτην ἐπαινεῖν τὴν γραφήν λογιζόμενος τὸ τῶν ἐν μήνῳ συνελθόντων πλῆθος " ὡς οὐχ- ἂν ἁμάρτοι ὅμοιον ὁμολογεῖν καὶ ὁμοούσιον καὶ μηδὲν αὐτῷ διαφέρειν ἔννοιαν, εἰ ὀνόμασιν ἀγνώστοις τῇ ἱερᾷ Γραφῇ μὴ χρῷτο, ἐν ἰσοδυνάμῳ τε καὶ ἀναμφηρίστῳ ὀνόματι τὸ ὅμοιον, τὴν αὐτὴν σημασίαν ὁμολογοίη. Οὕτως οὖν ἔχων γνώμης, ὁμονοεῖν ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἐπισκόπους περὶ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Αριμήνῳ συνελθόντων. Ἑτοιμαζόμενός τε τῇ ὕστεραίᾳ πρὸς ὑπατιχὴν πομπὴν, καθὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος ἐν τῇ νουμηνίᾳ τοῦ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς Ἰαννοναρίου μηνὸς, πᾶσαν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ πολὺ τῆς ἐπιλαδούσης νυκτὸς ἀναλῶσαι μεταξὺ τῶν ἐπισκόπων, διαγινώσχων εἰσότε δὴ τῇ διαχομισθείσῃ ἐξ ᾿Αριμήνου γραφῇ Σελευκείας ἀφιγμένοι ὑπέγραψαν.
Epei de tade hōde egeneto, hoi men amphi ton ᾿Akakion, spoudę̄ epi ta basileia aphikonto; hoi de alloi, ekastos oikade anechōroun. Deka de, hōs prostetakto, koinę̄ gnōmę̄ epitrapentes pros basilea paragenesthai, katalambanousi tous apestalmenous deka para tōn en Arimēnǭ synelthontōn, tous de amphi ᾿Akakion ēdē katōrthōkotas ta autōn phronein tous en tois basileiois dynamenous, kai dia toutōn pragmateusamenous tēn para tou kratountos eunoian. Einai gar, hōs elegeto, tous men, homodoxous autois; tous de, tais ekklēsiastikais ousiais diephtharthai; tous de, thōpeiais logōn exēpatēsthai, kai tę̄ axią tou peithontos. Ou gar ho tychōn edokei ᾿Akakios; physei te deinos hōn noein kai legein, kai ta bebouleumena eis ergon agein ; kai episēmou proestōs ekklēsias, kai Eusebion ton Pamphilou, meth' on autos tēn episkopēn ēnys, didaskalon auchōn, kai tę̄ dokēsei kai diadochę̄ tōn autou biblōn, pleiō tōn allōn axiōn eidenai. Kai ho men toioutos ōn, rhądiōs a ge ebouleto dieskeuazen. Ontōn de en Kōnstantinoupolei tōn ex hekateras synodou eikosi, kai allōn oiper etychon endēmountes, to men prōton epitrepetai dikasai tę̄ kata ᾿Aetion zētēsei, parontōn tōn apo tēs megalēs boulēs exarchōn, ho Onōratos, hon basileus ou pro pollou apo tēs : pros dysin archomenēs epanelthōn, prōton hyparchon Kōnstantinoupoleōs apephēnen " hysteron de autou Kōnstantion syn tois archousi diagnontos, phōratai ᾿Letios chachonous hōn peri tēn pistin, hōs lai ton basilea kai tous allous, hōs epi blasphēmois autou logois chalepēnai. Legetai de tois peri ᾿Akakion, agnoian schēptomenois tēn archēn tēs toiautēs haireseōs, epitēdes spoudasai ton basilea kai tous amph᾽ auton dikasai, achatamachēton esesthai tois logois ton ᾿Letion. oiēthentas, kai hikanon peithous anankę̄ tous achouōntas helein, achonti kratynai tēn hairesin. Epei de touto par᾽ elpidas autoi? apebē, prochomitai tēn ex ᾿Arimēnou chomistheisan graphēn, kai tous apestalmenous para tēs en Seleukeią synodou axiōsai tautēn chatadexasthai. Ischyrizomenous de mēdamōs to tēs ousias onoma paralimpanein, orchois peisai, hōs ouch anomoion ousian ton Huion doxazousin, hetoimōs te echousi tautēn apokēryttein tēn hairesin. ᾿All᾽ epei paradoxōs hoi dytichoi to tēs ousias onoma parelipon en ᾿Arimēnǭ, perispoudaston autois einai ischyrizonto tēn toiautēn graphēn. Ei gar, phēsi, chratēsoi, pantōs: pou tǭ tēs ousias onomati syssiōpēthēsetai to tou homoousiou, ho dē malista hoi ana tēn dysin hiereis aidoi tēs en Nikaią synodou peri pollou epoiounto. Pros toutois de, kai autos ho basileus epeisthē tautēn epainein tēn graphēn logizomenos to tōn en mēnǭ synelthontōn plēthos " hōs ouch- an hamartoi homoion homologein kai homoousion kai mēden autǭ diapherein ennoian, ei onomasin agnōstois tę̄ hierą Graphę̄ mē chrǭto, en isodynamǭ te kai anamphēristǭ onomati to homoion, tēn autēn sēmasian homologoiē. Houtōs oun echōn gnōmēs, homonoein ekeleuse tous episkopous peri tēn ektetheisan hypo tōn ᾿Arimēnǭ synelthontōn. Hetoimazomenos te tę̄ hysteraią pros hypatichēn pompēn, katha Rhōmaiois ethos en tę̄ noumēnią tou par᾽ autois Iannonariou mēnos, pasan tēn hēmeran kai poly tēs epiladousēs nyktos analōsai metaxy tōn episkopōn, diaginōschōn eisote dē tę̄ diachomistheisę̄ ex ᾿Arimēnou graphę̄ Seleukeias aphigmenoi hypegrapsan.
When this had happened, Acacius's party hastened to the palace, and the others each went home. The ten who, as had been ordered, had been entrusted by common decision to go to the emperor found there the ten sent by those who had met at Ariminum, and found that Acacius's party had already brought the powerful men in the palace round to their views and through them had secured the ruler's goodwill. For, as was said, some of these were of their opinion, others had been corrupted by church property, and others deceived by flattering words and by the standing of the persuader. For Acacius was not thought an ordinary man: he was by nature able in thought and speech and in carrying out what he planned; he presided over a distinguished church; and boasting of Eusebius son of Pamphilus, whom he succeeded in the episcopate, as his teacher, he claimed by reputation and by succession to his books to know more than others. Being such a man, he easily arranged what he wished. When the twenty from both synods were at Constantinople, together with others who happened to be staying there, the question concerning Aetius was first entrusted to them to judge, in the presence of the leading members of the great council, Honoratus, whom the emperor, on returning not long before from the western part of the empire, had appointed first prefect of Constantinople. Afterward, when Constantius himself examined it with the magistrates, Aetius was found to be ill-minded about the faith, so that the emperor and the others were angered at his blasphemous words. It is said that Acacius's party, who pretended at first not to know of this heresy, deliberately pressed for the emperor and those about him to judge it, thinking that Aetius would be invincible in argument and able to win his hearers by the force of persuasion, so that they might strengthen the heresy without effort. When this turned out contrary to their hopes, they brought forward the document brought from Ariminum and asked the envoys of the synod at Seleucia to accept it. When these insisted that they would by no means leave out the name of essence, they persuaded them with oaths that they did not hold the Son to be unlike in essence, and were ready to anathematize this heresy. But since the Westerners at Ariminum had unexpectedly left out the name of essence, they insisted that this document was much to be desired; “for if it prevails,” they said, “then together with the name of essence the ‘same essence’ will be silenced, which the priests of the West valued highly out of respect for the synod of Nicaea.” Besides this, the emperor himself was persuaded to approve this document, considering the great number of those who had met at Ariminum, and reckoning that one would not err in confessing “like” instead of “of the same essence,” and that it made no difference to the meaning if one did not use terms unknown to sacred Scripture, but confessed the same meaning in the equivalent and undisputed term “like.” Being of this mind, he ordered the bishops to agree on the document set out by those who had met at Ariminum. Preparing on the next day for the consular procession, as is the Roman custom on the first day of their month January, he spent the whole day and much of the following night among the bishops, examining the matter, until those who had come from Seleucia signed the document brought from Ariminum.
4.24PG 67:1187–1193
Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον ἐπιμείναντές τινα ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, μετεκαλέσαντο τοὺς Βιθυνίας ἐπισκόπους ἐν οἷς ἣν Μάρις ὁ Χαλκηδόνιος, Οὐλφίλας ὁ τῶν Γότθων. Πεντήκοντα δὲ ὄντες, εἰς ταὐτὸν συνῆλθον, καὶ ἐβεβαίωσαν τὴν ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν γραφήν, προσθέντες, τοῦ λοιποῦ οὐσίαν ἢ ὑπόστασιν ἐπὶ Θεοῦ ὀνομάζειν μηδ' ὅλως παρὰ ταύτην δὴ τὴν γραφὴν ἀποκεκηρῦχθαι πᾶσαν ἄλλην, ἢ γενομένην ἢ μέλλουσαν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἔπραξαν, καθαιροῦσιν ᾿Αέτιον τῆς διακονίας, ὡς ἐριστικῶς καὶ πρὸς ἔνδειξιν σοφίας ἐκκλησιαστικῆς προαιρέσεως ἀπᾳδούσης, συγγράφοντά τε καὶ τὰς διαλέξεις δυσφήμως ποιούμενον, ταραχῆς τε καὶ στάσεων ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις αἴτιον. Λέγεται δὲ πρός τινων, ὡς οὐκ ἀπὸ γνώμης τοῦτον καθεῖλον, ἀλλ' ἀφοσιούμενοι καὶ ταῖς περὶ αὐτῶν δόξαις πρὸς βασιλέα. Διεβάλλοντο γὰρ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονεῖν · ἀποχρησάμενοι δὲ τῇ ὀργῇ βασιλέως, ἣν κατὰ Μακεδονίου εἶχεν ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν εἰρημένων, καθαιροῦσιν αὐτόν - καὶ Ἐλεύσιον τὸν Κυζίκου ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Βασίλειον τὸν ᾿Αγκύρας, καὶ Ἑορτάσιον τὸν Σάρδεων, Δρακόντιον τὸν Περγάμου. Διαφερόμενοί τε περὶ δόγματος, ἐν τῷ καθαιρεῖν τούτους, οὐκ ἐμέμφοντο τὴν αὐτῶν πίστιν. Αἰτίας δὲ ἐπῆγον, κοινῇ μὲν πᾶσιν, ὡς τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἐτάραξαν, καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς νόμους ἐξήμαρτον · ἰδίᾳ δὲ ἐγκλήματα ἐπέφερον, Βασιλείῳ μὲν ὡς Διογένην πρεσβύτερον ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας τὴν ᾿Αγκυραν διοδεύοντα, χάρτας τε ἀφείλετο, καὶ ἐτύπτησε · καὶ κληρικοὺς ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχείας, καὶ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμὸν, Κίλικάς τε καὶ Γαλάτας καὶ ᾿Ασιανοὺς, ὑπερορίοις φυγαῖς καὶ ἄλλαις τιμωρίαις ζημιοῦν ἀκρίτως τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπέταττεν· ὡς καὶ σιδηρῶν αὐτοὺς πειραθῆναι δεσμῶν, καὶ τὰ ὄντα προσαπολύειν τοῖς ἀπάγουσι στρατιώταις, ἵνα μὴ ὑβρίζωνται. Ἐπῃτιῶντο δὲ αὐτὸν, καὶ ὡς βασιλέως προστάξαντος ἀχθῆναι πρὸς Κεκρόπιον, ᾿Αἑτιόν τε καί τινας τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ, ἀπολογησομένους ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐνεκάλει, πέπεικε τὸν ἐπιτραπέντα τὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος πρόσταξιν, ἅ γε αὐτῷ ἐδόκει πρᾶξαι · Ἑρμογένει δὲ τῷ ὑπάρχῳ, καὶ τῷ κρατοῦντι Συρίας ἔγραψε, τίνας τε καὶ ὅπη χρὴ μετοικισθῆναι· καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως μετακαλεσαμένου τούτους ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερορίας, οὐ συνεχώρησεν, ἄρχουσι καὶ ἱερεῦσιν ἐναντιούμενος. Προσέθεσαν δὲ ὅτι καὶ Γερμανίῳ τὸν ἐν Σιρμίῳ κλῆρον ἐπανέστησε, καὶ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ καὶ Οὐάλεντι καὶ Οὐρσακίῳ γράφων, διέβαλλεν αὐτοὺς πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αφρικῆς ἐπισκόπους· ἐγκαλούμενός τε ἠρνεῖτο, καὶ ἐπιώρκει· καὶ φωραθεὶς, ἐπεχείρει σοφίζεσθαι τὴν ἐπιορκίαν. Καὶ διχονοίας καὶ στάσεως αἴτιος ἐγένετο Ἰλλυριοῖς καὶ Ἰταλοῖς καὶ ῎Αφροις, καὶ τῶν περὶ τὴν Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίαν συμβάντων. Δούλην τε δεσμῶτιν γενέσθαι σπουδάσας, ἐβιάζετο ψευδή καθομολογεῖν τῆς δεσποίνης · καὶ ἄνδρα αἰσχρῶς βεβιωκότα, οὐ νόμῳ γάμου γυναικὶ συμβιοῦντα, ἐβάπτισέ τε καὶ διακονεῖν τῷ Θεῷ ἠξίωσε. Περιοδευτὴν δὲ φόνων αἴτιον γενόμενον, οὐκ ἐχώρισε τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Καὶ ὅτι γε παρὰ τὴν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν συνωμοσίας ἐποιεῖτο, ἀρώμενός τε, καὶ τοὺς κληρικοὺς ἐπόμνυσθαι παρασκευάζων, μὴ κατηγορεῖν ἀλλήλων. Εἶναι δὲ ταύτην τέχνην τοῦ αὐτὸν προεστῶτα τοῦ κλήρου, τὰς τῶν ἐγκαλούντων κατηγορίας διαφυγεῖν. Βασιλείου μὲν οὖν, ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ εἰπεῖν, τάδε αἴτια τῆς καθαιρέσεως ἐποιοῦντο. Εὐσταθίου δὲ, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς ἡνίκα πρεσβύτερος ἦν προκατεγνώκει αὐτοῦ Εὐλάλιος ὁ πατὴρ, καὶ τῶν εὐχῶν ἀφώρισεν, ἐπίσκοπος ὧν τῆς ἐν Καππαδοκίᾳ Ἐκκλησίας Καισαρείας · μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ἐν Νεοκαισαρείᾳ τοῦ Πόντου, ὑπὸ συνόδου ἀκοινώνητος ἐγεγόνει · καὶ ὑπὸ Εὐσεβίου τοῦ Κωνσταντίνουπόλεως ἐπισκόπου καθῃρέθη, ἐπὶ διοικήσεσί τισιν αἷς ἐπετράπη καταγνωσθείς · ἔπειτα δὲ, ὡς οὐ δέον διδάσκων τε καὶ πράττων καὶ φρονῶν, ἀφῃρέθη τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς παρὰ τῶν ἐν Γάγγραις συνεληλυθότων ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ συνόδου, ἐπιορκίας ἑάλω· καὶ ὅτι ἀνατρέπειν ἐπιχειρεῖ τὰ δόξάντα τοῖς ἐν Μελιτινῇ συνελθοῦσι. Καὶ πλείστοις ἐγκλήμασι ἔνοχος ὢν, δικαστὴς ἠξίου εἶναι, καὶ ἑτεροδόξους τοὺς ἄλλους ἀπεκάλει. Ἐλεύσιον δὲ καθεῖλον, ὡς Ἡράκλειόν τινα Τύριον τὸ γένος, ἱερέα τοῦ ἐνθάδε Ἡρακλέους γενόμενον, ἐπὶ γοητείᾳ γραφέντα καὶ ζητητέον ὄντα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο φυγάδα ἐν Κυζίκῳ δια τρίβοντα, διακονίας Θεοῦ ἀπερισκέπτως ἠξίωσε, Χριστιανισμὸν ὑποκρινόμενον, καὶ οὐδὲ τοιοῦτον ὄντα μετὰ ταῦτα μαθὼν, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐχώρισε· καὶ ὡς παρὰ Μάρι τοῦ Χαλκηδόνος ἐπισκόπου, ὃς ἐκοινώνει ταύτης τῆς συνόδου, ἄνδρας κατεγνωσμένους, εἰς Κύζικον ἀφικομένους, ἐχειροτόνησεν ἀκρίτως. Ἑορτάσιον δὲ καθεῖλον, ὡς ἐπίσκοπον Σάρδεων γενόμενον μὴ συναινεσάντων τῶν ἐν Λυδίᾳ ἐπισκό πων · Δρακόντιον δὲ τὸν Περγάμου, ὡς πρότερον ἐν Γαλατίᾳ ἐπισκοποῦντα · καὶ ὡς παράνομον τὴν ἐφ᾿ ἑκατέρῳ χειροτονίαν ἔλυσαν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις αὖθις εἰθόντες, καθαιροῦσι Σιλβανὸν τὸν Ταρσοῦ ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Σωφρόνιον τὸν Πομπηϊουπόλεως τῆς Παφλαγόψων, Ἐλπίδιόν τε τὸν Σατάλων, Νέωνα τὸν ἐν Σελευχείᾳ τῆς Ἰσαυρίας. Καθεῖλον ὃὲ Σιλβανὸν, ὡς ἀρχηγὸν γενόμενον ἀπονοίας τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἕν τε Σελευκείᾳ Κωνσταντινουπόλει " Θεόφιλον προστάντα τῆς ἐν Κατταθάλοις Ἐκκλησίας, Ἐλευθερουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονηθέντα πρότερον παρὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων Παλαιστίνης, καὶ ἐπομοσάμενον παρὰ γνώμὴν ἑτέραν μὴ ὑπεισιέναι ἐπισκοπήν. Σωφρόνιον δὲ, ὡς πλεονεχτεῖν καὶ χαπηλεύειν ἐπιχειροῦντα τὰ προσφερόμενα τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ μετὰ χλῇσιν πρώτην καὶ δευτέραν, ἐπειδὴ μόλις ἀπήντησε, μὴ ἐθελήσαντα παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀπολογήσασθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐγκλήματα, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἔξωθεν αἱρεῖσθαι διχαστάς. Νέωνα δὲ, ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας ἐκκλησίας σπουδάσαντα ᾿Αννιανὸὴν χειροτονηθῆναι ᾿Αντιοχέων ἐπίσκοπον " καὶ ἀπείρους τινὰς ἱερῶν Τραφῶν καὶ θεσμῶν Ἐκκλησίας, ἀπερισκέπτως πολιτευομένους ὄντας, ἐπισκόπους χαταστήσαντα᾽ οἵ μετὰ ταῦτα χρημάτων κτῆσιν τῆς ἱερωσύνης προὐτίμησαν, ἐγγράφως εἵλοντο τὰς οὐσίας ἔχοντες λειτουργεῖν, δίχα τούτων ἐπισκοπεῖν. Τὸν δὲ ᾿Ελπίδιον, ὡς βασιλείῳ ἐπὶ ταραχῇ συμμίξαντα, καὶ καθηγητὴν γενόμενον ἀταξίας" καὶ παρὰ τὰ δόξαντα τῇ ἐν Μελιτίνῃ συνόδῳ Εὐσέδιον μὲν ἄνδρα χαθηρημένον πρεσβυτερείῳ ἀποχαταστήσαντα. Νεχταρίαν δέ τινα διὰ παραθάσεις συνθηχῶν ἀκοινώνητον γενομένην, διακονίας ἀξιώσαντα, μὴ μετὸν αὐτῇ τιμῆς τοὺς νόμους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας.
Hoi de amphi ᾿Akakion epimeinantes tina en Kōnstantinoupolei, metekalesanto tous Bithynias episkopous en hois hēn Maris ho Chalkēdonios, Oulphilas ho tōn Gotthōn. Pentēkonta de ontes, eis tauton synēlthon, kai ebebaiōsan tēn en ᾿Arimēnǭ anagnōstheisan graphēn, prosthentes, tou loipou ousian ē hypostasin epi Theou onomazein mēd' holōs para tautēn dē tēn graphēn apokekērychthai pasan allēn, ē genomenēn ē mellousan; epei de tauta epraxan, kathairousin ᾿Aetion tēs diakonias, hōs eristikōs kai pros endeixin sophias ekklēsiastikēs proaireseōs apądousēs, syngraphonta te kai tas dialexeis dysphēmōs poioumenon, tarachēs te kai staseōn tais Ekklēsiais aition. Legetai de pros tinōn, hōs ouk apo gnōmēs touton katheilon, all' aphosioumenoi kai tais peri autōn doxais pros basilea. Dieballonto gar ta autou phronein ; apochrēsamenoi de tę̄ orgę̄ basileōs, hēn kata Makedoniou eichen ek tōn prosthen eirēmenōn, kathairousin auton - kai Eleusion ton Kyzikou episkopon, kai Basileion ton ᾿Ankyras, kai Heortasion ton Sardeōn, Drakontion ton Pergamou. Diapheromenoi te peri dogmatos, en tǭ kathairein toutous, ouk ememphonto tēn autōn pistin. Aitias de epēgon, koinę̄ men pasin, hōs tas Ekklēsias etaraxan, kai eis tous ekklēsiastikous nomous exēmarton ; idią de enklēmata epepheron, Basileiǭ men hōs Diogenēn presbyteron ek tēs ᾿Alexandreias tēn ᾿Ankyran diodeuonta, chartas te apheileto, kai etyptēse ; kai klērikous ek tēs ᾿Antiocheias, kai para ton Euphratēn potamon, Kilikas te kai Galatas kai ᾿Asianous, hyperoriois phygais kai allais timōriais zēmioun akritōs tois archousin epetatten; hōs kai sidērōn autous peirathēnai desmōn, kai ta onta prosapolyein tois apagousi stratiōtais, hina mē hybrizōntai. Epę̄tiōnto de auton, kai hōs basileōs prostaxantos achthēnai pros Kekropion, ᾿Haetion te kai tinas tōn syn autǭ, apologēsomenous eph᾽ hois enekalei, pepeike ton epitrapenta tēn tou kratountos prostaxin, ha ge autǭ edokei praxai ; Hermogenei de tǭ hyparchǭ, kai tǭ kratounti Syrias egrapse, tinas te kai hopē chrē metoikisthēnai; kai tou basileōs metakalesamenou toutous apo tēs hyperorias, ou synechōrēsen, archousi kai hiereusin enantioumenos. Prosethesan de hoti kai Germaniǭ ton en Sirmiǭ klēron epanestēse, kai koinōnein autǭ kai Oualenti kai Oursakiǭ graphōn, dieballen autous pros tous ᾿Aphrikēs episkopous; enkaloumenos te ērneito, kai epiōrkei; kai phōratheis, epecheirei sophizesthai tēn epiorkian. Kai dichonoias kai staseōs aitios egeneto Illyriois kai Italois kai ᾿Aphrois, kai tōn peri tēn Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsian symbantōn. Doulēn te desmōtin genesthai spoudasas, ebiazeto pseudē kathomologein tēs despoinēs ; kai andra aischrōs bebiōkota, ou nomǭ gamou gynaiki symbiounta, ebaptise te kai diakonein tǭ Theǭ ēxiōse. Periodeutēn de phonōn aition genomenon, ouk echōrise tēs Ekklēsias. Kai hoti ge para tēn hieran trapezan synōmosias epoieito, arōmenos te, kai tous klērikous epomnysthai paraskeuazōn, mē katēgorein allēlōn. Einai de tautēn technēn tou auton proestōta tou klērou, tas tōn enkalountōn katēgorias diaphygein. Basileiou men oun, hōs en brachei eipein, tade aitia tēs kathaireseōs epoiounto. Eustathiou de, prōton men hōs hēnika presbyteros ēn prokategnōkei autou Eulalios ho patēr, kai tōn euchōn aphōrisen, episkopos hōn tēs en Kappadokią Ekklēsias Kaisareias ; meta de touto en Neokaisareią tou Pontou, hypo synodou akoinōnētos egegonei ; kai hypo Eusebiou tou Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopou kathę̄rethē, epi dioikēsesi tisin hais epetrapē katagnōstheis ; epeita de, hōs ou deon didaskōn te kai prattōn kai phronōn, aphę̄rethē tēs episkopēs para tōn en Gangrais synelēlythotōn epi de tēs en ᾿Antiocheią synodou, epiorkias healō; kai hoti anatrepein epicheirei ta doxanta tois en Melitinę̄ synelthousi. Kai pleistois enklēmasi enochos ōn, dikastēs ēxiou einai, kai heterodoxous tous allous apekalei. Eleusion de katheilon, hōs Hērakleion tina Tyrion to genos, hierea tou enthade Hērakleous genomenon, epi goēteią graphenta kai zētēteon onta, kai dia touto phygada en Kyzikǭ dia tribonta, diakonias Theou aperiskeptōs ēxiōse, Christianismon hypokrinomenon, kai oude toiouton onta meta tauta mathōn, tēs Ekklēsias echōrise; kai hōs para Mari tou Chalkēdonos episkopou, hos ekoinōnei tautēs tēs synodou, andras kategnōsmenous, eis Kyzikon aphikomenous, echeirotonēsen akritōs. Heortasion de katheilon, hōs episkopon Sardeōn genomenon mē synainesantōn tōn en Lydią episko pōn ; Drakontion de ton Pergamou, hōs proteron en Galatią episkopounta ; kai hōs paranomon tēn eph᾿ hekaterǭ cheirotonian elysan. Epi toutois authis eithontes, kathairousi Silbanon ton Tarsou episkopon, kai Sōphronion ton Pompēïoupoleōs tēs Paphlagopsōn, Elpidion te ton Satalōn, Neōna ton en Seleucheią tēs Isaurias. Katheilon hoe Silbanon, hōs archēgon genomenon aponoias tois allois, hen te Seleukeią Kōnstantinoupolei " Theophilon prostanta tēs en Kattathalois Ekklēsias, Eleutheroupoleōs episkopon cheirotonēthenta proteron para tōn episkopōn Palaistinēs, kai epomosamenon para gnōmēn heteran mē hypeisienai episkopēn. Sōphronion de, hōs pleonechtein kai chapēleuein epicheirounta ta prospheromena tę̄ Ekklēsią, kai meta chlę̄sin prōtēn kai deuteran, epeidē molis apēntēse, mē ethelēsanta par᾽ autois apologēsasthai pros ta enklēmata, alla tous exōthen haireisthai dichastas. Neōna de, hōs epi tēs idias ekklēsias spoudasanta ᾿Annianoēn cheirotonēthēnai ᾿Antiocheōn episkopon " kai apeirous tinas hierōn Traphōn kai thesmōn Ekklēsias, aperiskeptōs politeuomenous ontas, episkopous chatastēsanta᾽ hoi meta tauta chrēmatōn ktēsin tēs hierōsynēs proutimēsan, engraphōs heilonto tas ousias echontes leitourgein, dicha toutōn episkopein. Ton de ᾿Elpidion, hōs basileiǭ epi tarachę̄ symmixanta, kai kathēgētēn genomenon ataxias" kai para ta doxanta tę̄ en Melitinę̄ synodǭ Eusedion men andra chathērēmenon presbytereiǭ apochatastēsanta. Nechtarian de tina dia parathaseis synthēchōn akoinōnēton genomenēn, diakonias axiōsanta, mē meton autę̄ timēs tous nomous tēs Ekklēsias.
Acacius's party stayed for some time at Constantinople and summoned the bishops of Bithynia, among whom were Maris of Chalcedon and Ulfilas of the Goths. Being fifty in number, they met together and confirmed the document read at Ariminum, adding that thenceforth neither essence nor subsistence should be named at all in speaking of God, and that every other document besides this one, whether already made or to come, was anathematized. When they had done this, they deposed Aetius from the diaconate, as one who wrote and held discussions contentiously, with a display of wisdom foreign to the church's purpose, and blasphemously, and as a cause of turmoil and strife to the churches. It is said by some that they deposed him not from conviction but to clear themselves and their reputation with the emperor, for they were accused of holding his views. Taking advantage of the emperor's anger, which he had against Macedonius for the reasons stated above, they deposed him, and Eleusius, bishop of Cyzicus, Basil of Ancyra, Heortasius of Sardis, and Dracontius of Pergamum. Though they differed with them about the doctrine, in deposing them they did not find fault with their faith, but brought charges: in common against all, that they had troubled the churches and sinned against the laws of the church; and particular charges against each. Against Basil, that when Diogenes, a presbyter from Alexandria, was passing through Ancyra, he took his papers from him and beat him; and that he ordered the magistrates to punish without trial, with exile and other penalties, clergy from Antioch and the region of the Euphrates, Cilicians, Galatians and Asians, so that they experienced iron chains and had to give up their property to the soldiers who led them away, so as not to be ill-treated. They charged him also that when the emperor ordered Aetius and some of his companions to be brought to Cecropius to answer the charges he made, he persuaded the man entrusted with the ruler's order to do what he himself thought fit; that he wrote to Hermogenes the prefect and to the governor of Syria saying who should be deported and where; and that when the emperor recalled them from exile, he did not allow it, opposing magistrates and priests. They added that he had stirred up the clergy of Sirmium against Germinius; that, writing that he was in communion with him and with Valens and Ursacius, he slandered them to the bishops of Africa; that when accused he denied it and perjured himself, and when caught tried to quibble about the perjury; and that he had been a cause of dissension and strife to the Illyrians, Italians and Africans and of what happened to the church of the Romans. That he had a slave-girl put in chains and tried to force her to give false testimony against her mistress; that he baptized a man who had lived shamefully, living with a woman not by the law of marriage, and counted him worthy to serve God as a deacon; that he did not cut off from the church a periodeutes who had caused deaths; and that at the holy table he made conspiracies, cursing and making the clergy swear not to accuse one another, which was a device for him, as head of the clergy, to escape the charges of accusers. Such, in brief, were the reasons they gave for the deposition of Basil. Of Eustathius: first, that while he was a presbyter, his father Eulalius, being bishop of the church of Caesarea in Cappadocia, had condemned him and excluded him from the prayers; after this he had been excommunicated by a synod at Neocaesarea in Pontus; and he had been deposed by Eusebius, bishop of Constantinople, being condemned in certain administrations entrusted to him; then, for teaching, doing and thinking what he ought not, he was removed from the episcopate by those who met at Gangra; at the synod at Antioch he was convicted of perjury; and he was trying to overturn what had been decided by those who met at Melitene; and though liable to very many charges, he claimed to be a judge and called the others heterodox. Eleusius they deposed because he had thoughtlessly admitted to the ministry of God a certain Heraclius, a Tyrian by race, who had been priest of Heracles there, had been indicted for sorcery and was wanted, and for this reason was living as a fugitive at Cyzicus, pretending to be a Christian; and after learning that he was not such, he did not separate him from the church; and because he ordained without examination men condemned by Maris, bishop of Chalcedon, a member of this synod, who had come to Cyzicus. Heortasius they deposed because he had become bishop of Sardis without the consent of the bishops of Lydia; and Dracontius of Pergamum because he had formerly been bishop in Galatia; and they annulled the ordination of each as unlawful. After this they met again and deposed Silvanus, bishop of Tarsus, Sophronius of Pompeiopolis in Paphlagonia, Elpidius of Satala, and Neon of Seleucia in Isauria. They deposed Silvanus as leader of folly to the others, at Seleucia and at Constantinople, and because he had set Theophilus over the church of Castabala, who had earlier been ordained bishop of Eleutheropolis by the bishops of Palestine and had sworn not to enter another episcopate without their consent. Sophronius, because he tried to make gain and traffic with what was offered to the church, and after a first and a second summons, when he barely came, would not defend himself before them on the charges, but chose outside judges. Neon, because he had been eager to have Annianus ordained bishop of Antioch in his own church, and had made bishops of certain people inexperienced in the sacred Scriptures and the laws of the church, who were engaged in civic affairs, who afterward preferred the possession of money to the priesthood and chose in writing to serve while keeping their property rather than be bishops without it. Elpidius, because he had joined with Basil to make trouble and was a leader of disorder; and because, contrary to what had been decided at the synod at Melitene, he restored to the presbyterate one Eusebius, a man who had been deposed, and admitted to the diaconate one Nectaria, who had been excommunicated for breaking agreements, though she had no claim to this honour according to the laws of the church.
4.25PG 67:1195–1197
Σὺν τούτοις δὲ καὶ Κύριλλον τὸν Ἱεροσολύμων καθεῖλον, ὡς Εὐσταθίῳ καὶ Ἐλπιδίῳ κεκοινωνηκότα, ἐναντία σπουδάσασι τοῖς ἐν Μελιτινῇ συνελθοῦσι, μεθ' ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς συνεληλύθει · καὶ ὡς μετὰ τὴν ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ καθαίρεσιν, κοινωνίας μετασχόντα σὺν Βασιλείῳ, καὶ Γεωργίῳ τῷ Λαοδικείας ἐπισκόπῳ· ἐπειδὴ ἐπετράπη τὴν Ἱεροσολύμων ἐπισκοπὴν, περὶ μητροπολιτικῶν δικαίων διεφέρετο πρὸς ᾿Ακάκιον τὸν Καισαρείας, ὡς ἀποστολικοῦ θρόνου ἡγούμενος· ἐντεῦθέν τε εἰς ἀπέχθειαν κατέστησαν, καὶ ἀλλήλους διέβαλον, ὡς οὐχ ὑγιῶς περὶ Θεοῦ φρονοῖεν · καὶ γὰρ καὶ πρὶν ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ ἐκάτερος ἦν, ὁ μὲν τὰ ᾿Αρείου δογματίζων· Κύριλλος δὲ, τοῖς ὁμοιοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν εἰσηγουμένοις ἑπόμενος. Οὕτω δὲ ἔχων γνώμης Ἀκάκιος, σὺν τοῖς τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦσιν ἐπισκόποις τοῦ ἔθνους, φθάνει καθελὼν Κύριλλον ἐπὶ προφάσει τοιᾷδε. Λιμοῦ καταλαβόντος τὴν Ἱεροσολύμων χώραν, ὡς εἰς ἐπίσκοπον ἔβλεπε τὸ τῶν δεομένων πλῆθος, τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς ἀπορούμενον· ἐπεὶ δὲ χρήματα οὐκ ἦν οἷς ἐπικουρεῖν ἔδει κειμήλια καὶ ἱερὰ παραπετάσματα ἀπέδοτο. Ἐκ τούτων δὲ λόγος, τινὰ ἐπιγνῶναι οἰκεῖον ἀνάθημα γυναῖκα ἐκ τῶν ἐπὶ θυμέλης ἡμφιεσμένην · πολυπραγμονῆσαί τε ὅθεν ἔχοι, καὶ εὑρεῖν ἔμπορον αὐτῇ ἀποδόμενον· τῷ δὲ ἐμπόρῳ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον. Αἰτίαν δὲ ταύτην προϊσχόμενον, καθελεῖν αὐτὸν ᾿Ἀκάκιον· καὶ τὰ μὲν, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ὧδε ἔχει · τοὺς δὲ δηλωθέντας, ὡς εἴρηται, καθαιρεθέντας ἐξήλασαν οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἀκάκιον τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως. Τοὺς δὲ σὺν αὐτοῖς, οἱ ταῖς καθαιρέσεσιν ὑπογράφειν οὐκ ἠνείχοντο, δέκα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὄντας, καθ' ἑαυτοὺς εἶναι τέως παρεκελεύσαντο, καὶ μήτε λειτουργεῖν, μήτε τὰς ἐκκλησίας διοικεῖν, ἄχρις ἂν ταύταις ὑπογράψωσιν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ μεταμεληθεῖεν ἐντὸς μηνῶν ἔξ, καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς δόξασι καὶ πεπραγμένοις ἐν τῇ συνάδῳ ταύτῃ συναινέσωσι, καὶ αὐτοὺς καθαιρεῖσθαι· τοὺς δὲ κατ' ἔθνος ἐπισκόπους συνιόντας, ἀντὶ αὐτῶν χειροτονεῖν ἑτέρους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ἐβεβούλευτο καὶ εἰς ἔργον ἶκτο, γράφουσι τοῖς πανταχοῦ ἐπισκόποις καὶ κληρικοῖς, τάδε φυλάττειν καὶ ἐπιτελεῖν· ἐκ τούτου τε, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἀντικαθίστανται πρὸς τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον, ἄλλος ἄλλῳ· Μακεδονίῳ τε αὐτὸς Εὐδόξιος, καὶ Βασιλείῳ ᾿Αθανάσιος· καὶ Ἐλευσίῳ Εὐνόμιος, ὃς ἀρχηγὸς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐγένετο τῆς ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καλουμένης αἱρέσεως· ἀντὶ δὲ Εὐσταθίου, Μελέτιος τὴν ἐν Σεβαστείᾳ Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπετράπη.
Syn toutois de kai Kyrillon ton Hierosolymōn katheilon, hōs Eustathiǭ kai Elpidiǭ kekoinōnēkota, enantia spoudasasi tois en Melitinę̄ synelthousi, meth' hōn kai autos synelēlythei ; kai hōs meta tēn en Palaistinę̄ kathairesin, koinōnias metaschonta syn Basileiǭ, kai Geōrgiǭ tǭ Laodikeias episkopǭ; epeidē epetrapē tēn Hierosolymōn episkopēn, peri mētropolitikōn dikaiōn diephereto pros ᾿Akakion ton Kaisareias, hōs apostolikou thronou hēgoumenos; enteuthen te eis apechtheian katestēsan, kai allēlous diebalon, hōs ouch hygiōs peri Theou phronoien ; kai gar kai prin en hyponoią ekateros ēn, ho men ta ᾿Areiou dogmatizōn; Kyrillos de, tois homoioousion tǭ Patri ton Huion eisēgoumenois hepomenos. Houtō de echōn gnōmēs Akakios, syn tois ta autou phronousin episkopois tou ethnous, phthanei kathelōn Kyrillon epi prophasei toiąde. Limou katalabontos tēn Hierosolymōn chōran, hōs eis episkopon eblepe to tōn deomenōn plēthos, tēs anankaias trophēs aporoumenon; epei de chrēmata ouk ēn hois epikourein edei keimēlia kai hiera parapetasmata apedoto. Ek toutōn de logos, tina epignōnai oikeion anathēma gynaika ek tōn epi thymelēs hēmphiesmenēn ; polypragmonēsai te hothen echoi, kai heurein emporon autę̄ apodomenon; tǭ de emporǭ ton episkopon. Aitian de tautēn proïschomenon, kathelein auton ᾿Akakion; kai ta men, hōs epythomēn, hōde echei ; tous de dēlōthentas, hōs eirētai, kathairethentas exēlasan hoi amphi Akakion tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs. Tous de syn autois, hoi tais kathairesesin hypographein ouk ēneichonto, deka ton arithmon ontas, kath' heautous einai teōs parekeleusanto, kai mēte leitourgein, mēte tas ekklēsias dioikein, achris an tautais hypograpsōsin. Ei de mē metamelētheien entos mēnōn ex, kai pasi tois doxasi kai pepragmenois en tę̄ synadǭ tautę̄ synainesōsi, kai autous kathaireisthai; tous de kat' ethnos episkopous syniontas, anti autōn cheirotonein heterous. Epei de tauta autois ebebouleuto kai eis ergon ikto, graphousi tois pantachou episkopois kai klērikois, tade phylattein kai epitelein; ek toutou te, ou pollǭ hysteron antikathistantai pros tōn amphi ton Eudoxion, allos allǭ; Makedoniǭ te autos Eudoxios, kai Basileiǭ ᾿Athanasios; kai Eleusiǭ Eunomios, hos archēgos meta tauta egeneto tēs ap᾿ autou kaloumenēs haireseōs; anti de Eustathiou, Meletios tēn en Sebasteią Ekklēsian epetrapē.
With these they also deposed Cyril of Jerusalem, for having communicated with Eustathius and Elpidius, who had worked against those who met at Melitene, with whom he too had met; and because after his deposition in Palestine he had shared communion with Basil and George, bishop of Laodicea. When he was entrusted with the episcopate of Jerusalem, he disputed with Acacius of Caesarea about metropolitan rights, as presiding over an apostolic see. From this they fell into enmity and slandered each other as not holding sound views about God; for each had been under suspicion before, Acacius as teaching the doctrines of Arius, Cyril as following those who taught that the Son is of like essence with the Father. Being of this mind, Acacius, with the bishops of the province who shared his views, deposed Cyril first, on the following pretext. When famine seized the region of Jerusalem, the multitude of the needy, lacking necessary food, looked to the bishop; and since there was no money with which to help them, he sold treasures and sacred hangings. From these, it is said, someone recognized an offering of his own worn by a woman of the stage; he inquired where she had got it and found that a merchant had sold it to her, and the bishop to the merchant. Putting forward this charge, Acacius deposed him. So the matter stands, as I have learned. Those mentioned, deposed as has been said, Acacius's party drove from Constantinople. Those with them who would not sign the depositions, ten in number, they ordered to remain by themselves for the time being, and neither to minister nor to govern the churches until they signed them; and if they did not repent within six months and agree to all that had been decided and done at this synod, they too were to be deposed, and the bishops of each province were to meet and ordain others in their place. When they had resolved on this and carried it out, they wrote to the bishops and clergy everywhere to observe and carry out these things. Not long after, Eudoxius's party set up others in place of the deposed, one for another: Eudoxius himself in place of Macedonius, Athanasius in place of Basil, Eunomius, who afterward became the founder of the sect called after him, in place of Eleusius, and in place of Eustathius, Meletius was entrusted with the church of Sebaste.
4.26PG 67:1197–1199
᾿Αφαιρεθεὶς δὲ Μακεδόνιος τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν, εἴς τι παρὰ πύλας χωρίον διέτριβεν· ἔνθα καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν. Εὐδόξιος δὲ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν κατέσχεν· ἡνίκα δὴ Κωνσταντίου τὸ δέκατον, καὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος τὸ τρίτον ὑπατευόντων, τὸ πρῶτον ἐκκλησιάζων ἐπὶ τῇ τελεσιουργίᾳ τῆς μεγάλης ἐκκλησίας, ἣν Σοφίαν ὀνομάζουσι, λέγεται ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ ἱερέως ἀναβὰς βῆμα, οἷα δὴ τὸν λαὸν διδάσκων, ἀρχόμενος τοῦ λόγου εἰπεῖν· ὡς ὁ μὲν Πατήρ ἀσεβής˙ ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς εὐσεβής. Θορυβήσαντος δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, Ἠρεμεῖτε, ἔφη· ὁ μὲν Πατήρ ἀσεβὴς, ὅτι οὐδένα σέβει· ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς εὐσεβὴς, ὅτι Πατέρα σέβει. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ὧδε εἰπὼν, εἰς γέλωτα τοὺς ἀκούοντας μετέβαλε. Κοινῇ δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα αὐτός τε καὶ Ἀκάκιος πᾶσαν ἐποιοῦντο σπουδὴν, εἰς λήθην ἄγειν πάντας τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, καὶ τὴν ἀναγνωσθεῖσαν ἐν Ἁριμήνῳ γραφὴν, μεθ᾽ ὧν αὐτοὶ προστεθείκασιν ὡς διορθώσοντες, ἀνὰ πᾶν τὸ ὑπήκοον ἐξέπεμψαν, καὶ τοὺς ταύτῃ μὴ ὑπογράφοντας ἐκέλευον ὑπερορίᾳ φυγῇ ζημιοῦσθαι, κατὰ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως. Ὧδε γὰρ, φησὶν, ἐσπούδαστο, λογιζομένοις ἀκονιτὶ τῆς σπουδῆς ἐπιτεύξασθαι. Τὸ δὲ ἦν ἀρχὴ μεγίστων συμφορῶν· ἐμφερὴς δὲ ἦν τοῖς εἰρημένοις τάραχος ἀνὰ πᾶν τὸ ὑπήκοον· καὶ τὰς πανταχοῦ Ἐκκλησίας διωγμὸς εἶχε μονονουχὶ παραπλήσιος τοῖς πρὶν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐλληνιστῶν βασιλέων. Εἰ γὰρ ταῖς εἰς σῶμα τιμωρίαις μετριώτερος ἐδόκει, χαλεπώτερος εἰκότως τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι, διὰ τὴν αἰσχύνην ἐφαίνετο. "Αμφω γὰρ, ὅ τε διώκων καὶ ὁ διωκόμενος, ἐκ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ὠρμηντο. Καὶ τοσοῦτον αἰσχρὸν τὸ κακὸν, ὅσον πρὸς τῷ ὁμοφύλους τὸ πολεμίων δρᾷν, περὶ ἀλλοφυλους τοιούτους εἶναι, ὁ ἱερατιχὸς θεσμὸς ἀπηγόρευσεν.
᾿Aphairetheis de Makedonios tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsian, eis ti para pylas chōrion dietriben; entha kai eteleutēsen. Eudoxios de tēn Ekklēsian kateschen; hēnika dē Kōnstantiou to dekaton, kai Ioulianou tou Kaisaros to triton hypateuontōn, to prōton ekklēsiazōn epi tę̄ telesiourgią tēs megalēs ekklēsias, hēn Sophian onomazousi, legetai epi to tou hiereōs anabas bēma, hoia dē ton laon didaskōn, archomenos tou logou eipein; hōs ho men Patēr asebēs˙ ho de Huios eusebēs. Thorybēsantos de tou plēthous, Ēremeite, ephē; ho men Patēr asebēs, hoti oudena sebei; ho de Huios eusebēs, hoti Patera sebei. Kai ho men hōde eipōn, eis gelōta tous akouontas metebale. Koinę̄ de hoti malista autos te kai Akakios pasan epoiounto spoudēn, eis lēthēn agein pantas tōn en Nikaią doxantōn, kai tēn anagnōstheisan en Harimēnǭ graphēn, meth᾽ hōn autoi prostetheikasin hōs diorthōsontes, ana pan to hypēkoon exepempsan, kai tous tautę̄ mē hypographontas ekeleuon hyperorią phygę̄ zēmiousthai, kata prostagma tou basileōs. Hōde gar, phēsin, espoudasto, logizomenois akoniti tēs spoudēs epiteuxasthai. To de ēn archē megistōn symphorōn; empherēs de ēn tois eirēmenois tarachos ana pan to hypēkoon; kai tas pantachou Ekklēsias diōgmos eiche mononouchi paraplēsios tois prin epi tōn ellēnistōn basileōn. Ei gar tais eis sōma timōriais metriōteros edokei, chalepōteros eikotōs tois eu phronousi, dia tēn aischynēn ephaineto. "Amphō gar, ho te diōkōn kai ho diōkomenos, ek tēs Ekklēsias ōrmēnto. Kai tosouton aischron to kakon, hoson pros tǭ homophylous to polemiōn drąn, peri allophylous toioutous einai, ho hieratichos thesmos apēgoreusen.
Macedonius, deprived of the church of Constantinople, lived in a place near the gates, where he died. Eudoxius took possession of the church. It was in the consulship of Constantius for the tenth time and Julian Caesar for the third that, holding his first assembly at the dedication of the great church which they call Sophia, he is said to have mounted the priest's platform as if to teach the people and to have begun his discourse by saying: “The Father is impious, the Son pious.” When the people were in uproar, he said: “Be quiet. The Father is impious because he reveres no one; the Son is pious because he reveres the Father.” By saying this he turned his hearers to laughter. He and Acacius together made every effort to bring everyone to forget what had been decided at Nicaea; they sent the document read at Ariminum, with what they had added by way of correction, throughout the whole empire, and ordered that those who would not sign it be punished with exile, according to the emperor's command. For they reckoned, it is said, that in this way they would achieve their aim without effort. But this was the beginning of very great calamities. A turmoil like those described spread through the whole empire, and a persecution almost like those formerly under the pagan emperors held the churches everywhere. For if it seemed milder in bodily punishments, it naturally appeared harsher to the right-minded because of its shamefulness. For both the persecutor and the persecuted came from the church; and the evil was the more shameful, in that to treat one's own people as enemies is something the priestly law forbids one to do even to foreigners.
4.27PG 67:1199–1201
Ἡ δὲ καινότης ἐπαινουμένη ἔτι μᾶλλον εδίδου, πρὸς νεωτερισμὸν εἴρπεν ἀπαυθαδειαζομένη τε καὶ τῶν πατριχῶν ὑπερφρονοῦσα, ἰδίους ἐτέθει νόμους. Καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἀρχαιοτέροις περὶ : Θεοῦ δοξάζειν οὐκ ἠξίου. ᾿Αεὶ δὲ ξένα περινοοῦσα οἱ ἃ δόγματα, οὐχ ἢρέμει τῶν καινῶν χαινοτέροις σπου - δάζουσα, ὥσπερ δὴ καὶ νῦν συνέδη. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ χεδόνιος ἀφῃρέθη τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκληοὐκέτι παραπλησίως ἐδόξαζε τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Ακάκιον Εὐδόξιον. Εἰσηγεῖτο δὲ τὸν Υἱὸν Θεὸν εἶναι, κατὰ πάντα τε χατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὅμοιον τῷ Πατρί. Τὸ δὲ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα, ἄμοιρον τῶν αὐτῶν πρεσθείων ἀπεφαίνετο, διάκονον ὑπηρέτην καλῶν, καὶ ὅσα περὶ τῶν θείων ἀγγέλων λέγων τις, οὐχ ἂν ἁμάρτοι. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς δόξης ἐκοινώνουν αὑτῷ, ᾿Ελεύσιός τε Εὐστάθιος, ὅσοι τότε παρὰ τῶν ἐχ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει χαθηρέθησαν " οἷς οὐχ ὀλίγη μοῖρα τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπείθετο κατὰ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, Βιθυνίαν τε θράχὴν καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον, καὶ τὰ πέριξ ἔθνη. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον, ᾧ μάλιστα τὰ πλήθη προσἐχει τὸν νοῦν, οὐ φαύλως εἶχον. Πρόοδός τε γὰρ αὐτοῖς σεμνή" καὶ παραπλησία μοναχοῖς ἡ ἀγωγὴ " καὶ λόγος οὐχ ἄχομψος, Ἦθος πείθειν ἱχανόν.. Οἷον δὴ τότε καὶ Μαραθώνιον γενέσθαι φασίν" ὃς ἀπὸ Ψηφιστοῦ δημοσίου τῶν ὑπὸ τοὺς ὑπάρχους στρατιωτῶν, πλόῦτον πολὺν συλλέξας, ἐπειδὴ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐπαύσατο, συνοικίας νοσούντων καὶ πτωχῶν ἐπεμελεῖτο" μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, πείσαντος Εὐσταθίου τοῦ Σεβαστείας ἐπισχόπον, τὸν ἀσκητικὸν βίον ἐπἥνεσε, καὶ συνοικίαν μοναχῶν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνεστήσατο, ἣ καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου εἰσέτι νῦν ἔστι ταῖς διαδοχαῖς σωζομένη. Ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ αρέσει σπουδῇ καὶ χρήμασιν ἰδίοις συνελάδετο, ὡς πρός τινων Μαραθωνιανοὺς τοὺς Μακεδονίου ὀνομάζεσθαι, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, οὐκ ἀπειχότως. Φαίνεται γὰρ μόνος οὗτος μετὰ τῶν συνοίκων, τοῦ μὴ παντελῶς ἀποσβῆναι ταύτην τὴν αἴρεσιν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει αἴτιος γενόμενος. Αφ' οὗ γὰρ καθῃρέθη Μακεδόνιος, οὔτε Ἐκκλησίας, οὔτε ἐπισκόπους εἶχον μέχρι τῆς ᾿Αρκαδίου βασιλείας. Οὐ γὰρ συνεχώρουν οἱ ᾿Αρείου, πάντας τοὺς ἐναντίως δοξάζοντας ἐκ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐξελαύνοντες, καὶ δεινῶς τιμωρούμενοι. Πάντας μὲν οὖν ὅσοι τότε τῶν ἱερέων ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων πόλεων ἠλάθησαν, ἔργον ἄρα καταλέγειν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ ἔθνος τῆς Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένης, ἀπείρατον οἶμαι διαμείναι τῆς τοιαύτης συμφορᾶς.
Hē de kainotēs epainoumenē eti mallon edidou, pros neōterismon eirpen apauthadeiazomenē te kai tōn patrichōn hyperphronousa, idious etethei nomous. Kai ta auta tois archaioterois peri : Theou doxazein ouk ēxiou. ᾿Aei de xena perinoousa hoi ha dogmata, ouch ēremei tōn kainōn chainoterois spou - dazousa, hōsper dē kai nyn synedē. Epeidē gar chedonios aphę̄rethē tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēouketi paraplēsiōs edoxaze tois amphi ton ᾿Akakion Eudoxion. Eisēgeito de ton Huion Theon einai, kata panta te chat᾽ ousian homoion tǭ Patri. To de hagion Pneuma, amoiron tōn autōn prestheiōn apephaineto, diakonon hypēretēn kalōn, kai hosa peri tōn theiōn angelōn legōn tis, ouch an hamartoi. Tautēs de tēs doxēs ekoinōnoun hautǭ, ᾿Eleusios te Eustathios, hosoi tote para tōn ech tēs enantias haireseōs en Kōnstantinoupolei chathērethēsan " hois ouch oligē moira tou laou epeitheto kata tēn Kōnstantinoupolin, Bithynian te thrachēn kai Hellēsponton, kai ta perix ethnē. Kai gar dē kai ta peri ton bion, hǭ malista ta plēthē prosechei ton noun, ou phaulōs eichon. Proodos te gar autois semnē" kai paraplēsia monachois hē agōgē " kai logos ouch achompsos, Ēthos peithein hichanon.. Hoion dē tote kai Marathōnion genesthai phasin" hos apo Psēphistou dēmosiou tōn hypo tous hyparchous stratiōtōn, plouton polyn syllexas, epeidē tēs stratias epausato, synoikias nosountōn kai ptōchōn epemeleito" meta de tauta, peisantos Eustathiou tou Sebasteias epischopon, ton askētikon bion epēnese, kai synoikian monachōn en Kōnstantinoupolei synestēsato, hē kai ex ekeinou eiseti nyn esti tais diadochais sōzomenē. Epi tosouton de tautę̄ tę̄ aresei spoudę̄ kai chrēmasin idiois syneladeto, hōs pros tinōn Marathōnianous tous Makedoniou onomazesthai, emoi dokei, ouk apeichotōs. Phainetai gar monos houtos meta tōn synoikōn, tou mē pantelōs aposbēnai tautēn tēn airesin en Kōnstantinoupolei aitios genomenos. Aph' hou gar kathę̄rethē Makedonios, oute Ekklēsias, oute episkopous eichon mechri tēs ᾿Arkadiou basileias. Ou gar synechōroun hoi ᾿Areiou, pantas tous enantiōs doxazontas ek tōn Ekklēsiōn exelaunontes, kai deinōs timōroumenoi. Pantas men oun hosoi tote tōn hiereōn ek tōn idiōn poleōn ēlathēsan, ergon ara katalegein. Ouden gar ethnos tēs Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēs, apeiraton oimai diameinai tēs toiautēs symphoras.
Novelty, when praised, advances still further: it creeps on toward innovation, grows arrogant, despises the ancestral teachings, and lays down laws of its own. It does not deign to hold the same views about God as those of older times, but always devising strange doctrines, it does not rest, eager for things newer than the new, as happened now too. For when Macedonius had been deprived of the church of Constantinople, he no longer held the same views as Acacius's and Eudoxius's party. He taught that the Son is God and like the Father in all things and in essence; but he declared that the Holy Spirit has no share in the same prerogatives, calling him a minister and servant, and saying of him whatever one might say of the divine angels without error. Eleusius and Eustathius shared this opinion with him, and all who were then deposed at Constantinople by those of the opposite sect; and no small part of the people obeyed them in Constantinople, Bithynia, Thrace, the Hellespont and the neighbouring provinces. For in their manner of life too, to which the multitude pays most attention, they were not unworthy: their bearing was grave, their discipline like that of monks, their speech not unrefined, and their character able to persuade. Such, they say, Marathonius was at that time. Having gathered great wealth as paymaster of the soldiers under the prefects, when he left the service he took charge of the houses of the sick and the poor; afterward, persuaded by Eustathius, bishop of Sebaste, he embraced the ascetic life and founded a community of monks at Constantinople, which still survives from that time by succession. He helped this sect with such zeal and his own money that some called Macedonius's followers Marathonians, not without reason, it seems to me; for he alone, with his community, appears to have been the reason why this sect was not entirely extinguished at Constantinople. For from the time Macedonius was deposed they had neither churches nor bishops until the reign of Arcadius; for the Arians did not allow it, driving all of contrary opinion from the churches and punishing them severely. To list all the priests who were then driven from their own cities would be a task; for no province of the Roman world, I think, remained untouched by such a calamity.
4.28PG 67:1201–1203
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε Εὐδοξίου κατασχόντος τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν, πολλοὶ τὸν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ θρόνον περιποιεῖν ἑαυτοῖς ἐσπούδαζον, καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπὶ πράγμασι τοιούτοις, φιλονεικίαι καὶ στάσεις διάφοροι τοῦ κλήρου καὶ τοῦ λαοῦ συνέβησαν. Ἕκαστοι γὰρ τὸν ὁμόφρονα περὶ τὴν ἰδίαν πίστιν προσδοκώμενον, ἠροῦντο τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἄρχειν. Οὔπω γὰρ πεπαυμένοι ἦσαν τῆς περὶ τὸ δόγμα διαφορᾶς, οὐδὲ ἐν ταῖς ψαλμῳδίαις συνεφρόνουν ἀλλήλας · πρὸς δὲ τὴν οἰκείαν δόξαν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, μεθήρμοζον τὸ ψαλλόμενον. Οὕτω διακειμένης τῆς Ἀντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίας, ἔδοξε τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον, καλῶς ἔχειν μεταστῆσαι ἐνθάδε Μελέτιον ἐκ τῆς Σεβαστείας, οἷά γε λέγειν τε καὶ πείθειν ἱκανὸν, καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν βίον ἀγαθὸν, καὶ ὁμόδοξον αὐτοῖς τὸ πρὶν ὄντα. Κατὰ πάντα γὰρ ᾤοντο, τῇ δοκήσει τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πρὸς οἰκείαν αἴρεσιν θηράσειν τοὺς ᾿Αντιοχείας οἰκήτορας, καὶ τὰς πέριξ πόλεις · καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς καλουμένους Εὐσταθιανοὺς, οἳ κατά τὴν παράδοσιν τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου τὰ περὶ Θεοῦ ἐδόξαζον. Ἔμελλον δὲ παραπολὺ τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀποτεύξεσθαι. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἦκεν εἰς Αντιόχειαν, λέγεται δήμους πολλοὺς συνελθεῖν τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων, καὶ Παυλίνῳ κοινωνούντων· οἱ μὲν, ἱστορήσοντες τὸν ἄνδρα, ὅτι πολὺ κλέος ἦν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸ τῆς παρουσίας· οἱ δὲ, μαθησόμενοι τί ἄρα ἐρεῖ, καὶ τίσιν ἐπιψηφίζεται. Ἤδη γὰρ φήμη διεφοίτα, ἐπαινέτην αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ δόγματος τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων· καὶ τὸ ἀποβὰν ἔδειξε. Τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν, τοὺς καλουμένους ἠθικοὺς λόγους δημοσίᾳ ἐδίδασκε · τελευτῶν δὲ, ἀναφανδὸν τῆς αὐτῆς οὐσίας τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἀπεφήνατο. Λέγεται δὲ, προσδραμὼν ὁ ἀρχιδιάκονος, ὃς τότε ἦν τοῦ ἐνθάδε κλήρου, ἔτι τοῦτο λέγοντος ἐπιβαλὼν τὴν χεῖρα, ἔβυσεν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα. Ὁ δὲ, τῇ χειρὶ σαφέστερον ἢ τῇ φωνῇ, τὴν γνώμην κατεσήμαινε · καὶ τρεῖς μόνους εἰς τὸ προφανές δακτύλους ἐκτείνων, εἰς ταυτὸν δὲ πάλιν τούτους συνέλεγε, καὶ τὸν ἕνα ὥρθου· τῷ σχήματι τῆς χειρὸς εἰκονίζων τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἅπερ ἐφρόνει, καὶ λέγειν ἐπείχετο. Ὡς δὲ ἀμηχανήσας ὁ ἀρχιδιάκονος ἐπελάβετο τῆς χειρὸς, τοῦ στόματος ἀφέμενος, ἐλευθερω- θεὶς τὴν γλῶσσαν, ἔτι μᾶλλον μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ σαφέ στερον ἐδήλου τὴν αὐτοῦ δόξαν· καὶ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δεδογμένων ἔχεσθαι παρεκελεύετο· καὶ διεμαρτύρετο τοὺς ἀκούοντας, ἁμαρτάνειν τῆς ἀληθείας τοὺς ἄλλως φρονοῦντας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἐνεδίδου τὰ αὐτὰ λέγων ἢ τῇ χειρὶ δεικνὺς ἀμοιβαδὸν, ὡς ἐνεχώρει πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀρχιδιακόνου κώλυσιν, καὶ φιλονεικία ἦν ἀμφοτέρων, μονονουχί παγκρατίῳ ἐμφερὴς, μέγα ἀνέκραγον οἱ Εὐσταθιανοὶ, καὶ ἔχαιρον καὶ ἀνεπήδων - οἱ δὲ ᾿Αρείου, κατηφεῖς ἦσαν. ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον, ἐχαλέπαινον, καὶ ἐλαθῆναι τῆς πόλεως τὸν Μελέτιον ἐσπούδασαν · καὶ πάλιν μετεκαλοῦντο, ὡς ἐπὶ διορθώσει τῶν εἰρημένων μεταμελούμενον, καὶ τἀναντία δοξάζοντα. Μὴ μεταθέμενον δὲ τῆς γνώμης, ἐκβάλλεσθαι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ ὑπερορίαν οἰκεῖν προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο γέγονεν, ἐπιτρέπεται τὸν Ἀντιοχέων θρόνον Εὐζώϊος, ὃς ἅμα ᾿Αρείῳ πρότερον ἤδη καθήρητο· οἱ δὲ Μελετίου ἐπαινέται, ἀποτεμόμενοι σφᾶς τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων, ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον · οἱ γὰρ ὁμοούσιον ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ δοξάζοντες, παρῃτοῦντο κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς, ὡς Μελετίου πρὸς ᾿Αρειανῶν ἐπισκόπων χειροτονηθέντος, καὶ ὑπὸ τοιούτοις ἱερεῦσι βαπτισθέντων τῶν ἑπομένων αὐτῷ. Καὶ οἱ μὲν κατὰ πρόφασιν τήνδε διήρηντο, καίπερ ὁμοίως φρονοῦντες. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας Πέρσας νεωτερίζειν, ἧκεν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν.
En de tǭ tote Eudoxiou kataschontos tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsian, polloi ton en Antiocheią thronon peripoiein heautois espoudazon, kai hōs eikos epi pragmasi toioutois, philoneikiai kai staseis diaphoroi tou klērou kai tou laou synebēsan. Hekastoi gar ton homophrona peri tēn idian pistin prosdokōmenon, ērounto tēs Ekklēsias archein. Oupō gar pepaumenoi ēsan tēs peri to dogma diaphoras, oude en tais psalmǭdiais synephronoun allēlas ; pros de tēn oikeian doxan, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, methērmozon to psallomenon. Houtō diakeimenēs tēs Antiocheōn Ekklēsias, edoxe tois amphi ton Eudoxion, kalōs echein metastēsai enthade Meletion ek tēs Sebasteias, hoia ge legein te kai peithein hikanon, kai ta peri ton bion agathon, kai homodoxon autois to prin onta. Kata panta gar ǭonto, tę̄ dokēsei tou andros pros oikeian airesin thērasein tous ᾿Antiocheias oikētoras, kai tas perix poleis ; kai malista tous kaloumenous Eustathianous, hoi kata tēn paradosin tēs en Nikaią synodou ta peri Theou edoxazon. Emellon de parapoly tēs elpidos apoteuxesthai. Epei gar ēken eis Antiocheian, legetai dēmous pollous synelthein tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn, kai Paulinǭ koinōnountōn; hoi men, historēsontes ton andra, hoti poly kleos ēn autou kai pro tēs parousias; hoi de, mathēsomenoi ti ara erei, kai tisin epipsēphizetai. Ēdē gar phēmē diephoita, epainetēn auton einai tou dogmatos tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn; kai to apoban edeixe. Tēn men gar archēn, tous kaloumenous ēthikous logous dēmosią edidaske ; teleutōn de, anaphandon tēs autēs ousias tǭ Patri ton Huion apephēnato. Legetai de, prosdramōn ho archidiakonos, hos tote ēn tou enthade klērou, eti touto legontos epibalōn tēn cheira, ebysen autou to stoma. Ho de, tę̄ cheiri saphesteron ē tę̄ phōnę̄, tēn gnōmēn katesēmaine ; kai treis monous eis to prophanes daktylous ekteinōn, eis tauton de palin toutous synelege, kai ton hena hōrthou; tǭ schēmati tēs cheiros eikonizōn tois plēthesin haper ephronei, kai legein epeicheto. Hōs de amēchanēsas ho archidiakonos epelabeto tēs cheiros, tou stomatos aphemenos, eleutherō- theis tēn glōssan, eti mallon megalę̄ tę̄ phōnę̄ saphe steron edēlou tēn autou doxan; kai tōn en Nikaią dedogmenōn echesthai parekeleueto; kai diemartyreto tous akouontas, hamartanein tēs alētheias tous allōs phronountas. Epei de ouk enedidou ta auta legōn ē tę̄ cheiri deiknys amoibadon, hōs enechōrei pros tēn tou archidiakonou kōlysin, kai philoneikia ēn amphoterōn, mononouchi pankratiǭ empherēs, mega anekragon hoi Eustathianoi, kai echairon kai anepēdōn - hoi de ᾿Areiou, katēpheis ēsan. ᾿Akousantes de hoi amphi ton Eudoxion, echalepainon, kai elathēnai tēs poleōs ton Meletion espoudasan ; kai palin metekalounto, hōs epi diorthōsei tōn eirēmenōn metameloumenon, kai tanantia doxazonta. Mē metathemenon de tēs gnōmēs, ekballesthai tēs Ekklēsias, kai hyperorian oikein prosetaxen ho basileus. Epei de touto gegonen, epitrepetai ton Antiocheōn thronon Euzōïos, hos hama ᾿Areiǭ proteron ēdē kathērēto; hoi de Meletiou epainetai, apotemomenoi sphas tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn, idią ekklēsiazon ; hoi gar homoousion ex archēs ton Huion tǭ Patri doxazontes, parę̄tounto koinōnein autois, hōs Meletiou pros ᾿Areianōn episkopōn cheirotonēthentos, kai hypo toioutois hiereusi baptisthentōn tōn hepomenōn autǭ. Kai hoi men kata prophasin tēnde diērēnto, kaiper homoiōs phronountes. Ho de basileus akousas Persas neōterizein, hēken eis ᾿Antiocheian.
At that time, when Eudoxius held the church of Constantinople, many were eager to secure the see of Antioch for themselves; and, as is natural in such matters, rivalries and various disturbances arose among the clergy and the people. For each party chose that the man it expected to share its own faith should rule the church. For they had not yet ceased from their dispute about the doctrine, nor were they agreed in their psalm-singing, but, as was said before, adapted what was sung to their own opinion. The church of Antioch being in this state, Eudoxius's party thought it well to transfer Meletius there from Sebaste, as one able in speech and persuasion, good in his life, and formerly of the same opinion as they. For they thought that by the man's reputation they would win over to their own sect the inhabitants of Antioch and the surrounding cities, and especially those called Eustathians, who held their views about God according to the tradition of the synod of Nicaea. But they were to be greatly disappointed in their hope. For when he came to Antioch, it is said that great crowds gathered, both of those who held the views of Arius and of those in communion with Paulinus: some to see the man, since great fame had gone before his arrival; others to learn what he would say and with whom he would side. For a report was already going about that he approved the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea; and the outcome showed it. At first he taught publicly what are called ethical discourses; but at last he openly declared the Son to be of the same essence as the Father. It is said that the archdeacon who was then of the clergy there ran up while he was still saying this, put his hand on his mouth and stopped it. But he made his opinion known more clearly with his hand than with his voice: holding out three fingers only to view, he brought them together again and raised one, showing the people by the shape of his hand what he believed and was prevented from saying. When the archdeacon, at a loss, seized his hand and let go of his mouth, his tongue, freed, declared his opinion still more clearly in a loud voice; he urged them to hold to what had been decided at Nicaea, and testified to his hearers that those who thought otherwise missed the truth. When he did not give way, saying the same things or showing them with his hand by turns, as the archdeacon's hindrance allowed, and there was a struggle between them almost like a pancratium, the Eustathians shouted aloud, rejoiced and leaped, while the Arians were downcast. When Eudoxius's party heard of it, they were indignant and worked to have Meletius driven from the city; and they summoned him again, as though he had repented and would correct what he had said and hold the contrary. When he did not change his mind, the emperor ordered him to be expelled from the church and to live in exile. When this had happened, Euzoius, who had formerly been deposed together with Arius, was entrusted with the see of Antioch. Meletius's admirers cut themselves off from those who held the views of Arius and held their assemblies apart; for those who from the beginning held the Son to be of the same essence as the Father refused to communicate with them, because Meletius had been ordained by Arian bishops and his followers had been baptized by such priests. So they were divided on this pretext, though holding the same views. The emperor, hearing that the Persians were making a move, came to Antioch.
4.29PG 67:1203–1205
Οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον, ἠρεμεῖν πάλιν οὐκ ἠνείχοντο, συνελθόντες εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν ἅμα ὀλίγοις, τὰ δεδογμένα ἤδη σφίσιν ἐμέμφοντο · καὶ τῆς, ἀναγνωσθείσης ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ καὶ Κωνσταντινουπόλει γραφῆς περιτεμεῖν ἐδοκίμασαν τὸ ὅμοιον ὄνομα· καὶ κατὰ πάντα, οὐσίαν τε καὶ βούλησιν, ἀνόμοιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγενῆσθαι ἡγοῦντο, ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ᾿Αρείῳ ἐδόκει. Συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ τούτοις καὶ οἱ τὰ ᾿Αετίου φρονοῦντες, ὃς μετὰ ᾿Αρειον πρῶτος περιφανῶς χρήσασθαι τοῖς ὀνόμασι τούτοις ἐθάῤῥησεν. Ὅθεν δὴ καὶ ἄθεος ὠνομάζετο, καὶ οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ δοκιμάζοντες ᾿Ανόμοιοι καὶ Ἐξουκόντιοι. Πυνθανομένων δὲ αὐτῶν τῶν ἑπομένων τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξασιν, ὅπως Θεὸν ἐκ Θεοῦ τὸν Υἱὸν συνομολογοῦντες, ἀνόμοιόν τε καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων καὶ παρὰ τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν ἔκθεσιν ὀνομάζειν θαῤῥοῦσιν · ὅτι καὶ Παῦλος ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἔφασαν, εἶπε, Τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ · πάντων δὲ εἶναι καὶ τὸν Υἱόν. Καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο · νοεῖσθαι τὸ προκείμενον ἐν οἷς ἐξέθεντο, κατὰ τὰς θείας Γραφάς. Καὶ τὸ μὲν ὧδε μετέφραζον καὶ ἐσοφίζοντο, τελευτῶντες δὲ ὡς οὐχ οἷοί τε ἦσαν τοῖς περὶ τούτων ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἢ ὀνειδίζουσιν ἱκανῶς ἀπολογεῖσθαι, πάλιν τὴν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει δοκιμασθεῖσαν πίστιν ἀναγνόντες, διελύθησαν, καὶ εἰς τὰς αὐτῶν πόλεις ἀπεχώρησαν.
Hoi de amphi ᾿Akakion, ēremein palin ouk ēneichonto, synelthontes eis ᾿Antiocheian hama oligois, ta dedogmena ēdē sphisin ememphonto ; kai tēs, anagnōstheisēs en ᾿Arimēnǭ kai Kōnstantinoupolei graphēs peritemein edokimasan to homoion onoma; kai kata panta, ousian te kai boulēsin, anomoion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion, kai ex ouk ontōn gegenēsthai hēgounto, hōs ex archēs ᾿Areiǭ edokei. Synelambanonto de toutois kai hoi ta ᾿Aetiou phronountes, hos meta ᾿Areion prōtos periphanōs chrēsasthai tois onomasi toutois etharrhēsen. Hothen dē kai atheos ōnomazeto, kai hoi ta autou dokimazontes ᾿Anomoioi kai Exoukontioi. Pynthanomenōn de autōn tōn hepomenōn tois en Nikaią doxasin, hopōs Theon ek Theou ton Huion synomologountes, anomoion te kai ex ouk ontōn kai para tēn sphōn autōn ekthesin onomazein tharrhousin ; hoti kai Paulos ho apostolos, ephasan, eipe, Ta de panta ek tou Theou ; pantōn de einai kai ton Huion. Kai kata touto ; noeisthai to prokeimenon en hois exethento, kata tas theias Graphas. Kai to men hōde metephrazon kai esophizonto, teleutōntes de hōs ouch hoioi te ēsan tois peri toutōn enkalousin ē oneidizousin hikanōs apologeisthai, palin tēn en Kōnstantinoupolei dokimastheisan pistin anagnontes, dielythēsan, kai eis tas autōn poleis apechōrēsan.
Acacius's party could not keep quiet again; meeting at Antioch with a few others, they found fault with what they had themselves already decided, and resolved to cut out the word “like” from the document read at Ariminum and Constantinople; and they held that the Son is unlike the Father in all things, in essence and in will, and came into being from nothing, as Arius had held from the beginning. Those who held the views of Aetius helped them, who after Arius was the first who dared to use these terms openly; hence he was called godless, and those who approved his views Anomoeans and Exoucontians. When those who followed what was decided at Nicaea asked them how, confessing the Son to be God from God, they dared to call him unlike and from nothing, contrary even to their own exposition, they said: “Because Paul the apostle said, ‘All things are from God,’ and the Son is one of all things; and in this sense, according to the divine Scriptures, what is set down in our exposition is to be understood.” So they paraphrased and quibbled. In the end, since they could not defend themselves adequately against those who accused or reproached them on these points, they read again the faith approved at Constantinople, broke up, and went back to their own cities.
4.30PG 67:1205–1207
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, ἔτι ᾿Αθανασίου κρυπτομένου, ἐπανελθὼν Γεώργιος εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, χαλεπῶς ἐκάκου τοὺς Ἕλληνας, καὶ τοὺς ἑτέρως αὐτῷ δοξάζοντας Χριστιανούς. Εκατέρους τε γὰρ ὡς ἐβούλετο θρησκεύειν ἐβιάζετο, καὶ παραιτουμένους ἤλαυνεν. Ἐμισεῖτο δὲ παρὰ μὲν τῶν ἐν λόγῳ, ὡς ὑπερορῶν αὐτοὺς, καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπιτάττων· παρὰ δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, ὡς τυραννικὸς, καὶ πλέον πάντων δυνάμενος. Ἐχαλέπαινε δὲ μάλιστα τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν, ὅτι τε θύειν αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰς πατρίους ἑορτὰς ἄγειν ἐκώλυε, καὶ στρατιώτας καὶ τὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ στρατηγὸν σὺν ὅπλοις ἐπεισαγαγὼν τῇ πόλει, εἰκόνας τε καὶ ἀναθήματα, καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ναοῖς κόσμον ἀφαιρούμενος. "Α δὴ πρόφασις ὕστερον αὐτῷ ἐγένετο τῆς ἀναιρέσεως, ὡς αὐτίκα λέξω. Κυρίλλου δὲ καθαιρεθέντος, ὡς εἴρηται, παραλαμβάνει τὴν Ἱεροσολύμων Ἐκκλησίαν Ἐρέννιος, καὶ μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον Ἡράκλειος· ἐφεξῆς τε τούτου, Ιλάριος. Τούτους γὰρ ἐν τῷ τότε τὴν ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεῦσαι παρειλήφαμεν, μέχρι τῆς Θεοδοσίου βασιλείας · ἡνίκα δὴ Κύριλλος εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν πάλιν ἐπανῆλθε θρόνον.
En toutǭ de, eti ᾿Athanasiou kryptomenou, epanelthōn Geōrgios eis ᾿Alexandreian, chalepōs ekakou tous Hellēnas, kai tous heterōs autǭ doxazontas Christianous. Ekaterous te gar hōs ebouleto thrēskeuein ebiazeto, kai paraitoumenous ēlaunen. Emiseito de para men tōn en logǭ, hōs hyperorōn autous, kai tois archousin epitattōn; para de tou plēthous, hōs tyrannikos, kai pleon pantōn dynamenos. Echalepaine de malista to Hellēnikon, hoti te thyein autous kai tas patrious heortas agein ekōlye, kai stratiōtas kai ton en Aigyptǭ stratēgon syn hoplois epeisagagōn tę̄ polei, eikonas te kai anathēmata, kai ton en tois naois kosmon aphairoumenos. "A dē prophasis hysteron autǭ egeneto tēs anaireseōs, hōs autika lexō. Kyrillou de kathairethentos, hōs eirētai, paralambanei tēn Hierosolymōn Ekklēsian Erennios, kai met᾿ ekeinon Hērakleios; ephexēs te toutou, Ilarios. Toutous gar en tǭ tote tēn enthade Ekklēsian epitropeusai pareilēphamen, mechri tēs Theodosiou basileias ; hēnika dē Kyrillos eis ton auton palin epanēlthe thronon.
Meanwhile, while Athanasius was still in hiding, George returned to Alexandria and harshly ill-treated the pagans and the Christians who held views different from his own. He forced both to worship as he wished and drove out those who refused. He was hated by those of rank, as one who despised them and gave orders to the magistrates, and by the multitude as tyrannical and more powerful than all. The pagans were especially angry because he prevented them from sacrificing and from keeping their ancestral festivals, and because, bringing soldiers and the general of Egypt under arms into the city, he took away images, offerings and the ornaments in the temples. This later became the pretext for his death, as I shall tell shortly. When Cyril had been deposed, as has been said, Herennius received the church of Jerusalem, and after him Heraclius, and after him Hilarius. For we have received that these governed the church there at that time, until the reign of Theodosius, when Cyril returned to the same see.
Chapter 5
5.1PG 67:1207–1211
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω περὶ τὰς Ἐκκλησίας συνέβη. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Ἰουλιανὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ, μάχῃ κρατήσας τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ῥῆνον ποταμὸν βαρβάρων, τοὺς μὲν ἐχειρώσατο · τοὺς δὲ ἐζώγρησε. Λαμπρὸς δὲ τηνικάδε φανεὶς, καὶ ὑπὸ μετριότητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας κεχαρισμένος τοῖς στρατιώταις γεγονὼς, ἀναγορεύεται πρὸς αὐτῶν σεβαστός. Μηδὲν δὲ περὶ τούτου, ὡς εἰκὸς, πρὸς Κωνστάντιον παραιτησάμενος, ἄρχοντας μὲν τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθέντας ἤμειβεν· ἐπίτηδες δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς ἐπεδείκνυ, δι᾽ ὧν τοὺς βαρβάρους καλῶν κατὰ Μαγνεντίου, εἰς Ῥωμαίους ἤγαγεν· ἐξαπίνης δὲ τὴν θρησκείαν μεταβαλών, πρότερον χριστιανίζειν δοκῶν, ἀρχιερέα ὠνόμαζεν ἑαυτὸν, καὶ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων ναοῖς ἐφοίτα, καὶ ἔθυε, καὶ τοὺς ὑπηκόους ὧδε θρησκεύειν ἔπειθε. Προσδοκωμένων δὲ Περσῶν Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιθήσεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν Συρίᾳ Κωνσταντίου διατρίβοντος, λογισάμενος ἀμαχητὶ δύνασθαι τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν κρατεῖν, εἴχετο τῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ὁδοῦ · πρόφασιν ποιούμενος, ὡς 5 ἀπολογίας χάριν ἐλαύνει πρὸς Κωνστάντιον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἑκὼν δόξαι πρὸς τῶν στρατιωτῶν παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας καταδέχεσθαι. Λέγεται δὲ ἡνίκα πρὸ τῶν τῇδε ὅρων ἐπέβη, τὰς μὲν ἀμπέλους μετὰ τρύγην ἀμφὶ τὴν τῶν Πλειάδων δύσιν ὀμφάκων πλήρεις φανῆναι · τὴν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀέρος δρόσον, διαχεθεῖσαν κατὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐσθῆτος καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων, καθ' ἑκάστην σταγόνα, σταυροῦ σημεῖον ἐντυπῶσαι. Ἐδόκει δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πολλοῖς τῶν συνιόντων, οἱ μὲν βότρυες παρὰ καιρὸν φανέντες, σύμβολον εἶναι ἀγαθόν· ἡ δὲ δρόσος ἐκ παρατυχόντος ὧδε τὴν ἐσθῆτα καταστίξαι καθ' ἧς ἔτυχε πεσοῦσα. ῎Ἄλλοι δὲ ἔλεγον τοῖν συμβόλοιν, τὸ μὲν, ἄωρον σημαίνειν ἀπολεῖσθαι τὸν βασιλέα, ὀμφάκων δίκην, καὶ σ ὀλιγοχρόνιον ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῦ τὴν βασιλείαν· τὸ δὲ, προμηνύειν οὐράνιον εἶναι τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, καὶ χρῆναι πάντας τῷ σημείῳ τοῦ σταυροῦ κατασημανθῆναι. Ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, οἱ τἀναντία τῷ βασιλεῖ δοξάσαντες, οὐ διήμαρτον τῆς ἀληθείας · ἀμφότερα γὰρ εὐστόχως εἰρῆσθαι προϊὼν ὁ χρόνος ἀπέδειξεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπύθετο Κωνστάντιος ἐκστρατεύειν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν Ἰουλιανὸν, καταλιπὼν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Πέρσας παρασκευὴν, ἐπὶ τὴν. Κωνσταντίνου πόλιν ἠπείγετο· ἡνίκα δὴ τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν ποιούμενος, ἐτελεύτησεν ἐν Μόμψου κρήναις, μεταξύ Κιλίκων καὶ Καππαδοκῶν τῶν πρὸς τῷ Ταύρῳ· ἔτη ἀμφὶ τεσσαράκοντα καὶ πέντε γεγονώς. Ἐξ ὧν τρισκαίδεκα σὺν τῷ πατρὶ ἐβασίλευσε, πέντε δὲ καὶ εἴκοσι μετ' ἐκεῖνον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησεν, ὁ μὲν Ἰουλιανὸς ἤδη τὴν Θράκην εἶχεν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐλθὼν, αὐτοκράτωρ ἀνηγορεύθη. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐλογοποίουν, ὡς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ Γαλάτας ἀπολιπεῖν αὐτὸν, μαντικοὶ καὶ δαίμονες ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐκστρατείαν ἐκίνησαν, τὸν Κωνσταντίου θάνατον προμηνύσαντες, καὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων μεταβολήν. Ην δὲ ἄρα πιθανὸν πρόγνωσιν ταῦτα καλεῖν, εἰ μὴ καὶ αὐτὸν ὅσον οὔπω τὸ τοῦ βίου τέλος ἔφθασεν, ὡς ἐν ὀνείρῳ τῆς βασιλείας γευσάμενον. Εὔηθες γὰρ οἶμαι λέγειν, ὡς διὰ τῆς μαντικῆς προϊδὼν τὴν αὐτόματον Κωνσταντίου τελευτήν, καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ παρὰ Πέρσαις σφαγήν, ἑκοντὴς εἰς προὗπτον ἥλατο θάνατον· αὐτῷ μὲν, οὐδὲν ὅτι μὴ ἀβουλίας καὶ ἀμαθοῦς στρατηγίας προσάψαντα δόξαν παρὰ πολλοῖς· τῇ δὲ Ῥωμαίων ὑπηκόῳ τοσοῦτον ἐπαγαγόντα κίνδυνον, ὡς μικροῦ πᾶσαν, ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον αὐτῆς, κινδυνεῦσαι ὑπὸ Πέρσαις γενέσθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, ἵνα μὴ παραλελεῖφθαι δόξῃ, ὧδε εἰρήσθω ἡμῖν, καὶ ὅπη ἕκαστος βούλεται, ταύτῃ ἡγείσθω.
Kai ta men hōde ana tēn Heō peri tas Ekklēsias synebē. En toutǭ de Ioulianos ho Kaisar, machę̄ kratēsas tōn para ton Rhēnon potamon barbarōn, tous men echeirōsato ; tous de ezōgrēse. Lampros de tēnikade phaneis, kai hypo metriotētos kai epieikeias kecharismenos tois stratiōtais gegonōs, anagoreuetai pros autōn sebastos. Mēden de peri toutou, hōs eikos, pros Kōnstantion paraitēsamenos, archontas men tous hyp᾿ autou cheirotonēthentas ēmeiben; epitēdes de kai tas epistolas epedeikny, di᾽ hōn tous barbarous kalōn kata Magnentiou, eis Rhōmaious ēgagen; exapinēs de tēn thrēskeian metabalōn, proteron christianizein dokōn, archierea ōnomazen heauton, kai tois Hellēnōn naois ephoita, kai ethye, kai tous hypēkoous hōde thrēskeuein epeithe. Prosdokōmenōn de Persōn Rhōmaiois epithēsesthai, kai dia touto en Syrią Kōnstantiou diatribontos, logisamenos amachēti dynasthai tōn Illyriōn kratein, eicheto tēs ep᾿ autous hodou ; prophasin poioumenos, hōs 5 apologias charin elaunei pros Kōnstantion hyper tou mē hekōn doxai pros tōn stratiōtōn para gnōmēn autou ta symbola tēs basileias katadechesthai. Legetai de hēnika pro tōn tę̄de horōn epebē, tas men ampelous meta trygēn amphi tēn tōn Pleiadōn dysin omphakōn plēreis phanēnai ; tēn de apo tou aeros droson, diachetheisan kata tēs autou esthētos kai tōn hepomenōn, kath' hekastēn stagona, staurou sēmeion entypōsai. Edokei de autǭ kai pollois tōn syniontōn, hoi men botryes para kairon phanentes, symbolon einai agathon; hē de drosos ek paratychontos hōde tēn esthēta katastixai kath' hēs etyche pesousa. ᾿Alloi de elegon toin symboloin, to men, aōron sēmainein apoleisthai ton basilea, omphakōn dikēn, kai s oligochronion esesthai autou tēn basileian; to de, promēnyein ouranion einai to dogma tōn Christianōn, kai chrēnai pantas tǭ sēmeiǭ tou staurou katasēmanthēnai. Hōs eoike de, hoi tanantia tǭ basilei doxasantes, ou diēmarton tēs alētheias ; amphotera gar eustochōs eirēsthai proïōn ho chronos apedeixen. Epei de epytheto Kōnstantios ekstrateuein ep᾿ auton Ioulianon, katalipōn tēn pros tous Persas paraskeuēn, epi tēn. Kōnstantinou polin ēpeigeto; hēnika dē tēn hodoiporian poioumenos, eteleutēsen en Mompsou krēnais, metaxy Kilikōn kai Kappadokōn tōn pros tǭ Taurǭ; etē amphi tessarakonta kai pente gegonōs. Ex hōn triskaideka syn tǭ patri ebasileuse, pente de kai eikosi met' ekeinon. Epei de eteleutēsen, ho men Ioulianos ēdē tēn Thrakēn eichen. Ouk eis makran de eis tēn Kōnstantinoupolin elthōn, autokratōr anēgoreuthē. Hoi de Hellēnes elogopoioun, hōs kai pro tou Galatas apolipein auton, mantikoi kai daimones epi tautēn tēn ekstrateian ekinēsan, ton Kōnstantiou thanaton promēnysantes, kai tēn tōn pragmatōn metabolēn. Ēn de ara pithanon prognōsin tauta kalein, ei mē kai auton hoson oupō to tou biou telos ephthasen, hōs en oneirǭ tēs basileias geusamenon. Euēthes gar oimai legein, hōs dia tēs mantikēs proïdōn tēn automaton Kōnstantiou teleutēn, kai tēn autou para Persais sphagēn, hekontēs eis proupton hēlato thanaton; autǭ men, ouden hoti mē aboulias kai amathous stratēgias prosapsanta doxan para pollois; tę̄ de Rhōmaiōn hypēkoǭ tosouton epagagonta kindynon, hōs mikrou pasan, ē to pleiston autēs, kindyneusai hypo Persais genesthai. ᾿Alla tauta men, hina mē paraleleiphthai doxę̄, hōde eirēsthō hēmin, kai hopē hekastos bouletai, tautę̄ hēgeisthō.
Such were the events concerning the churches in the East. Meanwhile Julian the Caesar, having defeated in battle the barbarians along the river Rhine, slew some and took others alive. Having shown himself brilliant at that time, and having won the favour of the soldiers by his moderation and fairness, he was proclaimed Augustus by them. Making no apology to Constantius about this, as would have been fitting, he replaced the officials appointed by him; and he deliberately also displayed the letters by which Constantius had summoned the barbarians against Magnentius and brought them into Roman territory. Suddenly changing his religion, though he had earlier seemed to be a Christian, he named himself supreme pontiff, frequented the temples of the pagans, sacrificed, and urged his subjects to worship in this way. Since the Persians were expected to attack the Romans, and Constantius was therefore staying in Syria, Julian, reckoning that he could take Illyricum without a battle, set out on the road against it, giving as a pretext that he was going to Constantius to make his defence, so as not to seem to have accepted the insignia of empire from the soldiers willingly and against Constantius’s wishes. It is said that when he crossed into the borders of that region, the vines, after the vintage, about the setting of the Pleiades, appeared full of unripe grapes; and that the dew from the air, falling on his clothing and that of his followers, stamped the sign of a cross with each drop. He and many of those with him thought that the grapes appearing out of season were a good omen, and that the dew had marked the clothing in this way by chance, wherever it happened to fall. Others said of the two signs that the one meant that the emperor would perish before his time, like the unripe grapes, and that his reign would be short; and that the other foretold that the doctrine of the Christians was heavenly and that all must be marked with the sign of the cross. It seems that those who took the view contrary to the emperor’s did not miss the truth; for time, as it went on, showed that both had been aptly said. When Constantius learned that Julian was marching against him, he abandoned his preparations against the Persians and hurried to Constantinople; and while making the journey he died at Mopsucrenae, between Cilicia and the Cappadocians near the Taurus, about forty-five years old. Of these years he reigned thirteen with his father and twenty-five after him. When he died, Julian already held Thrace. Coming shortly afterwards to Constantinople, he was proclaimed sole emperor. The pagans put about the story that even before he left Gaul, diviners and demons had moved him to this campaign, foretelling the death of Constantius and the change of affairs. It would indeed be plausible to call this foreknowledge, had not the end of his own life overtaken him almost at once, so that he tasted empire as in a dream. For it is foolish, I think, to say that, having foreseen by divination the natural death of Constantius and his own slaughter among the Persians, he leapt willingly into evident death, winning for himself among many no reputation except for rashness and ignorant generalship, and bringing so great a danger on the Roman empire that almost the whole of it, or the greater part, was in danger of falling under the Persians. But let this be said by us, so that it may not seem to have been passed over; and let each think of it as he pleases.
5.2PG 67:1211–1217
Κωνσταντίου δὲ τελευτήσαντος, εἰς δέος διωγμῶν ἡ Ἐκκλησία καθίστατο· καὶ φοβερωτέραν τῆς πείρας τὴν προσδοκίαν ἐποιεῖτο τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς, ὅτε διὰ μέσου πολὺς χρόνος, ἀήθεις αὐτοὺς καταστήσας τῶν τοιούτων κινδύνων, καὶ τῶν πάλαι τιμωριῶν ἡ ἀνάμνησις, καὶ τὸ τοῦ κρατοῦντος περὶ τὸ δόγμα μίσος. Λέγεται γὰρ εὐθὺς περιφανῶς οὕτως ἀναίδην ἀπαρνήσασθαι τὴν εἰς Χριστὸν πίστιν, ὡς θυσίαις τισὶ καὶ ἐπικλήσεσιν, ἃς ἀποτροπαίους Ἕλληνες και λοῦσι, καὶ αἵματι σφαγίων τὴν καθ' ἡμᾶς βάπτισιν ἀπονίψασθαι, τῇ μυήσει τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀποταξάμενον· καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου, ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἐντόμοις, καὶ ἱερείοις, καὶ τοῖς ὅσα θέμις ἐστὶν "Ἕλλησι, χρῆσθαι. Ποτὲ γοῦν αὐτῷ θεωμένῳ, λόγος ἀναδει χθῆναι σταυροῦ σημεῖον ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις στεφάῳ κυκλούμενον · καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους κοινωνοὺς τῆς μαντείας εἰς δέος ἐμβαλεῖν, συμβάλλοντας ἐντεῦθεν τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς θρησκείας ἰσχὺν, καὶ τοῦ δόγματος τὸ ἀΐδιον · καθότι ὁ στέφανος ᾧ περιείληπτο, νίκης τε σημαντικόν ἐστι · καὶ τῇ περιόδῳ τοῦ κύκλου, πάντοθεν ἀρχόμενος, καὶ εἰς ἑαυτὸν λήγων, οὐδαμοῦ περαιοῦται. Ο γε μὴν ἀρχηγὸς τῆς περὶ ταῦτα διαγνώσεως, θαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, ὡς αἰσίων κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς τῶν σφαγίων ἀναδεικνυμένων, καὶ περικλειόντων τὸ τοῦ δόγματος σύμβολον, καὶ εἰς ταὐτὸν συνωθούντων, ὥστε μὴ πλατύνεσθαι, - καὶ ἀδεῶς χωρεῖν ἐφ᾽ οὓς βούλεται, ὅρον ἔχοντα τὴν τοῦ κύκλου περιγραφήν. Ἐπυθόμην δὲ ὡς καὶ τῶν ἐπισημοτάτων καὶ φοβερῶν ἀδύτων εἴς τι κατῄει, τελετῆς τινος ἢ μαντείας χάριν · ἐξαπίνης δὲ προσβαλλόντων αὐτῷ τῶν ἐπὶ τούτοις μεμηχανευμένων, καὶ γοητείαις παραφαινομένων φασμάτων, ὑπὸ θορύ βου καὶ δέους τῶν παρόντων ἐπιλανθανόμενος · ὀψὲ γὰρ τῆς ἡλικίας ἐπὶ τοιαύτην ἦλθε τὴν μάθησιν · ἔλαθεν ὑπὸ τῆς προτέρας συνηθείας, οἷά γε Χριστιανὸς ἐν ἀπόροις κινδύνοις περιληφθεὶς, τῷ συμβόλῳ τοῦ Χριστοῦ κατασημάνας ἑαυτόν. Αὐτίκα τε φροῦδα τὰ φάσματα ἐγένετο, καὶ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον ἐμπε- : πόδιστο. ᾿Απορούμενος δὲ περὶ τούτου ὁ μυσταγωγὸς, ἐπειδὴ ἔγνω τὸ αἴτιον τῆς φυγῆς τῶν δαιμόνων, ἄγος τὸ γεγονὸς ἀποκαλέσας, καὶ ἀνδρεῖον εἶναι, καὶ μηδὲν πρᾶξαι ἢ ἐννοῆσαι Χριστιανικὸν παρακελευσά μενος, αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν τελετὴν αὐτὸν ἦγεν. Οὐ μετρίως δὲ ἐλύπει τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς καὶ περιδεεῖς ἐποίει ἡ περὶ ταῦτα σπουδὴ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτι Χριστιανὸς ἦν πρότερον. Εὐλαβῶν γὰρ περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν πατέρων γενόμενος, ἐκ νέου ἐμυήθη κατὰ τὸν θεσμὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τὰς ἱερὰς Γραφὰς ἐπαιδεύθη, καὶ ὑπὸ ἐπισκόποις καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐτράφη. Γέγονε γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ Γάλλῳ πατὴρ Κωνστάντιος, ὁμοπάτριος ἀδελφὸς Κωνσταντίνου τοῦ βασιλεύσαντος, καὶ Δαλματίου· οὗ παῖς ὁμώνυμος Καῖσαρ ἀναδειχθεὶς, ἀν. ῃρέθη ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν μετὰ τὴν Κωνσταντίνου τελευτήν. Ὀρφανοὶ δὲ πατρὸς γενόμενοι καὶ αὐτοὶ τότε, Δαλματίῳ συναπολέσθαι ἐκινδύνευον. Ἐξείλετο δὲ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς Γάλλον μὲν, ὅτι νοσῶν ἔτυχε, καὶ ὅσον οὔπω αὐτομάτως τεθνήξεσθαι προσεδοκήθη · Ἰουλιανὸν δὲ τὸ νέον· ἔτι γὰρ ὄγδοον ἡλικίας ἦγεν ἔτος. Παραδόξως δὲ ὧδε διασωθέντες, προσετάχθησαν ἐν Καππαδοκίᾳ διατρίβειν ἐν Μακέλλῳ. Χωρίον δὲ τοῦτο βασιλικὴν πρὸς τῷ ᾿Αργαίῳ ὄρει, οὐκ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ τῆς Καισαρέων πόλεως, μεγαλοπρεπή τε βασίλεια ἔχον, καὶ λουτρὰ καὶ κήπους, καὶ πηγὰς ἀεννάους. Ἔνθα δὴ θεραπείας καὶ ἀγωγῆς βασιλικῆς ἠξιοῦντο, καὶ μαθήμασι καὶ γυμνασίοις τοῖς καθ' ἡλικίαν ἐχρῶντο, καὶ λόγων διδασκάλοις, καὶ τοῖς ( ὑφηγηταῖς τῶν ἁγίων Γραφῶν· ὡς καὶ κλήρῳ ἐγκαταλεγῆναι, καὶ ὑπαναγινώσκειν τῷ λαῷ τὰς ἐκκλησιαστικὰς βίβλους. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἠθῶν καὶ τῶν ἔργων, τὴν εὐσέβειαν ἐπεδείκνυντο · περὶ πολλοῦ ποιούμενοι τοὺς ἱερέας, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλως ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ περὶ δόγμα σπουδαίους, τοῖς τε εὐκτηρίοις οἴκοις θαμίζοντες, καὶ ταῖς προσηκούσαις τιμαῖς τὰς τῶν μαρτύρων θήκας γεραίροντες. Τηνικαῦτα γοῦν φασὶν αὐτοὺς, σπουδάζοντας μεγίστῳ περιλαβεῖν οἴκῳ τὸν τάφον Μάμα τοῦ μάρτυρος 4, εἰς ἀμφοτέρους μερίσαι τὸ ἔργον. Αμιλλωμένου δὲ ἑκατέρου φιλοτιμίᾳ καὶ τιμῇ ὑπεμβάλλεσθαι τὸν ἕτερον, παράδοξον συμβῆναι καὶ παντελῶς ἄπιστον, εἰ μὴ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀκηκοότων παρὰ τῶν τεθεαμένων μέχρι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς περιῆσαν. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ Γάλλου μέρος ἐπεδίδου, καὶ κατὰ γνώμην προὐχώρει· τῶν δὲ Ἰουλιανοῦ πονημάτων, τὰ μὲν, ἠρείπωτο· τὰ δὲ, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἀνεδίδοτο· τὰ δὲ, παραυτίκα συνάπτεσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἔδαφος οὐκ ἠνείχετο, οἷά γε ἐξ ἀντιτύπου καὶ βιαίου τινὸς δυνάμεως κάτωθεν ἀντωθούσης ἀνακρουόμενα. Πᾶσι δὲ εἰκότως τεράστιον ἐδόκει τὸ ποᾶγμα, καὶ τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς, τῇ ἀποβάσει ἐκρίθη. Οι δὲ, ἐξ ἐκείνου συνέβαλον, μὴ ὑγιῶς ἔχειν τὸν ἄνδρα περι τὴν θρησκείαν, ἀλλ᾽ εὐσεβεῖν πλάττεσθαι, Χριστιανὸν ὄντα τὸν τότε κρατοῦντα ὑποκρινόμενον, καὶ εἰς το προφανὲς ἐξάγειν τὴν γνώμην οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἡγούμενον. Προὔδωκε δὲ, ὡς λέγεται, τὴν πατρώαν θρησκείαν, συνουΕυ -σίαις μάντεων ὑπαχθεὶς τὰ πρῶτα. Μετὰ χρόνον γάρ τινα παυσαμένου Κωνσταντίου τῆς ὀργῆς, Γάλλος μὲν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἐλθὼν, ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διέτριβεν, ένθα δὴ τὰ πλείω τῆς οὐσίας εἶχεν. Ἰουλιανὸς δὲ, εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐπανελθὼν, τοῖς ἐκεῖσε διδασκάλοις ἐφοίτα· φύσεως δὲ εὖ ἔχων, καὶ τοῖς μαθήμασι ῥᾳδίως ἐπιδιδοὺς, οὐκ ἐλάνθανεν. Ἐν ἰδιώτου γὰρ σχήματι τὰς προόδους ποιούμενος, πολλοῖς συνεγίνετο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ, οἷα φιλεῖ, ἐν ὁμίλῳ καὶ βασιλευούσῃ πόλει, ἀδελφὸς ὢν τοῦ κρατοῦντος, καὶ πράγματα διοικεῖν ἱκανὸς εἶναι φαινόμενος, προσεδοκᾶτο βασιλεύειν, καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτος ἐκράτει λόγος, προσετάχθη ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ διάγειν. Ἐνταῦθα περιτυχών αὐτῷ Μάξιμος ὁ Ἐφέσιος φιλόσοφος, φιλοσόφων αὐτῷ λόγων καθηγητὴς ἐγένετο, καὶ μίσους τῆς ( Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας · καὶ οἷα μάντις, ἀληθὲς εἶναι ἰσχυρίζετο τὸ περὶ αὐτοῦ θρυλλούμενον. Ὁ δὲ, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πολλοῖς συμβαίνον, ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ δυσχερῶν πραγμάτων ταλαιπωρούμενος (54΄), βουκοληθεὶς αἰσίαις ἐλπίσι, φίλον ἔσχε τὸν Μάξιμον. Τῷ βασιλεῖ δὲ τούτων μηνυθέντων, δείσας ἐν χρῷ ἐκείρατο, καὶ τὸν μοναχικὸν ἐπλάττετο βίον. Λάθρα δὲ τῆς ἑτέρας εἴχετο θρησκείας. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἰς ἄνδρας ἤδη προῄει, ἑτοιμότερον ὑπήχθη, καὶ ἐπτοεῖτο περὶ τάδε. Θαυμάζων τε εἴ τίς ἐστι τέχνη προσημαίνουσα τὸ μέλλον, καὶ ἀναγκαίαν ἡγούμενος τὴν ταύτης μάθησιν, ὧν μὴ δεῖ Χριστιανοῖς, εἰς πεῖραν προήχθη· καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῖς ταῦτα μετιοῦσιν ἐχρῆτο φίλοις. Ὧδε δὲ ἔχων γνώμης, ἧκεν εἰς Ἀσίαν ἀπὸ Νικομηδείας· καὶ συγγενόμενος ἐκεῖσε τοιούτοις, προθυμότερος περὶ ταῦτα γέγονεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Γάλλος ὁ αὐτοῦ ἀδελφὸς, Καίσαρ καταστὰς, μηνυθεὶς νεωτερίζειν ἀνῃρέθη, ὑπολαβὼν Κωνστάντιος καὶ αὐτὸν ἔρωτι βασιλείας κατέχεσθαι, ὑπὸ φυλακῆς εἶχεν. Έξαιτησαμένης δὲ αὐτὸν Εὐσεβείας τῆς γαμετῆς Κωνσταντίου, παραιτησάμενος αὐτὸν, ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς ᾿Αθήνας· προφάσει μὲν τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν πόνων καὶ παιδευτερων" ὡς δὲ λέγουσι, χοινωσόμενος τοῖς ἐκεῖσε μάντεσι περὶ τῶν αὐτόν. Μεταχαλεσάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν ἐνθένδε Κωνστάντιος, Καίσαρα κατέστησε " κατεγγυήσας τε αὐτῷ πρὸς γάμον Κωνσταντίαν τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀδελφὴν, ἐπὶ τοὺς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλάτας πέπομφεν. Οἱ γὰρ οὖς αὐτὸς πρότερον κατὰ Μαγνεντίου ἐμισθώσατο εἰς συμμαχίαν, οὐδὲν ὄφελος εἰς τοῦτο γενόμενοι, τοὺς Γαλάτας ἐδήουν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔτι νέος τοῖς ἑπομένοις αὐτῷ στρατηγοῖς τὰ πρακτέα ἐπέτρεψε. Τῶν δὲ ῥᾳθυμούντων, αὐτὸς ὡς ἐνῆν ὁ Καῖσαρ τοῦ πολέμου προενόει " τοὺς στρατιώτας προθυμοτέρους περὶ τὴν μάχην χατέττησεν, ἄλλως τε παραχινδυνεύειν προτρέπων, καὶ ῥητὸν μισθὸν τάξας ἐχάστῳ βάρβαρον ἀναιροῦντι. Κεχαρισμένος δὲ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐντεῦθεν γενόμενος, ἐδήλωσε Κωνσταντίῳ τὴν τῶν στρατηγῶν στώνην. ᾿Αποσταλέντος δὲ ἑτέρου, συμδαλὼν τοῖς Βαρθάροις, καλῶς ἔπραξε. Τῶν δὲ περὶ σπονδῶν πρεσθευομένων, ἐπιστολὰς Κωνσταντίου προἸσχομένων, μεταχαλουμένου σφᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥωμαίων γῆν, ἐπίτηδες ἀποπέμψαι μελήσας τὸν τάδε πρεσδενόμενον, ἀδοκήτως τῷ πλήθει τῶν πολεμίων ἐπελθὼν, ἐνίκησε. Λέγεται δὲ Κωνστάντιον ἐπιθουλεύοντα αὐτῷ, τοῦτον ἐπιτρέψαι τὸν πόλεμον. Ἐμοὶ δὲ οὐ πιθανὸν εἶναι τοῦτο δοκεῖ. Ὧ γὰρ ἐξῆν μηδὲ Καίσαρα τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιεῖν αὐτὸν, τί ἐποίει, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἐδίδουν γαμετὴν, καὶ μεμφομένῳ περὶ τῶν ῥᾳθύμων στρατηγῶν ὑπήκουε, καὶ σπουδαῖον ἀντὶ τούτων ἐξαπέστειλεν, ὅπως χατορθῶσι τὸν πόλεμον, εἰ μὴ φίλος ἐτύγχανεν ; ἀλλ᾽ ὡς συμβάλλω, τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν εὔνους ὧν αὐτῷ Κωνστάντιος, Καίσαρα κατέστησεν " ἐπεὶ δὲ παρὰ τνώμην αὐτοῦ σεβαστὸς ἀνεχηρύχθη, ἢ δεδιὼς ἀνθ᾽ ὧν αὐτὸν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν νέους ὄντας ἠδίχησεν, ἢ φθονῶν, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμοίᾳ τιμῇ, ἐπέθούλευεν αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Ῥῆνον ρων. ᾿Αλλὰ τάδε μὲν ἄλλοις ἄλλως δοχεΐ,
Kōnstantiou de teleutēsantos, eis deos diōgmōn hē Ekklēsia kathistato; kai phoberōteran tēs peiras tēn prosdokian epoieito tois Christianois, hote dia mesou polys chronos, aētheis autous katastēsas tōn toioutōn kindynōn, kai tōn palai timōriōn hē anamnēsis, kai to tou kratountos peri to dogma misos. Legetai gar euthys periphanōs houtōs anaidēn aparnēsasthai tēn eis Christon pistin, hōs thysiais tisi kai epiklēsesin, has apotropaious Hellēnes kai lousi, kai haimati sphagiōn tēn kath' hēmas baptisin aponipsasthai, tę̄ myēsei tēs Ekklēsias apotaxamenon; kai to ex ekeinou, idią te kai dēmosią entomois, kai hiereiois, kai tois hosa themis estin "Hellēsi, chrēsthai. Pote goun autǭ theōmenǭ, logos anadei chthēnai staurou sēmeion en tois splanchnois stephaǭ kykloumenon ; kai tous men allous koinōnous tēs manteias eis deos embalein, symballontas enteuthen tēn meta tauta tēs thrēskeias ischyn, kai tou dogmatos to aïdion ; kathoti ho stephanos hǭ perieilēpto, nikēs te sēmantikon esti ; kai tę̄ periodǭ tou kyklou, pantothen archomenos, kai eis heauton lēgōn, oudamou peraioutai. O ge mēn archēgos tēs peri tauta diagnōseōs, tharrhein ekeleusen, hōs aisiōn kata gnōmēn autois tōn sphagiōn anadeiknymenōn, kai perikleiontōn to tou dogmatos symbolon, kai eis tauton synōthountōn, hōste mē platynesthai, - kai adeōs chōrein eph᾽ hous bouletai, horon echonta tēn tou kyklou perigraphēn. Epythomēn de hōs kai tōn episēmotatōn kai phoberōn adytōn eis ti katę̄ei, teletēs tinos ē manteias charin ; exapinēs de prosballontōn autǭ tōn epi toutois memēchaneumenōn, kai goēteiais paraphainomenōn phasmatōn, hypo thory bou kai deous tōn parontōn epilanthanomenos ; opse gar tēs hēlikias epi toiautēn ēlthe tēn mathēsin ; elathen hypo tēs proteras synētheias, hoia ge Christianos en aporois kindynois perilēphtheis, tǭ symbolǭ tou Christou katasēmanas heauton. Autika te phrouda ta phasmata egeneto, kai to spoudazomenon empe- : podisto. ᾿Aporoumenos de peri toutou ho mystagōgos, epeidē egnō to aition tēs phygēs tōn daimonōn, agos to gegonos apokalesas, kai andreion einai, kai mēden praxai ē ennoēsai Christianikon parakeleusa menos, authis epi tēn teletēn auton ēgen. Ou metriōs de elypei tous Christianous kai perideeis epoiei hē peri tauta spoudē tou basileōs, kai malista hoti Christianos ēn proteron. Eulabōn gar peri tēn thrēskeian paterōn genomenos, ek neou emyēthē kata ton thesmon tēs Ekklēsias, kai tas hieras Graphas epaideuthē, kai hypo episkopois kai ekklēsiastikois andrasin etraphē. Gegone gar autǭ kai Gallǭ patēr Kōnstantios, homopatrios adelphos Kōnstantinou tou basileusantos, kai Dalmatiou; hou pais homōnymos Kaisar anadeichtheis, an. ę̄rethē hypo tōn stratiōtōn meta tēn Kōnstantinou teleutēn. Orphanoi de patros genomenoi kai autoi tote, Dalmatiǭ synapolesthai ekindyneuon. Exeileto de tēs epiboulēs Gallon men, hoti nosōn etyche, kai hoson oupō automatōs tethnēxesthai prosedokēthē ; Ioulianon de to neon; eti gar ogdoon hēlikias ēgen etos. Paradoxōs de hōde diasōthentes, prosetachthēsan en Kappadokią diatribein en Makellǭ. Chōrion de touto basilikēn pros tǭ ᾿Argaiǭ orei, ouk apo pollou tēs Kaisareōn poleōs, megaloprepē te basileia echon, kai loutra kai kēpous, kai pēgas aennaous. Entha dē therapeias kai agōgēs basilikēs ēxiounto, kai mathēmasi kai gymnasiois tois kath' hēlikian echrōnto, kai logōn didaskalois, kai tois ( hyphēgētais tōn hagiōn Graphōn; hōs kai klērǭ enkatalegēnai, kai hypanaginōskein tǭ laǭ tas ekklēsiastikas biblous. Ou mēn alla kai dia tōn ēthōn kai tōn ergōn, tēn eusebeian epedeiknynto ; peri pollou poioumenoi tous hiereas, kai tous allōs agathous, kai peri dogma spoudaious, tois te euktēriois oikois thamizontes, kai tais prosēkousais timais tas tōn martyrōn thēkas gerairontes. Tēnikauta goun phasin autous, spoudazontas megistǭ perilabein oikǭ ton taphon Mama tou martyros 4, eis amphoterous merisai to ergon. Amillōmenou de hekaterou philotimią kai timę̄ hypemballesthai ton heteron, paradoxon symbēnai kai pantelōs apiston, ei mē polloi tōn akēkootōn para tōn tetheamenōn mechri kai eis hēmas periēsan. To men gar Gallou meros epedidou, kai kata gnōmēn prouchōrei; tōn de Ioulianou ponēmatōn, ta men, ēreipōto; ta de, ek tēs gēs anedidoto; ta de, parautika synaptesthai pros to edaphos ouk ēneicheto, hoia ge ex antitypou kai biaiou tinos dynameōs katōthen antōthousēs anakrouomena. Pasi de eikotōs terastion edokei to poagma, kai tois men pollois, tę̄ apobasei ekrithē. Oi de, ex ekeinou synebalon, mē hygiōs echein ton andra peri tēn thrēskeian, all᾽ eusebein plattesthai, Christianon onta ton tote kratounta hypokrinomenon, kai eis to prophanes exagein tēn gnōmēn ouk asphales hēgoumenon. Proudōke de, hōs legetai, tēn patrōan thrēskeian, synouEu -siais manteōn hypachtheis ta prōta. Meta chronon gar tina pausamenou Kōnstantiou tēs orgēs, Gallos men eis tēn ᾿Asian elthōn, en Ephesǭ dietriben, entha dē ta pleiō tēs ousias eichen. Ioulianos de, eis Kōnstantinoupolin epanelthōn, tois ekeise didaskalois ephoita; physeōs de eu echōn, kai tois mathēmasi rhądiōs epididous, ouk elanthanen. En idiōtou gar schēmati tas proodous poioumenos, pollois synegineto. Epei de, hoia philei, en homilǭ kai basileuousę̄ polei, adelphos ōn tou kratountos, kai pragmata dioikein hikanos einai phainomenos, prosedokato basileuein, kai peri autou toioutos ekratei logos, prosetachthē en Nikomēdeią diagein. Entautha peritychōn autǭ Maximos ho Ephesios philosophos, philosophōn autǭ logōn kathēgētēs egeneto, kai misous tēs ( Christianōn thrēskeias ; kai hoia mantis, alēthes einai ischyrizeto to peri autou thrylloumenon. Ho de, touto dē to pollois symbainon, en hyponoią dyscherōn pragmatōn talaipōroumenos (54΄), boukolētheis aisiais elpisi, philon esche ton Maximon. Tǭ basilei de toutōn mēnythentōn, deisas en chrǭ ekeirato, kai ton monachikon eplatteto bion. Lathra de tēs heteras eicheto thrēskeias. Epeidē de eis andras ēdē proę̄ei, hetoimoteron hypēchthē, kai eptoeito peri tade. Thaumazōn te ei tis esti technē prosēmainousa to mellon, kai anankaian hēgoumenos tēn tautēs mathēsin, hōn mē dei Christianois, eis peiran proēchthē; kai to ex ekeinou tois tauta metiousin echrēto philois. Hōde de echōn gnōmēs, hēken eis Asian apo Nikomēdeias; kai syngenomenos ekeise toioutois, prothymoteros peri tauta gegonen. Epei de Gallos ho autou adelphos, Kaisar katastas, mēnytheis neōterizein anę̄rethē, hypolabōn Kōnstantios kai auton erōti basileias katechesthai, hypo phylakēs eichen. Exaitēsamenēs de auton Eusebeias tēs gametēs Kōnstantiou, paraitēsamenos auton, apedēmēsen eis ᾿Athēnas; prophasei men tōn Hellēnikōn ponōn kai paideuterōn" hōs de legousi, choinōsomenos tois ekeise mantesi peri tōn auton. Metachalesamenos de auton enthende Kōnstantios, Kaisara katestēse " katengyēsas te autǭ pros gamon Kōnstantian tēn autou adelphēn, epi tous pros dysin Galatas pepomphen. Hoi gar ous autos proteron kata Magnentiou emisthōsato eis symmachian, ouden ophelos eis touto genomenoi, tous Galatas edēoun. Epei de eti neos tois hepomenois autǭ stratēgois ta praktea epetrepse. Tōn de rhąthymountōn, autos hōs enēn ho Kaisar tou polemou proenoei " tous stratiōtas prothymoterous peri tēn machēn chatettēsen, allōs te parachindyneuein protrepōn, kai rhēton misthon taxas echastǭ barbaron anairounti. Kecharismenos de tois stratiōtais enteuthen genomenos, edēlōse Kōnstantiǭ tēn tōn stratēgōn stōnēn. ᾿Apostalentos de heterou, symdalōn tois Bartharois, kalōs epraxe. Tōn de peri spondōn prestheuomenōn, epistolas Kōnstantiou proIschomenōn, metachaloumenou sphas epi tēn Rhōmaiōn gēn, epitēdes apopempsai melēsas ton tade presdenomenon, adokētōs tǭ plēthei tōn polemiōn epelthōn, enikēse. Legetai de Kōnstantion epithouleuonta autǭ, touton epitrepsai ton polemon. Emoi de ou pithanon einai touto dokei. Hō gar exēn mēde Kaisara tēn archēn poiein auton, ti epoiei, tēn adelphēn edidoun gametēn, kai memphomenǭ peri tōn rhąthymōn stratēgōn hypēkoue, kai spoudaion anti toutōn exapesteilen, hopōs chatorthōsi ton polemon, ei mē philos etynchanen ? all᾽ hōs symballō, tēn men archēn eunous hōn autǭ Kōnstantios, Kaisara katestēsen " epei de para tnōmēn autou sebastos anechērychthē, ē dediōs anth᾽ hōn auton kai ton adelphon neous ontas ēdichēsen, ē phthonōn, hōs eikos, epi tę̄ homoią timę̄, epethouleuen autǭ dia tōn pros ton Rhēnon rōn. ᾿Alla tade men allois allōs docheï,
After the death of Constantius the church was in fear of persecutions; and the expectation was more fearful to the Christians than the experience, since the long interval had made them unused to such dangers, and there was the memory of the former punishments and the ruler’s hatred of the doctrine. For it is said that he at once so openly and shamelessly renounced faith in Christ that by certain sacrifices and invocations, which the pagans call “averting,” and by the blood of victims, he washed off our baptism, renouncing the initiation of the church; and from then on he used, privately and publicly, victims and sacrificial animals and everything that is customary among pagans. Once, at any rate, when he was inspecting the victims, a sign of a cross encircled by a crown is said to have appeared in the entrails; and it threw the others who shared in the divination into fear, for they inferred from it the future strength of the religion and the eternity of the doctrine, since the crown by which it was encircled is a sign of victory, and by the circuit of the circle, which begins everywhere and ends in itself, it is nowhere brought to an end. But the chief of the diviners told them to take courage, since the victims showed signs favourable to them, enclosing the symbol of the doctrine and pressing it together so that it could not spread and go freely where it wished, having the circumference of the circle as its limit. I have also learned that he once went down into one of the most celebrated and fearful sanctuaries, for an initiation or an oracle; and when the contrivances devised for these things suddenly assailed him, and phantoms appeared by sorcery, in confusion and fear he forgot where he was — for he came late in life to such learning — and from his former habit, like a Christian caught in desperate dangers, he unawares signed himself with the symbol of Christ. At once the phantoms vanished and the business in hand was thwarted. The mystagogue was at a loss over this; but when he learned the cause of the demons’ flight, he called the deed a pollution, urged him to be brave and to do or think nothing Christian, and led him again to the rite. The emperor’s zeal in these things grieved the Christians not a little and made them very fearful, especially because he had formerly been a Christian. For, born of parents pious in religion, he was initiated as a youth according to the rule of the church, was taught the sacred Scriptures, and was brought up under bishops and churchmen. For his father and that of Gallus was Constantius, the brother on the father’s side of Constantine who had reigned, and of Dalmatius. Dalmatius’s son of the same name, who had been proclaimed Caesar, was killed by the soldiers after Constantine’s death. Being then orphans themselves, they were in danger of perishing with Dalmatius. But Gallus was rescued from the plot because he happened to be ill and was expected to die of himself before long, and Julian by his youth, for he was still in his eighth year. Saved thus unexpectedly, they were ordered to live in Cappadocia at Macellum. This is an imperial estate near Mount Argaeus, not far from the city of Caesarea, having a magnificent palace, baths, gardens and perennial springs. There they were thought worthy of royal care and upbringing, and had lessons and exercises suited to their age, teachers of letters and guides in the holy Scriptures, so that they were even enrolled in the clergy and read the church’s books to the people. And not only so, but by their manners and deeds they displayed piety, holding in great honour priests and others who were good and zealous for doctrine, frequenting the houses of prayer, and honouring the tombs of the martyrs with fitting honours. At that time, at any rate, they say that, wishing to enclose the tomb of the martyr Mamas in a very large building, they divided the work between them. As each strove to outdo the other in zeal and honour, something astonishing and altogether incredible happened — it would be incredible were it not that many who heard it from eyewitnesses have survived even to our day. For Gallus’s part advanced and went forward as intended; but of Julian’s work, some had collapsed, some was thrown up out of the ground, and some would not stay joined to the foundation at once, as though driven back by some resisting and violent force pushing against it from below. All naturally thought the thing a portent, but most judged it by the outcome. Some inferred from that time that the man was not sound in religion but pretended to be pious, feigning to be a Christian because the ruler of the time was one, and not thinking it safe to bring his opinion into the open. He betrayed his ancestral religion, it is said, first led astray by associating with diviners. For after some time, when Constantius’s anger had ceased, Gallus went to Asia and lived at Ephesus, where he had most of his property; and Julian returned to Constantinople and attended the teachers there. Being well endowed by nature and advancing easily in learning, he did not go unnoticed; for he went about in the dress of a private person and associated with many. But since, as tends to happen in a crowd and in the imperial city, being the ruler’s kinsman and appearing able to manage affairs, he was expected to reign, and such talk about him prevailed, he was ordered to live at Nicomedia. There Maximus the philosopher of Ephesus met him and became his teacher in philosophical doctrines and in hatred of the Christian religion; and, as a diviner, he assured him that the rumour about him was true. Julian, as happens to many, distressed by apprehension of hard circumstances and beguiled by favourable hopes, made Maximus his friend. When this was reported to the emperor, in fear he shaved his head to the skin and pretended to follow the monastic life, but secretly held to the other religion. As he came to manhood he was more readily drawn on and was excited about these things. Wondering whether there is an art that foretells the future, and thinking the learning of it necessary, he was led to make trial of things that Christians must not; and from then on he used those who pursued them as friends. In this frame of mind he came from Nicomedia to Asia; and associating with such people there, he became more eager about these things. When his brother Gallus, who had been made Caesar, was accused of plotting revolt and was killed, Constantius, suspecting that Julian too was possessed by love of rule, kept him under guard. When Eusebia, the wife of Constantius, begged for him, Constantius released him, and he went away to Athens, ostensibly for pagan studies and schooling, but, as they say, to consult the diviners there about his own affairs. Constantius summoned him from there and made him Caesar; and having betrothed his own sister Constantia to him in marriage, he sent him to the western Gauls. For the barbarians whom he had formerly hired as allies against Magnentius, having been of no use for that purpose, were ravaging Gaul. Since he was still young, he entrusted what had to be done to the generals who accompanied him. When they were slack, the Caesar himself took thought for the war as far as he could, made the soldiers more eager for battle, both urging them to run risks and fixing a set reward for each who killed a barbarian. Having thereby won the soldiers’ favour, he informed Constantius of the generals’ slackness. When another general was sent, he engaged the barbarians and fared well. When they sent envoys about a treaty, holding out letters of Constantius that summoned them into Roman territory, he deliberately delayed sending back the envoy, attacked the mass of the enemy unexpectedly, and conquered. It is said that Constantius, plotting against him, entrusted this war to him. But this does not seem plausible to me. For when he was free not to make him Caesar at all, why did he make him so, give him his sister as wife, listen to him when he complained about the slack generals, and send a zealous one in their place so that they might bring the war to success, if he was not his friend? But, as I conjecture, Constantius was at first well disposed to him and made him Caesar; but when he was proclaimed Augustus against his wishes, either fearing because of the wrongs he had done him and his brother when they were young, or, as is natural, envious of the equal honour, he plotted against him through the barbarians on the Rhine. But on these things some think one way and some another.
5.3PG 67:1217–1221
Ἐπεὶ δὲ μόνος εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν κατέστη, καὶ ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω τοὺς Ἑλληνικοὺς ναοὺς ἀνέῳξε, καὶ τοὺς ; ἐπισχευάζεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ καταλυθέντας ἀνανεοῦσθαι, τοὺς βωμοὺς ἀνίστασθαι προσέταξε. Καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτοῖς ἐξεῦρε φόρους " ἔθη τε παλαιὰ, τὰ πάτρια τῶν πόλεων, τὰς θυσίας ἀνενέωσεν᾽ αὐτός τε ἀναφανδὸν δημοσίᾳ ἔσπενδε, ἔθυε, καὶ τοὺς περὶ ταῦτα σπουδάζοντας ἐν πολλῇ τιμῇ ἐποιεῖτο" μύσταις τε ἱερεῦσιν, ἵεροφάνταις τε τοῖς τῶν ξοάνων θεραπευταῖς, τὰς παλαιὰς τιμὰς ἀπέδωκε τὰ παρὰ τῶν πρόσθεν βασιλέων νενομοθετημένα ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐκύρωσε " λειτουργιῶν τε, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὧν πρὶν εἶχον, τὴν ἀτέλειαν ἐπεψηφίσατο. Καὶ τὰ ἀφαιρεθέντα τῶν νεωχύρων σιτηρέσια ἀπέδωκε. Καὶ χαθαροὺς εἶναι ἀπὸ τροφῶν διεχελεύετο, ὅσον ἀπέχεσθαι προσῆκε τὸν, ὡς Ἕλληνες λέγουσιν, ἁγιστεύξιν προεἰρημένον. Προσέταξε δὲ καὶ τὸν πῆχυν τοῦ Νείλον, καὶ τὰ σύμβολα τ, καὶ τὰ παλαιὰ πάτρια κομίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Σάραπιν. Κατὰ πρόσταξιν γὰρ Κωνσταντίνου ἐκκλησίᾳ προσεφέρετο, Τῷ δὲ κοινῷ τῶν πόλεων πολλάκις ἔγραφεν" εἰ μὲν πρὸς Ἕλληνισμὸν τετραμμένας ἔγνω, προτρέπων αἰτεῖν ἃς βούλονται δωρεάς. Ταῖς δὲ Χριστιανιζούσαις προφανῶς ἀπηχθάνετο, ἐπιδημεῖν αὐτὸς ἀνεχόμενος, μῆτε πρεσβευόντων περὶ τῶν λυπούντων, τὰς πρεσβείας δεχόμενος. Αμέλειτοι προσδοκωμένων τότε Περσῶν ἐπιστρατεύειν πρεσβευομένοις περὶ τούτου Νισιβηνοῖς, ὡς παντελῶς Χριστιανίζουσι, καὶ μήτε τοὺς ναοὺς ἀνοίγουσι, μήτε εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ φοιτῶσιν, ἠπείλησε μὴ βοηθεῖν, μήτε πρεσβείαν δέχεσθαι, καὶ ὡς ἐναγοῦς τῆς αὐτῶν πόλεως μὴ ἐπιβήσεσθαι πρότερον, εἰ μὴ πύθοιτο εἰς Ἑλληνισμὸν μεταβαλόντας. Παραπλήσια δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ Κωνσταντιεῦσιν ἐγκαλῶν, προσένειμε Γαζαίοις τὴν αὐτῶν πόλιν. Ταύτην γὰρ τὴν Κωνσταντίαν, ὡς ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν ἔγνωμεν, ἐπίνειον Γαζαίων οὖσαν καὶ Μαϊουμᾶν προσαγορευομένην, μαθὼν Κωνσταντῖνος ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τὴν Χριστιανῶν θρησκείαν πρεσβεύειν, ἀξίᾳ πόλεως ἐτίμησε, καὶ Κωνσταντίῳ τῷ παιδὶ ἐπωνόμασε, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὴν πολιτεύεσθαι διετάξατο· λογισάμενος ἄδικον εἶναι, τελεῖν ὑπὸ Γαζαίοις ἐς ἄγαν Ἑλληνίζουσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν παρῆλθεν Ἰουλιανὸς, δίκην ἔλαχον οἱ Γαζαῖοι τοῖς Κωνσταντιεῦσι. Καὶ δικαστὴς καθίσας αὐτὸς, προσένειμε Γάζῃ τὴν Κωνσταντίαν, ἀμφὶ τοὺς εἴκοσι σταδίους διεστῶσαν· καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου τῆς προτέρας ἀφαιρεθεῖσα προσηγορίας, παραθαλάττιον μέρος τῆς Γαζαίων πόλεως ὀνομάζεται. Κοινοὶ δὲ αὐτοῖς πολιτικοὶ ἄρχοντες, καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ τὰ δημόσια πράγματα. Μόνα δὲ τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν δύο πόλεις δείκνυσιν· ἑκατέρα γὰρ ἰδίᾳ ἐπίσκοπον καὶ κλῆρον ἔχει, καὶ πανηγύρεις μαρτύρων, καὶ μνείας τῶν παρ' αὐτοῖς γενομένων ἱερέων, καὶ ὄρους τῶν πέριξ ἀγρῶν, οἷς τὰ ἀνήκοντα ἑκατέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῇ θυσιαστήρια διορίζεται. Τῶν οὖν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐπισκόπων τις τῆς Γα- Ε ζαίων πόλεως, τετελευτηκότος τοῦ προεστῶτος τῆς Μαϊουμιτῶν Ἐκκλησίας, ἐσπούδασενἀμφοτέρους τοὺς κλήρους ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ποιῆσαι, μὴ θεμιτὸν εἶναι λέγων, μιᾶς πόλεως δύο ἐπισκόπους προεστάναι. ᾿Αντειπόντων δὲ τῶν Μαϊουμητῶν, διέγνω ἡ τοῦ ἔθνους σύνοδος, καὶ ἕτερον ἐχειροτόνησεν ἐπίσκοπον · πάντως προσήκειν δοκιμάσασα, τοὺς δι᾽ εὐσέβειαν δικαίων πόλεως ἀξιωθέντας, διὰ δὲ κρίσιν Ἑλληνιστοῦ βασιλέως ἄλλως πράξαντας, ἐν ἱερωσύναις καὶ τάξει Ἐκκλησιῶν, μὴ χρῆναι ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τῶν δοθέντων γερῶν. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ὧδε ἀπέβη.
Epei de monos eis tēn basileian katestē, kai ana tēn Heō tous Hellēnikous naous aneǭxe, kai tous ? epischeuazesthai, tous de katalythentas ananeousthai, tous bōmous anistasthai prosetaxe. Kai pollous autois exeure phorous " ethē te palaia, ta patria tōn poleōn, tas thysias aneneōsen᾽ autos te anaphandon dēmosią espende, ethye, kai tous peri tauta spoudazontas en pollę̄ timę̄ epoieito" mystais te hiereusin, hierophantais te tois tōn xoanōn therapeutais, tas palaias timas apedōke ta para tōn prosthen basileōn nenomothetēmena ep᾽ autois ekyrōse " leitourgiōn te, kai tōn allōn hōn prin eichon, tēn ateleian epepsēphisato. Kai ta aphairethenta tōn neōchyrōn sitēresia apedōke. Kai chatharous einai apo trophōn diecheleueto, hoson apechesthai prosēke ton, hōs Hellēnes legousin, hagisteuxin proeirēmenon. Prosetaxe de kai ton pēchyn tou Neilon, kai ta symbola t, kai ta palaia patria komizesthai pros ton Sarapin. Kata prostaxin gar Kōnstantinou ekklēsią prosephereto, Tǭ de koinǭ tōn poleōn pollakis egraphen" ei men pros Hellēnismon tetrammenas egnō, protrepōn aitein has boulontai dōreas. Tais de Christianizousais prophanōs apēchthaneto, epidēmein autos anechomenos, mēte presbeuontōn peri tōn lypountōn, tas presbeias dechomenos. Ameleitoi prosdokōmenōn tote Persōn epistrateuein presbeuomenois peri toutou Nisibēnois, hōs pantelōs Christianizousi, kai mēte tous naous anoigousi, mēte eis ta hiera phoitōsin, ēpeilēse mē boēthein, mēte presbeian dechesthai, kai hōs enagous tēs autōn poleōs mē epibēsesthai proteron, ei mē pythoito eis Hellēnismon metabalontas. Paraplēsia de kai tois en Palaistinę̄ Kōnstantieusin enkalōn, proseneime Gazaiois tēn autōn polin. Tautēn gar tēn Kōnstantian, hōs ek tōn prosthen egnōmen, epineion Gazaiōn ousan kai Maïouman prosagoreuomenēn, mathōn Kōnstantinos es ta malista tēn Christianōn thrēskeian presbeuein, axią poleōs etimēse, kai Kōnstantiǭ tǭ paidi epōnomase, kai kath' heautēn politeuesthai dietaxato; logisamenos adikon einai, telein hypo Gazaiois es agan Hellēnizousin. Epei de eis tēn basileian parēlthen Ioulianos, dikēn elachon hoi Gazaioi tois Kōnstantieusi. Kai dikastēs kathisas autos, proseneime Gazę̄ tēn Kōnstantian, amphi tous eikosi stadious diestōsan; kai to ex ekeinou tēs proteras aphairetheisa prosēgorias, parathalattion meros tēs Gazaiōn poleōs onomazetai. Koinoi de autois politikoi archontes, kai stratēgoi kai ta dēmosia pragmata. Mona de ta peri tēn Ekklēsian eiseti kai nyn dyo poleis deiknysin; hekatera gar idią episkopon kai klēron echei, kai panēgyreis martyrōn, kai mneias tōn par' autois genomenōn hiereōn, kai orous tōn perix agrōn, hois ta anēkonta hekaterą episkopę̄ thysiastēria diorizetai. Tōn oun kath᾿ hēmas episkopōn tis tēs Ga- E zaiōn poleōs, teteleutēkotos tou proestōtos tēs Maïoumitōn Ekklēsias, espoudasenamphoterous tous klērous hyph᾽ heauton poiēsai, mē themiton einai legōn, mias poleōs dyo episkopous proestanai. ᾿Anteipontōn de tōn Maïoumētōn, diegnō hē tou ethnous synodos, kai heteron echeirotonēsen episkopon ; pantōs prosēkein dokimasasa, tous di᾽ eusebeian dikaiōn poleōs axiōthentas, dia de krisin Hellēnistou basileōs allōs praxantas, en hierōsynais kai taxei Ekklēsiōn, mē chrēnai aphaireisthai tōn dothentōn gerōn. Alla tauta men hysteron hōde apebē.
When he was established in sole rule, he opened the pagan temples throughout the East and ordered some to be repaired, those that had been destroyed to be restored, and the altars to be set up again. He found many revenues for them; he renewed the old customs, the ancestral rites of the cities, and the sacrifices. He himself openly and publicly poured libations and sacrificed, and held in great honour those who were zealous for these things. To the initiates, priests, hierophants and attendants of the images he restored their old honours, confirmed the privileges enacted for them by the earlier emperors, and decreed their exemption from public services and from the other burdens from which they had formerly been free. He restored to the temple-wardens the allowances of food that had been taken from them, and ordered them to keep pure from the foods from which one appointed, as the pagans say, to sacred service ought to abstain. He also ordered the cubit of the Nile, the symbols … and the old ancestral objects to be brought to Serapis; for by order of Constantine it had been brought to the church. He wrote often to the councils of the cities: if he learned that they had turned to paganism, he urged them to ask for whatever gifts they wished; but to those that were Christian he openly showed hatred, neither consenting to visit them himself nor receiving their embassies when they sent envoys about their grievances. Thus, when the Persians were then expected to invade, and the people of Nisibis sent envoys about this, he threatened, since they were wholly Christian and neither opened the temples nor went to the shrines, not to help them nor receive their embassy, and not to set foot in their city, as polluted, until he learned that they had turned to paganism. Bringing similar charges against the people of Constantia in Palestine, he assigned their city to the people of Gaza. For this Constantia, as we have learned before, was the port of Gaza and was called Maiuma; Constantine, learning that it was above all devoted to the Christian religion, honoured it with the rank of a city, named it after his son Constantius, and ordered it to have its own civic government, reckoning it unjust that it should be subject to the people of Gaza, who were extremely pagan. When Julian came to the throne, the people of Gaza went to law against the Constantians; and sitting as judge himself, he assigned Constantia, which lies about twenty stadia away, to Gaza; and from then on, stripped of its former name, it is called the seaside quarter of the city of Gaza. They have common civil magistrates and generals and public affairs. Only in church matters do they still today appear as two cities; for each has its own bishop and clergy, festivals of martyrs, commemorations of the priests who have served among them, and boundaries of the surrounding lands by which the altars belonging to each episcopate are marked out. In our own time a bishop of the city of Gaza, when the head of the church of the Maiumites had died, tried to bring both clergies under himself, saying it was not lawful for two bishops to preside over one city. When the Maiumites objected, the synod of the province decided the case and ordained another bishop, judging that those who for their piety had been thought worthy of the rights of a city, and had been treated otherwise through the judgment of a pagan emperor, ought by no means to be deprived of the privileges given them in priesthoods and the order of churches. But this turned out so later.
5.4PG 67:1221–1225
Περὶ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τῷ ᾿Αργαίῳς Καισάρειαν, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, καὶ μητρόπολιν οὖσαν τοῦ Καππαδοκῶν κλίματος ἐχ τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν πόλεων ἐξήλειψεν ὁ βασιλεύς " τῆς ἐπωνυ-μίας τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀφείλετο, ἧς πάλαι ἔτυχεν ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου Καίσαρος, Μάζαχα τὸ πρῶτον ὄνομα - ζομένη. Ἐμίσει γὰρ καὶ πρότερον ἐξαίσιον μῖσος τοὺς αὐτῆς οἰκήτορας, ὡς πανδημεὶ Χριστιανίζοντας, καὶ πάλαι καθελόντας τοὺς παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς νεὼς, πολι-οὖχου Διὸς, καὶ πατρῴου ᾿Απόλλωνος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς Τύχης, ὃ μόνον περιελείφθη, αὐτοῦ βασιλεύοντος πρὸς τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἀνετράπη, δεινῶς ἀπηχθάνετο πάσῃ τῇ πόλει, ἐδυσφόρει. Καὶ Ἔλληνας μὲν, τοὺς ὄντας εὐαριθμήτους μάλα, ἐμέμφετο, ὡς μὴ ἐπαμύνοντας, εἰ παθεῖν ἔδει τι, προθύμως ὑπὲρ τῆς Τύχης ὑπομείναντας. Πάντα δὲ τὰ κτήματα καὶ «τὰ χρήματα τῶν ἐν Καισαρείᾳ ὑπὸ τοὺς αὐτῆς ὅρους ἐκκλησιῶν, ἐρευνώμενα μετὰ βασάνων, εἰς μέσον φέρεσθαι προσέταξεν. Αὐτίκα δὲ τριακοσίας λίτρας χρυσοῦ τῷ τας μείῳ ἐκτίσαι - κληρικοὺς πάντας ἐγγραφῆναι τῷ χαταλόγῳ τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν ἄρχοντα τοῦ ἔθνους στρατιωτῶν ὃ δαπανηρὸν εἶναι σφόδρα ἐπονείδιστον ἐν ταῖς τῶν Ρωμαίων στρατιαῖς νομίζεται. Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν Χριστιανῶν σὺν γυναιξὶ καὶ παισὶν ἀπογράψασθαι, καὶ καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις φόρους τελεῖν" ἔνορχον δὲ ἠπείλησεν, ὡς εἰ μὴ τάχος τὰ ἱερὰ ἀνεγείρωσιν, οὐ παύσεται μηνιῶν, ποιῶν τὴν πόλιν καὶ οὐδὲ τὰς κεφαλὰς συγχωρήσει τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἔχειν " ὧδε γὰρ ἐπιτωθάζων καλεῖν εἴωθε τοὺς Χριστιανούς. Ἐξέθη δ' ἂν ἴσως εἰς ἔργον ἡ ἀπειλὴ, εἰ μὴ θᾶττον ἐτελεύτησεν. Ἐπεὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν, οὐχ ἐλεῶν τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς, φιλανθρωπότερος ἐφάνη τῶν πρόσθεν διωξάντων τὴν Ἐκκλη" ἀλλ᾽ τῶν φθασάντων εὑρὼν, οὐδὲν ὄφελος εἶναι: τιμωριῶν εἰς σύστασιν ᾿Ελληνισμοῦ " ταύτη δὲ μάλιστα τὰ Χριστιανῶν ηὐξῆσθαι, καὶ ἐνδοξότερα γεγενῆσθαι τῇ ἀνδρείᾳ τῶν διὰ τὸ δόγμα ἀποθανεῖν ἑλομένων. Ὅθεν δόξης αὐτοῖς φθονῶν, οὐ φειδόμενος, πυρὶ μὲν ἢ σιδήρῳ, ἢ τοῖς τοῦ σώματος αίχισμοῖς, ἢ τῷ καταποντῶσαι, καὶ ζῶντας κατορύττειν, ἃ τὸ τρὶν ἐσπουδάζετο, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον εἶδεν εἰς μετάστασιν γνώμης • λόγῳ δὲ καὶ παραινέσεσι πείθειν ἡγεῖτο τὰ πλήθη εἰς Ἑλληνισμὸν μεταβαλεῖν· καὶ τοῦ σκοποῦ περιέσεσθαι ῥᾳδίως, εἰ βιάσασθαι μὴ ἀξιώσας, ἐκ παραδόξου φιλάνθρωπός τις εἶναι δόξει περὶ αὐτούς. Λέγεται γοῦν θυομένῳ αὐτῷ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Τυχείῳ προσελθόντα Μάριν τὸν Χαλκηδόνος ἐπίσκοπον, ἀσεβῆ τε δημοσίᾳ ὑβρισαι, καὶ ἄθεον καὶ παραβάτην ἀποκαλέσαι· τὸν δὲ, μόνην αὐτῷ ὀνειδίσαι τὴν τύφλωσιν · ὑπὸ χειραγωγῷ γὰρ ἐληλύθει, γέρων ὧν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑποκεχυμένος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπισκώπτων, οἷά περ εἰώθει, εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν βλασφημῶν, Οὐδὲ ὁ Γαλιλαῖός σου Θεὸς, εἶπε, θεραπεύσει σε · ὑπολαβὼν Μάρις, ᾿Αλλ' ἐγὼ χάριν ἔχω τῷ Θεῷ μου τῆς τυφλώσεως, ἔφη, ἵνα μὴ σε θεάσωμαι τῆς εὐσεβείας ἐκπεπτωκότα. Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς μηδὲν ἀποκρινόμενος παρέδραμεν. ῎θετο γὰρ ταύτῃ μᾶλλον Ἑλληνισμὸν κρατύναι, ἀνεξίκακον καὶ πρᾶον ἀδοκήτως τῷ πλήθει τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδεικνύς.
Peri de ton auton chronon, kai tēn pros tǭ ᾿Argaiǭs Kaisareian, megalēn kai eudaimona, kai mētropolin ousan tou Kappadokōn klimatos ech tou katalogou tōn poleōn exēleipsen ho basileus " tēs epōny-mias tou Kaisaros apheileto, hēs palai etychen epi Klaudiou Kaisaros, Mazacha to prōton onoma - zomenē. Emisei gar kai proteron exaision misos tous autēs oikētoras, hōs pandēmei Christianizontas, kai palai kathelontas tous par᾽ autois neōs, poli-ouchou Dios, kai patrǭou ᾿Apollōnos. Epei de kai to tēs Tychēs, ho monon perieleiphthē, autou basileuontos pros tōn Christianōn anetrapē, deinōs apēchthaneto pasę̄ tę̄ polei, edysphorei. Kai Ellēnas men, tous ontas euarithmētous mala, emempheto, hōs mē epamynontas, ei pathein edei ti, prothymōs hyper tēs Tychēs hypomeinantas. Panta de ta ktēmata kai «ta chrēmata tōn en Kaisareią hypo tous autēs horous ekklēsiōn, ereunōmena meta basanōn, eis meson pheresthai prosetaxen. Autika de triakosias litras chrysou tǭ tas meiǭ ektisai - klērikous pantas engraphēnai tǭ chatalogǭ tōn hypo ton archonta tou ethnous stratiōtōn ho dapanēron einai sphodra eponeidiston en tais tōn Rōmaiōn stratiais nomizetai. To de plēthos tōn Christianōn syn gynaixi kai paisin apograpsasthai, kai kathaper en tais kōmais phorous telein" enorchon de ēpeilēsen, hōs ei mē tachos ta hiera anegeirōsin, ou pausetai mēniōn, poiōn tēn polin kai oude tas kephalas synchōrēsei tous Galilaious echein " hōde gar epitōthazōn kalein eiōthe tous Christianous. Exethē d' an isōs eis ergon hē apeilē, ei mē thatton eteleutēsen. Epei para tēn archēn, ouch eleōn tous Christianous, philanthrōpoteros ephanē tōn prosthen diōxantōn tēn Ekklē" all᾽ tōn phthasantōn heurōn, ouden ophelos einai: timōriōn eis systasin ᾿Ellēnismou " tautē de malista ta Christianōn ēuxēsthai, kai endoxotera gegenēsthai tę̄ andreią tōn dia to dogma apothanein helomenōn. Hothen doxēs autois phthonōn, ou pheidomenos, pyri men ē sidērǭ, ē tois tou sōmatos aichismois, ē tǭ katapontōsai, kai zōntas katoryttein, ha to trin espoudazeto, ouk anankaion eiden eis metastasin gnōmēs • logǭ de kai parainesesi peithein hēgeito ta plēthē eis Hellēnismon metabalein; kai tou skopou periesesthai rhądiōs, ei biasasthai mē axiōsas, ek paradoxou philanthrōpos tis einai doxei peri autous. Legetai goun thyomenǭ autǭ en Kōnstantinoupoleōs Tycheiǭ proselthonta Marin ton Chalkēdonos episkopon, asebē te dēmosią hybrisai, kai atheon kai parabatēn apokalesai; ton de, monēn autǭ oneidisai tēn typhlōsin ; hypo cheiragōgǭ gar elēlythei, gerōn hōn kai tous ophthalmous hypokechymenos. Epei de kai episkōptōn, hoia per eiōthei, eis ton Christon blasphēmōn, Oude ho Galilaios sou Theos, eipe, therapeusei se ; hypolabōn Maris, ᾿All' egō charin echō tǭ Theǭ mou tēs typhlōseōs, ephē, hina mē se theasōmai tēs eusebeias ekpeptōkota. Kai ho basileus mēden apokrinomenos paredramen. ᾿theto gar tautę̄ mallon Hellēnismon kratynai, anexikakon kai praon adokētōs tǭ plēthei tōn Christianōn heauton epideiknys.
About the same time the emperor struck from the list of cities Caesarea by Mount Argaeus, great and prosperous, the metropolis of the Cappadocian province, and took from it the name of Caesar, which it had obtained long before under Claudius Caesar, having first been called Mazaca. For he had long hated its inhabitants with an extraordinary hatred, because they were Christians to a man and had long since destroyed their temples of Zeus, guardian of the city, and of ancestral Apollo. And when the temple of Fortune, which alone was left, was overturned by the Christians during his reign, he was violently hostile to the whole city and indignant. He blamed the pagans, who were very few, for not having come to its defence and willingly suffered for Fortune, if suffer they must. He ordered all the estates and money of the churches in Caesarea and within its territory to be searched out under torture and brought into the open; at once three hundred pounds of gold to be paid to the treasury; all clerics to be enrolled in the list of soldiers under the governor of the province, which in the Roman armies is considered very burdensome and most disgraceful; and the multitude of the Christians, with wives and children, to be registered and to pay taxes as in the villages. He threatened under oath that, unless they quickly raised up the temples again, he would not cease from his wrath, harassing the city, and would not even let the Galileans keep their heads — for so he was accustomed to call the Christians in mockery. The threat might perhaps have been carried out had he not died so soon. For at the beginning he seemed more humane than the earlier persecutors of the church, not out of pity for the Christians, but because he had found that the punishments of his predecessors had done nothing to establish paganism, and that by this especially Christianity had grown and become more glorious through the courage of those who chose to die for the doctrine. So, grudging them their glory, he did not think fire or sword or tortures of the body, or drowning, or burying alive — what had been practised before — necessary to change their minds; he thought to persuade the multitudes by speech and exhortation to change over to paganism, and that he would easily achieve his aim if, not deigning to use force, he should unexpectedly appear humane toward them. At any rate it is said that, when he was sacrificing in the temple of Fortune at Constantinople, Maris the bishop of Chalcedon came up to him, publicly insulted him as impious, and called him atheist and apostate; and Julian reproached him only with his blindness, for he had come with a guide, being old and having cataracts in his eyes. And when, mocking as was his habit and blaspheming Christ, he said, “Not even your Galilean God will heal you,” Maris answered, “But I thank my God for my blindness, so that I may not see you fallen from piety.” And the emperor passed on without answering. For he thought that he would strengthen paganism more in this way, showing himself unexpectedly forbearing and gentle to the multitude of the Christians.
5.5PG 67:1225–1229
Ταῦτα δὲ σπουδάζων, πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου φυγαδευθεῖσι διὰ θρησκείαν, ἀνῆκε τὴν φυγὴν, καὶ τοῖς δημευθεῖσι νόμῳ τὰ σφέτερα ἀπέδωκε · τοῖς δὲ δήμοις προηγόρευε, μηδένα ἀδικεῖν τῶν Χριστιανῶν, μηδὲ ὑβρίζειν, μηδὲ ἄκοντας πρὸς θυσίαν ἕλκειν· τοὺς δὲ ἑκοντὶ τοῖς βωμοῖς προσιόντας, πρότερον ἐξιλεοῦσθαι οὓς Ἕλληνες καλοῦσιν ᾿Αποτροπαίους δαίμονας, καὶ καθαίρεσθαι καθαρσίοις, οἷς ἔθος αὐτοῖς. Κληρικοὺς μέντοι, πᾶσαν ἀτέλειαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ τὰ σιτηρέσια ἀφείλετο Κωνσταντίου · · καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν κειμένους νόμους ἀνεῖλε, καὶ τοῖς βου - λευτηρίοις ἀπέδωκε. Μέχρι τε παρθένων καὶ χηρῶν, τὰς δι' ἔνδειαν ἐν τοῖς κλήροις τεταγμένας, εἰσπράττεσθαι προσέταξεν, ἃ πρὶν παρὰ τοῦ δημοσίου ἐχομίσαντο. Ἡνίκα γὰρ Κωνσταντῖνος τὰ τῶν Ἐκκλη - σιῶν διέταττε πράγματα, ἐκ τῶν ἑκάστης πόλεως φόρων τὰ ἀρκοῦντα πρὸς παρασκευὴν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπένειμε τοῖς πανταχοῦ κλήροις, καὶ νόμῳ τοῦτο ἐκράτυνεν, ὡς καὶ νῦν κρατεῖ, ἐξοὗ τέθνηκεν Ἰουλιανὸς ἐπιμελῶς φυλαττόμενος. Ωμοτάτην δὲ καὶ χαλεπωτάτην τήνδε γενέσθαι φασὶ τὴν εἴσπραξιν. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ τότε παρὰ τῶν πρακτόρων γενόμενα γραμματεία τοῖς εἰσπραχθεῖσιν, εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῆς ἀναδόσεως ὧν εἰλήφεσαν κατὰ τὸν Κωνσταντίνου νόμον. Οὐκ ἐν τούτοις δὲ μόνον ἵστατο ἡ τοῦ κρατοῦντος περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν ἀπέχθεια · σπουδῇ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς τὸ δόγμα μίσους, οὐδὲν εἶδος παρέλιπεν εἰς καθαίρεσιν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Χρήματά τε καὶ τὰ ἀναθήματα, καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη ἀφαιρούμενος · τούς τε καταβληθέντας νεὼς ἐπὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου καὶ Κωνσταντίου ἡγεμονίας βιαζόμενος τοὺς καθελόντας ἀνοικοδομεῖν, ἢ τὰς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποτιμήσεις ἔκτιννύειν. Ἐκ δὲ τούτων, μηδέτερον ἐπιτελεῖν δυνάμενοι, προσέτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀναζήτησιν τῶν ἱερῶν χρημάτων, ἱερεῖς τε καὶ κληρικοὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Χριστιανῶν πολλοί, χαλεπῶς ἐβασανίζοντο, καὶ δεσμωτηρίοις ἐνεβάλλοντο. Ώστε πανταχόθεν συμβάλλειν ἔστιν, φόνων μὲν ἕνεκα καὶ περινοίας τῶν εἰς τὸ σῶμα τιμωριῶν, μετριώτερον αὐτὸν γενέσθαι τῶν προτοῦ διωξάντων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις χαλεπώτερον. Φαίνεται γὰρ ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὴν κακῶς ποιήσας · πλὴν ὅτι τοὺς ἀλλοτρίαν οἰκεῖν καταδικασθέντας ἱερέας ἐπὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίου βασιλείας, μετεκαλέσατο. Λέγεται δὲ μὴ φειδοῖ τῇ περὶ αὐτοὺς ταῦτα προστάξαι· ἀλλ' ὥστε, ἡ ὑπὸ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔριδος ἐμφυλίῳ μάχῃ πολεμεῖσθαι τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ τῶν οἰκείων διαμαρτεῖν θεσμῶν· ἢ Κωνστάντιον διαβάλλων. "Ωετο γὰρ σχεδὸν πρὸς πᾶν τὸ ὑπήκοον καὶ τελευτήσαντι τούτῳ, μίσος κατασκευάζειν, τοὺς μὲν Ἑλληνιστὰς, ὡς ὁμόφρονας θεραπεύων· τοὺς δὲ διὰ Χριστὸν ἐπ' ἐκείνου κακῶς παθόντας, ὡς ἡδικημένους, ἑλεῶν. Ἀμέλει τοι καὶ τοὺς εὐνούχους, ὡς αὐτῷ καταθυμίους, τῶν βασιλειῶν ἐξέβαλεν. Εὐσέβιον δὲ τὸν μείζονα τῆς βασιλικῆς αὐλῆς, θανάτῳ ἐζημίωσε. Καὶ ἰδίᾳ γὰρ αὐτῷ λύπη τις ἦν πρὸς τοῦτον, καθότι Γάλλον τὸν ἀδελφὸν τῇ αὐτοῦ ἐπιβουλῇ ἀνῃρῆσθαι ὑπώπτευεν, ᾿Αέτιον δὲ · τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς Εὐνομίου αἱρέσεως, ὑπὸ Κωνσταντίου ὑπερορίαν φυγὴν καταδικασθέντα, καὶ ἄλλως ὕποπτον διὰ τὴν πρὸς Γάλλον ὁμιλίαν, εὐμενῶς εὖ μάλα γράψας προσεκαλέσατο πρὸς αὐτὸν, δημόσια ὑποζύγια δεδωκώς· ἐκ τοιαύτης δὲ αἰτίας, καὶ Ἐλεύσιον τὸν Κυζίκου ἐπίσκοπον ὑπὸ βαρυτάτῳ ἐπιτιμίῳ προσέταξε τότε, ταῖς αὐτοῦ δαπάναις ἐν δύο μόνοις μησὶν ἀνοικοδομῆσαι τὴν Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησίαν, ἣν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου καθεῖλεν. Καὶ ἄλλα δὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροι τις, ἃ διὰ μῖσος τοῦ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἡγεμονεύσαντος, τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς ἐποίησε· τὰ δὲ ἄλλων ποιούντων, ἠνέσχετο.
Tauta de spoudazōn, pasi men tois epi Kōnstantiou phygadeutheisi dia thrēskeian, anēke tēn phygēn, kai tois dēmeutheisi nomǭ ta sphetera apedōke ; tois de dēmois proēgoreue, mēdena adikein tōn Christianōn, mēde hybrizein, mēde akontas pros thysian helkein; tous de hekonti tois bōmois prosiontas, proteron exileousthai hous Hellēnes kalousin ᾿Apotropaious daimonas, kai kathairesthai katharsiois, hois ethos autois. Klērikous mentoi, pasan ateleian kai timēn kai ta sitēresia apheileto Kōnstantiou ; ; kai tous hyper autōn keimenous nomous aneile, kai tois bou - leutēriois apedōke. Mechri te parthenōn kai chērōn, tas di' endeian en tois klērois tetagmenas, eisprattesthai prosetaxen, ha prin para tou dēmosiou echomisanto. Hēnika gar Kōnstantinos ta tōn Ekklē - siōn dietatte pragmata, ek tōn hekastēs poleōs phorōn ta arkounta pros paraskeuēn epitēdeiōn apeneime tois pantachou klērois, kai nomǭ touto ekratynen, hōs kai nyn kratei, exou tethnēken Ioulianos epimelōs phylattomenos. Ōmotatēn de kai chalepōtatēn tēnde genesthai phasi tēn eispraxin. Martyrei de kai ta tote para tōn praktorōn genomena grammateia tois eisprachtheisin, eis apodeixin tēs anadoseōs hōn eilēphesan kata ton Kōnstantinou nomon. Ouk en toutois de monon histato hē tou kratountos peri tēn thrēskeian apechtheia ; spoudę̄ de tou pros to dogma misous, ouden eidos parelipen eis kathairesin tēs Ekklēsias. Chrēmata te kai ta anathēmata, kai ta hiera skeuē aphairoumenos ; tous te katablēthentas neōs epi tēs Kōnstantinou kai Kōnstantiou hēgemonias biazomenos tous kathelontas anoikodomein, ē tas hyper autōn apotimēseis ektinnyein. Ek de toutōn, mēdeteron epitelein dynamenoi, proseti de kai tēn anazētēsin tōn hierōn chrēmatōn, hiereis te kai klērikoi kai tōn allōn Christianōn polloi, chalepōs ebasanizonto, kai desmōtēriois eneballonto. Ōste pantachothen symballein estin, phonōn men heneka kai perinoias tōn eis to sōma timōriōn, metriōteron auton genesthai tōn protou diōxantōn tēn Ekklēsian; en de tois allois chalepōteron. Phainetai gar en pasin autēn kakōs poiēsas ; plēn hoti tous allotrian oikein katadikasthentas hiereas epi tēs Kōnstantiou basileias, metekalesato. Legetai de mē pheidoi tę̄ peri autous tauta prostaxai; all' hōste, hē hypo tēs pros allēlous eridos emphyliǭ machę̄ polemeisthai tēn Ekklēsian, kai tōn oikeiōn diamartein thesmōn; ē Kōnstantion diaballōn. "Ōeto gar schedon pros pan to hypēkoon kai teleutēsanti toutǭ, misos kataskeuazein, tous men Hellēnistas, hōs homophronas therapeuōn; tous de dia Christon ep' ekeinou kakōs pathontas, hōs hēdikēmenous, heleōn. Amelei toi kai tous eunouchous, hōs autǭ katathymious, tōn basileiōn exebalen. Eusebion de ton meizona tēs basilikēs aulēs, thanatǭ ezēmiōse. Kai idią gar autǭ lypē tis ēn pros touton, kathoti Gallon ton adelphon tę̄ autou epiboulę̄ anę̄rēsthai hypōpteuen, ᾿Aetion de ; ton archēgon tēs Eunomiou haireseōs, hypo Kōnstantiou hyperorian phygēn katadikasthenta, kai allōs hypopton dia tēn pros Gallon homilian, eumenōs eu mala grapsas prosekalesato pros auton, dēmosia hypozygia dedōkōs; ek toiautēs de aitias, kai Eleusion ton Kyzikou episkopon hypo barytatǭ epitimiǭ prosetaxe tote, tais autou dapanais en dyo monois mēsin anoikodomēsai tēn Nauatianōn ekklēsian, hēn epi Kōnstantiou katheilen. Kai alla de polla an heuroi tis, ha dia misos tou pro autou hēgemoneusantos, ta men autos epoiēse; ta de allōn poiountōn, ēnescheto.
With this aim he ended the exile of all who had been banished for religion under Constantius and restored their property to those whose goods had been confiscated by law. He proclaimed to the populace that no one was to wrong the Christians or insult them or drag them unwilling to sacrifice; but those who came to the altars willingly must first propitiate those whom the pagans call averting deities and be cleansed with the purifications customary among them. From the clergy, however, he took away all the exemption, honour and allowances of food granted under Constantine, repealed the laws enacted in their favour, and returned them to the city councils. He ordered that even virgins and widows enrolled in the lists of the clergy because of their poverty should have exacted from them what they had formerly received from the public treasury. For when Constantine was regulating the affairs of the churches, he assigned from the taxes of each city enough for the provision of necessities to the clergy everywhere, and confirmed this by a law, which still holds, having been carefully observed since Julian died. They say this exaction was most cruel and harsh. The receipts given then by the collectors to those from whom they exacted, as proof of the repayment of what they had received under Constantine’s law, also bear witness to it. Nor did the ruler’s hostility to religion stop at this; in the zeal of his hatred of the doctrine he left no means untried for the destruction of the church. He took away its money, offerings and sacred vessels, and forced those who had demolished temples under the rule of Constantine and Constantius to rebuild them or pay their assessed value. As a result, being able to do neither, and being further subject to the search for the sacred funds, priests and clerics and many other Christians were cruelly tortured and thrown into prison. So from everything one may infer that as regards killings and the devising of bodily punishments he was milder than those who had earlier persecuted the church, but in other respects harsher. For he plainly did it harm in every way, except that he recalled the priests who under Constantius’s reign had been condemned to live in exile. It is said that he did not order this out of consideration for them, but so that the church might be fought in civil war through their strife with each other and fall away from its own laws; or else to discredit Constantius. For he thought that he would rouse hatred against him, though dead, among almost all his subjects, by courting the pagans as like-minded and by pitying, as wronged, those who had suffered for Christ under him. Accordingly he also drove the eunuchs from the palace, as having been dear to Constantius, and punished with death Eusebius, the chief of the imperial household; for he had also a private grievance against him, since he suspected that his brother Gallus had been killed by his plotting. Aetius, the founder of the heresy of Eunomius, who had been condemned by Constantius to exile beyond the frontier and was otherwise suspect because of his association with Gallus, he summoned to himself, writing to him very kindly and giving him the use of the public post. For the same reason he then ordered Eleusius, bishop of Cyzicus, under a very heavy penalty, to rebuild within two months at his own expense the church of the Novatians, which he had destroyed under Constantius. And one could find many other things which, from hatred of his predecessor, he either did himself or allowed others to do.
5.6PG 67:1229–1231
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον λανθάνων ὅπη διέτριβεν, ἀγγελθείσης τῆς Κωνσταντίου τελευτῆς, ἀνεφάνη νύκτωρ ἐν τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίᾳ. Ἧν δὲ τοῦτο εἰκότως παράδοξον, ἐξαπίνης ὧδε παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν συμβάν. Ἡνίκα γὰρ ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς τῶν Γεωργίου ἐπιτηδείων, προσ τάξαντος τοῦ βασιλέως σπουδάσας αὐτὸν συλλαβέσθαι ὁ τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ταγμάτων ἡγεμὼν ἀπέτυχεν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, διαφυγὼν μέχρι τῆς παρούσης ἡγεμονίας, παρά τινα παρθένον ἱερὰν ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ἐκρύπτετο. ὧν ἐπὶ τοσούτῳ κάλλει τὰς τότε γυναῖκας ὑπερβάλλεσθαι παρειλήφαμεν, ὡς – θαῦμα μὲν αὐτὴν εἶναι τοῖς ὁρῶσι· φευκτέαν δὲ τοῖς ἐπιείκειαν καὶ σωφροσύνην ἐπαγγελλομένοις, ἵνα μή τινα ψόγον ἐξ ὑπονοίας αὐτοῖς προστρίψηται. Ην γὰρ καὶ ἐν ἀκμῇ τῆς ὥρας, σεμνή τε καὶ σώφρων εἰς ἄγαν. Ἡ μὴ δὲ τῆς φύσεως συλλαμβανούσης, διακοσμεῖν εἴωθε τὸ σῶμα εἰς εὐπρέπειαν κάλλους. Ἡ γὰρ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, οὐχ ὡς τισι δοκεῖ, ὁποῖα τὰ σώματα, τοιαύτην εἶναι τὴν ψυχήν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιτηδεύμασιν ἀπεικονίζεσθαι τὸ τοῦ σώματος ἦθος· καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ὅπως ἂν τύχῃ ἐπιτηδεύων, τοιοῦτον καὶ διαφαίνεσθαι, καθ' ὃν ἂν ἐπιτηδεύει καιρόν· καὶ τούτῳ μὲν τῷ λόγῳ εἴ τις ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάσειεν, οὐδεὶς οἶμαι ἀντερεῖ. ᾿Αθανάσιον δὲ λόγος, κατὰ θείαν ὄψιν ὡδὶ ὑποθεμένην αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθαι, πρὸς ταύτην τὴν παρθένον καταφυγεῖν. Καί μοι δοκεῖ πρὸς τὴν ἀπόβασιν ὁρῶντι, οὐκ ἀθεεὶ ταῦτα οἰκονομηθῆναι· ἀλλ᾽ ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ᾿Αθανασίου ἐπιτηδείους μὴ ἔχειν πράγματα, εἴ τις αὐτοὺς πολυπραγμονεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπιχειρήσειεν, ἢ ὀμνύναι ἑβιάσατο· καὶ αὐτὸν διαλαθεῖν παρὰ ταύτῃ κρυπτόμενον, ἢ τῷ μὲν κάλλει, οὐ συνεχώρει ὑπονοεῖσθαι ἐνθάδε διάγειν τὸν ἱερέα. Δι' ἀνδρείαν δὲ αὐτὸν ὑπεδέξατο, καὶ διὰ φρόνησιν ἀπέσωσεν· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον πιστοτάτη φύλαξ καὶ διάκονος σπουδαία γενομένη, ὡς πόδας αὐτοῦ νίπτειν, καὶ τὰ περὶ τροφὴν καὶ τ' ἄλλα πάντα, καὶ ὅσα φύσις ὑπομένειν βιάζεται ἐν ταῖς κατεπειγούσαις χρείαις, μόνην αὐτὴν διακονεῖ σθαι· προσέτι δὲ καὶ βίβλους ὧν ἐδεῖτο, παρ᾿ ἄλλων κομίζειν. Καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ τούτων γενομένων, μηδένα τῶν κατοικούντων τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων πόλιν μαθεῖν.
En de tǭ tote, kai ᾿Athanasios ton pro toutou chronon lanthanōn hopē dietriben, angeltheisēs tēs Kōnstantiou teleutēs, anephanē nyktōr en tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn ekklēsią. Hēn de touto eikotōs paradoxon, exapinēs hōde para tēn prosdokian symban. Hēnika gar ex epiboulēs tōn Geōrgiou epitēdeiōn, pros taxantos tou basileōs spoudasas auton syllabesthai ho tōn en Aigyptǭ tagmatōn hēgemōn apetychen, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, diaphygōn mechri tēs parousēs hēgemonias, para tina parthenon hieran en ᾿Alexandreią ekrypteto. hōn epi tosoutǭ kallei tas tote gynaikas hyperballesthai pareilēphamen, hōs – thauma men autēn einai tois horōsi; pheuktean de tois epieikeian kai sōphrosynēn epangellomenois, hina mē tina psogon ex hyponoias autois prostripsētai. Ēn gar kai en akmę̄ tēs hōras, semnē te kai sōphrōn eis agan. Hē mē de tēs physeōs syllambanousēs, diakosmein eiōthe to sōma eis euprepeian kallous. Hē gar alēthes eipein, ouch hōs tisi dokei, hopoia ta sōmata, toiautēn einai tēn psychēn. ᾿All᾽ en tois tēs psychēs epitēdeumasin apeikonizesthai to tou sōmatos ēthos; kai ton auton hopōs an tychę̄ epitēdeuōn, toiouton kai diaphainesthai, kath' hon an epitēdeuei kairon; kai toutǭ men tǭ logǭ ei tis akribōs exetaseien, oudeis oimai anterei. ᾿Athanasion de logos, kata theian opsin hōdi hypothemenēn autǭ sōthēsesthai, pros tautēn tēn parthenon kataphygein. Kai moi dokei pros tēn apobasin horōnti, ouk atheei tauta oikonomēthēnai; all᾽ hōste kai tous ᾿Athanasiou epitēdeious mē echein pragmata, ei tis autous polypragmonein peri autou epicheirēseien, ē omnynai hebiasato; kai auton dialathein para tautę̄ kryptomenon, ē tǭ men kallei, ou synechōrei hyponoeisthai enthade diagein ton hierea. Di' andreian de auton hypedexato, kai dia phronēsin apesōsen; epi tosouton pistotatē phylax kai diakonos spoudaia genomenē, hōs podas autou niptein, kai ta peri trophēn kai t' alla panta, kai hosa physis hypomenein biazetai en tais katepeigousais chreiais, monēn autēn diakonei sthai; proseti de kai biblous hōn edeito, par᾿ allōn komizein. Kai epi pollǭ chronǭ toutōn genomenōn, mēdena tōn katoikountōn tēn ᾿Alexandreōn polin mathein.
At this time Athanasius too, who had been hiding all the time before this no one knew where, when the death of Constantius was announced, appeared by night in the church of the Alexandrians. This was naturally astonishing, happening so suddenly and against expectation. For when, through the plotting of George’s associates, the commander of the troops in Egypt, at the emperor’s order, tried to seize him and failed, as was told earlier, he escaped and until the present reign was hidden in Alexandria with a holy virgin. We have heard that she so surpassed the women of that time in beauty that she was a marvel to those who saw her, but was avoided by men who professed propriety and chastity, so that suspicion might not bring blame on them. For she was in the bloom of her youth, and exceedingly modest and chaste — a virtue which, even when nature does not help, is wont to adorn the body into comeliness. For truly it is not, as some think, that as bodies are, so is the soul; rather, the character of the body is portrayed in the pursuits of the soul, and a person shows himself to be such as the pursuit he follows at any time. If anyone examines this argument carefully, no one, I think, will gainsay it. Athanasius, the story goes, took refuge with this virgin in accordance with a divine vision that suggested to him that he would be saved there. And looking at the outcome, it seems to me that this was not arranged without God, but so that the associates of Athanasius should have no trouble, if anyone tried to question them about him or forced them to swear an oath; and so that he himself would escape notice, hidden with her, since her beauty did not allow anyone to suspect that the priest was staying there. She received him out of courage and saved him by prudence, becoming so faithful a guardian and zealous servant that she washed his feet and she alone served him in food and all other matters, and in whatever nature is compelled to endure in its pressing needs; and moreover she fetched from others the books he needed. And though this went on for a long time, none of the inhabitants of the city of Alexandria learned of it.
5.7PG 67:1231–1233
Ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀθανάσιος ὧδε διασωθεὶς, καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτως ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ φανεὶς, οὐδ᾽ ὅθεν προήλθεν ἐγινώσκετο· περιχαρής δὲ γενόμενος ὁ τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων λαὸς, τὰς ἐκκλησίας αὐτῷ παρέδωκεν. Ἐκβληθέντες δὲ οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες, ἐν ἰδιωτῶν οἰκίαις καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἐκκλησίαζον, Λούκιον ἀντὶ Γεωργίου, τῆς αὐτῶν αἱρέσεως ἐπίσκοπον προβαλλόμενοι. Γεώργιος δὲ ἔτυχεν ἤδη ἀναιρεθείς· ἅμα γὰρ δημοσίᾳ δῆλον ἐποίησαν οἱ ἄρχοντες τετελευτηκέναι Κωνστάντιον, αὐτοκράτορα δὲ Ἰουλιανὸν εἶναι ἐστασίασε τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν πλῆθος τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων. Κεκραγότες τε καὶ λοιδορούμενοι ὥρμησαν ἐπ' αὐτὸν, ὡς παραχρῆμα ἀναιρήσοντες· ἀνακοπέντες δὲ τῆς παραυτίκα ὁρμῆς, τότε μὲν αὐτὸν ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶχον. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ καταδραμόντες ἕωθεν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον, ἀναιροῦσιν χαμήλῳ ἐπιθέντες, διημερεύσαντές τε ἐν ταῖς αὐτοῦ ὕθρεσι, περὶ δείλην ὀψίαν πυρὶ παρέδωκαν. Οὐχ ἀγνοῶ 6, ὡς οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, τάδε λέγουσι παθεῖν τὸν Γεώργιον πρὸς τῶν τοῦ ᾿Αθανασίον σπουδαστῶν. Ἐγὼ δὲ τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν ἡγοῦμαι μᾶλλον εἶναι τὸ δρᾶμα" λογιζόμενος ὡς μείζους οὗτοι πλείους ἀφορμὰς μίσους πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶχον, καὶ μάλιστα τὴν περὶ τὰ ξόανα καὶ τοὺς ναοὺς ὕδριν. τὴν τῶν θυσιῶν καὶ πατρίων κώλυσιν, Ἐπέτεινε δὲ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέχθειαν, ἡ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις δύοἷα φιλεῖ δῆμος πρὸς τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει: πάσχειν, οὐχ ἀνεκτὸν ἡγοῦντο. Πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοιόνδε τότε συνέβη περὶ τὸ καλούμενον παρ᾽ αὑτοῖς Μίθριον τοῦτον γὰρ τὸν τόπον ἔρημον πάλαι γενόμενον, ἐδωρήσατο Κωνστάντιος τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίᾳ, Γεωργίου δὲ εἰς ἐπισκοπὴν εὐκτηρίου οἴκου ἀναχαθαίροντος, ἄδυτον ἀνεφάνη" ἐν ᾧ ξόχνα μὲν ἴσως καὶ ὄργανά τινα εὑρέθη τῶν ἐνθάδε τότε μυούντων ἣ τελουμένων, ἃ τοῖς ὁρῶσι γέλοιά τε ξένα ἐδόκει, Δημοσίᾳ δὲ ταῦτα προθέντες οἱ Χριστιανοὶ, ἐπόμπευον ἐπιτωθάζοντες τοῖς ᾿Ελληννσταῖς. Οἱ δὲ, πλῆθος εἰς ταυτὸ συλλεγέντες, ἐπῆλθον τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς οἱ μὲν ξίφεσιν ἢ λίθοις " οἱ δὲ ἑτέρῳ τῳ ὡς ἔτυχεν ὁπλισάμενοι καὶ πολλοὺς ἀνελόντες, τοὺς δὲ καὶ σταυρώσαντες ἐφ᾽ ὕδρει τῆς θρησκείας, τραυματίας τοὺς πλείστους κατέστησαν. τούτου, Χριστιανοὶ μὲν τὸ ἀρχθὲν ἔργον, ἀτελὲς ἐγχατέλιπον " οἱ δὲ ᾿Ελληνισταὶ, ἐπιλαθδούσης τῆς Ἰουλιανοῦ βασιλείας, τὸν Γεώργιον ἀνεῖλον. (. Μαρτυρεῖ δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς τοῦθ᾽ οὕτως ἔχειν. Ὅπερ οὐχ ἂν ὡμολόγησεν, εἰ μὴ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐβιάσθη ἤθελε γὰρ, οἶμαι, Χριστιανοὺς οἱουσδήποτε , ἢ “Ἕλληνας εἶναι τοὺς Γεωργίου φονέας. ὅμως οὐχ ἀπεκρύψατο" φαίνεται γοῦν ἐν τῇ περὶ τούτου πρὸς ᾿Αλεξανδρέας ἐπιστολῇ δόξας χαλεπαίνειν. Μέχρι γραμμάτων μόνον ἐμέμψατο, καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν συνεχώρησεν" αἰδοῖ, φησὶ, τῇ πρὸς Σάραπιν τὸν αὐτῶν πολιοῦχον, ᾿Αλέξανδρον τὸν οἰκιστὴν, Ἰουχιανὸν τὸν αὐτοῦ θεῖον, ὃς πρὸ τούτου Αἰγύπτου καὶ τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας αὐτῆς Ἦρξεν" ἀνὴρ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἙἙλληνισμῷ χαίρων, καὶ τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς ὑπερφυῶς μισῶν, ὡς τό γε χατ᾽ αὐτὸν, ὑπεναντίον τῆς τοῦ κρατοῦντος γνώμης, καὶ μέχρις αἵματος κακῶς παθεῖν τοὺς Χριστιανούς. ἡ,
Ho men oun Athanasios hōde diasōtheis, kai aprosdokētōs en tę̄ Ekklēsią phaneis, oud᾽ hothen proēlthen eginōsketo; pericharēs de genomenos ho tōn ᾿Alexandreōn laos, tas ekklēsias autǭ paredōken. Ekblēthentes de hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronountes, en idiōtōn oikiais kath' heautous ekklēsiazon, Loukion anti Geōrgiou, tēs autōn haireseōs episkopon proballomenoi. Geōrgios de etychen ēdē anairetheis; hama gar dēmosią dēlon epoiēsan hoi archontes teteleutēkenai Kōnstantion, autokratora de Ioulianon einai estasiase to Hellēnikon plēthos tōn ᾿Alexandreōn. Kekragotes te kai loidoroumenoi hōrmēsan ep' auton, hōs parachrēma anairēsontes; anakopentes de tēs parautika hormēs, tote men auton en desmois eichon. Ouk eis makran de katadramontes heōthen eis to desmōtērion, anairousin chamēlǭ epithentes, diēmereusantes te en tais autou hythresi, peri deilēn opsian pyri paredōkan. Ouch agnoō 6, hōs hoi apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, tade legousi pathein ton Geōrgion pros tōn tou ᾿Athanasion spoudastōn. Egō de tōn Hellēnistōn hēgoumai mallon einai to drama" logizomenos hōs meizous houtoi pleious aphormas misous pros auton eichon, kai malista tēn peri ta xoana kai tous naous hydrin. tēn tōn thysiōn kai patriōn kōlysin, Epeteine de tēn pros auton apechtheian, hē en tois basileiois dyoia philei dēmos pros tous en dynamei: paschein, ouch anekton hēgounto. Pros de toutois toionde tote synebē peri to kaloumenon par᾽ hautois Mithrion touton gar ton topon erēmon palai genomenon, edōrēsato Kōnstantios tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsią, Geōrgiou de eis episkopēn euktēriou oikou anachathairontos, adyton anephanē" en hǭ xochna men isōs kai organa tina heurethē tōn enthade tote myountōn hē teloumenōn, ha tois horōsi geloia te xena edokei, Dēmosią de tauta prothentes hoi Christianoi, epompeuon epitōthazontes tois ᾿Ellēnnstais. Hoi de, plēthos eis tauto syllegentes, epēlthon tois Christianois hoi men xiphesin ē lithois " hoi de heterǭ tǭ hōs etychen hoplisamenoi kai pollous anelontes, tous de kai staurōsantes eph᾽ hydrei tēs thrēskeias, traumatias tous pleistous katestēsan. toutou, Christianoi men to archthen ergon, ateles enchatelipon " hoi de ᾿Ellēnistai, epilathdousēs tēs Ioulianou basileias, ton Geōrgion aneilon. (. Martyrei de kai basileus autos touth᾽ houtōs echein. Hoper ouch an hōmologēsen, ei mē hypo tēs alētheias ebiasthē ēthele gar, oimai, Christianous hoiousdēpote , ē “Hellēnas einai tous Geōrgiou phoneas. homōs ouch apekrypsato" phainetai goun en tę̄ peri toutou pros ᾿Alexandreas epistolę̄ doxas chalepainein. Mechri grammatōn monon emempsato, kai tēn timōrian synechōrēsen" aidoi, phēsi, tę̄ pros Sarapin ton autōn poliouchon, ᾿Alexandron ton oikistēn, Iouchianon ton autou theion, hos pro toutou Aigyptou kai tēs ᾿Alexandreias autēs Ērxen" anēr es ta malista HeEllēnismǭ chairōn, kai tous Christianous hyperphyōs misōn, hōs to ge chat᾽ auton, hypenantion tēs tou kratountos gnōmēs, kai mechris haimatos kakōs pathein tous Christianous. hē,
So Athanasius, saved in this way, appeared unexpectedly in the church, and no one knew where he had come from. The people of Alexandria, overjoyed, handed the churches over to him. The followers of Arius, driven out, held their assemblies by themselves in private houses, putting forward Lucius as bishop of their heresy in place of George. George had already been killed. For as soon as the magistrates publicly announced that Constantius was dead and that Julian was emperor, the pagan multitude of the Alexandrians rose in riot. Shouting and reviling, they rushed at him as if to kill him on the spot; but checked in their first onset, they kept him for the time in chains. Not long afterwards they ran to the prison at dawn, killed him, set him on a camel, spent the whole day in outrages on him, and towards evening gave him to the fire. I am not unaware that those of the Arian heresy say that George suffered this at the hands of Athanasius’s partisans. But I think the deed was rather the pagans’, reckoning that they had more and greater grounds for hatred against him, above all his outrages against the images and the temples and his prohibition of the sacrifices and ancestral rites. Their hostility toward him was increased by the power he had at the palace, … which, as a populace tends to feel toward those in power, they thought intolerable. Besides this, the following happened at that time at what they call the Mithraeum. Constantius had given this place, long since deserted, to the church of the Alexandrians; and when George was clearing it to build a house of prayer, an inner shrine came to light, in which were found images, perhaps, and certain implements of those who had once been initiated or performed rites there, which seemed ridiculous and strange to those who saw them. The Christians displayed these publicly and paraded them, mocking the pagans. The pagans, gathering together in a mass, attacked the Christians, some armed with swords or stones, others with whatever came to hand; they killed many, crucified some in mockery of the religion, and left most wounded. Because of this the Christians left unfinished the work they had begun; and the pagans, when Julian’s reign came, killed George. The emperor himself bears witness that this was so. He would not have admitted it unless forced by the truth; for he would have wished, I think, the murderers of George to be Christians of any sort rather than pagans. Nevertheless he did not conceal it; at any rate in his letter to the Alexandrians about this he appears to be angry. He blamed them only in writing, and remitted the punishment, out of reverence, he says, for Serapis their guardian god, for Alexander their founder, and for Julian his own uncle, who had earlier governed Egypt and Alexandria itself — a man who delighted in paganism above all and hated the Christians beyond measure, so that, as far as it lay with him, contrary to the ruler’s intention, the Christians suffered evil even to bloodshed.
5.8PG 67:1235–1237
Λέγεται γοῦν σπουδάζοντος αὐτοῦ τότε ἀφελέσθαι, καὶ εἰς τοὺς βασιλέως μεταθέσθαι θησαυροὺς, πλεῖστα ὄντα καὶ τιμιώτατα τὰ ἀναθήματα τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τοὺς εὐκτηρίους τόπους ἀποκλεῖσαι, φυγεῖν μὲν πάντας τοὺς κληρικούς· μόνον δὲ Θεόδωρον τὸν πρεσβύτερον μὴ ὑποχωρῆσαι τῆς πόλεως· ὃν ὡς φύλακα τῶν κειμηλίων, τὴν τούτων γνῶσιν καταμηνύσαι δυνάμενον, συλλαβών, δεινῶς ᾐκίσατο· καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον ἀναιρεθῆναι ξίφει προσ ἐταξε, παρὰ πᾶσαν βάσανον ἀνδρείως ἀποκρινάμεκαὶ ἐν ταῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ὁμολογίαις ηὐδοκιμηκότα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ σκεύη ἐληΐσατο, περιστρέψας αὐτὰ κατὰ τοῦ ἐδάφους, ἐπετώθασε. Καὶ βλασφημήσας ὅσα γε ἠβούλετο τὸν Χριστὸν, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν ὕβριν ἐπηύξησεν. Αὐτίκα δὲ τὸ αἰδοῖον καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ τοῦτο ἀναγκαίους πόρους διεφθάρη · κατασαπεῖσαί τε αἱ τῇδε σάρκες, εἰς σκώληκας μετέβαλον, καὶ τὸ πάθος ἐκράτει τῆς τῶν ἰατρῶν τέχνης· καὶ μέντοι τῇ πρὸς βασιλέα αἰδοῖ καὶ δέει, διὰ παντοδαπῶν φαρμάκων πείρας ἐληλύθεισαν. Πολυτίμους τε καὶ πλείονας ὄρνεις θύοντες, τὰ τούτων λίπη τὰ διεφθορότα μόρια ἐπέπλαττον, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἐξεκαλοῦντο τοὺς σκώληκας. ᾿Αλλ' οὐδὲν ἤνυον · ἐν βάθει γὰρ κατακρυπτόμενοι, πρὸς τὰς ζώσας σάρκας εἶρπον, καὶ ἕως ὅτου αὐτὸν ἀνεῖλον, οὐ διέλιπον κείροντες. Ἐδόκει δὲ κατὰ θεομηνίαν τοιαύτῃ χρήσασθαι συμφορᾷ. Καθότι καὶ ὁ τῶν βασιλικῶν ταμιείων φύλαξ, καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἄρχειν ἐπιτετραμμένων, νεανιευσάμενοι κατὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, παραδόξως καὶ ἐλεεινῶς τὸν βίον κατέλυσαν, ὡς ὑπὸ θείας ὀργῆς καταδικασθέντες.
Legetai goun spoudazontos autou tote aphelesthai, kai eis tous basileōs metathesthai thēsaurous, pleista onta kai timiōtata ta anathēmata tēs ᾿Antiocheōn ekklēsias, kai tous euktērious topous apokleisai, phygein men pantas tous klērikous; monon de Theodōron ton presbyteron mē hypochōrēsai tēs poleōs; hon hōs phylaka tōn keimēliōn, tēn toutōn gnōsin katamēnysai dynamenon, syllabōn, deinōs ę̄kisato; kai to teleutaion anairethēnai xiphei pros etaxe, para pasan basanon andreiōs apokrinamekai en tais hyper tou dogmatos homologiais ēudokimēkota. Epei de ta hiera skeuē elēïsato, peristrepsas auta kata tou edaphous, epetōthase. Kai blasphēmēsas hosa ge ēbouleto ton Christon, ekathisen ep᾿ autōn, kai tēn hybrin epēuxēsen. Autika de to aidoion kai tous amphi touto anankaious porous diephtharē ; katasapeisai te hai tę̄de sarkes, eis skōlēkas metebalon, kai to pathos ekratei tēs tōn iatrōn technēs; kai mentoi tę̄ pros basilea aidoi kai deei, dia pantodapōn pharmakōn peiras elēlytheisan. Polytimous te kai pleionas orneis thyontes, ta toutōn lipē ta diephthorota moria epeplatton, kai eis tēn epiphaneian exekalounto tous skōlēkas. ᾿All' ouden ēnyon ; en bathei gar katakryptomenoi, pros tas zōsas sarkas eirpon, kai heōs hotou auton aneilon, ou dielipon keirontes. Edokei de kata theomēnian toiautę̄ chrēsasthai symphorą. Kathoti kai ho tōn basilikōn tamieiōn phylax, kai alloi tines tōn en tois basileiois archein epitetrammenōn, neanieusamenoi kata tēs Ekklēsias, paradoxōs kai eleeinōs ton bion katelysan, hōs hypo theias orgēs katadikasthentes.
It is said, at any rate, that when this Julian was then eager to seize the offerings of the church of the Antiochenes, which were very many and very costly, and to transfer them to the imperial treasury, and to shut the places of prayer, all the clergy fled, and only Theodore the presbyter did not withdraw from the city. Julian arrested him, as the keeper of the treasures who could disclose them, tortured him terribly, and at last ordered him to be put to death by the sword, after he had answered bravely through every torture and won renown in his confessions for the doctrine. When he had plundered the sacred vessels, he threw them on the ground and mocked them; and having blasphemed Christ as much as he pleased, he sat on them and so increased the outrage. At once his private parts and the passages needed about them were corrupted; the flesh there rotted and turned to worms, and the disease overcame the physicians’ art; and yet, out of respect and fear of the emperor, they had tried every kind of remedy. Sacrificing many costly birds, they plastered the decayed parts with their fat and drew the worms to the surface. But it was of no use: for, hidden in the depth, they crept into the living flesh, and did not stop gnawing him until they had killed him. He seemed to have met such a calamity by the wrath of God; for the keeper of the imperial treasuries too, and some others of those entrusted with authority in the palace, who had behaved insolently toward the church, ended their lives strangely and pitiably, as though condemned by the divine anger.
5.9PG 67:1237–1239
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τοῦτο προήχθην λόγου, καὶ τὴν Γεωργίου καὶ Θεοδώρου ἀναίρεσιν διεξῆλθον, καιρὸν ἔχειν δοκῶ ποιήσασθαι μνήμην Εὐσεβίου, καὶ Νεστάβου, καὶ Ζήνωνος τῶν ἀδελφῶν· οὓς κατὰ τοῦτο μισῶν ὁ τῶν Γαζαίων δῆμος, οἴκοι κρυπτομένους συνελάβοντο, καὶ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ πρῶτα παρέδοσαν, καὶ ἐμαστίγωσαν. Ἔπειτα συνελθόντες εἰς θέατρον, πλεῖστα αὐτῶν κατεβόησαν, ὡς κακουργησάντων τὰ ἱερὰ, καὶ ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει καὶ ὕβρει τοῦ Ἑλληνισμοῦ, τῷ παρελθόντι χρόνῳ ἀποχρησαμένων. Ἐν δὲ τῷ κεκραγέναι, καὶ παροτρύνειν ἀλλήλους εἰς τὸν κατ' αὐτῶν φόνον, ἐνεπλήσθησαν θυμοῦ. Καὶ παρακελευσάμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, οἷά γε δῆμος στασιάζων εἴωθε, κατέδραμον εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον· καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς, ὠμότατα διεχρήσαντο· πῆ μὲν πρηνεῖς, πῆ δὲ ὑπτίους ἕλκοντες, καὶ τῷ ἐδάφει προσρηγνύντες· καὶ εἰ ἔτυχον παίοντες, οἱ μὲν λίθοις· οἱ δὲ ξύλοις · ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοῖς ἐπιτυχοῦσιν. Ἐπυθόμην δ᾽ αὖ ὡς καὶ γυναῖκες ἐκ τῶν ἱστῶν ἐξελθοῦσαι, ταῖς κερκίσιν αὐτοὺς κατεκέντουν · καὶ τῶν ἐπ᾿ ἀγορᾶς μαγείρων, οἱ μὲν, ὕδατι θερμῷ καχλάζοντας τοὺς λέβητας ἐξαρπάζοντες τῶν χυτροπόδων, κατέχεαν· οἱ δὲ, τοῖς ὀβελίσκοις διέπειρον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτοὺς διεσπάραξαν, καὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔθλασαν, ὡς καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον χαμαὶ ῥεῖν, ἤγαγον πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος, ᾗ τὰ ἀποθνήσκοντα τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων ῥίπτειν εἰώθεσαν · καὶ πῦρ ἀνάψαντες, ἔκαυσαν αὐτῶν τὰ σώματα· καὶ τὰ περιλειφθέντα τῶν ὀστέων, ὅσα μὴ τὸ πῦρ ἐδαπάνησε, τοῖς ἐῤῥιμμένοις αὐτόθι καμήλων τε καὶ ὄνων ὀστέοις ἀνέμιξαν, ὥστε μὴ ῥᾳδίαν αὐτῶν εἶναι τὴν εὔρεσιν· ἔλαθέ γε μὴν οὐκ ἐπὶ πολύ · γυνὴ γάρ τις Χριστιανὴ, οὐκ ἀπὸ Γάζης οὖσα, ἀλλ᾿ ἐνθάδε τὴν οἴκησιν ἔχουσα, κατὰ θείαν σύνταξιν ἀνελέξατο ταῦτα νύκτωρ · καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσα χύτρᾳ, Ζήνωνι τῷ αὐτῶν ἀνεψιῷ φυλάττειν ἔδωκεν. Ωδε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὀνείροις ἔχρησεν ὁ Θεὸς, καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τῇ γυναικὶ κατεμήνυσεν, ᾗ διάγοι · καὶ πρὶν ἰδεῖν ἐπέδειξε, καθότι ἄγνωστος ἦν αὐτῇ, καὶ προσφάτως τοῦ διωγμοῦ κεκινημένου, ἐκρύπτετο. Ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς τότε μικροῦ συλληφθεὶς παρὰ τῶν Γαζαίων, ἀνῃρέθη· ἀσχολουμένου δὲ τοῦ πλήθους περὶ τὸν φόνον τῶν αὐτοῦ ἀνεψιῶν, καιρὸν εὑρὼν ἔφυγεν εἰς ᾿Ανθηδόνα πόλιν ἐπὶ θάλασσαν, ἀφεστῶσαν Γάζης ὡς εἰς σταδίους εἴκοσι, παραπλησίως δὲ τηνικαῦτα τῷ Ἑλληνισμῷ χαίρουσαν, καὶ περὶ τὴν θεραπείαν τῶν ξυάνων ἐπτοημένην. Καταμηνυθεὶς δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὡς Χριστιανὸς, δεινῶς κατὰ νώτου ῥάθδοις ἐμαστιγώθη παρὰ τῶν ᾿Ανθηδονίων, καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἐξηλάθη - εἰς τὸ τῶν Γαζαίων ἐπίνειον Σ ἐλθὼν, ἔλαθεν ἐκεῖσε κρυπτόμενος. Ἔνθα δὴ περιτυχὸν αὐτῷ τὸ γύναιον, τὰ λείψανα δέδωκεν " ὁ δὲ, τέως μὲν οἴκοι ταῦτα ἐφύλαττεν " ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν αὐτόθι ἐκκλησίαν ἔλαχεν ἐπισκοπεῖν, συνέβη δὲ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τῆς Θεοδοσίου βασιλείας, εὐκτήριον ἐδείματο οἶχον πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος, θυσιαστήριον ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπήξατο, καὶ τὰ ὁστᾶ τῶν μαρτύρων ἀπέθετο, πλησίον Νέστορος τοῦ ὁμολογητοῦ. Ὃς τῷ βίῳ περιοῦσι τοῖς αὑτοῦ ἀνεψιοῖς συνῆν. Καὶ συλληφθεὶς ἅμα αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ δήμου, δεσμῶν καὶ μαστίγων ἔχοινώνησεν. Ἔν δὲ τῷ ἕλχεσθαι, καλὸν ἔχοντα τὸ σῶμα ἰδόντες οἱ ἕλκοντες, ἠλέησαν" πρὸ τῶν πυλῶν, ἔτι μὲν ἐμπνέοντα, ἀποθανεῖν ὃὲ προσδοκώμενον ἔῤῥιψαν" ἀνελόμενοι δέ τινες, πρὸς Ζήνωνα διεκόμισαν " παρ᾽ ᾧ τὰ καὶ τὰς πληγὰς ἔτι θεραπευόμενος, ἐτελεύτησε. Γαζαῖοι δὲ τὸ μέγεθος ἀναλογιζόμενοι τοῦ οἰκείου τολμήματος, περιδεεῖς ἦσαν, μὴ οὐχ ἀνέξεται ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀτιμωρήτους σφᾶς “καταλιπεῖν" ἤδη γὰρ φήμη τις διεφοίτα, ὡς χαλεπῶς φέρει, ἀποδεχατοῦν τὸ πλῆθος σπουδάζει. δὲ ταῦτα ψεῦδος, καὶ θρύλλος μόνον, ὡς εἰκὸς, δημώδης, ὑπὸ τῆς ( δειλίας τοῦ συνειδέναι: ἃ πεπράχατιν ἐν τοῖς ' περιφερόμενος. Ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πρὸς Ἂλεξανδρέας γεγονὸς ἐπὶ Γεωργίον, οὐδὲ ἐν γράμμασιν ἐμέμψατο τοῖς Γαζαίοις. ᾿Αλλὰ ἡγούμενον τότε τοῦ ἔθνους, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφείλετο, καὶ ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ εἶχε " ἀγώγιμον ποιήσας, τὸ μὴ θανάτου Ψηφίσασθαι, φιλανθρωπίαν. ἐλογίσατο" ἐπῃτιᾶτο δὲ αὐτὸν, καθότι τινὰς τῶν Γαζαίων, οἱ τῆς στάσεως τῶν φόνων ἄρξαι. ἐλέγοντο, συλλαδόμενος ἐν δεσμοῖς εἶχεν, ὡς κατὰ νόμους εὐθύνας ὑφέξοντας. Τί γὰρ, φησὶν, ἔδει αὑτοὺς. ἀπάγεσθαι., εἰ Γαλι. λαίους ὀλίγους ἀνθ᾽ ὧν πολλὰ εἰς αὑτοὺς, καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἠδίχησαν, ἢμύναντο; Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε λέγεται.
Epei de eis touto proēchthēn logou, kai tēn Geōrgiou kai Theodōrou anairesin diexēlthon, kairon echein dokō poiēsasthai mnēmēn Eusebiou, kai Nestabou, kai Zēnōnos tōn adelphōn; hous kata touto misōn ho tōn Gazaiōn dēmos, oikoi kryptomenous synelabonto, kai desmōtēriǭ ta prōta paredosan, kai emastigōsan. Epeita synelthontes eis theatron, pleista autōn kateboēsan, hōs kakourgēsantōn ta hiera, kai epi kathairesei kai hybrei tou Hellēnismou, tǭ parelthonti chronǭ apochrēsamenōn. En de tǭ kekragenai, kai parotrynein allēlous eis ton kat' autōn phonon, eneplēsthēsan thymou. Kai parakeleusamenoi heautois, hoia ge dēmos stasiazōn eiōthe, katedramon eis to desmōtērion; kai exagagontes autous, ōmotata diechrēsanto; pē men prēneis, pē de hyptious helkontes, kai tǭ edaphei prosrēgnyntes; kai ei etychon paiontes, hoi men lithois; hoi de xylois ; alloi de allois tisi tois epitychousin. Epythomēn d᾽ au hōs kai gynaikes ek tōn histōn exelthousai, tais kerkisin autous katekentoun ; kai tōn ep᾿ agoras mageirōn, hoi men, hydati thermǭ kachlazontas tous lebētas exarpazontes tōn chytropodōn, katechean; hoi de, tois obeliskois diepeiron. Epei de autous diesparaxan, kai tas kephalas ethlasan, hōs kai ton enkephalon chamai rhein, ēgagon pro tou asteos, hę̄ ta apothnēskonta tōn alogōn zōōn rhiptein eiōthesan ; kai pyr anapsantes, ekausan autōn ta sōmata; kai ta perileiphthenta tōn osteōn, hosa mē to pyr edapanēse, tois errhimmenois autothi kamēlōn te kai onōn osteois anemixan, hōste mē rhądian autōn einai tēn euresin; elathe ge mēn ouk epi poly ; gynē gar tis Christianē, ouk apo Gazēs ousa, all᾿ enthade tēn oikēsin echousa, kata theian syntaxin anelexato tauta nyktōr ; kai embalousa chytrą, Zēnōni tǭ autōn anepsiǭ phylattein edōken. Ōde gar en tois oneirois echrēsen ho Theos, kai ton andra tę̄ gynaiki katemēnysen, hę̄ diagoi ; kai prin idein epedeixe, kathoti agnōstos ēn autę̄, kai prosphatōs tou diōgmou kekinēmenou, ekrypteto. Epei kai autos tote mikrou syllēphtheis para tōn Gazaiōn, anę̄rethē; ascholoumenou de tou plēthous peri ton phonon tōn autou anepsiōn, kairon heurōn ephygen eis ᾿Anthēdona polin epi thalassan, aphestōsan Gazēs hōs eis stadious eikosi, paraplēsiōs de tēnikauta tǭ Hellēnismǭ chairousan, kai peri tēn therapeian tōn xyanōn eptoēmenēn. Katamēnytheis de entautha hōs Christianos, deinōs kata nōtou rhathdois emastigōthē para tōn ᾿Anthēdoniōn, kai tēs poleōs exēlathē - eis to tōn Gazaiōn epineion S elthōn, elathen ekeise kryptomenos. Entha dē peritychon autǭ to gynaion, ta leipsana dedōken " ho de, teōs men oikoi tauta ephylatten " epei de tēn autothi ekklēsian elachen episkopein, synebē de touto epi tēs Theodosiou basileias, euktērion edeimato oichon pro tou asteos, thysiastērion en autǭ epēxato, kai ta hosta tōn martyrōn apetheto, plēsion Nestoros tou homologētou. Hos tǭ biǭ periousi tois hautou anepsiois synēn. Kai syllēphtheis hama autois para tou dēmou, desmōn kai mastigōn echoinōnēsen. En de tǭ helchesthai, kalon echonta to sōma idontes hoi helkontes, ēleēsan" pro tōn pylōn, eti men empneonta, apothanein hoe prosdokōmenon errhipsan" anelomenoi de tines, pros Zēnōna diekomisan " par᾽ hǭ ta kai tas plēgas eti therapeuomenos, eteleutēse. Gazaioi de to megethos analogizomenoi tou oikeiou tolmēmatos, perideeis ēsan, mē ouch anexetai ho basileus atimōrētous sphas “katalipein" ēdē gar phēmē tis diephoita, hōs chalepōs pherei, apodechatoun to plēthos spoudazei. de tauta pseudos, kai thryllos monon, hōs eikos, dēmōdēs, hypo tēs ( deilias tou syneidenai: ha peprachatin en tois ' peripheromenos. Epeidē oude touto dē to pros Alexandreas gegonos epi Geōrgion, oude en grammasin emempsato tois Gazaiois. ᾿Alla hēgoumenon tote tou ethnous, tēn archēn apheileto, kai en hyponoią eiche " agōgimon poiēsas, to mē thanatou Psēphisasthai, philanthrōpian. elogisato" epę̄tiato de auton, kathoti tinas tōn Gazaiōn, hoi tēs staseōs tōn phonōn arxai. elegonto, sylladomenos en desmois eichen, hōs kata nomous euthynas hyphexontas. Ti gar, phēsin, edei hautous. apagesthai., ei Gali. laious oligous anth᾽ hōn polla eis hautous, kai tous theous ēdichēsan, ēmynanto? Kai ta men hōde legetai.
Since my account has come to this point and I have narrated the killing of George and Theodore, I think it a fit time to make mention of the brothers Eusebius, Nestabus and Zeno. The people of Gaza, hating them, seized them where they were hiding at home, first put them in prison and scourged them. Then, gathering in the theatre, they cried out much against them, as men who had violated the shrines and had used the past time for the destruction and insult of paganism. By shouting and urging one another on to murder them, they were filled with fury; and exhorting one another, as a rioting populace is accustomed to do, they ran to the prison, brought them out and killed them most cruelly, dragging them now face down, now on their backs, dashing them against the ground, and striking them as they could, some with stones, some with clubs, others with whatever came to hand. I have learned also that women came out from their looms and stabbed them with their shuttles; and that of the cooks in the market, some snatched cauldrons boiling with hot water from the trivets and poured them over them, and others pierced them with spits. When they had torn them apart and crushed their heads so that the brain ran out on the ground, they dragged them outside the city, where they used to throw out dead beasts; and kindling a fire they burned their bodies, and mixed what remained of the bones, whatever the fire had not consumed, with the bones of camels and asses thrown out there, so that they could not easily be found. But they did not remain hidden long. For a Christian woman, not from Gaza but living there, by divine arrangement gathered them up by night, put them in a pot, and gave them to Zeno, their cousin, to keep. For God had so declared to her in dreams, and had shown her the man and where he was staying, and pointed him out before she saw him, since he was unknown to her and was hiding, the persecution having lately been stirred up. For he too had then nearly been seized by the people of Gaza and killed; but while the crowd was busy with the murder of his cousins, he found his chance and fled to the city of Anthedon on the sea, about twenty stadia from Gaza, which at that time likewise delighted in paganism and was passionately devoted to the worship of images. Denounced there as a Christian, he was cruelly beaten on the back with rods by the people of Anthedon and driven out of the city; and coming to the port of Gaza he lay hidden there. There the woman met him and gave him the relics. He kept them at home for a while; but when he was allotted the oversight of the church there — this happened in the reign of Theodosius — he built a house of prayer outside the city, set up an altar in it, and laid the bones of the martyrs there, near Nestor the confessor. Nestor had been with his cousins while they were alive, and, seized together with them by the populace, had shared their chains and scourging. But as he was being dragged, those who dragged him, seeing his comely body, took pity on him and threw him out before the gates, still breathing but expected to die. Some people took him up and carried him to Zeno, in whose house he died while still being treated for his wounds. The people of Gaza, considering the magnitude of their own daring, were in great fear that the emperor would not let them go unpunished; for a rumour was already going about that he was angry and intended to decimate the populace. But this was false, a popular rumour only, as is natural, carried about from the cowardice of a guilty conscience for what they had done. For he did not blame the people of Gaza even in writing, as he had blamed the Alexandrians in the case of George. Instead he took away his office from the then governor of the province and held him under suspicion, bringing him to trial and reckoning it clemency not to vote for his death. He accused him of having arrested and held in chains some of the people of Gaza who were said to have begun the riot and the murders, so that they might be called to account according to the laws. “For what need was there,” he said, “to arrest them for retaliating on a few Galileans for the many wrongs done to them and to the gods?” Such is the account.
5.10PG 67:1241–1245
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ Ἱλαρίων μοναχὸς ἐπιζητούμενος παρὰ τῶν Γαζαίων, ἔφυγεν εἰς Σικελίαν. "Ενθα δὴ ξύλα συλλέγων ἐκ τῶν ἐρήμων ὀρῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ ὤμων φέρων, ἐν τῇ πόλει διεπώλει· καὶ ὅσον ἀποζῇν, τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τὴν καθημέραν τροφὴν ἐπορίζετο. Καταμηνυθεὶς δὲ ὅστις εἴη καὶ οἷος, ὑπὸ˙ δαιμονῶντος ἀνδρὸς τῶν ἐπισήμων, τοῦ δαιμονᾷν αὐτὸν ἀπαλλάξας, ἦλθεν εἰς Δαλματίαν. Μέγιστά τε καὶ παράδοξα σὺν θείᾳ δυνάμει κἀνταῦθα κατορθώσας, ὡς καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν εὐχῇ στῆσαι ἐξ ὑπονοστήσεως ἐπικλύσαι τὴν ξηρὰν κατατρέχουσαν, πάλιν ἔνθεν ἀνεχώρησεν. Οὐ γὰρ καταθύμιον ἦν αὐτῷ, διατρίβειν παρὰ τοῖς ἐπαινοῦσιν· ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ τοὺς τόπους ἀμείβειν, ἐσπούδασεν ἄδηλος εἶναι, καὶ τὴν κρατοῦσαν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν διαλύειν ταῖς συχναῖς μετοικήσεσι. Τὸ δὴ τελευταῖον παραπλέων τὴν Κύπρον, κατῆρεν εἰς Πάφον. Προτραπείς τε παρὰ τοῦ τότε Κυπρίων ἐπισκόπου, ἠγάπησε τὴν ἐνθάδε διατριβὴν, καὶ περὶ Χάρβυριν, χωρίον οὕτως ἐπονομαζόμενον, ἐφιλοσόφει. Τοῦ μὲν οὖν μὴ μαρτυρῆσαι τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, αἴτιον ἡ φυγή · ἔφυγε δὲ, καθότι πρόσταγμά ἐστιν ἱερόν, μὴ περιμένειν τοὺς διώκοντας · εἰ δὲ ληφθεῖεν διωκόμενοι, ἀνδρείους γενέσθαι, καὶ κρείττους τῆς τῶν διωκόντων ἀνάγκης. Οὐ παρὰ, μόνοις δὲ Γαζαίοις καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι τὰ εἰρημένα κατὰ τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐτολμήθη. Φαίνονται δὲ τούτους ὠμότητος ὑπερβολῇ νενικηκότες, οἱ τὴν πρὸς τῷ Λιβάνῳ Ἡλιούπολιν, καὶ τὴν ᾿Αρέθουσαν τῆς Συρίας οἰκοῦντες. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ, ἄπιστον δὲ καὶ λέγειν, εἰ μὴ τινες τῶν κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ γεγονότων ἀνήγγειλαν· παρθένους ἱερὰς ἀήθεις ὁρᾶσθαι παρὰ πλήθους, δημοσίᾳ γυμνὰς ἐσθῆτος ἴστασθαι κατηνάγκασαν, εἰς κοινὸν τῶν βουλομένων θέατρόν τε καὶ ὕβριν· ἐμπαροινήσαντες δὲ πρότερον ᾗ ἐδόκει, τὸ τελευταῖον ἀνέκειρον αὐτάς · καὶ διχῆ ἀνατεμόντες, ἐπὶ τὴν βρῶσιν τῶν ἐγκάτων προσεκαλοῦντο τοὺς χοίρους, συνήθει τούτοις τροφῇ ἐπιπολῆς τὰ σπλάγχνα καλύψαντες, ὥστε μὴ ῥᾳδίως τοὺς ὑς διακρίνειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἀνάγκης τῆς συνήθους τροφῆς ὀρεγομένους, καὶ τὰ ἀνδρόμεα κρέα σπαράττειν. Ὡς δὲ συμβάλλω, εἰς τοσαύτην ὠμότητα κατὰ τῶν ἱερῶν παρθένων προήγαγε τοὺς Ἡλιουπολίτας, τὸ λυθῆ ναι 5, καθὸ πάτριον ἦν αὐτοῖς πρότερον, ἐκπορ νεύεσθαι παρὰ τοῦ προστυχόντος τὰς ἐνθάδε παρθέ νους, πρὶν τοῖς μνηστῆρσι συνελθεῖν εἰς γάμον. Ὁ γὰρ Κωνσταντίνος καθελὼν τὸν ἐν Ἡλιουπόλει τῆς ᾿Αφροδίτης νεών, τότε πρῶτον παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐκκλησίαν ἐδείματο, καὶ νόμῳ διεκώλυσε τὰς συνήθεις ποιεῖν πορνείας. ᾿Αρεθούσιοι δὲ Μάρκον · τὸν γενόμενον αὐτῶν ἐπίσκοπον, γηραλέον ὄντα, πολιᾷ τε καὶ βίῳ αἰδέσιμον, ἐλεεινῶς διεχρήσαντο · τοῦτον δὲ καὶ πρότερον ἐν ὀργῇ εἶχον. Προθυμότερον γὰρ ἢ κατὰ πειθῶ, Κωνσταντίου βασιλεύοντος, τοὺς Ἑλληνιστὰς εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν ἐπανῆγε, καὶ τὸν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς σεμνότατον καὶ πολυτελέστατον ναὸν καθεῖλεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μετέπεσεν εἰς Ἰουλιανὸν ἡ ἀρχὴ, κεκινημένον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν δῆμον ὁρῶν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ κατὰ πρόσταγμα βασιλέως καταδικασθεὶς, ἢ τὴν ἀποτίμησιν τοῦ ναοῦ “ἐκτίσαι, ἢ τοῦτον ἀνοικοδομῆσαι· λογισάμενος ὡς ἀδύνατον ἑκάτερον, Χριστιανῷ δὲ ἄλλως ἀθέμιτον τὸ δεύτερον, μήτι γε δὴ ἱερεῖ, ἔφυγε τὰ πρῶτα. Μαθὼν δὲ δι' αὐτὸν κινδυνεύειν πολλοὺς, έλκυσμάτων τε καὶ δικαστηρίων καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις πειρᾶσθαι δεινῶν, ἐπανῆλθεν ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς, καὶ ἐθελοντής ὅ τι βούλοιντο αὐτὸν δρᾶν τῷ πλήθει προσήγαγεν. Οἱ δὲ, ἐξ ὧν ἔδει πλέον ἐπαινεῖν αὐτὸν ὡς φιλοσόφῳ πρέπουσαν πρᾶξιν ἐπιδειξάμενον, ὑπερπεφρονῆσθαι νομίσαντες, πᾶς ὁ δῆμος ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν 195 ἐχώρησε· καὶ διὰ τῶν ἀγυιῶν εἶλκον, ὠθοῦντες καὶ τίλλοντες, καὶ ᾗ ἔτυχε τῶν μελῶν, ἕκαστος παίοντες· ἐσπουδάζετο δὲ τὸ δρᾶμα ἀνδρᾶσι καὶ γυναιξί, καὶ πάσῃ ἡλικίᾳ, μετὰ προθυμίας καὶ ὀργῆς· ὡς καὶ σπαρτίοις λεπτοῖς τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ διατεμεῖν παῖδες δὲ εἰς διδασκάλους φοιτῶντες, παίγνιον ἐποιοῦντο τὸ πρᾶγμα· καὶ μετεωρίζοντες αὐτὸν, καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν κυλίοντες, ἀντέπεμπόν τε καὶ ἀνεδέχοντο ταῖς γραφίσι, καὶ ἀφειδῶς κατεκέντουν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἅπαν τὸ σῶμα τραυματίας ἐγένετο, ἔτι δὲ ὅμως ἐνέπνεε, μέλιτι καὶ γάρῳ ἀλείψαντες αὐτὸν, καὶ σαργάνῃ ἐμβαλόντες, πλέγμα δὲ τοῦτο ὁλόσχοινον, εἰς ὕψος ἦραν. Ἡνίκα δὲ λέγεται σφηκῶν καὶ μελισσῶν ἐφιπταμένων αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς σάρκας κατεσθιουσῶν, πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αρεθουσίους εἰπεῖν, ὡς αὐτὸς ὑψηλὸς εἴη· τοὺς δὲ ταπεινοὺς ὁρᾷ καὶ χαμαὶ ἐρχομένους, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἑαυτῷ τε κἀκείνοις συμβάλλειν ἔσεσθαι τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα. Λόγος δὲ τὸν τότε ὕπαρχον, Ἑλληνιστὴν μὲν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ὄντα, γενναῖον δὲ τὸ ἦθος, ὡς καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ δόξαν κρατεῖν, θαυμάσαντα Μάρκον τῆς ἐγκρατείας, παῤῥησιάσθαι πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ μέμψασθαι, ὡς εἰκότως αἰσχύνην ὀφλισκάνουσι, κεκρατημένοι παρ' ἑνὸς γέροντος, πρὸς τοσαύτας βασάνους ἀνδρείως ἀντιταξαμένου. Καὶ κινδυνεύειν αὐτοὺς γελοίους εἶναι· ἐνδοξοτέρους δὲ οὓς ταῦτα δρῶσιν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν μακάριος, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον γενναίως πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αρεθουσίων θυμὸν καὶ τὰς πολλὰς βασάνους ἀντέσχεν, ὡς καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν ἐπαινεθῆναι τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν.
En toutǭ de kai Hilariōn monachos epizētoumenos para tōn Gazaiōn, ephygen eis Sikelian. "Entha dē xyla syllegōn ek tōn erēmōn orōn, kai epi ōmōn pherōn, en tę̄ polei diepōlei; kai hoson apozę̄n, toutǭ tǭ tropǭ tēn kathēmeran trophēn eporizeto. Katamēnytheis de hostis eiē kai hoios, hypo˙ daimonōntos andros tōn episēmōn, tou daimonąn auton apallaxas, ēlthen eis Dalmatian. Megista te kai paradoxa syn theią dynamei kantautha katorthōsas, hōs kai tēn thalassan euchę̄ stēsai ex hyponostēseōs epiklysai tēn xēran katatrechousan, palin enthen anechōrēsen. Ou gar katathymion ēn autǭ, diatribein para tois epainousin; all᾽ en tǭ tous topous ameibein, espoudasen adēlos einai, kai tēn kratousan peri autou doxan dialyein tais sychnais metoikēsesi. To dē teleutaion parapleōn tēn Kypron, katēren eis Paphon. Protrapeis te para tou tote Kypriōn episkopou, ēgapēse tēn enthade diatribēn, kai peri Charbyrin, chōrion houtōs eponomazomenon, ephilosophei. Tou men oun mē martyrēsai ton andra touton, aition hē phygē ; ephyge de, kathoti prostagma estin hieron, mē perimenein tous diōkontas ; ei de lēphtheien diōkomenoi, andreious genesthai, kai kreittous tēs tōn diōkontōn anankēs. Ou para, monois de Gazaiois kai ᾿Alexandreusi ta eirēmena kata tōn Christianōn etolmēthē. Phainontai de toutous ōmotētos hyperbolę̄ nenikēkotes, hoi tēn pros tǭ Libanǭ Hēlioupolin, kai tēn ᾿Arethousan tēs Syrias oikountes. Hoi men gar, apiston de kai legein, ei mē tines tōn kat᾿ ekeino kairou gegonotōn anēngeilan; parthenous hieras aētheis horasthai para plēthous, dēmosią gymnas esthētos istasthai katēnankasan, eis koinon tōn boulomenōn theatron te kai hybrin; emparoinēsantes de proteron hę̄ edokei, to teleutaion anekeiron autas ; kai dichē anatemontes, epi tēn brōsin tōn enkatōn prosekalounto tous choirous, synēthei toutois trophę̄ epipolēs ta splanchna kalypsantes, hōste mē rhądiōs tous hys diakrinein, all᾽ ex anankēs tēs synēthous trophēs oregomenous, kai ta andromea krea sparattein. Hōs de symballō, eis tosautēn ōmotēta kata tōn hierōn parthenōn proēgage tous Hēlioupolitas, to lythē nai 5, katho patrion ēn autois proteron, ekpor neuesthai para tou prostychontos tas enthade parthe nous, prin tois mnēstērsi synelthein eis gamon. Ho gar Kōnstantinos kathelōn ton en Hēlioupolei tēs ᾿Aphroditēs neōn, tote prōton par᾿ autois ekklēsian edeimato, kai nomǭ diekōlyse tas synētheis poiein porneias. ᾿Arethousioi de Markon ; ton genomenon autōn episkopon, gēraleon onta, polią te kai biǭ aidesimon, eleeinōs diechrēsanto ; touton de kai proteron en orgę̄ eichon. Prothymoteron gar ē kata peithō, Kōnstantiou basileuontos, tous Hellēnistas eis Christianismon epanēge, kai ton par᾿ autois semnotaton kai polytelestaton naon katheilen. Epei de metepesen eis Ioulianon hē archē, kekinēmenon ep᾿ auton ton dēmon horōn, hama de kai kata prostagma basileōs katadikastheis, ē tēn apotimēsin tou naou “ektisai, ē touton anoikodomēsai; logisamenos hōs adynaton hekateron, Christianǭ de allōs athemiton to deuteron, mēti ge dē hierei, ephyge ta prōta. Mathōn de di' auton kindyneuein pollous, elkysmatōn te kai dikastēriōn kai tōn en toutois peirasthai deinōn, epanēlthen apo tēs phygēs, kai ethelontēs ho ti boulointo auton dran tǭ plēthei prosēgagen. Hoi de, ex hōn edei pleon epainein auton hōs philosophǭ prepousan praxin epideixamenon, hyperpephronēsthai nomisantes, pas ho dēmos ep᾿ auton 195 echōrēse; kai dia tōn aguiōn eilkon, ōthountes kai tillontes, kai hę̄ etyche tōn melōn, hekastos paiontes; espoudazeto de to drama andrasi kai gynaixi, kai pasę̄ hēlikią, meta prothymias kai orgēs; hōs kai spartiois leptois ta ōta autou diatemein paides de eis didaskalous phoitōntes, paignion epoiounto to pragma; kai meteōrizontes auton, kai pros heauton kyliontes, antepempon te kai anedechonto tais graphisi, kai apheidōs katekentoun. Epei de hapan to sōma traumatias egeneto, eti de homōs enepnee, meliti kai garǭ aleipsantes auton, kai sarganę̄ embalontes, plegma de touto holoschoinon, eis hypsos ēran. Hēnika de legetai sphēkōn kai melissōn ephiptamenōn autǭ kai tas sarkas katesthiousōn, pros tous ᾿Arethousious eipein, hōs autos hypsēlos eiē; tous de tapeinous horą kai chamai erchomenous, kai kata touto heautǭ te kakeinois symballein esesthai ta meta tauta. Logos de ton tote hyparchon, Hellēnistēn men es ta malista onta, gennaion de to ēthos, hōs kai eiseti nyn tēn peri autou doxan kratein, thaumasanta Markon tēs enkrateias, parrhēsiasthai pros ton basilea, kai mempsasthai, hōs eikotōs aischynēn ophliskanousi, kekratēmenoi par' henos gerontos, pros tosautas basanous andreiōs antitaxamenou. Kai kindyneuein autous geloious einai; endoxoterous de hous tauta drōsin. Ho men oun makarios, epi tosouton gennaiōs pros ton ᾿Arethousiōn thymon kai tas pollas basanous anteschen, hōs kai pros autōn epainethēnai tōn Hellēnistōn.
At this time Hilarion the monk too, being sought by the people of Gaza, fled to Sicily. There he gathered wood on the deserted mountains, carried it on his shoulders, and sold it in the city; and in this way he provided his daily food, as much as he needed to live. But when his identity and character were disclosed by a man of rank who was possessed by a demon, he freed him from the possession and went to Dalmatia. Having accomplished there too, by divine power, very great and astonishing deeds — so that by prayer he even stopped the sea, which after a recession was rushing in to flood the dry land — he withdrew again from there. For it was not to his liking to stay among those who praised him; but by changing his place he tried to remain unknown and to dissolve by frequent moves the fame that prevailed about him. Finally, sailing along Cyprus, he put in at Paphos; and urged by the then bishop of the Cypriots, he came to love living there, and practised the philosophic life at a place called Charburis. The reason this man was not martyred was his flight. He fled because there is a sacred command not to wait for persecutors, but, if taken while being persecuted, to be brave and superior to the compulsion of the persecutors. It was not only at Gaza and Alexandria that the deeds described were dared against the Christians. The inhabitants of Heliopolis by Lebanon and of Arethusa in Syria appear to have surpassed them in excess of cruelty. For the former — it is incredible even to tell, had not some who lived at that time reported it — compelled holy virgins, unaccustomed to be seen by a crowd, to stand publicly stripped of their clothing, as a common spectacle and outrage for whoever wished; and after first abusing them as they pleased, they finally shaved their heads, cut them open, and called the swine to eat their entrails, covering the innards on top with the swine’s usual food, so that the swine could not easily tell the difference but, from the craving of their usual food, would tear human flesh as well. As I conjecture, what drove the people of Heliopolis to such cruelty against the holy virgins was the abolition of their former ancestral custom that their virgins should be prostituted to any comer before coming together in marriage with their betrothed. For Constantine, having destroyed the temple of Aphrodite at Heliopolis, then for the first time built a church among them, and by law forbade them to practise their customary sexual immorality. The Arethusians cruelly killed Mark, who had been their bishop, an old man venerable for his grey hairs and his life. They had been angry with him before; for in Constantius’s reign he had led the pagans back to Christianity more zealously than by persuasion, and had destroyed their most venerable and costly temple. When the rule passed to Julian, seeing the populace stirred up against him, and having at the same time been condemned by the emperor’s order either to pay the value of the temple or to rebuild it, reckoning both impossible, and the second unlawful in any case for a Christian, let alone a priest, he fled at first. But learning that many were in danger on his account, and were suffering being dragged to court and the terrors that go with it, he came back from his flight and of his own will gave himself up to the crowd to do with him what they wished. They, when they ought rather to have praised him for an act worthy of a philosopher, thought themselves despised, and the whole populace went at him. They dragged him through the streets, pushing him and tearing his hair, each striking whatever limb he could reach. The deed was pursued with eagerness and rage by men and women and every age, so that they even cut his ears with thin cords; and children going to school made the thing a game, tossing him up and rolling him toward themselves, sending him back and catching him on their writing-styluses and stabbing him without mercy. When his whole body had been wounded but he was still breathing, they smeared him with honey and fish sauce, put him in a basket — a thing woven of rushes — and hoisted him up high. Then, it is said, when wasps and bees were flying at him and devouring his flesh, he said to the Arethusians that he was high and saw them low and going on the ground, and that from this he inferred what would happen afterwards to himself and to them. The story is that the prefect of that time, though a pagan above all, was of a noble character — so that his reputation prevails even now — and, admiring Mark’s endurance, spoke frankly to the emperor and reproached him that they were rightly incurring shame, being defeated by one old man who had bravely withstood so many tortures; and that they were in danger of being ridiculous, while those to whom they did these things became more glorious. So the blessed man withstood the rage of the Arethusians and the many tortures so nobly that he was praised even by the pagans themselves.
5.11PG 67:1245–1249
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, καὶ Μακεδόνιος, Θεόδουλός τε καὶ Τατιανὸς οἱ Φρύγες, ἀνδρείως ἐμαρτύρησαν. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐν Μίσῳ, πόλις δὲ ἥδε Φρυγῶν, τὸν ἐνθάδε νεὼν ἠνέψξε, καὶ ὑπὸ χρόνων ῥυποῦντα ἐξεκάθῃρεν ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡγούμενος, νύκτωρ ἐπεισελθόντες, τὰ ἀγάλματα συνέτριψαν. Ὡς αἰτίων δὲ τούτων συλληφθέντων ἄλλων καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι μελλόντων, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κατεμήνυσαν. Ἐξὸν δὲ εἴ γε θύειν ἡνέσχοντο, μηδὲν παθεῖν, ὡς ἐν τούτῳ μόνῳ ἀπολογεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμαρτημένων ὁ ἄρχων οὐκ ἔπειθε, πολλοῖς αὐτοὺς ἡκίσατο τρόποις· τελευταῖον δὲ ἐσχάραις ἐπιθεὶς, πῦρ ὑφῆψεν· οἱ δὲ, καιόμενοι, Εἰ κρεῶν ὀπτῶν, ἔφασαν, ἐπιθυμεῖς, ὦ ᾿Αμάχιε, τοῦτο γὰρ ὄνομα ἦν τῷ ἄρχοντι, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἑτέρας πλευρὰς πρὸς τὸ πῦρ ἡμᾶς στρέψον, ἵνα μή σοι γευομένῳ ἡμίοπτοι γενόμενοι, ἀηδεῖς φαινώμεθα. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὧδε γενναίως διαγενόμενοι, ἐν ταῖς τιμωρίαις τὸν βίον ἀπ᾿ έθεντο. Φασὶ δὲ καὶ Βούσιριν ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ τῆς Γαλατίας λαμπρὰν καὶ ἀνδρειοτάτην ὁμολογίαν ὑπομεῖναι διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν. "Ον τῆς αἱρέσεως ὄντα τότε τῶν καλουμένων Ἐγκρατιτῶν, συλλαβὼν ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἄρχων, ὡς νεανιευσάμενον κατὰ τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν αἰκίζεσθαι ἠβούλετο. Καὶ δημοσίᾳ προαγαγὼν πρὸς τὸ βασανιστήριον ξύλον, αἰωρεῖσθαι προσέταττεν. Ὁ δὲ Βούσιρις ἀνασχὼν τὰ χεῖρε πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν, ἐγύμνωσε τὰς πλευράς · καὶ μὴ μάτην χρῆναι πονεῖν τοὺς δημίους πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα ἔφη, ἀνάγοντας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον, καὶ πάλιν κατάγοντας. Ἑτοίμως γὰρ καὶ δίχα τούτου ἐφ' ὅσον βούλεται, παρέξειν τὰς πλευρὰς τοῖς βασανισταῖς. Θαυμάσας δὲ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ὁ ἄρχων, μᾶλλον τῇ πείρᾳ κατεπλάγη. Αἰκιζό( μενος γὰρ ταῖς ὄνυξι τὰς πλευρὰς μέχρις ὅτε τῷ ἄρχοντι ἐδόκει, διεκαρτέρησε τὼ χεῖρε ἀνέχων, καὶ τὰς πληγὰς προθύμως δεχόμενος. Ἐν δεσμοῖς δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα γενόμενος, ἀνείθη οὐκ εἰς ῾μακρὰν ἀγγελθέντος ἀνῃρῆσθαι Ἰουλιανόν · καὶ μέχρι τῆς Θεοδοσίου βασιλείας ἐπεβίω · καὶ πρὸς τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν μετέθετο, καταγνοὺς τῆς προτέρας αἱρέσεως. Λόγος δὲ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον μαρτυρία τὸν βίον μετελθεῖν, Βασίλειον πρεσβύτερον τῆς ἐν ᾿Αγκύρα Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ Εὐψύχιον · Καισαρέα Καππαδόκην τῶν εὐπατριδῶν, ἕναγχος γαμετὴν ἀγόμενον, καὶ οἷον ἔτι νυμφίον ὄντα. Συμβάλλω δὲ, τὸν μὲν Εὐψύχιον ἀναιρεθῆναι διὰ τὸν ναὸν τῆς Τύχης, ἐφ' ᾧ τότε καθαιρεθέντι, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, κοινῇ πάντες Καισαρεῖς τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ὀργῆς ἐπειράθησαν. Οἱ δὲ τῆς καθαιρέσεως αὐτουργοὶ, δίκην ἔδοσαν" οἱ μὲν θάνατον, οἱ δὲ τὴν πατρίδα ὁ, φεύγειν καταδικασθέντες ὁ δὲ Βασίλειος περὶ τὸ δόγμα σπουδαῖος γεγονὼς, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μὲν ἦρχε Κωντάντιος, τοῖς τὰ ᾿Αρείον φρονοῦσιν ἀντέπραττε᾽ καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Ψῆφῳ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον ἐχωλύθη ἐκκλησιάζειν, Ἐπεὶ Ἰουλιανὸς μόνος τὴν ἀρχὴν διεῖπεν, ὁ Βασίλειος περιιὼν τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς δημοσίᾳ περιφανῶς προὐτρέπετο, τῶν οἰκείων ἔχεσθα: δογμάτων, καὶ μὴ τοῖς Ἑλλήνων θύμασι σπονδαῖς μιαίνεσθαι" ἀντ᾽ οὐδενὸς δὲ ἡγεῖσθαι τὰς γινομένας εἰς αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως τιμὰς, πρασχαίρους ναύτας ἀποφαινόμενος ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὃ:ηνεχοῦς ἀπωλείας " ταῦτα σπουδάζων, ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ τε μίσει παρὰ τοῖς 'Ελληνισταῖς ὧν, δημοσίᾳ θύοντας ἰδὼν ἔστη καὶ μέγα ἀνοιμώξας, ηὔξατο μηδένα Χριστιανὸν τῆς τοιαύτης πειραθῆναι πλάνης, τούτου ὃὲ συλληφθεὶς, παρεδόθη τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τοῦ ἔθνους πολλὰς βασάνους ὑπομείνας, παρὰ πάντα τὸν ἀγῶνα ἀνδρείως τὴν μαρτυρίαν διήνυσε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὡδε εἰ παρὰ γνώμην τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀπέδη" οὐχ ἀγεννεῖς, οὐδὲ ὀλίγους μάρτυρας, ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἡγεμονίας ἀπέδειξε γεγενῆσθαι " σαφηνείας ὃδὲ χάριν συναγαγὼν πάντας ὁμοῦ διεξηλβον, εἰ καὶ διάφορος ἣν ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἑκάστου μαρκυρίας.
En de tǭ tote, kai Makedonios, Theodoulos te kai Tatianos hoi Phryges, andreiōs emartyrēsan. Epei gar en Misǭ, polis de hēde Phrygōn, ton enthade neōn ēnepsxe, kai hypo chronōn rhypounta exekathę̄ren ho tou ethnous hēgoumenos, nyktōr epeiselthontes, ta agalmata synetripsan. Hōs aitiōn de toutōn syllēphthentōn allōn kai timōreisthai mellontōn, sphas autous katemēnysan. Exon de ei ge thyein hēneschonto, mēden pathein, hōs en toutǭ monǭ apologeisthai hyper tōn hēmartēmenōn ho archōn ouk epeithe, pollois autous hēkisato tropois; teleutaion de escharais epitheis, pyr hyphēpsen; hoi de, kaiomenoi, Ei kreōn optōn, ephasan, epithymeis, ō ᾿Amachie, touto gar onoma ēn tǭ archonti, kai epi tas heteras pleuras pros to pyr hēmas strepson, hina mē soi geuomenǭ hēmioptoi genomenoi, aēdeis phainōmetha. Kai hoi men hōde gennaiōs diagenomenoi, en tais timōriais ton bion ap᾿ ethento. Phasi de kai Bousirin en ᾿Ankyrą tēs Galatias lampran kai andreiotatēn homologian hypomeinai dia tēn thrēskeian. "On tēs haireseōs onta tote tōn kaloumenōn Enkratitōn, syllabōn ho tou ethnous archōn, hōs neanieusamenon kata tōn Hellēnistōn aikizesthai ēbouleto. Kai dēmosią proagagōn pros to basanistērion xylon, aiōreisthai prosetatten. Ho de Bousiris anaschōn ta cheire pros tēn kephalēn, egymnōse tas pleuras ; kai mē matēn chrēnai ponein tous dēmious pros ton archonta ephē, anagontas auton epi to xylon, kai palin katagontas. Hetoimōs gar kai dicha toutou eph' hoson bouletai, parexein tas pleuras tois basanistais. Thaumasas de tēn hyposchesin ho archōn, mallon tę̄ peirą kateplagē. Aikizo( menos gar tais onyxi tas pleuras mechris hote tǭ archonti edokei, diekarterēse tō cheire anechōn, kai tas plēgas prothymōs dechomenos. En desmois de meta tauta genomenos, aneithē ouk eis ῾makran angelthentos anę̄rēsthai Ioulianon ; kai mechri tēs Theodosiou basileias epebiō ; kai pros tēn katholou Ekklēsian metetheto, katagnous tēs proteras haireseōs. Logos de kata touton ton chronon martyria ton bion metelthein, Basileion presbyteron tēs en ᾿Ankyra Ekklēsias, kai Eupsychion ; Kaisarea Kappadokēn tōn eupatridōn, henanchos gametēn agomenon, kai hoion eti nymphion onta. Symballō de, ton men Eupsychion anairethēnai dia ton naon tēs Tychēs, eph' hǭ tote kathairethenti, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, koinę̄ pantes Kaisareis tēs tou basileōs orgēs epeirathēsan. Hoi de tēs kathaireseōs autourgoi, dikēn edosan" hoi men thanaton, hoi de tēn patrida ho, pheugein katadikasthentes ho de Basileios peri to dogma spoudaios gegonōs, eph᾽ hoson men ērche Kōntantios, tois ta ᾿Areion phronousin antepratte᾽ kai dia touto Psēphǭ tōn amphi ton Eudoxion echōlythē ekklēsiazein, Epei Ioulianos monos tēn archēn dieipen, ho Basileios periiōn tous Christianous dēmosią periphanōs proutrepeto, tōn oikeiōn echestha: dogmatōn, kai mē tois Hellēnōn thymasi spondais miainesthai" ant᾽ oudenos de hēgeisthai tas ginomenas eis autous para tou basileōs timas, praschairous nautas apophainomenos epi misthǭ ho:ēnechous apōleias " tauta spoudazōn, en hyponoią te misei para tois 'Ellēnistais hōn, dēmosią thyontas idōn estē kai mega anoimōxas, ēuxato mēdena Christianon tēs toiautēs peirathēnai planēs, toutou hoe syllēphtheis, paredothē tǭ hēgoumenǭ tou ethnous pollas basanous hypomeinas, para panta ton agōna andreiōs tēn martyrian diēnyse. Kai ta men hōde ei para gnōmēn tǭ basilei apedē" ouch agenneis, oude oligous martyras, epi tēs autou hēgemonias apedeixe gegenēsthai " saphēneias hode charin synagagōn pantas homou diexēlbon, ei kai diaphoros hēn ho kairos tēs hekastou markyrias.
At this time Macedonius, Theodulus and Tatian, Phrygians, bravely suffered martyrdom. For when the governor of the province at Merus, a city of Phrygia, opened the temple there and cleansed it, which had been filthy from long neglect, they entered by night and broke the statues. When others were arrested as guilty of this and were about to be punished, they gave themselves up. Though they could have suffered nothing if they had consented to sacrifice, since the governor accepted this alone as their defence for their offence, he could not persuade them, and tortured them in many ways; finally he put them on gridirons and lit a fire beneath. As they burned, they said: “If you desire roasted meat, Amachius” — for that was the governor’s name — “turn us over on the other side to the fire too, so that we may not seem unpleasant to your taste when half-cooked.” And having borne themselves so nobly, they ended their lives in the tortures. They say also that Busiris at Ancyra in Galatia endured a splendid and most courageous confession for religion. He was then of the heresy of those called Encratites. The governor of the province arrested him, and wished to torture him as having behaved insolently against the pagans. Bringing him out publicly to the rack, he ordered him to be hoisted up. But Busiris raised his hands to his head and bared his sides, and said to the governor that the executioners need not labour in vain lifting him up on the rack and letting him down again; for he would readily, even without this, offer his sides to the torturers as long as he wished. The governor, astonished at the promise, was still more amazed at the trial of it. For while his sides were torn with the claws as long as the governor thought fit, he held out, keeping his hands raised and receiving the blows eagerly. Afterwards he was put in chains, but was released not long after, when Julian was reported killed; and he lived until the reign of Theodosius and went over to the catholic church, condemning his former heresy. It is said that at this time Basil, presbyter of the church at Ancyra, and Eupsychius of Caesarea in Cappadocia, of a noble family, who had lately married and was still, as it were, a bridegroom, departed this life by martyrdom. I conjecture that Eupsychius was killed because of the temple of Fortune, at whose destruction, as was told above, all the people of Caesarea together felt the emperor’s wrath. Those who had done the destruction with their own hands were punished, some with death, others condemned to exile from their homeland. Basil, who was zealous for doctrine, opposed the followers of Arius as long as Constantius ruled; and for this, by the vote of Eudoxius’s party, he was forbidden to hold assemblies. When Julian held the empire alone, Basil went about openly and publicly urging the Christians to hold fast to their own doctrines and not to defile themselves with the sacrifices and libations of the pagans, and to count as nothing the honours the emperor bestowed on them, declaring them to be temporary, bought at the price of everlasting destruction. Being zealous in this, and suspected and hated by the pagans, when he saw them sacrificing publicly he stood and groaned aloud and prayed that no Christian would fall into such error. For this he was arrested and handed over to the governor of the province; and having endured many tortures, he completed his martyrdom bravely throughout the whole contest. If these things turned out so against the emperor’s intention, they nevertheless show that no ignoble and no few martyrs arose under his rule. For clarity’s sake I have gathered them all together and narrated them, even though the time of each one’s martyrdom differed.
5.12PG 67:1249–1251
Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ᾿Αθανασίου κάθοδον, Λουκίφερ ὁ Καράλλων τῆς Σαρδονίας ἐπίσκοπος, Εὐσέβιος € Βερχέλλων τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ Λιδύων, τῶν ἄνω Θηδῶν ἐπανῆλθον. Ἐνθάδε γὰρ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου διηνεκῶς φεύγειν προσετάχθησαν. ᾿Ἐπὶ διορθώσει τε τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν πραγμάτων, κοινῇ συνθήκῃ Εὐσέθδιος μὲν ἧκεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, ὅπως σὺν ᾿Αθανασίῳ σύνοδον ἀθροίσῃ ἐπὶ βεβαιώσει τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων. Λουκίφερ δὲ διάκονον τῷ Εὐσεδίῳ αυναποστείλας ὃς ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ παρέστη τῇ συνόδῳ, ! ὁ. 5, 9. Εὐσέδιος σὺν ᾿Αθανασίῳ παραγενόμενος εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ἐν ταραχαῖς τὴν ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίαν κατέλαβεν· ἐσχίζετο μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Εὐζώτος. Διεφέροντο δὲ, ὡς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σφίσιν ὁμοδόξους οἱ Μελετίου σπουδασταί· μήπω δὲ τούτου ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς ἐπανελθόντος, ἐχειροτόνησε Παυλῖνον ἐπίσκοπον. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ πολλῶν πόλεων ἐπίσκοποι συνελθόντες εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ἅμα ᾿Αθανασίῳ καὶ Εὐσεβίῳ, τὰ δεδογμένα ἐν Νικαίᾳ κρατύνουσιν. Ὁμοούσιόν τε τῷ Πατρὶ καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ὡμολόγησαν, καὶ Τριάδα ὠνόμασαν· οὐ μόνῳ τε σώματι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ψυχῇ τέλειον χρῆναι δοξάζειν ἄνθρωπον, ὃν ὁ Θεὸς Λόγος ἀνέλαβεν, εἰσηγήσαντο, καθὰ καὶ τοῖς πάλαι Ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς φιλοσόφοις ἐδόκει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ περὶ τῆς οὐσίας καὶ ὑποστάσεως ζήτησις τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἐτάραττε, καὶ συχναὶ περὶ τούτων ἔριδες καὶ διαλέξεις ἦσαν, εὖ μάλα σοφῶς μοι δοκοῦσιν ὁρίσαι, μὴ ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ἐπὶ Θεοῦ τούτοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὀνόμασι, πλὴν ἡνίκα τις τὴν Σαβελλίου δόξαν ἐκβάλλειν πειρῷτο· ἵνα μὴ ἀπορίᾳ ὀνομάτων, ταυτὸν δόξῃ τις τρισὶ προσηγορίαις καλεῖν, ἀλλ᾿ ἕκαστον ἰδίᾳ νοοῖτο τριχῆ. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε τοῖς τότε ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ συνελθοῦσιν ἔδοξεν. ᾿Απολογούμενος δὲ ἐν τούτοις ᾿Αθανάσιος περὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ φυγῆς διεξῆλθε τὸν λόγον, ὃν περὶ τούτου ἔγραψε.
Meta de tēn ᾿Athanasiou kathodon, Loukipher ho Karallōn tēs Sardonias episkopos, Eusebios € Berchellōn tōn en Italią Lidyōn, tōn anō Thēdōn epanēlthon. Enthade gar epi Kōnstantiou diēnekōs pheugein prosetachthēsan. ᾿Epi diorthōsei te tōn ekklēsiastikōn pragmatōn, koinę̄ synthēkę̄ Eusethdios men hēken eis ᾿Alexandreian, hopōs syn ᾿Athanasiǭ synodon athroisę̄ epi bebaiōsei tōn en Nikaią doxantōn. Loukipher de diakonon tǭ Eusediǭ aunaposteilas hos ant᾽ autou parestē tę̄ synodǭ, ! ho. 5, 9. Eusedios syn ᾿Athanasiǭ paragenomenos eis ᾿Antiocheian, en tarachais tēn enthade ekklēsian katelaben; eschizeto men gar tois apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, hōn hēgeito Euzōtos. Diepheronto de, hōs prosthen eirētai, kai pros tous sphisin homodoxous hoi Meletiou spoudastai; mēpō de toutou apo tēs phygēs epanelthontos, echeirotonēse Paulinon episkopon. En toutǭ de pollōn poleōn episkopoi synelthontes eis ᾿Alexandreian hama ᾿Athanasiǭ kai Eusebiǭ, ta dedogmena en Nikaią kratynousin. Homoousion te tǭ Patri kai tǭ Huiǭ to hagion Pneuma hōmologēsan, kai Triada ōnomasan; ou monǭ te sōmati, alla kai psychę̄ teleion chrēnai doxazein anthrōpon, hon ho Theos Logos anelaben, eisēgēsanto, katha kai tois palai Ekklēsiastikois philosophois edokei. Epei de hē peri tēs ousias kai hypostaseōs zētēsis tas Ekklēsias etaratte, kai sychnai peri toutōn erides kai dialexeis ēsan, eu mala sophōs moi dokousin horisai, mē ex archēs euthys epi Theou toutois chrēsthai tois onomasi, plēn hēnika tis tēn Sabelliou doxan ekballein peirǭto; hina mē aporią onomatōn, tauton doxę̄ tis trisi prosēgoriais kalein, all᾿ hekaston idią nooito trichē. Kai ta men hōde tois tote en ᾿Alexandreią synelthousin edoxen. ᾿Apologoumenos de en toutois ᾿Athanasios peri tēs autou phygēs diexēlthe ton logon, hon peri toutou egrapse.
After Athanasius’s return, Lucifer, bishop of Caralis in Sardinia, and Eusebius, bishop of Vercelli of the Ligurians in Italy, came back from the Upper Thebaid; for there they had been ordered under Constantius to live in perpetual exile. By common agreement, for the correction of church affairs, Eusebius came to Alexandria in order to gather a synod with Athanasius for the confirmation of what had been decided at Nicaea; while Lucifer sent with Eusebius a deacon, who represented him at the synod, … and arriving at Antioch found the church there in turmoil. For it was divided by those of the Arian heresy, led by Euzoius; and the partisans of Meletius, as was said before, were also at odds with those who shared their own belief. Since Meletius had not yet returned from exile, he ordained Paulinus bishop. Meanwhile bishops of many cities, gathered at Alexandria with Athanasius and Eusebius, confirmed the decisions of Nicaea. They confessed the Holy Spirit to be of the same essence with the Father and the Son, and named them a Trinity; and they taught that the man whom God the Word assumed must be held to be perfect not in body only but in soul also, as the ancient philosophers of the church had also held. And since the inquiry about essence and hypostasis was troubling the churches, and there were frequent disputes and debates about these terms, they seem to me to have decided very wisely not to use these names of God at the very outset, except when someone tried to cast out the opinion of Sabellius; lest through poverty of names one should seem to call the same thing by three appellations, rather than that each should be understood in a threefold way in its own right. Such were the decisions of those who then met at Alexandria. At this synod Athanasius, defending himself concerning his flight, went through the account he had written about it.
5.13PG 67:1251–1253
Καὶ διαλυθείσης τῆς συνόδου, παραγενόμενος Εὐσέβιος εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, εὗρεν ἐν διχονοίᾳ τὸν λαόν. Οἱ γὰρ Μελετίῳ χαίροντες, εἰς ταυτὸν συνιέναι Παυλίνῳ οὐκ ἠνείχοντο, ἀλλ᾿ ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον. Χαλεπῶς δὲ ἐνεγκὼν, ὅτι μὴ δέον παρὰ τὴν πάντων συναίνεσιν ἡ χειροτονία ἐγεγόνει, οὐδὲν ἐς τὸ φανερὸν ἐμέμψατο, Λουκίφερα τιμῶν. Οὐδετέρῳ δὲ μέρει κοινωνήσας, ὑπέσχετο τὰ λυποῦντα ἑκατέρους ἐν συνόδῳ διορθώσειν· ἐν ᾧ δὲ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς ὁμόνοιαν συνάπτειν ἐσπούδαζεν, ἐπανελθών Μελέτιος ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας, κεχωρισμένους εὑρὼν τοὺς τὰ αὐτῷ φρονοῦντας, ἰδίᾳ σὺν τούτοις, ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησίαζεν· ὁ δὲ Παυλῖνος, ἔνδον μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων · πρᾷον γὰρ, ὑπό τε βίου καὶ γήρως αἰδοῖον ὄντα, τιμῶν Εὐζώϊος ὁ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως προεστὼς, οὔτε ἐξέβαλε, καὶ μίαν αὐτῷ ἐκκλησίαν ἀπένειμεν. Εὐσέβιος δὲ ἀποτυχὼν τῆς σπουδῆς, ἐξεδήμησεν ᾿Αντιοχείας. Ὑβρισμένος δὲ παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ Λουκίφερ, ὅτι μὴ τὴν Παυλίνου χειροτονίαν ἐδέξατο, ἐχαλέπαινέ τε, καὶ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ διεφέρετο· καὶ ὡς ἐξ ἔριδος, τὰ δόξαντα τῇ συνόδῳ ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ διαβάλλειν ἐπεχείρει. "Ο δὴ πρόφασις ἐγένετο τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καλουμένων Λουκιφεριανῶν. Οἱ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐτῷ συναχθόμενοι, σφᾶς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀπέσχισαν. Αὐτὸς δὲ καίπερ ὑπὸ τῆς λύπης κρατούμενος, ἐπειδὴ διὰ τοῦ διακόνου ὃν Εὐσεβίῳ συναπέστειλεν, ὡμολόγησεν ἐμμεῖναι τοῖς ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ παρὰ τῆς συνόδου πραχθεῖσιν, όμοφρονῶν τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ, εἰς Σαρδονίαν ἀφἱκετο. Εὐσέβιος δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἕω περιῖὼν, τοὺς ἡμεληκότας τῆς πίστεως ἐπηνωρθοῦτο, καὶ ᾗ χρὴ φρονεῖν ἐδίδασκεν· ἔπειτα σπουδάζων, καὶ Ἰλλυριοὺς διῆλθε, καὶ εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἦκεν. Ἔνθα δὴ ταῦτα προκατωρθωκότα κατέλαβεν Ἱλάριον, ὃς Πυκτάβων, πόλις δὲ ἥδε ᾿Ακοιτανίας, ἐπίσκοπος ἦν· ἔτυχε γὰρ πρότερος ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας ἐπανελθὼν, Ιταλούς τε καὶ Γάλλους διδάξας, ποῖα μὲν χρὴ τῶν δογμάτων προσίεσθαι, ποῖα δὲ φεύγειν · καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἐλόγιμος τῇ Ῥωμαίων γλώττῃ ἐγένετο, καὶ λόγους ἀξιοχρέους, ὡς εἴρηται, συνέγραψεν, ἀπομαχομένους τοῖς ᾿Αρείου δόγμασιν. Ωδε μὲν Ἱλάριος οὗτος καὶ Εὐσέβιος, ἐν τῇ πρὸς δύσιν ἀρχομένῃ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου συνεκρότουν.
Kai dialytheisēs tēs synodou, paragenomenos Eusebios eis ᾿Antiocheian, heuren en dichonoią ton laon. Hoi gar Meletiǭ chairontes, eis tauton synienai Paulinǭ ouk ēneichonto, all᾿ idią ekklēsiazon. Chalepōs de enenkōn, hoti mē deon para tēn pantōn synainesin hē cheirotonia egegonei, ouden es to phaneron emempsato, Loukiphera timōn. Oudeterǭ de merei koinōnēsas, hypescheto ta lypounta hekaterous en synodǭ diorthōsein; en hǭ de to plēthos pros homonoian synaptein espoudazen, epanelthōn Meletios ek tēs hyperorias, kechōrismenous heurōn tous ta autǭ phronountas, idią syn toutois, exō tēs poleōs ekklēsiazen; ho de Paulinos, endon meta tōn oikeiōn ; prąon gar, hypo te biou kai gērōs aidoion onta, timōn Euzōïos ho tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs proestōs, oute exebale, kai mian autǭ ekklēsian apeneimen. Eusebios de apotychōn tēs spoudēs, exedēmēsen ᾿Antiocheias. Hybrismenos de par᾿ autou Loukipher, hoti mē tēn Paulinou cheirotonian edexato, echalepaine te, kai koinōnein autǭ diephereto; kai hōs ex eridos, ta doxanta tę̄ synodǭ en ᾿Alexandreią diaballein epecheirei. "O dē prophasis egeneto tēs haireseōs tōn ap᾿ autou kaloumenōn Loukipherianōn. Hoi gar epi toutois autǭ synachthomenoi, sphas tēs Ekklēsias apeschisan. Autos de kaiper hypo tēs lypēs kratoumenos, epeidē dia tou diakonou hon Eusebiǭ synapesteilen, hōmologēsen emmeinai tois en ᾿Alexandreią para tēs synodou prachtheisin, omophronōn tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią, eis Sardonian aphiketo. Eusebios de kata tēn Heō periiōn, tous hēmelēkotas tēs pisteōs epēnōrthouto, kai hę̄ chrē phronein edidasken; epeita spoudazōn, kai Illyrious diēlthe, kai eis Italian ēken. Entha dē tauta prokatōrthōkota katelaben Hilarion, hos Pyktabōn, polis de hēde ᾿Akoitanias, episkopos ēn; etyche gar proteros ek tēs hyperorias epanelthōn, Italous te kai Gallous didaxas, poia men chrē tōn dogmatōn prosiesthai, poia de pheugein ; kai gar dē kai elogimos tę̄ Rhōmaiōn glōttę̄ egeneto, kai logous axiochreous, hōs eirētai, synegrapsen, apomachomenous tois ᾿Areiou dogmasin. Ōde men Hilarios houtos kai Eusebios, en tę̄ pros dysin archomenę̄ to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou synekrotoun.
When the synod had broken up, Eusebius came to Antioch and found the people divided. For those attached to Meletius would not join Paulinus, but held their assemblies apart. Though Eusebius was displeased that the ordination had taken place without the consent of all, as it ought not, out of respect for Lucifer he found no open fault. He communicated with neither party, but promised to correct in a synod what grieved each side. While he was trying to bring the people together in concord, Meletius returned from exile, and finding those who shared his views separated, he held assemblies with them by themselves outside the city; while Paulinus held his within, with his own people. For Euzoius, the head of the Arian heresy, respecting him as a gentle man, venerable for his life and his age, did not drive him out, and even assigned him one church. Eusebius, having failed in his effort, left Antioch. Lucifer, considering himself insulted by him because he had not accepted the ordination of Paulinus, was angry and quarrelled about communion with him; and as if out of contentiousness he tried to discredit what had been decided by the synod at Alexandria. This was the origin of the heresy of those called Luciferians after him. For those who were vexed with him over these things cut themselves off from the church. He himself, though overcome by vexation, since through the deacon whom he had sent with Eusebius he had agreed to abide by what the synod at Alexandria had done, kept to the belief of the catholic church and went to Sardinia. Eusebius went round the East, setting right those who had neglected the faith and teaching what one ought to believe; then, hastening on, he passed through Illyricum and came to Italy. There he found that Hilary, bishop of Poitiers, a city of Aquitania, had already accomplished this; for he had returned from exile before him and had taught the Italians and Gauls which doctrines to accept and which to avoid. For he was eloquent in the Latin tongue and wrote, as has been said, works of worth contending against the doctrines of Arius. Thus this Hilary and Eusebius together upheld the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea in the western part of the empire.
5.14PG 67:1253
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ οἱ ἀμφὶ Μακεδόνιον, ὧν ἦν Ἐλεύσιος, καὶ Εὐστάθιος, καὶ Σωφρόνιος, ἤδη εἰς τὸ προφανές Μακεδονιανοὶ καλεῖσθαι ἀρξάμενοι, ὡς εἰς ἴδιον διακριθέντες σύστημα, ἀδείας τετυχηκότες τῇ Κωνσταντίου τελευτῇ, συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς ἐν Σελευκείᾳ ὁμόφρονας αὐτοῖς γενομένους, συνόδους τινὰς ἐποιήσαντο · καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ἀκάκιον, τήν τε βεβαιωθεῖσαν ἐν ᾿Αριμήνῳ πίστιν ἀπεκήρυξαν· τῇ δὲ ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ ἐκτεθείσῃ, ὕστερον δὲ ἐν Σελευκεία πρὸς αὐτῶν κυρωθείσῃ, ἐπεψηφίσαντο. Ἐγκαλούμενοι δὲ τί δήποτε πρὸς τοὺς ἀμφὶ ᾿Ακάκιον διαφέρονται, πρότερον αὐτοῖς ὡς ὁμοδόξοις κοινωνοῦντες, τάδε διὰ Σωφρονίου τοῦ Παφλαγόνος ἐπεκρίναντο⚫ ὡς οἱ κατὰ τὴν δύσιν, τὸ ὁμοούσιον ἐδόξαζον· ᾿Αέτιος δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἔῳ τὸ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἀνόμοιον. Καὶ οἱ μὲν, ἀτάκτως τὰς ἰδιαζούσας ὑποστάσεις Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ, συνέπλεκον εἰς ἑνότητα τῷ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου όνόματι· ὁ δὲ, σφόδρα τῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα φύσεως διίστα τὴν οἰκειότητα· σφᾶς δὲ εὐσεβεῖν, ὅμοιον εἶναι τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν λέγοντας, καὶ μέσην ἀμφοῖν ταύτην τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπιλέξασθαι, ἐκατέρων πρὸς ἄκρον τοῦ ἐναντίου χωρησάντων. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὧδε ἀπολογεῖσθαι τοῖς μεμφομένοις ἐπειρῶντο.
En toutǭ de hoi amphi Makedonion, hōn ēn Eleusios, kai Eustathios, kai Sōphronios, ēdē eis to prophanes Makedonianoi kaleisthai arxamenoi, hōs eis idion diakrithentes systēma, adeias tetychēkotes tę̄ Kōnstantiou teleutę̄, synkalesantes tous en Seleukeią homophronas autois genomenous, synodous tinas epoiēsanto ; kai tous amphi Akakion, tēn te bebaiōtheisan en ᾿Arimēnǭ pistin apekēryxan; tę̄ de en Antiocheią ektetheisę̄, hysteron de en Seleukeia pros autōn kyrōtheisę̄, epepsēphisanto. Enkaloumenoi de ti dēpote pros tous amphi ᾿Akakion diapherontai, proteron autois hōs homodoxois koinōnountes, tade dia Sōphroniou tou Paphlagonos epekrinanto⚫ hōs hoi kata tēn dysin, to homoousion edoxazon; ᾿Aetios de en tę̄ Eǭ to kat᾿ ousian anomoion. Kai hoi men, ataktōs tas idiazousas hypostaseis Patros kai Huiou, syneplekon eis henotēta tǭ tou homoousiou onomati; ho de, sphodra tēs tou Huiou pros ton Patera physeōs diista tēn oikeiotēta; sphas de eusebein, homoion einai tǭ Patri ton Huion kath᾽ hypostasin legontas, kai mesēn amphoin tautēn tēn hodon epilexasthai, ekaterōn pros akron tou enantiou chōrēsantōn. Kai hoi men hōde apologeisthai tois memphomenois epeirōnto.
Meanwhile the party of Macedonius, among whom were Eleusius, Eustathius and Sophronius, having by now begun to be openly called Macedonians, as having separated into a body of their own, and having gained freedom through the death of Constantius, called together those who had shared their views at Seleucia and held several synods. They condemned Acacius’s party and the faith confirmed at Ariminum, and ratified the faith set out at Antioch and afterwards confirmed by them at Seleucia. When asked why they differed from Acacius’s party, with whom they had formerly communicated as being of the same belief, they answered through Sophronius the Paphlagonian that the westerners held the homoousios, and Aetius in the East the unlikeness in essence; that the former improperly wove the distinct hypostases of the Father and the Son together into a unity by the name homoousios, while the latter set too far apart the kinship of the Son’s nature with the Father; but that they themselves were orthodox in saying that the Son is like the Father in hypostasis, and had chosen this way as a middle between the two, each of the others having gone to the extreme opposite. In this way they tried to defend themselves against those who blamed them.
5.15PG 67:1255–1259
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, πυθόμενος ἐκκλησιάζειν ᾿Αθανάσιον ἐν τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ ἀδεῶς διδάσκειν τὰ πλήθη, καὶ πολλοὺς Ἑλλήνων πείθειν εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μετατίθεσθαι, προσέταξεν αὐτὸν ἐξιέναι τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας. Μένοντι δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ, μεγίστας προηγόρευε ζημίας • πρόφασιν ἐγκλημάτων ποιησάμενος, ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλέων φεύγειν καταδικασθεὶς, μὴ ἐπιτραπεὶς ἀντελάβετο τοῦ θρόνου τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς. Μηδὲ γὰρ συγχωρῆσαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς Ἐκκλησίας κάθοδον, τοῖς παρὰ Κωνσταντίου φυγαδευθεῖσιν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς πατρίδας μόνον. – Διὰ τοῦτο δὲ τὸ βασιλέως πρόσταγμα μέλλων φεύγειν δεδακρυμένην ἰδὼν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν τὴν τῶν Χριστιανῶν πληθὺν, Θαῤῥεῖτε, ἔφη· νεφύδριον γάρ ἐστι, καὶ θᾶττον παρελεύσεται· καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν, συνετάξατο · καὶ τοῖς σπουδαιοτέροις τῶν φίλων τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν παραθέμενος, ἐξῆλθε τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων πόλεως. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Κυζικηνῶν πρεσβευσαμένων πρὸς βασιλέα περὶ οἰκείων πραγμάτων, καὶ τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ναῶν, ἐπαινέσας αὐτοὺς τῆς περὶ τὰ ἱερὰ προνοίας, πάντα παρέσχεν ὧνπερ ἐδέησε. Καὶ Ἐλεύσιον, δὲ τὸν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐπίσκοπον, τῆς πόλεως εἶρξεν, ὡς λυμηνάμενον τοῖς ναοῖς, καὶ τοῖς τεμένεσιν ἐνυβρίσαντα· καὶ χηροτροφία κατασκευάσαντα, καὶ παρθενῶνας ἱερῶν παρθένων συστησά( μενον, καὶ τοὺς Ἑλληνιστὰς πείθοντα τῶν πατρίων ἀμελεῖν. ᾿Απηγόρευσε δὲ καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ ξένοις Χριστιανοῖς, μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν Κυζίκῳ· αἰτίαν ἐπαγαγών, ὡς εἰκὸς, αὐτοὺς τῆς θρησκείας ἕνεκα στασιάσαι · συναιρομένων αὐτοῖς καὶ παραπλησίως περὶ τὸ θεῖον φρονούντων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως Χριστιανῶν καὶ τῶν δημοσίων ἐριουργῶν, καὶ τῶν τεχνι τῶν τοῦ νομίσματος· οἱ πλῆθος ὄντες, καὶ εἰς δύο τάγματα πολυάνθρωπα διακεκριμένοι, ἐκ προστάγματος τῶν πρὶν βασιλέων ἅμα γυναιξὶ καὶ οἰκείοις ἀνὰ τὴν Κύζικον διέτριβον, ἔτους ἑκάστου ῥητὴν ἀποφορὰν τῷ δημοσίῳ κατατιθέντες, οἱ μὲν στρατιωτικῶν χλαμύδων, οἱ δὲ, νεουργῶν νομισμάτων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου δέδοκτο αὐτῷ συστῆσαι τὸν Ἑλληνι-' σμὸν, βιάζεσθαι μὲν ἢ τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς δήμους μὴ θέλοντας θύειν, ἀβουλίας νενόμικεν. Σχολῇ γὰρ ἂν τοσούτων καθ' ἑκάστην πόλιν οἱ ἄρχοντες τὸν ἀριθμὸν μόνον ἐπεγράψαντο· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ συνιέναι καὶ κατὰ γνώμην εὔχεσθαι διεκώλυεν. Ἤδει γὰρ ὡς καὶ ἀνάγκη ποτὲ κατόρθωθείη τὰ προαιρέσεως έχουσίας εἰς σύστασιν δεόμενα. Τοὺς δὲ κληρικοὺς καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, ἀπελαύνειν τῶν πόλεων ἔσπευδε· τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, τῇ τούτων ἀπουσίᾳ πραγματευόμενος διαλῦσαι τῶν λαῶν τὰς συνόδους· ὥστε μήτε τοὺς ἐκκλησιάζοντας, μήτε τοὺς διδάσκοντας ἔχειν, μήτε μυστηρίων μεταλαμβάνειν, καὶ τῷ πολλῷ χρόνῳ ἐμπεσεῖν εἰς λήθην τῆς οἰκείας θρησκείας. Σκεπτόμενος δὲ ὡς οἱ κληρικοὶ εἰς διάστασιν τὰ πλήθη ἄγουσιν, οὕτως οὖν οὔτε στάσεως γενομένης, οὔτε γίνεσθαι προσδοκωμένης, ἐξιέναι Κυζίκου τὸν Ἐλεύσιον καὶ τοὺς· σὺν αὐτῷ προσέταξε. Βοστρηνοὺς δὲ δημοσίῳ κηρύγματι προὐτρέψατο διῶξαι τῆς αὐτῶν πόλεως Τίτον τὸν τότε τῆς ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπον. Ὡς γὰρ ἡπείλησεν, αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς κληρικοὺς ἐν αἰτίᾳ ποιήσειν εἰ στασιάσαι τὸ πλῆθος, βιβλίον πρὸς βασιλέα διεπέμψατο Τίτος, καὶ διεμαρτύρατο ἐφάμιλλον μὲν εἶναι τῷ Ἑλληνικῷ πλήθει τὸ Χριστιανικόν· ἠρεμεῖν δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ ταῖς αὐτοῦ παραινέσεσιν ἀγόμενον, μηδὲν στασιῶδες ἐννοεῖν. Ἐκ τοιούτων δὲ ῥημάτων εἰς ἔχθραν καταστῆσαι τῷ δημοσίῳ τὸν Τίτον κατασκευάζων, γράφων Βοστρηνοῖς διέβαλεν αὐτὸν, ὡς κατήγορον τοῦ πλήθους γεγενημένον· οἷα δὴ μὴ ἀπὸ γνώμης οἰκείας, διὰ δὲ τὰς αὐτοῦ παραινέσεις μὴ στασιάζοντας · καὶ ὡς δυσμενῆ ἀπελαύνειν αὐτὸν τῆς πόλεως, ἀνεκίνει τὸν δῆμον. Τοιαῦτα δὲ πολλὰ καὶ - ἀλλαχόσε συμβῆναι εἰκός· τὰ μὲν, κατὰ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως· τὰ δὲ, ἐξ ὀργῆς καὶ προπετείας δήμων · ἐφ᾽ οἷς καὶ οὕτως τῷ κρατοῦντι τὴν αἰτίαν τις ἀναθήσει τῶν γεγενημένων· οὐ γὰρ ὑπῆγε τοῖς νόμοις τοὺς ὧδε παρανομοῦντας· ἀλλὰ μίσει τῷ πρὸς τὴν θρησκείαν, μέμφεσθαι λόγοις δοκῶν, ἔργοις προὐτρέπετο τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα δρῶντας · ὅθεν καὶ μὴ διώκοντος αὐτοῦ, κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας ἔφευγον οἱ τῶν ἐμῶν προγόνων, καὶ ὁ ἐμὸς πάππος. Καθότι πατρὸς Ἕλληνος ὢν, αὐτός τε πανοικὶ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τοῦ γένους ᾿Αλαφίωνος, Χριστιανοὶ πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐν Βηθελίᾳ κώμῃ Γαζαίᾳ, πολυανθρώπῳ τε οὔσῃ, καὶ ἱερὰ ἐχούσῃ ἀρχαιότητι καὶ κατασκευῇ σεμνὰ τοῖς κατοικοῦσι· καὶ μάλιστα τὸ Πάνθεον, ὡς ἐπὶ ἀκροπόλεως χειροποιήτου τινὸς λόφου κείμενον, καὶ παν ταχόθεν πάσης τῆς κώμης ὑπερέχον. Συμβάλλω δὲ τὸ χωρίον ἔνθεν λαχεῖν τὴν προσηγορίαν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς Σύρων φωνῆς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλήνων ἑρμηνευόμενον, Θεῶν οἰκητήριον ὀνομάζεσθαι, διὰ τὸν τοῦ Πανθέου ναόν. Λέγεται δὲ Χριστιανισμοῦ αἴτιος γενέσθαι τοῖς τούτων οἴκοις Ἱλαρίων ὁ μοναχός· δαιμονῶντος γὰρ ᾿Αλαφίωνος τούτου, ἐπὶ πολύ τινες Ἕλληνες καὶ Χριστιανοί. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς φυγῆς μετέσχον πολλοὶ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπῳδαῖς καὶ περιεργίαις τισὶ χρησάμενοι, οὐδὲν ἤνυον· ὁ δὲ, μόνον τὸ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὄνομα ἐπιβοησάμενος, τὸ δαιμόνιον ἀπήλασεν, εἰς τὴν Χριστιανῶν μετεβάλοντο θρησκείαν. Διέπρεπε δὲ ὁ μὲν ἐμὸς πάππος ἐν ταῖς ἐξηγήσεσι τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν, εὐφυής τε ὢν, καὶ οἷος γνῶναι δεῖ· καὶ κατὰ λόγον μετρίως ἠγμένος, ὡς καὶ ἀριθμητικῆς μὴ εἶναι ἄμοιρος. Ὅθεν κεχαρισμένος εἰς ἄγαν ἐτύγχανε τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν ᾿Ασκάλωνα καὶ Γάζαν, καὶ τοῖς πέριξ Χριστιανοῖς· ὡς ἀναγκαίως τῇ θρησκείᾳ, καὶ τὰ ἀμφίβολα τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν εὐμαρῶς διαλύειν. Τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου γένους, σχολῇ γ᾽ ἄν τις τὴν ἀρετὴν διηγήσαιτο· πρῶτοι γὰρ οὗτοι ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας καὶ μοναστήρια συνεστήσαντο, καὶ σεμνότητι καὶ φιλο– φροσύνῃ ξένων καὶ δεομένων συνεκόσμησαν. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς γενεᾶς μέχρι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς περιῆσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ, οἷς ἤδη πρεσβύταις νέος ὧν συνεγενόμην. Ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν, ὕστερον ἐπιμνησθῆναι δεῖ.
Ho de basileus, pythomenos ekklēsiazein ᾿Athanasion en tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsią, kai adeōs didaskein ta plēthē, kai pollous Hellēnōn peithein eis Christianismon metatithesthai, prosetaxen auton exienai tēs ᾿Alexandreias. Menonti de en tautę̄, megistas proēgoreue zēmias • prophasin enklēmatōn poiēsamenos, hōs para tōn pro autou basileōn pheugein katadikastheis, mē epitrapeis antelabeto tou thronou tēs episkopēs. Mēde gar synchōrēsai auton eis tas Ekklēsias kathodon, tois para Kōnstantiou phygadeutheisin, all᾽ eis patridas monon. – Dia touto de to basileōs prostagma mellōn pheugein dedakrymenēn idōn amph᾿ auton tēn tōn Christianōn plēthyn, Tharrheite, ephē; nephydrion gar esti, kai thatton pareleusetai; kai touto eipōn, synetaxato ; kai tois spoudaioterois tōn philōn tēn Ekklēsian parathemenos, exēlthe tēs ᾿Alexandreōn poleōs. En toutǭ de Kyzikēnōn presbeusamenōn pros basilea peri oikeiōn pragmatōn, kai tēs epanorthōseōs tōn Hellēnikōn naōn, epainesas autous tēs peri ta hiera pronoias, panta pareschen hōnper edeēse. Kai Eleusion, de ton par᾿ autois episkopon, tēs poleōs eirxen, hōs lymēnamenon tois naois, kai tois temenesin enybrisanta; kai chērotrophia kataskeuasanta, kai parthenōnas hierōn parthenōn systēsa( menon, kai tous Hellēnistas peithonta tōn patriōn amelein. ᾿Apēgoreuse de kai tois syn autǭ xenois Christianois, mē epibainein Kyzikǭ; aitian epagagōn, hōs eikos, autous tēs thrēskeias heneka stasiasai ; synairomenōn autois kai paraplēsiōs peri to theion phronountōn tōn apo tēs poleōs Christianōn kai tōn dēmosiōn eriourgōn, kai tōn techni tōn tou nomismatos; hoi plēthos ontes, kai eis dyo tagmata polyanthrōpa diakekrimenoi, ek prostagmatos tōn prin basileōn hama gynaixi kai oikeiois ana tēn Kyzikon dietribon, etous hekastou rhētēn apophoran tǭ dēmosiǭ katatithentes, hoi men stratiōtikōn chlamydōn, hoi de, neourgōn nomismatōn. Epei gar ek pantos tropou dedokto autǭ systēsai ton Hellēni-' smon, biazesthai men ē timōreisthai tous dēmous mē thelontas thyein, aboulias nenomiken. Scholę̄ gar an tosoutōn kath' hekastēn polin hoi archontes ton arithmon monon epegrapsanto; ou mēn oude synienai kai kata gnōmēn euchesthai diekōlyen. Ēdei gar hōs kai anankē pote katorthōtheiē ta proaireseōs echousias eis systasin deomena. Tous de klērikous kai tous proestōtas tōn Ekklēsiōn, apelaunein tōn poleōn espeude; to men alēthes eipein, tę̄ toutōn apousią pragmateuomenos dialysai tōn laōn tas synodous; hōste mēte tous ekklēsiazontas, mēte tous didaskontas echein, mēte mystēriōn metalambanein, kai tǭ pollǭ chronǭ empesein eis lēthēn tēs oikeias thrēskeias. Skeptomenos de hōs hoi klērikoi eis diastasin ta plēthē agousin, houtōs oun oute staseōs genomenēs, oute ginesthai prosdokōmenēs, exienai Kyzikou ton Eleusion kai tous; syn autǭ prosetaxe. Bostrēnous de dēmosiǭ kērygmati proutrepsato diōxai tēs autōn poleōs Titon ton tote tēs enthade Ekklēsias episkopon. Hōs gar hēpeilēsen, auton kai tous klērikous en aitią poiēsein ei stasiasai to plēthos, biblion pros basilea diepempsato Titos, kai diemartyrato ephamillon men einai tǭ Hellēnikǭ plēthei to Christianikon; ēremein de touto, kai tais autou parainesesin agomenon, mēden stasiōdes ennoein. Ek toioutōn de rhēmatōn eis echthran katastēsai tǭ dēmosiǭ ton Titon kataskeuazōn, graphōn Bostrēnois diebalen auton, hōs katēgoron tou plēthous gegenēmenon; hoia dē mē apo gnōmēs oikeias, dia de tas autou paraineseis mē stasiazontas ; kai hōs dysmenē apelaunein auton tēs poleōs, anekinei ton dēmon. Toiauta de polla kai - allachose symbēnai eikos; ta men, kata prostagma tou basileōs; ta de, ex orgēs kai propeteias dēmōn ; eph᾽ hois kai houtōs tǭ kratounti tēn aitian tis anathēsei tōn gegenēmenōn; ou gar hypēge tois nomois tous hōde paranomountas; alla misei tǭ pros tēn thrēskeian, memphesthai logois dokōn, ergois proutrepeto tous ta toiauta drōntas ; hothen kai mē diōkontos autou, kata poleis kai kōmas epheugon hoi tōn emōn progonōn, kai ho emos pappos. Kathoti patros Hellēnos ōn, autos te panoiki kai hoi apo tou genous ᾿Alaphiōnos, Christianoi prōtoi egenonto en Bēthelią kōmę̄ Gazaią, polyanthrōpǭ te ousę̄, kai hiera echousę̄ archaiotēti kai kataskeuę̄ semna tois katoikousi; kai malista to Pantheon, hōs epi akropoleōs cheiropoiētou tinos lophou keimenon, kai pan tachothen pasēs tēs kōmēs hyperechon. Symballō de to chōrion enthen lachein tēn prosēgorian, kai ek tēs Syrōn phōnēs eis tēn Hellēnōn hermēneuomenon, Theōn oikētērion onomazesthai, dia ton tou Pantheou naon. Legetai de Christianismou aitios genesthai tois toutōn oikois Hilariōn ho monachos; daimonōntos gar ᾿Alaphiōnos toutou, epi poly tines Hellēnes kai Christianoi. Tautēs de tēs phygēs meteschon polloi Ioudaioi, epǭdais kai periergiais tisi chrēsamenoi, ouden ēnyon; ho de, monon to tou Christou onoma epiboēsamenos, to daimonion apēlasen, eis tēn Christianōn metebalonto thrēskeian. Dieprepe de ho men emos pappos en tais exēgēsesi tōn hierōn Graphōn, euphyēs te ōn, kai hoios gnōnai dei; kai kata logon metriōs ēgmenos, hōs kai arithmētikēs mē einai amoiros. Hothen kecharismenos eis agan etynchane tois ana tēn ᾿Askalōna kai Gazan, kai tois perix Christianois; hōs anankaiōs tę̄ thrēskeią, kai ta amphibola tōn hierōn Graphōn eumarōs dialyein. Tōn de apo tou heterou genous, scholę̄ g᾽ an tis tēn aretēn diēgēsaito; prōtoi gar houtoi enthade ekklēsias kai monastēria synestēsanto, kai semnotēti kai philo– phrosynę̄ xenōn kai deomenōn synekosmēsan. Ek tautēs de tēs geneas mechri kai eis hēmas periēsan andres agathoi, hois ēdē presbytais neos hōn synegenomēn. Alla tōn men, hysteron epimnēsthēnai dei.
The emperor, learning that Athanasius was holding assemblies in the church of the Alexandrians, teaching the people without fear, and persuading many pagans to change over to Christianity, ordered him to leave Alexandria, and threatened him with the heaviest penalties if he remained there. He made it a ground of complaint that, having been condemned to exile by the emperors before him, he had taken back the throne of the episcopate without permission; for he had not allowed those banished by Constantius to return to the churches, but only to their homelands. When, because of this order of the emperor, Athanasius was about to go into exile, seeing the crowd of Christians around him in tears, he said, “Take courage; it is a little cloud and will soon pass.” Having said this he bade them farewell, entrusted the church to the most zealous of his friends, and left the city of the Alexandrians. At this time the people of Cyzicus sent envoys to the emperor about their own affairs and about restoring the pagan temples; he praised them for their care for the shrines and granted them everything they asked. He also excluded Eleusius, their bishop, from the city, as having damaged the temples and insulted the sacred precincts, having built homes for widows, established convents of holy virgins, and persuaded the pagans to neglect their ancestral rites. He also forbade the foreign Christians who were with him to set foot in Cyzicus, alleging, as was likely, that they would raise a riot for the sake of religion, with the Christians of the city joining them and thinking like them about the divine, as well as the public wool-workers and the workers of the mint. These were numerous and divided into two populous guilds, and by order of the former emperors lived in Cyzicus with their wives and households, paying each year a fixed contribution to the treasury, the one of military cloaks, the other of newly minted coins. For since he had resolved to establish paganism by every means, he thought it foolish to force or punish populaces unwilling to sacrifice; for in each city the magistrates could hardly even have registered the number of so many. Nor did he prevent them from assembling and praying as they chose. For he knew that what needs a free choice for its establishment can hardly ever be achieved by compulsion. But he was eager to drive the clergy and the heads of the churches out of the cities, really intending by their absence to break up the people’s assemblies, so that they would have neither anyone to lead their assemblies nor teachers, nor share in the mysteries, and in long time would fall into forgetfulness of their own religion. On the pretext that the clergy led the multitudes into dissension, he ordered Eleusius and those with him to leave Cyzicus, although there had been no riot and none was expected. He urged the people of Bostra by public proclamation to drive out of their city Titus, then bishop of the church there. For when he threatened to hold him and the clergy responsible if the people rioted, Titus sent a petition to the emperor and declared that the Christian multitude was equal to the pagan, but that it was quiet and, led by his exhortations, thought of nothing seditious. Seizing on these words to make Titus hated by the people, the emperor wrote to the people of Bostra and accused him of having become an accuser of the populace, as though they refrained from riot not of their own will but because of his exhortations; and he stirred up the people to drive him out of the city as an enemy. It is likely that many such things happened elsewhere also, some by the emperor’s order, others from the anger and rashness of the populaces. For these too one will lay the blame for what happened on the ruler; for he did not bring those who so broke the law under the laws, but in his hatred of the religion, while seeming to blame them in words, he encouraged in deeds those who did such things. Hence, even though he himself did not persecute, my forebears and my grandfather fled from city to city and village to village. For though his father was a pagan, he himself with his whole household, and the family of Alaphion, were the first to become Christians in Bethelia, a village of Gaza, which was populous and had temples venerable to its inhabitants for their antiquity and workmanship, especially the Pantheon, which stood on a man-made hill as on an acropolis and overlooked the whole village from every side. I conjecture that the place took its name from this and that, translated from the Syrian language into Greek, it is called “dwelling of the gods,” because of the temple of the Pantheon. It is said that the monk Hilarion was the cause of these households’ becoming Christian. For when this Alaphion was possessed by a demon, for a long time some pagans and many Jews used incantations and certain magic arts and accomplished nothing; but Hilarion, by simply calling on the name of Christ, drove out the demon, and they changed over to the Christian religion. My grandfather excelled in the interpretation of the sacred Scriptures, being gifted and of an inquiring mind, and moderately trained in learning, so that he was not without a share of arithmetic too. Hence he was very much loved by the Christians of Ascalon and Gaza and the surrounding country, as one needful to religion and able easily to resolve the difficulties of the sacred Scriptures. As for those of the other family, one could hardly describe their virtue. For they were the first to found churches and monasteries there, and they adorned them with their dignity and their kindness to strangers and the needy. Of this family good men survived even to our day, whom, when they were already old, I knew when I was young. But I must mention them later.
5.16PG 67:1259–1265
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς πάλαι σπουδάζων τὸν Ἑλληνισμὸν κρατεῖν κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπήκοον, χαλεπῶς ἔφερε, παρευδοκιμούμενον ὁρῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ. Ναοι μὲν γὰρ ἀνεῴγεισαν, καὶ θυσίαι, καὶ Ἑλλήνων πάτριοι ἑορταὶ τῶν πόλεων, κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ προχωρεῖν ἐδόκουν. Ἠνιᾶτο δὲ λογιζόμενος, ὡς εἰ γυμνωθείη ταῦτα τῆς αὐτοῦ σπουδῆς, ταχεῖαν ἕξει τὴν μεταβολήν. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ ἤχθετο, καὶ πολλῶν ἱερέων Χριστιανίζειν ἀκούων τὰς γαμετὰς καὶ τοὺς παῖδας, καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ τὸν Χριστιανισμὸν τὴν σύστασιν ἔχειν ἐκ τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς πολιτείας τῶν αὐτὸν μετιόντων, διενοεῖτο πανταχῆ τοὺς Ἑλληνικοὺς ναοὺς τῇ παρασκευῇ καὶ τῇ τάξει τῆς Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας διακοσμεῖν· βήμασί τε καὶ προεδρίαις, καὶ Ἑλληνικῶν δογμάτων καὶ παραινέσεων διδασκάλοις τε καὶ ἀναγνώσταις, ὡρῶν τε ῥητῶν καὶ ἡμερῶν τεταγμέναις εὐχαῖς, φροντιστηρίοις τε ἀνδρῶν καὶ γυναικῶν φιλοσοφεῖν ἐγνωκότων, καὶ καταγωγίοις ξένων καὶ πτωχῶν, καὶ τῇ ἄλλῃ τῇ περὶ τοὺς δεομένους φιλανθρωπίᾳ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν δόγμα σεμνῦναι, ἑκουσίων τε καὶ ἀκουσίων ἁμαρτημάτων κατὰ τὴν τῶν Χριστιανῶν παράδοσιν ἐκ μεταμελείας σύμμετρον τάξαι σωφρονισμόν. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ ζηλῶσαι λέγεται τὰ συνθήματα τῶν ἐπισκοπικῶν γραμμάτων, οἷς ἔθος ἀμοιβαδὸν τοὺς ξένους ὅποι δήποτε διιόντας, καὶ παρ' οἷς ἂν ἀφίκωνται, πάντως κατάγεσθαι καὶ θεραπείας ἀξιοῦσθαι, οἷα γε γνωρίμους καὶ φιλτάτους, διὰ τὴν τοῦ συμβόλου μαρτυρίαν. Ταῦτα διανοούμενος, ἐσπούδαζε τοὺς Ἑλληνιστὰς προσεθίζειν τοῖς τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐπιτηδεύμασιν. ᾿Αλλ' ἐπειδὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς ἴσως ἀπείθανον εἶναι τοῦτο δοκεῖ, οὐκ ἄλλοθεν ἢ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως ῥημάτων παρέξομαι τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων ἀπόδειξιν. Γράφει δὲ ὧδε Ἀρσακίῳ ἀρχιερεῖ Γαλατίας. Ἑλληνισμὸς οὔπω πράττει κατὰ λόγον, ἡμῶν ἕνεκα τῶν μετιόντων αὐτόν. Τὰ γὰρ τῶν θεῶν λαμπρά καὶ μεγάλα, κρείττονα πάσης μὲν εὐχῆς, πάσης δὲ ἐλπίδος. Ἴλεως δὲ ἔστω τοῖς λόγοις ἡμῶν ᾿Αδράστεια. Τὴν γὰρ ἐν ὀλίγῳ τοσαύτην καὶ τηλικαύτην μεταβολὴν οὐδὲ εὔξασθαί τις ὀλίγῳ πρότερον ἐτόλμα. Τί οὖν ἡμεῖς οἰόμεθα ταῦτα ἀρκεῖν; οὐδὲ ἀποβλέπομεν, ὁ μάλιστα τὴν ἀθεότητα συνηύξησεν ἡ περὶ τοὺς ξένους φιλανθρωπία, καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς ταφὰς τῶν νεκρῶν προμήθεια, καὶ ἡ πεπλασμένη σεμνότης κατὰ τὸν βίον, ὧν ἕκαστον οἴομαι χρῆναι παρ' ἡμῶν ἀληθῶς ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι. Καὶ οὐκ ἀπόχρη τὸ σὲ μόνον εἶναι τοιοῦτον, ἀλλὰ πάντας ἁπαξαπλῶς οἱ περὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς. Οὓς ἢ δυσώπησον, ἢ πεῖσον εἶναι σπουδαίους, ἢ τῆς ἱερατικῆς λειτουργίας ἀπόστησον, εἰ μὴ προσέρχονται μετὰ γυναικῶν καὶ παίδων καὶ , θεραπόντων τοῖς θεοῖς, ἀλλὰ ἀνέχοιντο τῶν οἰχετῶν, ἢ υἱέων, ἢ τῶν Γαλιλαίων γαμετῶν, ἀσεδούντων μὲν. εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς, ἀθεότητα δὲ θεοσεβείας προτιμώντων. Ἔπειτα παραίνεσον ἱερέα, μὴτε θεάτρῳ παραθάλλειν, μήτε ἐν χαπηλείῳ πίνειν, ἣ τέχνης τινὸς ἐργασίας αἰσχρᾶς καὶ ἐπονειδίστου προΐστασθαι" καὶ τοὺς μὲν πειθομένους τίμα, τοὺς ἀπειθοῦντας ἐξ" ὦθει. Ξενοδοχεῖα ἐχάστην πόλιν χατάστησον πυχνὰ, ἵν᾽ ἀπολαύσωσιν οἱ ξένοι τῆς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ς.λ" ανθρωπίας, οὐ τῶν ἡμετέρων μόνον, ἀλλὰ τῶν. ἄλλων, ὅστις ἂν δεηθῇ χρημάτων. “Ὅθεν δὲ εὐπορῆσεις, ἐπινενόηταί 'μοι τέως. ἙἙχάστου γὰρ ἐνιαυτοῦ τρισμυρίους μοδίους κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Γαλατίαν ἐχέλευσα δοθῆναι σίτου, καὶ ἑξαχισμυρίους οἴνου ξέστας “. ὧν τὸ μὲν πέμπτον εἰς τοὺς πένητας, τοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦν σιν ὑπηρετουμένους, ἀναλίσχεσθαί φημι χρῆνα: " τὰ δὲ ἄλλα τοῖς ξένοις τοῖς μεταιτοῦσιν, ἐ πινέμεσθαι παρ᾽ ὑμῶν. Αἰσχρὸν γὰρ, εἰ τῶν μὲν Ἰουδαίων οὐδεὶς μεταιτεῖ, τρέφουσι δὲ οἱ δυσσεθεῖς Γαλιλαῖοι πρὶς τοῖς ἑαυτῶν τοὺς ἡμετέρους. Οἱ δὲ ἡμέτεροι, τῆς παρ᾽ ἡμῶν ἐπιχουρίας ἐνδεεῖς φαίνονται, δὲ καὶ συνεισφέρειν τοὺς ᾿Ἑλληνιστὰς εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας λειτουργίας, τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς κώμας ἀπάρχεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς τῶν καρπῶν " τοὺς Ἑλληνικοὺς ταῖς τοιαύταις εὐποιίαις προέθιζε, διδάσκων αὐτοὺς . ὡς τοῦτο πάλαι ἡμέτερον ἔργον. Ὅμηρος γοῦν αὐτὸ πεποίηκεν Εὔμαιον λέγοντα" " ἡ : ! Ξ, 1. € οὔ μοι θέμις ἔστ', οὔτ εἰ κακίων σέθεν" ἀτιμῆσαι" γὰρ Διός εἰσιν ἅπαντες Ξεῖγοί τε, πτωχοί τε" δόσις δ᾽ ὀλίγη τε, φίλη τε. Μηδὲ τὰ παρ' ἡμῖν ἀγαθὰ (15}} παραζηλοῦν ἄλλοις συγχωροῦντες, αὐτοὶ τῇ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ χαταισχύνοιμεν, μᾶλλον δὲ καταπροώμεθα τὴν εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς εὖλάειαν. Εἰ ταῦτα πυθοίμην ἐγώ σε πράττοντα, μεστὸς εὐφροσύνης ἔσομαι. Τοὺς ἡγεμόνας ὀλιγάχις ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας τὰ πλεῖστα δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπίστελλε. Εἰσιοῦσι δὲ εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ὑπαντάτω μηδεὶς αὐτοῖς ἱερέων " ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν εἰς τὰ ἱερὰ φοιτῶσι τῶν θεῶν, εἴσω τῶν προθύρων. Ἡγείσθω δὲ μηδεὶς αὐτῶν εἴσω στρατιώτης " ἑπέσθω δὲ ὁ βουλόμενος " ἅμα γὰρ εἰς τὸν οὐδὸν ἦλθε τοῦ τεμένους, γέγογεν ἰδιώτης. γὰρ αὐτὸς, ὡς οἶσθα, τῶν ἔνδον, ἐπεὶ καὶ ὁ θεῖος ταῦτα ἀπαιτεῖ θεσμός. Καὶ οἱ μὲν πειθόμενοι, κατὰ ἀλήθειάν εἰσι θεοσεδεῖς " δὲ ἀντεχόμενοι τοῦ τύφου, δοξοχόποι εἰσὶ καὶ χενόδοξοι τῇ Πισσινοῦντι βοηθεῖν ἕτοιμός εἶμι, εἰ τὴν μητέρα τῶν θεῶν ἕλεω καταστήσουσιν ἑαυτοῖς. ᾿Αμελοῦντες δὲ αὐτῆς, οὐχ ἄμεμπτοι μόνον, ἀλλὰ πικρὸν ἐἰπεῖν μὴ καὶ τῆς παρ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀπολαύσωσι δυσμενείας. Οὐ γάρ μοι θέμις ἐστὶ κομιζέμεν, ἢ ἐλεαίρειν ῎Ανδρας, οἳ καὶ θεοῖσιν ἀπέχθονται ἀθανάτοισιν. Πεῖθε τοίνυν αὐτοὺς, εἰ τῆς παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ κηδεμονίας ἀντέχονται, πανδημεὶ τῆς μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν ἱκέτας γενέσθαι.
Ho de basileus palai spoudazōn ton Hellēnismon kratein kata pasan tēn hypēkoon, chalepōs ephere, pareudokimoumenon horōn hypo tou Christianismou. Naoi men gar aneǭgeisan, kai thysiai, kai Hellēnōn patrioi heortai tōn poleōn, kata gnōmēn autǭ prochōrein edokoun. Ēniato de logizomenos, hōs ei gymnōtheiē tauta tēs autou spoudēs, tacheian hexei tēn metabolēn. Ouch hēkista de ēchtheto, kai pollōn hiereōn Christianizein akouōn tas gametas kai tous paidas, kai tous oiketas. Hypolabōn de ton Christianismon tēn systasin echein ek tou biou kai tēs politeias tōn auton metiontōn, dienoeito pantachē tous Hellēnikous naous tę̄ paraskeuę̄ kai tę̄ taxei tēs Christianōn thrēskeias diakosmein; bēmasi te kai proedriais, kai Hellēnikōn dogmatōn kai paraineseōn didaskalois te kai anagnōstais, hōrōn te rhētōn kai hēmerōn tetagmenais euchais, phrontistēriois te andrōn kai gynaikōn philosophein egnōkotōn, kai katagōgiois xenōn kai ptōchōn, kai tę̄ allę̄ tę̄ peri tous deomenous philanthrōpią to Hellēnikon dogma semnynai, hekousiōn te kai akousiōn hamartēmatōn kata tēn tōn Christianōn paradosin ek metameleias symmetron taxai sōphronismon. Ouch hēkista de zēlōsai legetai ta synthēmata tōn episkopikōn grammatōn, hois ethos amoibadon tous xenous hopoi dēpote diiontas, kai par' hois an aphikōntai, pantōs katagesthai kai therapeias axiousthai, hoia ge gnōrimous kai philtatous, dia tēn tou symbolou martyrian. Tauta dianooumenos, espoudaze tous Hellēnistas prosethizein tois tōn Christianōn epitēdeumasin. ᾿All' epeidē tois pollois isōs apeithanon einai touto dokei, ouk allothen ē ap᾿ autōn tōn tou basileōs rhēmatōn parexomai tēn tōn eirēmenōn apodeixin. Graphei de hōde Arsakiǭ archierei Galatias. Hellēnismos oupō prattei kata logon, hēmōn heneka tōn metiontōn auton. Ta gar tōn theōn lampra kai megala, kreittona pasēs men euchēs, pasēs de elpidos. Ileōs de estō tois logois hēmōn ᾿Adrasteia. Tēn gar en oligǭ tosautēn kai tēlikautēn metabolēn oude euxasthai tis oligǭ proteron etolma. Ti oun hēmeis oiometha tauta arkein? oude apoblepomen, ho malista tēn atheotēta synēuxēsen hē peri tous xenous philanthrōpia, kai hē peri tas taphas tōn nekrōn promētheia, kai hē peplasmenē semnotēs kata ton bion, hōn hekaston oiomai chrēnai par' hēmōn alēthōs epitēdeuesthai. Kai ouk apochrē to se monon einai toiouton, alla pantas hapaxaplōs hoi peri tēn Galatian eisin hiereis. Hous ē dysōpēson, ē peison einai spoudaious, ē tēs hieratikēs leitourgias apostēson, ei mē proserchontai meta gynaikōn kai paidōn kai , therapontōn tois theois, alla anechointo tōn oichetōn, ē huieōn, ē tōn Galilaiōn gametōn, asedountōn men. eis tous theous, atheotēta de theosebeias protimōntōn. Epeita paraineson hierea, mēte theatrǭ parathallein, mēte en chapēleiǭ pinein, hē technēs tinos ergasias aischras kai eponeidistou proïstasthai" kai tous men peithomenous tima, tous apeithountas ex" ōthei. Xenodocheia echastēn polin chatastēson pychna, hin᾽ apolausōsin hoi xenoi tēs par᾽ hēmōn s.l" anthrōpias, ou tōn hēmeterōn monon, alla tōn. allōn, hostis an deēthę̄ chrēmatōn. “Hothen de euporēseis, epinenoētai 'moi teōs. HeEchastou gar eniautou trismyrious modious kata pasan tēn Galatian echeleusa dothēnai sitou, kai hexachismyrious oinou xestas “. hōn to men pempton eis tous penētas, tous tois hiereun sin hypēretoumenous, analischesthai phēmi chrēna: " ta de alla tois xenois tois metaitousin, e pinemesthai par᾽ hymōn. Aischron gar, ei tōn men Ioudaiōn oudeis metaitei, trephousi de hoi dyssetheis Galilaioi pris tois heautōn tous hēmeterous. Hoi de hēmeteroi, tēs par᾽ hēmōn epichourias endeeis phainontai, de kai syneispherein tous ᾿Hellēnistas eis tas toiautas leitourgias, tas Hellēnikas kōmas aparchesthai tois theois tōn karpōn " tous Hellēnikous tais toiautais eupoiiais proethize, didaskōn autous . hōs touto palai hēmeteron ergon. Homēros goun auto pepoiēken Eumaion legonta" " hē : ! X, 1. € ou moi themis est', out ei kakiōn sethen" atimēsai" gar Dios eisin hapantes Xeigoi te, ptōchoi te" dosis d᾽ oligē te, philē te. Mēde ta par' hēmin agatha (15}} parazēloun allois synchōrountes, autoi tę̄ rhąthymią chataischynoimen, mallon de kataproōmetha tēn eis tous theous eulaeian. Ei tauta pythoimēn egō se prattonta, mestos euphrosynēs esomai. Tous hēgemonas oligachis epi tēs oikias ta pleista de autois epistelle. Eisiousi de eis tēn polin, hypantatō mēdeis autois hiereōn " all᾽ hotan eis ta hiera phoitōsi tōn theōn, eisō tōn prothyrōn. Hēgeisthō de mēdeis autōn eisō stratiōtēs " hepesthō de ho boulomenos " hama gar eis ton oudon ēlthe tou temenous, gegogen idiōtēs. gar autos, hōs oistha, tōn endon, epei kai ho theios tauta apaitei thesmos. Kai hoi men peithomenoi, kata alētheian eisi theosedeis " de antechomenoi tou typhou, doxochopoi eisi kai chenodoxoi tę̄ Pissinounti boēthein hetoimos eimi, ei tēn mētera tōn theōn heleō katastēsousin heautois. ᾿Amelountes de autēs, ouch amemptoi monon, alla pikron eipein mē kai tēs par᾿ hēmōn apolausōsi dysmeneias. Ou gar moi themis esti komizemen, ē eleairein ᾿Andras, hoi kai theoisin apechthontai athanatoisin. Peithe toinyn autous, ei tēs par᾿ emou kēdemonias antechontai, pandēmei tēs mētros tōn theōn hiketas genesthai.
The emperor, who had long been eager for paganism to prevail throughout the whole empire, was vexed to see it outdone by Christianity. Temples had been opened, and sacrifices and the ancestral festivals of the pagans in the cities seemed to be going forward as he wished; but he was distressed, reckoning that if these were stripped of his zeal, they would quickly change back. He was especially annoyed to hear that the wives, children and servants of many priests were Christians. Supposing that Christianity owed its strength to the life and conduct of those who practise it, he planned to adorn the pagan temples everywhere with the arrangements and order of the Christian religion: to dignify the pagan doctrine with platforms and seats of honour, with teachers and readers of pagan doctrines and exhortations, with prayers set at fixed hours and days, with houses for men and women who had resolved to live the philosophic life, with lodgings for strangers and the poor and other kindness to the needy; and, after the tradition of the Christians, to appoint correction proportioned to repentance for voluntary and involuntary sins. Not least, he is said to have imitated the tokens of the bishops’ letters, by which it is customary for strangers travelling anywhere to be received by those to whom they come and thought worthy of care, as friends and dearest acquaintances, on the testimony of the token. With these designs he was eager to accustom the pagans to the practices of the Christians. But since this perhaps seems incredible to many, I shall give the proof of what has been said from no other source than the emperor’s own words. He writes thus to Arsacius, high priest of Galatia: “Paganism is not yet succeeding as it should, because of us who practise it. For the things of the gods are splendid and great, beyond every prayer and every hope. May Adrasteia be gracious to my words; for no one, a little while ago, dared even pray for so great and so sudden a change. Why then do we think this enough, and do not look at what has most increased atheism: kindness to strangers, care for the burial of the dead, and a feigned dignity of life? I think that each of these ought to be practised by us in truth. And it is not enough that you alone should be such, but all the priests in Galatia without exception. Either shame them or persuade them to be zealous, or remove them from the priestly office, if they do not come to the gods with their wives and children and servants, but tolerate servants or sons or wives who are Galileans, who are impious toward the gods and prefer atheism to piety. Next, exhort a priest neither to frequent the theatre nor to drink in a tavern, nor to preside over any craft or trade that is base and disgraceful; honour those who obey, and drive out those who disobey. Set up many guest-houses in each city, so that strangers may enjoy our kindness, not only our own people but others too, whoever is in need of money. Where you will get the means, I have meanwhile provided: for I have ordered thirty thousand modii of grain to be given each year throughout Galatia, and sixty thousand sextarii of wine. One fifth of this, I say, should be spent on the poor who serve the priests, and the rest should be distributed by you to strangers and beggars. For it is shameful that no Jew begs, and the impious Galileans support ours as well as their own, while ours are seen to lack help from us. Teach the pagans, too, to contribute to such services, and the pagan villages to offer the first fruits to the gods; and accustom the pagans to such good works, teaching them that this was our work of old. Homer, at any rate, made Eumaeus say: ‘Stranger, it is not right for me, even if one worse than you should come, to dishonour a stranger; for from Zeus are all strangers and beggars; and a gift is small but dear.’ Let us not, by allowing others to rival us in our own good things, disgrace them by our slackness, or rather betray our reverence for the gods. If I learn that you are doing these things, I shall be full of joy. See the governors seldom at their homes, but write to them as much as possible. When they enter the city, let no priest go to meet them; but when they come to the shrines of the gods, meet them within the porch. Let no soldier precede them inside, but let whoever wishes follow; for as soon as one has crossed the threshold of the precinct he has become a private person. For you yourself, as you know, rule within, since the divine law requires this. Those who obey are truly god-fearing; but those who cling to their pride are seekers of reputation and vainglorious. I am ready to help Pessinus, if they make the Mother of the gods gracious to themselves. But if they neglect her, they will not only not be blameless, but — harsh as it is to say — may even taste our displeasure. ‘For it is not right for me to tend or pity men who are hated by the immortal gods.’ Persuade them, then, if they lay claim to my care, to become suppliants of the Mother of the gods in a body.”
5.17PG 67:1265–1267
Ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς τοιάδε ποιῶν καὶ γράφων, ἡγεῖτο ῥᾳδίως τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἑκόντας μεταθήσειν τοῦ δό· γματος. Καὶ πάντα σπουδάζων ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς τῶν Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας, οὔτε πείθειν παντελῶς οἷός τε ἦν, περιφανῶς τε βιάζεσθαι ἠσχύνετο, μὴ τυραννικὸς εἶναι δόξῃ. Οὐ μὴν καθυφῆκε τῆς προθυμίας, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐμηχανᾶτο, πρὸς Ἑλληνισμὸν τὸ ὑπα ήκοον, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ στρατιωτικὸν, τὸ μὲν δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ δὲ διὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπαγόμενος. ᾿Ατεχνῶς δὲ διὰ πάντων Ἑλληνίζειν προσεθίζων, μεταποιεῖν ἔγνωκεν εἰς τὸ πρότερον σχῆμα, τὸ κορυφαῖον τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν συνθημάτων, ὅπερ Κωνσταντίνος κατὰ θεῖον πρόσταγμα, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, εἰς σταυροῦ σύμβολον μετετύπωσεν. Ἐν δὲ ταῖς δημο· σίαις εἰκόσιν ἐπιμελὲς ἐποιεῖτο παραγράφειν αὐτῷ, Δία μὲν οἷά γε ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ προφαινόμενον, καὶ στέφανον καὶ ἁλουργίδα τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας παρέχοντα· ῎Ἄρεα δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἑρμῆν εἰς αὐτὸν βλέποντας, καὶ καθάπερ τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ ἐπιμαρτυροῦντας ὡς ἀγαθὸς εἴη περὶ λόγους καὶ πολεμικός. Ἐκέλευσε δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς Ἑλληνικὸν ὁρᾷ σέβας, παραμίγνυσθαι ταῖς εἰκόσιν· ὥστε προφάσει τῆς εἰς βασιλέα νενομισμένης τιμῆς, λεληθότως προσκυνεῖν τοῖς συγγεγραμμένοις· ἀποχρώμενός τε τοῖς ἀρχαίοις ἔθεσι, πάσῃ περινοίᾳ ἐσπούδαζε κλέπτειν τῶν ὑπηκόων τὴν προαίρεσιν. Ἐνενόει γὰρ ὡς εἰ πείσειεν, ἑτοιμότερον, ἂν θέλῃ, τὸ λοιπὸν ἐπιχειρήσειεν· εἰ δὲ ἀπειθοῦντας εὕροι, συγγνώμης ἐκτὸς κολάσειν, ὡς περὶ τὰ ἔθη Ῥωμαίων νεωτερίζοντας, καὶ εἰς πολιτείαν καὶ βασιλέα ἐξαμαρτάνοντας. Ὀλίγοι μὲν οὖν, οἳ καὶ δίκην εἰσεπράχθη. σαν, συνῆκαν τὸν λόγον, καὶ ὡς ἔθος ἦν, οὐκ ἠνεί- η χοντο προσκυνεῖν· τὸ δὲ πλῆθος, οἷα φιλεῖ, ὑπ' ἀγνοίας ἢ γνώμης ἀπεριέργου, νόμῳ ἁπλῶς παλαιῷ ἡγοῦντο πείθεσθαι, καὶ ἁπλούστερον ταῖς εἰκόσι προσῄεσαν. Βασιλεῖ δὲ πλέον οὐδὲν ἠνύετο, καὶ ταύτης τῆς τέχνης εἰς πεῖραν προελθούσης. Οὐ μὴν ἐνεδίδου, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἐπινοῶν διετέλει, ὡς ἂν προσάγοι τοὺς ἀρχομένους παραπλησίως αὐτῷ θρησκεύειν. Οἷον δὲ καὶ τότε ἐμηχανήσατο, οὐκ ἀπάδει τοῦ εἰρημένου· περιφανέστερον μέντοι τοῦ προτέρου καὶ βιαιότερον ἐπεχειρήθη, καὶ πρόφασις ἀνδρείας οὐκ ὀλίγοις ἐγένετο τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις στρατευομένων. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ καιρὸς παρῆν βασιλέα δωρεῖσθαι στρατιώ ταις (γίνεται δὲ τοῦτο ὡς ἐπίπαν ἐν ταῖς Ῥωμαίων ἱερομηνίαις, καὶ βασιλέων, καὶ βασιλίδων πόλεων ἐν γενεθλίοις ἡμέραις), λογισάμενος ὡς ἁπλοῦν φύσει καὶ εὔηθές ἐστι τὸ στρατιωτικὸν, καὶ ὑπὸ συνήθους πλεονεξίας ῥᾳδίως ἡττᾶται χρημάτων. Τῶν δὲ ἐπὶ ταύτην παριόντων ἕκαστον οἱ τῷ βασιλεῖ παρεστῶτες ἐκέλευον θυμιᾷν. Προὔκειτο γὰρ πλησίον λίβανος καὶ πῦρ, ὡς δὴ τοῦτο πάλαι Ῥωμαίοις νενο μισμένον. Ἐνταῦθα οἱ μὲν ἀδεῶς τὴν ἀνδρείαν ἐπι εδείξαντο, καὶ οὔτε θυμιάσαι, οὔτε δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως λαβεῖν ἠνέσχοντο· οἱ δὲ, προσχήματι νόμου καὶ ἀρχαιότητος, οὐδὲ εἰς νοῦν ἔλαβον ὁ ἡμάρτανον. Οἱ δὲ, τῷ φαινομένῳ κέρδει δελεασθέντες, ἢ δέει καὶ θορύβῳ προκατειλημμένοι ἐκ τῆς παραυτίκα ἀναφανθείσης σκηνῆς, εἰ καὶ συνῆκαν Ἑλληνίζοντες, τὸ μὴ τοῦτο παθεῖν οὐ διέφυγον. Τῶν δ᾽ αὖ ἀγνοίᾳ περιπεσόντων ταύτῃ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, λέγονταί τινες τά δε, ὡς εἰστιῶντο φιλοφρονούμενοι, οἷά γε ἐν τοῖς πότοις γίνεσθαι φιλεῖ, καὶ προπίνοντες ἀλλήλοις, Χριστὸν ἐπονομάσαι ταῖς κύλιξιν. Ὑπολαβόντα δὲ τινα τῶν δαιτυμόνων, Θαυμαστὸν, ἔφη, ὑπο μένετε, Χριστὸν ἐπικαλούμενοι, ὃν πρὸ βραχέως ἠρνήσασθε, ἡνίκα τὸ δῶρον παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως δεξά μενοι, τῷ πυρὶ τὸν λιβανωτὸν ἐπιτεθείκατε. "Αμα δὲ τοῦτο ἤκουσαν, καὶ συνῆκαν ὅπερ εἰργάσαντο, αὐτίκα ἀναπηδήσαντες, δημοσίᾳ ἔθεον, βοῶντες καὶ δεδακρυμένοι, καὶ Θεὸν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους μαρτυρόμενοι, Χριστιανοὺς εἶναι σφᾶς καὶ διαμεῖναι ἐν ἀγνοίᾳ δὲ τοῦ γεγονότος, εἴγε ὅλως εἰπεῖν ἔστι, μόνην Ἑλληνίσαι τὴν χεῖρα, μὴ συμπραξάσης τῆς διανοίας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὡς βασιλέα ἦλθοι, προσρίψαντες ὃν δεδώκει χρυσὸν, εὖ μάλα ἀνδρείως τὸ οἰκεῖον δῶρον ἀπολαβεῖν ᾔτουν, αὐτοὺς δὲ ἀνελεῖν· μὴ μεταμεληθήσεσθαι γὰρ, εἰ ὑπὲρ ὧν προνοίας ἐκτὸς ἥμαρτεν ἡ δεξιὰ, τῷ παντὶ σώματι δίκην δοῖεν διὰ Χριστόν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς καίπερ χαλεπῶς ἐνεγκὼν, κτεῖναι· μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐφυλάξατο, μὴ μαρτυρίας γερῶν ἀξιωθεῖεν· ἀφελόμενος δὲ τῆς στρατείας, ἐξεώσατο τῶν βασιλείων.
Ho men basileus toiade poiōn kai graphōn, hēgeito rhądiōs tous archomenous hekontas metathēsein tou do; gmatos. Kai panta spoudazōn epi kathairesei tēs tōn Christianōn thrēskeias, oute peithein pantelōs hoios te ēn, periphanōs te biazesthai ēschyneto, mē tyrannikos einai doxę̄. Ou mēn kathyphēke tēs prothymias, alla panta emēchanato, pros Hellēnismon to hypa ēkoon, mallon de to stratiōtikon, to men di᾽ heautou, to de dia tōn archontōn epagomenos. ᾿Atechnōs de dia pantōn Hellēnizein prosethizōn, metapoiein egnōken eis to proteron schēma, to koryphaion tōn Rhōmaïkōn synthēmatōn, hoper Kōnstantinos kata theion prostagma, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, eis staurou symbolon metetypōsen. En de tais dēmo; siais eikosin epimeles epoieito paragraphein autǭ, Dia men hoia ge ek tou ouranou prophainomenon, kai stephanon kai halourgida ta symbola tēs basileias parechonta; ᾿Area de kai ton Hermēn eis auton blepontas, kai kathaper tǭ ophthalmǭ epimartyrountas hōs agathos eiē peri logous kai polemikos. Ekeleuse de tauta, kai hosa alla pros Hellēnikon horą sebas, paramignysthai tais eikosin; hōste prophasei tēs eis basilea nenomismenēs timēs, lelēthotōs proskynein tois syngegrammenois; apochrōmenos te tois archaiois ethesi, pasę̄ perinoią espoudaze kleptein tōn hypēkoōn tēn proairesin. Enenoei gar hōs ei peiseien, hetoimoteron, an thelę̄, to loipon epicheirēseien; ei de apeithountas heuroi, syngnōmēs ektos kolasein, hōs peri ta ethē Rhōmaiōn neōterizontas, kai eis politeian kai basilea examartanontas. Oligoi men oun, hoi kai dikēn eiseprachthē. san, synēkan ton logon, kai hōs ethos ēn, ouk ēnei- ē chonto proskynein; to de plēthos, hoia philei, hyp' agnoias ē gnōmēs aperiergou, nomǭ haplōs palaiǭ hēgounto peithesthai, kai haplousteron tais eikosi prosę̄esan. Basilei de pleon ouden ēnyeto, kai tautēs tēs technēs eis peiran proelthousēs. Ou mēn enedidou, alla panta epinoōn dietelei, hōs an prosagoi tous archomenous paraplēsiōs autǭ thrēskeuein. Hoion de kai tote emēchanēsato, ouk apadei tou eirēmenou; periphanesteron mentoi tou proterou kai biaioteron epecheirēthē, kai prophasis andreias ouk oligois egeneto tōn en tois basileiois strateuomenōn. Epei gar kairos parēn basilea dōreisthai stratiō tais (ginetai de touto hōs epipan en tais Rhōmaiōn hieromēniais, kai basileōn, kai basilidōn poleōn en genethliois hēmerais), logisamenos hōs haploun physei kai euēthes esti to stratiōtikon, kai hypo synēthous pleonexias rhądiōs hēttatai chrēmatōn. Tōn de epi tautēn pariontōn hekaston hoi tǭ basilei parestōtes ekeleuon thymiąn. Proukeito gar plēsion libanos kai pyr, hōs dē touto palai Rhōmaiois neno mismenon. Entautha hoi men adeōs tēn andreian epi edeixanto, kai oute thymiasai, oute dōron para tou basileōs labein ēneschonto; hoi de, proschēmati nomou kai archaiotētos, oude eis noun elabon ho hēmartanon. Hoi de, tǭ phainomenǭ kerdei deleasthentes, ē deei kai thorybǭ prokateilēmmenoi ek tēs parautika anaphantheisēs skēnēs, ei kai synēkan Hellēnizontes, to mē touto pathein ou diephygon. Tōn d᾽ au agnoią peripesontōn tautę̄ tę̄ hamartią, legontai tines ta de, hōs eistiōnto philophronoumenoi, hoia ge en tois potois ginesthai philei, kai propinontes allēlois, Christon eponomasai tais kylixin. Hypolabonta de tina tōn daitymonōn, Thaumaston, ephē, hypo menete, Christon epikaloumenoi, hon pro bracheōs ērnēsasthe, hēnika to dōron para tou basileōs dexa menoi, tǭ pyri ton libanōton epitetheikate. "Ama de touto ēkousan, kai synēkan hoper eirgasanto, autika anapēdēsantes, dēmosią etheon, boōntes kai dedakrymenoi, kai Theon auton kai pantas anthrōpous martyromenoi, Christianous einai sphas kai diameinai en agnoią de tou gegonotos, eige holōs eipein esti, monēn Hellēnisai tēn cheira, mē sympraxasēs tēs dianoias. Epei de hōs basilea ēlthoi, prosripsantes hon dedōkei chryson, eu mala andreiōs to oikeion dōron apolabein ę̄toun, autous de anelein; mē metamelēthēsesthai gar, ei hyper hōn pronoias ektos hēmarten hē dexia, tǭ panti sōmati dikēn doien dia Christon. Ho de basileus kaiper chalepōs enenkōn, kteinai; men autous ephylaxato, mē martyrias gerōn axiōtheien; aphelomenos de tēs strateias, exeōsato tōn basileiōn.
The emperor, acting and writing in this way, thought that he would easily bring his subjects to abandon the doctrine willingly. And though he was zealous in every way for the destruction of the Christian religion, he could neither persuade them entirely, and was ashamed to use open force, lest he should seem a tyrant. Yet he did not slacken his eagerness, but devised every means to draw his subjects to paganism, and above all the army, partly by himself and partly through the officers. Accustoming them artfully in every way to pagan practice, he resolved to change back to its former shape the chief of the Roman standards, which Constantine, by divine command, as was said earlier, had reshaped into the symbol of the cross. In the public images of himself he took care to have painted beside him Zeus appearing as from heaven and giving him the crown and purple, the insignia of empire, and Ares and Hermes looking at him and, as it were, bearing witness with their eyes that he was skilled in speech and in war. He ordered these and whatever else pertains to pagan worship to be mixed into his images, so that under pretext of the honour customary to the emperor they might unawares do reverence to what was painted with him; and abusing the ancient customs, he tried by every device to steal the will of his subjects. For he reckoned that if he persuaded them, he could more readily attempt the rest, if he wished; and if he found them disobedient, he could punish them without pardon as innovators in the customs of the Romans and offenders against the state and the emperor. A few, who also suffered punishment, understood the design and, as was customary, refused to do reverence; but the multitude, as usual, from ignorance or simplicity, thought they were simply obeying an old custom and approached the images quite simply. But the emperor gained nothing more even when this device was tried. Yet he did not give up, but went on devising everything by which he might bring his subjects to worship as he did. What he contrived at that time is not unlike what has been told, but was attempted more openly and more forcibly than the former, and gave occasion for courage to not a few of those serving in the palace. For when the time came for the emperor to give a donative to the soldiers — this happens generally on the Romans’ sacred days and the birthdays of emperors and of imperial cities — reckoning that the military is by nature simple and naive and easily overcome by money through habitual greed, … those standing beside the emperor ordered each of those who came up for it to burn incense; for frankincense and fire lay nearby, as though this were an old Roman custom. Then some boldly showed their courage, and would neither burn incense nor accept the gift from the emperor; others, under the cover of law and antiquity, did not even realize that they were sinning; and others, enticed by the visible gain, or overcome beforehand by fear and confusion at the scene suddenly displayed, even if they understood that they were acting as pagans, did not escape doing it. Of those who fell into this sin through ignorance, it is said that some, as they were feasting together in friendship, as tends to happen at drinking parties, and pledging one another, named Christ over their cups. One of the guests interrupted and said: “You do a surprising thing, calling on Christ, whom you denied a little while ago, when you received the gift from the emperor and put the incense on the fire.” As soon as they heard this and understood what they had done, they leapt up at once and ran out in public, shouting and weeping and calling God himself and all men to witness that they were Christians and remained so, and that in ignorance of what was happening — if one may speak so at all — only their hand had acted as a pagan’s, without their mind consenting. When they came to the emperor, they threw down the gold he had given them and very bravely asked him to take back his gift and to kill them; for they would not repent if, for what their right hand had done without forethought, they paid the penalty in their whole body for Christ. The emperor, though he was angry, took care not to kill them, lest they be thought worthy of the honours of martyrdom; but he deprived them of their military rank and expelled them from the palace.
5.18PG 67:1269–1271
Ταύτης δὲ τῆς γνώμης καὶ περὶ πάντας τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς ὑπῆρχεν, ἀφορμῆς λαβόμενος· ὅπουγε καὶ μηδὲν ἐγκαλεῖν ἔχων, παραιτουμένους θύειν, ἰσοπολιτείας ἐφθόνει καὶ συλλόγων καὶ ἀγορῶν μετἐχειν. Καὶ τοῦ δικάζειν ἢ ἄρχειν ἢ ἀξιωμάτων κοινωνεῖν οὐ μετεδίδου· οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοὺς αὐτῶν παῖδας ξυνεχώρει ἐκδιδάσκεσθαι τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησι ποιητὰς καὶ συγγραφέας, οὐδὲ τοῖς τούτων διδασκάλοις φοιτᾷν. Ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐ μετρίως ᾿Απολινάριος ὁ Σύρος, πρὸς παντοδαπὴν εἴδησιν καὶ λόγων ἰδέαν παρεσκευασμένος· Βασίλειός τε καὶ Γρηγόριος οἱ Καππαδόκαι, παρευδοκιμοῦντες τοὺς τότε ῥήτορας• ἄλλοι τε ἐπὶ τούτοις πλεῖστοι ἐλλόγιμοι, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐζήλουν τὰ ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαντα, οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αρείου ὥρμηντο αἱρέσεως. Ἐντεῦθεν οὖν μόνον δημιουργεῖσθαι τὸ πεῖθον οἰόμενος, οὐ συνεχώρει τοῖς Χριστιανοῖς ἐν τοῖς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀσκεῖσθαι μαθήμασιν. Ἡνίκα δὴ Ἀπολινάριος οὗτος, εἰς καιρὸν τῇ πολυμαθίᾳ καὶ τῇ φύσει χρησάμενος, ἀντὶ μὲν τῆς Ὁμήρου ποιήσεως, ἐν ἔπεσιν ἡρῴοις τὴν Ἑβραῖκὴν ἀρχαιολογίαν συνεγράψατο μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Σαούλ βασιλείας, καὶ εἰς εἰκοσιτέσσαρα μέρη τὴν πᾶσαν πραγματείαν διεῖλεν, ἑκάστῳ τόμῳ προσηγορίαν θέμενος ὁμώνυμον τοῖς παρ' Ἕλλησι στοιχείοις κατὰ τὸν τούτων ἀριθμὸν καὶ τὴν τάξιν. Ἐπραγματεύσατο δὲ καὶ τοῖς Μενάνδρου δράμασιν εἰκασμένας κωμῳδίας· καὶ τὴν Εὐριπίδου τραγῳδίαν, καὶ τὴν Πινδάρου λύραν ἐμιμήσατο, καὶ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἐκ τῶν θείων Γραφῶν τὰς ὑποθέσεις λαβὼν τῶν ἐγκυκλίων καλουμένων μαθημάτων, ἐν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ ἐπενόησεν ἰσαρίθμους καὶ ἰσοδυνάμους πραγματείας, ἤθει τε καὶ φράσει καὶ χαρακτῆρι καὶ οἰκονομίᾳ ὁμοίᾳ τοῖς παρ' Ἕλλησιν ἐν τούτοις εὐδοκιμήσασιν. Ὥστε εἰ μὴ τὴν ἀρχαιότητα ἐτίμων οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ τὰ συνήθη φίλα ἐνόμιζον, ἐπίσης, οἶμαι, τοῖς παλαιοῖς τὴν Ἀπολιναρίου σπουδὴν ἐπῄνουν, καὶ ἐδιδάσκοντο ταύτην, πλέον αὐτοῦ τὴν εὐφυῖαν θαυμάζοντες, ὅσῳ γε τῶν μὲν ἀρχαίων ἕκαστος περὶ ἓν μόνον ἐσπούδασεν· ὁ δὲ, τὰ πάντα ἐπιτηδεύσας, ἐν κατεπειγούσῃ χρείᾳ τὴν ἑκάστου ἀρετὴν ἀπεμάξατο. Οὐκ ἀγεννὴς δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα ἤτοι τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφους ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος, ὃν Ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας ἐπέγραψεν· ἐν ᾧ καὶ δίχα τῆς τῶν ἱερῶν Λόγων μαρτυρίας, ἔδειξεν αὐτοὺς ἀποβουκοληθέντας τοῦ δέοντος περὶ Θεοῦ φρονεῖν. Τάδε γὰρ ἐπιτωθάζων ὁ βασιλεὺς, τοῖς τότε διαπρέπουσιν ἐπισκόποις ἐπέστει λεν· ᾿Ανέγνων, ἔγνων, κατέγνων· τοὺς δὲ, πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντιγράψαι· ᾿Ανέγνως, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἔγνως· εἰ γὰρ ἔγνως, οὐκ ἂν κατέγνως. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ Βασιλείῳ τῷ προστάτῃ τῆς Καππαδοκῶν Ἐκκλησίας ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀνατιθέασι· καὶ οὐκ ἀπεικός · ᾿Αλλ' εἴτε αὐτοῦ, εἴτε ἄλλου ταῦτὰ ἐστιν, ἄγασθαι δίκαιον ἀνδρείας καὶ παιδεύσεως τὸν γράψαντα.
Tautēs de tēs gnōmēs kai peri pantas tous Christianous hypērchen, aphormēs labomenos; hopouge kai mēden enkalein echōn, paraitoumenous thyein, isopoliteias ephthonei kai syllogōn kai agorōn metechein. Kai tou dikazein ē archein ē axiōmatōn koinōnein ou metedidou; ou mēn oude tous autōn paidas xynechōrei ekdidaskesthai tous par' Hellēsi poiētas kai syngrapheas, oude tois toutōn didaskalois phoitąn. Elypei gar auton ou metriōs ᾿Apolinarios ho Syros, pros pantodapēn eidēsin kai logōn idean pareskeuasmenos; Basileios te kai Grēgorios hoi Kappadokai, pareudokimountes tous tote rhētoras• alloi te epi toutois pleistoi ellogimoi, hōn hoi men ezēloun ta en Nikaią doxanta, hoi de ek tēs ᾿Areiou hōrmēnto haireseōs. Enteuthen oun monon dēmiourgeisthai to peithon oiomenos, ou synechōrei tois Christianois en tois tōn Hellēnōn askeisthai mathēmasin. Hēnika dē Apolinarios houtos, eis kairon tę̄ polymathią kai tę̄ physei chrēsamenos, anti men tēs Homērou poiēseōs, en epesin hērǭois tēn Hebraikēn archaiologian synegrapsato mechri tēs tou Saoul basileias, kai eis eikositessara merē tēn pasan pragmateian dieilen, hekastǭ tomǭ prosēgorian themenos homōnymon tois par' Hellēsi stoicheiois kata ton toutōn arithmon kai tēn taxin. Epragmateusato de kai tois Menandrou dramasin eikasmenas kōmǭdias; kai tēn Euripidou tragǭdian, kai tēn Pindarou lyran emimēsato, kai haplōs eipein, ek tōn theiōn Graphōn tas hypotheseis labōn tōn enkykliōn kaloumenōn mathēmatōn, en oligǭ chronǭ epenoēsen isarithmous kai isodynamous pragmateias, ēthei te kai phrasei kai charaktēri kai oikonomią homoią tois par' Hellēsin en toutois eudokimēsasin. Hōste ei mē tēn archaiotēta etimōn hoi anthrōpoi, kai ta synēthē phila enomizon, episēs, oimai, tois palaiois tēn Apolinariou spoudēn epę̄noun, kai edidaskonto tautēn, pleon autou tēn euphuian thaumazontes, hosǭ ge tōn men archaiōn hekastos peri hen monon espoudasen; ho de, ta panta epitēdeusas, en katepeigousę̄ chreią tēn hekastou aretēn apemaxato. Ouk agennēs de kai pros auton ton basilea ētoi tous par' Hellēsi philosophous estin autou ho logos, hon Hyper alētheias epegrapsen; en hǭ kai dicha tēs tōn hierōn Logōn martyrias, edeixen autous apoboukolēthentas tou deontos peri Theou phronein. Tade gar epitōthazōn ho basileus, tois tote diaprepousin episkopois epestei len; ᾿Anegnōn, egnōn, kategnōn; tous de, pros tauta antigrapsai; ᾿Anegnōs, all᾽ ouk egnōs; ei gar egnōs, ouk an kategnōs. Eisi de hoi Basileiǭ tǭ prostatę̄ tēs Kappadokōn Ekklēsias tautēn tēn epistolēn anatitheasi; kai ouk apeikos ; ᾿All' eite autou, eite allou tauta estin, agasthai dikaion andreias kai paideuseōs ton grapsanta.
He held this attitude toward all Christians too, wherever he found an occasion. For even when he had no charge against them, he begrudged those who refused to sacrifice their equal civic rights and their share in assemblies and markets; and he did not allow them to be judges or magistrates or to share in offices of rank. Nor did he permit their children to be taught the poets and writers of the Greeks, or to attend the teachers of these. For he was greatly vexed by Apolinarius the Syrian, equipped for every kind of knowledge and every style of speech, and by Basil and Gregory the Cappadocians, who surpassed the orators of the time, and by very many other learned men besides, some of whom were zealous for the decisions of Nicaea, while others had sprung from the heresy of Arius. Thinking, then, that persuasiveness was formed from this source alone, he did not allow Christians to be trained in the learning of the Greeks. Then this Apolinarius, using his wide learning and his talent to meet the occasion, in place of the poetry of Homer composed in heroic verse the Hebrew antiquities up to the reign of Saul, and divided the whole work into twenty-four parts, giving each volume a name the same as the letters of the Greek alphabet, according to their number and order. He also worked at comedies modelled on the plays of Menander, and imitated the tragedy of Euripides and the lyre of Pindar; and, in short, taking his subjects from the divine Scriptures, he produced in a short time works equal in number and in force to those of the so-called general studies, in character, diction, style and arrangement like those that had won renown in these fields among the Greeks. So that, if people did not honour antiquity and think the familiar dear, they would, I think, praise the work of Apolinarius equally with the ancients and study it, admiring his genius the more, inasmuch as each of the ancients worked at one thing only, while he practised them all and in a pressing need reproduced the excellence of each. Not ignoble either is the treatise he wrote against the emperor himself, or against the Greek philosophers, which he entitled On Truth, in which, even without the testimony of the sacred words, he showed that they had been led astray from right thinking about God. For the emperor, mocking such works, wrote to the distinguished bishops of the time: “I read, I understood, I condemned”; and they wrote back in answer: “You read, but you did not understand; for if you had understood, you would not have condemned.” Some attribute this letter to Basil, the head of the church of the Cappadocians, and not unreasonably. But whether it is his or another’s, the writer deserves to be admired for his courage and learning.
5.19PG 67:1271–1275
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς Πέρσαις ἐπιστρατεῦσαι σπουδάζων, ἧκεν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν τὴν Σύρων· ἐκβοήσαντος δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, ὡς πολλὰ μὲν ἐστι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, πολλοῦ δὲ πωλοῖτο· ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας, οἶμαι, τὸν δῆμον ἐπαγόμενος, ἐπὶ ἥττονι ἢ ἔδει τιμήματι τὰ ἐπ᾿ ἀγορᾶς ὧνια πωλεῖσθαι προσέταξεν. Ἐκφυγόντων δὲ τῶν καπήλων, τὰ μὲν ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπεν. ᾿Αντιοχεῖς δὲ δεινὸν τοῦτο ποιούμενοι, τὸν βασιλέα ὕβριζον, καὶ εἰς τὸν πώγωνα αὐτοῦ, ὡς βαθὺς εἴη, ἐπέσκωπτον, καὶ εἰς τὸ νόμισμα, ὅτι ταύρου εἶχεν εἰκόνα. Τὸν γὰρ κόσμον ἐπίσης τῶν ὑπτίων ταύρων ὑπ' αὐτῷ ἡγεμόνε ἀνατετράφθαι ἐπετώθαζον. Ὁ δὲ, τὰ πρῶτα όργι σθεὶς, ἠπείλει ᾿Αντιοχέας κακῶς ποιήσειν· καὶ εἰς Ταρσόν μετοικίζεσθαι παρεσκευάζετο. Ὑπερφυῶς δὲ τοῦ θυμοῦ μεταβαλλόμενος, λόγοις μόνοις τὴν ὕβριν ἡμύνατο· κάλλιστον καὶ μάλα ἀστεῖον λόγον, ὃν Μισοπώγωνα ἐπέγραψε, κατὰ ᾿Αντιοχέων διεξελ θων. Χριστιανοῖς δὲ κἀνταῦθα ὁμοίως ἐχρῆτο, τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν κρατύνειν ἐσπούδαζεν. γοῦν τότε συνέβη περὶ τὴν θήκην Βαδύλα τοῦ μάρτυρος, καὶ τῷ ἐν Δάφνῃ ναῷ τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος, ἄξιον ἀφηγήσασθαι. "Ἄρχομαι δὲ ἐντεῦθεν" Δάφνη τὸ ἐπίσημον τῆς ᾿Αντιοχείας προάστειον, χομᾷ μὲν ἄλσει χυπαρίσσων πολλῶν" ποιχίλλεται τοῖς ἄλλοις φυτοῖς ἀναμὶξ ταῖς χυπαρίσσοις. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῖς δένδρεσιν, ἀμοιθαδὸν τῶν ὡρῶν εὐώδη καὶ παντοδαπὰ εἴδη ἀνθῶν ἡ φέρει. Ὁρμοφὴ δέ τις μᾶλλον, ἢ σχιὰ πανταχοῦ τὸν χῶρον περίχειται, τῇ πυχνότητι τῶν χλάδων καὶ τῶν φύλλων μὴ συγχωροῦσα τὴν ἀκτῖνα τῷ ἐδάφει ἐμβάλλειν’ ἡδύς τε λίαν ἐπέραστός ἔστιν, ἀφθονίᾳ τε καὶ κάλλει ὑδάτων, καὶ ὡρῶν εὐχρασίχ, προσηνῶν ἀνέμων πνοαῖς. ταῦθα δὲ παῖδες Ἑλλήνων μυθεύουσι, Δάφνην τὴν Λάδωνος ποταμοῦ, ἐξ ᾿Αρχαδίας φεύγουσαν ᾿Απόλλωνα τὸν ἐραστὴν, εἰς ὁμώνυμον φυτὸν αὑτὴν μεταδαλεῖν" τὸν δὲ, μηδὲ οὕτως ἀπαλλαγέντα τοῦ πάθους, στεφανωθῆναι τοῖς χλάδοις τῆς ἐρωμένης, καὶ δένὄρον οὖσαν περιπτύξασθαι, καὶ τῇ προσεδρίᾳ τὰ μάλιστα τιμῆσαι τὸ χωρίον, εἴπερ τι ἄλλο κεχαρισμένον αὐτῷ. Τοιούτῳ δὲ ὄντι τῷ προαστείῳ τῇ Δάφνῃ, ἐπιβαίνειν τοῖς ἐπιειχέσιν, αἰσχρὸν ἐνομίζετο. τε γὰρ θέσις καὶ ἡ φύσις τοῦ χωρίου πρὸς στώνην ἐπιτηδεία, ἡ ὑπόθεσις τοῦ μύθου ἐρωτική τις οὖσα, μικρᾶς λαδομένη ἀφορμῆς, διπλοῦν ἀπετέλει τὸ πάθος τοῖς διεφθαρμένοις νέοις. Εἰς παραίτησιν γὰρ προϊσχόμενοι τὰ μυθευόμενα, χαλεπῶς ἐξεχαίοντο, καὶ ἀνέδην εἰς ἀκολάστους πράξεις ἐχώρουν, οὐ σωφρονεῖν δυνάμενοι, οὔτε σώφρονας κατὰ ταὐτὸν ὁρᾷν ἀνεχόμενοι. Ὧ γὰρ ἡ διατριθδὴ ἐκτὸς ἐρωμένης ἐν Δάφνῃ ἐτύγχανεν, ἡλίθιός τε ἄχαρις ἐδόκει" καὶ ὥσπερ τι ἄγος ἀποτρόπαιος, φευχταῖος Καὶ ἄλλως δὲ σεθάσμιος περὶ πολλοῦ τοῖς Ἑλληνισταῖς ὁ χῶρος οὗτος ἐτύγχανεν " ἣν γὰρ ἐνθάδε Δαφναίου ᾿Απόλλωνος περικαλλὲς ἄγαλμα, νεὼς μεγαλοφυῶς τε καὶ φιλοτίμως ἐξειργασμένος " ὃν λόγος οἰκοδομῆσαι Σέλευχον τὸν ᾿Αντιόχου πατέρα, ᾧ ἐπώνυμόν ἐστιν ἡ ᾿Αντιοχέων πόλις. Ἐπιστεύετο δὲ παρὰ τοῖς τάδε πρεσδεύουσι, ῥεῖν αὐτόθι καὶ ὕδωρ μαντιχὸν ἀπὸ Κασταλίας τῆς πηγῆς, ὁμοίως τῆς ἐν Δελφοῖς ἐνεργείας τε καὶ προσηγορίας λαχούσης. ᾿Αμέλειτοι καὶ ᾿Αδριανῷ ἔτι ἰδιωτεύοντι, τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας αὐχοῦσιν ἐνθάδε προμηνυθῆναι. Φασὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν φύλλον Δάφνης ἐμβάψαντα τῇ πηγῇ, ἀρύσασθαι τὴν τῶν ἐσομένων γνῶσιν, ἐγγράφως ἐπὶ τοῦ φύλλου δηλωθεῖσαν' παρελθόντα δὲ εἰς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν χαταχῶσα: τὴν πηγὴν, ὥστε μὴ ἐξεῖναι καὶ ἄλλοις προμανθάνειν τὸ μέλλον. ᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν, οἷς τούτων μέλει, ἀκριβῶς μυθολογούντων" ἐπεὶ δὲ Γάλλος ὁ Ἰουλιανοῦ ἀδελφὸς Καῖσαρ καταστὰς παρὰ Κωνσταντίου, ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ διῆγε, Χριστιανὸς ὧν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα πρεσῆεύων τοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος μεμαρτυρηχότας, ἔγνωκεν Ἑλληνικῆς δεισιδαιμονίας καὶ ὕδρεως ἀχολάστων ἀνθρώπων, τοῦτον ἐχχαθᾶραι τὸν χῶρον. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ ῥᾳδίως περιέσεσθαι, εἰ εὐκτήριον ἐνθάδε ἀντικἸταστήσειεν οἶχον, μετέθηκεν εἰς Δάφνην τὴν λάρνακα τοῦ Βαβύλα τοῦ μάρτυρος· ὃς εὖ μάλα λαμπρῶς ἐπετρόπευσε τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίαν, και ἐμαρτύρησεν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ λόγος μὴ χρησμῳδήσαι συνήθως τὸ δαιμόνιον· ἐδόκει δὲ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τοῦτο παθεῖν, ὡς θυσιῶν ἀμοιροῦν καὶ θεραπείας ἧς πρότερον ἠξίωτο· ἔδειξε δὲ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα, ὡς ἐκ γειτόνων γενόμενος ὁ μάρτυς, οὐ συνεχώρει τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Καὶ γὰρ Ἰουλιανοῦ μόνου κρατοῦντος τῆς Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένης, σπονδῶν καὶ κνίσσης καὶ ἀφθονίας θυμάτων μετέχον, οὐδὲν ἦττον ἠρέμει· καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον χρήσας, ἤλεγξὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τῆς προτέρας σιωπῆς τὴν αἰτίαν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐβεβούλευτο ὁ βασιλεὺς περὶ ὧν οἱ ἐδόκει πειραθῆναι τοῦ ἐνθάδε μαντείου, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν, ἀναθήμασι καὶ θυσίαις φιλοτίμως ἐτίμα τὸ δαιμόνιον, καὶ ἐδεῖτο περὶ ὧν ἐσπούδαζε μὴ ἀμελεῖν. ῾Ὁ δὲ, περιφανῶς μὲν ὡδὶ οὐκ ἐδήλωσε μὴ δύνασθαι χρησμῳδεῖν διὰ Βαβύλαν τὸν μάρτυρα γειτνιῶντα τῇ θήκῃ· νεκρῶν δὲ, ἔφη, ἀνάπλεών ἐστι τὸ χωρίον, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτα κωλύεσθαι προϊέναι τοὺς χρησμούς. Πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ἄλλων κειμένων ἐν Δάφνῃ νεκρῶν, συμβαλὼν ὁ βασι λεὺς τὸν μάρτυρα μόνον ἐμποδὼν γίνεσθαι τοῖς χρησμοῖς, προσέταξε μετακινηθῆναι τὴν θήκην. Συνελθόντες οἱ Χριστιανοὶ, εἴλκησαν τὴν θήκην ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ὡσεὶ στάδια τεσσαράκοντα, σὗ νῦν ὁ μάρτυς κεῖται, δεδωκὼς ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὴν προσηγορίαν τῷ τόπῳ. Φασὶ δὲ τότε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας, καὶ νέους καὶ παρθένους, γέροντάς τε καὶ παῖδας οἱ τὴν σορὸν εἶλκον, παρακελευομένους ἀλλήλοις, παρὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδὸν διατελέσαι ψάλλοντας. Πρόφασιν μὲν τῇ ᾠδῇ τοὺς ἰδρῶτας ἐπικουφίζοντας· τὸ δ' ἀληθὲς, ὑπὸ ζήλου καὶ προθυμίας κινουμένους, τῷ μὴ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχειν αὐτοῖς τὸν κρατοῦντα περὶ τὸ Θεῖον. Ἐξῆρχον δὲ τῶν ψαλμῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις οἱ τούτους ἀκριβοῦντες, καὶ ξυνεπήχει τὸ πλῆθος ἐν συμφωνίᾳ· καὶ ταύτην τὴν ῥῆσιν ἐπῇδεν ὅ· ᾐσχύνθησαν πάντες οἱ προσκυνοῦντες τοῖς γλυπτοῖς, οἱ ἐγκαυχώμενοι τοῖς εἰδώλοις.
Ho de basileus Persais epistrateusai spoudazōn, hēken eis ᾿Antiocheian tēn Syrōn; ekboēsantos de tou plēthous, hōs polla men esti ta epitēdeia, pollou de pōloito; hypo philotimias, oimai, ton dēmon epagomenos, epi hēttoni ē edei timēmati ta ep᾿ agoras hōnia pōleisthai prosetaxen. Ekphygontōn de tōn kapēlōn, ta men epitēdeia epelipen. ᾿Antiocheis de deinon touto poioumenoi, ton basilea hybrizon, kai eis ton pōgōna autou, hōs bathys eiē, epeskōpton, kai eis to nomisma, hoti taurou eichen eikona. Ton gar kosmon episēs tōn hyptiōn taurōn hyp' autǭ hēgemone anatetraphthai epetōthazon. Ho de, ta prōta orgi stheis, ēpeilei ᾿Antiocheas kakōs poiēsein; kai eis Tarson metoikizesthai pareskeuazeto. Hyperphyōs de tou thymou metaballomenos, logois monois tēn hybrin hēmynato; kalliston kai mala asteion logon, hon Misopōgōna epegrapse, kata ᾿Antiocheōn diexel thōn. Christianois de kantautha homoiōs echrēto, to Hellēnikon kratynein espoudazen. goun tote synebē peri tēn thēkēn Badyla tou martyros, kai tǭ en Daphnę̄ naǭ tou ᾿Apollōnos, axion aphēgēsasthai. "Archomai de enteuthen" Daphnē to episēmon tēs ᾿Antiocheias proasteion, chomą men alsei chyparissōn pollōn" poichilletai tois allois phytois anamix tais chyparissois. Hypo de tois dendresin, amoithadon tōn hōrōn euōdē kai pantodapa eidē anthōn hē pherei. Hormophē de tis mallon, ē schia pantachou ton chōron pericheitai, tę̄ pychnotēti tōn chladōn kai tōn phyllōn mē synchōrousa tēn aktina tǭ edaphei emballein’ hēdys te lian eperastos estin, aphthonią te kai kallei hydatōn, kai hōrōn euchrasich, prosēnōn anemōn pnoais. tautha de paides Hellēnōn mytheuousi, Daphnēn tēn Ladōnos potamou, ex ᾿Archadias pheugousan ᾿Apollōna ton erastēn, eis homōnymon phyton hautēn metadalein" ton de, mēde houtōs apallagenta tou pathous, stephanōthēnai tois chladois tēs erōmenēs, kai denoron ousan periptyxasthai, kai tę̄ prosedrią ta malista timēsai to chōrion, eiper ti allo kecharismenon autǭ. Toioutǭ de onti tǭ proasteiǭ tę̄ Daphnę̄, epibainein tois epieichesin, aischron enomizeto. te gar thesis kai hē physis tou chōriou pros stōnēn epitēdeia, hē hypothesis tou mythou erōtikē tis ousa, mikras ladomenē aphormēs, diploun apetelei to pathos tois diephtharmenois neois. Eis paraitēsin gar proïschomenoi ta mytheuomena, chalepōs exechaionto, kai anedēn eis akolastous praxeis echōroun, ou sōphronein dynamenoi, oute sōphronas kata tauton horąn anechomenoi. Hō gar hē diatrithdē ektos erōmenēs en Daphnę̄ etynchanen, hēlithios te acharis edokei" kai hōsper ti agos apotropaios, pheuchtaios Kai allōs de sethasmios peri pollou tois Hellēnistais ho chōros houtos etynchanen " hēn gar enthade Daphnaiou ᾿Apollōnos perikalles agalma, neōs megalophyōs te kai philotimōs exeirgasmenos " hon logos oikodomēsai Seleuchon ton ᾿Antiochou patera, hǭ epōnymon estin hē ᾿Antiocheōn polis. Episteueto de para tois tade presdeuousi, rhein autothi kai hydōr mantichon apo Kastalias tēs pēgēs, homoiōs tēs en Delphois energeias te kai prosēgorias lachousēs. ᾿Ameleitoi kai ᾿Adrianǭ eti idiōteuonti, ta peri tēs basileias auchousin enthade promēnythēnai. Phasi gar auton phyllon Daphnēs embapsanta tę̄ pēgę̄, arysasthai tēn tōn esomenōn gnōsin, engraphōs epi tou phyllou dēlōtheisan' parelthonta de eis tēn hēgemonian chatachōsa: tēn pēgēn, hōste mē exeinai kai allois promanthanein to mellon. ᾿Alla tauta men, hois toutōn melei, akribōs mythologountōn" epei de Gallos ho Ioulianou adelphos Kaisar katastas para Kōnstantiou, en ᾿Antiocheią diēge, Christianos hōn es ta malista presēeuōn tous hyper tou dogmatos memartyrēchotas, egnōken Hellēnikēs deisidaimonias kai hydreōs acholastōn anthrōpōn, touton echchatharai ton chōron. Hypolabōn de rhądiōs periesesthai, ei euktērion enthade antikItastēseien oichon, metethēken eis Daphnēn tēn larnaka tou Babyla tou martyros; hos eu mala lamprōs epetropeuse tēn ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsian, kai emartyrēsen. Ex ekeinou de logos mē chrēsmǭdēsai synēthōs to daimonion; edokei de ta men prōta touto pathein, hōs thysiōn amoiroun kai therapeias hēs proteron ēxiōto; edeixe de ta meta tauta, hōs ek geitonōn genomenos ho martys, ou synechōrei touto poiein. Kai gar Ioulianou monou kratountos tēs Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēs, spondōn kai knissēs kai aphthonias thymatōn metechon, ouden ētton ēremei; kai to teleutaion chrēsas, ēlenxe kai autos tēs proteras siōpēs tēn aitian. Epeidē gar ebebouleuto ho basileus peri hōn hoi edokei peirathēnai tou enthade manteiou, paragenomenos eis to hieron, anathēmasi kai thysiais philotimōs etima to daimonion, kai edeito peri hōn espoudaze mē amelein. ῾Ho de, periphanōs men hōdi ouk edēlōse mē dynasthai chrēsmǭdein dia Babylan ton martyra geitniōnta tę̄ thēkę̄; nekrōn de, ephē, anapleōn esti to chōrion, kai kata touta kōlyesthai proïenai tous chrēsmous. Pollōn de kai allōn keimenōn en Daphnę̄ nekrōn, symbalōn ho basi leus ton martyra monon empodōn ginesthai tois chrēsmois, prosetaxe metakinēthēnai tēn thēkēn. Synelthontes hoi Christianoi, eilkēsan tēn thēkēn epi tēn polin hōsei stadia tessarakonta, sy nyn ho martys keitai, dedōkōs ap᾿ autou tēn prosēgorian tǭ topǭ. Phasi de tote andras kai gynaikas, kai neous kai parthenous, gerontas te kai paidas hoi tēn soron eilkon, parakeleuomenous allēlois, para pasan tēn hodon diatelesai psallontas. Prophasin men tę̄ ǭdę̄ tous idrōtas epikouphizontas; to d' alēthes, hypo zēlou kai prothymias kinoumenous, tǭ mē tēn autēn gnōmēn echein autois ton kratounta peri to Theion. Exērchon de tōn psalmōn tois allois hoi toutous akribountes, kai xynepēchei to plēthos en symphōnią; kai tautēn tēn rhēsin epę̄den ho; ę̄schynthēsan pantes hoi proskynountes tois glyptois, hoi enkauchōmenoi tois eidōlois.
The emperor, eager to march against the Persians, came to Antioch in Syria. When the people cried out that provisions were plentiful but were sold at a high price, he, out of desire for popularity, I think, courting the people, ordered the goods for sale in the market to be sold at a lower price than was right. When the dealers fled, the provisions ran short. The Antiochenes, taking this badly, insulted the emperor and mocked his beard for being long, and his coinage because it bore the image of a bull; for they jested that under his rule the world had been overturned like the bulls lying on their backs. At first he was angry and threatened to do the Antiochenes harm, and prepared to move to Tarsus. But changing wonderfully from his anger, he avenged the insult with words only, composing against the Antiochenes a most elegant and witty oration, which he entitled Misopogon. He treated the Christians here as elsewhere, and was eager to strengthen paganism. What happened at that time concerning the tomb of the martyr Babylas and the temple of Apollo at Daphne is worth relating. I begin here. Daphne, the famous suburb of Antioch, is thick with a grove of many cypresses and adorned with other trees mingled with the cypresses. Beneath the trees the ground bears, in turn through the seasons, fragrant flowers of every kind. A covering rather than a shade encloses the place everywhere, since the density of the branches and leaves does not let the sunlight fall on the ground. It is very pleasant and lovely through the abundance and beauty of its waters, the mildness of its seasons, and the breath of gentle winds. Here the sons of the Greeks tell the myth that Daphne, daughter of the river Ladon, fleeing from Arcadia from Apollo her lover, changed herself into the plant of the same name; and that he, not freed from his passion even so, crowned himself with the branches of his beloved, embraced her though she was a tree, and by his constant presence honoured the place above any other as especially dear to him. The suburb of Daphne being such, it was thought shameful for decent people to set foot in it. For the situation and nature of the place were suited to luxury, and the theme of the myth, being erotic, given a slight occasion, doubled the passion of corrupt young men. Holding out the myths as an excuse, they were violently inflamed and went shamelessly to licentious deeds, unable to be chaste themselves and unable to bear seeing the chaste in the same place. For one who spent time at Daphne without a mistress was thought a fool and graceless, and was shunned like an abomination to be averted. The place was also in other ways venerated and highly esteemed by the pagans. For there was there a very beautiful statue of Daphnaean Apollo and a temple built magnificently and lavishly, which Seleucus, the father of Antiochus, after whom the city of Antioch is named, is said to have built. Those who honour these things believed that prophetic water also flowed there from the Castalian spring, which had the same power and name as the one at Delphi. Indeed they boast that Hadrian, while still a private man, had his reign foretold here. For they say that he dipped a laurel leaf in the spring and drew from it knowledge of the future, made known in writing on the leaf; and that when he came to rule he had the spring blocked up, so that others might not learn the future in advance. But let those who care for such things tell their myths precisely. When Gallus, Julian’s brother, having been made Caesar by Constantius, was living at Antioch, being a Christian and honouring above all those who had been martyred for the doctrine, he resolved to cleanse this place of pagan superstition and of the outrage of licentious men. Supposing that he would easily succeed if he set up a house of prayer there in opposition, he moved to Daphne the coffin of the martyr Babylas, who had governed the church of the Antiochenes very gloriously and had been martyred. From that time, it is said, the demon no longer gave oracles as usual. At first it was thought to suffer this because it lacked the sacrifices and worship it had formerly enjoyed; but what followed showed that the martyr, having become its neighbour, did not allow it to do so. For when Julian alone ruled the Roman world, it shared in libations and the savour of sacrifice and an abundance of victims, and was no less silent; and at last, giving an oracle, it itself exposed the cause of its former silence. For when the emperor had resolved to consult the oracle there about matters he thought good, he came to the temple and honoured the demon lavishly with offerings and sacrifices, and begged it not to neglect what he was eager to learn. It did not declare openly that it could not give oracles because of the martyr Babylas, lying in the tomb nearby; but it said that the place was full of corpses and that for this reason the oracles were prevented from coming forth. Though many other dead lay at Daphne, the emperor, inferring that the martyr alone was hindering the oracles, ordered the tomb to be moved. The Christians, gathering together, drew the coffin to the city, about forty stadia, where the martyr now lies, having given his name to the place. They say that the men and women, young men and virgins, old men and children who drew the coffin, encouraging one another, kept singing psalms all along the road, ostensibly lightening their toil with the song, but in truth moved by zeal and eagerness because the ruler did not hold the same belief about the divine as they did. Those who knew the psalms well led the others, and the multitude responded in harmony, singing this verse as a refrain: “Put to shame are all who worship carved images, who boast in their idols.”
5.20PG 67:1277–1279
Ἐκ τούτου δὲ κινηθεὶς πρὸς ὀργὴν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὡς ὑβρισμένος, τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς ἐβεβούλευτο. Σαλούστιος δὲ ὁ τὴν ὕπαρχον ἐξουσίαν ἐπιτετραμμένος, καίπερ Ἕλλην ὑπάρχων, οὐκ ἐπήνεσε τὴν βουλήν. Αντιτείνειν δὲ μὴ ἔχων, τὸ βασιλέως ἐπίταγμα εἰς ἔργον ἦγε. Καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ πολλοὺς συνελάμβανεν ἐκ τῶν Χριστιανῶν, καὶ δεσμίους ἐποίησεν· ἕνα δὲ τινα νεανίαν πρῶτον προαγαγὼν (Θεόδωρος δ' ὄνομα αὐτῷ), τῷ βασανιστηρίῳ ξύλῳ προσῆψεν. Ὁ δὲ, ἐπὶ πολὺ τοῖς ὄνυξι πληττόμενος, οὐχ ἡττήθη τῶν βασάνων, οὐδὲ τὸν ὕπαρχον ἐλιπάρησεν· ἀλλ᾽ ἀνώδυνον ἑαυτὸν φαίνεσθαι παρασχόμενος, ὡς θεατὴς τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ γινομένων, καρτερικῶς τὰς πληγὰς ἐδέχετο· αὖθίς τε τὸν αὐτὸν μελῳδῶν ψαλμὸν, ὃν καὶ τῇ προτεραίᾳ, μὴ μέλειν αὐτῷ τούτων ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐκρίνετο, τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπέδειξε. Καταπλαγεὶς δὲ τὴν ἔνστασιν τοῦ νεανίου ὁ ὕπαρχος, ἐλθὼν περὶ τὸν βασιλέα, εἶπε τὰ γε όμενα, καὶ εἰ μὴ θᾶττον παύσαιτο τῆς ἐπιχειρήσεως, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καταγελάστους ἔσεσθαι· τοὺς δὲ Χριστιανοὺς ἐνδοξοτέρους ποιήσειν. ῎Αμεινον δὲ τοῦτο δόξαν, οἱ συλληφθέντες ἀφέθησαν τῶν δεσμῶν. Λέγεται δὲ πυνθανομένων μετὰ ταῦτά τινων, εἴπερ αἴσθησιν τῶν βασάνων ἐκείνων ἐλάμβανεν, εἰπεῖν τὸν Θεόδωρον, ὡς πάντως μὲν ἀνώδυνος οὐκ ἦν· παρεστὼς δὲ τις α αὐτῷ νεανίας, κατέπαυε τὰς ἀλγηδόνας, ὑφάσματι λεπτοτάτῳ τοὺς ἰδρῶτας ἀπομάττων, καὶ ὕδωρ ἐπιχέων ψυχρότατον, ᾧ τὰς φλεγμονὰς ἔπαυε, καὶ τῶν πόνων ἀνέψυχε. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι οὐκ ἀνθρώπου μόνου, εἰ καὶ μάλα γενναῖος ἦν, μὴ καὶ θείᾳ ῥοπῇ ἐπικουρουμένου, τοσοῦτον ὑπεριδεῖν τοῦ σώματος. Ὁ μὲν δὴ μάρτυς Βαβύλας, ἐκ τῆς εἰρημένης αἰτίας κατῳκίσθη ἐν Δάφνῃ, καὶ πάλιν μετετέθη · οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ τούτου γενομένου, ἀπροόπτως ἐμπεσὸν πῦρ τῷ νεῷ τοῦ Δαφναίου ᾿Απόλλωνος, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀροφὴν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ἄγαλμα κατέφλεξε· γυμνοὺς δὲ μόνους τοὺς τοίχους καὶ τοὺς περιβόλους εἴασε, καὶ τοὺς κίονας οἱ τὰ προπύλαια καὶ τὸν ὁπισθόδομον ἀνεῖχον. Ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς μὲν Χριστιανοῖς, κατὰ αἴτησιν τοῦ μάρτυρος η, θεήλατον ἐμπεσεῖν τῷ δαίμονι πῦρ· οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐλογοποίουν, Χριστιανῶν εἶναι τὸ δρᾶμα. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς ὑπονοίας κρατούσης, ἄγεται εἰς δικαστήριον ὁ τοῦ ᾿Απόλλωνος ἱερεὺς, ὡς φανερώσων τὸν τολμήσαντα τὸν ἐμπρησμόν· δεσμώτης τε Ει γενόμενος, καὶ πολλὰς ὑπομείνας πληγὰς, χαλεπῶς τε αἰκισθεὶς, οὐδένα κατεμήνυσεν · ᾧ δὴ μάλιστα Ισχυρίζοντο οἱ Χριστιανοὶ, μὴ κατ' ἐπιβουλὴν ἀνθρωπείαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ θείαν μῆνιν ἐνσκῆψαι τῷ νεῷ οὐράνιον πῦρ. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔσχεν· ὡς οἶμαι δὲ, ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων ἐν τῇ Δάφνῃ διὰ τὸν μάρτυρα Βαβύλαν πυθόμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐπὶ τιμῇ μαρτύρων εὐκτηρίους οἴκους εἶναι πλησίον τοῦ ναοῦ Διδυμαίου Απόλλωνος, ὃς πρὸ τῆς Μιλήτου ἐστὶν, ἔγραψε τῷ ἡγεμόνι Καρίας, εἰ μὲν ὄροφόν τε καὶ τράπεζαν ἱερὰν ἔχουσι, πυρὶ καταφλέξαι· εἰ δὲ ἡμίεργά ἐστι τὰ οἰκοδομήματα, ἐκ βάθρων ἀνασκάψαι.
Ek toutou de kinētheis pros orgēn ho basileus hōs hybrismenos, timōreisthai tous Christianous ebebouleuto. Saloustios de ho tēn hyparchon exousian epitetrammenos, kaiper Hellēn hyparchōn, ouk epēnese tēn boulēn. Antiteinein de mē echōn, to basileōs epitagma eis ergon ēge. Kai tę̄ hysteraią pollous synelambanen ek tōn Christianōn, kai desmious epoiēsen; hena de tina neanian prōton proagagōn (Theodōros d' onoma autǭ), tǭ basanistēriǭ xylǭ prosēpsen. Ho de, epi poly tois onyxi plēttomenos, ouch hēttēthē tōn basanōn, oude ton hyparchon eliparēsen; all᾽ anōdynon heauton phainesthai paraschomenos, hōs theatēs tōn ep᾿ autǭ ginomenōn, karterikōs tas plēgas edecheto; authis te ton auton melǭdōn psalmon, hon kai tę̄ proteraią, mē melein autǭ toutōn eph᾽ hois ekrineto, tois ergois epedeixe. Kataplageis de tēn enstasin tou neaniou ho hyparchos, elthōn peri ton basilea, eipe ta ge omena, kai ei mē thatton pausaito tēs epicheirēseōs, sphas autous katagelastous esesthai; tous de Christianous endoxoterous poiēsein. ᾿Ameinon de touto doxan, hoi syllēphthentes aphethēsan tōn desmōn. Legetai de pynthanomenōn meta tauta tinōn, eiper aisthēsin tōn basanōn ekeinōn elambanen, eipein ton Theodōron, hōs pantōs men anōdynos ouk ēn; parestōs de tis a autǭ neanias, katepaue tas algēdonas, hyphasmati leptotatǭ tous idrōtas apomattōn, kai hydōr epicheōn psychrotaton, hǭ tas phlegmonas epaue, kai tōn ponōn anepsyche. Dokei de moi ouk anthrōpou monou, ei kai mala gennaios ēn, mē kai theią rhopę̄ epikouroumenou, tosouton hyperidein tou sōmatos. Ho men dē martys Babylas, ek tēs eirēmenēs aitias katǭkisthē en Daphnę̄, kai palin metetethē ; ouk eis makran de toutou genomenou, aprooptōs empeson pyr tǭ neǭ tou Daphnaiou ᾿Apollōnos, pasan tēn orophēn kai auto to agalma katephlexe; gymnous de monous tous toichous kai tous peribolous eiase, kai tous kionas hoi ta propylaia kai ton hopisthodomon aneichon. Edokei de tois men Christianois, kata aitēsin tou martyros ē, theēlaton empesein tǭ daimoni pyr; hoi de Hellēnes elogopoioun, Christianōn einai to drama. Tautēs de tēs hyponoias kratousēs, agetai eis dikastērion ho tou ᾿Apollōnos hiereus, hōs phanerōsōn ton tolmēsanta ton emprēsmon; desmōtēs te Ei genomenos, kai pollas hypomeinas plēgas, chalepōs te aikistheis, oudena katemēnysen ; hǭ dē malista Ischyrizonto hoi Christianoi, mē kat' epiboulēn anthrōpeian, alla kata theian mēnin enskēpsai tǭ neǭ ouranion pyr. Kai ta men hōde eschen; hōs oimai de, ek tōn symbantōn en tę̄ Daphnę̄ dia ton martyra Babylan pythomenos ho basileus, epi timę̄ martyrōn euktērious oikous einai plēsion tou naou Didymaiou Apollōnos, hos pro tēs Milētou estin, egrapse tǭ hēgemoni Karias, ei men orophon te kai trapezan hieran echousi, pyri kataphlexai; ei de hēmierga esti ta oikodomēmata, ek bathrōn anaskapsai.
Moved to anger by this, as though insulted, the emperor resolved to punish the Christians. Sallustius, who held the prefect’s authority, though a pagan, did not approve the plan; but being unable to oppose it, he carried out the emperor’s order. The next day he arrested many of the Christians and put them in chains; and bringing out first one young man, whose name was Theodore, he fastened him to the rack. He, though torn for a long time with the claws, was not overcome by the tortures, nor did he plead with the prefect; but showing himself as though free of pain, like a spectator of what was done to him, he received the blows with endurance, and singing again the same psalm as the day before, he showed by his deeds that he cared nothing for the matter for which he was being judged. The prefect, astounded at the young man’s firmness, went to the emperor, told him what had happened, and said that unless he quickly stopped the attempt, they themselves would be made ridiculous and the Christians more glorious. This seemed the better course, and those arrested were released from their chains. It is said that when some afterwards asked Theodore whether he had felt those tortures, he said that he had not been altogether free of pain, but that a young man stood by him and relieved his pains, wiping his sweat with a very fine cloth and pouring on him very cold water, by which he eased the inflammation and refreshed him from his sufferings. It seems to me that it is not for a man alone, however noble, unless helped also by divine aid, to disregard the body so much. So the martyr Babylas, for the reason given, was settled at Daphne and moved again. Not long after this, a fire fell unexpectedly on the temple of Daphnaean Apollo and burned up the whole roof and the statue itself, leaving only the bare walls and enclosures and the columns that held up the porch and the rear chamber. The Christians thought that, at the martyr’s request, fire sent by God had fallen on the demon; the pagans put about the story that the deed was the Christians’. As this suspicion prevailed, the priest of Apollo was brought to court to reveal who had dared to set the fire; and though he was put in chains, endured many blows and was cruelly tortured, he denounced no one. On this ground especially the Christians maintained that it was not by human plotting but by divine wrath that fire from heaven struck the temple. So it happened. And, as I think, because of what had happened at Daphne on account of the martyr Babylas, when the emperor learned that there were houses of prayer in honour of martyrs near the temple of Didymaean Apollo, which is before Miletus, he wrote to the governor of Caria to burn them with fire if they had a roof and a holy table, and, if the buildings were half finished, to dig them up from the foundations.
5.21PG 67:1279–1281
Ἐμοὶ δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ συμβάντων, κἀκεῖνο ῥητέον· σημεῖον μὲν τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ δυνάμεως, τεκμήριον δὲ τῆς εἰς τὸν κρατοῦντα θεομηνίας. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἔγνω ἐν Καισαρείᾳ τῆς Φιλίππου (Φοίνισσα δὲ αὕτη πόλις), ἣν Πανεάδα ὀνομάζουσιν, ἐπίσημον εἶναι Χριστοῦ ἄγαλμα, ὁ τοῦ πάθους ἀπαλλαγεῖσα ἀνέθηκεν ἡ αἱμορροοῦσα, καθελὼν τοῦτο, ἴδιον ἀνέστησε. Βίαιον δὲ πῦρ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ πεσὸν, τὰ περὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ ἀνδριάντος διέτεμε, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν σὺν τῷ αὐχένι κατέβαλε, καὶ ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐνέπηξεν ᾗ τὸ διεῤῥωγὸς τοῦ στέρνου ἐστί· καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου εἰσέτι νῦν τοιοῦτος ἕστηκε, τῆς κεραυνίας αἰθάλης πλήρης. Τὸν δὲ τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἀνδριάντα, τότε μὲν οἱ Ἑλληνισταὶ σύροντες κατέαξαν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα οἱ Χριστιανοὶ συλλέξαντες, ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησία ἀπέθεντο, ἔνθα καὶ νῦν φυλάττεται. Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς βάσεως ἐφ᾿ ᾗ ἵστατο ὁ ἀνδριὰς οὗτος, ὡς ἱστορεί Εὐσέβιος, παντοίων παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων ἀλεξιφάρμακον βοτάνη τις ἔφυεν, ἧς τὸ εἶδος οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τῶν ἐν τῇ καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἰατρῶν ἢ ἐμπείρων. Ἐμοὶ δὲ δοκεῖ μηδὲν εἶναι θαῦμα, τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπιδημήσαντος, καὶ τὰς εὐεργεσίας συμβῆναι ξένας. Ἐπεὶ καὶ ἄλλα πλεῖστα παράδοξα κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας, ὡς εἰκὸς, μόνοις ἡκρίβωται τοῖς ἐπιχωρίοις, ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆθεν παραδόσεως ἐγνωσμένα· καὶ ὡς ἀληθὲς τοῦτο, αὐτίκα ἐπιδείξω ἐντεῦθεν. Πόλις ἐστὶν ἐν Παλαιστίνῃ ἡ νῦν καλουμένη Νικόπολις. Ταύτην δὲ ἔτι κώμην οὖσαν οἶδεν ἡ θεία τῶν Εὐαγγελίων βίβλος, καὶ Ἐμμαοῦς προσαγορεύει. Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ μετὰ τὴν ἄλωσιν Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων νίκην, --- “ὦἍ» Νικόπολιν ἀνηγόρευσαν δὲ τοῦ συμβάντος οὕτως : ὠνόμασαν. Πρὺ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως, παρὰ τὴν τριοδίαν, ἔνθα συμθαδίζων ὁ Χριστὸς τοῖς περὶ Κλεόπαν μετὰ τὴν ἐχ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασιν, συνετάττετο ὡς ἐπὶ ἑτέραν κώμην σπεύδων, πηγὴ τίς ἐστι σωτήριος, ἐν $ τὰ πάθη ἀπολούονται ἄνθρωποί τε τὰ ἄλλα ζῶα διαφόροις νόσοις κάμνοντα. Λέγεται γὰρ ἐξ ὁδοιπορίας ποθὲν ἐπὶ τὴν πηγὴν ἐλθόντα τὸν Χριστὸν ἅμα τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ἐνθάδε τοὺς πόδας ἀπονίψασθαι, καὶ τὺ ἐξ ἐκείνου ἀλεξίχαχον παθημάτων γενέσθαι τὸ ὕδωρ. Καὶ δένδρου δὲ τῆς καλουμένης Περσίδος ἐν 'Ἑρμουπόλει τῆς Θηθαῖδος φασὶ πολλῶν ἀπελάσαι τὰς νόσους, κάρφος ἢ φύλλον, τοῦ φλοιοῦ μικρόν τι τοῖς χάμνουσι προσαπτόμενον. Λέγεται γὰρ παρ᾽ Αἰγυπτίοις, ἡνίκα διὰ τὸν Ἡρώδην ἔφυγεν ὁ Ἰωσὴφ, ἡ παραλαβὼν τὸν Μαρίαν τὴν ἁγίαν Θεοτόκον, ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἑρμούπολιν. δὲ εἰσιόντι παρὰ τὴν πύλην, μὴ ἐνεγχὸν τοῦτο τὸ δένὃρον μέγιστον ὃν τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὴν ἐπιδημίαν, ἐπὶ τὸ ἔδαφος χλῖναι καὶ προσκυνῆσαι. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τούτου τοῦ φυτοῦ παρὰ πολλῶν ἀχούτας, εἶπον. Ἡγοῦμαι δὲ ἣ σημεῖον τοῦτο γενέσθαιτῆς ἐν τῇ πόλει τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίας " ἣ, ὡς εἰχὺς, Ἑλληνικῷ νόμῳ διὰ μέγεθος καὶ κάλλος θρησχευόμενον τὸ δένδρον παρὰ τῶν ἐνοικούντων, ἐσείσθη, τοῦ θεραπευομένου δι᾽ αὐτοῦ δαίμονος φρίξαντος τὸν τῶν τοιούτων χαῦ - αιρέτην ἐπιφανέντα αὐτομάτως σεισθῆναι πάντα τὰ ξόανα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐπιδημήσαντος τότε ἀὐτοῖς: τοῦ Χριστοῦ, κατὰ τὴν προφητείαν. ᾿Απελαθέντος δὲ τοῦ δαίμονος, εἰς μαρτυρίαν τοῦ συμβεβηκότος ἔμεινε τὸ φυτὸν, τοὺς πίστει χρωμένους ἰώμενον. τούτων μὲν Αἰγύπτιοι )λιστινοὶ, τοῦ παρ' αὐτοῖς ὕντος ἔκαστοι μάρπυρες.
Emoi de tōn epi Ioulianou symbantōn, kakeino rhēteon; sēmeion men tēs tou Christou dynameōs, tekmērion de tēs eis ton kratounta theomēnias. Epei gar egnō en Kaisareią tēs Philippou (Phoinissa de hautē polis), hēn Paneada onomazousin, episēmon einai Christou agalma, ho tou pathous apallageisa anethēken hē haimorroousa, kathelōn touto, idion anestēse. Biaion de pyr ex ouranou peson, ta peri to stēthos tou andriantos dieteme, kai tēn kephalēn syn tǭ aucheni katebale, kai epi prosōpon enepēxen hę̄ to dierrhōgos tou sternou esti; kai to ex ekeinou eiseti nyn toioutos hestēke, tēs keraunias aithalēs plērēs. Ton de tou Christou andrianta, tote men hoi Hellēnistai syrontes kateaxan; meta de tauta hoi Christianoi syllexantes, en tę̄ Ekklēsia apethento, entha kai nyn phylattetai. Apo de tēs baseōs eph᾿ hę̄ histato ho andrias houtos, hōs historei Eusebios, pantoiōn pathōn kai nosēmatōn alexipharmakon botanē tis ephyen, hēs to eidos oudeis egnō tōn en tę̄ kath᾽ hēmas iatrōn ē empeirōn. Emoi de dokei mēden einai thauma, tou Theou tois anthrōpois epidēmēsantos, kai tas euergesias symbēnai xenas. Epei kai alla pleista paradoxa kata poleis kai kōmas, hōs eikos, monois hēkribōtai tois epichōriois, ek tēs archēthen paradoseōs egnōsmena; kai hōs alēthes touto, autika epideixō enteuthen. Polis estin en Palaistinę̄ hē nyn kaloumenē Nikopolis. Tautēn de eti kōmēn ousan oiden hē theia tōn Euangeliōn biblos, kai Emmaous prosagoreuei. Rhōmaioi de meta tēn alōsin Hierosolymōn, kai tēn kata tōn Ioudaiōn nikēn, --- “hōA» Nikopolin anēgoreusan de tou symbantos houtōs : ōnomasan. Pry tautēs tēs poleōs, para tēn triodian, entha symthadizōn ho Christos tois peri Kleopan meta tēn ech nekrōn anastasin, synetatteto hōs epi heteran kōmēn speudōn, pēgē tis esti sōtērios, en $ ta pathē apolouontai anthrōpoi te ta alla zōa diaphorois nosois kamnonta. Legetai gar ex hodoiporias pothen epi tēn pēgēn elthonta ton Christon hama tois mathētais, enthade tous podas aponipsasthai, kai ty ex ekeinou alexichachon pathēmatōn genesthai to hydōr. Kai dendrou de tēs kaloumenēs Persidos en 'Hermoupolei tēs Thēthaidos phasi pollōn apelasai tas nosous, karphos ē phyllon, tou phloiou mikron ti tois chamnousi prosaptomenon. Legetai gar par᾽ Aigyptiois, hēnika dia ton Hērōdēn ephygen ho Iōsēph, hē paralabōn ton Marian tēn hagian Theotokon, elthein eis tēn Hermoupolin. de eisionti para tēn pylēn, mē enenchon touto to denoron megiston hon tou Christou tēn epidēmian, epi to edaphos chlinai kai proskynēsai. Kai tauta men peri toutou tou phytou para pollōn achoutas, eipon. Hēgoumai de hē sēmeion touto genesthaitēs en tę̄ polei tou Theou parousias " hē, hōs eichys, Hellēnikǭ nomǭ dia megethos kai kallos thrēscheuomenon to dendron para tōn enoikountōn, eseisthē, tou therapeuomenou di᾽ autou daimonos phrixantos ton tōn toioutōn chau - airetēn epiphanenta automatōs seisthēnai panta ta xoana tōn Aigyptiōn epidēmēsantos tote autois: tou Christou, kata tēn prophēteian. ᾿Apelathentos de tou daimonos, eis martyrian tou symbebēkotos emeine to phyton, tous pistei chrōmenous iōmenon. toutōn men Aigyptioi )listinoi, tou par' autois hyntos ekastoi marpyres.
Among the events of Julian’s time I must tell this too, a sign of Christ’s power and a proof of God’s wrath against the ruler. When he learned that at Caesarea Philippi — a city of Phoenicia, which they call Paneas — there was a famous statue of Christ, which the woman with the flow of blood had set up when she was freed from her affliction, he took it down and set up a statue of himself. But a violent fire fell from heaven, split the statue about the breast, threw down the head together with the neck, and fixed it face down in the ground where the breast was broken off; and from then until now it has stood so, full of the soot of the thunderbolt. The statue of Christ the pagans then dragged about and broke; but afterwards the Christians gathered up the pieces and placed them in the church, where it is kept even now. From the base on which this statue stood, as Eusebius records, there grew a certain herb that was a remedy for all kinds of ailments and diseases, whose kind none of the physicians or experts of our time knew. To me it seems no marvel that, since God has come to dwell among men, his benefits too should be strange. For very many other wonders too, in cities and villages, are, as one would expect, known precisely only to the local inhabitants, learned from the tradition handed down from the beginning; and that this is true I will at once show from this. There is a city in Palestine now called Nicopolis. While it was still a village the divine book of the Gospels knows it and calls it Emmaus. The Romans, after the capture of Jerusalem and the victory over the Jews, named it Nicopolis from what had happened. Before this city, at the crossroads where Christ, after his resurrection from the dead, walking with Cleopas and his companion, took leave of them as though hastening to another village, there is a healing spring in which human beings and other animals suffering from various diseases wash away their afflictions. For it is said that Christ, coming with his disciples from a journey somewhere to the spring, washed his feet there, and from then on the water became a remedy for afflictions. They say also that the tree called Persis at Hermopolis in the Thebaid drove away the diseases of many, when a twig or a leaf or a little of the bark was applied to the sick. For it is told among the Egyptians that when Joseph fled because of Herod, taking Christ and Mary the holy Theotokos, he came to Hermopolis; and as he entered by the gate, this tree, very large as it was, could not bear the coming of Christ, but bent to the ground and worshipped. I have told these things about this plant as I heard them from many. I think either that this was a sign of God’s presence in the city, or, as is likely, that the tree, which was worshipped by the inhabitants according to pagan custom for its size and beauty, was shaken because the demon worshipped through it shuddered at the appearance of the destroyer of such things; for, according to the prophecy, all the idols of the Egyptians were shaken of themselves when Christ then came among them. When the demon had been driven out, the plant remained as a witness of what had happened, healing those who believe. Of these things the Egyptians and the Palestinians are witnesses, each of what is among them.
5.22PG 67:1281–1285
Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, εἰ καὶ Χριστιανοὺς ἐμίσει καὶ χαλεπῶς πρὸ; αὐτοὺς εἶχεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν Ἰουδαίοις εὔνους ἣν Εἰ πρᾶος " πατριάρχαις καὶ ἀρχηγοῖς αὑτῶν αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ πλήθει ἔγραψεν, εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ 91/4 — τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας. Ἑποίει δὲ τοῦτο οὗ τὴν θρησκείαν, ὡς εἰκάζω, ἐπαινῶν, (ἤδει γὰρ μητέρα ταύτην, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τοῦ Χριστιανῶν δόγματος, προφήταις πατριάρχαις αὑτοῖς χρωμένην), ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι μίσους ἀσπκόνδως πρὸς αὑτοὺς εἶχον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ τῇ πρὸς τούτους θεραπείᾳ λυπεῖν ἐσπούδαζεν οἷς ἀπηχθάνετο. Ἴσως δὲ καὶ πρὸς ᾿Ἑλληνισμὸν καὶ θυσίας ἑτοιμοτέρως αὐτοὺς ἐπάγεσθαι ᾧετο, πρὸς ῥητὸν μόνον ἐχδεχομένους τὰς ἱερὰς Βίβλους, πρὸξ θεωρίαν, ὡς οἱ Χριστιανοὶ, καὶ αὐτῶν σοφώτεροι, δὲ ταύτην ἔχων τὴν γνώμην, ἐπεχείρησεν. Μετακαλεσάμενος γὰῤ τοὺς ἐξάρχουξςξ τοῦ ἔθνους, προὐτρέψατο ἀκούειν Μωσέως νόμων, πατρίων ἐθῶν ὑπομιμνήσχων. Τῶν δὲ φησάντων, κατο εῤῥιμ[ μ]ένου τοῦ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ναοῦ, μὴ θεμιτὸν μηδὲ πάτριον εἶναι ἐχπεπτωχόσι τῆς μητροπόλεως, ἑτέρωθι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, χρήματα δοὺς κοινὰ, ἐκέλευσεν ἀνεγεῖραι τὸν ναὸν, τοῖς προγόνοις ἐπίσης θρησκεύειν, τὸν παλαιὸν τρόπον θύοντας, Οἱ μὲν οὖν μὴ λαβόντες εἰς νοῦν, ὡς οὐχ ἐνεχώρει κατὰ τὰς ἱερᾶς ; προφητείας τοῦτο γενέσθαι σπουδῇ τοῦ ἔργου εἴχοντο. Καὶ τοὺς ἐπιστήμονας τῶν τεχτόνων ἀγείραντες, τὰς ὕλας παρεσκευάζοντο, τὸν χῶρον ἐκάθαιρον. Σὺν τοσαύτῃ τε προθυμίᾳ περὶ ταῦτα ἐπόνουν, ὡς τὰς αὐτῶν γυναῖκας τὸν χοῦν τοῖς κόλποις ἐκφέρειν, δέραιά τε πάντα τὸν ἄλλον γυναιχεῖον κόσμων συνεισφέρειν ἑτοίμως τῇ δαπάνῃ τοῦ ἔργου. Πάντα δὲ τὰ ἄλλα δεύτερα ἣν τοῦ πονουμένον, βασιλεῖ κα. ^ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις " οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὔτε Ἰουδαίοις εὐνοοῦντες, ἐκοινώνουν αὐτοῖς τῆς — σπουδῆς, ὑπολαβόντες δύνασθαι κατορθοῦν — ψευδεῖς ἀπελέγξαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ τὰς προβῥήσεις " οἱ δὲ ἅμα τοῦτο διενοοῦντο, καιρὸν ἔχειν ᾧῴοντο ἀναστῆσαι τὸ ἱερόν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς προτέρας Ναπὶ οἰχοδομίας τὰ λείψανα καθεῖλον, ἀνέσχαψαν, τὸ ἔδαφος ἐξεχάθηραν,λέγεται τῆς ἐπιούσης, καθ᾽ πρῶτον θεμέλιον ἤμελλον ὑποτίθεσθαι, σεισμὸν γενέσθαι μέγαν ὑπὸ δὲ χλόνου τῆς γῆς βάθρων δοθῆναι τοὺς λίθους· Ἰουδαίων δ' ἀπολέσθαι οἳ τὸ ἔργον ἐπετρόπευον, καὶ ἐπὶ θέᾳ τούτου παρεγένοντο. Αἵ τε γὰρ πλησίον τοῦ ἱεροῦ οἰκίαι τε καὶ δημόσιαι στοαὶ ἐν αἷς κατέλυον, ἀθρόον κατεῤῥύησαν· καὶ οἱ πλείους ἐγκαταληφθέντες, οἱ μὲν αὐτίκα ἀπώλοντο • οἱ δὲ, ἡμιθνῆτες εὑρέθησαν, καὶ πεπηρωμένοι ἢ τὰς χεῖρας ἢ τὰ σκέλη· ἄλλοι δὲ, περὶ ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ σώματος ἐδυστύχησαν. Ὡς δὲ σείων ἔληξεν ὁ Θεὸς, αὖθις ἐπειρῶντο τοῦ ἔργου οἱ περιλειφθέντες, οἷά γε ἀπαραιτήτου τυγχάνοντος διὰ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως πρόσταγμα, καὶ αὐτοῖς κατὰ νοῦν ὄντος. Φιλεῖ γάρ πως ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, ἐν τοῖς καθ' ἡδονὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀσύμφορον ῥέπειν, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον συνοίσειν οἴεσθαι ὃ κατορθοῦν βούλεται· ἀτεχνῶς τε ὑπὸ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἀπάτης κεκρατημένη, οὔτε προμηθείᾳ τινὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἰδεῖν δύναται, οὔτε πείρᾳ κινδύνων σωφρονιζο. 215 μένη πρὸς τὸ δέον ἀνανήφει· ὁποῖον καὶ τοῖς Ἰοuδαίοις τότε συμβεβηκέναι ἡγοῦμαι. Ἱκανοῦ γὰρ ὄντος τοῦ προτέρου κωλύματος, καὶ φανερῶς ἐπιδείξαντος ὡς χαλεπαίνει τὸ Θεῖον ἐπὶ τῷ γινομένῳ, πάλιν ἀνήνυτα ἐσπούδαζον. Λόγος οὖν ἅμα τε τὸ δεύτερον ἐνεχείρουν τῷ ἔργῳ, καὶ πῦρ ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τῶν θεμελίων τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀνέθορε, καὶ πολλοὺς ἀνήλωσε· καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς πάντων ἀδεῶς λέγεταί τε καὶ πιστεύεται, καὶ παρ᾿ οὐδενὸς ἀμφιβάλλεται· πλὴν ὅτι οἱ μέν φασιν, ὅτι βιαζομένους αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προϊέναι, φλὸξ ἀπαντήσασα, τὸ εἰρημένον εἰργάσατο · οἱ δὲ, ἅμα ἤρξαντο τὸν χοῦν ἐκφορεῖν. Ἀλλ᾽ εἴτε τοῦτό τις, εἴτε τὸ πρότερον δέξαιτο, ἑκάτερον εἰς θαῦμα παραπλήσιον. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο ξυνηνέχθη, τοῦ προτέρου σαφέστερόν τε καὶ παραδοξότερον. Αὐτομάτως γὰρ πάντων ἡ ἐσθὴς τῷ σημείῳ τοῦ σταυροῦ κατεσημάνθη· καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἄστρασι πεποικιλμένα τὰ ἐσθήματα εἶχον, ὡς ἀπὸ ἱστουργικῆς περινοίας κατεστιγμένα. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ, τοῖς μὲν αὐτίκα ἐκρίθη Θεὸν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, καὶ μὴ ἀρεσθῆναι τῇ ἀνανεώσει τοῦ ναοῦ. Οἱ δὲ, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν προσέθεντο τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ ἐμυήθησαν, καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ἱκεσίαις ὑπὲρ τῶν τετολμημένων αὐτοῖς, τὸν Χριστὸν ἱλάσκοντο. Ταῦτα ὅτῳ πιστὰ οὐ καταφαίνεται, πιστούσθωσαν οἱ παρὰ τῶν θεασαμένων ἀκηκοότες ἔτι τῷ βίῳ περιόντες. Πιστούσθωσαν δὲ καὶ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ Ἕλληνες, ἡμιτελὲς τὸ ἔργον καταλιπόντες · μᾶλλον δὲ, οὐδὲ ἄρξασθαι τοῦ ἔργου δυνηθέντες.
Ho de basileus, ei kai Christianous emisei kai chalepōs pro? autous eichen, all᾽ oun Ioudaiois eunous hēn Ei praos " patriarchais kai archēgois hautōn autǭ de tǭ plēthei egrapsen, euchesthai hyper autou 91/4 — tēs autou basileias. Hepoiei de touto hou tēn thrēskeian, hōs eikazō, epainōn, (ēdei gar mētera tautēn, hōs eipein, tou Christianōn dogmatos, prophētais patriarchais hautois chrōmenēn), all᾽ hoti misous aspkondōs pros hautous eichon hoi Ioudaioi kai tę̄ pros toutous therapeią lypein espoudazen hois apēchthaneto. Isōs de kai pros ᾿Hellēnismon kai thysias hetoimoterōs autous epagesthai hǭeto, pros rhēton monon echdechomenous tas hieras Biblous, prox theōrian, hōs hoi Christianoi, kai autōn sophōteroi, de tautēn echōn tēn gnōmēn, epecheirēsen. Metakalesamenos gar tous exarchouxsx tou ethnous, proutrepsato akouein Mōseōs nomōn, patriōn ethōn hypomimnēschōn. Tōn de phēsantōn, kato errhim[ m]enou tou en Hierosolymois naou, mē themiton mēde patrion einai echpeptōchosi tēs mētropoleōs, heterōthi touto poiein, chrēmata dous koina, ekeleusen anegeirai ton naon, tois progonois episēs thrēskeuein, ton palaion tropon thyontas, Hoi men oun mē labontes eis noun, hōs ouch enechōrei kata tas hieras ? prophēteias touto genesthai spoudę̄ tou ergou eichonto. Kai tous epistēmonas tōn techtonōn ageirantes, tas hylas pareskeuazonto, ton chōron ekathairon. Syn tosautę̄ te prothymią peri tauta eponoun, hōs tas autōn gynaikas ton choun tois kolpois ekpherein, deraia te panta ton allon gynaicheion kosmōn syneispherein hetoimōs tę̄ dapanę̄ tou ergou. Panta de ta alla deutera hēn tou ponoumenon, basilei ka. ^ tois allois pasin Ioudaiois " hoi men gar oute Ioudaiois eunoountes, ekoinōnoun autois tēs — spoudēs, hypolabontes dynasthai katorthoun — pseudeis apelenxai tou Christou tas probrhēseis " hoi de hama touto dienoounto, kairon echein hǭǭonto anastēsai to hieron. Epei de tēs proteras Napi oichodomias ta leipsana katheilon, aneschapsan, to edaphos exechathēran,legetai tēs epiousēs, kath᾽ prōton themelion ēmellon hypotithesthai, seismon genesthai megan hypo de chlonou tēs gēs bathrōn dothēnai tous lithous; Ioudaiōn d' apolesthai hoi to ergon epetropeuon, kai epi theą toutou paregenonto. Hai te gar plēsion tou hierou oikiai te kai dēmosiai stoai en hais katelyon, athroon katerrhyēsan; kai hoi pleious enkatalēphthentes, hoi men autika apōlonto • hoi de, hēmithnētes heurethēsan, kai pepērōmenoi ē tas cheiras ē ta skelē; alloi de, peri alla merē tou sōmatos edystychēsan. Hōs de seiōn elēxen ho Theos, authis epeirōnto tou ergou hoi perileiphthentes, hoia ge aparaitētou tynchanontos dia to tou basileōs prostagma, kai autois kata noun ontos. Philei gar pōs hē anthrōpinē physis, en tois kath' hēdonēn pros to asymphoron rhepein, kai touto monon synoisein oiesthai ho katorthoun bouletai; atechnōs te hypo tēs enteuthen apatēs kekratēmenē, oute promētheią tini to sympheron idein dynatai, oute peirą kindynōn sōphronizo. 215 menē pros to deon ananēphei; hopoion kai tois Ioudaiois tote symbebēkenai hēgoumai. Hikanou gar ontos tou proterou kōlymatos, kai phanerōs epideixantos hōs chalepainei to Theion epi tǭ ginomenǭ, palin anēnyta espoudazon. Logos oun hama te to deuteron enecheiroun tǭ ergǭ, kai pyr exaiphnēs ek tōn themeliōn tou hierou anethore, kai pollous anēlōse; kai touto pros pantōn adeōs legetai te kai pisteuetai, kai par᾿ oudenos amphiballetai; plēn hoti hoi men phasin, hoti biazomenous autous eis to hieron proïenai, phlox apantēsasa, to eirēmenon eirgasato ; hoi de, hama ērxanto ton choun ekphorein. All᾽ eite touto tis, eite to proteron dexaito, hekateron eis thauma paraplēsion. Epi toutǭ de kai allo xynēnechthē, tou proterou saphesteron te kai paradoxoteron. Automatōs gar pantōn hē esthēs tǭ sēmeiǭ tou staurou katesēmanthē; kai tropon tina astrasi pepoikilmena ta esthēmata eichon, hōs apo histourgikēs perinoias katestigmena. Ek toutou de, tois men autika ekrithē Theon einai ton Christon, kai mē aresthēnai tę̄ ananeōsei tou naou. Hoi de, ouk eis makran prosethento tę̄ Ekklēsią kai emyēthēsan, kai hymnois kai hikesiais hyper tōn tetolmēmenōn autois, ton Christon hilaskonto. Tauta hotǭ pista ou kataphainetai, pistousthōsan hoi para tōn theasamenōn akēkootes eti tǭ biǭ periontes. Pistousthōsan de kai Ioudaioi kai Hellēnes, hēmiteles to ergon katalipontes ; mallon de, oude arxasthai tou ergou dynēthentes.
The emperor, though he hated the Christians and was harsh toward them, was nevertheless well disposed and gentle toward the Jews. He wrote to their patriarchs and leaders and to the people itself, asking them to pray for him and his reign. He did this not, as I conjecture, because he approved of their religion — for he knew that it was, so to speak, the mother of the doctrine of the Christians, since it had the same prophets and patriarchs — but because the Jews had an implacable hatred toward the Christians, and by courting them he sought to grieve those he hated. Perhaps too he thought that they would be more readily led to paganism and sacrifices, since they understand the sacred books according to the letter only, and not, like the Christians and the wiser among themselves, by contemplation. With this in mind he set to work. Summoning the leaders of the nation, he urged them to keep the laws of Moses, reminding them of their ancestral customs. When they said that, since the temple in Jerusalem had been thrown down, it was neither lawful nor ancestral for those who had been driven from the mother city to do this elsewhere, he gave them public funds and ordered them to rebuild the temple and to worship as their forefathers had, sacrificing in the old way. They, not considering that according to the sacred prophecies this could not come about, set to the work zealously. Gathering skilled builders, they prepared the materials and cleared the site. They laboured at this with such eagerness that their women carried out the earth in their laps and readily contributed their necklaces and all their other female ornaments to the cost of the work. Everything else came second to the work, for the emperor and for all the other Jews. For some, though not well disposed toward the Jews, shared their zeal, supposing that they could succeed and prove Christ’s predictions false; while the Jews, for their part, thought that the time had come to raise up the temple. When they had taken down the remains of the former building, dug up and cleared the ground, it is said that on the next day, when they were about to lay the first foundation, a great earthquake occurred; by the shaking of the earth stones were thrown up from the foundations, and those of the Jews perished who were supervising the work and had come to watch it. For the houses near the temple and the public porticoes in which they were lodging suddenly collapsed; and most were caught, some dying at once, others found half dead and maimed in hands or legs, while others were injured in other parts of the body. When God ceased the shaking, those who were left tried the work again, since it was unavoidable because of the emperor’s order and was also to their own liking. For human nature somehow tends, in what pleases it, to lean toward what is harmful, and to think that only what it wishes to accomplish will be to its advantage; and simply overcome by the deception that arises from this, it can neither see its true interest by any foresight nor, chastened by experience of dangers, come to its senses to do what it should. Such, I think, was what happened then to the Jews. For though the first hindrance was enough and had clearly shown that the Divine was angry at what was being done, they again pursued what could not be accomplished. The account is that as soon as they set their hand to the work a second time, fire suddenly leapt up from the foundations of the temple and consumed many. And this is told and believed without hesitation by all, and is doubted by no one; except that some say that the flame met them as they were forcing their way into the temple and did what has been said, and others that it happened as soon as they began to carry out the earth. But whichever of these one accepts, each is an equal marvel. On this followed another thing, clearer and more astonishing than the former. Of their own accord the clothes of all were marked with the sign of the cross, and in a way they had their garments spangled as with stars, as if worked in by the art of weaving. From this some at once judged that Christ is God and that the renewal of the temple was not pleasing to him; and others not long after joined the church, were initiated, and with hymns and supplications sought to propitiate Christ for what they had dared. To anyone to whom these things do not seem credible, let those still alive who heard them from eyewitnesses confirm them; and let the Jews and pagans confirm them, who left the work half finished — or rather, were not even able to begin it.
Chapter 6
6.1PG 67:1287–1291
Ὅσα μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ Ἰουλιανοῦ βασιλείᾳ συγχυρῆσαε ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἔγνων, ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν δεδήλωταςε. δὲ ἦρι ἀρχομένῳ, δόξαν αὐτῷ ἐπιστρατεῦσαι Πέρσαις, ἐν τάχει διέβη τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν " παραδραμών τε τὴν "Ἔδεσαν, διὰ μῖσος ἴσως τῶν ἐνοικούντων, ἐπεὶ ἀρχῆθεν πανδημεὶ Χριστιανίζειν ἔλαχεν ἧδε ἡ πόλις, ἧκεν εἰς Κάῤῥας " ἔνθα δὴ Διὸς ἱερὸν εὑρὼν, ἔθυσε καὶ ηὔξατο. Τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τούτου, ἐχ τῶν ἑπομένων στρατευμάτων ἀμφὶ δισμυρίους ὁπλίτας ἐπὶ Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἔπεμψε, φυλακῆς ἕνεκα τῶν τόπων, καὶ εἰς καιρὸν αὐτῷ παρεσημένους, συμμαχοῦντι Ῥωμαίοις, ἔγραψε συμμίξαι περὶ τὴν πολεμίαν. ᾿Απαυθαδειασάμενός τε πέραν τοῦ μετρίου ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν ἐξάρας ὡς ἐπιτήδειον πρὸς ἡγεμονίαν, καὶ φίλον οἷς ἐνόμιζε θεοῖς, Κωνσταντίῳ τε ὃν διεδέξατο, ὡς ἀνάνδρῳ καὶ ἀσεβεῖ λοιδορησάμενος, ὑδριστικχῶς μάλα ἠπείλησεν αὐτῷ " ἐπεὶ Χριστιανὸν ὄντα ἐπυνθάνετο, ἐπιτείνων τὴν ὕδριν, ἣ βλασφημεῖν ἃ μὴ θέμις σπουδάζων εἰς τὸν Χριστὸν (τοῦτο γὰρ εἰώθει παρ᾽ ἔχαστα τολμᾷν), ἀπεχόμπασεν ὑποδηλῶν, ὡς οὐχ ἐπαμύνοι ὃν ἡγεῖται Θεὸν ὁλιγωροῦντι τῶν προστεταγμένων. ᾿ἘἘπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα καλῶς ἔχειν ἐνόμισε, παραλαθδὼν τὴν Ῥωμαίων στρατιὰν, διὰ τῆς ᾿Ασσυρίων. Καὶ πηλέμῳ εἶλεν, ἀπερισκέπτως τε εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν ᾔει, μηδὲν τῶν κατόπιν προνοῶν, καὶ ὅτι γε δεήσει τὴν αὐτὴν πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν. ᾿Αλλ' ὅπερ ἤρει, δεινῶς ἐπόρθει · ταμεῖά τε καὶ τ᾿ ἄλλα, τὰ μὲν κατέσκαπτε, τὰ δ᾽ ἐπίμπρα. Πορευόμενος δὲ παρὰ τὸν Εὐφράτην, οὐ πόῤῥωθεν ἀφίκετο Κτησιφῶντος. Πόλις δὲ αὕτη μεγάλη, καὶ τὰ Περσῶν βασίλεια νῦν ἀντὶ Βαβυλῶνος ἔχουσα · ῥεῖ δὲ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ ὁ Τίγρης. Ως δὲ ταῖς ναυσὶν οὐκ ἐχώρει διὰ τὴν μέσην γῆν τῷ Κτησιφῶντι προσελθεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾿ ἀνάγκης ἐφαίνετο, ἢ τὴν πόλιν παριέναι, ἢ τῶν πλοίων καταφρονεῖν, ἀνακρίνας τινὰς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων, εὖρε διώρυγα ναυσίπορον ἀναχωσθεῖσαν τῷ χρόνῳ · καὶ διατεμών τὸ διεῖργον, εἴλκυσε τὸν Εὐφράτην ἐπὶ τὸν Τίγρητα. Ταύτῃ τε τῷ στρατῷ παραπλεούσας ἔχων τὰς ναῦς, ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐχώρει. Σὺν πολλῇ δὲ παρασκευῇ ἱππέων, καὶ ὁπλιτῶν, καὶ ἐλεφάντων, τῶν Περσῶν φανέντων ἐπὶ τοῖς ὄχθοις τοῖς τοῦ Τίγρητος, ἰδὼν ἐν πολεμίᾳ γῇ μέσον δύο μεγίστων ποταμῶν πολιορκουμένην αὐτῷ τὴν στρατιάν, καὶ λιμῷ διαφθαρῆναι κινδυνεύουσαν, ἤντε μένοιεν αὐτόθι, ἤντε τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ὑποστρέφοιεν, τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν κωμῶν δι᾿ ὧν ἦλθον καθῃρημένων, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια μὴ έχουσῶν, κέλησιν ἆθλα προσθεὶς, ἐπὶ θέαν ἱπποδρομίας τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐκάθισεν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τοὺς προεστῶτας τῶν πλοίων ἐκέλευσεν ἀποβαλεῖν τὰ φορτία καὶ τὸ σιτηρέσιον τῆς στρατιᾶς, ὅπως ἐν κινδύνῳ σφᾶς ἰδόντες οἱ στρατιῶται, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ἀπορίᾳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων εἰς θράσος τράπωνται, καὶ προθυμό τερον τοῖς πολεμίοις μαχέσωνται. Συγκαλέσας δὲ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ τοὺς ταξιάρχας μετὰ τὸ δεῖπνον, ἐνεβίβασε τοὺς στρατιώτας εἰς τὰς ναῦς. Οἱ δὲ, ἐν νυκτὶ τὸν Τίγρητα πλεύσαντες, ἤδη πρὸς ταῖς πέραν ὄχθαις ἦσαν, καὶ ἐξέβαινον. Τῶν δὲ Περσῶν, οἱ μὲν αἰσθόμενοι ἠμύνοντο, καὶ ἀλλήλοις παρεκελεύοντο. Τοῖς δὲ ἔτι καθεύδουσιν, ἐπέστησαν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. Καὶ ἡμέρας ἐπιγενομένης, εἰς μάχην καθίσταντο · πολλούς τε ἀποβαλόντες καὶ κτείναντες, διέβησαν εἰς τὸν ποταμόν· καὶ τότε μὲν πρὸ τῆς Κτησιφῶντος ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. Δόξαν δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ μηκέτι περαιτέρω χωρεῖν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν ἀρχομένην ἐπανελθεῖν, τὰς ναῦς ἐμπρήσαντες, ὡς διὰ τὴν φυλακήν τούτων πολλῶν ἀπομάχων ὄντων, τὴν ἐπάν οδον έποιοῦντο, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἔχοντες. Ἡγουμένων δὲ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀπήλαυον χώρας εὐφόρου καὶ πάντα ἐπιτήδεια ἐχούσης. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, πρεσβύτης τις ἐλόμενος ἀποθα-· νεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς πάντων Περσῶν ἐλευθερίας, ἐπίτηδες ἁλῶναι φανεὶς, ὡς ἄκων συλληφθεὶς ἄγεται παρὰ τὸν ἡγούμενον. Ανακριθείς τε περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, καὶ δόξας ἀληθῆ λέγειν, ἔπεισεν ἵν᾿ αὐτῷ ἔπωνται, τὴν ταχίστην τοῖς Ῥωμαίων ὅροις ἐπιστήσειν τὴν στρατιάν · μόνον δὲ τριῶν ἢ τεσσάρων ἡμερῶν χαλεπὴν ἔσεσθαι τὴν πορείαν· καὶ χρῆναι τούτων σιτία φέρεσθαι, τῆς γῆς ἐρήμου οὔσης. Ὑπαχθείς τε ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ σοφοῦ πρεσβύτου τοῖς λόγοις, ἐδοκίμασε ταύτῃ πορευτέον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ προσωτέρω χωροῦντες, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐνέβαλον τόποις, ὁ μὲν γέρων ὁ αἰχμάλωτος βασανιζόμενος, ὡμολόγησεν ὑπὲρ τῶν οἰκείων αὐτομολῆσαι πρὸς θάνατον, καὶ ἕτοιμος εἶναι πάντα προθύμως ὑπομένειν. ᾿Αλυούσης δὲ τῆς στρατιᾶς, τῷ τε μήκει τῆς ὁδοῦ, καὶ τῇ ἐνδείᾳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἤδη τεταλαιπωρηκόσι, Περσική παράταξις ἐπέθετο. Καρτερᾶς δὲ μάχης συστάσης, ἐξαπίνης βίαιος ἀνακινηθεὶς ἄνεμος, τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὸν ἥλιον τοῖς νέφεσιν ἐκάλυψε, τῷ δὲ ἀέρι τὴν κόνιν ἀνέμιξε. Σκότους δὲ καὶ πολλῆς ἀχλύος οὔσης, παραδραμών τις ἱππεὺς φέρει ἐπὶ τὸν βασιλέα τὸ δόρυ, καὶ παίει καιρίαν· καὶ τοῦ ἵππου καταβαλών, ὅστις ἦν ἀπῆλθε λαθών. Λέγουσι δὲ, οἱ μὲν Πέρσην, οἱ δὲ ( Σαρακηνὸν εἶναι τοῦτον. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ Ῥωμαῖον στρατιώτην εἶναι τοῦτον ἰσχυρίζονται, καὶ ἐπενηνοχέναι αὐτῷ τὴν πληγὴν, ἀγανακτήσαντα καθότι ἀβουλίᾳ καὶ θρασύτητι τοσούτοις περιέβαλε κινδύνοις τὴν στρατιάν. Λιβάνιος δὲ ὁ Σύρος σοφιστὴς, τὰ μάλιστα συνήθης καὶ φίλος αὐτῷ γεγονὼς, τάδε περὶ τοῦ κτείναντος αὐτὸν γράφει. Τις οὖν ὁ κτείνας, ποθεῖ τις ἀκοῦσαι. Τοὔνομα μὲν οὐκ οἶδα· τοῦ δὲ μὴ πολέμιον εἶναι τὸν κτείναντα, σημεῖον ἐναργὲς, τὸ μηδένα πολέμιον ἐπὶ τῇ πληγῇ τετιμῆσθαι. Καίτοι διὰ κηρύκων ὁ Πέρσης ἐκάλει πρὸς γέρας τὸν ἀπεκτονότα, καὶ μεγάλων ὑπῆρχε τῷ φανέντι τυχεῖν· ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως οὐδ᾽ ἔρωτι γερῶν ἠλαζονεύσατο. Καὶ πολλή γε τοῖς πολεμίοις ἡ χάρις, ὅτι ὧν οὐκ ἔδρασαν, οὐ προσέθεντο τὴν δόξαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔδοσαν ἡμῖν παρ' ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς τὸν σφαγέα ζητεῖν. Οἷς γὰρ οὐκ ἐλυσιτέλει ζῶν, οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν οἱ ζῶντες οὐ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους, πάλαι τε ἐπεβούλευον, καὶ τότε δυνηθέντες εἰργάσαντο · τῆς τε ἄλλης ἀδικίας ἀναγκαζούσης, οὐκ ἐχούσης ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκείνου βασιλείας ἐξουσίαν · καὶ μάλιστά γε τοῦ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς θεοὺς, οὗ τοὐναντίον ἐζήτουν.
Hosa men dē en tę̄ Ioulianou basileią synchyrēsae tais Ekklēsiais egnōn, en tois prosthen dedēlōtase. de ēri archomenǭ, doxan autǭ epistrateusai Persais, en tachei diebē ton Euphratēn potamon " paradramōn te tēn "Edesan, dia misos isōs tōn enoikountōn, epei archēthen pandēmei Christianizein elachen hēde hē polis, hēken eis Karrhas " entha dē Dios hieron heurōn, ethyse kai ēuxato. To de apo toutou, ech tōn hepomenōn strateumatōn amphi dismyrious hoplitas epi Tigrēta potamon epempse, phylakēs heneka tōn topōn, kai eis kairon autǭ paresēmenous, symmachounti Rhōmaiois, egrapse symmixai peri tēn polemian. ᾿Apauthadeiasamenos te peran tou metriou en tę̄ epistolę̄, kai auton men exaras hōs epitēdeion pros hēgemonian, kai philon hois enomize theois, Kōnstantiǭ te hon diedexato, hōs anandrǭ kai asebei loidorēsamenos, hydristikchōs mala ēpeilēsen autǭ " epei Christianon onta epynthaneto, epiteinōn tēn hydrin, hē blasphēmein ha mē themis spoudazōn eis ton Christon (touto gar eiōthei par᾽ echasta tolmąn), apechompasen hypodēlōn, hōs ouch epamynoi hon hēgeitai Theon holigōrounti tōn prostetagmenōn. ᾿EEpei de tauta kalōs echein enomise, paralathdōn tēn Rhōmaiōn stratian, dia tēs ᾿Assyriōn. Kai pēlemǭ eilen, aperiskeptōs te eis to prosthen ę̄ei, mēden tōn katopin pronoōn, kai hoti ge deēsei tēn autēn palin epanelthein. ᾿All' hoper ērei, deinōs eporthei ; tameia te kai t᾿ alla, ta men kateskapte, ta d᾽ epimpra. Poreuomenos de para ton Euphratēn, ou porrhōthen aphiketo Ktēsiphōntos. Polis de hautē megalē, kai ta Persōn basileia nyn anti Babylōnos echousa ; rhei de autēs ouk apo pollou ho Tigrēs. Ōs de tais nausin ouk echōrei dia tēn mesēn gēn tǭ Ktēsiphōnti proselthein, all᾽ ep᾿ anankēs ephaineto, ē tēn polin parienai, ē tōn ploiōn kataphronein, anakrinas tinas tōn aichmalōtōn, eure diōryga nausiporon anachōstheisan tǭ chronǭ ; kai diatemōn to dieirgon, eilkyse ton Euphratēn epi ton Tigrēta. Tautę̄ te tǭ stratǭ parapleousas echōn tas naus, epi tēn polin echōrei. Syn pollę̄ de paraskeuę̄ hippeōn, kai hoplitōn, kai elephantōn, tōn Persōn phanentōn epi tois ochthois tois tou Tigrētos, idōn en polemią gę̄ meson dyo megistōn potamōn poliorkoumenēn autǭ tēn stratian, kai limǭ diaphtharēnai kindyneuousan, ēnte menoien autothi, ēnte tēn autēn hodon hypostrephoien, tōn poleōn kai tōn kōmōn di᾿ hōn ēlthon kathę̄rēmenōn, kai ta epitēdeia mē echousōn, kelēsin athla prostheis, epi thean hippodromias tous stratiōtas ekathisen. En toutǭ de tous proestōtas tōn ploiōn ekeleusen apobalein ta phortia kai to sitēresion tēs stratias, hopōs en kindynǭ sphas idontes hoi stratiōtai, hōs epythomēn, aporią tōn epitēdeiōn eis thrasos trapōntai, kai prothymo teron tois polemiois machesōntai. Synkalesas de tous stratēgous ho basileus kai tous taxiarchas meta to deipnon, enebibase tous stratiōtas eis tas naus. Hoi de, en nykti ton Tigrēta pleusantes, ēdē pros tais peran ochthais ēsan, kai exebainon. Tōn de Persōn, hoi men aisthomenoi ēmynonto, kai allēlois parekeleuonto. Tois de eti katheudousin, epestēsan hoi Rhōmaioi. Kai hēmeras epigenomenēs, eis machēn kathistanto ; pollous te apobalontes kai kteinantes, diebēsan eis ton potamon; kai tote men pro tēs Ktēsiphōntos estratopedeuonto. Doxan de tǭ basilei mēketi peraiterō chōrein, all᾽ eis tēn archomenēn epanelthein, tas naus emprēsantes, hōs dia tēn phylakēn toutōn pollōn apomachōn ontōn, tēn epan odon epoiounto, en aristerą Tigrēta potamon echontes. Hēgoumenōn de tōn aichmalōtōn, ta men prōta apēlauon chōras euphorou kai panta epitēdeia echousēs. Meta de tauta, presbytēs tis elomenos apotha-; nein hyper tēs pantōn Persōn eleutherias, epitēdes halōnai phaneis, hōs akōn syllēphtheis agetai para ton hēgoumenon. Anakritheis te peri tēs hodou, kai doxas alēthē legein, epeisen hin᾿ autǭ epōntai, tēn tachistēn tois Rhōmaiōn horois epistēsein tēn stratian ; monon de triōn ē tessarōn hēmerōn chalepēn esesthai tēn poreian; kai chrēnai toutōn sitia pheresthai, tēs gēs erēmou ousēs. Hypachtheis te ho basileus tou sophou presbytou tois logois, edokimase tautę̄ poreuteon. Epei de prosōterō chōrountes, kai meta treis hēmeras enebalon topois, ho men gerōn ho aichmalōtos basanizomenos, hōmologēsen hyper tōn oikeiōn automolēsai pros thanaton, kai hetoimos einai panta prothymōs hypomenein. ᾿Alyousēs de tēs stratias, tǭ te mēkei tēs hodou, kai tę̄ endeią tōn epitēdeiōn, ēdē tetalaipōrēkosi, Persikē parataxis epetheto. Karteras de machēs systasēs, exapinēs biaios anakinētheis anemos, ton ouranon kai ton hēlion tois nephesin ekalypse, tǭ de aeri tēn konin anemixe. Skotous de kai pollēs achlyos ousēs, paradramōn tis hippeus pherei epi ton basilea to dory, kai paiei kairian; kai tou hippou katabalōn, hostis ēn apēlthe lathōn. Legousi de, hoi men Persēn, hoi de ( Sarakēnon einai touton. Eisi de hoi Rhōmaion stratiōtēn einai touton ischyrizontai, kai epenēnochenai autǭ tēn plēgēn, aganaktēsanta kathoti aboulią kai thrasytēti tosoutois periebale kindynois tēn stratian. Libanios de ho Syros sophistēs, ta malista synēthēs kai philos autǭ gegonōs, tade peri tou kteinantos auton graphei. Tis oun ho kteinas, pothei tis akousai. Tounoma men ouk oida; tou de mē polemion einai ton kteinanta, sēmeion enarges, to mēdena polemion epi tę̄ plēgę̄ tetimēsthai. Kaitoi dia kērykōn ho Persēs ekalei pros geras ton apektonota, kai megalōn hypērche tǭ phanenti tychein; all᾽ homōs oud᾽ erōti gerōn ēlazoneusato. Kai pollē ge tois polemiois hē charis, hoti hōn ouk edrasan, ou prosethento tēn doxan, all᾽ edosan hēmin par' hēmin autois ton sphagea zētein. Hois gar ouk elysitelei zōn, houtoi de ēsan hoi zōntes ou kata tous nomous, palai te epebouleuon, kai tote dynēthentes eirgasanto ; tēs te allēs adikias anankazousēs, ouk echousēs epi tēs ekeinou basileias exousian ; kai malista ge tou timasthai tous theous, hou tounantion ezētoun.
What I learned of the events that befell the churches in the reign of Julian has been set out above. At the beginning of spring, having resolved to march against the Persians, Julian quickly crossed the river Euphrates. Passing by Edessa, perhaps out of hatred of its inhabitants, since this city had from the beginning been Christian to a man, he came to Carrhae, where he found a temple of Zeus, and sacrificed and prayed. After this he sent about twenty thousand armed men from the troops that followed him to the river Tigris to guard those parts and to be ready for him when needed; and he wrote to … , who was an ally of the Romans, to join him in the enemy’s country. In the letter he behaved with arrogance beyond measure, extolling himself as fit to rule and as a friend of those he considered gods, and reviling Constantius, whom he had succeeded, as unmanly and impious; and he threatened him very insolently. Since he had learned that he was a Christian, he increased the insult, and, eager to utter unlawful blasphemies against Christ — for he was accustomed to dare this on every occasion — he boasted, hinting that the one whom he held to be God would not help him if he neglected the orders given him. When he had arranged these things as he thought best, he took the Roman army through Assyria … and took by war …; and he went forward heedlessly, taking no thought for what lay behind, or that he would have to return the same way. But what he took he ravaged terribly; storehouses and other things he razed or burned. Marching along the Euphrates, he came not far from Ctesiphon. This is a great city, which now holds the palace of the Persians instead of Babylon; and the Tigris flows not far from it. Since he could not approach Ctesiphon with his ships because of the land between, and it seemed necessary either to pass by the city or to abandon the vessels, he questioned some of the prisoners and found a navigable canal that had been silted up over time; and cutting through the barrier, he drew the Euphrates into the Tigris. In this way, with the ships sailing alongside the army, he advanced on the city. When the Persians appeared on the banks of the Tigris with a great force of cavalry, infantry and elephants, he saw that his army was besieged in enemy country between two very great rivers and was in danger of perishing from hunger, whether they stayed there or returned by the same road, since the cities and villages through which they had come had been destroyed and had no provisions. So, offering prizes for horse races, he seated the soldiers to watch a horse race. Meanwhile he ordered the masters of the ships to throw away their cargoes and the army’s grain, so that the soldiers, as I have learned, seeing themselves in danger through want of provisions, might turn to boldness and fight the enemy more eagerly. After supper the emperor called together the generals and the officers, and put the soldiers on board the ships. They sailed across the Tigris by night, were already at the further banks, and began to land. Of the Persians, some perceived it, resisted, and urged one another on; and the Romans fell upon others who were still asleep. When day came they joined battle; and having lost many and killed many, they crossed the river, and for the time encamped before Ctesiphon. The emperor having decided to go no further but to return to the Roman empire, they burned the ships, since many men were kept out of the fighting to guard them, and made their way back with the river Tigris on their left. Under the guidance of the prisoners, they at first enjoyed a fertile country with every provision. But after this an old man who had chosen to die for the freedom of all the Persians, letting himself be caught on purpose as if taken against his will, was brought to the commander. Questioned about the road, and seeming to tell the truth, he persuaded them to follow him, saying he would bring the army by the quickest way to the Roman frontier; only for three or four days would the march be hard, and they would need to carry provisions for that time, as the land was desert. The emperor, led on by the words of the clever old man, decided that they must go that way. When they had gone further and after three days had entered … places, the old prisoner, under torture, confessed that he had deserted to his death for the sake of his own people, and was ready to endure everything gladly. When the army was distressed and already worn out by the length of the road and the want of provisions, a Persian force attacked. During a fierce battle a violent wind suddenly arose, covered the sky and the sun with clouds, and mixed the dust with the air. In the darkness and the thick gloom a horseman rode by, bore his spear against the emperor, struck him a mortal blow, threw him from his horse, and went away unrecognized. Some say he was a Persian, others a Saracen. There are those who maintain that he was a Roman soldier, who dealt him the blow in indignation because by his folly and rashness he had brought the army into such dangers. Libanius the Syrian sophist, who had been his close companion and friend, writes this about the one who killed him: “Who then was the slayer, someone longs to hear. I do not know the name; but that the slayer was not an enemy there is clear evidence: that no enemy was honoured for the blow. And yet the Persian king summoned by heralds the one who had killed him to receive a reward, and it would have been possible for him who came forward to obtain great things; but not even from love of rewards did anyone boast of it. And great thanks are due to the enemy that they did not claim the glory of what they had not done, but left us to seek the slayer among ourselves. For those to whom it was not profitable that he should live — and these were those who live not according to the laws — had long been plotting, and then, when they were able, they did it; their other wickedness, which had no licence under his reign, compelling them, and above all the honouring of the gods, the opposite of which they were seeking.”
6.2PG 67:1293–1297
Καὶ ὁ μὲν Λιβάνιος ὧδέ πη γράφων, Χριστιανὸν ἔσεσθαι ὑποδηλοῖ Ἰουλιανοῦ τὸν σφαγέα· ἴσως δὲ καὶ ἀληθές. Οὐ γὰρ ἀπεικὸς, τινὰ τῶν τότε στρατευομένων εἰς νοῦν λαβεῖν, ὡς Ἕλληνες καὶ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, μέχρι νῦν τοὺς πάλαι τυραννοκτόνους ἐπαινοῦσιν, ὡς ὑπὲρ τῆς πάντων ἐλευθερίας ἑλομένους ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ πολίταις, ἢ συγγενέσιν, ἢ φίλοις προθύμως ἐπαμύνοντας. Σχολῇ γε ἄν τις καὶ αὐτῷ μέμψαιτοἱ, διὰ Θεὸν καὶ θρησκείαν ἣν ἐπήνεσεν ἀνδρείῳ γενομένῳ. Ἐγὼ δὲ, ὅστις μὲν τῇ σφαγῇ ταύτῃ διηκονήσατο, πλὴν τῶν εἰρημένων οὐδὲν ἀκριβῶ. Ὡς δὲ συμφωνοῦντες οἱ λέγοντες ἰσχυρίζονται, ἀψευδὴς λόγος εἰς ἡμᾶς ἦλθε, κατὰ θεομηνίαν αὐτὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι. Καὶ τούτου ἀπόδειξις, θεία ὄψις, ἣν τινὰ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αὐτῷ ἰδεῖν ἐπυθόμην. Λέγεται γὰρ, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν Πέρσαις ὄντα ἠπείγετο, ἔν τινι χωρίῳ καταλῦσαι τῆς λεωφόρου, καὶ ἀπορίᾳ οἰκήματος ἐν τῇ ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίᾳ καθευδῆσαι · καὶ ὕπαρ ἢ ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, ὡς εἰς ταὐτὸν συνελθόντες πολλοὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπωδύροντο τὴν εἰς τὰς Ἐκκλησίας τοῦ κρατοῦντος ὕβριν, καὶ ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν ἐβουλεύοντο. Ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ περὶ τούτου διαλογιζομένων καὶ ὥσπερ διαπορουμένων, ἀναστάντες ἐκ μέσων δύο, θαῤῥεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις παρεκελεύσαντο· καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ καθαιρέσει τῆς Ἰουλιανοῦ ἀρχῆς ὁρμῶντες, σπουδῇ τὸν σύλλογον κατέλιπον. Ὁ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ὃς τῶν παραδόξων τούτων ἐγεγόνει θεατὴς, τῆς μὲν ὁδοιπορίας ὠλιγώρει λοιπόν · ὀῤῥωδῶν δὲ πῆ ἄρα ἐκβήσεται τὸ τέλος τῆς τοιαύτης ὄψεως, πάλιν ἐνθάδε καθεύδων, τὸν αὐτὸν ἰδεῖν σύλλογον, ἐξαπίνης τε ὡς ἀπὸ ὁδοῦ εἰσεληλυθότας οἱ τῇ προτεραίᾳ νυκτὶ ἐπεστράτευσαν Ἰουλιανῷ, καὶ ἀναγγεῖλαι τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀνῃρῆσθαι τοῦτον. Κατ' ἐκείνην δὲ τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ Δίδυμος ὁ ἐκκλησιαστικὸς φιλόσοφος ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ διατρίβων, οἷά γε τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς τὴν θρησκείαν διασφαλέντος, περίλυπος ὢν, διὰ τε αὐτὸν ὡς πεπλανημένον, καὶ διὰ τὴν κατα φρόνησιν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, ἐνήστευέ τε καὶ τὸν Θεὸν περὶ τούτου ἱκέτευεν. Ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς μερίμνης, οὐδὲ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπιγενομένης μεταλαβών τροφῆς, ἐπὶ θρόνου καθεζόμενος, εἰς ὕπνον ἠνέχθη. Καὶ ὡς ἐν ἐκστάσει γεγονώς, ἔδοξεν ὁρᾶν ἵππους λευκοὺς ἐν τῷ ἀέρι διατρέχοντας · τοὺς δὲ ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὀχουμένους κηρύττειν · ᾿Αγγείλατε Διδύμῳ, σήμερον περὶ τήνδε τὴν ὥραν Ἰουλιανὸν ἀνῃρῆσθαι· καὶ ᾿Αθανασίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ τοῦτο μηνυσάτω· καὶ ἀναστὰς ἐστιέτω. ἃ μὲν τεθέαται ὅ τε Ἰουλιανοῦ οἰκεῖος, καὶ ὁ φιλόσοφος, ὧδε γενέσθαι ἐπυθόμην. Καὶ οὐδέτερος ἐν οἷς τεθέατο, τῆς ἀληθείας διήμαρτεν, ὡς ἐμηνύθη ὕστερον. Ὁ δὲ ταῦτα οὐκ ἀρκεῖ εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ θεόθεν αὐτὸν ἀναιρεθῆναι, ὡς ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις αὐτοῦ λυμαινόμενον, καὶ τὴν προφητείαν εἰς νοῦν λαμβάνει ἣν ἐκκλησιαστικὸς ἀνὴρ προηγόρευσε. Μέλλοντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Πέρσας στρατεύειν, καὶ μετὰ τὸν πόλεμον κακῶς ποιήσειν τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπαπειλοῦντος, καὶ ἐπιτωθάζοντος ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐπαμύνειν δυνήσεται ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός· ὠδὶ λέγων ἀπεφήνατο· Οὗτος δὲ ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱὸς θήκην αὐτῷ ξυλίνην πρὸς θάνατον κατασκευάζει· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ τὴν πληγὴν ἀμωσγέπως συνῆκεν ὅθεν ἐβλάβη, καὶ τὸ αἴτιον τῆς συμφορᾶς οὐ παντελῶς ἠγνόησε. Λέγεται γὰρ ὅτε ἑτρώθη, αἷμα ἐκ τῆς ὠτειλῆς ἀρυσάμενος, εἰς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀκοντίσαι, οἷά γε πρὸς φαινόμενον τὸν Χριστὸν ἀφορῶν, καὶ τῆς ἰδίας σφαγῆς αὐτὸν ἐπαιτιώμενος. Οἱ δὲ φασιν, ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον ἀγανακτῶν κ, ὅτι Πέρσαις ἐπήμυνεν, ἢ αὐτὸν οὐ διέσωσεν, ἔφορος ὢν τῆς αὐτοῦ γενέσεως κατά τινα τοιαύτην ἀστρονομικὴν ἱστορίαν, τῇ χειρὶ τὸ αἷμα ἐπιδείξας, εἰς τὸν ἀέρα ἡκόντισεν. Εἰ δὲ ἀληθῶς μέλλων τελευτᾶν, οἷάπερ εἰώθει συμβαίνειν, τῆς ψυχῆς ἤδη χωριζομένης τοῦ σώματος, καὶ θειότερα ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον θεωρεῖν δυναμένης, τὸν Χριστὸν ἐθεάσατο, οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ πολλῶν ὅδε ὁ λόγος· οὔτε δὲ ὡς ψεῦδος ἐκβαλεῖν θαῤῥῶ· ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἀπεικὸς καὶ τῶνδε θαυμαστότερα συμβῆναι, εἰς ἐπίδειξιν τοῦ μὴ ἀνθρωπείᾳ σπουδῇ συστῆναι τὴν ἐπώνυμον Χριστοῦ θρησκείαν. Αμέλειτοι παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον ταυτησὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀγανακτῶν ὁ Θεὸς εφαίνετο· καὶ παντοδαπαῖς συμφοραῖς ἐν πολλοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐπέτριψε τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον. Τῆς τε γὰρ γῆς συνεχῶς ὑπὸ χαλεπωτάτων σεισμῶν τινασσομένης, καὶ τῶν οἰκημάτων ἐρειπομένων, οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν οἴκοι, οὔτε αἰθρίους διατρίβειν. Συμβάλλω δὲ ἐξ ὧν ἐπυθόμην, ἢ βασιλεύοντος αὐτοῦ, ἢ κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον σχῆμα τῆς βασιλείας ὄντος, καὶ τὸ συμβὰν τοῖς πρὸς Αἴγυπτον ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι γέγονε πάθος· ἡνίκα δὴ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπονοστήσασα, αὖθις ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς τοὺς ἰδίους ὅρους παρήμειψε, καὶ μέχρι πολλοῦ τὴν ξηρὰν κατέκλυσεν· ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κεράμων, ἀποχωρήσαντος τοῦ ὕδατος, θαλάττια εὑρεθῆναι σκάφη. Αμέλειτοι τὴν ἡμέραν καθ᾽ ἣν τάδε συνέβη, ἣν γενέσια τοῦ σεισμοῦ προσαγορεύουσιν, εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς ἐτησίαν ἑορτὴν ἄγουσι. Λύχνους τε πλείστους ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν καίοντες, καὶ χαριστηρίους λιτὰς τῷ Θεῷ προσφέροντες, λαμπρῶς μάλα καὶ εὐλαβῶς ταύτην ἐπιτελοῦσιν. Οὐ μὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐχμοὶ ἐπιτείναντες, πάντας τοὺς καρποὺς καὶ τὸν ἀέρα ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς βασιλείας ἐλυμήναντο. Ἐντεῦθεν σπάνει τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἐπὶ τὰς τῶν ἀλόγων ζώων τροφάς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἤλαυνεν ὁ λιμός. Ἐπακολουθῶν δὲ καὶ ὁ λοιμὸς, ἰδίας ἐπῆγε νόσους, καὶ τὰ σώματα διέφθειρε. Τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ Ἰουλιανὸν ὧδε ἔσχε.
Kai ho men Libanios hōde pē graphōn, Christianon esesthai hypodēloi Ioulianou ton sphagea; isōs de kai alēthes. Ou gar apeikos, tina tōn tote strateuomenōn eis noun labein, hōs Hellēnes kai pantes anthrōpoi, mechri nyn tous palai tyrannoktonous epainousin, hōs hyper tēs pantōn eleutherias helomenous apothanein, kai politais, ē syngenesin, ē philois prothymōs epamynontas. Scholę̄ ge an tis kai autǭ mempsaitoi, dia Theon kai thrēskeian hēn epēnesen andreiǭ genomenǭ. Egō de, hostis men tę̄ sphagę̄ tautę̄ diēkonēsato, plēn tōn eirēmenōn ouden akribō. Hōs de symphōnountes hoi legontes ischyrizontai, apseudēs logos eis hēmas ēlthe, kata theomēnian auton anairethēnai. Kai toutou apodeixis, theia opsis, hēn tina tōn epitēdeiōn autǭ idein epythomēn. Legetai gar, epeidē pros auton en Persais onta ēpeigeto, en tini chōriǭ katalysai tēs leōphorou, kai aporią oikēmatos en tę̄ enthade ekklēsią katheudēsai ; kai hypar ē onar idein, hōs eis tauton synelthontes polloi tōn apostolōn kai tōn prophētōn, apōdyronto tēn eis tas Ekklēsias tou kratountos hybrin, kai ho ti chrē poiein ebouleuonto. Epi poly de peri toutou dialogizomenōn kai hōsper diaporoumenōn, anastantes ek mesōn dyo, tharrhein tois allois parekeleusanto; kai hōs epi kathairesei tēs Ioulianou archēs hormōntes, spoudę̄ ton syllogon katelipon. Ho de anthrōpos hos tōn paradoxōn toutōn egegonei theatēs, tēs men hodoiporias ōligōrei loipon ; orrhōdōn de pē ara ekbēsetai to telos tēs toiautēs opseōs, palin enthade katheudōn, ton auton idein syllogon, exapinēs te hōs apo hodou eiselēlythotas hoi tę̄ proteraią nykti epestrateusan Ioulianǭ, kai anangeilai tois allois, anę̄rēsthai touton. Kat' ekeinēn de tēn hēmeran kai Didymos ho ekklēsiastikos philosophos en ᾿Alexandreią diatribōn, hoia ge tou basileōs eis tēn thrēskeian diasphalentos, perilypos ōn, dia te auton hōs peplanēmenon, kai dia tēn kata phronēsin tōn Ekklēsiōn, enēsteue te kai ton Theon peri toutou hiketeuen. Hypo de tēs merimnēs, oude tēs nyktos epigenomenēs metalabōn trophēs, epi thronou kathezomenos, eis hypnon ēnechthē. Kai hōs en ekstasei gegonōs, edoxen horan hippous leukous en tǭ aeri diatrechontas ; tous de ep᾿ autōn ochoumenous kēryttein ; ᾿Angeilate Didymǭ, sēmeron peri tēnde tēn hōran Ioulianon anę̄rēsthai; kai ᾿Athanasiǭ tǭ episkopǭ touto mēnysatō; kai anastas estietō. ha men tetheatai ho te Ioulianou oikeios, kai ho philosophos, hōde genesthai epythomēn. Kai oudeteros en hois tetheato, tēs alētheias diēmarten, hōs emēnythē hysteron. Ho de tauta ouk arkei eis apodeixin tou theothen auton anairethēnai, hōs tais Ekklēsiais autou lymainomenon, kai tēn prophēteian eis noun lambanei hēn ekklēsiastikos anēr proēgoreuse. Mellontos gar autou epi Persas strateuein, kai meta ton polemon kakōs poiēsein tas Ekklēsias epapeilountos, kai epitōthazontos hōs ouden autois epamynein dynēsetai ho tou tektonos huios; ōdi legōn apephēnato; Houtos de ho tou tektonos huios thēkēn autǭ xylinēn pros thanaton kataskeuazei; ou mēn alla kai autos meta tēn plēgēn amōsgepōs synēken hothen eblabē, kai to aition tēs symphoras ou pantelōs ēgnoēse. Legetai gar hote hetrōthē, haima ek tēs ōteilēs arysamenos, eis ton aithera akontisai, hoia ge pros phainomenon ton Christon aphorōn, kai tēs idias sphagēs auton epaitiōmenos. Hoi de phasin, hōs pros ton hēlion aganaktōn k, hoti Persais epēmynen, ē auton ou diesōsen, ephoros ōn tēs autou geneseōs kata tina toiautēn astronomikēn historian, tę̄ cheiri to haima epideixas, eis ton aera hēkontisen. Ei de alēthōs mellōn teleutan, hoiaper eiōthei symbainein, tēs psychēs ēdē chōrizomenēs tou sōmatos, kai theiotera ē kata anthrōpon theōrein dynamenēs, ton Christon etheasato, ouk echō legein; ou gar pollōn hode ho logos; oute de hōs pseudos ekbalein tharrhō; epei ouk apeikos kai tōnde thaumastotera symbēnai, eis epideixin tou mē anthrōpeią spoudę̄ systēnai tēn epōnymon Christou thrēskeian. Ameleitoi para panta ton chronon tautēsi tēs basileias aganaktōn ho Theos ephaineto; kai pantodapais symphorais en pollois ethnesin epetripse tēn Rhōmaiōn hypēkoon. Tēs te gar gēs synechōs hypo chalepōtatōn seismōn tinassomenēs, kai tōn oikēmatōn ereipomenōn, ouk asphales ēn oikoi, oute aithrious diatribein. Symballō de ex hōn epythomēn, ē basileuontos autou, ē kata to deuteron schēma tēs basileias ontos, kai to symban tois pros Aigypton ᾿Alexandreusi gegone pathos; hēnika dē hē thalassa hyponostēsasa, authis ex epidromēs tous idious horous parēmeipse, kai mechri pollou tēn xēran kateklysen; hōs kai epi tōn keramōn, apochōrēsantos tou hydatos, thalattia heurethēnai skaphē. Ameleitoi tēn hēmeran kath᾽ hēn tade synebē, hēn genesia tou seismou prosagoreuousin, eiseti kai nyn ᾿Alexandreis etēsian heortēn agousi. Lychnous te pleistous ana pasan tēn polin kaiontes, kai charistērious litas tǭ Theǭ prospherontes, lamprōs mala kai eulabōs tautēn epitelousin. Ou mēn, alla kai auchmoi epiteinantes, pantas tous karpous kai ton aera epi tautēs tēs basileias elymēnanto. Enteuthen spanei tōn epitēdeiōn, epi tas tōn alogōn zōōn trophas tous anthrōpous ēlaunen ho limos. Epakolouthōn de kai ho loimos, idias epēge nosous, kai ta sōmata diephtheire. Ta men dē kata Ioulianon hōde esche.
Libanius, writing somewhat in this way, hints that Julian’s slayer was a Christian; and perhaps it is true. For it is not unlikely that one of those then serving in the army took to heart that the Greeks and all mankind until now praise the tyrant-slayers of old, as men who chose to die for the freedom of all and eagerly came to the defence of fellow citizens or kinsmen or friends. One could hardly blame him, either, if he showed himself brave for God and the religion he approved. As for who it was that carried out this slaying, I know nothing exactly beyond what has been said. But, as those who tell it assert in agreement, a trustworthy account has come to us that he was killed by the wrath of God. And the proof of this is a divine vision which I have learned one of his associates saw. For it is said that when this man was hastening to him in Persia, he stopped at a place on the highway and, for want of lodging, slept in the church there; and, awake or in a dream, he saw many of the apostles and prophets gathered together, lamenting the ruler’s outrage against the churches and deliberating what ought to be done. After they had debated this a long time and were, as it were, at a loss, two rose from their midst, told the others to take courage, and left the assembly in haste, as if setting out to overthrow Julian’s rule. The man who had beheld these marvels thought no more of his journey; but, anxious about how the vision would turn out, he slept there again, saw the same assembly, and saw those who on the previous night had gone out against Julian suddenly come in as if from a journey and announce to the others that he had been killed. On that same day Didymus too, the church’s philosopher who lived at Alexandria, being deeply grieved because the emperor had erred concerning religion, both for his sake as one gone astray and because of his contempt for the churches, was fasting and entreating God about this. Through his anxiety, not even taking food when night came on, he fell asleep as he sat on his chair. And as if in an ecstasy he seemed to see white horses running through the air and their riders proclaiming: “Tell Didymus: today, about this hour, Julian has been killed; and let him make this known to Athanasius the bishop, and let him rise and eat.” What the associate of Julian and the philosopher saw happened in this way, as I have learned; and neither of them missed the truth in what he saw, as was reported later. If these things do not suffice anyone as proof that he was killed by God because he was ravaging the churches, let him consider the prophecy that a churchman made beforehand. When Julian was about to march against the Persians, and threatened to harm the churches after the war, and mocked that the carpenter’s son would be able to help them not at all, the churchman declared, saying: “This carpenter’s son is making him a wooden coffin for his death.” Moreover, Julian himself after the blow somehow understood whence he had been struck and was not wholly ignorant of the cause of his calamity. For it is said that when he was wounded, he took blood from the wound and hurled it into the air, as though looking at Christ appearing and blaming him for his own slaying. Others say that, angry at the sun because it had helped the Persians, or had not saved him though it was the overseer of his birth according to some such astrological account, he showed the blood with his hand and flung it into the air. Whether, being truly about to die, as tends to happen when the soul is already separating from the body and is able to see things more divine than is possible to man, he saw Christ, I cannot say; for this account is not held by many. Yet I dare not reject it as false either; since it is not unlikely that even more marvellous things than these have happened, to show that the religion named after Christ was not established by human effort. Certainly through all the time of this reign God was seen to be angry, and he afflicted the Roman empire with calamities of every kind in many provinces. For the earth was continually shaken by very severe earthquakes and buildings fell, so that it was safe neither to stay at home nor in the open air. I conjecture from what I have learned that it was either while he was reigning, or when he was in the second rank of the empire, that the calamity befell the Alexandrians in Egypt, when the sea, having receded, came back in a rush and overstepped its own bounds and flooded the dry land far inland, so that when the water withdrew, sea-going boats were found on the roofs. Indeed, to this day the Alexandrians keep as a yearly festival the day on which this happened, which they call the birthday of the earthquake; lighting many lamps throughout the city and offering prayers of thanksgiving to God, they celebrate it very splendidly and devoutly. Moreover, droughts also set in, and in this reign ruined all the crops and the air. Hence through scarcity of provisions famine drove people to the food of beasts; and pestilence, following on it, brought its own diseases and destroyed bodies. Such were the events of Julian’s time.
6.3PG 67:1297–1299
Μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον, κοινῇ συνθήκῃ τοῦ στρατοπέδου παραλαμβάνει τὴν βασιλείαν Ἰοβιανός. Ἡνίκα δὴ ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ αὐτοκράτορα χειροτονούντων αὐτὸν τῶν στρατευμάτων, αὐτὸς Χριστιανὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι λέγων, παρῃτεῖτο τὴν ἡγεμονίαν, καὶ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας οὐ προσίετο, εἰσότε δὴ καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ μαθοῦσα τῆς παραιτήσεως τὴν αἰτίαν, Χριστιανοὺς εἶναι σφᾶς ἐκέκραγον. Ἐν κινδύνῳ δὲ καὶ ταραχῇ τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων ἐκ τῆς Ἰουλιανοῦ στρατηγίας, καμνούσης τε τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐνδείᾳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ἀναγκαῖον εἶδεν εἰς συμβάσεις ἐλθεῖν, παραδούς τινα Πέρσαις τῶν προτέρων Ῥωμαίοις ὑποτελῶν. Τῇ δὲ πείρᾳ μαθὼν, ὑπὸ θεομηνίας τοῦ πρὸ αὐτοῦ βασιλεύσαντος κακῶς παθεῖν ὑπήκοον, μηδὲν μελλήσας, ἔγραψε τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐν ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἀθροίζεσθαι, καὶ τὸ θεῖον ἐπιμελῶς θεραπεύειν, καὶ μόνην εἶναι σέβας τοῖς ἀρχομένοις ἢ καὶ πειθοῖ προσφθαρέντες, οἷά γε φιλεῖ τῆς αἰσχρᾶς τὴν τῶν Χριστιανῶν πίστιν. ᾿Απέδωκε δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀτελείας ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις καὶ τοῖς κλήροις, χήραις τε καὶ παρθένοις, καὶ εἴ τι πρότερον ἐπ᾿ ὡὠφελείᾳ καὶ τιμῇ θρησκείας δωρηθέν, ἢ νομοθετηθὲν ἐτύγχανεν ὑπὸ Κωνσταντίνου καὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ παίδων, ὕστερον δὲ ἐπὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ ἀφηρέθη. Προσεφώνησε δὲ καὶ Σεκούνδῳ τῷ τότε τὴν ὕπαρχον ἐξουσίαν διέποντι, γενικὴν νομοθεσίαν, εἰς κεφαλὴν τιμωρεῖσθαι παρακελευομένην τὸν ἱερὰν παρθένον μνᾶσθαι πρὸς γάμον πειρώμενον, ἢ καὶ ἀκολάστως μόνον προσβλέποντα, μήτιγε διαρπάζειν ἐπιχειροῦντα. Ἔθετο δὲ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον, καθότι μοχθηροί τινες ἄνδρες ἐπὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Ἰουλιανοῦ, ἔτυχον τοιού των παρθένων γάμους ἐπιτελέσαντες, καὶ ἀνάγκῃ ἐπιθυμίας ταῦτα τολμᾷν ἀκινδύνως ὑποθεμένης, δυσπραγούσης τῆς θρησκείας.
Meta de touton, koinę̄ synthēkę̄ tou stratopedou paralambanei tēn basileian Iobianos. Hēnika dē en tę̄ polemią autokratora cheirotonountōn auton tōn strateumatōn, autos Christianon auton einai legōn, parę̄teito tēn hēgemonian, kai ta symbola tēs basileias ou prosieto, eisote dē kai hē stratia mathousa tēs paraitēseōs tēn aitian, Christianous einai sphas ekekragon. En kindynǭ de kai tarachę̄ tōn pragmatōn ontōn ek tēs Ioulianou stratēgias, kamnousēs te tēs stratias endeią tōn epitēdeiōn, anankaion eiden eis symbaseis elthein, paradous tina Persais tōn proterōn Rhōmaiois hypotelōn. Tę̄ de peirą mathōn, hypo theomēnias tou pro autou basileusantos kakōs pathein hypēkoon, mēden mellēsas, egrapse tois hēgoumenois tōn ethnōn en tais Ekklēsiais athroizesthai, kai to theion epimelōs therapeuein, kai monēn einai sebas tois archomenois ē kai peithoi prosphtharentes, hoia ge philei tēs aischras tēn tōn Christianōn pistin. ᾿Apedōke de kai tas ateleias tais Ekklēsiais kai tois klērois, chērais te kai parthenois, kai ei ti proteron ep᾿ hōōpheleią kai timę̄ thrēskeias dōrēthen, ē nomothetēthen etynchanen hypo Kōnstantinou kai tōn autou paidōn, hysteron de epi Ioulianou aphērethē. Prosephōnēse de kai Sekoundǭ tǭ tote tēn hyparchon exousian dieponti, genikēn nomothesian, eis kephalēn timōreisthai parakeleuomenēn ton hieran parthenon mnasthai pros gamon peirōmenon, ē kai akolastōs monon prosbleponta, mētige diarpazein epicheirounta. Etheto de touton ton nomon, kathoti mochthēroi tines andres epi tēs hēgemonias Ioulianou, etychon toiou tōn parthenōn gamous epitelesantes, kai anankę̄ epithymias tauta tolmąn akindynōs hypothemenēs, dyspragousēs tēs thrēskeias.
After him, by common agreement of the army, Jovian received the empire. When the troops in enemy country elected him emperor, he declared that he was a Christian and refused the rule and would not accept the insignia of empire, until the army, learning the reason for his refusal, cried out that they too were Christians. As affairs were in danger and confusion from Julian’s generalship, and the army was suffering from want of provisions, he saw that it was necessary to come to terms, handing over to the Persians some of the places formerly subject to the Romans. Having learned by experience that the empire had suffered harm through the wrath of God against the emperor before him, without delay he wrote to the governors of the provinces that the people should assemble in the churches and worship God diligently, and that the faith of the Christians alone should be the object of reverence for his subjects. He also restored their exemptions to the churches and the clergy, to widows and virgins, and whatever had formerly been granted or enacted by Constantine and his sons for the benefit and honour of religion and had later been taken away under Julian. He also addressed to Secundus, who then held the prefect’s authority, a general law ordering capital punishment for anyone who tried to woo a holy virgin for marriage, or even only looked at one lustfully, still more for anyone who attempted to carry one off. He made this law because certain wicked men in Julian’s reign had celebrated marriages with such virgins, either by force or having corrupted them by persuasion, as shameful desire is wont to do, since the troubles of religion had led them to suppose that they could dare this without danger.
6.4PG 67:1299–1303
Αἱ δὲ περὶ τῶν δογμάτων ζητήσεις τε καὶ διαλέξεις, πάλιν ἀνεκινοῦντο τοῖς προεστῶσι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν. Ἰουλιανοῦ γὰρ βασιλεύοντος, ὡς παντελῶς τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ κινδυνεύοντος, ἡσυχίαν ἦγον· κοινῇ δὲ πάντες τὸν Θεὸν ἱκέτευον, ἵλεων αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι. Οὕτω πη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις φίλον, παρ' ἑτέρων μὲν ἀδικουμένοις, πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον ὁμονοεῖν· ἀπηλλαγμένοις δὲ τῶν ἔξωθεν κακῶν, πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς στασιάζειν. ᾿Αλλ᾿ ὅσαις μὲν πολιτείαις καὶ ἔθνεσι τοῦτο συνέβη, οὐ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ καταλέγειν ἐστί. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Βασίλειος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Σιλβανὸς ὁ Ταρσοῦ, καὶ Σωφρόνιος ὁ Πομπηϊουπόλεως, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτοῖς, τὴν τῶν Ἀνομοίων καλουμένων αἵρεσιν ἀποστρεφόμενοι, τὸ δὲ ὁμοιοούσιον ὄνομα ἀντὶ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου δεχόμενοι, βιβλίον τῷ βασιλεῖ διεπέμψαντο· χάριν ἔχειν τῷ Θεῷ ὁμολογοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτὸν προεστήσατο τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς. Ἐζήτουν δὲ ἢ τὰ ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ πεπραγμένα καὶ Σελευκεία, κύρια μένειν, καὶ τὰ σπουδῇ καὶ δυνάμει τινῶν γενόμενα ἀργεῖν· ἢ τοῦ σχίσματος τοῦ πρὸ τῶν συνόδων ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις μένοντος, συγχωρηθῆναι τοὺς πανταχῆ ἐπισκόπους, αὐτοὺς καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ὅποι βούλονται συνελθεῖν, μηδενὸς ἄλλου κοινωνοῦντος · μὴ προχωρεῖν δὲ κατὰ σκοπὸν τὰ ἐπιχειρούμενα, τοῖς ἐν μέρει τι βουλομένοις πράττειν ἢ ἐξαπατᾷν, ὡς ἐπὶ Κωνσταν τίου τοῦ βασιλέως. Ἐδήλουν δὲ, μὴ παραγενέσθαι σφᾶς εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον, ὥστε μὴ ὀχληροὺς εἶναι δοκεῖν· εἰ δὲ ἐπιτραπεῖεν, ἀσμένως τοῦτο ποιήσειν, ὑποζυγίοις ἰδίοις καὶ δαπάνῃ χρωμένους. Καὶ οἱ μὲν, τοιάδε Ἰοβιανῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ ἔγραψαν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ συνόδου γενομένης ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας, βεβαιοῦται τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων ἡ πίστις, καὶ κρατεῖ, ὥστε ἀναμφηρί [σ]τως τὸν Υἱὸν τῷ Πατρὶ δοξάζειν ὁμοούσιον. Ἐκοινώνησαν δὲ ταύτης τῆς συνόδου Μελέτιος, ὃς τότε αὐτῆς τῆς Ἀντιοχείας τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπετρόπευε, καὶ Εὐσέβιος ὁ Σαμοσάτων, καὶ Πελάγιος ὁ Λαοδικείας τῆς Σύρων, καὶ Ἀκάκιος ὁ Καισαρείας τῆς Παλαιστίνης, καὶ· Εἰρηνίων ὁ Γαζαῖος, καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ ᾿Αγκύρας. Ταῦτα δὲ πράξαντες, ἐδήλωσαν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ δόξαντα, γράψαντες ὧδε· Τῷ εὐσεβεστάτῳ καὶ θεοφιλεστάτῳ ἡμῶν δεσπότη Ἰοβιανῷ, νικητῇ Αὐγούστῳ, ἡ τῶν ἐν ᾿Αντιο χείᾳ συνελθόντων ἐπισκόπων ἐκ διαφόρων ἐπαρχιῶν σύνοδος. Τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν εἰρήνην τε καὶ ὁμόνοιαν ὅτι σου καὶ πρώτη πρεσβεύειν ἐσπούδακεν ἡ εὐσέβεια, εὖ ἴσμεν καὶ αὐτοὶ, θεοφιλέστατε βασιλεῦ. Ὅτι δὲ κεφάλαιον τῆς τοιαύτης ἑνότητος, τῆς ἀληθοῦς καὶ ὀρθοδόξου πίστεως καλῶς ὑπείληφας τὸν χαρακτῆρα, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀγνοοῦμεν. Ἵνα τοίνυν μὴ μετὰ τῶν παραχαρασσόντων τὰ δόγματα τῆς ἀληθείας τετάχθαι νομιζώμεθα, ἀναφέρομεν τῇ σῇ εὐλαβείᾳ, ὅτι τῆς ἁγίας συνόδου τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ πάλαι πρότερον συγκροτηθείσης τὴν πίστιν καὶ ἀποδεχόμεθα, καὶ κατέχομεν. Ὁπότε καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν ἐν αὐτῇ τισι ξένον ὄνομα, τὸ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου φαμὲν, ἀσφαλοῦς τετύχηκε παρὰ τοῖς Πατράσιν ἑρμηνείας, σημαινούσης ὅτι ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας τοῦ Πατρὸς ὁ Υἱὸς ἐγεννήθη, καὶ ὅτι ὅμοιος κατ᾿ οὐσίαν τῷ Πατρί. Οὔτε δὲ ὡς πάθους τινὸς περὶ τὴν ἄῤῥητον γέννησιν ἐπινοουμένου, οὔτε κατά τινα χρῆσιν Ἑλληνικὴν λαμβάνεται τὸ ὄνομα τῆς οὐσίας· εἰς ἀνατροπὴν δὲ τοῦ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ ἀσεβῶς τολμηθέντος ᾿Αρείῳ. Ὅπερ καὶ οἱ νῦν ἐπιφοιτήσαντες ᾿Ανόμοιοι, ἔτι θρασύτερον καὶ τολμηρότερον, ἐπὶ λύμῃ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ὁμονοίας ἀναισχύντως παῤῥησιάζονται. Συνετάξαμεν δὲ τῇδε ἡμῶν τῇ ἀναφορᾶ καὶ το ἀντίγραφον τῆς αὐτῆς πίστεως, τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ ὑπὸ τῶν συγκροτηθέντων ἐπισκόπων τεθείσης. ἥντινα καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐψηφίσαντο οἱ τότε τῇ ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ ἐνδημοῦντες ἱερεῖς, αὐτοῖς ῥητοῖς τὴν παρὰ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν, τῇ ἰδίᾳ γραφῇ ὑποτάξαντες.
Hai de peri tōn dogmatōn zētēseis te kai dialexeis, palin anekinounto tois proestōsi tōn Ekklēsiōn. Ioulianou gar basileuontos, hōs pantelōs tou Christianismou kindyneuontos, hēsychian ēgon; koinę̄ de pantes ton Theon hiketeuon, hileōn autois genesthai. Houtō pē tois anthrōpois philon, par' heterōn men adikoumenois, pros to homophylon homonoein; apēllagmenois de tōn exōthen kakōn, pros sphas autous stasiazein. ᾿All᾿ hosais men politeiais kai ethnesi touto synebē, ou tou parontos kairou katalegein esti. Peri de touton ton chronon, Basileios ho ᾿Ankyras episkopos, kai Silbanos ho Tarsou, kai Sōphronios ho Pompēïoupoleōs, kai hoi syn autois, tēn tōn Anomoiōn kaloumenōn hairesin apostrephomenoi, to de homoioousion onoma anti tou homoousiou dechomenoi, biblion tǭ basilei diepempsanto; charin echein tǭ Theǭ homologountes, hoti auton proestēsato tēs Rhōmaiōn archēs. Ezētoun de ē ta en Ariminǭ pepragmena kai Seleukeia, kyria menein, kai ta spoudę̄ kai dynamei tinōn genomena argein; ē tou schismatos tou pro tōn synodōn tais Ekklēsiais menontos, synchōrēthēnai tous pantachē episkopous, autous kath' heautous hopoi boulontai synelthein, mēdenos allou koinōnountos ; mē prochōrein de kata skopon ta epicheiroumena, tois en merei ti boulomenois prattein ē exapatąn, hōs epi Kōnstan tiou tou basileōs. Edēloun de, mē paragenesthai sphas eis to stratopedon, hōste mē ochlērous einai dokein; ei de epitrapeien, asmenōs touto poiēsein, hypozygiois idiois kai dapanę̄ chrōmenous. Kai hoi men, toiade Iobianǭ tǭ basilei egrapsan. En toutǭ de synodou genomenēs en Antiocheią tēs Syrias, bebaioutai tōn en Nikaią synelēlythotōn hē pistis, kai kratei, hōste anamphēri [s]tōs ton Huion tǭ Patri doxazein homoousion. Ekoinōnēsan de tautēs tēs synodou Meletios, hos tote autēs tēs Antiocheias tēn Ekklēsian epetropeue, kai Eusebios ho Samosatōn, kai Pelagios ho Laodikeias tēs Syrōn, kai Akakios ho Kaisareias tēs Palaistinēs, kai; Eirēniōn ho Gazaios, kai ᾿Athanasios ho ᾿Ankyras. Tauta de praxantes, edēlōsan tǭ basilei ta doxanta, grapsantes hōde; Tǭ eusebestatǭ kai theophilestatǭ hēmōn despotē Iobianǭ, nikētę̄ Augoustǭ, hē tōn en ᾿Antio cheią synelthontōn episkopōn ek diaphorōn eparchiōn synodos. Tēn ekklēsiastikēn eirēnēn te kai homonoian hoti sou kai prōtē presbeuein espoudaken hē eusebeia, eu ismen kai autoi, theophilestate basileu. Hoti de kephalaion tēs toiautēs henotētos, tēs alēthous kai orthodoxou pisteōs kalōs hypeilēphas ton charaktēra, oude touto agnooumen. Hina toinyn mē meta tōn paracharassontōn ta dogmata tēs alētheias tetachthai nomizōmetha, anapheromen tę̄ sę̄ eulabeią, hoti tēs hagias synodou tēs en Nikaią palai proteron synkrotētheisēs tēn pistin kai apodechometha, kai katechomen. Hopote kai to dokoun en autę̄ tisi xenon onoma, to tou homoousiou phamen, asphalous tetychēke para tois Patrasin hermēneias, sēmainousēs hoti ek tēs ousias tou Patros ho Huios egennēthē, kai hoti homoios kat᾿ ousian tǭ Patri. Oute de hōs pathous tinos peri tēn arrhēton gennēsin epinooumenou, oute kata tina chrēsin Hellēnikēn lambanetai to onoma tēs ousias; eis anatropēn de tou ex ouk ontōn peri tou Huiou asebōs tolmēthentos ᾿Areiǭ. Hoper kai hoi nyn epiphoitēsantes ᾿Anomoioi, eti thrasyteron kai tolmēroteron, epi lymę̄ tēs ekklēsiastikēs homonoias anaischyntōs parrhēsiazontai. Synetaxamen de tę̄de hēmōn tę̄ anaphora kai to antigraphon tēs autēs pisteōs, tēs en Nikaią hypo tōn synkrotēthentōn episkopōn tetheisēs. hēntina kai agapōmen. Kai ta men hōde epsēphisanto hoi tote tę̄ ᾿Antiocheią endēmountes hiereis, autois rhētois tēn para tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn ektetheisan pistin, tę̄ idią graphę̄ hypotaxantes.
The inquiries and debates about doctrine were again stirred up among the heads of the churches. For during Julian’s reign, when Christianity was in danger altogether, they kept quiet, and all with one accord besought God to be merciful to them. So it somehow pleases human beings, when wronged by others, to be of one mind with those of their own kind, but when freed from evils from outside, to quarrel among themselves. But how many states and nations this has befallen it is not the present occasion to recount. About this time Basil, bishop of Ancyra, Silvanus of Tarsus, Sophronius of Pompeiopolis and those with them, who rejected the heresy of the so-called Anomoeans but accepted the term homoiousios (“of like essence”) in place of homoousios, sent a petition to the emperor, confessing their thanks to God that he had set him over the Roman empire. They asked either that what had been done at Ariminum and Seleucia should remain in force and that what had been done by the zeal and power of certain persons should be void; or, if the schism that had existed in the churches before the synods continued, that the bishops everywhere should be allowed to meet by themselves wherever they wished, with no one else taking part; and that the undertakings of those who wished to act in a partisan way or to deceive should not go forward according to their aim, as under the emperor Constantius. They explained that they had not come to the camp so as not to seem troublesome; but if they were permitted, they would gladly do so, using their own beasts and at their own expense. Such was what they wrote to the emperor Jovian. Meanwhile a synod held at Antioch in Syria confirmed the faith of those who had met at Nicaea, and it prevailed, so that the Son was held beyond dispute to be of the same essence with the Father. Meletius, who then governed the church of Antioch itself, took part in this synod, and Eusebius of Samosata, Pelagius of Laodicea in Syria, Acacius of Caesarea in Palestine, Irenion of Gaza and Athanasius of Ancyra. Having done this, they informed the emperor of their decisions, writing as follows: “To our most pious and most God-beloved lord Jovian, victorious Augustus, the synod of the bishops from various provinces assembled at Antioch. That your piety has been zealous above all to honour the peace and concord of the church we too know well, most God-beloved emperor. Nor are we unaware that you have rightly understood the stamp of the true and orthodox faith to be the chief point of such unity. Therefore, lest we be thought to be ranked with those who counterfeit the doctrines of the truth, we report to your piety that we accept and hold the faith of the holy synod gathered long ago at Nicaea. For even the term in it that seems strange to some — we mean homoousios — has received from the fathers a safe interpretation, meaning that the Son was begotten from the essence of the Father, and that he is like the Father in essence. Nor is the term ‘essence’ taken as though any passion were conceived in the ineffable generation, nor according to any Greek usage, but for the overthrow of what was impiously dared by Arius concerning the Son, that he is from things that are not; which the Anomoeans who have now appeared shamelessly proclaim with still greater boldness and daring, to the ruin of the concord of the church. We have attached to this our report a copy of the same faith set out by the bishops assembled at Nicaea, which we also cherish.” Such were the decisions of the priests then staying at Antioch, who appended in its own words to their document the faith set out by those who met at Nicaea.
6.5PG 67:1303–1305
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων θρόνον ἐπιτροπεύων, ὀλίγοις τῶν ἐπιτηδείων κοινωσάμενος, ἀναγκαῖον ᾠήθη τὸν βασιλέα Χριστιανὸν ὄντα ἰδεῖν· καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Αντιόχειαν, περὶ ὧν ἐδεῖτο, τὸν κρατοῦντα διδάσκει. Οἱ δὲ φασιν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν ἄνδρα μετεκαλέσατο, τὰ πρακτέα περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν καὶ τὴν ὀρθὴν δόξαν Ο εἰσηγησόμενον. Διαθείς τε τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, ἐφρόντιζε τῆς ἐπανόδου. Εὐζώϊος δὲ ὁ ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ ἐπίσκοπος τῆς ᾿Αρειανικῆς αἱρέσεως, ἐσπούδαζε προεστάναι τῆς αὐτῆς δόξης ἐν ᾿Αλεξαν δρείᾳ Προβάτιον εὐνοῦχον. Εἰσηγησαμένων τε τοῦτο τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐζώϊον, Λούχιός τις ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς τὸ γένος, πρεσβύτερος τῶν παρὰ Γεωργίου χειροτονηθέντων, πρόσεισι τῷ βασιλεῖ. Καὶ βλασφημήσας ᾿Αθανάσιον ὡς ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἀεὶ γραφὰς ὑπομείναντα, καὶ πολ)άχις ὑπερορίαν οἰκεῖν χαταδιχασθέντα παρὰ τῶν πρὸ αὑτοῦ βασιλέων, διχονοίας τε περὶ τὸ Θεῖον καὶ ταραχῆς αἴτιον Ξνόμενον, ἐδεῖτο ἕτερον ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπισκοπεῖν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς (ἤδει γὰρ τὰς ᾿Αθανασίῳ τότε συμβάσας ἐπιβουλὰς), οὐχ ἔθετο χατ᾽ αὑτοῦ διαδολαῖς. ᾿Αλλὰ Λούκιον μὲν σὺν ἀπειλῇ, ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἐπιτάττει " Προδάτιον δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν εὐνούχους, ὡς αἰτίους τῶν τοιούτων θορύδων, σωφρονισθῆναι προσέταξε τὸν δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιον, τῆ; τότε συνουσίας τὰ μάλιστα φίλον αὐτῷ γενόμενον, ἀπέστειλεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἧ ἄριστα αὑτῷ δοκοίη, τὰς ἐκκλησίας τοὺς λαοὺς ἄγειν κελεύσας'. Λέγεται γὰρ εἰς ἄγαν αὐτὸν ἧς εἶχεν ἀρετῆς ἐπαινέσαι, βίου τε ἕνεκα φρονήσεως, λόγων, μὲν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων ἡ πίστις, τὸν ἐν μέσῳ χρόνον πολεμηθεῖσα, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται, αὖθις ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης ἣγεμονίας ὑπερέσχεν. Οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ τῆς ὁμοίας ἔμελλε πειρᾶσθαι ταραχῆς. Ὡς ἔοικε γὰρ, οὐχ ἐπὶ μόνοις τοῖς ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου τῇ ᾿Εκκλησίᾳ συμθᾶσι, πέρας εἶχεν ἡ τοῦ ᾿Αντωνίου τοῦ μοναχοῦ πρόῤῥησις " ἀλλ᾽ ἐλείπετο ἔτι καὶ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπὶ Θὐάλεντος γενόμενα. Λέγεται γὰρ πρὶν κρατῆσαι τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, ἐπὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίου βασιλείας ὄναρ ἰδεῖν ᾿Αντώνιον, ἡμιόνους θυσιαστήριον λακτίζοντας, τὴν ἱερὰν τράπέζαν ἀνατρέποντας " αὐτίκα προειπεῖν, ὡς ὑπὸ γήέξων καὶ ἐπιμίχτων δογμάτων χαταλήψεται τὴν ταραχὴ, καὶ ἑτεροδόξων ἐπανάστασις. ᾿λλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἀψευδῶς τεθεάσθαι τε εἰρῆσθαι, ἀπέδειξε τὰ πρὸ τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα γεγεγημένλ.
En toutǭ de kai ᾿Athanasios ho ton ᾿Alexandreōn thronon epitropeuōn, oligois tōn epitēdeiōn koinōsamenos, anankaion ǭēthē ton basilea Christianon onta idein; kai paragenomenos eis Antiocheian, peri hōn edeito, ton kratounta didaskei. Hoi de phasin, hoti autos ho basileus ton andra metekalesato, ta praktea peri tēn thrēskeian kai tēn orthēn doxan O eisēgēsomenon. Diatheis te ta tēs Ekklēsias, hōs hoion te ēn, ephrontize tēs epanodou. Euzōïos de ho en ᾿Antiocheią episkopos tēs ᾿Areianikēs haireseōs, espoudaze proestanai tēs autēs doxēs en ᾿Alexan dreią Probation eunouchon. Eisēgēsamenōn te touto tōn amphi ton Euzōïon, Louchios tis ᾿Alexandreus to genos, presbyteros tōn para Geōrgiou cheirotonēthentōn, proseisi tǭ basilei. Kai blasphēmēsas ᾿Athanasion hōs en tǭ chronǭ tēs episkopēs aei graphas hypomeinanta, kai pol)achis hyperorian oikein chatadichasthenta para tōn pro hautou basileōn, dichonoias te peri to Theion kai tarachēs aition Xnomenon, edeito heteron ant᾽ autou tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian episkopein. Ho de basileus (ēdei gar tas ᾿Athanasiǭ tote symbasas epiboulas), ouch etheto chat᾽ hautou diadolais. ᾿Alla Loukion men syn apeilę̄, hēsychian agein epitattei " Prodation de kai tous amph᾽ auton eunouchous, hōs aitious tōn toioutōn thorydōn, sōphronisthēnai prosetaxe ton de ᾿Athanasion, tē? tote synousias ta malista philon autǭ genomenon, apesteilen eis Aigypton, hē arista hautǭ dokoiē, tas ekklēsias tous laous agein keleusas'. Legetai gar eis agan auton hēs eichen aretēs epainesai, biou te heneka phronēseōs, logōn, men tōn en Nikaią synelēlythotōn hē pistis, ton en mesǭ chronon polemētheisa, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai, authis epi tēs parousēs hēgemonias hypereschen. Ouch eis makran de tēs homoias emelle peirasthai tarachēs. Hōs eoike gar, ouch epi monois tois epi Kōnstantiou tę̄ ᾿Ekklēsią symthasi, peras eichen hē tou ᾿Antōniou tou monachou prorrhēsis " all᾽ eleipeto eti kai ta meta tauta epi Thyalentos genomena. Legetai gar prin kratēsai tōn ekklēsiōn tous apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, epi tēs Kōnstantiou basileias onar idein ᾿Antōnion, hēmionous thysiastērion laktizontas, tēn hieran trapezan anatrepontas " autika proeipein, hōs hypo gēexōn kai epimichtōn dogmatōn chatalēpsetai tēn tarachē, kai heterodoxōn epanastasis. ᾿llla tauta men apseudōs tetheasthai te eirēsthai, apedeixe ta pro tou meta tauta gegegēmenl.
At this time Athanasius too, who governed the throne of the Alexandrians, after consulting a few of his associates, thought it necessary to see the emperor, since he was a Christian; and coming to Antioch, he informed the ruler of what he needed. Others say that the emperor himself summoned him to advise on what should be done concerning religion and right belief. Having arranged the affairs of the church as well as was possible, he took thought for his return. Euzoius, the bishop of the Arian heresy at Antioch, was eager that Probatius the eunuch should preside over that belief at Alexandria. When Euzoius’s party had proposed this, a certain Lucius, an Alexandrian by birth, a presbyter of those ordained by George, approached the emperor; and slandering Athanasius as one who had always been the subject of indictments during his episcopate and had often been condemned to live in exile by the emperors before him, and as having been a cause of dissension and turmoil concerning the divine, he asked that another should oversee the church of the Alexandrians in his place. But the emperor, who knew of the plots that had then been laid against Athanasius, paid no attention to the slanders against him. He ordered Lucius, with a threat, to keep quiet; and he ordered Probatius and the eunuchs with him to be punished, as the causes of such disturbances; and Athanasius, who had become his close friend above all through their meeting at that time, he sent back to Egypt, bidding him lead the churches and the peoples as seemed best to him. For he is said to have praised him exceedingly for the virtue he had, for his life, his prudence and his eloquence … So the faith of those who met at Nicaea, which had been fought against in the intervening time, as was told above, again prevailed under the present rule. But not long afterwards it was to experience similar turmoil. For, it seems, the prophecy of the monk Antony did not have its end only in what befell the church under Constantius; there still remained what happened afterwards under Valens. For it is said that in Constantius’s reign, before those of the Arian heresy gained control of the churches, Antony saw in a dream mules kicking the altar and overturning the holy table, and at once foretold that turmoil would overtake the church through … and mixed doctrines, and a rising of those of other beliefs. And that these things were seen and spoken truly, what happened before and after showed.
6.6PG 67:1307–1309
Ὁ δὲ Ἰοβιανὸς ἀμφὶ ὀκτὼ μῆνας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ διαγενόμενος, ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἐξαπίνης ἐν Δαδαστάνοις χωρίῳ τῆς Βιθυνίας καθ' ὁδὸν ἐτελεύτησεν· ἢ ἀφειδέστερον, ὡς τινες λέγουσι, δειπνήσας · ἢ ὑπὸ τῆς ὀδμῆς τοῦ οἰκήματος ἐν ᾧ ἐκάθευδεν, ἀσβέστῳ προσφάτως ἐγχρισθέντος. Ἐπιγενέσθαι γὰρ ἰκμάδα, καὶ νοτισθῆναι τοὺς τοίχους ἀμέτρως, πολλῶν ἀνθράκων αὐτόθι καιομένων, ὡς ἐν ὥρᾳ χειμῶνος διὰ τὴν ἀλέαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς Νικαιαν τῆς Βιθυνίας ἀφίκετο ἡ στρατιά, ἀναγορεύουσι βασιλέα Οὐαλεντινιανὸν, ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν καὶ τῆς ἡγε μονίας ἄξιον. Ἔτυχε δὲ τότε παρὼν ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερορίας φυγῆς. Λέγεται γὰρ, ὡς ἡνίκα Ἰουλιανὸς ἐκράτει Ῥωμαίων, συνταγματάρχην αὐτὸν ὄντα τοῦ καταλόγου τῶν καλουμένων Ἰοβιανῶν, τῆς στρατείας ἀπεώσατο, καὶ ἀϊδίῳ φυγῇ ἐζημίωσε· πρόφασιν μὲν, ὡς οὐ δεόντως ἔταξε τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν στρατιώτας πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους· τὸ δ᾽ ἀληθὲς, ἐντεῦθεν· Ἔτι διάγων Ἰουλιανὸς ἐν τοῖς πρὸς δύσιν Γαλάταις, ἦκεν εἷς τινα ναὸν θύσων· συνῆν δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ Οὐαλεντινιανός· ἔθος γὰρ παλαιὸν Ῥωμαίοις, τὸν ἡγούμενον τῶν Ἰοβιανῶν καὶ Ἑρκουλιανῶν (τάγματα δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἐν λόγῳ στρατιωτῶν, τὸ μὲν ἀφ᾿ Ἡρακλέους, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ Διὸς λαχόντα τὴν προσηγορίαν), κατὰ νώτου ἐγγὺς ἀεὶ φύλακας ἕπεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔμελλεν ὑπεραμείβειν τοῦ ναοῦ τὸν οὐδὸν, θαλλούς τινας διαβρόχους κατέχων ὁ ἱερεὺς, νόμῳ Ἑλληνικῷ περιέρῥαινε τοὺς εἰσιόντας. Ἐκπεσούσης δὲ σταγόνος ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἐσθῆτα, χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκεν Οὐαλεντινιανός· ἦν γὰρ Χριστιανός· καὶ τῷ ῥαίνοντι ἐλοιδορή σατο. Φασὶ δὲ καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ὁρῶντος, αὐτίκα περιτεμεῖν καὶ ἀπορρίψαι σὺν αὐτῇ τῇ ψεκάδι, ὅσον ἐβράχη τῆς ἐσθῆτος. Τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνου μηνιῶν ὁ Ἰουλιανὸς, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον κατεδίκασεν αὐτὸν τὴν Μελιτινὴν τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας τη διηνεκῶς οἰκεῖν, αἰτίαν σκηψάμενος, τὴν περὶ τοὺς ὑπ' αὐτὸν στρατιώτας ῥᾳστώνην. Οὐ γὰρ ἐβούλετο δόξαι, διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν 1) κακῶς αὐτὸν ποιεῖν, ἵνα μὴ μάρτυρος ἢ ὁμολογητοῦ γερῶν ἀξιωθείη. Καθότι ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς αἰτίας, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐφείσατο Χριστιανῶν, ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς εὔκλειαν καὶ σύστασιν τοῦ δόγματος τοῖς κινδύνοις ποριζομένους, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Ἰοβιανὸς ἐπετράπη τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίαν, μετακληθεὶς ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς εἰς Νίκαιαν, συμβὰν ἐκεῖνον τελευτῆσαι, βουλευσαμένων τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τῶν - τότε τὰς μεγάλας ἀρχὰς ἐχόντων, ψήφῳ πάντων αἱρεῖται βασιλεύειν Οὐαλεντινιανός. Ὡς δὲ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐδέξατο, κεκραγότων τῶν στρατιωτῶν κοινωνὸν αὐτῷ τῆς βασιλείας ἕτερον ποιήσασθαι, Τὸ μὲν ἐλέσθαι με, φησὶν, ἄρχειν ὑμῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐν ὑμῖν ἦν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶλεσθε, ὃν νῦν αἰτεῖτε, οὐκ ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἐμοί· καὶ χρὴ τοὺς μὲν ἀρχομένους ὑμᾶς ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν· ἐμὲ δὲ ὡς βασιλέα, τὰ πρακτέα σκοπεῖν. Καὶ τότε μὲν ταῦτα προσφωνήσας, οὐκ εἶξε τοῖς στρατιώταις. Μετ' οὐ πολὺ δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἀνεκήρυξε βασιλέα τὸν ἀδελφόν· καὶ τῆς ὑπηκόου τὰ μὲν πρὸς ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα, παρέδωκεν αὐτῷ· τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ Ἰλλυριῶν ἐπὶ τὸν ἑσπέριον ὠκεανὸν, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀντικρὺ ἤπειρον μέχρις ἐσχάτων Λιβύων, ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἔταξεν. "Αμφω δὲ Χριστιανὼ τὴν θρησκείαν ἐγενέσθην · διαφόρω δὲ τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὸν τρόπον. Οὐάλης μὲν γὰρ, Εὐδοξίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ μυσταγωγῷ χρησάμενος ἡνίκα ἐβαπτίσθη, τὴν ᾿Αρείου πίστιν ἐζήλου καὶ δεινὸν ἡγεῖτο, μὴ βιάζεσθαι πάντας ὁμοδόξους αὐτῷ ποιεῖν. Οὐαλεντι νιανὸς δὲ, τὰ αὐτὰ φρονῶν τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθοῦσι, τούτους μὲν ὠφέλει · τοῖς δὲ ἑτέρως δοξάζουσιν, οὐδὲν ἠνώχλει.
Ho de Iobianos amphi oktō mēnas en tę̄ basileią diagenomenos, apiōn epi tēn Kōnstantinoupolin, exapinēs en Dadastanois chōriǭ tēs Bithynias kath' hodon eteleutēsen; ē apheidesteron, hōs tines legousi, deipnēsas ; ē hypo tēs odmēs tou oikēmatos en hǭ ekatheuden, asbestǭ prosphatōs enchristhentos. Epigenesthai gar ikmada, kai notisthēnai tous toichous ametrōs, pollōn anthrakōn autothi kaiomenōn, hōs en hōrą cheimōnos dia tēn alean. Epei de eis Nikaian tēs Bithynias aphiketo hē stratia, anagoreuousi basilea Oualentinianon, andra agathon kai tēs hēge monias axion. Etyche de tote parōn apo tēs hyperorias phygēs. Legetai gar, hōs hēnika Ioulianos ekratei Rhōmaiōn, syntagmatarchēn auton onta tou katalogou tōn kaloumenōn Iobianōn, tēs strateias apeōsato, kai aïdiǭ phygę̄ ezēmiōse; prophasin men, hōs ou deontōs etaxe tous hyp᾿ auton stratiōtas pros tous polemious; to d᾽ alēthes, enteuthen; Eti diagōn Ioulianos en tois pros dysin Galatais, ēken heis tina naon thysōn; synēn de autǭ kai Oualentinianos; ethos gar palaion Rhōmaiois, ton hēgoumenon tōn Iobianōn kai Herkoulianōn (tagmata de tauta tōn en logǭ stratiōtōn, to men aph᾿ Hērakleous, to de apo Dios lachonta tēn prosēgorian), kata nōtou engys aei phylakas hepesthai tǭ basilei. Epei de emellen hyperameibein tou naou ton oudon, thallous tinas diabrochous katechōn ho hiereus, nomǭ Hellēnikǭ perierrhaine tous eisiontas. Ekpesousēs de stagonos epi tēn autou esthēta, chalepōs ēnenken Oualentinianos; ēn gar Christianos; kai tǭ rhainonti eloidorē sato. Phasi de kai tou basileōs horōntos, autika peritemein kai aporripsai syn autę̄ tę̄ psekadi, hoson ebrachē tēs esthētos. To de ex ekeinou mēniōn ho Ioulianos, ou pollǭ hysteron katedikasen auton tēn Melitinēn tēs ᾿Armenias tē diēnekōs oikein, aitian skēpsamenos, tēn peri tous hyp' auton stratiōtas rhąstōnēn. Ou gar ebouleto doxai, dia tēn thrēskeian 1) kakōs auton poiein, hina mē martyros ē homologētou gerōn axiōtheiē. Kathoti tautēs heneka tēs aitias, kai tōn allōn epheisato Christianōn, horōn autous eukleian kai systasin tou dogmatos tois kindynois porizomenous, hōs en tois prosthen eirētai. Epei de ho Iobianos epetrapē tēn Rhōmaiōn hēgemonian, metaklētheis apo tēs phygēs eis Nikaian, symban ekeinon teleutēsai, bouleusamenōn tou stratopedou kai tōn - tote tas megalas archas echontōn, psēphǭ pantōn haireitai basileuein Oualentinianos. Hōs de ta symbola tēs archēs edexato, kekragotōn tōn stratiōtōn koinōnon autǭ tēs basileias heteron poiēsasthai, To men elesthai me, phēsin, archein hymōn, ō andres stratiōtai, en hymin ēn. Epei de eilesthe, hon nyn aiteite, ouk en hymin, all᾽ en emoi; kai chrē tous men archomenous hymas hēsychian agein; eme de hōs basilea, ta praktea skopein. Kai tote men tauta prosphōnēsas, ouk eixe tois stratiōtais. Met' ou poly de paragenomenos eis Kōnstantinoupolin, anekēryxe basilea ton adelphon; kai tēs hypēkoou ta men pros hēlion anischonta, paredōken autǭ; ta de apo Illyriōn epi ton hesperion ōkeanon, kai pasan tēn antikry ēpeiron mechris eschatōn Libyōn, hyph᾽ heauton etaxen. "Amphō de Christianō tēn thrēskeian egenesthēn ; diaphorō de tēn doxan kai ton tropon. Oualēs men gar, Eudoxiǭ tǭ episkopǭ mystagōgǭ chrēsamenos hēnika ebaptisthē, tēn ᾿Areiou pistin ezēlou kai deinon hēgeito, mē biazesthai pantas homodoxous autǭ poiein. Oualenti nianos de, ta auta phronōn tois en Nikaią synelthousi, toutous men ōphelei ; tois de heterōs doxazousin, ouden ēnōchlei.
Jovian, after about eight months on the throne, while on his way to Constantinople, died suddenly on the road at Dadastana, a place in Bithynia, either, as some say, from having supped too freely, or from the smell of the room in which he slept, which had been newly coated with lime. For moisture had come out and the walls had become exceedingly damp, since many coals were burning there for warmth, as it was winter. When the army reached Nicaea in Bithynia, they proclaimed Valentinian emperor, a good man and worthy of rule. He happened then to be present, having come back from exile. For it is said that when Julian ruled the Romans, he had dismissed him from the army, when he was a tribune of the unit called the Joviani, and punished him with perpetual exile: ostensibly because he had drawn up the soldiers under him improperly against the enemy, but in truth for this reason. While Julian was still among the western Gauls, he came to a temple to sacrifice, and Valentinian was with him; for it was an old custom of the Romans that the commander of the Joviani and Herculiani — these are units of picked soldiers, named the one after Heracles and the other after Zeus — should always follow close behind the emperor as guards. When he was about to cross the threshold of the temple, the priest, holding some wet branches, sprinkled those who entered, according to pagan custom. A drop fell on Valentinian’s clothing, and he was angry, for he was a Christian, and he reviled the one sprinkling. They say also that, with the emperor watching, he at once cut off and threw away, together with the drop itself, as much of his clothing as had been wetted. Julian, resenting this from then on, not long afterwards condemned him to live permanently at Melitene in Armenia, alleging as the reason his slackness with the soldiers under him. For he did not want it to seem that he was harming him for his religion, lest he be thought worthy of the honours of a martyr or a confessor. For this reason he spared the other Christians too, seeing that they gained glory and strength for the doctrine through dangers, as has been said before. When Jovian was entrusted with the rule of the Romans, Valentinian was recalled from exile to Nicaea; and since Jovian happened to die, after the army and those then holding the great offices had deliberated, Valentinian was chosen to reign by the vote of all. When he had received the insignia of rule and the soldiers cried out that he should make another his partner in the empire, he said: “To choose me to rule you, soldiers, was in your power. But now that you have chosen me, the one you now ask for is not in your power but in mine; and you who are ruled must keep quiet, and I, as emperor, must consider what is to be done.” Having addressed them so at that time, he did not yield to the soldiers. But not long after, coming to Constantinople, he proclaimed his brother emperor; and he gave him the eastern part of the empire, while he placed under himself the regions from Illyricum to the western ocean and all the mainland opposite as far as the furthest Libyans. Both were Christians in religion, but they differed in belief and in character. For Valens, having had Eudoxius the bishop as his initiator when he was baptized, was zealous for the faith of Arius and thought it a fine thing to force everyone to share his belief. Valentinian, holding the same beliefs as those who had met at Nicaea, helped them, but troubled those of other beliefs not at all.
6.7PG 67:1309–1313
Ἐπεὶ δὲ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐξεδήμησεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην διὰ Θράκης πορευόμενος, τηνικαῦτα οἱ περὶ Ἑλλήσποντον καὶ Βιθυνίαν ἐπίσκοποι, καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλοι ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν λέγειν ἠξίουν, προβάλλονται πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν Ὑπατιανὸν τὸν Ἡρακλείας τῆς ὥστε ἔπεΠΟ τραπῆναι συνελθεῖν ἐπὶ διορθώσει τοῦ δάγματος. Προσελθόντος ὃξ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν ἐπισκόπων διδάξαντος, ὑπολαδὼν Οὐαλεντινιανὸς, Ἐμοὶ μὲν, ἔφη, μετὰ λαοῦ τεταγμένῳ, οὐ θέμις τοιαῦτα πολυπραγμονεῖν οἱ δὲ ἱερεῖς οἷς τούτου μέλει, ἑαντοὺς ὅπη βούλονται συνίτωσαν. Τοιαῦτα δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀποχριναμένου πρὸς τὴν Ὑπατιανοῦ πρεσδεΐαν, συνίασιν εἰς Λάμψακον. Καὶ δύο μῆνας βουλευσάμε-. νοι, τελευτῶντες ἐψηφίσαντο, ἄκυρον τὰ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει πεπραγμένα σπουδῇ τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον ᾿Ακάκιον. ᾿Αργεῖν καὶ τὴν ἔχθεσιν τῆς πίστεως, ἣν ὡς δυτικῶν ἐπισκόπων οὖσαν προχομίσαντες, ὑπογράψαι τινὰς παρεσκεύασαν, ἐπὶ ὑποσχέσει ἀποχηρύξεως τοῦ ἀνομοίου οὐσίαν, ὅ. διεψεύσαντο, Κρατεῖν δὲ τὸ ὅμοιον δοξάζειν τὸν Υἱὸν. τῷ Πατρὶ χκατ' οὐσίαν. Εἶναι γὰρ τοῦ ὁμοίου τὴν προσ-. θήκην ἀναγκαίαν, διὰ τὴν σημασίαν τῶν ὑπ στάσεων. Πίστιν δὲ πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ πᾶσαν κλησίαν, τὴν ἐν Σελευκείᾳ ὁμολογηθεῖσαν, ἐκτεθεῖσαν. δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφιερώσει τῆς ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ Ἐκκλησίας, Τοὺς δὲ καθαιρεθέντας παρὰ τῶν ἀνόμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὺν Υἱὸν λεγόντων, τοὺς ἰδίους ἀπολαμβάνειν θρόνους, ὡς παρανόμως ἐχδεθλημένους τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. Εἰ δέ τις αὐτῶν κατηγορεῖν βούλεται, ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου κινδύνου τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Διχαστὰς δὲ εἶναι, τοὺς ὀρθῶς δοξάζον» τας ἐν τῷ ἔθνει ἐπισκόπους, καὶ ἐχ τῶν πέλας ἐπαρχιῶν, συνιόντας ἐν τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἔνθα οἱ μάρτυρές εἰσι τῶν ἑκάστῳ βεδιωμένων. Ταῦτα ὁρίσαντες ἐπειδὴ τοὺς περὶ Εὐδόξιον χεχλήχασι, καὶ μετανοίας αὐτοῖς μετέδωχαν, οἱ ὃὲ οὐχ ὑπήχουνον, τὰ δόξαντα ταῖς πανταχοῦ Ἐκκλησίαις ἐδήλωσαν. λογισάμενοι δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, Εὐδόξιον τῆς οἰκείας μερίδος ποιῆσαι. τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ διαβαλεῖν αὑτοὺς, ἔγνωσαν φθάσαι, καὶ τὰ πεπραγμένα ἐν Λαμψάκῳ μηνύσαι. ἐποίουν, ἐπανιόντι Οὐάλεντι τῷ βασιλεῖ ἐκ Θράκης ἐν Ἡρακλείᾳ περιτυχόντες. ᾿Αποδημοῦντι γὰρ τῷ ἀθέλφῷ εἰς τὴν πρεσβυτέραν Ῥώμην, μέχρι τινὸς συνῆλθεν. Εὐδοξίῳ δὲ τὰ πρὸς βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἤδη κατὰ γνώμην διῳκεῖτο. Προσελθοῦσιν οὖν τοῖς ἐκ Λαμψάκου πρεσβευταῖς παρεκελεύσατο μὴ διαφέρεσθαι πρὸς Εὐδόξιον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀντεῖπον, καὶ τὴν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει γενομένην ἀπάτην, καὶ τὰ βεβουλευμένα κατὰ τῶν ἐν Σελευκείᾳ δεδογμένων Εὐδοξίῳ ἐμέμφοντο, κινηθεὶς πρὸς ὀργὴν, τοὺς μὲν ὑπερορίαν οἰκεῖν προσέταξε, τὰς δὲ ἐκκλησίας παραδίδοσθαι τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐδόξιον. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τὴν Συρίαν κατέλαβεν. Ὑφωρᾶτο γὰρ, μή πως οἱ Πέρσαι τὰς ἐπὶ Ἰοβιανοῦ γενομένας τριακονταετεῖς σπονδὰς λύσωσι. Τῶν δὲ μηδὲν νεωτεριζόντων, ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ διέτριβεν. Ἡνίκα δὴ Μελετίου μὲν τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ὑπερορίαν φυγὴν κατεδίκασε η · Παυλίνου δὲ τὸν βίον αἰδεσθεὶς, ἐφείσατο. Τοὺς δὲ Εὐζωΐῳ μὴ κοινωνοῦντας, τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἀπήλαυνεν, εἰς χρήματά τε ἐζημίου, καὶ ἠκίζετο, καὶ ἄλλως ἐπέτριβε.
Epei de Kōnstantinoupoleōs exedēmēsen epi tēn Rhōmēn dia Thrakēs poreuomenos, tēnikauta hoi peri Hellēsponton kai Bithynian episkopoi, kai hosoi alloi homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion legein ēxioun, proballontai presbeuein hyper autōn Hypatianon ton Hērakleias tēs hōste epePO trapēnai synelthein epi diorthōsei tou dagmatos. Proselthontos hox autou, kai ta para tōn episkopōn didaxantos, hypoladōn Oualentinianos, Emoi men, ephē, meta laou tetagmenǭ, ou themis toiauta polypragmonein hoi de hiereis hois toutou melei, heantous hopē boulontai synitōsan. Toiauta de tou basileōs apochrinamenou pros tēn Hypatianou presdeïan, syniasin eis Lampsakon. Kai dyo mēnas bouleusame-. noi, teleutōntes epsēphisanto, akyron ta en Kōnstantinoupolei pepragmena spoudę̄ tōn amphi ton Eudoxion ᾿Akakion. ᾿Argein kai tēn echthesin tēs pisteōs, hēn hōs dytikōn episkopōn ousan prochomisantes, hypograpsai tinas pareskeuasan, epi hyposchesei apochēryxeōs tou anomoiou ousian, ho. diepseusanto, Kratein de to homoion doxazein ton Huion. tǭ Patri chkat' ousian. Einai gar tou homoiou tēn pros-. thēkēn anankaian, dia tēn sēmasian tōn hyp staseōn. Pistin de politeuesthai kata pasan klēsian, tēn en Seleukeią homologētheisan, ektetheisan. de epi tę̄ aphierōsei tēs en ᾿Antiocheią Ekklēsias, Tous de kathairethentas para tōn anomoion tǭ Patri tyn Huion legontōn, tous idious apolambanein thronous, hōs paranomōs echdethlēmenous tōn ekklēsiōn. Ei de tis autōn katēgorein bouletai, ek tou isou kindynou touto poiein. Dichastas de einai, tous orthōs doxazon» tas en tǭ ethnei episkopous, kai ech tōn pelas eparchiōn, syniontas en tę̄ Ekklēsią, entha hoi martyres eisi tōn hekastǭ bediōmenōn. Tauta horisantes epeidē tous peri Eudoxion chechlēchasi, kai metanoias autois metedōchan, hoi hoe ouch hypēchounon, ta doxanta tais pantachou Ekklēsiais edēlōsan. logisamenoi de, hōs eikos, Eudoxion tēs oikeias meridos poiēsai. ta basileia, kai diabalein hautous, egnōsan phthasai, kai ta pepragmena en Lampsakǭ mēnysai. epoioun, epanionti Oualenti tǭ basilei ek Thrakēs en Hērakleią peritychontes. ᾿Apodēmounti gar tǭ athelphǭ eis tēn presbyteran Rhōmēn, mechri tinos synēlthen. Eudoxiǭ de ta pros basilea kai tous amph᾿ auton ēdē kata gnōmēn diǭkeito. Proselthousin oun tois ek Lampsakou presbeutais parekeleusato mē diapheresthai pros Eudoxion. Epei de anteipon, kai tēn en Kōnstantinoupolei genomenēn apatēn, kai ta bebouleumena kata tōn en Seleukeią dedogmenōn Eudoxiǭ ememphonto, kinētheis pros orgēn, tous men hyperorian oikein prosetaxe, tas de ekklēsias paradidosthai tois amphi ton Eudoxion. En toutǭ de tēn Syrian katelaben. Hyphōrato gar, mē pōs hoi Persai tas epi Iobianou genomenas triakontaeteis spondas lysōsi. Tōn de mēden neōterizontōn, en ᾿Antiocheią dietriben. Hēnika dē Meletiou men tou episkopou hyperorian phygēn katedikase ē ; Paulinou de ton bion aidestheis, epheisato. Tous de Euzōïǭ mē koinōnountas, tōn ekklēsiōn apēlaunen, eis chrēmata te ezēmiou, kai ēkizeto, kai allōs epetribe.
When Valentinian set out from Constantinople for Rome, travelling through Thrace, the bishops of the Hellespont and Bithynia, and all others who held it right to call the Son of the same essence with the Father, put forward Hypatianus, bishop of Heraclea …, to go as envoy for them, asking that they be permitted to meet for the correction of the doctrine. When he came and reported the bishops’ request, Valentinian answered: “For me, ranked with the laity, it is not lawful to busy myself with such matters; let the priests, whose concern this is, meet by themselves wherever they wish.” When the emperor had given such an answer to Hypatianus’s embassy, they met at Lampsacus. After deliberating for two months, they finally decreed that what had been done at Constantinople through the zeal of the party of Eudoxius and Acacius was void; that the exposition of the faith which they had brought forward as belonging to the western bishops, and had induced some to sign on the promise of condemning the “unlike in essence,” a promise they had broken, was also invalid; and that the belief should prevail that the Son is like the Father in essence, the addition of “like” being necessary because of the meaning of the hypostases. They decreed that the faith confessed at Seleucia, which had been set out at the dedication of the church at Antioch, should be the rule in every church; that those deposed by those who say that the Son is unlike the Father should take back their own thrones, as unlawfully driven from their churches; and that if anyone wished to accuse them, he should do so at equal risk to himself; and that the judges should be the orthodox bishops of the province and of the neighbouring provinces, meeting in the church where the witnesses of each one’s life are. Having determined these things, they summoned the party of Eudoxius and offered them repentance; and when they would not listen, they made known their decisions to the churches everywhere. Reckoning, as was likely, that Eudoxius would win over the palace to his side and slander them, they decided to forestall him and report what had been done at Lampsacus. This they did, meeting the emperor Valens at Heraclea as he was returning from Thrace; for he had accompanied his brother for some distance on his journey to elder Rome. But Eudoxius had already arranged matters with the emperor and his court as he wished. So when the envoys from Lampsacus came to him, he bade them not to quarrel with Eudoxius. When they objected, and blamed Eudoxius for the deceit practised at Constantinople and for what had been plotted against the decisions of Seleucia, he was moved to anger, ordered them to live in exile, and ordered the churches to be handed over to Eudoxius’s party. Meanwhile he went to Syria; for he suspected that the Persians might break the thirty years’ truce made under Jovian. When they made no move, he stayed at Antioch. Then he condemned Meletius the bishop to exile, but spared Paulinus out of respect for his life. Those who did not communicate with Euzoius he drove from the churches, fined, tortured and otherwise afflicted.
6.8PG 67:1313–1315
Γέγονε δ᾽ ἂν τότε, ὡς συμβαλεῖν ἔστι, καὶ τούτων δεινότερα, εἰ μὴ ὁ κατὰ Προκόπιον ἐπέλαβε πόλεμος. Τυραννήσας γὰρ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, καὶ πολλὴν ἐν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ στρατιὰν ἀθροίσας, ἠπείγετο κατὰ Οὐάλεντος. Ὁ δὲ, ἐκ τῆς Συρίας ἐλάσας, συμβάλλει αὐτῷ περὶ Νακόλειαν τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν · προδοσίᾳ τε ᾿Αγέλωνος καὶ Γωμαρίου τῶν αὐτοῦ στρατηγῶν ζωγρήσας, αὐτὸν τε καὶ τοὺς προδότας ἐλεεινῶς ἀνεῖλε. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λέγεται, καίπερ εὐνοεῖν αὐτοῖς ὀμόσας, πρίοσι διχῆ διελεῖν· Προκοπίου δὲ δύο δένδροις οὐκ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ διεστῶσι κατακαμφθεῖσι πρὸς τὴν ἐκατέραν ἑκατέρῳ φυτῷ προσῆψε σκέλος, καὶ ἀφῆκεν ἀνεγείρεσθαι· τὰ δὲ, πρὸς τὴν συνήθη στάσιν ἀνορθωθέντα, διέσπασε τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τέλος ἔσχεν ὁ πόλεμος, ἧκεν εἰς Νίκαιαν · ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ τε γεγονὼς, αὖθις ἐτάραττε τοὺς οὐχ ὁμοίως αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον δοξάζοντας. Ὑπερφυῶς δὲ ἐχαλέπαινε κατὰ τῶν ἐν Λαμψάκῳ συνελθόντων, καθότι καὶ τοὺς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας ἐπισκόπους, καὶ τὴν ἐν Ἀριμήνῳ περὶ τῆς πίστεως ἐκτεθεῖσαν γραφὴν ἀπεκήρυξαν. Οὕτω δὲ ἔχων ὀργῆς, ἄγει ἐκ τῆς Κυζίκου Ἐλεύσιον · καὶ ὁμοδόξων αὐτῷ ἐπισκόπων σύλλογον καθίσας, ἐβιάζετο κοινωνεῖν αὐτοῖς τῆς πίστεως. Ὁ δὲ, τὰ πρῶτα ἀνδρείως ἀντέτεινεν · ὑπερορίαν δὲ φυγὴν καὶ τῆς οὐσίας ἀφαίρεσιν δείσας (ταῦτα γὰρ ἠπείλει μὴ πειθομένῳ), τὸ προσταχθὲν ἐποίησε. Καὶ εὐθὺς μετεμελεῖτο · ἐπανελθών τε εἰς Κύζικον, δημοσίᾳ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐξήγγειλε, καὶ ἕτερον ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονεῖν παρεκελεύετο. Ἑαυτὸν γὰρ ἱερᾶσθαι μὴ προσήκειν ἔτι, ὡς οἰκείου δόγματος προδότην γενόμενον. Κυζικηνοὶ δὲ, αἰδοῦ τῆς τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πολιτείας εὔνοι ταμάλιστα αὐτῷ τυγχάνοντες, ἕτερον ἔχειν ἐπίσκοπον οὐχ εἴλοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα Εὐδόξιος ἔγνω ὁ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τῆς ᾿Αρείου δόξης προεστώς, χειροτονεῖ Εὐνόμιον • τῆς Κυζίκου Ηιἐπίσκοπον. "Ωετο γὰρ αὐτὸν δεινὸν ὄντα λέγειν, τινὶ πειθοί ῥᾳδίως πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον δόγμα τοὺς Κυζικηνοὺς ἐφελκύσασθαι. Ὡς δὲ εἰς Κύζικον παρεγένετο προστάγματι βασιλέως, Ελευσίου ἐξελθόντος, τὰς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας κατέσχεν. Οἱ δὲ Ελευσίῳ πειθόμενοι, εὐκτήριον οἶκον ἔξω κατασκευάσαντες, πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησίαζον. Εὐνομίου μὲν οὖν πέρι, καὶ τῆς ὁμωνύμου τούτων αἱρέσεως, μικρὸν ὕστερον ἐρῶ.
Gegone d᾽ an tote, hōs symbalein esti, kai toutōn deinotera, ei mē ho kata Prokopion epelabe polemos. Tyrannēsas gar en Kōnstantinoupolei, kai pollēn en brachei chronǭ stratian athroisas, ēpeigeto kata Oualentos. Ho de, ek tēs Syrias elasas, symballei autǭ peri Nakoleian tēs Phrygias polin ; prodosią te ᾿Agelōnos kai Gōmariou tōn autou stratēgōn zōgrēsas, auton te kai tous prodotas eleeinōs aneile. Tous men gar legetai, kaiper eunoein autois omosas, priosi dichē dielein; Prokopiou de dyo dendrois ouk apo pollou diestōsi katakamphtheisi pros tēn ekateran hekaterǭ phytǭ prosēpse skelos, kai aphēken anegeiresthai; ta de, pros tēn synēthē stasin anorthōthenta, diespase ton anthrōpon. Epei de telos eschen ho polemos, hēken eis Nikaian ; en hēsychią te gegonōs, authis etaratte tous ouch homoiōs autǭ peri to Theion doxazontas. Hyperphyōs de echalepaine kata tōn en Lampsakǭ synelthontōn, kathoti kai tous ta ᾿Areiou phronountas episkopous, kai tēn en Arimēnǭ peri tēs pisteōs ektetheisan graphēn apekēryxan. Houtō de echōn orgēs, agei ek tēs Kyzikou Eleusion ; kai homodoxōn autǭ episkopōn syllogon kathisas, ebiazeto koinōnein autois tēs pisteōs. Ho de, ta prōta andreiōs anteteinen ; hyperorian de phygēn kai tēs ousias aphairesin deisas (tauta gar ēpeilei mē peithomenǭ), to prostachthen epoiēse. Kai euthys metemeleito ; epanelthōn te eis Kyzikon, dēmosią tēn hamartian epi tēs ekklēsias exēngeile, kai heteron episkopon cheirotonein parekeleueto. Heauton gar hierasthai mē prosēkein eti, hōs oikeiou dogmatos prodotēn genomenon. Kyzikēnoi de, aidou tēs tou andros politeias eunoi tamalista autǭ tynchanontes, heteron echein episkopon ouch eilonto. Epei de tauta Eudoxios egnō ho en Kōnstantinoupolei tēs ᾿Areiou doxēs proestōs, cheirotonei Eunomion • tēs Kyzikou Ēiepiskopon. "Ōeto gar auton deinon onta legein, tini peithoi rhądiōs pros to oikeion dogma tous Kyzikēnous ephelkysasthai. Hōs de eis Kyzikon paregeneto prostagmati basileōs, Eleusiou exelthontos, tas enthade ekklēsias kateschen. Hoi de Eleusiǭ peithomenoi, euktērion oikon exō kataskeuasantes, pro tēs poleōs ekklēsiazon. Eunomiou men oun peri, kai tēs homōnymou toutōn haireseōs, mikron hysteron erō.
Then, as one may conjecture, things worse than these would have happened, had not the war against Procopius intervened. For he seized power as a usurper at Constantinople, gathered a great army in a short time, and hurried against Valens. Valens, marching from Syria, engaged him near Nacolia, a city of Phrygia; and having taken him alive through the treachery of Agelo and Gomarius, his generals, he put him and the traitors to death pitiably. For it is said that the latter, though he had sworn to be well disposed to them, he had sawn in two; and as for Procopius, he bent down two trees standing not far apart, fastened a leg to each tree, and let them spring up; and they, straightening to their usual position, tore the man apart. When the war had ended, he came to Nicaea; and being at peace, he again troubled those who did not share his belief about the divine. He was exceedingly angry with those who had met at Lampsacus, because they had condemned the bishops who held Arius’s views and the document on the faith set out at Ariminum. In this frame of anger he brought Eleusius from Cyzicus, set up an assembly of bishops of his own belief, and tried to force him to share their faith. At first Eleusius resisted bravely; but fearing exile and the confiscation of his property — for Valens threatened him with these if he did not obey — he did what was ordered. And at once he repented; and returning to Cyzicus he publicly confessed his sin in the church and urged them to ordain another bishop; for it was no longer fitting that he should serve as priest, having become a betrayer of his own doctrine. But the people of Cyzicus, very well disposed to him out of respect for the man’s conduct, would not have another bishop. When Eudoxius, the head of the Arian belief at Constantinople, learned this, he ordained Eunomius bishop of Cyzicus; for he thought that, being a powerful speaker, he would easily draw the people of Cyzicus to his own doctrine by some persuasion. When Eunomius came to Cyzicus by the emperor’s order, Eleusius withdrew and Eunomius took possession of the churches there. Those who followed Eleusius built a house of prayer outside and held their assemblies before the city. Of Eunomius, and of the heresy named after him, I shall speak a little later.
6.9PG 67:1315–1317
Παραπλησίων δὲ κακῶν ἐπειρῶντο οἱ ἐν Κωνσταν τινουπόλει πρεσβεύοντες τὸ δόγμα τῶν ἐν Νικαία συνελθόντων, σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ καὶ οἱ τὰ Ναυάτου φρονοῦντες. Καὶ πάντας μὲν ἐλαύνεσθαι τῆς πόλεως · Ναυατιανῶν δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἀποκλείεσθαι προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεύς· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων οὐκ εἶχεν ὅ τι ἀποκλείσειεν · ἤδη γὰρ πρότερον ἐπὶ τῆς Κωνσταν τίου βασιλείας ἀφήρηντο. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾿Αγέλιον τότε εἰς ὑπερορίαν φυγὴν κατεδίκασεν · ὃς ἐκ τῶν Κωνσταντίου χρόνων ἡγεῖτο ἐν Κωνσταντίνου πόλει τῆς Ναυατιανῶν Ἐκκλησίας. Ελέγετο δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα θαυμασίως πολιτεύεσθαι κατὰ τοὺς ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς νόμους· ὁ δὲ βίος ἦν αὐτῷ, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ προύχον ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ, κτήσεως χρημάτων ἐλεύθερος · καὶ ἡ ἀγωγὴ ἐδείκνυ · ἑνί τε γὰρ χιτωνίῳ ἐχρῆτο, καὶ δίχα ὑποδημάτων ἀεὶ ἐβάδιζεν · οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον αὐτὸς μετεκλήθη, καὶ τὰς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας ἀπέλαβε, καὶ ἀδεῶς ἐκκλησίαζεν. Αἴτιος δὲ τούτων Μαρκιανός τις· ὃς ἐπὶ βίῳ καὶ λόγοις θαυμαζόμενος, πάλαι μὲν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐστρατεύετο · τότε δὲ πρεσβύτερος ὢν τῆς Ναυατιανῶν αἱρέσεως, γραμματικοὺς λόγους ἐξεδίδασκε τὰς βασιλέως θυγατέρας, ᾿Αναστασίαν τε καὶ Καρῶσαν· ὧν εἰσέτι νῦν ἐπώνυμα λουτρὰ κατὰ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολίν ἐστι. Διὰ γὰρ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν αἰδῶ καὶ χάριν, μόνοις Ναυατιανοῖς τὰ εἰρημένα ὑπῆρξε.
Paraplēsiōn de kakōn epeirōnto hoi en Kōnstan tinoupolei presbeuontes to dogma tōn en Nikaia synelthontōn, syn autois de kai hoi ta Nauatou phronountes. Kai pantas men elaunesthai tēs poleōs ; Nauatianōn de kai tas ekklēsias apokleiesthai prosetaxen ho basileus; tōn de allōn ouk eichen ho ti apokleiseien ; ēdē gar proteron epi tēs Kōnstan tiou basileias aphērēnto. Ou mēn alla kai ᾿Agelion tote eis hyperorian phygēn katedikasen ; hos ek tōn Kōnstantiou chronōn hēgeito en Kōnstantinou polei tēs Nauatianōn Ekklēsias. Elegeto de hoti malista thaumasiōs politeuesthai kata tous ekklēsiastikous nomous; ho de bios ēn autǭ, touto dē to prouchon en philosophią, ktēseōs chrēmatōn eleutheros ; kai hē agōgē edeikny ; heni te gar chitōniǭ echrēto, kai dicha hypodēmatōn aei ebadizen ; ou pollǭ de hysteron autos meteklēthē, kai tas hyp᾿ auton Ekklēsias apelabe, kai adeōs ekklēsiazen. Aitios de toutōn Markianos tis; hos epi biǭ kai logois thaumazomenos, palai men en tois basileiois estrateueto ; tote de presbyteros ōn tēs Nauatianōn haireseōs, grammatikous logous exedidaske tas basileōs thygateras, ᾿Anastasian te kai Karōsan; hōn eiseti nyn epōnyma loutra kata tēn Kōnstantinoupolin esti. Dia gar tēn pros auton aidō kai charin, monois Nauatianois ta eirēmena hypērxe.
Similar evils were suffered by those at Constantinople who upheld the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea, and with them those who held the views of Novatus. The emperor ordered them all to be driven from the city, and the churches of the Novatians to be shut; but of the others he had nothing to shut, for they had already been deprived of them earlier, in the reign of Constantius. He also condemned to exile at that time Agelius, who since the times of Constantius had led the church of the Novatians in Constantinople. He was said to live in a wonderful way according to the laws of the church; and his life, which is the chief thing in philosophy, was free from the possession of money, as his manner of living showed: for he used one tunic and always walked without shoes. But not long after he himself was recalled, took back the churches under him, and held assemblies without fear. The cause of this was a certain Marcian, who, admired for his life and learning, had formerly served in the palace and was then a presbyter of the Novatian heresy and taught grammar to the emperor’s daughters, Anastasia and Carosa, after whom baths in Constantinople are named to this day. Out of respect and gratitude toward him, these favours were granted to the Novatians alone.
6.10PG 67:1317–1319
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ὁμώνυμος τῷ βασιλεῖ Οὐαλεντινιανῷ γίνεται παῖς κατὰ τὴν Δύσιν· οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, καὶ Γρατιανὸς ὃν πρὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς εἶχε, καθίστατο βασιλεύς. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, καίπερ παρὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς χαλάζης ἐμφεροῦς λίθοις ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις καταῤῥαγείσης, καὶ μεγίστων σεισμῶν, ἄλλαις τε πόλεσι, καὶ Νικαίᾳ τῇ Βιθυνῶν εἰς ἄγαν λυμηναμένων, οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο Οὐάλης τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ Εὐδόξιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, τοὺς ἑτέρως αὐτοῖς δοξάζοντας Χριστιανοὺς ἐκδιώκοντες. Καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ὁμοδόξους τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθοῦσιν, ἐδόκει πως αὐτοῖς κατορθῶσαι τὸ σπουδαζόμενον. Ἐν γὰρ τῷ πλείονι τῆς ὑπὸ ( Οὐάλεντος ἀρχομένης, καὶ μάλιστα ἀνά τε Θράκην καὶ Βιθυνίαν καὶ Ἑλλήσποντον, καὶ ἔτι τούτων προσωτέρω, οὔτε ἐκκλησίας, οὔτε ἱερέας εἶχον. Πρὸς δὲ τοὺς τὰ Μακεδονίου φρονοῦντας, πολυπλασίους αὐτῶν ὄντας κατὰ τόδε τὸ κλίμα, ἐχαλέπαινον · καὶ τραπέντες ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς, οὐ μετρίως ἐδίωκον. Οἱ δὲ, δέει τῶν ἐπικειμένων κακῶν, διαπρεσβευσάμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους κατὰ πόλεις, ἄμεινον ἐδοκίμασαν ἐπὶ Οὐαλεντινιανὸν καὶ τὸν Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπον καταφυγεῖν, κἀκείνοις μᾶλλον ἡ Εὐδοξίῳ καὶ Οὐάλεντι καὶ τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτοὺς κοινωνεῖν τῆς πίστεως. Καὶ ἐπεὶ τάδε καλῶς ἔχειν ἔδοξεν, αἱροῦνται ἐπὶ τούτοις τρεῖς ἐξ αὐτῶν, Εὐστάθιόν τε τὸν ἐκ Σεβαστείας ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Σιλβανὸν τὸν Ταρσοῦ, καὶ ) Θεόφιλον τὸν Κασταβάλων, καὶ πρὸς Οὐαλεντινιανὸν τὸν βασιλέα πέμπουσι, γράψαντες Λιβερίῳ τῷ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπῳ, καὶ τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Δύσιν ἱερεῦσιν, οἷα δὴ πίστιν δόκιμον καὶ βεβαίαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστό ΞΡ ἘΣ λων ἔχουσι, καὶ πρὸ τῶν. ἄλλων, προνοεῖν τῆς θρησκείας ὀφείλουσι, παντὶ σθένει συλλαβέσθαι τοῖς αὐτῶν πρέσδεσι, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς περὶ τῶν βουλεύσασθαι, ἕως ἂν δοχιμάσωσι διορθῶσαι τὰ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πράγματα, Καὶ οἱ μὲν, ἀφικόμενοι, ἔγνωσαν τὸν βασιλέα εἰς Γαλατίαν δι— τοῖς παραχειμένοις τῇδε βαρβάροις — δὲ φανείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐπὶ Γαλάτας ὁδοῦ διὰ τὸν πόλεμον, ἔδωχαν Λιδερίῳ τὰ γράμματα. Κοινωσάμενοί τε περὶ ὧν ἐπρεσδεύοντο, γινώσχουσιν ᾿Αρείον, καὶ τῶν ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φρονούντῶν διδασκόντων. ᾿Αποχηρύττουσι δὲ πᾶσαν αἵρεσιν ἐναντιουμένην τῇ πίστει τῆς ἐν. Νικαίᾳ συνόδου τὸ ὁμοούσιον ὄνομα δέχονται, ὡς τῷ ὁμοίῳ οὐσίαν τὰ αὐτὰ σημαῖνον. Ὡς δὲ τούτων ἔγγραφον ὁμολογίαν αὐτῶν ἔλαθε Λιβέριος, ἐχοινώνη: σεν αὐτοῖς " τοῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐπισκόποις ἔγραψε, τῆς ὁμονοίας τῆς περὶ τὸ δόγμα συμφωνίας ἐπαινῶν " καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς πρέσδεις πεπραγμένα ἐμήνυσεν, Ἦν δὲ των ἀμφὶ τὸν Εὐστάθιον ἡ ὁμολογία ἧδε.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, homōnymos tǭ basilei Oualentinianǭ ginetai pais kata tēn Dysin; ou pollǭ de hysteron, kai Gratianos hon pro tēs archēs eiche, kathistato basileus. En toutǭ de, kaiper para to eiōthos chalazēs empherous lithois en pollois topois katarrhageisēs, kai megistōn seismōn, allais te polesi, kai Nikaią tę̄ Bithynōn eis agan lymēnamenōn, ouk epausanto Oualēs te ho basileus kai Eudoxios ho episkopos, tous heterōs autois doxazontas Christianous ekdiōkontes. Kai pros men tous homodoxous tois en Nikaią synelthousin, edokei pōs autois katorthōsai to spoudazomenon. En gar tǭ pleioni tēs hypo ( Oualentos archomenēs, kai malista ana te Thrakēn kai Bithynian kai Hellēsponton, kai eti toutōn prosōterō, oute ekklēsias, oute hiereas eichon. Pros de tous ta Makedoniou phronountas, polyplasious autōn ontas kata tode to klima, echalepainon ; kai trapentes ep᾿ autous, ou metriōs ediōkon. Hoi de, deei tōn epikeimenōn kakōn, diapresbeusamenoi pros allēlous kata poleis, ameinon edokimasan epi Oualentinianon kai ton Rhōmaiōn episkopon kataphygein, kakeinois mallon hē Eudoxiǭ kai Oualenti kai tois amph᾿ autous koinōnein tēs pisteōs. Kai epei tade kalōs echein edoxen, hairountai epi toutois treis ex autōn, Eustathion te ton ek Sebasteias episkopon, kai Silbanon ton Tarsou, kai ) Theophilon ton Kastabalōn, kai pros Oualentinianon ton basilea pempousi, grapsantes Liberiǭ tǭ Rhōmaiōn episkopǭ, kai tois ana tēn Dysin hiereusin, hoia dē pistin dokimon kai bebaian apo tōn aposto XR ES lōn echousi, kai pro tōn. allōn, pronoein tēs thrēskeias opheilousi, panti sthenei syllabesthai tois autōn presdesi, kai syn autois peri tōn bouleusasthai, heōs an dochimasōsi diorthōsai ta tēs Ekklēsias pragmata, Kai hoi men, aphikomenoi, egnōsan ton basilea eis Galatian di— tois paracheimenois tę̄de barbarois — de phaneisēs autois tēs epi Galatas hodou dia ton polemon, edōchan Lideriǭ ta grammata. Koinōsamenoi te peri hōn epresdeuonto, ginōschousin ᾿Areion, kai tōn homoiōs autǭ phronountōn didaskontōn. ᾿Apochēryttousi de pasan hairesin enantioumenēn tę̄ pistei tēs en. Nikaią synodou to homoousion onoma dechontai, hōs tǭ homoiǭ ousian ta auta sēmainon. Hōs de toutōn engraphon homologian autōn elathe Liberios, echoinōnē: sen autois " tois ana tēn Heō episkopois egrapse, tēs homonoias tēs peri to dogma symphōnias epainōn " kai ta pros tous presdeis pepragmena emēnysen, Ēn de tōn amphi ton Eustathion hē homologia hēde.
About this time a son named after the emperor Valentinian was born to him in the West; and not long after, Gratian, whom he had had before his accession, was made emperor. Meanwhile, although hail like stones fell unusually in many places, and very great earthquakes did great damage to other cities and especially to Nicaea in Bithynia, the emperor Valens and the bishop Eudoxius did not cease persecuting Christians who believed otherwise than they did. Against those who shared the belief of those who met at Nicaea they seemed somehow to have accomplished their aim; for in the greater part of the territory ruled by Valens, and above all in Thrace, Bithynia and the Hellespont and still further afield, they had neither churches nor priests. But against those who held the views of Macedonius, who in this region were many times more numerous than they, they were angry; and turning against them, they persecuted them severely. These, in fear of the evils threatening them, sent envoys to one another from city to city, and judged it better to take refuge with Valentinian and the bishop of the Romans, and to share the faith with them rather than with Eudoxius and Valens and their party. When this seemed good, they chose three of their number for this purpose, Eustathius bishop of Sebasteia, Silvanus of Tarsus and Theophilus of Castabala, and sent them to the emperor Valentinian, writing to Liberius the bishop of the Romans and to the priests in the West that, since they had a tried and firm faith from the apostles and ought above others to care for religion, they should help their envoys with all their strength and deliberate with them about …, until they decided how to set right the affairs of the church. When they arrived, they learned that the emperor was in Gaul, … the barbarians bordering on that country. The road to Gaul appearing to them … because of the war, they gave the letters to Liberius. Having communicated about the matters of their embassy, they condemned Arius and those who taught as he did; they rejected every heresy opposed to the faith of the synod at Nicaea; and they accepted the term homoousios as meaning the same as “like in essence.” When Liberius had received their written confession of these things, he communicated with them, and wrote to the bishops of the East praising their concord and agreement in doctrine, and reported what had been done with the envoys. The confession of Eustathius’s party was this.
6.11PG 67:1319–1321
Κυρίῳ ἀδελφῷ, καὶ συλλειτουργῷ ἃ στάθιος, , Θεόφιλος, Κυρίῳ. χαί-. Διὰ τὰς τῶν αἱρετικῶν μανιώδεις ὑπογοίαςς, οἵ οὗ παύονται ταῖς χαθολιχαῖς Ἐκκλησίαις σκάνδαλα, ἐπισπείρειν, τούτου χάριν πᾶσαν ἀφορμὴν. ἀναιροῦντες , ὁμολογοῦμεν τὴν σύνοδον τὴν. γενομένην ἐν Λαμψάκῳ, καὶ Σμύρνῃ, καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις͵ διαφόροις τόποις τῶν ὀρθοδόξων ἐπισκόπων “ συνόδου πρεσδείαν ποιούμενοι, πρὸς τὴν χρήστ σου καὶ πάντας τοὺς Ἰταλοὺς. καὶ δυτικοὺς ἐπι πους γράμματα κομίζομεν, τὴν πίστιν τὴν 3 εἰ κρατεῖν φυλάσσειν, ἥτις ἐν τῇ ἁγίᾳ συνόδῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ μακαρίου Κωνσταντίνου ὑπὸ τριαχοσίων δέκα ὀκτὼ θεοφόρων Πατέρων θεῖσα, ἀκεραία ἀσαλεύτῳ τῇ καταστάσει ἕως" διηνεκῶς μένει, τὸ ὁμοούσιον ἁγίως — ΝΗ -— -— -— -— -— — — τ -— -εὑὐσεδῶς κεῖται, ὑπεναντίως τῆς ᾿Αρείου διαστροφῆς. Ὁμοίως καὶ ἡμᾶς μετὰ τῶν προειρημένων τὴν αὑτὴν πίστιν χεχρατηχέναι τε καὶ κρατεῖν, καὶ ἄχρι τέλους φυλάσσειν, ἰδίᾳ χειρὶ ὁμολογοῦμεν " χκαταχρίνοντες "Άρειον καὶ τὴν ἀσεθδῇ διδαχὴν αὐτοῦ, σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, πᾶσαν αἵρεσιν Πατροπασιανοῦ, Μαρχίωνης, Φωτινοῦ, Μαρκέλλου, Παύλου τοῦ Σαμοσστέως, τούτων τὴν διδαχὴν καὶ πάντας τοὺς ὁμόφρονας αὑτῶν " πάσας δὲ τὰς αἱρέσεις τὰς ἐναντιουμένας τῇ προειρημένῃ ἁγίᾳ πίστει, ἥτις εὐσεδῶς ἐξετέθη ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἐν Νιχαίχ, ἀναθεματίζομεν " ἀναθεματίζοντες "Ἄρειον ἐξαιρέτως, τὰ τῇ ᾿Αριμίνῳ, ὅσα ὑπεναντίως ταύτης τῆς προειρημένης πίστεως τῆς ἁγίας συνόδου Νικαέων ἐπράχθη " οἷς δόλῳ καὶ ἐπιορκίᾳ ὑποπεισθέντες ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει χομισθεῖσιν ἀπὸ Νίκης τῆς Θράκης, ὑπεγράψαμεν. Ταῦτα ὁμολογήσαντες, καὶ τὴν ἐκτεθεῖσαν ἐν Νικαίᾳ πίστιν, αὐτοῖς ῥητοῖς τῇ οἰκίᾳ ὁμολογίᾳ συνῆψαν, καὶ περὶ τῶν πραχθέντων γράμματα ΔΛιθερίου λαβόντες, ἔπλευσαν εἰς Σικελίαν.
Kyriǭ adelphǭ, kai sylleitourgǭ ha stathios, , Theophilos, Kyriǭ. chai-. Dia tas tōn hairetikōn maniōdeis hypogoiass, hoi hou pauontai tais chatholichais Ekklēsiais skandala, epispeirein, toutou charin pasan aphormēn. anairountes , homologoumen tēn synodon tēn. genomenēn en Lampsakǭ, kai Smyrnę̄, kai en heterois͵ diaphorois topois tōn orthodoxōn episkopōn “ synodou presdeian poioumenoi, pros tēn chrēst sou kai pantas tous Italous. kai dytikous epi pous grammata komizomen, tēn pistin tēn 3 ei kratein phylassein, hētis en tę̄ hagią synodǭ epi tou makariou Kōnstantinou hypo triachosiōn deka oktō theophorōn Paterōn theisa, akeraia asaleutǭ tę̄ katastasei heōs" diēnekōs menei, to homoousion hagiōs — NĒ -— -— -— -— -— — — t -— -heuysedōs keitai, hypenantiōs tēs ᾿Areiou diastrophēs. Homoiōs kai hēmas meta tōn proeirēmenōn tēn hautēn pistin chechratēchenai te kai kratein, kai achri telous phylassein, idią cheiri homologoumen " chkatachrinontes "Areion kai tēn asethdę̄ didachēn autou, syn tois mathētais autou, pasan hairesin Patropasianou, Marchiōnēs, Phōtinou, Markellou, Paulou tou Samossteōs, toutōn tēn didachēn kai pantas tous homophronas hautōn " pasas de tas haireseis tas enantioumenas tę̄ proeirēmenę̄ hagią pistei, hētis eusedōs exetethē hypo tōn hagiōn Paterōn en Nichaich, anathematizomen " anathematizontes "Areion exairetōs, ta tę̄ ᾿Ariminǭ, hosa hypenantiōs tautēs tēs proeirēmenēs pisteōs tēs hagias synodou Nikaeōn eprachthē " hois dolǭ kai epiorkią hypopeisthentes en Kōnstantinoupolei chomistheisin apo Nikēs tēs Thrakēs, hypegrapsamen. Tauta homologēsantes, kai tēn ektetheisan en Nikaią pistin, autois rhētois tę̄ oikią homologią synēpsan, kai peri tōn prachthentōn grammata DLitheriou labontes, epleusan eis Sikelian.
“To our lord brother and fellow minister Liberius, Eustathius, Silvanus and Theophilus, greeting in the Lord. Because of the mad suspicions of the heretics, who do not cease sowing offences in the catholic churches, we, to remove every pretext, confess the synod held at Lampsacus and at Smyrna and in other various places by orthodox bishops; and as envoys of the synod we bring letters to your goodness and to all the bishops of Italy and the West, that we hold and keep the faith which was set out at the holy synod in the time of the blessed Constantine by three hundred and eighteen God-bearing fathers, and which remains until now and for ever in an unmixed and unshaken state, in which the homoousios is placed in holiness and piety against the perversion of Arius. Likewise we confess with our own hand that we, together with those named above, have held and hold the same faith and will keep it to the end; condemning Arius and his impious teaching with his disciples, and every heresy of the Patripassian, of Marcion, of Photinus, of Marcellus, of Paul of Samosata, the teaching of these and all who think like them. All heresies opposed to the aforesaid holy faith, which was piously set out by the holy fathers at Nicaea, we anathematize; anathematizing Arius especially, and what was done at Ariminum contrary to the aforesaid faith of the holy synod of Nicaea, to which we subscribed, persuaded by deceit and perjury, when it was brought to Constantinople from Nice in Thrace.” Having made this confession, they joined to their own confession the faith set out at Nicaea in its own words; and having received letters from Liberius about what had been done, they sailed to Sicily.
6.12PG 67:1321–1327
Γενομένης δὲ χἀχεῖσε συνόδου καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ψηφισαμένων τῶν τῇδε ἐπισκόπων, ἐπεὶ τάδε ἔπραξαν, ἐπανῆλθον. ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν χαιρὴν σύνοδον ἀγόν“ων ἐν Τυάνοις Εὐσεδίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τῆς Καππαδοκῶν Καισαρείας, ᾿Αθανασίου τε τοῦ χύρας, καὶ Πελαγίου τοῦ Λαοδικείας, Ζήνωνός τε τοῦ Τυρίου, Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Εμέσης, ᾿Οτρέως τε τοῦ λιελιτηνῆς, καὶ Γρηγορίου τοῦ Ναζιανζοῦ, καὶ πολλῶν ἄλλων, οἵ τὸ ὁμοούσιον πρεσδεύειν ἐψηφίσαντο ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰοδιανοῦ βασιλείας, ἀναγινώσχεται τὰ Λιβερίου καὶ τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν γράμματα. Περιχαρεῖς τε ἐπὶ τούτοις γενόμενοι, ἔγραψαν πάσαις ταῖς ᾿Εχχλησίαις, ἐντυχεῖν τοῖς ψηφίσμασι τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν ἐπισκόπων, καὶ τοῖς Λιβερίου γράμμασι καὶ Ἰταλῶν, καὶ ῎Αφρων, καὶ Γαλατῶν τῶν πρὸς δύσιν, καὶ Σικελῶν· ἐκόμισαν γὰρ καὶ τούτων γράμματα οἱ ἐκ Λαμψάκου πρέσβεις · καὶ ἀναλογίσασθαι τὸν πάντων ἀριθμόν. Πολλῷ γὰρ τῷ πλήθει τὴν ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ σύνοδον ἐνίκων· καὶ ὁμόφρονας αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι καὶ κοινωνούς· καὶ ὅτι ταύτης εἰσὶ τῆς γνώμης, διὰ γραφῆς οἰκείας δηλῶσαι· συνελθεῖν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν τῆς Κιλικίας ἔτι ἦρος ὄντος, εἰς ῥητὴν ἡμέραν ἣν ὥρισαν, καὶ οἱ μὲν, ὧδὲ ἀλλήλους συνιέναι προετρέποντο. Ἤδη δὲ συνίστασθαι μελλούσης τῆς ἐν Ταρσῷ συνόδου, συνελθόντες ἐν Καρίᾳ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἀμφὶ τριάκοντα τέσσαρες τῶν Ἁσιανῶν ἐπισκόπων, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμονοίᾳ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν σπουδὴν ἐπῄνουν · παρῃτοῦντο δὲ τὸ τοῦ ὁμοουσίου ὄνομα · καὶ τὴν ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ καὶ Σελευκείᾳ ἐκτεθεῖσαν πίστιν χρῆναι κρατεῖν ἰσχυρίζοντο, ὡς καὶ Λουκιανοῦ τοῦ μάρτυρος οὖσαν, καὶ μετὰ κινδύνων καὶ πολλῶν ἰδρώτων παρὰ τῶν πρὸ αὐτῶν δοκιμασθεῖσαν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, Εὐδοξίου σπουδῇ, τὴν ἐν Κιλικίᾳ προσδοκωμένην διέλυσε σύνοδον, γράψας περὶ τούτου καὶ ἀπειλὰς ἐπιθεῖς. Ἐν μέρει δὲ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἀπελαύνειν τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν προσέταξε 4 τοὺς ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου καθαιρεθέντας ἐπισκόπους, αὖθις δὲ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ἀναλαβόντας ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰουλιανοῦ βασιλείας. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς προστάξεως, καὶ ταῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀρχαῖς σπουδὴ γέγονεν, ἀφελέσθαι τῶν αὐτόθι ἐκκλησιῶν ᾿Αθανάσι ιον, καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀπελάσαι. Οὐ τὸ τυχὸν γὰρ ( ἐπιτίμιον ἐνέκειτο τῷ βασιλείῳ γράμματι, εἰ μὴ ταῦτα γένοιτο, πάντων ἐπίσης ἀρχόντων τε καὶ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοὺς στρατιωτῶν, καὶ βουλευτηρίων, ἔκτισιν πολλῶν χρημάτων καταδικάζον, καὶ σώματος αἰκισμοὺς ἀπειλούμενον. Συνελθὸν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἐζήτουν τὸν ὕπαρχον, ἀπερισκέπτως μὴ ἀπελαύνειν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον· ἀκριβέστερον δὲ σκοπεῖν τὸν ὅρον τῶν βασιλείων γραμμάτων, ὡς κατ᾿ ἐκείνων μόνων κρατοῦντα τῶν ἐπὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ κατελθόντων μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου φυγήν. Τὸν δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιον ἔλεγον, φυγεῖν μὲν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου, μετακληθῆναι δὲ παρ' αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀπολαβεῖν· Ἰουλιανὸν δὲ πάντας καταγαγόντα, μόνον αὐτὸν διώξαι· πάλιν δ' αὖ Ἰοβιανὸν αὐτὸν μετακαλέσασθαι. Ταῦτα λέγοντες, οὐκ ἔπειθον. ᾿Αντεῖχον δὲ ὅμως, καὶ βιάζεσθαι οὐ συνεχώρουν. Πανταχόθεν δὲ τοῦ δήμου συῤῥέοντος, καὶ πολλοῦ θορύβου καὶ ταραχῆς ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν ὄντων, καὶ στάσεως προσδοκωμένης, ἐμήνυσεν ὁ ὕπαρχος βασιλεῖ τὰ γενόμενα, συγχωρήσας αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ πόλει διάγειν. Ήδη δὲ πολλῶν διαγενομένων ἡμερῶν, καὶ τῆς κινηθείσης στάσεως πεπαῦσθαι δοκούσης, ἑσπέρας λαθὼν ᾿Αθανάσιος ἐξῆλθε τῆς πόλεως, καὶ εἴς τι χωρίον ἐκρύπτετο. ᾿Αωρὶ δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς νυκτὸς ὁ ὕπαρχος Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ὁ τῶν τῇδε στρατευμάτων ἡγεμὼν, κατέλαβον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐν ᾗ τὸ καταγώγιον εἶχε · πανταχοῦ τε καὶ εἰς τὰς ὑπερῴους οἰκήσεις ἀναζητήσαντες αὐτὸν, ὑπεχώρουν διαμαρτόντες τῆς βουλῆς. "Ποντο γὰρ λοιπὸν τοῦ πλήθους ἐπιλελησμένου τῆς προτέρας κινήσεως, εἰ ἐπίθοιντο πάντων πρὸς ὕπνον τετραμμένων, ῥᾳδίως τὴν βασιλέως πρόσταξιν ἐπιτελέσειν, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀστασίαστον φυλάξειν. Θαῦμα δὲ πάντας εἰκότως εἶχεν, ᾿Αθανασίου μὴ εὑρεθέντος. Εἴτε γὰρ θείας δυνάμεως προειπούσης ὑπανεχώρησεν, εἴτε τινῶν ἀναγγειλάντων, ἀμφότερα εἰς ταυτὸν τελεῖ. Καὶ προμηθείας ἢ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ἐδόκει, εἰς ἀναγκαῖον ὧδε καιρὸν προμαθεῖν τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν καὶ φυλάξασθαι. "Ἕτεροι δέ φασιν, ὡς τὴν τοῦ πλήθους παράλογον κίνησιν προορῶν, δείσας τε μὴ τῶν ἐντεῦθεν συμβησομένων δεινῶν αἴτιος εἶναι δόξει, πάντα τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἐν πατρῴῳ μνήματι διέτριβε. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ὧδε διαφυγὼν ἐλάνθανεν. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἔγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς, αὐτὸν ἐπανελθεῖν καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἔχειν. Τεκμαίρομαι δὲ 235 Οὐάλεντα παρὰ σκοπὸν ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν ἐλθεῖν, ἢ τὴν κρατοῦσαν περὶ ᾿Αθανασίου δόξαν λογιζόμενον, καὶ ὅτι τούτου χάριν εἰκὸς ἦν μέμψασθαι Οὐαλεντινιανὸν, ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων τὸ δόγμα ἐπρέσβευσεν· ἢ τῶν ἐπαινούντων αὐτὸν πολλῶν ὄντων, τὴν κίνησιν ὑφορώμενον, μή τι νεωτερίσωσιν ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων. Οἶμαι δὲ, ὡς εἰκὸς, καὶ τοὺς προεστῶτας τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, μὴ λίαν ἐπιθέσθαι τῇ περὶ τούτου σπουδῇ· λογισαμένους, ὡς τῆς πόλεως ἐκβληθεὶς, αὖθις ὀχλήσει τοῖς βασιλεῦσι, καὶ ἀφορμὴν ἐντεῦθεν ἔξει τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁμιλίας, καὶ μεταπείσει Οὐάλεντα· Οὐαλεντινιανὸν δὲ καὶ εἰς ὀργὴν κινήσει, ὡς ὁμόφρονα. Μάλιστα γὰρ περιδεεῖς ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου συμβάντων, πεπειραμένοι τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀρετῆς. Ἐπιτοσοῦτον γὰρ καὶ τότε τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων ἐκράτησεν ἐπιβουλῆς, ὡς ἀσμένως αὐτῷ παραχωρῆσαι τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον Ἐκκλησίων, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ μόλις εἶξαι Κωνσταντίου γράμμασιν, ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπανελθεῖν. Τὸ μὲν οὖν αἴτιον, ᾿Αθανάσιος ἑπίτης τοῖς ἄλλοις οὐχ ἀφῃρέθη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τοῦτο εἰκάζω εἶναι. Τοῖς δὲ νονουχὶ διωγμὸς συνέβη, Ἑλληνικῷ παραπλήσιος. Φυγαί τε γὰρ ὑπερόριοι ἐσπουδάζοντο τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονεῖν ἀναινομένων εὐχτήριοι οἶκοι, τῶν μὲν ἀφῃροῦντο" τοῖς δὲ παρεδίδοντο" ἡ δὲ Αἴγυπτος πέως τούτων ἀπείρατος ἦν, ἔτι ᾿Αθανασίου τῷ βίῳ περιόντος.
Genomenēs de chacheise synodou kai ta auta psēphisamenōn tōn tę̄de episkopōn, epei tade epraxan, epanēlthon. ekeinon de ton chairēn synodon agon“ōn en Tyanois Eusediou tou episkopou tēs Kappadokōn Kaisareias, ᾿Athanasiou te tou chyras, kai Pelagiou tou Laodikeias, Zēnōnos te tou Tyriou, Paulou tou ᾿Emesēs, ᾿Otreōs te tou lielitēnēs, kai Grēgoriou tou Nazianzou, kai pollōn allōn, hoi to homoousion presdeuein epsēphisanto en ᾿Antiocheią, epi tēs Iodianou basileias, anaginōschetai ta Liberiou kai tōn ana tēn dysin grammata. Perichareis te epi toutois genomenoi, egrapsan pasais tais ᾿Echchlēsiais, entychein tois psēphismasi tōn ana tēn dysin episkopōn, kai tois Liberiou grammasi kai Italōn, kai ᾿Aphrōn, kai Galatōn tōn pros dysin, kai Sikelōn; ekomisan gar kai toutōn grammata hoi ek Lampsakou presbeis ; kai analogisasthai ton pantōn arithmon. Pollǭ gar tǭ plēthei tēn en ᾿Ariminǭ synodon enikōn; kai homophronas autois genesthai kai koinōnous; kai hoti tautēs eisi tēs gnōmēs, dia graphēs oikeias dēlōsai; synelthein de eis Tarson tēs Kilikias eti ēros ontos, eis rhētēn hēmeran hēn hōrisan, kai hoi men, hōde allēlous synienai proetreponto. Ēdē de synistasthai mellousēs tēs en Tarsǭ synodou, synelthontes en Karią tēs ᾿Asias amphi triakonta tessares tōn Hasianōn episkopōn, tēn men epi tę̄ homonoią tōn Ekklēsiōn spoudēn epę̄noun ; parę̄tounto de to tou homoousiou onoma ; kai tēn en ᾿Antiocheią kai Seleukeią ektetheisan pistin chrēnai kratein ischyrizonto, hōs kai Loukianou tou martyros ousan, kai meta kindynōn kai pollōn idrōtōn para tōn pro autōn dokimastheisan. Ho de basileus, Eudoxiou spoudę̄, tēn en Kilikią prosdokōmenēn dielyse synodon, grapsas peri toutou kai apeilas epitheis. En merei de tois archousi tōn ethnōn, apelaunein tōn Ekklēsiōn prosetaxe 4 tous epi Kōnstantiou kathairethentas episkopous, authis de tēn hierōsynēn analabontas epi tēs Ioulianou basileias. Ek tautēs de tēs prostaxeōs, kai tais ana tēn Aigypton archais spoudē gegonen, aphelesthai tōn autothi ekklēsiōn ᾿Athanasi ion, kai tēs poleōs apelasai. Ou to tychon gar ( epitimion enekeito tǭ basileiǭ grammati, ei mē tauta genoito, pantōn episēs archontōn te kai tōn hyp᾿ autous stratiōtōn, kai bouleutēriōn, ektisin pollōn chrēmatōn katadikazon, kai sōmatos aikismous apeiloumenon. Synelthon de to plēthos tōn Christianōn, ezētoun ton hyparchon, aperiskeptōs mē apelaunein ton episkopon; akribesteron de skopein ton horon tōn basileiōn grammatōn, hōs kat᾿ ekeinōn monōn kratounta tōn epi Ioulianou katelthontōn meta tēn epi Kōnstantiou phygēn. Ton de ᾿Athanasion elegon, phygein men epi Kōnstantiou, metaklēthēnai de par' autou kai tēn episkopēn apolabein; Ioulianon de pantas katagagonta, monon auton diōxai; palin d' au Iobianon auton metakalesasthai. Tauta legontes, ouk epeithon. ᾿Anteichon de homōs, kai biazesthai ou synechōroun. Pantachothen de tou dēmou syrrheontos, kai pollou thorybou kai tarachēs ana tēn polin ontōn, kai staseōs prosdokōmenēs, emēnysen ho hyparchos basilei ta genomena, synchōrēsas auton en tę̄ polei diagein. Ēdē de pollōn diagenomenōn hēmerōn, kai tēs kinētheisēs staseōs pepausthai dokousēs, hesperas lathōn ᾿Athanasios exēlthe tēs poleōs, kai eis ti chōrion ekrypteto. ᾿Aōri de tēs autēs nyktos ho hyparchos Aigyptou, kai ho tōn tę̄de strateumatōn hēgemōn, katelabon tēn ekklēsian, en hę̄ to katagōgion eiche ; pantachou te kai eis tas hyperǭous oikēseis anazētēsantes auton, hypechōroun diamartontes tēs boulēs. "Ponto gar loipon tou plēthous epilelēsmenou tēs proteras kinēseōs, ei epithointo pantōn pros hypnon tetrammenōn, rhądiōs tēn basileōs prostaxin epitelesein, kai tēn polin astasiaston phylaxein. Thauma de pantas eikotōs eichen, ᾿Athanasiou mē heurethentos. Eite gar theias dynameōs proeipousēs hypanechōrēsen, eite tinōn anangeilantōn, amphotera eis tauton telei. Kai promētheias ē kata anthrōpon edokei, eis anankaion hōde kairon promathein tēn epiboulēn kai phylaxasthai. "Heteroi de phasin, hōs tēn tou plēthous paralogon kinēsin proorōn, deisas te mē tōn enteuthen symbēsomenōn deinōn aitios einai doxei, panta touton ton chronon en patrǭǭ mnēmati dietribe. Kai ho men hōde diaphygōn elanthanen. Ou pollǭ de hysteron egrapsen ho basileus, auton epanelthein kai tēn ekklēsian echein. Tekmairomai de 235 Oualenta para skopon epi tautēn tēn graphēn elthein, ē tēn kratousan peri ᾿Athanasiou doxan logizomenon, kai hoti toutou charin eikos ēn mempsasthai Oualentinianon, epeidē tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn to dogma epresbeusen; ē tōn epainountōn auton pollōn ontōn, tēn kinēsin hyphorōmenon, mē ti neōterisōsin epi blabę̄ tōn koinōn pragmatōn. Oimai de, hōs eikos, kai tous proestōtas tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, mē lian epithesthai tę̄ peri toutou spoudę̄; logisamenous, hōs tēs poleōs ekblētheis, authis ochlēsei tois basileusi, kai aphormēn enteuthen exei tēs pros autous homilias, kai metapeisei Oualenta; Oualentinianon de kai eis orgēn kinēsei, hōs homophrona. Malista gar perideeis ēsan ek tōn epi Kōnstantiou symbantōn, pepeiramenoi tēs autou aretēs. Epitosouton gar kai tote tēs tōn enantiōn ekratēsen epiboulēs, hōs asmenōs autǭ parachōrēsai tōn ana tēn Aigypton Ekklēsiōn, kai epi toutǭ molis eixai Kōnstantiou grammasin, ek tēs Italias epanelthein. To men oun aition, ᾿Athanasios hepitēs tois allois ouch aphę̄rethē tēs Ekklēsias, touto eikazō einai. Tois de nonouchi diōgmos synebē, Hellēnikǭ paraplēsios. Phygai te gar hyperorioi espoudazonto tōn ta auta phronein anainomenōn euchtērioi oikoi, tōn men aphę̄rounto" tois de paredidonto" hē de Aigyptos peōs toutōn apeiratos ēn, eti ᾿Athanasiou tǭ biǭ periontos.
A synod was held there too, and the bishops there decreed the same things; having done this, they returned. At that time a synod was being held at Tyana by Eusebius, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia, Athanasius of Ancyra, Pelagius of Laodicea, Zeno of Tyre, Paul of Emesa, Otreius of Melitene, Gregory of Nazianzus and many others, who had voted at Antioch under Jovian’s reign to uphold the homoousios; and the letters of Liberius and the westerners were read. Overjoyed at these, they wrote to all the churches to read the decisions of the western bishops and the letters of Liberius and of the Italians, the Africans, the western Gauls and the Sicilians — for the envoys from Lampsacus had brought letters from these too — and to reckon the number of them all; for they far outnumbered the synod at Ariminum; and to become of one mind and in communion with them, and to declare in a letter of their own that they held this view; and to meet at Tarsus in Cilicia while it was still spring, on a fixed day which they appointed. So they urged one another to meet. When the synod at Tarsus was already about to assemble, about thirty-four of the bishops of Asia met in Caria in Asia; they praised the zeal for the concord of the churches but rejected the term homoousios, and maintained that the faith set out at Antioch and Seleucia should prevail, as being that of the martyr Lucian and as having been tested by those before them amid dangers and much sweat. But the emperor, through Eudoxius’s zeal, broke up the synod expected in Cilicia, writing about it and adding threats. Separately he ordered the governors of the provinces to drive from the churches the bishops who had been deposed under Constantius and had taken back their priesthood in the reign of Julian. Because of this order the authorities in Egypt too were eager to take the churches there from Athanasius and drive him from the city. For no ordinary penalty was attached to the imperial letter if this were not done: it condemned all alike, governors and the soldiers under them and the city councils, to pay large sums of money, and threatened them with bodily tortures. The multitude of the Christians gathered and asked the prefect not to drive out the bishop heedlessly, but to examine more precisely the terms of the imperial letter, as applying only to those who had returned under Julian after exile under Constantius. Athanasius, they said, had been exiled under Constantius, but had been recalled by him and had recovered his see; Julian, who recalled all others, had persecuted him alone; and Jovian again had recalled him. Saying this they did not convince him; but they held out nonetheless and would not allow force to be used. As the people streamed together from every side and there was much uproar and turmoil throughout the city and a riot was expected, the prefect reported to the emperor what had happened and allowed Athanasius to remain in the city. Some days later, when the riot that had been stirred up seemed to have subsided, Athanasius secretly left the city in the evening and hid in a certain place. At an untimely hour of the same night the prefect of Egypt and the commander of the troops there seized the church in which he had his lodging; and having searched for him everywhere, even in the upper rooms, they withdrew, having failed in their plan. For they thought that, now that the multitude had forgotten its former agitation, if they attacked when all had turned to sleep, they would easily carry out the emperor’s order and keep the city free from riot. Everyone was naturally amazed that Athanasius was not found. For whether he withdrew because a divine power had forewarned him, or because certain persons had told him, both come to the same thing; and it seemed beyond human foresight to learn of the plot in advance, at so critical a moment, and guard against it. Others say that, foreseeing the irrational movement of the multitude, and fearing lest he should seem to be the cause of the evils that would follow, he spent all this time in his father’s tomb. So he escaped and lay hidden. Not long afterwards the emperor wrote that he should return and have the church. I judge that Valens came to write this against his intention, either reckoning with the prevailing esteem for Athanasius, and that Valentinian would probably blame him for it, since he upheld the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea; or, because those who praised Athanasius were many, suspecting their agitation, lest they cause some revolt to the harm of public affairs. I think too, as is likely, that the heads of the Arian heresy did not press very hard in this matter, reckoning that if he were driven from the city, he would again trouble the emperors, would gain from this an occasion for conversing with them, and would win Valens over, and stir Valentinian to anger as one of the same mind. For they were especially fearful because of what had happened under Constantius, having experienced his virtue. For even then he so overcame his opponents’ plots that Constantius gladly gave up to him the churches of Egypt, and he hardly yielded to Constantius’s letters to return from Italy for this purpose. This, then, I conjecture to be the reason why Athanasius was not deprived of the church as the others were. For the others a persecution followed like the pagan one. Exile beyond the frontier was pressed upon those who refused to share the same belief; houses of prayer were taken from some and handed over to others. But Egypt was so far untouched by these things, while Athanasius was still alive.
6.13PG 67:1327
Τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ Οὐάλεντι τὴν παρ᾽ Ὅῤῥόντην τιόχειαν καταλαβεῖν ἐδόκει. Ἐχομένου δὲ αὑτοῦ τῆς ὁδοῦ, τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον Εὐδόξιος, ἐπὶ ἔνδεχα ἐνιαυτοῖς χρατῆσας τῶν ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐκκλησιῶν. Ἐπιτρέπεται δὲ ταύτας Δημόφιλος, χειροτονηθεὶς εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ διαδοχὴν παρὰ τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων. Οἱ δὲ τοῦ δόγματος τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, νομίσαντες εἰς καιρὸν αὐτοῖς τάδε συμδεδηχέναι, ψηφίζονται Εὐάγριόν τινα ἐπισκοπεῖν αὐτῶν. Χειροτονεῖ δὲ τοῦτον Εὐστάθιος, ὃς τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων τῶν Σύρων διεῖπεν Ἐκκλησίαν. Μεταχληθεὶς γὰρ ὑπὸ βιανοῦ τῆς ὑπερορίας φυγῆς, λάθρα τότε ἐν Κωνσταντίνου πόλει διέτριδε, τοὺς ὁμοδόξους αὐτῷ διδάσκων, καὶ προτρέπων ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς μένειν περὶ τὸ θεῖον γνώμης. Ἐντεῦθεν οἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρεΐου αἱρέσεως πρὸς στάσιν ἀναχινηθέντες, χαλεπῶς ἐδίωκὸν τοὺς σπουδαστὰς τῆς Εὐαγρίου χειροτονίας, δὲ βασιλεὺς ταῦτα γνοὺς ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ τέως τὴν ὁδὸν ἐπέσχε. Δείσας δὲ περὶ τῆς πόλεως μή τι πάθῃ ὑπὸ στάσεως, σύνοιδε πέμψαι στρατιώτας εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, οὺς ἱκανοὺς ἐνόμισεν εἷς τοῦτο. Ἐὺστάθιον δὲ συλληφθέντα προσέταξεν Βιζύῃ πόλει τῆς Θράκης διάγειν, Εὐάγριον ἑτέρωθι ἀπάγεσθαι. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔσχε. |
Tǭ de basilei Oualenti tēn par᾽ Horrhontēn tiocheian katalabein edokei. Echomenou de hautou tēs hodou, teleutą ton bion Eudoxios, epi endecha eniautois chratēsas tōn en tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei ekklēsiōn. Epitrepetai de tautas Dēmophilos, cheirotonētheis eis tēn autou diadochēn para tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn. Hoi de tou dogmatos tēs en Nikaią synodou, nomisantes eis kairon autois tade symdedēchenai, psēphizontai Euagrion tina episkopein autōn. Cheirotonei de touton Eustathios, hos tēn ᾿Antiocheōn tōn Syrōn dieipen Ekklēsian. Metachlētheis gar hypo bianou tēs hyperorias phygēs, lathra tote en Kōnstantinou polei dietride, tous homodoxous autǭ didaskōn, kai protrepōn epi tēs autēs menein peri to theion gnōmēs. Enteuthen hoi men apo tēs ᾿Areïou haireseōs pros stasin anachinēthentes, chalepōs ediōkon tous spoudastas tēs Euagriou cheirotonias, de basileus tauta gnous en Nikomēdeią teōs tēn hodon epesche. Deisas de peri tēs poleōs mē ti pathę̄ hypo staseōs, synoide pempsai stratiōtas eis Kōnstantinoupolin, ous hikanous enomisen heis touto. Eustathion de syllēphthenta prosetaxen Bizyę̄ polei tēs Thrakēs diagein, Euagrion heterōthi apagesthai. Kai ta men hōde esche. |
The emperor Valens decided to go to Antioch on the Orontes. While he was on his way, Eudoxius died, having held the churches in Constantinople for eleven years. They were entrusted to Demophilus, ordained as his successor by those who held the views of Arius. Those of the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea, thinking this had happened opportunely for them, elected a certain Evagrius as their bishop. He was ordained by Eustathius, who had governed the church of the Antiochenes in Syria; for, recalled from exile by Jovian, he was then living secretly in Constantinople, teaching those who shared his belief and urging them to remain in the same opinion about the divine. Thereupon those of the Arian heresy, stirred to riot, harshly persecuted the supporters of Evagrius’s ordination. The emperor, learning this at Nicomedia, halted his journey for a time; and fearing lest the city suffer some harm from riot, he decided to send to Constantinople as many soldiers as he thought sufficient for this. He ordered Eustathius to be arrested and to live at Bizye, a city of Thrace, and Evagrius to be taken elsewhere. So it turned out.
6.14PG 67:1327–1329
Θρασύτεροι δὲ, ὡς φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν τοῖς εὐτυχοῦσιν, οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες γενόμενοι, οὐχ ἀνεχτὰ ἐπεδούλευον τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας δόξης. Οἱ δὲ, εἴς, τε σῶμα ὑδριζόμενοι, ἄρχουσί τς καὶ δεσμωτηρίοις παραδιδόμενοι, τὰς οὐσίας κατ᾽ ὀλίγον δαπανώμενοι ταῖς ἐνθένδε συχνῶς συμθαινούσαις ζημίαις, ἔγνωσαν δεηθῆναι τοῦ βασιλέως, ὅπως τινὰ τῶν δεινῶν εὕροιεν ἀπαλλαγήν. Καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα ἄνδρας ἐπὶ τοῦτο εἴλοντο, ὧν ἡγοῦντο Οὐρβανὸς καὶ Θεόδωρος Μενέδημος. Ὡς δὲ εἰς Νικομήδειαν ἀφίκοντο, βιβλίον ἐπέδωκαν τὰ αὐτοὺς ἐγγράψαντες. Ὁ δὲ, σφόδρα θυμωθεὶς, ὅσον ὠργίσθη οὐχ ἐγένετο δήλος " λάθρα δὲ ὑπάρχῳ προσέταξε συλλαδεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀνελεῖν. Ὁ δὲ ὕπαρχος δείσα: μὴ στασιάσῃ τὸ πλῆθος, τοσούτων εὐλαθὼν ἀνδρῶν καὶ μηξὲν ἠδικηκότων παραλόγως ἀναιρουμένων, πλάττεται καταδικάζειν αὐτῷν ὑπερορίαν φυγήν. Ὡς ἐπὶ ἃς τοῦτο δὲ πέμπων αὐτοὺς, εἰς πλοῖον ἐνεδίθασεν, οὐχ ἀγεννῶς τάδε παθεῖν ὑπομένοντας. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πλέοντες κατὰ μέσον τοῦ ᾿Ασταχίου χαλουμένου χόλπου ἐγένοντο, οἱ μὲν ναῦται πυρὶ τὸ σχάφος ὑφάψαντες, ὡς ἣν αὐτοῖς προστεταγμένον, ὑπεχώρουν εἰς τὸ ἐφὄλχιον μεταπηδήσαντες. Ἢ δὲ ναῦς ὑπὸ ἐπιφόρου ἀνέμου ἐλαυνομένη, ἄχρι Δαχιδίζης, χωρίον δὲ τοῦτο τῆς παραλίου Βιθυνίας, διήρκεσε πρὸς τὸν ἔκπλουν. Ἅμα δὲ τῇ γῇ προσέσχε, καὶ διελύθη, σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀνδράσι χαταφλεγεῖσα.
Thrasyteroi de, hōs philei symbainein tois eutychousin, hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronountes genomenoi, ouch anechta epedouleuon tois apo tēs enantias doxēs. Hoi de, eis, te sōma hydrizomenoi, archousi ts kai desmōtēriois paradidomenoi, tas ousias kat᾽ oligon dapanōmenoi tais enthende sychnōs symthainousais zēmiais, egnōsan deēthēnai tou basileōs, hopōs tina tōn deinōn heuroien apallagēn. Kai ekklēsiastikous ogdoēkonta andras epi touto eilonto, hōn hēgounto Ourbanos kai Theodōros Menedēmos. Hōs de eis Nikomēdeian aphikonto, biblion epedōkan ta autous engrapsantes. Ho de, sphodra thymōtheis, hoson ōrgisthē ouch egeneto dēlos " lathra de hyparchǭ prosetaxe sylladein autous kai anelein. Ho de hyparchos deisa: mē stasiasę̄ to plēthos, tosoutōn eulathōn andrōn kai mēxen ēdikēkotōn paralogōs anairoumenōn, plattetai katadikazein autǭn hyperorian phygēn. Hōs epi has touto de pempōn autous, eis ploion enedithasen, ouch agennōs tade pathein hypomenontas. ᾿Epei de pleontes kata meson tou ᾿Astachiou chaloumenou cholpou egenonto, hoi men nautai pyri to schaphos hyphapsantes, hōs hēn autois prostetagmenon, hypechōroun eis to epholchion metapēdēsantes. Ē de naus hypo epiphorou anemou elaunomenē, achri Dachidizēs, chōrion de touto tēs paraliou Bithynias, diērkese pros ton ekploun. Hama de tę̄ gę̄ prosesche, kai dielythē, syn autois andrasi chataphlegeisa.
Those who held the views of Arius, becoming bolder, as tends to happen to the prosperous, plotted intolerably against those of the opposite belief. They, insulted in their bodies, handed over to magistrates and to prisons, and their property little by little consumed by the frequent fines that followed, decided to petition the emperor, so as to find some release from their sufferings. For this they chose eighty churchmen, led by Urbanus, Theodore and Menedemus. When they arrived at Nicomedia, they presented a petition in which they had written down their sufferings. The emperor was extremely angry, but did not make plain how angry he was; secretly he ordered the prefect to arrest and kill them. The prefect, fearing lest the multitude riot if so many pious men who had done no wrong were put to death without reason, pretended to condemn them to exile. On the pretext of sending them away, he put them on board a ship, and they did not bear this ignobly. When they were sailing in the middle of the gulf called Astacenus, the sailors, as they had been ordered, set fire to the vessel and withdrew, leaping into the ship’s boat. The ship, driven by a following wind, held out on its course as far as Dacibiza, a place on the coast of Bithynia; and as soon as it touched land it broke up, burned together with the men.
6.15PG 67:1329–1331
Οὐάλης δὲ καταλιπὼν τὴν Νικομήδειαν, ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν ὁδὸν ἐποιεῖτο. ᾿Εν τούτῳ δὲ, Καππαδόχαις ἐνδημήσας, ὅπερ εἰώθει ποιεῖν, ἐσπούδαζε χοῦν τοὺς ὀρθόφρονας, καὶ τὰς ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίας παραδιδόναι τοῖς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσι, ῬΡᾳδίως τε τοῦτο χατορθώσειν ᾧετο, τοῦ διαφορᾶς τινος εἰς λύπην καταστῆναι Βασίλειον Εὐσεδίῳ τότε ἐπιτροπεύοντι τὴν Καισαρέων ᾿Εχχλησίαν, Διὸ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πόντον ὑπεχώρησε, καὶ τοῖς ἐνθάδε φιλοσοφοῦσ: μοναχοῖς συνῆν. Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος, μάλιστα οἱ χράτιστοι σοφώτεροι, ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ τὸν Εὐσέδιον εἶχον καὶ ὡς φυγῆς αἴτιον γενόμενον ἀνδρὸς εὐδοκιμωτάτου ἐν τῷ βιοῦν καὶ λέγειν, ἀπολιπεῖν αὐτὸν ἐβουλεύοντο, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἐκκλησιάζειν. ὁ μὲν, ἵνα μὴ τὸ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιτρέψῃ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν οὐχ ἐνδεᾶ θορύβων διὰ τὰς ἐπαναστάτεις τῶν ἑτεροδόξων, ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Πόντον φροντιστηρίοις ἡσυχίαν ἦγε. Βασιλέα δὲ τοὺς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπισκόπους, ἀεὶ γὰρ αὑτῷ συνῆσαν τῆς ᾿Δρείου αἱοέσεως. ποοθυμοτέοους εἰς τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν ἐποίει ἡ Βασιλείου ἀπουσία, καὶ · τὸ περὶ Εὐσέβιον τοῦ λαοῦ μίσος. ᾿Απέβη δὲ παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς. ῞Ἅμα γὰρ ἡγγέλθησαν ἐπὶ Καππαδοκίαν ἐλαύνειν, καταλιπὼν τὸν Πόντον Βασίλειος, ἐθελοντὴς εἰς Καισάρειαν ἦκε 8. Καὶ Εὐσεβίῳ σπεισάμενος, εὔνους ἦν· τῇ δὲ Ἐκκλησίᾳ εἰς καιρὸν τοῖς λόγοις ἐπήμυνεν. Ὁ δὲ Οὐάλης ἀποτυχὼν τῆς σπουδῆς, ἄπρακτος ἄἅμα τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ ἐπισκόποις ἀπεχώ ρησε τότε,
Oualēs de katalipōn tēn Nikomēdeian, epi tēn ᾿Antiocheian hodon epoieito. ᾿En toutǭ de, Kappadochais endēmēsas, hoper eiōthei poiein, espoudaze choun tous orthophronas, kai tas enthade Ekklēsias paradidonai tois ta ᾿Areiou phronousi, RhRądiōs te touto chatorthōsein hǭeto, tou diaphoras tinos eis lypēn katastēnai Basileion Eusediǭ tote epitropeuonti tēn Kaisareōn ᾿Echchlēsian, Dio kai pros ton Ponton hypechōrēse, kai tois enthade philosophous: monachois synēn. To de plēthos, malista hoi chratistoi sophōteroi, en hyponoią ton Eusedion eichon kai hōs phygēs aition genomenon andros eudokimōtatou en tǭ bioun kai legein, apolipein auton ebouleuonto, kai kath' heautous ekklēsiazein. ho men, hina mē to heauton epitrepsę̄ tēn Ekklēsian ouch endea thorybōn dia tas epanastateis tōn heterodoxōn, en tois peri ton Ponton phrontistēriois hēsychian ēge. Basilea de tous amph᾽ auton episkopous, aei gar hautǭ synēsan tēs ᾿Dreiou haioeseōs. poothymoteoous eis tēn epicheirēsin epoiei hē Basileiou apousia, kai ; to peri Eusebion tou laou misos. ᾿Apebē de para gnōmēn autois. ῾Hama gar hēngelthēsan epi Kappadokian elaunein, katalipōn ton Ponton Basileios, ethelontēs eis Kaisareian ēke 8. Kai Eusebiǭ speisamenos, eunous ēn; tę̄ de Ekklēsią eis kairon tois logois epēmynen. Ho de Oualēs apotychōn tēs spoudēs, apraktos haama tois syn autǭ episkopois apechō rēse tote,
Valens left Nicomedia and made his way to Antioch. Meanwhile, staying in Cappadocia, he was eager, as was his custom, to harm the orthodox and to hand over the churches there to those who held the views of Arius. He thought he would accomplish this easily because, through some disagreement, Basil had been brought to vexation with Eusebius, who then governed the church of Caesarea. For this reason Basil had withdrawn to Pontus and was living with the monks practising the philosophic life there. The people, and especially the most powerful and the wisest, held Eusebius under suspicion, as having become the cause of the flight of a man most renowned for his life and eloquence, and were planning to abandon him and hold assemblies by themselves. Basil, so as not to be responsible for a church not free from disturbances because of the risings of those of other belief, kept quiet in the monasteries about Pontus. The emperor and the bishops with him — for those of the Arian heresy were always with him — were made more eager for the attempt by Basil’s absence and the people’s hatred of Eusebius. But it turned out against their expectation. For as soon as it was announced that they were marching on Cappadocia, Basil left Pontus and came of his own accord to Caesarea; and being reconciled with Eusebius, he was well disposed to him, and came opportunely to the church’s help with his words. Valens, having failed in his effort, then withdrew unsuccessful with the bishops who were with him.
6.16PG 67:1331–1333
Μετὰ χρόνον δὲ πάλιν εἰς Καππαδοκίαν ἐλθὼν, καταλαμβάνει Βασίλειον τὰς τῇδε Ἐκκλησίας ἐπιτραπέντα μετὰ τὴν Εὐσεβίου τελευτήν. Βουλευσάμενος δὲ αὐτὸν ἐξελάσαι 1, οὐχ ἑκὼν ἀπέσχετο τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς. "Αμα γὰρ τῇ ἐπιχειρήσει λέγεται τῆς ἐχομένης νυκτὸς, τὴν αὐτοῦ γαμετὴν περιπεσεῖν δείμασι, καὶ Γαλάτην τὸν υἱὸν ὃν μόνον εἶχε, ταχείᾳ νόσῳ ἀποθανεῖν. Ἐδόκει δὲ πᾶσι, τιμωρὸν γενόμενον τὸν Θεὸν τῶν κατὰ Βασιλείου βεβουλευμένων, ἐπὶ κακώσει τῶν τεκνόντων, ἀπολέσαι τὸν παῖδα. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ Οὐάλης ὑπελάμβανεν. Αμέλει ἀποθανόντος μὲν τοῦ υἱέος, οὐκέτι αὐτὸν ἠνώχλησεν. Ἐν ᾧ δὲ περιῆν, καὶ κακῶς ἔχων ἔμελλε τελευτᾷν, πέπομφε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀντιβολῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κάμνοντος εὔξασθαι. ῞Ἅμα γὰρ ἀφΟ ίκετο εἰς Καισάρειαν, μετακαλεσάμενος ὁ ὕπαρχος τὸν Βασίλειον, ἐκέλευσε τὰ Βασιλέως φρονεῖν. Ἀπειθοῦντι δὲ, ἠπείλησε θάνατον. Τὸν δὲ φάναι, πολλοῦ ἄξιον ἔσεσθαι αὐτῷ, καὶ μεγίστην δώσειν χάριν, ὡς ἐν τάχει τῶν δεσμῶν τοῦ σώματος ἀπαλλάξειεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν τότε ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν ἑξῆς νύκτα ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ ὕπαρχος βουλεύεσθαι, καὶ μὴ ἀπερισκέπτως εἰς προῦπτον ἁλέσθαι κίνδυνον, εἰς δὲ τὴν ὑστεραίαν παρεῖναι, καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνώμην δήλην ποιεῖν, Ἐμοὶ μὲν, ἔφη, οὐ δεῖ βουλῆς. Αὐτὸς γὰρ ἔσομαι καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ. Κτίσμα γὰρ ἂν, οὐκ ἀνέξομαι τὸν ὅμοιον π προσκυνεῖν καὶ Θεὸν ὁμολογεῖν, οὐδὲ κοινωνός σοί τε καὶ βασιλεῖ τῆς θρησκείας εἶναι. Εἰ γὰρ καὶ λίαν ἐπίσημοι τυγχάνετε, καὶ οὐκ ὀλίγης ἡγεῖσθε τῆς χαριστέον. Ολιγωρῆσαι δὲτῆς εἰς τὸ θεῖον πίστεως, ἣν οὐκ ἄν ποτε προδοίην, οὔτε δήμευσιν οὐσίας, οὔτε ὑπερορίαν φυγὴν, οὔτε θάνατον καταδικασθείς. Ἐπεὶ τούτων οὐδέν με ἀνιᾷν δυνήσεται. Εἴγε οὐσίαν μὲν οὐκ ἔχω, ῥᾶκός τε καὶ βιβλία ὀλίγα. Οἰκῶ δὲ τὴν γῆν, ὡς ἀεὶ παροδεύων. Σῶμα δὲ δι' ἀσθένειαν, μετὰ τὴν πρώτην πληγήν, αἰσθήσεως καὶ βασάνων κρεῖττον. Τοιαῦτα Βασιλείου παῤῥησιασαμένου, θαυμάσας τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ὁ ὕπαρχος ἀνήγγειλε τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ὁ δὲ, ἐπιτελουμένης τῆς τῶν Θεοφανίων ἑορτῆς, σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσι καὶ δορυφόροις εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν παραγενόμενος, δῶρά τε τῇ ἱερᾷ τραπέζῃ προσήνεγκεν, καὶ εἰς λόγους αὐτῷ ἦλθε, καὶ σοφίας καὶ τοῦ περὶ τὸ ἱερᾶσθαι καὶ ἐκκλησιάζειν κόσμου τε καὶ εὐταξίας ἐπήνεσεν. Ἐκράτει δὲ ὅμως οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐκ διαβολῆς τῶν ἐναντίων, ὑπερορίαν αὐτὸν οἰκεῖν. Καὶ ἡ νὺξ παρῆν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἐδόκει τοῦτο γίνεσθαι · ἐξαπίνης δὲ πυρετὸς ἐπιλαβὼν τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν υἱὸν, εἰς ἀθρόαν καὶ σφαλερὰν νόσον κατέβαλε. Καὶ ὁ πατὴρ κατὰ τοῦ : ἐδάφους ἐῤῥίπτετο, ἔτι ζῶντα τὸν παῖδα πενθῶν· ἀμηχανῶν δὲ καὶ πανταχόθεν σῶον αὐτὸν σπουδάζων ἔχειν, ἐπιτρέπει τοῖς οἰκείοις μετακαλέσασθαι Βασίλειον εἰς ἐπίσκεψιν τοῦ κειμένου · ἕναγχος γὰρ ὑβρισμένῳ, ἠδεῖτο αὐτὸς περὶ τούτου κελεύειν. "Αμα δὲ παρῆν, καὶ ὁ παῖς ῥᾷον ἔσχεν, ὡς πολλοὺς τότε ἰσχυρίζεσθαι, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἀπολώλει, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἑτεροδόξους ἅμα Βασιλείῳ συνεκάλεσεν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ παιδὸς εὐξομένους. Λόγος δὲ καὶ τὸν ὕπαρχον νόσῳ τότε περι πεσεῖν· ἀντιβολοῦντα δὲ καὶ παραιτούμενον αὐτὸν ὑγιᾶ γενέσθαι. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν οὐ θαυμαστὰ ἴσως δόξειεν ἐπὶ Βασιλείῳ σκοπούμενα, ἀνδρὶ φιλοσοφαι τάτῳ τε καὶ λόγοις ὑπερφυῶς εὐδοκιμήσαντι.
Meta chronon de palin eis Kappadokian elthōn, katalambanei Basileion tas tę̄de Ekklēsias epitrapenta meta tēn Eusebiou teleutēn. Bouleusamenos de auton exelasai 1, ouch hekōn apescheto tēs epiboulēs. "Ama gar tę̄ epicheirēsei legetai tēs echomenēs nyktos, tēn autou gametēn peripesein deimasi, kai Galatēn ton huion hon monon eiche, tacheią nosǭ apothanein. Edokei de pasi, timōron genomenon ton Theon tōn kata Basileiou bebouleumenōn, epi kakōsei tōn teknontōn, apolesai ton paida. Tauta de kai Oualēs hypelambanen. Amelei apothanontos men tou huieos, ouketi auton ēnōchlēsen. En hǭ de periēn, kai kakōs echōn emelle teleutąn, pepomphe pros auton antibolōn hyper autou tou kamnontos euxasthai. ῾Hama gar aphO iketo eis Kaisareian, metakalesamenos ho hyparchos ton Basileion, ekeleuse ta Basileōs phronein. Apeithounti de, ēpeilēse thanaton. Ton de phanai, pollou axion esesthai autǭ, kai megistēn dōsein charin, hōs en tachei tōn desmōn tou sōmatos apallaxeien. Epei de tēn tote hēmeran kai tēn hexēs nykta ekeleusen auton ho hyparchos bouleuesthai, kai mē aperiskeptōs eis proupton halesthai kindynon, eis de tēn hysteraian pareinai, kai tēn heautou gnōmēn dēlēn poiein, Emoi men, ephē, ou dei boulēs. Autos gar esomai kai tę̄ hysteraią. Ktisma gar an, ouk anexomai ton homoion p proskynein kai Theon homologein, oude koinōnos soi te kai basilei tēs thrēskeias einai. Ei gar kai lian episēmoi tynchanete, kai ouk oligēs hēgeisthe tēs charisteon. Oligōrēsai detēs eis to theion pisteōs, hēn ouk an pote prodoiēn, oute dēmeusin ousias, oute hyperorian phygēn, oute thanaton katadikastheis. Epei toutōn ouden me aniąn dynēsetai. Eige ousian men ouk echō, rhakos te kai biblia oliga. Oikō de tēn gēn, hōs aei parodeuōn. Sōma de di' astheneian, meta tēn prōtēn plēgēn, aisthēseōs kai basanōn kreitton. Toiauta Basileiou parrhēsiasamenou, thaumasas tou andros tēn aretēn ho hyparchos anēngeile tǭ basilei. Ho de, epiteloumenēs tēs tōn Theophaniōn heortēs, syn tois archousi kai doryphorois eis tēn ekklēsian paragenomenos, dōra te tę̄ hierą trapezę̄ prosēnenken, kai eis logous autǭ ēlthe, kai sophias kai tou peri to hierasthai kai ekklēsiazein kosmou te kai eutaxias epēnesen. Ekratei de homōs ouk eis makran ek diabolēs tōn enantiōn, hyperorian auton oikein. Kai hē nyx parēn, kath᾽ hēn edokei touto ginesthai ; exapinēs de pyretos epilabōn tou basileōs ton huion, eis athroan kai sphaleran noson katebale. Kai ho patēr kata tou : edaphous errhipteto, eti zōnta ton paida penthōn; amēchanōn de kai pantachothen sōon auton spoudazōn echein, epitrepei tois oikeiois metakalesasthai Basileion eis episkepsin tou keimenou ; henanchos gar hybrismenǭ, ēdeito autos peri toutou keleuein. "Ama de parēn, kai ho pais rhąon eschen, hōs pollous tote ischyrizesthai, hōs ouk an apolōlei, ei mē kai heterodoxous hama Basileiǭ synekalesen, hyper tou paidos euxomenous. Logos de kai ton hyparchon nosǭ tote peri pesein; antibolounta de kai paraitoumenon auton hygia genesthai. Alla tauta men ou thaumasta isōs doxeien epi Basileiǭ skopoumena, andri philosophai tatǭ te kai logois hyperphyōs eudokimēsanti.
Some time later Valens came again to Cappadocia and found that Basil had been entrusted with the churches there after the death of Eusebius. Having resolved to drive him out, he refrained from the plot against his will. For it is said that on the night following the attempt his wife fell into terrors, and Galates, the only son he had, died of a swift illness. Everyone thought that God had avenged what had been planned against Basil by taking away the child to afflict the parents. Valens too supposed this; at any rate, after his son died, he troubled Basil no more. While the boy was alive but ill and about to die, he sent to Basil begging him to pray for the sick child. For as soon as Valens came to Caesarea, the prefect summoned Basil and ordered him to adopt the emperor’s beliefs, and threatened him with death if he disobeyed. Basil said that it would be worth much to him, and that he would be very grateful, if he would quickly free him from the bonds of the body. When the prefect told him to deliberate that day and the following night, and not to leap heedlessly into evident danger, but to come the next day and make his mind plain, he said: “I have no need to deliberate. I shall be the same tomorrow too. For, being a creature myself, I will not endure to worship one like me and confess him God, nor to share religion with you and the emperor. For even if you are very distinguished and govern no small … , I will not … neglect my faith toward God, which I would never betray, though condemned to confiscation of property, or exile, or death. For none of these can grieve me. I have no property but a ragged cloak and a few books; I dwell on the earth as one always passing through; and my body, through weakness, will be beyond feeling and torture after the first blow.” When Basil had spoken so freely, the prefect, admiring the man’s virtue, reported to the emperor. During the celebration of the feast of the Theophany, the emperor came to the church with his officials and guards, offered gifts at the holy table, entered into conversation with Basil, and praised his wisdom and the order and good discipline of his priestly and liturgical ministry. Yet not long after, through the slander of his opponents, the decision prevailed that Basil should live in exile; and the night came on which this was to be done. But suddenly fever seized the emperor’s son and cast him into a sudden and dangerous illness. The father threw himself on the ground, mourning the child while still alive; and being at a loss and eager by every means to keep him safe, he allowed his household to summon Basil to visit the sick boy; for, having so lately insulted him, he was ashamed to send for him himself. As soon as he came, the child grew better, so that many then maintained that he would not have died, had not the emperor also called in men of other belief together with Basil to pray for the child. It is said also that the prefect fell ill then, and that, when he begged and entreated Basil, he became well. But these things perhaps will not seem marvellous when considered in the case of Basil, a man of the highest philosophy and exceedingly renowned for his eloquence.
6.17PG 67:1333–1335
Σύγχρονοι δὲ ὄντες αὐτός τε καὶ Γρηγόριος, ὁμόζηλοι ταῖς ἀρεταῖς, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἐγνωρίζοντο. "Αμφω γὰρ νέοὶ ὄντες, Ἡμερίῳ καὶ Προαιρεσίῳ, τοῖς τότε δοκιμωτάτοις σοφισταῖς ἐν ᾿Αθήναις ἐφοίτησαν· μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ, ἐν ᾿Αντιοχεία Λιβανίῳ τῷ Σύρῳ. Σοφιστεύειν δὲ καὶ δίκας ἀγορεύειν ὑπεριδόντες, φιλοσοφεῖν ἔγνωσαν κατὰ τὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας νόμον. Ἐπί τινα δὲ χρόνον τοῖς μαθήμασι τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι φιλοσόφων ἐνδιατρίψαντες, καὶ τὰς ἐξηγήσεις τῶν ἱερῶν Λόγων εξακριβώσαντες ἐκ τῶν Ωριγένους, καὶ τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ καὶ μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον ἐν ταῖς ἑρμηνείαις τῶν ἱερῶν Βίβλων εὐδοκιμησάντων, μέγα ὄφελος κατὰ τὸν παρὄντα καιρὸν ἐγένοντο τοῖς ὁμοδόξοις τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων. Ἑκάτερος γὰρ ἀνδρείως συνίστατο τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου. τούτῳ τῷ δόγματι πρὸς τοὺς τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντας· καὶ διήλεγχεν ὡς μήτετὰ ἄλλα ὀρθῶς φρονοῦντας, μήτε τὰς Ωριγένους δόξας, αἷς μάλιστα ἐπηρείδοντο. Κοινῇ δὲ συνθήκῃ, ἢ κλήρῳ, ὡς πρός τινων ἐπυθόμην, τοὺς κινδύνους ἐμερίσαντο. Καὶ Βασίλειος μὲν, τὰς πρὸς τὸν Πόντον περιιὼν πόλεις, συνοικίας τε μοναχῶν πολλὰς ἐκεῖσε κατεστήσατο, καὶ τὰ πλήθη διδάσκων, ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φρονεῖν ἔπειθε. Γρηγόριος δὲ, Ναζιανζοῦ πόλεως μικρᾶς ἐπισκοπεῖν μετὰ τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα λαχὼν, ἀλλαχῆ τε τούτου χάριν, καὶ μάλιστα τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνεχῶς ἐπεδήμει. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον τοῦ τῇδε λαοῦ προστατεῖν ἐπετράπη ψήφῳ πολλῶν ἱερέων. Μήτε γὰρ ἐπισκόπου μήτε Ἐκκλησίας οὔσης ἐνθάδε, ἐκινδύνευε μηκέτι εἶναι λοιπὸν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τὸ δόγμα
Synchronoi de ontes autos te kai Grēgorios, homozēloi tais aretais, hōs eipein, egnōrizonto. "Amphō gar neoi ontes, Hēmeriǭ kai Proairesiǭ, tois tote dokimōtatois sophistais en ᾿Athēnais ephoitēsan; meta tauta de, en ᾿Antiocheia Libaniǭ tǭ Syrǭ. Sophisteuein de kai dikas agoreuein hyperidontes, philosophein egnōsan kata ton tēs Ekklēsias nomon. Epi tina de chronon tois mathēmasi tōn par' Hellēsi philosophōn endiatripsantes, kai tas exēgēseis tōn hierōn Logōn exakribōsantes ek tōn Ōrigenous, kai tōn pro autou kai met᾿ ekeinon en tais hermēneiais tōn hierōn Biblōn eudokimēsantōn, mega ophelos kata ton paronta kairon egenonto tois homodoxois tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn. Hekateros gar andreiōs synistato tēs en Nikaią synodou. toutǭ tǭ dogmati pros tous ta ᾿Areiou phronountas; kai diēlenchen hōs mēteta alla orthōs phronountas, mēte tas Ōrigenous doxas, hais malista epēreidonto. Koinę̄ de synthēkę̄, ē klērǭ, hōs pros tinōn epythomēn, tous kindynous emerisanto. Kai Basileios men, tas pros ton Ponton periiōn poleis, synoikias te monachōn pollas ekeise katestēsato, kai ta plēthē didaskōn, homoiōs autǭ phronein epeithe. Grēgorios de, Nazianzou poleōs mikras episkopein meta ton autou patera lachōn, allachē te toutou charin, kai malista tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei synechōs epedēmei. Ou pollǭ de hysteron tou tę̄de laou prostatein epetrapē psēphǭ pollōn hiereōn. Mēte gar episkopou mēte Ekklēsias ousēs enthade, ekindyneue mēketi einai loipon en Kōnstantinoupolei to dogma
He and Gregory, being contemporaries, were known, so to speak, as rivals in virtue. For both, when young, studied at Athens under Himerius and Prohaeresius, the most esteemed sophists of the time, and afterwards at Antioch under Libanius the Syrian. Disdaining to practise as sophists and to plead at law, they resolved to live the philosophic life according to the rule of the church. Having spent some time on the studies of the Greek philosophers and having mastered the interpretations of the sacred words from the works of Origen and of those before and after him who were renowned for interpreting the sacred books, they were of great help at that time to those who shared the belief of those who met at Nicaea. For each bravely stood up for this doctrine of the synod at Nicaea against those who held the views of Arius, and refuted them as neither holding the other doctrines rightly nor the opinions of Origen, on which they most relied. By common agreement, or by lot, as I have learned from some, they divided the dangers between them. Basil went round the cities of Pontus, established many communities of monks there, and by teaching the multitudes persuaded them to think as he did. Gregory, who had been allotted the oversight of Nazianzus, a small city, after his father, for this reason visited other places too, and above all Constantinople continually. Not long after he was entrusted with the leadership of the people there by the vote of many priests. For since there was neither a bishop nor a church there, the doctrine was in danger of no longer existing at all in Constantinople
6.18PG 67:1335–1337
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν παρεγένετο ὁ βασιλεὺς, παντελῶς ἐξήλασε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν τῶν τῇδε, ἀνά τε τὰς πέριξ πόλεις, τοὺς ὁμοίως φρονοῦντας τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθοῦσι, καὶ παντοδαπαῖς ἐπέτριβεν αὐτοὺς τιμων ρίαις· ὡς καί τινας ἰσχυρίζεσθαι, πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀνελεῖν ἄλλοις τε τρόποις, καὶ εἰς τὸν Ὀῤῥόντην ποταμὸν ἐμβάλλεσθαι προστάξαντα. Μαθὼν δὲ ἐν Ἐδέσῃ εὐκτήριον ἐπιφανὲς εἶναι Θωμᾶ τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐπώνυμον, ἦλθε τοῦτο ἱστορῆσαι. ᾿Αφαιρεθέντων δὲ κἀνταῦθα τῶν εὐκτηρίων οἴκων, θεασάμενος ἐν πεδίῳ πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος συνηγμένους τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, λέγεται τὸν καθόλου ὕπαρχον, λοιδορήσασθαι, καὶ πὺξ κατὰ τῆς σιαγόνος πλῆξαι, ὡς παρὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πρόσταξιν συγχωρήσαντα γενέσθαι τοιαύτας συνόδους. Ὁ δὲ Μόδεστος, τοῦτο γὰρ ὄνομα τῷ ὑπάρχῳ ἦν, καίπερ ἑτερόδοξος ὢν, λάθρα τοῖς Ἐδεσηνοῖς ἐμήνυσε, φυλάξασθαι τὴν ὑστεραίαν μὴ συνελθεῖν εἰς τὸν εἰωθότα τόπον εὐξαμένους. Εἶναι γὰρ αὐτῷ προστεταγμένον παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, τιμωρεῖσθαι τοὺς ἁλισκομένους. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα ἠπείλει, ἢ ὀλίγους, ἢ μηδένα προνοῶν κινδυνεῦσαι, καὶ αὐτὸν παραιτεῖσθαι σπουδάζων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κρατοῦντος ὀργήν. Οἱ δὲ Ἑδεσηνοὶ, παρ᾿ οὐδὲν ποιησάμενοι τὴν ἀπειλὴν, σπουδαιότερον ἢ προτοῦ, συνἐῤῥεον ἕωθεν, καὶ τὸν εἰωθότα τόπον ἐπλήρουν. ῾Ο δὲ Μόδεστος, ἀγγελθέντος τούτου, οὐκ εἶχεν ὅ τι καὶ ποιήσειεν, ἀμηχανῶν δὲ τοῖς παροῦσιν, ὅμως ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον ᾔει. Γυνὴ δέ τις παιδάριον ἕλκουσα, καὶ τὸ φᾶρος εἰκῆ ἐπισυρομένη παρὰ τὸν πρέποντα γυναικὶ κόσμον, ὡς ἐπί τι σπουδαῖον ἐπειγομένη, τὴν ήγουμένην τοῦ ὑπάρχου στρατιωτικὴν στίχα διέτεμεν. Ἰδὼν δὲ Μόδεστος, προσέταξεν αὐτὴν συλληφθῆναι. Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος, ἀπῄτε: λέγειν τοῦ δρόμου τὴν αἰτίαν. Τῆς δὲ εἰπούσης, ἵνα θᾶττον καταλάβοι τὸ πεδίον, ἔνθα συνιᾶσιν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας. Μόνη οὖν, ἔφη Μόδεστος, οὐκ ἔγνως αὐτίκα μέλλειν ἐκεῖσε τὸν ὕπαρχον ἰέναι, καὶ οὓς ἂν εὕροι, πάντας ἀναιρήσειν; Ναίχι ἀκήκοα, φησὶ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάλιστα δρόμου δεῖ μοι, ἵνα μὴ τοῦ καιρού κατόπιν γένωμαι, καὶ ἁμάρτω τῆς περὶ Θεοῦ μαρτυρίας. ᾿Ατὰρ, τί γε τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῆς ἄγεις, ἤρετο ὁ ὕπαρχος · ὡς ἄν γε καὶ αὐτὸ, ἔφη, τοῦ κοινοῦ πάθους μετάσχῃ, καὶ τῶν ἴσων ἀξιωθείη. Θαυμάσας δὲ ὁ Μόδεστος τὴν γυναῖκα τῆς ἀνδρείας, ἀνέστρεψεν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια. Καὶ κοινωσάμενος τῷ κρατοῦντι περὶ αὐτῆς, ἔπεισε μὴ χρῆναι τὸ δόξαν ἐπιτελεῖν, αἰσχρὸν τοῦτο καὶ ἀσύμφορον ἐπιδείξας. Ἡ μὲν δὴ τῶν Ἐδεσηνῶν πόλις, πανδημεὶ τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος ὡμολόγησεν.
Epei de eis ᾿Antiocheian paregeneto ho basileus, pantelōs exēlase tōn ekklēsiōn tōn tę̄de, ana te tas perix poleis, tous homoiōs phronountas tois en Nikaią synelthousi, kai pantodapais epetriben autous timōn riais; hōs kai tinas ischyrizesthai, pollous autōn anelein allois te tropois, kai eis ton Orrhontēn potamon emballesthai prostaxanta. Mathōn de en Edesę̄ euktērion epiphanes einai Thōma tou apostolou epōnymon, ēlthe touto historēsai. ᾿Aphairethentōn de kantautha tōn euktēriōn oikōn, theasamenos en pediǭ pro tou asteos synēgmenous tous apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias, legetai ton katholou hyparchon, loidorēsasthai, kai pyx kata tēs siagonos plēxai, hōs para tēn autou prostaxin synchōrēsanta genesthai toiautas synodous. Ho de Modestos, touto gar onoma tǭ hyparchǭ ēn, kaiper heterodoxos ōn, lathra tois Edesēnois emēnyse, phylaxasthai tēn hysteraian mē synelthein eis ton eiōthota topon euxamenous. Einai gar autǭ prostetagmenon para tou basileōs, timōreisthai tous haliskomenous. Kai ho men tauta ēpeilei, ē oligous, ē mēdena pronoōn kindyneusai, kai auton paraiteisthai spoudazōn pros tēn tou kratountos orgēn. Hoi de Hedesēnoi, par᾿ ouden poiēsamenoi tēn apeilēn, spoudaioteron ē protou, synerrheon heōthen, kai ton eiōthota topon eplēroun. ῾O de Modestos, angelthentos toutou, ouk eichen ho ti kai poiēseien, amēchanōn de tois parousin, homōs epi to pedion ę̄ei. Gynē de tis paidarion helkousa, kai to pharos eikē episyromenē para ton preponta gynaiki kosmon, hōs epi ti spoudaion epeigomenē, tēn ēgoumenēn tou hyparchou stratiōtikēn sticha dietemen. Idōn de Modestos, prosetaxen autēn syllēphthēnai. Kai proskalesamenos, apę̄te: legein tou dromou tēn aitian. Tēs de eipousēs, hina thatton katalaboi to pedion, entha syniasin hoi apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias. Monē oun, ephē Modestos, ouk egnōs autika mellein ekeise ton hyparchon ienai, kai hous an heuroi, pantas anairēsein? Naichi akēkoa, phēsi, kai dia touto malista dromou dei moi, hina mē tou kairou katopin genōmai, kai hamartō tēs peri Theou martyrias. ᾿Atar, ti ge touto to paidion meth᾽ heautēs ageis, ēreto ho hyparchos ; hōs an ge kai auto, ephē, tou koinou pathous metaschę̄, kai tōn isōn axiōtheiē. Thaumasas de ho Modestos tēn gynaika tēs andreias, anestrepsen eis ta basileia. Kai koinōsamenos tǭ kratounti peri autēs, epeise mē chrēnai to doxan epitelein, aischron touto kai asymphoron epideixas. Hē men dē tōn Edesēnōn polis, pandēmei ton eirēmenon tropon hyper tou dogmatos hōmologēsen.
When the emperor came to Antioch, he drove entirely out of the churches there and in the surrounding cities those who believed as those who met at Nicaea, and afflicted them with punishments of every kind; so that some maintain that he put many of them to death in various ways and ordered them to be thrown into the river Orontes. Learning that at Edessa there was a famous house of prayer named after the apostle Thomas, he came to see it. Since the houses of prayer had been taken from them there too, when he saw those of the catholic church gathered in the plain before the city, he is said to have reviled the prefect and struck him on the jaw with his fist, for having allowed such assemblies to take place contrary to his order. Modestus — for that was the prefect’s name — though he was of another belief, secretly sent word to the Edessenes to take care not to meet the next day at their usual place to pray; for he had been ordered by the emperor to punish those who were caught. He uttered these threats intending that few or none should be in danger, and eager to excuse himself with respect to the ruler’s anger. But the Edessenes, making nothing of the threat, streamed together at dawn more zealously than before and filled the usual place. When this was reported, Modestus did not know what to do; but at a loss in the circumstances, he nevertheless went to the plain. A certain woman, dragging a little child and trailing her cloak carelessly, against the decorum fitting a woman, as if hurrying on some urgent business, cut through the line of soldiers leading the prefect. Seeing this, Modestus ordered her to be arrested, called her, and demanded that she tell the reason for her running. She said that it was to reach the plain quickly, where those of the catholic church were assembling. “Are you the only one,” said Modestus, “who does not know that the prefect is about to go there at once and will kill all whom he finds?” “Yes, I have heard,” she said, “and for this very reason I must run, so that I may not be too late and miss bearing witness for God.” “But why are you bringing this child with you?” asked the prefect. “So that he too,” she said, “may share in the common suffering and be thought worthy of the same reward.” Modestus, admiring the woman’s courage, turned back to the palace; and consulting with the ruler about her, persuaded him that what had been decided must not be carried out, showing it to be shameful and inexpedient. So the city of the Edessenes, as a whole people, confessed in the manner described for the doctrine.
6.19PG 67:1337–1339
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ἐτελεύτησεν ὁ ᾿Αθανάσιος τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπος, ἀμφὶ τεσσαράκοντα καὶ ἐξ ἐνιαυτοὺς τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην ἀνύσας. Τῶν δὲ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων ἐν τάχει τὴν αὐτοῦ τελευτὴν δηλωσάντων, οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν Εὐξζώξος παραγενόμενος, ὃς ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τῆς ᾿Αρείου σεως προΐστατο, σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ Μάγνος 6 τῶν σαυρῶν ταμίας παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀποσταλεὶς, Πέτρον μὲν ᾧ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἐπέτρεψεν ᾿Αθανάσιος, συλλαβόμενοι χαθεῖρξαν. Λουκίῳ δὲ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν παρέδωκαν. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ, παρὰ τοὺς ἀλλαχόσε χαλεπώτερον συνέβη διατεθῆναι τοὺς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ " συμφοραί τε συμφοραῖς ἐπιγινόμεναν, τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἐπίεζον. "Ἅμα γὰρ. τῇ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐνεδήμησε, τὰς Ἐκκλησίας κατασχεῖν ἐπεχείρησεν. ᾿Αντιπεσόντος δὲ τοῦ πλῆθους, στάσεως αἰτία τοῖς κληρικοῖς ἐπλάκη καὶ ταῖς ἱεραῖς παρθένοις - ὡς πολεμίων δὲ χαταδραμόντων. τὴν πόλιν, “οἱ μὲν ἔφυγον" οἱ δὲ, διωκόμενοι λαμθάνοντο, καὶ δεσμῶται ἐφρουροῦντο " ἀπὸ. τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου προαγόμενον, ἐτιμωροῦντο, μὲν, ὄνυξι βοείαις αἰχιζόμενοι" οἵ δὲ, ὑπὸ λαμπάσι πυρὸς φλεγόμενοι, παράδοξον δὲ ἦν, ταῖς τιμωρέαις ἐπιβιῶναι - ἀποθανεῖν δὲ πρὸ τῆς τούτων πείρας, ὑπερορίαν οἰκεῖν χαταδιχασθῆνα:, ζηλωτὸν ἐνομίζετο. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐγίνετο. Πέτρος δὲ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, διαδρὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμωτηρίον, ὡς πρὸς ὁμόδοξον τὸν Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπον, νηὺς ἐπιτυχὼν, ἀνέπλευσεν. Οἱ δὲ ᾿Αρείου, καίπερ οὐ πολλοὶ ὄντες, τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐκράτησαν. Ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ βασιλέως ἔπηχολούθησε πρόσταγμα, τῶν ὁμοδόξων τοῖς ἐν Νιχαΐίαᾳ συνελθοῦσιν, ᾿Αλεξανδρείας τε καὶ αὐτῆς Αἰγύπτου ἀπελαῦνον ὅτους ἐκέλενε Λούκιος. ὯΩῶδε γὰρ ἦν ( προστεταγμένον τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τοῦ ἔθνους. Εὐξζώϊος ὃΣ κατωρθωμένων ὧν ἐσπούδαζεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν ἀνέστρεψεν. τς
Hypo de touton ton chronon, eteleutēsen ho ᾿Athanasios tēs ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsias episkopos, amphi tessarakonta kai ex eniautous tēn archierōsynēn anysas. Tōn de ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn en tachei tēn autou teleutēn dēlōsantōn, ouch eis makran Euxzōxos paragenomenos, hos en ᾿Antiocheią tēs ᾿Areiou seōs proïstato, syn autǭ de kai Magnos 6 tōn saurōn tamias para tou basileōs apostaleis, Petron men hǭ tēn episkopēn epetrepsen ᾿Athanasios, syllabomenoi chatheirxan. Loukiǭ de tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian paredōkan. Enteuthen de, para tous allachose chalepōteron synebē diatethēnai tous en Aigyptǭ " symphorai te symphorais epiginomenan, tous apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias epiezon. "Hama gar. tę̄ ᾿Alexandreōn enedēmēse, tas Ekklēsias kataschein epecheirēsen. ᾿Antipesontos de tou plēthous, staseōs aitia tois klērikois eplakē kai tais hierais parthenois - hōs polemiōn de chatadramontōn. tēn polin, “hoi men ephygon" hoi de, diōkomenoi lamthanonto, kai desmōtai ephrourounto " apo. tou desmōtēriou proagomenon, etimōrounto, men, onyxi boeiais aichizomenoi" hoi de, hypo lampasi pyros phlegomenoi, paradoxon de ēn, tais timōreais epibiōnai - apothanein de pro tēs toutōn peiras, hyperorian oikein chatadichasthēna:, zēlōton enomizeto. Kai ta men hōde egineto. Petros de ho episkopos, diadras apo tou desmōtērion, hōs pros homodoxon ton Rhōmaiōn episkopon, nēus epitychōn, anepleusen. Hoi de ᾿Areiou, kaiper ou polloi ontes, tōn Ekklēsiōn ekratēsan. En autǭ de basileōs epēcholouthēse prostagma, tōn homodoxōn tois en Nichaïiaą synelthousin, ᾿Alexandreias te kai autēs Aigyptou apelaunon hotous ekelene Loukios. HōŌōde gar ēn ( prostetagmenon tǭ hēgoumenǭ tou ethnous. Euxzōïos hoS katōrthōmenōn hōn espoudazen, epi tēn ᾿Antiocheian anestrepsen. ts
About this time Athanasius, bishop of the church of the Alexandrians, died, having completed about forty-six years in the high priesthood. Those who held the views of Arius quickly made his death known, and not long after Euzoius, who presided over the Arian heresy at Antioch, arrived, and with him Magnus, the keeper of the treasuries, sent by the emperor; they arrested and imprisoned Peter, to whom Athanasius had entrusted the episcopate, and handed over the church of the Alexandrians to Lucius. From that time the people in Egypt fared worse than those elsewhere, and calamities following calamities pressed upon those of the catholic church. For as soon as Lucius arrived in the city of the Alexandrians, he tried to take possession of the churches. When the people resisted, a charge of rioting was framed against the clergy and the holy virgins; and as if enemies had overrun the city, some fled, while others were pursued, caught, and kept in chains. Brought out from the prison, they were punished, some torn with ox-hide thongs, others burned with torches. It was a wonder to survive the punishments; and to be condemned to live in exile before experiencing them was thought enviable. So these things went on. Peter the bishop, escaping from the prison, found a ship and sailed to the bishop of the Romans, as to one of the same belief. And the followers of Arius, though not many, took control of the churches. At the same time an order of the emperor followed, to drive out of Alexandria and Egypt itself those of the same belief as those who met at Nicaea, whomever Lucius directed; for so it had been commanded to the governor of the province. Euzoius, having accomplished what he was eager for, returned to Antioch.
6.20PG 67:1339–1343
Ὁ δὲ Λούκιος παραλαβὼν τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ἐν Αἱγύπτῳ στρατιωτῶν, σὺν πλήθει ἐπεστράτευσε τοῖς ἐν. ταῖς ἐρήμοις μοναχοῖς. ἤβετο γὰρ ἴσως εἰ διενοχλῆσειεν αὐτοὺς ἡσυχίας ἐρῶντας, πειθηνίους ἕξειν, καὶ ταύτη μάλιστα τοὺς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι Χριστιανοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν μεταπστήσειν. Καθότι πολλοὶ καὶ θεσπέσιοι ἄνδρες προΐσταντο τότε τῶν αὐτόθι μοναστηρίων, 2 πάντες τὴν ᾿Αρείου δόξαν ἀπεστρέφοντο. Τῇ δὲ τούτων μαρτυρίᾳ τὸ πλῆθος ἑπόμενον, ὁμοίως ἐφράνει διαλέγεσθαι μὲν καὶ περὶ δογμάτων ἀδολεσχεῖν οὔτε θέλον, οὔτε ἐπιστάμενον· παρ' ἐκείνοις δὲ πειθόμενον εἶναι τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οἳ τοῖς ἔργοις τὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπεδείκνυντο. Ὁποίους τότε τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀσκητῶν ἡγεμόνας γενέσθαι ἀκούομεν, τοὺς δύο Μακαρίους, οὓς ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἔγνωμεν· καὶ Πάμβω, καὶ Ἡρακλείδην, καὶ λοιποὺς ᾿Αντωνίου μαθητάς. Λογισάμενος οὖν Λούκιος, ὡς οὐκ ἐγγενήσεται τοῖς Ἀρείου βεβαίως κρατῆσαι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ τοὺς μοναχοὺς τούτους ὁμόφρονας σφίσιν ἀποδείξειεν, ἐπεχείρει βιάζεσθαι· πείθειν γὰρ οὐκ ἠδύνατο. Διημάρτανε δὲ καὶ οὕτως τοῦ σκοποῦ. Εἰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν δέοι, παρεσκευασμένων αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς αὐχένας ἑτοίμως ὑποβαλλόντων τοῖς ξίφεσιν, ἢ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων ὑπεριδεῖν. Λέγεται δὲ τότε προσδοκωμένων αὐτοῖς ἐπιθήσεσθαι τῶν στρατιωτῶν, διακομισθῆναι τινὰ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκ πολλοῦ τὰ ἄρθρα ἀπεσκληκότα, καὶ ἐπὶ ποδῶν στῆναι μὴ δυνάμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐλαίῳ τοῦτον ἔχρισαν, παρεκελεύσαντο, ἐπ' ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ, ὂν Λούκιος διώκει, ἐξανίστασθαι, καὶ οἴκαδε ἀπιέναι· ἐξαπίνης δὲ ὑγιὴς γενόμενος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀναφανδὸν ἀπέδειξε παραπλήσια χρῆναι δοξάζειν τούτοις, οἷς καὶ Θεὸς αὐτὸς ἀλήθειαν ἐπεψηφίσατο, κατηγορουμένου Λουκίου, καὶ καλούντων ἐπακούσας καὶ τὸν κάμνοντα ἰασάμενος. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο μετεμελήθησαν οἱ τούτοις τοῖς μοναχοῖς ἐπιβουλεύοντες· εἰσότε δὴ νύκτωρ αὐτοὺς συλλαβόμενοι, διήγαγον εἰς Αἰγυπτίαν τινὰ νῆσον ὑπὸ λιμνῶν κυκλουμένην. "Ωκουν δὲ ταύτην ἄνδρες ἀμύητοι τοῦ Χριστιανῶν δόγματος, καὶ δεισιδαίμονες˙ : καθότι καὶ παλαιοτάτου ναοῦ παρ' αὐτοῖς ὄντος, πολὺ τούτου σέβας εἶχον. Ὡς δὲ κατῆραν ἐνταῦθα, φασὶν ἅμα τῇ ἐπιβάσει τῶν ἀνδρῶν, δαίμονι κρατηθεῖσαν τὴν θυγατέρα τοῦ ἱερέως εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτοῖς ἐλθεῖν. Θεούσης δὲ καὶ βοώσης τῆς κόρης, καταπλαγέντες οἱ τῇδε ἄνθρωποι τῷ αἰφνιδίῳ καὶ παραδόξῳ τοῦ πράγματος, εἴποντο. Ὡς δὲ πρὸς τῇ νηῖ ἐγένετο ἢ τοὺς ·ἱεροὺς πρεσβύτας ἔφερε, ποτνιωμένη καὶ ἐπὶ γῆν κυλινδουμένη, ἱκέτευε καὶ μέγα ἀνέκραγε. Τί δὴ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἥκετε, ὦ τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ θεράποντες; νησίον γὰρ τοῦτο παλαιὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν οἰκητήριον. Ὀχλοῦμεν δὲ οὐδενί · πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀγνῶτες, αὐτόθι λανθάνομεν, ταύταις ταῖς λίμναις περικεκλεισμένοι πάντοθεν. Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο φίλον ὑμῖν, δέχεσθε τὸ ἡμέτερον κτῆμα, καὶ οἰκεῖον ποιήσατε· ἡμεῖς δὲ ὑπείκομεν. Καὶ ἡ μὲν τοιαύτας ἡφίει φωνάς · ἐπιτιμησάντων δὲ τῷ δαιμονίῳ τῶν ἀμφὶ Μακάριον, ἡ παῖς ἐσοφρόνησεν. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ὁ ταύτης πατήρ σὺν τοῖς οἰκείοις, καὶ ἡ νῆσος πανδημεὶ εἰς Χριστια: νισμὸν μετέθαλλε. Καὶ ἀμελητὶ χαθελοόντες τὸν αὐτοῖς ναὺν, εἰς ἐκκλησίαν μετεσκεύασαν. Ταῦτα ἃ τοῖς ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ἀγγελλόμενα, οὐ μετρίως ἐλύπει τὸν Λούκιον. Ἐκινδύνευε γὰρ παρὰ τῶν ἰδίων μισεῖσθαι, ὡς ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ αὐτῷ τῷ πόλεμον προφανῆ χαταγγελών. Αὐτίκα τε τοὺς ἀμφὶ Μακάριον ἐπὶ τὰ ἴδια ἤθη καὶ τὴν ἔρημοι ἐπανελθεῖν προσέταξεν. Ὃ μὲν οὖν Δούχιος ὧδε τὴ Αἴγυπτον ἐδόνει, Ὑ πὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, οὐ μόν Διδύμῳ τῷ φιλοσόφῳ κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἀχμάζοπι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλοις ἐλλογίμοις διέπρεπεν, Ὧν εἰς τὴ ἀρετὴν ἀποδλέπουσα καὶ τῶν αὐτόθι μοναχῶν, τίως εἶχε τοῖς ἀμφὶ Λούκιον. Παρευδοχίμξι δὲ τὸς ᾿Αρείου πολλῷ τοῖς πλήθεσι, καὶ διωχομένη ἡ χα Αἴγυπτον Ἐκκλησία, | "ΣΦ
Ho de Loukios paralabōn ton hēgemona tōn en Haigyptǭ stratiōtōn, syn plēthei epestrateuse tois en. tais erēmois monachois. ēbeto gar isōs ei dienochlēseien autous hēsychias erōntas, peithēnious hexein, kai tautē malista tous en tais polesi Christianous pros auton metapstēsein. Kathoti polloi kai thespesioi andres proïstanto tote tōn autothi monastēriōn, 2 pantes tēn ᾿Areiou doxan apestrephonto. Tę̄ de toutōn martyrią to plēthos hepomenon, homoiōs ephranei dialegesthai men kai peri dogmatōn adoleschein oute thelon, oute epistamenon; par' ekeinois de peithomenon einai tēn alētheian, hoi tois ergois tēn aretēn epedeiknynto. Hopoious tote tōn Aigyptiōn askētōn hēgemonas genesthai akouomen, tous dyo Makarious, hous en tois prosthen egnōmen; kai Pambō, kai Hērakleidēn, kai loipous ᾿Antōniou mathētas. Logisamenos oun Loukios, hōs ouk engenēsetai tois Areiou bebaiōs kratēsai tōn apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias, ei mē tous monachous toutous homophronas sphisin apodeixeien, epecheirei biazesthai; peithein gar ouk ēdynato. Diēmartane de kai houtōs tou skopou. Ei kai apothanein deoi, pareskeuasmenōn autōn, kai tous auchenas hetoimōs hypoballontōn tois xiphesin, ē tōn en Nikaią doxantōn hyperidein. Legetai de tote prosdokōmenōn autois epithēsesthai tōn stratiōtōn, diakomisthēnai tina pros autous ek pollou ta arthra apesklēkota, kai epi podōn stēnai mē dynamenon. Epei de elaiǭ touton echrisan, parekeleusanto, ep' onomati Christou, on Loukios diōkei, exanistasthai, kai oikade apienai; exapinēs de hygiēs genomenos ho anthrōpos, anaphandon apedeixe paraplēsia chrēnai doxazein toutois, hois kai Theos autos alētheian epepsēphisato, katēgoroumenou Loukiou, kai kalountōn epakousas kai ton kamnonta iasamenos. ᾿All᾽ ou para touto metemelēthēsan hoi toutois tois monachois epibouleuontes; eisote dē nyktōr autous syllabomenoi, diēgagon eis Aigyptian tina nēson hypo limnōn kykloumenēn. "Ōkoun de tautēn andres amyētoi tou Christianōn dogmatos, kai deisidaimones˙ : kathoti kai palaiotatou naou par' autois ontos, poly toutou sebas eichon. Hōs de katēran entautha, phasin hama tę̄ epibasei tōn andrōn, daimoni kratētheisan tēn thygatera tou hiereōs eis apantēsin autois elthein. Theousēs de kai boōsēs tēs korēs, kataplagentes hoi tę̄de anthrōpoi tǭ aiphnidiǭ kai paradoxǭ tou pragmatos, eiponto. Hōs de pros tę̄ nēi egeneto ē tous ;hierous presbytas ephere, potniōmenē kai epi gēn kylindoumenē, hiketeue kai mega anekrage. Ti dē kai pros hēmas hēkete, ō tou megalou Theou therapontes? nēsion gar touto palaion hēmin estin oikētērion. Ochloumen de oudeni ; pasi de tois anthrōpois agnōtes, autothi lanthanomen, tautais tais limnais perikekleismenoi pantothen. Ei de touto philon hymin, dechesthe to hēmeteron ktēma, kai oikeion poiēsate; hēmeis de hypeikomen. Kai hē men toiautas hēphiei phōnas ; epitimēsantōn de tǭ daimoniǭ tōn amphi Makarion, hē pais esophronēsen. Enteuthen de ho tautēs patēr syn tois oikeiois, kai hē nēsos pandēmei eis Christia: nismon metethalle. Kai amelēti chatheloontes ton autois naun, eis ekklēsian meteskeuasan. Tauta ha tois en ᾿Alexandreią angellomena, ou metriōs elypei ton Loukion. Ekindyneue gar para tōn idiōn miseisthai, hōs anthrōpois, alla autǭ tǭ polemon prophanē chatangelōn. Autika te tous amphi Makarion epi ta idia ēthē kai tēn erēmoi epanelthein prosetaxen. Ho men oun Douchios hōde tē Aigypton edonei, Hy po de touton ton chronon, ou mon Didymǭ tǭ philosophǭ kat᾽ ekeino kairou achmazopi, alla kai allois ellogimois dieprepen, Hōn eis tē aretēn apodlepousa kai tōn autothi monachōn, tiōs eiche tois amphi Loukion. Pareudochimxi de tos ᾿Areiou pollǭ tois plēthesi, kai diōchomenē hē cha Aigypton Ekklēsia, | "SPh
Lucius, taking the commander of the soldiers in Egypt, marched with a large force against the monks in the deserts. For he perhaps thought that if he harassed them, lovers of quiet as they were, he would have them obedient, and by this especially would bring over to himself the Christians in the cities. For many divine men then presided over the monasteries there, and all rejected the belief of Arius. The multitude, following their testimony, believed likewise, neither wishing nor knowing how to debate and chatter about doctrines, but persuaded that the truth was with those who showed virtue in their deeds. Such, we hear, were the leaders of the Egyptian ascetics at that time: the two Macarii, of whom we learned earlier, and Pambo and Heraclides and the other disciples of Antony. Lucius, therefore, reckoning that those of Arius’s party would never firmly prevail over those of the catholic church unless he made these monks share their views, tried to use force, since he could not persuade them. But even so he missed his aim. For they were prepared, if they must, to die, and offered their necks readily to the swords, rather than disregard the decisions of Nicaea. It is said that when the soldiers were expected to attack them, a man whose joints had long been withered and who could not stand on his feet was brought to them. When they had anointed him with oil, they bade him rise in the name of Christ, whom Lucius persecutes, and go home; and the man, suddenly made well, showed openly that one ought to believe as these did, for whom God himself had given his vote for the truth, Lucius being condemned, by hearing their call and healing the sick man. But not even for this did those plotting against these monks repent; until at last they seized them by night and took them across to an island of Egypt surrounded by marshes. It was inhabited by men uninitiated in the Christian doctrine and superstitious, since there was a very ancient temple among them which they greatly revered. When they put in there, they say that as soon as the men set foot on it, the daughter of the priest, possessed by a demon, came to meet them. As the girl ran and shouted, the people there, astounded at the suddenness and strangeness of the thing, followed. When she came to the boat that carried the holy old men, wailing and rolling on the ground, she begged and cried out loudly: “Why have you come to us too, servants of the great God? For this little island is our ancient dwelling. We trouble no one; unknown to all men, we lie hidden here, shut in on every side by these marshes. But if this is your pleasure, take our possession and make it your own; we withdraw.” Such were the cries she uttered; and when Macarius and his companions rebuked the demon, the girl came to her senses. Thereupon her father with his household, and the whole island with them, changed over to Christianity; and quickly destroying their temple, they converted it into a church. When these things were reported at Alexandria, they grieved Lucius not a little. For he was in danger of being hated by his own followers, as one who had declared open war not on men but on God himself. And at once he ordered Macarius and his companions to return to their own haunts and the desert. So Lucius troubled Egypt. About this time … was distinguished not only by Didymus the philosopher, who was then at his height, but also by other learned men; looking to whose virtue, and to that of the monks there, … held out against Lucius’s party. And the church in Egypt, though persecuted, far surpassed the followers of Arius in numbers …
6.21PG 67:1345
παντὸς ἔθνους ἕνα τὰς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκοπεῖν · κατὰ δὴ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν, ἐπετρόπευε τούτων Βρεττανίων· καὶ Οὐάλης ὁ βασιλεὺς ἧκεν εἰς Τόμιν ". Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀφίκετο, καὶ ὡς εἰώθει ἔπειθεν αὐτὸν κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως, ἀνδρείως μάλα πρὸς τὸν κρατοῦντα παῤῥησια - σάμενος περὶ τοῦ δόγματος τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων, κατέλιπεν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἰς ἑτέραν ἦλθεν ἐκκλησίαν· καὶ ὁ λαὸς ἐπηκολούθησε. Σχεδὸν δὲ πᾶσα ἡ πόλις συνεληλύθεισαν, βασιλέα ὀψόμενοι, καὶ νεώτερον ἔσεσθαί τι προσδοκήσαντες. ᾿Απολειφθεὶς δὲ Οὐάλης σὺν τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν, χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκε τὴν ὕβριν. Καὶ συλληφθέντα Βρεττανίωνα, εἰς ὑπερορίαν ἄγεσθαι προσέταξε, καὶ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν αὖθις ἐπανάγεσθαι ἐπέτρεψε. Χαλεπαίνοντας γὰρ οἶμαι πρὸς τὴν φυγὴν τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ἰδὼν τοὺς Σκύθας, ἐδεδίει μή τι νεωτερίσωσιν· ἀνδρείους τε ἐπιστάμενος, καὶ τῇ θέσει τῶν τόπων, ἀναγκαίους τῇ Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένη, καὶ τῶν κατὰ τόδε τὸ κλίμα Βαρβάρων προβεβλημένους. Βρεττανίων μὲν οὖν ὧδε κρείττων ἀνεφάνη τῆς τοῦ κρατοῦντος σπουδῆς· ἀνὴρ τά τε ἄλλα ἀγαθὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ ἀρετῇ βίου ἐπίσημος, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ Σκῦθαι μαρτυροῦσιν. Ὡς ἐπίπαν δὲ πᾶς κλῆρος ἐπειράθη διὰ ταῦτα τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ὀργῆς, πλὴν τῶν πρὸς ἑσπέραν τῆς ἀρχομένης τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν. Καθότι τῶν ἐπέκεινα Ῥωμαίων ἦρχεν Οὐαλεντινιανὸς, ἐπαινέτης τε ὢν τοῦ δόγματος τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, καὶ εὐλαβῶς εἰς ἄγαν περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ἔχων· ὡς μήτε ἐπιτάττειν τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μηδὲν, μήτε ἄλλως αἱρεῖσθαι νεωτε ρίζειν ἐπὶ χείρονι ἢ ἀμείνονε δοκοῦντι περὶ τοὺς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θεσμούς. Τάδε γάρ κρείττω τῆς αὐτοῦ δοκιμασίας ἡγεῖτο, καίπερ βασιλεὺς ἄριστος γεγονώς, καὶ ἱκανὸς ἄρχειν διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων φανείς.
pantos ethnous hena tas Ekklēsias episkopein ; kata dē ton paronta kairon, epetropeue toutōn Brettaniōn; kai Oualēs ho basileus hēken eis Tomin ". Epei de eis tēn ekklēsian aphiketo, kai hōs eiōthei epeithen auton koinōnein tois apo tēs enantias haireseōs, andreiōs mala pros ton kratounta parrhēsia - samenos peri tou dogmatos tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn, katelipen auton, kai eis heteran ēlthen ekklēsian; kai ho laos epēkolouthēse. Schedon de pasa hē polis synelēlytheisan, basilea opsomenoi, kai neōteron esesthai ti prosdokēsantes. ᾿Apoleiphtheis de Oualēs syn tois amph᾿ auton, chalepōs ēnenke tēn hybrin. Kai syllēphthenta Brettaniōna, eis hyperorian agesthai prosetaxe, kai ouk eis makran authis epanagesthai epetrepse. Chalepainontas gar oimai pros tēn phygēn tou episkopou idōn tous Skythas, edediei mē ti neōterisōsin; andreious te epistamenos, kai tę̄ thesei tōn topōn, anankaious tę̄ Rhōmaiōn oikoumenē, kai tōn kata tode to klima Barbarōn probeblēmenous. Brettaniōn men oun hōde kreittōn anephanē tēs tou kratountos spoudēs; anēr ta te alla agathos, kai epi aretę̄ biou episēmos, hōs kai autoi Skythai martyrousin. Hōs epipan de pas klēros epeirathē dia tauta tēs tou basileōs orgēs, plēn tōn pros hesperan tēs archomenēs tōn Ekklēsiōn. Kathoti tōn epekeina Rhōmaiōn ērchen Oualentinianos, epainetēs te ōn tou dogmatos tēs en Nikaią synodou, kai eulabōs eis agan peri to Theion echōn; hōs mēte epitattein tois hiereusi mēden, mēte allōs haireisthai neōte rizein epi cheironi ē ameinone dokounti peri tous tēs Ekklēsias thesmous. Tade gar kreittō tēs autou dokimasias hēgeito, kaiper basileus aristos gegonōs, kai hikanos archein dia tōn pragmatōn phaneis.
… one bishop for the whole nation oversees the churches; and at the present time Bretannio governed them. And the emperor Valens came to Tomi. When he came to the church and, as was his custom, tried to persuade Bretannio to communicate with those of the opposite heresy, Bretannio spoke very boldly to the ruler about the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea, then left him and went to another church; and the people followed. Almost the whole city had gathered to see the emperor, expecting something unusual to happen. Valens, left behind with his retinue, took the insult hard; he had Bretannio arrested and ordered him to be taken into exile, but not long after allowed him to be brought back. For seeing, I think, that the Scythians were angry at their bishop’s exile, he feared lest they rise in revolt; for he knew them to be brave, and by the situation of their country necessary to the Roman empire, as a bulwark before the barbarians of that region. So Bretannio showed himself stronger than the ruler’s zeal — a man good in every respect and distinguished for the virtue of his life, as the Scythians themselves bear witness. In general the whole clergy experienced the emperor’s anger for these reasons, except in the churches of the western part of the empire. For Valentinian ruled the Romans there, a supporter of the doctrine of the synod of Nicaea and exceedingly reverent toward the divine, so that he neither gave any orders to the priests nor chose otherwise to innovate, for better or for worse as it might seem, in the laws of the church. For he considered these things beyond his own judgment, though he was a very good emperor and had shown himself able to rule by his deeds.
6.22PG 67:1345–1347
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ πάλιν, ἤδη μὲν πρότερον ἀρξαμένη, νῦν δὲ πλέον ἐπιδοῦσα ἡ ζήτησις ἦν, εἰ καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα Πατρί τε καὶ Υἱῷ ὁμοούσιον δοξάζειν προσῆκεν. Ἐριστικαί τε περὶ τούτου πολλαὶ διαλέξεις, οὐχ ἧττον ἢ πρότερον περὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου συνέβη- ¹. σαν. Κατὰ τοῦτο δὲ ἀλλήλοις συνεφέροντο οἱ τε ἀνὁμοιον καὶ ὁμοιοούσιον τὸν Υἱὸν εἶναι λέγοντες. φότεροι γὰρ διακονικὸν, καὶ τρίτον τῇ τάξει, καὶ τῇ τιμῇ, καὶ τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἀλλοῖον τὸ Πνεῦμα ἰσχυρίζοντο. Ὅσοι δὲ ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἐδόξαζον, τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ περὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐφρόνουν. Οὐκ ἀγεννῶς δὲ τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ συνίσταντο, ἐν μὲν τῇ Συρία ᾿Απολινάριος ὁ Λαοδικεύς· ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δὲ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος· παρὰ δὲ Καππαδόκαις καὶ ταῖς ἀνὰ τὸν Πόντον Ἐκκλησίαις, Βασίλειος καὶ Γρηγόριος, ᾿Ανακινουμένης δὲ τῆς τοιαύτης ζητήσεως, καὶ ὡς εἰκὸς ταῖς φιλονεικίαις ὀσημέραι πλέον ἐπιδιδούσης, μαθὼν ὁ Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος, ἔγραψε ταῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω Ἐκκλησίαις, σὺν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς δύσεως ἱερεῦσι, Τριάδα ὁμοούσιον καὶ ὁμόδοξον πρεσβεύειν. Τούτου δὲ γενομένου, ὡς ἐπικεκριμένοις ἅπαξ παρὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας, ἡσυχίαν ἦγον ἕκαστοι, καὶ τέλος ἔχειν ἔδοξεν ἡ τοιαύτη ζήτησις.
En toutǭ de palin, ēdē men proteron arxamenē, nyn de pleon epidousa hē zētēsis ēn, ei kai to hagion Pneuma Patri te kai Huiǭ homoousion doxazein prosēken. Eristikai te peri toutou pollai dialexeis, ouch hētton ē proteron peri tou Theou Logou synebē- ¹. san. Kata touto de allēlois synepheronto hoi te anomoion kai homoioousion ton Huion einai legontes. photeroi gar diakonikon, kai triton tę̄ taxei, kai tę̄ timę̄, kai tę̄ ousią alloion to Pneuma ischyrizonto. Hosoi de homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion edoxazon, ta auta kai peri tou Pneumatos ephronoun. Ouk agennōs de toutǭ tǭ logǭ synistanto, en men tę̄ Syria ᾿Apolinarios ho Laodikeus; en Aigyptǭ de ᾿Athanasios ho episkopos; para de Kappadokais kai tais ana ton Ponton Ekklēsiais, Basileios kai Grēgorios, ᾿Anakinoumenēs de tēs toiautēs zētēseōs, kai hōs eikos tais philoneikiais osēmerai pleon epididousēs, mathōn ho Rhōmēs episkopos, egrapse tais ana tēn Heō Ekklēsiais, syn tois apo tēs dyseōs hiereusi, Triada homoousion kai homodoxon presbeuein. Toutou de genomenou, hōs epikekrimenois hapax para tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias, hēsychian ēgon hekastoi, kai telos echein edoxen hē toiautē zētēsis.
At this time the question, which had already begun earlier but now grew greater, was again raised whether the Holy Spirit should be held to be of the same essence with the Father and the Son. Many contentious debates took place about this, no fewer than earlier about God the Word. On this point those who said the Son was unlike and those who said he was of like essence agreed with one another; for both maintained that the Spirit is a minister, and third in order, in honour and in essence different. But those who held the Son to be of the same essence with the Father thought the same also about the Spirit. This doctrine was upheld not ignobly in Syria by Apolinarius of Laodicea, in Egypt by Athanasius the bishop, and among the Cappadocians and the churches of Pontus by Basil and Gregory. As this question was stirred up and, as is natural, grew greater every day through contentiousness, the bishop of Rome, learning of it, wrote to the churches of the East, together with the priests of the West, that they should uphold a Trinity of the same essence and equal in glory. When this had been done, each party kept quiet, as though the matter had been decided once for all by the church of the Romans, and the question seemed to have come to an end.
6.23PG 67:1347–1353
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Λιβερίου τελευτήσαντος, ἐπιτρέπεται Δάμασος τὸν Ῥωμαίων θρόνον. Ὑπόψηφος δὲ ὧν τῇ χειροτονίᾳ καὶ Οὐρσίκιός τις διάκονος, ἀποτυχὼν οὐκ ἤνεγκε· λάθρα δὲ ὑπό τινων ἀσήμων ἐπισκόπων χειροτονηθεὶς, διασπᾶν τὸν λαὸν ἐσπούδαζε, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν ἐκκλησιάζειν. Μερισθέν τος δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, οἱ μὲν τοῦτον, οἱ δὲ Δάμασον ἐπίσκοπον ἠξίουν· καὶ πολλὴ τὸν δῆμον, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἔρις εἶχε καὶ στάσις. Ὡς μέχρι καὶ τραυμάτων καὶ φόνων τὸ κακὸν προελθεῖν. Εἰσότε δὴ ὁ τῆς Ῥώμης ὕπαρχος πολλοὺς τοῦ δήμου καὶ τοῦ κλήρου τιμωρίαις ὑποβαλών, ἔπαυσε τὴν Οὐρσικίου ἐπιχείρησιν. Δογμάτων δὲ πέρι, καθὰ πρότερον οὔτε Ῥωμαῖοι διεφέροντο, οὔτε ἕτεροι τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν δύσιν· ἀλλὰ πάντες τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθοῦσιν ἐπῄνουν, καὶ Τριάδα ἰσότιμόν τε καὶ ἰσοδύναμον ἐδόξαζον. Πλὴν τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Αὐξέντιον· ὃς προεστὼς τότε τῆς ἐν Μεδιολάνοις Ἐκκλησίας, ἅμα τισὶν ἐπεχείρει νεωτερίζειν, καὶ παρὰ τὴν κοινὴν συνθήκην τῶν πρὸς δύσιν ἱερέων, τὸ ᾿Αρείου δόγμα κρατύνειν, καὶ τὰ ἴσα ) φρονεῖν τοῖς ἀνόμοιον τὸν Υἱὸν καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα δοξά ζουσι κατὰ τὴν ὕστερον ἐπιγενομένην ζήτησιν. Καταμηνυσάντων δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆςς Γαλλίας καὶ Βενετίας, παρ᾽ τέρων τινῶν ταῦτα σπουδάζεσθαι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον συνελθόντες εἰς Ῥώμην ἐπίσκοποι " πολλῶν ἐθνῶν, ἐψηφίσαντο τῆς αὑτῶν κοινωνίας ἀλλότριον εἶνα: Αὐξέντιον, καὶ τοὺς ὁμοίως αὐτῷ δοξάζοντας βεδαίαν δὲ μένειν τὴν παραδοθεῖσὰν πίστιν παρὰ τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου " τῶν ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ δοξάντων ὑπεναντίων ταύτης, ἀχύρων ὄντων, ὡς μήτε τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου, μήτε τῶν ἄλλων συνθεμένων αὐτοῖς " καὶ ὡς πολλῶν τῶν αὐτόθι συνελθόντων, ἀπαρεσθέντων᾽ τοῖς τότε παρ᾽ αὐτῶν δεδογμένοις. Ταῦτα δὲ οὕτω γενέσθαι καὶ δόξαι, μαρτυρεῖ Ἐπιστυλὴ Δαμάσου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου, τῶν ἅμα αὐτῷ τότε συνελθόντων, πρὸς τοὺς Ἰλλυριῶν ἐπισκόπους γραφεῖσα, Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε" ἃ ἐπίσκοποι οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν Ρωμαίων τὸ ἱερὸν συγέδριον τοῖς ἐν τῷ ᾿ΙΔλυρικῷ χαθεστῶσιν ἐπισκόποις, Δάμασος, καὶ Οὐα"έριος οἱ «οιποὶ, τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς ἀδε.1φοῖς ἐν Κυρίῳ Πιστεύομεν τὴν ἁγίαν πίστιν ἡμῶν, τὴν ἐν τῇ διδασχαλίᾳ τῶν ἀποστόλων θεμελιωθεῖσαν, ταύτην κατἔχειν καὶ ταύτην τῷ λαῷ ὑφηγεῖσθα: " ἥτις ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρισθέντων παρὰ τῶν Πατέρων, οὐδενὶ λόγῳ διαφωνεῖ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλως; ἁρμόζει διανοεῖσθαι τοὺς τοῦ Θεοῦ ἱερεῖς, ὑφ᾽ ὧν δίχαιόν ἐστι τοὺς σοφοὺς παιδεύεσθαι. ᾿Αλλὰ δι᾽ ἀναφορᾶς τῶν ἐν Γαλλίᾳ καὶ Βενετίᾳ ἀδελφῶν, ἔγνωμέν τινας αἵρεσιν σπουδάζειν. “Ὅπερ κακὸν οὐ μόνον παραφυλάττεσθαι ὀφείλουσιν οἱ ἐπίσκοποι, ἀλλὰ ὅσα ἀπειρίᾳ τινῶν ἣ ἀπλότττι οἰκείαις αὐ | : ἑρμηνείαις ἀνθίσταντο· ἀπὸ οὖν τῶν διαφόρου διδασκαλίας διανοουμένων μὴ παρολισθαίνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον τῶν Πατέρων ἡμῶν κατέχειν τὴν γνώμην, ὁσάκις ἂν διαφόροις βουλαῖς περιφέρωνται. Τοιγαροῦν Αὐξέντιον τὸν Μεδιολάνων ἐξαιρέτως ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πράγματι κατακεκρίσθαι προγέγραπται. Δίκαιον οὖν ἐστι, πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῷ Ῥωμαίων κόσμῳ διδασκάλους όμοφρονεῖν, καὶ μὴ διαφόροις διδασκαλίαις τὴν πίστιν μιαίνειν. Καὶ γὰρ ἡνίκα πρῶτον ἡ κακία τῶν αἱρετικῶν ἀκμάζειν ἤρξατο, ὡς καὶ νῦν μάλιστα, ὅπερ ἀπείη, τῶν ᾿Αρειανῶν ἡ βλασφημία, οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τριακόσιοι δέκα καὶ ὀκτὼ ἐπίλεκτοι, ἐν Νικαία γενομένου σκέμματος, τοῦτο τὸ τεῖχος ὑπεναντίον τῶν ὅπλων τοῦ διαβόλου ὥρισαν, καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ἀντιδότῳ τὰ θανάσιμα φάρμακα ἀπεώσαντο · ὥστε τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν, μιᾶς θεότητος, μιᾶς ἀρετῆς, καὶ ἑνὸς χρήματος πιστεύεσθαι· χρὴ δὲ τῆς ταύτης ὑπο στάσεως καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον πιστεύειν. Τὸν δὲ ἄλλως φρονοῦντα, ἀλλότριον εἶναι τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας ἐκρίναμεν. Ὄνπερ σωτηριώδη ὄρον, καὶ τὴν προσκυνητὴν σκέψιν τινὲς μιάναι ἠθέλησαν. Ἀλλὰ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἀρχῇ, ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν τούτων οἵτινες τοῦτο ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ ἀνανεώσασθαι, ἢ ψηλαφῆσαι ἠναγκάζοντο, μέχρι τούτου διωρθώθη ὡς ὁμολογεῖν αὐτοὺς ἑτέρᾳ τινὶ διαλέξει ὑφαρπᾶσθαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἐνόησαν τῇ τῶν Πατέρων γνώμῃ τῇ ἐν Νικαίᾳ ἀρεσάσῃ ἐναντίον εἶναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πρόκριμα τι ἡδυνήθη γενέσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ συναχθέντων, ὁπότε συνέστηκε, μήτε τοῦ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου, οὗ πρὸ πάντων ἔδει τὴν γνώμην ἐκδέξασθαι, οὔτε Βικεντίου, ὃς ἐπὶ τοσούτοις ἔτεσι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἀσπίλως ἐφύλαξεν, οὔτε τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς τοιούτοις συγκαταθεμένων ν· ὁπότε μάλιστα καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, αὐτοὶ οὗτοι οἵτινες κατὰ συσκευὴν ὑποκλίνεσθαι ἔδοξαν, οὗτοι καλλίονι γνώμῃ χρησάμενοι, ἀπαρέσκειν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα ἐμαρτύραντο. Συνορᾷ οὖν ἡ ὑμετέρα καθαρότης, ταύτην μόνην τὴν πίστιν, ἥτις ἐν Νικαίᾳ κατὰ τὴν αὐθεντίαν τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐθεμελιώθη, διηνεκεί βεβαιότητι καθεκτέον εἶναι, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν τοὺς ᾿Ανατολικοὺς οἵτινες ἑαυτοὺς τῆς καθολικῆς εἶναι ἐπιγινώσκουσι, τοὺς δὲ δυτικοὺς καυχᾶσθαι. Πιστεύομεν δὲ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν τοὺς ἄλλα νοοῦντας, αὐτῇ τῇ ἐπιχειρήσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμετέρας κοινωνίας χωρισθήσεσθαι αὐτῶν τὸ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου ὄνομα · ὥστε τοὺς λαοὺς αὐτῶν τῆς πλάνης ἐλευθερωθέντας, ἀναπνεῦσαι. Οὐδενὶ γὰρ τρόπῳ διορθῶσαι δυνήσονται τὴν πλάνην τῶν ὄχλων, ὁπότε αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πλάνης κατέχονται. Συμφωνείτω οὖν μετὰ πάντων τῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἱερέων, καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας τιμιότητος ἡ γνώμη, ἐν ᾗ ὑμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ βεβαίους πιστεύομεν. Ὅτι δὲ οὕτως ἡμεῖς μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν πιστεύειν ὀφείλομεν, τοῖς ἀμοιβαίοις τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης ἐπιδείξασθαι.
Peri de touton ton chronon Liberiou teleutēsantos, epitrepetai Damasos ton Rhōmaiōn thronon. Hypopsēphos de hōn tę̄ cheirotonią kai Oursikios tis diakonos, apotychōn ouk ēnenke; lathra de hypo tinōn asēmōn episkopōn cheirotonētheis, diaspan ton laon espoudaze, kai kath' heauton ekklēsiazein. Meristhen tos de tou plēthous, hoi men touton, hoi de Damason episkopon ēxioun; kai pollē ton dēmon, hōs eikos, eris eiche kai stasis. Hōs mechri kai traumatōn kai phonōn to kakon proelthein. Eisote dē ho tēs Rhōmēs hyparchos pollous tou dēmou kai tou klērou timōriais hypobalōn, epause tēn Oursikiou epicheirēsin. Dogmatōn de peri, katha proteron oute Rhōmaioi diepheronto, oute heteroi tōn ana tēn dysin; alla pantes ta doxanta tois en Nikaią synelthousin epę̄noun, kai Triada isotimon te kai isodynamon edoxazon. Plēn tōn amphi ton Auxention; hos proestōs tote tēs en Mediolanois Ekklēsias, hama tisin epecheirei neōterizein, kai para tēn koinēn synthēkēn tōn pros dysin hiereōn, to ᾿Areiou dogma kratynein, kai ta isa ) phronein tois anomoion ton Huion kai to Pneuma doxa zousi kata tēn hysteron epigenomenēn zētēsin. Katamēnysantōn de tōn apo tēss Gallias kai Benetias, par᾽ terōn tinōn tauta spoudazesthai par᾽ autois, ou pollǭ hysteron synelthontes eis Rhōmēn episkopoi " pollōn ethnōn, epsēphisanto tēs hautōn koinōnias allotrion eina: Auxention, kai tous homoiōs autǭ doxazontas bedaian de menein tēn paradotheisan pistin para tēs en Nikaią synodou " tōn en ᾿Ariminǭ doxantōn hypenantiōn tautēs, achyrōn ontōn, hōs mēte tou tōn Rhōmaiōn episkopou, mēte tōn allōn synthemenōn autois " kai hōs pollōn tōn autothi synelthontōn, aparesthentōn᾽ tois tote par᾽ autōn dedogmenois. Tauta de houtō genesthai kai doxai, martyrei Epistylē Damasou tou Rhōmaiōn episkopou, tōn hama autǭ tote synelthontōn, pros tous Illyriōn episkopous grapheisa, Echei de hōde" ha episkopoi hoi epi tōn Rōmaiōn to hieron sygedrion tois en tǭ ᾿IDlyrikǭ chathestōsin episkopois, Damasos, kai Oua"erios hoi «oipoi, tois agapētois ade.1phois en Kyriǭ Pisteuomen tēn hagian pistin hēmōn, tēn en tę̄ didaschalią tōn apostolōn themeliōtheisan, tautēn katechein kai tautēn tǭ laǭ hyphēgeistha: " hētis apo tōn horisthentōn para tōn Paterōn, oudeni logǭ diaphōnei. Oude gar allōs? harmozei dianoeisthai tous tou Theou hiereis, hyph᾽ hōn dichaion esti tous sophous paideuesthai. ᾿Alla di᾽ anaphoras tōn en Gallią kai Benetią adelphōn, egnōmen tinas hairesin spoudazein. “Hoper kakon ou monon paraphylattesthai opheilousin hoi episkopoi, alla hosa apeirią tinōn hē aplottti oikeiais au | : hermēneiais anthistanto; apo oun tōn diaphorou didaskalias dianooumenōn mē parolisthainein, alla kai mallon tōn Paterōn hēmōn katechein tēn gnōmēn, hosakis an diaphorois boulais peripherōntai. Toigaroun Auxention ton Mediolanōn exairetōs en toutǭ tǭ pragmati katakekristhai progegraptai. Dikaion oun esti, pantas tous en tǭ Rhōmaiōn kosmǭ didaskalous omophronein, kai mē diaphorois didaskaliais tēn pistin miainein. Kai gar hēnika prōton hē kakia tōn hairetikōn akmazein ērxato, hōs kai nyn malista, hoper apeiē, tōn ᾿Areianōn hē blasphēmia, hoi pateres hēmōn triakosioi deka kai oktō epilektoi, en Nikaia genomenou skemmatos, touto to teichos hypenantion tōn hoplōn tou diabolou hōrisan, kai tautę̄ tę̄ antidotǭ ta thanasima pharmaka apeōsanto ; hōste ton Patera kai ton Huion, mias theotētos, mias aretēs, kai henos chrēmatos pisteuesthai; chrē de tēs tautēs hypo staseōs kai to Pneuma to hagion pisteuein. Ton de allōs phronounta, allotrion einai tēs hēmeteras koinōnias ekrinamen. Onper sōtēriōdē oron, kai tēn proskynētēn skepsin tines mianai ēthelēsan. Alla en autę̄ tę̄ archę̄, ap᾿ autōn toutōn hoitines touto en ᾿Ariminǭ ananeōsasthai, ē psēlaphēsai ēnankazonto, mechri toutou diōrthōthē hōs homologein autous heterą tini dialexei hypharpasthai, hoti ouk enoēsan tę̄ tōn Paterōn gnōmę̄ tę̄ en Nikaią aresasę̄ enantion einai. Oude gar prokrima ti hēdynēthē genesthai apo tou arithmou tōn en Ariminǭ synachthentōn, hopote synestēke, mēte tou Rhōmaiōn episkopou, hou pro pantōn edei tēn gnōmēn ekdexasthai, oute Bikentiou, hos epi tosoutois etesi tēn episkopēn aspilōs ephylaxen, oute tōn allōn tois toioutois synkatathemenōn n; hopote malista kathōs proeirēkamen, autoi houtoi hoitines kata syskeuēn hypoklinesthai edoxan, houtoi kallioni gnōmę̄ chrēsamenoi, apareskein autois tauta emartyranto. Synorą oun hē hymetera katharotēs, tautēn monēn tēn pistin, hētis en Nikaią kata tēn authentian tōn apostolōn ethemeliōthē, diēnekei bebaiotēti kathekteon einai, kai meth᾽ hēmōn tous ᾿Anatolikous hoitines heautous tēs katholikēs einai epiginōskousi, tous de dytikous kauchasthai. Pisteuomen de ouk eis makran tous alla noountas, autę̄ tę̄ epicheirēsei apo tēs hēmeteras koinōnias chōristhēsesthai autōn to tou episkopou onoma ; hōste tous laous autōn tēs planēs eleutherōthentas, anapneusai. Oudeni gar tropǭ diorthōsai dynēsontai tēn planēn tōn ochlōn, hopote autoi hypo tēs planēs katechontai. Symphōneitō oun meta pantōn tōn tou Theou hiereōn, kai tēs hymeteras timiotētos hē gnōmē, en hę̄ hymas hagious kai bebaious pisteuomen. Hoti de houtōs hēmeis meth᾽ hymōn pisteuein opheilomen, tois amoibaiois tēs hymeteras agapēs epideixasthai.
About this time, when Liberius died, Damasus was entrusted with the throne of the Romans. A certain Ursicinus, a deacon, who had been a candidate for the ordination, did not bear his failure; secretly ordained by some obscure bishops, he tried to divide the people and hold his own assemblies. The people being divided, some held him to be bishop and others Damasus; and much strife and rioting, as was natural, took hold of the populace, so that the evil went as far as wounds and murders. At last the prefect of Rome, subjecting many of the people and clergy to punishment, put an end to Ursicinus’s attempt. As for doctrines, as before, neither the Romans nor the others in the West disagreed, but all approved the decisions of those who met at Nicaea and held the Trinity equal in honour and in power — except Auxentius and his party. He then presided over the church at Milan and with some others tried to innovate, and, contrary to the common agreement of the western priests, to strengthen the doctrine of Arius and to think the same as those who hold the Son and the Spirit to be unlike, according to the question that arose later. When those from Gaul and Venetia reported that this was being pursued among them by certain persons, not long after bishops from many provinces met at Rome and decreed that Auxentius and those who believed as he did were strangers to their communion; that the faith handed down by the synod at Nicaea remained firm; and that the decisions of Ariminum contrary to it were invalid, since neither the bishop of the Romans nor the others had agreed to them, and many of those who had met there had been displeased with what was then decided by them. That these things were done and decided so is witnessed by the letter of Damasus, the bishop of the Romans, and of those who then met with him, written to the bishops of Illyricum. It runs as follows: “The bishops who met at Rome in the holy council, Damasus, Valerius and the rest, to the bishops appointed in Illyricum, beloved brothers, greeting in the Lord. We believe that our holy faith, founded on the teaching of the apostles, is held by you and that you set it forth to the people; and it differs in no respect from what the fathers defined. For it is not fitting for the priests of God, by whom it is right that the wise be instructed, to think otherwise. But through the report of our brothers in Gaul and Venetia we have learned that certain persons are pursuing heresy. This evil the bishops ought not only to guard against, but also to resist whatever, through the inexperience or simplicity of some, … by their own interpretations, so as not to slip away from those who think according to a different teaching, but rather to hold fast the mind of our fathers, however often they are carried about by differing counsels. Accordingly it has been written above that Auxentius of Milan in particular has been condemned in this matter. It is right, therefore, that all the teachers in the Roman world should be of one mind and not defile the faith with differing teachings. For when the wickedness of the heretics first began to flourish, as now especially — may it be far from us — the blasphemy of the Arians, our three hundred and eighteen chosen fathers, after deliberation at Nicaea, set up this wall against the weapons of the devil and with this antidote drove off the deadly poisons: that the Father and the Son are to be believed of one Godhead, one power and one substance; and we must believe the Holy Spirit also to be of the same hypostasis. Whoever thinks otherwise we have judged to be a stranger to our communion. Some have wished to defile this saving definition and the adorable consideration. But at the very beginning it was corrected by those very people who were compelled at Ariminum to renew or handle it, so far that they confessed that they had been deceived by a different form of words, because they had not understood it to be contrary to the mind of the fathers approved at Nicaea. For no prejudgment could arise from the number of those gathered at Ariminum, since it is established that neither the bishop of the Romans, whose judgment ought to have been awaited before all others, nor Vincent, who kept his episcopate unblemished for so many years, nor the others agreed to such things; especially since, as we have said before, those very men who seemed to have yielded through intrigue, using better judgment, have testified that these things displease them. Your purity therefore sees that this faith alone, which was founded at Nicaea on the authority of the apostles, must be held with perpetual firmness, and that the easterners who acknowledge themselves to be of the catholic church, and the westerners, glory in it together with us. We believe that before long those who think otherwise will, by this very attempt, be separated from our communion and their name of bishop be taken from them, so that their peoples, freed from error, may breathe again. For they will in no way be able to correct the error of the multitudes when they themselves are held by error. Let the judgment of your honour, then, agree with all the priests of God, in which we believe you to be holy and steadfast. That we ought so to believe together with you, show us by the replies of your love.”
6.24PG 67:1353–1357
Οἱ μὲν οὖν πρὸς δύσιν ἱερεῖς ὠδε φθάσαντες τοὺς παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς νεωτερίζοντας, ἐπιμελῶς ἐφύλαττον τὴν ἀρχῆθεν παραδοθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς πίστιν. Ὡς κομιδῇ ὀλίγους ἐνθάδε ἑτεροδόξους γενέσθαι, καὶ σχεδὸν μόνους τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Αὐξέντιον. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ καὶ οὗτος ἐκποδὼν ἐγένετο · τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ, ἐστασίαζε τὸ πλῆθος, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν αἰρούμενοι τὴν Μεδιολάνων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπισκοπεῖν· καὶ ἡ πόλις ἐκινδύνευεν. Ἕκαστοι γὰρ ἀποτυχόντες ἠπείλουν ποιεῖν φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις ταραχαῖς. Δείσας δὲ τὴν τοῦ δήμου κίνησιν Αμβρόσιος, ὁ τότε τοῦ ἔθνους ἡγούμενος, ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, συνεβούλευε παύεσθαι τῆς ἔριδος, νόμων ὑπομιμνήσκων, ὁμονοίας τε καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς εἰρήνης ἀγαθῶν. Ούπω δὲ αὐτοῦ παυσαμένου περὶ τούτων δημηγορεῖν, ἐξαπίνης πάντες ἀφέμενοι τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήκους ὀργῆς, ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸν σύμβουλον τῆς ὁμονοίας ἄγουσι τὴν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ψῆφον. Καὶ βαπτίζεσθαι παρεκελεύοντο· ἔτι γὰρ ἀμύητος ἦν. Καὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην παραλαμβάνειν ἐδέοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ μὲν παρῃτεῖτο, καὶ ἀνεβάλλετο, καὶ ἀτεχνῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα ἀπέφευγεν· ὁ δὲ δῆμος ἐπέκειτο, καὶ τῆς ἔριδος οὐχ ἄλλως ἀνήσειν ἰσχυρίζετο, μηνύετα! τἀδε ταῖς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἀρχαῖς. δὲ τῇ περὶ τούτων ἀγγελίχ λέγεται Οὐαλεντινιανὸς ὁ σιλεὺς εὔξασθαι, καὶ χάριν φάναι ὁμολογεῖν τῷ Θεῷ, ὡς ἱερᾶσθαι ἐπιλεγομένῳ, οὖς αὐτὸς ἄρχειν προθάλλεται. Μαθὼν δὲ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους ἔνστασιν τὴν ᾿Αμβροσίου παραίτησιν, συνέθαλεν ἐπὶ ὁμονοίᾳ τῆς ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ Ἐκκλησίας ταῦτα βραδεύειν τὸν Θεόν τὴν ταχίστην αὐτὸν χειροτονεῖσθαι προσἔταξεν. ἽἍΛμα δὲ ἐμυήθη χειροτονίαν παρἔλαθεν, ὁμοφρονεῖν πέπεικε περὶ τὰ θεῖα τὴν ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἐπὶ πολλῷ χρόνῳ διχονοίᾳ χαμοῦἐκ τῆς προστασίας Αὐξεντίου. ᾿Αλλ' οἷος μὲν ᾿Αμβρόσιος οὗτος μετὰ τὴν χειροτονίαν ἐγένετο, ὡς ἀνδρείως μάλα θείως τὴν ἱερωσύνην διήνυσεν, ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς κατὰ χώραν λελέξεται. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀμφὶ τὴν Φρυγίαν Νανατιανοὶ, παρὰ τὸ πρότερον εἰωθὸς, ἤρξαντο μετὰ τῶν Ἰουδαίων τὴν τοῦ Πάσχα ἑορτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν. Ναυάτος μὲν γὰρ, ὃς ἀρχηγὸς ἐγένετο τῆς αἱρέσεως, τοὺς μεταμελουμένους ἐπὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήμασιν εἰς κοινωνίαν οὐ προσίετο, καὶ τοῦτο μόνον ἐχκαινοτόμει, Παραπλησίως δὲ τῇ Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίᾳ, μετὰ τὴν ἐαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν διετέ-λεσεν αὐτός τε οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτὸν ταύτην ἄγοντες τὴν ἑορτήν. Εἰσότε δὴ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ἡγεμονίας, τινὲς τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Φρυγίαν Νανατιανῶν ἐπισκόπων συνελθόντες ἐν Γάζον κώμῃ χωρίον δὲ αὕτη Φρυγῶν, ὅθεν Σαγγαρίου τοῦ ποταμοῦ αἱ πηγαὶ ῥέουσι " ὡς οὐδὲ ταύτῃ κοινωνεῖν ἀξιοῦντες τοῖς ἐτέαὐτοῖς δοξάζουσιν, ἴδιον ἔθεντο νόμον" ὥστε τὴν τῶν ᾿Αζύμων ἐπιτηρεῖν ἑορτὴν, καὶ σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοι: τὸ Πάσχα ἐπιτελεῖν. Οὐχ ἐκοινώνει δὲ ταύτῃ τῇ συνόδῳ οὔτε ᾿Αγέλιος, ὁ τῶν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τιανῶν ἐπίσκοπος, οὔτε ὁ Νικαίας, ἣ ὁ Νικομηδείας, ἢ ὁ Κοτυσείου: πόλις δὲ αὕτη Φρυγίας οὐχ ἄσημος οὃς δὴ χυρίους χολοφῶνας, ὡς εἰπεῖν, οἱ Νανατιανοὶ νομίζουσι «ὧν περὶ τὴν οἰκείαν αἴρεσιν καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν ᾿Εκκλησίας πραττομένων. Ἔχ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας, ὅπως καὶ οὗτοι εἰς διαφορὰν ; κατέστησαν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διατεμόντες χωρὶς ἐκκλησίαζον, κατὰ καιρὸν ἐρῶ.
Hoi men oun pros dysin hiereis ōde phthasantes tous par᾿ autois neōterizontas, epimelōs ephylatton tēn archēthen paradotheisan autois pistin. Hōs komidę̄ oligous enthade heterodoxous genesthai, kai schedon monous tous amphi ton Auxention. Ouk eis makran de kai houtos ekpodōn egeneto ; teleutēsantos de autou, estasiaze to plēthos, ou ton auton airoumenoi tēn Mediolanōn Ekklēsian episkopein; kai hē polis ekindyneuen. Hekastoi gar apotychontes ēpeiloun poiein philei ginesthai en tais toiautais tarachais. Deisas de tēn tou dēmou kinēsin Ambrosios, ho tote tou ethnous hēgoumenos, elthōn eis tēn ekklēsian, synebouleue pauesthai tēs eridos, nomōn hypomimnēskōn, homonoias te kai tōn apo tēs eirēnēs agathōn. Oupō de autou pausamenou peri toutōn dēmēgorein, exapinēs pantes aphemenoi tēs pros allēkous orgēs, ep᾿ auton ton symboulon tēs homonoias agousi tēn tēs episkopēs psēphon. Kai baptizesthai parekeleuonto; eti gar amyētos ēn. Kai tēn hierōsynēn paralambanein edeonto. Epei de ho men parę̄teito, kai aneballeto, kai atechnōs to pragma apepheugen; ho de dēmos epekeito, kai tēs eridos ouch allōs anēsein ischyrizeto, mēnyeta! tade tais en tois basileiois archais. de tę̄ peri toutōn angelich legetai Oualentinianos ho sileus euxasthai, kai charin phanai homologein tǭ Theǭ, hōs hierasthai epilegomenǭ, ous autos archein prothalletai. Mathōn de tēn tou plēthous enstasin tēn ᾿Ambrosiou paraitēsin, synethalen epi homonoią tēs en Mediolanǭ Ekklēsias tauta bradeuein ton Theon tēn tachistēn auton cheirotoneisthai prosetaxen. HiALma de emyēthē cheirotonian parelathen, homophronein pepeike peri ta theia tēn hyp᾽ auton Ekklēsian, epi pollǭ chronǭ dichonoią chamouek tēs prostasias Auxentiou. ᾿All' hoios men ᾿Ambrosios houtos meta tēn cheirotonian egeneto, hōs andreiōs mala theiōs tēn hierōsynēn diēnysen, en tois hexēs kata chōran lelexetai. Peri de touton ton chronon amphi tēn Phrygian Nanatianoi, para to proteron eiōthos, ērxanto meta tōn Ioudaiōn tēn tou Pascha heortēn epitelein. Nauatos men gar, hos archēgos egeneto tēs haireseōs, tous metameloumenous epi tois hamartēmasin eis koinōnian ou prosieto, kai touto monon echkainotomei, Paraplēsiōs de tę̄ Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsią, meta tēn earinēn isēmerian diete-lesen autos te hoi met᾽ auton tautēn agontes tēn heortēn. Eisote dē epi tautēs tēs hēgemonias, tines tōn ana tēn Phrygian Nanatianōn episkopōn synelthontes en Gazon kōmę̄ chōrion de hautē Phrygōn, hothen Sangariou tou potamou hai pēgai rheousi " hōs oude tautę̄ koinōnein axiountes tois eteautois doxazousin, idion ethento nomon" hōste tēn tōn ᾿Azymōn epitērein heortēn, kai syn tois Ioudaioi: to Pascha epitelein. Ouch ekoinōnei de tautę̄ tę̄ synodǭ oute ᾿Agelios, ho tōn en Kōnstantinoupolei tianōn episkopos, oute ho Nikaias, hē ho Nikomēdeias, ē ho Kotyseiou: polis de hautē Phrygias ouch asēmos hoos dē chyrious cholophōnas, hōs eipein, hoi Nanatianoi nomizousi «hōn peri tēn oikeian airesin kai tas autōn ᾿Ekklēsias prattomenōn. Ech tautēs de tēs aitias, hopōs kai houtoi eis diaphoran ? katestēsan, sphas autous diatemontes chōris ekklēsiazon, kata kairon erō.
So the priests in the West, having thus forestalled those among them who were innovating, carefully kept the faith handed down to them from the beginning, so that very few of other belief were found there, almost only Auxentius’s party. Not long after, he too was removed from the scene. At his death the people rioted, not agreeing on who should oversee the church of Milan; and the city was in danger. For each party, if it failed, threatened to do what tends to happen in such disturbances. Ambrose, who then governed the province, fearing the agitation of the people, came to the church and advised them to cease from strife, reminding them of the laws, of concord, and of the blessings of peace. Before he had finished speaking about these things, all of a sudden they laid aside their anger with one another and gave their vote for the episcopate to the very man who had counselled concord. They urged him to be baptized — for he was still uninitiated — and begged him to receive the priesthood. When he declined and put it off and fled the matter altogether, while the people pressed him and insisted that they would not otherwise give up their strife, this was reported to the authorities at the palace. At the news of it, the emperor Valentinian is said to have prayed and declared his thanks to God that those whom he himself put forward to govern were chosen to be priests. Learning of the people’s insistence and Ambrose’s refusal, he concluded that God was arbitrating these things for the concord of the church in Milan, and ordered him to be ordained as quickly as possible. As soon as he was initiated he received ordination, and he persuaded the church under him, which had long been divided under the leadership of Auxentius, to be of one mind concerning divine things. What kind of man this Ambrose became after his ordination, and how very bravely and divinely he fulfilled his priesthood, will be told in its place in what follows. About this time the Novatians in Phrygia, contrary to their former custom, began to celebrate the feast of Pascha with the Jews. For Novatus, who was the founder of the heresy, did not admit to communion those who repented of their sins, and innovated in this alone; but like the church of the Romans, he and those after him kept celebrating this feast after the spring equinox. Until in this reign some of the Novatian bishops in Phrygia met at the village of Pazus — a place in Phrygia from which the springs of the river Sangarius flow — and, as if not deigning to agree even in this with those who believed otherwise, they made a law of their own: to observe the feast of Unleavened Bread and to celebrate Pascha with the Jews. Neither Agelius, the bishop of the Novatians in Constantinople, took part in this synod, nor the bishops of Nicaea, Nicomedia or Cotyaeum — a city of Phrygia of some note — whom the Novatians regard, so to speak, as the decisive authorities in matters concerning their own heresy and churches. For what reason these also fell into disagreement, and, dividing themselves, held separate assemblies, I shall tell in due course.
6.25PG 67:1357–1361
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ εἰς τὸ προφανὲς προΐστατο ᾿Απολινάριος τῆς ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὀνομαζομένης αἱρέσεως" πολλοὺς ἀποτεμὼν τῆς ἑαυτὸν συνἦγε. Συνελάδετο δὲ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ οἰκείου δόν - μᾶτος σύσταδιν Βιτάλιος πρεσδύτερος τιοχεὺς τῶν ὑπὸ Μελίτιον ἱερωμένων " εἰ τις ἄλλος, τοῦ βίου τῆς πολιτείας ἐπιφανής, καὶ περὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀγομένους σπουδαῖος, καὶ τούτου χάριν τῷ λαῷ σεδάσμιος. οὐ πολὺ γὰρ ἀποσχίσας ἑαυτὸν τῆς Μελιτίου κοινωνίας, ᾿Α πολιναρίῳ προσέθετο" καὶ τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ δοξαζόντων ἐπὶ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων ἡγεῖτο" αἰδοῖ τῆς αὐτοῦ πολιτείας, πλῆθος οὐχ ὀλίγον πειθόμενον ἔχων, οἱ καὶ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἔλαχην, Βιταλιανοὶ παρὰ χεῦσιν εἰς ἔτι νῦν ὀνομαζόμενοι. Λέγεται δὲ τοῦτο παθεῖν ὑπὸ λύπης, ὡς ὑπεροφθεὶς παρὰ Φλαβιανοῦ, ὃς ὕστερον ἐπετράπη τὸν ᾿ Ἀντιοχέων θρόνον, συμπρεσβυτέρου τότε ὄντος αὐτῷ, χωλυθεὶς συνήθως ἰδεῖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον. Παρευδοχιμεῖσθαι γὰρ νομίσας, ἀνθρώπινον ὑπέστη " πρὸς ᾿Απολινάριον ἐλθὼν, (? : - ἐκοινώνησε, φίλον αὑτὸν εἶχεν. Ἐχ τούτου δὲ καὶ ἐν ἄλλαις πόλεσι χωρὶς ἐκκλησίαζον ὑπὸ ἐπισκόποις ἰδίοις, θεσμοῖς ἐχρῶντο ἀλλοτρίοις τῆς καθολιχῆῇς Ἐκκλησίας, παρὰ τὰς νενομισμένας ἱερὰς ᾿ ἔμμετρά τινα μελύδρια ψάλλοντες, παρ᾽ αὑτοῦ ᾿ΑἈπολιναρίου εὑρημένα. Πρὸς γὰρ τῇ ἄλλῃ παιδεύσει, καὶ ποιητιχὸς ὧν, παντοδαπῶν μέτρων εἰδήμων, καὶ τοῖς ἐντεῦθεν ἠδύσμασι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἔπειθεν αὑτῷ προσέχειν. "Ανδρες τε παρὰ τοὺς πότους ἐν ἔργοις, καὶ γυναῖκες παρὰ τοὺς ἱστοὺς τὰ αὐτοῦ μέλη ἔψαλλον. Σπουδῆς γὰρ ἀνέσεως, ἑορτῶν, τῶν ἄλλων, πρὸς τὸν ἑκάστου καιρὸν εἰδύλλια αὐτῷ πεπόνητο, πάντα εἰς εὐλογίαν Θεοῦ τείνοντα. Μαθὼν οὖν ταύτην τὴν αἵρεσιν εἰς πολλοὺς ἕρπειν πρῶτος Δάμασος ὁ Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Πέτρος ὁ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας, συνόδου γενομένης ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ἀλλοτρίαν τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ἐψηφίσαντο. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ ᾿Απολινάριος ὁμοίως ὑπὸ μικροψυχίας νεωτερίσαι περὶ τὸ δόγμα, ἐξ αἰτίας τοιᾶσδε· Ἡνίκα γὰρ ᾿Αθανάσιος ὁ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Εκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύσας, μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου φυγὴν προσετάχθη ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, διοδεύοντι τὴν Λαοδίκειαν, συνήθης αὐτῷ ἐγένετο καὶ εἰς τὰ μάλιστα φίλος. ᾿Απωμότου δὲ οὔσης τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν κοινωνίας τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως, ὧν ἦν καὶ Γεώργιος ὁ ἐνθάδε ἐπίσκοπος, ὑβριστικῶς ἐκβάλλεται τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ὡς παρὰ κανόνας καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἱερέων νόμους ᾿Αθανασίῳ συγγενόμενος. Ἐπῃτιᾶτο δὲ αὐτὸν διὰ ταῦτα, καὶ εὐθύνας παλαιῶν ἁμαρτημάτων μετανοίᾳ λελυμένων ὠνείδιζεν. Ἔτι γὰρ Θεοδότου τοῦ πρὸ αὐτοῦ τὴν Λαοδικέων Ἐκκλησίαν Ιθύναντος, κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ διαπρέπων Ἐπιφάνιος ὁ Σοφιστὴς, ὕμνον εἰς τὸν Διόνυσον παρῄει. Διδασκάλῳ δὲ αὐτῷ χρώμενος Ἀπολινάριος, ἔτι γὰρ νέος ἦν, παρεγένετο τῇ ἀκροάσει σὺν τῷ πατρί· ὁμώνυμος δὲ ἦν αὐτῷ, γραμματικὸς οὐκ ἄσημος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦ λόγου ἀρχό μενος Ἐπιφάνιος, ὡς ἔθος τοῖς τοιάδε ἐπιδεικνυμένοις λέγειν, τοὺς ἀμυήτους καὶ βεβήλους ἐξιέναι θύραζε ἐκέλευεν· οὔτε δὲ ᾿Απολινάριος ὁ νέος, οὔτε ὁ πρεσβύτης, οὔτε ἕτερός τις τῶν παρόντων Χριστιανῶν τῆς ἀκροάσεως ἀπεχώρησε. Μαθὼν ταῦτα Θεόδοτος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκε· καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ἐν λαῷ τεταγμένοις μετρίως ἐγκαλέσας, συγγνώμην ἔνειμεν. ᾿Απολιναρίω δὲ ἄμφω τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δημοσίᾳ ἐλέγξας, τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀφώρισεν· ἤστην γὰρ κληρικώ· ὁ μὲν πατήρ πρεσβύτερος, ὁ δὲ παῖς ἀναγνώστης ἔτι τῶν ἱερῶν Γραφῶν. Χρό νου δέ τινος διαγενομένου ἐν δάκρυσι καὶ νηστείαις ἐπαξίως τῆς ἁμαρτίας μεταμεληθέντας προσίεται πάλιν Θεόδοτος. Ὡς δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἔλαχε Γεώργιος, καὶ ἡ πρὸς ᾿Αθανάσιον συνουσία γέγονεν Ἀπολιναρίῳ, ὡς εἴρηται, ἀκοινώνητον αὐτὸν ἀποφαίνει καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἀλλότριον. Ὁ δὲ λέγεται μὲν πολλάκις αὐτοῦ δεηθῆναι τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀπολαβεῖν. Ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἔπειθε, λύπῃ κρατηθεὶς ἐτάραξε τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ δογμάτων καινότητα τὴν εἰρημένην αἴρεσιν εἰσήγαγεν, ὅπερ ἠδύνατο, τέχνῃ, φημὶ, λόγων τὸν ἐχθρὸν ἀμυνόμενος, καὶ διελέγχων ὡς ἐν διδασκαλίᾳ ἱερῶν δογμάτων οὐ τοιοῦτος ὢν, τὸν ἀμείνω καθεῖλεν. Οὕτω πη αἱ ἴδιαι ἔχθραι τῶν κατὰ καιροὺς κληρικῶν τὰ μέγιστα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἔβλαψαν, καὶ τὴν θρησκείαν εἰς πολλὰς αἱρέσεις κατέτεμον. Τεκμήριον δὲ τοῦτο· εἰ γὰρ ὁμοίως Θεοδότῳ καὶ Γεώργιος μεταμεληθέντα ᾿Απολινάριον ἐδέξατο, οὐκ ἂν, οἶμαι, ἡ ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ καλουμένη αἵρεσις ἦν. Ἡ γὰρ ἀνθρωπεία φύσις, ὑπερφρονουμένη μὲν, ἀπαυθαδιάζεται, καὶ εἰς φιλονεικίαν καὶ νεωτερισμοὺς καθίσταται· ἀπολαύουσα δὲ τῶν ἴσων, μετριάζειν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μένειν φιλεῖ.
En toutǭ de eis to prophanes proïstato ᾿Apolinarios tēs ap᾽ autou onomazomenēs haireseōs" pollous apotemōn tēs heauton synēge. Syneladeto de autǭ pros tēn tou oikeiou don - matos systadin Bitalios presdyteros tiocheus tōn hypo Melition hierōmenōn " ei tis allos, tou biou tēs politeias epiphanēs, kai peri tous hyp᾽ auton agomenous spoudaios, kai toutou charin tǭ laǭ sedasmios. ou poly gar aposchisas heauton tēs Melitiou koinōnias, ᾿A polinariǭ prosetheto" kai tōn ta auta doxazontōn epi tēs ᾿Antiocheōn hēgeito" aidoi tēs autou politeias, plēthos ouch oligon peithomenon echōn, hoi kai ap᾽ autou tēn prosēgorian elachēn, Bitalianoi para cheusin eis eti nyn onomazomenoi. Legetai de touto pathein hypo lypēs, hōs hyperophtheis para Phlabianou, hos hysteron epetrapē ton ᾿ Antiocheōn thronon, sympresbyterou tote ontos autǭ, chōlytheis synēthōs idein ton episkopon. Pareudochimeisthai gar nomisas, anthrōpinon hypestē " pros ᾿Apolinarion elthōn, (? : - ekoinōnēse, philon hauton eichen. Ech toutou de kai en allais polesi chōris ekklēsiazon hypo episkopois idiois, thesmois echrōnto allotriois tēs katholichēę̄s Ekklēsias, para tas nenomismenas hieras ᾿ emmetra tina melydria psallontes, par᾽ hautou ᾿AApolinariou heurēmena. Pros gar tę̄ allę̄ paideusei, kai poiētichos hōn, pantodapōn metrōn eidēmōn, kai tois enteuthen ēdysmasi tous pollous epeithen hautǭ prosechein. "Andres te para tous potous en ergois, kai gynaikes para tous histous ta autou melē epsallon. Spoudēs gar aneseōs, heortōn, tōn allōn, pros ton hekastou kairon eidyllia autǭ peponēto, panta eis eulogian Theou teinonta. Mathōn oun tautēn tēn hairesin eis pollous herpein prōtos Damasos ho Rhōmaiōn episkopos, kai Petros ho ᾿Alexandreias, synodou genomenēs en Rhōmę̄, allotrian tēs katholou Ekklēsias epsēphisanto. Legetai de kai ᾿Apolinarios homoiōs hypo mikropsychias neōterisai peri to dogma, ex aitias toiasde; Hēnika gar ᾿Athanasios ho tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian epitropeusas, meta tēn epi Kōnstantiou phygēn prosetachthē epanelthein eis Aigypton, diodeuonti tēn Laodikeian, synēthēs autǭ egeneto kai eis ta malista philos. ᾿Apōmotou de ousēs tēs pros auton koinōnias tois apo tēs enantias haireseōs, hōn ēn kai Geōrgios ho enthade episkopos, hybristikōs ekballetai tēs Ekklēsias, hōs para kanonas kai tous tōn hiereōn nomous ᾿Athanasiǭ syngenomenos. Epę̄tiato de auton dia tauta, kai euthynas palaiōn hamartēmatōn metanoią lelymenōn ōneidizen. Eti gar Theodotou tou pro autou tēn Laodikeōn Ekklēsian Ithynantos, kat' ekeino kairou diaprepōn Epiphanios ho Sophistēs, hymnon eis ton Dionyson parę̄ei. Didaskalǭ de autǭ chrōmenos Apolinarios, eti gar neos ēn, paregeneto tę̄ akroasei syn tǭ patri; homōnymos de ēn autǭ, grammatikos ouk asēmos. Epei de tou logou archo menos Epiphanios, hōs ethos tois toiade epideiknymenois legein, tous amyētous kai bebēlous exienai thyraze ekeleuen; oute de ᾿Apolinarios ho neos, oute ho presbytēs, oute heteros tis tōn parontōn Christianōn tēs akroaseōs apechōrēse. Mathōn tauta Theodotos ho episkopos, chalepōs ēnenke; kai tois men allois en laǭ tetagmenois metriōs enkalesas, syngnōmēn eneimen. ᾿Apolinariō de amphō tēn hamartian dēmosią elenxas, tēs Ekklēsias aphōrisen; ēstēn gar klērikō; ho men patēr presbyteros, ho de pais anagnōstēs eti tōn hierōn Graphōn. Chro nou de tinos diagenomenou en dakrysi kai nēsteiais epaxiōs tēs hamartias metamelēthentas prosietai palin Theodotos. Hōs de tēn autēn episkopēn elache Geōrgios, kai hē pros ᾿Athanasion synousia gegonen Apolinariǭ, hōs eirētai, akoinōnēton auton apophainei kai tēs Ekklēsias allotrion. Ho de legetai men pollakis autou deēthēnai tēn koinōnian apolabein. Hōs de ouk epeithe, lypę̄ kratētheis etaraxe tēn Ekklēsian, kai dogmatōn kainotēta tēn eirēmenēn airesin eisēgagen, hoper ēdynato, technę̄, phēmi, logōn ton echthron amynomenos, kai dielenchōn hōs en didaskalią hierōn dogmatōn ou toioutos ōn, ton ameinō katheilen. Houtō pē hai idiai echthrai tōn kata kairous klērikōn ta megista tēn Ekklēsian eblapsan, kai tēn thrēskeian eis pollas haireseis katetemon. Tekmērion de touto; ei gar homoiōs Theodotǭ kai Geōrgios metamelēthenta ᾿Apolinarion edexato, ouk an, oimai, hē ap᾿ autou kaloumenē hairesis ēn. Hē gar anthrōpeia physis, hyperphronoumenē men, apauthadiazetai, kai eis philoneikian kai neōterismous kathistatai; apolauousa de tōn isōn, metriazein kai epi tōn autōn menein philei.
At this time Apolinarius openly took the lead of the heresy named after him, and gathered many cut off from the church around himself. He was helped in establishing his doctrine by Vitalius, a presbyter of Antioch, one of those ordained by Meletius, distinguished as much as anyone for his life and conduct, zealous for those under his guidance, and for this revered by the people. Separating himself from communion with Meletius not long before, he joined Apolinarius and led those of the same belief in the city of the Antiochenes, having no small multitude obeying him out of respect for his conduct; they took their name from him and are still called Vitalians by the Antiochenes. He is said to have done this out of vexation at having been slighted by Flavian, who was later entrusted with the throne of the Antiochenes and was then his fellow presbyter, and at being prevented from seeing the bishop as he used to. Thinking himself outdone in esteem, he gave way to a human weakness, went over to Apolinarius, communicated with him, and held him as his friend. From this time in other cities too they held assemblies apart under their own bishops and used customs foreign to the catholic church, singing, instead of the accustomed sacred songs, certain metrical little songs composed by Apolinarius himself. For besides his other learning he was also a poet, skilled in metres of every kind, and by the charms of these he persuaded many to attend to him. Men at drinking parties and at their work, and women at their looms, sang his songs. For he had composed pieces suited to every occasion — for earnestness, for relaxation, for festivals and the rest — all tending to the praise of God. When Damasus, bishop of the Romans, and Peter of Alexandria first learned that this heresy was creeping into many, a synod was held at Rome and they declared it foreign to the catholic church. It is said that Apolinarius too innovated in doctrine from a similar pettiness of soul, for the following reason. When Athanasius, who governed the church of the Alexandrians, was ordered to return to Egypt after his exile under Constantius, and passed through Laodicea, Apolinarius became his acquaintance and close friend. Since communion with Athanasius was abjured by those of the opposite heresy, among whom was George, the bishop there, Apolinarius was insultingly cast out of the church, as having associated with Athanasius contrary to the canons and the laws of the priests. George accused him on this account and reproached him with old faults that had been absolved by repentance. For while Theodotus, George’s predecessor, still governed the church of Laodicea, Epiphanius the sophist, distinguished at that time, was reciting a hymn to Dionysus. Apolinarius, who had him as a teacher — for he was still young — was present at the recitation with his father, who had the same name and was a grammarian of some note. When Epiphanius, beginning his speech, bade the uninitiated and profane go out of doors, as is the custom of those who give such displays, neither the young Apolinarius nor the old, nor any other of the Christians present, left the recitation. When Theodotus the bishop learned this, he was angry; and rebuking moderately the others, who were ranked among the laity, he granted them pardon; but the two Apolinarii he publicly convicted of their sin and excommunicated from the church, for both were clerics, the father a presbyter, the son still a reader of the sacred Scriptures. After some time had passed, when they had repented in tears and fasting in a manner worthy of their sin, Theodotus received them back. But when George obtained the same see, and Apolinarius had his association with Athanasius, as has been said, George declared him excommunicate and a stranger to the church. Apolinarius is said to have begged him many times to receive back communion; and when he did not prevail, overcome by vexation he troubled the church and introduced by novelty of doctrines the heresy described — avenging himself on his enemy, I mean, by what he could, the art of words, and proving that in teaching sacred doctrines George was not his equal, he brought down the better man. So, somehow, the private enmities of the clergy of the various times have done the greatest harm to the church and cut religion into many heresies. And here is a proof: if George had received Apolinarius on his repentance as Theodotus did, there would not, I think, be the heresy called after him. For human nature, when despised, grows arrogant and turns to contentiousness and innovations; but when it enjoys equal treatment, it tends to be moderate and to remain where it is.
6.26PG 67:1361–1367
Ἀμφὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Εὐνόμιος, ὃς ἀντὶ Ελευσίου τὴν ἐν Κυζίκῳ Ἐκκλησίαν κατείχε, τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως προϊστάμενος, ἑτέραν παρὰ ταύτην εἰσηγήσατο· ἣν οἱ μὲν ἀπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὀνομάζουσιν, οἱ δὲ τὴν τῶν ᾿Ανομοίων καλοῦσι. Φασὶ δὲ τινες, πρῶτον τοῦτον Εὐνόμιον τολμῆσαι εἰσηγήσασθαι, ἐν μιᾷ καταδύσει χρῆναι ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν θείαν βάπτισιν, καὶ παραχαράξαι τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων εἰσέτι νῦν ἐν πᾶσι φυλαττομένην παράδοσιν, καὶ ὡς ἐπίπαν, ἑτέραν τινὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ Ἐκκλησίας ἐξευρεῖν ἀγωγὴν, σεμνότητι καὶ ἀκριβείᾳ πλείονι τὴν καινότητα περιπέττουσαν. Ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ τεχνίτης λόγων, καὶ ἐριστικὸς, καὶ συλλογισμοῖς χαίρων· τοιούτους δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς τῶν τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονούντων ἔστιν ἰδεῖν. Οὐ μᾶλλον γὰρ ἐπαινοῦσι βίον ἀγαθὸν ἢ τρόπον, ἢ τὸν περὶ τοὺς δεομένους ἔλεον, εἰ μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ δοξάζοιεν· ὅσον εἴ τις ἐριστικῶς διαλέγοιτο, καὶ κρατεῖν δοκοίη συλλογιζόμενος· ὁ τοιοῦτος γὰρ εὐσεδὴς παρὰ πάντας νομίξεται, Ὡς ἄλλοις ἃ, τἀληθέστερον, οἶμαι, λέγουσιν, ὡς Θεοφρόνιος ὁ Καππαδόκης, καὶ Εὐτύχιος, σπουδασταὶ ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως, ἀποτεμόντες σφᾶς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐχομένης βασιλείας, περί τε ἄλλα τῶν Εὐνομίῳ δοξάντων, καὶ περὶ τὴν θείαν βάπτισιν ἐνεωτέρισαν ἃ, οὐχ εἰς Τριάδα, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸν τοῦ Χριστοῦ θάνατον βαπτίζεσθαι εἰσηγησάμενοι. Εὐνόμιον μέντοι μηδὲν περὶ τούτου χαινοτομῇσαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῦτον τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονῆσαι, καὶ οὕτω διαμεῖναι" ἐπίσκοπον δὲ Κυζίκου γενόμενον, χατηγορηθῆναι ὑπὰ τῶν ὑπὸ αὐτὸν κληρικῶν, ὡς νεωτέρων δογμάτων εἰτηγητήν. Τηνικαῦτα δὲ Εὐδόξιον τὸν ἡγούμενον ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, μεταχαλεσάμενον αὐτὸν, ἐπιτρέψαι τῷ λαῷ προσομιλῆσαι περὶ τοῦ δόγματος " μὴ χαταγνόντα δὲ μηδὲν, προτρέψασθαι μὲν εἰς Κύξιχον ἐπανελθεῖν. Τὸν δὲ φῆσαι, μὴ αἷρεῖσθαι λοιπὸν τοῖς ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ αὐτῷ γενομένοις συνεῖναι" πρόφασιν ταύτην τοῦ χωρισμοῦ ποιήσασθαι. Τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, ὅτι ᾿Αέτιον τὸν αὐτοῦ διδάοὐ προσεδέξαντο" ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ δὲ διαμεῖναι, μηδὲν τῆς προτέρας δόξης παραλλάξαντα. Ταῦτα μὲν ὧδε, οἱ δὲ ἑτέρως λέγουσιν. εἴτε Εὐνόεἴτε ἄλλοι τινὲς, περὶ τὴν παράδοσιν τοῦ πτίσματος ταῦτα ἐνεωτέρισαν, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μόνοι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον χινδυνεύουσιν, ἄμοιροι τῆς θεΐας βαπτίσεως τὸν βίον καταλιπεῖν., Εἰ γὰρ κατὰ τὸ νενομισμένον ἐξ ἀρχῆς βαπτισθέντες, πρότερον αὖτοὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἀναδαπτίζειν οὐχ ἠδύναντο, οἱ τὰ μὴ ς συμδὰν ἐπὶ αὑτῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰσηγοῦντο. Καὶ ὃ μήτε αὐτοὶ ἦσαν μῆτε δι᾽ ἄλλων ἐγένοντο, τοῦτο ἑτέρους ἐποίουν" ἐξ ἀνυποστάτου τινὸς ἀρχῆς ἰδίας χαταλήψεως τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα συστησάμενοι, ἃ μὴ αὐτοὶ παρειλήφασιν, ἄλλοις παραδεδώκασιν. Ὅπες εὔηθές ἐστι. Συνωμολόγηται γὰρ παρ᾽ αὑτῶν, τοὺς ἀμυήτους μὴ δύνασθαι ἄλλους βαπτίζειν" ὁ δὲ τῷ τρόπῳ τῆς αὐτῶν παραδόσεως μὴ βαπτισθεὶς, ἀβδάπτιστος αὐτοῖς εἶναι δοκεῖ, ὡς μὴ δεόντως θείς. Καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν αὐτοὶ, οὖς ἂν δύνωνται πεῖθειν τὰ αὐτῶν φρονεῖν, ἀναδαπτίζοντες, εἰ ἔφθασαν μυηθῆναι κατὰ τὴν παράδοσιν τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας. Ἐθορύβει μὲν οὖν οὐ μετρίως καὶ ταῦτα τὴν θρησκείαν· καὶ τοῖς θέλουσι Χριστιανίζειν ἐμπόδιον ἐγένετο τὸ διάφορον τῶν ἐπιγενομένων δογμάτων. Ἑκάστοτε γὰρ καρτεραὶ διαλέξεις ἐγίνοντο, καὶ ὡς ἐν ἀρχομέναις αἱρέσεσιν ἥκμαζον, οὐ τοὺς τυχόντας σπουδῇ καὶ λόγων δυνάμει καθηγητὰς ἔχουσαι· ὡς δὲ συμβάλλειν ἔστι, μικροῦ τῆς καθόλου ᾿Εκκλησίας εἰς τὴν αὐτῶν δόξαν τοὺς πλείους παρἐσυραν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Βασίλειον καὶ Γρηγόριον τοὺς Καππαδόκας, ἀντιπάλους εὗρον, καὶ ἡ Θεοδο σίου βασιλεία, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐπιγενομένη, τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν ἔστησε, καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐκ τοῦ συχνοτέρου τῆς ἀρχομένης εἰς ἐρημοτέρους τόπους ἐχώρησεν. Ὥστε δὲ μὴ παντελῶς ἡμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἑκατέρου αἱρέσεως, ἰστέον ὡς τῆς κατ᾿ Εὐνόμιον δόξης πρῶτος ᾿Αέτιος ὁ Σύρος εὑρετὴς ἐγένετο, ἀνόμοιον τῷ Πατρὶ εὸν Υἱὸν, κτιστόν τε καὶ ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων γεγονέναι, μετὰ ῎Αρειον ἀποφηνάμενος. Καὶ οἱ τάδε φρονοῦνσες ᾿Αετιανοὶ τὸ πρὶν ὠνομάζοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ, ὡς ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίου βασιλείᾳ εἴρηται, τῶν μὲν ὁμοού - διον, τῶν δὲ ὁμοιοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξαζόντων, ὅμοιον τότε ἔδοξε λέγειν τοῖς τότε κρατοῦσι κατὰ τὴν ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ σύνοδον, ᾿Αέτιος μὲν κατεδι- κάσθη φεύγειν, ὡς εἰς Θεὸν βλασφημῶν· ἡ δὲ ὑπ᾿ ὐτοῦ συστᾶσα αἵρεσις τρόπον τινὰ τὸν ἐν μέσῳ διελύθη χρόνον· οὔτε ἄλλου τῶν ἐν λόγῳ, οὔτε Εὐνομίου εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐπὶ ταύτῃ παρρησιάζεσθαι τολμῶντος. Ὡς δὲ τὴν Κυζικηνῶν Ἐκκλησίαν ἀντὶ Ἐλευσίου παρείληφεν, οὐκέτι παντελῶς ἡρεμεῖν ἡνείχετο, καὶ ἐν πλήθει διαλεγόμενος, αὖθις τὴν ᾿Αετίου δόξαν εἰς μέσον ἤγαγεν. Οἷα δὲ φιλεῖ πολλάεις, ἐπιλαθόμενοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι τοῦ πρώτως ταύτην εὑρόντος τὴν αἴρεσιν, Εὐνομίῳ τοὺς ὧδε φρονοῦντας επωνόμασαν, καθότι μετὰ ᾿Αέτιον τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα ἀνενέωσε, καὶ τολμηρότερον ἐπεξειργάσατο τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν παραδόντος. ὁ:
Amphi de touton ton chronon Eunomios, hos anti Eleusiou tēn en Kyzikǭ Ekklēsian kateiche, tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs proïstamenos, heteran para tautēn eisēgēsato; hēn hoi men ap᾿ autou onomazousin, hoi de tēn tōn ᾿Anomoiōn kalousi. Phasi de tines, prōton touton Eunomion tolmēsai eisēgēsasthai, en mią katadysei chrēnai epitelein tēn theian baptisin, kai paracharaxai tēn apo tōn apostolōn eiseti nyn en pasi phylattomenēn paradosin, kai hōs epipan, heteran tina tēs autou Ekklēsias exeurein agōgēn, semnotēti kai akribeią pleioni tēn kainotēta peripettousan. Egeneto de kai technitēs logōn, kai eristikos, kai syllogismois chairōn; toioutous de tous pollous tōn ta autou phronountōn estin idein. Ou mallon gar epainousi bion agathon ē tropon, ē ton peri tous deomenous eleon, ei mē ta auta doxazoien; hoson ei tis eristikōs dialegoito, kai kratein dokoiē syllogizomenos; ho toioutos gar eusedēs para pantas nomixetai, Hōs allois ha, talēthesteron, oimai, legousin, hōs Theophronios ho Kappadokēs, kai Eutychios, spoudastai tautēs tēs haireseōs, apotemontes sphas epi tēs echomenēs basileias, peri te alla tōn Eunomiǭ doxantōn, kai peri tēn theian baptisin eneōterisan ha, ouch eis Triada, alla eis ton tou Christou thanaton baptizesthai eisēgēsamenoi. Eunomion mentoi mēden peri toutou chainotomę̄sai, all᾽ ex archēs touton ta ᾿Areiou phronēsai, kai houtō diameinai" episkopon de Kyzikou genomenon, chatēgorēthēnai hypa tōn hypo auton klērikōn, hōs neōterōn dogmatōn eitēgētēn. Tēnikauta de Eudoxion ton hēgoumenon en Kōnstantinoupolei tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, metachalesamenon auton, epitrepsai tǭ laǭ prosomilēsai peri tou dogmatos " mē chatagnonta de mēden, protrepsasthai men eis Kyxichon epanelthein. Ton de phēsai, mē haireisthai loipon tois en hyponoią autǭ genomenois syneinai" prophasin tautēn tou chōrismou poiēsasthai. To de alēthes, hoti ᾿Aetion ton autou didaou prosedexanto" eph᾽ heautou de diameinai, mēden tēs proteras doxēs parallaxanta. Tauta men hōde, hoi de heterōs legousin. eite Eunoeite alloi tines, peri tēn paradosin tou ptismatos tauta eneōterisan, emoi dokei, monoi kata ton auton logon chindyneuousin, amoiroi tēs theïas baptiseōs ton bion katalipein., Ei gar kata to nenomismenon ex archēs baptisthentes, proteron autoi heautous anadaptizein ouch ēdynanto, hoi ta mē s symdan epi hautōn tēn archēn eisēgounto. Kai ho mēte autoi ēsan mēte di᾽ allōn egenonto, touto heterous epoioun" ex anypostatou tinos archēs idias chatalēpseōs touto to dogma systēsamenoi, ha mē autoi pareilēphasin, allois paradedōkasin. Hopes euēthes esti. Synōmologētai gar par᾽ hautōn, tous amyētous mē dynasthai allous baptizein" ho de tǭ tropǭ tēs autōn paradoseōs mē baptistheis, abdaptistos autois einai dokei, hōs mē deontōs theis. Kai martyrousin autoi, ous an dynōntai peithein ta autōn phronein, anadaptizontes, ei ephthasan myēthēnai kata tēn paradosin tēs katholou Ekklēsias. Ethorybei men oun ou metriōs kai tauta tēn thrēskeian; kai tois thelousi Christianizein empodion egeneto to diaphoron tōn epigenomenōn dogmatōn. Hekastote gar karterai dialexeis eginonto, kai hōs en archomenais hairesesin hēkmazon, ou tous tychontas spoudę̄ kai logōn dynamei kathēgētas echousai; hōs de symballein esti, mikrou tēs katholou ᾿Ekklēsias eis tēn autōn doxan tous pleious paresyran, ei mē tous amphi Basileion kai Grēgorion tous Kappadokas, antipalous heuron, kai hē Theodo siou basileia, ouk eis makran epigenomenē, tēn epicheirēsin estēse, kai autous tous archēgous tōn haireseōn ek tou sychnoterou tēs archomenēs eis erēmoterous topous echōrēsen. Hōste de mē pantelōs hēmas agnoein to dogma tēs hekaterou haireseōs, isteon hōs tēs kat᾿ Eunomion doxēs prōtos ᾿Aetios ho Syros heuretēs egeneto, anomoion tǭ Patri eon Huion, ktiston te kai ex ouk ontōn gegonenai, meta ᾿Areion apophēnamenos. Kai hoi tade phronounses ᾿Aetianoi to prin ōnomazonto. Epei de, hōs en tę̄ Kōnstantiou basileią eirētai, tōn men homoou - dion, tōn de homoioousion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazontōn, homoion tote edoxe legein tois tote kratousi kata tēn en Ariminǭ synodon, ᾿Aetios men katedi- kasthē pheugein, hōs eis Theon blasphēmōn; hē de hyp᾿ ytou systasa hairesis tropon tina ton en mesǭ dielythē chronon; oute allou tōn en logǭ, oute Eunomiou eis to phaneron epi tautę̄ parrēsiazesthai tolmōntos. Hōs de tēn Kyzikēnōn Ekklēsian anti Eleusiou pareilēphen, ouketi pantelōs hēremein hēneicheto, kai en plēthei dialegomenos, authis tēn ᾿Aetiou doxan eis meson ēgagen. Hoia de philei pollaeis, epilathomenoi hoi anthrōpoi tou prōtōs tautēn heurontos tēn airesin, Eunomiǭ tous hōde phronountas epōnomasan, kathoti meta ᾿Aetion touto to dogma aneneōse, kai tolmēroteron epexeirgasato tou tēn archēn paradontos. ho:
About this time Eunomius, who held the church in Cyzicus in place of Eleusius and was a leader of the Arian heresy, introduced another besides it, which some name after him and others call that of the Anomoeans. Some say that this Eunomius was the first who dared to propose that divine baptism should be performed with a single immersion, and to counterfeit the tradition from the apostles that is still kept everywhere; and in general to devise a different discipline for his own church, wrapping the novelty in greater solemnity and strictness. He was also an artist in words, contentious, and delighting in syllogisms; and one can see that most of those who share his views are like this. For they do not praise a good life or character, or mercy toward the needy — unless the man shares their belief — so much as if someone debates contentiously and seems to win by syllogism; such a one is thought pious beyond all. Others, more truly I think, say that Theophronius the Cappadocian and Eutychius, zealots of this heresy, who cut themselves off in the following reign over other points of Eunomius’s doctrine, also innovated concerning divine baptism, proposing that people be baptized not into the Trinity but into the death of Christ; and that Eunomius made no innovation about this, but held the views of Arius from the beginning and remained so. When he became bishop of Cyzicus, he was accused by the clergy under him of introducing newer doctrines. Then Eudoxius, the leader of the Arian heresy in Constantinople, summoned him and allowed him to address the people on the doctrine; and finding nothing to condemn, he urged him to return to Cyzicus. But Eunomius said that he would not choose to live any longer with those who held him under suspicion, and made this the pretext for his separation; the truth was that they had not received Aetius his teacher; and he remained by himself, changing nothing of his former belief. So some say; others tell it differently. But whether Eunomius or certain others innovated thus in the tradition of baptism, they alone, it seems to me, by their own argument run the risk of leaving this life without divine baptism. For if, having been baptized at first according to the established custom, they could not baptize themselves again, they introduced what had not happened in their own case at the beginning; and what they neither were themselves nor became through others, this they did to others; having built this doctrine on an unsubstantial beginning of their own notion, they handed on to others what they themselves had not received. This is foolish. For it is agreed by them that the uninitiated cannot baptize others; and one not baptized according to the manner of their tradition seems to them unbaptized, as not properly initiated. And they themselves bear witness to this by rebaptizing whomever they can persuade to share their views, if they had previously been initiated according to the tradition of the catholic church. These things too troubled religion not a little, and the variety of the doctrines that arose became a hindrance to those who wished to become Christians. For on every occasion fierce debates took place, and these heresies, as is the way with new ones, flourished, having leaders of no ordinary zeal and power of speech; and, as one may conjecture, they would have drawn most of the catholic church to their belief, had they not found Basil and Gregory the Cappadocians as adversaries, and had not the reign of Theodosius, coming soon after, checked the attempt and driven the very leaders of the heresies from the more populous parts of the empire into more deserted places. So that we may not be altogether ignorant of the doctrine of each heresy, it should be known that the first inventor of the belief of Eunomius was Aetius the Syrian, who after Arius declared that the Son is unlike the Father, created, and come into being from things that are not. Those who held these views were formerly called Aetians. But when, as was said in the reign of Constantius, some holding the Son to be of the same essence with the Father and others of like essence, it seemed good to those then in power, at the synod of Ariminum, to say “like,” Aetius was condemned to exile as a blasphemer against God; and the heresy he had established was in a way dissolved in the intervening time, since neither any other man of note nor Eunomius dared to speak openly for it. But when Eunomius received the church of the Cyzicenes in place of Eleusius, he could no longer keep altogether quiet, and debating before the multitude, he again brought the belief of Aetius into the open. And as often happens, people, forgetting who first invented this heresy, named those who held these views after Eunomius, because after Aetius he renewed this doctrine and worked it out more boldly than the one who first handed it down.
6.27PG 67:1367–1369
Εὐνόμιον μὲν οὖν τὰ αὐτὰ φρονεῖν ᾿Ἀετίῳ, συνομολογεῖν δέον " γὰρ δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς Εὐνόμιος τίον διδάσκαλον αὐχεῖ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ τοῦτο πολλάκις ἐν ἰδίοις γράμμασι παῤῥησιαζόμενος. ᾿Απομινάριον δὲ ἐπαιτιώμενος Γρηγόριος ὁ Ναζιανζῶν ἐπισχοπήῆ- . σας, ἐν ἐπιστολῇ που τάδε γράφει πρὸς Νεχτάριην τὸν ἡγησάμενον τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει Ἐκκλησίας" δὲ ἐγκόλπιον ἡμῶν κακὸν, Εὐνόμιος, οὐκέτι ἀγαπᾷ τὸ ὁπωσοῦν εἶναι" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ μὴ πάντας τῇ αὐτοῦ ἀπωλείᾳ συνεφελχύσαιτο, ζημίαν χρίνει. Καὶ ταῦτα μὲν φορητά" τὸ πάντων χαλεπώτατον ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησιαστικαῖς συμφοραῖς ἡ τῶν ᾿Απολιναριστῶν ἐστι παῤῥησία, οὗς, οὐχ οἶδα πῶς, παρεῖδέ σου ἡ ὁσιότης, πορισαμένους ἑαυτοῖς τὴν τοῦ συνάγειν ὁμοτίμως ἡμῖν παῤῥησίαν. Πάντως μὲν οὖν διὰ πάντων κατὰ Θεοῦ χάριν τὰ θεΐα πεπαιδευμένος μυστήρια, οὗ μόνον τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου συνηγορίαν ἐπίστασαι, ἀλλὰ χἀχεῖνα ὅσα παρὰ τῶν αἱρετικῶν κατὰ τῆς ὑγιαινούσης ἐπινενόηται πίστεως. Πλὴν παρὰ τῆς βραχύτητος ἡμῶν οὐχ ἄκαιρον ἴσως . σοὺ τὴν σεμνοπρέπειαν, ὅτι μοι πυχτίον γέγονεν ἐν χερσὶ τοῦ ᾿Απολιναρίου, ἐν ᾧ τὰ κατασχευαζόμενα πᾶσαν αἱρετικὴν χαχίαν παρέρχεται. βεβαιοῦται γὰρ μὴ ἐπίχτητον εἶναι τὴν σάρκα οἰκονομίαν τοῦ μονογενοῦς ΥἹἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσληφθεῖ. σαν ἐπὶ μεταστοιχειώσει τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, ἀλλ' ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ τὴν δαρχώδη ἐκείνην φύσιν εἶναι. Καὶ κακῶς ἐχλαθὼν εὐαγγελιχὴήν τινα ῥῆσιν, εἰς μαρτυρίαν τῆς τοιαύτης ἀτοπίας προβάλλεται, λέγων" Οὐδεὶς ἀναθδέθδηχεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταθὰς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" ὡς καὶ πρὶν κατελθεῖν αὐτὸν, Υἱὸν ἀνθρώπου εἶναι, κατελθεῖν ἰδίαν ἐπαγόμενον σάρκα ἐκείνην, ἣν ἔχων ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἐτύγχανε, προαιώνιόν τα καὶ συνουσιωμένην. Λέγει γὰρ πάλιν ἀποντολιχὴν τινα ῥῆσιν, ὅτι Ὃ δεύτερος ἄγθρωπος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ" εἶτα κατασκευάζει τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκεῖνον, τὸν ἄνωθεν ἤχοντα, νοῦν μὴ ἔχειν" ἀλλὰ τὴν θεότητα τοῦ ΜονοὙενοῦς, τὴν τοῦ νοῦ φύσιν ἀναπληρώσασαν, μέρος γενέσθαι τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου συγχρίματος τὸ τριτημόριον᾽ Ψυχῆς τε σώματος κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντων, νοῦ δὲ μὴ ὄντος, ἀλλὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου τὸν ἐκείνου τόπον ἀναπληροῦντος. Καὶ οὕπω τοῦτο δεινὸν θέαμα" ἀλλὰ τὸ πάντων χαλεπώτατον, ὅτι αὐτὸν τὸν μονογενῇ Θεὸν, τὸν κριτὴν τῶν ὄντων, τὸν ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς, τὸν χαθαιρέτην τοῦ θανάτου, εἶναι χατασχενάζει, ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὐτοῦ θεά» ἈΝΝΌΓΑ τητι πάθος δέξασθαι, ἐν τῇ τριημέρῳ ἔχείνῃ νεχρώσει τοῦ σώματος, τὴν θεότητα συναπονεχρωθῆναι τῷ σώματι" οὕτω παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς πάλιν ἀπὸ τοῦ θανάτου διαναστῆναι. Τὰ δὲ ἄλ)α ὅσα προστίθησι ταῖς τοιαύταις ἀτοπίαις, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη διεξιέναι, Οἷα μὲν οὖν καὶ ὅπως περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζουσιν ᾿Απολινάριός τε Εὐνόμιος, ἐχ τῶν εἰρημένων ὅτῳ μέλει σκοπείτω. Εἰ δὲ περὶ μάθησιν ἀχριθδῇ τῶν τοιούτων πονεῖν ἔγνωκεν, ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων, ἣ αὐτοῖς, ἢ ἑτέροις περὶ αὐτῶν, ἐπιζητείτω τὰ πλείω" ἐπεὶ ἐμοὶ οὔτε συνιέναι τὰ τοιαῦτα, οὔτε μεταφράξειν εὐπετές, Ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, πρὸς ταῖς εἰρημέναις αἰτίαις, τὸ μὴ κρατῆσαι τάδε τὰ δόγματα καὶ εἰς πολλοὺς προελθεῖν, μάλιστα τοῖς τότε μοναχοῖς λογιστέον. ᾿Απρὶξ γὰρ εἴχοντο τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δογμάτων, τειὲν Συρίᾳ Καππαδοχίχ, πέριξ τούτων εἰ φιλοσοφοῦντες, μὲν γὰρ Ἕως, ἀπὸ Κιλίκων ἀρξαμένη, μέχρι Φοινίχων ἐχινδύνευσε γενέσθαι τῆς ᾿Απολιναρίου αἱρέσεως Εὐνομίου δὲ ἀπὸ Κιλίχων, καὶ Ταύρου τοῦ ὄρους, μέχρι τοῦ πόντου τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως" ῥᾳδίως γὰρ ἑκάτερος παρ᾽ οἷς διέτριδε, καὶ τοὺς πέλας, τὰ αὑτοῦ φρονεῖν ἔπειθε. Παραπλήσιον δέ πως τοῖς ἐπὶ ᾿Αρείου, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις συμθέδηχε' τὸ γὰρ τῇδε πλῆθος τοὺς δηλωθέντας μοναχοὺς τῆς ἀρετῆς τῶν ἔργων ἐχθαυμάξον, ὀρθῶς αὐτοὺς δοξάζειν ἐπίστευε" τοὺς ἄλλως φρονοῦντας, οἷά γε μὴ χαθαρεύοντας, νόθων δογμάτων ἀπεστρέφοντο. "Ὥσπερ Αἰγύπτιοι τοῖς παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς μοναχοῖς ἑπόμενοι, ἐναντίως εἶχον πρὺς τοὺς
Eunomion men oun ta auta phronein ᾿Aetiǭ, synomologein deon " gar dē kai autos Eunomios tion didaskalon auchei, kai martyrei touto pollakis en idiois grammasi parrhēsiazomenos. ᾿Apominarion de epaitiōmenos Grēgorios ho Nazianzōn epischopēē- . sas, en epistolę̄ pou tade graphei pros Nechtariēn ton hēgēsamenon tēs en Kōnstantinoupolei Ekklēsias" de enkolpion hēmōn kakon, Eunomios, ouketi agapą to hopōsoun einai" all᾽ ei mē pantas tę̄ autou apōleią synephelchysaito, zēmian chrinei. Kai tauta men phorēta" to pantōn chalepōtaton en tais ekklēsiastikais symphorais hē tōn ᾿Apolinaristōn esti parrhēsia, hous, ouch oida pōs, pareide sou hē hosiotēs, porisamenous heautois tēn tou synagein homotimōs hēmin parrhēsian. Pantōs men oun dia pantōn kata Theou charin ta theïa pepaideumenos mystēria, hou monon tēn tou Theou Logou synēgorian epistasai, alla chacheina hosa para tōn hairetikōn kata tēs hygiainousēs epinenoētai pisteōs. Plēn para tēs brachytētos hēmōn ouch akairon isōs . sou tēn semnoprepeian, hoti moi pychtion gegonen en chersi tou ᾿Apolinariou, en hǭ ta katascheuazomena pasan hairetikēn chachian parerchetai. bebaioutai gar mē epichtēton einai tēn sarka oikonomian tou monogenous HuIiou tou Theou proslēphthei. san epi metastoicheiōsei tēs physeōs hēmōn, all' ex archēs en tǭ Huiǭ tēn darchōdē ekeinēn physin einai. Kai kakōs echlathōn euangelichēēn tina rhēsin, eis martyrian tēs toiautēs atopias proballetai, legōn" Oudeis anathdethdēchen eis ton ouranon, ei mē ho ek tou ouranou katathas, ho Huios tou anthrōpou" hōs kai prin katelthein auton, Huion anthrōpou einai, katelthein idian epagomenon sarka ekeinēn, hēn echōn en tǭ ouranǭ etynchane, proaiōnion ta kai synousiōmenēn. Legei gar palin apontolichēn tina rhēsin, hoti Ho deuteros agthrōpos ex ouranou" eita kataskeuazei ton anthrōpon ekeinon, ton anōthen ēchonta, noun mē echein" alla tēn theotēta tou MonoUenous, tēn tou nou physin anaplērōsasan, meros genesthai tou anthrōpinou synchrimatos to tritēmorion᾽ Psychēs te sōmatos kata to anthrōpinon peri auton ontōn, nou de mē ontos, alla tou Theou Logou ton ekeinou topon anaplērountos. Kai houpō touto deinon theama" alla to pantōn chalepōtaton, hoti auton ton monogenę̄ Theon, ton kritēn tōn ontōn, ton archēgon tēs zōēs, ton chathairetēn tou thanatou, einai chataschenazei, en tę̄ idią autou thea» ANNOGA tēti pathos dexasthai, en tę̄ triēmerǭ echeinę̄ nechrōsei tou sōmatos, tēn theotēta synaponechrōthēnai tǭ sōmati" houtō para tou Patros palin apo tou thanatou dianastēnai. Ta de al)a hosa prostithēsi tais toiautais atopiais, makron an eiē diexienai, Hoia men oun kai hopōs peri Theou doxazousin ᾿Apolinarios te Eunomios, ech tōn eirēmenōn hotǭ melei skopeitō. Ei de peri mathēsin achrithdę̄ tōn toioutōn ponein egnōken, ek tōn gegrammenōn, hē autois, ē heterois peri autōn, epizēteitō ta pleiō" epei emoi oute synienai ta toiauta, oute metaphraxein eupetes, Hōs eoike de, pros tais eirēmenais aitiais, to mē kratēsai tade ta dogmata kai eis pollous proelthein, malista tois tote monachois logisteon. ᾿Aprix gar eichonto tōn en Nikaią dogmatōn, teien Syrią Kappadochich, perix toutōn ei philosophountes, men gar Heōs, apo Kilikōn arxamenē, mechri Phoinichōn echindyneuse genesthai tēs ᾿Apolinariou haireseōs Eunomiou de apo Kilichōn, kai Taurou tou orous, mechri tou pontou tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs" rhądiōs gar hekateros par᾽ hois dietride, kai tous pelas, ta hautou phronein epeithe. Paraplēsion de pōs tois epi ᾿Areiou, kai epi toutois symthedēche' to gar tę̄de plēthos tous dēlōthentas monachous tēs aretēs tōn ergōn echthaumaxon, orthōs autous doxazein episteue" tous allōs phronountas, hoia ge mē chathareuontas, nothōn dogmatōn apestrephonto. "Hōsper Aigyptioi tois par᾽ autois monachois hepomenoi, enantiōs eichon prys tous
That Eunomius held the same views as Aetius one must agree; for Eunomius himself boasts of Aetius as his teacher, and bears witness to this often, speaking openly in his own writings. Gregory, who was bishop of Nazianzus, accusing Apolinarius, writes this somewhere in a letter to Nectarius, who presided over the church in Constantinople: “Eunomius, the evil we nurse in our bosom, is no longer content merely to exist; unless he drags everyone with him into his own ruin, he counts it a loss. And this is bearable. But the most grievous of all the church’s calamities is the boldness of the Apolinarians, whom your holiness, I do not know how, has overlooked, when they have procured for themselves the freedom to hold assemblies on equal terms with us. Of course, you who have been instructed in the divine mysteries through all things by the grace of God know not only the defence of God the Word but also all that has been devised by the heretics against the sound faith. Yet it is perhaps not out of place for your dignity to hear from our littleness that a pamphlet of Apolinarius has come into my hands, in which what he constructs surpasses all heretical wickedness. For he affirms that the flesh which the only-begotten Son of God took by the dispensation for the reshaping of our nature was not acquired, but that this fleshly nature was in the Son from the beginning. And wrongly taking a certain saying of the Gospel, he puts it forward as a witness to such an absurdity, saying: ‘No one has ascended into heaven except the one who came down from heaven, the Son of Man’; as though he were Son of Man even before he came down, and came down bringing with him his own flesh, which he had in heaven, eternal and of the same essence. For he cites again a certain saying of the apostle, that ‘the second man is from heaven.’ Then he constructs the view that that man who came from above has no mind, but that the Godhead of the Only-begotten, filling up the nature of the mind, became the third part of the human compound, the soul and body being in him in human fashion, but the mind not being there, the God Word filling its place. And this is not yet the dreadful thing; but the most grievous of all is that he maintains that the only-begotten God himself, the judge of all, the author of life, the destroyer of death, is passible, and received suffering in his own Godhead, and that in the three days’ deadness of the body the Godhead also died together with the body, and so was raised again from death by the Father. The other things he adds to such absurdities it would take too long to go through.” What and how Apolinarius and Eunomius believe about God, let whoever cares consider from what has been said. If anyone has resolved to labour at an exact knowledge of such matters, let him seek more from what has been written by them or by others about them; since for me it is not easy either to understand such things or to paraphrase them. It seems that, besides the reasons given, the fact that these doctrines did not prevail and spread to many is to be credited chiefly to the monks of that time. For they held fast to the doctrines of Nicaea, those in Syria and Cappadocia and the surrounding regions who lived the philosophic life. For the East from Cilicia to Phoenicia was in danger of becoming of the heresy of Apolinarius, and from Cilicia and the Taurus mountains to the sea at Constantinople of that of Eunomius; for each easily persuaded those among whom he lived, and those nearby, to share his views. Something similar happened in their case as in Arius’s; for the multitude there, admiring the virtue of the monks described in their deeds, believed that they held right views, and turned away from those who thought otherwise as not pure of spurious doctrines. Just as the Egyptians, following their own monks, were opposed to the
6.28PG 67:1369–1373
Εἰς καιρὸν δέ μοι δοκεῖ, ἐπιμνησθέντα τῶν τότε ἐν Χριστιανισμῷ φιλοσοφούντων, ὅσους ἂν δυναίμην διεξελθεῖν, Πλείστη γὰρ χατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ φορὰ θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν ἑπήνθει, Διέπρεπε δὲ κατὰ τούτους ὧν ἴσμεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Ἰωάννης, ᾧ τὸ μέλλον καὶ ἄλλοις ἄδηλον ὁ Θεὸς ἐδήλωσεν, οὐχ ἧττον τοῖς ἄλλοις πάλαι προφήταις" καὶ δῶρον ἔδωκεν ἰᾶσθαι τοὺς ἀνιάτοις πάθεσι καὶ νόσοις κάμνοντας. Καὶ Ὦρ, ὃς νέου διέτριδεν ἐν ἐρήμοις, ἀεὶ τὸ Θεῖον ὑμνῶν. Ἐτρέφετο δὲ βοτάναις ῥίζαις τισίν. “Ὑδωρ δὲ ἔπινεν εἴ πη εὗρεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ γέρων κατὰ θείαν πρόσταξιν μετοιχισθεὶς εἰς ϑηθαΐδα, πλείστων ἡγεῖτο μοναστηρίων, οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸς θείων πράξεων ἀμοιρῶν. Μόνον γὰρ εὐχόμενης, νόσους δαίμονας ἤλαυνε. Καὶ γράμματα μὴ μαθὼν, οὐχ ἐδεῖτο βιδλίων εἰς ἀνάμνησιν ἀλλὰ πᾶν ὅπερ ἔλαδεν εἰς νοῦν, κρεῖττον λήθης ἐτύγχανε. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτο τὸ κλίμα ἐφιλοσόφει καὶ Ἀμμῶν, ὁ τῶν καλουμένων Ταβεννησιωτῶν ἡγούμενος, ἀμφὶ τρισχιλίους μαθητὰς ἔχων· καὶ Βῆνος δὲ καὶ Θεωνᾶς μοναχικῶν ἡγοῦντο ταγμάτων, καὶ θείας προγνώσεως καὶ προφητείας ἔμπλεω. Λέγεται δὲ καὶ Θεωνᾶν μὲν ἴστορα ὄντα τῆς Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Ἑλλήνων, καὶ Ῥωμαίων παιδεύσεως, ἐπὶ τριάκοντα ἔτεσι σιωπὴν ἀσκῆσαι, Βῆνον δὲ παρ᾿ οὐδενὸς θεαθῆναι ὀργιζόμενον, ἢ ὁμνύοντα, ἢ ψευδόμενον, ἢ εἰκαῖον, ἢ θρασὺν, ἢ ὠλιγωρημένον εἰπόντα λόγον. Περὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἐγένετο Κόπρης τε καὶ Ἑλλῆς, καὶ Ἠλίας. Φασὶ δὲ Κόπρη μὲν δωρηθῆναι θεόθεν ἰάσεις παθῶν, καὶ νοσημάτων ποικίλων καὶ δαιμόνων κρατεῖν, Ἑλλῆν δὲ παιδευό μενον ἐκ νέου τὴν μοναχικὴν ἀγωγὴν, πλείστα παραδοξοποιεῖν, ὡς καὶ πῦρ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ κομίζειν, καὶ μὴ καίειν τὴν ἐσθῆτα, καὶ τούτῳ παροτρύνειν τοὺς αὐτοὺς προκεκαθάρθαι τὸν νοῦν, καὶ μὴ συνειδέναι τι συμμονάζοντας, ὡς τῇ ἀγαθῇ πολιτείᾳ καὶ τῆς ἐπιδείξεως τῶν παραδόξων ἑπομένης. Ἠλίας δὲ τότε μὲν οὐ πόῤῥω τῆς ᾿Αντινόου πόλεως ἐφιλοσόφει, ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ δέκα ἄγων ἐνιαυτούς· πρὸ τούτου δὲ ἔλεγεν ἐπὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεσι μόνος ἐν ἐρημίαις οἰκῆσαι· ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον δὲ γηραλέος γεγονώς, διετέ - λεσε νηστεύων καὶ ἀνδρείως πολιτευόμενος. Ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ᾿Απελλῆς τηνικάδε διέπρεπε περὶ ῎Αχωρεν, ἐν τοῖς κατ᾿ Αἴγυπτον μοναστηρίοις πλεῖστα θαυματουργῶν. "Ον ποτε χαλκεύοντα, τοῦτο γὰρ ἐπετήδευε, νύκτωρ φάσμα δαίμονος, ὡς γυνὴ εὐπρεπὴς, εἰς σωφροσύνην ἐπείρα. Ὁ δὲ, σίδηρον ὃν εἰργάζετα ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐξερύσας, κατέφλεξε τοῦ δαιμονίου τὰ ( πρόσωπον· τὸ δὲ, τετρηγὸς καὶ ὀλοφυρόμενον ἀπ· έδρασεν. Ἐπιφανέστατοι δὲ τότε Πατέρες μοναχῶν ἦσαν, Ἰσίδωρός τε καὶ Σεραπίων, καὶ Διόσκορος, ᾿Αλλ' Ἰσίδωρος μὲν, πανταχόθεν περιφράξας τὸ μοναστήριον, ἐπεμελεῖτο μηδένα τῶν ἔνδον θύραζε ἐξιέναι, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. Σεραπίων δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρσενοΐτην διέτριβεν, ἀμφὶ τοὺς μυ· ρίους ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἔχων. Πάντας δὲ ἦγεν ἐξ οἰκείων ἱδρώτων τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πορίζεσθαι, καὶ ἄλλοις δεομένοις χορηγεῖν· ὥρᾳ δὲ θέρους, ἐπὶ μισθῷ ἁμῶντες, ἀρκοῦντα αὐτοῖς σἴτον ἀπετίθεντο, καὶ ἄλλοις μοναχοῖς μετεδίδουν. Διοσκόρῳ δὲ οὐ πλείους ἑκατὸν ἐφοίτων. Πρεσβύτερος δὲ ὧν, ἐν τῷ ἱερᾶσθαι διὰ πάσης ἀκριβείας ἐχώρει· βασανίζων καὶ ἐπιμελῶς ἀνακρίνων τοὺς προσιόντας τοῖς μυστηρίοις, ὥστε πεπραχέναι δεινόν. ᾿Ακριβέστερον δὲ τότε ἐγένετο περὶ τὴν μετάδοσιν τῶν θείων μυστηρίων καὶ Εὐλό γιος πρεσβύτερος· ὅν φασιν ἱερωμένον, πρόγνωσιν ἐσχηκέναι τῆς τῶν προσιόντων ἐννοίας ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς καὶ τὰ ἡμαρτημένα σαφῶς διελέγχειν, καὶ τὰ κατὰ νοῦν ἑκάστῳ κρυπτόμενα ἐφορᾶν· τοὺς οὖν κακῶς πεπραχότας, ἢ περί τινος φαύλου βουλευσαμένους, τέως εἶργε τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, δήλην ποιήσας τὴν ἁμαρτίαν· μεταμελείᾳ δὲ καθαρθέντας πάλιν προσίετο.
Eis kairon de moi dokei, epimnēsthenta tōn tote en Christianismǭ philosophountōn, hosous an dynaimēn diexelthein, Pleistē gar chat᾽ ekeino kairou phora theophilōn andrōn hepēnthei, Dieprepe de kata toutous hōn ismen en Aigyptǭ Iōannēs, hǭ to mellon kai allois adēlon ho Theos edēlōsen, ouch hētton tois allois palai prophētais" kai dōron edōken iasthai tous aniatois pathesi kai nosois kamnontas. Kai Ōr, hos neou dietriden en erēmois, aei to Theion hymnōn. Etrepheto de botanais rhizais tisin. “Hydōr de epinen ei pē heuren. Epei de gerōn kata theian prostaxin metoichistheis eis ϑēthaïda, pleistōn hēgeito monastēriōn, oud᾽ autos theiōn praxeōn amoirōn. Monon gar euchomenēs, nosous daimonas ēlaune. Kai grammata mē mathōn, ouch edeito bidliōn eis anamnēsin alla pan hoper eladen eis noun, kreitton lēthēs etynchane. Peri de touto to klima ephilosophei kai Ammōn, ho tōn kaloumenōn Tabennēsiōtōn hēgoumenos, amphi trischilious mathētas echōn; kai Bēnos de kai Theōnas monachikōn hēgounto tagmatōn, kai theias prognōseōs kai prophēteias empleō. Legetai de kai Theōnan men istora onta tēs Aigyptiōn kai Hellēnōn, kai Rhōmaiōn paideuseōs, epi triakonta etesi siōpēn askēsai, Bēnon de par᾿ oudenos theathēnai orgizomenon, ē homnyonta, ē pseudomenon, ē eikaion, ē thrasyn, ē ōligōrēmenon eiponta logon. Peri touton ton chronon egeneto Koprēs te kai Hellēs, kai Ēlias. Phasi de Koprē men dōrēthēnai theothen iaseis pathōn, kai nosēmatōn poikilōn kai daimonōn kratein, Hellēn de paideuo menon ek neou tēn monachikēn agōgēn, pleista paradoxopoiein, hōs kai pyr en tǭ kolpǭ komizein, kai mē kaiein tēn esthēta, kai toutǭ parotrynein tous autous prokekatharthai ton noun, kai mē syneidenai ti symmonazontas, hōs tę̄ agathę̄ politeią kai tēs epideixeōs tōn paradoxōn hepomenēs. Ēlias de tote men ou porrhō tēs ᾿Antinoou poleōs ephilosophei, amphi tous hekaton kai deka agōn eniautous; pro toutou de elegen epi hebdomēkonta etesi monos en erēmiais oikēsai; epi tosouton de gēraleos gegonōs, diete - lese nēsteuōn kai andreiōs politeuomenos. Epi toutois kai ᾿Apellēs tēnikade dieprepe peri ᾿Achōren, en tois kat᾿ Aigypton monastēriois pleista thaumatourgōn. "On pote chalkeuonta, touto gar epetēdeue, nyktōr phasma daimonos, hōs gynē euprepēs, eis sōphrosynēn epeira. Ho de, sidēron hon eirgazeta ek tou pyros exerysas, katephlexe tou daimoniou ta ( prosōpon; to de, tetrēgos kai olophyromenon ap; edrasen. Epiphanestatoi de tote Pateres monachōn ēsan, Isidōros te kai Serapiōn, kai Dioskoros, ᾿All' Isidōros men, pantachothen periphraxas to monastērion, epemeleito mēdena tōn endon thyraze exienai, kai panta ta epitēdeia echein. Serapiōn de peri ton Arsenoïtēn dietriben, amphi tous my; rious hyph᾽ heauton echōn. Pantas de ēgen ex oikeiōn hidrōtōn ta epitēdeia porizesthai, kai allois deomenois chorēgein; hōrą de therous, epi misthǭ hamōntes, arkounta autois siton apetithento, kai allois monachois metedidoun. Dioskorǭ de ou pleious hekaton ephoitōn. Presbyteros de hōn, en tǭ hierasthai dia pasēs akribeias echōrei; basanizōn kai epimelōs anakrinōn tous prosiontas tois mystēriois, hōste peprachenai deinon. ᾿Akribesteron de tote egeneto peri tēn metadosin tōn theiōn mystēriōn kai Eulo gios presbyteros; hon phasin hierōmenon, prognōsin eschēkenai tēs tōn prosiontōn ennoias epi tosouton, hōs kai ta hēmartēmena saphōs dielenchein, kai ta kata noun hekastǭ kryptomena ephoran; tous oun kakōs peprachotas, ē peri tinos phaulou bouleusamenous, teōs eirge tou thysiastēriou, dēlēn poiēsas tēn hamartian; metameleią de katharthentas palin prosieto.
It seems to me timely, having mentioned those who then lived the philosophic life in Christianity, to go through as many of them as I can. For at that time a very great crop of God-loving men flourished. Distinguished among those we know of in Egypt was John, to whom God revealed the future and things hidden from others, no less than to the prophets of old; and he gave him the gift of healing those suffering from incurable afflictions and diseases. And Or, who from his youth lived in the deserts, ever singing hymns to the divine; he fed on herbs and certain roots, and drank water wherever he found it. When as an old man he moved by divine command to the Thebaid, he led very many monasteries, and he too had his share of divine deeds; for by prayer alone he drove out diseases and demons. Though he had not learned letters, he needed no books for remembrance, but everything he took into his mind proved stronger than forgetfulness. In this region also Ammon practised the philosophic life, the leader of those called Tabennesiotes, having about three thousand disciples; and Benus and Theonas led bands of monks and were full of divine foreknowledge and prophecy. It is said that Theonas, who was versed in the learning of the Egyptians, the Greeks and the Romans, practised silence for thirty years; and that Benus was never seen by anyone angry or swearing or lying, or speaking a rash, bold or careless word. About this time there were also Copres, Helles and Elias. They say that Copres was given by God healings of afflictions and various diseases and power over demons; and that Helles, trained from youth in the monastic discipline, worked many wonders, so that he carried fire in his bosom without burning his clothing, and by this urged those who lived the monastic life with him to purify their minds beforehand and to be conscious of nothing wrong, since the display of wonders follows upon good conduct. Elias then lived the philosophic life not far from the city of Antinous, being about a hundred and ten years old; and he said that before this he had lived alone in the deserts for seventy years; and though so old, he continued to fast and to live with fortitude. Besides these, Apelles was then distinguished at Acoris, in the monasteries of Egypt, working many wonders. Once when he was working as a smith — for this was his trade — the phantom of a demon, in the likeness of a comely woman, tempted his chastity by night. But he drew from the fire the iron he was working and burned the demon’s face; and it ran away shrieking and wailing. The most celebrated fathers of monks at that time were Isidore, Serapion and Dioscorus. Isidore fenced in his monastery on every side and took care that none of those within should go out of doors, and that they should have everything they needed within. Serapion lived about the Arsinoite district, with about ten thousand under him. He led them all to provide what they needed by their own toil and to supply others in need; in the summer season they reaped for wages, laid up enough grain for themselves, and shared with other monks. To Dioscorus not more than a hundred came. Being a presbyter, he proceeded with all strictness in his priestly ministry, testing and carefully examining those who came to the mysteries, lest anyone have done something dreadful. At that time Eulogius the presbyter too was very strict about giving the divine mysteries. They say that when he served as priest he had such foreknowledge of the minds of those who came forward that he plainly exposed their sins and saw what each hid in his mind. Those who had done wrong, or had planned something base, he kept from the altar for a time, making the sin plain; and when they had been cleansed by repentance he admitted them again.
6.29PG 67:1373–1381
Κατὰ τούτους δὲ καὶ ᾿Απολλὼς ἐν Θηβαΐδι διέτριβεν, ὃς ἡβᾶν ἀρχόμενος, ἐφιλοσόφησεν. Ἐπὶ τεσσαράκοντα δὲ ἔτη τὴν ἔρημον οἰκήσας, σπήλαιον ὑπὸ τὸ ὄρος πλησίον τῆς οἰκουμένης, τοῦ Θεοῦ χρήσαντος, κατέλαβεν. Ὑπὸ δὲ πλήθους θαυματουργιῶν, ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἐπίσημος ἐγένετο, καὶ ἡγεμὼν πλείστων μοναχῶν. Ἡν γὰρ καὶ ταῖς διδασκαλίαις εἰς ὠφέλειαν ἐπαγωγός. ᾿Αλλ' οἴᾳ μὲν ἀγωγῇ ἐχρῆτο, καὶ ἡλίκων ἦν θείων καὶ παραδόξων πραγμάτων ποιητὴς, ἱστορεῖ Τιμόθεος ὁ τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτρο - πεύσας· εὖ μάλα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλῶν ὧν ἐπεμνήσθην, καὶ ἄλλων δοκίμων μοναχῶν τοὺς βίους διεξελθών. Ἑν δὲ τῷ τότε πολλοὶ καὶ ἀγαθοὶ σπουδαίως ἐφιλοσόφουν ἀνὰ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν, ἀμφὶ δισχίλιοι ὄντες· ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐν τοῖς καλουμένοις ἐρημικοῖς ᾤκουν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Μαρεώτην καὶ τοὺς ἐκ γειτόνων Λίβυας. Ὑπερφυῶς δὲ ἐν τούτοις διέπρεπε Δωρόθεος, Θηβαῖος τὸ γένος, ᾧ βίος ἦν, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μὲν, ἀπὸ τῆς πέλας θαλάσσης λίθους συλλέγειν, καὶ ἔτους ἑκάστου οἰκίδιον κατασκευάζειν, καὶ διδόναι τοῖς μὴ δυναμένοις ἑαυτοῖς οἰκοδομεῖν· νύκτωρ δὲ εἰς αὐτοῦ διατροφὴν ἐκ φοινίκων φύλλων σειρὰς πλέκων, σπυρίδας εἰργάζετο. Τροφὴ δὲ ἦν αὐτῷ ἄρτου οὐγκίαι ἓξ, καὶ λεπτῶν λαχάνων δέμα, καὶ ὕδωρ πότον. Ἐκ νέου δὲ οὕτως ἀσκήσας, οὐ διέλιπε καὶ γέρων ὧν οὐδέ ποτε ὡράθη ἐπὶ ῥιπὸς ἢ κλίνης καθευδήσας, ἢ τοὺς πόδας ἐκτείνας ἀνέσει, ἢ ἑκὼν ὕπνῳ ἑαυτὸν ἐκδούς. Πλὴν ὅσον ἐργαζόμενος ἢ ἐσθίων, βιασθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως, ἔμυσε τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς· ὡς πολλάχις νυστάζοντος ἐν τῷ ἐσθίειν, ἐκπεσεῖν τοῦ στόματο, τὴν τροφήν. Ποτὲ γοῦν εἰς ἄκρον κρατηθεὶς τῷ ὕπνῳ, ἔλαθεν ἐπὶ τοῦ ῥιπὸς πεσών· καὶ περίλυπος ἐπὶ τούτῳ γεγονὼς, ἠρέμα ἔφη, Εἰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους πείσεις καθεύδειν, πείσεις καὶ τὸν σπουδαῖον· ὑπεδήλου δὲ ἑαυτὸν, πρὸς τὸν ὕπνον ἴσως ἀποτεινόμενος, ἢ τὸν δαίμονα τὸν ἐμποδὼν γενόμενον ταῖς σπουδαίαις πράξεσιν. Ωδε δὲ αὐτῷ μοχθοῦντι προσελθών τις ἔφη· Τι τὸ σῶμα τὸ σὸν ἀποκτείνεις τοσοῦτον; Ὅτι με ἀποκτείνει,. ἀπεκρίνατο. Καὶ Πιάμμων δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννης τηνεκαῦτα περὶ Διολκὸν τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐπισημοτάτων προΐσταντο μοναστηρίων. Ἐπιμελέστατά τε καὶ μάλα σεμνῶς πρεσβύτεροι ὄντες, τὴν ἱερατείαν μετῄεσαν. Λέγεται δέ ποτε τὸν Πιάμμωνα ἱερωμένον, θεάσασθαι περὶ τὴν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν θεῖον ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα, καὶ τῶν μοναχῶν τοὺς παρόντας ἐγγράφειν βίβλῳ τινί · τοὺς δὲ ἀπόντας ἀπαλείφειν. Ἰωάννῃ δὲ τοσαύτην ἐδωρήσατο δύναμιν ὁ Θεὸς κατὰ παθῶν καὶ νοσημάτων, ὡς πολλοὺς ἰάσασθαι ποδαλγοὺς, καὶ - τὰ ἄρθρα διαλελυμένους. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ καὶ Βενιαμὶν γηραλέος εὖ μάλα λαμπρῶς ἀνὰ τὴν Σκῆ - τιν ἐφιλοσόφει, δῶρον ἔχων παρὰ Θεοῦ δίχα φαρμάκων ἐπαφῇ μόνῃ χειρὸς, ἢ ἐλαίῳ ᾧ ἐπηύχετο, πάσης ἀπαλλάσσειν νόσου τοὺς κάμνοντας. Τὸν δὴ τοιοῦτον, λόγος ὑδέρῳ περιπεσόντα, τοσοῦτον οἰδῆσαι τὸ σῶμα, ὡς μὴ δυνηθῆναι διὰ τῶν θυρῶν τοῦ οἰκήματος ἐν ᾧ διῆγεν ἐκκομισθῆναι, εἰ μὴ σὺν ταῖς θύραις καὶ τὰς παραστάδας καθεῖλον. Ἐν δὲ τῷ νοσεῖν, ἐν κλίνῃ κεῖσθαι μὴ δυνάμενος, ἀμφὶ τοὺς ὀκτὼ μῆνας ἐπὶ δίφρου πλατυτάτου ἐκαθίζετο, συνήθως τοὺς κάμνοντὰς ἰώμενος, αὐτὸς μηδὲν δυσφορῶν ὅτι μὴ τῆς ἐχούσης αὐτὸν νόσου ἀπηλλάττετο. Μᾶλλον μὲν οὖν καὶ τοὺς ὁρῶντας παρεμυθεῖτο, καὶ ἐλιπάρει τὸν Θεὸν ἱκετεύειν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτοῦ ψυχῆς. Σώματος δὲ αὐτῷ μηδὲν μέλειν · Ἐπεὶ καὶ εὐεκτοῦν, οὐδὲν με ὤνησεν, ἔφη, καὶ κακῶς πάσχον, οὐκ ἔβλαψε. Κατ' ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ ἐν Σκήτει διέτριβε Μάρκος τε ὁ ἀοίδιμος, καὶ Μακάριος ὁ νέος, καὶ ᾿Απολλώνιος, καὶ Μωσῆς ὁ Αἰθίοψ. Φασὶ δὲ Μάρκον μὲν, καὶ ἐν τῷ νέῳ τῆς ἡλικίας εἰς ἄγαν πρᾶον καὶ σώφρονα, καὶ μνήμονα ἱερῶν. Γραφῶν γενέσθαι· θεοφιλῆ δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς ἰσχυρίζεσθαι Μακάριον τὸν αὐτὸν πρεσβύτερον ὄντα τῶν Κελλίων, μηδὲ πώποτε παρ' αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν ἃ θέμις ἱερεῦσι διδόναι τοῖς μεμυημένοις περὶ τὴν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν· ἄγγελος δὲ αὐτῷ ἐδίδου, οὗ τὴν χεῖρα μέχρι τοῦ καρποῦ μόνου ἔλεγε θεωρεῖν. Μακαρίῳ δὲ ἐδόθη χάρις ὑπὸ Θεοῦ, ὑπερφρονεῖν τῶν δαιμόνων. Ἐγένετο δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν πρόφασις τῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἀκούσιος φόνος. Ἔτι γὰρ βούπαις ὢν, πρόβατα ἔνεμε περὶ τὴν Μάρείαν λίμνην, καὶ παίζων τινὰ τῶν ὁμηλίκων ἀνεῖλε. δείσας τε δοῦναι δίκην, ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν ἐρημίαν. θριος δὲ ἐπὶ τρία ἔτη μετὰ ταῦτα διάγων, αὐτόθι οἰκίδιον μικρὸν ἑαυτῷ κατεσκεύασεν, ἐν ᾧ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἔτη διέτριψεν. Ἔλεγον δὲ οἱ γε αὐτοῦ ἀκηκόεισαν, ὡς πολλὴν ὡμολόγει χάριν τῇ συμφορᾷ, καὶ σωτήριον ἀπεκάλει τὸν ἀκούσιον φόνον, φιλοσοφίας καὶ μακαρίου βίου αἴτιον αὐτῷ γεγενημένον. Ἀπολλώνιος δὲ, τὸν ἄλλον χρόνον ἐμπορίαν μετιών, ἤδη πρὸς γῆρας ἐλαύνων, ἐπὶ τὴν Σκῆτιν ἦλθε. Λογισάμενος δὲ ὡς οὔτε γράφειν, οὔτε ἄλλην τινὰ τέχνην μαθεῖν οἷός τὲ ἐστι διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, παντοδαπῶν φαρμάκων εἴδη καὶ ἐδεσμάτων ἐπιτηδείων τοῖς κάμνουσιν ἐξ οἰκείων χρημάτων ὠνούμενος, ἀνὰ ἑκάστην θύραν μοναστικὴν περιῄει μέχρις ἐννάτης ὥρας, ἐφορῶν τοὺς νοσοῦντας. Ἐπιτηδείαν δὲ ταύτην αὐτῷ τὴν ἄσκησιν εὑρὼν, ὧδε ἐπολιτεύσατο. Μέλλων δὲ τελευτᾶν, ἄλλῳ παραδοὺς ἃ εἶχεν, ἐνετείλατο τὰ αὐτὰ ποιεῖν. Μωσῆς δὲ δοῦλος ὢν, διὰ μοχθηρίαν ἐξηλάθη τῆς οἰκίας τοῦ κεκτημένου · καὶ εἰς ληστείας τραπεὶς, λῃστρικοῦ τάγματος ἡγεῖτο. Πολλοὺς δὲ κακουργήσας, καὶ πολλοὺς φόνους τολμήσας, ἐκ περιπετείας τινὸς τὸν μοναδικὸν μετῆλθε βίον, καὶ ἀθρόον εἰς ἀρετὴν φιλοσοφίας ἐπέδωκεν. Ἐπεὶ γοῦν ἐκ τῆς προτέρας διαίτης εὐεξίᾳ ζέων καὶ πρὸς φαντασίας ἡδονῶν κινούμενος, μυρίαις ἀσκήσεσι τὸ σῶμα κατέτηξε· πῆ μὲν δίχα ὄψου ὀλίγῳ ἄρτῳ ἀρκούμενος, πῆ δὲ πλεῖστον ἔργον ἀνύων, καὶ πεντηκοστὸν εὐχόμενος, πῆ δὲ ἐπὶ ἐξ ἔτεσιν ὁλόκληρον ἑκάστην νύκτα ἑστὼς, προσηύχετο, μήτε γόνυ κλίνων, μήτε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς μύων εἰς ὕπνον. "Αλλοτε δὲ νύκτωρ περιιὼν τὰς οἰκήσεις τῶν μοναχῶν, λάθρα τὴν ἑκάστου ὑδρίαν ἐπλήρου ὕδατος. Ἡν δὲ τοῦτο λίαν ἐργῶδες. Τῶν μὲν γὰρ σταδίοις δέκα, τῶν δὲ, εἴκοσι, τῶν δὲ, καὶ τριάκοντα, καὶ πλέον διειστήκει ὁ τόπος ὅθεν ὑδρεύοντο. Διέμεινε δὲ ἐπὶ πολὺ τὴν προτέραν ἰσχὺν ἔχων, καίπερ ταῖς πολλαῖς ἀσκήσεσι καθελεῖν ταύτην σπουδάζων, καὶ τὸ σῶμα ταῖς ταλαιπωρίαις πιέζων. Λέγεται γοῦν ποτε λῃστὰς καταδραμόντας τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ μόνος ἐφιλοσόφει, συλλαβέσθαι πάντας καὶ δῆσαι, καὶ τέσσαρας ὄντας τοῖς ὤμοις ἐπιθεῖναι, καὶ εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ συμμονάζουσιν ἐπιτρέψαι τὰ περὶ αὐτῶν, ὡς μὴ θεμιτὸν αὐτῷ ἔτι μηδένα κακῶς ποιεῖν. Φασὶ γὰρ ἀπὸ κακίας εἰς ἀρετὴν μηδενὶ τοσαύτην · ὑπάρξαι μεταβολήν· ὥστε ἄκρου μὲν ἐπιψαῦσαι ) μοναστικῆς φιλοσοφίας, ἐξαίσιον δὲ φόβον τοῖς δαίμοσιν ἐμποιῆσαι, καὶ πρεσβύτερον γενέσθαι τῶν ἐν Σκήτει μοναχῶν. Ὁ μὲν οὖν τοιοῦτος ὧν, πολλοὺς ἀρίστους μαθητὰς καταλιπὼν, ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ πέντε ἔτη γεγονὼς ἐτελεύτησεν. Ἐπὶ ταύτης δὲ τῆς βασιλείας ἐγένετο Παῦλος καὶ Παχὼν, Στέφανός τε καὶ Μωσῆς, ἄμφω Λίβυες, καὶ Πίωρὁ Αἰγύπτιος. ᾤκουν δὲ, Παῦλος μὲν ἐν Φέρμῃ· ὅρος δὲ τοῦτο ἐν Σκήτει· οὐ μείους πεντακοσίων ἀσκητὰς ἔχων. Εἰργάζετο δὲ οὐδὲν, οὐδὲ ἐλάμθδανέ τι παρά του, πλὴν ὅσον ἤσθιεν. Ηὔχετο δὲ μόνον, ὥσπερ φόρον τινὰ τριακοσίας εὐχὰς ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἀποδιδοὺς τῷ Θεῷ. Ἵνα δὲ μὴ λαθὼν διαμάρτῃ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, τριακοσίας Ψηφίδας τῷ ἐμδάλλων, ἐκάστὴν εὐχὴν ψηφίδα ἐχρίπτει, ᾿Αναλωθέντων ὃὲ τῶν λίθων, δῆλον ἐγένετο τὰς ἰσαρίθμους τοῖς λίθοις εὖκὰς πεπληρῶσθαι. Καὶ Παχὼν δὲ τότε ἐν Σχήτες &ἐπρεπεν, ὃν ἐχ νέου μέχρι γήρως πολιτευσάμενον, οὔτε σῶμα εὖ ἔχων, οὔτε πάθος ψυχῆς, οὔτε δαίμων, ἄνανδρον ἐφώρασε περὶ τὴν ἐγχράτειαν, ὧν δεῖ κρατεῖν τὸν φιλόσοφον. Στέφανος δὲ περὶ τὸν Μαρεώτην τὴν οἴκησιν εἶχεν, οὐκ ἄπωθεν τῆς Μαρμαρικῆς. Δι᾿ ἀκριβοῦς δὲ καὶ τελειοτάτης χωρήσας ἀσκήσεως, ἐπὶ ἐξήκοντα ἔτεσιν, εὐδοχιμώτατος ἐγένετο μοναχὸς, καὶ ᾿Αντωνίῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ γνώριμος. Ἐγένετο δὲ πὸ πρᾶος, σοφὸς εἰς ἄγαν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁμιλίαις ἡδὺς καὶ ὠφέλιμος, ἱκανὸς τὰς τῶν λυπουμένων Ψψυκὰς χηλεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ εὔθυμον μεταδάλλειν, εἰ ἀναγχαίαις λύπαις προκατειλημμένοι ἐτύγχανον. Τοιοῦτος δὲ ἣν περὶ τὰς οἰκείας συμφοράς. λει χαλεποῦ ἀνιάτου πάθους ἐνσχήψαντος αὐτῷ, τὰ διεφθαρμένα μέλη τοῖς ἰατροῖς τέμνειν παραδοὺς, εἰργάζετο ταῖς χερσὶ φύλλα φοινίκων πλέκων, Καὶ τοῖς παροῦσι συνεβούλευε μὴ δυσφορεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς αὖτοῦ πάθεσι, μηδὲ ἄλλο τι διανοεῖσθαι, πλὴν ὅτι πρὸς τέλος χρηστὸν πάντως, ἃ ποιεῖ ὁ Θεὸς, ἐχδαίνει " καὶ αὑτῷ συνοίσειν τοιούτων πειραθῆναι παθῶν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτημάτων ἴσως, ὧν ἕνεκεν ἄμεινον ἐνθάδε διδόναι δίκην, ἣ μετὰ τὴν βιοτὴν ταύτην. Μωσῆς δὲ πρλότητι καὶ ἀγάπῃ ὑπερφνῶς εὐδοχιμηχέναι παραδέδοται, ἰάσεσι παθῶν εὐχῇ χατορθουμέναις. Ὃ δὲ Πίωρ νέυν φιλοσοφεῖν ἐγνωχὼς, ἡνίκα διὰ τοῦτο τοῦ πατρῴου οἴχον ἐξῆλθε, συνέθετο τῷ Θεῷ, τοῦ λοιποῦ μηδένα τῶν οἰκείων ὄψεσθαι " μετὰ δὲ πεντήκοντα ἔτη ἐπύθετο αὑτὸν ἡ ἀδελφὴ ζῆν. Ὑπὸ δὲ χαρᾶς ἀμέτρου παραλόγου μηνύσεως χαταπλαγεῖσα, ἠρεμεῖν οὐχ ἠδύνατο, εἰ μὴ θεάσαιτο τὸν ἀδελφόν. Ὀλοφυρομένην δὲ καὶ ἀντιδολοῦσαν ἐν γήρᾳ ἐλεήσας ὁ παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπίσκοπος, ἔγραψε τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν ἐν ἐρήμῳ μοναχῶν, ἐκπέμψαι τὸν Πίωρ. ᾿Ἀπιέναι δὲ προσταχθεὶς, οὐχ ἔχων ἀντειπεῖν οὐ γὰρ θέμις γυπτίοις. μοναχοῖς, οἶμαι δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀπειθεῖν τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις παραλαβών τινα, ἀφίκετο εἰς τὴν πατρίδα στὰς πρὸ τῆς πατρῴας ἐμήνυσεν ἐληλυθέναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ψοφεῖν τὴν θύραν ἤσθετο, μύσας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺ ;, ὀνομαστὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν προσειπὼν, Ἐγὼ, ἔφη, Πίωρ ὁ σὸς ἀδελφός" ἀλλὰ ὅσον βούλει, χατανόει. Ἢ μὲν οὖν ἡσθεῖσα, χάριν ὡμολόγει τῷ Θεῷ ὁ δὲ παρὰ τὴν θύραν εὐξάμενος, ἀνέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧχει. ἼἜνθα δὴ φρέαρ ὀρύξας, πικρὸν εὗρε τὸ ὕδωρ. Καὶ μέχρι τελευτῆς ὑπέμεινε τούτῳ χεχρημένος. Ὁ δὲ υετὰ ταῦτα χρόνος, τὸ ὑπερβάλλον ἀπέδειξε τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐγκρατείας. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐτελεύτησε, πολλῶν σπουδασάντων ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τόπῳ φιλοσοφεῖν, οὐδεὶς ὑπέστη. Ἐγὼ δὲ ὡς ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, εἰ μὴ καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ φιλοσοφεῖν ἔγνωκεν, οὐ χαλεπὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εὐξαμένῳ μεταβαλεῖν τὸ ὕδωρ εἰς γεῦσιν γλυκεῖαν · ὅπουγε καὶ μὴ ὂν παντάπασιν ἀναβλύσαι ἐποίησεν. Αμέλει τοι λέγεταί ποτε τὸ φρέαρ ὀρύσσοντας τοὺς ἀμφὶ Μωσέα, μήτε τῆς προσδοκωμένης φλεβὸς, μήτε τινὸς βάθους τὸ ὕδωρ ἀναδιδόντος, μέλλειν τὸ ἔργον ἀπαγορεύειν. Ἐπιστάντα δὲ αὐτοῖς παρὰ μέσην ἡμέραν τὸν Πίωρ, καὶ πρότερον ἀσπασάμενον, ὀνειδίσαι δυσπιστίαν καὶ μικροψυχίαν· κατελθόντα δὲ εἰς τὴν τάφρον εὔξασθαι, καὶ ὄρυγι τρίτον πλῆξαι τὴν γῆν. Παραχρῆμα δὲ ἀναβλύσαι τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὴν τάφρον πληρῶσαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εὐξάμενος ἀπῄει, δεομένων τῶν ἀμφὶ Μωσέα γεύσασθαι παρ' αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, φήσας μὴ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀπεστάλθαι, ἡνύσθαι δὲ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἦλθε.
Kata toutous de kai ᾿Apollōs en Thēbaïdi dietriben, hos hēban archomenos, ephilosophēsen. Epi tessarakonta de etē tēn erēmon oikēsas, spēlaion hypo to oros plēsion tēs oikoumenēs, tou Theou chrēsantos, katelaben. Hypo de plēthous thaumatourgiōn, en oligǭ episēmos egeneto, kai hēgemōn pleistōn monachōn. Hēn gar kai tais didaskaliais eis ōpheleian epagōgos. ᾿All' oią men agōgę̄ echrēto, kai hēlikōn ēn theiōn kai paradoxōn pragmatōn poiētēs, historei Timotheos ho tēn ᾿Alexandreōn Ekklēsian epitro - peusas; eu mala autou, kai pollōn hōn epemnēsthēn, kai allōn dokimōn monachōn tous bious diexelthōn. Hen de tǭ tote polloi kai agathoi spoudaiōs ephilosophoun ana tēn ᾿Alexandreian, amphi dischilioi ontes; hōn hoi men en tois kaloumenois erēmikois ǭkoun; hoi de peri ton Mareōtēn kai tous ek geitonōn Libyas. Hyperphyōs de en toutois dieprepe Dōrotheos, Thēbaios to genos, hǭ bios ēn, en hēmerą men, apo tēs pelas thalassēs lithous syllegein, kai etous hekastou oikidion kataskeuazein, kai didonai tois mē dynamenois heautois oikodomein; nyktōr de eis autou diatrophēn ek phoinikōn phyllōn seiras plekōn, spyridas eirgazeto. Trophē de ēn autǭ artou ounkiai hex, kai leptōn lachanōn dema, kai hydōr poton. Ek neou de houtōs askēsas, ou dielipe kai gerōn hōn oude pote hōrathē epi rhipos ē klinēs katheudēsas, ē tous podas ekteinas anesei, ē hekōn hypnǭ heauton ekdous. Plēn hoson ergazomenos ē esthiōn, biastheis hypo tēs physeōs, emyse tous ophthalmous; hōs pollachis nystazontos en tǭ esthiein, ekpesein tou stomato, tēn trophēn. Pote goun eis akron kratētheis tǭ hypnǭ, elathen epi tou rhipos pesōn; kai perilypos epi toutǭ gegonōs, ērema ephē, Ei tous angelous peiseis katheudein, peiseis kai ton spoudaion; hypedēlou de heauton, pros ton hypnon isōs apoteinomenos, ē ton daimona ton empodōn genomenon tais spoudaiais praxesin. Ōde de autǭ mochthounti proselthōn tis ephē; Ti to sōma to son apokteineis tosouton? Hoti me apokteinei,. apekrinato. Kai Piammōn de kai Iōannēs tēnekauta peri Diolkon tēs Aigyptou episēmotatōn proïstanto monastēriōn. Epimelestata te kai mala semnōs presbyteroi ontes, tēn hierateian metę̄esan. Legetai de pote ton Piammōna hierōmenon, theasasthai peri tēn hieran trapezan theion angelon hestōta, kai tōn monachōn tous parontas engraphein biblǭ tini ; tous de apontas apaleiphein. Iōannę̄ de tosautēn edōrēsato dynamin ho Theos kata pathōn kai nosēmatōn, hōs pollous iasasthai podalgous, kai - ta arthra dialelymenous. En toutǭ de kai Beniamin gēraleos eu mala lamprōs ana tēn Skē - tin ephilosophei, dōron echōn para Theou dicha pharmakōn epaphę̄ monę̄ cheiros, ē elaiǭ hǭ epēucheto, pasēs apallassein nosou tous kamnontas. Ton dē toiouton, logos hyderǭ peripesonta, tosouton oidēsai to sōma, hōs mē dynēthēnai dia tōn thyrōn tou oikēmatos en hǭ diēgen ekkomisthēnai, ei mē syn tais thyrais kai tas parastadas katheilon. En de tǭ nosein, en klinę̄ keisthai mē dynamenos, amphi tous oktō mēnas epi diphrou platytatou ekathizeto, synēthōs tous kamnontas iōmenos, autos mēden dysphorōn hoti mē tēs echousēs auton nosou apēllatteto. Mallon men oun kai tous horōntas paremytheito, kai eliparei ton Theon hiketeuein hyper tēs autou psychēs. Sōmatos de autǭ mēden melein ; Epei kai euektoun, ouden me ōnēsen, ephē, kai kakōs paschon, ouk eblapse. Kat' ekeino de kairou en Skētei dietribe Markos te ho aoidimos, kai Makarios ho neos, kai ᾿Apollōnios, kai Mōsēs ho Aithiops. Phasi de Markon men, kai en tǭ neǭ tēs hēlikias eis agan praon kai sōphrona, kai mnēmona hierōn. Graphōn genesthai; theophilē de epi tosouton, hōs ischyrizesthai Makarion ton auton presbyteron onta tōn Kelliōn, mēde pōpote par' autou labein ha themis hiereusi didonai tois memyēmenois peri tēn hieran trapezan; angelos de autǭ edidou, hou tēn cheira mechri tou karpou monou elege theōrein. Makariǭ de edothē charis hypo Theou, hyperphronein tōn daimonōn. Egeneto de autǭ tēn archēn prophasis tēs philosophias, akousios phonos. Eti gar boupais ōn, probata eneme peri tēn Mareian limnēn, kai paizōn tina tōn homēlikōn aneile. deisas te dounai dikēn, ephygen eis tēn erēmian. thrios de epi tria etē meta tauta diagōn, autothi oikidion mikron heautǭ kateskeuasen, en hǭ eikosi kai pente etē dietripsen. Elegon de hoi ge autou akēkoeisan, hōs pollēn hōmologei charin tę̄ symphorą, kai sōtērion apekalei ton akousion phonon, philosophias kai makariou biou aition autǭ gegenēmenon. Apollōnios de, ton allon chronon emporian metiōn, ēdē pros gēras elaunōn, epi tēn Skētin ēlthe. Logisamenos de hōs oute graphein, oute allēn tina technēn mathein hoios te esti dia tēn hēlikian, pantodapōn pharmakōn eidē kai edesmatōn epitēdeiōn tois kamnousin ex oikeiōn chrēmatōn ōnoumenos, ana hekastēn thyran monastikēn perię̄ei mechris ennatēs hōras, ephorōn tous nosountas. Epitēdeian de tautēn autǭ tēn askēsin heurōn, hōde epoliteusato. Mellōn de teleutan, allǭ paradous ha eichen, eneteilato ta auta poiein. Mōsēs de doulos ōn, dia mochthērian exēlathē tēs oikias tou kektēmenou ; kai eis lēsteias trapeis, lę̄strikou tagmatos hēgeito. Pollous de kakourgēsas, kai pollous phonous tolmēsas, ek peripeteias tinos ton monadikon metēlthe bion, kai athroon eis aretēn philosophias epedōken. Epei goun ek tēs proteras diaitēs euexią zeōn kai pros phantasias hēdonōn kinoumenos, myriais askēsesi to sōma katetēxe; pē men dicha opsou oligǭ artǭ arkoumenos, pē de pleiston ergon anyōn, kai pentēkoston euchomenos, pē de epi ex etesin holoklēron hekastēn nykta hestōs, prosēucheto, mēte gony klinōn, mēte tous ophthalmous myōn eis hypnon. "Allote de nyktōr periiōn tas oikēseis tōn monachōn, lathra tēn hekastou hydrian eplērou hydatos. Hēn de touto lian ergōdes. Tōn men gar stadiois deka, tōn de, eikosi, tōn de, kai triakonta, kai pleon dieistēkei ho topos hothen hydreuonto. Diemeine de epi poly tēn proteran ischyn echōn, kaiper tais pollais askēsesi kathelein tautēn spoudazōn, kai to sōma tais talaipōriais piezōn. Legetai goun pote lę̄stas katadramontas ton topon en hǭ monos ephilosophei, syllabesthai pantas kai dēsai, kai tessaras ontas tois ōmois epitheinai, kai eis tēn ekklēsian agagein, kai symmonazousin epitrepsai ta peri autōn, hōs mē themiton autǭ eti mēdena kakōs poiein. Phasi gar apo kakias eis aretēn mēdeni tosautēn ; hyparxai metabolēn; hōste akrou men epipsausai ) monastikēs philosophias, exaision de phobon tois daimosin empoiēsai, kai presbyteron genesthai tōn en Skētei monachōn. Ho men oun toioutos hōn, pollous aristous mathētas katalipōn, amphi ta hebdomēkonta kai pente etē gegonōs eteleutēsen. Epi tautēs de tēs basileias egeneto Paulos kai Pachōn, Stephanos te kai Mōsēs, amphō Libyes, kai Piōro Aigyptios. ǭkoun de, Paulos men en Phermę̄; horos de touto en Skētei; ou meious pentakosiōn askētas echōn. Eirgazeto de ouden, oude elamthdane ti para tou, plēn hoson ēsthien. Ēucheto de monon, hōsper phoron tina triakosias euchas hekastēs hēmeras apodidous tǭ Theǭ. Hina de mē lathōn diamartę̄ tou arithmou, triakosias Psēphidas tǭ emdallōn, ekastēn euchēn psēphida echriptei, ᾿Analōthentōn hoe tōn lithōn, dēlon egeneto tas isarithmous tois lithois eukas peplērōsthai. Kai Pachōn de tote en Schētes &eprepen, hon ech neou mechri gērōs politeusamenon, oute sōma eu echōn, oute pathos psychēs, oute daimōn, anandron ephōrase peri tēn enchrateian, hōn dei kratein ton philosophon. Stephanos de peri ton Mareōtēn tēn oikēsin eichen, ouk apōthen tēs Marmarikēs. Di᾿ akribous de kai teleiotatēs chōrēsas askēseōs, epi exēkonta etesin, eudochimōtatos egeneto monachos, kai ᾿Antōniǭ tǭ megalǭ gnōrimos. Egeneto de po praos, sophos eis agan, kai en tais homiliais hēdys kai ōphelimos, hikanos tas tōn lypoumenōn Pspsykas chēlein, kai epi to euthymon metadallein, ei ananchaiais lypais prokateilēmmenoi etynchanon. Toioutos de hēn peri tas oikeias symphoras. lei chalepou aniatou pathous enschēpsantos autǭ, ta diephtharmena melē tois iatrois temnein paradous, eirgazeto tais chersi phylla phoinikōn plekōn, Kai tois parousi synebouleue mē dysphorein epi tois autou pathesi, mēde allo ti dianoeisthai, plēn hoti pros telos chrēston pantōs, ha poiei ho Theos, echdainei " kai hautǭ synoisein toioutōn peirathēnai pathōn, kai hyper hamartēmatōn isōs, hōn heneken ameinon enthade didonai dikēn, hē meta tēn biotēn tautēn. Mōsēs de prlotēti kai agapę̄ hyperphnōs eudochimēchenai paradedotai, iasesi pathōn euchę̄ chatorthoumenais. Ho de Piōr neun philosophein egnōchōs, hēnika dia touto tou patrǭou oichon exēlthe, synetheto tǭ Theǭ, tou loipou mēdena tōn oikeiōn opsesthai " meta de pentēkonta etē epytheto hauton hē adelphē zēn. Hypo de charas ametrou paralogou mēnyseōs chataplageisa, ēremein ouch ēdynato, ei mē theasaito ton adelphon. Olophyromenēn de kai antidolousan en gērą eleēsas ho par᾽ autois episkopos, egrapse tois hēgoumenois tōn en erēmǭ monachōn, ekpempsai ton Piōr. ᾿Apienai de prostachtheis, ouch echōn anteipein ou gar themis gyptiois. monachois, oimai de tois allois, apeithein tois epitattomenois paralabōn tina, aphiketo eis tēn patrida stas pro tēs patrǭas emēnysen elēlythenai. Epei de psophein tēn thyran ēstheto, mysas tous ophthalmou ?, onomasti tēn adelphēn proseipōn, Egō, ephē, Piōr ho sos adelphos" alla hoson boulei, chatanoei. Ē men oun hēstheisa, charin hōmologei tǭ Theǭ ho de para tēn thyran euxamenos, anestrepsen eis ton topon en hǭchei. IEntha dē phrear oryxas, pikron heure to hydōr. Kai mechri teleutēs hypemeine toutǭ chechrēmenos. Ho de yeta tauta chronos, to hyperballon apedeixe tēs autou enkrateias. Epei gar eteleutēse, pollōn spoudasantōn en tǭ autǭ topǭ philosophein, oudeis hypestē. Egō de hōs emauton peithō, ei mē kai toutǭ tǭ tropǭ philosophein egnōken, ou chalepon ēn autǭ euxamenǭ metabalein to hydōr eis geusin glykeian ; hopouge kai mē on pantapasin anablysai epoiēsen. Amelei toi legetai pote to phrear oryssontas tous amphi Mōsea, mēte tēs prosdokōmenēs phlebos, mēte tinos bathous to hydōr anadidontos, mellein to ergon apagoreuein. Epistanta de autois para mesēn hēmeran ton Piōr, kai proteron aspasamenon, oneidisai dyspistian kai mikropsychian; katelthonta de eis tēn taphron euxasthai, kai orygi triton plēxai tēn gēn. Parachrēma de anablysai to hydōr, kai tēn taphron plērōsai. Epei de euxamenos apę̄ei, deomenōn tōn amphi Mōsea geusasthai par' autois, ouk ēnescheto, phēsas mē epi toutǭ apestalthai, hēnysthai de eph᾽ hǭ ēlthe.
In their time Apollo too lived in the Thebaid, who began to live the philosophic life when just coming of age. After living in the desert for forty years, at God’s bidding he settled in a cave under the mountain near the inhabited country. Through the multitude of his wonders he soon became famous and the leader of very many monks; for he was also persuasive in his teaching to their profit. What discipline he followed, and how great were the divine and marvellous deeds he did, is recorded by Timothy, who governed the church of the Alexandrians, who went through very well the lives of him and of many of those I have mentioned and of other approved monks. At that time many good men zealously practised the philosophic life around Alexandria, about two thousand in number, some living in the places called the Hermitages, others around the Mareotis and the neighbouring Libyans. Exceptionally distinguished among them was Dorotheus, a Theban by birth, whose life was this: by day he gathered stones from the sea nearby and each year built a small dwelling and gave it to those unable to build for themselves; by night he plaited cords from palm leaves for his own sustenance and made baskets. His food was six ounces of bread and a bundle of thin vegetables, and water to drink. Having trained himself so from youth, he did not leave off even in old age. He was never seen sleeping on a mat or a bed, or stretching out his feet for rest, or giving himself willingly to sleep, except that while working or eating he closed his eyes under compulsion of nature; so that often, as he dozed while eating, the food fell from his mouth. Once, overcome utterly by sleep, he fell on the mat without noticing; and being grieved at this, he said quietly: “If you persuade the angels to sleep, you will persuade the zealous man too” — hinting, perhaps, at himself, and addressing sleep, or the demon who hinders zealous deeds. When someone came to him while he was toiling so and said, “Why do you kill your body so much?” he answered, “Because it kills me.” Piammon and John at that time presided over most celebrated monasteries about Diolcus in Egypt. Being presbyters, they performed their priestly ministry with the greatest care and great reverence. It is said that once when Piammon was serving as priest he saw a divine angel standing by the holy table and writing in a book the monks who were present and erasing those who were absent. To John God gave such power over afflictions and diseases that he healed many who had gout and whose joints were loosened. At this time Benjamin too, very old, lived the philosophic life most splendidly in Scetis, having a gift from God to free the sick from every disease without medicines, by the touch of his hand alone or with oil over which he had prayed. Such a man, the story goes, fell into dropsy, and his body swelled so much that he could not be carried out through the doors of the cell in which he lived unless they took down the door-posts together with the doors. During his illness, being unable to lie in bed, he sat for about eight months on a very broad chair, healing the sick as usual, and himself not at all distressed that he was not freed from the disease that held him. Rather, he comforted those who saw him and besought them to pray to God for his soul. As for his body, he said he did not care: “For when it was healthy it did me no good, and when it suffers badly it has done me no harm.” At that time there lived in Scetis Mark the celebrated, Macarius the younger, Apollonius and Moses the Ethiopian. They say that Mark, even in his youth, was exceedingly gentle and chaste and mindful of the sacred Scriptures; and so dear to God that Macarius, who was presbyter of the Cells, maintained that he never received from him what it is lawful for priests to give to the initiated at the holy table, but an angel gave it to him, whose hand only as far as the wrist he said he saw. To Macarius God gave grace to despise the demons. The occasion of his philosophic life at the beginning was an involuntary killing. For while still a young boy he was herding sheep by Lake Mareotis, and in play killed one of his companions; and fearing punishment, he fled into the desert. Living in the open air for three years after this, he built himself a small dwelling there, in which he spent twenty-five years. Those who had heard him said that he confessed great gratitude for the calamity and called the involuntary killing saving, since it had become for him the cause of the philosophic and blessed life. Apollonius, who had spent the rest of his time in trade, came to Scetis when already approaching old age. Reckoning that because of his age he could learn neither to write nor any other craft, he bought with his own money medicines of every kind and food suitable for the sick, and went round to every monastic door until the ninth hour, visiting the sick. Finding this discipline suitable for him, he lived so; and when about to die, he handed over what he had to another and charged him to do the same. Moses was a slave, and for his wickedness was driven out of his owner’s house; turning to robbery, he led a band of robbers. After doing much evil and daring many murders, through some reversal of fortune he took up the monastic life and suddenly advanced to the virtue of philosophy. Since from his former way of life he was seething with bodily vigour and was stirred by imaginations of pleasures, he wasted his body with countless austerities: now content with a little bread without relish, now completing a very great amount of work and praying fifty prayers, now for six years standing every whole night in prayer, neither bending the knee nor closing his eyes in sleep. At other times he went round the dwellings of the monks by night and secretly filled each one’s water jar. This was very laborious; for the place from which they drew water was ten stadia distant for some, twenty for others, thirty and more for others. He long kept his former strength, though eager to break it by his many austerities and pressing his body with hardships. It is said, at any rate, that once robbers fell upon the place where he lived the philosophic life alone; he seized them all and bound them, and, there being four of them, put them on his shoulders, brought them to the church, and handed them over to his fellow monks to deal with, as it was no longer lawful for him to harm anyone. They say that no one ever made so great a change from vice to virtue; so that he reached the summit of monastic philosophy, struck an extraordinary fear into the demons, and became presbyter of the monks in Scetis. Being such a man, he died at about seventy-five years old, leaving many excellent disciples. In this reign there were also Paul and Pachon, Stephen and Moses, both Libyans, and Pior the Egyptian. Paul lived at Pherme — this is a mountain in Scetis — with not fewer than five hundred ascetics. He did no work, nor did he receive anything from anyone except what he ate. He only prayed, rendering to God, like a tribute, three hundred prayers each day. And so as not to miss the number unawares, he put three hundred pebbles in his bosom and threw out a pebble at each prayer; when the stones were used up, it was plain that prayers equal in number to the stones had been completed. Pachon too was then distinguished in Scetis; from his youth to old age, neither a healthy body, nor passion of soul, nor demon detected him unmanly in self-control over the things a philosopher must master. Stephen had his dwelling about the Mareotis, not far from Marmarica. Having gone through a strict and most perfect discipline for sixty years, he became a most renowned monk and was known to Antony the great. He was gentle, very wise, and in conversation pleasant and helpful, able to charm the souls of the grieving and turn them to cheerfulness, if they were seized by unavoidable griefs. Such he was also in his own calamities. For when a severe and incurable affliction struck him, he gave the diseased limbs to the physicians to cut, and meanwhile worked with his hands, plaiting palm leaves; and he advised those present not to be distressed at his sufferings nor to think anything else than that what God does turns out altogether to a good end; and that it would profit him to experience such sufferings, perhaps for sins, for which it is better to pay the penalty here than after this life. Moses has been handed down as exceptionally renowned for gentleness and love, and for healings of afflictions accomplished by prayer. Pior, having resolved in his youth to live the philosophic life, when he left his father’s house for this, covenanted with God from then on to see none of his family. After fifty years his sister learned that he was alive. Overwhelmed with boundless joy at the unexpected news, she could not rest unless she saw her brother. The bishop there, pitying her as she lamented and entreated in her old age, wrote to the leaders of the monks in the desert to send Pior out. Ordered to go, and unable to refuse — for it is not lawful for Egyptian monks, nor, I think, for others, to disobey what is commanded — he took someone with him and came to his home town; and standing before his father’s house he sent word that he had come. When he heard the door creak, he shut his eyes, and calling his sister by name, said: “I am Pior your brother; look at me as much as you wish.” She, delighted, gave thanks to God; and he, having prayed at the door, returned to the place where he lived. There he dug a well and found the water bitter; and until his death he endured using it. The time afterwards showed how extraordinary his self-control was; for after he died, though many were eager to live the philosophic life in the same place, no one could endure it. I am convinced that, had he not resolved to live the philosophic life in this way too, it would not have been hard for him by prayer to change the water to a sweet taste, since he made water gush up where there was none at all. Indeed it is said that once, when Moses and his companions were digging a well and the water did not come up, neither from the expected vein nor at any depth, they were about to give up the work. Pior came upon them at midday, greeted them first, reproached them with unbelief and faint-heartedness, went down into the trench, prayed, and struck the earth three times with a pick; and at once the water gushed up and filled the trench. When, having prayed, he was going away, and Moses and his companions begged him to eat with them, he would not, saying that he had not been sent for this, but that what he came for had been accomplished.
6.30PG 67:1381–1387
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ εἰσέτι διέπρεπον ἐν τοῖς Σκήτεως μοναστήριοις, γηραλέος μὲν, Ωριγένης ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν ᾿Αντωνίου τοῦ μεγάλου περιλελειμμένος, καὶ Δίδυμος, καὶ Κρονίων, ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατὸν καὶ δέκα ἐνιαυτοὺς γεγονώς· καὶ ὁ μέγας ᾿Αρσίσιος, καὶ Πουτουβάστης, καὶ ᾿Αρσίων, καὶ Σεραπίων, οἱ καὶ αὐτοὶ σύγχρονοι ᾿Αντωνίῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἐγένοντο. Καταγεγηρακότες δὲ ἐν τῷ φιλοσοφεῖν, προῖσταντο τότε τῶν τῇδε μοναστηρίων. Τῶν δ᾽ αὖ νέαν καὶ μέσην ἡλικίαν ἀγόντων, πολλοὶ καλοί τε καὶ ἀγαθοὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐγνωρίζοντο· καὶ ᾿Αμμώνιος καὶ Εὐσέβιος καὶ Διόσκορος, οὓς ἀδελφοὺς ἀλλήλοις ὄντας, Μακροὺς ἐκ τῆς ἡλικίας ὠνόμαζον. Λέγεται δὲ τοῦτον τὸν ᾿Αμδὰ μώνιον εἰς ἄκρον φιλοσοφίας προελθεῖν, ἡδονῆς τε α οἱ ῥᾳστώνης ἀνδρείως κρατῆσαι, φιλολόγον εἰς ἄγαν γενέσθα: ὡς τοὺς ᾿Ωριγένους καὶ Διδύμου τῶν ἄλλων ἐκκλησιαστικῶν λόγους διεξελθεῖν. νέου μέχρι τελευτῆς πλὴν ἄρτου, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἐν πυρὶ γενομένου. Μέλλων δέ ποτε πρὸς χειροτονίαν ἐπισκοπῆς συλλαμδάνεσθαι, ὡς ἀντιθολῶν οὐχ ἔπεισεν ἀπιέναι τοὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐληλυθότας, ἀποτεμὼν τὸ οὗς, Ἄπιτε, ἔφη" λοιπὸν γὰρ οὐδὲ ἑκόντα με ὁ ἱερατιχὸς νόμος συγχωρεῖ χειροτονεῖσθαι, γὰρ χρῆναι τὸν ἱερέα καθίστσσθαι. ᾿Αναχωρῆσαντες δὲ, ἐπεὶ τάδε ἔγνωσαν Ἰουδαίοις φυλαχτέα, τῇ δὲ Ἐκκλησίᾳ σώματος μηδὲν μέλειν, ἣν μόνον ἄρτιος 7| τοῖς τρόποις ὁ ἱερεὺς, αὖθις ἀνέστρεψαν ὡς συλληψόμενοι τὸν ἄνδρα. Ὁ δὲ ἣ μὴν τὴν γλῶσσαν τεμεῖν διωμόσατο, εἰ βιάσασθαι πειραθεῖεν. Δείσαντες οὖν τὴν ἀπειλὴν, ἀπεχώρουν. Αὐτὸς δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ᾿Αμμώνιος ὁ Παρώτης ὠνομάζετο. Τῷ δὲ μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐχομένης βασιλείας συνῆν Εὐάγριος σοφὸς, ἐλλόγιμος ἀνὴρ, νοῆσαί τε φράσαι δεινὸς, ἐπίθολος διαχρῖναι τοὺς πρὸς ἀρετὴν χακχίαν ἄγοντας λογισμούς" ἱκανὸς ὑποθέσθαι, χρὴ τοὺς μὲν ἐπιτηδεύειν, τοὺς δὲ φυλάξασθαι, ᾿Αλλ οἷος μὲν περὶ λόγους ἦν, ἐπιδείξουσιν αἱ γραφαὶ &, κατέλιπεν. Ἐλέγετο δὲ τὸ ἦθος μέτριος, τύφοι τε καὶ ὑπεροψίας τοσοῦτον κρατεῖν, ὡς μὴτε διχαΐίω,, ἐπαινούμενος ὀγχοῦσθαι τοῖς κρότοις, μήτε ἀδέχω,, λοιδορούμενος ἀγανακτεῖν ἐπὶ ταῖς ὕδρετιν. Ἐγένετ. δὲ τῷ μὲν γένει Ἰόήρων πολίτης πρὸς τῷ λουμένῳ Εὐξείνῳ πόντῳ - ἐφιλοσόφησε δὲ ἐπαι δεύθη 075 Γρηγορίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Ναζιανζοὺ τοὺς ἱεροὺς Λόγους “ ἡνίκα δὲ ἐπετρόπευς τὴν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει Ἐκκλησίαν, ἀρχιδιάκονον αὐτὸν εἶχεν. ᾿Αστεῖον δὲ ὄντα τῇ ὄψει καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα φιλό χαλον, μαθών τις τῶν ἐν τέλει ζηλότυπος γνώριμον εἶναι τῇ γαμετῇ, θάνατον αὐτῷ ἐμηχανᾶτο. ἔργον δὲ προσθήσεσθαι μελλούσης τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς, καθεύδοντι αὐτῷ φοδεράν τινα σωτήριον ὄνείρᾶτος ὄψιν ἐπιπέμπει τὸ Θεῖον. Ἔδοξε γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ ἐγχλήματι συλληφθεὶς, σιδήρῳ δεδέσθαι πόδας χεῖρας. Μέλλοντί τε αὐτῷ εἰς δικαστήριον ἄνεσθαι τιμωρίαν ὑπέχειν, προσελθών τις ὑπέδειξε τὴν ἱερὰν τῶν Εὐαγγελίων βίδλον ^ καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέλθοι, τῶν δεσμῶν αὐτὸν ἀπαλλάξειν, ὅτι τοῦτο ποιήσει ἀπήτει. Ὁ δὲ τῆς βίβλου ἐφαψάμενος, ἢ μὴν ὧδε πράξειν ἐπωμόσατο" διαφεθείς τε τῶν δεσμῶν, αὐτίκα ἐξηγέρθη" καὶ τῷ θείῳ ὀνείρῳ πεισθεὶς, διέφυγε τὸν κίνδυνον " εἰς νοῦν πε λαθὼν χρῆναι μετιέναι τὸν ἀσκητικὸν βίον, ἐξεδήμησεν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. Καὶ μετὰ χρόνον τινὰ παραγενόμενος ἐπὶ θέαν τῶν ἐν Σκήτει φιλοσοφούντων, ἡσμένισε τὴν ἐνθάδε διατριβήν.
En toutǭ de eiseti dieprepon en tois Skēteōs monastēriois, gēraleos men, Ōrigenēs ek tōn mathētōn ᾿Antōniou tou megalou perileleimmenos, kai Didymos, kai Kroniōn, amphi tous hekaton kai deka eniautous gegonōs; kai ho megas ᾿Arsisios, kai Poutoubastēs, kai ᾿Arsiōn, kai Serapiōn, hoi kai autoi synchronoi ᾿Antōniǭ tǭ megalǭ egenonto. Katagegērakotes de en tǭ philosophein, proistanto tote tōn tę̄de monastēriōn. Tōn d᾽ au nean kai mesēn hēlikian agontōn, polloi kaloi te kai agathoi syn autois egnōrizonto; kai ᾿Ammōnios kai Eusebios kai Dioskoros, hous adelphous allēlois ontas, Makrous ek tēs hēlikias ōnomazon. Legetai de touton ton ᾿Amda mōnion eis akron philosophias proelthein, hēdonēs te a hoi rhąstōnēs andreiōs kratēsai, philologon eis agan genestha: hōs tous ᾿Ōrigenous kai Didymou tōn allōn ekklēsiastikōn logous diexelthein. neou mechri teleutēs plēn artou, mēdenos geusasthai en pyri genomenou. Mellōn de pote pros cheirotonian episkopēs syllamdanesthai, hōs antitholōn ouch epeisen apienai tous ep᾽ auton elēlythotas, apotemōn to hous, Apite, ephē" loipon gar oude hekonta me ho hieratichos nomos synchōrei cheirotoneisthai, gar chrēnai ton hierea kathistssthai. ᾿Anachōrēsantes de, epei tade egnōsan Ioudaiois phylachtea, tę̄ de Ekklēsią sōmatos mēden melein, hēn monon artios 7| tois tropois ho hiereus, authis anestrepsan hōs syllēpsomenoi ton andra. Ho de hē mēn tēn glōssan temein diōmosato, ei biasasthai peiratheien. Deisantes oun tēn apeilēn, apechōroun. Autos de enteuthen ᾿Ammōnios ho Parōtēs ōnomazeto. Tǭ de met᾽ ou poly epi tēs echomenēs basileias synēn Euagrios sophos, ellogimos anēr, noēsai te phrasai deinos, epitholos diachrinai tous pros aretēn chakchian agontas logismous" hikanos hypothesthai, chrē tous men epitēdeuein, tous de phylaxasthai, ᾿All hoios men peri logous ēn, epideixousin hai graphai &, katelipen. Elegeto de to ēthos metrios, typhoi te kai hyperopsias tosouton kratein, hōs mēte dichaïiō,, epainoumenos onchousthai tois krotois, mēte adechō,, loidoroumenos aganaktein epi tais hydretin. Egenet. de tǭ men genei Ioērōn politēs pros tǭ loumenǭ Euxeinǭ pontǭ - ephilosophēse de epai deuthē 075 Grēgoriǭ tǭ episkopǭ Nazianzou tous hierous Logous “ hēnika de epetropeus tēn en Kōnstantinoupolei Ekklēsian, archidiakonon auton eichen. ᾿Asteion de onta tę̄ opsei kai peri tēn esthēta philo chalon, mathōn tis tōn en telei zēlotypos gnōrimon einai tę̄ gametę̄, thanaton autǭ emēchanato. ergon de prosthēsesthai mellousēs tēs epiboulēs, katheudonti autǭ phoderan tina sōtērion oneiratos opsin epipempei to Theion. Edoxe gar hōs epi enchlēmati syllēphtheis, sidērǭ dedesthai podas cheiras. Mellonti te autǭ eis dikastērion anesthai timōrian hypechein, proselthōn tis hypedeixe tēn hieran tōn Euangeliōn bidlon ^ kai hypischneito, ei tēs poleōs exelthoi, tōn desmōn auton apallaxein, hoti touto poiēsei apētei. Ho de tēs biblou ephapsamenos, ē mēn hōde praxein epōmosato" diaphetheis te tōn desmōn, autika exēgerthē" kai tǭ theiǭ oneirǭ peistheis, diephyge ton kindynon " eis noun pe lathōn chrēnai metienai ton askētikon bion, exedēmēsen Kōnstantinoupoleōs eis Hierosolyma. Kai meta chronon tina paragenomenos epi thean tōn en Skētei philosophountōn, hēsmenise tēn enthade diatribēn.
At this time there were still distinguished in the monasteries of Scetis Origen, now old, the survivor of the disciples of Antony the great; and Didymus, and Cronion, who was about a hundred and ten years old; and the great Arsisius, and Putubastes, Arsion and Serapion, who were also contemporaries of Antony the great. Having grown old in the philosophic life, they then presided over the monasteries there. Of those in youth and middle age, many fine and good men were known along with them, among them Ammonius, Eusebius and Dioscorus, brothers to one another, whom they called the Tall Brothers from their stature. It is said that this Ammonius reached the summit of philosophy, bravely mastered pleasure and ease, and became so fond of learning that he went through the works of Origen and Didymus and the other church writers; and that from youth to death he tasted nothing cooked by fire except bread. Once when he was about to be seized for ordination to the episcopate, since his entreaties did not persuade those who had come for him to go away, he cut off his ear and said: “Go away; for now the priestly law does not allow me to be ordained even if I wished, since a priest must be appointed whole in body.” They withdrew; but when they learned that this was to be observed by the Jews, while the church cares nothing about the body, provided only that the priest is sound in character, they came back again to seize the man. But he swore that he would cut out his tongue if they tried to use force. Fearing the threat, they went away. From this he was called Ammonius Parotes. Not long after, in the following reign, Evagrius was associated with him, a wise man and of note, able to think and to express himself, skilled at discerning the thoughts that lead to virtue and to vice, and able to advise which to pursue and which to guard against. What he was as a writer the writings he left will show. He was said to be moderate in character, and so master of pride and arrogance that he was neither puffed up by applause when justly praised nor angered by the insults when unjustly reviled. By birth he was a citizen of Ibora near the sea called Euxine. He studied philosophy and was instructed in the sacred words by Gregory, bishop of Nazianzus; and when Gregory governed the church in Constantinople, he had him as his archdeacon. Since he was elegant in appearance and fond of fine clothing, one of the men in power, jealous because he learned that Evagrius was acquainted with his wife, was plotting his death. When the plot was about to be carried into effect, the Divine sent him in his sleep a fearful but saving vision in a dream. For he seemed to have been arrested on a charge and bound hand and foot in iron. When he was about to be brought to court to suffer punishment, someone came up to him, showed him the holy book of the Gospels, and promised to free him from his bonds if he would leave the city, and demanded an oath that he would do so. He, touching the book, swore that he would indeed do so; and being freed from his bonds he at once awoke; and persuaded by the divine dream, he escaped the danger. Resolving that he must take up the ascetic life, he left Constantinople for Jerusalem; and some time later, coming to see those who lived the philosophic life in Scetis, he was glad to stay there.
6.31PG 67:1387–1389
ἔλθοι τις μαθησόμενος παρὰ τὸν φράσαι δυνάμενον. : Καλοῦσι δὲ τὸν χῶρον τοῦτον, Νιτρίαν · καθότι κώμη τίς ἐστιν ὅμορος, ἐν ᾗ τὸ νίτρον συλλέγουσιν. Οὐ τὸ τυχὸν δὲ πλῆθος ἐνταῦθα ἐφιλοσόφει. ᾿Αλλὰ μοναστήρια ἦν ἀμφὶ πεντήκοντα, ἀλλήλοις ἐχόμενα - τὰ μὲν συνοικιῶν· τὰ δὲ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς οἰκούντων. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν ἔνδον ἔρημον ἡκόντων, ἕτερός ἐστι τόπος, σχεδὸν ἑβδομήκοντα σταδίοις διεστώς, ὄνομα Κελλία. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ σποράδην ἐστὶ μοναχικὰ οἰκήματα πολλὰ, καθὸ καὶ τοιαύτης ἔλαχε προσηγορίας. Κεχώρισται δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων, ὡς τοὺς αὐτόθι κατοικοῦντας, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς μὴ καθορᾶν ἢ ἐπαΐειν. Συνίασι δὲ πάντες εἰς ταυτὸν ἅμα καὶ ἐκκλησιάζουσι τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ τελευταίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἑβδομάδος. Ην δέ τις μὴ παραγένηται, δῆλός ἐστιν ἄκων ἀπολειφθεὶς, ἢ πάθει τινὶ ἡ νόσῳ πεπεδημένος. Καὶ ἐπὶ θέαν αὐτοῦ καὶ θεραπείαν, οὐκ εὐθὺς πάντες ἀπίασιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἐν διαφόροις καιροῖς ἕκαστος, ἐπιφερόμενος ὅπερ ἔχει πρὸς νόσον ἁρμόδιον. Ἐκτὸς δὲ τοιαύτης αἰτίας, οὐχ ὁμιλοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις, εἰ μὴ λόγων ἕνεκεν εἰς γνῶσιν Θεοῦ τεινόντων ἢ ὠφέλειαν ψυχῆς, Οἰκοῦσι δὲ ἐν τοῖς κελλίοις, ὅσοι τῆς φιλοσοφίας εἰς ἄκρον ἐληλύθασι, καὶ σφᾶς ἄγειν δύνανται, καὶ μόνο διατρίβειν, δι' ἡσυχίαν χωρισθέντες τῶν ἄλλων. Τάδε μὲν ἡμῖν ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ περὶ Σκήτεως εἰρήσθω, καὶ τῶν ἐνθάδε φιλοσοφούντων. Εἰ γὰρ τὸ καθέκαστον τῆς αὐτῶν ἀγωγῆς διεξελθεῖν πειραθείην, μηκυνομένην ἴσως τὴν γραφὴν μωμήσαιτό τις. Ἰδίαν γὰρ συστησάμενοι πολιτείαν, ἔργα καὶ ἤθη καὶ γυμνάσια, καὶ δίαιταν, καὶ καιρὸν, ἑκάστῃ ἡλικίᾳ κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς διένειμαν. Καὶ Ῥινοκουροῦρα δὲ, οὐκ ἐπεισάκτοις, ἀλλ᾽ οἴκοθεν ἀνδράσιν ἀγαθοῖς ἐξ ἐκείνου διέπρεπεν. δὲ ἐνθάδε φιλοσσφεῖν ἐπυθόμην ἀρίστους ἔγνων, τόν τε Μέλανα τὸν ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύοντα, Διονύσιον, ὅς πρὸς Βορέαν τῆς πόλεως τὸ φροντιστήριον εἶχε " Σόλωνα τὸν Μέλανος ἀδελφὸν, καὶ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς διάδοχον. Λέγεται δὲ, ἡνίκα προστέταχτο τοὺς κατὰ πόλιν ἱερέας ἐναντίως ᾿Αρείῳ φρονοῦντας ἀπελαύνεσθαι, καταλαδεῖν Μέλανα τοὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐλθόντας, τοὺς λύχνους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας παρασχενάζοντα; οἷά γε ὑπηρέτην ἔσχατον, ἐπίῤῥυπον τῷ ἐματίῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἐλαίου τὴν ζώνην ἔχοντα, καὶ τὰς θρναλλίδας ἐπιφερόμενον" ἐρωτηθέντα δὲ περὶ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου εἰπεῖν, ὡς ᾿Ενθάδε ἐστὶ, καὶ μηνύσω τοῦτον. Αὐτίκα δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας οἶάγε ἐξ ὁδοῦ κεχμηχότας, εἰς τὸ ἐπισκοπικὸν καταγώγιον ὁδηγῆσαι, Καὶ τράπεζαν παραθεῖναι, ἐχ τῶν ὄντων ἑστιᾶσαι. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἑστίασιν, νιψάμένον τὰς χεῖρας, διηχονεῖτο γὰρ τοῖς ἑστιωμένοις, ἑαυτὸν προσαγγεῖλαι. Τοὺς δὲ τὸν ἄνδρα θαυμάσαντας, ὁμολογῆσαι μὲν ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἐληλύθεισαν" αἰδοῖ δὲ τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸν, ἐξουσίαν δοῦναι φυγῆς. Τὸν δὲ φάναι, ὡς Οὐχ ἂν προοΐίμην ταὐτὰ τοῖς ὁμοδόξοις ἱερεῦσιν ὑπομεῖναι, ἀλλ᾽ ἑκοντὶ ἀλέσθαι εἰς τὴν ὑπερορίαν ἐλθεῖν. Πᾶσαν δὲ, νέον φιλοσοφήσας, μὸϑναχιχὴν ἀρετὴν ἐξησκεῖτο. δὲ Σόλων ἀπὸ ἐμπόρου εἰς μοναμεταδαλὼν, οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ὀλίγον ἀπώνατο τῆς ἐνθένδε ὠφελείας. Ὑπὸ διδασκάλῳ γὰρ τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ τοῖς τῇδε φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἐπιμελῶς παιδευθεὶς καὶ περὶ τὸ θεῖον ὅτι μάλιστα προθύμως ἐσπούδαζε, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πέλας ἀγαθὸς ἐτύγχανεν. Ἧ μὲν Ῥινοκουρούρων Ἐκκλησία, τοιούτων ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡγουμένων ἐπιτυχοῦσα, οὐ διέλιπεν ἐξ ἐκείνου μέχρι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς, ἔτι νῦν τοῖς ἐκείνων χρωμένη θεσμοῖς; καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνὄρας φέρουσα. Κοινὴ δέ ἔστι τοῖς αὐτόϑι κληρικοῖς οἴχησίς τε τράπεζα, τ᾽ ἄλλα πάντα.
elthoi tis mathēsomenos para ton phrasai dynamenon. : Kalousi de ton chōron touton, Nitrian ; kathoti kōmē tis estin homoros, en hę̄ to nitron syllegousin. Ou to tychon de plēthos entautha ephilosophei. ᾿Alla monastēria ēn amphi pentēkonta, allēlois echomena - ta men synoikiōn; ta de kath' heautous oikountōn. Enteuthen de hōs epi tēn endon erēmon hēkontōn, heteros esti topos, schedon hebdomēkonta stadiois diestōs, onoma Kellia. En toutǭ de sporadēn esti monachika oikēmata polla, katho kai toiautēs elache prosēgorias. Kechōristai de tosouton allēlōn, hōs tous autothi katoikountas, sphas autous mē kathoran ē epaïein. Syniasi de pantes eis tauton hama kai ekklēsiazousi tę̄ prōtę̄ kai teleutaią hēmerą tēs hebdomados. Ēn de tis mē paragenētai, dēlos estin akōn apoleiphtheis, ē pathei tini hē nosǭ pepedēmenos. Kai epi thean autou kai therapeian, ouk euthys pantes apiasin. ᾿All᾽ en diaphorois kairois hekastos, epipheromenos hoper echei pros noson harmodion. Ektos de toiautēs aitias, ouch homilousin allēlois, ei mē logōn heneken eis gnōsin Theou teinontōn ē ōpheleian psychēs, Oikousi de en tois kelliois, hosoi tēs philosophias eis akron elēlythasi, kai sphas agein dynantai, kai mono diatribein, di' hēsychian chōristhentes tōn allōn. Tade men hēmin hōs en brachei peri Skēteōs eirēsthō, kai tōn enthade philosophountōn. Ei gar to kathekaston tēs autōn agōgēs diexelthein peiratheiēn, mēkynomenēn isōs tēn graphēn mōmēsaito tis. Idian gar systēsamenoi politeian, erga kai ēthē kai gymnasia, kai diaitan, kai kairon, hekastę̄ hēlikią kata to eikos dieneiman. Kai Rhinokouroura de, ouk epeisaktois, all᾽ oikothen andrasin agathois ex ekeinou dieprepen. de enthade philossphein epythomēn aristous egnōn, ton te Melana ton ekeino kairou tēn Ekklēsian epitropeuonta, Dionysion, hos pros Borean tēs poleōs to phrontistērion eiche " Solōna ton Melanos adelphon, kai tēs episkopēs diadochon. Legetai de, hēnika prostetachto tous kata polin hiereas enantiōs ᾿Areiǭ phronountas apelaunesthai, kataladein Melana tous ep᾽ auton elthontas, tous lychnous tēs Ekklēsias paraschenazonta? hoia ge hypēretēn eschaton, epirrhypon tǭ ematiǭ hypo tou elaiou tēn zōnēn echonta, kai tas thrnallidas epipheromenon" erōtēthenta de peri tou episkopou eipein, hōs ᾿Enthade esti, kai mēnysō touton. Autika de tous andras oiage ex hodou kechmēchotas, eis to episkopikon katagōgion hodēgēsai, Kai trapezan paratheinai, ech tōn ontōn hestiasai. Meta de tēn hestiasin, nipsamenon tas cheiras, diēchoneito gar tois hestiōmenois, heauton prosangeilai. Tous de ton andra thaumasantas, homologēsai men eph᾽ hǭ elēlytheisan" aidoi de tę̄ pros auton, exousian dounai phygēs. Ton de phanai, hōs Ouch an prooïimēn tauta tois homodoxois hiereusin hypomeinai, all᾽ hekonti alesthai eis tēn hyperorian elthein. Pasan de, neon philosophēsas, moϑnachichēn aretēn exēskeito. de Solōn apo emporou eis monametadalōn, oude autos oligon apōnato tēs enthende ōpheleias. Hypo didaskalǭ gar tǭ adelphǭ kai tois tę̄de philosophousin epimelōs paideutheis kai peri to theion hoti malista prothymōs espoudaze, kai pros tous pelas agathos etynchanen. Hē men Rhinokourourōn Ekklēsia, toioutōn ex archēs hēgoumenōn epitychousa, ou dielipen ex ekeinou mechri kai eis hēmas, eti nyn tois ekeinōn chrōmenē thesmois? kai agathous anoras pherousa. Koinē de esti tois autoϑi klērikois oichēsis te trapeza, t᾽ alla panta.
… if anyone should come to learn from one able to explain. They call this place Nitria, because there is a neighbouring village in which they collect nitre. No ordinary multitude lived the philosophic life here; there were about fifty monasteries close to one another, some of men living in community, others of men living by themselves. From here, as one goes into the inner desert, there is another place, about seventy stadia away, called the Cells. In it are many monastic dwellings scattered about, which is why it got this name. They are so far separated from one another that those who live there neither see nor hear each other. They all meet together and hold assemblies on the first and last day of the week. If anyone is not present, it is clear that he has been kept away against his will, held back by some affliction or illness; and they do not all go at once to see and care for him, but each at different times, bringing whatever he has suitable for the illness. Apart from such a reason they do not converse with one another, except for words tending to the knowledge of God or the profit of the soul. Those live in the Cells who have reached the summit of philosophy and are able to guide themselves and to live alone, separated from the others for the sake of quiet. Let this much be said briefly by us about Scetis and those who live the philosophic life there. For if I tried to go through every detail of their discipline, someone might perhaps blame my writing for its length. For having established a way of life of their own, they assigned works, manners, exercises, diet and times to each age, as was fitting. Rhinocorura too, from that time, was distinguished by good men, not brought in from outside but native. Of those I learned had lived the philosophic life there, I know as the best Melas, who at that time governed the church; Dionysius, who had his monastery to the north of the city; and Solon, the brother of Melas and his successor in the episcopate. It is said that when it had been ordered that the priests in the cities who held views opposed to Arius should be driven out, those who came for Melas found him preparing the lamps of the church, like the lowest servant, with his girdle on his tunic soiled with oil and carrying the wicks; and when asked about the bishop, he said, “He is here, and I will tell him.” At once he led the men, as tired from the journey, to the bishop’s lodging, set a table before them and entertained them from what there was. After the meal he washed his hands — for he had been serving those at table — and announced himself. They, admiring the man, confessed what they had come for, but out of respect for him gave him leave to flee. But he said, “I would not choose to avoid suffering the same as the priests who share my belief, but will willingly go into exile.” Having lived the philosophic life from youth, he practised every monastic virtue. Solon, changing from a merchant into a monk, himself gained no little benefit from this. For, carefully trained under his brother as teacher and under those who lived the philosophic life there, he was most eagerly zealous about divine things and was good to his neighbours. The church of Rhinocorura, having had such leaders from the beginning, has not ceased from that time to our own, still using their rules and bringing forth good men. The clergy there have a common dwelling and table and all else in common.
6.32PG 67:1389–1391
Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Παλαιστίνη μοναχῶν ἀνδρῶν διατριθαῖς ἤνθει. Οἵτε γὰρ πλείους ὧν ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίου βασιλείᾳ ἀπηριθμησάμην ἔτι ἧσαν ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστή μὴν σεμνύνοντες. Οἱ δὲ, ταῖς αὐτῶν συνουσίαις εἰς ἄκρον ἀρετῆς ἐπέδοσαν, καὶ εἰς εὔκλειαν μείζονα τοῖς ἐνθάδε φροντιστηρίοις προσετέθησαν. Ὧν Ἡσυχᾶς ὁ ἹἸλαρίωνος ἑταῖρος, καὶ ὁ ὕστερον γενόμενος Σαλαμῖνος τῆς Κύπρου ἐπίσκοπος. Ἐφιλοσόφησε δὲ Ἡσυχᾶς μὲν, οὗ καὶ ὁ διδάσκαλος. Ἐπιφάνιος δὲ, ἀμφὶ Βησανδούκην κώμην ὅθεν ἦν, νομοῦ Ἑλευθεροπόλεως. Ἐκ νέου δὲ ὑπὸ μοναχοῖς ἀρίστοις παιδευθεὶς, καὶ τούτου χάριν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πλεῖστον διατρίψας χρόνον, ἐπισημότατος ἐν μοναστικῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ γέγονε παρά τε Αίγυπτίοις, καὶ Παλαιστινοῖς · μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ Κυπρίοις, παρ' οἷς ἡρέθη τῆς μητροπόλεως τῆς νήσου ἐπισκοπεῖν. Ὅθεν οἶμαι μᾶλλον κατὰ πᾶσαν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τὴν ὑφω ήλιον, ἀοιδιμώτατός ἐστιν. Ὡς ἐν ὀμίλῳ γὰρ καὶ πόλει μεγάλῃ καὶ παραλίῳ ἱερωμένος, καὶ μεθ' ὅσης ἀρετῆς εἶχε πολιτικοῖς ἐμβαλὼν πράγμασιν, ἀστικοῖς καὶ ξένοις παντοδαποῖς γνώριμος ἐν ὀλίγῳ ἐγένετο - τοῖς μὲν, θεασαμένοις καὶ πεῖραν λαβοῦσι τῆς αὐτοῦ πολιτείας · τοῖς δὲ, παρὰ τούτων πειθομένοις. Πρὸ δὲ τῆς ἐν Κύπρῳ ἐπιδημίας, ἔτι ἐν Παλαιστίνη διέτριβεν ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης ἡγεμονίας. Ἡνίκα δὲ ἐν τοῖς τότε φροντιστηρίοις εὖ μάλα διαπρέπων Σαλα μάνης τε καὶ Φύσκων, καὶ Μαλαχίων καὶ Κρισπίων ἀδελφοί · ἐφιλοσόφουν δὲ ἀμφὶ Βηθελέαν κώμην τοῦ νομοῦ Γάζης. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ εὐπατρίδαι τῶν ἔνθεν ἦσαν, διδασκάλου δὲ ταύτης τῆς φιλοσοφίας ἔτυχον Ἱλαρίωνος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ λέγεταί ποτε τούτων ἅμα οἶκοι ἀπιόντων, ἐκ μέσου ἁρπαγῆναί πως τὸν Μαλαχίωνα, καὶ ἀφανῆ γενέσθαι· ἐξαπίνης δὲ πάλιν ἀναφανῆναι, τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν βαδίζοντα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς - μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ ἀποβιῶναι, νέον μὲν ἔτι ὄντα, τῶν γεγηρακότων δὲ ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ κατ᾿ ἀρετὴν βίου καὶ θεοφίλειαν οὐ λειπόμενον. Καὶ ᾿Αμμώνιος δὲ ὡσεὶ δέκα σταδίοις διεστὼς, ᾤκει ἀμφὶ Χαφαρχοβρὰν κώΟ μην Γαζαίαν, ἀφ᾿ ἧς τὸ γένος εἶχεν· ἀνὴρ ἀκριβῶς ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ ἀνδρείως ἐν τῇ ἀσκήσει διαγενόμε νος. Σιλβανὸς δὲ, ὃν διὰ τὴν ἄγαν ἀρετὴν ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ὑπηρετούμενον θεαθῆναι λόγος, Παλαιστινὸς ὧν, ἔτι, οἶμαι, κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐφιλοσόφει τότε· ἔπειτα δὲ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ χρόνον τινὰ διατρίψας, ὕστερον τὴν ἐν Γεράροις ἐν τῷ χειμάρρῳ μεγίστην τε καὶ ἐπισημοτάτην πλείστων ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν συνοικίαν συνεστήσατο. Ἧς μετ' αὐτὸν ἡγήσατο Ζαχαρίας ὁ θεσπέσιος.
Ou mēn alla kai Palaistinē monachōn andrōn diatrithais ēnthei. Hoite gar pleious hōn en tę̄ Kōnstantiou basileią apērithmēsamēn eti hēsan tautēn tēn epistē mēn semnynontes. Hoi de, tais autōn synousiais eis akron aretēs epedosan, kai eis eukleian meizona tois enthade phrontistēriois prosetethēsan. Hōn Hēsychas ho HiIlariōnos hetairos, kai ho hysteron genomenos Salaminos tēs Kyprou episkopos. Ephilosophēse de Hēsychas men, hou kai ho didaskalos. Epiphanios de, amphi Bēsandoukēn kōmēn hothen ēn, nomou Heleutheropoleōs. Ek neou de hypo monachois aristois paideutheis, kai toutou charin en Aigyptǭ pleiston diatripsas chronon, episēmotatos en monastikę̄ philosophią gegone para te Aigyptiois, kai Palaistinois ; meta de tauta kai Kypriois, par' hois hērethē tēs mētropoleōs tēs nēsou episkopein. Hothen oimai mallon kata pasan, hōs eipein, tēn hyphō ēlion, aoidimōtatos estin. Hōs en omilǭ gar kai polei megalę̄ kai paraliǭ hierōmenos, kai meth' hosēs aretēs eiche politikois embalōn pragmasin, astikois kai xenois pantodapois gnōrimos en oligǭ egeneto - tois men, theasamenois kai peiran labousi tēs autou politeias ; tois de, para toutōn peithomenois. Pro de tēs en Kyprǭ epidēmias, eti en Palaistinē dietriben epi tēs parousēs hēgemonias. Hēnika de en tois tote phrontistēriois eu mala diaprepōn Sala manēs te kai Physkōn, kai Malachiōn kai Krispiōn adelphoi ; ephilosophoun de amphi Bēthelean kōmēn tou nomou Gazēs. Kai gar dē kai eupatridai tōn enthen ēsan, didaskalou de tautēs tēs philosophias etychon Hilariōnos, aph᾿ hou legetai pote toutōn hama oikoi apiontōn, ek mesou harpagēnai pōs ton Malachiōna, kai aphanē genesthai; exapinēs de palin anaphanēnai, tēn autēn hodon badizonta tois adelphois - met᾿ ou poly de apobiōnai, neon men eti onta, tōn gegērakotōn de en philosophią kat᾿ aretēn biou kai theophileian ou leipomenon. Kai ᾿Ammōnios de hōsei deka stadiois diestōs, ǭkei amphi Chapharchobran kōO mēn Gazaian, aph᾿ hēs to genos eichen; anēr akribōs hoti malista kai andreiōs en tę̄ askēsei diagenome nos. Silbanos de, hon dia tēn agan aretēn hypo angelou hypēretoumenon theathēnai logos, Palaistinos hōn, eti, oimai, kata tēn Aigypton ephilosophei tote; epeita de en tǭ orei Sina chronon tina diatripsas, hysteron tēn en Gerarois en tǭ cheimarrǭ megistēn te kai episēmotatēn pleistōn agathōn andrōn synoikian synestēsato. Hēs met' auton hēgēsato Zacharias ho thespesios.
Palestine, too, flourished with the dwellings of monks. Most of those I enumerated in the reign of Constantius were still adorning this way of life; and others, through association with them, advanced to the summit of virtue and were added to the greater renown of the monasteries there. Among them were Hesychas, the companion of Hilarion, and Epiphanius, who later became bishop of Salamis in Cyprus. Hesychas lived the philosophic life where his teacher had; Epiphanius about the village of Besanduce, his home, in the district of Eleutheropolis. Trained from his youth by the best monks, and for this reason having spent a very long time in Egypt, he became most celebrated in monastic philosophy among the Egyptians and the Palestinians, and afterwards among the Cypriots too, by whom he was chosen to oversee the metropolis of the island. Hence, I think, he is the most famous, so to speak, in the whole world under the sun. For serving as priest in a populous, great and coastal city, and engaging in civic affairs with all the virtue he had, he soon became known to citizens and strangers of every kind: to some who saw him and had experience of his conduct, to others who were persuaded by them. Before his stay in Cyprus he was still living in Palestine under the present reign. At that time there were very distinguished in the monasteries Salamanes, Phuscon, Malachion and Crispion, brothers, who lived the philosophic life about Bethelia, a village of the district of Gaza; for they were of noble family there, and had Hilarion as teacher of this philosophy. It is said that once, as they were going home together, Malachion was somehow snatched from their midst and disappeared; then suddenly he reappeared, walking the same road with his brothers; and not long after he died, still young, but not behind those who had grown old in philosophy in virtue of life and love of God. Ammonius too, about ten stadia away, lived about Kapharchobra, a village of Gaza, from which he came, a man who passed his life in ascetic discipline with the greatest strictness and courage. Silvanus, who for his exceeding virtue is said to have been seen served by an angel, a Palestinian, was then, I think, still living the philosophic life in Egypt; then, after spending some time on Mount Sinai, he later founded at Gerara by the torrent a very great and celebrated community of very many good men, which after him was led by the divine Zacharias.
6.33PG 67:1391–1393
Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐπὶ Συρίαν καὶ Πέρσας τοὺς Σύρων ὁμόρους ἰτέον · οἳ δὴ πρὸς πλῆθος ἐπέδωκαν, τοῖς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἁμιλλώμενοι. Διέπρεπον δὲ μάλιστα τότε, παρὰ μὲν Νισιβηνοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸ Σιγόρων καλούμενον ὄρος, Βατθαῖος καὶ Εὐσέβιος, καὶ Βαργῆς καὶ ῾Ἁλᾶς καὶ ᾿Αββῶς, Λάζαρός τε ὁ γεγονὼς ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ ᾿Αβδάλεως, καὶ Ζήνων, καὶ Ἡλιόδωρος ὁ γέρων. Τούτους δὲ καὶ Βοσκοὺς ἀπεκάλουν, ἕναγχος τῆς τοιαύτης φιλοσοφίας ἄρξαντας. Ὀνομάζουσι δὲ ὧδε αὐτοὺς, καθότι οὔτε οἰκήματα ἔχουσιν, οὔτε ἄρτον, οὔτε ὄψον ἐσθίουσιν, οὔτε οἶνον πίνουσιν· ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὅρεσι διατρίβοντες, ἀεὶ τὸν Θεὸν εὐλογοῦσιν, ἐν εὐχαῖς καὶ ὕμνοις, κατὰ θεσμὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας. Τροφῆς δὲ ἡνίκα γένηται καιρὸς, καθάπερ νεμόμενοι, ἄρπην ἔχων ἕκαστος, ἀνὰ τὸ ὄρος περιιόντες, τὰς βοτάνας σιτίζονται. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὧδε ἐφιλοσόφουν. Ἐν Κάραις δὲ Εὐσέβιος, ὃς ἐν τῷ ἐθελοντὴς καθεῖρχθαι ἐφιλοσόφει· καὶ Πρωτογένης, ὃς τὴν αὐτόθι Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπετρόπευσε μετὰ Βἴτον τὸν τότε ἐπίσκοπον · Β΄τον ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἀοίδιμον, ὄν φασι βασιλέα Κωνσταντίνον πρώτως θεασάμενον, ὁμολογῆσαι ὡς πάλαι πολλάκις ἐν ἐπιφανείαις τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς αὐτῷ ἐπέδειξε, καὶ παρεκελεύσατο, ὅ τι λέγοι, πειθαρχεῖν αὐτῷ. Καὶ ᾿Αώνης δὲ ἐν Φαδανᾷ τὸ φροντιστήριον εἶχε · τόπος δὲ οὗτος, οὗ Ἰακώβ ὁ τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ ἔκγονος ἐκ Παλαιστίνης ἐπιστὰς, ἔτι παρθένῳ συνήπτετο τῇ μετὰ ταῦτα γαμετῇ, ἐκκυλίσας τε τοῦ ἐνθάδε φρέατος τὸν λίθον, πρῶτον αὐτῆς τὸ ποίμνιον ἐπότισε. Φασὶ δὲ τοῦτον ᾿Αώνην, τῆς ἐκτὸς πάντων ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀκριβοῦς φιλοσοφίας ἄρξασθαι παοὰ Σύροις, ὥσπερ Αντώνιον παρ' Αἰγυπτίοις.
Enteuthen de epi Syrian kai Persas tous Syrōn homorous iteon ; hoi dē pros plēthos epedōkan, tois en Aigyptǭ philosophousin hamillōmenoi. Dieprepon de malista tote, para men Nisibēnois amphi to Sigorōn kaloumenon oros, Batthaios kai Eusebios, kai Bargēs kai ῾Halas kai ᾿Abbōs, Lazaros te ho gegonōs episkopos, kai ᾿Abdaleōs, kai Zēnōn, kai Hēliodōros ho gerōn. Toutous de kai Boskous apekaloun, henanchos tēs toiautēs philosophias arxantas. Onomazousi de hōde autous, kathoti oute oikēmata echousin, oute arton, oute opson esthiousin, oute oinon pinousin; en de tois horesi diatribontes, aei ton Theon eulogousin, en euchais kai hymnois, kata thesmon tēs Ekklēsias. Trophēs de hēnika genētai kairos, kathaper nemomenoi, arpēn echōn hekastos, ana to oros periiontes, tas botanas sitizontai. Kai hoi men hōde ephilosophoun. En Karais de Eusebios, hos en tǭ ethelontēs katheirchthai ephilosophei; kai Prōtogenēs, hos tēn autothi Ekklēsian epetropeuse meta Biton ton tote episkopon ; B΄ton ekeinon ton aoidimon, on phasi basilea Kōnstantinon prōtōs theasamenon, homologēsai hōs palai pollakis en epiphaneiais ton andra touton ho Theos autǭ epedeixe, kai parekeleusato, ho ti legoi, peitharchein autǭ. Kai ᾿Aōnēs de en Phadaną to phrontistērion eiche ; topos de houtos, hou Iakōb ho tou Abraam ekgonos ek Palaistinēs epistas, eti parthenǭ synēpteto tę̄ meta tauta gametę̄, ekkylisas te tou enthade phreatos ton lithon, prōton autēs to poimnion epotise. Phasi de touton ᾿Aōnēn, tēs ektos pantōn anthrōpōn kai akribous philosophias arxasthai paoa Syrois, hōsper Antōnion par' Aigyptiois.
From here we must go on to Syria and to the Persians bordering on the Syrians, who in numbers rivalled those who lived the philosophic life in Egypt. At that time there were especially distinguished among the Nisibenes, about the mountain called Sigoron, Batthaeus, Eusebius, Barges, Halas and Abbos, Lazarus who became a bishop, Abdaleus, Zeno and Heliodorus the old. They were also called Grazers, having lately begun this kind of philosophy. They are so named because they have no dwellings, eat neither bread nor relish, nor drink wine; but living on the mountains they ever bless God in prayers and hymns according to the rule of the church; and when the time for food comes, as if pasturing, each with a sickle, they go round the mountain and feed on the plants. So they lived the philosophic life. At Carrhae there was Eusebius, who lived the philosophic life voluntarily shut in; and Protogenes, who governed the church there after Vitus, then the bishop — that famous Vitus whom, they say, the emperor Constantine, on first seeing him, confessed that God had often shown to him in appearances long before, and had told him to obey whatever he said. Aones too had his monastery at Phadana; this is the place where Jacob, the descendant of Abraham, coming from Palestine, met the virgin who was afterwards his wife, and rolling the stone from the well there, first watered her flock. They say that this Aones was the first among the Syrians to begin the strict philosophy apart from all men, as Antony among the Egyptians.
6.34PG 67:1393–1397
Τούτῳ δὲ συνοίκω ἤστην Γαδδανᾶς τε καὶ ᾿Αζιζος, πρὸς ὁμοίαν ἀρετὴν ἁμιλλωμένω. ᾿Ανὰ δὲ τὴν ἐκ γειτόνων Έδεσαν, καὶ πέριξ ταύτης εὐδοκιμώτάτοι φιλόσοφοι κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἦσαν, Ἰουλιανὸς καὶ Ἐφραὶμ ὁ Σύρος συγγραφεὺς, οἱ ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντίου βασιλείᾳ δηλωθέντες • Βάρσης τε καὶ Εὐλόγιος, οἳ καὶ ἐπισκόπω ἄμφω ὕστερον ἐγενέσθην, οὐ πόλεώς τινος, ἀλλὰ τιμῆς ἕνεκεν, ἀνταμοι6ῆς ὥσπερ τῶν αὐτοῖς πεπολιτευμένων, χειρο τονηθέντες ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις μοναστηρίοις ὃν τρόπον καὶ Λάζαρος ὁ δηλωθείς. Οἴδε μὲν τῶν τότε φιλοσοφούντων ἐπισήμως, ἀνά τε Σύρους καὶ Πέρσας τοὺς ἐκ γειτόνων αὐτοῖς, εἰς γνῶσιν ἐμὴν ἦλθον. Πολιτεία δὲ κοινὴ πᾶσιν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἦν · ψυχῆς μὲν, ὅτι μάλιστα ἐπιμελεῖσθαι, καὶ ἕτοιμον ἐθίζειν πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν ἐνθάδε· ἐν εὐχαῖς τε καὶ νηστείαις, καὶ θείοις ὕμνοις· καὶ περὶ ταῦτα τὸν πολὺν ἀναλίσκειν βίον· χρημάτων δὲ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὰ πολιτικὰ πράγματα ἀσχολίας, σώματός τε ῥαστώνης, ἢ ἐπιμελείας παν τελῶς ἀμελεῖν. Ἔνιοι δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐγκρατείας ἦλθον, ὡς Βατθαίου μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἄγαν ἀσιτίας, σκώληκας ἐκ τῶν ὀδόντων ἕρπειν· ᾿Αλᾶν δὲ ἐπὶ ὀγδοήκοντα ἐνιαυτοὺς, ἄρτου μὴ γεύσασθαι· τὸν δὲ Ἡλιόδωρον ἀΰπνους τὰς πολλὰς διακαρτερῆσαι νύκτας, ἑβδομάδας ἡμερῶν ἐν νηστείαις ἐπισυνάψαντα. Συρία δὲ, ἤ τε Κοίλη καλουμένη, καὶ ἡ ὑπὲρ ταύτην, πλὴν ᾿Αντιοχείας, βράδιον εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μετα ἐβαλον. Οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ αὕτη φιλοσόφων ἐκκλησιαστι κῶν ἄμοιρος ἦν· ταύτῃ γε μᾶλλον ἀνδρείων ὄντων τε καὶ φαινομένων, ὅσῳ γε καὶ πρὸς τῶν οἰκούντων τὴν χώραν ἐμισοῦντο καὶ ἐπεβουλεύοντο· καὶ γενναίως ἀντεῖχον, οὐκ ἀμυνόμενοι, οὐδὲ δίκην λαμβάνοντες, ἀλλὰ προθύμως τὰς παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὕβρεις τε καὶ πληγὰς ὑπομένοντες. Οἴους γενέσθαι ἐπυθόμην Οὐαλεντῖνον, ὃν οἱ μὲν ἐξ Ἐμέσης, οἱ δὲ ἐξ ᾿Αρεθούσης τὸ γένος ἔχειν ἔφασαν· καὶ τὸν ὁμώνυμον τὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ Θεόδωρον. ῎Αμφω δὲ ἀπὸ Τιττῶν τοῦ ᾿Απαμέων νομοῦ ἤστην. Καὶ Μαρώσαν τὸν ἐκ Νεχείλων, καὶ Βάσσον, καὶ Βασσώνην, καὶ Παῦλον, ὃς ἀπὸ τῆς Τελμισοῦ τῆς κώμης ἐγένετο · πολλοὺς δὲ ἐν πολλοῖς τόποις συνοικίσας, καὶ ὃν χρὴ τράπον συναγαγὼν εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν εἰδέναι, τὸ τελευταῖον εἰς τὸ Ἰουγάτον καλούμενον χωρίον μεγίστην τε καὶ ἐπισημοτάτην συνοικίαν μοναχῶν κατεστήσατο. Ἔνθα δὴ καὶ ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ τὸν τάφον ἔχει, μακροβιώτατος γεγονώς · ὡς μέχρι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐπιβιῶναι, εὐδοκίμως καὶ θείως φιλοσοφήσας. Καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ τῶν δηλωθέντων μοναχῶν, σχεδὸν πάντες πολὺν διεγένοντο χρόνον. Καί μοι φαίνεται, μακροβίους τοὺς ἄνδρας ὁ Θεὸς ἐποίησεν, εἰς ἐπίδοσιν τὴν θρησκείαν ἄγων. Σύρους τε γὰρ ὡς ἐπίπαν, καὶ Περσῶν καὶ Σαρακηνῶν πλείστους, πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐπηγάγοντο σέβας, καὶ Ἑλληνίζειν ἔπαυσαν. Μοναχικῆς τε φιλοσοφίας ἐνθάδε ἄρξαντες, πολλοὺς ὁμοίους ἀπέφηναν. Καὶ Γαλάτας δὲ καὶ Καππαδόκας, καὶ τοὺς τούτων ὁμόρους, συμβάλλω πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ἄλλους ἐσχηκέναι τότε ἐκκλησιαστικοὺς φιλοσόφους, οἷά γε πάλαι τὸ δόγμα σπουδαίως πρεσβεύοντας. Κατὰ συνοικίας δὲ ἐν πόλεσιν ἢ κώμαις οἱ πλείους ᾤκουν. Οὔτε γὰρ παραδόσει τῶν προγεγενημένων εἰθίσθησαν· οὔτε ὑπὸ χαλεπότητος χειμῶνος, φύσει τοῦ τῇδε χώρου ἑκάστοτε συμβαίνοντος, δυνατὸν ἴσως κατεφαίνετο ἐν ἐρημίαις διατρίβειν. Εὐδοκιμώτατοι δὲ ὧν ἐπυθόμην ἐγένοντο ἐνθάδε μοναχοί, Λεόντιος, ὁ τὴν ἐν ᾿Αγκύρᾳ ἐκκλησίαν ὕστερον ἐπιτροπεύσας· καὶ Πραπίδιος, ὃς ἤδη γηραλέος ὧν, πολλὰς ἐπεακόπει κώμας. Προέστη δὲ καὶ Βασιλειάδος, ὃ πτωχῶν ἐστιν ἐπισημότατον καταγώγιον, ὑπὸ Βασιλείου τοῦ Καισαρείας ἐπισκόπου κατασκευασθὲν, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὴν προσηγορίαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔλαβε, καὶ εἰς ἔτι νῦν ἔχει.
Toutǭ de synoikō ēstēn Gaddanas te kai ᾿Azizos, pros homoian aretēn hamillōmenō. ᾿Ana de tēn ek geitonōn Edesan, kai perix tautēs eudokimōtatoi philosophoi kata touton ton chronon ēsan, Ioulianos kai Ephraim ho Syros syngrapheus, hoi en tę̄ Kōnstantiou basileią dēlōthentes • Barsēs te kai Eulogios, hoi kai episkopō amphō hysteron egenesthēn, ou poleōs tinos, alla timēs heneken, antamoi6ēs hōsper tōn autois pepoliteumenōn, cheiro tonēthentes en tois idiois monastēriois hon tropon kai Lazaros ho dēlōtheis. Oide men tōn tote philosophountōn episēmōs, ana te Syrous kai Persas tous ek geitonōn autois, eis gnōsin emēn ēlthon. Politeia de koinē pasin, hōs eipein, ēn ; psychēs men, hoti malista epimeleisthai, kai hetoimon ethizein pros apallagēn tōn enthade; en euchais te kai nēsteiais, kai theiois hymnois; kai peri tauta ton polyn analiskein bion; chrēmatōn de kai tēs peri ta politika pragmata ascholias, sōmatos te rhastōnēs, ē epimeleias pan telōs amelein. Enioi de epi tosouton enkrateias ēlthon, hōs Batthaiou men hypo tēs agan asitias, skōlēkas ek tōn odontōn herpein; ᾿Alan de epi ogdoēkonta eniautous, artou mē geusasthai; ton de Hēliodōron aÿpnous tas pollas diakarterēsai nyktas, hebdomadas hēmerōn en nēsteiais episynapsanta. Syria de, ē te Koilē kaloumenē, kai hē hyper tautēn, plēn ᾿Antiocheias, bradion eis Christianismon meta ebalon. Ou mēn oude hautē philosophōn ekklēsiasti kōn amoiros ēn; tautę̄ ge mallon andreiōn ontōn te kai phainomenōn, hosǭ ge kai pros tōn oikountōn tēn chōran emisounto kai epebouleuonto; kai gennaiōs anteichon, ouk amynomenoi, oude dikēn lambanontes, alla prothymōs tas para tōn Hellēnōn hybreis te kai plēgas hypomenontes. Oious genesthai epythomēn Oualentinon, hon hoi men ex Emesēs, hoi de ex ᾿Arethousēs to genos echein ephasan; kai ton homōnymon ton autou, kai Theodōron. ᾿Amphō de apo Tittōn tou ᾿Apameōn nomou ēstēn. Kai Marōsan ton ek Necheilōn, kai Basson, kai Bassōnēn, kai Paulon, hos apo tēs Telmisou tēs kōmēs egeneto ; pollous de en pollois topois synoikisas, kai hon chrē trapon synagagōn eis to philosophein eidenai, to teleutaion eis to Iougaton kaloumenon chōrion megistēn te kai episēmotatēn synoikian monachōn katestēsato. Entha dē kai eteleutēse, kai ton taphon echei, makrobiōtatos gegonōs ; hōs mechri kai eis hēmas epibiōnai, eudokimōs kai theiōs philosophēsas. Kai tōn allōn de tōn dēlōthentōn monachōn, schedon pantes polyn diegenonto chronon. Kai moi phainetai, makrobious tous andras ho Theos epoiēsen, eis epidosin tēn thrēskeian agōn. Syrous te gar hōs epipan, kai Persōn kai Sarakēnōn pleistous, pros to oikeion epēgagonto sebas, kai Hellēnizein epausan. Monachikēs te philosophias enthade arxantes, pollous homoious apephēnan. Kai Galatas de kai Kappadokas, kai tous toutōn homorous, symballō pollous men kai allous eschēkenai tote ekklēsiastikous philosophous, hoia ge palai to dogma spoudaiōs presbeuontas. Kata synoikias de en polesin ē kōmais hoi pleious ǭkoun. Oute gar paradosei tōn progegenēmenōn eithisthēsan; oute hypo chalepotētos cheimōnos, physei tou tę̄de chōrou hekastote symbainontos, dynaton isōs katephaineto en erēmiais diatribein. Eudokimōtatoi de hōn epythomēn egenonto enthade monachoi, Leontios, ho tēn en ᾿Ankyrą ekklēsian hysteron epitropeusas; kai Prapidios, hos ēdē gēraleos hōn, pollas epeakopei kōmas. Proestē de kai Basileiados, ho ptōchōn estin episēmotaton katagōgion, hypo Basileiou tou Kaisareias episkopou kataskeuasthen, aph᾿ hou tēn prosēgorian tēn archēn elabe, kai eis eti nyn echei.
With him lived Gaddanas and Azizus, rivalling him in a like virtue. In Edessa nearby and around it the most renowned philosophers at this time were Julian and Ephraem the Syrian writer, who have been described under the reign of Constantius; and Barses and Eulogius, who both later became bishops — not of any city, but for honour, as a reward, so to speak, for their way of life — being ordained in their own monasteries, in the same way as Lazarus who has been mentioned. These are those who then lived the philosophic life with distinction among the Syrians and the neighbouring Persians who came to my knowledge. The way of life was common, one may say, to all: to care for the soul as much as possible and to accustom it to be ready for departure from here, in prayers and fasts and divine hymns, and to spend most of their life in these; and to neglect altogether money, the business of civic affairs, and the ease or care of the body. Some came to such a pitch of self-control that, through excessive fasting, worms crept from the teeth of Batthaeus; that Halas did not taste bread for eighty years; and that Heliodorus endured most nights without sleep, joining weeks of days together in fasting. Syria, both the so-called Coele and the part beyond it, except Antioch, changed over to Christianity more slowly. Yet it too was not without church philosophers; these were and appeared all the braver, inasmuch as they were hated and plotted against by the inhabitants of the country, and held out nobly, not defending themselves or taking vengeance, but readily enduring the insults and blows of the pagans. Such, I have learned, were Valentine, whom some said came from Emesa and others from Arethusa; another of the same name; and Theodore — both from Titti in the district of Apamea; and Marosas from Nechila, and Bassus, Bassones and Paul, who was from the village of Telmissus, who, having settled many in many places and brought them together in the right way to know how to live the philosophic life, finally established at the place called Jugatum a very great and celebrated community of monks. There he died and has his tomb, having lived very long, so that he survived even to our day, having lived the philosophic life with renown and in a godly way. Almost all the other monks described lived a long time too. And it seems to me that God made the men long-lived to advance religion. For they brought the Syrians almost entirely, and very many of the Persians and Saracens, to their own worship and made them cease being pagans; and having begun monastic philosophy there, they made many like themselves. I conjecture that the Galatians and Cappadocians and their neighbours also had many other church philosophers at that time, since they had long zealously upheld the doctrine. Most of them lived in communities in cities or villages; for they were neither accustomed to it by the tradition of their predecessors, nor perhaps did it seem possible to live in deserts because of the severity of the winter that regularly occurs from the nature of that country. The most renowned monks there of whom I have learned were Leontius, who later governed the church at Ancyra, and Prapidius, who when already old oversaw many villages as bishop. He also presided over the Basileias, which is a most celebrated hospice for the poor, built by Basil, the bishop of Caesarea, from whom it received its name at the beginning and still has it.
6.35PG 67:1397–1399
᾿Ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἀφηγησάμην, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον μοι μαθεῖν ἐξεγένετο, περὶ τῶν τότε ἐκκλησιαστικῶν φιλοσόφων. Τῶν δ᾽ αὖ Ἑλληνιστῶν, μικροῦ πάντες κατ' ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ διεφθάρησαν. Τινὲς γὰρ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ προφέρειν ἐνομίζοντο, πρὸς τὴν ἐπίδοσιν τοῦ Χριστιανισμοῦ δυσφοροῦντες, ἐβουλεύσαντο προμαθεῖν τὸν ἐφεξῆς Οὐάλεντι Ῥωμαίων ἡγησόμενον, μαντείαις τε παντοδαπαῖς περὶ τούτου ἐχρήσαντο. Καὶ τελευτῶντες, τρίποδα ξύλινον ἐκ δάφνης κατεσκευάσαντο, καὶ ἐπικλήσεσι καὶ λόγοις οἷς εἰώθεισαν, ἐτέλεσαν. Ὥστε συλλογῇ γραμμάτων, καθ' ἕκαστον στοιχεῖον ὑπὸ μηχανῆς τοῦ τρίποδος καὶ τῆς μαντείας σημαινομένων, ἀναφανῆναι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἐσομένου βασιλέως. Κεχηνόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς εἰς Θεόδωρον, ἄνδρα τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἐπισήμως στρατευομένων, Ἑλληνιστὴν καὶ ἐλλόγιμον, μέχρι τοῦ δέλτα ἐπὶ τῆς τούτου προσηγορίας ἐλθοῦσα τῶν στοιχείων ἡ σύνταξις, ἠπάτησε τοὺς φιλοσόφους. Καὶ ὅσον οὔπῳ Θεόδωρον βασιλεύσειν προσεδόκων. Καταμηνυθείσης δὲ τῆς ἐπιχειρήσεως, ὡς εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐπιβουλευθεὶς Οὐάλης οὐκ ἀνεκτὸς ἦν χαλεπαίνων. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ συλληφθέντες Θεόδωρός τε καὶ οἱ τρίποδος τεχνῖται, οἱ μὲν πυρὶ, οἱ δὲ ξίφει ἀπολέσθαι προσετάχθησαν. Παραπλησίως δὲ διὰ τὴν αὐτὴν αἰτίαν διεφθάρησαν, καὶ οἱ ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀρχομένην λαμπρῶς φιλοσοφοῦντες. ᾿Ασχέτου δὲ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ὀργῆς οὔσης, καὶ εἰς μὴ φιλοσόφους, ἐσθῆτι δὲ τῇ ἐκείνων χρωμένους, ὁ φόνος έχώρει· ὡς μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλα ἐπιτηδεύοντας, κροκωτοῖς ἢ τριβωνίοις ἀμφιέννυσθαι δι᾽ ὑπόνοιαν κινδύνου καὶ δέος· ὡς ἂν μὴ δόξωσι περὶ μαντείας καὶ τελετὰς ἐσχολακέναι. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ παρὰ τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι, δίκαιον οἶμαι καταμέμφεσθαι, βασιλέα τε τῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὀργῆς καὶ ὠμότητος, καὶ τοὺς φιλοσόφους προπετείας καὶ τῆς ἀφιλοσόφου ἐπιχειρήσεως. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο τὸ λίαν εὔηθες ὑπολαβών, ἀναιρήσειν τὸν μετ᾿ αὐτὸν βασιλεύσοντα, οὔτε τῶν μαντευσαμένων ἐφείσατο, οὔτε περὶ οὗ ἐμαντεύσαντο ὡς δὲ φασιν, οὔτε τῶν ὁμωνύμων αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν ἐπίσημοι τότε, τῆς αὐτῆς προσηγορίας ἢ καὶ ὁμοίας ἀπὸ τοῦ ὁ ἀρχομένους μέχρι τοῦ δ, οἱ δὲ, ὥσ περ ἐν αὐτοῖς ὂν βασιλέα καθαιρεῖν καὶ πάλιν ἐγεί ρεῖν, ἐπὶ τοῦτο προήχθησαν. Καὶ μέντοι εἰ τοῖς ἅπαξ δεδογμένοις ἐν τῇ τῶν ἄστρων φορᾷ τὰ τοιαῦτα λογιστέον, ἐχρῆν τὸν ἐσόμενον, ὅστις ἦν, περιμένειν. Εἱ δὲ Θεοῦ βουλῆς τὸ ἔργον, τί πολυπραγμονεῖν ἔδει; οὐ γὰρ δήπου ἐκ προγνώσεως ἢ σπουδῆς ἀνθρωπείας, ·ἔνεστιν ἐπίστασθαι τὸ Θεῷ δοκοῦν. Οὔτε εἴπερ ἐξῆν, καλῶς εἶχεν οἴεσθαι ἀνθρώπους ὄντας, εἰ καὶ πάντων σοφωτάτους, ἄμεινον Θεοῦ βουλεύεσθαι. Εἰ δὲ ἁπλῶς ὑπὸ προθυμίας τῆς περὶ τὸ μέλλον εἰδήσεως, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀκρίτως ἔσχον, ὡς εἰς ἕτοιμον ἀλέσθαι κίνδυνον, καὶ νόμους ὑπεριδεῖν πάλαι τεθέντας ἐν Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ ἡνίκα Ἑλληνίζειν τε καὶ θύειν ἀκίνδυνον ἦν, οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐφρόνουν Σωκράτει · ὃς ἐξὸν σώζεσθαι, καὶ ταῦτα ἀδίκως κώνειον μέλλων πίνειν, αἰδοῖ νό μων καθ' οὓς ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐτράφη, καίπερ δυνάμενος, οὐκ ἀπέφυγε τὸ δεσμωτήριον.
᾿Alla ta men aphēgēsamēn, eph᾿ hoson moi mathein exegeneto, peri tōn tote ekklēsiastikōn philosophōn. Tōn d᾽ au Hellēnistōn, mikrou pantes kat' ekeino kairou diephtharēsan. Tines gar hoi tōn allōn en philosophią propherein enomizonto, pros tēn epidosin tou Christianismou dysphorountes, ebouleusanto promathein ton ephexēs Oualenti Rhōmaiōn hēgēsomenon, manteiais te pantodapais peri toutou echrēsanto. Kai teleutōntes, tripoda xylinon ek daphnēs kateskeuasanto, kai epiklēsesi kai logois hois eiōtheisan, etelesan. Hōste syllogę̄ grammatōn, kath' hekaston stoicheion hypo mēchanēs tou tripodos kai tēs manteias sēmainomenōn, anaphanēnai to onoma tou esomenou basileōs. Kechēnosi de autois eis Theodōron, andra tōn en tois basileiois episēmōs strateuomenōn, Hellēnistēn kai ellogimon, mechri tou delta epi tēs toutou prosēgorias elthousa tōn stoicheiōn hē syntaxis, ēpatēse tous philosophous. Kai hoson oupǭ Theodōron basileusein prosedokōn. Katamēnytheisēs de tēs epicheirēseōs, hōs eis sōtērian epibouleutheis Oualēs ouk anektos ēn chalepainōn. Ek toutou de syllēphthentes Theodōros te kai hoi tripodos technitai, hoi men pyri, hoi de xiphei apolesthai prosetachthēsan. Paraplēsiōs de dia tēn autēn aitian diephtharēsan, kai hoi ana pasan tēn archomenēn lamprōs philosophountes. ᾿Aschetou de tēs tou basileōs orgēs ousēs, kai eis mē philosophous, esthēti de tę̄ ekeinōn chrōmenous, ho phonos echōrei; hōs mēde tous alla epitēdeuontas, krokōtois ē tribōniois amphiennysthai di᾽ hyponoian kindynou kai deos; hōs an mē doxōsi peri manteias kai teletas escholakenai. Ouch hēkista de para tois eu phronousi, dikaion oimai katamemphesthai, basilea te tēs epi tosouton orgēs kai ōmotētos, kai tous philosophous propeteias kai tēs aphilosophou epicheirēseōs. Ho men gar dē touto to lian euēthes hypolabōn, anairēsein ton met᾿ auton basileusonta, oute tōn manteusamenōn epheisato, oute peri hou emanteusanto hōs de phasin, oute tōn homōnymōn autǭ, hoitines ēsan episēmoi tote, tēs autēs prosēgorias ē kai homoias apo tou ho archomenous mechri tou d, hoi de, hōs per en autois on basilea kathairein kai palin egei rein, epi touto proēchthēsan. Kai mentoi ei tois hapax dedogmenois en tę̄ tōn astrōn phorą ta toiauta logisteon, echrēn ton esomenon, hostis ēn, perimenein. Hei de Theou boulēs to ergon, ti polypragmonein edei? ou gar dēpou ek prognōseōs ē spoudēs anthrōpeias, ;enestin epistasthai to Theǭ dokoun. Oute eiper exēn, kalōs eichen oiesthai anthrōpous ontas, ei kai pantōn sophōtatous, ameinon Theou bouleuesthai. Ei de haplōs hypo prothymias tēs peri to mellon eidēseōs, epi tosouton akritōs eschon, hōs eis hetoimon alesthai kindynon, kai nomous hyperidein palai tethentas en Rhōmaiois, kai hēnika Hellēnizein te kai thyein akindynon ēn, ou ta auta ephronoun Sōkratei ; hos exon sōzesthai, kai tauta adikōs kōneion mellōn pinein, aidoi no mōn kath' hous egeneto, kai etraphē, kaiper dynamenos, ouk apephyge to desmōtērion.
I have narrated these things about the church philosophers of that time as far as I was able to learn them. Of the pagans, on the other hand, almost all were destroyed at that time. For some who were thought to excel the others in philosophy, vexed at the growth of Christianity, resolved to learn in advance who would rule the Romans after Valens, and used every kind of divination about this. At last they made a wooden tripod of laurel and consecrated it with the invocations and words they were accustomed to use, so that by the putting together of letters, each letter being indicated by the mechanism of the tripod and the divination, the name of the future emperor would appear. As they were agape for Theodore, a man distinguished in the service of the palace, a pagan and a man of letters, the series of letters, coming as far as the delta in his name, deceived the philosophers, and they expected that Theodore would reign almost at once. When the attempt was reported, Valens, as one whose life had been plotted against, was intolerably angry. Upon this Theodore and the makers of the tripod were arrested and ordered to be put to death, some by fire, others by the sword. In the same way and for the same reason those throughout the empire who were distinguished as philosophers were destroyed. Since the emperor’s anger was unchecked, the slaughter extended even to those who were not philosophers but wore their dress; so that those who pursued other studies did not dress in saffron cloaks or short philosophers’ cloaks, from suspicion of danger and fear, lest they seem to have busied themselves with divination and magic rites. I think it right that the emperor, above all in the judgment of the sensible, should be blamed for so great anger and cruelty, and the philosophers for their rashness and their unphilosophical attempt. For he, supposing — a very foolish thing — that he would kill the one who was to reign after him, spared neither those who divined nor him about whom they divined, nor, as they say, those notable men of the time who had the same name, or one like it, beginning with theta and running as far as delta. And they were led on to this as though it lay with them to pull down an emperor and set one up again. Yet if such things are to be reckoned among what is once fixed in the motion of the stars, they should have awaited the one to come, whoever he was. And if the matter is of God’s counsel, why did they need to meddle? For surely it is not possible by foreknowledge or human effort to know what seems good to God. Nor, even if it were possible, was it right for men, though the wisest of all, to think that they could take better counsel than God. But if simply from eagerness to know the future they behaved so recklessly as to leap into ready danger and to despise the laws long established among the Romans — even at a time when it was safe to be pagan and to sacrifice — they did not think as Socrates did, who, when he could have saved himself, and that when he was about to drink the hemlock unjustly, out of respect for the laws under which he had been born and brought up, did not escape from the prison, though he was able to.
6.36PG 67:1401–1403
᾿Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἦπερ ἂν δοκῇ ἑκάστῳ, σκοπείτω τε καὶ λεγέτω. Καταδραμόντων δὲ Σαυροματῶν χωρία τινὰ τῆς πρὸς δύσιν ἀρχομένης, ἐπεστράτευσε τούτοις Οὐαλεντινιανός. Οἱ δὲ, τῆς στρατιᾶς τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὴν παρασκευὴν ἀκούσαντες, πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἰρήνην ᾔτουν. Ἰδὼν δὲ τούτους, εἰ τοιοῦτοι Σαυρομάται πάντες εἰσὶν ἐπυνθάνετο. Τῶν δὲ τοὺς κρείττους παρεἶναι καὶ πρεσβεύεσθαι φησάντων, ἐμπίπλαται ὀργῆς. Καὶ μέγα κεκραγὼς, ἡ δεινὰ τοὺς ὑπηκόους ὑπομένειν ἔφη, καὶ τὴν Ῥωμαίων δυσπραγεῖν ἀρχὴν εἰς αὐτὸν περιστᾶσαν, εἰ Σαυρομάται, βάρβαρον ἔθνος, ὧν ἄριστοι οὗτοι, οὐκ ἀγαπῶσιν ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτῶν μένοντες ζῇν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπιβῆναι τῆς ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ ἀρχομένης ἐθάῤῥησαν, καὶ πολεμεῖν ὅλως πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φαντάζονται. Ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ χαλεπαίνοντος, καὶ τοιάδε βοῶντος, ὑπὸ ἀμέτρου διατάσεως σπαραχθέντων αὐτῷ τῶν ἔνδον, φλὲψ ἅμα καὶ ἀρτηρία ἐῤῥάγη · καὶ ἀναδοθέντος αἵματος, ἐν φρουρίῳ τινὶ τῆς Γαλλίας ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον· ἔτη μὲν ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα καὶ τέσσαρα γεγονώς · τρισκαίδεκα δὲ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ εὖ μάλα καὶ λίαν ἐπισήμως διαγενόμενος. Ἕκτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτοῦ, ἀναγορεύεται βασιλεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁ νεώτερος καὶ ὁμώνυμος αὐτοῦ παῖς. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ ἐπεψηφίσαντο τῇ αὐτοῦ χειροτονίᾳ, Οὐάλης τε καὶ Γρατιανὸς ὁ αὐτοῦ ἀδελφὸς, εἰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐχαλέπαινον, ὡς τῶν στρατιωτῶν πρὶν αὐτοὺς ἐπιτρέψαι, τὰ σύμβολα τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῷ περιθέντων. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Οὐάλης ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Συρίας διάγων, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεδίδου τοῖς ἑτέρως αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον δοξάζουσιν ἀπεχθανόμενος, καὶ χαλεπῶς τούτους ἐπέτριβε, καὶ ἤλαυνεν. Ὅτε δὴ λόγον αὐτῷ προσφωνῶν Θεμίστιος ὁ φιλόσοφος, παρήνει μὴ χρῆναι θαυμάζειν τὴν διαφωνίαν τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν δογμάτων, μετριωτέραν καὶ μείω τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησιν οὖσαν. Πολυπλασίους γὰρ εἶναι τὰς παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς δόξας· καὶ ὡς ἐν πλήθει δογμάτων, ἀνάγκῃ τὴν περὶ ταῦτα διαφορὰν πλείους ἔριδας καὶ διαλέξεις ποιεῖν. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τῷ Θεῷ ἴσως, μὴ ῥᾳδίως γινώσκεσθαι φίλον, καὶ διαφόρως δοξάζεσθαι ὅπως ἔκαστος μᾶλλον φοβοῖτο, ἀκαταλήπτου οὔσης τῆς ἀκριβοῦς αὐτοῦ γνώσεως, ἀναλογιζόμενος τὸν ὅσον ἐφικέσθαι νομίζει, πηλίκος τε καὶ οἷός ἐστιν.
᾿Alla tauta men ēper an dokę̄ hekastǭ, skopeitō te kai legetō. Katadramontōn de Sauromatōn chōria tina tēs pros dysin archomenēs, epestrateuse toutois Oualentinianos. Hoi de, tēs stratias to plēthos kai tēn paraskeuēn akousantes, presbeis pempsantes, eirēnēn ę̄toun. Idōn de toutous, ei toioutoi Sauromatai pantes eisin epynthaneto. Tōn de tous kreittous pareinai kai presbeuesthai phēsantōn, empiplatai orgēs. Kai mega kekragōs, hē deina tous hypēkoous hypomenein ephē, kai tēn Rhōmaiōn dyspragein archēn eis auton peristasan, ei Sauromatai, barbaron ethnos, hōn aristoi houtoi, ouk agapōsin eph᾿ heautōn menontes zę̄n, all᾽ epibēnai tēs hyp᾿ autou archomenēs etharrhēsan, kai polemein holōs pros Rhōmaious phantazontai. Epi poly de chalepainontos, kai toiade boōntos, hypo ametrou diataseōs sparachthentōn autǭ tōn endon, phleps hama kai artēria errhagē ; kai anadothentos haimatos, en phrouriǭ tini tēs Gallias eteleutēse ton bion; etē men amphi ta pentēkonta kai tessara gegonōs ; triskaideka de en tę̄ basileią eu mala kai lian episēmōs diagenomenos. Hektę̄ de hēmerą tēs teleutēs autou, anagoreuetai basileus hypo tōn stratiōtōn ho neōteros kai homōnymos autou pais. Ouk eis makran de epepsēphisanto tę̄ autou cheirotonią, Oualēs te kai Gratianos ho autou adelphos, ei kai tēn archēn echalepainon, hōs tōn stratiōtōn prin autous epitrepsai, ta symbola tēs archēs autǭ perithentōn. En toutǭ de Oualēs en Antiocheią tēs Syrias diagōn, eti mallon epedidou tois heterōs autǭ peri to Theion doxazousin apechthanomenos, kai chalepōs toutous epetribe, kai ēlaunen. Hote dē logon autǭ prosphōnōn Themistios ho philosophos, parēnei mē chrēnai thaumazein tēn diaphōnian tōn ekklēsiastikōn dogmatōn, metriōteran kai meiō tōn par' Hellēsin ousan. Polyplasious gar einai tas par᾽ autois doxas; kai hōs en plēthei dogmatōn, anankę̄ tēn peri tauta diaphoran pleious eridas kai dialexeis poiein. Epei kai tǭ Theǭ isōs, mē rhądiōs ginōskesthai philon, kai diaphorōs doxazesthai hopōs ekastos mallon phoboito, akatalēptou ousēs tēs akribous autou gnōseōs, analogizomenos ton hoson ephikesthai nomizei, pēlikos te kai hoios estin.
But let each consider and speak of these things as seems good to him. When the Sauromatae overran some places of the western empire, Valentinian marched against them. They, hearing of the size and equipment of the army, sent envoys asking for peace. When he saw them, he asked whether all the Sauromatae were like these. When they said that the best of them had come as envoys, he was filled with anger; and shouting loudly, he said that his subjects were suffering terrible things and that the empire of the Romans, having come round to him, was in an evil plight, if the Sauromatae, a barbarian nation, whose best were these men, were not content to live by themselves but dared to invade the territory he ruled and imagined they could make war on the Romans at all. As he raged for a long time and shouted such things, his inward parts were torn by the excessive strain; a vein and an artery burst together, and as the blood gushed out he died in a fortress in Gaul, being about fifty-four years old and having reigned thirteen years very well and with great distinction. On the sixth day after his death, his younger son of the same name was proclaimed emperor by the soldiers. Not long after, Valens and Gratian, the boy’s brother, ratified his elevation, although at first they were angry because the soldiers had invested him with the insignia of rule before they gave permission. Meanwhile Valens, living at Antioch in Syria, grew still more hostile to those who believed otherwise than he did about the divine, and harshly afflicted and banished them. Then Themistius the philosopher, addressing a speech to him, advised him that he should not be surprised at the disagreement of the church’s doctrines, which was more moderate and smaller than that among the Greeks; for the opinions among them were many times more numerous, and, as in a multitude of doctrines, the difference about them necessarily produces more quarrels and debates. For perhaps it is pleasing to God not to be easily known, and to be thought of in different ways, so that each may fear him the more, since the exact knowledge of him is incomprehensible, as each reckons how great and of what kind he is, as far as he thinks he can attain.
6.37PG 67:1403–1407
Ἐκ δὴ τοιούτων Θεμιστίου λόγων, φιλανθρωπότερόν πως διατεθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς, οὐ χαλεπῶς οὕτως ὡς : πρότερον τὰς τιμωρίας ἐπῆγεν. Οὐ μὴν τελείως ἐφείδετο τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἱερωμένων ὀργῆς, εἰ μὴ κοιτ νῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιγενόμεναι φροντίδες, οὐκέτι τοιάδε συνεχώρουν σπουδάζειν. Γότθοι γὰρ οἱ δὴ πέραν Ἴστρου ποταμοῦ τὸ πρὶν ᾤκουν, καὶ τῶν ἄλ λων Βαρβάρων ἐκράτουν, ἐξελαθέντες παρὰ τῶν κα - λουμένων Ούννων, εἰς τοὺς Ῥωμαίων ὅρους ἐπεραιώθησαν. Τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ἔθνος, ὡς φασιν, ἄγνωστον ἦν προτοῦ Θραξὶ τοῖς παρὰ τὸν Ἴστρον, καὶ Γότθοις αὐτοῖς. Ἐλάνθανον δὲ προσοικοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, καθότι λίμνης μεγίστης ἐν μέσῳ κειμένης, ἕκαστοι τέλος ξηρᾶς ᾤοντο εἶναι τὴν καθ᾿ αὐτοὺς οἰκουμένην, μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ, θάλασσαν καὶ ὕδωρ ἀπέραντον. Συμβὰν δὲ βοῦν οἰστροπλῆγα διαδραμεῖν τὴν λίμνην, ἐπηκολούθησε βουκόλος· καὶ τὴν ἀντιπέραν γῆν θεασάμενος, ἤγγειλε τοῖς ὁμοφύλοις. "Αλλοι δὲ λέγουσιν, ὡς ἔλαφος διαφυγοῦσα, τισὶ τῶν Οὔννων θηρῶσιν ἐπέδειξε τήνδε τὴν ὁδὸν, ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς καλυπτομένην τοῖς ὕδασι. Τοὺς δὲ, τότε μὲν ὑποστρέψαι, θαυμάσαντας τὴν χώραν, ἀέρι μετριώτερον, καὶ γεωργίᾳ ἡμερον ἔχουσαν · καὶ τῷ κρατοῦντι τοῦ ἔθνους ἀγγεῖλαι ὁ ἐθεάσαντο. Δι' ὀλίγων δὲ τὰ πρῶτα καταστῆναι εἰς πεῖραν τοῖς Γότθοις. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, πανσυδεὶ ἐπισ στρατεῦσαι, καὶ μάχῃ κρατῆσαι, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν αὐτῶν γῆν κατασχεῖν. Τοὺς δὲ διωκομένους, εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων περαιωθῆναι· καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν διαβάντας, πρέσβεις πέμψαι πρὸς βασιλέα, συμμάχους τοῦ λοιποῦ ἔσεσθαι σφᾶς, ὑπισχνουμένους, καὶ δεομένους συγ χωρεῖν αὐτοῖς ᾗ βούλοιντο κατοικεῖν. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς πρεσβείας ἄρξαι Οὐλφίλαν, τὸν τοῦ ἔθνους ἐπίσκοπον · κατὰ γνώμην δὲ αὐτοῖς προχωρησάσης, ἐπιτραπῆναι ἀνὰ τὴν Θράκην οἰκεῖν. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς στασιάσαντας, διχῆ διαιρεθῆναι. Ἡγεῖτο δὲ, τῶν μὲν ᾿Αθανάριχος · τῶν δὲ Φρι τιγέρνης· ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπολέμησαν, κακῶς πράξας ἐν τῇ μάχῃ Φριτιγέρνης, ἐδεῖτο Ῥωμαίων βοηθεῖν αὐτῷ. Τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως ἐπιτρέψαντος βοηθεῖν καὶ συμμαχεῖν αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐν Θράκῃ στρατιώτας, αὖθις συμβαλὼν ἐνίκησε, καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ ᾿Αθανάριχον εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψεν. "Ωσπερ δὲ χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς Οὐάλεντι, καὶ διὰ πάντων φίλος εἶναι πιστούμενος, ἐκοινώνησε τῆς αὐτοῦ θρησκείας · καὶ τοὺς πειθομένους αὐτῷ βαρβάρους ἔπειθεν ὧδε φρονεῖν. Οὐ τοῦτο δὲ μόνον, οἶμαι, αἴτιον γέγονεν, εἰσέτι νῦν πᾶν τὸ φῦλον προστεθῆναι τοῖς τὰ ᾿Αρείου δοξάζουσιν. ᾿Αλλά γὰρ καὶ Οὐλφίλας ὁ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς τότε ἱερωμένος, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα οὐδὲν διεφέρετο πρὸς τὴν καθόλου κλησίαν. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς Κωνσταντίου βασιλείας, ἀπερισκέπτως, οἶμαι, μετασχὼν τοῖς ἀμφὶ Εὐδόξιον καὶ ᾿Ακάκιον τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνόδου, διέμεινε κοινωνῶν τοῖς ἱερεῦσι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων. Ὡς δὲ εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἀφίκετο, λέγεται διαλεχθέντων αὐτῷ περὶ τοῦ δόγματος τῶν προεστώτων τῆς ᾿Αρειανῆς αἱρέσεως, καὶ τὴν πρεσβείαν αὐτῷ συμπράξειν πρὸς βασιλέα ὑποσχομένων, εἰ ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς δοξάζοι, βιασθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς χρείας, ἢ καὶ ἀληθῶς νομίσας ἄμεινον οὕτω περὶ Θεοῦ φρονεῖν, τοῖς ᾿Αρείου κοινωνῆσαι, καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὸ πᾶν φῦλον ἀποτεμεῖν τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας. Ὑπὸ διδασκάλῳ γὰρ αὐτῷ παιδευθέντες οἱ Γότθοι τὰ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν, καὶ δι᾿ αὐτοῦ μετασχόντες πολιτείας ἡμερωτέρας, πάντα ῥᾳδίως αὐτῷ ἐπείθοντο : πεπεισμένοι μηδὲν εἶναι φαῦλον τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ λεγομένων ἢ πραττομένων· ἅπαντα δὲ συντελεῖν εἰς χρήσιμον τοῖς ζηλοῦσιν. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πλείστην δέδωκε πεῖραν τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀρες τῆς · μυρίους μὲν ὑπομείνας κινδύνους ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος, ἔτι τῶν εἰρημένων βαρβάρων Ἑλληνικῶς θρησκευόντων. Πρῶτος δὲ γραμμάτων εὑρετὴς αὐτοῖς : ἐγένετο, καὶ εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν φωνὴν μετέφρασε τὰς ἱερὰς Βίβλους. Καθότι μὲν οὖν ὡς ἐπίπαν οἱ παρά τὸν Ἴστρον βάρβαροι τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσι, πρόφασις ἥδε. Κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο δὲ καιροῦ, πλῆθος τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν Φριτιγέρνην διὰ Χριστὸν μαρτυροῦντες, ἀνῃρέθησαν. Ὁ γὰρ ᾿Αθανάριχος καὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτῷ τεταγμένους, Οὐλφίλα πείθοντος, Χριστιανίζειν ἀγανακτῶν, ὡς τῆς πατρώας θρησκείας καινοτομουμένης, πολλοὺς πολλαῖς τιμωρίαις ὑπέβαλε. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν εἰς εὐθύνας ἀγαγὼν, παῤῥησιασαμένους ἀνδρείως ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος· τοὺς δὲ μηδὲ λόγου μεταδοὺς, ἀνεῖλε. Λέγεται γὰρ ὣς τι ξόανον ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης ἑστὼς, οἴ γε τοῦτο ποιεῖν ὑπὸ ᾿Αθαναρίχου προσετάχθησαν, καθ' ἑκάστην σκηνὴν περιάγοντες τῶν Χριστιανίζειν καταγγελλομένων, ἐκέλευον τοῦτο προσκυνεῖν, καὶ θύειν. Τῶν δὲ παραιτουμένων, σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰς σκηνὰς ἐνεπίμπρων. Περιπαθέστερον δὲ τότε καὶ ἕτερον συμ βῆναι πάθος ἐπυθόμην. ᾿Απειρηκότες γὰρ πολλοὶ τῇ βίᾳ τῶν θύειν ἀναγκαζόντων, ἄνδρες τε καὶ γυναῖκες, ὧν αἱ μὲν παιδάρια ἐπήγοντο, αἱ δὲ ἀρτίτοκα βρέφη ὑπὸ τοὺς μαζοὺς ἔτρεφον, ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τῆς ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίας κατέφυγον. Προσαψάντων δὲ πῦρτῶν Ελληνιστῶν, ἅπαντες διεφθάρησαν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ οἱ Γότθοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὡμονόησαν · καὶ εἰς ἀπόνοιαν ἐπαρθέντες τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐκακούργουν, καὶ τὰς αὐτῶν πόλεις καὶ κώμας ἐδήουν. Πυθόμενος δὲ Οὐάλης, τῇ πείρᾳ μεμάθηκεν ὅσον ἥμαρτεν. Οἰηθεὶς γὰρ αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἀρχομένοις χρησίμους ἔσεσθαι τοὺς Γότθους, φοβεροὺς δὲ τοῖς ἐναντίοις, ὡς ἐν ὅπλοις ἀεὶ παρεσκευασμένους, τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν ταγμάτων ἡμέλει. Καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν εἰωθότων εἰς στρατείαν ἐπιλέγεσθαι ἐκ τῶν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίους πόλεών τε καὶ κωμῶν, χρυσίον εἰσεπράττετο. Σφαλεὶς δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος, καταλιπὼν τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν, σπουδῇ εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἀφίκετο. Ἡνίκα δὴ ὁ κατὰ τῶν ἑτέρως αὐτῷ Χριστιανιζόντων διωγμὸς ἀνακωχὴν ἔσχεν. Εύζωΐου δὲ τελευτήσαντος, προβληθεὶς εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀρχὴν Θεόδωρος, τῶν τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονούντων προΐστατο.
Ek dē toioutōn Themistiou logōn, philanthrōpoteron pōs diatetheis ho basileus, ou chalepōs houtōs hōs : proteron tas timōrias epēgen. Ou mēn teleiōs epheideto tēs kata tōn hierōmenōn orgēs, ei mē koit nōn pragmatōn epigenomenai phrontides, ouketi toiade synechōroun spoudazein. Gotthoi gar hoi dē peran Istrou potamou to prin ǭkoun, kai tōn al lōn Barbarōn ekratoun, exelathentes para tōn ka - loumenōn Ounnōn, eis tous Rhōmaiōn horous eperaiōthēsan. Touto de to ethnos, hōs phasin, agnōston ēn protou Thraxi tois para ton Istron, kai Gotthois autois. Elanthanon de prosoikountes allēlois, kathoti limnēs megistēs en mesǭ keimenēs, hekastoi telos xēras ǭonto einai tēn kath᾿ autous oikoumenēn, meta touto de, thalassan kai hydōr aperanton. Symban de boun oistroplēga diadramein tēn limnēn, epēkolouthēse boukolos; kai tēn antiperan gēn theasamenos, ēngeile tois homophylois. "Alloi de legousin, hōs elaphos diaphygousa, tisi tōn Ounnōn thērōsin epedeixe tēnde tēn hodon, ex epipolēs kalyptomenēn tois hydasi. Tous de, tote men hypostrepsai, thaumasantas tēn chōran, aeri metriōteron, kai geōrgią hēmeron echousan ; kai tǭ kratounti tou ethnous angeilai ho etheasanto. Di' oligōn de ta prōta katastēnai eis peiran tois Gotthois. Meta de tauta, pansydei epis strateusai, kai machę̄ kratēsai, kai pasan tēn autōn gēn kataschein. Tous de diōkomenous, eis tēn Rhōmaiōn peraiōthēnai; kai ton potamon diabantas, presbeis pempsai pros basilea, symmachous tou loipou esesthai sphas, hypischnoumenous, kai deomenous syg chōrein autois hę̄ boulointo katoikein. Tautēs de tēs presbeias arxai Oulphilan, ton tou ethnous episkopon ; kata gnōmēn de autois prochōrēsasēs, epitrapēnai ana tēn Thrakēn oikein. Ou pollǭ de hysteron pros sphas autous stasiasantas, dichē diairethēnai. Hēgeito de, tōn men ᾿Athanarichos ; tōn de Phri tigernēs; epei de pros allēlous epolemēsan, kakōs praxas en tę̄ machę̄ Phritigernēs, edeito Rhōmaiōn boēthein autǭ. Tou de basileōs epitrepsantos boēthein kai symmachein autǭ tous en Thrakę̄ stratiōtas, authis symbalōn enikēse, kai tous amphi ᾿Athanarichon eis phygēn etrepsen. "Ōsper de charin apodidous Oualenti, kai dia pantōn philos einai pistoumenos, ekoinōnēse tēs autou thrēskeias ; kai tous peithomenous autǭ barbarous epeithen hōde phronein. Ou touto de monon, oimai, aition gegonen, eiseti nyn pan to phylon prostethēnai tois ta ᾿Areiou doxazousin. ᾿Alla gar kai Oulphilas ho par᾿ autois tote hierōmenos, ta men prōta ouden diephereto pros tēn katholou klēsian. Epi de tēs Kōnstantiou basileias, aperiskeptōs, oimai, metaschōn tois amphi Eudoxion kai ᾿Akakion tēs en Kōnstantinoupolei synodou, diemeine koinōnōn tois hiereusi tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn. Hōs de eis Kōnstantinoupolin aphiketo, legetai dialechthentōn autǭ peri tou dogmatos tōn proestōtōn tēs ᾿Areianēs haireseōs, kai tēn presbeian autǭ sympraxein pros basilea hyposchomenōn, ei homoiōs autois doxazoi, biastheis hypo tēs chreias, ē kai alēthōs nomisas ameinon houtō peri Theou phronein, tois ᾿Areiou koinōnēsai, kai auton kai to pan phylon apotemein tēs katholou Ekklēsias. Hypo didaskalǭ gar autǭ paideuthentes hoi Gotthoi ta pros eusebeian, kai di᾿ autou metaschontes politeias hēmerōteras, panta rhądiōs autǭ epeithonto : pepeismenoi mēden einai phaulon tōn par᾿ autou legomenōn ē prattomenōn; hapanta de syntelein eis chrēsimon tois zēlousin. Ou mēn alla kai pleistēn dedōke peiran tēs autou ares tēs ; myrious men hypomeinas kindynous hyper tou dogmatos, eti tōn eirēmenōn barbarōn Hellēnikōs thrēskeuontōn. Prōtos de grammatōn heuretēs autois : egeneto, kai eis tēn oikeian phōnēn metephrase tas hieras Biblous. Kathoti men oun hōs epipan hoi para ton Istron barbaroi ta ᾿Areiou phronousi, prophasis hēde. Kat᾿ ekeino de kairou, plēthos tōn hypo ton Phritigernēn dia Christon martyrountes, anę̄rethēsan. Ho gar ᾿Athanarichos kai tous hyp᾿ autǭ tetagmenous, Oulphila peithontos, Christianizein aganaktōn, hōs tēs patrōas thrēskeias kainotomoumenēs, pollous pollais timōriais hypebale. Kai tous men eis euthynas agagōn, parrhēsiasamenous andreiōs hyper tou dogmatos; tous de mēde logou metadous, aneile. Legetai gar hōs ti xoanon eph᾽ harmamaxēs hestōs, oi ge touto poiein hypo ᾿Athanarichou prosetachthēsan, kath' hekastēn skēnēn periagontes tōn Christianizein katangellomenōn, ekeleuon touto proskynein, kai thyein. Tōn de paraitoumenōn, syn autois anthrōpois tas skēnas enepimprōn. Peripathesteron de tote kai heteron sym bēnai pathos epythomēn. ᾿Apeirēkotes gar polloi tę̄ bią tōn thyein anankazontōn, andres te kai gynaikes, hōn hai men paidaria epēgonto, hai de artitoka brephē hypo tous mazous etrephon, epi tēn skēnēn tēs enthade ekklēsias katephygon. Prosapsantōn de pyrtōn Ellēnistōn, hapantes diephtharēsan. Ouk eis makran de hoi Gotthoi pros allēlous hōmonoēsan ; kai eis aponoian eparthentes tous Thrąkas ekakourgoun, kai tas autōn poleis kai kōmas edēoun. Pythomenos de Oualēs, tę̄ peirą memathēken hoson hēmarten. Oiētheis gar autǭ te kai tois archomenois chrēsimous esesthai tous Gotthous, phoberous de tois enantiois, hōs en hoplois aei pareskeuasmenous, tōn Rhōmaïkōn tagmatōn hēmelei. Kai anti tōn eiōthotōn eis strateian epilegesthai ek tōn hypo Rhōmaious poleōn te kai kōmōn, chrysion eisepratteto. Sphaleis de tēs elpidos, katalipōn tēn ᾿Antiocheian, spoudę̄ eis tēn Kōnstantinoupolin aphiketo. Hēnika dē ho kata tōn heterōs autǭ Christianizontōn diōgmos anakōchēn eschen. Euzōïou de teleutēsantos, problētheis eis tēn autou archēn Theodōros, tōn ta ᾿Areiou phronountōn proïstato.
Made somewhat more humane by these words of Themistius, the emperor no longer inflicted punishments as harshly as before. Yet he did not altogether spare his anger against the priests, until anxieties about public affairs arose and no longer allowed him to pursue such matters. For the Goths, who had formerly lived beyond the river Ister and ruled the other barbarians, being driven out by those called Huns, crossed over into Roman territory. This nation, they say, was previously unknown to the Thracians along the Ister and to the Goths themselves. They lived near one another without knowing it, because a very great lake lay between them, and each thought that the land they inhabited was the end of the dry land, and beyond it sea and boundless water. But a heifer stung by a gadfly happened to run across the lake, and a herdsman followed; and seeing the land on the other side, he reported it to his own people. Others say that a stag, fleeing, showed some Huns who were hunting this way, which was covered on the surface by the water. They then returned, admiring the country, which had a milder climate and was suitable for farming, and reported to the ruler of the nation what they had seen. At first they made trial of the Goths with a few men; afterwards they marched against them in full force, conquered them in battle, and took possession of all their land. The Goths, pursued, crossed into Roman territory; and having crossed the river, they sent envoys to the emperor, promising to be his allies in future and asking him to let them settle where they wished. Ulfilas, the bishop of the nation, led this embassy; and when it succeeded as they wished, they were permitted to live in Thrace. Not long afterwards they quarrelled among themselves and were divided in two; the one part was led by Athanaric, the other by Fritigern. When they made war on one another, Fritigern, having fared badly in the battle, asked the Romans to help him. When the emperor ordered the soldiers in Thrace to help him and fight as his allies, he engaged again, won, and put Athanaric’s party to flight. As though returning thanks to Valens and giving assurance that he was his friend in every respect, he shared his religion, and persuaded the barbarians who obeyed him to believe the same. This, I think, is not the only reason why the whole nation is to this day attached to those who hold the views of Arius. Ulfilas too, who was then their priest, at first did not differ at all from the catholic church; but in the reign of Constantius, having, heedlessly I think, taken part in the synod at Constantinople with Eudoxius and Acacius, he continued in communion with the priests of those who had met at Nicaea. But when he came to Constantinople, it is said that the leaders of the Arian heresy discussed the doctrine with him and promised to support his embassy to the emperor if he believed as they did; and that, compelled by need, or really thinking it better to believe so about God, he communicated with the followers of Arius and cut off both himself and the whole nation from the catholic church. For the Goths, having been taught the things of piety by him as their teacher, and having through him entered on a gentler way of life, readily obeyed him in everything, persuaded that nothing said or done by him was bad, but that everything contributed to the benefit of those who followed it. Indeed he had given very great proof of his virtue, having endured countless dangers for the doctrine while these barbarians were still worshipping as pagans. He was the first inventor of letters for them and translated the sacred books into their own language. This, then, is the reason why the barbarians along the Ister for the most part hold the views of Arius. At that time a multitude of Fritigern’s people were put to death bearing witness for Christ. For Athanaric, angry that those under him too were becoming Christians at Ulfilas’s persuasion, as though the ancestral religion were being overturned, subjected many to many punishments. Some he brought to trial and, when they spoke boldly for the doctrine, killed them; others he killed without even giving them a hearing. For it is said that those ordered by Athanaric to do this carried an image standing on a wagon round to each tent of those reported to be Christians, and ordered them to worship it and sacrifice; and when they refused, they burned the tents with the people in them. I have learned that another still more pitiable thing happened then. Many, men and women, worn out by the violence of those compelling them to sacrifice — some of the women leading little children, others nursing newborn babes at the breast — fled to the tent of the church there. The pagans set it on fire, and all perished. Not long after the Goths made peace with one another; and, carried away into madness, they did harm to the Thracians and ravaged their cities and villages. When Valens learned this, he discovered by experience how greatly he had erred. For thinking that the Goths would be useful to himself and his subjects and fearsome to his enemies, as always under arms, he had neglected the Roman legions, and instead of those usually levied for military service from the cities and villages under the Romans, gold was exacted. Disappointed in his hope, he left Antioch and came in haste to Constantinople. Then the persecution against Christians who believed otherwise than he had a respite. When Euzoius died, Theodore was put forward into his office and led those who held the views of Arius.
6.38PG 67:1407–1413
Ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον Β, τελευτήσαντος τοῦ Σαρακηνῶν βασιλέως, αἱ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους σπονδαὶ ἐλύθησαν. Μανία δὲ ἡ τούτου γαμετή, τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τοῦ ἔθνους ἐπιτροπεύουσα, ἐδῄου τὰς Φοινίχων Παλαιστινῶν πόλεις, μέχρι πτίων, ἐξενωνύμων ἀναπλέοντι τὸν Νεῖλον, τὸ 6:0» καλούμενον κλίμα οἰκούντων. δὲ οὐχ οἷος νομίζεσθαι ῥάδιος ὁ πόλεμος, ὡς παρὰ γυναικὸς παρασχευαζόμενος. Καρτερὰν γὰρ δυσχκαταγώνιστόν φασι γενέσθαι Ῥωμαίοις ταύτην τὴν μάχην ’ ὡς καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα τῶν ἐν Φοινίκῃ στρατιωτῶν, εἰς συμμαχίαν ἐπικαλέσασθαι τὸν στρατηγὸν πάσης τῆς ἀνὰ τὴν ἱππικῆς τε καὶ πεζῆς στρατιᾶς. Τὸν δὲ, γελάσαι μὲν τὴν χλῆσιν, ἀπόμαχον ποιῆσαι τὸν χαλέσαντα, Παραταξάμενον δὲ πρὸς Μανίαν ἀντιστρατηγοῦσαν, τραπῆναι, καὶ μόλις διασωθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος τῶν Παλαιστινῶν καὶ Φοινίχων στρατιωτῶν. Ὡς γὰρ εἶδεν αὐτὸν κινδυνεύοντα, μένειν ἐκτὸς τῆς μάχης κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ πρόσταξιν εὔηθες ἐνόμισε" προσδραμών τε ὑπήντησε βαρβάροις, τῷ μὲν καιρὸν ἔδωκεν ἀσφαλεστέρας φυγῆς; αὐτὸς δὲ ὑπαναχωρῶν, ἐν τῷ φεύγειν ἐτόξευς,, καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπιχειμένους ἀπεχρούετο τοῖς τοξεύμασι. Ταῦτα δὲ πολλοὶ τῶν τῇδε προσοικούντων, εἰσέτι νῦν ἀπομνημονεύουσι παρὰ δὲ Σαρακηνοῖς, ἐν ᾧδαῖς ἐστιν. ᾿Επιδαροῦντος δὲ τοῦ πολέμου, ἀναγἐδόκει περὶ εἰρήνης πρεσδεύσασθαι πρὸς νίαν. Τὴν δὲ λόγος, τοῖς περὶ τούτου πρεσθεύσατσιν ἄντικρυς ἀπειπεῖν τὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους σπονδὰς, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἀρχομένοις ἐπίσκοπος χειροτονηθείη Μωσῆς τις, ἐν τῇ πέλας ἐρήμῳ τηνικάδε φιλοσοφῶν " ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ βίου ἀρετῆς, σημείων τε θείων παραδόξων ἐπίσημος. Ἐπιτραπέντες δὲ παρὰ βαπιλέως οἱ τάδε μηνύσαντες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἦγεμόνες, συλλαμθάνουσι τὸν Μωσῆν, παρὰ τὸν Λούκιον ἄγουσιν. Ὁ δὲ, παρόντων ἀρχόντων καὶ τοῦ συνελθόντος πλήθους, Ἐπίσχες, ἔφη "οὐχ οἷός τε γάρ εἶμι φέρειν ἀρχιερέως ὄνομα τιμὴν ἀξίως. δ' ἄρα ἐπὶ ἀναξίῳ ὄντι μοι τοῦτο ἐπινεύοι Θεὸς, μαρτύρομαι τὸν οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς δημιουργὸν, ὡς τὰς σὰς οὐχ ἐπιθαλεῖς μοι χεῖρας, αἵματι καὶ λύθρῳ πεφυρμένας ἁγίων ἀνδρῶν. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Λούκιος, Εἰ μὲν ἔτι, φησὶν, ἀγνοεῖς τὴν ἐμὴν πίστιν, οὐ δίκαια ποιεῖς, πρὶν μαθεῖν ἀποστρεφόμενος. Εἰ δὲ διαθαλλόντων τινῶν, ἄγε δὴ καὶ νῦν ἄκουσον παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ, καὶ κριτὴς γενοῦ τῶν λεγομένων, ᾿Αλλ' ἔμοιγε, ἔφη Μωσῆς, λίαν σαφὴς φαίνεται ἡ σὴ πίστις " καὶ μαρτυροῦσιν ὁποία τίς ἐστι, ἐπίσχοποί τε πρεσθδύδὲ τεροι, διάκονοι, ἐν ὑπερορίαις φυγαῖς, μετάλλοις ταλαιπωρούμενοι, Ταῦτα οὖν περὶ Θεοῦ : ζεις τὰ γνωρίσματα, ἃ παντελῶς ἐστιν ἀλλότρια Χριστοῦ καὶ τῶν ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξαζόντων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοιαῦτα λέγων ἐπώμνυτο, μήτε Λουκίου χειροτονοῦντὸς ὑποδέχεσθαι τὴν ἱερωσύνην, παραιτησάμενοι Λούκιον οἱ Ῥωμαίων ἄρχοντες, ἄγουσι Μωσῆν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν φυγῇ ὄντας ἐπισκόπους. Παρ' ὧν χειροτονηθεὶς, ὡς τοὺς Σαρακηνούς ἦλθε· καὶ διαλλάξας αὐτοὺς Ῥωμαίοις, αὐτόθι διῆγεν ἱερωμένος, καὶ πολλοὺς Χριστιανίσαι παρεσκεύασε, κομιδῇ ὀλίγους εὑρὼν τοῦ δόγματος μετασχόντας. Τουτί γὰρ τὸ φῦλον ἀπὸ Ἰσμαὴλ τοῦ ᾿Ἀβραὰμ παιδὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβὸν, καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν εἶχε, καὶ Ἰσματλίτας αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχαῖοι, ἀπὸ τοῦ προπάτορος ὠνόμάσαν. ᾿Αποτριβόμενοι δὲ τοῦ νόθου τὸν ἔλεγχον, καὶ τῆς ᾿Αγαρ τῆς Ἰσμαὴλ μητρὸς τὴν δυσγένειαν, δούλη γὰρ ἦν, Σαῤῥακηνοὺς σφᾶς ὠνόμασαν, ὡς ἀπὸ Σάῤῥας τῆς ᾿Ἀβραὰμ γαμετῆς καταγομένους. … δὲ τὸ γένος ἕλκοντες, ἅπαντες μὲν ὁμοίως Ἑβραίοις περιτέμνονται, καὶ ὑείων κρεῶν ἀπέχονται, καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἐθῶν φυλάττουσι. Τὸ δὲ μὴ πάντα ἐπίσης αὐτοῖς πολιτεύεσθαι, χρόνῳ λογιστέον, ἢ ταῖς ἐπιμιξίαις τῶν πέριξ ἐθνῶν. Μωσῆς τε γὰρ πολλοῖς ὕστερον χρόνοις γενόμενος, μόνοις τοῖς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐξελθοῦσιν ἐνομοθέτησε. Καὶ οἱ προσοικοῦντες αὐτοῖς ὡς ἄγαν δεισιδαίμονες ὄντες, ὡς εἰκὸς διέφθειραν τὴν Ἰσμαὴλ πατρώαν ἀγωγὴν, καθ᾿ ἣν μόνην ἐπολιτεύοντο οἱ πάλαι Ἑβραῖοι, πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Μωσέως νομοθεσίας ἀγράφοις ἔθεσι κεχρημένοι. Αμέλει τὰ αὐτὰ δαιμόνια τοῖς ὁμόροις ἔσεβον, καὶ παραπλησίως αὐτὰ τιμῶντες καὶ ὀνομά(ζοντες, ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς πέλας ὁμοιότητι τῆς θρη σκείας, τὸ αἴτιον ἐδείκνυόν τῆς παραποιήσεως τῶν πατρίων νόμων. Οἷα δὲ φιλεῖ, χρόνος πολὺς ἐπιγενόμενος, τὰ μὲν λήθῃ παρέδωκε · τὰ δὲ πρεσβεύεσθαι παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐποίησε. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτὰ τινες αὐτῶν συγγενόμενοι Ἰουδαίοις, ἔμαθον ἀφ᾿ ὧν ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ συγγενὲς ἐπανῆλθον, καὶ τοῖς Ἑβραίοις ἔθεσι καὶ νόμοις προσέθεντο. Ἐξ ἐκείνου τε πολλοί παρ' αὐτοῖς εἰσέτι καὶ νῦν Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῶσιν. Οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ δὲ τῆς παρούσης βασιλείας, καὶ Χριστιανίζειν ἤρξαντο. Μετέσχον δὲ τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ πίστεως, ταῖς συνουσίαις τῶν προσοικούντων αὐτοῖς ἱερέων καὶ μοναχῶν, οἱ ἐν ταῖς πέλας ἐρημίαις ἐφιλοσόφουν, εὖ βιοῦντες καὶ θαυματουργοῦντες. Λέγεται δὲ τότε καὶ φυλὴν ὅλην εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μεταβαλεῖν, Ζωκόμου τοῦ ταύτης φυλάρχου βαπτισθέντος ἐξ αἰτίας τοιᾶσδε. Ἄπαις ὢν, κατὰ κλέος ἀνδρὸς μοναχοῦ ἦλθεν αὐτῷ συντευξόμενος, καὶ τὴν συμφοράν ἀπωδύρετο. Περὶ πολλοῦ γάρ ἐστι παιδοποιία Σαρ᾿ ῥαχηνοῖς, οἶμαι δὲ πᾶσι βαρβάροις. Ὁ δὲ, θαῤῥεῖν παραχελευσάμενος, ηὔξατο ἀπέπεμψεν, ἕξειν αὐτὸν υἱὸν ὑποσχόμενος, εἰ πιστεύσειεν εἰς Χριστόν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Θεὸς ἔργῳ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν ἐθεθαίωσε, καὶ ἐτέχθη αὐτῷ παῖς, αὐτός τε Ζόχομος ἐμνήθη, καὶ τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤγαγεν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου τε ταύτην τὴν φυλὴν γενέσθαι φασὶν εὐδαίμονα καὶ πολυάνθρωπον, Πέρσαις τε τοῖς ἄλλοις Σαῤῥακχηνοῖς φοδεράν. Ὃν μὲν δὴ τρόπον Σαῤῥαχηνοὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μετέβαλον, καὶ οἷα περὶ τοῦ πρώτου παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπισκοπήσαντος παρειλήφαμεν, ὧδε ἔχει.
Hypo de ton auton touton chronon B, teleutēsantos tou Sarakēnōn basileōs, hai pros tous Rhōmaious spondai elythēsan. Mania de hē toutou gametē, tēn hēgemonian tou ethnous epitropeuousa, edę̄ou tas Phoinichōn Palaistinōn poleis, mechri ptiōn, exenōnymōn anapleonti ton Neilon, to 6:0» kaloumenon klima oikountōn. de ouch hoios nomizesthai rhadios ho polemos, hōs para gynaikos parascheuazomenos. Karteran gar dyschkatagōniston phasi genesthai Rhōmaiois tautēn tēn machēn ’ hōs kai ton hēgemona tōn en Phoinikę̄ stratiōtōn, eis symmachian epikalesasthai ton stratēgon pasēs tēs ana tēn hippikēs te kai pezēs stratias. Ton de, gelasai men tēn chlēsin, apomachon poiēsai ton chalesanta, Parataxamenon de pros Manian antistratēgousan, trapēnai, kai molis diasōthēnai para tou hēgemonos tōn Palaistinōn kai Phoinichōn stratiōtōn. Hōs gar eiden auton kindyneuonta, menein ektos tēs machēs kata tēn autou prostaxin euēthes enomise" prosdramōn te hypēntēse barbarois, tǭ men kairon edōken asphalesteras phygēs? autos de hypanachōrōn, en tǭ pheugein etoxeus,, kai tous polemious epicheimenous apechroueto tois toxeumasi. Tauta de polloi tōn tę̄de prosoikountōn, eiseti nyn apomnēmoneuousi para de Sarakēnois, en hǭdais estin. ᾿Epidarountos de tou polemou, anagedokei peri eirēnēs presdeusasthai pros nian. Tēn de logos, tois peri toutou prestheusatsin antikrys apeipein tas pros Rhōmaious spondas, ei mē tois hyp' autēn archomenois episkopos cheirotonētheiē Mōsēs tis, en tę̄ pelas erēmǭ tēnikade philosophōn " anēr apo biou aretēs, sēmeiōn te theiōn paradoxōn episēmos. Epitrapentes de para bapileōs hoi tade mēnysantes tōn stratiōtōn ēgemones, syllamthanousi ton Mōsēn, para ton Loukion agousin. Ho de, parontōn archontōn kai tou synelthontos plēthous, Episches, ephē "ouch hoios te gar eimi pherein archiereōs onoma timēn axiōs. d' ara epi anaxiǭ onti moi touto epineuoi Theos, martyromai ton ouranou kai gēs dēmiourgon, hōs tas sas ouch epithaleis moi cheiras, haimati kai lythrǭ pephyrmenas hagiōn andrōn. Hypolabōn de Loukios, Ei men eti, phēsin, agnoeis tēn emēn pistin, ou dikaia poieis, prin mathein apostrephomenos. Ei de diathallontōn tinōn, age dē kai nyn akouson par᾽ emou, kai kritēs genou tōn legomenōn, ᾿All' emoige, ephē Mōsēs, lian saphēs phainetai hē sē pistis " kai martyrousin hopoia tis esti, epischopoi te presthdyde teroi, diakonoi, en hyperoriais phygais, metallois talaipōroumenoi, Tauta oun peri Theou : zeis ta gnōrismata, ha pantelōs estin allotria Christou kai tōn orthōs peri Theou doxazontōn. Epei de toiauta legōn epōmnyto, mēte Loukiou cheirotonountos hypodechesthai tēn hierōsynēn, paraitēsamenoi Loukion hoi Rhōmaiōn archontes, agousi Mōsēn pros tous en phygę̄ ontas episkopous. Par' hōn cheirotonētheis, hōs tous Sarakēnous ēlthe; kai diallaxas autous Rhōmaiois, autothi diēgen hierōmenos, kai pollous Christianisai pareskeuase, komidę̄ oligous heurōn tou dogmatos metaschontas. Touti gar to phylon apo Ismaēl tou ᾿Abraam paidos tēn archēn labon, kai tēn prosēgorian eiche, kai Ismatlitas autous hoi archaioi, apo tou propatoros ōnomasan. ᾿Apotribomenoi de tou nothou ton elenchon, kai tēs ᾿Agar tēs Ismaēl mētros tēn dysgeneian, doulē gar ēn, Sarrhakēnous sphas ōnomasan, hōs apo Sarrhas tēs ᾿Abraam gametēs katagomenous. … de to genos helkontes, hapantes men homoiōs Hebraiois peritemnontai, kai hyeiōn kreōn apechontai, kai alla polla tōn par᾿ autois ethōn phylattousi. To de mē panta episēs autois politeuesthai, chronǭ logisteon, ē tais epimixiais tōn perix ethnōn. Mōsēs te gar pollois hysteron chronois genomenos, monois tois ex Aigyptou exelthousin enomothetēse. Kai hoi prosoikountes autois hōs agan deisidaimones ontes, hōs eikos diephtheiran tēn Ismaēl patrōan agōgēn, kath᾿ hēn monēn epoliteuonto hoi palai Hebraioi, pro tēs tou Mōseōs nomothesias agraphois ethesi kechrēmenoi. Amelei ta auta daimonia tois homorois esebon, kai paraplēsiōs auta timōntes kai onoma(zontes, en tę̄ pros tous pelas homoiotēti tēs thrē skeias, to aition edeiknyon tēs parapoiēseōs tōn patriōn nomōn. Hoia de philei, chronos polys epigenomenos, ta men lēthę̄ paredōke ; ta de presbeuesthai par' autois epoiēse. Meta de tauta tines autōn syngenomenoi Ioudaiois, emathon aph᾿ hōn egenonto kai epi to syngenes epanēlthon, kai tois Hebraiois ethesi kai nomois prosethento. Ex ekeinou te polloi par' autois eiseti kai nyn Ioudaïkōs zōsin. Ou pro pollou de tēs parousēs basileias, kai Christianizein ērxanto. Meteschon de tēs en Christǭ pisteōs, tais synousiais tōn prosoikountōn autois hiereōn kai monachōn, hoi en tais pelas erēmiais ephilosophoun, eu biountes kai thaumatourgountes. Legetai de tote kai phylēn holēn eis Christianismon metabalein, Zōkomou tou tautēs phylarchou baptisthentos ex aitias toiasde. Apais ōn, kata kleos andros monachou ēlthen autǭ synteuxomenos, kai tēn symphoran apōdyreto. Peri pollou gar esti paidopoiia Sar᾿ rhachēnois, oimai de pasi barbarois. Ho de, tharrhein paracheleusamenos, ēuxato apepempsen, hexein auton huion hyposchomenos, ei pisteuseien eis Christon. Epei de Theos ergǭ tēn hyposchesin ethethaiōse, kai etechthē autǭ pais, autos te Zochomos emnēthē, kai tous hyp᾽ auton epi touto ēgagen. Ex ekeinou te tautēn tēn phylēn genesthai phasin eudaimona kai polyanthrōpon, Persais te tois allois Sarrhakchēnois phoderan. Hon men dē tropon Sarrhachēnoi tēn archēn eis Christianismon metebalon, kai hoia peri tou prōtou par᾽ autois episkopēsantos pareilēphamen, hōde echei.
About this same time, when the king of the Saracens died, the treaty with the Romans was broken. Mavia his wife, governing the nation, ravaged the cities of the Phoenicians and Palestinians as far as the Egyptians who live on the left as one sails up the Nile, in the region called Arabia. This war was not to be thought easy, as being waged by a woman; for they say that this battle was fierce and hard for the Romans to win, so that the commander of the soldiers in Phoenicia called to his help the general of all the cavalry and infantry of the East. He laughed at the summons and ordered the one who had called him to keep out of the fight; but drawing up his army against Mavia, who commanded against him, he was routed and barely saved by the commander of the Palestinian and Phoenician soldiers. For when that commander saw him in danger, he thought it foolish to stay out of the battle according to his order; and running up he met the barbarians, gave the general the chance of a safer flight, and himself, withdrawing gradually, shot arrows as he fled and drove back the enemy pressing on him with his arrows. Many who live in those parts still remember these things, and among the Saracens they are in songs. As the war weighed heavily, it seemed necessary to send envoys to Mavia about peace. She, the story goes, flatly refused the treaty with the Romans to those who came as envoys about it, unless a certain Moses, who then lived the philosophic life in the desert nearby, were ordained bishop for those under her rule — a man distinguished for the virtue of his life and for divine and marvellous signs. The commanders of the soldiers who reported this, being permitted by the emperor, seized Moses and brought him to Lucius. He, in the presence of the officials and of the assembled crowd, said: “Stop; for I am not able worthily to bear the name and honour of a high priest. But if God indeed should approve this for me, unworthy as I am, I call to witness the creator of heaven and earth that you will not lay on me your hands, stained with the blood and gore of holy men.” Lucius answered: “If you are still ignorant of my faith, you are not acting justly in turning from me before you learn it. If you have been told slanders, come now, hear from me, and be a judge of what I say.” “But to me,” said Moses, “your faith appears very clear; and of what kind it is, bishops, presbyters and deacons bear witness, suffering in exiles beyond the frontier and in the mines. Do you then hold these as tokens of belief about God, which are wholly foreign to Christ and to those who think rightly about God?” When he swore, saying such things, that he would not receive the priesthood if Lucius ordained him, the Roman officials, excusing Lucius, brought Moses to the bishops who were in exile. Ordained by them, he went to the Saracens; and having reconciled them to the Romans, he lived there as their priest and brought many to become Christians, having found very few who shared in the doctrine. For this tribe took its origin from Ishmael, the son of Abraham, and had its name from him, and the ancients called them Ishmaelites after their forefather. But, rubbing off the reproach of bastardy and the low birth of Hagar, Ishmael’s mother, for she was a slave, they named themselves Saracens, as being descended from Sarah, the wife of Abraham. … deriving their race, they all, like the Hebrews, are circumcised, abstain from pork, and keep many other of their customs. That they do not live entirely as the Hebrews do must be ascribed to time, or to their intermingling with the surrounding nations. For Moses, who lived many ages later, gave laws only to those who came out of Egypt. And those living near them, being exceedingly superstitious, naturally corrupted the ancestral way of life of Ishmael, which alone the ancient Hebrews followed before the legislation of Moses, using unwritten customs. Indeed, they worshipped the same demons as their neighbours, and by honouring and naming them in the same way, they showed in the likeness of their religion to their neighbours the cause of the corruption of their ancestral laws. As tends to happen, the long time that passed consigned some things to oblivion and made other things venerable among them. Afterwards some of them, associating with Jews, learned from whom they were descended, returned to their kin, and adopted the Hebrew customs and laws; and from that time many among them still live in Jewish fashion. Not long before the present reign they also began to become Christians. They came to share in the faith in Christ through association with the priests and monks living near them, who practised the philosophic life in the neighbouring deserts, living well and working wonders. It is said that at that time a whole tribe also changed over to Christianity, when Zocomus, its phylarch, was baptized for the following reason. Being childless, he came to a certain monk, drawn by his fame, to meet him, and lamented his misfortune; for having children is of great importance to the Saracens, and, I think, to all barbarians. The monk bade him take courage, prayed, and sent him away, promising that he would have a son if he believed in Christ. When God confirmed the promise by the deed and a son was born to him, Zocomus himself was initiated and brought those under him to the same. And from that time, they say, this tribe became prosperous and populous, and formidable to the Persians and the other Saracens. Such is the way the Saracens first changed over to Christianity, and what we have received about the first who was bishop among them.
6.39PG 67:1413
Οἱ δὲ κατὰ πόλιν τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ξηλοῦντες, πάλιν ἀνεθάῤῥουν, καὶ μάλιστα οἵ Αἴγυπτον ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς. πανελθόντι δὲ τότε Πέτρῳ ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης μετὰ γραμμάτων Δαμάσου, τά τε ἐν Νικαίᾳ δόξαντα, καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ χειροτονίαν χυρούντων, παρέδωκαν τὰς ᾿Ἐχχλησίας. δὲ Λούκιος ἐξελαθεὶς, ἐπὶ τὴν Κωνσταντινηύπολιν ἀπέπλευσεν. Οὐάλης δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐν φροντίσι γενόμένος, ἐπεξιέναι τούτοις σχολὴν οὐχ ἦγεν ἅμα γὰρ ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἐν ὑπονοίᾳ πολλῇ καὶ μίσει ἐγένετο παρὰ τῷ δήμῳ. Οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι τὴν Θράκην δῃώσαντες, καὶ μέχρι τῶν προαστείων ἤδη προελθόντες, καὶ αὐτοῖς τείχεσι μηδενὸς χωλύοντος προσβάλλειν ἐπεχείρουν. τούτοις δὲ χαλεπῶς ἡ πόλις ἔφερε" τὸν βασιλέα, ὅτι μὴ ἀντεξήει, ἀλλ᾽ ἀνεβάλλετο πολεμεῖν, ἐν αἰτίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο" ἐλογοποίουν, ὡς αὑτὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπάγοιτο. Τελευτῶντες δὲ, ἐν ἱπποδρομίᾳ θεώμενοι, εἰς τὸ φανερὸν αὑτοῦ χατεδόων, ὡς τὰ κοινὰ πράγματα περιορῶντος, ὅπλα ἤἥτουν, ὡς αὐτοὶ πολεμήσονπες, Ὁ δὲ Οὐάλης ὑθρισθεὶς, ἐπεστράτευσε τοῖς βαρβάροις ἠπείλησε δὲ ἣν ὑποστρέψῃ, τιμωρήσειν αὐτῷ, τῶν τε ὕδρεων τοῦ δήμου, καὶ ὅτι πρότερον Προκοπίῳ τῷ τυράννῳ προσέθεντο,
Hoi de kata polin to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou xēlountes, palin anetharrhoun, kai malista hoi Aigypton ᾿Alexandreis. panelthonti de tote Petrǭ apo tēs Rhōmēs meta grammatōn Damasou, ta te en Nikaią doxanta, kai tēn autou cheirotonian chyrountōn, paredōkan tas ᾿Echchlēsias. de Loukios exelatheis, epi tēn Kōnstantinēupolin apepleusen. Oualēs de ho basileus, hōs eikos, en phrontisi genomenos, epexienai toutois scholēn ouch ēgen hama gar hēken eis tēn Kōnstantinoupolin, en hyponoią pollę̄ kai misei egeneto para tǭ dēmǭ. Hoi gar barbaroi tēn Thrakēn dę̄ōsantes, kai mechri tōn proasteiōn ēdē proelthontes, kai autois teichesi mēdenos chōlyontos prosballein epecheiroun. toutois de chalepōs hē polis ephere" ton basilea, hoti mē antexēei, all᾽ aneballeto polemein, en aitią epoiounto" elogopoioun, hōs hautos tous polemious epagoito. Teleutōntes de, en hippodromią theōmenoi, eis to phaneron hautou chatedoōn, hōs ta koina pragmata periorōntos, hopla hēētoun, hōs autoi polemēsonpes, Ho de Oualēs hythristheis, epestrateuse tois barbarois ēpeilēse de hēn hypostrepsę̄, timōrēsein autǭ, tōn te hydreōn tou dēmou, kai hoti proteron Prokopiǭ tǭ tyrannǭ prosethento,
Those in the cities who were zealous for the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea took courage again, especially the Alexandrians in Egypt. When Peter returned then from Rome with letters of Damasus confirming the decisions of Nicaea and his own ordination, they handed the churches over to him; and Lucius, driven out, sailed away to Constantinople. The emperor Valens, being, as was natural, full of cares, had no leisure to deal with them. For as soon as he came to Constantinople he was under much suspicion and hatred among the people. For the barbarians, having ravaged Thrace and advanced already as far as the suburbs, were attempting to attack the very walls, no one preventing them. The city took this badly; they blamed the emperor because he did not go out against them but put off the fighting, and they put about the story that he himself was bringing in the enemy. At last, watching a horse race, they openly cried out against him for neglecting the common affairs, and demanded arms, saying they would fight themselves. Valens, insulted, marched against the barbarians; and he threatened, if he returned, to punish them both for the insults of the people and because they had earlier joined the usurper Procopius.
6.40PG 67:1413–1415
Ἐξελθόντε δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, προσελθὼν Ἰσαάχιος ἀνὴρ μοναχὸς, τά τε ἄλλα ἀγαθὸς, καὶ διὰ τὸ θεῖον κινδύνων καταφρονῶν - ᾿Απόδος, ἔφη, ὦ βασιλεῦ, τοῖς ὀρθῶς δοξάζουσι, καὶ τὴν παράδοσιν φυλάττουσι τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυ θότων, τὰς ἀφαιρεθείσας ἐκκλησίας, καὶ νικήσεις τὸν πόλεμον. Ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συλληφθῆναι καὶ δέσμιον φυλάττεσθαι, ἄχρις ἐπανελθών, δίκην εἰσπράξηται τοῦ τολμήματος. Ὁ δὲ ὑπολαβὼν, Ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὑποστρέψῃς, ἔφη, μὴ ἀποδοὺς τὰς ἐκκλησίας. Καὶ ἀπέβη οὕτως. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἅμα τῷ στρατῷ ἐπεξῆλθεν, οἱ μὲν Γότθοι διωκόμενοι ὑπεχώρουν. Ὁ δὲ ἀπιὼν, ἤδη παραμείψας τὴν Θράκην, ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ανδριανούπολιν. Οὐκ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ τε γενόμενος τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ χώρῳ στρατοπεδευομένοις, θᾶττον ἢ ἔδει συμβάλλει, μὴ προδιαθεὶς ᾗ χρὴ καὶ ὅπη τάξαι τὴν στρατιάν. Διασπασθείσης δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς ἴππου, καὶ τοῦ ὁπλιτικοῦ τραπέντος, διωκόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, εἷς τι δωμάτιον ἢ πύργον, ὀλίγοις ἅμα συνεπομένοις αὐτῷ, ἐν τῷ φεύγειν ἀποβὰς τοῦ ἵππου, εἰσέδυ καὶ ἔλαθεν. Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ἔθεον ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ὡς αἱρήσοντες · καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσω ἰέμενοι, παρέτρεχον· οὐ γὰρ ὑπενόουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖσε κρύπτεσθαι. Τῶν δ' αὖ ἐσὺν αὐτῷ τινες, ἤδη τῶν πλειόνων βαρβάρων ὑπερβαλόντων τὸν τῇδε χῶρον, ὀλίγων δὲ κατόπιν ὄντων, ἐκ τοῦ ὀρόφου τοὺς παριόντας ἑτόξευον· οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀνέκραγον, Ἐν θάδε Οὐάλης ἐστίν. Ακούσαντες δὲ οἱ προστυχόντες πλησίον, ἔμπροσθέν τε καὶ ὄπισθεν βοῇ τοῖς μετ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἐδήλουν 4 ὃ ἤκουον· ὡς ἐν βραχεῖ καὶ τοὺς ποῤῥωτέρω πολεμίους ἀκοῦσαι, καὶ διὰ τάχους εἰς – αὐτὸν πάντας συνελθεῖν. Περιλαβόντες δὲ κύκλῳ τὸ δωμάτιον, καὶ πλείστην ὕλην περὶ τοῦτο συλλέ ξαντες, πῦρ ἐνέβαλον · αὐτίκα δὲ ἡ φλὸξ ὑπὸ ἐπιφόρου πνεύματος ὧδε συμβὰν ἐλαυνομένη, τὴν ὕλην διῆλθεν. Αμα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἀποκείμενα ἐν τῷ δωματίῳ, τοῦ πυρὸς μετέσχε, καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἀμφ' αὐτὸν συγκατέκαυσεν. Ἐτελεύτησε δὲ γεγονώς ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη· τρισκαίδεκα δὲ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ βασιλεύσας, καὶ μετ᾿ ἐκεῖνον τρία.
Exelthonte de autǭ tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs, proselthōn Isaachios anēr monachos, ta te alla agathos, kai dia to theion kindynōn kataphronōn - ᾿Apodos, ephē, ō basileu, tois orthōs doxazousi, kai tēn paradosin phylattousi tōn en Nikaią synelēly thotōn, tas aphairetheisas ekklēsias, kai nikēseis ton polemon. Orgistheis de ho basileus, ekeleusen auton syllēphthēnai kai desmion phylattesthai, achris epanelthōn, dikēn eispraxētai tou tolmēmatos. Ho de hypolabōn, All᾿ ouch hypostrepsę̄s, ephē, mē apodous tas ekklēsias. Kai apebē houtōs. Epei gar hama tǭ stratǭ epexēlthen, hoi men Gotthoi diōkomenoi hypechōroun. Ho de apiōn, ēdē parameipsas tēn Thrakēn, hēken eis tēn ᾿Andrianoupolin. Ouk apo pollou te genomenos tois barbarois, en asphalei chōrǭ stratopedeuomenois, thatton ē edei symballei, mē prodiatheis hę̄ chrē kai hopē taxai tēn stratian. Diaspastheisēs de autǭ tēs ippou, kai tou hoplitikou trapentos, diōkomenos hypo tōn polemiōn, heis ti dōmation ē pyrgon, oligois hama synepomenois autǭ, en tǭ pheugein apobas tou hippou, eisedy kai elathen. Hoi de barbaroi etheon ep᾿ auton hōs hairēsontes ; kai epi to prosō iemenoi, paretrechon; ou gar hypenooun auton ekeise kryptesthai. Tōn d' au esyn autǭ tines, ēdē tōn pleionōn barbarōn hyperbalontōn ton tę̄de chōron, oligōn de katopin ontōn, ek tou orophou tous pariontas hetoxeuon; hoi de epi toutǭ anekragon, En thade Oualēs estin. Akousantes de hoi prostychontes plēsion, emprosthen te kai opisthen boę̄ tois met᾿ autous edēloun 4 ho ēkouon; hōs en brachei kai tous porrhōterō polemious akousai, kai dia tachous eis – auton pantas synelthein. Perilabontes de kyklǭ to dōmation, kai pleistēn hylēn peri touto sylle xantes, pyr enebalon ; autika de hē phlox hypo epiphorou pneumatos hōde symban elaunomenē, tēn hylēn diēlthen. Ama de kai ta apokeimena en tǭ dōmatiǭ, tou pyros metesche, kai auton ton basilea kai tous amph' auton synkatekausen. Eteleutēse de gegonōs amphi ta pentēkonta etē; triskaideka de syn tǭ adelphǭ basileusas, kai met᾿ ekeinon tria.
As he was going out of Constantinople, Isaac, a monk, a good man in every way and despising dangers for the sake of the divine, came up to him and said: “Give back, O emperor, to those who believe rightly and keep the tradition of those who met at Nicaea the churches that were taken from them, and you will win the war.” The emperor, angered, ordered him to be arrested and kept in chains until he should return and exact the penalty for his daring. He answered: “But you will not return, if you do not give back the churches.” And so it turned out. For when he went out with the army, the Goths retreated before his pursuit. He, going on, having already passed through Thrace, came to Adrianople. Coming close to the barbarians, who were encamped in a safe place, he engaged them sooner than he should, without first arranging how and where the army must be drawn up. When his cavalry was scattered and the infantry routed, pursued by the enemy, he dismounted in his flight and slipped unnoticed into a small house or tower, with a few following him. The barbarians ran after him to seize him, and rushing onward ran past; for they did not suspect that he was hiding there. But some of those with him, when most of the barbarians had already passed the place and only a few were behind, shot arrows from the roof at those passing by. At this they cried out, “Valens is here.” Those nearby who heard it passed on with a shout what they heard to those in front and behind, so that in a short time even the enemy further off heard, and quickly all came together to him. Surrounding the house and gathering a great deal of wood around it, they set it on fire; and at once the flame, driven by a wind that happened to be blowing, went through the wood. At the same time the things stored in the house caught fire and burned up the emperor himself and those with him. He died at about fifty years of age, having reigned thirteen years with his brother and three after him.
Chapter 7
7.1PG 67:1417
Οὐάλεντι μὲν ὧδε θανεῖν ξυνηνέχθη· οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι, ἐπαρθέντες ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ, πᾶσαν τὴν Θράκην ἐδῇουν " καὶ τελευτῶντες, τὰ προάστεια Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κατέτρεχον, Κινδυνεύουσι δὲ τότε τοῖς πράγμασι μέγα γεγόνασιν ὄφελος, ἐχ μὲν τῶν ὑποσπόνδων Σα» ρακηνῶν ὀλίγοι παρὰ Μανίας ἀποσταλέντες, πλεῖστοι δὲ ἀπὸ τοῦ δῆμον. Ῥητὸν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ δημοσίου μισθὸν χορηγούσης αὐτοῖς Δομνίχης τῆς Οὐάλεντος γαμετῆς, ὡς ἔτυχεν ἔκαστος ὁπλιζόμενος, ἀντεπεξἤεσαν, τοὺς πολεμίους ἀμυνόμενοι, πόῤῥω τῆς πόλεως ἀπεδίωχον. Γρατιανὸς δὲ ἅμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ πᾶσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν διέπων, οὐχ ἐπαινέσας τὸν θεῖον τῆς γνώμης, ἣν περὶ τοὺς ἑτέρως αὑτῷ δοξάζοντας διετέλεσεν ἔχων, πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπ᾽ διὰ τὴν θρησκείαν φεύγειν χαταδιχασθεῖσι, τὴν κάθοδον ἀπέδωχς " νόμον ἔθετο, μετὰ ἀδείας ἐχάστους θρησκεύειν ὡς βούλονται, ἐκκλησιάζειν, πλὴν Μανιχαίων, καὶ τῶν τὰ Φωτεινοῦ καὶ Εὐνομίου φρονούντων.
Oualenti men hōde thanein xynēnechthē; hoi de barbaroi, eparthentes epi tę̄ nikę̄, pasan tēn Thrakēn edę̄oun " kai teleutōntes, ta proasteia Kōnstantinoupoleōs katetrechon, Kindyneuousi de tote tois pragmasi mega gegonasin ophelos, ech men tōn hypospondōn Sa» rakēnōn oligoi para Manias apostalentes, pleistoi de apo tou dēmon. Rhēton gar ek tou dēmosiou misthon chorēgousēs autois Domnichēs tēs Oualentos gametēs, hōs etychen ekastos hoplizomenos, antepexēesan, tous polemious amynomenoi, porrhō tēs poleōs apediōchon. Gratianos de hama tǭ adelphǭ pasan tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn diepōn, ouch epainesas ton theion tēs gnōmēs, hēn peri tous heterōs hautǭ doxazontas dietelesen echōn, pasi tois ep᾽ dia tēn thrēskeian pheugein chatadichastheisi, tēn kathodon apedōchs " nomon etheto, meta adeias echastous thrēskeuein hōs boulontai, ekklēsiazein, plēn Manichaiōn, kai tōn ta Phōteinou kai Eunomiou phronountōn.
So it befell Valens to die. The barbarians, elated by their victory, ravaged all Thrace, and finally overran the suburbs of Constantinople. At that critical time great help was given by a few of the allied Saracens sent by Mavia, and very much by the people. For Domnica, the wife of Valens, supplied them with a fixed pay from the public treasury, and armed as each happened to be, they went out against the enemy, beat them off and drove them far from the city. Gratian, now governing the whole Roman empire together with his brother, not approving of his uncle’s attitude, which he had kept to the end toward those who believed otherwise than he did, granted return to all who had been condemned to exile for religion, and made a law that all should worship freely as they wished and hold assemblies, except the Manichees and those who held the views of Photinus and Eunomius.
7.2PG 67:1417–1421
Λογισάμενος δὲ, ὡς τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἴστρον βαρῆά᾿λυριοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐνοχλούντων προσῆκεν Μανία : ἐπαμύνειν · ἀναγκαῖον δὲ καὶ τοῖς πρὸς Ἑσπέραν ἀρχομένοις παρεῖναι, καὶ μάλιστα ᾿Αλαμαννῶν · τοὺς ἐνθάδε Γαλάτας κακουργούντων, κοινωνὸν ἐποιήσατο τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ Σιρμίῳ Θεοδόσιον, γένους τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸ Πυρηναῖον ὄρος Ἰβήρων, εὐπατρίδην τε καὶ ἄριστα πολλάκις ἐν πολέμοις διαγενόμενον · ὡς καὶ πρὸ τῆς βασιλείας, ἐν ταῖς τῶν ὑπηκόων γνώμαις ἐπιτήδειον αὐτὸν δόξαι πρὸς ἡγεμονίαν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ πλὴν Ἱεροσολύμων, ἔτι τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐκκλησιῶν οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες ἐκράτουν. Μακεδονιανοὶ δὲ, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, μετὰ τὰς πρὸς Λιβέριον συνθήκας, οὐ μέγα τι διεφέροντο πρὸς τοὺς ἐπαινοῦντας τὸ δόγμα τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνελθόντων · ὡς ὁμοδόξοις δὲ, κατὰ πόλεις ἐπεμίγνυντο, καὶ ἐκοινώνουν ἀλλήλοις. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν τεθέντα παρὰ Γρατιανοῦ νόμον, ἀδείας λαβόμενοί λαῶν προτιμήσαντες, μὴ καταλιπεῖν σφᾶς ἐδεήθησαν τινες τῶν ἐπισκόπων ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως, κατέλαβον τὰς ἐκκλησίας, ὧν ἐπὶ Οὐάλεντος ἀφῄρηντο. Καὶ συνελθόντες ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τῆς Καρίας, ἐψηφίσαντο μὴ δεῖν ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ὀνομάζειν, ἀλλ' ὁμοιοούσιον, ὡς πρόσθεν. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ, οἱ μὲν , διακριθέντες, ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον· οἱ δὲ τῶν ταῦτα ψηφισαμένων ἐναντιότητα καὶ φιλονεικίαν καταγνόντες, ἀπέστησαν αὐτῶν, καὶ βεβαιότερον ὡμοφρόνουν τοῖς κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου θρησκεύουσιν. Ἐκ δὲ τῶν τότε κατὰ τὸν Γρατιανοῦ νόμον ἐπανελθόντων ἐπισκόπων ἀπὸ τῆς συμβάσης αὐτοῖς φυγῆς ἐπὶ τῆς Οὐάλεντος βασιλείας, οἱ μὲν, προεδρίας οὐδὲν ἐφρόντισαν, ἀλλὰ, τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, μηδὲ διχονοίᾳ κατατέμνειν τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἣν παρὰ Θεοῦ καὶ ἀποστόλων μίαν παραδοθεῖσαν, φιλονεικίαι καὶ φιλοπροεδρίαι εἰς πολλὰς κατεμέρισαν. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς σπου δῆς ἐγένετο καὶ Εὐλάλιος ὁ ἐν Ἀμασίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τῷ Πόντῳ ἐπίσκοπος • λέγεται γοῦν μετὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον εὑρεῖν ἕτερον προϊστάμενον τῆς αὐτοῦ ἐκκλησίας τῶν ᾿Αρείου ἐπισκόπων · εἶναι δὲ τοὺς πειθομένους αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ πόλει, οὐδ᾽ ὅλους πεντήκοντα · προνοούμενον δὲ τῆς πάντων ἑνώσεως, ἀντιβολῆσαι τοῦτον πρωτεύειν, καὶ κοινῇ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Ιθύνειν, ἄθλον ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμονοίᾳ τὴν προεδρίαν ἔχοντα. Ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν μὴ πεισθεὶς; οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἔμελλεν οὐδὲ ὧν εἶχεν ὀλίγων ἡγήσεσθαι, προσθεμένων τοῖς ἄλλοις. Γ΄".
Logisamenos de, hōs tōn amphi ton Istron barēa᾿lyrious Thrąkas enochlountōn prosēken Mania : epamynein ; anankaion de kai tois pros Hesperan archomenois pareinai, kai malista ᾿Alamannōn ; tous enthade Galatas kakourgountōn, koinōnon epoiēsato tēs archēs en tǭ Sirmiǭ Theodosion, genous tōn amphi to Pyrēnaion oros Ibērōn, eupatridēn te kai arista pollakis en polemois diagenomenon ; hōs kai pro tēs basileias, en tais tōn hypēkoōn gnōmais epitēdeion auton doxai pros hēgemonian. En toutǭ de plēn Hierosolymōn, eti tōn ana tēn Heō ekklēsiōn hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronountes ekratoun. Makedonianoi de, kai malista hoi en Kōnstantinoupolei, meta tas pros Liberion synthēkas, ou mega ti diepheronto pros tous epainountas to dogma tōn en Nikaią synelthontōn ; hōs homodoxois de, kata poleis epemignynto, kai ekoinōnoun allēlois. Meta de ton tethenta para Gratianou nomon, adeias labomenoi laōn protimēsantes, mē katalipein sphas edeēthēsan tines tōn episkopōn tautēs tēs haireseōs, katelabon tas ekklēsias, hōn epi Oualentos aphę̄rēnto. Kai synelthontes en Antiocheią tēs Karias, epsēphisanto mē dein homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion onomazein, all' homoioousion, hōs prosthen. Ek toutou de, hoi men , diakrithentes, idią ekklēsiazon; hoi de tōn tauta psēphisamenōn enantiotēta kai philoneikian katagnontes, apestēsan autōn, kai bebaioteron hōmophronoun tois kata to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou thrēskeuousin. Ek de tōn tote kata ton Gratianou nomon epanelthontōn episkopōn apo tēs symbasēs autois phygēs epi tēs Oualentos basileias, hoi men, proedrias ouden ephrontisan, alla, tēn homonoian tōn tōn apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, mēde dichonoią katatemnein tēn Ekklēsian, hēn para Theou kai apostolōn mian paradotheisan, philoneikiai kai philoproedriai eis pollas katemerisan. Tautēs de tēs spou dēs egeneto kai Eulalios ho en Amasią tę̄ pros tǭ Pontǭ episkopos • legetai goun meta tēn epanodon heurein heteron proïstamenon tēs autou ekklēsias tōn ᾿Areiou episkopōn ; einai de tous peithomenous autǭ en tę̄ polei, oud᾽ holous pentēkonta ; pronooumenon de tēs pantōn henōseōs, antibolēsai touton prōteuein, kai koinę̄ tēn ekklēsian Ithynein, athlon epi tę̄ homonoią tēn proedrian echonta. All᾿ ho men mē peistheis? ouk eis makran emellen oude hōn eichen oligōn hēgēsesthai, prosthemenōn tois allois. G΄".
Reckoning that, while the barbarians along the Ister were troubling the Illyrians and Thracians, it was necessary to defend those regions, and necessary also to be present with his subjects in the West, especially as the Alamanni were harming the Gauls there, he made Theodosius his partner in the empire at Sirmium — a man of the Iberian race near the Pyrenees mountains, of noble family, who had often distinguished himself in wars, so that even before he reigned he seemed to his subjects fit to rule. At this time, except at Jerusalem, those who held the views of Arius still held the churches of the East. The Macedonians, especially those in Constantinople, after their agreements with Liberius, did not differ greatly from those who approved the doctrine of those who met at Nicaea, but mingled with them in the cities as with people of the same belief and communicated with one another. But after the law issued by Gratian, gaining freedom, some of the bishops of this heresy took possession of the churches of which they had been deprived under Valens. Meeting at Antioch in Caria, they decreed that the Son ought not to be called of the same essence with the Father, but of like essence, as before. From this some, separating, held assemblies by themselves; while others, condemning the contrariness and contentiousness of those who had decreed this, withdrew from them and agreed more firmly with those who worship according to the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea. Of the bishops who returned at that time, according to Gratian’s law, from the exile that had befallen them in the reign of Valens, some took no thought for the first place, but, preferring the concord of the peoples, begged those of the Arian heresy not to forsake them, nor to cut the church by dissension — the church which, handed down as one by God and the apostles, contentiousness and love of precedence had divided into many. Of this zeal was Eulalius, bishop of Amasea in Pontus. It is said that after his return he found one of Arius’s bishops presiding over his church, and that those who obeyed him in the city were not even fifty in all; and, providing for the union of all, he begged him to take the first place and govern the church jointly, holding the precedence as a reward for concord. But he would not be persuaded; and not long after he was not to lead even the few he had, since they joined the others.
7.3PG 67:1421
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε, καὶ Μελετίου κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν νόἐκανελθόντος εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν τῆς Συρίας, δεινή τις τῷ λαῷ φιλονεικία συνέβη. Παυλίνου γὰρ ἔτι περιόντος, οὗ τὴν εὐλάδειαν, ὡς ἔγνωμεν, αἰδεσθεὶς Οὐάλης ὁ βασιλεὺ:;, χαταδιχάσα! φυγὴν οὐχ ἐτόλμησεν, οἱ μὲν, σύνθρονον αὑτοῦ γενέσθαι Μελέτιον ἠξίουν. ᾿Αντιλεγόντων ὃὲ τῶν τὰ Παυλίνου φρονούντων, καὶ τὴν Μελετίου χειροτονίαν διαθαλλόντων, ὡς ὑπὸ ᾿Αρειανῶν ἐπισκόπων γεγενημένην, βίᾳ τὸ σπουδαζόμενον εἷς ἔργον ἦγον οἱ Μελετίου ἐπαινέται. Ηλῆθος γὰρ οὐ τὸ τυχὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησιῶν εἰς τὸν ἐπισχοπιχὺὸν θρόνον ἀνεῦδίθασαν αὑτόν. Ἑ χατέρωθεν δὲ τοῦ λαοῦ χαλεπαίνοντος, καὶ στάπεως προσδοκωμένης, θαυμαστή τις ἔχράτησε βουλὴ, πρὸς ὁμόνοιαν αὑτοὺς ἄγουσα. Συνεδόχει γὰρ λαθεῖν παρὰ τῶν ἐπισκοπεῖν τὸν ἐνθάδε θρόνὸν ἐπιτηδείων εἶναι νομιζομένων, προσδοκωμένων ὧν ἧσαν ἕτεροι πέντε, καὶ Φλαθιανὴς, ὡς οὔτε σπουδάσουσι, οὔτε χειροτονίας ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς γινομένης, ἂνἔξονται ἐπισκοπεῖν, ἐς ὅσον Παυλῖνος ἢ Μελέτιος τῷ βίῳ περιῶσι " συγχωρεῖν δὲ θατέρου τελευτήσαντος, εὸν ἕτερον μόνον τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ἔχειν. Κατὰ ταῦτα δὲ δοθέντων τῶν ὄρχων, σχεδὸν τὸ πᾶν ὡμονόει πλῆθος" ὀλίγοι δὲ τῶν Λουκίφερος ἔτι διεφέροντο, ὡς ὑπὸ ἑτεροδόξων Μελετίου χειροτονηθέντος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε ὧδε γέγονε, Μελέτιος μὲν ἧκεν Κωνσταντινούπολιν" ἡνίκα ἄλλοις ἐπισκόποις κατὰ ταὐτὸ γενομένοις, ἔδοξεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τῆς Ναζιανζοῦ μεταθεῖναι Γρηγόριον, καὶ ἐπιτρέψαι αὑτῷ τὴν ἐνθάδε ἐπισκοπήν.
En de tǭ tote, kai Meletiou kata touton ton noekanelthontos eis ᾿Antiocheian tēs Syrias, deinē tis tǭ laǭ philoneikia synebē. Paulinou gar eti periontos, hou tēn euladeian, hōs egnōmen, aidestheis Oualēs ho basileu:?, chatadichasa! phygēn ouch etolmēsen, hoi men, synthronon hautou genesthai Meletion ēxioun. ᾿Antilegontōn hoe tōn ta Paulinou phronountōn, kai tēn Meletiou cheirotonian diathallontōn, hōs hypo ᾿Areianōn episkopōn gegenēmenēn, bią to spoudazomenon heis ergon ēgon hoi Meletiou epainetai. Ēlēthos gar ou to tychon en mią tōn pro tēs poleōs ekklēsiōn eis ton epischopichyon thronon aneudithasan hauton. He chaterōthen de tou laou chalepainontos, kai stapeōs prosdokōmenēs, thaumastē tis echratēse boulē, pros homonoian hautous agousa. Synedochei gar lathein para tōn episkopein ton enthade thronon epitēdeiōn einai nomizomenōn, prosdokōmenōn hōn hēsan heteroi pente, kai Phlathianēs, hōs oute spoudasousi, oute cheirotonias ep᾽ autois ginomenēs, anexontai episkopein, es hoson Paulinos ē Meletios tǭ biǭ periōsi " synchōrein de thaterou teleutēsantos, eon heteron monon tēn episkopēn echein. Kata tauta de dothentōn tōn orchōn, schedon to pan hōmonoei plēthos" oligoi de tōn Loukipheros eti diepheronto, hōs hypo heterodoxōn Meletiou cheirotonēthentos. Epei de tade hōde gegone, Meletios men hēken Kōnstantinoupolin" hēnika allois episkopois kata tauto genomenois, edoxen anankaion einai tēs Nazianzou metatheinai Grēgorion, kai epitrepsai hautǭ tēn enthade episkopēn.
At that time, when Meletius too returned to Antioch in Syria under this law, a serious contention arose among the people. For since Paulinus was still alive — whose piety, as we have learned, the emperor Valens respected and did not dare to condemn him to exile — some thought it right that Meletius should become his colleague on the throne. When Paulinus’s supporters objected and slandered Meletius’s ordination as having been performed by Arian bishops, Meletius’s admirers carried out their purpose by force. For no ordinary crowd set him on the episcopal throne in one of the churches before the city. As the people on each side were angry and a riot was expected, a wonderful counsel prevailed that brought them to concord. For it was agreed that those thought fit to oversee the throne there — and besides Flavian there were five others expected — should take an oath that they would neither seek it nor, if ordination were offered them, consent to be bishop as long as Paulinus or Meletius was alive; and that when one of the two died, the other alone should have the episcopate. When the oaths had been given on these terms, almost the whole multitude was of one mind; but a few of Lucifer’s followers still dissented, on the ground that Meletius had been ordained by those of another belief. When this had been done, Meletius came to Constantinople; and there he and the other bishops gathered there decided that it was necessary to transfer Gregory from Nazianzus and entrust to him the episcopate there.
7.4PG 67:1421–1423
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, Γρατιανὸς μὲν τῶν πρὸς Ἑσπέραν Γαλατῶν ὑπὸ ᾿Αλαμανῶν ταραττομένων, ἐπὶ τὴν πατρῴαν ἀνέστρεψε μοῖραν" ἢν αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ διοικεῖν κατέλιπεν, Ἰλλυ- 982 ριοὺς τὰ πρὸς ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα τῆς ἀρχῆς Θεοδοσίω ἐπιτρέψας. Κατωρθοῦτο δὲ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ τὰ πρὸς τούτους Θεοδοσίῳ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Ἴστρον βαρβάρους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν μὲν μάχῃ ἐπεκράτησε, τοὺς δὲ φίλους ἔχειν Ρωμαίους δολοῦντας, ὁμήρους λαθὼν, σπονδὰς ἐδέξατο, ἧκεν εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην. Νόσῳ δὲ περιπεσὼν ἐνταῦθα, μυσταγωγοῦντος αὐτὸν ᾿Ασχολίου τοῦ τῇδε ἐπισκόπου, ἐμυήθη, καὶ ῥᾷον ἔσχεν. Ἐκ προγόνων γάρ χριστιανίζων κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου ἥσθη τότε Ασχολίῳ ὧδε δοξάζοντι · καὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καὶ συλλήβδην, ὡς εἰπεῖν, πρὸς πᾶσαν ἱερωσύνης ἀρετὴν συντεταγμένῳ, ἤσθη δὲ καὶ Ἰλλυριοῖς ἅπασι μὴ μετασχοῦσι τῆς ᾿Αρείου δόξης. Πυν θανόμενος δὲ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν, μέχρι μὲν Μακεδόνων ἔγνω τὰς ἐκκλησίας ὁμονοεῖν, καὶ πάντας ἐπίσης τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Θεὸν Λόγον καὶ τὸ ἅγιον Πνεῦμα σέβειν· ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τὰ πρὸς ἕω στασιάζειν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς λαοὺς εἰς διαφόρους αἱρέσεις με μερίσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ἀνὰ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Λογισάμενος δὲ ἄμεινον εἶναι, προαγορεῦσαι τοῖς ὑπηκόοις ἣν ἔχει περὶ τὸ θεῖον δόξαν, ὥστε μὴ βιάζεσθαι δοκεῖν ἀθρόον ἐπιτάττοντα παρὰ γνώμην 0 θρησκεύειν, νόμον ἐκ Θεσσαλονίκης προσεφώνησε τῷ δήμῳ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως· συνεῖδε γὰρ ἐνθένδε, ὡς ἀπό τινος ἀκροπόλεως τῆς πάσης ὑπηκόου, καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι δήλην ἔσεσθαι ἐν τάχει τὴν γραφήν. Ἐδήλου δὲ διὰ ταύτης, βούλεσθαι πάντας τοὺς ἀρχομένους θρησκεύειν, ὡς ἐξ ἀρχῆς Ῥω μαίοις παρέδωκε Πέτρος ὁ κορυφαῖος τῶν ἀποστόλων· ἐφύλαττον δὲ τότε Δάμασος ὁ Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Πέτρος ὁ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας· μόνων τε τῶν ἰσότιμον Τριάδα θείαν θρησκευόντων, καθολικὴν τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὀνομάζεσθαι · τοὺς δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα δοξάζοντας, αἱρετικοὺς προσαγορεύεσθαι, καὶ ἀτίμους εἶναι, καὶ τιμωρίαν προσδέχεσθαι.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, Gratianos men tōn pros Hesperan Galatōn hypo ᾿Alamanōn tarattomenōn, epi tēn patrǭan anestrepse moiran" ēn autǭ te kai tǭ adelphǭ dioikein katelipen, Illy- 982 rious ta pros hēlion anischonta tēs archēs Theodosiō epitrepsas. Katōrthouto de kata gnōmēn autǭ ta pros toutous Theodosiǭ de ta pros tous amphi ton Istron barbarous. Epei de tōn men machę̄ epekratēse, tous de philous echein Rōmaious dolountas, homērous lathōn, spondas edexato, hēken eis Thessalonikēn. Nosǭ de peripesōn entautha, mystagōgountos auton ᾿Ascholiou tou tę̄de episkopou, emyēthē, kai rhąon eschen. Ek progonōn gar christianizōn kata to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou hēsthē tote Ascholiǭ hōde doxazonti ; kai ergǭ agathǭ kai syllēbdēn, hōs eipein, pros pasan hierōsynēs aretēn syntetagmenǭ, ēsthē de kai Illyriois hapasi mē metaschousi tēs ᾿Areiou doxēs. Pyn thanomenos de peri tōn allōn ethnōn, mechri men Makedonōn egnō tas ekklēsias homonoein, kai pantas episēs tǭ Patri ton Theon Logon kai to hagion Pneuma sebein; enteuthen de ta pros heō stasiazein, hōs kai tous laous eis diaphorous haireseis me meristhai, kai malista ana tēn Kōnstantinoupolin. Logisamenos de ameinon einai, proagoreusai tois hypēkoois hēn echei peri to theion doxan, hōste mē biazesthai dokein athroon epitattonta para gnōmēn 0 thrēskeuein, nomon ek Thessalonikēs prosephōnēse tǭ dēmǭ Kōnstantinoupoleōs; syneide gar enthende, hōs apo tinos akropoleōs tēs pasēs hypēkoou, kai tais allais polesi dēlēn esesthai en tachei tēn graphēn. Edēlou de dia tautēs, boulesthai pantas tous archomenous thrēskeuein, hōs ex archēs Rhō maiois paredōke Petros ho koryphaios tōn apostolōn; ephylatton de tote Damasos ho Rhōmēs episkopos, kai Petros ho ᾿Alexandreias; monōn te tōn isotimon Triada theian thrēskeuontōn, katholikēn tēn Ekklēsian onomazesthai ; tous de para tauta doxazontas, hairetikous prosagoreuesthai, kai atimous einai, kai timōrian prosdechesthai.
About this time Gratian, since the western Gauls were troubled by the Alamanni, returned to his father’s portion, which he had left for himself and his brother to govern, entrusting Illyricum and the eastern parts of the empire to Theodosius. His affairs against these went as he wished, and those of Theodosius against the barbarians along the Ister. When he had defeated some in battle, and accepted a treaty with others who asked to be friends of the Romans, taking hostages, he came to Thessalonica. Falling ill there, he was initiated, Ascholius the bishop there performing the rite, and grew better. For being a Christian from his forefathers according to the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea, he was then glad that Ascholius believed so, and that he was in deeds good and, in short, equipped, so to speak, with every priestly virtue; he was glad too that all the Illyrians had no part in the belief of Arius. Inquiring about the other provinces, he learned that as far as the Macedonians the churches were of one mind and all equally worshipped the God Word and the Holy Spirit with the Father; but that from there eastward they were in faction, so that the peoples were divided into different heresies, especially in Constantinople. Reckoning it better to proclaim to his subjects the belief he held about the divine, so as not to seem to use force by suddenly ordering them to worship against their will, he addressed a law from Thessalonica to the people of Constantinople; for he saw that from there, as from a citadel of the whole empire, the document would quickly become known to the other cities too. In it he made known that he wished all his subjects to worship as Peter, the chief of the apostles, had handed down to the Romans from the beginning, and as Damasus the bishop of Rome and Peter of Alexandria then kept it; that only those who worship the divine Trinity as equal in honour should be called the catholic church; and that those who believed otherwise should be called heretics, be held infamous, and expect punishment.
7.5PG 67:1423–1425
Ταῦτα νομοθετήσας, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἧκεν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Ἐκράτουν δὲ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἔτι οἱ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦντες, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Δημόφιλος. Γρηγόριος δὲ ὁ ἐκ Ναζιανζοῦ προῖστατο τῶν ὁμοούσιον Τριάδα δοξαζόντων. Ἐκκλησίαζε δὲ ἐν οἰκίσκῳ μικρῷ, παρ᾿ ὁμοδόξων αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ὁμοίως ρησκεύουσιν εἰς εὐκτήριον οἶκον κατασκευασθέντι. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα περιφανὴς τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει νεὼς γέγονεν οὗτος, καὶ ἔστιν, οὐ μόνον οἰκοδομημάτων κάλλει τε καὶ μεγέθει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐναργῶν θεοφανειῶν ὠφελείαις. Προφαινομένη γὰρ ἐνθάδε θεία δύναμις, ὕπαρ τε καὶ ἐν ὀνείρασι, πολλοῖς πολλάκις νόσοις καὶ περιπετείαις πραγμάτων κάμνουσιν ἐπήμυνε. Πεπίστευται δὲ ταύτην τὴν Θεοῦ μητέρα Μαρίαν τὴν ἁγίαν Παρθένον εἶναι· ταύτῃ γὰρ ἐπιφαίνεται. ᾿Αναστασίαν δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὀνομάζουσιν, ὡς μὲν ᾠόμην, καθότι τὸ δογμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου πεπτωκὸς ἤδη ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει καὶ τεθνηκὸς, ὡς εἰπεῖν, διὰ τὴν δύναμιν τῶν ἑτεροδόξων, ἐνθάδε ἀνέστη καὶ ἀνεβίω διὰ τῶν Γρηγορίου λόγων. Ὡς δὲ τινων ἀληθῆ λέγειν ἰσχυριζομένων ἀκήκοα, ἐκκλησιάζοντος τοῦ λαοῦ, γυνὴ ἐγκύμων ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπερῴου στοᾶς καταπεσοῦσα, ἐνθάδε τέθνηκε · κοινῆς δὲ παρὰ πάντων εὐχῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ γενομένης ἀνέζησε, καὶ σὺν τῷ βρέφει ἐσώθη. Ὡς ἐπὶ παραδόξῳ δὲ θεόθεν συμβάντι, ταύτην ἔλαχε τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐξ ἐκείνου ὁ τόπος. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτου τοιοῦτος εἰσέτι νῦν φέρεται λόγος. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς, πέμψας πρὸς Δημόφιλον, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου θρησκεύειν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἄγειν, ἢ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ὑποχωρεῖν. Ὁ δὲ, τὸ πλῆθος συγκαλέσας, τὴν βασιλέως ἐδήλωσε γνώμην· καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑστεραίαν πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν ἐκκλησιάζειν προηγόρευσεν· ἐπεὶ θεῖος, ἔφη, ἐπιτάττει νόμος, ὑμᾶς διώκωσιν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν ἄλλην. Τοιάδε προσειπὼν, ἐξ ἐκείνου πρὸ τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησίαζε · σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ Λούκιος, ὁ πάλαι πρὸς τῶν ᾿Αρείου τὴν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτραπείς. Ἐξελαθεὶς γὰρ, ὡς εἴρηται, φυγὰς εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐλθὼν, ἐνθάδε διέτριβεν. ᾿Απολιπόντων δὲ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τῶν ἀμφὶ Δημόφιλον, εἰσελθὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς ηὔξατο. Καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου, τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους κατέσχον οἱ Τριάδα ὁμοούσιον πρεσβεύοντες. Ἔτος δὲ τοῦτο ἦν ἐν ᾧ Γρατιανὸς τὸ πέμπτον, καὶ Θεοδόσιος τὸ πρῶτον ὑπάτευον. Τεσσαρακοστὸν δὲ, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ἐκράτησαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως.
Tauta nomothetēsas, ou pollǭ hysteron hēken eis Kōnstantinoupolin. Ekratoun de tōn ekklēsiōn eti hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronountes, hōn hēgeito Dēmophilos. Grēgorios de ho ek Nazianzou proistato tōn homoousion Triada doxazontōn. Ekklēsiaze de en oikiskǭ mikrǭ, par᾿ homodoxōn autǭ te kai tois homoiōs rēskeuousin eis euktērion oikon kataskeuasthenti. Meta de tauta periphanēs tōn en tę̄ polei neōs gegonen houtos, kai estin, ou monon oikodomēmatōn kallei te kai megethei, alla kai enargōn theophaneiōn ōpheleiais. Prophainomenē gar enthade theia dynamis, hypar te kai en oneirasi, pollois pollakis nosois kai peripeteiais pragmatōn kamnousin epēmyne. Pepisteutai de tautēn tēn Theou mētera Marian tēn hagian Parthenon einai; tautę̄ gar epiphainetai. ᾿Anastasian de tautēn tēn ekklēsian onomazousin, hōs men ǭomēn, kathoti to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou peptōkos ēdē en Kōnstantinoupolei kai tethnēkos, hōs eipein, dia tēn dynamin tōn heterodoxōn, enthade anestē kai anebiō dia tōn Grēgoriou logōn. Hōs de tinōn alēthē legein ischyrizomenōn akēkoa, ekklēsiazontos tou laou, gynē enkymōn apo tēs hyperǭou stoas katapesousa, enthade tethnēke ; koinēs de para pantōn euchēs ep᾿ autę̄ genomenēs anezēse, kai syn tǭ brephei esōthē. Hōs epi paradoxǭ de theothen symbanti, tautēn elache tēn prosēgorian ex ekeinou ho topos. Kai peri men toutou toioutos eiseti nyn pheretai logos. Ho de basileus, pempsas pros Dēmophilon, ekeleusen auton kata to dogma tēs en Nikaią synodou thrēskeuein, kai ton laon eis homonoian agein, ē tōn ekklēsiōn hypochōrein. Ho de, to plēthos synkalesas, tēn basileōs edēlōse gnōmēn; kai eis tēn hysteraian pro tōn teichōn ekklēsiazein proēgoreusen; epei theios, ephē, epitattei nomos, hymas diōkōsin ek tēs poleōs tautēs, pheugete eis tēn allēn. Toiade proseipōn, ex ekeinou pro tēs poleōs ekklēsiaze ; syn autǭ de kai Loukios, ho palai pros tōn ᾿Areiou tēn ᾿Alexandreōn ekklēsian epitrapeis. Exelatheis gar, hōs eirētai, phygas eis Kōnstantinoupolin elthōn, enthade dietriben. ᾿Apolipontōn de tēn ekklēsian tōn amphi Dēmophilon, eiselthōn ho basileus ēuxato. Kai to ex ekeinou, tous euktērious oikous kateschon hoi Triada homoousion presbeuontes. Etos de touto ēn en hǭ Gratianos to pempton, kai Theodosios to prōton hypateuon. Tessarakoston de, aph᾿ hou tōn ekklēsiōn ekratēsan hoi apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs.
Having made this law, he came not long after to Constantinople. Those who held the views of Arius still held the churches, led by Demophilus; while Gregory of Nazianzus presided over those who held the Trinity to be of the same essence. He held assemblies in a small house, made into a house of prayer by those of the same belief for him and those who worshipped as he did. Afterwards this became, and still is, one of the most famous churches in the city, not only for the beauty and size of its buildings but also for the benefits of manifest divine appearances. For a divine power appearing here, both waking and in dreams, has often helped many suffering from diseases and reversals of fortune. It is believed that this is Mary, the holy virgin, the mother of God; for she appears in this way. They call this church Anastasia; as I supposed, because the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea, which had already fallen in Constantinople and was, so to speak, dead through the power of those of other belief, rose up here and came to life again through Gregory’s discourses. But as I have heard from some who maintain that it is true, while the people were assembled, a pregnant woman fell from the upper gallery and died there; but when all had made a common prayer over her, she came to life again and was saved together with her baby. Because of this marvel that happened from God, the place has had this name from that time. Such is the account that still circulates about it. The emperor sent to Demophilus and ordered him to worship according to the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea and to bring the people to concord, or to withdraw from the churches. He called the people together, made known the emperor’s will, and announced that the next day they would assemble before the walls. “For,” he said, “a divine law commands: ‘If they persecute you from this city, flee to the other.’” Having said this, from then on he held his assemblies before the city; and with him Lucius too, who had formerly been entrusted with the church of the Alexandrians by those of Arius’s party; for having been driven out, as was said, he had come to Constantinople as an exile and was living there. When Demophilus’s party had left the church, the emperor entered and prayed; and from that time those who uphold a Trinity of the same essence held the houses of prayer. This was the year in which Gratian was consul for the fifth time and Theodosius for the first, the fortieth since those of the Arian heresy had held the churches.
7.6PG 67:1427–1429
Ἔτι δὲ οὗτοι πλῆθος ὄντες ἐκ τῆς Κωνσταντίου καὶ Οὐάλεντος ῥοπῆς ἀδεέστερον συνιόντες, περὶ Θεοῦ καὶ οὐσίας αὐτοῦ δημοσίᾳ διελέγοντο· καὶ ἀποπειρᾶσθαι τοῦ βασιλέως ἔπειθον τοὺς ὁμόφρονας αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις. Ἡγοῦντο γὰρ ἐπιτεύξεσθαι τῆς ἐπιχειρήσεως, τὰ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου συμβάντα σκοποῦντες. Τοῦτο δὲ αὐτὸ καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς καθολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας, φροντίδα καὶ φόβον ἐκίνει. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ περιδεεῖς ἦσαν, λογιζόμενοι τὴν ἐν ταῖς διαλέξεσιν Εὐνομίου δεινότητα. Οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ γὰρ οὗτος δι' ἡμ ἔσχεν ἐν Κυζίκῳ διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῆς Οὐάλεντος βασι– λείας πρὸς τοὺς αὐτοῦ κληρικοὺς, ἀποσχίσας τῶν ᾿Αρείου καθ' ἑαυτὸν διῆγεν ἐν Βιθυνία, πέραν Κων. σταντινουπόλεως · καὶ πλῆθος ἐπεραιοῦτο πρὸς αὐτόν· οἱ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοθεν συνῄεσαν · οἱ μὲν, ἀποπειρώμενοι· οἱ δὲ, ὧν λέγει ἀκουσόμενοι. Φήμη δὲ τούτων καὶ εἰς βασιλέα ἦλθε, καὶ συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ ἕτοιμος ἦν· ἀλλ᾽ ἡ βασιλὶς Πλακίλλα ἐπέσχε, σπουδῇ ἀντιβολοῦσα. Πιστοτάτη γὰρ οὖσα φύλαξ τοῦ δόγματος τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνόδου, ἔδεισε μὴ, ζὡς εἰκὸς, ἐν διαλέξει παραπεισθεὶς ὁ ἀνὴρ, μεταβάλοι εἰς τὴν αὐτοῦ δόξαν. Ἔτι δὲ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα τῆς περὶ ταῦτα σπουδῆς ἀκμαζούσης, λέγεται τῶν ἐνδημούντων ἐπισκόπων τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως παραγενομένων εἰς τὰ βα· σίλεια, οἷά γε εἰκὸς, ἀσπάσασθαι τὸν κρατοῦντα, ὡς συνῆν αὐτοῖς πρεσβύτης τις, ἀσήμου πόλεως ἱερεὺς, ἁπλοῦς καὶ πραγμάτων ἀτριβὴς, περὶ δὲ τὰ θεῖα νοῦν ἔχων. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἄλλοι γυμνῶς μάλα καὶ εὐσεβῶς τὸν βασιλέα ἡσπάσαντο. Ὁμοίως δὲ τοῦτον προσεῖπε καὶ ὁ πρεσβύτης ἱερεύς. Τῷ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως παιδὶ συγκαθεζομένῳ τῷ πατρὶ, τὴν ἴστν οὐκ ἀπένειμε τιμὴν· ἀλλὰ προσελθών, οἷά γε νηπίῳ, Χαῖρε, τέκνον, ἔφη, τῷ δακτύλῳ σαίνων· κινηθεὶς δὲ πρὸς ὀργὴν ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ ὑβρισμένῳ παιδὶ χαλεπαίνων, ὅτι μὴ τῆς ὁμοίας ἠξίωτο τιμῆς, ἐκβάλε λεσθαι τὸν πρεσβύτην ὑβριστικῶς ἐκέλευσεν. Ὁ δὲ ὠστιζόμενος, ἐπιστραφεὶς εἶπεν· Οὕτω δὴ νόμισον ὦ βασιλεῦ, καὶ τὸν οὐράνιον Πατέρα ἀγανακτεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἀνομοίως τὸν Υἱὸν τιμῶντας, καὶ ἥττονα τολμῶντας ἀποκαλεῖν τοῦ γεννήσαντος. ᾿Αγασθεὶς δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ εἰρημένῳ ὁ βασιλεὺς, μετεκαλέσατο τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ συγγνώμην ᾔτει, καὶ ἀληθῶς εἰρηκέναι συνωμολόγει. Καὶ ἀσφαλέστερος γενόμενος, οὐ προσίετο τοὺς παρὰ τοῦτο δοξάζοντας. Καὶ τὰς ἐπ᾿ ἀγορᾶς ἔριδας καὶ συνόδους ἀπηγόρευσε· καὶ διαλέγεσθαι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον περὶ οὐσίας καὶ φύσεως Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον ἐποιεῖτο, νόμον θέμενος περί τούτου, καὶ τιμωρίαν ὀρίσας.
Eti de houtoi plēthos ontes ek tēs Kōnstantiou kai Oualentos rhopēs adeesteron syniontes, peri Theou kai ousias autou dēmosią dielegonto; kai apopeirasthai tou basileōs epeithon tous homophronas autois en tois basileiois. Hēgounto gar epiteuxesthai tēs epicheirēseōs, ta epi Kōnstantiou symbanta skopountes. Touto de auto kai tois apo tēs katholikēs Ekklēsias, phrontida kai phobon ekinei. Ouch hēkista de perideeis ēsan, logizomenoi tēn en tais dialexesin Eunomiou deinotēta. Ou pro pollou gar houtos di' hēm eschen en Kyzikǭ diaphoran epi tēs Oualentos basi– leias pros tous autou klērikous, aposchisas tōn ᾿Areiou kath' heauton diēgen en Bithynia, peran Kōn. stantinoupoleōs ; kai plēthos eperaiouto pros auton; hoi de kai allothen synę̄esan ; hoi men, apopeirōmenoi; hoi de, hōn legei akousomenoi. Phēmē de toutōn kai eis basilea ēlthe, kai syngenesthai autǭ hetoimos ēn; all᾽ hē basilis Plakilla epesche, spoudę̄ antibolousa. Pistotatē gar ousa phylax tou dogmatos tēs en Nikaią synodou, edeise mē, zōs eikos, en dialexei parapeistheis ho anēr, metabaloi eis tēn autou doxan. Eti de eph᾽ hekatera tēs peri tauta spoudēs akmazousēs, legetai tōn endēmountōn episkopōn tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs paragenomenōn eis ta ba; sileia, hoia ge eikos, aspasasthai ton kratounta, hōs synēn autois presbytēs tis, asēmou poleōs hiereus, haplous kai pragmatōn atribēs, peri de ta theia noun echōn. Hoi men oun alloi gymnōs mala kai eusebōs ton basilea hēspasanto. Homoiōs de touton proseipe kai ho presbytēs hiereus. Tǭ de tou basileōs paidi synkathezomenǭ tǭ patri, tēn istn ouk apeneime timēn; alla proselthōn, hoia ge nēpiǭ, Chaire, teknon, ephē, tǭ daktylǭ sainōn; kinētheis de pros orgēn ho basileus, kai hōs epi hybrismenǭ paidi chalepainōn, hoti mē tēs homoias ēxiōto timēs, ekbale lesthai ton presbytēn hybristikōs ekeleusen. Ho de ōstizomenos, epistrapheis eipen; Houtō dē nomison ō basileu, kai ton ouranion Patera aganaktein pros tous anomoiōs ton Huion timōntas, kai hēttona tolmōntas apokalein tou gennēsantos. ᾿Agastheis de epi tǭ eirēmenǭ ho basileus, metekalesato ton hierea, kai syngnōmēn ę̄tei, kai alēthōs eirēkenai synōmologei. Kai asphalesteros genomenos, ou prosieto tous para touto doxazontas. Kai tas ep᾿ agoras eridas kai synodous apēgoreuse; kai dialegesthai ton auton tropon peri ousias kai physeōs Theou, ouk akindynon epoieito, nomon themenos peri toutou, kai timōrian orisas.
But these, still being a multitude and assembling more fearlessly because of the favour of Constantius and Valens, debated publicly about God and his essence; and they persuaded those of the same mind as themselves in the palace to sound out the emperor. For they thought they would succeed in the attempt, considering what had happened under Constantius. This very thing caused anxiety and fear to those of the catholic church; and they were especially alarmed reckoning with Eunomius’s skill in debate. For not long before, in the reign of Valens, having had a dispute at Cyzicus with his clergy, he cut himself off from Arius’s party and lived by himself in Bithynia, across from Constantinople; and a multitude crossed over to him, and others came from elsewhere, some to test him and others to hear what he said. Report of these things reached the emperor too, and he was ready to meet him; but the empress Placilla prevented it, earnestly entreating him. For, being a most faithful guardian of the doctrine of the synod at Nicaea, she feared lest her husband, as was likely, be won over in debate and change to Eunomius’s belief. While zeal on both sides about these things was at its height, it is said that the bishops staying in Constantinople came to the palace, as is customary, to greet the ruler, and that there was with them an old man, a priest of an obscure city, simple and inexperienced in affairs but wise in divine things. The others greeted the emperor bareheaded and very reverently, and the old priest addressed him likewise. But to the emperor’s son, who was seated with his father, he did not give equal honour; but coming up to him as to a child he said, “Greetings, my child,” patting him with his finger. The emperor, moved to anger and indignant on behalf of his son as insulted, because he had not been thought worthy of the same honour, ordered the old man to be thrown out insultingly. As he was being pushed out, he turned and said: “Think thus, O emperor, that the heavenly Father too is angry with those who do not honour the Son equally and dare to call him less than the one who begot him.” The emperor, struck with admiration at what had been said, called the priest back, asked his pardon, and agreed that he had spoken truly. And being made more steadfast, he would not admit those who believed otherwise; he forbade disputes and gatherings in the market place, and made it dangerous to debate in the same way about the essence and nature of God, making a law about it and fixing a punishment.
7.7PG 67:1429–1431
Ἐν τάχει τε καὶ σύνοδον ἐπισκόπων ὁμοδόξων αὐτῷ συνεκάλεσε 5, βεβαιότητός τε ἕνεκα τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, καὶ χειροτονίας τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπισκοπεῖν τὸν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως θρόνον. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ δύνασθαι συνάψαι τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ τοὺς καλουμένους Μακεδονιανοὺς, ὡς μὴ περὶ μέγα τι διαφερομένους ἐν τῇ κατὰ τὸ δόγμα ζητήσει, συνεκάλεσε καὶ τούτους. Συνῆλθον οὖν, ἐκ μὲν τῶν ὁμοούσιον τὴν Τριάδα δοξαζόντων, ἀμφὶ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα· τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως, ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα, ὧν οἱ πλείους ἐτύγχανον ἐκ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πόλεων. Ἡγοῦντο δὲ τούτων Ἐλεύσιος ὁ Κυζίκου, καὶ Μαρκιανὸς ὁ Λαμψάκου· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων Τιμόθεος, ὁ τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων διέπων θρόνον, οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ τετελευτηκότα Πέτρον, ἀδελφὸν ὄντα αὐτοῦ διαδεξάμενος · καὶ Μελέτιος ὁ ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπος, ἤδη πρώην εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν διὰ τὴν Γρηγορίου κατάστασιν ἀφικόμενος · καὶ Κύριλλος ὁ Ἱεροσολύμων, μεταμεληθεὶς τότε, ὅτι πρότερον τὰ Μακεδονίου ἐφρόνει. Σὺν τούτοις δὲ ἦσαν, Ασχόλιός τε ὁ Θεσσαλονίκης, καὶ Διόδωρος ὁ Ταρσοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Βεροίας. Οἱ δὴ πάντες ἐπαινέται τυγχάνοντες τῆς ἐν Νικαία βεβαιωθείσης γραφῆς, ἐδέοντο σφίσιν ὁμογνώμονας γενέσθαι τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ἐλεύσιον, ἀναμιμνήσκοντες ὧν τε πρὸς Λιβέριον ἐπρεσβεύσαντο καὶ ὡμολόγησαν διὰ Εὐσταθίου, καὶ Σιλβανοῦ, καὶ Θεοφίλου, ὡς εἴρηται. Ἀλλὰ οἱ μὲν, μήποτε ὁμοούσιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν δοξάζειν ἀναφανδὸν εἰπόντες, εἰ καὶ ἐναντία ταῖς πρὸς Λιβέριον ὁμολογίαις ἐροῦσιν, ἀπεδήμησαν. Καὶ τοῖς κατὰ πόλιν ὁμοφρονοῦσιν ἔγραψαν, μὴ συνθέσθαι τοῖς ἐν Νικαίᾳ δεδογμένοις. Οἱ δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει προσμείναντες, έβουλεύ σαντο τίνι δέοι ἐπιτρέψαι τὴν ἐνθάδε καθέδραν. Λέγεται γὰρ, τὸν βασιλέα μὲν θαυμάζοντα βίου καὶ τῶν λόγων Γρηγόριον, ἄξιον ψηφίσασθαι ταύτης τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς· συναινέσαι δὲ καὶ τοὺς πλείους τῆς συνόδου, αἰδοῖ τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀρετῆς· τὸν δὲ, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἑλέσθαι προστατεῖν τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐκκλησίας · αἰσθόμενον δὲ τινας ἀντερεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, παραιτήσασθαι. Καί μοι τόνδε σοφώτατον ἄνδρα πάντων ἕνεκεν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ τοῦ παρόντος θαυμάζεσθαι. Οὔτε γὰρ ὑπὸ εὐγλωττίας ἐνεπλήσθη τύφου, οὔτε ὑπὸ κενῆς δόξης εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν ἦλθεν ἡγεῖσθαι τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἣν παρέλαβε, μηκέτι εἶναι κινδυνεύουσαν. ᾿Απαιτοῦσι δὲ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις τὴν παρακαταθήκην ἀπέδωκεν, οὐ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἱδρῶτας μεμψάμενος, ἢ τοὺς κινδύνους οὓς ὑπέστη πρὸς τὰς αἱρέσεις ζυγομαχῶν. Καίτοιγε τὸ λυποῦν οὐδὲν ἦν, μηδενὸς ὄντος, μένειν αὐτὸν Κωνσταντινου πόλεως ἐπίσκοπον. "Ηδη γὰρ καὶ Ναζιανζοῦ ἕτερος ἐπίσκοπος κεχειροτόνητο. ᾿Αλλ' ὅμως ἡ σύνοδος, καὶ τοὺς πατρίους νόμους καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τάξιν φυλάττουσα, ὁ δέδωκε, παρ' ἐχόντος ἀπείληφε, μηδὲν αἰδεσθεῖσα τῶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς πλεονεκτημάτων. Ὡς ἐπὶ μεγίστῳ δὲ πεφροντισμένης βουλῆς τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν οὔσης, παρεγγυωμένου τε τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἀκριβῆ ποιήσασθαι βάσανον, ὅπως ὅτι μά λιστα καλός τε καὶ ἀγαθὸς εὐρεθείη, ᾧ δεήσει πιστεῦσαι τῆς μεγίστης καὶ βασιλευούσης πόλεως τὴν –ἀρχιεροσύνην, οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην εἶχεν ἡ σύνοδος. Ἕκαστοι δὲ τινα τῶν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτηδείων ἠξίουν χειροτονεῖν.
En tachei te kai synodon episkopōn homodoxōn autǭ synekalese 5, bebaiotētos te heneka tōn en Nikaią doxantōn, kai cheirotonias tou mellontos episkopein ton Kōnstantinoupoleōs thronon. Hypolabōn de dynasthai synapsai tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią tous kaloumenous Makedonianous, hōs mē peri mega ti diapheromenous en tę̄ kata to dogma zētēsei, synekalese kai toutous. Synēlthon oun, ek men tōn homoousion tēn Triada doxazontōn, amphi hekaton kai pentēkonta; tōn de apo tēs Makedoniou haireseōs, hex kai triakonta, hōn hoi pleious etynchanon ek tōn peri ton Hellēsponton poleōn. Hēgounto de toutōn Eleusios ho Kyzikou, kai Markianos ho Lampsakou; tōn de allōn Timotheos, ho tōn ᾿Alexandreōn diepōn thronon, ou pro pollou teteleutēkota Petron, adelphon onta autou diadexamenos ; kai Meletios ho ᾿Antiocheias episkopos, ēdē prōēn eis Kōnstantinoupolin dia tēn Grēgoriou katastasin aphikomenos ; kai Kyrillos ho Hierosolymōn, metamelētheis tote, hoti proteron ta Makedoniou ephronei. Syn toutois de ēsan, Ascholios te ho Thessalonikēs, kai Diodōros ho Tarsou, kai ᾿Akakios ho Beroias. Hoi dē pantes epainetai tynchanontes tēs en Nikaia bebaiōtheisēs graphēs, edeonto sphisin homognōmonas genesthai tous amphi Eleusion, anamimnēskontes hōn te pros Liberion epresbeusanto kai hōmologēsan dia Eustathiou, kai Silbanou, kai Theophilou, hōs eirētai. Alla hoi men, mēpote homoousion tǭ Patri ton Huion doxazein anaphandon eipontes, ei kai enantia tais pros Liberion homologiais erousin, apedēmēsan. Kai tois kata polin homophronousin egrapsan, mē synthesthai tois en Nikaią dedogmenois. Hoi de en Kōnstantinoupolei prosmeinantes, ebouleu santo tini deoi epitrepsai tēn enthade kathedran. Legetai gar, ton basilea men thaumazonta biou kai tōn logōn Grēgorion, axion psēphisasthai tautēs tēs episkopēs; synainesai de kai tous pleious tēs synodou, aidoi tēs autou aretēs; ton de, ta men prōta helesthai prostatein tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs ekklēsias ; aisthomenon de tinas anterein, kai malista tous ex Aigyptou, paraitēsasthai. Kai moi tonde sophōtaton andra pantōn heneken, ouch hēkista de tou parontos thaumazesthai. Oute gar hypo euglōttias eneplēsthē typhou, oute hypo kenēs doxēs eis epithymian ēlthen hēgeisthai tēs ekklēsias hēn parelabe, mēketi einai kindyneuousan. ᾿Apaitousi de tois episkopois tēn parakatathēkēn apedōken, ou tous pollous hidrōtas mempsamenos, ē tous kindynous hous hypestē pros tas haireseis zygomachōn. Kaitoige to lypoun ouden ēn, mēdenos ontos, menein auton Kōnstantinou poleōs episkopon. "Ēdē gar kai Nazianzou heteros episkopos kecheirotonēto. ᾿All' homōs hē synodos, kai tous patrious nomous kai tēn ekklēsiastikēn taxin phylattousa, ho dedōke, par' echontos apeilēphe, mēden aidestheisa tōn tou andros pleonektēmatōn. Hōs epi megistǭ de pephrontismenēs boulēs tǭ basilei kai tois hiereusin ousēs, parengyōmenou te tou kratountos akribē poiēsasthai basanon, hopōs hoti ma lista kalos te kai agathos euretheiē, hǭ deēsei pisteusai tēs megistēs kai basileuousēs poleōs tēn –archierosynēn, ou tēn autēn gnōmēn eichen hē synodos. Hekastoi de tina tōn autois epitēdeiōn ēxioun cheirotonein.
He quickly called together a synod of bishops of his own belief, for the confirmation of the decisions of Nicaea and for the ordination of the one who was to oversee the throne of Constantinople. Supposing that he could join the so-called Macedonians to the catholic church, as differing in nothing great in the inquiry about doctrine, he called them too. There met, of those who held the Trinity of the same essence, about a hundred and fifty; and of the heresy of Macedonius thirty-six, most of whom were from the cities about the Hellespont. These were led by Eleusius of Cyzicus and Marcian of Lampsacus; the others by Timothy, who governed the throne of the Alexandrians, having succeeded his brother Peter, who had died not long before; and Meletius, bishop of Antioch, who had already come to Constantinople earlier for the installation of Gregory; and Cyril of Jerusalem, who had then repented of his former holding of Macedonius’s views. With these were Ascholius of Thessalonica, Diodore of Tarsus and Acacius of Beroea. All of them, being supporters of the document confirmed at Nicaea, begged Eleusius’s party to become of one mind with them, reminding them of their embassy to Liberius and what they had confessed through Eustathius, Silvanus and Theophilus, as has been told. But they, saying openly that they would never hold the Son to be of the same essence with the Father, even if this contradicted their confessions to Liberius, went away, and wrote to those of their belief in the cities not to agree to the decisions of Nicaea. Those who remained in Constantinople deliberated to whom the see there should be entrusted. For it is said that the emperor, admiring Gregory’s life and eloquence, voted him worthy of this episcopate, and most of the synod agreed out of respect for his virtue; that he at first chose to preside over the church of Constantinople, but perceiving that some would object, especially those from Egypt, he declined. And this most wise man seems to me worthy of admiration in every respect, but not least in this. For he was neither filled with pride by his eloquence, nor led by vainglory to desire to lead the church which he had received when it was in danger of no longer existing. When the bishops asked for it back, he returned the trust, not complaining of his many labours or of the dangers he had undergone wrestling with the heresies. And yet there was nothing to hinder him from remaining bishop of Constantinople, since another bishop had already been ordained for Nazianzus. Nevertheless the synod, keeping the ancestral laws and the church’s order, took back from him, willing as he was, what it had given, paying no regard to the man’s distinctions. Since the emperor and the priests regarded the decision as a matter of the greatest importance, and the ruler urged them to make an exact examination so that the most excellent man might be found to whom the high priesthood of the greatest and imperial city should be entrusted, the synod was not of one mind; each party thought it right to ordain one of their own friends.
7.8PG 67:1433–1435
Ἔν τούτῳ δὲ Νεχτάριός τις Ταρσεὺς τῆς Κιλικίας, του λαμπροτάτου τάγματος τῆς συγκλήτου, ἐν Κων“ταντινουπόλει διέτριδεν. "Ἤδη δὲ παρεσκευασμένος εἰς τὴν πατρίδα ἀπιέναι, παραγίνεται πρὸς Διόδωρον τὸν Ταρσοῦ ἐπίσκοπον, εἴγε βούλοιτο γράφειν “τολὰς χομισόμενος. "Ἔτυχε δὲ τότε διανοούμενος καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ὁ Διόδωρος, τίνα χρὴ προδαλέσθαι εἰς τὴν σπουδαζομένην χειροτονίαν. Καὶ ἰδὼν εἰς χτάριον, ἄξιον εἶναι τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἐνόμισε" ματὰ νοῦν εὐθὺς αὐτῷ προσετέθη, πολιάν τ᾽ ἀνδρὴς, εἶδος ἱεροπρεπὲς, τὸ προσηνὲς τῶν τρόπων. Καὶ ὡς ἐπ᾽ ἄλλο τι ἀγαγὼν αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐπίσκοπον, ἐπήνει, σπουδάζειν αὐτῷ παρεκάλει, Ὁ ἐπὶ μεμεριμνημένῳ πράγμᾶτι, πολλῶν ἐπισημοτάτων ἀνδρῶν ὑποψήφων ὄντων, ἐγέλασε τὴν Διοδώρου Ψῆφον. “Ὅμως δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλέσας Νεκτάριον, περιμένειν βραχύν τινα χρόνον ἐκέλευσεν. Οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ προστάξαντος τοῦ βασιλέως τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν, ἐγγράψαι: χάρτη τὰς προσηγορίας ὧν ἕκαστοι δοχιμάζουσιν εἰς τὴν χειροτονίαν ἀξίων, ἑαυτῷ δὲ φυλάξαντος ἐχ πάντων τοῦ ἑνὸς τὴν αἴρετιν, ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλους ἐνέγραψαν. Ὁ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας ἡγούμενος, ἐγγράφει μὲν οὗς ἐβούλετο" ἔσχατον δὲ πάντων προστίθησι Νεκτάριον διὰ τὴν πρὺς Διόδωρον χάριν. ᾿Αναγνοὺς δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ἐγγραφέντων τὸν κατάλογον, ἔστη ἐπὶ Νεχταρίῳ. Καὶ σύννους γενόμενος, σχολῇ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐβουλεύετο, τὸν δάχτυλον ἐπιθεὶς τῇ τελευταίᾳ γραφῇ. Καὶ ἀναδραμὼν εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν, αὖθις πάντας ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ Νεκτάριον αἱρεῖται. Θαῦμα δὲ πᾶσιν ἐγένετο" καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο ὅστις εἴη Νεκτάριος οὗτος, καὶ ποδαπὸς τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα, καὶ πόθεν. Μαθόντες δὲ μηδὲ μυστηρίων μετεσχηχέναι τὸν ἄνδρα, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐθαύμαζον τὸ παράδοξον τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως κρίσεως. Ἠγνόει δὲ τοῦτο, οἶμαι, Διόδωρος. Οὐ γὰρ ἐθάῤῥησεν εἰδὼς, ἔτι ἀμυήτῳ δοῦναι ψῆφον ἱερωσύνης. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἷα εἰκὸς, νομίσας πολιὸν ὄντα, μὴ πάλαι μεμυῆσθαι. Οὐχ ἀθεεὶ δὲ ταῦτα συνέθαινεν ᾿ Ἐπεὶ βασιλεὺς ἀμύητον αὐτὸν εἶναι μαθὼν, ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἔμεινε γνώμης, πολλῶν ἱερέων ἀντιτεινόντῶν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντες εἰξαν, τῇ Ψήφῳ 29 988 κρατοῦντος συνέβησαν, ἐμυήθη. τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἔτι ἠμφιεσμένος, κοινῇ Ψήφῳ τῆς συνόδου ἀναγορεύεται Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπος. Ταῦτα δὲ οὕτω γενέσθαι πολλοῖς πεπίστευται, τοῦ Θεοῦ χρηματίσαντος τῷ βασιλεῖ " οὐχ ἀχριδῷ δὲ τοῦτο, πότερον ἀληθὲς, 7| οὔ. Πείθομαί γε μὴν, οὐκ : θείας ῥοπῆς ἐπιτελεσθῆναι τὸ συμβὰν, εἰς τὸ παράδοξον τῆς χειροτονίας ἀφορῶν, καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα σκοπῶν, ὡς ἐπὶ πραότατον καὶ ἀγαθὸν καλὸν ταυτηνὶ τὴν ἱερωσύνην ὁ Θεὸς ἤγαγε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀμφὶ τὴν Νεκταρίου χειροτονίαν ὧδε ἔσχεν ὡς ἐπυθόμην.
En toutǭ de Nechtarios tis Tarseus tēs Kilikias, tou lamprotatou tagmatos tēs synklētou, en Kōn“tantinoupolei dietriden. "Ēdē de pareskeuasmenos eis tēn patrida apienai, paraginetai pros Diodōron ton Tarsou episkopon, eige bouloito graphein “tolas chomisomenos. "Etyche de tote dianooumenos kath᾽ heauton ho Diodōros, tina chrē prodalesthai eis tēn spoudazomenēn cheirotonian. Kai idōn eis chtarion, axion einai tēs episkopēs enomise" mata noun euthys autǭ prosetethē, polian t᾽ andrēs, eidos hieroprepes, to prosēnes tōn tropōn. Kai hōs ep᾽ allo ti agagōn auton para ton ᾿Antiocheias episkopon, epēnei, spoudazein autǭ parekalei, Ho epi memerimnēmenǭ pragmati, pollōn episēmotatōn andrōn hypopsēphōn ontōn, egelase tēn Diodōrou Psēphon. “Homōs de pros heauton kalesas Nektarion, perimenein brachyn tina chronon ekeleusen. Ouch eis makran de prostaxantos tou basileōs tois hiereusin, engrapsai: chartē tas prosēgorias hōn hekastoi dochimazousin eis tēn cheirotonian axiōn, heautǭ de phylaxantos ech pantōn tou henos tēn airetin, alloi men allous enegrapsan. Ho de tēs ᾿Antiocheōn ekklēsias hēgoumenos, engraphei men hous ebouleto" eschaton de pantōn prostithēsi Nektarion dia tēn prys Diodōron charin. ᾿Anagnous de ho basileus tōn engraphentōn ton katalogon, estē epi Nechtariǭ. Kai synnous genomenos, scholę̄ kath᾽ heauton ebouleueto, ton dachtylon epitheis tę̄ teleutaią graphę̄. Kai anadramōn eis tēn archēn, authis pantas epanēlthe, kai Nektarion haireitai. Thauma de pasin egeneto" kai epynthanonto hostis eiē Nektarios houtos, kai podapos to epitēdeuma, kai pothen. Mathontes de mēde mystēriōn meteschēchenai ton andra, eti mallon ethaumazon to paradoxon tēs tou basileōs kriseōs. Ēgnoei de touto, oimai, Diodōros. Ou gar etharrhēsen eidōs, eti amyētǭ dounai psēphon hierōsynēs. ᾿All᾽ hoia eikos, nomisas polion onta, mē palai memyēsthai. Ouch atheei de tauta synethainen ᾿ Epei basileus amyēton auton einai mathōn, epi tēs autēs emeine gnōmēs, pollōn hiereōn antiteinontōn. Epei de pantes eixan, tę̄ Psēphǭ 29 988 kratountos synebēsan, emyēthē. tēn esthēta eti ēmphiesmenos, koinę̄ Psēphǭ tēs synodou anagoreuetai Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopos. Tauta de houtō genesthai pollois pepisteutai, tou Theou chrēmatisantos tǭ basilei " ouch achridǭ de touto, poteron alēthes, 7| ou. Peithomai ge mēn, ouk : theias rhopēs epitelesthēnai to symban, eis to paradoxon tēs cheirotonias aphorōn, kai tōn meta tauta skopōn, hōs epi praotaton kai agathon kalon tautēni tēn hierōsynēn ho Theos ēgage. Kai ta men amphi tēn Nektariou cheirotonian hōde eschen hōs epythomēn.
At this time a certain Nectarius of Tarsus in Cilicia, of the most illustrious order of the senate, was staying in Constantinople. Being already prepared to go home, he came to Diodore, the bishop of Tarsus, to carry letters if he wished to write. Diodore happened then to be considering by himself whom he should put forward for the ordination in question. Seeing Nectarius, he thought him worthy of the episcopate; for at once there came to his mind the man’s grey hair, his priestly appearance, and the gentleness of his manners. And taking him, as if on some other business, to the bishop of Antioch, he praised him and asked him to support him. The bishop, since it was a matter of serious concern and many most distinguished men were candidates, laughed at Diodore’s vote. Yet he called Nectarius to himself and told him to wait a short time. Not long after, when the emperor ordered the priests to write on a paper the names of those each judged worthy of the ordination, reserving to himself the choice of one out of all, they wrote down different men. The head of the church of the Antiochenes wrote those he wished, and last of all added Nectarius, as a favour to Diodore. When the emperor read the list of those written down, he stopped at Nectarius; and becoming thoughtful, he deliberated with himself at leisure, putting his finger on the last name; then running back to the beginning, he went through all of them again, and chose Nectarius. Everyone was astonished, and they asked who this Nectarius was, what his pursuits, and where he came from. Learning that the man had not even received the mysteries, they marvelled still more at the strangeness of the emperor’s judgment. Diodore, I think, did not know this; for had he known, he would not have dared to give his vote for the priesthood to one still uninitiated; but, as was natural, he supposed that a grey-haired man had long been initiated. It did not happen without God. For the emperor, learning that he was uninitiated, remained of the same opinion, though many priests opposed him. When all had yielded and agreed to the ruler’s vote, he was initiated; and while still wearing the white garment of initiation, he was proclaimed bishop of Constantinople by the common vote of the synod. Many believe that this happened so because God gave an oracle to the emperor; I do not know exactly whether this is true or not. But I am persuaded that what happened was not accomplished without divine influence, when I look at the strangeness of the ordination and consider what followed, how God brought to this priesthood a most gentle and good and noble man. Such were the events of Nectarius’s ordination, as I have learned.
7.9PG 67:1435–1439
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συνελθόντες αὐτός τε Νεκτάριος καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἱερεῖς, ἐψηφίσαντο τῆς ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνὀδου κυρίαν μένειν τὴν πίστιν, πᾶσαν : ἀποχεχηρύχθαι " διοιχεῖσθαι δὲ τὰς πανταχῇ κλησίας κατὰ τοὺς πάλαι κανόνας" τοὺς ἐπεσχόποὺς ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων μένειν ἐκκλησιῶν, μὴ εἴχῃ ταῖς ὑπερορίαις ἐπιβαίνειν, μήτε ἀχλήτοις χείροτονίαις μηδὲν αὐτοῖς προσηκούσαις σφᾶς ἐπ'άλλειν, πρότερον, ὡς ἔτυχε διωχομένης τῆς — Ἐχχληστίας, πολλάκις συνέβη. Τὰ δ παρ᾽ ἐχάστην συμθαίνοντα, τὴν τοῦ ἔθνους σύνοδον, ὡς ἂν ἄριστα ἃτ- 4; φανείη, διοικεῖν τε καὶ πράττειν. Μετὰ δὲ τὸν Ῥώμήης], τὸν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον τὰ πρεσθεῖα ἔχειν, ὡς νέας Ῥώμης τὸν θρόνον ἐπιτροπεύ— Ἤδη γὰρ οὐ μόνον εἶχε ταύτην τὴν προσηγορίαν ἡ πόλις, καὶ γερουσίᾳ καὶ τάγμασι δήμων καὶ ἀρχαῖς ὁμοίως ἐχρῆτο " ἀλλὰ τὰ συμδόλαια κατὰ τὰ νόμιμα τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ Ρωμαίων ἐκρίνετο, : καὶ τὰ δίκαια καὶ τὰ γέρα περὶ πάντα ἑκατέρᾳ ἰσάξετο, Μάξιμον δὲ, μῆτε γεγενῆσθαι $ εἶναι ἐπί289 σκοπον, μῆτε κληρικοὺς, τοὺς παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ θέντας. Καὶ τὰ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἢ παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεπραγμένα, ἄχυρα ἐψηφίσαντο. Τοῦτον γὰρ ᾿Αλεξανδρέα τὸ γένος ὄντα, τε φιλόσοφον τὸ ἐπιτήδευμα, σπουδαῖον δὲ περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῆς συνόδον, χλέψαντες τὴν χειροτονίαν, ἐπίσκοπον Κωνσταυτινουπόλεως κατέστησαν, οἱ τότε ἐξ Αἰγύπτου συνεληλυθότες. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε τῇ συνόδῳ ἔδοξε ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπεψηφίσατο νόμον ἔθετο, κυρίαν εἶναι τὴν πίστιν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ συνεληλυθότων " παραδοθῆναί τε τὰς πανταχῇ ἐκκλησίας τοῖς ἐν ὑποστάσει τριῶν προσώπων ἰσοτίμων ἱπτοδυνάμων, μίαν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁμολογοῦσι θεότητα Πατρὸς, Υἱοῦ, ἁγίου Πνεύματος. Τούτους δὲ εἶναι τοὺς κοινωνοῦντας Νεκταρίῳ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει " ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δὲ Τιμοθέῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ᾿Αλεξανδρείας " ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἀνὰ τὴν Ἕω ἐκκλησίαις, Διοδώρῳ τῷ Ταρσοῦ, καὶ Πελαγίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Λαοδικείας τῆς Σύρων" παρὰ δὲ ᾿Ασιανοῖς ᾿Αμφιλοχίῳ τῷ προϊσταμένῳ τῆς ἐν Ἰχονίῳ ἐκκλησίας “ ἐν δὲ ταῖς παρὰ τὸν Πόντον πόλεσιν, ἀπὸ Βιθυνῶν μέχρις ᾿Αρμενίων, Ἑ λλαδίῳ τῷ Καισαρείας τῆς Καππαδοκῶν ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκόπω, 290 Γρηγορίῳ τῷ Νύσης, κα. Ὁτρηΐνῳ τῳ Μελιτίνης· ἐν δὲ ταῖς περὶ Θράκην καὶ Σκυθίαν πόλεσι, Τερεντίῳ τῷ Τομέων, καὶ Μαρτυρίῳ τῷ Μαρκιανουπόλεως. Τούτους γὰρ καὶ βασιλεὺς αὐτὸς ἐπήνεσεν ἰδὼν καὶ συγγενόμενος· καὶ δόξα ἀγαθὴ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐκράτει, ὡς τὰς ἐκκλησίας εὐσεβῶς ἀγόντων, Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε ἐγένετο, καὶ ἡ σύνοδος τέλος ἔσχεν, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἕκαστος οἴκαδε ἐπανῆλθον.
Meta de tauta synelthontes autos te Nektarios kai hoi alloi hiereis, epsēphisanto tēs en Nikaią synodou kyrian menein tēn pistin, pasan : apochechērychthai " dioicheisthai de tas pantachę̄ klēsias kata tous palai kanonas" tous epeschopous epi tōn idiōn menein ekklēsiōn, mē eichę̄ tais hyperoriais epibainein, mēte achlētois cheirotoniais mēden autois prosēkousais sphas ep'allein, proteron, hōs etyche diōchomenēs tēs — Echchlēstias, pollakis synebē. Ta d par᾽ echastēn symthainonta, tēn tou ethnous synodon, hōs an arista hat- 4? phaneiē, dioikein te kai prattein. Meta de ton Rhōmēēs], ton Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopon ta prestheia echein, hōs neas Rhōmēs ton thronon epitropeu— Ēdē gar ou monon eiche tautēn tēn prosēgorian hē polis, kai gerousią kai tagmasi dēmōn kai archais homoiōs echrēto " alla ta symdolaia kata ta nomima tōn en Italią Rōmaiōn ekrineto, : kai ta dikaia kai ta gera peri panta hekaterą isaxeto, Maximon de, mēte gegenēsthai $ einai epi289 skopon, mēte klērikous, tous par᾽ autou thentas. Kai ta ep᾽ autǭ ē par᾽ autou pepragmena, achyra epsēphisanto. Touton gar ᾿Alexandrea to genos onta, te philosophon to epitēdeuma, spoudaion de peri to dogma tēs synodon, chlepsantes tēn cheirotonian, episkopon Kōnstautinoupoleōs katestēsan, hoi tote ex Aigyptou synelēlythotes. Kai ta men hōde tę̄ synodǭ edoxe ho basileus epepsēphisato nomon etheto, kyrian einai tēn pistin tōn en Nikaią synelēlythotōn " paradothēnai te tas pantachę̄ ekklēsias tois en hypostasei triōn prosōpōn isotimōn hiptodynamōn, mian tēn autēn homologousi theotēta Patros, Huiou, hagiou Pneumatos. Toutous de einai tous koinōnountas Nektariǭ en Kōnstantinoupolei " en Aigyptǭ de Timotheǭ tǭ episkopǭ ᾿Alexandreias " en de tais ana tēn Heō ekklēsiais, Diodōrǭ tǭ Tarsou, kai Pelagiǭ tǭ episkopǭ Laodikeias tēs Syrōn" para de ᾿Asianois ᾿Amphilochiǭ tǭ proïstamenǭ tēs en Ichoniǭ ekklēsias “ en de tais para ton Ponton polesin, apo Bithynōn mechris ᾿Armeniōn, He lladiǭ tǭ Kaisareias tēs Kappadokōn ekklēsias episkopō, 290 Grēgoriǭ tǭ Nysēs, ka. Hotrēïnǭ tǭ Melitinēs; en de tais peri Thrakēn kai Skythian polesi, Terentiǭ tǭ Tomeōn, kai Martyriǭ tǭ Markianoupoleōs. Toutous gar kai basileus autos epēnesen idōn kai syngenomenos; kai doxa agathē peri autōn ekratei, hōs tas ekklēsias eusebōs agontōn, Epei de tade egeneto, kai hē synodos telos eschen, hoi men alloi hekastos oikade epanēlthon.
After this Nectarius himself and the other priests met and decreed that the faith of the synod at Nicaea should remain in force and every heresy be condemned; that the churches everywhere should be governed according to the ancient canons; that the bishops should remain in their own churches and not rashly invade those beyond their bounds, nor thrust themselves into ordinations they were not invited to and that did not concern them, as had often happened before when the church happened to be persecuted; that what happened in each province should be managed and dealt with by the synod of the province, as might seem best; and that after the bishop of Rome the bishop of Constantinople should have the precedence, as governing the throne of new Rome. For the city already not only had this name and had likewise a senate, orders of the people and magistrates, but contracts were judged according to the laws of the Romans in Italy, and the rights and privileges in everything were made equal for each. They decreed that Maximus neither had become nor was a bishop, nor were those ordained by him clerics, and that what had been done for him or by him was void. For this man, an Alexandrian by birth and a … philosopher by profession, zealous for the doctrine of the synod, had been made bishop of Constantinople by those who had come at that time from Egypt, who stole the ordination. Such were the synod’s decisions. The emperor ratified them and made a law that the faith of those who met at Nicaea should be in force, and that the churches everywhere should be handed over to those who confess one and the same Godhead of Father, Son and Holy Spirit in the hypostasis of three persons equal in honour and in power; and that these were those in communion with Nectarius in Constantinople; in Egypt with Timothy the bishop of Alexandria; in the churches of the East with Diodore of Tarsus and Pelagius the bishop of Laodicea in Syria; among the Asians with Amphilochius, who presided over the church at Iconium; in the cities along the Pontus, from the Bithynians to the Armenians, with Helladius, bishop of the church of Caesarea in Cappadocia, Gregory of Nyssa and Otreius of Melitene; and in the cities of Thrace and Scythia with Terentius of Tomi and Martyrius of Marcianopolis. For the emperor himself had praised these, having seen them and met with them, and a good reputation prevailed about them as leading the churches piously. When this had been done and the synod had ended, the others returned each to his home.
7.10PG 67:1439–1441
Νεκτάριος δὲ, ὑπὸ διδασκάλῳ Κυριακῷ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ᾿Αδάνων, τὴν ἱερατικὴν τάξιν ἐμάνθανε. Τοῦτον γὰρ αὐτῷ συγγενέσθαι ἐπί τινα χρόνον, ᾔτησε Διόδωρον τὸν Ταρσέων ἐπίσκοπον · προὐτρέψατο δὲ καὶ πολλοὺς ἄλλους Κίλικας αὐτῷ συνεῖναι, καὶ Μαρτύριον, ὃν ἐπιτήδειον ἰατρὸν ἔχων καὶ συνίστορα τῶν ἐν νεότητι ἡμαρτημένων αὐτῷ, διάκονον χειροτονεῖν ἐβουλεύετο. Οὐ μὴν ἠνέσχετο Μαρτύριος, ἀνάξιον αὐτὸν εἶναι θείας διακονίας ἰσχυριζόμενος, καὶ τῶν αὐτῷ βεβιωμένων αὐτὸν Νεκτάριον μάρτυρα ποιούμενος. Καὶ ὁ Νεκτάριος, Η οὐκ ἐγὼ, ἔφη, ὁ νῦν ἱερεὺς, ἀμελέστερόν σου πολλῷ τὸν προτοῦ διετέθην βίον, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς μαρτυρεῖς, πολλάκις διακονησάμενος ταῖς πολλαῖς ἐμαῖς ἀκολασίαις; Ὁ δὲ, ᾿Αλλὰ σὺ, ὦ μακάριε, ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη, ἔναγχος βαπτισθεὶς κεκάθαρσαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἱερωσύνης ἠξίωσαι. Ἀμφότερα δὲ καθάρσια ἁμαρτημάτων τὸ θεῖον ἐνομοθέτησε. Καί μοι δοκῶ, οὐδὲν διαφέρεις τῶν ἀρτιτόκων βρεφῶν. Ἐγὼ ὴ δὲ πάλα: τῆς θείας βαπτίσεως μετασχὼν, τῇ αὑτῇ διετέλεσα βιοτῇ χρώμενος. Καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιάδε λέγων, οὐχ ὑπέστη τὴν χειροτονίαν. Ἐγὼ δὲ τῆς παραιτήσεως ἐπαινῶ τὸν ἄνδρα, διὰ τοῦτο, μέρος ἐποιησάμην αὐτὸν ταύτης τῆς γραφῆς. Ὁ δὲ βατιλεὺς, μαθὼν τὰ συμδάντα Παύλῳ τῷ Κωνσταντινου1 πόλεως ἐπισκόπῳ γενομένῳ, μετεκόμισεν αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἔθαψεν, ἣν ᾧχοδόμησε Μακεδόνιος ὁ ἐπιδουλεύσας αὐτῷ " εἰσέτι τε νῦν ἐπώνυμός ἐστιν αὑτῷ, μέγιστος ὧν καὶ ἐπισημότατος ὁ ναὸς οὗτος. Ὃ καὶ πολλοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὑπονοεῖν ποιεῖ Παῦλον τὸν ἀπόστολον ἐνθάδε χεῖσθαϊ, μάλιστα δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας, τοῦ δήμου τοὺς πλείους. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, καὶ τὸ Μελετίου λείψανον ἐκομίσθη εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, καὶ παρὰ τὴν θήκην Βαδύλα τοῦ μάρτυρο: ἐτάφη. Λέγεται δὲ διὰ πάσης τῆς λεωφόρου κατὰ βασιλέως πρόσταγμα, ἐντὸς τειχῶν εἰς τὰς πόλεις εἰσδεχθῆναι, παρὰ τὸ νενομισμένον Ῥωμαίοις, ἀμοιθαδόν τε ὑπὸ Ψψαλμῳδίαις ταῖς ἐν ἑκάστῳ τόπῳ τιμώμενον, ἕως χείας διακομισθῆναι.
Nektarios de, hypo didaskalǭ Kyriakǭ tǭ episkopǭ ᾿Adanōn, tēn hieratikēn taxin emanthane. Touton gar autǭ syngenesthai epi tina chronon, ę̄tēse Diodōron ton Tarseōn episkopon ; proutrepsato de kai pollous allous Kilikas autǭ syneinai, kai Martyrion, hon epitēdeion iatron echōn kai synistora tōn en neotēti hēmartēmenōn autǭ, diakonon cheirotonein ebouleueto. Ou mēn ēnescheto Martyrios, anaxion auton einai theias diakonias ischyrizomenos, kai tōn autǭ bebiōmenōn auton Nektarion martyra poioumenos. Kai ho Nektarios, Ē ouk egō, ephē, ho nyn hiereus, amelesteron sou pollǭ ton protou dietethēn bion, hōs kai autos martyreis, pollakis diakonēsamenos tais pollais emais akolasiais? Ho de, ᾿Alla sy, ō makarie, hypolabōn ephē, enanchos baptistheis kekatharsai, kai epi toutǭ hierōsynēs ēxiōsai. Amphotera de katharsia hamartēmatōn to theion enomothetēse. Kai moi dokō, ouden diaphereis tōn artitokōn brephōn. Egō ē de pala: tēs theias baptiseōs metaschōn, tę̄ hautę̄ dietelesa biotę̄ chrōmenos. Kai ho men toiade legōn, ouch hypestē tēn cheirotonian. Egō de tēs paraitēseōs epainō ton andra, dia touto, meros epoiēsamēn auton tautēs tēs graphēs. Ho de batileus, mathōn ta symdanta Paulǭ tǭ Kōnstantinou1 poleōs episkopǭ genomenǭ, metekomisen autou to sōma, kai en tę̄ ekklēsią ethapsen, hēn hǭchodomēse Makedonios ho epidouleusas autǭ " eiseti te nyn epōnymos estin hautǭ, megistos hōn kai episēmotatos ho naos houtos. Ho kai pollous agnoountas tēn alētheian, hyponoein poiei Paulon ton apostolon enthade cheisthaï, malista de tas gynaikas, tou dēmou tous pleious. Peri de touton ton chronon, kai to Meletiou leipsanon ekomisthē eis ᾿Antiocheian, kai para tēn thēkēn Badyla tou martyro: etaphē. Legetai de dia pasēs tēs leōphorou kata basileōs prostagma, entos teichōn eis tas poleis eisdechthēnai, para to nenomismenon Rhōmaiois, amoithadon te hypo Pspsalmǭdiais tais en hekastǭ topǭ timōmenon, heōs cheias diakomisthēnai.
Nectarius learned the priestly order under Cyriacus, bishop of Adana, as his teacher. For he asked Diodore, the bishop of Tarsus, to let Cyriacus stay with him for some time; and he invited many other Cilicians to be with him, among them Martyrius, whom he had as his own physician and who knew of the sins of his youth, and whom he planned to ordain deacon. But Martyrius would not consent, maintaining that he was unworthy of the divine ministry and calling Nectarius himself to witness to his way of life. Nectarius said: “Was not I, who am now a priest, much more careless than you in my former life, as you yourself bear witness, having often ministered to my many excesses?” He answered: “But you, blessed one, having lately been baptized, have been cleansed and for this have been thought worthy of the priesthood; for the Divine has ordained both as purifications of sins. And you seem to me no different from newborn babes. But I, having long ago received divine baptism, have continued to live the same life.” Saying this, he did not accept ordination. I praise the man for his refusal, and for this reason have made him part of this history. The emperor, learning what had happened to Paul, who had been bishop of Constantinople, brought his body back and buried it in the church which Macedonius, who had plotted against him, had built; and this temple, being very large and most celebrated, is still named after him. This leads many who do not know the truth, especially women and most of the common people, to suppose that Paul the apostle lies there. About this time the remains of Meletius too were brought to Antioch and buried beside the tomb of the martyr Babylas. It is said that by the emperor’s order, along the whole highway, they were received within the walls into the cities, contrary to Roman custom, and honoured in turn with psalm-singing in each place, until they were brought to Antioch.
7.11PG 67:1441–1443
νεῖται δὲ ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ Φλαβιανὸς παρὰ τοὺς δοθέντας (, ὄρχους. γὰρ Παυλῖνος τῷ βίῳ περιῆν. Ἐχ τούτου δὲ μεγίστη πάλιν ταραχὴ τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων ἐχκλησίαν ἐπέλαβε " πλεῖστοι σφᾶς ἀπέσχισαν τῆς πρὸς Φλαδιανὸν κοινωνίας, καὶ ὑπὸ Παυλίνῳω ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον. Διεφέροντο δὲ τούτου χάριν πρὸς ἀλλήλους αὐτοὶ ἱερεῖς. Καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι μὲν, 6101 Κύπριοι, ὡς ἐπὶ ἠδιχημένῳ Παυλίνῳ ἢγανἀχτουν. Σύροι δὲ, Παλαιστινοὶ Φοίνιχες, ᾿Αρμενίων τε Καππαδοκῶν Γαλατῶν, τῶν πρὸς τῷ Πόντῳ οἱ πλείους, τὰ Φλαβιανοῦ ἐφρόνουν. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ ἐχαλέπαινεν ὁ Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ πάντες οἱ πρὸς Ἑσπέραν ἱερεῖς. Καὶ Παυλένῳ μὲν ὡς ἐπισκόπῳ ᾿Αντιοχείας τὰς συνήθεις ἔγραφον ἐπιστολὰς, ἃς συνοδιχὰς καλοῦσι " πρὸς δὲ Φλαθδιανὸν σιυπὴν ἦγον. Καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Διόδιυρον τὸν Ταρ, ᾿Ακάκιον τὸν Βεροίας, τοὺς αὑτὸν χειροτονήσαντας, ἐν αἰτίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ἀκοινωνήτους εἶχον. Ὥστε δὲ τὰ περὶ τούτων διαγνῶναι, ἔγραψαν οἱ αὐτοί τε καὶ Γρατιανὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς, συγκαλοῦντες εἰς τὴν Δύσιν τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ανατολῆς ἐπισκόπους,
neitai de ant᾽ autou Phlabianos para tous dothentas (, orchous. gar Paulinos tǭ biǭ periēn. Ech toutou de megistē palin tarachē tēn ᾿Antiocheōn echklēsian epelabe " pleistoi sphas apeschisan tēs pros Phladianon koinōnias, kai hypo Paulinǭō idią ekklēsiazon. Diepheronto de toutou charin pros allēlous autoi hiereis. Kai Aigyptioi men, 6101 Kyprioi, hōs epi ēdichēmenǭ Paulinǭ ēganachtoun. Syroi de, Palaistinoi Phoiniches, ᾿Armeniōn te Kappadokōn Galatōn, tōn pros tǭ Pontǭ hoi pleious, ta Phlabianou ephronoun. Ouch hēkista de echalepainen ho Rhōmaiōn episkopos, kai pantes hoi pros Hesperan hiereis. Kai Paulenǭ men hōs episkopǭ ᾿Antiocheias tas synētheis egraphon epistolas, has synodichas kalousi " pros de Phlathdianon siypēn ēgon. Kai tous amphi Diodiyron ton Tar, ᾿Akakion ton Beroias, tous hauton cheirotonēsantas, en aitią epoiounto, akoinōnētous eichon. Hōste de ta peri toutōn diagnōnai, egrapsan hoi autoi te kai Gratianos ho basileus, synkalountes eis tēn Dysin tous apo tēs ᾿Anatolēs episkopous,
In his place Flavian was ordained, contrary to the oaths that had been given; for Paulinus was still alive. From this the greatest turmoil again took hold of the church of the Antiochenes; very many separated themselves from communion with Flavian and held assemblies apart under Paulinus. The priests themselves disagreed with one another on this account. The Egyptians, the Arabians and the Cypriots were indignant, as at a wrong done to Paulinus; but the Syrians, the Palestinians and the Phoenicians, and most of the Armenians, Cappadocians, Galatians and those along the Pontus, took Flavian’s side. Not least, the bishop of the Romans and all the priests of the West were angry. They wrote the usual letters, which they call synodal, to Paulinus as bishop of Antioch, but kept silence toward Flavian; and they blamed Diodore of Tarsus and Acacius of Beroea, who had ordained him, and held them out of communion. To decide these matters, they and the emperor Gratian wrote summoning the bishops of the East to the West.
7.12PG 67:1443–1445
Κατὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας καταλαμβανόντων τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἱκους, πλείσται πολλαχῆ τῆς ὑπηκόου ταραχαὶ συν· ἐβησαν, τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως ἀνθισταμέ νων. Θεοδόσιος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὀλίγον τῆς προτέρας συνόδου διαλιπών χρόνον, αὖθις τοὺς προεστῶτας τῶν ἀκμαζουσῶν τότε αἱρέσεων συνεκάλεσεν, ἢ πεισθησομένους, ἢ πείσοντας περὶ ὧν διεφέροντο. Ὑπέλαβε γὰρ πάντας ὁμοδόξους ποιῆσαι, εἰ κοινὴν αὐτοῖς διάλεξιν προθείη περὶ τῶν ἀμφιβόλων τοῦ δόγματος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνῆλθον · ἔτος δὲ τοῦτο ἦν, ἐν ᾧ Μεροβαύδης τὸ δεύτερον καὶ Σατορνίνος ὑπάτευον ἡνίκα δὴ συμβασιλεύειν αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν ᾿Αρκάδιον ἀνηγόρευσε· μετακαλεσάμενος Νεκτάριον, ἐκοινώ σατο περὶ τῆς ἐσομένης συνόδου, καὶ τὰ ποιοῦντα τὰς αἱρέσεις ζητήματα εἰς διάλεξιν ἄγειν ἐκέλευσεν· ὅπως μία τῶν εἰς Χριστὸν πιστευόντων Ἐκκλη σία γένοιτο, καὶ δόγμα καθ' ὁ θρησκεύειν δεῖ, σύμφωνον. Καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν δὲ Νεκτάριος ἐν φροντίσι γενόμενος, ὡς ὁμόφρονι περὶ τὴν πίστιν, δήλην ἐποίησε τὴν βασιλέως γνώμην Ἁγελίῳ, τῷ προϊσταμένῳ τῆς Ναυατιανῶν ἐκκλησίας. Ὁ δὲ, τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ βίου διὰ τῶν ἔργων φέρων, κομψότητος δὲ καὶ τεμθρείας λόγων ἀτριβής, προεβάλετο ἀντ᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ πρακτέον ἰδεῖν, διαλεχθῆναί τε εἰ δεήσειεν, ἄνδρα τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἀναγνωστῶν τότε, Σισίνιον ὀνόματι, ὃς καὶ ὕστερον ἐπετράπη τὴν αὐτὴν ἐπισκοπήν· ἱκανὸν νοῆσαί τε καὶ φράσαι, καὶ τὰς ἐξηγήσεις τῶν ἱερῶν Βίβλων ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστάμενον · καὶ πολυμαθῆ τῶν ἱστορημένων ὑπὸ τῶν παρ' Ἕλλησι καὶ τῇ Ἐκκλησίᾳ φιλοσοφησάντων· ὃς δὴ καὶ τότε δόξας ἄριστα λέγειν, συνεβούλευσεν ἀποφυγεῖν τὰς πρὸς τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους διαλέξεις, ὡς ἔριδος καὶ μάχης αἰτίους. ΜεΠυνθάνεσθαι δὲ αὐτῶν, εἰ προσίενται τοὺς πρὸ τῆς διαιρέσεως τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καθηγητὰς καὶ διδασκάλους τῶν ἱερῶν Λόγων γενομένους. Εἰ μὲν γὰρ τούτων, ἔφη, τὰς μαρτυρίας ἀποβάλωσιν, ὑπὸ τῶν οἰκείων ἐξελαθήσονται. Εἰ δὲ ἱκανοὺς εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῶν ἀμφιβόλων ἡγήσονται, προΐσχεσθαι δεῖ τὰς αὐτῶν βίὅλους. Εὖ γὰρ ᾔδει, ὡς οἱ παλαιοὶ συναΐδιον τῷ Πατρὶ τὸν Υἱὸν εὐρόντες, οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν εἰπεῖν ἔκ τινος ἀρχῆς τὴν γένεσιν αὐτὸν ἔχειν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τάδε καλῶς ἔχειν καὶ Νεκταρίῳ συνεδόκει, μαθὼν δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς, ἐπήνεσε τὴν βουλὴν, ἀπεπειρᾶτο τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων, ὅπως ἔχουσι γνώμης περὶ τὰς τῶν παλαιοτέρων ἐξηγήσεις. Τῶν δὲ μάλα θαυμασάντων, ἀναφανδὸν ἐδήλωσεν, εἰ ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις αὐτοῖς καταπαύσουσι τὰς ζητήσεις, καὶ ἀξιοχρέους ἡγοῦνται μάρτυρας τοῦ δόγματος. Διχονοίας δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦτο συμβάσης τοῖς προεστῶσι τῶν αἱρέσεων, οὐ ταὐτὰ γὰρ ἔκαστοι περὶ τὰς τῶν ἀρχαιοτέρων ἐφρόνουν βίβλους · ἔγνω ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὡς διαλέξεσι μόναις οἰκείων λόγων πεποιθότες, παρῃτοῦντο τὴν πρότασιν. Καὶ τῆς γνώμης αὐτοὺς μεμψάμενος, ἐκέλευσεν ἑκάστην αἵρεσιν γραφὴν αὐτῷ διδόναι τοῦ οἰκείου δόγματος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα παρῆν, καθ᾿ ἣν ὥριστο τοῦτο ποιεῖν, συνῆλθον εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν ὁμοούσιον Τριάδα δοξαζόντων, Νεκτάριος καὶ ᾿Αγέλιος · ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, Δημόφιλος ταύτης προεστώς· τῆς δὲ Εὐνομίου, αὐτὸς Εὐνόμιος · Ἐλεύσιος δὲ ὁ Κυζίκου ἐπίσκοπος, ὑπὲρ τῶν καλουμένων Μακεδονιανῶν. Δεξάμενος δὲ τὴν ἑκάστου γραφὴν, μόνην τὴν ὁμοούσιον Τριάδα εἰσηγουμένην ἐπήνεσε. Τὰς δὲ ἄλλας, ὡς ἐναντίας διέῤῥηξε. Καὶ Ναυατιανοῖς μὲν οὐδὲν ἐντεῦθεν παρὰ γνώμην ἀπέβη. Ὁμοίως γὰρτῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ τὰ περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζουσιν. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι πρὸς τοὺς αὐτῶν ἱερέας ἐχαλέπαινον, ὡς ἀμαθῶς σφίσιν ἐναντίους ἐπὶ τοῦ κρατοῦντος γενομένους. Πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ καταγνόντες, πρὸς τὴν ἐπαινεθεῖσαν μετέθεντο. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς νομοθετῶν, ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους μήτε ἐκκλησιάζειν, μήτε περὶ πίστεως διδάσκειν, μήτε ἐπισκόπους ἢ ἄλλους χειροτονεῖν· καὶ τοὺς μὲν, πόλεων καὶ ἀγρῶν ἐλαύνεσθαι· τοὺς δὲ, ἀτίμους εἶναι, καὶ πολιτείας ὁμοίως μὴ μετέχειν τοῖς ἄλλοις. Καὶ χαλεπὰς τοῖς νόμοις ἐπέγραφε τιμωρίας. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐπεξῄει· οὐ γὰρ τιμωρεῖσθαι, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς δέος καθιστᾷν τοὺς ὑπηκόους ἐσπούδαζεν, ὅπως ὁμόφρονες αὐτῷ γένοιντο περὶ τὸ θεῖον. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τοὺς ἑκοντὶ μετατιθεμένους ἐπῄνει.
Kata de touton ton chronon, tōn apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias katalambanontōn tous euktērious hoikous, pleistai pollachē tēs hypēkoou tarachai syn; ebēsan, tōn apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs anthistame nōn. Theodosios de ho basileus, oligon tēs proteras synodou dialipōn chronon, authis tous proestōtas tōn akmazousōn tote haireseōn synekalesen, ē peisthēsomenous, ē peisontas peri hōn diepheronto. Hypelabe gar pantas homodoxous poiēsai, ei koinēn autois dialexin protheiē peri tōn amphibolōn tou dogmatos. Epei de synēlthon ; etos de touto ēn, en hǭ Merobaudēs to deuteron kai Satorninos hypateuon hēnika dē symbasileuein autǭ ton huion ᾿Arkadion anēgoreuse; metakalesamenos Nektarion, ekoinō sato peri tēs esomenēs synodou, kai ta poiounta tas haireseis zētēmata eis dialexin agein ekeleusen; hopōs mia tōn eis Christon pisteuontōn Ekklē sia genoito, kai dogma kath' ho thrēskeuein dei, symphōnon. Kath᾿ heauton de Nektarios en phrontisi genomenos, hōs homophroni peri tēn pistin, dēlēn epoiēse tēn basileōs gnōmēn Hageliǭ, tǭ proïstamenǭ tēs Nauatianōn ekklēsias. Ho de, tēn aretēn tou biou dia tōn ergōn pherōn, kompsotētos de kai temthreias logōn atribēs, proebaleto ant᾿ autou to prakteon idein, dialechthēnai te ei deēseien, andra tōn hyp' auton anagnōstōn tote, Sisinion onomati, hos kai hysteron epetrapē tēn autēn episkopēn; hikanon noēsai te kai phrasai, kai tas exēgēseis tōn hierōn Biblōn akribōs epistamenon ; kai polymathē tōn historēmenōn hypo tōn par' Hellēsi kai tę̄ Ekklēsią philosophēsantōn; hos dē kai tote doxas arista legein, synebouleusen apophygein tas pros tous heterodoxous dialexeis, hōs eridos kai machēs aitious. MePynthanesthai de autōn, ei prosientai tous pro tēs diaireseōs tēs Ekklēsias, kathēgētas kai didaskalous tōn hierōn Logōn genomenous. Ei men gar toutōn, ephē, tas martyrias apobalōsin, hypo tōn oikeiōn exelathēsontai. Ei de hikanous eis apodeixin tōn amphibolōn hēgēsontai, proïschesthai dei tas autōn biolous. Eu gar ę̄dei, hōs hoi palaioi synaïdion tǭ Patri ton Huion eurontes, ouk etolmēsan eipein ek tinos archēs tēn genesin auton echein. Epei de tade kalōs echein kai Nektariǭ synedokei, mathōn de kai basileus, epēnese tēn boulēn, apepeirato tōn apo tōn allōn haireseōn, hopōs echousi gnōmēs peri tas tōn palaioterōn exēgēseis. Tōn de mala thaumasantōn, anaphandon edēlōsen, ei epi tois eirēmenois autois katapausousi tas zētēseis, kai axiochreous hēgountai martyras tou dogmatos. Dichonoias de kai peri touto symbasēs tois proestōsi tōn haireseōn, ou tauta gar ekastoi peri tas tōn archaioterōn ephronoun biblous ; egnō ho basileus, hōs dialexesi monais oikeiōn logōn pepoithotes, parę̄tounto tēn protasin. Kai tēs gnōmēs autous mempsamenos, ekeleusen hekastēn hairesin graphēn autǭ didonai tou oikeiou dogmatos. Epei de hēmera parēn, kath᾿ hēn hōristo touto poiein, synēlthon eis ta basileia, hyper men tōn homoousion Triada doxazontōn, Nektarios kai ᾿Agelios ; hyper de tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, Dēmophilos tautēs proestōs; tēs de Eunomiou, autos Eunomios ; Eleusios de ho Kyzikou episkopos, hyper tōn kaloumenōn Makedonianōn. Dexamenos de tēn hekastou graphēn, monēn tēn homoousion Triada eisēgoumenēn epēnese. Tas de allas, hōs enantias dierrhēxe. Kai Nauatianois men ouden enteuthen para gnōmēn apebē. Homoiōs gartę̄ katholou Ekklēsią ta peri Theou doxazousin. Hoi de alloi pros tous autōn hiereas echalepainon, hōs amathōs sphisin enantious epi tou kratountos genomenous. Polloi de kai katagnontes, pros tēn epainetheisan metethento. Ho de basileus nomothetōn, ekeleuse tous heterodoxous mēte ekklēsiazein, mēte peri pisteōs didaskein, mēte episkopous ē allous cheirotonein; kai tous men, poleōn kai agrōn elaunesthai; tous de, atimous einai, kai politeias homoiōs mē metechein tois allois. Kai chalepas tois nomois epegraphe timōrias. ᾿All᾽ ouk epexę̄ei; ou gar timōreisthai, all᾽ eis deos kathistąn tous hypēkoous espoudazen, hopōs homophrones autǭ genointo peri to theion. Epei kai tous hekonti metatithemenous epę̄nei.
At this time, as those of the catholic church took possession of the houses of prayer, very many disturbances took place in many parts of the empire, those of the Arian heresy resisting. The emperor Theodosius, after a short interval from the former synod, again called together the leaders of the heresies then flourishing, either to be persuaded or to persuade about what they disagreed on. For he supposed that he would make all of one belief if he set before them a common debate about the disputed points of doctrine. When they had met — this was the year in which Merobaudes for the second time and Saturninus were consuls, when he proclaimed his son Arcadius co-emperor — he summoned Nectarius, conferred with him about the coming synod, and ordered him to bring the questions that produce the heresies to debate, so that there might be one church of those who believe in Christ and a harmonious doctrine by which to worship. Nectarius, anxious by himself, made the emperor’s mind known to Agelius, head of the church of the Novatians, as one of the same mind about the faith. Agelius, who bore the virtue of his life in his deeds but was unpractised in the subtlety and complexity of arguments, put forward in his place, to see what was to be done and to debate if necessary, a man among his readers at that time named Sisinnius, who was afterwards entrusted with the same episcopate — a man able to think and to express himself, knowing exactly the interpretations of the sacred books, and widely learned in the history of those who had lived the philosophic life among the Greeks and in the church. He, seeming then to speak best, advised that they avoid debates with those of other belief, as causes of strife and battle, but ask them whether they accepted those who had been guides and teachers of the sacred words before the division of the church. “For if they reject their testimonies,” he said, “they will be driven out by their own people; but if they think them adequate for the proof of the disputed points, their books must be produced.” For he knew well that the ancients, finding the Son coeternal with the Father, did not dare to say that he had his generation from some beginning. When Nectarius too thought this good, and the emperor on learning it praised the counsel, he sounded out those of the other heresies as to their mind concerning the interpretations of the older writers. When they professed great admiration for them, he openly asked whether they would end their inquiries on the basis of what those had said and thought them trustworthy witnesses of doctrine. When disagreement arose about this too among the leaders of the heresies — for each did not think the same about the books of the older writers — the emperor understood that they declined the proposal, trusting only in debates of their own arguments. Blaming them for their attitude, he ordered each heresy to give him a written statement of its own doctrine. When the day came that had been fixed for doing this, they met at the palace: for those who held the Trinity of the same essence, Nectarius and Agelius; for the Arian heresy, Demophilus, its head; for that of Eunomius, Eunomius himself; and Eleusius, bishop of Cyzicus, for the so-called Macedonians. Receiving each one’s document, he praised only that which taught the Trinity of the same essence, and tore up the others as contrary. From this nothing turned out against the wishes of the Novatians, for they believe the same about God as the catholic church. But the others were angry with their priests for having opposed them ignorantly before the ruler; and many, condemning them, went over to the approved doctrine. The emperor, making laws, ordered those of other belief neither to hold assemblies nor to teach about the faith nor to ordain bishops or others; some were to be driven from cities and fields, others to be infamous and not to share in civic rights like the rest; and he wrote severe penalties into the laws. But he did not carry them out; for he was eager not to punish but to frighten his subjects, so that they might be of one mind with him about the divine; since he praised those who changed of their own accord.
7.13PG 67:1447–1449
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἡσχολημένῳ Γρατιανῷ εἰς τὸν πρὸς ᾿Αλαμανοὺς πόλεμον, ἐπανέστη Μάξιμος ἐκ τῆς Βρετανίας, καὶ ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν ποιήσασθαι ἐσπούδαζεν. Ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ δὲ τότε διέτριβεν Οὐαλεντινιανὸς, ἔτι νέος ὧν· ἐπετέτραπτο δὲ τῶν τῇδε πραγμάτων τὴν διοίκησιν ὑπαρχος ὧν Πρόβος, ὑπατικὸς ἀνήρ. Ηνίκα δὴ Ἰουστίνα ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως μήτηρ, τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσα, πράγματα παρείχεν Αμβροσίῳ ἐπισκόπῳ Μεδιολάνων, καὶ τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἐτάραττεν, ἐπιχειροῦσα νεωτερίζειν κατὰ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ δοξάντων, καὶ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιουμένη κρατεῖν τὴν πίστιν τῶν ἐν Ἀριμένῳ συνεληλυθό των. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον ἐσπούδασεν ᾿Αμβρόσιος, χαλεπήνασα διαβάλλει αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν, ὡς ὑβρισμένη. Ὑπολαβὼν δὲ Οὐαλεντινιανὸς ἀληθεῖς εἶναι τὰς διαβολὰς, ἅτε δὴ μητρὶ τιμωρῶν, στρατιωτῶν πλῆθος ἐπιπέμπει τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Οἱ δὲ, τῷ ναῷ προσβαλόντες, βίᾳ τῶν θυρῶν ἐντὸς ἐγένοντο, καὶ τὸν Ἀμβρόσιον εἶλκον αὐθωρὸν, εἰς τὴν ὑπερορίαν ἄξοντες. Περιχυθέντες δὲ αὐτῷ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, ἀντέσχον τοῖς στρατιώταις· καὶ πρότερον ἔγνωσαν ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸν ἱερέα ὑπεριδεῖν. Ἐκ τουτου τε εἰς μείζονα ὀργὴν Ἰουστίνα ἐξήφθη, καὶ νόμῳ κρατύναι τὴν ἐγχείρησιν ἐβουλεύετο. Μετακαλεσαμένη τοίνυν Μενίβολον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῖς γραμματεῦσι τῶν θεσμῶν τότε τεταγμένον, ἐκέλευε τὴν ταχίστην τιθέναι νόμον ἐπὶ βεβαιώσει τῆς ἐν Ἀριμένῳ ἀναγνωσθείσης πίστεως. Ὑποπαραιτούμενον δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἦν γὰρ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, προὐτρέπετο μείζονος τιμῆς ἐπαγγελίαις δελεάζουσα. ᾿Αλλ' οὐκ ἔπεισε, περιελὼν δὲ τὴν ζώνην Μενίβολος, πρὸ τῶν ποδῶν τῆς βασιλίδος ἔρριψε, μήτε τῆς οὔσης τιμῆς μήτε μείζονος μεταποιεῖσθαι φήσας ἐπὶ μισθῷ ἀσεβείας. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἐνέστη μή ποτε τοῦτο διαπράξασθαι, ἕτεροι διηκονήσαντο πρὸς τὴν θέσιν τοῦ τοιούτου νόμου. Παρεχελεύετο δὲ ἀδεῶς συνιέναι τοὺς ὁμοίως δοξάζοντας τοῖς ἐν ᾿Αριμίνῳ, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει συνεληλυθόσι· τοὺς δὲ ἐμποδών γενομένους, ἢ ἐναντία τῷ νόμῳ βασιλέως δεομένους, θανάτῳ ζημιοῦσθαι. Ταῦτα σπουδαζούσης τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως μητρὸς, καὶ τὸν νόμον εἰς ἔργον ἄγειν κατεπειγούσης, ἀγγέλλεται δόλω Ανδραγαθίου, ὃς στρατηγὸς ἦν Μαξίμου, Γρατιανὸν ἀνῃρῆσθαι, Ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης γὰρ βασιλικῆς ὀχούμενος, ἀπεκρύβη· καὶ ὡς τοῦ βασιλέως εἴη γαμετὴ, τοῖς ἡγουμένοις ἀγγέλλειν ἐκέλευεν, ᾿Απερισκέπτως δὲ Γρατιανὸς τὸν τῇδε ποταμὸν διαβὰς, ὡς ἕναγχος γήμας, καὶ νέος ὢν, καὶ ἐρωτικῶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα διατεθεὶς, ὑπὸ προθυμίας τοῦ θεάσασθαι αὐτὴν μηδὲν προϊδόμενος, εἰς τὰς ᾿Ανδραγαθίου ἐνέπεσε χεῖρας. Καὶ συλληφθεὶς, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀνῃρέθη, ἔτη μὲν ἀμφὶ τὰ εἰκοσιτέσσαρα γεγονώς, δέκα δὲ καὶ πέντε βασιλεύσας. Ὡς ἐπιγενομένης δὲ τοσαύτης συμφορᾶς, ἐπαύσατο Ἰουστίνα τῆς κατὰ ᾿Αμβροσίου ὀργῆς. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Μάξιμος πλείστην ἀγείρας στρατιὰν Βρε τανῶν ἀνδρῶν, καὶ τῶν ὁμόρων Γαλατῶν, καὶ Κελτῶν, καὶ τῶν τῇδε ἐθνῶν, ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ᾔει· πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς οὐκ ἀνεξόμενος νεώτερόν τι γενέσθαι περὶ τὴν πάτριον πίστιν, καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τάξιν. Τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς, τυράννου δόξης ἑαυτὸν καθαίρων, πρὸς δὲ τὴν βασιλείαν βλέπων, καὶ πραγματευόμενος, εἴ πη ἄρα δύναιτο δόξαι νόμῳ, οὐ βίᾳ, τὴν ἀρχὴν α Ῥωμαίων ἑαυτῷ περιποιεῖν. Οὐαλεντινιανὸς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ καιροῦ βιασθεὶς, ἐδέξατο τὰ σύμβολα τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας. Δείσας δὲ μή τι πάθοι, φεύγων ἐξ Ίταλίας, εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην ἧκε· σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ, καὶ Πρόβος ὁ ὕπαρχος.
Hypo de touton ton chronon hēscholēmenǭ Gratianǭ eis ton pros ᾿Alamanous polemon, epanestē Maximos ek tēs Bretanias, kai hyph᾽ heauton tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn poiēsasthai espoudazen. En Italią de tote dietriben Oualentinianos, eti neos hōn; epetetrapto de tōn tę̄de pragmatōn tēn dioikēsin hyparchos hōn Probos, hypatikos anēr. Ēnika dē Ioustina hē tou basileōs mētēr, ta ᾿Areiou phronousa, pragmata pareichen Ambrosiǭ episkopǭ Mediolanōn, kai tas ekklēsias etaratten, epicheirousa neōterizein kata tōn en Nikaią doxantōn, kai peri pollou poioumenē kratein tēn pistin tōn en Arimenǭ synelēlytho tōn. Epei de to enantion espoudasen ᾿Ambrosios, chalepēnasa diaballei auton pros ton huion, hōs hybrismenē. Hypolabōn de Oualentinianos alētheis einai tas diabolas, hate dē mētri timōrōn, stratiōtōn plēthos epipempei tę̄ ekklēsią. Hoi de, tǭ naǭ prosbalontes, bią tōn thyrōn entos egenonto, kai ton Ambrosion eilkon authōron, eis tēn hyperorian axontes. Perichythentes de autǭ to plēthos tēs Ekklēsias, anteschon tois stratiōtais; kai proteron egnōsan apothanein, ē ton hierea hyperidein. Ek toutou te eis meizona orgēn Ioustina exēphthē, kai nomǭ kratynai tēn encheirēsin ebouleueto. Metakalesamenē toinyn Menibolon ton epi tois grammateusi tōn thesmōn tote tetagmenon, ekeleue tēn tachistēn tithenai nomon epi bebaiōsei tēs en Arimenǭ anagnōstheisēs pisteōs. Hypoparaitoumenon de tēn praxin, ēn gar tēs katholou Ekklēsias, proutrepeto meizonos timēs epangeliais deleazousa. ᾿All' ouk epeise, perielōn de tēn zōnēn Menibolos, pro tōn podōn tēs basilidos erripse, mēte tēs ousēs timēs mēte meizonos metapoieisthai phēsas epi misthǭ asebeias. Epei oun enestē mē pote touto diapraxasthai, heteroi diēkonēsanto pros tēn thesin tou toioutou nomou. Parecheleueto de adeōs synienai tous homoiōs doxazontas tois en ᾿Ariminǭ, kai meta tauta en Kōnstantinoupolei synelēlythosi; tous de empodōn genomenous, ē enantia tǭ nomǭ basileōs deomenous, thanatǭ zēmiousthai. Tauta spoudazousēs tēs tou basileōs mētros, kai ton nomon eis ergon agein katepeigousēs, angelletai dolō Andragathiou, hos stratēgos ēn Maximou, Gratianon anę̄rēsthai, Eph᾽ harmamaxēs gar basilikēs ochoumenos, apekrybē; kai hōs tou basileōs eiē gametē, tois hēgoumenois angellein ekeleuen, ᾿Aperiskeptōs de Gratianos ton tę̄de potamon diabas, hōs henanchos gēmas, kai neos ōn, kai erōtikōs pros tēn gynaika diatetheis, hypo prothymias tou theasasthai autēn mēden proïdomenos, eis tas ᾿Andragathiou enepese cheiras. Kai syllēphtheis, ouk eis makran anę̄rethē, etē men amphi ta eikositessara gegonōs, deka de kai pente basileusas. Hōs epigenomenēs de tosautēs symphoras, epausato Ioustina tēs kata ᾿Ambrosiou orgēs. En toutǭ de Maximos pleistēn ageiras stratian Bre tanōn andrōn, kai tōn homorōn Galatōn, kai Keltōn, kai tōn tę̄de ethnōn, epi tēn Italian ę̄ei; prophasin men hōs ouk anexomenos neōteron ti genesthai peri tēn patrion pistin, kai tēn ekklēsiastikēn taxin. To de alēthes, tyrannou doxēs heauton kathairōn, pros de tēn basileian blepōn, kai pragmateuomenos, ei pē ara dynaito doxai nomǭ, ou bią, tēn archēn a Rhōmaiōn heautǭ peripoiein. Oualentinianos de hypo tou kairou biastheis, edexato ta symbola tēs autou basileias. Deisas de mē ti pathoi, pheugōn ex Italias, eis Thessalonikēn hēke; syn autǭ de kai hē mētēr, kai Probos ho hyparchos.
About this time, while Gratian was occupied with the war against the Alamanni, Maximus rose up from Britain and tried to bring the empire of the Romans under himself. Valentinian, still young, was then living in Italy; the administration of affairs there had been entrusted to Probus, a man of consular rank, as prefect. Then Justina, the emperor’s mother, who held the views of Arius, gave trouble to Ambrose, bishop of Milan, and disturbed the churches, attempting to innovate against the decisions of Nicaea and setting great store on the faith of those who met at Ariminum prevailing. When Ambrose strove to the contrary, she, angry, slandered him to her son as having insulted her. Valentinian, supposing the slanders true, as avenging his mother, sent a body of soldiers against the church. They attacked the temple, forced their way inside the doors, and dragged Ambrose off at once to take him into exile. But the multitude of the church, pouring round him, resisted the soldiers, and resolved to die rather than abandon the priest. At this Justina was inflamed to greater anger and planned to strengthen her attempt by law. Summoning Menivolus, who was then in charge of the secretaries of the laws, she ordered him to issue as quickly as possible a law for the confirmation of the faith read at Ariminum. When he quietly declined the task — for he was of the catholic church — she urged him, enticing him with promises of greater honour. But she did not persuade him; Menivolus took off his belt and threw it at the empress’s feet, saying that he would claim neither his present rank nor a greater one at the price of impiety. Since he stood firm never to do this, others served in issuing such a law. It ordered that those who believed as those who had met at Ariminum, and afterwards at Constantinople, should assemble without fear; and that those who hindered this, or petitioned against the emperor’s law, should be punished with death. While the emperor’s mother was eager about this and pressing to carry the law into effect, it was announced that Gratian had been killed by the treachery of Andragathius, Maximus’s general. For he had hidden himself in an imperial carriage and ordered the officers to announce that it was the emperor’s wife. Gratian, rashly crossing the river there, being lately married, young, and in love with his wife, in his eagerness to see her, foreseeing nothing, fell into Andragathius’s hands; and being seized, he was killed not long after, being about twenty-four years old and having reigned fifteen. At so great a calamity Justina ceased from her anger against Ambrose. Meanwhile Maximus, gathering a very great army of Britons and of the neighbouring Gauls and Celts and the nations there, marched on Italy, on the pretext that he would not tolerate any innovation in the ancestral faith and the order of the church, but in truth clearing himself of the reputation of a usurper; and looking to the empire, he was contriving, if he could, to seem to gain the rule of the Romans by law and not by force. Valentinian, compelled by the circumstances, acknowledged the insignia of his rule. But fearing lest he suffer harm, he fled from Italy and came to Thessalonica, and with him his mother and Probus the prefect.
7.14PG 67:1449–1451
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, παρασκευαζομένῳ Θεοδοσίῳ εἰς τὸν πρὸς Μάξιμον πόλεμον, γίνεται παῖς Ονώριος. Ως δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ περὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ηὐτρέπιστο, καταλιπὼν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει βασιλεύοντα ᾿Αρκάδιον τὸν υἱὸν, καταλαμβάνει ἐν Θεσσαλονίκη Ουαλεντινιανόν. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀποσταλέντας παρὰ Μαξίμου πρέσβεις, οὔτε ἀπέπεμπεν εἰς τὸ προφανές, οὔτε προσίετο · ἀναλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἐπὶ τὴν καὶ τῷ Ἰταλίαν ἐχώρει. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον μέλλων τελευτᾷν ᾿Αγέλιος ὁ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τῶν Ναυατιανῶν ἐπίσκοπος, ἐψηφίσατο ἀντ᾿ αὐτοῦ Σισίνιον πρεσβύτερον τῶν ὑπ' αὐτόν. Μεμφομένου δὲ τοῦ πλήθους, ὅτι μὴ Μαρκιανὸν ἐπὶ εὐλαβείᾳ ἐπίσημον, ῥᾷον ἔχειν δόξας, ἐχειροτόνησε Μαρκιανόν λαῷ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ προσεφώνησε, Μετ᾿ ἐμὲ, λέγων, Μαρκιανὸν ἔχετε · μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον, Σισίνιον Καὶ ὁ μὲν τάδε εἰπὼν, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐπὶ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτεσιν εὐδοκίμως τῆς οἰκείας αἱρέσεως προστάς. Εἰσὶ δὲ οἱ καὶ ὁμολογητὴν ἰσχυρίζονται τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα ἐν Ἑλληνικοῖς καιροῖς γενέσθαι. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, Τιμοθέου καὶ Κυρίλλου τὸν βίον μεταλλαξάντων, διαδέχεται τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων θρόνον Θεόφιλος· τῶν δὲ Ἱεροσολύμων, Ἰωάννης. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, καὶ Δημόφιλος ὁ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως ἡγούμενος ἐτελεύτησε. Μαρῖνος δέ τις ἐκ Θράκης μετακληθεὶς, ἐπιτρέπεται τὴν αὐτοῦ διαδοχήν. Ὡς ἐπιτηδειότερος δὲ Δωρόθεος ἐκ τῆς παρὰ Σύροις ᾿Αντιοχείας ἐλθὼν, προΐστατο τῆς αἱρέσεως. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Θεοδοσίου εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἀφικομένου, φῆμαι περὶ τοῦ πολέμου πρὸς τὸ ἑκάστῳ δοκοῦν ἐκράτουν · παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ᾿Αρειανοῖς, ὡς πολλῶν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πεσόντων, ὑπὸ τὸν τύραννον ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐγένετο. Καὶ ὡς ἐπιγενομένοις ἤδη οἷς ἐλογοποίουν, ἐθάῤῥησαν· καὶ καταδραμόντες, Νεκταρίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τὴν οἰκίαν ἐνέπρησαν, χαλεπαίνόντες, ὅτι τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐκράτει. Τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον κατὰ γνώμην ἀπέβη. Οἱ γὰρ ὑπὸ Μαξίμῳ στρατιῶται, ἢ φόβῳ τῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς παρασκευῆς, ἢ προδοσίᾳ, συλλαβόμενοι τὸν τύραννον ἀνεῖλον. ᾿Ανδραγάθιος δὲ ὁ Γρατιανὸν ἀνελὼν, ὡς τάδε ἔγνω, σὺν αὐτοῖς ὅπλοις εἰς ποταμὸν παραβῥέοντα ἥλατο, καὶ διεφθάρη. Τοῦ δὲ πολέμου τοῦτον διαλυθέντος τὸν τρόπον, ἔπειτα εἰκότα Γρατιανῷ τιμωρήσας, ἧκεν εἰς Ῥώμην καὶ ἐπινίκιον πομπὴν ἅμα Οὐαλεντινιανῷ ἐπετέλεσε, καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ Ἐκκλησίας εὖ διέθηκε. Συνέβη γὰρ καὶ Ἰου στίναν ἀποθανεῖν,
En toutǭ de, paraskeuazomenǭ Theodosiǭ eis ton pros Maximon polemon, ginetai pais Onōrios. Ōs de autǭ ta peri tēn stratian ēutrepisto, katalipōn en Kōnstantinoupolei basileuonta ᾿Arkadion ton huion, katalambanei en Thessalonikē Oualentinianon. Kai tous men apostalentas para Maximou presbeis, oute apepempen eis to prophanes, oute prosieto ; analabōn de tous stratiōtas, epi tēn kai tǭ Italian echōrei. Peri de touton ton chronon mellōn teleutąn ᾿Agelios ho en Kōnstantinoupolei tōn Nauatianōn episkopos, epsēphisato ant᾿ autou Sisinion presbyteron tōn hyp' auton. Memphomenou de tou plēthous, hoti mē Markianon epi eulabeią episēmon, rhąon echein doxas, echeirotonēse Markianon laǭ en tę̄ ekklēsią prosephōnēse, Met᾿ eme, legōn, Markianon echete ; meta de touton, Sisinion Kai ho men tade eipōn, ouk eis makran eteleutēsen, epi tessarakonta etesin eudokimōs tēs oikeias haireseōs prostas. Eisi de hoi kai homologētēn ischyrizontai touton ton andra en Hellēnikois kairois genesthai. Ou pollǭ de hysteron, Timotheou kai Kyrillou ton bion metallaxantōn, diadechetai ton ᾿Alexandreōn thronon Theophilos; tōn de Hierosolymōn, Iōannēs. Epi de tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs, kai Dēmophilos ho tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs hēgoumenos eteleutēse. Marinos de tis ek Thrakēs metaklētheis, epitrepetai tēn autou diadochēn. Hōs epitēdeioteros de Dōrotheos ek tēs para Syrois ᾿Antiocheias elthōn, proïstato tēs haireseōs. En toutǭ de Theodosiou eis Italian aphikomenou, phēmai peri tou polemou pros to hekastǭ dokoun ekratoun ; para de tois ᾿Areianois, hōs pollōn en tę̄ machę̄ pesontōn, hypo ton tyrannon ho basileus egeneto. Kai hōs epigenomenois ēdē hois elogopoioun, etharrhēsan; kai katadramontes, Nektariou tou episkopou tēn oikian eneprēsan, chalepainontes, hoti tōn Ekklēsiōn ekratei. Tǭ de basilei ta peri ton polemon kata gnōmēn apebē. Hoi gar hypo Maximǭ stratiōtai, ē phobǭ tēs ep᾿ autous paraskeuēs, ē prodosią, syllabomenoi ton tyrannon aneilon. ᾿Andragathios de ho Gratianon anelōn, hōs tade egnō, syn autois hoplois eis potamon parabrheonta hēlato, kai diephtharē. Tou de polemou touton dialythentos ton tropon, epeita eikota Gratianǭ timōrēsas, hēken eis Rhōmēn kai epinikion pompēn hama Oualentinianǭ epetelese, kai ta peri tēs en Italią Ekklēsias eu diethēke. Synebē gar kai Iou stinan apothanein,
Meanwhile, as Theodosius was preparing for the war against Maximus, a son, Honorius, was born to him. When his army was ready, he left his son Arcadius ruling in Constantinople and joined Valentinian at Thessalonica. The envoys sent by Maximus he neither openly sent away nor received; but taking his soldiers he advanced into Italy. About this time Agelius, bishop of the Novatians in Constantinople, being about to die, designated in his place Sisinnius, a presbyter of those under him. When the people complained that he had not chosen Marcian, renowned for piety, he, seeming to grow better, ordained Marcian, and addressed the people in the church: “After me you have Marcian; after him, Sisinnius.” Having said this he died not long after, having presided over his own heresy with distinction for forty years. Some maintain that this man was also a confessor in pagan times. Not long after, when Timothy and Cyril had departed this life, Theophilus succeeded to the throne of the Alexandrians and John to that of Jerusalem. In Constantinople Demophilus, the leader of the Arian heresy, also died; a certain Marinus, summoned from Thrace, was entrusted with his succession, but Dorotheus, coming from Antioch in Syria as more suitable, presided over the heresy. Meanwhile, when Theodosius had arrived in Italy, rumours about the war prevailed according to each one’s wish; and among the Arians it was said that many had fallen in the battle and the emperor had come under the usurper. And, as though what they invented had already happened, they took courage; and running together they set fire to the house of Nectarius the bishop, angry because he held the churches. But the war turned out as the emperor wished. For Maximus’s soldiers, either from fear of the force prepared against them or by treachery, seized the usurper and killed him. Andragathius, who had killed Gratian, when he learned this, leapt into a river flowing by, arms and all, and perished. The war having been ended in this way, having fittingly avenged Gratian, he came to Rome and celebrated a triumphal procession with Valentinian, and set the affairs of the church in Italy in good order. For Justina too had happened to die,
7.15PG 67:1451–1457
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε Παυλίνου ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ τελευτήσαντος, διέμειναν οἱ ὑπ' αὐτῷ ἐκκλησιάζοντες, ὡς παραβάντα τοὺς ἐπὶ Μελετίου δοθέντας ὅρκους ἀποστρε φόμενοι Φλαβιανὸν, καίπερ οὐδὲν περὶ τὸ δόγμα διαφερόμενοι. Καθίσταται δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπίσκοπος Εὐά - ¹. γριος κ· τοῦ δὲ, βραχύν τινα χρόνον ἐπιβιώσαντος, οὐκέτι ταύτην τὴν διαδοχὴν ἕτερος ἐπλήρωσε, Φλαβιανοῦ ἀντιπράττοντος. Ἰδίᾳ δὲ ἐκκλησίαζον, ὅσοι τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν παρῃτοῦντο κοινωνίαν. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἐπίσκοπος τὸ παρ' αὐτοῖς Διονύσου ἱερὸν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν μετεσκεύαζε · δῶρον γὰρ εἰλήφει τοῦτο παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως αἰτήσας Καθαιρουμένων δὲ τῶν ἐνθάδε ξοάνων, καὶ τῶν ἀδύτων ἀνακαλυπτομένων, ἐπίτηδες σπουδάζων ἐνυβρίσαι τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς μυστηρίοις, ἐξεπόμπευε ταῦτα· καὶ φαλλοὺς, καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερον ἐν τοῖς ἀδύτοις κεκρυμμένον καταγέλαστον ἦν ἢ ἐφαίνετο, δημοσίᾳ ἦγεν εἰς ἐπίδειξιν. Πρὸς δὲ τὸ ἀληθὲς, καὶ τὸ ἀδόκητον τοῦ συμβάντος καταπλαγέντες οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἠρεμεῖν οὐκ ἠνείχοντο· παρασκευασάμενοι δὲ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς κατέδραμον τοὺς Χριστιανούς. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν κτείναντες, τοὺς δὲ τραυματίας ποιήσαντες, καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ Σεράπιον. Ναὸς δὲ οὗτος ἦν κάλλει καὶ μεγέθει ἐμφανέστατος, ἐπὶ γεωλόφου κείμενος. Ἐντεῦθεν ὡς ἀπ᾿ ἄκρας τινὸς ἐξαπιναίως ἐλθόντες, συνέλαβόν τε πολλοὺς Χριστιανῶν, καὶ βασανίζοντες, ἠνάγκαζον θύειν. Παραιτουμένους δὲ, τοὺς μὲν ἀνεσκολόπισαν· τῶν δὲ τὰ σκέλη κατέαξαν · ἄλλους δὲ ἄλλως ἀνῄρουν. Ἐπὶ πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ τῆς στάσεως κρατούσης παραγενόμενοι πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἄρχοντες, νόμων ὑπεμίμνησκον, καὶ παύεσθαι πολέμου παρεκελεύοντο, καὶ τὸ Σεράπιον καταλιμπάνειν. Ηρχε δὲ τότε τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ στρατιωτικῶν ταγμάτων Ῥωμανός· Εὐάγριος δὲ ὕπαρχος τῆς ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἡγεῖτο. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἤνυον, ἐμήνυσαν τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ ῾ γενόμενα. Προθυμοτέρους δὲ τοὺς ἐν τῷ Σεραπίῳ παρεσκεύαζεν εἶναι, τὸ συνειδέναι σφίσιν ἃ τετολμήκασιν· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ Ὀλύμπιός τις ἐν φιλοσόφου σχήματι συνὼν αὐτοῖς, καὶ πείθων χρῆναι μὴ ἀμελεῖν τῶν πατρίων, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ δέοι ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν θνήσκειν · καθαιρουμένων δὲ τῶν ξοάνων, ἀθυμοῦντας ὁρῶν, συνεβούλευε μὴ ἐξίστασθαι τῆς θρησκείας, ὕλην φθαρτὴν καὶ ἰνδάλματα λέγων εἶναι τὰ ἀγάλματα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀφανισμὸν ὑπομένειν· δυνάμεις δέ τινας ἐνοικῆσαι αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀποπτῆναι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, τοιάδε εἰσηγούμενος, καὶ πληθὺν Ἑλλήνων ἔχων περὶ αὐτὸν, ἐν τῷ Σεραπίῳ διέτριβεν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγγελθέντων τῶν γενομένων, τοὺς μὲν ἀναιρεθέντας Χριστιανοὺς ἐμαχάριζεν, ὡς μαρτυρίας γερῶν μετασχόντας, ὑπὲρ τοῦ δόγματος προ-. χινδυνεύσαντας. Τοὺς δὲ ἀνελόντας, συγγνώμης τυχεῖν (1 7) προσέταξεν, ὡς ἂν ῥᾷστα εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μεταθάλοιεν, τὴν ἐὐεργεσίαν αἰδούμενοι " χαθατρεθῇδὲ τοὺς ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ναοὺς, ὡς αἰτίους σεως τῷ δήμῳ. Λέγεται δὲ τῶν περὶ τούτων γραφέντων παρὰ βασιλέως εἰς τὸ κοινὸν ἀναγνωσθέντων, μέγα ἀναδοῇσαι Χριστιανοὺς, καθότι εὐθὺς ἐκ προοιἰμίων ἐν αἰτίᾳ τοὺς ᾿Ελληνιστὰς ἐποιεῖτο. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ εἰς δέος ἐμπεσόντας τοὺς τὸ Σεράπιον φυλάσσοντας, εἰς φυγὴν τραπῆναι " χαταλαθόντας δὲ τὸν τόπων τοὺς Χριστιανοὺς, ἐξ ἐκείνου κατασχεῖν. Ὃ δὲ Ὀλύμπιος (, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, οὐ πολλῷ πρότερον, ἀωρὶ τῆς νυκτὸς μεθ᾽ ἣν ταῦτα ἐπιγενομένης ἡμέρας συνέδη, ἐπήχουσέ τινος ἐν τῷ Σεραπίῳ ᾿Αλληλούτα ψάλλοντος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν θυρῶν χεχλεισμένων, ἡσυχίας οὔσης, οὐδένα χαθεώρα, φωνῆς δὲ μόνης ἤκουε τὸν αὐτὸν ψαλμὸν μελῳδούσης, ἔγνω τὸ σύμθο)ον. Καὶ λαθὼν πάντας, ἔξεισι τοῦ Σεραπίου, πλοίου τυχὼν, εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἀνήχθη. Φασὶ δὲ τοῦ ναοῦ τούτου τότε χαθαιρουμένον, τινὰ τῶν χκαλουμένων ἱερογλνφιχῶν χαραχτήρων, σταυροῦ σημείῳ ἐμφερεῖς ἐγχεχαραγμένοις τοῖς λίθοις ἀναφανῆναι. Παρ᾽ ἐπιστημόνων δὲ τὰ τοιάδε, ἑρμηνευθεῖσαν σημᾶναι ταύτην τὴν γραφὴν, ζωὴν ἐπερχομένην" τοῦτο δὲ, πρόφασιν Χριστιανισμοῦ πολλοῖς γενέσθαι τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν, καθότι γράμματα ἕτερα τοῦτο τὸ ἱερὸν τέλος ἕξειν ἐδήλου, ἡνίκα οὗτος ὁ χαρακτὴρ φανῇ. Τὸ μὲν δὴ Σεράπιον ὧδε καὶ μετ᾽ οὐ πολὺ εἰς ἐκκλησίαν μετεσκευάσθη, ᾿Αρκαδίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπώνυμον . Εἰσέτι δὲ κατὰ πόλεις τινὰς προθύμως ὑπερεμάχοντο τῶν ναῶν οἱ Ἑλληνισταί · παρὰ μὲν ᾿Αραβίοις, Πετραῖοι, καὶ ᾿Αρεοπολίται. παρὰ δὲ Παλαιστινοῖς, Ῥαφιῶται καὶ Γαζαῖοι·. παρὰ δὲ Φοίνιξιν, οἱ τὴν Ἡλιούπολιν οἰκοῦντες. Σύρων δὲ μάλιστα οἱ τοῦ ναοῦ Ἀπαμείας τῆς πρὸς τῷ Ἀξίῳ ποταμῷ· οὓς ἐπυθόμην ἐπὶ φυλακῇ τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ναῶν, συμμαχίαις χρήσασθαι πολλάκις Γαλιλαίων ἀνδρῶν, καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Λίβανον κωμῶν. Τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προελθεῖν τόλμης, ὡς Μάρκελλον τὸν τῇδε ἐπίσκοπον ἀνελεῖν. Λογισάμενος γὰρ ὡς οὐκ ἄλλως αὐτοῖς ῥάδιον μετατεθῆναι τῆς προτέρας θρησκείας, τοὺς ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰς κώμας ναοὺς κατεστρέψατο. Πυθόμενος δὲ μέγιστον εἶναι ναὸν ἐν τῷ Αὐλῶνι, κλίμα δὲ τοῦτο τῆς ᾿Απαμέων χώρας, στρατιώτας τινὰς καὶ μονομάχους παραλαβὼν, ἐπὶ τοῦτο ᾔει. Πλησίον δὲ γενόμενος, ἔξω βελῶν περιέμενεν. Ην γὰρ ποδαλγός · καὶ οὔτε μάχεσθαι, οὔτε διώκειν ἢ φεύγειν ἠδύνατο. Ἠσχολημένων δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ μονομάχων περὶ τὸ ἑλεῖν τὸν ναὸν, μαθόντες αὐτὸν τινες τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν μεμονῶσθαι, καθ' ὅ μέρος ἐλεύθερον ἦν μάχης τὸ χωρίον, ἐξῆλθον, ἐξαπίνης τε ἐπιστάντες, συνέλαβον αὐτὸν, καὶ πυρᾷ ἐμβαλόντες ἀνεῖλον. Καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἔλαθον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐφωράθησαν, οἱ μὲν Μαρκέλλου παῖδες τιμωρεῖν τῷ πατρὶ ἐσπούδαζον· ἡ δὲ ἀνὰ τὸ ἔθνος σύνοδος διεκώλυσε, μὴ δίκαιον νομίσασα τοιαύτης τελευτῆς τιμωρίαν λαμβάνειν, ἐφ᾿ ᾗ προσῆκε χάριν ὁμολογεῖν τὸν ὧδε θανόντα, καὶ γένος αὐτοῦ καὶ φίλους, ὡς ὑπὲρ Θεοῦ ἀποθανεῖν ἠξιωμένου · καὶ τὰ μὲν οὕτως ἔσχεν.
En de tǭ tote Paulinou en Antiocheią teleutēsantos, diemeinan hoi hyp' autǭ ekklēsiazontes, hōs parabanta tous epi Meletiou dothentas horkous apostre phomenoi Phlabianon, kaiper ouden peri to dogma diapheromenoi. Kathistatai de autōn episkopos Eua - ¹. grios k; tou de, brachyn tina chronon epibiōsantos, ouketi tautēn tēn diadochēn heteros eplērōse, Phlabianou antiprattontos. Idią de ekklēsiazon, hosoi tēn pros auton parę̄tounto koinōnian. Hypo de touton ton chronon, ᾿Alexandreōn episkopos to par' autois Dionysou hieron eis ekklēsian meteskeuaze ; dōron gar eilēphei touto para tou basileōs aitēsas Kathairoumenōn de tōn enthade xoanōn, kai tōn adytōn anakalyptomenōn, epitēdes spoudazōn enybrisai tois Hellēnikois mystēriois, exepompeue tauta; kai phallous, kai ei ti heteron en tois adytois kekrymmenon katagelaston ēn ē ephaineto, dēmosią ēgen eis epideixin. Pros de to alēthes, kai to adokēton tou symbantos kataplagentes hoi Hellēnes, ēremein ouk ēneichonto; paraskeuasamenoi de en heautois katedramon tous Christianous. Kai tous men kteinantes, tous de traumatias poiēsantes, katalambanousi to Serapion. Naos de houtos ēn kallei kai megethei emphanestatos, epi geōlophou keimenos. Enteuthen hōs ap᾿ akras tinos exapinaiōs elthontes, synelabon te pollous Christianōn, kai basanizontes, ēnankazon thyein. Paraitoumenous de, tous men aneskolopisan; tōn de ta skelē kateaxan ; allous de allōs anę̄roun. Epi pollǭ de chronǭ tēs staseōs kratousēs paragenomenoi pros autous hoi archontes, nomōn hypemimnēskon, kai pauesthai polemou parekeleuonto, kai to Serapion katalimpanein. Ērche de tote tōn en Aigyptǭ stratiōtikōn tagmatōn Rhōmanos; Euagrios de hyparchos tēs ᾿Alexandreias hēgeito. Hōs de ouden ēnyon, emēnysan tǭ basilei ta ῾ genomena. Prothymoterous de tous en tǭ Serapiǭ pareskeuazen einai, to syneidenai sphisin ha tetolmēkasin; epeita de kai Olympios tis en philosophou schēmati synōn autois, kai peithōn chrēnai mē amelein tōn patriōn, all᾽ ei deoi hyper autōn thnēskein ; kathairoumenōn de tōn xoanōn, athymountas horōn, synebouleue mē existasthai tēs thrēskeias, hylēn phthartēn kai indalmata legōn einai ta agalmata, kai dia touto aphanismon hypomenein; dynameis de tinas enoikēsai autois, kai eis ouranon apoptēnai. Kai ho men, toiade eisēgoumenos, kai plēthyn Hellēnōn echōn peri auton, en tǭ Serapiǭ dietriben. Ho de basileus angelthentōn tōn genomenōn, tous men anairethentas Christianous emacharizen, hōs martyrias gerōn metaschontas, hyper tou dogmatos pro-. chindyneusantas. Tous de anelontas, syngnōmēs tychein (1 7) prosetaxen, hōs an rhąsta eis Christianismon metathaloien, tēn euergesian aidoumenoi " chathatrethę̄de tous en ᾿Alexandreią naous, hōs aitious seōs tǭ dēmǭ. Legetai de tōn peri toutōn graphentōn para basileōs eis to koinon anagnōsthentōn, mega anadoę̄sai Christianous, kathoti euthys ek prooiimiōn en aitią tous ᾿Ellēnistas epoieito. Enteuthen de eis deos empesontas tous to Serapion phylassontas, eis phygēn trapēnai " chatalathontas de ton topōn tous Christianous, ex ekeinou kataschein. Ho de Olympios (, hōs epythomēn, ou pollǭ proteron, aōri tēs nyktos meth᾽ hēn tauta epigenomenēs hēmeras synedē, epēchouse tinos en tǭ Serapiǭ ᾿Allēlouta psallontos. Epei de tōn thyrōn chechleismenōn, hēsychias ousēs, oudena chatheōra, phōnēs de monēs ēkoue ton auton psalmon melǭdousēs, egnō to symtho)on. Kai lathōn pantas, exeisi tou Serapiou, ploiou tychōn, eis Italian anēchthē. Phasi de tou naou toutou tote chathairoumenon, tina tōn chkaloumenōn hieroglnphichōn charachtērōn, staurou sēmeiǭ emphereis enchecharagmenois tois lithois anaphanēnai. Par᾽ epistēmonōn de ta toiade, hermēneutheisan sēmanai tautēn tēn graphēn, zōēn eperchomenēn" touto de, prophasin Christianismou pollois genesthai tōn Hellēnistōn, kathoti grammata hetera touto to hieron telos hexein edēlou, hēnika houtos ho charaktēr phanę̄. To men dē Serapion hōde kai met᾽ ou poly eis ekklēsian meteskeuasthē, ᾿Arkadiou tou basileōs epōnymon . Eiseti de kata poleis tinas prothymōs hyperemachonto tōn naōn hoi Hellēnistai ; para men ᾿Arabiois, Petraioi, kai ᾿Areopolitai. para de Palaistinois, Rhaphiōtai kai Gazaioi;. para de Phoinixin, hoi tēn Hēlioupolin oikountes. Syrōn de malista hoi tou naou Apameias tēs pros tǭ Axiǭ potamǭ; hous epythomēn epi phylakę̄ tōn par᾿ autois naōn, symmachiais chrēsasthai pollakis Galilaiōn andrōn, kai tōn peri ton Libanon kōmōn. To de teleutaion epi tosouton proelthein tolmēs, hōs Markellon ton tę̄de episkopon anelein. Logisamenos gar hōs ouk allōs autois rhadion metatethēnai tēs proteras thrēskeias, tous ana tēn polin kai tas kōmas naous katestrepsato. Pythomenos de megiston einai naon en tǭ Aulōni, klima de touto tēs ᾿Apameōn chōras, stratiōtas tinas kai monomachous paralabōn, epi touto ę̄ei. Plēsion de genomenos, exō belōn periemenen. Ēn gar podalgos ; kai oute machesthai, oute diōkein ē pheugein ēdynato. Ēscholēmenōn de tōn stratiōtōn kai monomachōn peri to helein ton naon, mathontes auton tines tōn Hellēnistōn memonōsthai, kath' ho meros eleutheron ēn machēs to chōrion, exēlthon, exapinēs te epistantes, synelabon auton, kai pyrą embalontes aneilon. Kai pros to paron elathon. Epei de tǭ chronǭ ephōrathēsan, hoi men Markellou paides timōrein tǭ patri espoudazon; hē de ana to ethnos synodos diekōlyse, mē dikaion nomisasa toiautēs teleutēs timōrian lambanein, eph᾿ hę̄ prosēke charin homologein ton hōde thanonta, kai genos autou kai philous, hōs hyper Theou apothanein ēxiōmenou ; kai ta men houtōs eschen.
At that time, when Paulinus died at Antioch, those who held assemblies under him remained apart, turning away from Flavian as one who had broken the oaths given in the time of Meletius, though they differed in nothing concerning doctrine. Evagrius was appointed their bishop; and when he had lived only a short time, no one else filled this succession, since Flavian worked against it. Those who refused communion with him held assemblies by themselves. About this time the bishop of the Alexandrians was converting the temple of Dionysus there into a church; for he had asked for it and received it as a gift from the emperor. When the images there were being removed and the inner shrines uncovered, deliberately seeking to insult the pagan mysteries, he paraded these things: the phalluses, and whatever else hidden in the shrines was or seemed ridiculous, he brought out publicly for display. The pagans, astounded at the truth and at the unexpectedness of what had happened, would not keep quiet; having made preparations among themselves, they fell upon the Christians. Killing some and wounding others, they seized the Serapeum. This was a temple most conspicuous for its beauty and size, lying on a hill. Coming suddenly from there as from a citadel, they seized many of the Christians and, torturing them, tried to force them to sacrifice. Those who refused they crucified, or broke their legs, or killed in other ways. When the riot had prevailed for a long time, the magistrates came to them, reminded them of the laws, and urged them to cease from war and to leave the Serapeum. At that time Romanus commanded the military units in Egypt, and Evagrius governed Alexandria as prefect. When they accomplished nothing, they reported what had happened to the emperor. Those in the Serapeum were made more determined by their consciousness of what they had dared; and also by a certain Olympius, who was with them in a philosopher’s dress and persuaded them that they must not neglect their ancestral rites, but, if need be, die for them. And when he saw them disheartened as the images were being destroyed, he advised them not to abandon their religion, saying that the statues were perishable matter and images, and therefore underwent destruction; but that certain powers had dwelt in them and had flown away to heaven. Teaching such things and having a crowd of pagans about him, he stayed in the Serapeum. When what had happened was reported, the emperor called the Christians who had been killed blessed, as having shared in the honours of martyrdom by facing danger for the doctrine; but he ordered that those who had killed them should be pardoned, so that, respecting the kindness, they might most easily change over to Christianity; and that the temples in Alexandria should be destroyed, as having been the cause of the people’s riot. It is said that when the emperor’s letter about these things was read publicly, the Christians shouted loudly, because right from the opening it blamed the pagans. Upon this those guarding the Serapeum fell into fear and turned to flight; and the Christians, seizing the place, held it from then on. Olympius, as I have learned, a little before, at an untimely hour of the night preceding the day on which this happened, heard someone in the Serapeum singing “Alleluia.” Since the doors were shut and all was quiet, and he saw no one but heard only a voice singing the same psalm, he understood the sign; and escaping everyone’s notice, he left the Serapeum, found a ship and sailed to Italy. They say that when this temple was being demolished, some of the characters called hieroglyphic, resembling the sign of the cross, appeared engraved on the stones; and that those skilled in such things interpreted this writing to signify “life to come.” This became an occasion of Christianity for many of the pagans, because other writings declared that this temple would come to an end when this character appeared. So the Serapeum was taken, and not long after was converted into a church named after the emperor Arcadius. In some cities, however, the pagans still fought zealously for the temples: among the Arabians the people of Petra and Areopolis; among the Palestinians those of Raphia and Gaza; among the Phoenicians the inhabitants of Heliopolis; and among the Syrians especially those of the temple of Apamea on the river Axius. I have learned that for the guarding of their temples they often used the help of men from Galilee and of the villages about Lebanon; and at last they went so far in daring as to kill Marcellus, the bishop there. For he, reckoning that there was no other easy way for them to be turned from their former religion, overthrew the temples in the city and the villages. Learning that there was a very large temple at Aulon, a district of the territory of Apamea, he took some soldiers and gladiators and went against it. When he came near, he waited out of range of missiles; for he had gout and could neither fight nor pursue nor flee. While the soldiers and gladiators were busy taking the temple, some of the pagans, learning that he was alone, came out where the place was free of fighting, suddenly fell upon him, seized him, threw him on a pyre and killed him. For the present they escaped notice. But when in time they were discovered, Marcellus’s sons were eager to avenge their father; but the synod of the province prevented it, thinking it not right to take vengeance for such a death, for which the one who died so, and his family and friends, ought rather to give thanks, as one thought worthy to die for God. So these things happened.
7.16PG 67:1457–1463
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, τῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων τεταγμένον πρεσβύτερον οὐκέτι συνεχώρησεν εἶναι πρῶτος Νεκτάριος, ὁ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπιτροπεύων. Ἐπηκολούθησαν δὲ σχεδὸν οἱ πανταχοῦ ἐπίσκοποι. Τοῦτο δὲ τὶ ποτὲ ἐστι, ἢ πόθεν ἤρξατο, ἢ κατὰ ποίαν αἰτίαν ἐπαύσατο, ἄλλοι μὲν ἴσως ἄλλως λέγουσιν. ᾿Εγὼ δὲ ὡς οἶμαι ἀφηγήσομαι. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ τὸ μὴ παντελῶς ἁμαρτεῖν, θειοτέρας ἣ ἄνθρωἐδεῖτο φύσεως, μεταμελουμένοις δὲ πολλάκις ἁμαρτάνουσι συγγνώμην νέμειν ὁ Θεὸς πὰρεχελεύσατο, ἐν τῷ παραιτεῖσθαι συνομολογεῖν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κρεῶν, φορτιχὸν, ὡς εἰκὸς, ἐξ ἀρχῆς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἔδοξεν, ὡς ἐν θεάτρῳ ὑπὸ μάρτυρι τῷ πλήθει τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἐξαγγέλλειν " πρεσβύτερον δὲ τῶν ἄριστα πολιτευομένων, ἐχέμυθόν τε καὶ ἔμφρονα, ἐπὶ τοῦτο τετάχασιν. Ὧ δὴ προσιόντες οἱ ἡμαρτηχότες, τὰ βεδιωμένα ὡμολόγουν ὁ δὲ, πρὸς τὴν ἑκάστου ἁμαρτίαν, ὅτι χρὴ πριῆσαι ἢ τίσαι ἐπιτίμιον θεὶς, ἀπέλυς, παρὰ σφῶν αὑτῶν τὴν δίκην εἰσπραξαμένους. ᾿Αλλὰ Νανατιανοῖς μὲν, οἷς οὐ λόγος μετανοίας, οὐδὲν τούτου ἐδέησεν. δὲ ταῖς ἄλλαις αἱρέσεσιν, εἰς ἔτι νῦν τοῦτο κρατεῖ. Ἔπιμελῶς δὲ ἐν ταῖς κατὰ Δύσιν Ἔχκλησίαις. φυλάττετα!, μάλιστα ἐν τῇ Ῥωμαίων. Ἐνθάδε. γὰρ ἔχδηλές ἐστιν ὁ τόπος τῶν ἐν μετανοίᾳ ὄντων" ἑστᾶσι δὲ κατηφεῖς, καὶ οἱονεὶ πενθοῦντες. Ἤδη δὲ πληρωθείσης τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ λειτουργίας, μὴ μετασχόντες ὧν μύσταις θέμις, σὺν οἰμωγῇ ὀδυρμῷ. πρηνεῖς ἐπὶ γῆς ῥίπτουσι σφᾶς. ᾿Αντιπρόσωπος δὲ δεδαχρυμένος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος προσδραμὼν, ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους πίπτει · σὺν ὀλολυγῇ καὶ τὸ πᾶν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας πλῆθος δακρύων ἐμπιπλᾶται. Τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο δὲ, πρῶτος ὁ ἐπίσκοπος ἐξανίσταται, καὶ τοὺς κειμένους ἀνίστησι· καὶ ᾗ προσῆκεν ὑπὲρ ἡμαρτηκότων μεταμελουμένων εὐξάμενος, ἀποπέμπει. Καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἑκοντὶ ταλαιπωρούμενος ἕκαστος, ἢ νηστείαις, ἢ ἀλουσίαις, ἢ ἐδεσμάτων ἀποχῇ, ἢ ἑτέροις οἷς προστέτακται, περιμένει τὸν χρόνον, εἰς ὅσον αὐτῷ τέταχεν ὁ ἐπίσκοπος. Τῇ δὲ προθεσμίᾳ, ὥσπερ τι ὄφλημα διαλύσας τὴν τιμω· ρίαν, τῆς ἁμαρτίας ἀνίεται, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ λαοῦ ἐκκλησιάζει. Τάδε μὲν ἀρχῆθεν οἱ Ῥωμαίων ἱερεῖς ἄχρι καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς φυλάττουσιν. Ἐν δὲ τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει Ἐκκλησίᾳ, ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν μετανοούντων τεταγμένος πρεσβύτερος ἐπολιτεύετο. Εἰσότε δὴ γυνή τις τῶν εὐπατριδῶν, ἐπὶ ἁμαρτίαις αἷς προσήγγειλε, προσταχθεῖσα παρὰ τούτου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου νηστεύειν, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἱκετεύειν, τούτου χάριν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ διατρίβουσα, ἐκπεπορνεῦσθαι παρ᾿ ἀνδρὸς διακόνου κατεμήνυσεν. Ἐφ᾽ ᾧ τὸ πλῆθος μαθὸν, ἐχαλέπαινεν ὡς τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὑβρισμένης. Μεγίστη δὲ διαβολὴ τοὺς ἱερωμένους εἶχεν. Ἀπορῶν δὲ ὅ τι χρήσαιτο τῷ συμβεβηκότι Νεκτάριος, ἀφείλετο τῆς διακονίας τὸν ἡταιρηκότα. Συμβουλευσάντων δέ τινων συγχωρεῖν ἕκαστον, ὡς ἂν ἑαυτῷ συνειδείη καὶ θαῤῥεῖν δύναιτο, κοινωνεῖν τῶν μυστηρίων, ἔπαυσε τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς μετανοίας πρεσβύτερον. Καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦτο κρατοῦν διέμεινεν · ἤδη τῆς ἀρχαιότητος, οἶμαι, καὶ τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτὴν σεμνότητος καὶ ἀκριβείας, εἰς ἀδιάφορον καὶ ἡμελημένον ἦθος κατὰ μικρὸν διολισθαίνειν ἀρξαμένης. Ἐπεὶ πρότερον, ὡς ἡγοῦμαι, μείω τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἦν, ὑπὸ τε αἰδοῦς τῶν ἐξαγγελλόντων τὰς σφῶν αὐτῶν πλημμελείας, καὶ ὑπὸ ἀκριβείας τῶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τεταγμένων κριτῶν. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας συμβάλλω, καὶ Θεοδόσιον τὸν βασιλέα προνοούμενον τῆς τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν εὐκλείας τε καὶ σεμνότητος νομοθετῆσαι τὰς γυναῖκας, εἰ μὴ παῖδας ἔχοιεν, καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα ἔτη γένοιντο, διακονίαν Θεοῦ μὴ ἐπιτρέπεσθαι 1, καὶ τὸ ἀποστόλου Παύλου ῥητὸν πρόσταγμα. Τὰς δὲ χειρομένας ($0) τὰφ χεφαλὰς,ἀπελαύνεσθαιτῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν τοὺς δὲ ταῦτας προσιεμένους ἐπισκόπους, ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς.
En toutǭ de, tōn epi tōn metanoountōn tetagmenon presbyteron ouketi synechōrēsen einai prōtos Nektarios, ho tēn ekklēsian Kōnstantinoupoleōs epitropeuōn. Epēkolouthēsan de schedon hoi pantachou episkopoi. Touto de ti pote esti, ē pothen ērxato, ē kata poian aitian epausato, alloi men isōs allōs legousin. ᾿Egō de hōs oimai aphēgēsomai. Epei gar to mē pantelōs hamartein, theioteras hē anthrōedeito physeōs, metameloumenois de pollakis hamartanousi syngnōmēn nemein ho Theos parecheleusato, en tǭ paraiteisthai synomologein tēn hamartian kreōn, phortichon, hōs eikos, ex archēs tois hiereusin edoxen, hōs en theatrǭ hypo martyri tǭ plēthei tēs Ekklēsias, tas hamartias exangellein " presbyteron de tōn arista politeuomenōn, echemython te kai emphrona, epi touto tetachasin. Hō dē prosiontes hoi hēmartēchotes, ta bediōmena hōmologoun ho de, pros tēn hekastou hamartian, hoti chrē priēsai ē tisai epitimion theis, apelys, para sphōn hautōn tēn dikēn eispraxamenous. ᾿Alla Nanatianois men, hois ou logos metanoias, ouden toutou edeēsen. de tais allais hairesesin, eis eti nyn touto kratei. Epimelōs de en tais kata Dysin Echklēsiais. phylatteta!, malista en tę̄ Rhōmaiōn. Enthade. gar echdēles estin ho topos tōn en metanoią ontōn" hestasi de katēpheis, kai hoionei penthountes. Ēdē de plērōtheisēs tēs tou Theou leitourgias, mē metaschontes hōn mystais themis, syn oimōgę̄ odyrmǭ. prēneis epi gēs rhiptousi sphas. ᾿Antiprosōpos de dedachrymenos ho episkopos prosdramōn, homoiōs epi tou edaphous piptei ; syn ololygę̄ kai to pan tēs Ekklēsias plēthos dakryōn empiplatai. To meta touto de, prōtos ho episkopos exanistatai, kai tous keimenous anistēsi; kai hę̄ prosēken hyper hēmartēkotōn metameloumenōn euxamenos, apopempei. Kath᾿ heauton de hekonti talaipōroumenos hekastos, ē nēsteiais, ē alousiais, ē edesmatōn apochę̄, ē heterois hois prostetaktai, perimenei ton chronon, eis hoson autǭ tetachen ho episkopos. Tę̄ de prothesmią, hōsper ti ophlēma dialysas tēn timō; rian, tēs hamartias anietai, kai meta tou laou ekklēsiazei. Tade men archēthen hoi Rhōmaiōn hiereis achri kai eis hēmas phylattousin. En de tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei Ekklēsią, ho epi tōn metanoountōn tetagmenos presbyteros epoliteueto. Eisote dē gynē tis tōn eupatridōn, epi hamartiais hais prosēngeile, prostachtheisa para toutou tou presbyterou nēsteuein, kai ton Theon hiketeuein, toutou charin en tę̄ ekklēsią diatribousa, ekpeporneusthai par᾿ andros diakonou katemēnysen. Eph᾽ hǭ to plēthos mathon, echalepainen hōs tēs ekklēsias hybrismenēs. Megistē de diabolē tous hierōmenous eichen. Aporōn de ho ti chrēsaito tǭ symbebēkoti Nektarios, apheileto tēs diakonias ton hētairēkota. Symbouleusantōn de tinōn synchōrein hekaston, hōs an heautǭ syneideiē kai tharrhein dynaito, koinōnein tōn mystēriōn, epause ton epi tēs metanoias presbyteron. Kai ex ekeinou touto kratoun diemeinen ; ēdē tēs archaiotētos, oimai, kai tēs kat᾿ autēn semnotētos kai akribeias, eis adiaphoron kai hēmelēmenon ēthos kata mikron diolisthainein arxamenēs. Epei proteron, hōs hēgoumai, meiō ta hamartēmata ēn, hypo te aidous tōn exangellontōn tas sphōn autōn plēmmeleias, kai hypo akribeias tōn epi toutǭ tetagmenōn kritōn. Ek tautēs de tēs aitias symballō, kai Theodosion ton basilea pronooumenon tēs tōn Ekklēsiōn eukleias te kai semnotētos nomothetēsai tas gynaikas, ei mē paidas echoien, kai hyper hexēkonta etē genointo, diakonian Theou mē epitrepesthai 1, kai to apostolou Paulou rhēton prostagma. Tas de cheiromenas ($0) taph chephalas,apelaunesthaitōn Ekklēsiōn tous de tautas prosiemenous episkopous, aphaireisthai tēs episkopēs.
At this time Nectarius, who governed the church of Constantinople, was the first to stop having a presbyter appointed over the penitents; and almost all the bishops everywhere followed. What this is, or whence it began, or for what reason it ceased, others perhaps tell otherwise; I will relate it as I think. Since never to sin at all requires a nature more divine than human, and God commanded that pardon be given to those who repent, even if they sin often; and since in asking pardon one must confess the sin, it seemed burdensome to the priests from the beginning, as was natural, that sins should be announced as in a theatre, with the multitude of the church as witness. So they appointed for this a presbyter of the best conduct, discreet and prudent. Sinners came to him and confessed what they had done; and he, setting for each one’s sin the penance to be done or paid, released them, to exact the penalty from themselves. For the Novatians, for whom there is no question of repentance, there was no need of this; but among the other heresies it still prevails to this day. It is carefully kept in the western churches, and especially in that of the Romans. For there the place of those in penance is in plain view; they stand downcast and as if mourning. When the divine liturgy has been completed, not having shared in what is lawful for the initiated, they throw themselves face down on the ground with wailing and lamentation. The bishop, weeping, runs to meet them and likewise falls on the ground; and with loud cries the whole multitude of the church too is filled with tears. After this the bishop rises first and raises those lying down; and having prayed as is fitting for repentant sinners, he dismisses them. Then each one, of his own will, afflicts himself privately with fasts, or abstinence from baths, or from foods, or other things he has been ordered, and waits for the time the bishop has fixed for him. At the appointed time, having paid the penalty like a debt, he is released from the sin and assembles with the people. The priests of the Romans have kept these things from the beginning even to our day. In the church of Constantinople the presbyter appointed over the penitents carried out his office, until a certain woman of noble family, who had been ordered by this presbyter, for the sins she had confessed, to fast and supplicate God, and who for this reason was staying in the church, disclosed that she had been led into sexual immorality by a man who was a deacon. When the people learned this, they were angry, as if the church had been insulted; and the greatest discredit fell upon the clergy. Nectarius, at a loss what to do about what had happened, deprived the offender of his diaconate. When some advised him to allow each person to share in the mysteries as he was conscious within himself and could have confidence, he abolished the presbyter over penance. And from that time this has prevailed — the ancient way, I think, with its dignity and strictness, having already begun little by little to slide into an indifferent and careless habit. For before, as I suppose, the sins were fewer, both from the shame of those who announced their own faults and from the strictness of the judges appointed for this. For this reason, I conjecture, the emperor Theodosius too, providing for the good fame and dignity of the churches, made a law that women should not be admitted to the ministry of God unless they had children and were over sixty years old, according to the express command of the apostle Paul; and that women who cut off their hair should be driven from the churches, and the bishops who admitted them deprived of their episcopate.
7.17PG 67:1463–1467
᾿Αλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἢ ἂνἑκάσεῳ ταυτὶ σεσπείτω. ?. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ὑπερορίαν φυγὴν Εὐνομίου τότε ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τὰ Εὐνομίου φρονῶν, ἐπώνομον αὐτῷ κατέλιπεν αἵρεσιν. Ζητουμένου γὰρ εἰ τὴν ἐσχάτην ὥραν γινώσκει ὁ Υἱὸς, καὶ εἰς ἀναίρεσιν τούτου, τῶν εἰρημένων ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις ὅτι μόνος ὁ Πατὴρ οἶδεν, ἀντικεῖσθαι δοκούντων, ἰσχυρίζετο μηδὲ ταύτης τῆς γνώσεως ἄμοιρον εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν, ὡς ἀνενδεῶς λαβόντα πάντα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός. Μὴ προσιε μένων δὲ τὸν λόγον τῶν τότε προεστώτων τῆς αἱρέσεως, ἑαυτὸν χωρίσας τῆς κοινωνίας, ἀφίκετο πρὸς Εὐνόμιον ἐν τῇ ὑπερορίᾳ ὄντα. Καταλαβόντος δὲ ἤδη διακόνου καὶ ἑτέρων, οἱ ἐκ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀπεστάλησαν, διαβαλεῖν τε αὐτὸν, καὶ εἰ δεήσοι διαλεξόμενοι, μαθὼν Εὐνόμιος ἐφ᾽ ᾧ παρεγένοντο, τοὺς Εὐτυχίου λόγους ἐπήνεσε. Καὶ συνηύξατο αὐτῷ, καίπερ οὐ θεμιτὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς, συνεύχεσθαι τοῖς ἀλλαχόθι δίχα γραμμάτων ἀφικνουμένοις, ἃ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁμοδόξους δηλοῖ, διὰ σημείων ἐγγραφομένων ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς, ἀγνώστων τοῖς ἄλλοις. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ ταύτης τῆς ζητήσεως Εὐνομίου τελευτήσαντος, οὐ προσίετο τὸν Εὐτύχιον ὁ προεστὼς τῆς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει αἱρέσεως, ὑπὸ ζηλοτυπίας ἀπεχθανόμενος, ὅτι μηδὲ κληρικοῦ ὄντος ἐναντίος εἶναι σπουδάζων τοῖς αὐτοῦ λόγοις, οὐχ οἷός τε ἦν διαλύειν τὸ πρόβλημα. Ἐντεῦθέν τε μετὰ τῶν ὁμοίως αὐτῷ φρονούντων, εἰς ἰδίαν αἴρεσιν ἐχωρίσθη Εὐτύχιος. Τῆς μέντοι περὶ τὴν θείαν βάπτισιν διαφορᾶς, αὐτόν τε καὶ Θεοφρόνιον ὁ πολὺς λόγος ἐπαιτιᾶται. Τάδε ἐξ ὧν ἐπυθόμην ἔγραψα, πρὸς σύντομον εἴδησιν τῶν αἰτιῶν, ἀφ᾽ ὧν Εὐνομιανοὶ διηρέθησαν. Ἐπεξελθεῖν δὲ πάντας τοὺς διὰ τοῦτο κινηθέντας λόγους, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη· κἀμοὶ δὲ οὐ ῥάδιον, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ἐμπείρως ἔχω τῶν τοιούτων διαλέξεων. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον καὶ τοῖς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει ᾿Αρειανοῖς ἀνεφύη ζήτησις, εἰ πρὶν εἶναι τὸν Υἱὸν, ὡς ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὁμολογούμενον, δύναιτο καλεῖσθαι Πατήρ ὁ Θεός. Καὶ Δωρόθεος μὲν, ὃς ἀντὶ Μαρίνου μετακληθεὶς ἐκ τῆς ᾿Αντιοχείας, προΐστατο ταύτης τῆς αἱ- - 303 ρέσεως, ὡς πρός τι τοῦ ὀνόματος ὄντος, πρὶν τὸν Υἱὸν ὑποστῆναι, μὴ καλεῖσθαι Πατέρα τὸν Θεὸν ἀπεφήνατο. Μαρίνος δὲ, τοὐναντίον ἰσχυρίζετο, καὶ μὴ ὑφεστῶτος τοῦ Υἱοῦ, Πατέρα ἀεὶ εἶναι τὸν Πατέρα ἐδόξαζεν· ἢ οὕτως ἔχων γνώμης, ἢ καθὸ Δωροθέῳ διάφορος ἦν, προκριθέντι προεστάναι τῆς αὐτῶν – εἰς ταὐτὸν συνελθόντες, ἐψηφίσαντο μή ποτε ταύτην Ἐκκλησίας. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας, εἰς ἑκάτερον διεκρίθη τὸ πλῆθος. Δωροθέου δὲ σὺν τοῖς αὐτῷ πει. θομένοις ἐφ᾽ ὧν κατείχεν εὐκτηρίων οἴκων μείναντος, ἑτέρους οἰκοδομήσαντες οἱ ἀμφὶ Μαρῖνον, ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον. Ἐπωνομάζοντο δὲ ψαθυριανοὶ ἤτοι τῶν Γότθων · τὸ μὲν ὅτι Θεόκτιστός τις Ψαθυροπώλης ποπάνου δὲ τοῦτο τὸ εἶδος), προθύμως ταύτῃ τῇ δόξῃ συνίστατο. Γότθων δὲ, καθότι καὶ Σελίνας ὁ τούτων ἐπίσκοπος, ὁμοίως ἐδόξαζεν. Ἐπακολουθήσαντες δὲ τούτῳ σχεδὸν πάντες βάρβαροι, σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐκκλησίαζον. Πειθήνιοι γὰρ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τῷ Σελίνῳ ἐτύγχανον, ὑπογραφεῖ τε γενομένῳ καὶ διαδόχῳ Οὐλφίλα τοῦ παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐπισκοπήσαντος, καὶ ἐπὶ ἐκκλησίας ἱκανῷ διδάσκειν, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν πάτριον αὐτῶν Bφι φωνὴν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ καὶ τὴν τὸ Ἑλλήνων. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον διαφορᾶς περὶ προεδρίας γενομένης Μαρίνῳ πρὸς ᾿Αγάπιον, ὃν ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ὁμοδόξων ἐχειροτόνησε, διακριθέντες ἀλλήλων, μονονουχέ πρὸς σφᾶς ἐπολέμουν, ἐπαμυνόντων Ἀγαπίῳ τῶν Γότθων. Ἐκ ταύτης δὲ τῆς αἰτίας, λέγεται πολλοὺς τῶν ἐνθάδε κληρικῶν, μεμφομένους τὴν τῶν ἡγουμέ νων φιλοτιμίαν, τῇ καθόλου Ἐκκλησίᾳ κοινωνῆσαι. Ὧδε μὲν ᾿Αρειανοὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐχωρίσθησαν, καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν ἐν αἷς εἰσι πόλεσιν, ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησιάζουσι · τοὺς δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, ἐπὶ τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε ἔτεσι διενεχθέντας πρὸς σφᾶς, εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ὕστερον συνῆψεν ὁμόδοξος ὧν αὐτοῖς Πλινθᾶς, ἀνὴρ ὑπατικὸς ἵππου τε καὶ πεζῆς στρατιᾶς ἡγεμών, δυνατώτατος τότε ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις γεγονώς. Καὶ τὴν ζήτησιν εἰς διάλεξιν ἄγειν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν, ὕστερον ὧδε ἀπέβη.
᾿Alla tauta men ē anekaseǭ tauti sespeitō. ?. Ho de basileus hyperorian phygēn Eunomiou tote en Kōnstantinoupolei ta Eunomiou phronōn, epōnomon autǭ katelipen hairesin. Zētoumenou gar ei tēn eschatēn hōran ginōskei ho Huios, kai eis anairesin toutou, tōn eirēmenōn en tois Euangeliois hoti monos ho Patēr oiden, antikeisthai dokountōn, ischyrizeto mēde tautēs tēs gnōseōs amoiron einai ton Huion, hōs anendeōs labonta panta para tou Patros. Mē prosie menōn de ton logon tōn tote proestōtōn tēs haireseōs, heauton chōrisas tēs koinōnias, aphiketo pros Eunomion en tę̄ hyperorią onta. Katalabontos de ēdē diakonou kai heterōn, hoi ek tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs apestalēsan, diabalein te auton, kai ei deēsoi dialexomenoi, mathōn Eunomios eph᾽ hǭ paregenonto, tous Eutychiou logous epēnese. Kai synēuxato autǭ, kaiper ou themiton en autois, syneuchesthai tois allachothi dicha grammatōn aphiknoumenois, ha pros sphas autous homodoxous dēloi, dia sēmeiōn engraphomenōn tais epistolais, agnōstōn tois allois. Ouk eis makran de tautēs tēs zētēseōs Eunomiou teleutēsantos, ou prosieto ton Eutychion ho proestōs tēs en Kōnstantinoupolei haireseōs, hypo zēlotypias apechthanomenos, hoti mēde klērikou ontos enantios einai spoudazōn tois autou logois, ouch hoios te ēn dialyein to problēma. Enteuthen te meta tōn homoiōs autǭ phronountōn, eis idian airesin echōristhē Eutychios. Tēs mentoi peri tēn theian baptisin diaphoras, auton te kai Theophronion ho polys logos epaitiatai. Tade ex hōn epythomēn egrapsa, pros syntomon eidēsin tōn aitiōn, aph᾽ hōn Eunomianoi diērethēsan. Epexelthein de pantas tous dia touto kinēthentas logous, makron an eiē; kamoi de ou rhadion, epei mēde empeirōs echō tōn toioutōn dialexeōn. Peri de touton ton chronon kai tois en Kōnstantinoupolei ᾿Areianois anephyē zētēsis, ei prin einai ton Huion, hōs ex ouk ontōn par᾿ autois homologoumenon, dynaito kaleisthai Patēr ho Theos. Kai Dōrotheos men, hos anti Marinou metaklētheis ek tēs ᾿Antiocheias, proïstato tautēs tēs hai- - 303 reseōs, hōs pros ti tou onomatos ontos, prin ton Huion hypostēnai, mē kaleisthai Patera ton Theon apephēnato. Marinos de, tounantion ischyrizeto, kai mē hyphestōtos tou Huiou, Patera aei einai ton Patera edoxazen; ē houtōs echōn gnōmēs, ē katho Dōrotheǭ diaphoros ēn, prokrithenti proestanai tēs autōn – eis tauton synelthontes, epsēphisanto mē pote tautēn Ekklēsias. Ek tautēs de tēs aitias, eis hekateron diekrithē to plēthos. Dōrotheou de syn tois autǭ pei. thomenois eph᾽ hōn kateichen euktēriōn oikōn meinantos, heterous oikodomēsantes hoi amphi Marinon, idią ekklēsiazon. Epōnomazonto de psathyrianoi ētoi tōn Gotthōn ; to men hoti Theoktistos tis Psathyropōlēs popanou de touto to eidos), prothymōs tautę̄ tę̄ doxę̄ synistato. Gotthōn de, kathoti kai Selinas ho toutōn episkopos, homoiōs edoxazen. Epakolouthēsantes de toutǭ schedon pantes barbaroi, syn autois ekklēsiazon. Peithēnioi gar es ta malista tǭ Selinǭ etynchanon, hypographei te genomenǭ kai diadochǭ Oulphila tou par' autois episkopēsantos, kai epi ekklēsias hikanǭ didaskein, ou monon kata tēn patrion autōn Bphi phōnēn, alla gar kai tēn to Hellēnōn. Ou pollǭ de hysteron diaphoras peri proedrias genomenēs Marinǭ pros ᾿Agapion, hon episkopon tōn en Ephesǭ homodoxōn echeirotonēse, diakrithentes allēlōn, mononouche pros sphas epolemoun, epamynontōn Agapiǭ tōn Gotthōn. Ek tautēs de tēs aitias, legetai pollous tōn enthade klērikōn, memphomenous tēn tōn hēgoume nōn philotimian, tę̄ katholou Ekklēsią koinōnēsai. Hōde men ᾿Areianoi tēn archēn echōristhēsan, kai eiseti nyn en hais eisi polesin, idią ekklēsiazousi ; tous de en Kōnstantinoupolei, epi triakonta kai pente etesi dienechthentas pros sphas, eis homonoian hysteron synēpsen homodoxos hōn autois Plinthas, anēr hypatikos hippou te kai pezēs stratias hēgemōn, dynatōtatos tote en tois basileiois gegonōs. Kai tēn zētēsin eis dialexin agein. Kai ta men, hysteron hōde apebē.
But let each consider these things as he pleases. The emperor condemned Eunomius to exile beyond the frontier. … at that time in Constantinople, holding the views of Eunomius, left a heresy named after himself. For when the question was raised whether the Son knows the last hour, and the saying in the Gospels that only the Father knows seemed to stand against it, he maintained that the Son was not without this knowledge either, since he had received all things from the Father without lack. When the leaders of the heresy at that time would not accept his argument, he separated himself from their communion and went to Eunomius, who was in exile. A deacon and others had already arrived, who had been sent from Constantinople to accuse him and, if necessary, to debate; but Eunomius, learning why they had come, approved the arguments of Eutychius and prayed with him, although it is not lawful among them to pray with those who come from elsewhere without letters showing that they are of the same belief — by signs written in the letters, unknown to others. Not long after this inquiry Eunomius died; and the head of the heresy in Constantinople would not receive Eutychius, hating him out of jealousy, because, though he was not even a cleric, he himself, eager to oppose his arguments, was unable to solve the problem. From this Eutychius, with those who thought as he did, separated into a heresy of his own. As for the dispute about divine baptism, the common account blames him and Theophronius. These things I have written from what I learned, for a brief knowledge of the causes from which the Eunomians were divided. To go through all the arguments raised on this account would be long, and not easy for me, since I am not experienced in such debates. About this time an inquiry arose among the Arians in Constantinople too, whether God could be called Father before the Son existed, since among them it is confessed that the Son is from things that are not. Dorotheus, who had been summoned from Antioch in place of Marinus and presided over this heresy, declared that God was not called Father before the Son existed, since the name is relative. But Marinus maintained the opposite, and held that the Father was always Father even when the Son did not exist — either because he thought so, or because he was at odds with Dorotheus, who had been preferred to preside over their church. For this reason the multitude was divided into two. Dorotheus with those who obeyed him remained in the houses of prayer they held; Marinus’s party built others and held assemblies by themselves. They were called Psathyrians, or “of the Goths”: the former because a certain Theoctistus, a seller of psathyria — this is a kind of cake — zealously supported this belief; and “of the Goths” because Selenas their bishop believed likewise. Almost all the barbarians followed him and held assemblies with them; for they were most obedient to Selenas, who had been the secretary and successor of Ulfilas, their former bishop, and was able to teach in church not only in their ancestral language but also in Greek. Not long after, when a dispute about precedence arose between Marinus and Agapius, whom he had ordained bishop of those of their belief at Ephesus, they separated from one another and all but made war on each other, the Goths helping Agapius. For this reason, it is said, many of the clergy there, blaming the ambition of their leaders, entered into communion with the catholic church. In this way the Arians were first divided, and still now in the cities where they are they hold assemblies apart. But those in Constantinople, after quarrelling among themselves for thirty-five years, were later brought to concord by Plinthas, who shared their belief, a man of consular rank and commander of horse and foot, who had become most powerful at the palace; and, meeting together, they decreed that this question should never again be brought to debate. So these things turned out later.
7.18PG 67:1467–1473
Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς παρούσης ἡγεμονίας, καὶ Ναυατιανοὶ πρὸς σφᾶς διενεχθέντες περὶ τῆς Πασχαλίας ἑορτῆς, ἑτέραν αἵρεσιν τῶν καλουμένων Σαββατιανῶν συνεστήσαντο. Σαββάτιος γὰρ πρεσβύτερος ὑπὸ Μαρκια- 1. νοῦ χειροτονηθεὶς, ἅμα Θεοκτίστῳ καὶ Μακαρίῳ τοῖς συμπρεσβυτέροις ἑπόμενος τοῖς ἐν Παζουκώμῃ συνεληλυθόσιν ἐπὶ τῆς Οὐάλεντος βασιλείας, ἠξίουν ἅμα τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τὴν τοῦ Πάσχα ἑορτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν. ᾿Αποστὰς δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, πῆ μὲν ἀσκήσεως ἕνεκα, ἄριστα γὰρ ἐβίου, πῆ δὲ τινας ὑπονοεῖν ἀναξίους κοινωνίας μυστηρίων, ἐσκήπτετο. Ὡς δὲ ἐγεγόνει δῆλος νεωτερίζων, ἐμέμφετο μὲν Μαρκιανὸς τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ χειροτονίαν· ἄμεινόν τε ἦν ἐπὶ ἀκάνθας ἐπιτεθῆναι τὰς χεῖρας, ἢ ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, πολλάκις, φησὶν, ἀνεβόα. Διατεμνομένην δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εἰς ἕτερον πλῆθος ὁρῶν, συνεκάλεσεν ὁμοδόξους ἐπισκόπους εἰς Σάγγαρον. Χωρίον δὲ τοῦτο Βιθυνίας, αὐκ ἀπὸ πολλοῦ Ἑλενουπόλεως ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης κείμενον. Ἔνθα δὴ συνελθόντες, μετεκαλέσαντο Σαββἄτιον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς λύπης τὴν αἰτίαν ἀπαιτηθεὶς λέγειν, ἐπῃτιᾶτο τῆς ἑορτῆς τὸ διάφορον, ὑπονοήσαντες ἔρωτι προεδρίας τάδε αὐτὸν σκήπτεσθαι, ὅρκον ἀπήτησαν ὡς ἐπισκοπὴν οὐκ ἂν ἕλοιτό ποτε. Τοῦ δὲ τάδε ἐνωμότως ὁμολογήσαντος, λογισάμενοι μὴ ἀξιόχρεων εἶναι ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν εἰς χωρισμὸν κοινωνίας, ἅπαντας μὲν ὁμονοεῖν καὶ ἅμα ἐκκλησιάζειν ἐψηφίσαντο · ἕκαστον δὲ ᾗ ἂν αὐτῷ δοκῇ, ταύτην τὴν ἑορτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν. Καὶ κανόνα περὶ τούτου ἔθεντο, ὁν ἀδιάφορον ἐπωνόμασαν. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔδοξε τοῖς ἐν Σαγγάρῳ συνελθοῦσιν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ Σαββάτιος τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἑπόμενος, εἰ μὴ κατὰ ταὐτὸν συνηνέχθη πάντας ἄγειν τὴν ἑορτὴν, φθάνων ὡς ἔθος ἐνήστευε, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν διὰ τῶν νενομισμένων ἐπετέλει τὸ ( Πάσχα. Τῷ δὲ Σαββάτῳ ἀφ' ἑσπέρας ἐπὶ τὸν δέοντα καιρὸν ἐν ἀγρυπνίᾳ καὶ ταῖς προσηκούσαις εὐχαῖς διαγινόμενος, τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ κοινῇ πᾶσιν ἐκκλησίαζε, καὶ τῶν μυστηρίων μετείχε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, τὸ πλῆθος ἐλάνθανεν · ὡς δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπίσημος ἐγένετο, πολλοὺς τοὺς ζηλοῦντας ἔσχε, καὶ μάλιστα Φρύγας καὶ Γαλάτας, οἷς πάτριον ὧδε τὴν ἑορτὴν ταύτην ἐπιτελεῖν. Ὕστερον δὲ εἰς τὸ προφανὲς ἀποστὰς, τῶν αὐτῷ πειθομένων τὴν ἐπισποπὴν ἀνεδέξατο, ὡς ἐν καιρῷ λελέξεται. Ἐμοὶ δὲ θαυμάζειν ἔπεισι τοῦδε τοῦ ἀνδρὸς, καὶ τῶν ἑπομένων αὐτῷ, ὅτι τάδε ἐνεωτέρισαν · Ἑβραίων τῶν πάλαι, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Εὐσέβιος, ὑπὸ μάρτυσί τε Φίλωνι καὶ Ἰωσήπῳ, καὶ ᾿Αριστοβούλῳ, καὶ ἑτέροις πλείστοις, μετὰ ἑαρινὴν ἰσημερίαν τὰ διαβατήρια θυόντων, ἡλίου τὸ πρῶτον δωδεκατημόριον τμῆμα ὁδεύοντος, ὃ κριὸν Ἕλληνες ὀνομάζουσιν· ἐν διαμέτρῳ δὲ τῆς σελήνης τεσσαρεσκαιδεκαταίας τὴν πορείαν ποιουμένης. Ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ Ναυατιανοὶ οἷς ἀκριβείας μέλει, ἰσχυρίζονται, ὡς οὔτε αὐτοῖς, οὔτε τῷ ἀρχηγῷ τῆς αἱρέσεως, τοῦτο πρότερον ἦν ἔθος· ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Παζουκώμῃ συνεληλυθότων ἐνεωτερίσθη· εἰσέτι τε καὶ νῦν ἐν τῇ πρεσβυτέρᾳ Ῥώμῃ, ὁμοδόξους αὑτοῖς σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις Ῥωμαίοις ἑορτάζειν. Οὺς οὔποτε ἄλλως ἑορτάσαι ὁ παρελθὼν χρόνος ἤλεγξε, Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου τῶν ἀποστόλων τῇ παραδόσει χρωμένους. Προσέτι δὲ καὶ Σαμαρεῖται, οὗ τοῦ Μωσέως νόμου τὰ μάλιστα ζηλωταὶ τυγχάνουσι, πρὶν τὸν νέον τελεσφορεῖσθαι χαρπὸν, οὐχ ἀνέχονται ταύτὴν ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν ἑορτήν. Νέων γὰρ, φασὶν, αὐτὴν ἑορτὴν ὁ νόμος καλεῖ, Μή ποτε τούτων φανέντων, ἑορτάζειν οὐ θέμις" ὡς ἐξ ἀνάγκης φθάνειν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἦρι ἰσημερίαν Τοὺς μὲν Ἰουδαίους περὶ τοῦτο μιμουμένους, θαυμαστὸν ὅτε μὴ τὴν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἀρχαιότητα μᾶλλον ἐπήνεσαν. Ὡς ἔοικε δὲ πλὴν τούτων καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς ᾿Ασίας καλουμένων τεσσαρεσχαιδεχατιτῶν, ὁμοίως ἹΡωμαίοις καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις, καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσειυν ταύτην τὴν ἑορτὴν ἄγουσιν" ἀλλ᾽ οἱ μὲν, αὐτῇ τῇ τεσσαρεσχαίδεχασὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἑορτάζουσιν " ὅθεν ὧδε μάζονται. Οἱ δὲ Νανατιανοὶ, τὴν ἀναστάσιμον ἡμέραν ἐπιτελοῦσιν. Ἰουδαίοις δὲ καὶ οὗτοι ἕπονται, εἰς ταὐτὸ τοῖς Τεσσαρεσχαιδεχατίταις χαταστρέφουσι, πλὴν εἰ μὴ τύχοι τῇ τεσσαρεσχαιδεχάτῃ τῆς σελήνης ἡ πρώτη τοῦ Σαδθάτου ἡμέρα συμπεσοῦσα, κατόπιν γίνονται τῶν Ἰουδαΐων, ὅσαις ἂν ἡμέραις συμθαΐη τὴν ἐρχομένην Κυριακὴν ὑστερίζειν τεσσαρεαχαιδεχαταίας τῆς σελήνης. Μοντανισταὶ δὲ, Πεπουζίτας Φρύγας ὀνομάζουσι, ξένην τινὰ μέθοδον εἰσαγαγόντες, κατὰ ταύτην τὸ Πάσχα ἄγουσι. Τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὸν τῆς σελήνης δρόμον πολυπραγμονοῦσι χαταμέμφονται, Φασὶ δὲ χρῆναι ὡς (? νοις τοῖς ἡλιαχοῖς ἕπεσθαι χύχλοις τοὺς ὀρθῶς τα | κανονίζοντας καὶ μῆνα μὲν εἶναι τριάκοντα ὁρίζουσιν. "Άρχεσθαι δὲ τὴν πρώτην ἀπὸ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ἰσημερίας, ῥηθείη ἂν κατὰ Ῥωμαίους, πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν ᾿Ἀπριλλίων ἐπειδὴ, φασὶν, οἱ δύο φωστῆρες τότε ἐγένοντο, οἷς οἱ χρόνο: καὶ οἱ ἐνιαυτοὶ δηλοῦνται, Καὶ τοῦτο δείκνυται τὸ τὴν σελήνην διὰ ὀχταετηρίδος τῷ ἡλίῳ συνιέναι, καὶ ἀμφοῖν κατὰ ταὐτὸν νουμηνίαν συμδαίνειν. Καθότι ἡ ὀχταετηρὶς τοῦ σεληνιαχοῦ δρόμου πληροῦται ἐγνέα καὶ ἐνενήκοντα μησὶν, ἡμέραις δὲ δισχιλίαις ἐνναχοσίαις εἴκοσι δύο" ἐν αἷς ὁ ἥλιος τοὺς ὀκτὼ δρόμους ἀνύει, λογιζομένων ἑκάστῳ ἕτει τριακοσίων ἑξήκοντα ἢ μερῶν, καὶ προσέτι τετάρτου μιᾶς. ᾿Απὸ γὰρ τῆς πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Ἀπρλλίων, ὡς ἀρχῆς οὔσης κτίσεως ἡλίου καὶ πρώτου μηνός, 306 ἀναλογίζονται τὴν εἰρημένηνταῖς ἱεραῖς Γραφαῖς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκαταίαν. Καὶ ταύτην εἶναι λέγουσι, τὴν πρὸ ὀκτὼ ἰδῶν ᾿Απριλλίων · καθ᾿ ἣν ἀεὶ τὸ Πάσχα ἄγουσιν, εἰ συμβαίη καὶ τὴν ἀναστάσιμον αὐτῇ συνδραμεῖν ἡμέραν, ἐπὶ τῇ ἐχομένῃ Κυριακῇ ἑορτάζουσι. Γέγραπται γὰρ, φησὶν, ἀπὸ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης μέχρι εἰκοστῆς πρώτης.
Epi de tēs parousēs hēgemonias, kai Nauatianoi pros sphas dienechthentes peri tēs Paschalias heortēs, heteran hairesin tōn kaloumenōn Sabbatianōn synestēsanto. Sabbatios gar presbyteros hypo Markia- 1. nou cheirotonētheis, hama Theoktistǭ kai Makariǭ tois sympresbyterois hepomenos tois en Pazoukōmę̄ synelēlythosin epi tēs Oualentos basileias, ēxioun hama tois Ioudaiois tēn tou Pascha heortēn epitelein. ᾿Apostas de tēs Ekklēsias, ta men prōta, pē men askēseōs heneka, arista gar ebiou, pē de tinas hyponoein anaxious koinōnias mystēriōn, eskēpteto. Hōs de egegonei dēlos neōterizōn, emempheto men Markianos tēn ep᾿ autǭ cheirotonian; ameinon te ēn epi akanthas epitethēnai tas cheiras, ē ep᾿ auton, pollakis, phēsin, aneboa. Diatemnomenēn de autǭ tēn ekklēsian eis heteron plēthos horōn, synekalesen homodoxous episkopous eis Sangaron. Chōrion de touto Bithynias, auk apo pollou Helenoupoleōs epi tēs thalassēs keimenon. Entha dē synelthontes, metekalesanto Sabbation. Epei de tēs lypēs tēn aitian apaitētheis legein, epę̄tiato tēs heortēs to diaphoron, hyponoēsantes erōti proedrias tade auton skēptesthai, horkon apētēsan hōs episkopēn ouk an heloito pote. Tou de tade enōmotōs homologēsantos, logisamenoi mē axiochreōn einai tautēn tēn aitian eis chōrismon koinōnias, hapantas men homonoein kai hama ekklēsiazein epsēphisanto ; hekaston de hę̄ an autǭ dokę̄, tautēn tēn heortēn epitelein. Kai kanona peri toutou ethento, hon adiaphoron epōnomasan. Kai ta men hōde edoxe tois en Sangarǭ synelthousin. Ex ekeinou de Sabbatios tois Ioudaiois hepomenos, ei mē kata tauton synēnechthē pantas agein tēn heortēn, phthanōn hōs ethos enēsteue, kai kath' heauton dia tōn nenomismenōn epetelei to ( Pascha. Tǭ de Sabbatǭ aph' hesperas epi ton deonta kairon en agrypnią kai tais prosēkousais euchais diaginomenos, tę̄ hexēs hēmerą koinę̄ pasin ekklēsiaze, kai tōn mystēriōn meteiche. Kai ta men prōta, to plēthos elanthanen ; hōs de tǭ chronǭ enteuthen episēmos egeneto, pollous tous zēlountas esche, kai malista Phrygas kai Galatas, hois patrion hōde tēn heortēn tautēn epitelein. Hysteron de eis to prophanes apostas, tōn autǭ peithomenōn tēn epispopēn anedexato, hōs en kairǭ lelexetai. Emoi de thaumazein epeisi toude tou andros, kai tōn hepomenōn autǭ, hoti tade eneōterisan ; Hebraiōn tōn palai, hōs historei Eusebios, hypo martysi te Philōni kai Iōsēpǭ, kai ᾿Aristoboulǭ, kai heterois pleistois, meta hearinēn isēmerian ta diabatēria thyontōn, hēliou to prōton dōdekatēmorion tmēma hodeuontos, ho krion Hellēnes onomazousin; en diametrǭ de tēs selēnēs tessareskaidekataias tēn poreian poioumenēs. Epei kai autoi Nauatianoi hois akribeias melei, ischyrizontai, hōs oute autois, oute tǭ archēgǭ tēs haireseōs, touto proteron ēn ethos; all᾽ hypo tōn en Pazoukōmę̄ synelēlythotōn eneōteristhē; eiseti te kai nyn en tę̄ presbyterą Rhōmę̄, homodoxous hautois syn tois allois Rhōmaiois heortazein. Ous oupote allōs heortasai ho parelthōn chronos ēlenxe, Petrou kai Paulou tōn apostolōn tę̄ paradosei chrōmenous. Proseti de kai Samareitai, hou tou Mōseōs nomou ta malista zēlōtai tynchanousi, prin ton neon telesphoreisthai charpon, ouch anechontai tautēn epitelein tēn heortēn. Neōn gar, phasin, autēn heortēn ho nomos kalei, Mē pote toutōn phanentōn, heortazein ou themis" hōs ex anankēs phthanein tēn en tǭ ēri isēmerian Tous men Ioudaious peri touto mimoumenous, thaumaston hote mē tēn par᾽ autois archaiotēta mallon epēnesan. Hōs eoike de plēn toutōn kai tōn epi tēs ᾿Asias kaloumenōn tessareschaidechatitōn, homoiōs HiRōmaiois kai Aigyptiois, kai hoi apo tōn allōn haireseiyn tautēn tēn heortēn agousin" all᾽ hoi men, autę̄ tę̄ tessareschaidechasyn tois Ioudaiois heortazousin " hothen hōde mazontai. Hoi de Nanatianoi, tēn anastasimon hēmeran epitelousin. Ioudaiois de kai houtoi hepontai, eis tauto tois Tessareschaidechatitais chatastrephousi, plēn ei mē tychoi tę̄ tessareschaidechatę̄ tēs selēnēs hē prōtē tou Sadthatou hēmera sympesousa, katopin ginontai tōn Ioudaïōn, hosais an hēmerais symthaïē tēn erchomenēn Kyriakēn hysterizein tessareachaidechataias tēs selēnēs. Montanistai de, Pepouzitas Phrygas onomazousi, xenēn tina methodon eisagagontes, kata tautēn to Pascha agousi. Tois men gar epi toutǭ ton tēs selēnēs dromon polypragmonousi chatamemphontai, Phasi de chrēnai hōs (? nois tois hēliachois hepesthai chychlois tous orthōs ta | kanonizontas kai mēna men einai triakonta horizousin. "Archesthai de tēn prōtēn apo tēs earinēs isēmerias, rhētheiē an kata Rhōmaious, pro ennea kalandōn ᾿Aprilliōn epeidē, phasin, hoi dyo phōstēres tote egenonto, hois hoi chrono: kai hoi eniautoi dēlountai, Kai touto deiknytai to tēn selēnēn dia ochtaetēridos tǭ hēliǭ synienai, kai amphoin kata tauton noumēnian symdainein. Kathoti hē ochtaetēris tou selēniachou dromou plēroutai egnea kai enenēkonta mēsin, hēmerais de dischiliais ennachosiais eikosi dyo" en hais ho hēlios tous oktō dromous anyei, logizomenōn hekastǭ hetei triakosiōn hexēkonta ē merōn, kai proseti tetartou mias. ᾿Apo gar tēs pro ennea kalandōn Aprlliōn, hōs archēs ousēs ktiseōs hēliou kai prōtou mēnos, 306 analogizontai tēn eirēmenēntais hierais Graphais tessareskaidekataian. Kai tautēn einai legousi, tēn pro oktō idōn ᾿Aprilliōn ; kath᾿ hēn aei to Pascha agousin, ei symbaiē kai tēn anastasimon autę̄ syndramein hēmeran, epi tę̄ echomenę̄ Kyriakę̄ heortazousi. Gegraptai gar, phēsin, apo tessareskaidekatēs mechri eikostēs prōtēs.
Under the present rule the Novatians too, falling out among themselves about the feast of Pascha, formed another heresy, that of the so-called Sabbatians. For Sabbatius, a presbyter ordained by Marcian, together with Theoctistus and Macarius, his fellow presbyters, following those who had met at the village of Pazus in the reign of Valens, thought it right to celebrate the feast of Pascha with the Jews. Withdrawing from the church, he pretended at first that it was partly for the sake of ascetic discipline — for he lived excellently — and partly because he suspected some of being unworthy to share in the mysteries. When it became clear that he was innovating, Marcian regretted his ordination; and he often exclaimed, they say, that it would have been better to lay his hands on thorns than on him. Seeing his church being cut by him into another body, he called together bishops of his own belief at Sangarus, a place in Bithynia lying on the sea not far from Helenopolis. Having met there, they summoned Sabbatius. When he was asked to state the cause of his grievance and blamed the difference about the feast, they suspected that he was making these pretexts from love of precedence, and demanded an oath that he would never accept a bishopric. When he had confessed this on oath, they reckoned that this cause was not sufficient for separation of communion, and decreed that all should be of one mind and assemble together, but that each should celebrate this feast as seemed good to him. And they made a canon about this which they called “indifferent.” So it was decided by those who met at Sangarus. From that time Sabbatius, following the Jews, if it did not happen that all kept the feast at the same time, fasted beforehand as is customary and celebrated Pascha by himself with the customary rites. On the Saturday, from evening until the proper time, he continued in vigil and the fitting prayers, and on the next day he assembled with all in common and shared in the mysteries. At first this escaped the multitude; but when in time he became noted for it, he had many imitators, especially Phrygians and Galatians, for whom it was ancestral to celebrate this feast so. Later, withdrawing openly, he accepted the episcopate of those who obeyed him, as will be told in due course. I am amazed that this man and his followers made this innovation, since the ancient Hebrews, as Eusebius records on the testimony of Philo, Josephus, Aristobulus and very many others, sacrificed the passover after the spring equinox, when the sun is passing through the first twelfth part, which the Greeks call the Ram, and the moon on its fourteenth day is in the opposite position. And the Novatians themselves who care for exactness maintain that this was not formerly the custom either for them or for the founder of the heresy, but that it was introduced by those who met at Pazus; and that still now in elder Rome those of their belief celebrate with the other Romans, whom the past has proved never to have kept the feast otherwise, following the tradition of the apostles Peter and Paul. Moreover, the Samaritans, who are the most zealous for the law of Moses, do not consent to celebrate this feast before the new fruit has been brought to ripeness. For the law, they say, calls it the feast of new fruits; it is not lawful to celebrate before these appear; so that the spring equinox must necessarily come first. It is a wonder that those who imitate the Jews in this did not rather approve the antiquity among the Jews themselves. It appears that, apart from these and those in Asia called Quartodecimans, those of the other heresies too keep this feast like the Romans and the Egyptians. But the Quartodecimans celebrate on the fourteenth itself with the Jews, from which they have this name; while the Novatians celebrate the day of the resurrection. They too follow the Jews and coincide with the Quartodecimans, except when the first day of the week does not fall on the fourteenth of the moon; then they come after the Jews by as many days as the coming Sunday falls later than the fourteenth of the moon. The Montanists, whom they call Pepuzite Phrygians, have introduced a strange method and keep Pascha by it. They blame those who busy themselves with the course of the moon for this purpose, and say that those who reckon rightly must follow only the solar cycles. They define a month as thirty days, and say the first begins from the spring equinox, which according to the Romans would be the ninth day before the Kalends of April, since, they say, the two lights by which times and years are shown were made then. And this is shown by the fact that the moon comes together with the sun in an eight-year cycle, and the new moon of both falls at the same time; for the eight-year cycle of the moon’s course is completed in ninety-nine months and two thousand nine hundred and twenty-two days, in which the sun completes its eight courses, reckoning three hundred and sixty-five days and a quarter to each year. For from the ninth day before the Kalends of April, as being the beginning of the creation of the sun and of the first month, they reckon the fourteenth day spoken of in the sacred Scriptures; and they say this is the eighth day before the Ides of April, on which they always keep Pascha; if the day of the resurrection should happen to coincide with it, they celebrate on the following Sunday. For it is written, they say, “from the fourteenth to the twenty-first.”
7.19PG 67:1473–1479
Αἴδε μὲν περὶ ταύτης τῆς ἑορτῆς αἱ διαφοραί. Σοφώτατα δὲ πως οἶμαι καταλῦσαι τὴν συμβᾶσαν πάλαι περὶ ταύτης φιλονεικίαν, τοὺς ἀμφὶ Βίκτωρα τὸν τότε τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπον, καὶ Πολύκαρπον τὸν Σμυρναῖον ο. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ πρὸς δύσιν ἱερεῖς οὐκ ᾤοντο δεῖν Παύλου καὶ Πέτρου τὴν παράδοσιν ἀτιμάζειν· οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, Ἰωάννῃ τῷ εὐαγγελιστῇ ἀκολουθεῖν ἰσχυρίζοντο· τοῦτο κοινῇ δόξαν, ἕκαστοι ὡς εἰώθεσαν ἑορτάζοντες, τῆς πρὸς σφᾶς κοινωνίας οὐκ ἐχωρίσθησαν. Εύηθες γὰρ καὶ μάλα δικαίως ὑπέλαβον, ἐθῶν ἕνεκεν ἀλλήλων χωρίζεσθαι, περὶ τὰ καίρια τῆς θρησκείας συμφωνοῦντες. Οὐ γὰρ δὴ τὰς αὐτὰς παραδόσεις περὶ πάντα ὁμοίας, κἂν ὁμόδοξοι εἶεν, ἐν πάσαις ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις εὑρεῖν ἔστιν. Αμέλει Σκύθαι πολλαὶ πόλεις ὄντες, ἕνα πάντες ἐπίσκοπον ἔχουσιν. Ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ ἔθνεσίν ἐστιν ὅπη καὶ ἐν κώμαις ἐπίσκοποι ἱεροῦνται, ὡς παρὰ ᾿Αραβίοις καὶ Κυπρίοις ἔγνων, καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἐν Φρυγίαις Ναυατιανοῖς, καὶ Μοντανισταῖς. Διάκονοι δὲ παρὰ 'Ῥωμαίοις εἰσέτι νῦν οὐ πλείους εἰσὶν ἑπτὰ · καθ' ὁμοιότητα τῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων χειροτονηθέντων, ὧν ἦν Στέφανος ὁ πρῶτος μαρτυρήσας. Παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀδιάφορος ὁ τούτων ἀριθμός Ρ. Πάλιν αὖ ἑκάστου ἔτους ἅπαξ ἐν Ῥώμῃ τὸ ᾿Αλληλούτα ψάλλουσι, κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡμέραν τῆς Πασχαλίου ἑορτῆς, ὡς πολλοῖς Ῥωμαίων ὄρχον εἶναι, τοῦτον τὸν ὕμνον ἀξιωθῆναι ἀκοῦσαί τε καὶ ψάλαι. Οὔτε δὲ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος, οὔτε ἄλλος τις ἐνθάδε ἐπ᾿ ἐκκλησίας διδάσκει 4. παρὰ δὲ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι μόνος ὁ τῆς πόλεως ἐπίσκοπος. Φασὶ δὲ τοῦτο οὐ πρότερον εἰωθὸς ἐπιγενέσθαι, ἀφ᾿ οὗ ῎Αρειος πρεσβύτερος ὧν, περὶ τοῦ δόγματος διαλεγόμενος ἐνεωτέρισε. δὲ κἀκεῖνο παρὰ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῦσι τούτοις. ᾿Αναγινωσχομένων γὰρ τῶν Εὐαγγελίων, οὐχ ἐπανίσταται ὁ ἐπίσκοπος " ὃ παρ᾽ ἄλλοις οὔτ᾽ ἔγνων, οὔτ᾽ ἀκήκοα. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἱερὰν βίθδλον ἀναγινώσκει ἐνθάδε μόνος ὁ ἀρχιδιάκονος τ παρὰ δὲ ἄλλοις, διάκονοι " ἐν πολλαῖς δὲ Ἐκκλησίαις, οἱ ἱερεῖς μόνοι. Ἐν δὲ ἐπισήμοις ἡμέραις, ἐπίσκοποι, ὡς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡμέραν τῆς ἀναστασίμου ἑορτῆς. Καὶ τὴν πρὸ ταύτης δὲ καλουμένην τεσσαραχοστὴν, ἐν νηστεύει τὸ πλῆθος, οἱ μὲν εἰς ἐξ ἑύδομάδας ἡμερῶν λογίζονται, ὡς Ἰλλυριοὶ καὶ οἱ πρὸς δύσιν, Λιθύη τε πᾶσα καὶ Αἴγυπτος σὺν τοῖς Παλαιστινοῖς. Οἱ δὲ, ἑπτὰ, ὡς ἐν ᾿ΜΚωνσταντινουπόλει, τοῖς πέριξ ἔθνεσι, μέχρι Φοινίκων. "Αλλοι δὲ, τρεῖς σποράδην ἐν ταῖς ἔξ ἣ ἑπτὰ νηστεύουσιν, Οἱ δὲ, ἅμα τρεῖς πρὸ τῆς ἑορτῆς συνάπτουσιν οἱ δὲ, δύο, ὡς οἱ τὰ Μοντανοῦ φρονοῦντες. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἐκκλησιάζειν οὐχ ὁ αὐτὸς παρὰ πᾶσι καιρὸς ἣ τρόπος. ᾿Αμέλει οἱ μὲν τῷ Σαββάτῳ, ὁμοίως τῇ μιᾷ Σαδθάτου ἐχχλησιάζουσιν, ὡς ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, καὶ σχεδὸν πανταχοῦ " ἐν Ῥώμῃ δὲ καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ, οὐκέτι " παρὰ δὲ Αἰγυπτίοις ἐν πολλαῖς πόλεσι καὶ κώμαις, παρὰ τὸ κοινῇ πᾶσι νενομισμένον, πρὸς ἑσπέραν τῷ Σαδβάτῳ συνἰόντες, ἠριστηχότες ἤδη, μυστηρίων μετέχουσι. Καὶ εὐχαῖς δὲ καὶ ψαλμῳδίαις ταῖς αὐταῖς ἢ ἀναγνώσμασι, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν, οὐ πάντας χεχρημένους εὑρεῖν ἔστιν. Οὕτω γοῦν τὴν καλουμέ᾿Αποχάλυψιν Πέτρον, ὡς νόθον παντελῶς πρὸς τῶν ἀρχαίων δοκιμασθεῖσαν, ἕν τισιν Ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Παλαιστίνης εἰσέτι νῦν ἅπαξ ἑκάστου ἔτους ἀναγινωσχομένην ἔγνωμεν, ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Παρασχευῆς, ἣν εὐλαδῶς ἄγαν ὁ λαὸς νηστεύει ἐπὶ ἀναμνήσει τοῦ Σωτηρίου πάθους " τὴν δὲ νῦν ὡς ᾿Αποχάλυψιν Παύλου τοῦ ἀποστόλου φερομένην, ἣν οὐδεὶς ἀρχαίων εἶδε, πλεῖστοι μοναχῶν ἐπαινοῦσιν. Ἐπὶ ταύτης δὲ τῆς βασιλείας ἰσχυρίζονταί τινες ταύτην ηὑρῆσθαι τὴν βίβλον. Λέγουσι γὰρ ἐκ θείας ἐπιφανείας ἐν Ταρσῷ τῆς Κιλικίας κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν Παύλου, μαρμαρίνην λάρνακα ὑπὸ γῆν εὑρεθῆναι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν βίβλον εἶναι. Ἐρομένῳ δὲ μοι περὶ τούτου, ψεῦδος ἔφησεν εἶναι Κίλιξ πρεσβύτερος τῆς ἐν Ταρσῷ ἐκκλησίας· γεγονέναι μὲν γὰρ πολλῶν ἐτῶν καὶ ἡ πολιὰ τὸν ἄνδρα ἐδείκνυεν. Ἔλεγε δὲ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐπίστασθαι παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς συμβάν· θαυμάζειν τε, εἰ μὴ τάδε πρὸς αἱρετικῶν ἀναπέπλασται. Ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτου τάδε. Πολλὰ δ᾽ ἂν εὔροι τις ἔθη κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας, ἅπερ αἰδοῖ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παραδεδωκότων, ἢ τῶν τούτους διαδεξαμένων, οὐχ ὅσιον, οὐδὲ ἀνεκτὸν ἡγοῦνται παραβαίνειν οἱ τούτοις ἐντραφέντες. Ταυτὸν δὲ τοῦτο πεπονθέναι νομιστέον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, καὶ περὶ ταύτην τὴν ἑορτὴν, ἧς ἕνεκεν εἰς τοὺς περὶ τούτων ἐξήχθην λόγους.
Aide men peri tautēs tēs heortēs hai diaphorai. Sophōtata de pōs oimai katalysai tēn symbasan palai peri tautēs philoneikian, tous amphi Biktōra ton tote tēs Rhōmēs episkopon, kai Polykarpon ton Smyrnaion o. Epei gar hoi pros dysin hiereis ouk ǭonto dein Paulou kai Petrou tēn paradosin atimazein; hoi de ek tēs ᾿Asias, Iōannę̄ tǭ euangelistę̄ akolouthein ischyrizonto; touto koinę̄ doxan, hekastoi hōs eiōthesan heortazontes, tēs pros sphas koinōnias ouk echōristhēsan. Euēthes gar kai mala dikaiōs hypelabon, ethōn heneken allēlōn chōrizesthai, peri ta kairia tēs thrēskeias symphōnountes. Ou gar dē tas autas paradoseis peri panta homoias, kan homodoxoi eien, en pasais tais Ekklēsiais heurein estin. Amelei Skythai pollai poleis ontes, hena pantes episkopon echousin. En allois de ethnesin estin hopē kai en kōmais episkopoi hierountai, hōs para ᾿Arabiois kai Kypriois egnōn, kai para tois en Phrygiais Nauatianois, kai Montanistais. Diakonoi de para 'Rhōmaiois eiseti nyn ou pleious eisin hepta ; kath' homoiotēta tōn hypo tōn apostolōn cheirotonēthentōn, hōn ēn Stephanos ho prōtos martyrēsas. Para de tois allois adiaphoros ho toutōn arithmos R. Palin au hekastou etous hapax en Rhōmę̄ to ᾿Allēlouta psallousi, kata tēn prōtēn hēmeran tēs Paschaliou heortēs, hōs pollois Rhōmaiōn orchon einai, touton ton hymnon axiōthēnai akousai te kai psalai. Oute de ho episkopos, oute allos tis enthade ep᾿ ekklēsias didaskei 4. para de ᾿Alexandreusi monos ho tēs poleōs episkopos. Phasi de touto ou proteron eiōthos epigenesthai, aph᾿ hou ᾿Areios presbyteros hōn, peri tou dogmatos dialegomenos eneōterise. de kakeino para ᾿Alexandreusi toutois. ᾿Anaginōschomenōn gar tōn Euangeliōn, ouch epanistatai ho episkopos " ho par᾽ allois out᾽ egnōn, out᾽ akēkoa. Tautēn de tēn hieran bithdlon anaginōskei enthade monos ho archidiakonos t para de allois, diakonoi " en pollais de Ekklēsiais, hoi hiereis monoi. En de episēmois hēmerais, episkopoi, hōs en Kōnstantinoupolei kata tēn prōtēn hēmeran tēs anastasimou heortēs. Kai tēn pro tautēs de kaloumenēn tessarachostēn, en nēsteuei to plēthos, hoi men eis ex heudomadas hēmerōn logizontai, hōs Illyrioi kai hoi pros dysin, Lithyē te pasa kai Aigyptos syn tois Palaistinois. Hoi de, hepta, hōs en ᾿MKōnstantinoupolei, tois perix ethnesi, mechri Phoinikōn. "Alloi de, treis sporadēn en tais ex hē hepta nēsteuousin, Hoi de, hama treis pro tēs heortēs synaptousin hoi de, dyo, hōs hoi ta Montanou phronountes. Ou mēn alla kai tou ekklēsiazein ouch ho autos para pasi kairos hē tropos. ᾿Amelei hoi men tǭ Sabbatǭ, homoiōs tę̄ mią Sadthatou echchlēsiazousin, hōs en Kōnstantinoupolei, kai schedon pantachou " en Rhōmę̄ de kai ᾿Alexandreią, ouketi " para de Aigyptiois en pollais polesi kai kōmais, para to koinę̄ pasi nenomismenon, pros hesperan tǭ Sadbatǭ syniontes, ēristēchotes ēdē, mystēriōn metechousi. Kai euchais de kai psalmǭdiais tais autais ē anagnōsmasi, kata ton auton kairon, ou pantas chechrēmenous heurein estin. Houtō goun tēn kaloume᾿Apochalypsin Petron, hōs nothon pantelōs pros tōn archaiōn dokimastheisan, hen tisin Ekklēsiais tēs Palaistinēs eiseti nyn hapax hekastou etous anaginōschomenēn egnōmen, en tę̄ hēmerą Parascheuēs, hēn euladōs agan ho laos nēsteuei epi anamnēsei tou Sōtēriou pathous " tēn de nyn hōs ᾿Apochalypsin Paulou tou apostolou pheromenēn, hēn oudeis archaiōn eide, pleistoi monachōn epainousin. Epi tautēs de tēs basileias ischyrizontai tines tautēn hēurēsthai tēn biblon. Legousi gar ek theias epiphaneias en Tarsǭ tēs Kilikias kata tēn oikian Paulou, marmarinēn larnaka hypo gēn heurethēnai, kai en autę̄ tēn biblon einai. Eromenǭ de moi peri toutou, pseudos ephēsen einai Kilix presbyteros tēs en Tarsǭ ekklēsias; gegonenai men gar pollōn etōn kai hē polia ton andra edeiknyen. Elege de mēden toiouton epistasthai par᾿ autois symban; thaumazein te, ei mē tade pros hairetikōn anapeplastai. Alla peri men toutou tade. Polla d᾽ an euroi tis ethē kata poleis kai kōmas, haper aidoi tōn ex archēs paradedōkotōn, ē tōn toutous diadexamenōn, ouch hosion, oude anekton hēgountai parabainein hoi toutois entraphentes. Tauton de touto peponthenai nomisteon tous anthrōpous, kai peri tautēn tēn heortēn, hēs heneken eis tous peri toutōn exēchthēn logous.
Such are the differences about this feast. Victor, then bishop of Rome, and Polycarp of Smyrna, with those about them, very wisely settled, I think, the contention that arose long ago about it. For since the priests of the West thought they should not dishonour the tradition of Paul and Peter, and those from Asia maintained that they followed John the evangelist, they agreed in common that each should celebrate as they were accustomed, and they did not separate from communion with one another. For they very rightly supposed it foolish to be separated from one another on account of customs while agreeing on the essentials of religion. For one cannot find the same traditions alike in everything in all the churches, even if they are of one belief. For example, the Scythians, though there are many cities, all have one bishop. In other nations there are places where bishops serve even in villages, as I know among the Arabians and Cypriots, and among the Novatians and Montanists in Phrygia. Deacons among the Romans are still no more than seven, after the likeness of those ordained by the apostles, of whom Stephen the first martyr was one; but among the others their number is indifferent. Again, in Rome they sing the Alleluia once each year, on the first day of the Paschal feast, so that for many Romans it is an oath, “So may I be thought worthy to hear and sing this hymn.” Neither the bishop nor anyone else teaches in church there; among the Alexandrians only the bishop of the city does. They say this was not formerly the custom, but became so from the time Arius, being a presbyter, innovated while discoursing about doctrine. This too is strange among these Alexandrians: when the Gospels are read, the bishop does not rise, which I have neither known nor heard of elsewhere. There only the archdeacon reads this sacred book; elsewhere deacons; in many churches the priests only; on notable days bishops, as in Constantinople on the first day of the feast of the resurrection. And the so-called Forty before this, in which the people fast, some reckon at six weeks of days, as the Illyrians and the westerners, all Libya and Egypt with the Palestinians; others at seven, as in Constantinople and the surrounding nations as far as the Phoenicians. Others fast three weeks scattered within the six or seven; others three joined together before the feast; others two, as those who hold the views of Montanus. Nor is the time or manner of assembling the same among all. For some assemble on the Sabbath as on the first day of the week, as in Constantinople and almost everywhere; but in Rome and Alexandria not so. Among the Egyptians, in many cities and villages, contrary to what is the common custom of all, they meet towards evening on the Sabbath and, having already eaten, share in the mysteries. Nor can one find all using the same prayers and psalms or readings at the same time. Thus the so-called Apocalypse of Peter, judged by the ancients to be altogether spurious, we know is still read once each year in some churches of Palestine, on the day of Preparation, which the people fast very devoutly in remembrance of the Saviour’s passion. And the one now circulating as the Apocalypse of Paul the apostle, which none of the ancients saw, most monks praise. Some maintain that this book was found in the present reign. For they say that by a divine manifestation a marble chest was found under the ground at Tarsus in Cilicia, at the house of Paul, and the book was in it. When I asked about this, a Cilician, a presbyter of the church in Tarsus, said it was false; he was of great age, as his grey hair showed. He said that he knew of no such thing having happened among them, and wondered whether this had not been fabricated by heretics. So much about this. One could find many customs in cities and villages which those brought up in them think it neither holy nor tolerable to transgress, out of respect for those who handed them down from the beginning or their successors. The same must be thought to have happened to people concerning this feast, on account of which I was led into these remarks.
7.20PG 67:1479–1481
Διασπωμένων δὲ, ὡς εἴρηται, τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων αἱρέσεων, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπεδίδου ἡ καθόλου Ἐκκλησία, προστιθεμένων αὐτῇ πλείστων ἔκ τε τῆς πρὸς σφᾶς τῶν ἑτεροδόξων διχονοίας, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Ἑλληνι κοῦ πλήθους. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ εἶδεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν συνἡθειαν τοῦ παρελθόντος χρόνου, ἔτι πρὸς τὸ πατρῷον σέβας, καὶ τοὺς θρησκευομένους παρ' αὐτῶν τόπους ἕλκουσαν τὸ ὑπήκοον, ἀρξάμενος βασιλεύειν, ἐκώλυσε τούτων ἐπιβαίνειν 8. Τελευτῶν δὲ, καὶ πολλοὺς καθείλεν. Οἱ δὲ, ἀπορίᾳ εὐκτηρίων οἴκων, τῷ χρόνῳ προσειθίσθησαν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις φοιτᾷν· οὐδὲ γὰρ λάθρα θύειν Ἑλληνικῶς, ἀκίνδυνον ἦν᾿ ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀφαιρέσει κεφαλῆς καὶ οὐσίας, νόμος ἔκειτο κατὰ τῶν ταῦτα τολμώντων τὴν τιμωρίαν κυρῶν. Τηνικαῦτα δὲ φασι τὸν Αἰγύπτου ποταμὸν, κατόπιν τοῦ καιροῦ γενέσθαι περὶ τὴν πρώτην ἀνάβασιν τῶν ὑδάτων· οἱ δὲ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐχαλέπαινον, ὅτι μὴ συγχων ροῖντο κατὰ τὸν πάτριον νόμον τῷ ποταμῷ θύειν. Ὑπονοήσας δὲ ὁ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡγούμενος εἰς στάσιν αὐτοὺς παρασχευάζεσθαι, τάδε ἐμήνυσε. Μαθὼν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄμεινον ἔφη πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον διαμεῖναι πιστὸν, ἢ τὰ Νείλου νάματα καὶ τὴν ἐντεῦθεν εὐετηρίαν προτιμῆσαι τῆς εὐσεδείας, Μηδέ ποτε γὰρ ῥεύσειεν ἐκεῖνος ὁ ποταμὸς, εἴπερ ἀληθῶς οἷός τέ ἐστι γοητείαις ὑπάγεσθαι, καὶ θυσίαις χαίρειν, αἱμάτων ῥεύσει μιαίνειν τὰς ἐκ τοῦ θείου παραδείσου ἐπιῤῥοάς. Οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ ὁ Νεῖλος πολὺς ἐχχυθεὶς, καὶ τοῖς ὑψηλοτέροις ἐπαφῆκε τὰ ῥεύματα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πρὺς τὸ τελειότατον καὶ σπανίιυς πληρούμενον μέτρον ἔφθασεν, οὐδὲν δὲ ἧττον ἐχορυφοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, εἰς ἐναντίον φόδον περιέστησαν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι. Καὶ δέος ἦν, μὴ τὴν ᾿Αλεξάνδρου πόλιν, καὶ Λιδύης μέρος οὖσαν χαταχλύσῃ. Ἡνίκα δὴ λέγεται, τοὺς Ελληνιστὰς ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ἀγαναχτοῦντας πρὸς τὸ συμβὰν παρὰ γνώμην, ἐπιτωθάται καὶ ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις ἀναθοῆσαι, ὡς οἷα γέρων καὶ λῆρος ἐξούρησεν ὁ ποταμός. Ἐχ τούτου δὲ πλεῖστοι Αἰγυπτίων τῆς πατρῴας δεισιδαιμονίας κατέγνωσαν, καὶ εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μετεβάλοντο. Καὶ τὰ μὲν, ὡς ἐπυθόμην.
Diaspōmenōn de, hōs eirētai, tōn apo tōn allōn haireseōn, eti mallon epedidou hē katholou Ekklēsia, prostithemenōn autę̄ pleistōn ek te tēs pros sphas tōn heterodoxōn dichonoias, kai malista tou Hellēni kou plēthous. Epei gar eiden ho basileus tēn synētheian tou parelthontos chronou, eti pros to patrǭon sebas, kai tous thrēskeuomenous par' autōn topous helkousan to hypēkoon, arxamenos basileuein, ekōlyse toutōn epibainein 8. Teleutōn de, kai pollous katheilen. Hoi de, aporią euktēriōn oikōn, tǭ chronǭ proseithisthēsan tais ekklēsiais phoitąn; oude gar lathra thyein Hellēnikōs, akindynon ēn᾿ all᾽ en aphairesei kephalēs kai ousias, nomos ekeito kata tōn tauta tolmōntōn tēn timōrian kyrōn. Tēnikauta de phasi ton Aigyptou potamon, katopin tou kairou genesthai peri tēn prōtēn anabasin tōn hydatōn; hoi de Aigyptioi echalepainon, hoti mē synchōn rointo kata ton patrion nomon tǭ potamǭ thyein. Hyponoēsas de ho tou ethnous hēgoumenos eis stasin autous parascheuazesthai, tade emēnyse. Mathōn de ho basileus ameinon ephē pros to Theion diameinai piston, ē ta Neilou namata kai tēn enteuthen euetērian protimēsai tēs eusedeias, Mēde pote gar rheuseien ekeinos ho potamos, eiper alēthōs hoios te esti goēteiais hypagesthai, kai thysiais chairein, haimatōn rheusei miainein tas ek tou theiou paradeisou epirrhoas. Ouch eis makran de ho Neilos polys echchytheis, kai tois hypsēloterois epaphēke ta rheumata. Epei de prys to teleiotaton kai spaniiys plēroumenon metron ephthasen, ouden de hētton echoryphouto to hydōr, eis enantion phodon periestēsan hoi Aigyptioi. Kai deos ēn, mē tēn ᾿Alexandrou polin, kai Lidyēs meros ousan chatachlysę̄. Hēnika dē legetai, tous Ellēnistas ᾿Alexandreōn aganachtountas pros to symban para gnōmēn, epitōthatai kai en tois theatrois anathoēsai, hōs hoia gerōn kai lēros exourēsen ho potamos. Ech toutou de pleistoi Aigyptiōn tēs patrǭas deisidaimonias kategnōsan, kai eis Christianismon metebalonto. Kai ta men, hōs epythomēn.
While those of the other heresies were being torn apart, as has been said, the catholic church grew still more, very many being added to it through the dissension of those of other belief among themselves, and above all from the pagan multitude. For when the emperor saw that the habit of past time still drew his subjects to their ancestral worship and to the places venerated by them, at the beginning of his reign he forbade them to set foot in these; and at the end he destroyed many. They, for want of houses of prayer, grew accustomed in time to frequent the churches; for it was not safe even to sacrifice secretly in pagan fashion, but a law was in force against those who dared these things, fixing the penalty of loss of head and property. At that time, they say, the river of Egypt was late in its first rising; and the Egyptians were angry that they were not allowed to sacrifice to the river according to ancestral law. The governor of the province, suspecting that they were preparing for a riot, reported this. When the emperor learned it, he said that it was better to remain faithful to the Divine than to prefer the waters of the Nile and the plenty that comes from them to piety. “For may that river never flow,” he said, “if it really can be swayed by sorceries and delights in sacrifices, defiling with streams of blood the currents that flow from the divine paradise.” Not long after the Nile poured out abundantly and sent its streams even over the higher ground. When it reached the most complete measure, which is seldom attained, and the water rose no less, the Egyptians were brought round to the opposite fear, and there was alarm lest it flood the city of Alexander and part of Libya. Then, it is said, the pagans of Alexandria, vexed at what had happened against their expectation, mocked and shouted in the theatres that the river, like an old man and dotard, had wet himself. From this very many of the Egyptians condemned their ancestral superstition and changed over to Christianity. These things are as I have learned.
7.21PG 67:1481–1485
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον διεκομίσθη εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἡ Ἰωάννον τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ κεφαλὴ, ἣν Ἡρωδιὰς ἡτήσατο παρὰ Ἡρώδου τοῦ Τετράρχου. Λέγεται δὲ εὑρεθῆναι παρὰ ἀνδράσι μοναχοῖς τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως " οἱ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις διέτριβον, ὕστερον δὲ εἰς Κιλικίαν μετῳκίσθησαν. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς πρὸ ταύτης ἡγεμονίας, Μαρδονίου μηνύσαντος, ὃς τῆς βασιλικῆς οἰκίας μείζων ἦν εὐνοῦχος, προσέταξεν Θὑὐάλης εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν αὐτὴν χομισθῆναι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀποσταλέντες, ἐπιθέντες ὀχήματι δημοσίῳ ἦγον. Ὡς δὲ εἰς τὸ Παντείχιον ἤκον, χωρίον δὲ τοῦτο Χαλκηδόνος, οὐκέτι προσωτέρω βαδίζειν ἡνείχοντο αἱ τὸ ὄχημα καθέλκουσαι ἡμίονοι, καὶ ταῦτα τῶν ἱπποκόμων ἐπαπειλούντων, καὶ τοῦ ἡνιόχου χαλεπῶς τῇ μάστιγι κεντοῦντος. Ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἦνυον, ἐδόκει δὲ πᾶσι καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ βασιλεῖ παράδοξον εἶναι καὶ θεῖον τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἀπέθεντο ταύτην τὴν ἱερὰν κεφα - λὴν ἐν τῇ Κοσιλάου κώμῃ. Ἔτυχε γὰρ ἐκ γειτόνων οὖσα, καὶ Μαρδονίου τούτου κτῆμα. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ αὐτοῦ τοῦ προφήτου κινοῦντος, ἧκεν εἰς τήνδε τὴν κώμην Θεοδόσιος ὁ βασιλεύς. Βουλομένῳ τε τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ τὸ λείψανον λαβεῖν, μόνην φασὶν ἀντειπεῖν Ματρώναν, ἢ παρθένος μὲν ἦν ἱερὰ, εἴπετο δὲ αὐτῇ διάκονος καὶ φύλαξ. ᾿Ανθισταμένη δὲ παντὶ σθένει, βιάσασθαι οὐχ ἠγήσαντο δεῖν · ἀντιβολῶν δὲ, ἐδεῖτο συγχωρεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μόλις εἶξεν, ἀνήνυτον εἶναι νομίσασα τῷ κρατοῦντι τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν κατὰ τὸ συμβὰν ἐπὶ τῶν Οὐάλεντος χρόνων, περιλαβὼν τῇ ἁλουργίδι τὴν θήκην ἐν ᾗ ἔκειτο, ἔχων ἐπανῆλθε. Καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεως Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἔθετο ἐν τῷ καλουμένῳ ἑβδόμῳ· μέγιστον καὶ περικαλλέστατον τῷ Θεῷ ἐνθάδε ναὸν ἐγείρας · πολλὰ δὲ πολλάκις λιπαρήσας Ματρώναν καὶ κεχαρισμένα ὑποσχόμενος, οὐκ ἔπεισε μεταθέσθαι τῆς δόξης. ὧν γὰρ τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως. Καίτοιγε Βικέντιος πρεσβύτερος, ὁμόδοξος ὢν αὐτῇ, καὶ τὴν σορὸν τοῦ προφήτου ἐπίσης θεραπεύων, καὶ περὶ ταύτην ἱερώμενος, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτίκα, καὶ τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας ( ἐκοινώνησεν. Απώμοτον μὲν, ὡς λέγουσιν οἱ τὰ Μακεδονίου φρονοῦντες, ποιησάμενος, μή ποτε μεταθήσεσθαι τῆς αὐτῶν δόξης· τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον εἰς τὸ προφανὲς ὁρίσας, ὡς εἰ ἕλοιτο ὁ Βαπτιστὴς ἀκο λουθῆσαι τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ αὐτὸν κοινωνήσειν αὐτῷ, μηδὲν διαφερόμενον. Ἐγένετο δὲ οὗτος Πέρσης τὸ γένος· ἐπὶ δὲ τῆς Κωνσταντίου βασιλείας διωγμοῦ καταλαβόντος τοὺς ἐν Περσίδι Χριστιανοὺς, φεύγων ἅμα ᾿Αδδᾷ τῷ αὐτοῦ ἀνεψιῷ, εἰς Ῥωμαίους ἦλθεν. Ἀλλ᾿ ὁ μὲν κλήρῳ ἐγκατελέγη, καὶ εἰς πρεσβυτέρου προῆλθεν ἀξίαν. ᾿Αδδᾶς δὲ γήμας, μέγιστα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν ὠφέλησε, καὶ παῖδα καταλιπὼν Αὐξέν τιον, ἄνδρα περὶ τὸ Θεῖον πιστότατον, καὶ περὶ φίλους σπουδαῖον· ἐμμελῆ δὲ τὸν βίον, καὶ φιλολόγον, καὶ πολυμαθῇ τῶν Ἕλλησι καὶ τοῖς ἐκκλησιαστικοῖς συγγραφεῦσιν ἱστορημένων. Μέτριον δὲ τὸ ἦθος, καίπερ βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἐπιτήδειον, καὶ λαμπρᾶς ἐπειλημμένον στρατείας. ᾿Αλλὰ τοῦδε μὲν πολύς ἐστι λόγος παρά τε εὐδοκιμωτάτοις μοναχοῖς καὶ σπουδαίοις ἀνδράσιν, οἵπερ αὐτοῦ ἐπειράθησαν. Ἡ δὲ Ματρώνα μέχρι τελευτῆς ἐν τῇ Κοσιλάου κώμῃ διέτριβε · διεβίω δὲ ἱεροπρεπῶς μάλα καὶ σωφρόνως, ἱερῶν παρθένων ἡγουμένη· ὧν εἰσέτι νῦν πολλάς περιεῖναι ἐπυθόμην, τῆς ὑπὸ Ματρώναν παιδεύσεως ἄξιον φερούσας ἦθος.
Hypo de touton ton chronon diekomisthē eis Kōnstantinoupolin hē Iōannon tou Baptistou kephalē, hēn Hērōdias hētēsato para Hērōdou tou Tetrarchou. Legetai de heurethēnai para andrasi monachois tēs Makedoniou haireseōs " hoi ta men prōta en Hierosolymois dietribon, hysteron de eis Kilikian metǭkisthēsan. Epi de tēs pro tautēs hēgemonias, Mardoniou mēnysantos, hos tēs basilikēs oikias meizōn ēn eunouchos, prosetaxen Thyyalēs eis Kōnstantinoupolin autēn chomisthēnai. Kai hoi men epi touto apostalentes, epithentes ochēmati dēmosiǭ ēgon. Hōs de eis to Panteichion ēkon, chōrion de touto Chalkēdonos, ouketi prosōterō badizein hēneichonto hai to ochēma kathelkousai hēmionoi, kai tauta tōn hippokomōn epapeilountōn, kai tou hēniochou chalepōs tę̄ mastigi kentountos. Hōs de ouden ēnyon, edokei de pasi kai autǭ tǭ basilei paradoxon einai kai theion to pragma, apethento tautēn tēn hieran kepha - lēn en tę̄ Kosilaou kōmę̄. Etyche gar ek geitonōn ousa, kai Mardoniou toutou ktēma. Peri de touton ton chronon, ē tou Theou, ē autou tou prophētou kinountos, hēken eis tēnde tēn kōmēn Theodosios ho basileus. Boulomenǭ te tou Baptistou to leipsanon labein, monēn phasin anteipein Matrōnan, ē parthenos men ēn hiera, eipeto de autę̄ diakonos kai phylax. ᾿Anthistamenē de panti sthenei, biasasthai ouch ēgēsanto dein ; antibolōn de, edeito synchōrein. Epei de molis eixen, anēnyton einai nomisasa tǭ kratounti tēn epicheirēsin kata to symban epi tōn Oualentos chronōn, perilabōn tę̄ halourgidi tēn thēkēn en hę̄ ekeito, echōn epanēlthe. Kai pro tou asteōs Kōnstantinoupoleōs etheto en tǭ kaloumenǭ hebdomǭ; megiston kai perikallestaton tǭ Theǭ enthade naon egeiras ; polla de pollakis liparēsas Matrōnan kai kecharismena hyposchomenos, ouk epeise metathesthai tēs doxēs. hōn gar tēs Makedoniou haireseōs. Kaitoige Bikentios presbyteros, homodoxos ōn autę̄, kai tēn soron tou prophētou episēs therapeuōn, kai peri tautēn hierōmenos, ēkolouthēsen autika, kai tois apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias ( ekoinōnēsen. Apōmoton men, hōs legousin hoi ta Makedoniou phronountes, poiēsamenos, mē pote metathēsesthai tēs autōn doxēs; to de teleutaion eis to prophanes horisas, hōs ei heloito ho Baptistēs ako louthēsai tǭ basilei, kai auton koinōnēsein autǭ, mēden diapheromenon. Egeneto de houtos Persēs to genos; epi de tēs Kōnstantiou basileias diōgmou katalabontos tous en Persidi Christianous, pheugōn hama ᾿Addą tǭ autou anepsiǭ, eis Rhōmaious ēlthen. All᾿ ho men klērǭ enkatelegē, kai eis presbyterou proēlthen axian. ᾿Addas de gēmas, megista tēn Ekklēsian ōphelēse, kai paida katalipōn Auxen tion, andra peri to Theion pistotaton, kai peri philous spoudaion; emmelē de ton bion, kai philologon, kai polymathę̄ tōn Hellēsi kai tois ekklēsiastikois syngrapheusin historēmenōn. Metrion de to ēthos, kaiper basilei kai tois amph᾿ auton epitēdeion, kai lampras epeilēmmenon strateias. ᾿Alla toude men polys esti logos para te eudokimōtatois monachois kai spoudaiois andrasin, hoiper autou epeirathēsan. Hē de Matrōna mechri teleutēs en tę̄ Kosilaou kōmę̄ dietribe ; diebiō de hieroprepōs mala kai sōphronōs, hierōn parthenōn hēgoumenē; hōn eiseti nyn pollas perieinai epythomēn, tēs hypo Matrōnan paideuseōs axion pherousas ēthos.
About this time the head of John the Baptist, which Herodias had asked of Herod the tetrarch, was brought to Constantinople. It is said to have been found among monks of the Macedonian heresy, who had first lived in Jerusalem and later moved to Cilicia. In the reign before this, when Mardonius, a eunuch who was chief of the imperial household, reported it, Valens ordered it to be brought to Constantinople. Those sent for this put it on a public carriage and conveyed it. But when they came to Panteichium, a place in the territory of Chalcedon, the mules drawing the carriage would go no further, although the grooms threatened them and the driver goaded them hard with the whip. When they accomplished nothing, and it seemed to everyone, and to the emperor himself, that the thing was strange and divine, they deposited this sacred head at the village of Cosilaus; for it happened to be nearby and was the property of this Mardonius. About this time, moved either by God or by the prophet himself, the emperor Theodosius came to this village. When he wished to take the relic of the Baptist, they say that only Matrona opposed him, who was a holy virgin, and its servant and guardian followed her. Since she resisted with all her strength, they did not think it right to use force; but he begged and entreated her to allow it. When she reluctantly yielded, thinking the ruler’s attempt would come to nothing, as had happened in the time of Valens, he wrapped the casket in which it lay in his purple robe and went back with it, and placed it before the city of Constantinople at the place called the Hebdomon, raising there a very great and most beautiful temple to God. Though he often pressed Matrona and promised her favours, he did not persuade her to change her belief; for she was of the Macedonian heresy. Yet Vincent, a presbyter who shared her belief and likewise tended the coffin of the prophet and served there as priest, followed at once and entered into communion with those of the catholic church; having sworn, as those who hold Macedonius’s views say, never to change from their belief, but finally declaring openly that if the Baptist chose to follow the emperor, he too would communicate with him, differing in nothing. He was a Persian by race; and when, in the reign of Constantius, persecution overtook the Christians in Persia, he fled with Addas his cousin and came to the Romans. He was enrolled in the clergy and advanced to the rank of presbyter; while Addas married, did great service to the church, and left a son, Auxentius, a man most faithful concerning the Divine and zealous for his friends, of harmonious life, fond of learning, and widely informed in what has been recorded by the Greeks and by the church writers; moderate in character, though well connected with the emperor and his court and holding a distinguished office in the imperial service. Of him there is much talk among the most renowned monks and good men who had experience of him. Matrona lived in the village of Cosilaus until her death; she lived very reverently and chastely, as leader of holy virgins, of whom I have learned that many still survive, bearing a character worthy of Matrona’s training.
7.22PG 67:1485–1487
Καὶ ὁ μὲν Θεοδόσιος, ἐν εἰρήνῃ τὴν πρὸς Ἕω ἀρχομένην ἰθύνων, ἐν τούτοις ἐσπούδαζε, καὶ ἐπιμελῶς μάλα τὸ Θεῖον ἐθεράπευεν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ ἀγγέλλεται Οὐαλεντινιανὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀγχόνῃ ἀπολωλέναι 1. Ἑλέγετο δὲ ταύτην αὐτῷ καττύσαι τὴν τελευτὴν διὰ τῶν θαλαμηπόλων εὐνούχων ἄλλους τέ τινας τῶν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ ᾿Αρβογάστην τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτοῦ στρατευμάτων τεταγμένον· καθότι πατρώζοντα τὸν νέον εὑρὼν περὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πρὸς πολλὰ τῶν ἐκείνοις δοκούντων χαλεπαίνοντα. Οἱ δὲ αὐτὸν ἡγοῦν ται αὐτόχειρα ἑαυτοῦ γενέσθαι, ὡς ἐπιχειροῦντά τισιν οὐ δέον ἐν τῷ ζέοντι τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ κωλυόμενον · καὶ τούτου χάριν οὐ καταξιώσαντα ζῇν, ὅτι βασιλεύων μὴ συγχωροῖτο ποιεῖν ἃ βούλεται. Φασί γε μὴν τοῦτο τὸ μειράκιον εὐγενείᾳ σώματος, καὶ βασιλικῶν τρόπων ἀρετῇ, ὑπερφυῶς δόξαι τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἄξιον, καὶ οἷος μεγαλόψυχος, καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ὑπερβαλέσθαι τὸν αὐτοῦ πατέρα, εἰ παρῆλθεν εἰς ἄνδρας· καὶ ὁ μὲν τοιοῦτος ὢν, ὧδε τέθνηκεν. Εὐγένιος δέ τις οὐχ ὑγιῶς διακείμενος περὶ τὸ δόγμα τῶν Χριστιανῶν, ἐπεισπηδᾷ τῇ ἀρχῇ, καὶ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας ἀμφιέννυται. "Ωετο δὲ τοῦ ἐπιχειρήματος ἀσφαλῶς κρατήσειν, ὑπαγόμενος λόγοις ἀνθρώπων εἰδέναι τὸ μέλλον ὑπισχνουμένων, σφαγίοις τισὶ καὶ ἡπατοσκοπίαις, καὶ καταλήψει ἀστέρων. Ἐσπούδαζον δὲ περὶ ταῦτα ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν τέλει Ῥωμαίων, καὶ Φλαβιανὸς ὁ τότε ὕπαρχος, ἀνὴρ ἐλλόγιμος, καὶ περὶ τὰ πολιτικά ἐχέφρων εἶναι δοκῶν· προσέτι δὲ καὶ τὰ μέλλοντα ἀκριβοῦν λογιζόμενος ἐπιστήμῃ παντοδαπῆς μαντείας. Ταύτῃ γὰρ μάλιστα τὸν Εὐγένιον ἔπεισε εἰς πόλεμον παρασκευάσασθαι, μοιρίδιον εἶναι αὐτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν ἰσχυριζόμενος, νικὴν τῇ μάχη συμβήσεσθαι, μεταθδολὴν τῆς Χριστιανῶν θρησκείας. Καὶ Εὐγένιος μὲν ταύταις ταῖς ἐλπίσι βουχολούμενος, πλείστην ἤγειρε στρατιὰν, καὶ τὰς πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πύλας, ἃς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι Ἰουλίας "Δλκαλοῦσι, προχαταλαδὼν ἐφρούρει, ὡς ἐν στενῷ μίαν πάροδον ἐχούσας, ἑκατέρωθεν πεφραγμένας ἀποῤῥῶξι ὑψηλοτάτοις ὄρεσι. Θεοδόσιος δὲ διαγοούμενος, πῇ ἄρα τὴν ἀπόθδασιν ἕξει ὁ πρὸς αὐτὸν πόλεμος, καὶ πότερον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν χωρεῖν δεῖ, ἢ ἐπιόντα περιμένειν, ἔγνωχε περὶ τούτου συμδούλῳ χρήσασθαι Ἰωάννῃ τῷ ἐν Θηδαῖδι μοναχῷ " ὃν ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν εἴρηται ἐπιφανέστατον τηνικάδε γενέσθαι ἐπὶ γνώσει τῶν ἐσομένων " καὶ Εὐτρόπιον, ὃς πιστὸς ἣν αὐτῷ τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εὐνούχων, πέπομφεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, εἰ μὲν δυνατὸν, ἄξοντα αὐτόν“ εἰ δὲ παραιτήσαιτο, τὸ πρακτέον μαθεῖν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν εἰς Ἰωάννην παραγενόμενος, οὐχ ἔπεισε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα ἐλθεῖν. Ἐπανελθὼν δὲ, ἤγγειλεν εἰπεῖν, αὐτὸν νικήσειν τὸν πόλεμον, χαθελόντα τὸν τύραννον, μετὰ τὴν νίκην ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον. ᾿Αμφότερα δὲ ἀληθῆ τὸ τέλος ἔδειξεν. ΚΈΕΦΑΛ.
Kai ho men Theodosios, en eirēnę̄ tēn pros Heō archomenēn ithynōn, en toutois espoudaze, kai epimelōs mala to Theion etherapeuen. En toutǭ de angelletai Oualentinianos ho basileus anchonę̄ apolōlenai 1. Helegeto de tautēn autǭ kattysai tēn teleutēn dia tōn thalamēpolōn eunouchōn allous te tinas tōn eis ta basileia, kai ᾿Arbogastēn ton epi tōn autou strateumatōn tetagmenon; kathoti patrōzonta ton neon heurōn peri tēn archēn, kai pros polla tōn ekeinois dokountōn chalepainonta. Hoi de auton hēgoun tai autocheira heautou genesthai, hōs epicheirounta tisin ou deon en tǭ zeonti tēs hēlikias, kai kōlyomenon ; kai toutou charin ou kataxiōsanta zę̄n, hoti basileuōn mē synchōroito poiein ha bouletai. Phasi ge mēn touto to meirakion eugeneią sōmatos, kai basilikōn tropōn aretę̄, hyperphyōs doxai tēs hēgemonias axion, kai hoios megalopsychos, kai dikaiosynę̄ hyperbalesthai ton autou patera, ei parēlthen eis andras; kai ho men toioutos ōn, hōde tethnēken. Eugenios de tis ouch hygiōs diakeimenos peri to dogma tōn Christianōn, epeispēdą tę̄ archę̄, kai ta symbola tēs basileias amphiennytai. "Ōeto de tou epicheirēmatos asphalōs kratēsein, hypagomenos logois anthrōpōn eidenai to mellon hypischnoumenōn, sphagiois tisi kai hēpatoskopiais, kai katalēpsei asterōn. Espoudazon de peri tauta alloi te polloi tōn en telei Rhōmaiōn, kai Phlabianos ho tote hyparchos, anēr ellogimos, kai peri ta politika echephrōn einai dokōn; proseti de kai ta mellonta akriboun logizomenos epistēmę̄ pantodapēs manteias. Tautę̄ gar malista ton Eugenion epeise eis polemon paraskeuasasthai, moiridion einai autǭ tēn basileian ischyrizomenos, nikēn tę̄ machē symbēsesthai, metathdolēn tēs Christianōn thrēskeias. Kai Eugenios men tautais tais elpisi boucholoumenos, pleistēn ēgeire stratian, kai tas pros tę̄ Italią pylas, has hoi Rhōmaioi Ioulias "Dlkalousi, prochataladōn ephrourei, hōs en stenǭ mian parodon echousas, hekaterōthen pephragmenas aporrhōxi hypsēlotatois oresi. Theodosios de diagooumenos, pę̄ ara tēn apothdasin hexei ho pros auton polemos, kai poteron ep᾽ auton chōrein dei, ē epionta perimenein, egnōche peri toutou symdoulǭ chrēsasthai Iōannę̄ tǭ en Thēdaidi monachǭ " hon en tois prosthen eirētai epiphanestaton tēnikade genesthai epi gnōsei tōn esomenōn " kai Eutropion, hos pistos hēn autǭ tōn en tois basileiois eunouchōn, pepomphen eis Aigypton, ei men dynaton, axonta auton“ ei de paraitēsaito, to prakteon mathein. Kai ho men eis Iōannēn paragenomenos, ouch epeise pros ton basilea elthein. Epanelthōn de, ēngeilen eipein, auton nikēsein ton polemon, chathelonta ton tyrannon, meta tēn nikēn en Italią metallaxai ton bion. ᾿Amphotera de alēthē to telos edeixen. KEEPhAL.
Theodosius, governing the eastern empire in peace, was busy with these things and served the Divine very diligently. Meanwhile it was announced that the emperor Valentinian had perished by hanging. It was said that this death was contrived for him through the eunuchs of his bedchamber by others in the palace and by Arbogast, the commander of his troops, because they found the young man taking after his father in his rule and angry at many of the things they wished. Others think that he became his own murderer, since in the heat of youth he was attempting some things he should not and was being prevented, and for this reason did not think life worth living, because as emperor he was not allowed to do what he wished. They say, however, that this youth seemed exceedingly worthy of rule for his bodily nobility and the excellence of his kingly manners, and that, being high-minded, he would have surpassed his father in justice had he reached manhood. Such as he was, he died thus. A certain Eugenius, not sound concerning the doctrine of the Christians, leapt into the rule and put on the insignia of empire. He thought he would hold his enterprise securely, led on by the words of men who promised to know the future by certain sacrifices, inspection of livers and observation of the stars. Many other Roman officials were zealous in these things, and Flavian, then prefect, a man of letters who seemed prudent in civic affairs, and who moreover reckoned that he knew the future exactly by his science of every kind of divination. By this above all he persuaded Eugenius to prepare for war, maintaining that the empire was fated for him, that victory would follow in the battle, and a change in the religion of the Christians. Eugenius, beguiled by these hopes, gathered a very great army and occupied in advance and guarded the gates toward Italy which the Romans call the Julian Alps, as having a single passage in a narrow pass, fenced on each side by sheer, very high mountains. Theodosius, considering how the war against him would turn out, and whether he should march against him or wait for him to come, resolved to take as his counsellor about this John, the monk in the Thebaid, who, as was said before, was then most celebrated for his knowledge of the future; and he sent Eutropius, one of the palace eunuchs who was faithful to him, to Egypt, to bring him if possible, or, if he declined, to learn what should be done. Eutropius came to John but did not persuade him to come to the emperor. Returning, he reported that John said that the emperor would win the war, overthrow the usurper, and after the victory depart this life in Italy. The end showed both to be true.
7.23PG 67:1487–1489
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, διὰ τὴν χρείαν τοῦ πολέμου, ἔδοξε τοῖς ἄρχουσιν οἷς τούτου μέλει, πλέον τι τῶν εἰωθότων φόρων εἰσπράξασθαι τοὺς ὑποτελεῖς. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ στασιάσας ὁ ἐν Συρίᾳ τῶν ᾿ΑἈντιοχέων δῆμος, τοὺς τοῦ βασιλέως ἀνδριάντας καθεῖλε, τῆς αὐτοῦ γαμετῆς " σχοίνῳ προσάψας, εἴλχεν, οἴας εἰκὸς ὑπὸ χαλεπαίνοντος πλήθους, ὑβριστικὰς ἀφιεὶς φωνάς. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλοὺς ᾿Αντιοχέων διαφθεῖραι διενοεῖτο, καὶ πρὸς μόνην τὴν φήμην κατεπλάγη τὸ πλῆθος · καὶ παυσάμενοι μαίνεσθαι μετεμελοῦντο καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ παροῦσι τοῖς ἀγγελλομένοις κακοῖς, ἔστενόν τε καὶ ἐδάκρυον, καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἱκέτευον πραΰναι τοῦ κρατοῦντος τὴν ὀργὴν, μελῳδίαις τισὶν ὀλοφυρτικῶς πρὸς τὰς λιτὰς κεχρημένοι. Ἡνίκα δὴ καὶ Φλαβιανὸς ὁ Ἀντιοχέων ἐπίσκοπος, πρεσβευόμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν πολιτῶν, ἔτι τοῦ βασιλέως χαλεπαίνοντος, πέπεικε τοὺς παρὰ τὴν βασιλικὴν τράπεζαν ᾄδειν εἰωθότας νέους, τὰς ἐν ταῖς λιταῖς τῶν ᾿Αντιοχέων ψαλμῳδίας εἰπεῖν· ἐφ᾽ ᾧ λέγεται φιλανθρωπίᾳ διαχυθέντα τὸν βασιλέα κρατηθῆναι τῷ ἐλέῳ, καὶ αὐτίκα τὴν ὀργὴν ἐκβαλεῖν, καὶ σπείσασθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, δάκρυσι βρέξαντᾳ τὴν φιάλην, ἣν ἔτυχε κατέχων. Φασὶ δὲ τῆς φθασάσης νυκτὸς μεθ᾽ ἣν εὐθὺς ἐπιγενομένης ἡμέρας ἡ στάσις ἐγένετο, φάσμα κ γυναικὸς θεαθῆναι, μεγέθει ἐξαίσιον καὶ θέᾳ φοβερὸν, μετάρσιόν τε διατρέχον ἀνὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς τῆς πόλεως, τὸν ἀέρα μαστίζειν ὑπὸ μάστιγι δυσήχῳ, οἴαις εἰς θυμὸν προκαλοῦνται τοὺς θῆρας οἱ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα θέατρα πονοῦντες. Οὕτω τις ἀλάστωρ δαίμων ἐπιβουλῇ τὴν στάσιν ἐκίνησεν. Ἐπηκολούθησε δ᾽ ἂν καὶ φόνος πολὺς, εἰ μὴ τὴν ὀργὴν κατέπαυσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς, τὴν ἱερατικὴν ὑπὸ εὐσεβείας ἱκεσίαν αἰδεσθείς.
En toutǭ de, dia tēn chreian tou polemou, edoxe tois archousin hois toutou melei, pleon ti tōn eiōthotōn phorōn eispraxasthai tous hypoteleis. Epi toutǭ stasiasas ho en Syrią tōn ᾿AAntiocheōn dēmos, tous tou basileōs andriantas katheile, tēs autou gametēs " schoinǭ prosapsas, eilchen, oias eikos hypo chalepainontos plēthous, hybristikas aphieis phōnas. Epei de pollous ᾿Antiocheōn diaphtheirai dienoeito, kai pros monēn tēn phēmēn kateplagē to plēthos ; kai pausamenoi mainesthai metemelounto kai hōs epi parousi tois angellomenois kakois, estenon te kai edakryon, kai ton Theon hiketeuon praÿnai tou kratountos tēn orgēn, melǭdiais tisin olophyrtikōs pros tas litas kechrēmenoi. Hēnika dē kai Phlabianos ho Antiocheōn episkopos, presbeuomenos hyper tōn politōn, eti tou basileōs chalepainontos, pepeike tous para tēn basilikēn trapezan ądein eiōthotas neous, tas en tais litais tōn ᾿Antiocheōn psalmǭdias eipein; eph᾽ hǭ legetai philanthrōpią diachythenta ton basilea kratēthēnai tǭ eleǭ, kai autika tēn orgēn ekbalein, kai speisasthai pros tēn polin, dakrysi brexantą tēn phialēn, hēn etyche katechōn. Phasi de tēs phthasasēs nyktos meth᾽ hēn euthys epigenomenēs hēmeras hē stasis egeneto, phasma k gynaikos theathēnai, megethei exaision kai theą phoberon, metarsion te diatrechon ana tas aguias tēs poleōs, ton aera mastizein hypo mastigi dysēchǭ, oiais eis thymon prokalountai tous thēras hoi peri ta toiauta theatra ponountes. Houtō tis alastōr daimōn epiboulę̄ tēn stasin ekinēsen. Epēkolouthēse d᾽ an kai phonos polys, ei mē tēn orgēn katepausen ho basileus, tēn hieratikēn hypo eusebeias hikesian aidestheis.
Meanwhile, because of the needs of the war, the officials whose concern this was decided to exact from the taxpayers something more than the usual taxes. At this the people of Antioch in Syria rioted, threw down the statues of the emperor and of his wife, tied them with rope and dragged them about, uttering the insulting cries that an angry multitude naturally utters. When he resolved to destroy many of the Antiochenes, the multitude was terror-struck at the mere report; and ceasing from their madness, they repented, and as though the evils announced were already present, groaned and wept and besought God to soften the ruler’s anger, using certain mournful songs in their litanies. Then Flavian, bishop of the Antiochenes, going as an envoy for the citizens while the emperor was still angry, persuaded the young men who used to sing at the imperial table to sing the psalms of the Antiochenes’ litanies; at which, it is said, the emperor, melted to kindness, was overcome by pity, at once cast out his anger and was reconciled to the city, wetting with his tears the cup he happened to be holding. They say that on the night before the day on which the riot took place, a phantom of a woman was seen, enormous in size and fearful to behold, running about high in the air through the streets of the city and lashing the air with a harsh-sounding whip, like those with which men busy with such spectacles rouse the beasts to fury. So some avenging demon stirred up the riot by design. And much bloodshed would have followed had not the emperor checked his anger, respecting from piety the priestly supplication.
7.24PG 67:1489–1491
Επεὶ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον αὐτῷ ηὐτρέπιστο, ἀναγορεύει βασιλέα Ονώριον τὸν νεώτερον υἱόν. ᾿Αρκάδιον γὰρ ἤδη χειροτονήσας ἦν. ῎Αμφω δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει καταλιπών, σπουδῇ σὺν ταῖς στρατιαῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἕω ἐπὶ τὴν πρὸς Δύσιν ἀρχομένην ἠπείγετο. Συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ πλῆθος συμμάχων, τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἴστρον βαρβάρων. Λέγεται δὲ τότε τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐκδημῶν, πρὸς τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μιλίῳ γενόμενος, προσεύξασθαι τῷ Θεῷ ἐν τῇ ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἣν ἐπὶ τιμῇ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ ἐδείματο· αἰτῆσαί τε αἰσίαν αὐτῷ καὶ τῇ στρατιᾷ καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἅπασι γενέσθαι τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ πο λέμου, καὶ σύμμαχον αὐτῷ ἐπικαλέσασθαι τὸν Βαπτιστήν. Ταῦτα δὲ προσευξάμενος, εἰς Ἰταλίαν ἀφίκετο. Καὶ προσβαλὼν ταῖς ῎Αλπεσιν, εἶλε τὰς πρώτας φυλακάς. Παραμείψας δὲ τῆς παρόδου τὸ ἄκρον, ὡς πρὸς τῇ καθόδῳ ἐγένετο, εἶδε τὸ πεδίον πλῆρες ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν· οὐκ ἄπωθεν δὲ κατὰ νώτου πολλοὺς τῶν πολεμίων ἐν τῇ κορυφῇ τοῦ ὄρους τέως ἠρεμοῦντας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ πρῶτοι παρελθόντες συνεμίσγοντο τοῖς ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, μάχη καρτερὰ καὶ ἀμφήριστος ἐκινήθη. Ἔτι δὲ περιούσης τῆς στρατιᾶς, λογισάμενος ὅσον ἧκεν εἰς ἀνθρώπων δύναμιν, καὶ βουλομένοις μὴ δυνατὸν σώζεσθαι, ἐπιτιθεμένων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νώτου τὴν ἀκρώρειαν κατα- λαβόντων, πρηνὴς ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους πεσών, ηύχετο δακρύων. Καὶ ὁ Θεὸς αὐτίκα ἐπήκουσεν, ὡς τὸ ἀποβὰν ἔδειξε. Πέμψαντες γάρ τινας, συμμάχους σφᾶς ἔσεσθαι προσήγγειλαν οἱ ἡγεμόνες τῶν περικαθημένων τὴν ἄκραν, εῖ μέλλοιεν ἐν τιμῇ παρ᾿ αὐτῷ εἶναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ χάρτην καὶ μέλαν ἐπιζητήσας οὐχ εὗρε, δέλτον δὲ λαβὼν ἣν ἔτυχέ τις τῶν παρεστώτων ἔχων, ἐνέγραψεν αὐτοῖς ἐπισήμου καὶ ἀρμοδίου στρατιᾶς τάξιν, ἣν ἕξουσι παρ᾿ αὐτῷ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν πληροῦντες. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις τῷ βασιλεῖ προσεχώρησαν. Μή πω δὲ θατέρου μέρους κλίναντος, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τῆς ἐν πεδίῳ μάχης ἑκατέρωθεν ἰσαζούσης, ἀντιπρόσωπος τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐμβὰς ἄνεμος ἐξαίσιος, καὶ οἷον οὔπω πρότερον ἱστορήσαμεν, διέλυσε τὰς τῶν πολεμίων τάξεις. Βέλη δὲ καὶ ἀκόντια κατὰ Ῥωμαίων πεμπόμενα, ὡς ἀντιτύποις προσβάλλοντα, εἰς τὰ τῶν ἀκοντιζόντων περιέστρεφε σώματα. Καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐξαρπάζων τῶν χειρῶν, σὺν φορυτῷ καὶ κονιορτῷ κατ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐκύλιε. Γυμνωθέντες δὲ τῶν ὅπλων, οἱ μὲν πλείους αὐτίκα διεφθάρησαν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς ὀλίγον φυγῇ διασωθέντες, μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ ἤλωσαν. Εὐγένιος δὲ, προσδραμὼν τοῖς ποσὶ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐδεῖτο σώζεσθαι. Ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἱκέτευς, πρός του τῶν στρατιωτῶν τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀπετμήθη. Αρβογάστης δὲ φεύγων μετὰ τὴν μάχην, αὐτόχειρ ἑαυτοῦ γέγονε. Λέγεται δὲ καθ' ὃν καιρὸν οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος συνεκροτεῖτο, ὡς ἐν τῷ νεῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ ἐν τῷ Ἑβδόμῳ, ου προσηύξατο ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐξιὼν, δαιμονῶν τις ἀναρπασθεὶς μετάρσιος, τὸν Βαπτιστὴν Ἰωάννην ἐλοιδορεῖτο, καὶ ὡς τῆς κεφαλῆς ἀποτμηθέντα ὠνείδιζε, καὶ ἀνεβόα· Σύ με νικᾶς, καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ στρατιᾷ ἐπιβουλεύεις. Οἱ δὲ περιτυχόντες, ὡς εἰκὸς, πολλῆς οὔσης περὶ τοῦ πολέμου σπουδῆς νεώτερόν τι ἀκούειν καὶ λέγειν, καταπλαγέντες ἀνεγράψαντο τὴν ἡμέραν, καθ' ἣν γενέσθαι τὰ περὶ τὸν πόλεμον οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἔγνωσαν παρὰ τῶν κοινωνησάντων τῇ μάχῃ. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε γενέσθαι λόγος.
Epei de ta pros ton polemon autǭ ēutrepisto, anagoreuei basilea Onōrion ton neōteron huion. ᾿Arkadion gar ēdē cheirotonēsas ēn. ᾿Amphō de en Kōnstantinoupolei katalipōn, spoudę̄ syn tais stratiais apo tēs Heō epi tēn pros Dysin archomenēn ēpeigeto. Syneipeto de autǭ kai plēthos symmachōn, tōn peri ton Istron barbarōn. Legetai de tote tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs ekdēmōn, pros tǭ hebdomǭ miliǭ genomenos, proseuxasthai tǭ Theǭ en tę̄ enthade ekklēsią, hēn epi timę̄ Iōannou tou Baptistou edeimato; aitēsai te aisian autǭ kai tę̄ stratią kai Rhōmaiois hapasi genesthai tēn ekbasin tou po lemou, kai symmachon autǭ epikalesasthai ton Baptistēn. Tauta de proseuxamenos, eis Italian aphiketo. Kai prosbalōn tais ᾿Alpesin, eile tas prōtas phylakas. Parameipsas de tēs parodou to akron, hōs pros tę̄ kathodǭ egeneto, eide to pedion plēres hippeōn kai pezōn; ouk apōthen de kata nōtou pollous tōn polemiōn en tę̄ koryphę̄ tou orous teōs ēremountas. Epei de hoi prōtoi parelthontes synemisgonto tois en tǭ pediǭ, machē kartera kai amphēristos ekinēthē. Eti de periousēs tēs stratias, logisamenos hoson hēken eis anthrōpōn dynamin, kai boulomenois mē dynaton sōzesthai, epitithemenōn tōn apo tou nōtou tēn akrōreian kata- labontōn, prēnēs epi tou edaphous pesōn, ēucheto dakryōn. Kai ho Theos autika epēkousen, hōs to apoban edeixe. Pempsantes gar tinas, symmachous sphas esesthai prosēngeilan hoi hēgemones tōn perikathēmenōn tēn akran, ei melloien en timę̄ par᾿ autǭ einai. Epei de chartēn kai melan epizētēsas ouch heure, delton de labōn hēn etyche tis tōn parestōtōn echōn, enegrapsen autois episēmou kai armodiou stratias taxin, hēn hexousi par᾿ autǭ tēn hyposchesin plērountes. Kai hoi men epi toutois tǭ basilei prosechōrēsan. Mē pō de thaterou merous klinantos, all᾽ eti tēs en pediǭ machēs hekaterōthen isazousēs, antiprosōpos tois enantiois embas anemos exaisios, kai hoion oupō proteron historēsamen, dielyse tas tōn polemiōn taxeis. Belē de kai akontia kata Rhōmaiōn pempomena, hōs antitypois prosballonta, eis ta tōn akontizontōn periestrephe sōmata. Kai tas aspidas exarpazōn tōn cheirōn, syn phorytǭ kai koniortǭ kat᾿ autōn ekylie. Gymnōthentes de tōn hoplōn, hoi men pleious autika diephtharēsan, hoi de pros oligon phygę̄ diasōthentes, met᾿ ou poly ēlōsan. Eugenios de, prosdramōn tois posi tou basileōs, edeito sōzesthai. En hǭ de hiketeus, pros tou tōn stratiōtōn tēn kephalēn apetmēthē. Arbogastēs de pheugōn meta tēn machēn, autocheir heautou gegone. Legetai de kath' hon kairon houtos ho polemos synekroteito, hōs en tǭ neǭ tou Theou tǭ en tǭ Hebdomǭ, ou prosēuxato ho basileus exiōn, daimonōn tis anarpastheis metarsios, ton Baptistēn Iōannēn eloidoreito, kai hōs tēs kephalēs apotmēthenta ōneidize, kai aneboa; Sy me nikas, kai tę̄ emę̄ stratią epibouleueis. Hoi de peritychontes, hōs eikos, pollēs ousēs peri tou polemou spoudēs neōteron ti akouein kai legein, kataplagentes anegrapsanto tēn hēmeran, kath' hēn genesthai ta peri ton polemon ouk eis makran egnōsan para tōn koinōnēsantōn tę̄ machę̄. Kai ta men hōde genesthai logos.
When his preparations for the war were ready, he proclaimed his younger son Honorius emperor; for he had already elevated Arcadius. Leaving both in Constantinople, he hastened with his armies from the East to the western empire, and a multitude of allies from the barbarians along the Ister followed him. It is said that as he was leaving Constantinople and reached the seventh milestone, he prayed to God in the church there, which he had built in honour of John the Baptist, and asked that the outcome of the war might be favourable to himself, his army and all the Romans, and called on the Baptist as his ally. Having prayed thus, he came to Italy. Attacking the Alps, he took the first guard posts. When he had passed the summit of the pass and was at the descent, he saw the plain full of cavalry and infantry, and not far behind him many of the enemy on the summit of the mountain, keeping still for the time. When his vanguard had passed and engaged those in the plain, a fierce and doubtful battle began. While the enemy army was still surrounding him, reckoning that he had come into the power of men, and that not even those who wished could save him if those at his back who held the ridge attacked, he fell face down on the ground and prayed with tears. And God heard him at once, as the outcome showed. For the commanders of those posted about the summit sent some men and announced that they would be his allies, if they were to be held in honour by him. When he looked for paper and ink and found none, he took a writing tablet that one of those standing by happened to have, and wrote down for them a distinguished and suitable rank in the army, which they would have from him if they fulfilled their promise. On these terms they went over to the emperor. While neither side had yet given way, and the battle in the plain was still evenly balanced on both sides, an extraordinary wind, such as we have never heard of before, struck the enemy in the face and broke up their ranks. The arrows and javelins thrown against the Romans, as if striking something resistant, it turned back on the bodies of those who threw them; and it snatched the shields from their hands and rolled them against them with rubbish and dust. Stripped of their arms, most were killed at once; others, saving themselves for a little by flight, were taken not long after. Eugenius, running to the emperor’s feet, begged to be spared; and while he was entreating, his head was cut off by one of the soldiers. Arbogast, fleeing after the battle, became his own executioner. It is said that at the time this battle was being fought, in the temple of God at the Hebdomon, where the emperor had prayed when he set out, a demoniac, lifted up into the air, reviled John the Baptist and reproached him with having had his head cut off, and cried out: “You are defeating me and plotting against my army.” Those who happened to be there, astonished — as was natural, since there was great eagerness about the war to hear and tell any news — wrote down the day; and not long after they learned from those who took part in the battle that the events of the war had taken place on it. Such is the account.
7.25PG 67:1493–1497
Μετὰ δὲ τὴν Εὐγενίου καθαίρεσιν, ἀφικόμενος εἰς Μεδιόλανον ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἧκεν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν εὐξόμενος. Ὡς δὲ πρὸς ταῖς θύραις ἐγένετο, ὑπήντετο Αμβρόσιος × ὁ τῆς πόλεως ἐπίσκοπος · καὶ λαβόμενος τῆς ἀλουργίδος ἐπὶ τοῦ πλήθους, Ἐπίσχες, ἔφη. ᾿Ανδρὶ γὰρ ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίας βεβήλῳ, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἡμαγμένας οὐκ ἐν δίκῃ ἔχοντι, οὐ θεμιτὸν πρὸ μετανοίας τῆς τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἐπιβαίνειν οὐδοῦ, ἢ μυστηρίων θείων κοινωνεῖν. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς θαυμάσας τὸν ἱερέα τῆς παῤῥησίας, σύννους γεγονὼς, ὑπέστρεφεν, ὑπὸ τῆς μετανοίας κεντούμενος. Ἦν δὲ τῆς ἁμαρτίας πρόφασις τοιάδε· Βουθερίκου τοῦ ἡγουμένου τότε τῶν παρ' Ἰλλυριοῖς στρατιωτῶν ἡνίοχος τὸν οἶνοχόον αἰσχρῶς ἰδὼν, ἐπείρασε. Καὶ συλληφθεὶς ἐν φρουρᾷ ἦν. Ἐπισήμου δὲ ἱπποδρομίας ἐπιτελεῖσθαι μελλούσης, ὡς ἀναγκαῖον εἰς τὴν ἀγωνίαν ὁ Θεσσαλονικέων δῆμος ἐζήτει ἀφίεσθαι · ὡς δὲ οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, εἰς χαλεπὴν κατέστη στάσιν, καὶ τελευτῶν, τὸν Βουθερίχαν ἀνεῖλε. Καὶ ἐπεὶ τάδε ἐμηνύθη, εἰς ἄμετρον ὀργὴν ἐμπεσὼν ὁ βασιλεὺς, ῥητὸν τῶν προστυγχανόντων ἀριθμὸν γ ἀναιρεθῆναι προσέταξεν. τεῦθεν δὲ πολλῶν ἀδίκων ἐνεπλήσθη φόνων ἡ πόλις. Ξένοι τε γὰρ αὐτίκα προσπλεύσαντες, καὶ ἐξ ὁδοῦ ἀφικόμενοι, ἀδοκήτως ἤλωσαν. Καὶ πάθη ἐλεεινά συνέβη, ἐν οἷς καὶ τόδε· ἔμπορος ἀντὶ δύο παίδων αὐτοῦ συλληφθέντων προσαγαγὼν ἑαυτὸν ἀποθανεῖν ἐδεῖτο, τοὺς δὲ σώζεσθαι · καὶ μισθὸν τούτου χρυσίον ὅσον εἶχε προῖσχετο τοῖς στρατιώταις. Οἱ δὲ, τὸν ἄνθρωπον τῆς συμφορᾶς ἐλεήσαντες, ἀντὶ ἑνὸς οὗ ἂν ἑλεῖται τῶν υἱέων, τὴν ἱκεσίαν προσίεντο· τοὺς δὲ δύο ἀφιέναι, ὡς ἐπιλείποντος τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ, οὐκ ἀκίνδυνον σφίσιν ἔφασαν. Εἰς ἀμφοτέρους δὲ βλέπων ὁ πατὴρ, ὀλοφυρόμενός τε καὶ κλαίων, οὐδετέρου τὴν αἵρεσιν ὑπέστη · ἀλλ᾽ ἀπορῶν εἰσότε τεθνήκασι διετέλεσεν, ἑκατέρου τῶ φίλτρῳ ἐπίσης νικώμενος. Καὶ οἰκέτην δὲ ἀγαθὸν ἐπυθόμην τότε, ἀντὶ δεσπότου ἀγομένου πρὸς τὴν σφαγὴν, ἀναιρεθῆναι προθύμως. Τοιούτων δὲ καὶ ἑτέρων, ὡς εἰκὸς, συγκυρησάντων κακῶν, ἐπαιτιώμενος ᾿Αμβρόσιος τὸν βασιλέα, τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἶρξε, καὶ ἀκοινώνητον ἐποίησε. Δημοσίᾳ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ὡμολόγησε· καὶ πάντα τὸν ὁρισθέντα αὐτῷ χρόνον εἰς μετάνοιαν, οἷά γε πενθῶν, βασιλικῷ κόσμῳ οὐκ ἐχρήσατο κ· καὶ νόμον προσέταξε, τοὺς διακονουμένους τοῖς τοῦ βασιλέως προστάγμασιν εἰς τριακοστὴν ἡμέραν ἀναβάλλεσθαι τὴν τιμωρίαν τῶν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ καταδεδικασμένων, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ἐν μέσῳ χρόνον μαλάσσειν τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ὀργὴν, καὶ τοῦ θυμοῦ παρακμάζοντος, ἐλέῳ καὶ μεταμελείᾳ γενέσθαι χώραν. Αμβροσίῳ δὲ τούτῳ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἄξια ἱερωσύνης, ἃ μόνοις ἐπιχωρίοις κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἔγνωσται. Τῶν δὲ ἐπισημοτάτων αὐτοῦ ἔργων καὶ τοῦτο ἐπυθόμην· Ἔθος ἦν τοὺς βασιλεῖς ὁ ἐν τῷ ἱερατείῳ ἐκκλησιάζειν, κατ᾿ ἐξοχὴν τῶν ὁρίων τοῦ λαοῦ κεχωρισμένους. Κολακίας δὲ ἦ ἀταξίας εἶναι τοῦτο συνιδών, τόπον εἶναι βασιλέως ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ τέταχε, τὸν πρὸ τῶν δρυφάκτων τοῦ ἱερατείου· ὥστε τοῦ μὲν λαοῦ τὸν κρατοῦντα τὴν προεδρίαν ἔχειν, αὐτοῦ δὲ τοὺς ἱερέας προκαθῆσθαι. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἀρίστην παράδοσιν ἐπήνεσε Θεοδόσιος ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκράτυναν· καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου νυνὶ φυλαττομένην ὁρῶμεν. Τούτου δὲ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς καὶ τόδε τὸ ἔργον ἀξιομνημόνευτον περιλαβεῖν τῇ γραφῇ, ἀναγκαῖον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ· Ἕλλην ( τις τῶν ἐν τέλει τὸ Γρατιανὸν ἐλοιδόρει, καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀνάξιον ἀπεκάλει· καὶ γραφὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις ὑπομείνας κατεδικάσθη θανεῖν. ᾿Αγομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τιμωρίᾳ, ἧκεν Αμβρόσιος εἰς τὰ βασίλεια, περὶ αὐτοῦ δεησόμενος. Ὑπὸ σπουδῆς δὲ τῶν αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλευόντων ἀσχολουμένου Γρατιανοῦ περὶ θέαν κυνηγίων, οἷας εἰώθασιν οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐπιτελεῖν, τερπωλῆς ἰδίας χάριν, οὐ δημοσίας, μηδενός τε τῶν ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλικαῖς πύλαις τεταγμένων μηνύοντος, ὡς οὐ καιροῦ ὄντος, ὑπεχώρησεν. Ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην ᾗ τοὺς θῆρας εἰσῆγον, ἔλαθε. Καὶ συνεισελθὼν τοῖς κυνηγοῖς οὐ πρότερον καθυφῆκεν, οὐδὲ Γρατιανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀντιβολούντων εἶξεν, εἰ μὴ παραυτίκα σωτήριον ψῆφον τοῦ βασιλέως ἐξέσπασεν, τὸν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἀγόμενον ἐλευθεροῦσαν. Οὐ μὴν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν νόμων τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τὴν ἀγωγὴν τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν κληρικῶν, σπουδαῖος ἄγαν ἐγένετο. Ἐκ πολλῶν δὲ τῶν αὐτῷ κατωρθωμένων τάδε μοι εἰρήσθω, εἰς ἀπόδειξιν ἧς εἶχε διὰ Θεὸν πρὸς τοὺς κρατοῦντας παῤῥησίας.
Meta de tēn Eugeniou kathairesin, aphikomenos eis Mediolanon ho basileus, hēken eis tēn ekklēsian euxomenos. Hōs de pros tais thyrais egeneto, hypēnteto Ambrosios × ho tēs poleōs episkopos ; kai labomenos tēs alourgidos epi tou plēthous, Episches, ephē. ᾿Andri gar hypo hamartias bebēlǭ, kai tas cheiras hēmagmenas ouk en dikę̄ echonti, ou themiton pro metanoias tēs tou hierou epibainein oudou, ē mystēriōn theiōn koinōnein. Ho de basileus thaumasas ton hierea tēs parrhēsias, synnous gegonōs, hypestrephen, hypo tēs metanoias kentoumenos. Ēn de tēs hamartias prophasis toiade; Boutherikou tou hēgoumenou tote tōn par' Illyriois stratiōtōn hēniochos ton oinochoon aischrōs idōn, epeirase. Kai syllēphtheis en phrourą ēn. Episēmou de hippodromias epiteleisthai mellousēs, hōs anankaion eis tēn agōnian ho Thessalonikeōn dēmos ezētei aphiesthai ; hōs de ouden ēnyen, eis chalepēn katestē stasin, kai teleutōn, ton Boutherichan aneile. Kai epei tade emēnythē, eis ametron orgēn empesōn ho basileus, rhēton tōn prostynchanontōn arithmon g anairethēnai prosetaxen. teuthen de pollōn adikōn eneplēsthē phonōn hē polis. Xenoi te gar autika prospleusantes, kai ex hodou aphikomenoi, adokētōs ēlōsan. Kai pathē eleeina synebē, en hois kai tode; emporos anti dyo paidōn autou syllēphthentōn prosagagōn heauton apothanein edeito, tous de sōzesthai ; kai misthon toutou chrysion hoson eiche proischeto tois stratiōtais. Hoi de, ton anthrōpon tēs symphoras eleēsantes, anti henos hou an heleitai tōn huieōn, tēn hikesian prosiento; tous de dyo aphienai, hōs epileipontos tou arithmou, ouk akindynon sphisin ephasan. Eis amphoterous de blepōn ho patēr, olophyromenos te kai klaiōn, oudeterou tēn hairesin hypestē ; all᾽ aporōn eisote tethnēkasi dietelesen, hekaterou tō philtrǭ episēs nikōmenos. Kai oiketēn de agathon epythomēn tote, anti despotou agomenou pros tēn sphagēn, anairethēnai prothymōs. Toioutōn de kai heterōn, hōs eikos, synkyrēsantōn kakōn, epaitiōmenos ᾿Ambrosios ton basilea, tēs ekklēsias eirxe, kai akoinōnēton epoiēse. Dēmosią de kai autos tēn hamartian epi tēs ekklēsias hōmologēse; kai panta ton horisthenta autǭ chronon eis metanoian, hoia ge penthōn, basilikǭ kosmǭ ouk echrēsato k; kai nomon prosetaxe, tous diakonoumenous tois tou basileōs prostagmasin eis triakostēn hēmeran anaballesthai tēn timōrian tōn epi thanatǭ katadedikasmenōn, hōste kai ton en mesǭ chronon malassein tēn tou basileōs orgēn, kai tou thymou parakmazontos, eleǭ kai metameleią genesthai chōran. Ambrosiǭ de toutǭ polla men kai axia hierōsynēs, ha monois epichōriois kata to eikos egnōstai. Tōn de episēmotatōn autou ergōn kai touto epythomēn; Ethos ēn tous basileis ho en tǭ hierateiǭ ekklēsiazein, kat᾿ exochēn tōn horiōn tou laou kechōrismenous. Kolakias de ē ataxias einai touto synidōn, topon einai basileōs en ekklēsią tetache, ton pro tōn dryphaktōn tou hierateiou; hōste tou men laou ton kratounta tēn proedrian echein, autou de tous hiereas prokathēsthai. Tautēn de tēn aristēn paradosin epēnese Theodosios ho basileus, kai hoi meta tauta ekratynan; kai ex ekeinou nyni phylattomenēn horōmen. Toutou de tou andros kai tode to ergon axiomnēmoneuton perilabein tę̄ graphę̄, anankaion einai moi dokei; Hellēn ( tis tōn en telei to Gratianon eloidorei, kai tou patros anaxion apekalei; kai graphēn epi toutois hypomeinas katedikasthē thanein. ᾿Agomenou de autou epi timōrią, hēken Ambrosios eis ta basileia, peri autou deēsomenos. Hypo spoudēs de tōn autǭ epibouleuontōn ascholoumenou Gratianou peri thean kynēgiōn, hoias eiōthasin hoi basileis epitelein, terpōlēs idias charin, ou dēmosias, mēdenos te tōn epi tais basilikais pylais tetagmenōn mēnyontos, hōs ou kairou ontos, hypechōrēsen. Elthōn de epi tēn pylēn hę̄ tous thēras eisēgon, elathe. Kai syneiselthōn tois kynēgois ou proteron kathyphēken, oude Gratianou kai tōn amph᾽ auton antibolountōn eixen, ei mē parautika sōtērion psēphon tou basileōs exespasen, ton epi thanatǭ agomenon eleutherousan. Ou mēn, alla kai peri tēn phylakēn tōn nomōn tēs Ekklēsias, kai tēn agōgēn tōn hyp᾿ auton klērikōn, spoudaios agan egeneto. Ek pollōn de tōn autǭ katōrthōmenōn tade moi eirēsthō, eis apodeixin hēs eiche dia Theon pros tous kratountas parrhēsias.
After the overthrow of Eugenius the emperor came to Milan and went to the church to pray. When he was at the doors, Ambrose, the bishop of the city, met him, took hold of his purple robe in front of the crowd, and said: “Stop. For a man profaned by sin, with hands unjustly stained with blood, may not, before repentance, cross the threshold of the sanctuary or share in the divine mysteries.” The emperor, admiring the priest’s boldness, became thoughtful and turned back, stung by repentance. The occasion of the sin was this. When the charioteer of Butheric, then commander of the soldiers in Illyricum, saw Butheric’s cupbearer and made a shameful attempt on him, he was arrested and kept in custody. When a notable horse race was about to be held, the people of Thessalonica demanded that he be released as necessary for the contest; and when they got nothing, they fell into a fierce riot and finally killed Butheric. When this was reported, the emperor fell into immoderate anger and ordered a fixed number of those who happened to be about to be put to death. From this the city was filled with many unjust murders. For strangers who had just put in by sea, or arrived from a journey, were unexpectedly caught; and pitiable sufferings occurred, among them this: a merchant, in place of his two sons who had been seized, offered himself and begged to die while they were saved, offering the soldiers as payment all the gold he had. They, pitying the man’s calamity, accepted his entreaty in place of one of his sons, whichever he should choose; but they said that to release both was not without danger to themselves, since the number would be short. The father, looking at both, wailing and weeping, could not bring himself to choose either, but remained at a loss until they had died, equally overcome by love for each. I have also learned that a good slave at that time gladly let himself be killed in place of his master, who was being led to the slaughter. Since these and other such evils had naturally happened, Ambrose, blaming the emperor, kept him out of the church and put him out of communion. He himself confessed his sin publicly in the church; and during all the time fixed for his repentance he did not use the imperial ornaments, as one in mourning. He also enacted a law that those who carry out the emperor’s orders should defer for thirty days the punishment of those condemned to death, so that in the interval the emperor’s anger might be softened, and, as his wrath abated, room might be made for mercy and repentance. Many things worthy of his priesthood were done by this Ambrose, which, as is natural, are known only to the local people. Of his most notable deeds I have learned this also. It was the custom for the emperors to assemble in the sanctuary, separated by distinction from the bounds of the people. Seeing that this came from flattery or disorder, he appointed as the emperor’s place in church the one in front of the railings of the sanctuary, so that the ruler should have precedence over the people, but the priests should sit before him. The emperor Theodosius approved this excellent tradition, and those after him confirmed it; and we see it kept from then until now. This deed of the man too seems to me necessary to include in my writing as memorable. A pagan, one of the officials, reviled Gratian and called him unworthy of his father; and having been indicted for this, he was condemned to death. As he was being led to punishment, Ambrose came to the palace to plead for him. Since Gratian, through the efforts of those plotting against the man, was busy watching a hunting show of the kind emperors are accustomed to hold for their private pleasure, not a public one, and none of those stationed at the imperial gates would announce him, saying it was not the time, Ambrose withdrew. But coming to the gate by which they brought in the beasts, he slipped in unnoticed; and having entered with the huntsmen, he did not desist, nor yield to the entreaties of Gratian and those about him, until he had there and then wrested from the emperor a saving sentence freeing the man being led to death. He was also very zealous for the keeping of the laws of the church and for the discipline of the clergy under him. Of the many things he accomplished, let me say these, as proof of the freedom of speech he had toward the rulers for God’s sake.
7.26PG 67:1497–1499
Κατὰ τοῦτον δὲ πολλοὶ πολλαχοῦ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐν ἐπισκόποις διέπρεπον, ὡς Δονάτος ὁ Εὐροίας τῆς Ἠπείρου· ᾧ δὴ πολλά τε καὶ ἄλλα τεθαυματουργῆσθαι μαρτυροῦσιν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, μάλιστα δὲ τὰ περὶ ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ δράκοντος, ὃς περὶ τὰς καλουμένας Χαμαιγεφύρας παρὰ τὴν λεωφόρον ἐφώλευε, καὶ πρόβατα, καὶ αἶγας, καὶ βόας, ἵππους τε καὶ ἀνθρώπους ἐξήρπαζεν. Οὐ γὰρ ξίφος ἢ δόρυ φέρων, οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι βέλος ἔχων, ἐπὶ τουτὶ τὸ θηρίον ἦλθεν. ᾿Αλλ' ὡς ᾔσθετο, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ὡς ἐφορμήσων ἐξανἐστησεν, ἀντιπρόσωπον αὐτῷ εἰς σταυροῦ σύμβολον τὸν ἀέρα τῷ δακτύλῳ κατεσήμανε, καὶ ἐπέπτυσε. Τὸ δὲ, τὸν σίαλον εἷς τὸ στόμα δεξάμενον, αὐτίχσ κατέπεσε γεχρὸν κείμενον, οὐ μεῖον τῶν παρ᾽ Ἰνδοῖς ἱστορουμένων ἑρπετῶν διεφάνη τὸ μέγεθος. τοι, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ὑπὸ ζεύγεσιν ὀκτὼ εἰς τὸ πλησίον πεδίον ἐξελχύσαντες αὐτὸ οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, κατἔκαυσαν, ὅπως μὴ διασαπεὶς τὸν ἀέρα λυμανεῖται, καὶ λοιμώδη νόσον ποιήσῃ. Δονάτῳ δὲ τούτῳ τάφος ἐστὶν ἐπίσημος εὐκτήριος οἴχος, ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπὠνυμίαν ἔχων. Περὶ τοῦτον δὲ πηγὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν, ἣν οὐ πρότερον οὖσαν, εὐξαμένου αὐτοῦ, τὸ Θεῖον ἀνἐδωχεν. Ἣν μὲν γὰρ οὗτος ὁ χῶρος παντελῶς ἄνυδρος. Ἐξ ὁδοιπορίας δέ ποτε ἐνθάδε παραγενόμενος, λέγεται τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀπορίᾳ ὕδατος ταλαιπωρουμένων, τῇ χειρὶ τὴν γῆν λαχήνας εὔξασθαι, ἅμα δὲ τῇ εὐχῇ ἄφθονον ἀναδλύσαι ὕδωρ, καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου μὲ; διαλιπεῖν. ᾿Αλλὰ τῶνδε μὲν μάρτυρες, τὴν ρίαν οἰκοῦντες κώμην Εὐροίας, καθ᾽ ἣν τάδε συνέδη. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Τόμεως τῆς ἄλλης Σχυθίας Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπετρόπευε Θεότιμος Σκύθης, ἀνὴρ ἐν φιλοσοφίψ τραφείς " ὃν ἀγάμενοι τῆς ἀρετῆς οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἴστρον Οὖννοι βάρβαροι, Θεὸν Ῥωμαίων ὠνόμαζον. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ θείων ἐπ' αὐτῷ πραγμάτων ἐπειράθησαν. Λέγεται γοῦν, ὡς ὁδεύοντί ποτε παρὰ τὴν ἐνθάδε βαρδάρων γῆν, ὑπήντοντο ἐναντίαν τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἐπὶ Τόμιν ἐλαύνοντες. Ὁλοφυρομένων δὲ τῶν ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ὡς αὐτίκα ἀπολουμένων, ἀποδὰς τοῦ ἵππου, ηὔξατο. Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι μῆτε αὐτὸν μέτε τοὺς ἑπομένους, τοὺς ἵππους ὧν ἀπέδησαν θεασάμενοι, παρέδραμον. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πολλάκις ἐπιόντες ἐχαχοποίουν τοὺς Σκύθας, φύσει θηριώδεις ὄντας, εἰς ἡμερότητα μετέθαλεν, ἑστιῶν τε δώροις φίλοφρονούμενος. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ βάρβαρος ἀνὴρ ὑπολαδὼν εὔπορον εἶναι, ἐπεθούλευσεν αὐτὸν ἑλεῖν. Καὶ βρόχον παρασκευάσας ἀσπίδι ἐπερειδόμενον, ὥσπερ εἰώθει τοῖς πολεμίοις διαλεγόμενος, ἀνασχὼν τὴν δεξιὰν, ἀκοντίζειν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὸ σχοινίον ἔμελλεν, ὡς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ξλχύσων. δὲ τῇ ἐπιχειρήσει, ἀνατεταμένη ἡ χεὶρ πρὸς τὸν ἀέρα διέμεινε. Καὶ οὐ πρότερον ὁ βάρδαρος τῶν ἀοράτων ἠφείθη δεσμῶν, εἰ μῇ τῶν ἄλλων ἀντιδολούντων, ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ τὸν Θεὸν ἐχέτευσε Θεότιμος. Φασὶ δὲ χομήτην αὐτὸν διαμεῖναι καθ᾽ ὃ σχῆμα φιλοσοφεῖν ἀρξάμενος ἐπετήδευσε. Λιτὸν δὲ τὴν δίαιταν" τροφῆς δὲ, οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ πεινῆν ἢ διψῆν τὸν καιρὸν ὁρίσαι. Φιλοσόφου γὰρ ἦν, οἶμαι, καὶ τούτοις πρὸς χρείαν, οὐ διὰ ῥᾳττώνην εἴχειν.
Kata touton de polloi pollachou tēs oikoumenēs en episkopois dieprepon, hōs Donatos ho Euroias tēs Ēpeirou; hǭ dē polla te kai alla tethaumatourgēsthai martyrousin hoi epichōrioi, malista de ta peri anairesin tou drakontos, hos peri tas kaloumenas Chamaigephyras para tēn leōphoron ephōleue, kai probata, kai aigas, kai boas, hippous te kai anthrōpous exērpazen. Ou gar xiphos ē dory pherōn, oude allo ti belos echōn, epi touti to thērion ēlthen. ᾿All' hōs ę̄stheto, kai tēn kephalēn hōs ephormēsōn exanestēsen, antiprosōpon autǭ eis staurou symbolon ton aera tǭ daktylǭ katesēmane, kai epeptyse. To de, ton sialon heis to stoma dexamenon, autichs katepese gechron keimenon, ou meion tōn par᾽ Indois historoumenōn herpetōn diephanē to megethos. toi, hōs epythomēn, hypo zeugesin oktō eis to plēsion pedion exelchysantes auto hoi epichōrioi, katekausan, hopōs mē diasapeis ton aera lymaneitai, kai loimōdē noson poiēsę̄. Donatǭ de toutǭ taphos estin episēmos euktērios oichos, ap᾽ autou tēn epōnymian echōn. Peri touton de pēgē hydatōn pollōn, hēn ou proteron ousan, euxamenou autou, to Theion anedōchen. Hēn men gar houtos ho chōros pantelōs anydros. Ex hodoiporias de pote enthade paragenomenos, legetai tōn amph᾽ auton aporią hydatos talaipōroumenōn, tę̄ cheiri tēn gēn lachēnas euxasthai, hama de tę̄ euchę̄ aphthonon anadlysai hydōr, kai ex ekeinou me? dialipein. ᾿Alla tōnde men martyres, tēn rian oikountes kōmēn Euroias, kath᾽ hēn tade synedē. En toutǭ de Tomeōs tēs allēs Schythias Ekklēsian epetropeue Theotimos Skythēs, anēr en philosophips trapheis " hon agamenoi tēs aretēs hoi peri ton Istron Ounnoi barbaroi, Theon Rhōmaiōn ōnomazon. Kai gar dē theiōn ep' autǭ pragmatōn epeirathēsan. Legetai goun, hōs hodeuonti pote para tēn enthade bardarōn gēn, hypēntonto enantian tēn autēn hodon epi Tomin elaunontes. Holophyromenōn de tōn amph᾽ auton hōs autika apoloumenōn, apodas tou hippou, ēuxato. Hoi de barbaroi mēte auton mete tous hepomenous, tous hippous hōn apedēsan theasamenoi, paredramon. ᾿Epei de pollakis epiontes echachopoioun tous Skythas, physei thēriōdeis ontas, eis hēmerotēta metethalen, hestiōn te dōrois philophronoumenos. Enteuthen de barbaros anēr hypoladōn euporon einai, epethouleusen auton helein. Kai brochon paraskeuasas aspidi epereidomenon, hōsper eiōthei tois polemiois dialegomenos, anaschōn tēn dexian, akontizein ep᾽ auton to schoinion emellen, hōs pros heauton kai tous homophylous xlchysōn. de tę̄ epicheirēsei, anatetamenē hē cheir pros ton aera diemeine. Kai ou proteron ho bardaros tōn aoratōn ēpheithē desmōn, ei mę̄ tōn allōn antidolountōn, hyper hautou ton Theon echeteuse Theotimos. Phasi de chomētēn auton diameinai kath᾽ ho schēma philosophein arxamenos epetēdeuse. Liton de tēn diaitan" trophēs de, ou ton auton, all᾽ en tǭ peinēn ē dipsēn ton kairon horisai. Philosophou gar ēn, oimai, kai toutois pros chreian, ou dia rhąttōnēn eichein.
At this time many in many parts of the world were distinguished among the bishops, such as Donatus of Euroea in Epirus. The local people bear witness that he worked many wonders, and above all the killing of the dragon which made its lair about the place called Chamaegephyrae by the highway and carried off sheep, goats, oxen, horses and people. For he came against this beast bearing no sword or spear and having no other weapon; but when it perceived him and raised its head as if to attack, he made the sign of the cross in the air before it with his finger and spat on it. And as it received the spittle into its mouth, it at once fell down dead. As it lay there its size appeared no less than that of the serpents recorded among the Indians. I have learned that the local people dragged it with eight yoke of oxen to the plain nearby and burned it, so that it might not rot and pollute the air and cause a pestilential disease. This Donatus has a notable tomb, a house of prayer that takes its name from him; and near it is a spring of abundant water, which did not exist before, but which the Divine sent up when he prayed. For this place was altogether waterless; and once when he arrived there from a journey, it is said that, as those with him were suffering for lack of water, he dug the earth with his hand and prayed, and that with the prayer abundant water gushed up and has not ceased from that time. Of these things the inhabitants of Isoria, a village of Euroea, where they happened, are witnesses. At this time Theotimus, a Scythian, a man brought up in philosophy, governed the church of Tomi in the other Scythia. The barbarian Huns along the Ister, admiring his virtue, called him the God of the Romans; for they had experienced divine things through him. It is said, at any rate, that once when he was travelling near the barbarians’ country there, they met him coming along the same road toward Tomi. As those with him lamented that they were about to perish, he dismounted from his horse and prayed; and the barbarians, seeing neither him nor his followers nor the horses from which they had dismounted, rode past. Since they often came and did harm to the Scythians, he changed them, savage by nature, to gentleness, entertaining them and showing kindness with gifts. From this a barbarian, supposing him to be rich, plotted to seize him; and having prepared a noose, leaning on his shield as was his custom when parleying with enemies, he raised his right hand and was about to cast the rope at him, to drag him to himself and his people. But in the attempt his hand remained stretched out in the air; and the barbarian was not freed from the invisible bonds until, when the others entreated, Theotimus prayed to God for him. They say that he kept his hair long, as in the dress in which he began to practise philosophy; that his diet was simple; and that he fixed the time for food not by the same hour but by when he was hungry or thirsty. For it was the part of a philosopher, I think, to have even these things for need, not for ease.
7.27PG 67:1501–1503
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον καὶ ᾿Ἐπιφάνιος τὴν Κυπρίων ἐπεσχόπει μητρόπολιν, Ὃν οὐ μόνον τὰ πεοὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ἐπίσημον ἐπὶ ἀρεταῖς ἀπέδειξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα παράδοξα ζῶντος αὐτοῦ, καὶ μετὰ τελευτὴν τιμῶν τὸν ἄνδρα ὁ Θεὸς ἐπετέλεσεν. θανόντι γὰρ, ὃ μὴ περιόντι ὑπῆρξε, λόγος ἐπὶ τῷ τάφῳ αὐτοῦ εἰσέτι νῦν δαίμονας ἀπελαύνεσθαι, καὶ ἰάσεις τινὰς γίνεσθαι. Ἐν ᾧ δὲ ζῶν ἐτύγχανε, πολλὰ θαυμάσια αὐτῷ ἀνατιθέασι, τῶν γε μὴν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντων ἐκεῖνο μεταδοτιχὸς ὧν περὶ δεομένους, ἣ ναναγίοις, ἣ ἄλλως δυστυχήσαντας", ἐπειδὴ πάλαι τὴν ηὐσίαν ἀνάλωσεν, εἰς δέον ἐσπάθα τοῖς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας χρήμασι. Πλεῖστα δὲ ἦν " πάντοθεν γὰρ πολλοὶ τὸν πλοῦτον εὐσεβῶς ἀναλίσκειν προθέμενοι, καὶ ζῶντες τῇ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐκκλησίᾳ παρεῖχον, καὶ τελευτῶντες χατελίμπανον. ᾿Εθάῤῥουν γὰρ, ὡς νομιχὸς καὶ θεοφιλὴς ὧν, κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἀναλώσει τὰ δῶρα. Φασὶ γοῦν ποτε ὀλίγων ἔτι λειπομένων χρημάτων, χαλεπῆναι τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὸν οἰχονόμον, καὶ ὡς δαπανὸν αὐτὸν μέμψασθαι, τὸν δὲ μηδ᾽ οὗτως χαθυφεῖναι περὶ τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς φιλοτιμούμενον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα ἀνάλωτο, ἐπιστάς τις τῷ δωματίῳ οὗ διῆγεν ὁ οἰχονόμος, βαλάντιον πολλῶν χρυσῶν νομισμάτων ἔδωκεν. Ὡς δὲ οὔτε ὁ δοὺς, ἣ ὁ πεπομφὼς δῆλος ἐδόκει 05 παράδοξον εἰκότως, ἐπὶ δόσει τοσούτων χρημάτων ἄνθρωπον ἄγνωστον ἑαυτὸν παρἐχειν, τότε δὴ πάντες τὸ πρᾶγμα θεῖον εἶναι συνέδαλον. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οἷον ἕτερον περὶ αὐτοῦ λέγεται, ἀφηγήσασθαι βούλομαι. Πυνθάνομαι τεθαυματουργῆσθαι Γρηγορίῳ τῷ θαυμασίῳ, ὃς πάλαι τὴν Νεοχαισάρειαν ἐπετρόπευσε, καὶ μάλα πείθομαι. ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο ἀπιστέον, ὅμοιον καὶ Ἐπιφανίῳ εἰργᾶσθαι, ᾿Επεὶ οὐδὲ μόνος Πέτρος ὁ ἀπόστολος ἤγειρε νεκρὸν, ἀλλὰ Ἰωάννης ὁ εὐαγγελιστὴς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, καὶ Φιλίππου θυγατέρες ἐν Ἱεραπόλει. Καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πολλάκις ἐξειργασμένους εὑρεῖν' ἔστι πολλοὺς πάλαι νῦν θεοφιλῶν ἀνδρῶν. "Ἔστι δὲ τοιόνδε, ὃ λέγειν θέλω" Ἐπιτηρήσαντες δύο τινες πτωχοὶ ἐπιόντα τὸν Ἐπιφάνιον πλέον τι χομίσασθαι πραγματευόμενοι, ὁ μὲν ἐφαπλώσας ἑαυτὸν τῷ ἐδάφει, ἔκειτο δηθεννεχρός" ὁ δὲ, παρεστὼς ἔχλαιεν, οἷά γε ὁμοῦ συνήθους :. αὖ θάνατον ὀδυρόμενος, ὅτι μηδὲ βάπτειν αὐτὸν , δύναιτο, τὴν πενίαν χαταμεμφόμενος. Ὁ δὲ Ἐπιφάνιος, ἐν ἀναπαύσει εἶναι τὸν κείμενον ηὔξατο, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τὴν κηδείαν ἐπιτήδεια δεδωκὼς, Ἐπιμελοῦ, φησὶ τῷ δαχρύοντι, τῆς ταφῆς, καὶ παύου κλαίων, ὦ τέκνον. γὰρ ἀναστήσετα: νῦν. Τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τῷ , συμδεθηχότι ἀπαραΐτητον, πάντως ἀποχεΐμενον ὁ) "οι δεῖ φέρειν γενναίως. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, τοιάδε εἰπὼν, παρἮλθεν. Ὡς δὲ οὐδεὶς ἐφαίνετο, τῷ ποδὶ χινῆσας τὸν κείμενον ὁ ἑστὼς, ἅμα γε ἐπαινῶν ὡς μάλα σαφῶς τεθνάναι ἐμιμήσατο' "Ἔγειρε σαυτὸν, ἔφη, τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκ τῶν σῶν πόνων ἐν τρυφῇ διάξωμεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁμοίως ἔκειτο, καὶ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον οὔτε βοῶντος ἤχονεν, οὔτε παντὶ σθένει κινοῦντος ἠσθάνετο, δρομαῖος καταλαβὼν τὸν ἱερέα, τὴν σφῶν τέχνην χατεμήγυσε, κλαίων τε καὶ τὰς τρίχας τίλλων, ἐδεῖτο τὸν ἑταῖρον ἐξανίστασθαι. Ὁ δὲ Ἐπιφάνιος, μὴ χαλεπῶς φέρειν τὸ συμβὰν παρὰινέσας, ἀπέπεμψε τὸν ἄνθρω - πον. Οὐ γὰρ ἀνέλυσε τὸ γεγονὸς ὁ Θεός" πάντως, οἶμαι, τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πιστούμενος, ὡς αὐτὸν τὸν πάντα ἀκούοντα ἐφορῶντα ἐξαπατῶσιν, τοιούτοὺς σφᾶς περὶ τοὺς αὐτοῦ. θεράποντας παρέχοντες. 391 ἃ"-
Peri de touton ton chronon kai ᾿Epiphanios tēn Kypriōn epeschopei mētropolin, Hon ou monon ta peoi tēn politeian episēmon epi aretais apedeixen, alla kai hosa paradoxa zōntos autou, kai meta teleutēn timōn ton andra ho Theos epetelesen. thanonti gar, ho mē perionti hypērxe, logos epi tǭ taphǭ autou eiseti nyn daimonas apelaunesthai, kai iaseis tinas ginesthai. En hǭ de zōn etynchane, polla thaumasia autǭ anatitheasi, tōn ge mēn eis hēmas elthontōn ekeino metadotichos hōn peri deomenous, hē nanagiois, hē allōs dystychēsantas", epeidē palai tēn ēusian analōsen, eis deon espatha tois tēs Ekklēsias chrēmasi. Pleista de ēn " pantothen gar polloi ton plouton eusebōs analiskein prothemenoi, kai zōntes tę̄ hyp᾽ auton ekklēsią pareichon, kai teleutōntes chatelimpanon. ᾿Etharrhoun gar, hōs nomichos kai theophilēs hōn, kata gnōmēn autois analōsei ta dōra. Phasi goun pote oligōn eti leipomenōn chrēmatōn, chalepēnai tēs ekklēsias ton oichonomon, kai hōs dapanon auton mempsasthai, ton de mēd᾽ houtōs chathypheinai peri tous endeeis philotimoumenon. Epei de panta analōto, epistas tis tǭ dōmatiǭ hou diēgen ho oichonomos, balantion pollōn chrysōn nomismatōn edōken. Hōs de oute ho dous, hē ho pepomphōs dēlos edokei 05 paradoxon eikotōs, epi dosei tosoutōn chrēmatōn anthrōpon agnōston heauton parechein, tote dē pantes to pragma theion einai synedalon. ᾿All᾽ hoion heteron peri autou legetai, aphēgēsasthai boulomai. Pynthanomai tethaumatourgēsthai Grēgoriǭ tǭ thaumasiǭ, hos palai tēn Neochaisareian epetropeuse, kai mala peithomai. ᾿All᾽ ou para touto apisteon, homoion kai Epiphaniǭ eirgasthai, ᾿Epei oude monos Petros ho apostolos ēgeire nekron, alla Iōannēs ho euangelistēs en Ephesǭ, kai Philippou thygateres en Hierapolei. Kai ta auta pollakis exeirgasmenous heurein' esti pollous palai nyn theophilōn andrōn. "Esti de toionde, ho legein thelō" Epitērēsantes dyo tines ptōchoi epionta ton Epiphanion pleon ti chomisasthai pragmateuomenoi, ho men ephaplōsas heauton tǭ edaphei, ekeito dēthennechros" ho de, parestōs echlaien, hoia ge homou synēthous :. au thanaton odyromenos, hoti mēde baptein auton , dynaito, tēn penian chatamemphomenos. Ho de Epiphanios, en anapausei einai ton keimenon ēuxato, kai ta pros tēn kēdeian epitēdeia dedōkōs, Epimelou, phēsi tǭ dachryonti, tēs taphēs, kai pauou klaiōn, ō teknon. gar anastēseta: nyn. To de epi tǭ , symdethēchoti aparaïtēton, pantōs apocheïmenon ho) "oi dei pherein gennaiōs. Kai ho men, toiade eipōn, parĒlthen. Hōs de oudeis ephaineto, tǭ podi chinēsas ton keimenon ho hestōs, hama ge epainōn hōs mala saphōs tethnanai emimēsato' "Egeire sauton, ephē, tēn hēmeran ek tōn sōn ponōn en tryphę̄ diaxōmen. Epei de homoiōs ekeito, kai ouden mallon oute boōntos ēchonen, oute panti sthenei kinountos ēsthaneto, dromaios katalabōn ton hierea, tēn sphōn technēn chatemēgyse, klaiōn te kai tas trichas tillōn, edeito ton hetairon exanistasthai. Ho de Epiphanios, mē chalepōs pherein to symban parainesas, apepempse ton anthrō - pon. Ou gar anelyse to gegonos ho Theos" pantōs, oimai, tous anthrōpous pistoumenos, hōs auton ton panta akouonta ephorōnta exapatōsin, toioutous sphas peri tous autou. therapontas parechontes. 391 ha"-
About this time Epiphanius was bishop of the metropolis of the Cypriots. Not only his way of life showed him renowned for his virtues, but also the marvels God worked to honour the man while he lived and after his death. For it is said that at his tomb, even now, demons are driven out and certain healings take place — which was not so while he was alive. While he was living they attribute many wonders to him; of those that have come to us, this: being generous to the needy, or to the shipwrecked, or to those otherwise unfortunate, when he had long since spent his own property, he spent freely as was needful the money of the church. And this was very great; for from every side many who had resolved to spend their wealth piously gave it to the church under him while they lived and left it to it when they died; for they trusted that, as one keeping the law and dear to God, he would spend the gifts as they wished. They say, at any rate, that once when little money was left, the steward of the church was angry and blamed him as extravagant; but that even so he did not slacken in his liberality to the needy. When everything had been spent, someone came to the room where the steward was staying and gave him a purse of many gold coins. Since neither the giver nor the sender appeared — and it was naturally strange for an unknown man to present himself to give so much money — then all concluded that the thing was divine. But I wish to relate another story told about him. I learn that it was worked as a wonder by Gregory the wonderful, who long ago governed Neocaesarea, and I quite believe it. But one need not therefore disbelieve that Epiphanius did something similar. For not only Peter the apostle raised a dead man, but also John the evangelist at Ephesus, and the daughters of Philip at Hierapolis; and one can find many God-loving men, of old and now, who have done the same things often. This is what I wish to tell. Two beggars, watching for Epiphanius as he came by and contriving to get more from him, one stretched himself out on the ground and lay as if dead, while the other stood by and wept, as if lamenting the death of his companion, and complaining of his poverty because he could not even bury him. Epiphanius prayed that the man lying there might be at rest, gave what was needed for the burial, and said to the one weeping: “See to his burial, and stop weeping, child. For he will not rise now; what has happened is inevitable, and what is entirely laid down must be borne nobly.” Having said this he passed on. When no one was in sight, the one standing pushed the one lying with his foot, praising him for having imitated death so clearly: “Get up,” he said; “let us spend the day in luxury from your labours.” But when he lay as before, and neither heard him shouting nor felt him shaking him with all his strength, he ran and caught up with the priest, disclosed their trick, and weeping and tearing his hair begged that his companion be raised. Epiphanius urged him not to take what had happened hard, and sent the man away. For God did not undo what had happened — surely, I think, to assure people that those who behave so toward his servants are deceiving him himself, who hears and sees all things.
7.28PG 67:1503–1505
᾿λλλὰ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἐπυθόμην. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ ᾿Ακάκιος ἐν ἐπισκόποις διέπρεπε, ἤδη πρότερον τὴν ἐν Βεροίᾳ τῆς Συρίας ἐπισκοπὴν ἐπιτραπείς. Τούτου εἰκὸς μὲν ἄλλα φέρεσθαι γραφῆς ἄξια " καθὸ τὸν βίον μοναχικῶς ἀσκηθεὶς παιδὸς, ἀχριδῶς ἐπολιτεύσατο. Τεκμήριον δὲ μεγίστης ἔδωκεν ἀρετῆς, παρὰ πάντα τὸν χρόνον τὸ ἐπισκοπικὸν καταγώγιον ἀνέῳγμένον ἔχων ὡς τροφῆς ὥρᾳ ὕπνου, ἀδεῶς οἷς ἐδόκει ξένοις τε καὶ ἀστοῖς αὐτὸν ὁρᾷν. ἼΛγαμαι δὲ τοῦτο μάλιστα " ἢ γὰρ οὕτως ἐδίω, ὡς ἀεὶ πεποιθέναι, ἣ πρὸς τὸ ἕτοιμον εἰς χαχίαν τῆς φύσεως παρετοιμαζόμενος, τουτὶ ἐπενόησεν" ὥστε ἀεὶ φωραθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐξαπίνης εἰσιόντων, ἐν τῇ συνεχεῖ φυλακῇ, μηδὲ ἁμαρτάνειν ὧν δεῖ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν σπουδαίοις εἶναι πράγμασιν, Ἐν τῷ τότε ἐπισῆήμω ἤστην Ζήνων Αἴας ἀδελφοί οἵ δὴ τὸ πρὶν ἐφιλοσόφουν, οὐχ ἐν μοναγρίαις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν Γάζῃ πρὸς θάλασσαν, ὅπερ Μαϊουμᾶν ὀνομάζουσιν. δὲ πιστοτάτω περὶ τὸ δόγμα ἐγενέσθην, Θεὸν ὡμολόγησαν ἀνδρείως ὡς καὶ ; πολλάκις πρὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν αἰκισθῆναι χαλεπῶς οἱ ἄγαν ἀπηνῶς. Λέγεται δὲ Αἴαντα γῆμαι μὲν εὐειδεστάτην γυναῖχα᾽ τρίτον δὲ μόνον αὑτῇ συνελθεῖν ἐν παντὶ τῷ χρόνῳ, καὶ τρεῖς παῖδας ποιῆσαι. Τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ συνουσίας ἕνεκα τοιᾶσδε τῇ γαμετῇ ἀποταξάμενον, μοναχικῶς πεπολιτεῦσθαι · καὶ τῶν υἱέων δύο μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα καὶ τὴν ἀγαμίαν παιδαγωγῆσαι· τὸν ἄλλον δὲ ἐπὶ γάμον. Ἐπιεικῶς δὲ καὶ μάλα εὐδοκίμως τὴν τοῦ Βοτωλίου Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπετρόπευσε. Ζήνων δὲ, ἔτι νέος ὢν βίῳ καὶ γάμῳ ἀπαγορεύσας, ἐπιμελέστατος ἐγένετο περὶ τὴν διακονίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Φασὶ γοῦν αὐτὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα, ἐπισκοποῦντα τὴν ἐν τῷ Μαϊουμᾶ Ἐκκλησίαν, ἤδη γηραλέον καὶ ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑκατὸν ἔτη ὄντα, μηδεπώποτε ἑωθηνῶν ἢ ἑσπερινῶν ὕμνων, ἢ ἄλλης λειτουργίας τοῦ Θεοῦ κατόπιν γενόμενον, εἰ μή γε νόσος αὐτὸν ἐπέσχεν. Ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ δὲ μοναχικῇ τὸν βίον ἄγων, λινῆν ἐσθῆτα ὕφαινεν ἐπὶ μονήρους ἱστοῦ, ἐντεῦθέν τε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια εἶχε, καὶ ἄλλοις ἐχορήγει · καὶ οὐ διέλιπεν ἄχρι τελευτῆς τὸ αὐτὸ διἐπων ἔργον, καίπερ ἀρχαιότητι τῶν ἀνὰ τὸ ἔθνος ἱερέων πρωτεύων, καὶ λαῷ καὶ χρήμασι μεγίστης Ἐκκλησίας προεστώς. Ἀλλὰ τῶνδε μὲν εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τῶν τότε ἱερωμένων ἐμνήσθην, πάντας δὲ διεξελθεῖν ἔργον ἐπεὶ οἱ πλείους ἀγαθοὶ ἐγένοντο· καὶ τὸ Θεῖον ἐμαρτύρει τοῖς αὐτῶν βίοις, ἐπικαλουμένων ἑτοίμως ἐπακοῦον, καὶ πλεῖστα θαυματουργοῦν.
᾿llla ta men hōde epythomēn. Ex ekeinou de ᾿Akakios en episkopois dieprepe, ēdē proteron tēn en Beroią tēs Syrias episkopēn epitrapeis. Toutou eikos men alla pheresthai graphēs axia " katho ton bion monachikōs askētheis paidos, achridōs epoliteusato. Tekmērion de megistēs edōken aretēs, para panta ton chronon to episkopikon katagōgion aneǭgmenon echōn hōs trophēs hōrą hypnou, adeōs hois edokei xenois te kai astois auton horąn. ILgamai de touto malista " ē gar houtōs ediō, hōs aei pepoithenai, hē pros to hetoimon eis chachian tēs physeōs paretoimazomenos, touti epenoēsen" hōste aei phōrathēsesthai prosdokōn hypo tōn exapinēs eisiontōn, en tę̄ synechei phylakę̄, mēde hamartanein hōn dei, all᾽ en spoudaiois einai pragmasin, En tǭ tote episēēmō ēstēn Zēnōn Aias adelphoi hoi dē to prin ephilosophoun, ouch en monagriais, all᾽ en Gazę̄ pros thalassan, hoper Maïouman onomazousin. de pistotatō peri to dogma egenesthēn, Theon hōmologēsan andreiōs hōs kai ? pollakis pros tōn Hellēnistōn aikisthēnai chalepōs hoi agan apēnōs. Legetai de Aianta gēmai men eueidestatēn gynaicha᾽ triton de monon hautę̄ synelthein en panti tǭ chronǭ, kai treis paidas poiēsai. To meta tauta de synousias heneka toiasde tę̄ gametę̄ apotaxamenon, monachikōs pepoliteusthai ; kai tōn huieōn dyo men epi ta theia kai tēn agamian paidagōgēsai; ton allon de epi gamon. Epieikōs de kai mala eudokimōs tēn tou Botōliou Ekklēsian epetropeuse. Zēnōn de, eti neos ōn biǭ kai gamǭ apagoreusas, epimelestatos egeneto peri tēn diakonian tou Theou. Phasi goun auton, mallon de kai hēmeis tetheametha, episkopounta tēn en tǭ Maïouma Ekklēsian, ēdē gēraleon kai amphi ta hekaton etē onta, mēdepōpote heōthēnōn ē hesperinōn hymnōn, ē allēs leitourgias tou Theou katopin genomenon, ei mē ge nosos auton epeschen. En philosophią de monachikę̄ ton bion agōn, linēn esthēta hyphainen epi monērous histou, enteuthen te ta epitēdeia eiche, kai allois echorēgei ; kai ou dielipen achri teleutēs to auto diepōn ergon, kaiper archaiotēti tōn ana to ethnos hiereōn prōteuōn, kai laǭ kai chrēmasi megistēs Ekklēsias proestōs. Alla tōnde men eis apodeixin tōn tote hierōmenōn emnēsthēn, pantas de diexelthein ergon epei hoi pleious agathoi egenonto; kai to Theion emartyrei tois autōn biois, epikaloumenōn hetoimōs epakouon, kai pleista thaumatourgoun.
So much I have learned. From that time Acacius was distinguished among the bishops, having already earlier been entrusted with the episcopate of Beroea in Syria. Other things worthy of record are probably told of him, since he trained from childhood in the monastic life and lived strictly. He gave a proof of the greatest virtue by keeping the episcopal house open at all times, so that strangers and citizens, whoever wished, might see him without fear, whether at mealtime or in sleep. I admire this most; for either he lived so as always to be confident, or, being prepared against the readiness of nature toward vice, he devised this: so that, expecting always to be caught by those who came in suddenly, in continual watchfulness he might not sin in anything he should not, but be occupied with serious matters. At that time the brothers Zeno and Ajax were notable, who formerly practised the philosophic life, not in solitude, but at Gaza by the sea, at the place they call Maiuma. Being most faithful concerning the doctrine, they confessed God bravely, so that they were often cruelly and very harshly maltreated by the pagans. It is said that Ajax married a very beautiful wife, but came together with her only three times in all, and begot three sons; and that after this, having renounced such intercourse with his wife, he lived as a monk; and of his sons he brought up two for divine things and celibacy, and the other for marriage. He governed the church of Botolium with fairness and great distinction. Zeno, renouncing livelihood and marriage while still young, became most diligent in the ministry of God. They say — or rather, we ourselves have seen it — that when he was bishop of the church at Maiuma, already old and about a hundred years of age, he was never late for the morning or evening hymns or any other liturgy of God, unless illness kept him. Living his life in monastic philosophy, he wove linen garments on a single loom, and from this had his necessities and supplied others; and he did not cease from this same work until his death, although he was first in seniority among the priests of the province and presided over the people and the wealth of a very great church. These I have mentioned as an example of the priests of that time; to go through them all would be a task, since most were good; and the Divine bore witness to their lives, readily hearing them when they called and working very many wonders.
7.29PG 67:1505–1507
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοιούτων ἀγομένη ἡ πανταχοῦ Ἐκκλησία, πρὸς ὁμόνοιαν, ἀρετὴν, καὶ ζῆλον ἀνῆγε τοὺς λαοὺς καὶ τοὺς κλήρους. Οὐ μόνα δὲ ταῦτα τὴν θρησκείαν ἐσέμνυνεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ᾿Ἀβακούμ, μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τούτου καὶ Μιχαίας πρωτοπροφητῶν περὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀναφανέντες. ᾿Αμφοῖν δὲ τὰ σώματα, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, κατὰ θείαν ὀνείρατος ὄψιν ἀνεδείχθη Ζεβέννῳ τῷ τότε ἐπισκοποῦντι τὴν Ελευθερουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ τοῦνομα ταύτης ἤστην Κελὰ, ἡ πρὶν Κείλα ὀνομαζομένη πόλις, καθ᾿ ἣν ὁ ᾿Αβακούμ εὑρέθη. Καὶ Βηραθσατία χωρίον ἀμφὶ δέκα στάδια τῆς πόλεως : διεστως· περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Μιχαίου τάφος ἦν, ὃ μνῆμα πιστὸν, ἀγνοοῦντες ὅ τι λέγουσιν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι ἐκάλουν, Νεφσαμεεμανᾶ τῇ πατρίῳ φωνῇ ὀνομάζοντες. Ἰκανὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ τάδε πρὸς εὔκλειαν τοῦ Χριστιανῶν δόγματος, ἐπὶ τῆς παρούσης βασιλείας συνεκύρησε. Μετὰ δὲ τὴν κατὰ Εὐγενίου νίκην, ἔτι ἐν Μεδιολάνῳ διάγων Θεοδόσιος ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἀῤῥώστως διετέθη· ἐννοηθείς τε ὁμοῦ τὴν τοῦ Ἰωάννου τοῦ μοναχοῦ προφητείαν, ὑφωρᾶτο τελευτήν. Ἐν τάχει τε τὸν υἱὸν Ονώριον ἐκ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως μετεκαλέσατο, καὶ παραγενόμενον ἰδὼν, ἔδοξε ῥᾷον ἔχειν, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ θέαν ἱπποδρομίας αὐτὸν προελθεῖν. Ἐξαπίνης δὲ μετὰ τὸ ἄριστον κακῶς διατεθεὶς, ἐκέλευσε τῷ παιδὶ τὴν θέαν ἐπιτελέσαι. Τῆς δὲ ἐχομένης νυκτὸς τὸν βίον μετήλλαξεν, Ὀλυβρίου καὶ Προβιανοῦ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑπατευόντων.
Hypo de toioutōn agomenē hē pantachou Ekklēsia, pros homonoian, aretēn, kai zēlon anēge tous laous kai tous klērous. Ou mona de tauta tēn thrēskeian esemnynen, alla kai ᾿Abakoum, met᾿ ou poly de toutou kai Michaias prōtoprophētōn peri touton ton chronon anaphanentes. ᾿Amphoin de ta sōmata, hōs epythomēn, kata theian oneiratos opsin anedeichthē Zebennǭ tǭ tote episkopounti tēn Eleutheroupoleōs Ekklēsian. Kai gar dē kai tounoma tautēs ēstēn Kela, hē prin Keila onomazomenē polis, kath᾿ hēn ho ᾿Abakoum heurethē. Kai Bērathsatia chōrion amphi deka stadia tēs poleōs : diestōs; peri de touto ho Michaiou taphos ēn, ho mnēma piston, agnoountes ho ti legousin hoi epichōrioi ekaloun, Nephsameemana tę̄ patriǭ phōnę̄ onomazontes. Ikana men oun kai tade pros eukleian tou Christianōn dogmatos, epi tēs parousēs basileias synekyrēse. Meta de tēn kata Eugeniou nikēn, eti en Mediolanǭ diagōn Theodosios ho basileus, arrhōstōs dietethē; ennoētheis te homou tēn tou Iōannou tou monachou prophēteian, hyphōrato teleutēn. En tachei te ton huion Onōrion ek tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs metekalesato, kai paragenomenon idōn, edoxe rhąon echein, hōs kai epi thean hippodromias auton proelthein. Exapinēs de meta to ariston kakōs diatetheis, ekeleuse tǭ paidi tēn thean epitelesai. Tēs de echomenēs nyktos ton bion metēllaxen, Olybriou kai Probianou tōn adelphōn hypateuontōn.
Led by such men, the church everywhere brought the peoples and the clergy to concord, virtue and zeal. Not only these things adorned religion, but also Habakkuk, and not long after him Micah, among the earliest prophets, who appeared about this time. The bodies of both, as I have learned, were revealed in a divine vision in a dream to Zebennus, who was then bishop of the church of Eleutheropolis. For the name of the place where Habakkuk was found is Cela, the city formerly called Keila; and Berathsatia is a place about ten stadia from the city, near which was Micah’s tomb, which the local people, not knowing what they were saying, called “the faithful tomb,” naming it Nephsameemana in their ancestral language. These things too, sufficient for the renown of the Christian doctrine, happened under the present reign. After the victory over Eugenius, while the emperor Theodosius was still staying at Milan, he fell ill; and calling to mind at the same time the prophecy of John the monk, he suspected that his end was near. He quickly summoned his son Honorius from Constantinople, and on seeing him when he arrived seemed to be better, so that he even went out to watch a horse race. But suddenly after the midday meal he became ill and ordered his son to complete the show. On the following night he departed this life, in the consulship of the brothers Olybrius and Probinus.
Chapter 8
8.1PG 67:1507–1513
Ὧδε μὲν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν αὐξήσας, ἐτελεύτησε Θεοδόσιος, ἀμφὶ τὰ ἐξήκοντα ἔτη γεγο νως· ἐκ τουτων δὲ δέκα καὶ ἓξ ἐβασίλευσε. Καὶ διαδόχους κατέλιπε τῆς ἀρχῆς, ᾿Αρκάδιον μὲν τὸν πρεσβύτερον τῶν υἱέων, τῶν πρὸς Ἕω ἐθνῶν· Ονώριον δὲ, τῶν πρὸς Ἑσπέραν· ἄμφω δὲ ὁμόφρονες τῷ πατρὶ περὶ τὴν θρησκείαν ἐγενέσθην. Ἡγεῖτο δὲ τότε τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας μετὰ Δάμασον, Σιρίκιος· τῆς δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, Νεκτάριος• Θεόφιλος δὲ, τῆς ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ· καὶ Φλαβιανός τῆς ᾿Αντιοχέων· καὶ Ἰωάννης τῆς Ἱεροσολύμων. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Οὖννοι ὁ βάρβαροι ᾿Αρμενίας καὶ τῆς πρὸς Ἕω ἀρχομένης μέρη τινὰ κατέδραμον. Ἐλέγετο δὲ ὡς λάθρα τούτους ἐπηγάγετο ἐπὶ ταραχῇ τῆς βασιλείας Ῥουφῖνος, ὁ τῆς ᾿Ανατολῆς ὕπαρχος, ὕποπτος ὧν καὶ ἄλλως, ὡς τυραννεῖν βούλεται. 'Αλλ' ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ αἰτίᾳ οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἀνῃρέθη. "Αμα γὰρ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ Εὐγενίου μάχης ἐπανῆλθεν ἡ στρατιὰ, καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς, ὡς ἔθος, πρὸ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ὑπήντετο, μηδὲν μελλήσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται τὸν Ῥουφῖνον ἀπέκτειναν. Ἐγίνετο δὲ καὶ ταῦτα πρόφασις ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπιδιδόναι τὴν θρησκείαν. Οἵ τε γὰρ κρατοῦντες ὑπὸ εὐσεβείας ἡγοῦντο τῷ εἰκείῳ πατρὶ τὰς κατὰ τῶν τυράννων κατορθοῦ σθαι νίκας, καὶ Ῥουφῖνον ἐπίβουλον ὄντα τῆς αὐτῶν ἀρχῆς, ἐκποδὼν οὕτως ἀκονιτὶ γεγενῆσθαι. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ δεδογμένα τοῖς πρὶν βασιλεῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἐκκλησιῶν, προθυμότερον βέβαια ἐφυλάττοντο, καὶ δωρεὰς ἰδίας προσετίθεσαν. Οἱ τε ὑπήκοοι πρὸς τούτους βλέποντες, Ἕλληνες μὲν ῥᾳδίως εἰς Χριστιανισμὸν μετέβαλον · αἱρετικοὶ δὲ τῇ καθόλου κλησίᾳ προσεχώρουν. Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου καὶ ( Εὐνομίου αἱρέσεως, καὶ ὅτι πρὸς σφᾶς ἐδιχονόουν διὰ τὰς πρόσθεν εἰρημένας αἰτίας, ἑκάστοτε ἐμειοῦντο. Πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐναντιότητος, οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὺς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζειν ἐνόμιζον, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοδόξους τοῖς κρατοῦσι μετετίθεντο. Τοὺς δὲ ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει τὰ Μακεδονίου φρονοῦντας ἔβλαπτε κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ μὴ ἔχειν ἐπίσκοπον. Αφ' οὗ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῆς Κωνσταντίου βασιλείας παρὰ Εὐδοξίου καὶ τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς ἐκκλησίας ἀφῃρέθησαν, ὑπὸ μόνοις πρεσβυτέροις μέχρι τῆς ἐχομένης βασιλείας διεγένοντο. Ναυατια· νοὶ δὲ, εἰ καί τινας τούτων ἑἐτάραττεν ἡ περὶ τοῦ Πάσχα ζήτησις, ἣν Σαββάτιος ἐνεωτέρισεν, ἀλλ᾽ οὖν οἱ πλείους ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῶν Ἐκκλησίας ἠρέμουν. Οὔτε γὰρ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιτιμίοις ἢ νόμοις, ὁμοίως ταῖς ἄλλαις αἱρέσεσιν ἔνοχοι ἦσαν, ὡς ὁμοούσιον Τριάδα δοξάζοντες, καὶ τότε βεβαιότερον τῇ ἀρετῇ τῶν ἡγουμένων συνίσταντο πρὸς ὁμόνοιαν. Μετὰ γὰρ τὴν ᾿Αγελίου προστασίαν, τῆς Μαρκιανοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ τετυχήκασι. Καὶ τούτου δὲ ἔναγχος κατὰ τὸν παρόντα χρόνον τελευτήσαντος ο, διεδέξατο τὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπισκοπὴν Σισίνιος, ἀνὴρ ἐλλόγιμος ὅτι μάλιστα, καὶ φιλοσόφων δογμάτων καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων ἐπιστήμων, καὶ πρὸς διαλέξεις ἕτοιμος· ὡς καὶ Εὐνόμιον ἐπὶ ταύταις εὐδοκιμοῦντα, καὶ τοῦτο ἔργον ποιούμενον, πολλάκις παραιτήσασθαι τοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν διαλόγους. Ἐγένετο δὲ σώφρων τὸν βίον, ὡς κρείττων εἶναι διαβολῆς, περὶ δὲ τὴν δίαιταν ἀβρὸς καὶ ποικίλος· ὡς τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας ἀπιστεῖν, εἰ σωφρονεῖν δύναιτο, τοσοῦτον τρυφῶν. Τὸ δὲ ἦθος ἦν χαρίεις καὶ ἡδὺς ἐν ταῖς συνουσίαις· καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ τοῖς ἐπισκό ποις τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τοῖς ἐν ἀρχαῖς καὶ λόγοις καταθύμιος ἦν, σκώπτειν τε σὺν χάριτι, καὶ σκωμμάτων ἀνέχεσθαι, καὶ ἑκάτερον ἀπεχθείας ἐκτὸς ὑπομένειν, κομψῶς τε σὺν τάχει πρὸς τὰς ἐρωτήσεις ὑπαντᾶν, εὖ μάλα ἐπιτηδείως ἔχων. Ἔρωτηθεὶς οὖν ὅτου ἕνεκα δεύτερον λούοιτο τῆς ἡμέρας, ἐπίσκοπος ὤν· Ὅτι μὴ τρίτον, ἔφη, φθάνω. Ἐπεὶ δὲ λευκῇ ἐσθῆτι διετέλει χρώμενος, ἐπέσκωψέ τις αὐτῷ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς αὐτόν· Οὐκοῦν εἰπὲ, ποῦ εἴρηται ἐσθῆτα μέλαιναν χρῆναι ἀμφιέννυσθαι; Τοῦ δὲ ἀπορήσαντος, ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη· Σὺ μὲν τοῦτο οὐκ ἂν ἐπιδεῖξαι δυνήσῃ· ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ Σολομῶν ὁ σοφώτατος, Ἔστωσάν σου τὰ ἱμάτια ἀεὶ λευκά, παραινεῖ λέγων· καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Χριστὸς λευχείμων ἐν τοῖς Εὐαγγελίοις φαινόμενος, Μωσήν τε καὶ Ἠλίαν τοιούτους τοῖς ἀποστόλοις ἐπιδεικνύς. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο τῶν εἰρημένων Σισινίῳ χάριεν οἶμαι· Ἐνεδήμει μὲν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει Λεόντιος, ὁ παρὰ Γαλάταις τῆς ᾿Αγκύρας ἐπίσκοπος. Ἐκκλησίας δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖσε Ναυατιανῶν ἀφῃρημένος, ἦκε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπολαβεῖν ταύτας δεόμενος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀπεδίδου, ἐλοιδόρει δὲ τοὺς Ναυατιανοὺς ὡς οὐκ ἀξίους ἐκκλησιάζειν, μετάνοιαν καὶ τὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίαν ἀναιρεῖν αὐτοὺς λέγων, Ἀλλὰ μὴν, ἔφη Σισίνιος, οὐδεὶς οὕτως ὡς ἐγὼ μετανοεῖ. Ἐρομένου δὲ Λεοντίου τίνα τρόπον· Ὅτι σε τεθέαμαι, ἀπεκρίνατο. Καὶ ἕτερα δὲ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ εὐστόχως εἰρημένα ἀπομνημονεύουσιν. Οὐκ ἀκόμψους τε πολλοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγους φασὶ φέρεσθαι. Ἐπηνεῖτο δὲ μᾶλλον λέγων, ὡς ἄριστα ὑποκρινόμενος, φωνῇ τε βλέμματι, χαριεστάτῳ προσώπῳ τὸν τὴν ἑλεῖν ἱκανός " ἀλλὰ οἷος μὲν ἣν οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ, τάῆε εἰρήσθω, εἰς ἀπόδειξιν ἧς ἔλαχε φύσεως, ἀγωγῆς τε καὶ βίου. 3
Hōde men es ta malista tēn Ekklēsian auxēsas, eteleutēse Theodosios, amphi ta exēkonta etē gego nōs; ek toutōn de deka kai hex ebasileuse. Kai diadochous katelipe tēs archēs, ᾿Arkadion men ton presbyteron tōn huieōn, tōn pros Heō ethnōn; Onōrion de, tōn pros Hesperan; amphō de homophrones tǭ patri peri tēn thrēskeian egenesthēn. Hēgeito de tote tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias meta Damason, Sirikios; tēs de en Kōnstantinoupolei, Nektarios• Theophilos de, tēs en ᾿Alexandreią; kai Phlabianos tēs ᾿Antiocheōn; kai Iōannēs tēs Hierosolymōn. En toutǭ de Ounnoi ho barbaroi ᾿Armenias kai tēs pros Heō archomenēs merē tina katedramon. Elegeto de hōs lathra toutous epēgageto epi tarachę̄ tēs basileias Rhouphinos, ho tēs ᾿Anatolēs hyparchos, hypoptos hōn kai allōs, hōs tyrannein bouletai. 'All' ho men epi toiautę̄ aitią ouk eis makran anę̄rethē. "Ama gar ek tēs kata Eugeniou machēs epanēlthen hē stratia, kai ho basileus, hōs ethos, pro tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs hypēnteto, mēden mellēsantes hoi stratiōtai ton Rhouphinon apekteinan. Egineto de kai tauta prophasis eti mallon epididonai tēn thrēskeian. Hoi te gar kratountes hypo eusebeias hēgounto tǭ eikeiǭ patri tas kata tōn tyrannōn katorthou sthai nikas, kai Rhouphinon epiboulon onta tēs autōn archēs, ekpodōn houtōs akoniti gegenēsthai. Kai dia touto ta dedogmena tois prin basileusin hyper tōn Ekklēsiōn, prothymoteron bebaia ephylattonto, kai dōreas idias prosetithesan. Hoi te hypēkooi pros toutous blepontes, Hellēnes men rhądiōs eis Christianismon metebalon ; hairetikoi de tę̄ katholou klēsią prosechōroun. Hoi de apo tēs ᾿Areiou kai ( Eunomiou haireseōs, kai hoti pros sphas edichonooun dia tas prosthen eirēmenas aitias, hekastote emeiounto. Polloi gar ek tēs pros allēlous enantiotētos, ouk orthōs autous peri Theou doxazein enomizon, kai pros tous homodoxous tois kratousi metetithento. Tous de en Kōnstantinoupolei ta Makedoniou phronountas eblapte kat᾿ ekeino kairou mē echein episkopon. Aph' hou gar epi tēs Kōnstantiou basileias para Eudoxiou kai tōn amph᾿ auton tas ekklēsias aphę̄rethēsan, hypo monois presbyterois mechri tēs echomenēs basileias diegenonto. Nauatia; noi de, ei kai tinas toutōn heetaratten hē peri tou Pascha zētēsis, hēn Sabbatios eneōterisen, all᾽ oun hoi pleious epi tēs autōn Ekklēsias ēremoun. Oute gar tois autois epitimiois ē nomois, homoiōs tais allais hairesesin enochoi ēsan, hōs homoousion Triada doxazontes, kai tote bebaioteron tę̄ aretę̄ tōn hēgoumenōn synistanto pros homonoian. Meta gar tēn ᾿Ageliou prostasian, tēs Markianou andros agathou tetychēkasi. Kai toutou de enanchos kata ton paronta chronon teleutēsantos o, diedexato tēn autou episkopēn Sisinios, anēr ellogimos hoti malista, kai philosophōn dogmatōn kai tōn hierōn logōn epistēmōn, kai pros dialexeis hetoimos; hōs kai Eunomion epi tautais eudokimounta, kai touto ergon poioumenon, pollakis paraitēsasthai tous pros auton dialogous. Egeneto de sōphrōn ton bion, hōs kreittōn einai diabolēs, peri de tēn diaitan abros kai poikilos; hōs tous agnoountas apistein, ei sōphronein dynaito, tosouton tryphōn. To de ēthos ēn charieis kai hēdys en tais synousiais; kai dia tauta kai tois episko pois tēs katholou Ekklēsias, kai tois en archais kai logois katathymios ēn, skōptein te syn chariti, kai skōmmatōn anechesthai, kai hekateron apechtheias ektos hypomenein, kompsōs te syn tachei pros tas erōtēseis hypantan, eu mala epitēdeiōs echōn. Erōtētheis oun hotou heneka deuteron louoito tēs hēmeras, episkopos ōn; Hoti mē triton, ephē, phthanō. Epei de leukę̄ esthēti dietelei chrōmenos, epeskōpse tis autǭ tōn apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias. Ho de pros auton; Oukoun eipe, pou eirētai esthēta melainan chrēnai amphiennysthai? Tou de aporēsantos, hypolabōn ephē; Sy men touto ouk an epideixai dynēsę̄; emoi de kai Solomōn ho sophōtatos, Estōsan sou ta himatia aei leuka, parainei legōn; kai autos ho Christos leucheimōn en tois Euangeliois phainomenos, Mōsēn te kai Ēlian toioutous tois apostolois epideiknys. Ou mēn alla kakeino tōn eirēmenōn Sisiniǭ charien oimai; Enedēmei men tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei Leontios, ho para Galatais tēs ᾿Ankyras episkopos. Ekklēsias de tōn ekeise Nauatianōn aphę̄rēmenos, ēke pros auton apolabein tautas deomenos. Epei de ouk apedidou, eloidorei de tous Nauatianous hōs ouk axious ekklēsiazein, metanoian kai tēn ek Theou philanthrōpian anairein autous legōn, Alla mēn, ephē Sisinios, oudeis houtōs hōs egō metanoei. Eromenou de Leontiou tina tropon; Hoti se tetheamai, apekrinato. Kai hetera de polla autou eustochōs eirēmena apomnēmoneuousin. Ouk akompsous te pollous autou logous phasi pheresthai. Epēneito de mallon legōn, hōs arista hypokrinomenos, phōnę̄ te blemmati, chariestatǭ prosōpǭ ton tēn helein hikanos " alla hoios men hēn houtos ho anēr, taēe eirēsthō, eis apodeixin hēs elache physeōs, agōgēs te kai biou. 3
Having thus greatly increased the church, Theodosius died, being about sixty years old, of which he reigned sixteen. He left as successors to the rule Arcadius, the elder of his sons, over the eastern nations, and Honorius over the western; both were of one mind with their father about religion. At that time Siricius led the church of the Romans after Damasus; Nectarius that in Constantinople; Theophilus that in Alexandria; Flavian that of the Antiochenes; and John that of Jerusalem. Meanwhile the barbarian Huns overran Armenia and some parts of the eastern empire. It was said that Rufinus, the prefect of the East, had secretly brought them in to disturb the empire, being suspected in other ways too of wishing to usurp. But he was killed not long after on this charge. For as soon as the army returned from the battle against Eugenius and the emperor met it, as was the custom, before Constantinople, the soldiers without delay killed Rufinus. These things too became an occasion for religion to advance still more. For the rulers, out of piety, thought that the victories over the usurpers had been won for their father, and that Rufinus, the plotter against their rule, had thus been removed without effort. For this reason they kept more zealously and firmly what the former emperors had decreed in favour of the churches, and added gifts of their own. And their subjects, looking to them, readily changed over to Christianity if they were pagans, while heretics went over to the catholic church. Those of the heresy of Arius and Eunomius, both because they were divided among themselves for the reasons stated above, grew fewer every time. For many, from their contrariness to one another, thought they did not believe rightly about God, and went over to those of the same belief as the rulers. Those in Constantinople who held the views of Macedonius were harmed at that time by having no bishop. For since, in the reign of Constantius, they had been deprived of the churches by Eudoxius and his party, they had continued under presbyters only until the next reign. The Novatians, even if the question about Pascha that Sabbatius introduced troubled some of them, nevertheless for the most part remained quiet in their own church. For they were not liable to the same penalties or laws as the other heresies, since they held the Trinity of the same essence; and at that time they were held together more firmly in concord by the virtue of their leaders. For after the leadership of Agelius, they had had that of Marcian, a good man; and when he had lately died at the present time, Sisinnius succeeded to his episcopate, a man as learned as any, versed in the doctrines of the philosophers and in the sacred words, and ready for debate; so that Eunomius, renowned for this and making it his business, often declined debates with him. He was chaste in life, so as to be beyond slander, but in his diet delicate and varied, so that those who did not know him doubted whether he could be chaste while living so luxuriously. His character was gracious and pleasant in company; and for this he was dear to the bishops of the catholic church and to those in office and in letters, being very well able to jest with grace and to bear jests, and to endure both without enmity, and to meet questions wittily and quickly. When asked, at any rate, why he bathed twice a day, being a bishop, he said, “Because I cannot manage three times.” When, since he always wore white clothing, one of those of the catholic church mocked him, he said to him: “Then tell me where it is said that one ought to wear black clothing.” When the other was at a loss, he answered: “You will not be able to show this; but for me Solomon the wisest advises, saying, ‘Let your garments always be white’; and Christ himself appears in the Gospels clothed in white, and shows Moses and Elijah so to the apostles.” This too of Sisinnius’s sayings seems to me graceful. Leontius, the bishop of Ancyra among the Galatians, was staying in Constantinople. Having taken away the churches of the Novatians there, he came to Sisinnius when he asked to receive them back. When he would not give them back, but reviled the Novatians as unworthy to hold assemblies, saying that they abolished repentance and the kindness that comes from God, “But indeed,” said Sisinnius, “no one repents as I do.” When Leontius asked in what way, he answered, “In that I have seen you.” They record many other aptly spoken sayings of his, and they say that many of his discourses, not without elegance, are in circulation. He was praised the more when speaking, since he delivered excellently, and with voice and look and a most graceful countenance was able to win his hearer. But let this be said of what kind of man he was, as proof of his nature, training and life.
8.2PG 67:1513–1519
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον Νεκταρίου τελευτήσαντος, καὶ βουλῆς οὔσης τίνα δέοι χειροτονεῖν, ἄλλοι μὲν ἄλλους ἐψηφίζοντο, καὶ οὐ τὰ αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ἐδόκει" ὁ χρόνος δέ τις ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τῇ παρ᾽ Ὀρόντῃ πρεσθδύτερος, ᾧ ὄνομα Ἰωάννης, γένος τῶν εὐπατριδῶν " ἀγαθὸς τὸν βίον, λέγειν τε καὶ πείθειν δεινὸς, καὶ τοὺς αὐτὸν ὑπερδάλλων τορας. ὡς καὶ Λιβάνιος ὁ Σύρος σοφιστὴς ἐμαρτύρησεν. Ἡνίκα γὰρ ἔμελλε τελευτᾷν, πυνθανομένων τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τίς ἀντ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἔσται, λέγεται Ἰωάννὴν εἰπεῖν, εἰ μὴ Χριστιανοὶ τοῦτον ἐσύλησαν. Πλείστους δὲ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἀκουόντων ἐπ᾿ Ἐκκλησίας, εἰς ἀρετὴν ὠφέλησε, ὁμόφρονας αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ἐποίησε. Θείως γὰρ πολιτενόμενος, τὸν τῆς εἰ | : οἱ ἡ, ἀρετῆς ἐνετίθει ζῆλον τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς " ἐπὶ τοῦτο ῥᾳδίως ὡς οὐ τέχνῃ τινὶ δυνάμε: λόγου βιάζεται παραπλήσια δοξάζειν αὐτῷ " ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔχει ἀληθείας, εἰλικρινῶς τὰς ἱερὰς ἐξηγεῖτο Βίδλους " λόγος γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν ἔργων χοσμούμενος, πίστεως ἄξιος εἰκότως φαίνεται. "Ἄνευ δὲ τούτων, εἴρωνα τῶν ἰδίων λόγων κατήγορον ἀποφαίνει τὸν λέγοντα, κἂν σπουδάζῃ διδάσκων. Τῷ δὲ κατ᾽ ἀμφότερα εὐδοχιμεῖν προσῆν. ᾿Αγωγῇ μὲν γὰρ βίου σώφρονι, πολιτείᾳ ἀχριθεῖ ἐχρῆτο" φράσει δὲ λόγου σαφεῖ μετὰ λαμπρότητος " φύσεώς τε γὰρ εὖ ἔσχε. Διδασχάλους δὲ, τῆς μὲν περὶ τοὺς ῥήτορας᾽ ἀσκήσεως, Λιθάγιον " ᾿Ανδραγάθιον τῶν περὶ φιλοσοφίας λόγων. Προσδοχηθεὶς δὲ δίκας ἀγορεύειν γι, ὁ. 2 5. - καὶ τοῦτον μετιέναι τὸν βίον, ἐγνώκει τὰς ἱερὰς ἀσκεῖσθαι Βίβλους, καὶ κατὰ θεσμὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας φιλοσοφεῖν. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς φιλοσοφίας διδασκάλους ἔσχε, τοὺς τότε προεστῶτας τῶν τῇδε περιφανῶν ἀσκητηρίων, Καρτέριόν τε καὶ Διόδωρον, τὸν ἡγησάμενον τῆς ἐν Ταρσῷ Ἐκκλησίας· ὃν ἐπυθόμην ἰδίων συγγραμμάτων πολλὰς καταλιπεῖν βίβλους περὶ δὲ τὸ ῥητὸν τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων τὰς ἐξηγήσεις ποιήσασθαι, τὰς θεωρίας ἀποφεύγοντα. Οὐ μόνος δὲ παρὰ τούτοις ἐφοίτα· ἔπεισε δὲ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης εἶναι ἑταίρους αὐτοῦ γενομένους ἐκ τῆς Λιβανίου διατριβῆς, Θεόδωρόν τινα καὶ Μάξιμον. Ὧν ὁ μὲν ὕστερον ἐπίσκοπος ἐγένετο Σελευκείας τῆς Ἰσαύρων· Μο[μ]ψουεστίας δὲ τῆς Κιλίκων, Θεόδωρος ἀνὴρ καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν Βίβλων, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης παιδείας ῥη τόρων τε καὶ φιλοσόφων, ἱκανὸς ἐπιστήμων. ᾿Αλλ' οὗτος μὲν ἡνίκα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνέτυχε τοῖς θείοις νόμοις, καὶ ἱεροῖς ἀνδράσιν ὡμίλησεν, ἐπήνεσε ταύτην τὴν ἀγωγὴν, καὶ κατέγνω τῶν ἀστικῶν. Οὐ διήρκεσε δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν προθυμίαν ἔχων· μεταμεληθεὶς δὲ, πρὸς τὸν πρότερον βίον εἴλκετο. Οἷα δὲ εἰκὸς, ἐναντίοις λόγοις κοσμήσας τὸ σπουδαζόμενον ἐκ παλαιῶν ὑποδειγμάτων (ἦν γὰρ πολυΐστωρ), εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπανἤλθεν· ἄμεινον, ὡς ἐνόμισε, τοῦτο κρίνας, οὗπερ ἐπεθύμει τυχεῖν. Μαθὼν δὲ Ἰωάννης ἐν πράγμασιν αὐτὸν εἶναι, καὶ περὶ γάμον σπουδάζειν, θειωτέραν ἢ κατὰ νοῦν ἀνθρώπου φράσει καὶ νοήμασι συντάξας ἐπιστολὴν, πρὸς αὐτὸν διεπέμψατο. Ὁ δὲ ταύτην ἐντυχών, μετεμελήθη· αὖθίς τε τὴν οὐσίαν και ταλιπών, ἀπειπών τε τῷ γάμῳ, ταῖς Ἰωάννου συμβουλαῖς ἐσώζετο, καὶ πρὸς τὸν φιλόσοφον ἐπανῄει βίον. Ὥστε μοι δοκεῖ κἀκ τούτου ῥάδιον εἶναι συμβαλεῖν, ὡς δεινή τις ἐπήνθει πειβὼ τοῖς Ἰωάννου λόγοις. Ἐκράτει γὰρ ταύτῃ, καὶ τῶν ὁμοίως λέγειν καὶ πείθειν δυναμένων. Ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἥρει, καὶ μάλιστα καθὸ πολὺς ἦν διελέγχων τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας, καὶ ἐπὶ ἐκκλησίας, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας, ὡς αὐτὸς ἡδικημένος, σὺν παῤῥησία ἀγανακτῶν. Τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς εἰκότως χάτἀ: ^ — ἬΝ αὖ ἘΞ ἄπ ἜΞΕ -— ἘΠῚ -— — — - -— πῇ ἥν πὸ ΞΕ —-— πο τὰ περ 0 ἐτύγχανε λυπηρὸν δὲ τοῖς πλουσίοις καὶ δυναμένοις, παρ᾽ οἷς τὰ πολλὰ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐστίν. Ἐπίσημος οὖν τοῖς μὲν εἰδόσι, τῇ πείρᾳ, τοῖς δὲ ἀγνοοῦσι, τῇ φήμῃ, ἔκ τε τῶν λόγων καὶ τῶν ἔργων γενόμενος ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον, ἔδοξε Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐπιτήδειος εἶναι τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐπισκοπεῖν. Ῥηφισαμένιον δὲ τοῦτο τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ κλήρου, ὁ βασιλεὺς συνήνει, καὶ τοὺς ἄξοντας αὐτὸν πέπομφε. Συνεχάλει δὲ σύνοδον, καὶ τούτῳ σεμνοτέραν τὴν χειροτονίαν δειχνύς. Οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ τὰ βασιλέως γράμματα δεξάμενος ᾿Αστέριος ὁ τῆς Ἕω ἡγούμενος, ἐδήλωσεν Ἰωάννῃ παραγενέσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν, ὡς περί του δεησόμενος. Ἐλθόντα δὲ, αὐτίκα εἰς ὄχημα σὺν αὑτῷ καὶ σπουδῇ ἐλάσας, ἧκεν εἰς Πάγρας, σταθμὸν οὕτω χαλούμενον. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ παραδοὺς αὐτὸν τοῖς ἐχ βασιλέως ἀποσταλεῖσιν, ἀνέστρεψεν. ΓἜδοξε δὲ τὰ περὶ τούτου καλῶς διῳχηχέναι, πρὶν ᾿Αντιοχέας μαθεῖν, χαλεπούς τε περὶ στάσεις, δήλους ὄντας, ὡς οὔ ποτε ἂν ἐκόντες Ἰωάννου ἀπηλλάγησαν, πρὶν παθεῖν τι ἣ δρᾶται. Ὡς δὲ εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἀφίκετο, οἱ κληθέντες ἱερεῖς συνεληλύθεισαν, ἐμποδὼν ἐγένετο τῇ χειροτονίᾳ Θεόφιλος, ᾿Ισιδώρῳ ᾿σπουδάζων. Ὃς πρεσβύτερος ἣν τότε τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν, ἐπίτροπος ὃὲ τῶν ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ ξένων καὶ πτωχῶν. νέου δὲ ἀνὰ τὴν Σκῆτιν ἄριστα ἐφιλοσόφησεν, ὡς παρ᾽ ἀνδρῶν αὐτῷ συγγενομένων ἐπυθόμην. Οἱ δέ φασι Θεοφίλῳ τοῦτον γενέσθαι φίλον, ὡς κοινωνὸν καὶ συνίστορα πράγματος ἐπικινδύνου γενόμενον. Λέγουσι γὰρ, ὡς ἡνίκα ὁ πρὸς Μάξιμον συνίστατο πό, δῶρα δοὺς αὐτῷ Θεόφιλος, γράμματα πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὸν τύραννον, ἐνετείλατο χαταλαθεῖν τὴν Ρώμην, καὶ π:τριμεῖναι τῆς μάχης τῆν ἀπόβασιν, τῷ νικήσαντι διδόναι μετὰ τῶν γραμμάτων τὰ δῶρα. Τὸν δὲ, τάδε ποιήσαντα μὴ διαλαθεῖν, δείσαντά τε, φυγάδα εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν ἐπανελθεῖν. Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ Θεόφιλον τῶν αὐτῷ πιστοτάτων τὸν ἄνδρα ποιησάμενον, εἰς καιρὸν νομίσαι τῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ κινδύνων ἀποδοῦναι τὴν ἀμοιβὴν, εἰ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον αὐτὸν χαταστήσειεν. ᾽Αλλ᾽ εἴτε ἐντεῦθεν, εἴτε ὡς ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν χειροτονεῖν τοῦτον ἠθδούλετο Θεόφιλος, τελευταῖον συνήνεσε τοῖς ἐπὶ Ἰωάννῃ δεδογμένοις " ἀτεχνῶς ταύτῃ τῇ 328 χειροτονίᾳ σπουδάζοντα δείσας Εὐτρόπιον, τὸν τότε προεστῶτα τοῦ βασιλέως οἴκου. Ὅν φασιν ἄντικρυς αὐτῷ ἀπειλῆσαι, ἢ ταυτὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱερεῦσι συμψηφίσασθαι, ἢ τοῖς ἐγκαλεῖν βουλομένοις ἀπολογήσασθαι. Ἔτυχον γὰρ αὐτὸν πολλοὶ τότε παρὰ τῇ συνόδῳ γραψάμενοι.
Peri de touton ton chronon Nektariou teleutēsantos, kai boulēs ousēs tina deoi cheirotonein, alloi men allous epsēphizonto, kai ou ta auta pasin edokei" ho chronos de tis en ᾿Antiocheią tę̄ par᾽ Orontę̄ presthdyteros, hǭ onoma Iōannēs, genos tōn eupatridōn " agathos ton bion, legein te kai peithein deinos, kai tous auton hyperdallōn toras. hōs kai Libanios ho Syros sophistēs emartyrēsen. Hēnika gar emelle teleutąn, pynthanomenōn tōn epitēdeiōn tis ant᾽ autou estai, legetai Iōannēn eipein, ei mē Christianoi touton esylēsan. Pleistous de tōn autou akouontōn ep᾿ Ekklēsias, eis aretēn ōphelēse, homophronas autǭ peri to Theion epoiēse. Theiōs gar politenomenos, ton tēs ei | : hoi hē, aretēs enetithei zēlon tois akroatais " epi touto rhądiōs hōs ou technę̄ tini dyname: logou biazetai paraplēsia doxazein autǭ " all᾽ hōs echei alētheias, eilikrinōs tas hieras exēgeito Bidlous " logos gar hypo tōn ergōn chosmoumenos, pisteōs axios eikotōs phainetai. "Aneu de toutōn, eirōna tōn idiōn logōn katēgoron apophainei ton legonta, kan spoudazę̄ didaskōn. Tǭ de kat᾽ amphotera eudochimein prosēn. ᾿Agōgę̄ men gar biou sōphroni, politeią achrithei echrēto" phrasei de logou saphei meta lamprotētos " physeōs te gar eu esche. Didaschalous de, tēs men peri tous rhētoras᾽ askēseōs, Lithagion " ᾿Andragathion tōn peri philosophias logōn. Prosdochētheis de dikas agoreuein gi, ho. 2 5. - kai touton metienai ton bion, egnōkei tas hieras askeisthai Biblous, kai kata thesmon tēs Ekklēsias philosophein. Tautēs de tēs philosophias didaskalous esche, tous tote proestōtas tōn tę̄de periphanōn askētēriōn, Karterion te kai Diodōron, ton hēgēsamenon tēs en Tarsǭ Ekklēsias; hon epythomēn idiōn syngrammatōn pollas katalipein biblous peri de to rhēton tōn hierōn logōn tas exēgēseis poiēsasthai, tas theōrias apopheugonta. Ou monos de para toutois ephoita; epeise de tēs autēs gnōmēs einai hetairous autou genomenous ek tēs Libaniou diatribēs, Theodōron tina kai Maximon. Hōn ho men hysteron episkopos egeneto Seleukeias tēs Isaurōn; Mo[m]psouestias de tēs Kilikōn, Theodōros anēr kai tōn hierōn Biblōn, kai tēs allēs paideias rhē torōn te kai philosophōn, hikanos epistēmōn. ᾿All' houtos men hēnika tēn archēn enetyche tois theiois nomois, kai hierois andrasin hōmilēsen, epēnese tautēn tēn agōgēn, kai kategnō tōn astikōn. Ou diērkese de tēn autēn prothymian echōn; metamelētheis de, pros ton proteron bion eilketo. Hoia de eikos, enantiois logois kosmēsas to spoudazomenon ek palaiōn hypodeigmatōn (ēn gar polyïstōr), eis tēn polin epanēlthen; ameinon, hōs enomise, touto krinas, houper epethymei tychein. Mathōn de Iōannēs en pragmasin auton einai, kai peri gamon spoudazein, theiōteran ē kata noun anthrōpou phrasei kai noēmasi syntaxas epistolēn, pros auton diepempsato. Ho de tautēn entychōn, metemelēthē; authis te tēn ousian kai talipōn, apeipōn te tǭ gamǭ, tais Iōannou symboulais esōzeto, kai pros ton philosophon epanę̄ei bion. Hōste moi dokei kak toutou rhadion einai symbalein, hōs deinē tis epēnthei peibō tois Iōannou logois. Ekratei gar tautę̄, kai tōn homoiōs legein kai peithein dynamenōn. Enteuthen kai to plēthos hērei, kai malista katho polys ēn dielenchōn tous hamartanontas, kai epi ekklēsias, kai pros tous adikountas, hōs autos hēdikēmenos, syn parrhēsia aganaktōn. Touto de tois men pollois eikotōs chata: ^ — ĒN au EX ap EXE -— EPI -— — — - -— pę̄ hēn po XE —-— po ta per 0 etynchane lypēron de tois plousiois kai dynamenois, par᾽ hois ta polla tōn hamartēmatōn estin. Episēmos oun tois men eidosi, tę̄ peirą, tois de agnoousi, tę̄ phēmę̄, ek te tōn logōn kai tōn ergōn genomenos ana pasan tēn Rhōmaiōn hypēkoon, edoxe Kōnstantinoupolei epitēdeios einai tēs Ekklēsias episkopein. Rhēphisamenion de touto tou laou kai tou klērou, ho basileus synēnei, kai tous axontas auton pepomphe. Synechalei de synodon, kai toutǭ semnoteran tēn cheirotonian deichnys. Ouch eis makran de ta basileōs grammata dexamenos ᾿Asterios ho tēs Heō hēgoumenos, edēlōsen Iōannę̄ paragenesthai pros auton, hōs peri tou deēsomenos. Elthonta de, autika eis ochēma syn hautǭ kai spoudę̄ elasas, hēken eis Pagras, stathmon houtō chaloumenon. Entautha de paradous auton tois ech basileōs apostaleisin, anestrepsen. GEdoxe de ta peri toutou kalōs diǭchēchenai, prin ᾿Antiocheas mathein, chalepous te peri staseis, dēlous ontas, hōs ou pote an ekontes Iōannou apēllagēsan, prin pathein ti hē dratai. Hōs de eis Kōnstantinoupolin aphiketo, hoi klēthentes hiereis synelēlytheisan, empodōn egeneto tę̄ cheirotonią Theophilos, ᾿Isidōrǭ ᾿spoudazōn. Hos presbyteros hēn tote tōn hyp᾽ auton, epitropos hoe tōn en ᾿Alexandreią xenōn kai ptōchōn. neou de ana tēn Skētin arista ephilosophēsen, hōs par᾽ andrōn autǭ syngenomenōn epythomēn. Hoi de phasi Theophilǭ touton genesthai philon, hōs koinōnon kai synistora pragmatos epikindynou genomenon. Legousi gar, hōs hēnika ho pros Maximon synistato po, dōra dous autǭ Theophilos, grammata pros ton basilea kai ton tyrannon, eneteilato chatalathein tēn Rōmēn, kai p:trimeinai tēs machēs tēn apobasin, tǭ nikēsanti didonai meta tōn grammatōn ta dōra. Ton de, tade poiēsanta mē dialathein, deisanta te, phygada eis ᾿Alexandreian epanelthein. Ex ekeinou de Theophilon tōn autǭ pistotatōn ton andra poiēsamenon, eis kairon nomisai tōn hyper autou kindynōn apodounai tēn amoibēn, ei tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopon auton chatastēseien. ᾽All᾽ eite enteuthen, eite hōs andra agathon cheirotonein touton ēthdouleto Theophilos, teleutaion synēnese tois epi Iōannę̄ dedogmenois " atechnōs tautę̄ tę̄ 328 cheirotonią spoudazonta deisas Eutropion, ton tote proestōta tou basileōs oikou. Hon phasin antikrys autǭ apeilēsai, ē tauta tois allois hiereusi sympsēphisasthai, ē tois enkalein boulomenois apologēsasthai. Etychon gar auton polloi tote para tę̄ synodǭ grapsamenoi.
About this time Nectarius died, and when there was deliberation as to whom they should ordain, some voted for one and some for another, and not all thought the same. There was at Antioch on the Orontes a presbyter named John, of a noble family, good in life, powerful in speech and persuasion, and surpassing the orators of his time, as Libanius the Syrian sophist bore witness. For when he was about to die, and his friends asked who would take his place, he is said to have answered, “John, had not the Christians stolen him.” He benefited very many of those who heard him in church toward virtue and made them of one mind with him about the divine. For living a godly life, he instilled in his hearers zeal for virtue; and readily so, not as though forcing them by some art or power of speech to believe as he did, but because he expounded the sacred books sincerely, as truth requires. For speech adorned by deeds naturally appears worthy of belief; but without these it shows the speaker to be a dissembler and an accuser of his own words, however earnestly he teaches. He had excellence in both: he followed a chaste way of life and a strict conduct, and a clear and splendid style of speech, for he was well endowed by nature. His teachers were Libanius for training in rhetoric and Andragathius for philosophical studies. When he was expected to plead at law and follow that career, he resolved to train himself in the sacred books and to practise philosophy according to the rule of the church. As teachers of this philosophy he had those who then presided over the famous ascetic houses there, Carterius and Diodore, who led the church of Tarsus; who, I have learned, left many books of his own writings and made his interpretations according to the letter of the sacred words, avoiding allegorical contemplations. He did not attend them alone; he persuaded two who had been his companions in Libanius’s school, Theodore and Maximus, to be of the same mind. Of these, Maximus later became bishop of Seleucia in Isauria, and Theodore of Mopsuestia in Cilicia, a man well versed in the sacred books and in the rest of the learning of orators and philosophers. When Theodore first encountered the divine laws and associated with holy men, he praised this way of life and condemned that of the city; but he did not persevere with the same zeal. Repenting, he was drawn back to his former life; and, as was likely, adorning what he desired with contrary arguments drawn from old examples — for he was very widely read — he returned to the city, judging this better, as he thought, which he desired to obtain. When John learned that he was involved in business and set on marriage, he composed a letter more divine in style and thought than is within human reach and sent it to him. Theodore, reading it, repented; and leaving his property again and renouncing marriage, he was saved by John’s counsels and returned to the philosophic life. So that from this too it seems to me easy to infer what powerful persuasion flowered in John’s words; for in this he surpassed even those equally able to speak and persuade. From this he won over the multitude too, especially because he was much given to rebuking sinners, both in church, and to showing indignation boldly against wrongdoers as if he himself had been wronged. This was naturally pleasing to the many, but grievous to the rich and powerful, among whom most sins are found. Having become famous throughout the whole Roman empire, by experience to those who knew him and by report to those who did not, from his words and deeds, he seemed to the people of Constantinople fit to oversee the church. When the people and the clergy had voted for this, the emperor agreed and sent men to bring him; and he called a synod, showing the ordination to be the more solemn by this too. Not long after, Asterius, governor of the East, receiving the emperor’s letters, told John to come to him, as if he wished to ask something of him. When he came, he at once put him in a carriage with himself, drove in haste, and came to Pagrae, a station so called; and there, handing him over to those sent by the emperor, he went back. He seemed to have managed this well, before the Antiochenes learned of it — who were prone to riots and clearly would never have parted with John willingly, before suffering or doing something. When he came to Constantinople and the priests who had been called had assembled, Theophilus opposed the ordination, being eager for Isidore. He was then a presbyter of those under him and in charge of the strangers and poor in Alexandria; and from his youth he had practised philosophy excellently in Scetis, as I have learned from men who associated with him. Others say that he had become Theophilus’s friend as a partner and accomplice in a dangerous affair. For they say that when the war against Maximus was being waged, Theophilus gave him gifts and letters to the emperor and to the usurper, and ordered him to go to Rome and await the outcome of the battle, and to give the gifts with the letters to the victor; and that, when he had done this, he was found out, and in fear returned to Alexandria as a fugitive. From that time Theophilus made the man one of his most trusted, and thought it timely to repay him for the dangers he had run on his behalf by making him bishop of Constantinople. But whether for this reason, or because he wished to ordain him as a good man, Theophilus finally agreed to what had been decided about John, being simply afraid of Eutropius, who then presided over the emperor’s household and was eager for this ordination. They say that he openly threatened him either to vote together with the other priests or to answer those who wished to accuse him; for many happened then to have brought charges against him before the synod.
8.3PG 67:1519–1521
Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς γενόμενος, πρό τερον διορθοῦσθαι τοὺς βίους τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν κληρι κῶν ἐσπούδαζε · προόδους τε αὐτῶν καὶ δίαιταν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἀγωγὴν πολυπραγμονῶν, ἡλεγχέ τε καὶ ἐπέστρεφε· τοὺς δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐξεοῦτο ς. Ἐλεγκτικὸς γὰρ ὢν φύσει, καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀδικούντων ἐν δίκῃ ἀγανακτῶν, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐν τῇ ἐπισκοπῇ ἐπέδωκε τούτοις τοῖς παθήμασιν. Ἡ γὰρ φύσις ἐξουσίας ἐπιλαβομένη, ῥᾳδίως εἰς ἔλεγχον ἐξῆγε τὴν γλῶσ σαν, καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν ἑτοιμότερον κατὰ τῶν ἁμαρτανόντων ἐκίνει. Οὐ μόνον δὲ τὴν ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἀγαθὸς καὶ μεγαλόφρων, καὶ τὰς πανταχοῦ ἐπανορθοῦν ἐσπούδαζεν. Αὐτίκα γοῦν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν παρελθὼν, ἔτι τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ Δύσιν ἱερέων πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἕῳ διὰ Παυλίνον διαφερομένων, καὶ κοινῆς τινος ἀμιξίας διὰ τοῦτα τὰς ἀνὰ πᾶν τὸ ὑπήκοον Ἐκκλησίας κατεχούσης, ἐδεήθη Θεοφίλου συμπρᾶξαι αὐτῷ, καὶ καταλλάξαι Φλαβιανῷ τὸν Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπον. Ὧδε δὲ δόξαν, αἱροῦνται ἐπὶ τοῦτο ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Βεροίας ἐπίσκο πος, καὶ Ἰσίδωρος, δι' ὃν Θεόφιλος ἐναντίος ἐγένετα τῇ αὐτοῦ χειροτονίᾳ. Καὶ παραγενόμενοι εἰς Ῥώμην, ἐπειδὴ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἡ πρεσβεία ἀπέβη, κατέπλευσαν εἰς Αἴγυπτον· ἐντεῦθεν εἰς Συρίαν ἧκεν Ἀκάκιος, Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τῶν πρὸς Δύσιν ἱερέων εἰρηναῖα γράμματα τοῖς ἀμφὶ Φλαβιανὸν φέρων. Καὶ αἱ μὲν Ἐκκλησίαι ὀψέ ποτε ταύτης τῆς διχονοίας ὧδε ἀπαλλαγεῖσαι, τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλας κοινωνίαν ἀπέλαβον. Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ καλουμένων ἜἜΞΙ ἘΞ -— -—— —— :—— πα "- ΠΕ Εὐσταθιανῶν, ἄχρι τινὸς διέμεινεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸ αγόμενον, ἐπισκόπου ἐχτός. λέγον γὰρ χρόνον ἐπιδιώσας, ὡς ἔγνωμεν, ἐτελεύτησεν Εὐάγριος ὁ Παυλῖνον διαδεξάμενος, Κατὰ τοῦτο γὰρ, οἶμαι, εὐμαρεῖς ἐγένοντο τοῖς ἐπισκόποις αἱ διαλλαγαὶ, μηδενὸς ἐναντίου ὄντος. Ὁ δὲ λαὸς, οἷα δῆμος φιλεῖ, κατ᾽ ὀλίγους ἀεὶ προστιθέμενοι τοῖς ὑπὸ Φλαθιανὸν ἐχχλησιάζουσιν, οἱ πλείους τῷ χρόνῳ ἡνώθησαν.
Ho de Iōannēs epi tēs episkopēs genomenos, pro teron diorthousthai tous bious tōn hyp' auton klēri kōn espoudaze ; proodous te autōn kai diaitan kai tēn allēn agōgēn polypragmonōn, hēlenche te kai epestrephe; tous de kai tēs Ekklēsias exeouto s. Elenktikos gar ōn physei, kai kata tōn adikountōn en dikę̄ aganaktōn, eti mallon en tę̄ episkopę̄ epedōke toutois tois pathēmasin. Hē gar physis exousias epilabomenē, rhądiōs eis elenchon exēge tēn glōs san, kai tēn orgēn hetoimoteron kata tōn hamartanontōn ekinei. Ou monon de tēn hyp᾿ auton Ekklēsian, all᾿ hōs agathos kai megalophrōn, kai tas pantachou epanorthoun espoudazen. Autika goun epi tēn episkopēn parelthōn, eti tōn ana tēn Aigypton kai Dysin hiereōn pros tous en tę̄ Heǭ dia Paulinon diapheromenōn, kai koinēs tinos amixias dia touta tas ana pan to hypēkoon Ekklēsias katechousēs, edeēthē Theophilou sympraxai autǭ, kai katallaxai Phlabianǭ ton Rhōmaiōn episkopon. Hōde de doxan, hairountai epi touto ᾿Akakios ho Beroias episko pos, kai Isidōros, di' hon Theophilos enantios egeneta tę̄ autou cheirotonią. Kai paragenomenoi eis Rhōmēn, epeidē kata gnōmēn autois hē presbeia apebē, katepleusan eis Aigypton; enteuthen eis Syrian hēken Akakios, Aigyptiōn kai tōn pros Dysin hiereōn eirēnaia grammata tois amphi Phlabianon pherōn. Kai hai men Ekklēsiai opse pote tautēs tēs dichonoias hōde apallageisai, tēn pros allēlas koinōnian apelabon. To de plēthos tōn en Antiocheią kaloumenōn EEXI EX -— -—— —— :—— pa "- PE Eustathianōn, achri tinos diemeinen eph᾽ heauto agomenon, episkopou echtos. legon gar chronon epidiōsas, hōs egnōmen, eteleutēsen Euagrios ho Paulinon diadexamenos, Kata touto gar, oimai, eumareis egenonto tois episkopois hai diallagai, mēdenos enantiou ontos. Ho de laos, hoia dēmos philei, kat᾽ oligous aei prostithemenoi tois hypo Phlathianon echchlēsiazousin, hoi pleious tǭ chronǭ hēnōthēsan.
When John was in the episcopate, he was eager first to correct the lives of the clergy under him; inquiring into their goings out, their diet and the rest of their conduct, he rebuked and corrected them, and some he drove out of the church. For being by nature given to rebuke, and justly indignant at wrongdoers, he gave still more scope to these passions in his episcopate. For nature, having gained power, readily set his tongue to rebuke and more easily stirred his anger against sinners. Not only the church under him, but, as a good and high-minded man, he was eager to set right the churches everywhere. At any rate, as soon as he entered on the episcopate, since the priests of Egypt and the West were still at odds with those of the East because of Paulinus, and a general want of fellowship held the churches throughout the empire on this account, he asked Theophilus to work with him and reconcile the bishop of the Romans to Flavian. This being agreed, they chose for this Acacius, bishop of Beroea, and Isidore, on whose account Theophilus had opposed John’s ordination. Coming to Rome, when their embassy had turned out as they wished, they sailed to Egypt; and from there Acacius came to Syria, bringing letters of peace from the priests of Egypt and the West to Flavian’s party. So the churches, at long last freed from this dissension, recovered communion with one another. But the body at Antioch called Eustathians remained by itself for some time, without a bishop. For Evagrius, who succeeded Paulinus, died, as we have learned, having lived a short time; and on this account, I think, reconciliation was easy for the bishops, since there was no rival. The people, as a populace will, joining little by little those who assembled under Flavian, were in time mostly united.
8.4PG 67:1521–1527
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Γαϊνᾶς ἀνὴρ βάρβαρος, αὐτομολήσας Ῥωμαίοις, ἐξ εὐτελοῦς στρατιώτου παραλόγως εἰς τὴν τῶν στρατηγῶν παρελθὼν τάξιν, ἐπεχείρησε τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖν. Ταῦτα δὲ βουλευόμενος, τοὺς ὁμοφύλους αὐτοῦ Γότθους τῶν ἰδίων νόμων εἰς Ῥῳμαίους μετεπέμψατο, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους συνταγματάρχας καὶ χιλιάρχους κατέστησε. Τιρδιγγίλου ! δὲ νεωτερίσαντος, ὃς αὑτῷ γένει προσήχων, πολυανθρώπου τάγματος ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἐν Φρυγίᾳ στρατιωτῶν" τοῖς μὲν εὖ φρονοῦσι, δῆλος ἦν ταῦτα κατασκευάσας ἀγανακτεῖν δὲ προσποιούμενος πορθουμένων τῶν τῇδε πόλεων, ἐπετράπη ταύταις βοηθεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν ἀφίκετο, πλῇθος ἔχων βαρβάρων ὡς εἰς πόλεμον ἀφιγμένος, εἰς τὸ φανερὸν ἐξῆγε τὴν γνώμην, ἣν πρότερον ἔχρυπτε. Καὶ πόλεις ἃς ἐτάχθη φυλάττειν, ἐδῇου " ταῖς δὲ ἐπιθήσεσθαι ἔμελλε. Παραγενόμενος δὲ εἰς Βιθυνίαν, ἐν τοῖς Χαλκηδόνος ὅροις ἐστρατοπεδεύετο, καὶ πόλεμον ἠπείλει. κινδύνῳ δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντων, μάλιστα τῶν ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ καὶ πόλεων, ὅσαι τε μεταξὺ τούτων καὶ περὶ τὸν Εὔξεινον Πόντον οἰχοῦνται, λογισάμενος ὁ βατιλεὺς σὺν τοῖς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν ὡς οὐχ ἀσφαλὲς ἀπαρασχεύους ὄντας εἰς κίνδυνον χαῦἰστασθαι πρὸς ἄνδρας ἤδη τὸ ζῇν ἀπειρηχότας, πέμ.πρὸς Γαϊνᾶν, ἐπήγγειλεν αἰτεῖν ὅ τι βούλεται. Εἶναι γὰρ ἕτοιμος ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι κεχαρισμένος. Ὁ δὲ, Ξατορνῖνον καὶ Αὐρηλιανὸν ὑπατιχοὺς ἄνδρας, ὑπονοῶν ἐναντία φρονεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐζήτησε λαβὼν δὲ, ἐφείσατο. Καὶ εἰς ταυτὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ συνδραμων, εἰς τὸν πρὸ τῆς Χαλκηδόνος εὐκτήριον οἶχον, ἐν ᾧ Εὐφημίας τῆς μάρτυρός ἐστιν ὁ τάφος, ὅρκους τε λαβὼν καὶ δοὺς περὶ εὐνοίας, ἀπέθετο τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐπεραιοῦτο, πεζῶν καὶ ἱππέων τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐκ βασιλέως ἔχων. Παρ' ἀξίαν δὲ δόξαν εὖ πράττειν, οὐκ ἤνεγκε σωφρόνως· ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τὸ πρῶτον παράλογον κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ ἀπέβη, καὶ τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν θορυβεῖν ἐπεχείρησεν. Ἦν μὲν γὰρ Χριστιανὸς, τῆς τῶν βαρβάρων αἱρέσεως, οἵ τὰ ᾿Αρείου φρονοῦσιν. Αναπεισθεὶς δὲ παρὰ τῶν ταύτης προεστώτων, ἢ αὐτὸς φιλοτιμούμενος, ἤτησε τὸν βασιλέα μίαν τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐκκλησιῶν τοὺς ὁμοδόξους αὐτῷ ἔχειν. Μηδὲ γὰρ εἶναι δίκαιον, καὶ ἄλλως ἀπρεπὲς ἐμέμφετο, Ῥωμαίων ὄντα ἑαυτὸν στρατηγὸν, ἔξω τειχῶν παραγενόμενον εὔχεσθαι. Μαθὼν δὲ τάδε Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἐφησύχασε. Παραλαβών δὲ τοὺς ἐπισκόπους οἶπερ ἔτυχον ἐνδημοῦντες τῇ πόλει, ἧκεν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια· καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπακούοντος, αὐτοῦ τε Γαῖνα παρόντος, πολὺν κατέχεε λόγον, πατρίδα τε καὶ φυγὴν ὀνειδίζων, καὶ ὡς τῷ βασιλέως πατρὶ τότε σωθεὶς ὤμοσεν ἡ μὴν Ῥωμαίοις εὐνοεῖν, αὐτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῦ παισὶ, καὶ νόμοις, οὓς ἀκύρους ἐπεχείρει ποιεῖν. Καὶ τάδε λέγων, ἐδείκνυ τὸν νόμον ὂν Θεοδόσιος ἔθετο, τοὺς ἑτεροδόξους εἴργων ἔνδον τειχῶν ἐκκλησιάζειν. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα τρέψας τὸν λόγον, ἔπεισε τὸν τεθέντα νόμον κατὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἱcρέσεων κύριον φυλάττειν· ἄμεινονεἶναι συμβουλεύων –τῆς βασιλείας παραχωρεῖν, ἢ προδότην οἴκου Θεοῦ γενόμενον, ἀσεβεῖν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀνδρείως ὧδε παῤῥησιασάμενος, οὐδὲν συνεχώρησε νεωτερισθῆναι 5 περὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίας. Ὁ δὲ Γαϊνᾶς, ἐπιορκεῖν ἤδη διενοεῖτο, καὶ τὴν πόλιν πορθεῖν. Ἡνίκα δὴ ταύτην τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν προεμήνυσε κομήτης, ἐπὶ τῆς πόλεως φανεὶς μέγιστος, εἰς αὐτὴν σχεδὸν τὴν γῆν διήκων, καὶ οἷος πρότερον οὐ γεγενῆσθαι λέγεται. Ἐπειρᾶτο δὲ πρότερον τοῖς ἀργυροπωλείοις ἐπιθέσθαι, χρημάτων πλῆθος συλλέγειν ἐντεῦθεν ἐλπίσας· Φήμης δὲ γενομένης ὅτι τάδε βεβούλευται, καὶ τῶν ἀργυροπωλῶν τὸν πρόχειρον πλοῦτον ἀποκρυψαμένων, καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τῶν τραπεζῶν ἄργυρον οὐκέτι συνήθως δημοσίᾳ προτιθέντων, ἐν νυκτὶ πλῆθος ἐπιπέμψᾶς ἐνετείλατο τὰ βασίλεια πρᾷν. Οἱ δὲ, ἄπραχτοι κατεπτηχότες ὑπέστρεφην. Ὡς γὰρ πλησίον ἐγένοντο, πλῆθος ὁπλιτῶν ἔδοξαν ὁρᾷν ἐν μεγάλοις σώμασιν. Ὑ πονοήπαντες 65 νέηλυν εἶναι στρατιὰν, ἤγγειλαν τῷ Γαϊνᾷ ὁ δὲ ( ἠπίστατο γὰρ μὴ πλείους τῶν εἰωθότων τῇ πόλει ἐνδημεῖν στρατιώτας) οὐχ ἠξίου τοῖς λεγομένοις πιστεύειν, Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς ἐχομένης νυκτὸς ἀποσταλέντες ἔτεταυτὰ τοῖς πρότερον Ὦγγειλαν, αὐτὸς ἐλθὼν, αὐτόπτης ἔγένετο τοῦ παραδόξου θεάματος. Νομίσας τε αὐτοῦ χάριν συνέληλυθέναι τοὺς τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων στρατιώτας, νύκτωρ μὲν φρουρεῖν τὴν πόλιν τὰ βασίλεια, ἡμέρᾳ δὲ λανθάνειν, σχήπτεται δαιμονᾷν " ὡς εὐξόμενός τε καταλαμβάνει τὴν ἐχκλησίαν, ἣν ἐπὶ τιμῇ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ, ὁ τοῦ βασιλέως πατὴρ ᾧχοδόμησε πρὸς τῷ Ἑδδόμῳ. Τῶν δὲ βαρβάρων, οἱ μὲν, ἔνδον ἔμενον " οἱ δὲ, Γαϊνᾷ συνεξήεσαν. Λάθρα δὲ συνεξῆγον ὅπλα ἐν γυναικείοις ὀχῆμασι χεράμους βελῶν ἐπεὶ 6$ ἐφωράθησαν, τοὺς φύλακας τῶν πυλῶν ἀναιροῦσι, πειραθέντας χωλύσαι τὴν τῶν ὅπλων ἐχχομιδήν. τούτου ταραχῆς θορύδου ἀνάπλεως ἡ πόλις ἐγένετο, ὡς αὐτίκα ἁλωσομένη. ᾿Αγαθὴ δὲ γνώμη ἐκράτει πρὸς τὰ παρόντα δεινά. Ὁ γὰρ βασιλεὺς μηδὲν μελλήσας, τὸν μὲν Γαϊνᾶν πολέμιον ἀνεκήρυξε τοὺς δὲ περιλειφθέντας ἐν τῇ πόλει βαρδάρους, ἀναιρεθῆναι προσἔταξεν. ᾿Επιθέμενοι δὲ τούτοις οἱ στρατιῶται, ἀναιροῦσι τοὺς πλείστους "τὴν δὲ καλου μένην τῶν Γότθων ἐκκλησίαν ἐμπιπρῶσιν, Ὡς εἰς συνήθη γὰρ εὐκτήΠΟΟΙ ρῖον οἶχον ἐνθάδε ἠθροισμένοι ἐτύγχανον, οἷς οὐκέτι (, φυγεῖν ἐξεγένετο, τῶν πνλῶν χεχλεισμένων. Ταῦτα δὲ μαθὼν ὁ Γαϊνᾶς, διὰ Θράκης ἐλάσας ἧκεν εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον, καὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον περαιοῦσθαι ἐσπούδαζε. Διενοεῖτο γὰρ, ὡς εἰ τῆς ἀντιπέραν ᾿Ασίας χρατήσεις, ῥᾳδίως πάντα τὰ πρὸς ἕω τῆς ἀρχομένης ἔθνη ὑφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ποιήσει. Παρ᾽ ἐλπέδας δὲ αὐτῷ τάδε ἀπήντα, θείᾳ ῥοπῇ κἀνταῦθα Ῥωμαίων χρησαμένων. Παρῆν μὲν γὰρ στρατιὰ κατὰ γῆν καὶ θάλαττᾶν, παρὰ βασιλέως ἀπεσταλμένη, ἧς ἡγεῖτο Φλαδίτας ἀνὴρ βάρβαρος τὸ γένος, ἀγαθὸς δὲ τὸν τρόπον, καὶ στρατηγικός. Οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι ναῦς μὴ ἔχοντες, ἐπὶ σχεδιῶν ἐπειρῶντο διεχπλεῖν τὸν Ἑλλήσπυντοὸν πρὸς τὴν ἀντικρὺ ἤπειρον. Ἐξαπίνης δὲ πολὺς ἐπιπγεύσας ζέφυρος τὰς σχεδίας διέλυσε σὺν , βίᾳ, τούτων τὰς Ῥωμαίων ναῦς ἤλαυνε. Τῶν δὲ βαρδάρων, οἱ πλείους μὲν, αὑτοῖς ἵπποις ὑποδρύχιοι ἐγένοντο" οἱ δὲ, ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀνῃρέθησαν. Ὁ Γαϊνᾷς ἅμα ὀλίγοις περισωθεὶς τότε, οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἀνὰ τὴν Θράκην ἀλώμενός τε καὶ φεύγων, ἑτέρᾳ στρατιᾷ περιέπεσε, σὺν τοῖς ἀμφ᾽ αὐτὸν βαρβάροις ἀπώλετο. Τοῦτο τῶν Γαϊνᾶ τολμημάτων καὶ τοῦ βίου τὸ τέλος. δὲ Φλαδέτας λαμπρὸς ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ γενόμενος, χειροτονεῖται ὕπατος. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε αὐτοῦ Βικεντίου ὑπατευόντων, τίχτεται τῷ βασιλεῖ παῖς, τῷ πάππῳ ὁμώνυμος. ᾿Αρχομένης δὲ τῆς ἑξῆς ὑπατείας, ἀναγορεύεται Σεβαστός.
En toutǭ de Gaïnas anēr barbaros, automolēsas Rhōmaiois, ex eutelous stratiōtou paralogōs eis tēn tōn stratēgōn parelthōn taxin, epecheirēse tēn Rhōmaiōn archēn hyph᾽ heauton poiein. Tauta de bouleuomenos, tous homophylous autou Gotthous tōn idiōn nomōn eis Rhǭmaious metepempsato, kai tous epitēdeious syntagmatarchas kai chiliarchous katestēse. Tirdingilou ! de neōterisantos, hos hautǭ genei prosēchōn, polyanthrōpou tagmatos hēgeito tōn en Phrygią stratiōtōn" tois men eu phronousi, dēlos ēn tauta kataskeuasas aganaktein de prospoioumenos porthoumenōn tōn tę̄de poleōn, epetrapē tautais boēthein. Epei de eis tēn Phrygian aphiketo, plę̄thos echōn barbarōn hōs eis polemon aphigmenos, eis to phaneron exēge tēn gnōmēn, hēn proteron echrypte. Kai poleis has etachthē phylattein, edę̄ou " tais de epithēsesthai emelle. Paragenomenos de eis Bithynian, en tois Chalkēdonos horois estratopedeueto, kai polemon ēpeilei. kindynǭ de tōn pragmatōn ontōn, malista tōn en ᾿Asią kai poleōn, hosai te metaxy toutōn kai peri ton Euxeinon Ponton oichountai, logisamenos ho batileus syn tois amph᾽ auton hōs ouch asphales aparascheuous ontas eis kindynon chauistasthai pros andras ēdē to zę̄n apeirēchotas, pem.pros Gaïnan, epēngeilen aitein ho ti bouletai. Einai gar hetoimos en pasin autǭ genesthai kecharismenos. Ho de, Xatorninon kai Aurēlianon hypatichous andras, hyponoōn enantia phronein autǭ, ezētēse labōn de, epheisato. Kai eis tauton tǭ basilei syndramōn, eis ton pro tēs Chalkēdonos euktērion oichon, en hǭ Euphēmias tēs martyros estin ho taphos, horkous te labōn kai dous peri eunoias, apetheto ta hopla, kai eis Kōnstantinoupolin eperaiouto, pezōn kai hippeōn tēn hēgemonian ek basileōs echōn. Par' axian de doxan eu prattein, ouk ēnenke sōphronōs; all' epei to prōton paralogon kata gnōmēn autǭ apebē, kai tēn katholou Ekklēsian thorybein epecheirēsen. Ēn men gar Christianos, tēs tōn barbarōn haireseōs, hoi ta ᾿Areiou phronousin. Anapeistheis de para tōn tautēs proestōtōn, ē autos philotimoumenos, ētēse ton basilea mian tōn en tę̄ polei ekklēsiōn tous homodoxous autǭ echein. Mēde gar einai dikaion, kai allōs aprepes emempheto, Rhōmaiōn onta heauton stratēgon, exō teichōn paragenomenon euchesthai. Mathōn de tade Iōannēs, ouk ephēsychase. Paralabōn de tous episkopous oiper etychon endēmountes tę̄ polei, hēken eis ta basileia; kai tou basileōs epakouontos, autou te Gaina parontos, polyn katechee logon, patrida te kai phygēn oneidizōn, kai hōs tǭ basileōs patri tote sōtheis ōmosen hē mēn Rhōmaiois eunoein, autǭ te kai tois autou paisi, kai nomois, hous akyrous epecheirei poiein. Kai tade legōn, edeikny ton nomon on Theodosios etheto, tous heterodoxous eirgōn endon teichōn ekklēsiazein. Ek toutou de pros ton basilea trepsas ton logon, epeise ton tethenta nomon kata tōn allōn haicreseōn kyrion phylattein; ameinoneinai symbouleuōn –tēs basileias parachōrein, ē prodotēn oikou Theou genomenon, asebein. Kai ho men andreiōs hōde parrhēsiasamenos, ouden synechōrēse neōteristhēnai 5 peri tas hyp' auton Ekklēsias. Ho de Gaïnas, epiorkein ēdē dienoeito, kai tēn polin porthein. Hēnika dē tautēn tēn epiboulēn proemēnyse komētēs, epi tēs poleōs phaneis megistos, eis autēn schedon tēn gēn diēkōn, kai hoios proteron ou gegenēsthai legetai. Epeirato de proteron tois argyropōleiois epithesthai, chrēmatōn plēthos syllegein enteuthen elpisas; Phēmēs de genomenēs hoti tade bebouleutai, kai tōn argyropōlōn ton procheiron plouton apokrypsamenōn, kai ton epi tōn trapezōn argyron ouketi synēthōs dēmosią protithentōn, en nykti plēthos epipempsas eneteilato ta basileia prąn. Hoi de, aprachtoi kateptēchotes hypestrephēn. Hōs gar plēsion egenonto, plēthos hoplitōn edoxan horąn en megalois sōmasin. Hy ponoēpantes 65 neēlyn einai stratian, ēngeilan tǭ Gaïną ho de ( ēpistato gar mē pleious tōn eiōthotōn tę̄ polei endēmein stratiōtas) ouch ēxiou tois legomenois pisteuein, Epei de tēs echomenēs nyktos apostalentes etetauta tois proteron Ōngeilan, autos elthōn, autoptēs egeneto tou paradoxou theamatos. Nomisas te autou charin synelēlythenai tous tōn allōn poleōn stratiōtas, nyktōr men phrourein tēn polin ta basileia, hēmerą de lanthanein, schēptetai daimonąn " hōs euxomenos te katalambanei tēn echklēsian, hēn epi timę̄ Iōannou tou Baptistou, ho tou basileōs patēr hǭchodomēse pros tǭ Heddomǭ. Tōn de barbarōn, hoi men, endon emenon " hoi de, Gaïną synexēesan. Lathra de synexēgon hopla en gynaikeiois ochēmasi cheramous belōn epei 6$ ephōrathēsan, tous phylakas tōn pylōn anairousi, peirathentas chōlysai tēn tōn hoplōn echchomidēn. toutou tarachēs thorydou anapleōs hē polis egeneto, hōs autika halōsomenē. ᾿Agathē de gnōmē ekratei pros ta paronta deina. Ho gar basileus mēden mellēsas, ton men Gaïnan polemion anekēryxe tous de perileiphthentas en tę̄ polei bardarous, anairethēnai prosetaxen. ᾿Epithemenoi de toutois hoi stratiōtai, anairousi tous pleistous "tēn de kalou menēn tōn Gotthōn ekklēsian empiprōsin, Hōs eis synēthē gar euktēPOOI rion oichon enthade ēthroismenoi etynchanon, hois ouketi (, phygein exegeneto, tōn pnlōn chechleismenōn. Tauta de mathōn ho Gaïnas, dia Thrakēs elasas hēken eis Cherrhonēson, kai ton Hellēsponton peraiousthai espoudaze. Dienoeito gar, hōs ei tēs antiperan ᾿Asias chratēseis, rhądiōs panta ta pros heō tēs archomenēs ethnē hyph᾽ heauton poiēsei. Par᾽ elpedas de autǭ tade apēnta, theią rhopę̄ kantautha Rhōmaiōn chrēsamenōn. Parēn men gar stratia kata gēn kai thalattan, para basileōs apestalmenē, hēs hēgeito Phladitas anēr barbaros to genos, agathos de ton tropon, kai stratēgikos. Hoi de barbaroi naus mē echontes, epi schediōn epeirōnto diechplein ton Hellēspyntoon pros tēn antikry ēpeiron. Exapinēs de polys epipgeusas zephyros tas schedias dielyse syn , bią, toutōn tas Rhōmaiōn naus ēlaune. Tōn de bardarōn, hoi pleious men, hautois hippois hypodrychioi egenonto" hoi de, hypo tōn stratiōtōn anę̄rethēsan. Ho Gaïnąs hama oligois perisōtheis tote, ou pollǭ hysteron ana tēn Thrakēn alōmenos te kai pheugōn, heterą stratią periepese, syn tois amph᾽ auton barbarois apōleto. Touto tōn Gaïna tolmēmatōn kai tou biou to telos. de Phladetas lampros en tautę̄ tę̄ machę̄ genomenos, cheirotoneitai hypatos. En de tǭ tote autou Bikentiou hypateuontōn, tichtetai tǭ basilei pais, tǭ pappǭ homōnymos. ᾿Archomenēs de tēs hexēs hypateias, anagoreuetai Sebastos.
Meanwhile Gainas, a barbarian who had deserted to the Romans and had risen unexpectedly from a common soldier to the rank of general, attempted to bring the empire of the Romans under himself. With this design he summoned to Roman territory his kinsmen the Goths from their own lands, and appointed his friends tribunes and commanders of a thousand. When Tribigild, who was related to him by race and commanded a numerous unit of soldiers in Phrygia, revolted, it was clear to sensible people that Gainas had contrived it; but pretending to be angry that the cities there were being ravaged, he was commissioned to help them. When he came to Phrygia with a multitude of barbarians, as if come for war, he brought into the open the purpose he had concealed before. He ravaged the cities he had been ordered to guard, and was about to attack others. Coming to Bithynia, he encamped in the territory of Chalcedon and threatened war. As affairs were in danger, especially in Asia and the cities between it and the Euxine Sea, the emperor and his advisers, reckoning that it was not safe for them, unprepared as they were, to enter into danger against men who had already given up on life, sent to Gainas and told him to ask for whatever he wished; for he was ready to oblige him in everything. He demanded Saturninus and Aurelian, men of consular rank, suspecting them of being opposed to him; but having received them, he spared them. And meeting the emperor at the house of prayer before Chalcedon, in which is the tomb of the martyr Euphemia, and having received and given oaths of goodwill, he laid down his arms and crossed to Constantinople, holding from the emperor the command of infantry and cavalry. Seeming to prosper beyond his deserts, he did not bear it soberly; but since his first unreasonable success had turned out as he wished, he tried also to trouble the catholic church. For he was a Christian of the heresy of the barbarians, who hold the views of Arius. Persuaded by the leaders of this heresy, or out of ambition of his own, he asked the emperor that those of his belief might have one of the churches in the city; for it was neither just, he complained, nor otherwise fitting, that he, a general of the Romans, should have to go outside the walls to pray. When John learned this, he did not keep quiet. Taking the bishops who happened to be staying in the city, he came to the palace; and in the hearing of the emperor and in the presence of Gainas himself he poured out a long speech, reproaching him with his homeland and his flight, and how, when saved then by the emperor’s father, he had sworn to be well disposed to the Romans, to him and his children, and to the laws which he was now trying to make void. Saying this, he showed the law which Theodosius had made, forbidding those of other belief to hold assemblies within the walls. Then, turning his speech to the emperor, he persuaded him to keep in force the law enacted against the other heresies, advising that it was better to give up the empire than to commit impiety by becoming a betrayer of the house of God. Having spoken so boldly, he allowed no innovation concerning the churches under him. Gainas was already planning to break his oaths and to sack the city. Then a comet foretold this plot, appearing very great over the city and reaching almost to the earth itself, such as is said never to have appeared before. He tried first to attack the silversmiths’ shops, hoping to collect a great quantity of money from there. When a rumour arose that this had been planned, and the silversmiths hid their ready wealth and no longer displayed the silver on their tables in public as usual, he sent a multitude by night and ordered them to burn the palace. But they came back without success, cowering. For as they came near, they seemed to see a multitude of armed men of great stature. Supposing it to be a newly arrived army, they reported to Gainas. He, knowing that no more than the usual soldiers were staying in the city, would not believe what was said. But when those sent the next night reported the same as the first, he went himself and became an eyewitness of the marvellous sight. Thinking that soldiers from the other cities had gathered on his account, guarding the city and the palace by night and hiding by day, he pretended to be possessed by a demon; and as if to pray he went to the church which the emperor’s father had built at the Hebdomon in honour of John the Baptist. Of the barbarians, some remained within, others went out with Gainas. They secretly carried arms out with them in women’s carriages, and jars of missiles. When they were found out, they killed the guards of the gates who tried to prevent the carrying out of the arms. From this the city was full of confusion and uproar, as if about to be taken at once. But good counsel prevailed in the present dangers. For the emperor without delay proclaimed Gainas a public enemy and ordered the barbarians left in the city to be killed. The soldiers attacked them and killed most of them, and set fire to the church called that of the Goths; for they happened to have gathered there, as in their usual house of prayer, and could no longer flee, since the gates had been shut. When Gainas learned this, he marched through Thrace and came to the Chersonese, and was eager to cross the Hellespont; for he thought that if he gained Asia opposite, he would easily bring under himself all the nations of the eastern empire. But things turned out contrary to his hopes, the Romans having divine help here too. For an army sent by the emperor was there by land and sea, led by Fravitta, a barbarian by race but good in character and a capable general. The barbarians, having no ships, tried to sail across the Hellespont on rafts to the mainland opposite. But suddenly a strong west wind blew and violently broke up the rafts, and drove the Roman ships against them. Most of the barbarians went under with their horses; others were killed by the soldiers. Gainas, escaping then with a few, not long after, wandering and fleeing through Thrace, fell in with another army and perished with the barbarians about him. This was the end of Gainas’s daring and of his life. Fravitta, having distinguished himself in this battle, was appointed consul. At that time, when he and Vincent were consuls, a son was born to the emperor named after his grandfather; and at the beginning of the following consulship he was proclaimed Augustus.
8.5PG 67:1527–1529
Ἰωάννης δὲ ἄριστα τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἔχ: κλησίας ἐπιτροπεύων, πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ᾿Ελλήνων, πολλοὺς δὲ ἐχ τῶν αἱρέσεων ἐπήγετο. Συνέῤῥει δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐχάστοτε πλῆθος, τῶν μὲν, ὠφελείᾳ ἀκουσομένων, τῶν δὲ, ἀπόπειραν ληψομένων. Ἅπαντάς τε ἤρει, τὰ αὐτὰ δοξάζειν αὐτῷ περὶ τὸ Θεῖον ἔπειθε. Τοσοῦτον δὲ πρὸς αὑτὸν τὸ πλῆθος ἔχεχήνεσαν, τῶν αὐτοῦ λόγων κόρον οὖχ εἶχον, ὥστε ἐπεὶ ὠὡστιζόμενοι, περιθλίθοντες ἀλλήλους, ἐκινδύνευον, ἕκαστος προσωτέρω ἱέναι βιαζόμενος, ὅπως ἐγγὺς παρεστὼς, ἀχριδέστερον αὐτοῦ λέγοντος ἀχούοι " μέσον ἑαυτὸν πᾶσι παρέχων, ἐπὶ τοῦ βῆματῶν ἀναγνωστῶν καθεζόμενος ἐδίδασκεν. Ἐν καιρῷ δέ μοι δοκεῖ, τὸ συμβὰν ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ θαῦμα συμπεριλαβεῖν τῇ γραφῇ. ᾿Ανὴρ τις Μακεδονίου σεως, τοιαύτῃ γυναικὶ συνῴχει. Περιτυχὼν δὲ αὐτῷ. διδάτχοντι ὅπως χρὴ περὶ Θεοῦ. δοξάζειν, ἐπαινέτης. ἦν τοῦ δόγματος, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα ὁμοφρονεῖν αὐτῷ, παρεκάλει. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ πρὸ τούτου συνηθείᾳ καὶ ταῖς ὁμιλίαις τῶν γνωρίμων γυναικῶν ἡττᾶτο, καὶ πολλάκις νουθετῶν ὁ ἀνὴρ οὐδὲν Εἰ μὴ, φησὶ, χοινωνήσεις μοι τῶν θείων, οὐδὲ τοῦ βίου κοινωνὸς ἔσῃ μοι τοῦ λοιποῦ. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἡ γυνὴ συνθεμένη τοῦτο ποιεῖν, χοινοῦταί τινι τῶν θεραπαινίδων ἣν ἡγεῖτο πιστὴν, παραλαμβάνει ἐς ἀπάτην τοῦ ἀνδρός. δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τῶν μυστηρίων (ἴσασι δὲ οἱ μεμυημένοι ὃ λέγω), ἡ μὲν, ὅπερ ἐδέξατο κατέχουσα, ὡς εὐξομένη ἀπέκυψε. Παρεστῶσα δὲ αὐτῇ ἡ θεράπαινα, λάθρα δέδωκεν ὅ μετὰ χεῖρας ἦλθε φέρουσα· τὸ δὲ, πρὸς τοῖς ὀδοῦσι λίθος ἐπήγνυτο. Περιδεὴς δὲ γενομένη ἡ γυνὴ μή τι πάθοι, θεῖον οὕτω πρᾶγμα ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ συμβάν, δρομαία ἐπὶ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον ἐλθοῦσα, ἑαυτὴν κατεμήνυσε. Καὶ τὸν λίθον ἐπέδειξεν, εἰκόνα φέροντα τοῦ δήγματος, ἀγνῶτα δὲ τὴν ὕλην, καὶ παράξενόν τι δεικνύντα χρῶμα. Σὺν δάκρυσί τε συγγνώμην αἰτήσασα, ὁμοφρονοῦσα τῷ ἀνδρὶ συνῆν. Ἀλλὰ τάδε μὲν εἴ τῳ μὴ πιθανὰ δοκεῖ, μάρτυς αὐτὸς ὁ λίθος, εἰσέτι νῦν ἐν τοῖς κει μηλίοις τῆς ἐκκλησίας Κωνσταντινουπόλεως φυλαττόμενος.
Iōannēs de arista tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ech: klēsias epitropeuōn, pollous men tōn ᾿Ellēnōn, pollous de ech tōn haireseōn epēgeto. Synerrhei de pros auton echastote plēthos, tōn men, ōpheleią akousomenōn, tōn de, apopeiran lēpsomenōn. Hapantas te ērei, ta auta doxazein autǭ peri to Theion epeithe. Tosouton de pros hauton to plēthos echechēnesan, tōn autou logōn koron ouch eichon, hōste epei hōōstizomenoi, perithlithontes allēlous, ekindyneuon, hekastos prosōterō hienai biazomenos, hopōs engys parestōs, achridesteron autou legontos achouoi " meson heauton pasi parechōn, epi tou bēmatōn anagnōstōn kathezomenos edidasken. En kairǭ de moi dokei, to symban epi autou thauma symperilabein tę̄ graphę̄. ᾿Anēr tis Makedoniou seōs, toiautę̄ gynaiki synǭchei. Peritychōn de autǭ. didatchonti hopōs chrē peri Theou. doxazein, epainetēs. ēn tou dogmatos, kai tēn gynaika homophronein autǭ, parekalei. Epei de tę̄ pro toutou synētheią kai tais homiliais tōn gnōrimōn gynaikōn hēttato, kai pollakis nouthetōn ho anēr ouden Ei mē, phēsi, choinōnēseis moi tōn theiōn, oude tou biou koinōnos esę̄ moi tou loipou. Entautha de hē gynē synthemenē touto poiein, choinoutai tini tōn therapainidōn hēn hēgeito pistēn, paralambanei es apatēn tou andros. de ton kairon tōn mystēriōn (isasi de hoi memyēmenoi ho legō), hē men, hoper edexato katechousa, hōs euxomenē apekypse. Parestōsa de autę̄ hē therapaina, lathra dedōken ho meta cheiras ēlthe pherousa; to de, pros tois odousi lithos epēgnyto. Perideēs de genomenē hē gynē mē ti pathoi, theion houtō pragma ep᾿ autę̄ symban, dromaia epi ton episkopon elthousa, heautēn katemēnyse. Kai ton lithon epedeixen, eikona pheronta tou dēgmatos, agnōta de tēn hylēn, kai paraxenon ti deiknynta chrōma. Syn dakrysi te syngnōmēn aitēsasa, homophronousa tǭ andri synēn. Alla tade men ei tǭ mē pithana dokei, martys autos ho lithos, eiseti nyn en tois kei mēliois tēs ekklēsias Kōnstantinoupoleōs phylattomenos.
John, governing the church of Constantinople excellently, brought over many of the pagans and many from the heresies. A crowd streamed to him every time, some to hear him for their benefit, others to test him. He won them all over and persuaded them to believe as he did about the divine. The multitude so hung upon him and could not have enough of his words, that, when they were in danger as they pushed and crushed one another, each forcing his way further forward so as to stand near and hear him more precisely as he spoke, he put himself in the middle of all and taught sitting on the readers’ platform. It seems to me timely to include in my writing the miracle that happened in his time. A man of the Macedonian heresy lived with a wife of the same belief. Happening to hear John teaching how one ought to believe about God, he approved the doctrine, and urged his wife to believe as he did. When she was overcome by her former habit and the conversations of the women she knew, and her husband admonished her often and accomplished nothing, he said, “Unless you share the divine things with me, you will not share my life any longer.” Then the wife, agreeing to do this, confided in one of her maidservants whom she thought faithful, and took her to deceive her husband. At the time of the mysteries — those who are initiated know what I mean — she, holding what she had received, bent down as if to pray. The maidservant, standing by her, secretly gave her what she had come with in her hands; but it hardened into stone between her teeth. The woman, terrified lest she suffer some harm, since so divine a thing had happened to her, ran to the bishop and confessed herself, and showed the stone, which bore the mark of the bite, of an unknown material and showing a strange colour. Asking pardon with tears, she lived with her husband sharing his belief. If this seems incredible to anyone, the stone itself is a witness, being kept to this day among the treasures of the church of Constantinople.
8.6PG 67:1529–1531
Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης πυθόμενος ὑπὸ ἀναξίων τὰς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ καὶ πέριξ Ἐκκλησίας ἐπιτροπεύεσθαι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν λήμμασι καὶ δωροδοκίαις, τοὺς δὲ χάριτι ὑπαγομένους, τὰς ἱερωσύνας ἀπεμπωλεῖν, ἧκεν εἰς Ἔφεσον. Καθελών τε δέκα καὶ τρεῖς ἐπισκόπους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν Λυκίᾳ καὶ Φρυγίᾳ, τοὺς δὲ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ, ἑτέρους ἀντ᾿ αὐτῶν κατέστησε· τῆς δὲ Ἐφεσίων Ἐκκλησίας (ἔτυχε γὰρ ὁ τότε ἐνθάδε ἐπισκοπῶν τελευτήσας), Ἡρακλείδην ἄνδρα Κύπριον τὸ γένος, διάκονον τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν μοναχῶν τῶν ἐκ τῆς Σκήτεως, Εὐαγρίου τοῦ μοναχοῦ μαθητήν. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Γερόντιον ἐξεώσατο τῆς Νικομηδέων Ἐκκλησίας. Οὗτος γὰρ ὑπὸ ᾿Αμβροσίῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ Μεδιολάνων διακονούμενος, οὐκ οἶδ᾽ ὅ τι παθὼν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τερατευόμενος, ἢ δαιμονίου σπουδῇ καὶ φαντασίαις ὑπαχθεὶς, νύκτωρ ἔφη τισὶν ὀνοσκελίδα συλλαβόμενος, ξυρίσαι τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ μυλωνίῳ ἐμβαλεῖν. Ὡς ἀνάξια δὲ τοῦ διακόνου Θεοῦ φθεγξάμενον, ἐκέλευσεν ᾿Αμβρόσιος τέως καθ' ἑαυτὸν εἶναι, καὶ μεταμελείᾳ καθαίρεσθαι. Ὁ δὲ ἰατρὸς ὢν ἄριστος, καὶ ἀοκνότατος λέγειν καὶ πείθειν, καὶ φίλους περιποιεῖν ἱκανὸς, ὡς ἐπεγγελῶν ᾿Αμβροσίῳ, ἧκεν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν. Ἐν ὀλίγῳ τε χρόνῳ τινὰς τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις δυναμένων ποιεῖται φίλους · καὶ μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ ἐπιτρέπεται τὴν Νικομηδέων ἐπισκοπήν. Ἔχειροτόνησε δὲ αὐτὸν Ἑλλάδιος ὁ Καισαρέων Καππαδοκῶν ἐπίσκοπος, ἀμειβόμενος καθότι παιδὶ αὐτοῦ πρόξενος λαμπρᾶς στρατ[ε]ιᾶς ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις. Μαθὼν δὲ ταῦτα Αμβρόσιος, ἔγραψε Νεκταρίῳ τῷ προϊσταμένῳ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, ἀφελέσθαι Γεροντίου τὴν ἱερωσύνην, καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν αὐτὸν ὑβρισμένον, καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησιαστικὴν τάξιν. Νεκταρίῳ δὲ, καὶ μάλα τοῦτο σπουδάσαντι, γέγονεν ἀνήνυτον, πανδημεί τῶν Νικομηδέων ἀνδρικῶς ἀνθισταμένων. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης καθελὼν αὐτὸν, ἐχειροτόνησε Πανσόφιον· ὅς παιδαγωγος ἐγεγόνει τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετῆς· εὐλαβής δὲ, καὶ τὸ ἦθος μέτριός τε καὶ πρᾶος · οὐ μὴν Νικομηδεῦσι καταθύμιος. Στασιάσαντες γοῦν πολλάκις, κοινῇ τε καὶ πρὸς ἕκαστον ἀπηριθμοῦντο τὰς Γεροντίου εὐεργεσίας, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιστήμης ἄφθονον χρείαν, καὶ τὸ περὶ πάντας πλουσίους τε καὶ πένητας ἐπίσης ἄφθονόν τε καὶ ἄοκνον. Τούτοις δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρετὰς προσετίθουν, οἷά γε εἰκὸς φιλοῦντας. Καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ σεισμοῖς, ἢ αὐχμοῖς, ἢ ἄλλαις τισὶ θεομηνίαις, περιιόντες ἐν ταῖς ἀγυιαῖς, ἀνὰ τὴν πατρίδα τὴν ἑαυτῶν καὶ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἔψαλλον, καὶ ἱκέτευον τὸν Θεὸν, ἐπίσκοπον αὐτὸν ἔχειν. Τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον βιασθέντες, τοῦ μὲν ἀπηλλάγησαν σὺν πένθει ὀδυρμοῖς· τὸν δὲ, μετὰ δέους καὶ μίσους ἐδέξαντο. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ οἱ καθαιρεθέντες, καὶ οἱ τούτων ἐπιτήδειοι, ἐπῃτιῶντο Ἰωάννην, ὡς ἀρχηγὸς νεωτερισμοῦ ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰ δίκαια τῶν χειροτονιῶν παρὰ τοὺς πατρίους νόμους ἐκαινοτόμησεν· ὑπὸ δὲ λύπης, καὶ τὰ λόγου ἄξια αὐτῷ πεπραγμένα κατὰ τὰς τῶν πολλῶν δόξας διέβαλλον. Αμέλειτοι καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ Εὐτροπίου τότε συμβὰν ἐν μέσῳ.
Ho de Iōannēs pythomenos hypo anaxiōn tas en ᾿Asią kai perix Ekklēsias epitropeuesthai, kai tous men lēmmasi kai dōrodokiais, tous de chariti hypagomenous, tas hierōsynas apempōlein, hēken eis Epheson. Kathelōn te deka kai treis episkopous, tous men en Lykią kai Phrygią, tous de en autę̄ tę̄ ᾿Asią, heterous ant᾿ autōn katestēse; tēs de Ephesiōn Ekklēsias (etyche gar ho tote enthade episkopōn teleutēsas), Hērakleidēn andra Kyprion to genos, diakonon tōn hyp᾿ auton monachōn tōn ek tēs Skēteōs, Euagriou tou monachou mathētēn. Ou mēn alla kai Gerontion exeōsato tēs Nikomēdeōn Ekklēsias. Houtos gar hypo ᾿Ambrosiǭ tǭ episkopǭ Mediolanōn diakonoumenos, ouk oid᾽ ho ti pathōn, all᾽ ē terateuomenos, ē daimoniou spoudę̄ kai phantasiais hypachtheis, nyktōr ephē tisin onoskelida syllabomenos, xyrisai tēn kephalēn, kai mylōniǭ embalein. Hōs anaxia de tou diakonou Theou phthenxamenon, ekeleusen ᾿Ambrosios teōs kath' heauton einai, kai metameleią kathairesthai. Ho de iatros ōn aristos, kai aoknotatos legein kai peithein, kai philous peripoiein hikanos, hōs epengelōn ᾿Ambrosiǭ, hēken eis Kōnstantinoupolin. En oligǭ te chronǭ tinas tōn en tois basileiois dynamenōn poieitai philous ; kai met᾿ ou poly epitrepetai tēn Nikomēdeōn episkopēn. Echeirotonēse de auton Helladios ho Kaisareōn Kappadokōn episkopos, ameibomenos kathoti paidi autou proxenos lampras strat[e]ias egeneto en tois basileiois. Mathōn de tauta Ambrosios, egrapse Nektariǭ tǭ proïstamenǭ tēs Ekklēsias Kōnstantinoupoleōs, aphelesthai Gerontiou tēn hierōsynēn, kai mē periidein auton hybrismenon, kai tēn ekklēsiastikēn taxin. Nektariǭ de, kai mala touto spoudasanti, gegonen anēnyton, pandēmei tōn Nikomēdeōn andrikōs anthistamenōn. Ho de Iōannēs kathelōn auton, echeirotonēse Pansophion; hos paidagōgos egegonei tēs tou basileōs gametēs; eulabēs de, kai to ēthos metrios te kai praos ; ou mēn Nikomēdeusi katathymios. Stasiasantes goun pollakis, koinę̄ te kai pros hekaston apērithmounto tas Gerontiou euergesias, kai tēn ek tēs epistēmēs aphthonon chreian, kai to peri pantas plousious te kai penētas episēs aphthonon te kai aoknon. Toutois de kai tas allas aretas prosetithoun, hoia ge eikos philountas. Kai hōs epi seismois, ē auchmois, ē allais tisi theomēniais, periiontes en tais aguiais, ana tēn patrida tēn heautōn kai tēn Kōnstantinoupolin epsallon, kai hiketeuon ton Theon, episkopon auton echein. To de teleutaion biasthentes, tou men apēllagēsan syn penthei odyrmois; ton de, meta deous kai misous edexanto. Enteuthen de hoi kathairethentes, kai hoi toutōn epitēdeioi, epę̄tiōnto Iōannēn, hōs archēgos neōterismou tais Ekklēsiais egeneto, kai ta dikaia tōn cheirotoniōn para tous patrious nomous ekainotomēsen; hypo de lypēs, kai ta logou axia autǭ pepragmena kata tas tōn pollōn doxas dieballon. Ameleitoi kai to epi Eutropiou tote symban en mesǭ.
John, learning that the churches in Asia and round about were governed by unworthy men, and that some, led on by gain and bribes, others by favour, were selling the priesthoods, came to Ephesus. He deposed thirteen bishops, some in Lycia and Phrygia, others in Asia itself, and appointed others in their place; and for the church of the Ephesians — for its bishop at that time happened to have died — he appointed Heraclides, a Cypriot by birth, a deacon of the monks of Scetis under him, a disciple of Evagrius the monk. He also expelled Gerontius from the church of the Nicomedians. For this man, serving as deacon under Ambrose, bishop of Milan, whether — I know not what happened to him — telling marvels, or led on by the zeal of a demon and by fantasies, said to some that he had caught an onoskelis by night, shaved its head and thrown it into a mill. Since he had uttered things unworthy of a deacon of God, Ambrose ordered him to keep to himself for a time and be purified by repentance. But he, being an excellent physician, most ready in speaking and persuading, and able to win friends, came to Constantinople as if laughing at Ambrose. In a short time he made friends of some of the powerful at the palace, and not long after was entrusted with the episcopate of the Nicomedians. He was ordained by Helladius, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia, in return for having obtained a distinguished post in the palace service for his son. When Ambrose learned this, he wrote to Nectarius, head of the church of Constantinople, to take the priesthood from Gerontius and not overlook the insult to himself and to church order. But though Nectarius was very zealous about it, it proved impossible, since the Nicomedians to a man resisted manfully. John deposed him and ordained Pansophius, who had been tutor to the emperor’s wife, a pious man, moderate and gentle in character, but not to the liking of the Nicomedians. They rioted often, recounting publicly and to one another Gerontius’s benefactions, the abundant help of his medical skill, and his generosity and readiness toward all, rich and poor alike. To these they added his other virtues, as those who love naturally do. And as in earthquakes or droughts or other visitations of God, they went about the streets of their own city and of Constantinople singing psalms and beseeching God to have him as bishop. At last, compelled, they parted from him with mourning and lamentation, and received the other with fear and hatred. From this those who had been deposed and their friends accused John of having been the author of innovation in the churches and of having altered the rights of ordination contrary to ancestral laws; and out of vexation they even maligned, in the opinion of the many, what he had done that was worthy of mention. Indeed, what happened at that time in the case of Eutropius was also brought into the midst.
8.7PG 67:1533–1535
Οὗτος γὰρ μείζων ὢν τῶν βασιλέως εὐνούχων, μόνος καὶ πρῶτος ὧν ἴσμεν ἢ ἀκηκόαμεν, ὑπάτου καὶ πατρὸς βασιλέως ἀξίᾳ ἐτιμήθη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῆς παρούσης δυνάμεως οὐκ ἐννοήσας τὸ μέλλον, · τὰς συμβαινούσας ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις πράγμασι μεταβολὰς, ἐπεχείρει τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀφέλκειν ἱκέτας Θεοῦ, δι' αὐτὸν ἐνθάδε διατρίβοντας, καὶ μάλιστα Πενταδίαν τὴν τοῦ Τιμασίου γαμετήν. "Ον στρατηγὸν δυνατὸν καὶ φοβερώτατον γενόμενον, εἰς τὴν κατ' Αίγυπτον Οασιν ἀϊδίῳ φυγῇ ἐζημίωσε, τυραν-νίδος ἐπαγαγὼν αἰτίαν. ᾿Αλλ' ἐκεῖνος ἢ δίψει πιεζόμενος, ὡς τινος ἐπυθόμην, ἢ δεδιὼς μή τι χεῖρον ὑπομείνῃ, ἐν τοῖς αὐτόθι ψάμμοις ἀλώμενος, εὑρέθη νεκρός. Εὐτροπίου δὲ σπουδῇ τίθεται νόμος, προστάττων μηδαμή μηδένα εἰς ἐκκλησίαν καταφυγεῖν, ἐξελαύνεσθαί τε καὶ τοὺς ἤδη προσπεφευγότας. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ, ὡς εἰς τὴν βασιλέως γαμετὴν ὑβρίσας ἐπιβουλευθεὶς, πρῶτος αὐτὸς παρέβη τὸν νόμον. Καὶ ἀποδρὰς ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων, ἱκέτης τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέλαβεν. Ἡνίκα δὴ λαμπρόν τινα κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τὴν ἱερὰν τράπεζαν κειμένου κατέτεινε λόγον Ιωάννης· τῶν μὲν ἐν δυνάμει τὴν ὀφρὺν κατασπῶν· τῷ δὲ λαῷ δεικνὺς, ὡς οὐδὲν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἐν ταυτῷ μένειν φιλεῖ. Οἱ γε μὴν ἀπεχθανόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ τοῦτο διέβαλλον, ὡς ἐλεεῖν δέον τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς κινδυνεύοντα, ἤλεγχεν, ἐπεμβαίνων ταῖς αὐτοῦ συμφοραῖς. ᾿Αλλ' Εὐτρόπιος μὲν, τῆς ἀσεβοῦς ταύτης ἐπιχειρήσεως ἀνέπλησε τὴν δίκην, τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποτμηθείς· καὶ ὁ τεθεὶς νόμος, ἄρδην ἐκ τῶν δημοσίων ὑπομνημάτων ἡφανίσθη. Ἡ δὲ Ἐκκλησία εὖ μάλα διέπρεπεν, ὡς τοῦ Θεοῦ τιμωροῦ γενομένου ἐν τάχει τῶν κατ' αὐτῆς ἀδικημάτων · καὶ ταῖς περὶ τὸ θεῖον θεραπείαις ἐπεδίδου. Προθυμότερόν τε τότε μᾶλλον ὁ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως λαὸς τοῖς ἑωθινοῖς καὶ νυκτερινοῖς ὕμνοις ἐχρῆτο, κατὰ πρόφασιν τοιάνδε
Houtos gar meizōn ōn tōn basileōs eunouchōn, monos kai prōtos hōn ismen ē akēkoamen, hypatou kai patros basileōs axią etimēthē. Epei de tēs parousēs dynameōs ouk ennoēsas to mellon, ; tas symbainousas en tois anthrōpinois pragmasi metabolas, epecheirei tēs ekklēsias aphelkein hiketas Theou, di' auton enthade diatribontas, kai malista Pentadian tēn tou Timasiou gametēn. "On stratēgon dynaton kai phoberōtaton genomenon, eis tēn kat' Aigypton Oasin aïdiǭ phygę̄ ezēmiōse, tyran-nidos epagagōn aitian. ᾿All' ekeinos ē dipsei piezomenos, hōs tinos epythomēn, ē dediōs mē ti cheiron hypomeinę̄, en tois autothi psammois alōmenos, heurethē nekros. Eutropiou de spoudę̄ tithetai nomos, prostattōn mēdamē mēdena eis ekklēsian kataphygein, exelaunesthai te kai tous ēdē prospepheugotas. Ouk eis makran de, hōs eis tēn basileōs gametēn hybrisas epibouleutheis, prōtos autos parebē ton nomon. Kai apodras ek tōn basileiōn, hiketēs tēn ekklēsian katelaben. Hēnika dē lampron tina kat᾿ autou hypo tēn hieran trapezan keimenou kateteine logon Iōannēs; tōn men en dynamei tēn ophryn kataspōn; tǭ de laǭ deiknys, hōs ouden tōn anthrōpinōn en tautǭ menein philei. Hoi ge mēn apechthanomenoi pros auton, kai touto dieballon, hōs eleein deon ton peri psychēs kindyneuonta, ēlenchen, epembainōn tais autou symphorais. ᾿All' Eutropios men, tēs asebous tautēs epicheirēseōs aneplēse tēn dikēn, tēn kephalēn apotmētheis; kai ho tetheis nomos, ardēn ek tōn dēmosiōn hypomnēmatōn hēphanisthē. Hē de Ekklēsia eu mala dieprepen, hōs tou Theou timōrou genomenou en tachei tōn kat' autēs adikēmatōn ; kai tais peri to theion therapeiais epedidou. Prothymoteron te tote mallon ho Kōnstantinoupoleōs laos tois heōthinois kai nykterinois hymnois echrēto, kata prophasin toiande
For this man, chief of the emperor’s eunuchs, was the first and only one we know or have heard of to be honoured with the rank of consul and of patrician. Since, in his present power, he did not consider the future or the reversals that happen in human affairs, he tried to drag out of the church those who had fled to God as suppliants and were staying there on his account, and especially Pentadia, the wife of Timasius. This man, who had been a powerful and most formidable general, Eutropius had punished with perpetual exile to the Oasis in Egypt, bringing against him a charge of aiming at tyranny. But he, either distressed by thirst, as I learned from someone, or fearing to suffer something worse, wandered in the sands there and was found dead. Through Eutropius’s efforts a law was made ordering that no one should anywhere take refuge in a church, and that those who had already fled there should be driven out. But not long after, being plotted against as having insulted the emperor’s wife, he himself was the first to transgress the law; escaping from the palace, he took refuge as a suppliant in the church. Then, as he lay under the holy table, John delivered a splendid speech against him, pulling down the pride of those in power and showing the people that nothing human tends to remain the same. Those who hated John maligned this too, as though he rebuked, trampling on his misfortunes, a man in danger of his life whom he ought to have pitied. But Eutropius paid the full penalty for this impious attempt, having his head cut off, and the law that had been made was wholly erased from the public records. The church was greatly distinguished, as God had quickly avenged the wrongs done against it, and it advanced in the service of the divine. The people of Constantinople then used the morning and night hymns more zealously, for the following reason.
8.8PG 67:1535–1537
Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἁρείου αἱρέσεως, ἀφαιρεθέντ τες τῶν ἐν τῇ Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐκκλησιῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Θεοδοσίου βασιλείας, πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν ἐκκλησίαζον, νύκτωρ πρότερον ἐν ταῖς δημοσίαις στοαῖς συνελέγοντο, καὶ εἰς συστήματα μεριζόμενοι, κατὰ τὸν τῶν ἀντιφώνων τρόπον ἔψαλλον, ἀκροτελεύτια συντιθέντες, πρὸς τὴν αὐτῶν δόξαν πεποιημένα. Ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἕω ταῦτα δημοσίᾳ ψάλλοντες, εἰς τοὺς τόπους ἀπῄεσαν, ἔνθα καὶ ἐκκλησίαζον. Ἐποίουν δὲ ὧδε ἐν ταῖς ἐπισήμοις ἑορταῖς, καὶ τῇ πρώτῃ καὶ τελευταίᾳ τῆς ἑβδομάδος ἡμέρᾳ. Τελευτῶντες δὲ, καὶ πρὸς ἔριν τὰς ᾠδὰς προσετίθεσαν · Ποῦ εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες τὰ τρία μίαν δύναμιν; καὶ ἕτερα τοιάδε τοῖς ὕμνοις ἀναμιγνύντες. Δείσας δὲ Ἰωάννης, μή τινες τούτοις , ὑπαχθῶσι τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐχκλησιαζόντων, ἐπὶ τὸν ἷσον τρόπον τῆς ψαλμωδίας τὸν αὐτοῦ λαὸν προτρέπει. Ἐν ὀλίγῳ δὲ ἐπισημότεροι γενόμενοι, τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς ἐναντίας αἱρέσεως ὑπερέδαλλον τῷ πλήθει τῇ παρασκευῇ. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ σταυρῶν ἀργυρᾶ σημεῖα ὑπὸ χηροῖς ἡμμένοις προηγοῦντο αὐτῶν᾽ εὐνοῦχος τῆς βασιλέως γαμετῆς ἐπὶ τοῦτο τέτᾶχτο, τῆν περὶ ταῦτα δαπάνην τοὺς ὕμνους παρασχευάζων. Ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἢ ζηλοτυπήσαντες ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως, ἣ ἀμυνόμενοι, τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς καθόλου Ἐκκλησίας εἰς μάχην κατέστησαν. Καὶ χτείνονταί τινες ἑκατέρωθεν. Ὁ δὲ Βρίσων (τοῦτο γὰρ ὄνομα τῷ βασιλικῷ εὐνούχῳ, λέθῳ κατὰ «00: μετώπου βάλλεται. Κινηθεὶς δὲ πρὸς ὀργὴν ὁ βασιλεὺς, ἔπαυσε τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τὰς τοιαύτας συνόδους. Οἱ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς καθολικῆς, ἐξ τίας τοιᾶσδε τὸν εἰρημένον τρόπον ὑμνεῖν ἀρξάμενοι, καὶ εἰσέτι νῦν οὕτω διέμειναν. Ἰωάννης δὲ ἐχ τούτων, καὶ τῶν ἐπ᾽ ἐκκλησίας λόγων, μὲν τὸν δῆμον ἐπεδίδου τὸ φίλτρον, μῖσος δὲ πρὸς τοὺς δυναμένους καὶ τοὺς κληρικοὺς τῆς χατ᾽ αὐτὸν παῤῥησίας. Τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἀδικοῦντας ὁρῶν, ἤλεγχε τοὺς δὲ πλούτῳ, ἀσεδεία, ἡδοναῖς ἀδέμνοις διεφθαρμένους, ἀνῆγε πρὸς ἀρετήν.
Epei gar hoi apo tēs Hareiou haireseōs, aphairethent tes tōn en tę̄ Kōnstantinoupolei ekklēsiōn epi tēs Theodosiou basileias, pro tōn teichōn ekklēsiazon, nyktōr proteron en tais dēmosiais stoais synelegonto, kai eis systēmata merizomenoi, kata ton tōn antiphōnōn tropon epsallon, akroteleutia syntithentes, pros tēn autōn doxan pepoiēmena. Hypo de tēn heō tauta dēmosią psallontes, eis tous topous apę̄esan, entha kai ekklēsiazon. Epoioun de hōde en tais episēmois heortais, kai tę̄ prōtę̄ kai teleutaią tēs hebdomados hēmerą. Teleutōntes de, kai pros erin tas ǭdas prosetithesan ; Pou eisin hoi legontes ta tria mian dynamin? kai hetera toiade tois hymnois anamignyntes. Deisas de Iōannēs, mē tines toutois , hypachthōsi tōn hyp᾽ auton echklēsiazontōn, epi ton hison tropon tēs psalmōdias ton autou laon protrepei. En oligǭ de episēmoteroi genomenoi, tous apo tēs enantias haireseōs hyperedallon tǭ plēthei tę̄ paraskeuę̄. Kai gar dē staurōn argyra sēmeia hypo chērois hēmmenois proēgounto autōn᾽ eunouchos tēs basileōs gametēs epi touto tetachto, tēn peri tauta dapanēn tous hymnous parascheuazōn. Enteuthen de ē zēlotypēsantes apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs, hē amynomenoi, tois apo tēs katholou Ekklēsias eis machēn katestēsan. Kai chteinontai tines hekaterōthen. Ho de Brisōn (touto gar onoma tǭ basilikǭ eunouchǭ, lethǭ kata «00: metōpou balletai. Kinētheis de pros orgēn ho basileus, epause tōn apo tēs haireseōs tas toiautas synodous. Hoi de apo tēs katholikēs, ex tias toiasde ton eirēmenon tropon hymnein arxamenoi, kai eiseti nyn houtō diemeinan. Iōannēs de ech toutōn, kai tōn ep᾽ ekklēsias logōn, men ton dēmon epedidou to philtron, misos de pros tous dynamenous kai tous klērikous tēs chat᾽ auton parrhēsias. Tous men gar adikountas horōn, ēlenche tous de ploutǭ, asedeia, hēdonais ademnois diephtharmenous, anēge pros aretēn.
Since those of the Arian heresy, deprived of the churches in Constantinople in the reign of Theodosius, held their assemblies before the walls, they used first to gather by night in the public porticoes, and, divided into groups, sang in the manner of antiphons, composing refrains made according to their own belief. Toward dawn, singing these in public, they went away to the places where they held their assemblies. They did this on the notable feasts and on the first and last days of the week. At last they even added to their songs things meant for strife, such as “Where are those who say that the three are one power?” and other such things mixed into their hymns. John, fearing lest some of those who assembled under him be led away by these, urged his own people to the same manner of psalmody. In a short time, having become more conspicuous, they surpassed those of the opposite heresy in numbers and in display. For silver crosses with lighted candles went before them; and a eunuch of the emperor’s wife had been appointed for this, providing the expense of these things and the hymns. From this those of the Arian heresy, either from jealousy or in retaliation, came to blows with those of the catholic church; and some were killed on each side. Brison — for that was the name of the imperial eunuch — was struck on the forehead with a stone. The emperor, moved to anger, stopped such gatherings of the heretics. Those of the catholic church, who began to sing hymns in the manner described for this reason, have continued so to this day. From these things and from his sermons in church, the people’s affection for John increased; but the hatred of the powerful and of the clergy toward his boldness of speech grew. For seeing wrongdoers he rebuked them, and he tried to lead those corrupted by wealth, impiety and unlawful pleasures back to virtue.
8.9PG 67:1537–1541
Πύξησε δὲ αὐτῷ τὴν πρὸς εοὺὑς κληρικοὺς ἀπἐχθειαν Σεραπίων, ὃν ἀρχιδιάκονον αὐτοῦ κατἐστησεν" ἀνὴρ Αἰγύπτιος, ταχὺς εἰς ὀργὴν, εἰς ὕδριν ἕτοιμος οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ αἱ πρὸς Ὀλυμπιάδα συμθουλαί, Ταύτην γὰρ ἐχ γένους ἐπισημοτάτην οὖσαν, καίπερ νέαν χήραν γενομένην, εἰς ἄγαν δὲ φιλοσοφοῦσαν κατὰ τὸν τῆς Ἐκκλησίας θεσυὸν, διάοἱ ἐχειροτόνησε Νεκτάριος. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ αὐτὴν οἱ Ἰωάννης τοῖς αἰτοῦσι τὴν οὐσίαν προϊεμένην, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὑπερορῶσαν, μόνα δὲ τὰ θεῖα σπουδάζηυσᾶν, Ἐπαινῶ σου, ἔφη, τὴν προαίρεσιν " ἀλλ᾽ οἱχονομιχὸν εἶναι δεῖ, τὸν κατὰ Θεὸν τῆς ἄκρας ἀρετῆς ἐφιέμενον. Σὺ δὲ, πλουτοῦσι πλοῦτον ἐπεισάγουσα, οὐχ ἧττον ἣ εἰς θάλασσαν ἐχχέεις τὰ σά. Ἢ οὐχ ἐπίστασαι, ὅτι ἐχοῦσα τοῖς δεομένοις διὰ Θεὸν τὴν οὐσίαν ἀνέθηχας ^ καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ χρήμασι τῆς σῆς δεσποτείας ἐξελθοῦσι, διοικεῖν ἐτάχθης, καὶ λόγοις ἔνοχος ἐγένου ; Ἣν οὖν ἐμοὶ πείθῃ, πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τῶν αἱτούντων τοῦ λοιποῦ μετρήσεις τὴν δόσιν " οὕτω γὰρ πλείους τε εὐεργετήσεις, καὶ ἐλέους καὶ σπουδαιοτάτης κηδεμονίας ἀμοιδῶν τεύξῃ πρὸς Θεοῦ. Γέδέ τις αὐτῷ διαφορὰ καὶ πρὸς πολλοὺς τῶν μοναχῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τὸν ἸΙσαάχιον. Ἠρεμοῦντας μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς αὐτῶν μοναστηρίοις τοὺς ὧδε φιλοσοφοῦντας, εἰς ἄγαν ἐπήνει τε καὶ ὅπως μὴ ἀδιχοῖντο, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχοιεν, σφόδρα ἐπεμελεῖτο ἐξιόντας ὃξ θύραζε κατὰ τὴν πόλιν φαινομένους, ὡς τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐνυθρίζοντας, ἐλοιδόρει ἐπέστρεφεν. τοιούτων δὴ προφάσεων ἀπηχθάνοντο πρὸς τὸν κληρικοὶ πολλοὶ τῶν μοναχῶν, χαλεπὲ"ν καὶ ὀργίλον, σχαιόν τε ὑπερήφανον ἀπεκάλουν. ᾿ΕἘπεχείρουν δὲ καὶ περὶ τὸν βίον διαδάλλειν πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, καὶ τοῦτον ὡς ἀληθῆ λέγοιεν, ὅτι μηδενὶ συνήσθιεν, οὔτε ἐπὶ ἑστίασιν καλούμενος ὑπἤχους. Τούτου δὲ πρόφασιν ἑτέραν λέγειν οὐχ ἔχω, πλὴν ὅτι ἀψευδής τις, οἶμαι, πυνθανομένῳ περὶ τού- — του ἔφη, ὡς ὑπὸ ἀσκήσεως τὴν κεφαλὴν τὸ στό- — μα τῆς γαστρὺς κακῶς διατεθεὶς, παρῃτεῖτο τὰς ἐν — τοῖς ἀρίστοις συνουσίας. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐντεῦθεν μᾶλι- — : ὅτα τὰς μεγίστας ὕφαινον αὐτοῦ διαβολάς.
Pyxēse de autǭ tēn pros eouys klērikous apechtheian Serapiōn, hon archidiakonon autou katestēsen" anēr Aigyptios, tachys eis orgēn, eis hydrin hetoimos ouch hēkista de hai pros Olympiada symthoulai, Tautēn gar ech genous episēmotatēn ousan, kaiper nean chēran genomenēn, eis agan de philosophousan kata ton tēs Ekklēsias thesyon, diaoi echeirotonēse Nektarios. ᾿Idōn de autēn hoi Iōannēs tois aitousi tēn ousian proïemenēn, ta men alla hyperorōsan, mona de ta theia spoudazēusan, Epainō sou, ephē, tēn proairesin " all᾽ hoichonomichon einai dei, ton kata Theon tēs akras aretēs ephiemenon. Sy de, ploutousi plouton epeisagousa, ouch hētton hē eis thalassan echcheeis ta sa. Ē ouch epistasai, hoti echousa tois deomenois dia Theon tēn ousian anethēchas ^ kai hōs epi chrēmasi tēs sēs despoteias exelthousi, dioikein etachthēs, kai logois enochos egenou ? Hēn oun emoi peithę̄, pros tēn chreian tōn haitountōn tou loipou metrēseis tēn dosin " houtō gar pleious te euergetēseis, kai eleous kai spoudaiotatēs kēdemonias amoidōn teuxę̄ pros Theou. Gede tis autǭ diaphora kai pros pollous tōn monachōn, kai malista ton IIsaachion. Ēremountas men gar en tois autōn monastēriois tous hōde philosophountas, eis agan epēnei te kai hopōs mē adichointo, kai ta epitēdeia echoien, sphodra epemeleito exiontas hox thyraze kata tēn polin phainomenous, hōs tēn philosophian enythrizontas, eloidorei epestrephen. toioutōn dē prophaseōn apēchthanonto pros ton klērikoi polloi tōn monachōn, chalepe"n kai orgilon, schaion te hyperēphanon apekaloun. ᾿EEpecheiroun de kai peri ton bion diadallein pros ton dēmon, kai touton hōs alēthē legoien, hoti mēdeni synēsthien, oute epi hestiasin kaloumenos hypēchous. Toutou de prophasin heteran legein ouch echō, plēn hoti apseudēs tis, oimai, pynthanomenǭ peri tou- — tou ephē, hōs hypo askēseōs tēn kephalēn to sto- — ma tēs gastrys kakōs diatetheis, parę̄teito tas en — tois aristois synousias. Kai hoi men enteuthen mali- — : hota tas megistas hyphainon autou diabolas.
The hostility of the clergy toward him was increased by Serapion, whom he had made his archdeacon, an Egyptian, quick to anger and ready to insult; and not least by his counsels to Olympias. This woman, of a most distinguished family, though she had become a widow young, lived the philosophic life exceedingly according to the rule of the church; and Nectarius ordained her a deaconess. John, seeing her giving away her property to those who asked and disregarding everything else, caring only for divine things, said: “I praise your purpose; but one who seeks the summit of virtue according to God must be a good steward. You, by bringing wealth to the rich, pour out what is yours no less than if you threw it into the sea. Or do you not know that you have of your own will dedicated your property to the needy for God’s sake, and that you have been appointed to manage it as money that has passed out of your ownership, and have become accountable for it? If, then, you obey me, you will in future measure your giving to the need of those who ask; for so you will benefit more, and obtain from God the rewards of mercy and of most zealous care.” He also had a disagreement with many of the monks, and especially with Isaac. For those who lived the philosophic life quietly in their monasteries he praised exceedingly, and took great care that they not be wronged and have what they needed; but those who went outside and appeared about the city he reviled and turned back, as insulting philosophy. For such reasons many of the clergy and monks hated him, and called him harsh, irascible, awkward and proud. They also tried to malign his way of life to the people, and alleged as true that he ate with no one and did not accept invitations to a feast. I can give no other reason for this, except that someone truthful, I think, told me when I asked about it, that through his ascetic discipline his head and the mouth of his stomach were badly affected, and so he declined the company of meals. From this especially they wove the greatest slanders against him.
8.10PG 67:1541–1543
Ἐπεγένετο δέ τις αὐτῷ πρόφασις μίσους καὶ πρὸς τὴν βασιλέως γαμετὴν, διὰ Σενηριανὸν Γαδάλον — τῆς Συρίας ἐπίσκοπον. Οὗτός τε καὶ ᾿Αντίοχος ὁ Πτολεμαῖδος (Φοίνισσα δὲ πόλις ἢδε), κατὰ ταυτὸν — ἄμφω ἐγενέσθην, ἐλλογίμω τε ἐπὶ ἐκκλησίας 339 ἱκανὼ διδάσκειν ἀλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν εὐχόλως μάλα — εὐήχως ἔλεγεν, ὡς Χρυσόστομος πρός τινων — ὀνομάζεσθαι " ὁ δὲ Σευηριανὸς τὴν Σύρων δασύ- :, καίπερ τοῖς νοήμασι ταῖς μαρτυρίαις τῶν Γραφῶν ἀμείνων εἶναι δοκῶν, ἐπὶ τῆς γλώττης — ἔφερεν. Ἐλθὼν δὲ πρότερος ᾿Αντίοχος εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἐπηνέθη " χρήματα — ἀθροίσας, τὴν αὐτοῦ πόλιν ἐπανῆλθε. Κατὰ ζῇῆλον δὲ τούτου Σευηριανὸς ὕστερον ἀφιχόμενος,Ἠ : εὔνου τυχὼν Ἰωάννου, πολλάκις ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησία: — λέγων ἐθαυμάζετο’ ἐν τιμῇ ἦν, πολὺς ἐν δυνάμει αὐτῷ βασιλεῖ τὴ βασιλίδι γνώρι- — ἐγένετο. Ἡνίκα δὲ Ἰωάννης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν — ἀπεδήμησε, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν αὑτῷ παρέθετο — : χείαις γὰρ αὐτὸν περιέποντα, φίλον εἶναι σπουδαῖον : ἐνόμισεν. Ὃ πλέον ἐπεμελεῖτο τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς χαρίζεσθαι, καὶ τὸν λαὸν τοῖς λόγοις ἤδειν Ἰωάννης δὲ ταῦτα πυθόμενος, ἐζηλοτύπησε ὥς φασι, Σαραπίωνος αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις παραχινοῦν- — τος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ἐπανῆλθεν, ἔτυχέ που παριὼν Σευηριανός· ἰδὼν δὲ αὐτὸν Σαραπίων, οὐκ ἐξανέστη, ἐπίτηδες τοῖς παριοῦσιν ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὡς ὑπερφρονεῖ τὸν ἄνδρα. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο χαλεπήνας ἀνεβόησεν • Εἰ Σαραπίων ἀποθάνοι Χριστιανὸς, Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐνηνθρώπησεν. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ κατηγορηθεὶς παρὰ Σαραπίωνος, ἐξηλάθη τῆς πόλεως παρὰ Ἰωάννου, ὡς ὑβριστὴς καὶ βλάσφημος εἰς Θεόν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ μαρτυρίᾳ τούτων παραχθέντες ἦσαν· οἱ δὲ τῶν Σαραπίωνος ἐπιτηδείων, ἀποκρυψάμενοι τὰ εἰρημένα πάντα, τουτί μόνον εἰρηκέναι ἐμαρτύρησαν, ὡς ἄρα Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐνηνθρώτ θρώπησεν. Ιωάννης δὲ καὶ τάδε, καὶ τ' ἄλλα ἐπῃτιᾶτο. Οὐ γὰρ εἰ Σαραπίων, ἔφη, κληρικὸς μὴ ἀποθάνοι, παρὰ τοῦτο Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐνηνθρώπησεν. Ἡ δὲ βασιλέως γαμετὴ, ἅμα τε ταῦτα ἐγεγόνει, διὰ τῶν Σευηριανοῦ σπουδαστῶν ἔγνω · καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἐκ Χαλκηδόνος μετεκαλέσατο. Ἰωάννης δὲ, καίπερ πολλῶν ἀντιβολούντων, παρῃτεῖτο τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁμιλίαν · εἰσότε δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ τῶν ᾿Αποστόλων ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῖς αὐτοῦ γόνασιν ἡ βασιλὶς ἐπιθεῖσα Θεοδόσιον τὸν υἱὸν, λιπαροῦσά τε καὶ πολλάκις ὁρκοῦσα, μόλις αὐτὸν εἰς φιλίαν τῷ Σευηριανῷ συνῆψε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔγνων.
Epegeneto de tis autǭ prophasis misous kai pros tēn basileōs gametēn, dia Senērianon Gadalon — tēs Syrias episkopon. Houtos te kai ᾿Antiochos ho Ptolemaidos (Phoinissa de polis ēde), kata tauton — amphō egenesthēn, ellogimō te epi ekklēsias 339 hikanō didaskein all᾽ ho men eucholōs mala — euēchōs elegen, hōs Chrysostomos pros tinōn — onomazesthai " ho de Seuērianos tēn Syrōn dasy- :, kaiper tois noēmasi tais martyriais tōn Graphōn ameinōn einai dokōn, epi tēs glōttēs — epheren. Elthōn de proteros ᾿Antiochos eis Kōnstantinoupolin, epi tois logois epēnethē " chrēmata — athroisas, tēn autou polin epanēlthe. Kata zę̄ēlon de toutou Seuērianos hysteron aphichomenos,Ē : eunou tychōn Iōannou, pollakis epi tēs ekklēsia: — legōn ethaumazeto’ en timę̄ ēn, polys en dynamei autǭ basilei tē basilidi gnōri- — egeneto. Hēnika de Iōannēs eis tēn ᾿Asian — apedēmēse, tēn Ekklēsian hautǭ paretheto — : cheiais gar auton perieponta, philon einai spoudaion : enomisen. Ho pleon epemeleito tois akroatais charizesthai, kai ton laon tois logois ēdein Iōannēs de tauta pythomenos, ezēlotypēse hōs phasi, Sarapiōnos auton epi toutois parachinoun- — tos. Epei de ek tēs ᾿Asias epanēlthen, etyche pou pariōn Seuērianos; idōn de auton Sarapiōn, ouk exanestē, epitēdes tois pariousin endeiknymenos, hōs hyperphronei ton andra. Ho de pros touto chalepēnas aneboēsen • Ei Sarapiōn apothanoi Christianos, Christos ouk enēnthrōpēsen. Epi toutois de katēgorētheis para Sarapiōnos, exēlathē tēs poleōs para Iōannou, hōs hybristēs kai blasphēmos eis Theon. Hoi men gar epi martyrią toutōn parachthentes ēsan; hoi de tōn Sarapiōnos epitēdeiōn, apokrypsamenoi ta eirēmena panta, touti monon eirēkenai emartyrēsan, hōs ara Christos ouk enēnthrōt thrōpēsen. Iōannēs de kai tade, kai t' alla epę̄tiato. Ou gar ei Sarapiōn, ephē, klērikos mē apothanoi, para touto Christos ouk enēnthrōpēsen. Hē de basileōs gametē, hama te tauta egegonei, dia tōn Seuērianou spoudastōn egnō ; kai euthys auton ek Chalkēdonos metekalesato. Iōannēs de, kaiper pollōn antibolountōn, parę̄teito tēn pros auton homilian ; eisote dē en tę̄ epōnymǭ tōn ᾿Apostolōn ekklēsią tois autou gonasin hē basilis epitheisa Theodosion ton huion, liparousa te kai pollakis horkousa, molis auton eis philian tǭ Seuērianǭ synēpse. Kai ta men hōde egnōn.
An occasion of hatred toward him on the part of the emperor’s wife also arose, through Severian, bishop of Gabala in Syria. He and Antiochus of Ptolemais — a city of Phoenicia — were at the same time both learned and able to teach in church. But Antiochus spoke very fluently and with a fine voice, so that he was called Chrysostom by some; while Severian, though thought better in thought and in testimonies from the Scriptures, kept the Syrian roughness on his tongue. Antiochus, coming first to Constantinople, was praised for his discourses, collected money and returned to his city. Severian, coming later in rivalry with him, found John well disposed, was often admired speaking in church, was in honour, and became well known to the powerful and to the emperor and empress themselves. When John went away to Asia, he entrusted the church to him; for, as Severian paid him court with flatteries, he thought him a zealous friend. But Severian was more concerned to please his hearers and to delight the people with his words. When John learned this, he was jealous, as they say, Serapion stirring him up about these things. When he had returned from Asia, Severian happened to be passing somewhere; Serapion, seeing him, did not rise, deliberately showing those passing by that he despised the man. Severian, angry at this, cried out: “If Serapion dies a Christian, Christ was not made man.” Accused of this by Serapion, he was driven from the city by John as insolent and a blasphemer against God. For some were brought forward to witness to these things; and Serapion’s friends, concealing all the rest that had been said, testified that he had said only that “Christ was not made man.” John blamed him for this and the rest; for, he said, it does not follow that Christ was not made man if Serapion does not die a cleric. The emperor’s wife, as soon as this had happened, learned it through Severian’s supporters, and at once recalled him from Chalcedon. John, though many begged him, refused to have dealings with him; until, in the church named after the Apostles, the empress laid her son Theodosius on his knees, entreating and adjuring him many times, and barely brought him into friendship with Severian. So I have learned.
8.11PG 67:1543–1545
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, οὐ πολλῷ πρότερον ἀρξαμένη ζήτησις κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον κεκίνητο, εἰ τὸν Θεὸν ἀνθρωπόμορφον δοξάζειν δεῖ. Ταύτης δὲ τῆς γνώμης οἱ πλείους τῶν τῇδε μοναχῶν ἦσαν, ὑπὸ ἁπλότητος ἀβασανίστως τοὺς ἱεροὺς ἐκλαμβάνοντες λόγους, καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς Θεοῦ καὶ πρόσωπον καὶ χεῖρας, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα προσεθισθέντες ἀκούειν. Οἱ δὲ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι κεκρυμμένην διάνοιαν σκοποῦντες, ἐναντίως εἶχον · καὶ τοὺς τάδε λέγοντας, ἄντικρυς βλασφημεῖν εἰς τὸ Θεῖον ἔλεγον. Καὶ Θεόφιλος δὲ ταύτης ἔχεσθαι τῆς δόξης, ἐν Ἐκκλησίᾳ παρεκελεύσατο· καὶ ἐν ἐπιστολῇ ἣν ἐξ ἔθους περὶ τῆς Πασχαλίας ἑορτῆς ἔγραφε, καὶ ἀσώματον χρῆναι νοεῖν τὸν Θεὸν εἰσηγεῖτο, καὶ ἀνθρώπου σχήματος ἀλλότριον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐγένετο τοῖς Αἰγυπτίων μοναχοῖς, ἧκιν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν. Καὶ εἰς ἓν ἀθροισθέντες ἐστασίαζον, καὶ ὡς ἀσεβοῦντα τὸν Θεόφιλον ἀνελεῖν ἐβουλεύοντο. Ὁ δὲ παρ᾿ αὐτίκα φανεὶς ἔτι στασιάζουσιν, Οὕτως ὑμᾶς, ἔφη, εἶδον ὡς Θεοῦ πρόσωπον. Τὸ δὲ ῥηθὲν ἱκανῶς ἐφύλαξε τοὺς ἄνδρας. Καὶ τῆς ὀργῆς καθυφέντες, Οὐκοῦν, φασὶν, εἰ τάδε ἀληθῶς δοξάζεις, καὶ τὰς Ωριγένους ἀποκήρυξον βίβλους, ὡς τῶν ἀσκουμένων ταύτας οὕτω φρονεῖν εἰσηγουμένων. Ἀλλ᾿ ἐμοὶ, ἔφη, τοῦτο πάλαι δεδογμένον ἦν, καὶ ποιήσω ὡς ὑμῖν δοκεῖ · μέμφομαι γὰρ οὐχ ἧττον κἀγὼ τοῖς τὰ Ωριγένους δοξάζουσι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, οὕτω βουκολήσας τοὺς μοναχοὺς, διέλυσε τὴν στάσιν.
En toutǭ de, ou pollǭ proteron arxamenē zētēsis kata tēn Aigypton kekinēto, ei ton Theon anthrōpomorphon doxazein dei. Tautēs de tēs gnōmēs hoi pleious tōn tę̄de monachōn ēsan, hypo haplotētos abasanistōs tous hierous eklambanontes logous, kai ophthalmous Theou kai prosōpon kai cheiras, kai hosa toiauta prosethisthentes akouein. Hoi de tēn en tois onomasi kekrymmenēn dianoian skopountes, enantiōs eichon ; kai tous tade legontas, antikrys blasphēmein eis to Theion elegon. Kai Theophilos de tautēs echesthai tēs doxēs, en Ekklēsią parekeleusato; kai en epistolę̄ hēn ex ethous peri tēs Paschalias heortēs egraphe, kai asōmaton chrēnai noein ton Theon eisēgeito, kai anthrōpou schēmatos allotrion. Epei de touto dēlon egeneto tois Aigyptiōn monachois, hēkin eis ᾿Alexandreian. Kai eis hen athroisthentes estasiazon, kai hōs asebounta ton Theophilon anelein ebouleuonto. Ho de par᾿ autika phaneis eti stasiazousin, Houtōs hymas, ephē, eidon hōs Theou prosōpon. To de rhēthen hikanōs ephylaxe tous andras. Kai tēs orgēs kathyphentes, Oukoun, phasin, ei tade alēthōs doxazeis, kai tas Ōrigenous apokēryxon biblous, hōs tōn askoumenōn tautas houtō phronein eisēgoumenōn. All᾿ emoi, ephē, touto palai dedogmenon ēn, kai poiēsō hōs hymin dokei ; memphomai gar ouch hētton kagō tois ta Ōrigenous doxazousi. Kai ho men, houtō boukolēsas tous monachous, dielyse tēn stasin.
Meanwhile a question that had begun not long before was stirred in Egypt, whether one ought to hold God to be in human form. Most of the monks there were of this opinion, from simplicity taking the sacred words without examination, being accustomed to hear of the eyes of God and his face and hands and such things. But those who looked to the meaning hidden in the words held the opposite, and said that those who spoke so blasphemed the divine outright. Theophilus urged in church that one should hold to this belief; and in the letter about the feast of Pascha, which he wrote according to custom, he taught that God must be thought of as incorporeal and foreign to human shape. When this became known to the monks of Egypt, they came to Alexandria; and gathering together they rioted and planned to kill Theophilus as impious. But he appeared at once among them while they were still rioting and said: “So I have seen you, as the face of God.” What was said sufficiently restrained the men; and, laying aside their anger, they said: “Then, if you truly believe this, condemn also the books of Origen, since those who study them are taught to think so.” “But this,” he said, “has long been my decision, and I will do as you think best; for I too blame no less those who hold the views of Origen.” So, beguiling the monks in this way, he broke up the riot.
8.12PG 67:1545–1549
Ἴσως δ᾽ ἂν καὶ ἥδε ἡ ζήτησις παντελῶς τότε διελύθη, εἰ μὴ πεπαυμένην ἤδη δι᾽ ἔχθραν ἰδίαν ἐκίνησε Θεόφιλος, ἐπιβουλεύων ᾿Αμμωνίῳ καὶ Διοσκόρῳ, Εὐσεβίῳ τε καὶ Εὐθυμίῳ, τοῖς ἐπίκλην Μακροῖς. Οὓς ἀδελφοὺς ὄντας, εὐδοκίμους γενέσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ἐν Σχή. τει φιλοσοφοῦσιν ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν ἔγνωμεν. Οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν αὐτῷ τὰ μάλιστα τῶν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ μοναχῶν κεχαρισμένοι, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ συνομίλους καὶ συνοίκους αὐτοὺς ἐποιεῖτο. Τὸν δὲ Διόσκορον καὶ τῆς Ἑρμουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπον κατέστησεν. Εἰς μίσος δὲ αὐτοῖς κατέστη ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Ἰσίδωρον ἔχθρας, ὃν μετὰ Νεκτάριον ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει χειροτονεῖν ἐσπούδαζεν. Οἱ μὲν γάρ φασιν, ὡς γυνή τις ἐκ τῆς Μανιχαίων αἱρέσεως μετέθετο πρὸς τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν. Ὡς ἀπερισκέπτως δὲ ταύτης κοινωνησάσης μυστηρίων πρὶν ἀπαγορεῦσαι τὴν προτέραν αἵρεσιν, ἐπῃτιᾶτο Θεόφιλος τὸν τότε ἀρχιπρεσβύτερον· ἀπηχθάνετο γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ ἄλλως. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος (τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ὄνομα αὐτῷ), καὶ κατὰ τὸν νόμον τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, καὶ γνώμῃ Θεοφίλου κεκοινωνηκέναι τὸ γύναιον Ισχυρίζετο. Καὶ μάρτυρα τούτων, Ἰσίδωρον ἔλεγεν. ῾() δὲ ἔτυχε μὲν τότε ὡς Ῥώμην ἀποσταλείς· ἐπανελθὼν δὲ, ἀληθῆ λέγειν τὸν Πέτρον ἐμαρτύρησεν. Ὡς συκοφαντηθεὶς δὲ Θεόφιλος, χαλεπήνας, ἄμφω τῆς Ἐκκλησίας ἐξήλασε. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τάδε λέγουσι. Τῶν γε μὴν συγγενομένων τούτοις τότε τοῖς μοναχοῖς ἀνδρὸς οἷου πιστεύεσθαι ἐπυθόμην, διττὴν αἰτίαν Θεοφίλῳ γενέσθαι τῆς πρὸς Ἰσίδωρον δυσμενείας· κοινὴν μὲν αὐτῷ τε καὶ Πέτρῳ τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ, καθότι μαρτυρῆσαι παρητή σαντο, ὡς τῆς Θεοφίλου ἀδελφῆς πρὸς τοῦ κληρονόμου γραφείσης· ἰδίαν δὲ, καθὸ χρημάτων αὐτῷ πολλῶν προσφερομένων ὡς ἐπιτρόπῳ πτωχῶν, ἐπιἃ ; χειροῦντι Θεοφίλῳ τούτων λαμδάνειν, ὡς δεδαπανημένῳ εἰς οἰκοδομὰς ἐκκλησιῶν, οὐχ ἐνεδίδου “ ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγων τὰ σώματα τῶν χαμνόντων, ἃ ναοὺς Θεοῦ κυριώτερον νοεῖν ἔστι, δι' τὰ χρήματα παρείχετο, ταῖς προσηκούσαις θεραπείαις ἀνανεοῦν, ἢ τοίχους οἰκοδομεῖν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴτε ἐντεῦθεν, εἴτε ἐξ αἰτίας ἑτέρας, ἀφαιρεθεὶς παρὰ Θεοφίλου τῆς κοινωνίας Ἰσίξδωρο;, ἦλθεν εἰς Σκῆτιν, ὡς πρὸς ἑταΐρους τοὺς ἐνθάδε μοναχούς. Παραλαδὼν δέ τινας ᾿Ἀμμώνιοξ, παρεγένετο πρὸς Θεόφιλον, τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀποδοῦναι Ἰσιδώρῳ ἐδεῖτο. Ὃ δὲ, τότε μὲν προθύμως ὑποσχέσθα! λέγεται. Χρόνου δὲ διαγενομένου, ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς πλέον ἠνύετο, δῆλος δὲ ἐγεγόνει Θεόφιλος παραχρουόμενος, σπουδαιότερόν πως αὐτῷ προσελθόντες, ἀπήτουν τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν πληροῦν. δὲ, τινὰ τῶν μοναχῶν ἕν δημοσίᾳ φρουρᾷ ποιεῖ, ὥστε φόβον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐμδαλεῖν. “ἥμαρτε δὲ τούτου. Ὁ γὰρ ᾿Αμμώνιος ἅμα πᾶσι τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ μοναχοῖς, «δόξαντες τοῖς προεστῶσι τῆς φρουρᾶς εἰς μετάδοσιν ἐπιτηδείων τοῖς καθειργμένοις ἐλθεῖν, ἑτοίμως ἔνδον εἰσεδέχθησαν" εἰσελθόντες δὲ, οὐκέτι ἐξιέναι χοντο. Μαθὼν δὲ τάδε Θεόφιλος, ἐδήλου πρὸς ἑαυτὸν καλῶν τοὺς ἄνδρας. Οἱ δὲ, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα, αὑτὸν παραγενόμενον σφᾶς ἐξάγειν ἠξίουν. Μηδὲ γὰρ εἶναι δίκαιον δημοσίᾳ ὑύρισμένους, λάθρα τῆς φρουρᾶς ἀνίεσθαι. Ὕστερον δὲ ἐνδόντες, ὡς αὐτὸν ἦλθον. Παραιτησαμένους δὲ αὐτοὺς, ὡς οὐ περαιτέρω λυπήσων, ἀπέπεμψεν. Καθ᾿ ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐδάχνετο, ἠγανάκτει, κακῶς ποιεῖν ἐπεδούλενεν. ᾿Ἀπορῶν δὲ ὅ τι δράσειεν αὐτοὺς κακὸν, ἀχτήμονας ὄντα:, καὶ πάντων πλὴν σοφίας ὑπερορῶντας, ἔγνω περὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν βλάψαι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἠπίστατο ἐξ ὧν αὐτῷ συνόντες διελέγοντο, μεμφομένους τοῖς ἀνθρωπόμορτὸν Θεὸν δοξάζουσιν, ὡς τὰ ᾿θριγένους φρονοῦντας, συνέχρουσε πρὸς τὸ μοναχικὴν πλῆθος, ἄλλως ἔχον δόξης. Ἔχ τούτου δὲ δεινή τις ἔρις ἐν τοῖς μοναχοῖς ἐκράτει" καὶ τὰς διαλέξεις οὐχ ἐν κόσμῳ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ποιούμενοι, πείθειν ἀλλήλους οὐχ ἠξίουν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ὕδρεις καθίσταντο. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τοὺς ἀσώματον τὸν Θεὸν ὁριζομένους, Ωριγενιαστάς ἀπεκάλουν· οἱ δὲ, ᾿Ανθρωπομορφιανοὺς, τοὺς ἐναν τίως φρονοῦντας.
Isōs d᾽ an kai hēde hē zētēsis pantelōs tote dielythē, ei mē pepaumenēn ēdē di᾽ echthran idian ekinēse Theophilos, epibouleuōn ᾿Ammōniǭ kai Dioskorǭ, Eusebiǭ te kai Euthymiǭ, tois epiklēn Makrois. Hous adelphous ontas, eudokimous genesthai para tois en Schē. tei philosophousin ek tōn prosthen egnōmen. Houtoi gar ēsan autǭ ta malista tōn en Aigyptǭ monachōn kecharismenoi, kai ta polla synomilous kai synoikous autous epoieito. Ton de Dioskoron kai tēs Hermoupoleōs episkopon katestēsen. Eis misos de autois katestē ek tēs pros Isidōron echthras, hon meta Nektarion en Kōnstantinoupolei cheirotonein espoudazen. Hoi men gar phasin, hōs gynē tis ek tēs Manichaiōn haireseōs metetheto pros tēn katholou Ekklēsian. Hōs aperiskeptōs de tautēs koinōnēsasēs mystēriōn prin apagoreusai tēn proteran hairesin, epę̄tiato Theophilos ton tote archipresbyteron; apēchthaneto gar autǭ kai allōs. Ho de Petros (touto gar ēn onoma autǭ), kai kata ton nomon tēs Ekklēsias, kai gnōmę̄ Theophilou kekoinōnēkenai to gynaion Ischyrizeto. Kai martyra toutōn, Isidōron elegen. ῾() de etyche men tote hōs Rhōmēn apostaleis; epanelthōn de, alēthē legein ton Petron emartyrēsen. Hōs sykophantētheis de Theophilos, chalepēnas, amphō tēs Ekklēsias exēlase. Kai hoi men tade legousi. Tōn ge mēn syngenomenōn toutois tote tois monachois andros hoiou pisteuesthai epythomēn, dittēn aitian Theophilǭ genesthai tēs pros Isidōron dysmeneias; koinēn men autǭ te kai Petrǭ tǭ presbyterǭ, kathoti martyrēsai parētē santo, hōs tēs Theophilou adelphēs pros tou klēronomou grapheisēs; idian de, katho chrēmatōn autǭ pollōn prospheromenōn hōs epitropǭ ptōchōn, epia ? cheirounti Theophilǭ toutōn lamdanein, hōs dedapanēmenǭ eis oikodomas ekklēsiōn, ouch enedidou “ ameinon einai legōn ta sōmata tōn chamnontōn, ha naous Theou kyriōteron noein esti, di' ta chrēmata pareicheto, tais prosēkousais therapeiais ananeoun, ē toichous oikodomein. ᾿All᾽ eite enteuthen, eite ex aitias heteras, aphairetheis para Theophilou tēs koinōnias Isixdōro?, ēlthen eis Skētin, hōs pros hetaïrous tous enthade monachous. Paraladōn de tinas ᾿Ammōniox, paregeneto pros Theophilon, tēn koinōnian apodounai Isidōrǭ edeito. Ho de, tote men prothymōs hyposchestha! legetai. Chronou de diagenomenou, hōs ouden autois pleon ēnyeto, dēlos de egegonei Theophilos parachrouomenos, spoudaioteron pōs autǭ proselthontes, apētoun tēn hyposchesin plēroun. de, tina tōn monachōn hen dēmosią phrourą poiei, hōste phobon tois allois emdalein. “hēmarte de toutou. Ho gar ᾿Ammōnios hama pasi tois syn autǭ monachois, «doxantes tois proestōsi tēs phrouras eis metadosin epitēdeiōn tois katheirgmenois elthein, hetoimōs endon eisedechthēsan" eiselthontes de, ouketi exienai chonto. Mathōn de tade Theophilos, edēlou pros heauton kalōn tous andras. Hoi de, ta men prōta, hauton paragenomenon sphas exagein ēxioun. Mēde gar einai dikaion dēmosią hyyrismenous, lathra tēs phrouras aniesthai. Hysteron de endontes, hōs auton ēlthon. Paraitēsamenous de autous, hōs ou peraiterō lypēsōn, apepempsen. Kath᾿ heauton de edachneto, ēganaktei, kakōs poiein epedoulenen. ᾿Aporōn de ho ti draseien autous kakon, achtēmonas onta:, kai pantōn plēn sophias hyperorōntas, egnō peri tēn hēsychian blapsai. Kai epei ēpistato ex hōn autǭ synontes dielegonto, memphomenous tois anthrōpomorton Theon doxazousin, hōs ta ᾿thrigenous phronountas, synechrouse pros to monachikēn plēthos, allōs echon doxēs. Ech toutou de deinē tis eris en tois monachois ekratei" kai tas dialexeis ouch en kosmǭ pros heautous poioumenoi, peithein allēlous ouch ēxioun, all᾽ eis hydreis kathistanto. Kai hoi men tous asōmaton ton Theon horizomenous, Ōrigeniastas apekaloun; hoi de, ᾿Anthrōpomorphianous, tous enan tiōs phronountas.
Perhaps this question too would have been entirely settled then, had not Theophilus, out of private enmity, stirred it up again when it had already ceased, plotting against Ammonius, Dioscorus, Eusebius and Euthymius, called the Tall Brothers. We have learned earlier that these brothers were renowned among those who practised philosophy in Scetis. They had been very dear to him among the monks of Egypt, and he often made them his companions and housemates, and made Dioscorus bishop of Hermopolis. He came to hate them through his enmity to Isidore, whom he had been eager to ordain at Constantinople after Nectarius. For some say that a woman of the Manichean heresy came over to the catholic church; and since she rashly shared in the mysteries before renouncing her former heresy, Theophilus blamed the archpresbyter of the time, with whom he was also otherwise at odds. Peter — for that was his name — maintained that the woman had been admitted to communion according to the law of the church and with Theophilus’s consent, and named Isidore as witness of this. Isidore happened then to have been sent to Rome; but on his return he testified that Peter spoke the truth. Theophilus, angry, as though falsely accused, drove both out of the church. So some say. But from a man worthy of belief, who associated with these monks at that time, I have learned that Theophilus had a twofold cause of ill will toward Isidore: one common to him and Peter the presbyter, because they refused to bear witness that Theophilus’s sister had been named heir; and one his own, because when much money was offered to Isidore as steward of the poor, and Theophilus tried to take it, as having spent heavily on building churches, he would not give way, saying that it was better to restore with fitting care the bodies of the sick, which one may more properly regard as temples of God, for whom the money had been given, than to build walls. But whether for this or for some other reason, Isidore, deprived of communion by Theophilus, went to Scetis, to the monks there as to friends. Ammonius took some of them and came to Theophilus and begged him to restore communion to Isidore. He is said to have promised readily at the time. But as time passed and nothing more was done for them, and Theophilus had plainly been putting them off, they came to him more urgently and demanded that he fulfil his promise. He put one of the monks in the public prison, to strike fear into the others. But he was mistaken in this. For Ammonius with all the monks with him, seeming to the keepers of the prison to have come to bring necessities to those confined, were readily admitted; and once inside, they would not come out. When Theophilus learned this, he sent word calling the men to him. At first they demanded that he come himself and bring them out; for it was not just that those publicly insulted should be released from prison secretly. Later, giving way, they went to him. When they apologized, he dismissed them as though he would not trouble them further; but privately he was stung, indignant, and plotting to do them harm. At a loss what harm to do them, since they owned nothing and disregarded everything but wisdom, he resolved to injure them in their quiet. And since he knew, from their conversations when they were with him, that they blamed those who hold God to be in human form, as holding the views of Origen, he set them at odds with the multitude of monks, which was of the other opinion. From this a dreadful strife prevailed among the monks; and not conducting their debates with one another in order, they did not try to persuade one another but fell to insults. Some called those who defined God as incorporeal Origenists, while the others called those of the opposite belief Anthropomorphites.
8.13PG 67:1549
Αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς οἱ περὶ Διόσκορον καὶ ᾿Αμμώνιον, ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα· κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Σκυθόπολιν ἧκον, ἐπιτηδείαν ἡγησάμενοι τὴν ἐνθάδε οἴκησιν διὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς φοίνικας, ὧν τοῖς φύλλοις ἐχρῶντο πρὸς τὰ εἰωθότα τοῖς μοναχοῖς ἔργα. Εἴποντο γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἀμφὶ ἄνδρες ὀγδοήκοντα, Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Θεόφιλος πέμπει τινὰς εἰς Κωνσταν τινούπολιν, ἅμα τε κατ' αὐτῶν διαβολὰς προπαρασκευάσοντας, καὶ εἰ βασιλέως περί του δέοιντο, ἀντιπράξοντας. Μαθόντες δὲ τάδε οἱ ἀμφὶ τὸν ᾿Αμμώνιον, ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν· σὺν αὐτοῖς δὲ καὶ Ἰσίδωρος. Κοινῇ τε ἐσπούδαζον, παρὰ βασιλεῖ κριτῇ καὶ Ἰωάννῃ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ἐλέγχεσθαι τὰς κατ' αὐτῶν ἐπιβουλάς. "Ποντο γὰρ ἐνδίκου παῤῥησίας αὐτὸν ἐπιμελούμενον, δύνασθαι τὰ δίκαια βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς. Ὁ δὲ, προσελθόντας αὐτῷ τοὺς ἄνδρας φρόνως ἐδέξατο, καὶ ἐν τιμῇ εἶχε, καὶ εὔχεσθαι ἐπὶ ἐκκλησίας οὐ διεκώλυσε· κοινωνεῖν δὲ μυστηρίων αὐτοῖς οὐχ ἡγήσατο, ὡς οὐ θεμιτὸν πρὸ διαγνώσεως τοῦτο ποιεῖν. Ἔγραψε δὲ Θεοφίλῳ, κοινωνίαν αὐτοῖς ἀποδοῦναι ὡς ὀρθῶς περὶ Θεοῦ δοξάζουσιν, εἰ δὲ δίκῃ δέοι κρίνεσθαι τὰ κατ' αὐτοὺς, ἀποστέλλειν ὃν αὐτῷ δοκεί δικασόμενον. Ὁ δὲ, οὐδὲν ἀντεδήλωσε. Χρόνου δὲ πολλοῦ διαγενομένου, προϊούσῃ τῇ βασιλέως γαμετῇ προσῆλθον οἱ ἀμφὶ Ἀμμώνιον, τὰ κατ᾿ αὐτῶν βεβουλευμένα Θεοφίλῳ μεμφόμενοι. Ἡ δὲ, ἐπιβουλευθέντας αὐτοὺς ᾔσθετο, καὶ τιμῶσα ἔστη. Καὶ προκύψασα τοῦ βασιλικοῦ ὀχήματος, ἐπένευσε τῇ κεφαλῇ· καὶ, Εὐλογεῖτε, ἔφη, καὶ εὔχεσθε ὑπὲρ βασιλέως καὶ ἐμοῦ, καὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων παίδων, καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς. Ἐμοὶ δὲ ἐν τάχει μελήσει συνόδου, καὶ τῆς Θεοφίλου ἀφίξεως. Καὶ ἡ μὲν τάδε ἐσπούδαζε. Ψευδοῦς δὲ φήμης ἐν ᾿Αλεξανδρείᾳ κρατούσης, ὡς ἐκοινώνησεν Ἰωάννης τοῖς περὶ Διόσκορον, καὶ προθυμεῖται πάντα βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς, διενοεῖτο Θεόφιλος, εἴπου δύναιτο, καὶ αὐτὸν Ἰωάννην τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς καθελεῖν.
Aisthomenoi de tēs epiboulēs hoi peri Dioskoron kai ᾿Ammōnion, anechōrēsan eis Hierosolyma; kakeithen eis Skythopolin hēkon, epitēdeian hēgēsamenoi tēn enthade oikēsin dia tous pollous phoinikas, hōn tois phyllois echrōnto pros ta eiōthota tois monachois erga. Eiponto gar autois amphi andres ogdoēkonta, En toutǭ de Theophilos pempei tinas eis Kōnstan tinoupolin, hama te kat' autōn diabolas proparaskeuasontas, kai ei basileōs peri tou deointo, antipraxontas. Mathontes de tade hoi amphi ton ᾿Ammōnion, apepleusan eis Kōnstantinoupolin; syn autois de kai Isidōros. Koinę̄ te espoudazon, para basilei kritę̄ kai Iōannę̄ tǭ episkopǭ elenchesthai tas kat' autōn epiboulas. "Ponto gar endikou parrhēsias auton epimeloumenon, dynasthai ta dikaia boēthein autois. Ho de, proselthontas autǭ tous andras phronōs edexato, kai en timę̄ eiche, kai euchesthai epi ekklēsias ou diekōlyse; koinōnein de mystēriōn autois ouch hēgēsato, hōs ou themiton pro diagnōseōs touto poiein. Egrapse de Theophilǭ, koinōnian autois apodounai hōs orthōs peri Theou doxazousin, ei de dikę̄ deoi krinesthai ta kat' autous, apostellein hon autǭ dokei dikasomenon. Ho de, ouden antedēlōse. Chronou de pollou diagenomenou, proïousę̄ tę̄ basileōs gametę̄ prosēlthon hoi amphi Ammōnion, ta kat᾿ autōn bebouleumena Theophilǭ memphomenoi. Hē de, epibouleuthentas autous ę̄stheto, kai timōsa estē. Kai prokypsasa tou basilikou ochēmatos, epeneuse tę̄ kephalę̄; kai, Eulogeite, ephē, kai euchesthe hyper basileōs kai emou, kai tōn hēmeterōn paidōn, kai tēs archēs. Emoi de en tachei melēsei synodou, kai tēs Theophilou aphixeōs. Kai hē men tade espoudaze. Pseudous de phēmēs en ᾿Alexandreią kratousēs, hōs ekoinōnēsen Iōannēs tois peri Dioskoron, kai prothymeitai panta boēthein autois, dienoeito Theophilos, eipou dynaito, kai auton Iōannēn tēs episkopēs kathelein.
Dioscorus and Ammonius and their companions, perceiving the plot, withdrew to Jerusalem; and from there they came to Scythopolis, thinking the place suitable to live in because of the many palm trees, whose leaves they used for the work usual to monks; for about eighty men followed them. Meanwhile Theophilus sent some people to Constantinople, both to prepare slanders against them beforehand, and to oppose them if they petitioned the emperor about anything. When Ammonius and his companions learned this, they sailed to Constantinople, and Isidore with them; and together they strove to have the plots against them examined before the emperor as judge and John the bishop. For they thought that he, being concerned for just freedom of speech, could help them toward justice. He received the men kindly when they came to him, held them in honour, and did not prevent them from praying in church; but he did not think it right to let them share in the mysteries, as it was not lawful to do so before a judgment. He wrote to Theophilus to restore communion to them, as believing rightly about God; or, if their case had to be decided by trial, to send someone he thought fit to act as judge. Theophilus made no reply. After much time had passed, Ammonius and his companions approached the emperor’s wife as she was going out, complaining of what Theophilus had plotted against them. She, perceiving that they had been plotted against, stopped in respect for them; and leaning out of the imperial carriage, she bowed her head and said: “Bless me and pray for the emperor and me, and our children and the empire. I shall soon see to a synod and to Theophilus’s coming.” She was eager about these things. And as a false rumour prevailed in Alexandria that John had communicated with Dioscorus and his companions and was eager to help them in everything, Theophilus planned, if he could, to depose John himself from the episcopate.
8.14PG 67:1551–1553
Ταῦτά τε κατὰ νοῦν κρύπτων, καὶ συσχευάζων, ἔγραφε κατὰ πόλεις τοῖς ἐπισκόποις, τὰ Ὠριγένους βιβλία χατηγορῶν. Λογισάμενος ὃὲ μέγιστον αὐτῷ συνοίσειν εἰ κοινωνὸν προσλάθοιτο τῶν σπουδαζομένων, Ἑπιφάνιον τὸν Σαλαμῖνος τῆς ἐν Κύπρῳ ἐπίσκοπον, ἄνδρα τῶν χατ᾽ αὐτὸν αἰδοῖ βίου ἐπισημότατον, φίλον ἐποιεῖτο, πρότερον αὐτῷ μεμφόμενος, ὡς ἀνθρωπόμορφον τὸν Θεὸν δοξάζοντι. Ὡς μετανοίας τὴν ὀρθὴν δόξαν ἐπιγνοὺς 1, ὀμοφρονεῖν αὐτῷ ἔγραφε, καὶ κατὰ τῶν Ὡριγένους βιδλίων, ὡς παραιτίου δογμάτων τοιούτιυν, ἐκίνει διαδολάς. Ἐπιφάνιος δὲ, πάλαι ἀποστρεφόμενος τὰ ᾿Ωριγένους συγγράμματα, ῥᾳδίως προσέθετο τῇ Θεοφίλον ἐπιστολῇ. Καὶ συνελθὼν ἅμα τοῖς ἐν Κύπρῳ ἐπισκόποις, ἀπηγόρευσε τὴν διάγνωσιν τῶν Ὠριγένους λόγων. Καὶ τὰ δεδογμένα αὐτοῖς γράψας, ἄλλοις τε καὶ τῷ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπισκόπῳ, προετρέπετο συνὀδους ποιεῖν, ταῦτα ψηφίζεσθαι. Συνιδὼν δὲ Θεόφιλος ὡς οὐδείς ἐστι κίνδυνος Ἐπιφανίῳ ἕπεσθαι, πολλοὺς ἐπαινέτας ἔχοντι, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν τοῦ βίου ὅπερ ἂν φρονεῖ θαυμάζοντας, παραπλήαὐτῷ ἐψηφίσατο σὺν τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπισκόποις. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἰσπουδὴν οὐχ ἀξίαν ἡγεῖτο λόγον, τὰ Ἐπιφανίου Θεοφίλου γράμματα ἐν δευτέρῳ ἐποιεῖτο, Οἱ δὲ δυσμενῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοντες τῶν ἐν δυνάμει τῷ κλήρῳ, μαθόντες Θεόφιλον σπουδάζειν αὐτοῦ τὴν καθαίρεσιν, ἐπιμελῶς συνέπραττον" καὶ σύνοδον μεγίστην γενέσθαι ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει παρεσχενάζοντο. Καὶ Θεόφιλος δὲ ταῦτα γνοὺς, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἠπείγετο. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐπισκόπους ἐχπλεῦσαι ἐκέλευσε. Γράφει δὲ Ἐπιφανίῳ καὶ ἑτέροις τῶν ἀνὰ τὴν σπουδῇ συνελθεῖν- αὐτὸς δὲ πεζὸς ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ρείαν. Καὶ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ πρῶτος Ἐπιφάνιος ἐχπλεύσας τῆς Κύπρου, κατῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πρὸ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως καλούμενον “Εὔδομον. Εὐξάμενος δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐνθάδε ἐκκλησίᾳ, εἰς τὴν πόλιν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης εἰσιόντα αὐτὸν, τῇ ὑπαντῆσει τοῦ παντὸς κλήρου ἐτέμησεν. Ἐπιφάνιος δὲ δῆλος ἦν εἴξας ταῖς αὐτοῦ διαβολαῖς " προτραπεὶς ἐν οἰχῆμασιν ἐχχλησιατστιχοῖς καταμένειν, οὐχ ἣνἐσχετο. Καὶ Ἰωάννης μὲν εἰς ταυτὸν συνελθεῖν ἀπέφυγεν" ἰδίᾳ δὲ συγχαλῶν τοὺς ἐνδημοῦντας ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἐπισκόπους, ἐπεδείκνυ τὰ Ψηφισθέντα κατὰ τῶν Ὡριγένους λόγων. Καί τινας ἐπιψηφίσασθαι ἔπεισεν" οἱ δὲ πλείους παρῃτήσαντο. Θεότιμος δὲ ὁ Σχυθίας ἐπίσκοπος, ἄντιχρυ: Ἐπιφανίου καθήψατο. θὕῦτε γὰρ ἔφη ὅσιον εἶναι, τὸν πάλαι τετελευτηκότα ὑδρίξζειν' οὔτε βλασφημίας ἐκτὸς, τὴν τῶν παλαιοτέρων διαβάλλειν κρίσιν, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνων δεδοχιμασμένα ἀθετεῖν. "Δμα τε λέγων, καὶ βιβλίον τι τῶν Ὡριγένους προχομίσας διεξήει " καὶ χρειώδη ταῖς Ἐκκλησίαις τὰ ἀνεγνωσμένα δείξας, "Ἄτοπον, ἔφη, ὑπομένουσιν οἱ ταῦτα διαθάλλοντες. Κινδυνεύουσι γὰρ ταῦτα ὑβρίζειν, περὶ ὧν οἱ λόγοι. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης, δι᾽ αἰδοῦς εἶχεν ἔτι τὸν ᾿ΕἘπιφάνιον, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν συνεχχλησιάζειν, καὶ σύνοικον ἔχειν. Ὁ δὲ, οὔτε συνοίχεϊν, οὔτε συνεὔχεσθαι αὐτῷ ἀντεδήλου, εἰ μὴ χαταψηφίσηται τῶν Ὠριγένους λόγων, Διόσκορον καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ἐξελάσῃ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ποιεῖν πρὸ δίκης οὐ δέχαιον ἡγεῖτο ἀνεδάλλετο, μελλούσης ἐπιτελεῖσθαι συνἄξεως ἐν τῇ ἐπωνύμῳ τῶν ᾿Αποστόλων ἐκκλησίᾳ, κατεσκεύαζον οἱ Ἰωάννου δυσμενεῖς προελθεῖν Ἐπιφάνιον, καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἀποχηρῦξαι ἐπὶ τοῦ λαοῦ τὰς Ὠριγένους βίδλους, καὶ τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Διόσκορον, ὡς τὰ τούτου φρονοῦντας " ἐν ταυτῷ δὲ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον τῆς πόλεως διαβαλεῖν, ὡς ἐκείνοις κείμενον. Καὶ οἱ μὲν τάδε ἐσπούδαζον. γὰρ αὐτὸν οὕτω συγχρούσειν πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος. Τῇ δὲ ἑξῆς ἐπὶ τοῦτο προελθὼν Ἐπιφάνιος, ἐγγὺς ἤδη τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐτύγχανεν" ἀπαντήσας δὲ αὐτῷ Σέραπίων παρὰ Ἰωάννου ἀποσταλεὶς (ἤσθετο γὰρ τὰ τῇ προτεραίᾳ βεβουλευμένα), ἐμαρτύρατο μῆτε δίκαια ποιεῖν, μήτε αὐτῷ συμφέροντα, εἰ ταραχῆς ἐν τῷ πλήθει ἢ στάσεως κινηθείσης, αὐτὸς χινδυνεύσει, ὡς αἴτιος γεγονώς. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ὧδε ἀνεχόπη τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦτο ὁῤμῆς.
Tauta te kata noun kryptōn, kai syscheuazōn, egraphe kata poleis tois episkopois, ta Ōrigenous biblia chatēgorōn. Logisamenos hoe megiston autǭ synoisein ei koinōnon proslathoito tōn spoudazomenōn, Hepiphanion ton Salaminos tēs en Kyprǭ episkopon, andra tōn chat᾽ auton aidoi biou episēmotaton, philon epoieito, proteron autǭ memphomenos, hōs anthrōpomorphon ton Theon doxazonti. Hōs metanoias tēn orthēn doxan epignous 1, omophronein autǭ egraphe, kai kata tōn Hōrigenous bidliōn, hōs paraitiou dogmatōn toioutiyn, ekinei diadolas. Epiphanios de, palai apostrephomenos ta ᾿Ōrigenous syngrammata, rhądiōs prosetheto tę̄ Theophilon epistolę̄. Kai synelthōn hama tois en Kyprǭ episkopois, apēgoreuse tēn diagnōsin tōn Ōrigenous logōn. Kai ta dedogmena autois grapsas, allois te kai tǭ Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopǭ, proetrepeto synodous poiein, tauta psēphizesthai. Synidōn de Theophilos hōs oudeis esti kindynos Epiphaniǭ hepesthai, pollous epainetas echonti, kai dia tēn aretēn tou biou hoper an phronei thaumazontas, paraplēautǭ epsēphisato syn tois hyp᾽ auton episkopois. Ho de Iōannēs, tēn men epi toutois ispoudēn ouch axian hēgeito logon, ta Epiphaniou Theophilou grammata en deuterǭ epoieito, Hoi de dysmenōs pros auton echontes tōn en dynamei tǭ klērǭ, mathontes Theophilon spoudazein autou tēn kathairesin, epimelōs synepratton" kai synodon megistēn genesthai en Kōnstantinoupolei pareschenazonto. Kai Theophilos de tauta gnous, eti mallon ēpeigeto. Kai tous men ex Aigyptou episkopous echpleusai ekeleuse. Graphei de Epiphaniǭ kai heterois tōn ana tēn spoudę̄ synelthein- autos de pezos epoieito tēn reian. Kai eis makran de prōtos Epiphanios echpleusas tēs Kyprou, katēlthen eis to pro tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs kaloumenon “Eudomon. Euxamenos de en tę̄ enthade ekklēsią, eis tēn polin. Ho de Iōannēs eisionta auton, tę̄ hypantēsei tou pantos klērou etemēsen. Epiphanios de dēlos ēn eixas tais autou diabolais " protrapeis en oichēmasin echchlēsiatstichois katamenein, ouch hēnescheto. Kai Iōannēs men eis tauton synelthein apephygen" idią de synchalōn tous endēmountas en Kōnstantinoupolei episkopous, epedeikny ta Psēphisthenta kata tōn Hōrigenous logōn. Kai tinas epipsēphisasthai epeisen" hoi de pleious parę̄tēsanto. Theotimos de ho Schythias episkopos, antichry: Epiphaniou kathēpsato. thyyte gar ephē hosion einai, ton palai teteleutēkota hydrixzein' oute blasphēmias ektos, tēn tōn palaioterōn diaballein krisin, kai ta par᾽ ekeinōn dedochimasmena athetein. "Dma te legōn, kai biblion ti tōn Hōrigenous prochomisas diexēei " kai chreiōdē tais Ekklēsiais ta anegnōsmena deixas, "Atopon, ephē, hypomenousin hoi tauta diathallontes. Kindyneuousi gar tauta hybrizein, peri hōn hoi logoi. Ho de Iōannēs, di᾽ aidous eichen eti ton ᾿EEpiphanion, kai parekalei auton synechchlēsiazein, kai synoikon echein. Ho de, oute synoicheïn, oute syneuchesthai autǭ antedēlou, ei mē chatapsēphisētai tōn Ōrigenous logōn, Dioskoron kai tous syn autǭ exelasę̄. Epei de tauta poiein pro dikēs ou dechaion hēgeito anedalleto, mellousēs epiteleisthai synaxeōs en tę̄ epōnymǭ tōn ᾿Apostolōn ekklēsią, kateskeuazon hoi Iōannou dysmeneis proelthein Epiphanion, kai dēmosią apochēryxai epi tou laou tas Ōrigenous bidlous, kai tous amphi ton Dioskoron, hōs ta toutou phronountas " en tautǭ de ton episkopon tēs poleōs diabalein, hōs ekeinois keimenon. Kai hoi men tade espoudazon. gar auton houtō synchrousein pros to plēthos. Tę̄ de hexēs epi touto proelthōn Epiphanios, engys ēdē tēs ekklēsias etynchanen" apantēsas de autǭ Serapiōn para Iōannou apostaleis (ēstheto gar ta tę̄ proteraią bebouleumena), emartyrato mēte dikaia poiein, mēte autǭ sympheronta, ei tarachēs en tǭ plēthei ē staseōs kinētheisēs, autos chindyneusei, hōs aitios gegonōs. Kai ho men hōde anechopē tēs epi touto hormēs.
Hiding and contriving these things in his mind, he wrote to the bishops in the cities, accusing the books of Origen. Reckoning that it would be of the greatest help to him if he took as partner in his undertakings Epiphanius, bishop of Salamis in Cyprus, a man most distinguished in his time for the reverence of his life, he made him his friend, though he had earlier blamed him for holding God to be in human form. As though he had come by repentance to recognize the right belief, he wrote that he agreed with him, and stirred up accusations against the books of Origen as the cause of such doctrines. Epiphanius, who had long turned away from Origen’s writings, readily agreed with Theophilus’s letter; and meeting with the bishops in Cyprus he forbade the reading of Origen’s works. Writing their decisions to others, and to the bishop of Constantinople, he urged them to hold synods and decree the same. Theophilus, seeing that there was no danger in following Epiphanius, who had many admirers who wondered at whatever he thought because of the virtue of his life, decreed the like with the bishops under him. John did not think the effort over these things worth attention, and put the letters of Epiphanius and Theophilus in second place. Those of the powerful and of the clergy who were ill disposed to him, learning that Theophilus was eager for his deposition, zealously worked with him, and prepared for a very great synod to be held in Constantinople. Theophilus, learning this, hurried still more. He ordered the bishops from Egypt to sail, and wrote to Epiphanius and others of the East to come with speed, while he himself made the journey on foot. Not long after, Epiphanius, sailing first from Cyprus, landed at the place before Constantinople called the Hebdomon, prayed in the church there, and entered the city. John honoured him on his entry by sending the whole clergy to meet him. But Epiphanius plainly had yielded to the accusations against him; and when he was urged to stay in church lodgings, he would not consent. He avoided meeting John; but calling together privately the bishops staying in Constantinople, he showed them what had been decreed against Origen’s works, and persuaded some to vote for it; but most refused. Theotimus, bishop of Scythia, opposed Epiphanius outright. For he said that it was neither holy to insult one who had long since died, nor free of blasphemy to malign the judgment of the older writers and set aside what they had approved. And as he spoke, he brought forward a book of Origen and read from it; and showing that what was read was useful to the churches, he said: “Those who malign these things suffer something absurd; for they run the risk of insulting the things of which the words speak.” John still held Epiphanius in respect, and invited him to hold services with him and to stay with him. But he replied that he would neither stay with him nor pray with him unless he condemned Origen’s works and drove out Dioscorus and his companions. When John put this off, thinking it unjust to do so before a trial, as a service was about to be held in the church named after the Apostles, John’s enemies arranged that Epiphanius should come forward and publicly, before the people, condemn the books of Origen and Dioscorus’s party as holding his views, and at the same time malign the bishop of the city as supporting them. For they thought that in this way they would set him against the multitude. The next day Epiphanius, coming forward for this, was already near the church, when Serapion, sent by John — for he had learned what had been planned the day before — met him and protested that he was acting neither justly nor to his own advantage; for if a disturbance or riot arose among the people, he himself would be in danger as its cause. So he was checked in this attempt.
8.15PG 67:1553–1555
Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ συνέθδη νοσεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως παιδίον περιδεὴς δὲ οὖσα ἡ μήτηρ μή τι πάθοι, πέμψασα εἰ πρὸς Ἐπιφάνιον, ἐδεῖτο εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ. Ὁ δὲ ζήσεσθαι τὸν κάμνοντα ὑπέσχετο, εἰ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Διόστ κορον αἱρετικοὺς ὄντας ἀποστραφείη. Ἡ δὲ βασιλὶς, Τὸ ἐμὸν, ἔφη, παιδίον, εἴγε δοκεῖ τῷ Θεῷ λαμβάνειν, ταύτῃ ἔστω. Κύριος γὰρ ὁ δοὺς, πάλιν ἀφαιρεῖται. Αὐτὸς δὲ εἴπερ οἷός τε ἧς νεκροὺς ἀνεγείρειν, οὐκ ἂν ὁ σὸς ἀρχιδιάκονος τεθνήκει. Ἔτυχε γὰρ οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ τελευτήσας Κρισπίων, ὃν ἀδελφὸν ὄντα Φούσκωνος καὶ Σαλαμάνου τῶν ἐπὶ Οὐάλεντος δηλωθέντων μοναχῶν, σύνοικον ἔχων, ἀρχιδιάκονον ἑαυτῷ κατέστησεν. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἀμμώνιον (τοῦτο γὰρ αὐτῇ τῇ βασιλίδι ἐδόκει), πρὸς Ἐπιφάνιον ἦλθον. Πυθο μένου δὲ αὐτοῦ τίνες εἶεν, ὑπολαβὼν Αμμώνιος. Οἱ Μακροὶ, ἔφη, ὦ Πάτερ. Αλλ' εἰ πώποτε μαθηταῖς ἡμετέροις ἢ συντάγμασιν ἐνέτυχες, ἡδέως ἐμάνθανον. Τοῦ δὲ ἀποφήσαντος, πάλιν ἤρετο· Πόθεν οὖν αἰρετικοὺς εἶναι σφᾶς νενόμικας, μηδένα ἔλεγχον ἔχων τῆς αὐτῶν γνώμης; Ακηκοέναι δὲ Ἐπιφανίου λέγοντος, Ἡμεῖς δὲ, ἔφη, πᾶν τούναντίον πεπόνθαμεν· μαθηταῖς γὰρ σοῖς συνετύχομεν πολλάκις καὶ συγγράμμασιν· ὧν ἐκεῖνό γὲ ἐστιν ὁ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν ᾿Αγκυρωτὸς ἔχον. Βουλομένων τε πολλῶν λοιδορεῖσθαι καὶ ὡς αἱρετικὸν διαβάλλειν, ὑπερηγωνιζόμεθα, ὡς εἰκὸς, πατρὸς, καὶ ὑπεραπελογούμεθα. Οὔκουν ἐχρῆν ἐξ ἀκοῆς ἐρήμην καταδικάζειν, ὧν οὐκ αὐτὸς πεισθεὶς κατέγνως, οὔτε τοιαύτην ἀμοιβὴν τοῖς εὖ λέγου - σιν ἀποδοῦναι. Ὁ δὲ Ἑπιφάνιος, τότε μὲν μετριώτες ρον προσδιαλεχθεὶς, ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς ἄνδρας. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀπέπλευσεν εἰς Κύπρον · ἢ τῆς ἐπὶ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀφίξεως καταγνοὺς ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ χρήσαντος, καὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ θάνατον, ὡς εἰκὸς, αὐτῷ προμηνύσαντος. Πλέων γὰρ, πρὶν εἰς Κύπρον ἐλθεῖν ἐτελεύτησε. Λέγεται γοῦν τοῖς αὐτῷ συνελθοῦσιν ἐπισκόποις ἐπὶ θάλασσαν εἰπεῖν, μέλλων ἐπιβαίνειν τοῦ σκάφους· Ἀφίημι ὑμῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ τὴν ὑπόκρισιν. Ἐγὼ δὲ ἄπειμι· σπεύδω γὰρ, πάνυ σπεύδω. Κἀκεῖνον δὲ εἰσέτι νῦν πολλῶν ὄντα τὸν λόγον ἐπυθόμην, ὡς Ἐπιφανίῳ μὲν Ἰωάννης τὴν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τελευτὴν προεμήνυσεν· ὁ δὲ, ἐκείνῳ, τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς τὴν καθαίρεσιν. Ἐν ᾧ γὰρ διεφέροντο, ὁ μὲν ἐδήλωσεν Ἰωάννῃ· Ἐλπίζω σὲ μὴ ἀποθανεῖν ἐπίσκοπον. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀντεδήλου · Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ σὲ τῆς σῆς ἐπιβήσεσθαι πόλεως.
En toutǭ de synethdē nosein tou basileōs paidion perideēs de ousa hē mētēr mē ti pathoi, pempsasa ei pros Epiphanion, edeito euchesthai hyper autou. Ho de zēsesthai ton kamnonta hypescheto, ei tous amphi Diost koron hairetikous ontas apostrapheiē. Hē de basilis, To emon, ephē, paidion, eige dokei tǭ Theǭ lambanein, tautę̄ estō. Kyrios gar ho dous, palin aphaireitai. Autos de eiper hoios te hēs nekrous anegeirein, ouk an ho sos archidiakonos tethnēkei. Etyche gar ou pro pollou teleutēsas Krispiōn, hon adelphon onta Phouskōnos kai Salamanou tōn epi Oualentos dēlōthentōn monachōn, synoikon echōn, archidiakonon heautǭ katestēsen. Hoi de peri Ammōnion (touto gar autę̄ tę̄ basilidi edokei), pros Epiphanion ēlthon. Pytho menou de autou tines eien, hypolabōn Ammōnios. Hoi Makroi, ephē, ō Pater. All' ei pōpote mathētais hēmeterois ē syntagmasin enetyches, hēdeōs emanthanon. Tou de apophēsantos, palin ēreto; Pothen oun airetikous einai sphas nenomikas, mēdena elenchon echōn tēs autōn gnōmēs? Akēkoenai de Epiphaniou legontos, Hēmeis de, ephē, pan tounantion peponthamen; mathētais gar sois synetychomen pollakis kai syngrammasin; hōn ekeino ge estin ho tēn epigraphēn ᾿Ankyrōtos echon. Boulomenōn te pollōn loidoreisthai kai hōs hairetikon diaballein, hyperēgōnizometha, hōs eikos, patros, kai hyperapelogoumetha. Oukoun echrēn ex akoēs erēmēn katadikazein, hōn ouk autos peistheis kategnōs, oute toiautēn amoibēn tois eu legou - sin apodounai. Ho de Hepiphanios, tote men metriōtes ron prosdialechtheis, apepempe tous andras. Ou pollǭ de hysteron apepleusen eis Kypron ; ē tēs epi Kōnstantinoupoleōs aphixeōs katagnous ē tou Theou chrēsantos, kai ton autou thanaton, hōs eikos, autǭ promēnysantos. Pleōn gar, prin eis Kypron elthein eteleutēse. Legetai goun tois autǭ synelthousin episkopois epi thalassan eipein, mellōn epibainein tou skaphous; Aphiēmi hymin tēn polin kai ta basileia, kai tēn hypokrisin. Egō de apeimi; speudō gar, pany speudō. Kakeinon de eiseti nyn pollōn onta ton logon epythomēn, hōs Epiphaniǭ men Iōannēs tēn en tę̄ thalassę̄ teleutēn proemēnysen; ho de, ekeinǭ, tēs episkopēs tēn kathairesin. En hǭ gar diepheronto, ho men edēlōsen Iōannę̄; Elpizō se mē apothanein episkopon. Ho de Iōannēs antedēlou ; Oude egō se tēs sēs epibēsesthai poleōs.
Meanwhile it happened that the emperor’s little son fell ill; and the mother, fearing lest he suffer harm, sent to Epiphanius and asked him to pray for him. He promised that the sick child would live if she turned away from Dioscorus’s party, who were heretics. The empress said: “If it seems good to God to take my child, let it be so; for the Lord who gave takes away again. But if you were able to raise the dead, your archdeacon would not have died.” For Crispion had died not long before, the brother of Phuscon and Salamanes, the monks mentioned under Valens, whom Epiphanius had had as his companion and appointed his archdeacon. Ammonius and his companions — for so it seemed good to the empress herself — came to Epiphanius. When he asked who they were, Ammonius answered: “The Tall Brothers, Father. But I would gladly learn whether you have ever met our disciples or our writings.” When he said no, Ammonius asked again: “How then have you supposed us to be heretics, having no proof of our belief?” When Epiphanius said he had heard so, he said: “We have experienced the very opposite. For we have often met your disciples and your writings, among which is the one entitled Ancoratus. And when many wished to revile you and malign you as a heretic, we fought for you, as was fitting, as for a father, and defended you. So you ought not, from hearsay, to condemn in their absence those whom you have not condemned by your own conviction, nor return such a recompense to those who speak well of you.” Epiphanius, after speaking with them more moderately at that time, sent the men away. Not long after he sailed for Cyprus, either condemning his journey to Constantinople, or because God had given him an oracle, and, as is likely, had foretold his death to him; for he died at sea before reaching Cyprus. It is said, at any rate, that he said to the bishops who came with him to the sea, as he was about to board the ship: “I leave you the city and the palace and the play-acting; but I am going, for I am in haste, in great haste.” I have learned also the story, still told by many, that John foretold to Epiphanius his death at sea, and he to John his deposition from the episcopate. For while they were at odds, Epiphanius sent word to John: “I hope you will not die a bishop.” And John answered: “Nor I that you will set foot in your city.”
8.16PG 67:1557
Ἐπεὶ 65 ἀπέπλευσεν Ἐπιφάνιος, ἐχχλησιάξζων Ἰωάννης κοινὸν κατὰ γυναικῶν διεξῆλθε Ψόγον " αἰνιγματωδῶς ὃὲ συγκεῖσθαι τοῦτον κατὰ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετῆς τὸ πλῆθος ἐδέχετο. Οἱ δὲ τοῦ ἐπισκόπου δυσμενεῖς, αὐτὸν τὸν λόγον ἐχλαμδάνοντε;, τῇ βασιλίδι διεκόμισαν. Ἢ δὲ παρὰ τῷ ἀνδρὶ τὴν ὕδριν ἀπωδύρατο, Θεόφιλον θᾶττον παρεῖναι, σύνοδον ποιεῖν χατήπειγε. Συνέπραττε δὲ συγχατεσχεύαζε ταῦτα Σεδηριανὸς ὁ Γαθαλεὺς, οὔπω τῆς προτέρας ἀπαλλαγεὶς λύπης. ᾿Αλλὰ πότερον, οὕτως ὡς ἔτυχεν, ἐπὶ τοῦτον Ἰωάννης προήχθη τὴν λόγον, ὥς τινες λέγουσιν, ὑπονοῆσας ὡς ἡ βασιλὶς ἔπεισεν Ἐπιφάνιον ἐπιδουλεύειν αὐτῷ, ἀκριδῶς οὐχ ἔχω λέγειν. Οὐχ εἰς μαχρᾶν δὲ χαὺ θεόφιλος παρῆν εἰς Χαλχηδόνα τὴν Βιθυνῶν, καὶ ἄλλοι πολλῶν πόλεων ἐπίσκοποι " οἱ μὲν, ὑπὸ Θεοφίλου προτραπέντες " οἱ δὲ, βασιλέως προστάγματι μετακληθέντες. Σπουδῇ δὲ μάλιστα συνήεσαν, ὅσοι τε τῶν ἐν ᾿Ασίχ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἀφήρηντο παρὰ Ἰωάννου, ὅσοι ἄλλοθεν ἄλλως αὐτῷ ἀπηχθάνοντο" ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐξ Αἰγύπτοῦυ νῆες ἃς Θεόφιλος περιέμενεν, εἰς Χαλχηδόνα ἀφίκοντο. Συνελθόντων δὲ πάντων εἰς ταυτὸν ἐνθάδε, καὶ βουλευομένων ὅπως αὐτοῖς κατὰ γνώμην προθαΐη κατὰ Ἰωάννου ἐπιχείρησις, Κυρῖνος, ὃς ἡγεῖτο τότε τῆς ἐν Χαλκηδόνι ᾿Εκκλησίας, κατὰ τὸ συγγενὲς ἴσως Θεοφίλῳ χαριζόμενος ἣν γὰρ Αἰγύπτιος, καὶ ἄλλως διάφορος Ἰωάννῃ τυγχάνων, πλεῖστα αὐτὸν 0 ἐλοιδόρει. Ταχεῖα δὲ τούτων τῶν ὕδρεων ἔδοξεν αὐτὸν μετιέναι δίκη. Μαρουθᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἐχ Μεσοποταμίας, συνὼν τοῖς ἐπισκόποις, ἄκων αὐτοῦ θάτερον τοῖν ποδοῖν ἐπάτησεν. ᾿Οδυνηθεὶς δὲ, οὐκέτι σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἱερεῦσιν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐπεραιώθη, καίπερ ἀναγχαῖος εἶναι δυχῶν πρὸς τὰς κατὰ Ἰωάνἐπιβουλάς. Μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ κακῶς διατεθεὶς, πολλάκις ὑπὸ τῶν ἰατρῶν ἀπεπρίσθη τὸ σκέλος. Ἐπιγενομένη γὰρ σηπεδὼν, τὸ πᾶν ἐπενέμετο σῶμα" ὡς καὶ τὸν ἕτερον πόδα ταυτὸν ὑπομεῖναι, τῇ μεταδόσει τοῦ πάθους. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὁ μὲν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐν ταῖς ὀδύναις ἐτελεύτα τὸν βίον.
Epei 65 apepleusen Epiphanios, echchlēsiaxzōn Iōannēs koinon kata gynaikōn diexēlthe Psogon " ainigmatōdōs hoe synkeisthai touton kata tēs tou basileōs gametēs to plēthos edecheto. Hoi de tou episkopou dysmeneis, auton ton logon echlamdanonte?, tę̄ basilidi diekomisan. Ē de para tǭ andri tēn hydrin apōdyrato, Theophilon thatton pareinai, synodon poiein chatēpeige. Synepratte de synchatescheuaze tauta Sedērianos ho Gathaleus, oupō tēs proteras apallageis lypēs. ᾿Alla poteron, houtōs hōs etychen, epi touton Iōannēs proēchthē tēn logon, hōs tines legousin, hyponoēsas hōs hē basilis epeisen Epiphanion epidouleuein autǭ, akridōs ouch echō legein. Ouch eis machran de chau theophilos parēn eis Chalchēdona tēn Bithynōn, kai alloi pollōn poleōn episkopoi " hoi men, hypo Theophilou protrapentes " hoi de, basileōs prostagmati metaklēthentes. Spoudę̄ de malista synēesan, hosoi te tōn en ᾿Asich tēs episkopēs aphērēnto para Iōannou, hosoi allothen allōs autǭ apēchthanonto" ēdē de kai ex Aigyptouy nēes has Theophilos periemenen, eis Chalchēdona aphikonto. Synelthontōn de pantōn eis tauton enthade, kai bouleuomenōn hopōs autois kata gnōmēn prothaïē kata Iōannou epicheirēsis, Kyrinos, hos hēgeito tote tēs en Chalkēdoni ᾿Ekklēsias, kata to syngenes isōs Theophilǭ charizomenos hēn gar Aigyptios, kai allōs diaphoros Iōannę̄ tynchanōn, pleista auton 0 eloidorei. Tacheia de toutōn tōn hydreōn edoxen auton metienai dikē. Marouthas gar ho ech Mesopotamias, synōn tois episkopois, akōn autou thateron toin podoin epatēsen. ᾿Odynētheis de, ouketi syn tois allois hiereusin eis Kōnstantinoupolin eperaiōthē, kaiper ananchaios einai dychōn pros tas kata Iōanepiboulas. Meta tauta de kakōs diatetheis, pollakis hypo tōn iatrōn apepristhē to skelos. Epigenomenē gar sēpedōn, to pan epenemeto sōma" hōs kai ton heteron poda tauton hypomeinai, tę̄ metadosei tou pathous. ᾿All᾽ ho men ou pollǭ hysteron en tais odynais eteleuta ton bion.
When Epiphanius had sailed away, John, preaching in church, delivered a general censure of women; and the multitude took it as composed in riddles against the emperor’s wife. The bishop’s enemies, taking down the speech, carried it to the empress. She complained to her husband of the insult, and pressed for Theophilus to come quickly and hold a synod. Severian of Gabala, not yet freed from his former vexation, worked with her and helped contrive these things. But whether John came to that discourse just as it happened, or, as some say, suspecting that the empress had persuaded Epiphanius to plot against him, I cannot say exactly. Not long after Theophilus arrived at Chalcedon in Bithynia, and many bishops of other cities, some urged by Theophilus, others summoned by the emperor’s order. Those came most eagerly who had been deprived of their sees in Asia by John, and those who were hostile to him for other reasons in other ways; and the ships from Egypt for which Theophilus had been waiting had already arrived at Chalcedon. When they had all met together there and were deliberating how their attempt against John might go as they wished, Cyrinus, who then led the church in Chalcedon, perhaps favouring Theophilus out of kinship — for he was an Egyptian — and otherwise at odds with John, reviled him greatly. A swift penalty seemed to overtake him for these insults. For Maruthas from Mesopotamia, who was with the bishops, accidentally trod on one of his feet. In pain, he did not cross over to Constantinople with the other priests, though he seemed necessary for the plots against John. Afterwards, growing worse, his leg was often sawn by the physicians; for a putrefaction set in and spread over the whole body, so that the other foot suffered the same by the spread of the disease. And not long after he ended his life in agony.
8.17PG 67:1557–1561
ΙΕραιωθέντι δὲ Θεοφίλῳ, οὐδεὶς τῶν ΚωνσταντινουΕἰ ει 15. πόλεως κληρικῶν ὑπήντετο. Δῆλος γὰρ ἦν ἤδη τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ δυσμενής. Τὸ δὲ τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων ναυτιxὸν, οἴπερ ἔτυχον ἐνδημοῦντες ἔκ τε τῶν ἄλλων πλοίων, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν σιτηγῶν, ὁμοῦ συνελέγησαν, καὶ προθύμως αὐτὸν εὐφημοῦντες ἐδέξαντο. Παραδραμὼν δὲ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, εἰς βασιλικὴν οἰκία, ἦλθεν, ἐν ᾗ καταμένειν αὐτῷ ηὐτρέπιστο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλοὺς ἔγνω Ἰωάννῃ ἀπεχθάνεσθαι, καὶ κατηγορεῖν ἑτοίμους, προδιαθεὶς τὰ ἄλλα ᾗπερ αὐτῷ καλῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει, ἧκεν εἰς Δρῦν η. Χαλκηδόνος δὲ τοῦτο προάστειον, Ῥουφίνου τοῦ ὑπατικοῦ νῦν ἐπώνυμον, ἐν ᾧ βασίλειά ἐστι, καὶ μεγάλη ἐκκλησία, ἣν αὐτὸς 'Ῥουφῖνος ἐπὶ τιμῇ Πέτρου καὶ Παύλου τῶν ἀποστό λων ἐδείματο, καὶ ᾿Αποστολεῖον ἐξ αὐτῶν ὠνόμασε. Πλησίον δὲ μοναχοὺς συνῴκησεν, οἳ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὸν κλῆρον ἐπλήρουν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ συνελθών Θεόφιλος ἅμα τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπισκόποις, περὶ μὲν τῶν Ωριγένους βιβλίων οὐδὲν ἐπεμνημόνευσε · τοὺς δὲ ἀπὸ Σκήτεως μοναχοὺς εἰς μετάνοιαν ἐκάλει, μήτε μνησικακεῖν, μήτε κακῶς ποιεῖν ὑποσχόμενος. Ἐπιβοώντων δὲ αὐτοῖς συγγνώμην αἰτεῖν τῶν Θεοφίλου σπουδαστῶν, καὶ προσποιουμένων τὴν σύνοδον ίκετεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, ταραχθέντες οἱ μοναχοὶ, καὶ τοῦτο χρῆναι ποιεῖν νομίσαντες, πολλῶν ἐπισκόπων προκαθημένων, τοῦτο δὴ τὸ σύνηθες αὐτοῖς λέγειν, κἂν ἀδικῶνται, Συγχώρησον, ἔφασαν. Θεοφίλου δὲ ἑτοίμως σπεισαμένου, καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν αὐτοῖς ἀποδόντος, διελύθη τῶν περὶ Σκῆτιν ἀδικημάτων ἡ ἐξέτασις, "Όπερ οἶμαι οὐκ ἂν συνέβη, εἰ συμπαρῆσαν τοῖς ἄλ– λοις μοναχοῖς Διόσκορός τε καὶ ᾿Αμμώνιος. Ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἤδη πρότερον τελευτήσας, ἐτάφῃ ἐν τῇ Μωκίου τοῦ μάρτυρος ἐπωνύμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ. Αμμώνιος δὲ ἕναγχος τῆς συνόδου παρασκευαζομένης, ἐμαλακίσθη τὸ σῶμα· περαιωθεὶς δὲ εἰς Δρῦν, χαλεπώτερον ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου διετέθη · καὶ μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον· καὶ πρὸς τῶν πλησίον μοναχῶν, ἔνθα δὴ κεῖται, λαμπρᾶς ἠξιώθη ταφῆς. Ὁ δὲ Θεόφιλος, ὡς ἐπύθετο, λέγεται δακρύσαι, καὶ εἰς πάντας εἰπεῖν, ὡς οὐδεὶς εἴη τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτὸν μοναχὸς, οἷος Αμμώνιος, εἰ καὶ αὐτῷ ταραχῆς αἴτιος ἐγένετο, Προὐχώρει δὲ ὅμως αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτο κατὰ γνώμην. Ἡ δὲ σύνοδος ἅπαντας συνεκάλεσε τοὺς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κληρικούς, καθαίρεσιν ἀπειλήσασα κατὰ τῶν ἀπειθούντων. Ἐκάτ λεσε δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννην πρὸς ἀπολογίαν. Σὺν αὐτῷ δὲ παρεῖναι προσέταξε Σαραπίωνα, καὶ Τίγριον πρεσβύτερον, καὶ Παῦλον ἀναγνώστην. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης, ἄλλους τέ τινας τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αὐτῷ κληρικῶν, καὶ Δημήτριον τὸν Πισινοῦντος ἐπίσκοπον πέμψας, πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔλεγε μὴ ἀποφεύγειν τὴν κρίσιν · ἕτοιμος δὲ εἶναι, εἰ πρότερον μάθοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, καὶ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπισκέψαιτο, ἐπὶ μείζονος ἀπολογεῖσθαι συνόδου, Μὴ γὰρ αἱρεῖσθαι ἀνόητόν τι ὑπομένειν, καὶ περιφανῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀνέχεσθαι δικαστῶν. Ὡς ἀπειθοῦντος δὲ συνόδῳ χαλεπαινόντων αὐτῶν, οἱ μὲν τῶν τάδε ἀγγειλάντων, δείσαντες οὐκέτι ἀνέστρεφον. Δημήτριος δὲ, καὶ ὅσοι τὴν Ἰωάννου προετίμων συνουσίαν, ὡς αὐτὸν ἐπανῆλθον. Κατ᾿ αὐτὴν δὲ τὴν ἡμέραν ταχυδρόμος καὶ ταχυγράφος ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων παραγενόμενοι, τὸν μὲν κατήπειγον πρὸς τοὺς ἐπισκόπους ἐλθεῖν· τοὺς δὲ, μὴ μέλλειν περὶ τὴν κρίσιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τετράκις κληθεὶς, οἰκουμενικὴν ἐπεκαλεῖτο σύνοδον, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἐπαιτιώμενοι, πλὴν ὅτι κληθεὶς οὐχ ὑπήκουσε, καθεῖλον αὐτόν.
IEraiōthenti de Theophilǭ, oudeis tōn KōnstantinouEi ei 15. poleōs klērikōn hypēnteto. Dēlos gar ēn ēdē tǭ episkopǭ dysmenēs. To de tōn ᾿Alexandreōn nautixon, oiper etychon endēmountes ek te tōn allōn ploiōn, kai malista tōn sitēgōn, homou synelegēsan, kai prothymōs auton euphēmountes edexanto. Paradramōn de tēn ekklēsian, eis basilikēn oikia, ēlthen, en hę̄ katamenein autǭ ēutrepisto. Epei de pollous egnō Iōannę̄ apechthanesthai, kai katēgorein hetoimous, prodiatheis ta alla hę̄per autǭ kalōs echein edokei, hēken eis Dryn ē. Chalkēdonos de touto proasteion, Rhouphinou tou hypatikou nyn epōnymon, en hǭ basileia esti, kai megalē ekklēsia, hēn autos 'Rhouphinos epi timę̄ Petrou kai Paulou tōn aposto lōn edeimato, kai ᾿Apostoleion ex autōn ōnomase. Plēsion de monachous synǭkēsen, hoi tēs ekklēsias ton klēron eplēroun. Entautha de synelthōn Theophilos hama tois allois episkopois, peri men tōn Ōrigenous bibliōn ouden epemnēmoneuse ; tous de apo Skēteōs monachous eis metanoian ekalei, mēte mnēsikakein, mēte kakōs poiein hyposchomenos. Epiboōntōn de autois syngnōmēn aitein tōn Theophilou spoudastōn, kai prospoioumenōn tēn synodon iketeuein hyper autōn, tarachthentes hoi monachoi, kai touto chrēnai poiein nomisantes, pollōn episkopōn prokathēmenōn, touto dē to synēthes autois legein, kan adikōntai, Synchōrēson, ephasan. Theophilou de hetoimōs speisamenou, kai tēn koinōnian autois apodontos, dielythē tōn peri Skētin adikēmatōn hē exetasis, "Oper oimai ouk an synebē, ei symparēsan tois al– lois monachois Dioskoros te kai ᾿Ammōnios. Ho men gar ēdē proteron teleutēsas, etaphę̄ en tę̄ Mōkiou tou martyros epōnymǭ ekklēsią. Ammōnios de henanchos tēs synodou paraskeuazomenēs, emalakisthē to sōma; peraiōtheis de eis Dryn, chalepōteron hypo tēs nosou dietethē ; kai met᾿ ou poly teleutą ton bion; kai pros tōn plēsion monachōn, entha dē keitai, lampras ēxiōthē taphēs. Ho de Theophilos, hōs epytheto, legetai dakrysai, kai eis pantas eipein, hōs oudeis eiē tōn kat᾿ auton monachos, hoios Ammōnios, ei kai autǭ tarachēs aitios egeneto, Prouchōrei de homōs autǭ kai touto kata gnōmēn. Hē de synodos hapantas synekalese tous Kōnstantinoupoleōs klērikous, kathairesin apeilēsasa kata tōn apeithountōn. Ekat lese de kai Iōannēn pros apologian. Syn autǭ de pareinai prosetaxe Sarapiōna, kai Tigrion presbyteron, kai Paulon anagnōstēn. Ho de Iōannēs, allous te tinas tōn epitēdeiōn autǭ klērikōn, kai Dēmētrion ton Pisinountos episkopon pempsas, pros autous elege mē apopheugein tēn krisin ; hetoimos de einai, ei proteron mathoi tous katēgorous, kai tēn graphēn episkepsaito, epi meizonos apologeisthai synodou, Mē gar haireisthai anoēton ti hypomenein, kai periphanōn echthrōn anechesthai dikastōn. Hōs apeithountos de synodǭ chalepainontōn autōn, hoi men tōn tade angeilantōn, deisantes ouketi anestrephon. Dēmētrios de, kai hosoi tēn Iōannou proetimōn synousian, hōs auton epanēlthon. Kat᾿ autēn de tēn hēmeran tachydromos kai tachygraphos ek tōn basileiōn paragenomenoi, ton men katēpeigon pros tous episkopous elthein; tous de, mē mellein peri tēn krisin. Epei de tetrakis klētheis, oikoumenikēn epekaleito synodon, ouden heteron epaitiōmenoi, plēn hoti klētheis ouch hypēkouse, katheilon auton.
When Theophilus crossed over, none of the clergy of Constantinople met him; for he was already plainly hostile to the bishop. But the Alexandrian sailors who happened to be in the city, from the other ships and especially from the grain ships, gathered together and received him with eager acclamations. Passing by the church, he went to an imperial house in which lodging had been prepared for him. When he learned that many were hostile to John and ready to accuse him, having arranged the rest as he thought best, he went to the Oak. This is a suburb of Chalcedon, now named after Rufinus the consular, in which there is a palace and a large church, which Rufinus himself built in honour of the apostles Peter and Paul and named the Apostoleion after them; and nearby he settled monks, who made up the clergy of the church. Meeting here with the other bishops, Theophilus made no mention of the books of Origen; but he called the monks from Scetis to repentance, promising neither to bear a grudge nor to harm them. When Theophilus’s supporters shouted at them to ask pardon, and pretended that the synod was interceding for them, the monks, troubled and thinking they ought to do so, with many bishops seated before them, said what they are accustomed to say even when wronged: “Forgive.” Theophilus readily made peace and restored communion to them, and the examination of the wrongs done at Scetis was dissolved. This, I think, would not have happened if Dioscorus and Ammonius had been present with the other monks. But the former had already died and been buried in the church named after the martyr Mocius; and Ammonius, while the synod was being prepared, fell ill; crossing to the Oak, he grew worse from the disease and not long after ended his life, and was thought worthy of a splendid burial by the monks nearby, where he lies. Theophilus, when he learned of it, is said to have wept and said before all that there was no monk in his time like Ammonius, even if he had been a cause of trouble to him. Yet this too went as he wished. The synod summoned all the clergy of Constantinople, threatening deposition against those who disobeyed. It summoned John too to make his defence, and ordered Serapion, Tigrius the presbyter and Paul the reader to appear with him. John, sending some of the clergy friendly to him and Demetrius, bishop of Pessinus, told them that he did not shun judgment, but was ready, if he first learned who the accusers were and examined the indictment, to make his defence before a greater synod; for he would not choose to endure anything foolish and to put up with manifest enemies as judges. When they were angry at him as disobedient to a synod, some of those who had brought the message, in fear, did not return; but Demetrius and those who preferred John’s company went back to him. On the same day a courier and a stenographer came from the palace, urging him to go to the bishops, and them not to delay over the judgment. When, having been summoned four times, he appealed to an ecumenical synod, they deposed him, charging him with nothing else but that, when summoned, he had not obeyed.
8.18PG 67:1561–1563
Τὸ δὲ πλῆθος, ὡς τάδε ἔγνω ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει περὶ δείλην ὀψίαν, πρὸς στάσιν κεκίνητο. Καὶ συνδραμόντες ἕωθεν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἄλλα τε πολλὰ ἀνέκραγον, καὶ ὡς δέοι μείζονα σύνοδον περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλαβεῖν. Κατεπειγόντων τε τῶν ἐκ βασιλέως προστεταγμένων εἰς ὑπερορίαν αὐτὸν ἀπάγειν, οὐ συνεχώρουν. Ὁ δὲ, δείσας μήτι ἕτερον αὐτῷ ἔγκλημα πλασθῇ, ἢ ὡς βασιλεῖ ἀπειθοῦντι, ἢ τὸν δῆμον ταράττοντι, ἡμέρᾳ τρίτῃ μετὰ τὴν καθαίρεσιν, διασπαρέντος τοῦ πλήθους, περὶ μεσημβρίαν λαθὼν ἀπέλιπε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῦ ἀπαγομένου, χαλεπῶς ὁ λαὸς ἐστασίαζε, βασιλέα τε καὶ τὴν σύνοδον, καὶ μάλιστα Θεόφιλον καὶ Σεβηριανὸν ἐλοιδόρουν. "Αμφω μὲν γὰρ ἀρχηγὼ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἤστην. Ὁ δὲ Σεβηριανὸς, καὶ ἐπὶ ἐκκλησίας τότε διδάσκων, ἐπήνεσε τὴν Ἰωάννου καθαίρεσιν, ὡς κατὰ ἀλαζόνως, εἰ καὶ μηδὲν ἦν ἕτερον ἔγκλημα γεγενημένον. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα, ἔφη, ἁμαρτήματα συγχωρεῖ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ Θεῖον· ὑπερηφάνοις δὲ ἀντιτάσσεται. Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ ἐνεμέσησε τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν ἀνενέου, καὶ ἀσχέτως ἐστασίαζε · καὶ οὔτε ἐν ἐκκλησίαις, οὔτε ἐν ἀγοραῖς ἠρεμεῖν ἡνείχετο· ἅμα δὲ ὀλολυγῇ καὶ ὀδυρμοῖς μέχρι καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν βασιλείων προϊόντες, ἐδέοντο περί τῆς Ἰωάννου ἀνακλήσεως. Εἴξασα δὲ ταῖς ἱκεσίαις τοῦ δήμου ἡ βασιλὶς, πείθει τὸν ἄνδρα επινευσαι · ἐν τάχει τε Βρίσσωνα τὸν ἀμφὶ αὐτὴν πιστὸν εὐνοῦχον πέμψασα, ἐκ Πρενέτου τῆς Βιθυνίας Ἰωάννην ἐπανήγαγεν, ἀθῶον εἶναι τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτοῦ βεβουλευμένων δηλώσασα, καὶ δι' αἰδοῦς αὐτὸν ἔχειν, ὡς ἱερέα καὶ μυσταγωγὸν τῶν αὐτῆς παίδων. Ὁ δὲ ἐπανελθὼν, ἐν προαστείῳ αὐτῆς τῆς βασιλίδος περὶ τὸν Ἀνάπλουν διέτριβε· καὶ πρὸ κρίσεως μείζονος συνόδου, ἵν᾿ εἴη δῆλον ὡς ἀδίκως ἀφῃρέθη τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς, παρῃτεῖτο τέως τὴν εἰς τὴν πόλιν εἴσοδον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ὁ λαὸς ἡγανάκτει, καὶ τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἐλοιδόρει, βιασθεὶς εἰσῆλθεν. Ἐν ψαλμῳδίαις δὲ πρὸς τὸ συμβάν πεποιημέναις ὑπαντήσας ὁ δῆμος (ἔφερον δὲ κηροὺς ἡμμένους οἱ πλείους), ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. Παραιτούμενόν τε, καὶ πολλάκις ἰσχυριζόμενον χρῆναι πρότερον τοὺς καταψηφισαμένους σο αὐτοῦ πάλιν ἀποψηφίσασθαι, ὡς ἱερεῦσι θέμις, ἠνάγκασαν τὴν εἰρήνην τῷ λαῷ προσειπεῖν, καὶ εἰς τὸν ἐπισκοπικὸν καθίσαι θρόνον. ᾿Αναγκασθεὶς δὲ, καὶ σχέδιόν τινα διεξῆλθε λόγον. Ἐκ χαριεστάτης δὲ εἰκόνος τὰς ἀφορμὰς λαβὼν, ὑπεδήλου Θεόφιλον μὲν ἐνυβρίσαι τὴν ὑπ' αὐτὸν Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιχειρῆσαι, ὡς τὸν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλέα τὴν Ἀβραὰμ τοῦ πατριάρχου γαμετὴν, ὡς αἱ τῶν Ἑβραίων ἱστοροῦσι βίβλοι· τὸν δὲ λαὸν ὡς εἰκὸς ἐπαινέσας τῆς προθυμίας, καὶ τοὺς κρατοῦντας τῆς περὶ αὐτὸν εὐνοίας, εἰς πολλοὺς κρότους καὶ εὐφημίαν τοῦ βασιλέως και τῆς αὐτοῦ γαμετῆς, τὸ πλῆθος ἐκίνησεν, ὡς καὶ ἡμιτελῆ καταλιπεῖν τὸν λόγον.
To de plēthos, hōs tade egnō en Kōnstantinoupolei peri deilēn opsian, pros stasin kekinēto. Kai syndramontes heōthen eis tēn ekklēsian, alla te polla anekragon, kai hōs deoi meizona synodon peri autou dialabein. Katepeigontōn te tōn ek basileōs prostetagmenōn eis hyperorian auton apagein, ou synechōroun. Ho de, deisas mēti heteron autǭ enklēma plasthę̄, ē hōs basilei apeithounti, ē ton dēmon tarattonti, hēmerą tritę̄ meta tēn kathairesin, diasparentos tou plēthous, peri mesēmbrian lathōn apelipe tēn ekklēsian. Ēdē de autou apagomenou, chalepōs ho laos estasiaze, basilea te kai tēn synodon, kai malista Theophilon kai Sebērianon eloidoroun. "Amphō men gar archēgō tēs epiboulēs ēstēn. Ho de Sebērianos, kai epi ekklēsias tote didaskōn, epēnese tēn Iōannou kathairesin, hōs kata alazonōs, ei kai mēden ēn heteron enklēma gegenēmenon. Ta men gar alla, ephē, hamartēmata synchōrei tois anthrōpois to Theion; hyperēphanois de antitassetai. Epi toutois de enemesēse to plēthos, kai tēn orgēn aneneou, kai aschetōs estasiaze ; kai oute en ekklēsiais, oute en agorais ēremein hēneicheto; hama de ololygę̄ kai odyrmois mechri kai autōn tōn basileiōn proïontes, edeonto peri tēs Iōannou anaklēseōs. Eixasa de tais hikesiais tou dēmou hē basilis, peithei ton andra epineusai ; en tachei te Brissōna ton amphi autēn piston eunouchon pempsasa, ek Prenetou tēs Bithynias Iōannēn epanēgagen, athōon einai tōn kat᾿ autou bebouleumenōn dēlōsasa, kai di' aidous auton echein, hōs hierea kai mystagōgon tōn autēs paidōn. Ho de epanelthōn, en proasteiǭ autēs tēs basilidos peri ton Anaploun dietribe; kai pro kriseōs meizonos synodou, hin᾿ eiē dēlon hōs adikōs aphę̄rethē tēs episkopēs, parę̄teito teōs tēn eis tēn polin eisodon. Epei de palin ho laos hēganaktei, kai tous kratountas eloidorei, biastheis eisēlthen. En psalmǭdiais de pros to symban pepoiēmenais hypantēsas ho dēmos (epheron de kērous hēmmenous hoi pleious), agousin auton epi tēn ekklēsian. Paraitoumenon te, kai pollakis ischyrizomenon chrēnai proteron tous katapsēphisamenous so autou palin apopsēphisasthai, hōs hiereusi themis, ēnankasan tēn eirēnēn tǭ laǭ proseipein, kai eis ton episkopikon kathisai thronon. ᾿Anankastheis de, kai schedion tina diexēlthe logon. Ek chariestatēs de eikonos tas aphormas labōn, hypedēlou Theophilon men enybrisai tēn hyp' auton Ekklēsian epicheirēsai, hōs ton Aigyptiōn basilea tēn Abraam tou patriarchou gametēn, hōs hai tōn Hebraiōn historousi bibloi; ton de laon hōs eikos epainesas tēs prothymias, kai tous kratountas tēs peri auton eunoias, eis pollous krotous kai euphēmian tou basileōs kai tēs autou gametēs, to plēthos ekinēsen, hōs kai hēmitelē katalipein ton logon.
When the people in Constantinople learned this toward evening, they were stirred to riot; and running together at dawn to the church, they shouted many things, and that a greater synod ought to judge his case. When those ordered by the emperor pressed to take him into exile, they would not allow it. But he, fearing lest another charge be fabricated against him, either of disobeying the emperor or of stirring up the people, on the third day after his deposition, when the crowd had dispersed, left the church secretly about midday. As he was being led away, the people rioted fiercely, and reviled the emperor and the synod, and especially Theophilus and Severian; for both were the leaders of the plot. Severian, teaching in church at that time, even praised John’s deposition, as for arrogance, even if no other charge had been made. “For other sins,” he said, “the Divine forgives men; but he sets himself against the proud.” At this the multitude was indignant, renewed its anger, and rioted without restraint, and would keep quiet neither in churches nor in the market places; but going with wailing and lamentation as far as the palace itself, they begged for John’s recall. The empress, yielding to the people’s entreaties, persuaded her husband to consent; and quickly sending Brison, her faithful eunuch, she brought John back from Prenetus in Bithynia, declaring that she was innocent of the plots against him, and that she held him in reverence as a priest and the initiator of her children. When he returned he stayed in a suburb belonging to the empress herself near Anaplus; and before the judgment of a greater synod, so that it might be clear that he had been unjustly deprived of his episcopate, he declined for the time to enter the city. But when the people again became angry and reviled the rulers, he was compelled to enter. The people met him with psalms composed for the occasion — most carried lighted candles — and led him to the church. Though he refused and insisted many times that those who had condemned him must first revoke their vote, as is lawful for priests, they compelled him to greet the people with the peace and to sit on the episcopal throne. Compelled, he also delivered an impromptu discourse. Taking his starting point from a most graceful comparison, he hinted that Theophilus had tried to outrage the church under him as the king of the Egyptians had Sarah, the wife of the patriarch Abraham, as the books of the Hebrews relate; and, praising the people, as was fitting, for their zeal and the rulers for their goodwill toward him, he moved the multitude to much applause and acclamation of the emperor and his wife, so that he left his discourse half finished.
8.19PG 67:1563–1567
Θεόφιλος δὲ ἀπορῶν ὅ τι χρήσαιτο τοῖς παροῦσιν, οὐκ ἐθάῤῥει, καίπερ προθυμούμενος, εἰς τὸ φανερὸν διαβάλλειν Ἰωάννην, ὡς παρανόμως μετὰ καθαίρεσιν ἱερωμένον. "Ηδη γὰρ τοῖς κρατοῦσι ποοσκρούσων, ἳ διὰ τὴν κίνησιν τοῦ δήμου, παραιτούμενον ἐπανελθεῖν ἐβιάσαντο. Τοῖς δὲ Ἡρακλείδου κατηγόροις δικαστήριον κατὰ ἀπόντος προτέθηκεν, οἰηθεὶς ἐντεῦθεν εὐλογωτέραν πως αἰτίαν εὑρήσειν τῆς Ἰωάννου καθαιρέσεως. ᾿Αντερούντων δὲ τῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπιτηδείων, ὡς οὐ νόμιμον, οὐδὲ ἐκκλησιαστικὸν, τὸν ἀπόντα κρίνεσθαι, τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Θεόφιλον τάναντία ἰσχυριζομένων, ἐπιλαβόμενοι τῆς ἔριδος τὸ λοιπὸν τῶν ᾿Αλεξανδρέων καὶ Αἰγυπτίων πλῆθος, καὶ ὁ Κωνσταντινουπό λεως λαὸς, εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐχώρησαν · ὡς πολλοὺς τραυματίας γενέσθαι, τινὰς δὲ καὶ ἀπολέσθαι. Δείσαντες δὲ καὶ Σεβηριανὸς καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπίσκοποι, πλὴν τῶν τὰ Ἰωάννου φρονούντων, φυγῇ τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἀπέλιπον. Καὶ Θεόφιλος δὲ αὐτίκα μηδὲν ἀναβαλλόμενος, ἤδη τοῦ χειμῶνος ἀρχομένου, φεύγων ἅμα Ἰσαακίῳ τῷ μοναχῷ ἀπέπλευσεν εἰς ᾿Αλεξάνδρειαν. Ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ πελάγους ὧδε συμβάν, κατῆρεν εἰς Γέρας πόλιν μικρὰν, ἀμφὶ πεντήκοντα στάδια τοῦ Πηλουσίου ἀφεστῶσαν. Τελευτήσαντος δὲ τότε τοῦ ἐνθάδε ἐπισκόπου, οἱ μὲν πολῖται, ὡς ἐπυθόμην, ἐψηφίσαντο Νιλάμμωνα προστατεῖν τῆς αὐτῶν κλησίας, ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν, καὶ μοναστικῆς φιλοσοφίας εἰς ἄκρον ἐλθόντα. "ᾤκει δὲ πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος, ἐν οἰκήματι καθείρξας ἑαυτὸν, καὶ λίθοις τὴν θύραν ἀποφράξας. Ἀποφεύγοντα δὲ τὴν ἱερωσύνην, ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν Θεόφιλος, συνεβούλευσε καταδέχεσθαι τὴν παρ' αὐτοῦ χειροτονίαν. Ὁ δὲ πολλάκις παραιτησάμενος, ὡς οὐκ ἔπειθεν, Αὔριον, εἴ σοι φίλον, ἔφη, πρᾶξον, ὦ Πάτερ· ὥστε με σήμερον τὰ κατ' ἐμαυτὸν διαθεῖναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα ἦλθε, καὶ – τὴν θύραν ἀνοίγειν ἐκέλευσεν, ῎Αγε δῆ πρότερον, ὁ Νιλάμμων ἔφη, εὐξώμεθα. Καὶ Θεόφιλος ἐπαινέσας, ηὔξατο · Νιλάμμων δὲ ἐν τῷ εὔχεσθαι, τὴν ἐνθάδε κατέλιπε βιοτήν. Τοῦτο δὲ, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἠγνοεῖτο Θεοφίλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔξωθεν ἑστῶσιν. 'Αναλωθείσης δὲ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, ὡς πολλάκις γεγωνότερον καλούντων οὐχ ὑπήκουε, καταβαλόντες τοὺς πρὸ τῆς θύρας λίθους, εὖρον τὸν ἄνδρα νεκρόν· καὶ περιστείλαντες ᾗ ἔδει, δημοσίας ἠξίωσαν ταφῆς· καὶ εὐκτήριον οἶκον περὶ τὸν αὐτοῦ τάφον ᾠκοδόμησαν οἱ ἐπιχώριοι· καὶ ἐπισημότατα εἰσέτι νῦν τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς ἄγουσιν. Ὁ μὲν δὴ Νιλάμμων ὧδε τέθνηκεν, εἴ γε θάνατον δεῖ καλεῖν, ὃν ὑπομεῖναι ηὔξατο πρὶν ἐπιτραπῆναι τὴν ἱερωσύνην, ἧς ἀνάξιος εἶναι διὰ μετριότητα τρόπων ἡγεῖτο. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ) ἐπανελθὼν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἔτι μᾶλλον κεχα ρισμένος τῷ λαῷ ἐφαίνετο. Συνεληλυθότων δὲ τότε ἐν · Κωνσταντινουπόλει ἀμφὶ ἑξήκοντα ἐπισκόπων, ἄκυρά τε τὰ ἐν τῇ Δρυΐ πεπραγμένα, καὶ αὐτὸν ἔχειν τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν ψηφισαμένων, διετέλεσεν ἱερώμενος, καὶ χειροτονῶν, καὶ τ᾿ ἄλλα περὶ τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν, ᾗ θέμις τοῖς προεστῶσι, διέπων. Ἡνίκα καὶ Σαραπίωνα τῆς ἐν Θράκῃ Ἡρακλείας ἐπίσκοπον κατέστησεν.
Theophilos de aporōn ho ti chrēsaito tois parousin, ouk etharrhei, kaiper prothymoumenos, eis to phaneron diaballein Iōannēn, hōs paranomōs meta kathairesin hierōmenon. "Ēdē gar tois kratousi pooskrousōn, hi dia tēn kinēsin tou dēmou, paraitoumenon epanelthein ebiasanto. Tois de Hērakleidou katēgorois dikastērion kata apontos protethēken, oiētheis enteuthen eulogōteran pōs aitian heurēsein tēs Iōannou kathaireseōs. ᾿Anterountōn de tōn autou epitēdeiōn, hōs ou nomimon, oude ekklēsiastikon, ton aponta krinesthai, tōn de peri ton Theophilon tanantia ischyrizomenōn, epilabomenoi tēs eridos to loipon tōn ᾿Alexandreōn kai Aigyptiōn plēthos, kai ho Kōnstantinoupo leōs laos, eis allēlous echōrēsan ; hōs pollous traumatias genesthai, tinas de kai apolesthai. Deisantes de kai Sebērianos kai hoi alloi episkopoi, plēn tōn ta Iōannou phronountōn, phygę̄ tēn Kōnstantinoupolin apelipon. Kai Theophilos de autika mēden anaballomenos, ēdē tou cheimōnos archomenou, pheugōn hama Isaakiǭ tǭ monachǭ apepleusen eis ᾿Alexandreian. Apo de tou pelagous hōde symban, katēren eis Geras polin mikran, amphi pentēkonta stadia tou Pēlousiou aphestōsan. Teleutēsantos de tote tou enthade episkopou, hoi men politai, hōs epythomēn, epsēphisanto Nilammōna prostatein tēs autōn klēsias, andra agathon, kai monastikēs philosophias eis akron elthonta. "ǭkei de pro tou asteos, en oikēmati katheirxas heauton, kai lithois tēn thyran apophraxas. Apopheugonta de tēn hierōsynēn, elthōn pros auton Theophilos, synebouleuse katadechesthai tēn par' autou cheirotonian. Ho de pollakis paraitēsamenos, hōs ouk epeithen, Aurion, ei soi philon, ephē, praxon, ō Pater; hōste me sēmeron ta kat' emauton diatheinai. Epei de tę̄ hysteraią kata ta synkeimena ēlthe, kai – tēn thyran anoigein ekeleusen, ᾿Age dē proteron, ho Nilammōn ephē, euxōmetha. Kai Theophilos epainesas, ēuxato ; Nilammōn de en tǭ euchesthai, tēn enthade katelipe biotēn. Touto de, ta men prōta ēgnoeito Theophilǭ kai tois amph᾿ auton exōthen hestōsin. 'Analōtheisēs de loipon tēs hēmeras, hōs pollakis gegōnoteron kalountōn ouch hypēkoue, katabalontes tous pro tēs thyras lithous, euron ton andra nekron; kai peristeilantes hę̄ edei, dēmosias ēxiōsan taphēs; kai euktērion oikon peri ton autou taphon ǭkodomēsan hoi epichōrioi; kai episēmotata eiseti nyn tēn hēmeran tēs autou teleutēs agousin. Ho men dē Nilammōn hōde tethnēken, ei ge thanaton dei kalein, hon hypomeinai ēuxato prin epitrapēnai tēn hierōsynēn, hēs anaxios einai dia metriotēta tropōn hēgeito. Ho de Iōannēs ) epanelthōn eis Kōnstantinoupolin, eti mallon kecha rismenos tǭ laǭ ephaineto. Synelēlythotōn de tote en ; Kōnstantinoupolei amphi hexēkonta episkopōn, akyra te ta en tę̄ Dryï pepragmena, kai auton echein tēn episkopēn psēphisamenōn, dietelesen hierōmenos, kai cheirotonōn, kai t᾿ alla peri tēn Ekklēsian, hę̄ themis tois proestōsi, diepōn. Hēnika kai Sarapiōna tēs en Thrakę̄ Hērakleias episkopon katestēsen.
Theophilus, at a loss what to do in the circumstances, did not dare, though eager, to accuse John openly of performing priestly acts unlawfully after deposition; for he would already be offending the rulers, who, because of the agitation of the people, had compelled him to return when he refused. But he set up a tribunal for the accusers of Heraclides in his absence, thinking to find in this a more plausible ground for John’s deposition. When John’s friends objected that it was neither lawful nor in accordance with church practice to try one who was absent, and Theophilus’s party maintained the contrary, the remaining multitude of Alexandrians and Egyptians and the people of Constantinople seized on the quarrel and came to blows, so that many were wounded and some even killed. Severian and the other bishops, except those who held with John, in fear left Constantinople in flight. And Theophilus too at once, without delay, though winter was already beginning, fled and sailed with Isaac the monk to Alexandria. By chance he put in from the open sea at Gerae, a small city about fifty stadia from Pelusium. The bishop there having then died, the citizens, as I have learned, had voted that Nilammon should preside over their church, a good man who had reached the summit of monastic philosophy. He lived before the city, having shut himself up in a cell and blocked the door with stones. As he was refusing the priesthood, Theophilus came to him and advised him to accept ordination from him. When he had refused many times and did not persuade him, he said: “Tomorrow, if you please, do it, Father, so that today I may set my affairs in order.” When Theophilus came on the next day as agreed and ordered the door to be opened, Nilammon said: “First let us pray.” Theophilus approved and prayed; and Nilammon, while praying, departed this life. At first this was unknown to Theophilus and those with him standing outside. But when the day was spent and he did not answer, though they called him many times more loudly, they threw down the stones before the door and found the man dead. Having laid him out as was fitting, they thought him worthy of a public burial; and the people of the place built a house of prayer around his tomb, and they still keep the day of his death most notably. So Nilammon died — if one should call it death — which he prayed to undergo before being entrusted with the priesthood, of which he thought himself unworthy through the modesty of his character. John, having returned to Constantinople, appeared still more beloved by the people. And when about sixty bishops, who had then met in Constantinople, had voted that what had been done at the Oak was void and that he should hold the episcopate, he continued to serve as priest, to ordain, and to manage the rest of the church’s affairs as is lawful for those who preside. Then he appointed Serapion bishop of Heraclea in Thrace.
8.20PG 67:1567–1569
Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον, ἀνδριάντος ἀργυροῦ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετῆς ἐπὶ πορφυροῦ κίονος ἀνατεθέντος, ὃς καὶ νῦν ἔστι πρὸς μεσημβρίαν τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸ τοῦ οἴκου τῆς μεγάλης βουλῆς ἐφ᾽ ὑψηλοῦ βήματος, κρότοι τε καὶ δημώδεις θέαι ὀρχηστῶν τε καὶ μίμων ἐνθάδε ἐπετελοῦντο, ὡς ἔθος ἦν τότε ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνακλήσει τῶν βασιλικῶν εἰκόνων. Ἐφ' ὕβρει δὲ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τάδε γεγενῆσθαι, ἐν ὁμιλίᾳ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν ὁ Ἰωάννης διέβαλεν· Ἡ δὲ βασιλὶς, ἔτι προσφάτου οὔσης τῆς μνήμης τῶν πρότερον λυπηρῶν, ὡς ὑβρισμένη πάλιν ἐμπίπλαται θυμοῦ, καὶ σύνοδον αὖθις ἐπιτελεῖσθαι ἐσπούδαζεν. Ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἐνεδίδου· ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐπ᾿ ἐκκλησίας λοιδορῶν αὐτὴν, ἐξέκαυσε πρὸς ὀργήν. Ἡνίκα δὴ τὸν ἀοίδιμον ἐκεῖνον διεξῆλθε λόγον, ἀρξάμενος ὧδε· Πάλιν Ἡρωδιὰς μαίνεται, πάλιν ὀρχεῖται, πάλιν Ἰωάννου τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπὶ πίνακος σπουδάζει λαβεῖν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ ἄλλοι τε ἐπίσκοποι παρεγένοντο, καὶ Λεόντιος ὁ ᾿Αγγύρας, καὶ ᾿Ακάκιος ὁ Βεῤῥοίας. Ἐπιγενομένης δὲ τῆς γενε θλίου ἡμέρας τοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς, ὡς εἰώθει, εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οὐκ ἦλθεν· ἐδήλωσε δὲ Ἰωάννη μὴ κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ πρὶν ἀνεύθυνος φανῇ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ προθύμως ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἔφη, οἱ κατήγοροι δείσαντες ἐπεξιέναι τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν οὐκ ἐθάῤῥουν, Ἐδόκει δὲ τοῖς δικασταῖς, μὴ δέον εἰς δευτέραν χωρεῖν κρίσιν τὸν ὁπωσοῦν καθαιρεθέντα. Καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐδὲν ἐξήταζον. Πρὸς τοῦτο δὲ μόνον ἀπολογεῖσθαι τὸν Ἰωάννην ἀπήτουν, ὅτι καθαιρεθείς πρὶν ἐπιτρέψαι σύνοδον, εἰς τὸν ἐπισκοπικὸν ἐκάθισε θρόνον. Τοῦ δὲ τὴν ψῆφον τῶν κεκοινωνηκότων αὐτῷ μετὰ τὴν προτέραν σύνοδον προϊσχομένου, ὡς πλειόνων αὐτοῦ καταψηφισαμένων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἱερατικοῦ κανόνος ἀπαγορεύοντος, οὐ προσίεντο τὴν ἀπολογίαν. : ᾿Αλλὰ καθεῖλον αὐτὸν, ἑτεροδόξων ἐνιστάμενοι τοῦτὸν νόμον. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως συχοφαντήσαντες ᾿Αθανάσιον ἀφείλοντο τὴν ᾿ΆἌλεξανδρέων Ἐκκλησίαν, δέει τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων μεταβολῆς, τάδε ἐνομοθέτησαν, ἀνεξέταστα μένειν τὰ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ βεβουλευμένα σπουδάζοντες,
Ou pollǭ de hysteron, andriantos argyrou tēs tou basileōs gametēs epi porphyrou kionos anatethentos, hos kai nyn esti pros mesēmbrian tēs ekklēsias pro tou oikou tēs megalēs boulēs eph᾽ hypsēlou bēmatos, krotoi te kai dēmōdeis theai orchēstōn te kai mimōn enthade epetelounto, hōs ethos ēn tote epi tę̄ anaklēsei tōn basilikōn eikonōn. Eph' hybrei de tēs ekklēsias tade gegenēsthai, en homilią pros ton laon ho Iōannēs diebalen; Hē de basilis, eti prosphatou ousēs tēs mnēmēs tōn proteron lypērōn, hōs hybrismenē palin empiplatai thymou, kai synodon authis epiteleisthai espoudazen. Ho de ouk enedidou; all᾽ eti saphesteron ep᾿ ekklēsias loidorōn autēn, exekause pros orgēn. Hēnika dē ton aoidimon ekeinon diexēlthe logon, arxamenos hōde; Palin Hērōdias mainetai, palin orcheitai, palin Iōannou tēn kephalēn epi pinakos spoudazei labein. Ouk eis makran de alloi te episkopoi paregenonto, kai Leontios ho ᾿Angyras, kai ᾿Akakios ho Berrhoias. Epigenomenēs de tēs gene thliou hēmeras tou Christou, ho men basileus, hōs eiōthei, eis tēn ekklēsian ouk ēlthen; edēlōse de Iōannē mē koinōnein autǭ prin aneuthynos phanę̄ tōn enklēmatōn. Epei de prothymōs apologeisthai ephē, hoi katēgoroi deisantes epexienai tois enklēmasin ouk etharrhoun, Edokei de tois dikastais, mē deon eis deuteran chōrein krisin ton hopōsoun kathairethenta. Kai tōn men allōn ouden exētazon. Pros touto de monon apologeisthai ton Iōannēn apētoun, hoti kathairetheis prin epitrepsai synodon, eis ton episkopikon ekathise thronon. Tou de tēn psēphon tōn kekoinōnēkotōn autǭ meta tēn proteran synodon proïschomenou, hōs pleionōn autou katapsēphisamenōn, kai dia touto hieratikou kanonos apagoreuontos, ou prosiento tēn apologian. : ᾿Alla katheilon auton, heterodoxōn enistamenoi touton nomon. Epei gar hoi apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs sychophantēsantes ᾿Athanasion apheilonto tēn ᾿AAlexandreōn Ekklēsian, deei tēs tōn pragmatōn metabolēs, tade enomothetēsan, anexetasta menein ta ep᾽ autǭ bebouleumena spoudazontes,
Not long after, a silver statue of the emperor’s wife was set up on a column of porphyry, which still stands to the south of the church, before the house of the great council, on a high platform; and applause and popular shows of dancers and mimes were held there, as was then the custom at the dedication of imperial images. In a homily to the people John censured these things as having been done in insult to the church. The empress, the memory of the former troubles being still fresh, was again filled with anger as one insulted, and was eager for a synod to be held again. He did not give way, but reviling her still more plainly in church inflamed her anger. Then he delivered that celebrated discourse, beginning thus: “Again Herodias rages, again she dances, again she seeks to receive the head of John on a platter.” Not long after other bishops arrived, and Leontius of Ancyra and Acacius of Beroea. When the day of Christ’s nativity came, the emperor did not come to the church as he was accustomed, but sent word to John that he would not communicate with him until he was shown free of the charges. When John said he was ready to make his defence, the accusers, in fear, did not dare to proceed with the charges. The judges thought that one who had been deposed in any way at all should not proceed to a second trial. They examined nothing else, but demanded that John answer only this, that after being deposed he had sat on the episcopal throne before a synod permitted it. When he put forward the vote of those who had communicated with him after the former synod, they did not accept his defence, on the ground that more had voted against him and that for this reason a priestly canon forbade it; but deposed him, pressing a law of men of other belief. For when those of the Arian heresy, having falsely accused Athanasius, took from him the church of the Alexandrians, they made this law in fear of a change of affairs, eager that what they had decided against him should remain unexamined,
8.21PG 67:1569–1571
δὲ Ἰωάννης χαθαιρεθεὶς, οὐκέτι ἐκκλησίαζε' ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἐπισκοπικῷ χαταγωγίῳ ἠρέμει, δὲ ληγούσης τῆς Τεσσαρακοστῆς, αὐτὴν τὴν ἱερὰν νύκτα, ἐν ἡ ἐτήσιος ἑορτὴ ἐπὶ ἀναμνήσει τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπιτελεῖται, ἐξωθοῦνται τῆς Ἐκκλησίας οἱ τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντες, ἐπιθεμένων αὐτοῖς ἔτι μυσταγωγοῦσι στρατιωτῶν καὶ τῶν δυσμενῶν. ᾿Απροόπτον δὲ τούτου συμβάντος, πολὺς περὶ τὸ βαπτιστήριον ἐγένετο θόρυβος, γυναίων μὲν μετ᾽ οἰμωγῆς ταραττομένων " παιδίων δὲ χλαιόντων " ἱερέων δὲ διακόνων τυπτομένων τε, πρὸς βίαν ὡς εἶχον σχήματος ἐλαυνομένων. 1" ἄλλα δὲ οἷα εἰκὸς ἣν γενέσθαι ἐν ἀταξίᾳ τοσαύτῃ, οἱ μνηθέντες οὐχ ἀγνοοῦσιν, Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀναγκαίως σιγήσομαι, μὴ καὶ ἀμύητός τις ἐντύχῃ τῇ γραφῇ. Αἰσθόμενοι δὲ καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος τὴν ἐπιδουλὴῆν, τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ καταλιπόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἐν δημοσίῳ λουτρῷ πολυχωρήτῳ μάλα, Κωνσταντίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπωνύμῳ ?, τὸ Πάσχα ἐπετέλεσαν, ὑπὸ ἐπισκόποις καὶ πρεσβυτέροις, καὶ λοιποῖς ἄλλοις, οἷς θέμις τὰ περὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν διέπειν οἵ δὴ τῷ λαῷ συνῇσαν, τὰ Ἰωάννου φρονοῦντες, ᾿λαθέντες δὲ ἔνθεν, δυνῆλθον πρὸ τοῦ ἄστεος εἴς τινα χῶρον, ὃν Κωνσταντῖνος ὁ βασιλεὺς, μήπω τὴν πόλιν συνοιχήσας, εἰς ἱπποδρόμου θέαν ἐκάθηρε, ξύλοις περιτειχίσας " ἐξ ἐκείνου τε πῇ μὲν ἐνθάδε, πῇ δὲ ἑτέρωθι ἐξῆν, ἰδίᾳ ἐκκλησίαζον, Ἰωαννῖται ὠνομάζοντο. Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἄνθρωπός τις δαιμονῶν ἢ νομιζόμενος, ἐγχειρίδιον αὐ ἔχων ὡς ἐπὶ σφαγὴν Ἰωαννου παρεσκευασμένος, οὕπω δὲ ἐπιχειρήσας τῷ πράγματι, φωρᾶται. Καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ὡς ὠνητὸς εἰς τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν συλληφθείς, ἄγεται πρὸς τὸν ὕπαρχον. Ἐπισκόπους δέ τινας τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν ἀποστείλας Ἰωάννης, ἐξείλετο τοῦτον πρὶν αἰκισθῆναι. Εἰς ὕστερον δὲ καὶ Ἐλπιδίου πρε σβυτέρου, ὃς προφανὴς ἐχθρὸς διακόνου ἐτύγχανε, δοῦλος, δρομαῖος εἰς τὸν ἐπισκοπικὸν οἶκον εἰσέβαλλεν. Ἐπιγνοὺς δὲ τις αὐτὸν τῶν παρατυχόντων, ἐπέσχε, τοῦ δρόμου τὴν αἰτίαν πυθόμενος. Ὁ δὲ μηδὲν ἀποκριθεὶς, παραχρῆμα ξιφιδίῳ παίει τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ μετ' ἐκεῖνον ἕτερον ἐπιβοήσαντα τῇ τοῦ πρώτου πληγῇ. Νύττει δὲ καὶ τρίτον ἐπὶ τούτοις. Θορυβησάντων δὲ σὺν βοῇ τῶν παρόντων, ὑποστρέψας ἔφυγε. Παρακελευομένων δὲ τῶν διωκόντων τοῖς πόῤῥωθεν συλλαμβάνεσθαι τὸν φεύγοντα, προσδραμών τις, ἐκ βαλανείου λελουμένος ἀναχωρῶν, ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ καιρίαν πληγεὶς, ἔκειτο νεκρός. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κυκλωθεὶς, μόλις ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἐθηρεύθη, ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὰ βασίλεια. Καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι τῶν ἀπ εχθανομένων Ἰωάννῃ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν, καὶ τὸν φονέα, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀναπείσαντας, ἐπεβόων τιμωρίαν δοῦναι. Παραλαβὼν δὲ τοῦτον ὁ ὕπαρχος ὡς ἐπεξιὼν τῇ δίκῃ, διέλυσε τοῦ δήμου τὴν ὀργῆν.
de Iōannēs chathairetheis, ouketi ekklēsiaze' all᾽ en tǭ episkopikǭ chatagōgiǭ ēremei, de lēgousēs tēs Tessarakostēs, autēn tēn hieran nykta, en hē etēsios heortē epi anamnēsei tēs anastaseōs tou Christou epiteleitai, exōthountai tēs Ekklēsias hoi ta autou phronountes, epithemenōn autois eti mystagōgousi stratiōtōn kai tōn dysmenōn. ᾿Aproopton de toutou symbantos, polys peri to baptistērion egeneto thorybos, gynaiōn men met᾽ oimōgēs tarattomenōn " paidiōn de chlaiontōn " hiereōn de diakonōn typtomenōn te, pros bian hōs eichon schēmatos elaunomenōn. 1" alla de hoia eikos hēn genesthai en ataxią tosautę̄, hoi mnēthentes ouch agnoousin, Egō de anankaiōs sigēsomai, mē kai amyētos tis entychę̄ tę̄ graphę̄. Aisthomenoi de kai to loipon plēthos tēn epidoulēēn, tę̄ hysteraią katalipontes tēn ekklēsian, en dēmosiǭ loutrǭ polychōrētǭ mala, Kōnstantiou tou basileōs epōnymǭ ?, to Pascha epetelesan, hypo episkopois kai presbyterois, kai loipois allois, hois themis ta peri tēn ekklēsian diepein hoi dē tǭ laǭ synę̄san, ta Iōannou phronountes, ᾿lathentes de enthen, dynēlthon pro tou asteos eis tina chōron, hon Kōnstantinos ho basileus, mēpō tēn polin synoichēsas, eis hippodromou thean ekathēre, xylois periteichisas " ex ekeinou te pę̄ men enthade, pę̄ de heterōthi exēn, idią ekklēsiazon, Iōannitai ōnomazonto. Peri de touton ton chronon anthrōpos tis daimonōn ē nomizomenos, encheiridion au echōn hōs epi sphagēn Iōannou pareskeuasmenos, houpō de epicheirēsas tǭ pragmati, phōratai. Kai hypo tou plēthous hōs ōnētos eis tēn epiboulēn syllēphtheis, agetai pros ton hyparchon. Episkopous de tinas tōn amph᾿ auton aposteilas Iōannēs, exeileto touton prin aikisthēnai. Eis hysteron de kai Elpidiou pre sbyterou, hos prophanēs echthros diakonou etynchane, doulos, dromaios eis ton episkopikon oikon eiseballen. Epignous de tis auton tōn paratychontōn, epesche, tou dromou tēn aitian pythomenos. Ho de mēden apokritheis, parachrēma xiphidiǭ paiei ton andra, kai met' ekeinon heteron epiboēsanta tę̄ tou prōtou plēgę̄. Nyttei de kai triton epi toutois. Thorybēsantōn de syn boę̄ tōn parontōn, hypostrepsas ephyge. Parakeleuomenōn de tōn diōkontōn tois porrhōthen syllambanesthai ton pheugonta, prosdramōn tis, ek balaneiou leloumenos anachōrōn, epelabeto autou, kai kairian plēgeis, ekeito nekros. Epei de kyklōtheis, molis hypo tou plēthous ethēreuthē, agousin auton eis ta basileia. Kai martyromenoi tōn ap echthanomenōn Iōannę̄ tēn epiboulēn, kai ton phonea, kai tous epi touto anapeisantas, epeboōn timōrian dounai. Paralabōn de touton ho hyparchos hōs epexiōn tę̄ dikę̄, dielyse tou dēmou tēn orgēn.
John, deposed, no longer held services, but stayed quietly in the bishop’s residence. When the Forty was ending, on the very holy night on which the yearly feast is celebrated in remembrance of the resurrection of Christ, those of his party were driven out of the church, soldiers and his enemies attacking them while they were still performing the rites of initiation. As this happened unexpectedly, there was great uproar about the baptistery, women wailing in their distress, children crying, priests and deacons being beaten and driven out by force in the vestments they wore. And what else was likely to happen in such disorder, the initiated are not unaware; but I must necessarily keep silent, lest an uninitiated person should read this writing. The rest of the multitude, perceiving the plot, left the church the next day and celebrated Pascha in a very spacious public bath named after the emperor Constantius, under bishops and presbyters and the others to whom it is lawful to manage church affairs, who were with the people and held with John. Driven out from there, they met before the city in a place which the emperor Constantine, before he had settled the city, had cleared for watching horse races, enclosing it with a wooden fence; and from then on, now there, now elsewhere as they could, they held assemblies apart, and were called Johannites. About this time a man who was possessed by a demon, or thought to be, was caught with a dagger, prepared to kill John but not yet having attempted the deed. Seized by the crowd as hired for the plot, he was taken to the prefect; but John, sending some of the bishops with him, rescued him before he was tortured. Later a slave of Elpidius the presbyter, who was an open enemy of the deacon, rushed running into the bishop’s house. One of those present, recognizing him, stopped him and asked the reason for his running. Without answering, he at once struck the man with a dagger, and after him another who cried out at the first one’s wound; and he stabbed a third besides. As those present raised an uproar and shouting, he turned and fled. As the pursuers called on those further off to seize the fugitive, a man who was returning from the bath, having bathed, ran up and laid hold of him, and, struck a mortal blow, lay dead. When he had been surrounded and barely hunted down by the crowd, they brought him to the palace; and protesting that the plot was the work of those hostile to John, they shouted that the murderer and those who had persuaded him to it should be punished. The prefect, taking him into custody as if to proceed with the case, dispersed the people’s anger.
8.22PG 67:1571–1573
Ἐξ ἐκείνου δὲ τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐφύλαττον οἱ τοῦ λαοῦ σπουδαιότεροι, νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ' ἡμέραν, ἀμοιβαδὸν παρακαθήμενοι τὸν ἐπισκοπικὸν οἶκον. Σύγχυσιν δὲ ἐ ἐπαιτιώμενοι τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν νόμων, οἱ κατὰ αὐτοῦ συνεληλυθότες ἐπίσκοποι, ἐπὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἔφασαν δικαιοτάτην οὖσαν ἀναδέχεσθαι τὴν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ κρίσιν · καὶ τῆς πόλεως αὐτὸν ἐξιέναι ἐκέλευσαν · ἄλλως γὰρ μηδὲ τὸ πλῆθος ἠρεμήσειν. Παραγενομένου δέ του ἀπὸ βασιλέως, καὶ ταῦτα σὺν ἀπειλῇ ποιεῖν προστάξαντος, λαθῶν τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ φύη λακας ἐξῆλθε · τοσοῦτον μεμφόμενος, ὅτι γε παρανόμως πρὸς βίαν ἐλαύνεται, μὴ ἀξιωθεὶς κρίσεως, ξις καὶ ἀνδροφόνοις καὶ γόησι καὶ μοιχοῖς μέτεστιν ἐκ νόμων. Καὶ διὰ μικροῦ σκάφους περαιοῦται αὐτίκα εἰς Βιθυνίαν· ἐκεῖθέν τε παραχρῆμα εἴχετο τῆς ὁδοῦ. Προϊδόντες δέ τινες τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων αὐτῷ, ὡς εἰ αἴσθοιτο" ὁ λαὸς ἐπιδιώξει, πάλιν βιάσεται : φθάσαντες ἀποχλείουδι τὰς θύρας τῆς ἐκκλησίας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ ἀνὰ τὰς ἀγυιὰς ἔγνωσαν, οἱ μὲν δοομαῖοι ἠπείγοντο πρὸς θάλασσαν, ὡς δὴ χαταληψόμενοι " οἱ δὲ, περιδεεῖς γενόμενοι, εἰς φυγὴν ἡλαύνοντο, ὡς ἐπὶ τοσούτῳ θορύύῳ καὶ ταραχῇ στάσεως καὶ βασιλέως ὀργῆς προσδοκωμένης. Οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἔφραττον τὰς ἐξόδους, ἐπὶ ταύτας συῤῥέοντες καὶ περιωθοῦντες ἀλλήλους. Μόλις δὲ τὰς θύρας ἐπέτασαν σὺν βίᾳ πολλῇ. τῶν μὲν λίθοις χατεαξάντων " τῶν δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς ἀνθελχόντων, καὶ τὸν κατὰ νώτον ὄχλον εἰς τοὐπίσω ἀπωθουμένων. τούτῳ δὲ πῦρ ἐξαπίνης πάντοθεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπεθόσχετο' πᾶσαν διαδραμὸν, ἐνεμήθη τὸν παραχεΐμενον αὐτῇ μεσημδρίας μέγιστον οἶχον τῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς. Τούτου δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀντἐπῆγον ἀλλήλοις " οἱ μὲν Ἰωάννῃ ἐπιβουλεύοντες, τοὺς τὰ αὐτοῦ φρονοῦντας ἐπαιτιώμενοι, ὡς χαλεπήναντας ποὺς τὴν τῆς συνόδου Ψῆφον " οἱ δὲ, συχοφαντεῖσθαι ἰδχυριζόμενοι, τὴν ἐκείνων πρᾶξιν σφίσι περιτρέπεῖν, ἅμα τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ καὶ αὐτοὺς πυρπολῇσαι βουλευσαμένων. ᾿Απὸ δείλης δὲ ὀψίας μέχρις ἕω τοῦ πυρὸς περαιτέρω χωροῦντος, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἔτι συνεστώσας ὕλας ἕρποντος, οἱ μὲν ἐπιδιώξαντες Ἰωάννην εἰς Κουκουσὸν διῆγον τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας, βασιλέως γράμματι χαταδιχασθέντα τὴν ἐκεῖσε οἴκησιν. Οἱ δὲ τοὺς ξυνελθόντας αὐτῷ ἐπισκόπους καὶ κληρικοὺς ἀγαγόντες, ἐν Χαλκηδόνι χαθεῖρξαν. δὲ περιἰόντες ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν, τοὺς χαταμηννομένους τὰ αὐἃ ἃ τοῦ φρογεῖν, συνελαμβάνοντο ἐφρούρουν" (, ἀναθεματίζειν αὐτὸν ἠνάγκαζον.
Ex ekeinou de ton Iōannēn ephylatton hoi tou laou spoudaioteroi, nyktōr kai meth' hēmeran, amoibadon parakathēmenoi ton episkopikon oikon. Synchysin de e epaitiōmenoi tōn ekklēsiastikōn nomōn, hoi kata autou synelēlythotes episkopoi, epi sphas autous ephasan dikaiotatēn ousan anadechesthai tēn ep᾿ autǭ krisin ; kai tēs poleōs auton exienai ekeleusan ; allōs gar mēde to plēthos ēremēsein. Paragenomenou de tou apo basileōs, kai tauta syn apeilę̄ poiein prostaxantos, lathōn tous apo tou laou phyē lakas exēlthe ; tosouton memphomenos, hoti ge paranomōs pros bian elaunetai, mē axiōtheis kriseōs, xis kai androphonois kai goēsi kai moichois metestin ek nomōn. Kai dia mikrou skaphous peraioutai autika eis Bithynian; ekeithen te parachrēma eicheto tēs hodou. Proïdontes de tines tōn epibouleuontōn autǭ, hōs ei aisthoito" ho laos epidiōxei, palin biasetai : phthasantes apochleioudi tas thyras tēs ekklēsias. Epei de hoi ana tas aguias egnōsan, hoi men doomaioi ēpeigonto pros thalassan, hōs dē chatalēpsomenoi " hoi de, perideeis genomenoi, eis phygēn hēlaunonto, hōs epi tosoutǭ thoryyǭ kai tarachę̄ staseōs kai basileōs orgēs prosdokōmenēs. Hoi de en tę̄ ekklēsią eti mallon ephratton tas exodous, epi tautas syrrheontes kai periōthountes allēlous. Molis de tas thyras epetasan syn bią pollę̄. tōn men lithois chateaxantōn " tōn de pros heautous anthelchontōn, kai ton kata nōton ochlon eis toupisō apōthoumenōn. toutǭ de pyr exapinēs pantothen tēn ekklēsian epethoscheto' pasan diadramon, enemēthē ton paracheïmenon autę̄ mesēmdrias megiston oichon tēs synklētou boulēs. Toutou de tēn aitian antepēgon allēlois " hoi men Iōannę̄ epibouleuontes, tous ta autou phronountas epaitiōmenoi, hōs chalepēnantas pous tēn tēs synodou Psēphon " hoi de, sychophanteisthai idchyrizomenoi, tēn ekeinōn praxin sphisi peritrepein, hama tę̄ ekklēsią kai autous pyrpolę̄sai bouleusamenōn. ᾿Apo deilēs de opsias mechris heō tou pyros peraiterō chōrountos, kai pros tas eti synestōsas hylas herpontos, hoi men epidiōxantes Iōannēn eis Koukouson diēgon tēs ᾿Armenias, basileōs grammati chatadichasthenta tēn ekeise oikēsin. Hoi de tous xynelthontas autǭ episkopous kai klērikous agagontes, en Chalkēdoni chatheirxan. de periiontes ana tēn polin, tous chatamēnnomenous ta aua ha tou phrogein, synelambanonto ephrouroun" (, anathematizein auton ēnankazon.
From that time the more zealous of the people guarded John night and day, sitting in turns about the bishop’s house. The bishops who had met against him, blaming him for confusing the laws of the church, said that they took upon themselves the judgment concerning him, as being most just, and ordered him to leave the city; for otherwise the people would not keep quiet. When someone came from the emperor and ordered him with threats to do this, he went out secretly from the guards set by the people, complaining only this much, that he was being driven out lawlessly and by force, without being thought worthy of a trial, which by law is granted even to murderers, sorcerers and adulterers. In a small boat he crossed at once to Bithynia, and from there immediately continued on his way. Some of those plotting against him, foreseeing that if the people perceived it they would pursue him and bring him back by force again, shut the doors of the church beforehand. When those in the streets learned it, some ran to the sea as if to overtake him; others, terrified, were driven to flight, since in such uproar and confusion a riot and the emperor’s anger were expected. Those in the church blocked the exits still more, streaming to them and pushing one another. They barely forced the doors open with much violence, some breaking them with stones, others pulling them toward themselves and pushing the crowd behind them backward. Meanwhile fire suddenly took hold of the church on every side, ran through all of it, and spread to the very large house of the senate lying beside it to the south. They blamed one another for the cause: those plotting against John accused those of his party of having done it in anger at the synod’s vote; while the others maintained that they were slandered, and that their enemies were turning their own deed upon them, having planned to burn them together with the church. While the fire went further from evening till dawn and crept on to the materials still standing, those who pursued John took him to Cucusus in Armenia, condemned by the emperor’s letter to live there. Others led away the bishops and clergy who were with him and shut them up in Chalcedon; and others, going round the city, seized and imprisoned those reported to hold with him, and forced them to anathematize him.
8.23PG 67:1573–1575
Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον χειροτονεῖται Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπίσκοπος ᾿Αρσάκιος, Νεκταρίου τοῦ πρὸ Ἰωάννου ταύτην τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διανύσαντος ἀδελφὸς, ἀνὴρ πρᾶος, περὶ τὸ Θεῖον εὐλαβής. δὲ τὴν ἐν τῷ πρεσδυτερίῳ περὶ αὐτοῦ Χρατοῦσαν δόξαν χληριχοί τινες, ποιοῦντες μὲν ἅπερ ἐβουλεύοντο αὐτῷ δὲ ταῦτα ἀνατιθέντες διέθαλε δὲ αὐτὸν μάλιστα καὶ τὰ συμθύάντα μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ τοὺς Ἰωάννου ἐπαινέτας. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ τοῖς αὐτῷ συνοὔσι κοινωνεῖν ἢ συνεύχεσθαι οὐκέτι ἀνεκτὸν ἡγοῦντο, ἀναμεμιγμένων αὐτοῖς τῶν ἐπιβούλων Ἰωάννου, χαῦ" ἑαυτοὺς δὲ, ὡς εἴρτται, συνιέντες ἐν ταῖς: ἐσχατιαῖς τῆς πόλεως ἐκκλησίαζον, χοινοῦται βασιλεῖ περὶ τούτον. Συνηγμένοις δὲ συνταγματάρχης ἅμα στρατιώταις ἐμβαλεῖν ἐπιτραπεὶς, τὸ μὲν πλῆθος δὰ παίων ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις, φυγὴν τρέπει " τοὺς δὲ ἐπισημότερον προθυμότερον τὰ Ἰωάννου ζηλοῦντας, ἐν φρουρᾷ ποιεῖται. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ, οἷα συμδαίνειν φιλεῖ, στρατιωτῶν ἐπιτραπέντων νεανιεύεσθαι, γύνατα πρὸς βίαν τοῦ κόσμου, τῶν μὲν ὅρμους καὶ ζώνας χρυσᾶς περιδέραια στρεπτοὺς ληϊζομένων " τῶν δὲ, σὺν αὐτοῖς λοθοῖς ἐξελχόντων τὰ ἐνώτια. Μεγίστης δὲ ταραχῆς καὶ οἰμωγῆς ἀνὰ τὴν πόλιν συμδάσης, οὐδ' οὕτως μετέθεντο τοῦ περὶ Ἰωάννην φίλτρου. Δημοσίᾳ δὲ οὐκέτι συνήεσαν " πολλοὶ δὲ, οὔτε εἰς ἀγορὰν, οὔτε εἰς βαλανεῖα ἐφοίτων " τισὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ οἴκοι μένειν, οὐχ ἀκίνδυνον ἣν " καὶ φυγὴν ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιτάξαντες, τῆς πόλεως ἐξῆλθον, ἄλλοι τε ἄνδρες σπουδαῖοι, καὶ ἀγαθαὶ γυναῖκες ὧν ἣν Νιχαρέτη ἡ Βιθυνὴ, τῶν παρὰ Νιχομηδεῦσιν εὐπατριδῶν ἐπισή: βου γένους, ἐπὶ ἀϊδίῳ παρθενίᾳ ἀρετῇ βίου εὐδοχιμοῦσα. ᾿Ατυφοτάτην δὲ ὧν ἴσμεν σπουδαίων γυναιχῶν, ταύτην ἔγνων, ἤθει τε καὶ λόγῳ καὶ διαίτῃ τεταγμένην, τὰ μέχρι θανάτου τῶν βιωτιχῶν προτιμῶσα ἀνδρείᾳ τε φρονήτει πρὸς περιπετείας δυσχερῶν πραγμάτων ἀντισχεῖν ἰχανήν " ὡς μήτε, πολλῇῆς πατρῴας περιουσίας ἀδίκως ἀφαιρεθεῖσαν, ἀγανακτεῖν. ἐν ὀλίγοις τε περιλειφθεῖσιν, ὑπὸ ἀρίστης οἰκονομίας, καίπερ εἰς γῆρας προελθοῦσαν, τὰ ἐπιτήδεια σὺν τοῖς οἰκείοις ἔχειν, καὶ ἄλλοις ἀφθόνως χορηγεῖν. Ὑπὸ φιλανθρώπου δὲ προθυμίας φιλόχαλος οὖσα, παντοδαπὰ παρεσχεύαζε φάρμακα εἰς πτωχῶν νοσούντων χρείαν. Οἷς δὴ πολλοῖς τῶν γνωρίμων πολλάκις ἐπήρχεσε μηδὲν ἀποναμένοις τῶν συνήθων ἰατρῶν. Σὺν θείᾳ γάρ τινε ῥοπῇ, ἅπερ ἐπεχείρει, εἰς χρηστὸν ἀπέθαινε τέλος " καὶ συλλήδδην εἰπεῖν, τῶν καθ᾽ ἡμᾶς σπουδαίων γυναικῶν ἑτέραν οὐχ ἔγνων, εἰς τοσοῦτον ἤθους τε γαὶ σεμνότητος τῆς ἄλλης ἀρετῆς ἐπιδοῦσαν. Ἀλλ᾽ ἡ μὲν, χαΐπερ τοιάδε οὗσα, τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐλάνθανεν. Ὑ πὸ μετριότηγὰρ τρόπων, καὶ φιλοσοφίας, ἀεὶ λανθάνειν ἐπετήδευεν: ὡς μήτε εἰς ἀξίωμα διακόνου σπηυδάσαι προελθεῖν, μήτε, προτρεπομένου πολλάκις Ἰωάννου, ἐλέσθαι ποτὲ παρθένων ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἡγεῖσθαι. Μεγίστου δὲ πᾶσιν ἐμπεσόντος, ἐπειδὴ δῆλον ἣν μηκέτι στασιάζειν τὸ πλῆθος, δημοσίᾳ προελθὼν ὁ τῆς πόλεως ὕπαρχος, ὡς ἐξετάσων τὰ περὶ τῆς πυρᾶς καὶ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου, πολλοὺς χαλεπῶς ἔτεμωρήσατο. Ἕλλην γὰρ ὧν, ὡς ἐπεγγελῶν ταῖς συμφοραῖς τῆς Ἐκκλησίας, πρὸς ἡδονὴν ἔσχε τὸ συμῦθάν.
Ou pollǭ de hysteron cheirotoneitai Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopos ᾿Arsakios, Nektariou tou pro Iōannou tautēn tēn episkopēn dianysantos adelphos, anēr praos, peri to Theion eulabēs. de tēn en tǭ presdyteriǭ peri autou Chratousan doxan chlērichoi tines, poiountes men haper ebouleuonto autǭ de tauta anatithentes diethale de auton malista kai ta symthyanta meta tauta peri tous Iōannou epainetas. Epei gar autǭ tois autǭ synousi koinōnein ē syneuchesthai ouketi anekton hēgounto, anamemigmenōn autois tōn epiboulōn Iōannou, chau" heautous de, hōs eirttai, synientes en tais: eschatiais tēs poleōs ekklēsiazon, choinoutai basilei peri touton. Synēgmenois de syntagmatarchēs hama stratiōtais embalein epitrapeis, to men plēthos da paiōn xylois kai lithois, phygēn trepei " tous de episēmoteron prothymoteron ta Iōannou zēlountas, en phrourą poieitai. Entautha de, hoia symdainein philei, stratiōtōn epitrapentōn neanieuesthai, gynata pros bian tou kosmou, tōn men hormous kai zōnas chrysas perideraia streptous lēïzomenōn " tōn de, syn autois lothois exelchontōn ta enōtia. Megistēs de tarachēs kai oimōgēs ana tēn polin symdasēs, oud' houtōs metethento tou peri Iōannēn philtrou. Dēmosią de ouketi synēesan " polloi de, oute eis agoran, oute eis balaneia ephoitōn " tisi de kai to oikoi menein, ouch akindynon hēn " kai phygēn heautois epitaxantes, tēs poleōs exēlthon, alloi te andres spoudaioi, kai agathai gynaikes hōn hēn Nicharetē hē Bithynē, tōn para Nichomēdeusin eupatridōn episē: bou genous, epi aïdiǭ parthenią aretę̄ biou eudochimousa. ᾿Atyphotatēn de hōn ismen spoudaiōn gynaichōn, tautēn egnōn, ēthei te kai logǭ kai diaitę̄ tetagmenēn, ta mechri thanatou tōn biōtichōn protimōsa andreią te phronētei pros peripeteias dyscherōn pragmatōn antischein ichanēn " hōs mēte, pollę̄ēs patrǭas periousias adikōs aphairetheisan, aganaktein. en oligois te perileiphtheisin, hypo aristēs oikonomias, kaiper eis gēras proelthousan, ta epitēdeia syn tois oikeiois echein, kai allois aphthonōs chorēgein. Hypo philanthrōpou de prothymias philochalos ousa, pantodapa parescheuaze pharmaka eis ptōchōn nosountōn chreian. Hois dē pollois tōn gnōrimōn pollakis epērchese mēden aponamenois tōn synēthōn iatrōn. Syn theią gar tine rhopę̄, haper epecheirei, eis chrēston apethaine telos " kai syllēddēn eipein, tōn kath᾽ hēmas spoudaiōn gynaikōn heteran ouch egnōn, eis tosouton ēthous te gai semnotētos tēs allēs aretēs epidousan. All᾽ hē men, chaïper toiade housa, tous pollous elanthanen. Hy po metriotēgar tropōn, kai philosophias, aei lanthanein epetēdeuen: hōs mēte eis axiōma diakonou spēudasai proelthein, mēte, protrepomenou pollakis Iōannou, elesthai pote parthenōn ekklēsiastikōn hēgeisthai. Megistou de pasin empesontos, epeidē dēlon hēn mēketi stasiazein to plēthos, dēmosią proelthōn ho tēs poleōs hyparchos, hōs exetasōn ta peri tēs pyras kai tou bouleutēriou, pollous chalepōs etemōrēsato. Hellēn gar hōn, hōs epengelōn tais symphorais tēs Ekklēsias, pros hēdonēn esche to symythan.
Not long after, Arsacius was ordained bishop of Constantinople, the brother of Nectarius who had held this episcopate before John, a gentle man, devout toward the divine. But the reputation he had while a presbyter was spoiled by certain clergy who did what they wished but attributed it to him; and what happened afterwards to the admirers of John discredited him most. For since they no longer thought it tolerable to communicate or pray with those who were with him, as the plotters against John were mixed among them, but, as has been said, met by themselves in the outskirts of the city, he consulted the emperor about this. A tribune, ordered to attack them with soldiers when they were assembled, put the crowd to flight by beating them with clubs and stones, and put in custody those most notable and most zealous for John. Then, as tends to happen when soldiers are allowed to run riot, they stripped women by force of their ornaments, some plundering their necklaces and golden girdles, collars and bracelets, others tearing off their earrings with the lobes. Though there was the greatest confusion and lamentation throughout the city, not even so did they change their love for John. They no longer met publicly; and many went neither to the market nor to the baths; for some even staying at home was not without danger; and, imposing exile on themselves, they left the city, among them other earnest men and good women, among whom was Nicarete of Bithynia, of a distinguished noble family of Nicomedia, renowned for perpetual virginity and virtue of life. Of the earnest women we know, I have found her the most free from pride, ordered in character, speech and manner of life, preferring divine things to worldly all her life, able with courage and prudence to withstand the reversals of hard circumstances; so that she was not indignant when unjustly deprived of a large ancestral fortune; and with the little that was left, by the best management, though she reached old age, she had what was needed for herself and her household and supplied others generously. Being fond of beauty from a kindly zeal, she prepared medicines of every kind for the needs of the sick poor; with these she often helped many of her acquaintance who had got nothing from the usual physicians; for with some divine aid what she undertook came to a good end. And in short, of the earnest women of our time I know no other who advanced so far in character and dignity and other virtue. But, such as she was, she was hidden from the many; for through modesty of manners and philosophy she always strove to remain unknown; so that she neither sought to advance to the rank of deaconess, nor, though John often urged her, ever chose to lead the church’s virgins. When the greatest fear had fallen on all, since it was clear that the people would riot no more, the prefect of the city came forward publicly as if to investigate the burning of the church and the senate house, and punished many severely. For being a pagan, as one exulting in the calamities of the church, he took pleasure in what had happened.
8.24PG 67:1577–1579
Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε καὶ Εὐτρόπιός τις ἀναγνώστης παραχθεὶς ἐπὶ τῇ καταμηνύσει τῶν ἐμβαλόντων τὸ πῦρ, οὔτε βοείαις, οὔτε ξύλοις, οὔτε ὄνυξι ξαινόμενος πλευράς τε καὶ παρειάς · ἐπὶ τούτοις τε καὶ τὸν ὑφαπτόμενον τῷ σώματι πυρσὸν ὑπομείνας, καὶ ταῦτα νέος καὶ ἁπαλόχρως ὢν, οὐδὲν ὡμολόγησεν εἰδέναι. Μετὰ δὲ τὰς βασάνους, ἐγκλείεται εἰς το δεσμωτήριον· ἔνθα δὴ, οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν ἐτελεύτησεν. ῎Αξιον δὲ τῇ γραφῇ παραδοῦναι καὶ τὸ συμβὰν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ ὄναρ. Σισινίῳ γὰρ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ τῆς τῶν Ναυaτιανῶν αἱρέσεως ἤδη καθεύδοντι, ἀνήρ τις κάλλει καὶ μεγέθει περιφανέστατος, παρεστὼς τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ τῆς αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίας, ἣν εἰς τιμὴν Στεφάνου τοῦ πρωτομάρτυρος ᾠκοδόμησεν, ἔδοξεν ἀδημονεῖν ἐπὶ σπάνει ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, ὡς τούτου χάριν τὴν πᾶσαν πόλιν περιεληλυθὼς, καὶ μηδένα εὑρὼν ἢ μόνον Εὐτρόπιον. Πρὸς δὲ τὴν ὄψιν καταπλαγεὶς ὁ Σισίνιος, πρός τινα τῶν ὑπ' αὐτὸν πιστοτάτων πρεσβυτέρων ὁμολογήσας τὸ ὄναρ, ἐκέλευσεν ἀναζητεῖν τὸν ἄνδρα ὅστις εἴη. Ὁ δὲ, εὐστόχως συμβαλὼν ὡς ἐν τοῖς ἕναγχος ἐπὶ τοῦ ὑπάρχου βασανισθεῖσιν εἰκὸς εἶναι τοιοῦτον, περιιὼν τὰ δεσμωτήρια, ἐπυνθάνετο εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς Εὐτρόπιος. Καὶ εὑρὼν, εἰς λόγους αὐτῷ ἦλθε, καὶ διηγήσατο τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τὸ ὄναρ καὶ δακρύων, εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ ἐλιπάρει · καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ Εὐτρόπιον ὧδε ἔσχε. ᾿Ανδρεία δὲ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἀνεφάνη καὶ Ὀλυμπιὰς ἡ διάκονος. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐκ ταύτης τῆς αἰτίας εἰς τὸ δικαστήριον παρήχθη, πυθομένου τοῦ ὑπάρχου τί δήποτε τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐνέπρησεν, ὑπολαβοῦσα, Οὐχ αὕτη, ἔφη, τοῦ ἐμοῦ βίου ἡ προαίρεσις · πολλὴν γὰρ οὖσαν εἰς ἀνανέωσιν ναῶν Θεοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν ἀνάλωσα. Τοῦ δὲ τὸν αὐτῆς βίον ἐπίστασθαι λέγοντος, Οὐκοῦν εἰς κατηγόρου τάξιν μετάβηθι, ἔφη, καὶ ἕτερος ἡμῖν δικάσει. ᾿Αμαρτύρου δὲ τῆς κατηγορίας οὔσης, μή ἔχων ὁ ὕπαρχος ὅ τι δικαίως μέμψαιτο, ἠπιώτερόν πως εἰς ἕτερον μετέβη ἔγκλημα. Καὶ ὡς ἐν συμβουλῇ, ἄνοιαν αὐτῇ καὶ ταῖς ἄλλαις γυναιξὶν ἐμέμφετο, ὅτι τὴν εἰς τὸν ἐπίσκοπον κοινωνίαν ἠρνοῦντο, ἐξὸν μεταμεληθῆναι καὶ πραγμάτων ἀπηλλάχθαι. Ἀλλ᾽ αἱ μὲν, ὑπὸ δέους τάδε τῷ ὑπάρχῳ προστάξαντι 357 εἶξαν· ἡ δὲ Ὀλυμπιὰς, Οὐ δίκαιον, ἔφη, τὴν ἐν τῷ πλήθει ὑπὸ συκοφαντίας ἁλοῦσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ἐπ᾿ οὐδενὶ τῶν κατηγορουμένων διελεγχθεῖσαν, εἰς ἀπολογίαν ἕλκεσθαι μέμψεων ἀνευθύνων. Ἐπίτρεψον οὖν μοι, πρὸς τὴν προτέραν γραφὴν συνηγόρους προστήσασθαι. Εἰ γὰρ παρανόμως βιασθείην οἷς μὴ δεῖ κοινωνεῖν, οὐ ποιήσω ἃ μὴ θέμις τοῖς εὐσεβοῦσιν. Ὁ δὲ, ὡς οὐκ ἔπεισεν αὐτὴν ᾿Αρσακίῳ κοινωνεῖν, τότε μὲν ἠφίει ὡς συνηγόρους διδάξουσαν· ἐν ἑτέρᾳ δὲ παραγαγών, πολλοῦ χρυσίου κατεδίκασεν· ᾤετο γὰρ οὕτως αὐτὴν μεταθήσειν τῆς γνώμης. Ἀλλ᾿ ἡ μὲν τῶν χρημάτων ὑπεριδοῦσα, οὐ καθυφῆκε· καὶ καταλιποῦσα τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν, ἐν Κυζίκῳ διέτριβεν. Ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε καιρῷ καὶ Τίγριος πρεσβύτερος τῆς ἐσθῆτος γυμνωθεὶς, καὶ κατὰ νώτου μαστιγωθεὶς, πόδας καὶ χεῖρας δεδεμένος διαταθεὶς, διελύθη τὰ ἄρθρα. Ἐγένετο δὲ οὗτος βάρβαρος τὸ γένος, οὐκ ἐκ γενετῆς εὐνοῦχος· ἐν οἰκίᾳ δὲ τινος τῶν ἐν δυνάμει τὰ πρῶτα δουλεύσας, καὶ ἐπαινεθεὶς παρὰ τοῦ κεκτημένου, μετέσχεν ἐλευθερίας. Εἰς πρεσβυτέρου δὲ ἀξίαν προελθὼν, τῷ χρόνῳ διεφάνη τὸ ἦθος ἐπιεικέστατος, καὶ πρᾶος, καὶ περὶ τοὺς δεομένους καὶ ξένους, εἴπερ τις ἄλλος, δεξιώτατος. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει, τοιάδε ἦν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Σιρικίου τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκοπὴν δέκα καὶ πέντε διανύσαντος ἔτη, ᾿Αναστασίου δὲ τρία, μετὰ τοῦτον Ἰνοκέντιος ταύτην ἐπλήρου τὴν διαδοχήν. Ἐτελεύτησε δὲ καὶ Φλαβιανὸς, μὴ συνθέμενος τῇ Ἰωάννου καθαιρέσει · διαδέχεται δὲ τὴν ᾿Αντιοχέων Ἐκκλησίαν Πορφύριος· καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῖς κατ' αὐτοῦ κεχρημένοις ἐπεψηφίσατο, πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν Συρίᾳ τῆς ἐνθάδε Ἐκκλησίας ἐχωρίσθησαν· καθ' ἑαυτούς τε τὰς συνόδους ποιούμενοι, πραγμάτων καὶ πλείστων δεινῶν ἐπειράθησαν. Χάριν γὰρ τῆς πρὸς ᾿Αρσάκιον κοινωνίας, καὶ Πορφύριον τοῦτον καὶ Θεόφιλον τὸν ᾿Αλεξανδρείας ἐπίσκοπον, σπουδῇ τῶν ἐν τοῖς βασι- λείοις δυνατῶν, νόμος ἐτέθη τοὺς ὀρθῶς δοξάζοντας ἐκτὸς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν μὴ συνιέναι· τοὺς δὲ μὴ κοινωνοῦντας αὐτοῖς, ἐλαύνεσθαι.
En de tǭ tote kai Eutropios tis anagnōstēs parachtheis epi tę̄ katamēnysei tōn embalontōn to pyr, oute boeiais, oute xylois, oute onyxi xainomenos pleuras te kai pareias ; epi toutois te kai ton hyphaptomenon tǭ sōmati pyrson hypomeinas, kai tauta neos kai hapalochrōs ōn, ouden hōmologēsen eidenai. Meta de tas basanous, enkleietai eis to desmōtērion; entha dē, ouk eis makran eteleutēsen. ᾿Axion de tę̄ graphę̄ paradounai kai to symban ep᾿ autǭ onar. Sisiniǭ gar tǭ episkopǭ tēs tōn Nauatianōn haireseōs ēdē katheudonti, anēr tis kallei kai megethei periphanestatos, parestōs tǭ thysiastēriǭ tēs autōn ekklēsias, hēn eis timēn Stephanou tou prōtomartyros ǭkodomēsen, edoxen adēmonein epi spanei agathōn andrōn, hōs toutou charin tēn pasan polin perielēlythōs, kai mēdena heurōn ē monon Eutropion. Pros de tēn opsin kataplageis ho Sisinios, pros tina tōn hyp' auton pistotatōn presbyterōn homologēsas to onar, ekeleusen anazētein ton andra hostis eiē. Ho de, eustochōs symbalōn hōs en tois henanchos epi tou hyparchou basanistheisin eikos einai toiouton, periiōn ta desmōtēria, epynthaneto ei tis estin en autois Eutropios. Kai heurōn, eis logous autǭ ēlthe, kai diēgēsato tou episkopou to onar kai dakryōn, euchesthai hyper autou eliparei ; kai ta men kata Eutropion hōde esche. ᾿Andreia de en tautais tais symphorais anephanē kai Olympias hē diakonos. Epei gar ek tautēs tēs aitias eis to dikastērion parēchthē, pythomenou tou hyparchou ti dēpote tēn ekklēsian eneprēsen, hypolabousa, Ouch hautē, ephē, tou emou biou hē proairesis ; pollēn gar ousan eis ananeōsin naōn Theou tēn ousian analōsa. Tou de ton autēs bion epistasthai legontos, Oukoun eis katēgorou taxin metabēthi, ephē, kai heteros hēmin dikasei. ᾿Amartyrou de tēs katēgorias ousēs, mē echōn ho hyparchos ho ti dikaiōs mempsaito, ēpiōteron pōs eis heteron metebē enklēma. Kai hōs en symboulę̄, anoian autę̄ kai tais allais gynaixin emempheto, hoti tēn eis ton episkopon koinōnian ērnounto, exon metamelēthēnai kai pragmatōn apēllachthai. All᾽ hai men, hypo deous tade tǭ hyparchǭ prostaxanti 357 eixan; hē de Olympias, Ou dikaion, ephē, tēn en tǭ plēthei hypo sykophantias halousan, en de tois dikastēriois ep᾿ oudeni tōn katēgoroumenōn dielenchtheisan, eis apologian helkesthai mempseōn aneuthynōn. Epitrepson oun moi, pros tēn proteran graphēn synēgorous prostēsasthai. Ei gar paranomōs biastheiēn hois mē dei koinōnein, ou poiēsō ha mē themis tois eusebousin. Ho de, hōs ouk epeisen autēn ᾿Arsakiǭ koinōnein, tote men ēphiei hōs synēgorous didaxousan; en heterą de paragagōn, pollou chrysiou katedikasen; ǭeto gar houtōs autēn metathēsein tēs gnōmēs. All᾿ hē men tōn chrēmatōn hyperidousa, ou kathyphēke; kai katalipousa tēn Kōnstantinoupolin, en Kyzikǭ dietriben. En de tǭ tote kairǭ kai Tigrios presbyteros tēs esthētos gymnōtheis, kai kata nōtou mastigōtheis, podas kai cheiras dedemenos diatatheis, dielythē ta arthra. Egeneto de houtos barbaros to genos, ouk ek genetēs eunouchos; en oikią de tinos tōn en dynamei ta prōta douleusas, kai epainetheis para tou kektēmenou, meteschen eleutherias. Eis presbyterou de axian proelthōn, tǭ chronǭ diephanē to ēthos epieikestatos, kai praos, kai peri tous deomenous kai xenous, eiper tis allos, dexiōtatos. Kai ta men en Kōnstantinoupolei, toiade ēn. En toutǭ de Sirikiou tēn Rhōmaiōn episkopēn deka kai pente dianysantos etē, ᾿Anastasiou de tria, meta touton Inokentios tautēn eplērou tēn diadochēn. Eteleutēse de kai Phlabianos, mē synthemenos tę̄ Iōannou kathairesei ; diadechetai de tēn ᾿Antiocheōn Ekklēsian Porphyrios; kai epeidē tois kat' autou kechrēmenois epepsēphisato, polloi tōn en Syrią tēs enthade Ekklēsias echōristhēsan; kath' heautous te tas synodous poioumenoi, pragmatōn kai pleistōn deinōn epeirathēsan. Charin gar tēs pros ᾿Arsakion koinōnias, kai Porphyrion touton kai Theophilon ton ᾿Alexandreias episkopon, spoudę̄ tōn en tois basi- leiois dynatōn, nomos etethē tous orthōs doxazontas ektos tōn ekklēsiōn mē synienai; tous de mē koinōnountas autois, elaunesthai.
At that time also a reader named Eutropius was brought forward to inform on those who had set the fire; and though he was torn on the sides and cheeks with ox-hide thongs, clubs and claws, and besides this endured torches applied to his body — young and tender-skinned as he was — he confessed that he knew nothing. After the tortures he was shut up in prison, where he died not long after. It is worth handing down in writing the dream that occurred concerning him. To Sisinnius, the bishop of the Novatian heresy, as he slept, a man most conspicuous for beauty and stature seemed to stand by the altar of their church, which he had built in honour of Stephen the first martyr, and to be distressed at the scarcity of good men, as if he had gone round the whole city for this and found no one but Eutropius. Struck by the vision, Sisinnius told the dream to one of the most trusted presbyters under him and ordered him to search out who the man was. He, aptly conjecturing that such a man was likely to be among those lately tortured before the prefect, went round the prisons and asked whether there was any Eutropius in them. Finding him, he talked with him, told him the bishop’s dream, and with tears begged him to pray for him. So it was with Eutropius. Courage appeared also in these calamities in Olympias the deaconess. For when she was brought to court on this charge, and the prefect asked why she had set fire to the church, she answered: “This is not the purpose of my life; for I have spent a great fortune on the restoration of temples of God.” When he said that he knew her life, she said: “Then step into the place of the accuser, and let another judge us.” Since the accusation had no witnesses, the prefect, having nothing he could justly charge, passed somewhat more gently to another charge; and as if giving advice, he blamed her and the other women for folly in refusing communion with the bishop, when they could repent and be rid of their troubles. The others, in fear, yielded to the prefect’s command. But Olympias said: “It is not just that one who has been convicted by slander before the crowd, but in the courts has been proved guilty of none of the charges, should be dragged into a defence against charges not under trial. Allow me, then, to bring forward advocates for the former indictment. For even if I am unlawfully forced, I will not communicate with those with whom I ought not, nor do what is not lawful for the pious.” When he did not persuade her to communicate with Arsacius, he released her for the time to instruct advocates; but at another hearing he fined her a great sum of gold, thinking thus to change her mind. But she, disregarding the money, did not give way, and leaving Constantinople she lived at Cyzicus. At that time too Tigrius the presbyter was stripped of his clothes, scourged on the back, and stretched out bound hand and foot so that his joints were dislocated. He was a barbarian by race, a eunuch but not from birth; having first been a slave in the house of one of the powerful, and having been praised by his owner, he received his freedom. Advanced to the rank of presbyter, he proved in time to be most fair in character, gentle, and, if anyone, most kindly to the needy and to strangers. Such were the things in Constantinople. Meanwhile, when Siricius had completed fifteen years in the episcopate of the Romans and Anastasius three after him, Innocent filled this succession. Flavian also died, not having agreed to John’s deposition; and Porphyry succeeded to the church of the Antiochenes. Since he voted with those who had acted against John, many in Syria separated from the church there; and holding their own assemblies, they underwent troubles and very many hardships. For because of communion with Arsacius and this Porphyry and Theophilus the bishop of Alexandria, through the efforts of the powerful at the palace, a law was made that those of right belief should not assemble outside the churches, and that those who did not communicate with them should be expelled.
8.25PG 67:1579–1583
Περὶ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, ὡς ἐπίπαν συνενεχθέν εὑρεῖν ἔστιν ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἱερέων διχονοίαις, καὶ τὰ κοινὰ θορύβων καὶ ταραχῆς ἐπειράθη. Καὶ Οὖννοι Ο μὲν τὸν Ἴστρον περαιωθέντες, τοὺς Θρᾷκας ἐδήουν. δὲ ἐν ἸΙσαυρίᾳ λῃσταὶ πλῆθος , ἀπροισθέντες, μέχρι Καρῶν καὶ Φοινίχων, τὰς μέσῳ πόλεις κώμας ἐκακούργουν. Στελίχων δὲ ὁ Ονωρίου στρατηγὸς, ἀνὴρ εἴπερ τις πώποτε ἐν πολλῇ δυνάμει γεγενημένος, Ῥωμαίων τε. ποὺς νέους πειθομένοῳφ ἔχων, εἰς ἔχθραν καταστὰς τοῖς ᾿Αρκαδίου ἄρχουσιν, ἐθδεδούλευτο πρὺς ἑαυτὰ συγκροῦσαι τὰ βασίλεια, καὶ στρατηγοῦ ' Ῥωμαίων ἀξίωμα περὶ ᾿θνωρίου προξενίσας ᾿Αλαρίχῳ τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῶν Γότθων, Ἰλλυριοῖς ἐπανέστησεν ὕπαρχόν τε αὐτῶν καταστάντα Ἰόθδιον προπέμψας, συνέθετο συνδραμεῖσθαι μετὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατιωτῶν, ὥστε δῆθεν καὶ τοὺς τῇδε ὑπηκόους ὑπὸ τὴν ᾿θνωρίου ἡγεμονίαν ποιῆσαι. Παραλαβὼν δὲ ᾿Αλάριχος τοὺς ὑπ᾽ αὐτὸν τῆς πρὸς τῇ Δαλματίᾳ Παννονίᾳ βαρβάρου γῆς οὗ διῆγεν, ἧκεν εἰς τὰς ἩἨπείρους " καὶ συχνὸν ἐνταῦθα μείνας χρόνον, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς Ἰταλίαν. Μέλλων γὰρ ἐκδημεῖν ὡς ὡμολόγησε Στελίχων, γράμΟἱ μασιν ἐπεσχέθη. τὰ μὲν τούτοις
Peri de touton ton chronon, hōs epipan synenechthen heurein estin en tais tōn hiereōn dichonoiais, kai ta koina thorybōn kai tarachēs epeirathē. Kai Ounnoi O men ton Istron peraiōthentes, tous Thrąkas edēoun. de en IIsaurią lę̄stai plēthos , aproisthentes, mechri Karōn kai Phoinichōn, tas mesǭ poleis kōmas ekakourgoun. Stelichōn de ho Onōriou stratēgos, anēr eiper tis pōpote en pollę̄ dynamei gegenēmenos, Rhōmaiōn te. pous neous peithomenoǭph echōn, eis echthran katastas tois ᾿Arkadiou archousin, ethdedouleuto prys heauta synkrousai ta basileia, kai stratēgou ' Rhōmaiōn axiōma peri ᾿thnōriou proxenisas ᾿Alarichǭ tǭ hēgoumenǭ tōn Gotthōn, Illyriois epanestēsen hyparchon te autōn katastanta Iothdion propempsas, synetheto syndrameisthai meta tōn Rhōmaiōn stratiōtōn, hōste dēthen kai tous tę̄de hypēkoous hypo tēn ᾿thnōriou hēgemonian poiēsai. Paralabōn de ᾿Alarichos tous hyp᾽ auton tēs pros tę̄ Dalmatią Pannonią barbarou gēs hou diēgen, hēken eis tas HēĒpeirous " kai sychnon entautha meinas chronon, epanēlthen eis Italian. Mellōn gar ekdēmein hōs hōmologēse Stelichōn, gramOi masin epeschethē. ta men toutois
About this time, as one can generally find happening in the dissensions of the priests, public affairs too experienced uproar and turmoil. The Huns crossed the Ister and ravaged Thrace. The robbers in Isauria, gathered in great numbers, did harm to the cities and villages in between as far as Caria and Phoenicia. Stilicho, the general of Honorius, a man who had come to as great power as anyone ever, having the young men of the Romans and of the barbarians obedient to him, and being at enmity with the officials of Arcadius, planned to set the two courts at odds with each other. Having obtained from Honorius for Alaric, the leader of the Goths, the rank of a Roman general, he set him against Illyricum; and sending ahead Jovius, appointed their prefect, he agreed to join them with the Roman soldiers, so as supposedly to bring the subjects there too under the rule of Honorius. Alaric, taking those under him from the barbarian land bordering Dalmatia and Pannonia where he was living, came to the Epiruses; and after staying there a long time, returned to Italy. For when about to leave, he was held back, as Stilicho agreed, by letters …
8.26PG 67:1583–1589
Μαθὼν δὲ 4 ὁ Ῥωμαίων ἐπίσκοπος τὰ κατὰ Ἰωάννου πεπραγμένα, ἐχαλέπαινε" καὶ τῶν μὲν κατέγνω " οἰκουμενικὴν δὲ σύνοδον συναγεῖραι σπουδάζων, ἔγραψεν Ἰωάννῃ, ἐν μέρει τε τοῖς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κληρικοῖς. Ἑ χατέραν δὲ ἐπιστολὴν ἐχ τῆς Ῥωμαίων φωνῆς εὑρὼν παρεθέμην. "Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε. Τῷ ἀγαπητῷ ἀδελφῷ Ἰωάννῃ Ἱνοχέντιος. Εἰ καὶ πάντα δεῖ τὸν ἀναίτιον προσδοκᾷν τὰ χρηστὰ, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν ἔλεον αἰτεῖν, ὅμως παρὰ ἡμῶν τὴν ἀνεξιχαχίαν συμδουλευόντων, τὰ χαθήχοντα γράμματα διὰ Κυριακοῦ τοῦ διαχόνον ἐξαπέσταλται᾽" ὥστε μὴ πλέον δυνηθῆναι τὴν ὕδριν ἐν τῷ συντρίδειν τὸ ἀγαθὸν συνειδὸς, ἐν τῷ ἐλπίζειν. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὀφείλεις διδαχθῆναι ὁ τοσούτων λαῶν διδάσκαλος καὶ ποιμὴν τοὺς ἀρίστους ἀεὶ καὶ πολλάκις δοχιμάζεσθαι, εἰ ἐν τῇ ἀκμῇ τῆς ὑπομονῆς παραμένουσι, οὐδενὶ πόνῳ χαχοπαθείας ὑποπίπτουσι. Καὶ ἔστιν ὡς ἀληθῶς πρᾶγμα τὸ συνειδὸς εἰς πάντα τὰ ἀδίκως συμπίπτοντα. εἰ μὴ νιχήσειέ τις ὑπομένων, τεκμήριον φαύλης ὑπολήψεω; ἐχφέρει. Πάντα γὰρ ὑπομένειν ὀφείλει, ὁ τῷ Θεῷ πρῶτον, εἶτα τῷ ἰδίῳ πεποιθὼς συνειδότι ὁπότε μάλιστα γυμνάζεσθαι εἰς ὑπομονὴν ὁ καλὸς ἀγαθὸς δύναται" νιχᾶσθαι δὲ οὐχ ἐπειδήπερ αὐτοῦ τὴν διάνοιαν αἱ θεῖαι Γραφαὶ φυλάττουσι. περιττεύουσιν ὑποδεΐγμαοιν αἱ θεῖαι ἀναγνώσεις, ἃς τοῖς λαοῖς παραδιδόαμεν" αἵτινες πάντας σχεδὸν τοὺς ἁγίους χαταπεπονήῃσθαι διαφόρως συνεχῶς ἐπιστώσαντο, δοχιμάξζεσθαι καθάπερ ἔν τιν: διαγνώσει, οὕτω τε εἰς τὸν στέφανον τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἐληλυθέναι. Παραμυθείτω τὴν ἀγάπην σου αὐτὸ τὸ συνειδὸς, ἀδελφὲ τιμιώτατε, ὅπερ ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν ἔχει τὴν παραμυθείαν τῆς ἀρετῆς. Ἐποπτεύοντος γὰρ τοῦ Δεσπότου Χριστοῦ, ἐν τῷ λιμένι τῆς εἰρήνης καθαρισθεῖσα ἡ συνείδησις στήσεται. Ἰνοκέντιος ἐπίσκοπος πρεσβυτέροις καὶ διακόνοις καὶ παντὶ τῷ κλήρῳ καὶ τῷ λαῷ τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίας τοῖς ὑπὸ τὸν ἐπίσκοπον Ἰωάννην, ἀγαπητοῖς ἀδελφοῖς χαίρειν. Ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης, ἅτινα διὰ Γερμανοῦ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου καὶ Κασιανοῦ τοῦ διακόνου ἀπεστάλκατε, τὴν σκηνὴν τῶν κακῶν ἣν πρὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐθήκατε, ἐμμερίμνῳ φροντίδι κατέμαθον· ὅσαις τε ἡ πίστις κάμνει ταλαιπωρίαις τε καὶ πόνοις, ἐπαναληφθείσῃ πολλάκις τῇ ἀναγνώσει κατεῖδον. Ὅπερ πρᾶγμα μόνη ἡ παράκλησις τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἰᾶται. Δώσει γὰρ ἐν τάχει ὁ ἡμέτερος Θεὸς ταῖς τοιαύταις θλίψεσι τέλος, καὶ καὶ ταῦτα συνοίσει ὑπενηνοχέναι. Αλλά γὰρ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀναγκαίαν παράκλησιν, ἐν ἀρχῇ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς τῆς ὑμετέρας ἀγάπης κειμένην, ἐγκωμιάζοντες ὑμῶν τὴν πρόθεσιν ἐπεγνώκαμεν, πολλάς πρὸς τὸ ὑπομένειν μαρτυρίας περιέχουσαν. Τὴν γὰρ ἡμετέραν παράκλησιν ἣν ὠφείλομεν ὑμῖν ἐπιστεῖλαι, τοῖς ὑμετέροις γράμμασι προεφθάσατε. Ταύτην γὰρ τοῖς κάμνουσιν ὁ ἡμέτερος Δεσπότης ὑπομονὴν παρέχειν εἴωθεν · ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσι τυγχάνοντες, ἑαυτοὺς οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλο: παραμυθῶνται. ᾿Αναλογιζόμενοι ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ πρότερον γεγενῆσθαι, τοῖς ἁγίοις ἄπερ αὐτοὶ πάσχουσι. Καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑμετέρων γραμμάτων δυνάμεθα ὑμῖν προσενέγκαι παράκλησιν. Οὐ γὰρ τοῦ συναλγεῖν ὑμῖν ἐσμεν ἀλλότριοι, ἐπειδήπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς κολαζόμεθα ἐν ὑμῖν. Τίς γὰρ ἐνέγκαι δυνήσεται τὰ ἐξαμαρτανόμενα ὑπ᾽ ἐκείνων, οὔστινας ἐχρῆν μάλιστα τοῦ γαληνοῦ τῆς εἰρήνης, καὶ αὐτῆς σπουδαστὰς εἶναι τῆς ὁμονοίας; Νῦν ἐνηλλαγμένῳ τρόπῳ ἀπὸ τῆς προεδρίας τῶν ἰδίων Ἐκκλησιῶν ἐξωθοῦνται ἀθῶοι ἱερεῖς. Ὁ δὴ καὶ πρῶτος ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἡμῶν καὶ συλλειτουργὸς Ἰωάννης ὁ ὑμέτερος ἐπίσκοπος ἀδίκως πέπονθε, μηδεμιᾶς τυχὼν ἀκροάσεως. Οὐδὲν ἔγκλημα ἐπιφέρεται οὐδ᾽ εἰσακούεται. Καὶ τίς ἡ ἀπηγορευμένη ἐπίνοια; ἵνα μὴ πρόφασις κρίσεως γένηται, ἢ ζητηθῇ, εἰς τόπους ζώντων ἱερέων ἄλλοι ἀποκαθίστανται, ὡς δυναμένων τῶν ἐκ τοιούτου πλημμελήματος όρμωμένων, ὀρθῶς τι ἔχειν ἢ πεπρᾶχθαι ὑπό τινος κριθῆναι. Οὐδὲ γὰρ πώποτε παρὰ τῶν πατέρων τῶν ἡμετέρων τοιαῦτα τετολμῆσθαι ἐγνώκαμεν· ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον κεκωλύσθαι τῷ μηδενὶ εἰς τόπον ζῶντος · χειροτονεῖν ἄλλον δεδόσθαι ἐξουσίαν· οὐ γὰρ χειροτονία ὑμῖν ἡμῖν. ἀδόχιμος τὴν τιμὴν δύνατα: ἀφελέσθαι τοῦ ἱερέως, ἐπειδήπερ οὐδὲ ἐπίσκοπος δύναται εἶναι ἐκεῖνος, ὃς ἀδίκως ὑποχαθίσταται. “Ὅτι περὶ τῶν κανόνων παραφυλαχῆς, τούτοις δεῖν ἕπεσθαι" γράφομεν, οἴτινες ἐν Νικαίᾳ εἰσὶν ὡρισ , οἷς μόνοις ὀφείλει ἐξαχολουθεῖν ἡ καθολικὴ Ἐκκλησία, καὶ τούτους γνωρίζειν. Εἰ δὲ ἕτεροι ὑπό τίνων προφέρονται, οἵτινες ἀπὸ τῶν κανόνων τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ διαφωνοῦσι, καὶ ὑπὸ αἱρετικῶν ἐλέγχοντα! συντετάχθαι, οὗτοι παρὰ τῶν χαθολιχῶν ἐπισκόπων ἀποδάλλονται. Τὰ γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν αἱρετικῶν εὑρεθέντα, ταῦτα οὐχ ἔστι τοῖς χαθολιχοῖς χανόσι προσάπτειν. γὰρ διὰ τῶν τίων καὶ ἀθέσμων, τὴν τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ μειοῦν βουλὴν ἐθέλουσιν. Οὐ μόνον οὖν λέγομεν τούτοις δεῖν ἐξαχολουθεῖν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς μετὰ αἱρέτιχῶν σχισματιχῶν δογμάτων εἶναι χαταχριτέους, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον γέγονεν ἐν τῇ Σαρδικῇ συνόδῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν ἐπισκόπων. Τὰ γὰρ καλῶς πραχθέντα χαταχρίνεσθαι μᾶλλον προσῆκεν; 7| ἄντικρυς τῶν χανόνων γενόμενα, ἔχειν τινὰ βεθαιότητα, ἀδελφοὶ τιμιώτατοι. ᾿Αλλὰ τί κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων νῦν ἐν τῷ παρόντι ποιήσωμεν ; ᾿Αναγκαία ἐστὶ διάγνωσις οδιχὴ, ἣν καὶ πάλαι ἔφημεν συναθροιστέαν. Μόνη γάρ ἐστιν ἥτις δύναται τὰς χινήσεις τῶν τοιούτων χαταστεῖλαι χαταιγίδων" ἧς ἵνα τύχωμεν, χρήσιμόν ἔστι τέως ὑπερτίθεσθαι τὴν ἰατρίαν τῇ τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν. Πάντα ὅσα νῦν τῷ φθόνῳ τοῦ διαδόλου πρὸς τὴν τῶν πιστῶν δοχιμασίαν τετάραχται, πραῦνθήσεται. Οὐδὲν ὀφείλομεν τῇ στεῤῥότητι τῆς πίστεως παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου ἀπελπίσαι. Καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς πολλὰ σχεπτόμεθα, ὃν τρόπον ἡ σύνοδος οἰκουμενικὴ σὺναχθείη, ὅπως τῇ βουλήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, αἱ ταραχώδεις χινήσεις παύσωνται. ᾿Υπομείνωμεν οὖν τέως, τῷ τείχει τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὀχυρούμενοι, ἐλπίσωμεν τῷ πάντα τῇ βοηθείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἀποκατασταθῆναι. Πάντα δὲ ὅσα ὑμᾶς ὑφίστασθαι εἰρήχατε, καὶ πρότερον συνδραιμάντων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τῶν ἡμετέρων συνεπισκόπων, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα διαφόροις χρόνοις, 362 τουτέστι Δημητρίου, Κυριακοῦ, Εὐλυσίου καὶ Παλλαδίου, οἵ τινες σύνεισι μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, τελείᾳ ἐρωτήσει μεμαθήκαμεν.
Mathōn de 4 ho Rhōmaiōn episkopos ta kata Iōannou pepragmena, echalepaine" kai tōn men kategnō " oikoumenikēn de synodon synageirai spoudazōn, egrapsen Iōannę̄, en merei te tois Kōnstantinoupoleōs klērikois. He chateran de epistolēn ech tēs Rhōmaiōn phōnēs heurōn parethemēn. "Echei de hōde. Tǭ agapētǭ adelphǭ Iōannę̄ Hinochentios. Ei kai panta dei ton anaition prosdokąn ta chrēsta, kai para tou Theou ton eleon aitein, homōs para hēmōn tēn anexichachian symdouleuontōn, ta chathēchonta grammata dia Kyriakou tou diachonon exapestaltai᾽" hōste mē pleon dynēthēnai tēn hydrin en tǭ syntridein to agathon syneidos, en tǭ elpizein. Oude gar opheileis didachthēnai ho tosoutōn laōn didaskalos kai poimēn tous aristous aei kai pollakis dochimazesthai, ei en tę̄ akmę̄ tēs hypomonēs paramenousi, oudeni ponǭ chachopatheias hypopiptousi. Kai estin hōs alēthōs pragma to syneidos eis panta ta adikōs sympiptonta. ei mē nichēseie tis hypomenōn, tekmērion phaulēs hypolēpseō? echpherei. Panta gar hypomenein opheilei, ho tǭ Theǭ prōton, eita tǭ idiǭ pepoithōs syneidoti hopote malista gymnazesthai eis hypomonēn ho kalos agathos dynatai" nichasthai de ouch epeidēper autou tēn dianoian hai theiai Graphai phylattousi. peritteuousin hypodeïgmaoin hai theiai anagnōseis, has tois laois paradidoamen" haitines pantas schedon tous hagious chatapeponēę̄sthai diaphorōs synechōs epistōsanto, dochimaxzesthai kathaper en tin: diagnōsei, houtō te eis ton stephanon tēs hypomonēs elēlythenai. Paramytheitō tēn agapēn sou auto to syneidos, adelphe timiōtate, hoper en tais thlipsesin echei tēn paramytheian tēs aretēs. Epopteuontos gar tou Despotou Christou, en tǭ limeni tēs eirēnēs katharistheisa hē syneidēsis stēsetai. Inokentios episkopos presbyterois kai diakonois kai panti tǭ klērǭ kai tǭ laǭ tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsias tois hypo ton episkopon Iōannēn, agapētois adelphois chairein. Ek tōn grammatōn tēs hymeteras agapēs, hatina dia Germanou tou presbyterou kai Kasianou tou diakonou apestalkate, tēn skēnēn tōn kakōn hēn pro tōn ophthalmōn ethēkate, emmerimnǭ phrontidi katemathon; hosais te hē pistis kamnei talaipōriais te kai ponois, epanalēphtheisę̄ pollakis tę̄ anagnōsei kateidon. Hoper pragma monē hē paraklēsis tēs hypomonēs iatai. Dōsei gar en tachei ho hēmeteros Theos tais toiautais thlipsesi telos, kai kai tauta synoisei hypenēnochenai. Alla gar autēn tēn anankaian paraklēsin, en archę̄ tēs epistolēs tēs hymeteras agapēs keimenēn, enkōmiazontes hymōn tēn prothesin epegnōkamen, pollas pros to hypomenein martyrias periechousan. Tēn gar hēmeteran paraklēsin hēn ōpheilomen hymin episteilai, tois hymeterois grammasi proephthasate. Tautēn gar tois kamnousin ho hēmeteros Despotēs hypomonēn parechein eiōthen ; hina kai en tais thlipsesi tynchanontes, heautous hoi tou Christou doulo: paramythōntai. ᾿Analogizomenoi en heautois, kai proteron gegenēsthai, tois hagiois aper autoi paschousi. Kai hēmeis de ex autōn tōn hymeterōn grammatōn dynametha hymin prosenenkai paraklēsin. Ou gar tou synalgein hymin esmen allotrioi, epeidēper kai hēmeis kolazometha en hymin. Tis gar enenkai dynēsetai ta examartanomena hyp᾽ ekeinōn, oustinas echrēn malista tou galēnou tēs eirēnēs, kai autēs spoudastas einai tēs homonoias? Nyn enēllagmenǭ tropǭ apo tēs proedrias tōn idiōn Ekklēsiōn exōthountai athōoi hiereis. Ho dē kai prōtos ho adelphos hēmōn kai sylleitourgos Iōannēs ho hymeteros episkopos adikōs peponthe, mēdemias tychōn akroaseōs. Ouden enklēma epipheretai oud᾽ eisakouetai. Kai tis hē apēgoreumenē epinoia? hina mē prophasis kriseōs genētai, ē zētēthę̄, eis topous zōntōn hiereōn alloi apokathistantai, hōs dynamenōn tōn ek toioutou plēmmelēmatos ormōmenōn, orthōs ti echein ē peprachthai hypo tinos krithēnai. Oude gar pōpote para tōn paterōn tōn hēmeterōn toiauta tetolmēsthai egnōkamen; alla mallon kekōlysthai tǭ mēdeni eis topon zōntos ; cheirotonein allon dedosthai exousian; ou gar cheirotonia hymin hēmin. adochimos tēn timēn dynata: aphelesthai tou hiereōs, epeidēper oude episkopos dynatai einai ekeinos, hos adikōs hypochathistatai. “Hoti peri tōn kanonōn paraphylachēs, toutois dein hepesthai" graphomen, oitines en Nikaią eisin hōris , hois monois opheilei exacholouthein hē katholikē Ekklēsia, kai toutous gnōrizein. Ei de heteroi hypo tinōn propherontai, hoitines apo tōn kanonōn tōn en Nikaią diaphōnousi, kai hypo hairetikōn elenchonta! syntetachthai, houtoi para tōn chatholichōn episkopōn apodallontai. Ta gar hypo tōn hairetikōn heurethenta, tauta ouch esti tois chatholichois chanosi prosaptein. gar dia tōn tiōn kai athesmōn, tēn tōn en Nikaią meioun boulēn ethelousin. Ou monon oun legomen toutois dein exacholouthein, alla mallon autous meta hairetichōn schismatichōn dogmatōn einai chatachriteous, kathaper kai proteron gegonen en tę̄ Sardikę̄ synodǭ hypo tōn pro hēmōn episkopōn. Ta gar kalōs prachthenta chatachrinesthai mallon prosēken? 7| antikrys tōn chanonōn genomena, echein tina bethaiotēta, adelphoi timiōtatoi. ᾿Alla ti kata tōn toioutōn nyn en tǭ paronti poiēsōmen ? ᾿Anankaia esti diagnōsis odichē, hēn kai palai ephēmen synathroistean. Monē gar estin hētis dynatai tas chinēseis tōn toioutōn chatasteilai chataigidōn" hēs hina tychōmen, chrēsimon esti teōs hypertithesthai tēn iatrian tę̄ tou megalou Theou, kai tou Christou autou, tou Kyriou hēmōn. Panta hosa nyn tǭ phthonǭ tou diadolou pros tēn tōn pistōn dochimasian tetarachtai, praunthēsetai. Ouden opheilomen tę̄ sterrhotēti tēs pisteōs para tou Kyriou apelpisai. Kai gar hēmeis polla scheptometha, hon tropon hē synodos oikoumenikē synachtheiē, hopōs tę̄ boulēsei tou Theou, hai tarachōdeis chinēseis pausōntai. ᾿Ypomeinōmen oun teōs, tǭ teichei tēs hypomonēs ochyroumenoi, elpisōmen tǭ panta tę̄ boētheią tou Theou hēmōn apokatastathēnai. Panta de hosa hymas hyphistasthai eirēchate, kai proteron syndraimantōn eis tēn Rhōmēn tōn hēmeterōn synepiskopōn, ei kai ta malista diaphorois chronois, 362 toutesti Dēmētriou, Kyriakou, Eulysiou kai Palladiou, hoi tines syneisi meth᾽ hēmōn, teleią erōtēsei memathēkamen.
When the bishop of the Romans learned what had been done against John, he was angry; and he condemned those responsible, and, eager to gather an ecumenical synod, he wrote to John, and separately to the clergy of Constantinople. I found both letters, from the language of the Romans, and have set them down here. They run as follows: “Innocent to the beloved brother John. Although one who is blameless ought to expect all good things and ask mercy from God, nevertheless, since we too counsel forbearance, the fitting letter has been sent through Cyriacus the deacon, so that insult may not prevail more in crushing a good conscience than hope does. For you, the teacher and shepherd of so many peoples, need not be taught that the best men are always and often tested, whether they remain in the vigour of patience and fall under no toil of suffering. And it is truly a thing — conscience — against all that befalls unjustly; unless one overcomes by enduring, he gives proof of a bad opinion. For he ought to endure all things who trusts first in God and then in his own conscience; especially since a good and noble man can be exercised in patience but not overcome, since the divine Scriptures guard his mind. The divine readings, which we hand on to the peoples, abound in examples, which have shown that almost all the saints were afflicted in various ways and continually, and tested as if in a trial, and so came to the crown of patience. Let your conscience itself console your love, most honoured brother, which in afflictions has the consolation of virtue. For under the oversight of Christ the Lord, the conscience, cleansed, will stand in the harbour of peace.” “Bishop Innocent to the presbyters, deacons, all the clergy and the people of the church of Constantinople under Bishop John, beloved brothers, greeting. From the letters of your love, which you sent through Germanus the presbyter and Cassian the deacon, I have learned with anxious care the scene of evils that you set before our eyes; and by reading them again and again I have seen with what hardships and toils the faith is suffering. This thing only the consolation of patience heals. For our God will soon give an end to such afflictions, and it will profit you to have borne these things. But we have recognized, and praise your purpose, the very consolation needed, set at the beginning of the letter of your love, containing many testimonies to endurance. For you have anticipated in your letters the consolation which we ought to have sent you. For our Lord is wont to give this patience to those who suffer, so that even in afflictions the servants of Christ may console themselves, reckoning within themselves that what they suffer happened before to the saints. And we too can offer you consolation from your own letters. For we are not strangers to suffering with you, since we too are punished in you. For who can bear what is done amiss by those who ought most of all to be zealous for the calm of peace and for concord itself? Now, in a reversed manner, innocent priests are thrust from the presidency of their own churches. This our brother and fellow minister John, your bishop, was the first to suffer unjustly, without obtaining any hearing. No charge is brought, none is heard. And what is this forbidden device? So that no ground for judgment may arise or be sought, others are installed in the places of living priests — as though those who start from such an offence could be judged by anyone to hold or have done anything rightly. For we have never known such things to be dared by our fathers, but rather to have been prevented, in that no one was given authority to ordain another in the place of one living; for an ordination that is unapproved cannot take the honour from a priest, since he cannot even be a bishop who is unjustly installed. As to the observance of the canons, we write that one must follow those defined at Nicaea, which alone the catholic church ought to follow and recognize. But if others are put forward by some, which differ from the canons of Nicaea and are shown to have been composed by heretics, these are rejected by the catholic bishops. For what was invented by heretics may not be attached to the catholic canons; for by contrary and lawless canons they wish to diminish the counsel of those at Nicaea. We say, then, not only that these should not be followed, but rather that they are to be condemned with heretical and schismatic doctrines, as happened before at the synod of Sardica by the bishops before us. For it would be more fitting for things well done to be condemned than for things done directly against the canons to have any validity, most honoured brothers. But what shall we do against such things at present? A synodal examination is necessary, which we said long ago should be gathered. For it alone can calm the movements of such storms; and to obtain it, it is useful meanwhile to commit the cure to the will of the great God and of his Christ, our Lord. All that has now been stirred up by the envy of the devil for the testing of the faithful will be calmed. We ought to despair of nothing from the Lord in the firmness of faith. For we too are considering much how an ecumenical synod may be gathered, so that by the will of God the turbulent movements may cease. Let us then endure meanwhile, fortified by the wall of patience, and hope that all things will be restored by the help of our God. All that you have said you are undergoing we have also learned before by full inquiry, when our fellow bishops came running to Rome, though at different times — that is, Demetrius, Cyriacus, Eulysius and Palladius, who are with us.”
8.27PG 67:1589–1591
Τάδε μὲν τὰ Ἰνοκεντίου γράμματα · ἐξ ὧν συνιδεῖν ἔστιν, οἷαν εἶχε περὶ Ἰωάννου γνώμην. Ἐν τούτοις δὲ παμμεγέθης ἐν Κωνσταντινουπόλει καὶ τοῖς προαστείοις χάλαζα κατερράγη · τετάρτῃ τε μετὰ τοῦτο ἡμέρᾳ, ἡ τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετὴ ἐτελεύτησε. Καὶ τάδε συμβῆναι χαλεπαίνοντος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ Ἰωάννην, ὡς τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐδόκει. Καὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ Κυρῖνος ὁ Χαλκηδόνος ἐπίσκοπος, ὃς αὐτὸν μάλιστα ἐλοιδόρει, οὐ πολλῷ πρότερον ἐκ τῆς συγκυρησάσης αὐτῷ περὶ τὸν πόδα συμφορᾶς, ἑκάτερον σκέλος ὑπὸ τῶν ἰατρῶν ἀποπρισθεὶς, ἐλεεινῶς ἀπεδίω. Καὶ ᾿Αρσάκιος δὲ ἐπ᾿ ὀλίγον χρόνον τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν ἐπιτροπεύσας, ἐτελεύτησε. Πολλῶν δὲ τὴν αὐτοῦ διαδοχὴν μνωμένων, τετάρτῳ μηνὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ τελευτῆς, χειροτονεῖται Αττικὸς, πρεσβύτερος τοῦ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως κλήρου, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιβούλων Ἰωάννου. Οὗτος μὲν γένος ἦν ἐκ Σεβαστείας τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας · ἐκ νέου δὲ φιλοσοφεῖν ἐπαιδεύθη ὑπὸ μοναχοῖς τῆς Μακεδενίου αἱρέσεως · οἳ δὴ τότε ἀνὰ τὴν Σεβάστειαν ἐν τῇδε τῇ φιλοσοφίᾳ διέπρεπον, ἐκ τῆς Εὐσταθίου διατριβῆς ὄντες, ὃν ἐπίσκοπον ἐνθάδε καὶ ἡγεμόνα ἀρίστων μοναχῶν γενέσθαι ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ἔγνωμεν. ἤδη δὲ εἰς ἄνδρας τελῶν, πρὸς τὴν καθόλου Ἐκκλησίαν μετέθετο· φύσει δὲ μᾶλλον, ἢ μαθήσει φρόνιμος ῶν, ἐγένετο τῶν πρακτέων ἐπήβολος, ἐπιβουλεῦσαί · τε, καὶ πρὸς ἐπιβουλὰς ἀντισχεῖν ἱκανὸς · τὸ δὲ ἦθος ἐπαγωγὸς, ὡς πολλοῖς κεχαρισμένος εἶναι· μέτριος δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπ᾿ ἐκκλησίας λόγους, ὡς μήτε γραφῆς ἀξίους νομίζεσθαι τοῖς ἀκροαταῖς, μήτε παιδείας παντελῶς ἀμοίρους. Ἐμμελὴς γὰρ ὢν, εἴ πη καιρὸν ἦγε, τοὺς παρ' Ἕλλησιν εὐδοκιμωτάτους συγγραφέας ἡσκεῖτο. Καὶ τῷ δοκεῖν ἰδιώτης εἶναι, περὶ τούτων διαλεγόμενος, καὶ τοὺς ἐπιστήμονας πολλάκις ἐλάνθανεν. Ελέγετο δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ὁμοδόξους σπουδαῖος εἶναι· τοῖς δὲ ἑτεροδόξοις φοβερός. Καὶ ῥᾳδίως μὲν αὐτοῖς ἡνίκα βούλοιτο, δέος ἐμποιεῖν· αὖθις δὲ μεταβαλλόμενος, πρᾶος φαίνεσθαι. Καὶ τὸν μὲν, τοιόνδε γενέσθαι φασὶν, οἱ γε τὸν ἄνδρα ἔγνωσαν. Ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης καὶ φεύγων, ἐπισημότερος ἐγένετο· χρημάτων γὰρ ἔχων ἀφθονίαν, ἄλλων τε πολλῶν προσφερόντων, καὶ Ὀλυμπιάδος τῆς διακόνου πεμπούσης, πολλοὺς αἰχμαλώτους παρὰ τῶν Ἰσαύρων ὠνεῖτο, καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀπεδίδου · πολλοῖς δὲ δεομένοις τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἐχορήγει· οἷς δὲ οὐδὲν ἔδει χρημάτων, τῷ λόγῳ προσήγετο · καὶ εἰς ἄγαν κεχαρισμένος ἐτύγχανεν, ᾿Αρμενίοις τε παρ' οἷς ἦν, καὶ τοῖς πλησιοχώροις. Πλεῖστοι δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐφοίτων ἀπό τε ᾿Αντιοχείας, καὶ τῆς ἄλλης Συρίας καὶ Κιλικίας.
Tade men ta Inokentiou grammata ; ex hōn synidein estin, hoian eiche peri Iōannou gnōmēn. En toutois de pammegethēs en Kōnstantinoupolei kai tois proasteiois chalaza katerragē ; tetartę̄ te meta touto hēmerą, hē tou basileōs gametē eteleutēse. Kai tade symbēnai chalepainontos tou Theou dia Iōannēn, hōs tois pollois edokei. Kai gar dē kai Kyrinos ho Chalkēdonos episkopos, hos auton malista eloidorei, ou pollǭ proteron ek tēs synkyrēsasēs autǭ peri ton poda symphoras, hekateron skelos hypo tōn iatrōn apopristheis, eleeinōs apediō. Kai ᾿Arsakios de ep᾿ oligon chronon tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsian epitropeusas, eteleutēse. Pollōn de tēn autou diadochēn mnōmenōn, tetartǭ mēni tēs autou teleutēs, cheirotoneitai Attikos, presbyteros tou Kōnstantinoupoleōs klērou, ek tōn epiboulōn Iōannou. Houtos men genos ēn ek Sebasteias tēs ᾿Armenias ; ek neou de philosophein epaideuthē hypo monachois tēs Makedeniou haireseōs ; hoi dē tote ana tēn Sebasteian en tę̄de tę̄ philosophią dieprepon, ek tēs Eustathiou diatribēs ontes, hon episkopon enthade kai hēgemona aristōn monachōn genesthai en tois prosthen egnōmen. ēdē de eis andras telōn, pros tēn katholou Ekklēsian metetheto; physei de mallon, ē mathēsei phronimos ōn, egeneto tōn prakteōn epēbolos, epibouleusai ; te, kai pros epiboulas antischein hikanos ; to de ēthos epagōgos, hōs pollois kecharismenos einai; metrios de pros tous ep᾿ ekklēsias logous, hōs mēte graphēs axious nomizesthai tois akroatais, mēte paideias pantelōs amoirous. Emmelēs gar ōn, ei pē kairon ēge, tous par' Hellēsin eudokimōtatous syngrapheas hēskeito. Kai tǭ dokein idiōtēs einai, peri toutōn dialegomenos, kai tous epistēmonas pollakis elanthanen. Elegeto de pros men tous homodoxous spoudaios einai; tois de heterodoxois phoberos. Kai rhądiōs men autois hēnika bouloito, deos empoiein; authis de metaballomenos, praos phainesthai. Kai ton men, toionde genesthai phasin, hoi ge ton andra egnōsan. Ho de Iōannēs kai pheugōn, episēmoteros egeneto; chrēmatōn gar echōn aphthonian, allōn te pollōn prospherontōn, kai Olympiados tēs diakonou pempousēs, pollous aichmalōtous para tōn Isaurōn ōneito, kai tois idiois apedidou ; pollois de deomenois ta anankaia echorēgei; hois de ouden edei chrēmatōn, tǭ logǭ prosēgeto ; kai eis agan kecharismenos etynchanen, ᾿Armeniois te par' hois ēn, kai tois plēsiochōrois. Pleistoi de pros auton ephoitōn apo te ᾿Antiocheias, kai tēs allēs Syrias kai Kilikias.
Such were Innocent’s letters; from which one can see what opinion he had about John. Meanwhile an enormous hail fell in Constantinople and its suburbs; and on the fourth day after this the emperor’s wife died. And these things, it seemed to most people, happened because God was angry on John’s account. For Cyrinus too, the bishop of Chalcedon, who had most reviled him, not long before, from the misfortune that had befallen his foot, had both legs sawn off by the physicians and died pitiably. Arsacius also died, having governed the church of Constantinople a short time. While many were seeking his succession, in the fourth month after his death Atticus was ordained, a presbyter of the clergy of Constantinople, one of John’s plotters. He was by race from Sebasteia in Armenia, and from youth had been trained in the philosophic life by monks of the Macedonian heresy, who were then distinguished in this philosophy about Sebasteia, being of the school of Eustathius, whom we learned earlier to have been bishop there and leader of excellent monks. On coming to manhood he went over to the catholic church. Prudent more by nature than by learning, he was skilled in affairs, able both to plot and to withstand plots, and of an engaging character, so that he was liked by many. His sermons in church were moderate, so that his hearers thought them neither worth writing down nor altogether without learning. For being cultivated, whenever he had leisure, he studied the most renowned writers of the Greeks; and by seeming to be untaught when he spoke about them, he often escaped the notice even of the learned. He was said to be zealous toward those of his own belief and fearsome to those of other belief, and able easily to put fear into them when he wished, and again, changing, to appear gentle. Such was the man, they say who knew him. John, even in exile, became more famous. For having abundance of money, since many others brought him gifts and Olympias the deaconess sent them, he ransomed many captives from the Isaurians and restored them to their families; he supplied necessities to many in need, and those who needed no money he won over by his words; and he was exceedingly well liked by the Armenians among whom he was, and by their neighbours. Very many came to him from Antioch and the rest of Syria and Cilicia.
8.28PG 67:1591
Ἰνοκέντιος δὲ ὁ Ῥώμης ἐπίσκοπος, καθὰ πρότερον ἔγραψεν, ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτὸν σπουδάζων, σὺν τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ἕω περὶ τούτου πρεσβευομένοις ἐπισκόποις, πέπομφεν ἐπισκόπους πέντε, καὶ πρεσβυτέρους δύο τῆς Ῥωμαίων Ἐκκλησίας πρὸς Ονώριον καὶ ᾿Αρκάδιον τὸν βασιλέα, σύνοδον αἰτήσοντας, καὶ καιρὸν ταύτης καὶ τόπον. Οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἀπεχθανόμενοι Ἰωάννῃ, ὡς ἐπὶ ὕβρει τῆς ἐνταῦθα βασιλείας τούτων γενομένων, διαβολὴν κατεσκεύασαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὡς ὑπερορίαν ἀρχὴν ἐνοχλήσαντας, ἀτίμως ἐκπεμφθῆναι παρεσκεύασαν · αὐτὸν δὲ Ἰωάννην ψήφῳ βασιλέως ποῤῥωτέρω μετοικισθῆναι εἰς Πιτυοῦντα κατώρθωσαν· ἐν τάχει τε παραγενόμενοι στρατιῶται, τοῦτο ἐπετέλουν. Φασὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦτων ἀγόμενον, καθ' ὁδὸν προῖδεῖν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ τελευτᾷν ἔμελλεν, ἐπιφανέντος αὐτῷ Βασιλίσκου του μάρτυρος ἐν Κωμάνοις τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας· ἔνθα δὴ μηκέτι πρὸς τὴν ὁδὸν ἀντισχὼν, ἤλγει γὰρ τὴν κεφαλὴν, καὶ τὴν ἀκτῖνα τοῦ ἡλίου φέρειν οὐχ οἷός τε ὢν, νόσῳ τὸν βίον μετήλλαξεν.
Inokentios de ho Rhōmēs episkopos, katha proteron egrapsen, epanelthein auton spoudazōn, syn tois ek tēs Heō peri toutou presbeuomenois episkopois, pepomphen episkopous pente, kai presbyterous dyo tēs Rhōmaiōn Ekklēsias pros Onōrion kai ᾿Arkadion ton basilea, synodon aitēsontas, kai kairon tautēs kai topon. Hoi de epi Kōnstantinoupoleōs apechthanomenoi Iōannę̄, hōs epi hybrei tēs entautha basileias toutōn genomenōn, diabolēn kateskeuasan kai tous men hōs hyperorian archēn enochlēsantas, atimōs ekpemphthēnai pareskeuasan ; auton de Iōannēn psēphǭ basileōs porrhōterō metoikisthēnai eis Pityounta katōrthōsan; en tachei te paragenomenoi stratiōtai, touto epeteloun. Phasi de auton hypo toutōn agomenon, kath' hodon proidein tēn hēmeran en hę̄ teleutąn emellen, epiphanentos autǭ Basiliskou tou martyros en Kōmanois tēs ᾿Armenias; entha dē mēketi pros tēn hodon antischōn, ēlgei gar tēn kephalēn, kai tēn aktina tou hēliou pherein ouch hoios te ōn, nosǭ ton bion metēllaxen.
Innocent, bishop of Rome, eager, as he had written before, for John’s return, sent five bishops and two presbyters of the church of the Romans, with the bishops from the East who had come as envoys about this, to Honorius and the emperor Arcadius, to ask for a synod and a time and place for it. Those in Constantinople who were hostile to John framed an accusation, as though this had been done in insult to the empire there; and they contrived that these men, as having troubled a foreign jurisdiction, should be sent away in disgrace, and that John himself, by the emperor’s decree, should be moved further away to Pityus; and soldiers quickly came and carried this out. They say that as he was being led by them, on the way he foresaw the day on which he was to die, the martyr Basiliscus having appeared to him at Comana in Armenia; and there, being no longer able to endure the journey — for he suffered in his head and could not bear the sun’s rays — he departed this life by illness.
Chapter 9
9.1PG 67:1593–1597
Τὰ μὲν δὴ κατὰ Ἰωάννην ὧδε ἔσχε. Μετ᾿ οὐ πολὺ δὲ τῆς τούτου τελευτῆς, τρίτον ἔτος; ἤδη ᾿Αττικοῦ διανύοντος τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως ἐπισκοπὴν, Βάσσου καὶ Φιλίππου ὑπατευόντων, τελευτᾷ τὸν βίον Αρχάξιος, διάδοχον τῆς ἡγεμονίας Θεοδόσιον τὸν υἱέα καταλιπὼν, ἀρτίως γάλακτι τρέφεσθαι πεπαυμένον θυγατέρας δὲ, Πουλχερίαν καὶ ᾿Αρχαδίαν Μαρίναν, ἔτι κομιδῇ νέας. Ἧ μοι δοκεῖ μάλιστα τὸν Θεὸν ἐπιδεῖξαι, μόνην εὐσέδειαν ἀρκεῖν πρὸς σωτηρίαν τοῖς βασιλεύουσιν ἄνευ δὲ ταύτης, μηδὲν εἶναι στρατεύματα καὶ βασιλέως ἰσχὺν, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Ἐπεὶ οὖν εὐσεδέστατον τὸν βασιλέα ἔσεσθαι προεῖδεν ἡ τῶν ὅλων θεία δύναμις, ἐπίτροπον αὐτοῦ τῆς ἡγεμονίας κατἐστησε Πουλχερίαν τὴν ἀδελφήν. Ἢ δὲ, οὔπω πεντεχαιδέχατον ἔτος ἄγουσα, ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡλικίαν σοφώτατον θεῖον νοῦν. Καὶ πρῶτα μὲν τὴν αὐτῆς παρθενίαν τῷ Θεῷ ἀνέθηχε, καὶ τὰς ἀδελφὰς ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐπαιδαγώγησε βίον, ὅπως μὴ ἄλλον ἄνδρα ἐπεισαγάγη τοῖς βασιλείοις, καὶ ζήλου ἐπιδουλῆς πᾶσαν ἀνέλῃ ἀφορμήν. Ἐπιδεδαιοῦσα δὲ τὰ δόξαντα, καὶ Θεὸν αὐτὸν, καὶ ἱερέας, καὶ πάντα ἀρχόμενον μάρτυρας ποιουμένη τῶν αὐτῇ βεδουλευμένων, ἐχ χρυσοῦ λίθων τιμίων θαυμάσιόν τι χρῆμα θεα- , , μάτων κάλλιστον, ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας παρθενίας καὶ τῆς πον τρί αἱὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἡγεμονίας, ἱερὰν ἀνέθετο τράπεζαν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Κωνσταντινουπόλεως " καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου τῆς τραπέζης, ὡς ἂν πᾶσιν ἔχδηλα ἧ, τάδε ἐπέγραψεν. Ὑπεισελθοῦσα δὲ τῆς ἡγεμονίας τὴν φροντίδα, ἄριστα καὶ ἐν κόσμῳ πολλῷ τὴν Ῥωμαίων οἰκουμένην διῴχησεν " εὖ βουλευομένη, ὡς ἐν τάχει τὰ πρακτέα ἐπιτελοῦσα καὶ γράφουσα 47). Ἠχρίδωτο γὰρ λέγειν, καὶ γράφειν ὀρθῶς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ᾿Ἑλλήνων φωνήν. Τῶν δὲ πραττομένων τὴν δόχησιν εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀνέφερε " ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὡς ἂν μάλιστα βασιλικῶς ἀναχθείη τοῖς καθ᾽ ἡλικίαν παιδευομένοις μαθήμασιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἱππικὴν μὲν καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοιξ καὶ τοῖς λόγοις ἄτχησιν, παρὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων ἐξεδίδάσχετο. Περὶ δὲ τὰς προόδους χόσμιος εἶναι καὶ βασιλιχὺὸς, παρὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἐῤῥυθμίζετο - ἐσθῆτα χρὴ περιστέλλειν μανθάνων, καὶ τρόπῳ τίνι καθῆσθαι, καὶ βαδίζειν, καὶ γέλωτος κρατεῖν, πρᾷος. φοβερὸς ἐν καιρῷ εἶναι, ἁρμοδίως πυνθάνεσθαι τῶν περί του δεομένων. Οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ εἰς εὐσέδειαν αὐτὸν ἦγε, συνεχῶς εὔχεσθαι, καὶ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις φοιτᾶν ἐθίζουσα καὶ ἀναθήμασι καὶ κειμηλίοις τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους γεραΐθειν" καὶ ἐν τιμῇ ἔχειν τοὺς ἱερέας, ἄλλου: ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας, καὶ τοὺς νόμῳ Χριστιανῶν φιλοσοφοῦντας. Οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπὸ νόθων δογμάτων νεωτερίζεσθαι χινδυνευούσης τῆς θρησκείας, σπουδῇ καὶ σοφῶς προύὔπτη. Καὶ τοῦ μὴ καινὰς αἱρέσεις ἐν τοῖς ἡμᾶς χρόνοις κρατεῖν, μάλιστα αὐτὴν αἰτίαν εὑρήσομεν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσόμεθα. Δέει δὲ πολλῷ τὸ Θεῖον θρησχεύουσα, μακρὸν ἂν εἴη παρὰ τίσι λέγειν, πόσους εὐκτηρίους οἴκους μεγαλοπρεπῶς ἐτεχτήνατο' πόσα δὲ χαταγώγια πτωχῶν καὶ ξένων, καὶ μοναστιχὰς συνοικίας συνεστήσατο, διηνεχῇ τάξατα τὴν εἰς ταῦτα δαπάνην, καὶ τὸ σιτηρέσιον τῶν ἐνοικούντων. Εἴ τῳ δὲ φίλον τῶν πραὙμάτων πειρᾶσθαι τῆς ἀληθείας, μὴ τοῖς ἐμοῖς πείθεσθαι λόγοις, μαθήσεται μὴ ψευδῶς, μηδὲ πρὸς χάριν με τάδε συγγράφειν, εἰ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιτρόπευὄντων τὸν αὐτῆς οἶχον ἀνάγραπτον οὖσαν διέλθοι τῶν τοιούτων γνῶσιν, καὶ παρὰ τῶν γεγραμμένων πύθοιτο, εἰ τῇ γραφῇ συνάδει τὰ πράγματα. δὲ μὴ ταῦτα μόνα πρὸς πίστιν ἀρκεῖ, πιστούσθω καὶ Θεὸς αὐτὸς, πάντως που διὰ τὴν πολιτείαν κεχαρισμένην αὐτὴν ἔχων᾽ ὡς εὐχομένης ἑτοίμως ὑπαχούειν, πολλάκις αὐτῇ περὶ τῶν πρακτέων προφαΐνεσθαι. Οὐ ἂν φαΐην ποτὲ θεοφίλειαν παραγίνεσθα: τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἣν μὴ σφᾶς ἀξίους ταύτης διὰ τῶν ἔργων παρέχωσιν. ὅσα μὲν τῶν καθ᾽ ἕκαστον εἰς ἀπόδεῖξιν ἐπιδειχνύντων θεοφιλῆ εἶναι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφὴν, ἐχὼν παρήσω τέως, μὴ μωμέσηταίτις ὡς ἕτερα πραγματευόμενος, εἰς μίων νόμον ἐτράπην. Ὁ δὲ μοι καὶ κατ᾿ αὐτὸν, ἐκκλησιαστικῆς τε ἱστορίας ἴδιον εἶναι δοκεῖ, καὶ θεoφιλείας αὐτῆς περιφανὴς ἔλεγχος, αὐτόθεν ἐρῶ, εἰ καὶ χρόνῳ ὕστερον συνέβη. Ἔχει δὲ ὧδε.
Ta men dē kata Iōannēn hōde esche. Met᾿ ou poly de tēs toutou teleutēs, triton etos? ēdē ᾿Attikou dianyontos tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs episkopēn, Bassou kai Philippou hypateuontōn, teleutą ton bion Archaxios, diadochon tēs hēgemonias Theodosion ton huiea katalipōn, artiōs galakti trephesthai pepaumenon thygateras de, Poulcherian kai ᾿Archadian Marinan, eti komidę̄ neas. Hē moi dokei malista ton Theon epideixai, monēn eusedeian arkein pros sōtērian tois basileuousin aneu de tautēs, mēden einai strateumata kai basileōs ischyn, kai tēn allēn Epei oun eusedestaton ton basilea esesthai proeiden hē tōn holōn theia dynamis, epitropon autou tēs hēgemonias katestēse Poulcherian tēn adelphēn. Ē de, oupō pentechaidechaton etos agousa, hyper tēn hēlikian sophōtaton theion noun. Kai prōta men tēn autēs parthenian tǭ Theǭ anethēche, kai tas adelphas epi ton auton epaidagōgēse bion, hopōs mē allon andra epeisagagē tois basileiois, kai zēlou epidoulēs pasan anelę̄ aphormēn. Epidedaiousa de ta doxanta, kai Theon auton, kai hiereas, kai panta archomenon martyras poioumenē tōn autę̄ bedouleumenōn, ech chrysou lithōn timiōn thaumasion ti chrēma thea- , , matōn kalliston, hyper tēs idias parthenias kai tēs pon tri haio tou adelphou hēgemonias, hieran anetheto trapezan en tę̄ ekklēsią Kōnstantinoupoleōs " kai epi tou metōpou tēs trapezēs, hōs an pasin echdēla hē, tade epegrapsen. Hypeiselthousa de tēs hēgemonias tēn phrontida, arista kai en kosmǭ pollǭ tēn Rhōmaiōn oikoumenēn diǭchēsen " eu bouleuomenē, hōs en tachei ta praktea epitelousa kai graphousa 47). Ēchridōto gar legein, kai graphein orthōs tēn Rhōmaiōn ᾿Hellēnōn phōnēn. Tōn de prattomenōn tēn dochēsin eis ton adelphon anephere " epemeleito, hōs an malista basilikōs anachtheiē tois kath᾽ hēlikian paideuomenois mathēmasin. ᾿All᾽ hippikēn men kai tēn en tois hoploix kai tois logois atchēsin, para tōn epistēmonōn exedidascheto. Peri de tas proodous chosmios einai kai basilichyos, para tēs adelphēs errhythmizeto - esthēta chrē peristellein manthanōn, kai tropǭ tini kathēsthai, kai badizein, kai gelōtos kratein, prąos. phoberos en kairǭ einai, harmodiōs pynthanesthai tōn peri tou deomenōn. Ouch hēkista de eis eusedeian auton ēge, synechōs euchesthai, kai tais ekklēsiais phoitan ethizousa kai anathēmasi kai keimēliois tous euktērious oikous geraïthein" kai en timę̄ echein tous hiereas, allou: agathous andras, kai tous nomǭ Christianōn philosophountas. Ou mēn alla kai hypo nothōn dogmatōn neōterizesthai chindyneuousēs tēs thrēskeias, spoudę̄ kai sophōs prouyptē. Kai tou mē kainas haireseis en tois hēmas chronois kratein, malista autēn aitian heurēsomen, hōs en tois meta tauta eisometha. Deei de pollǭ to Theion thrēscheuousa, makron an eiē para tisi legein, posous euktērious oikous megaloprepōs etechtēnato' posa de chatagōgia ptōchōn kai xenōn, kai monastichas synoikias synestēsato, diēnechę̄ taxata tēn eis tauta dapanēn, kai to sitēresion tōn enoikountōn. Ei tǭ de philon tōn praUmatōn peirasthai tēs alētheias, mē tois emois peithesthai logois, mathēsetai mē pseudōs, mēde pros charin me tade syngraphein, ei para tōn epitropeuontōn ton autēs oichon anagrapton ousan dielthoi tōn toioutōn gnōsin, kai para tōn gegrammenōn pythoito, ei tę̄ graphę̄ synadei ta pragmata. de mē tauta mona pros pistin arkei, pistousthō kai Theos autos, pantōs pou dia tēn politeian kecharismenēn autēn echōn᾽ hōs euchomenēs hetoimōs hypachouein, pollakis autę̄ peri tōn prakteōn prophaïnesthai. Ou an phaïēn pote theophileian paraginestha: tois anthrōpois, hēn mē sphas axious tautēs dia tōn ergōn parechōsin. hosa men tōn kath᾽ hekaston eis apodeixin epideichnyntōn theophilē einai tēn tou basileōs adelphēn, echōn parēsō teōs, mē mōmesētaitis hōs hetera pragmateuomenos, eis miōn nomon etrapēn. Ho de moi kai kat᾿ auton, ekklēsiastikēs te historias idion einai dokei, kai theophileias autēs periphanēs elenchos, autothen erō, ei kai chronǭ hysteron synebē. Echei de hōde.
Such were the events concerning John. Not long after his death, when Atticus was already completing the third year of his episcopate of Constantinople, in the consulship of Bassus and Philip, Arcadius died, leaving as successor to the rule his son Theodosius, just weaned, and daughters, Pulcheria, Arcadia and Marina, still very young. In this, it seems to me, God showed above all that piety alone suffices rulers for their safety, and that without it armies and an emperor’s strength and the rest of his power are nothing. For since the divine power over all things foresaw that the emperor would be most pious, it appointed Pulcheria his sister as guardian of his rule. She, not yet in her fifteenth year, received a mind most wise and divine beyond her age. First she dedicated her virginity to God and trained her sisters in the same life, so that she might bring no other man into the palace and remove every occasion of jealousy and plotting. Confirming her decision, and making God himself, the priests and all the subjects witnesses of what she had resolved, she dedicated in the church of Constantinople, on behalf of her own virginity and her brother’s rule, a holy table, a marvellous work of gold and precious stones, most beautiful to behold; and on the front of the table she inscribed these things, so that they might be plain to all. Taking up the care of the government, she ruled the Roman world excellently and in great order, taking good counsel, so as to carry out quickly what had to be done, and writing it; for she was exactly trained to speak and write correctly in the language of the Romans and of the Greeks. She referred the credit for what was done to her brother; and she took care that he should be brought up as royally as possible in the studies suited to his age. Horsemanship and practice in arms and in letters he was taught by experts; but he was trained by his sister to be orderly and kingly in his public appearances, learning how to wear his robe, how to sit and walk, to restrain laughter, to be gentle or fearsome as occasion required, and to inquire fittingly of those who came with requests. Above all she led him to piety, accustoming him to pray continually, to frequent the churches, to honour the houses of prayer with offerings and treasures, and to hold in honour the priests and other good men and those who live the philosophic life according to the law of the Christians. Moreover, when religion was in danger of being disturbed by spurious doctrines, she provided against it zealously and wisely; and we shall find her chiefly responsible that new heresies have not prevailed in our times, as we shall learn later. With what great awe she worshipped the divine, it would take long to tell — how many houses of prayer she built magnificently, how many hostels for the poor and strangers and monastic communities she founded, appointing permanent funds for these and the maintenance of those who live in them. If anyone wishes to test the truth of these things, not trusting my words, he will learn that I do not write them falsely or to gain favour, if he goes through the record of such things, kept in writing by the stewards of her household, and learns from the documents whether the facts agree with what is written. And if these alone do not suffice for belief, let God himself confirm it, who has surely found her pleasing because of her conduct, so that he readily hears her prayers and often shows her beforehand what is to be done. I would never say that the love of God comes to people unless they make themselves worthy of it by their deeds. But the many particular things that show the emperor’s sister to be dear to God I will willingly pass over for now, lest anyone blame me for having turned to the rule of encomium while engaged in other matters. But one thing, which seems to me both proper to church history and a plain proof of her love of God, I will tell here, even though it happened later. It is as follows.
9.2PG 67:1597–1601
Γυνή τις Εὐσεβία τούνομα, διάκονος τῆς Μακεδονίου αἱρέσεως, οἴκημα καὶ κῆπον εἶχε πρὸ τοῦ τείχους τῆς Κωνσταντινουπόλεως· καὶ ἱερὰ λείψανα ἐνθάδε ἐφύλαττε τῶν ἐν Σεβαστείᾳ τῆς ᾿Αρμενίας κατὰ τοὺς Λικινίου χρόνους μαρτυρησάντων τεσσαράκοντα στρατιωτῶν ". Μέλλουσα δὲ τελευτᾷν, κατέλιπε τὸν προειρημένον τόπον μοναχοῖς ὁμοδόξοις, καὶ μεθ' ὅρκων αὐτῶν ἐδεήθη ἐκεῖσε ταφῆναι · ὑπὲρ δὲ κεφαλῆς ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ τῆς αὐτῆς σορὸν ἰδίᾳ ξέσαι, καὶ συγκαταθέσθαι αὐτῇ τῶν μαρτύρων τὰ λείψανα, καὶ μηδενὶ καταμηνύσαι. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ὧδε ἐποίουν. Ὥστε δὲ τῆς προσηκούσης θεραπείας μεταλαγχάνειν τοὺς μάρτυρας · καὶ τοὺς ἔξωθεν ἀγνοεῖν· κατὰ τὰ συντεθειμένα πρὸς Εὐσεβίαν, εὐκτήριον οἶκον ὑπὸ γῆν ἐτεκτήναντο περὶ τὴν αὐτῆς θήκην· εἰς δὲ τὸ προφανές, οἴκημα ὑπεράνω πλίνθοις ὀπταῖς τὸ ἔδαφος ἡμφιεσμένον, καὶ καταβάσιον ἐκ τούτου λανθάνον ἐπὶ τοὺς μάρτυρας. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Καισάριος ἀνὴρ τῶν τότε ἐν δυνάμει, ὃς καὶ ὑπάτου καὶ ὑπάρχου εἰς ἀξίαν προῆλθε, θανοῦσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν γαμετὴν παρὰ τὴν Εὐσεβίας σορὸν ἔθαψε. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἔτι περιούσαις αὐταῖς συνέδοξεν, ὑπερφυῶς κεχαρισμέναις ἀλλήλαις, καὶ περὶ τὸ δόγμα καὶ τὴν θρησκείαν ὁμοφρονούσαις. Ἐντεῦθεν πρόφασις ἐγένετο Καισαρίῳ κτήσασθαι τοῦτον τὸν τόπον, ὡς ἂν καὶ αὐτὸς πλησίον τῆς γαμετῆς ταφείη. Οἱ δὲ προειρημένοι μοναχοί, ἀλλαχῆ μετῳκίσθησαν, μηδὲν περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων ὁμολογήσαντες. Καταπεσόντος δὲ τοῦ οἴκου μετὰ ταῦτα, γῆς τε καὶ φορυτοῦ ἐπιβληθέντος, πᾶς ὁ τῇδε τόπος ἐξωμαλίσθη· καθότι αὐτὸς Καισάριος εἰς τιμὴν Θύρσου τοῦ μάρτυρος, μεγαλοπρεπῆ ναὸν τῷ Θεῷ ἐνθάδε ἀνέστησεν. Ὡς ἔοικε δὲ, ἐπιμελῶς ωδε ἀφανισθῆναι τὸν προειρημένον τόπον, καὶ τοσοῦτον προΒΟΖΌΜΕΝΙ , ελθεῖν χρόνον ὁ Θεὸς ἐδούλετο, παραδοξοτέραν καὶ ἐπιφανεστέραν παρασχευάζων τῶν μαρτύρων τὴν εὕρεσιν, τῆς εὑρούσης τὴν θεοφίλειαν. δὲ τοῦ κρατοῦντος ἡ ἀδελφὴ Πουλχερία ἡ βασιλίς. Ἔπιφανεὶς γὰρ αὑτῇ τρίτον ὁ θαυμάσιος Θύρσος, τοὺς ὑπὸ γῆν κρυπτομένους ἐμήνυσε, καὶ μετατίθεσθαι πρὸς ἑχυτὸν ἐκέλευσεν ὥστε τῆς ὁμοίας θέσεως τιμῆς μετέχειν. δὲ αὐτοὶ οἱ τεσσαράκοντα χλανίδας ἡμφιεσμένοι λαμπρὰς, καταδήλους αὑτῇ σφᾶς ἐποίησαν. Ἐδόκει δὲ πίστεως εἶναι κρεῖττον τὸ πρᾶγμα, καὶ παντελῶς ἄπορον. Οὔτε γὰρ οἱ παλαιότεροι τῶν ἐνθάδε κληρικῶν πολλάκις ἐρωτηθέντες, οὔτε ἄλλος οὐδεὶς καταμηνύειν εἶχε τοὺς μάρτυρας. Τὸ δὴ τελευταῖον, πάντων ἀμηχανούντων, Πολυχρονίῳ τινὶ πρεσβυτέρῳ, πάλαι γενομένῳ τῶν Καισαρίου οἰκείων, ἄγει τὸ θεῖον εἰς νοῦν τούς ποτε τὸν τόπον οἰχήσαντας μοναχούς. Καὶ παρὰ τοὺς Μακεδονιανῶν κληρικοὺς ἐλθὼν, ἐπυνθάνετο περὶ αὐτῶν. Ἤδη δὲ πάντων τετελευτηκότων, ἕνα μόνον περιόντα εὑρὼν ὡς ἐπὶ μηνύσει τῶν ἐπιζητουμένων μαρτύρων ἔτι πεφυλαγμένον ἐν ζῶσιν, ἐδεῖτο φράζειν, εἴγε ἱερὰ λείψανα εἶδεν ὑπὸ τὸν δηλωθέντα χῶρον κρυπτόμενα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ διὰ τὰς πρὸς Εὐσεδίαν συνθήκας, ἰδὼν αὑτὸν Πολυχρόνιος ὑποπαραιτούμενον, καὶ τὴν θείαν ἐπιφάνειαν ἐδήλωσε, καὶ τῆς βασιλίδος τὰς ὀχλήσεις, καὶ αὑτῶν τὴν ἀμηχανίαν, συνωμολόγησεν ἀληθῇ τὸν Θεὸν ἐπιδεῖξαι τῇ κρατούσῃ " βούπαιδα γὰρ τότε ὄντα, ὑπὸ γέροντας ἡγουμένους τὴν μοναστικὴν ἐχδιδασχόμενον, ἀκχριδθῶς ἐπίστασθαι, μάρτυρας ( χεῖσθα: περὶ τὴν σορόν μὴ εἰδέναι μέντοι, πότερον ὑπὸ τέμενος, ἢ ἑτέρωθι χατορωρυγμένοι εἰσι, τῷ πολὺν παρελθεῖν χρόνον, τὴν προτέραν ὄψιν τοῦ τόπου εἰς τὸ νῦν φαινόμενον ἀμειφθῆναι, Καὶ μὴν, ἔφη Πολυχρόνιος, οὐ τὸ αὑτὸ πέπονθα. Μέμνημαι γὰρ παρατυχὼν τῇ ταφῇ τῆς Καισαρίου γαμετῆς " καὶ ἀναλογιζόμενος τῆς πέλας παρακειμένης λεωφόρον, εἰκάζω αὐτὴν κεῖσθαι περὶ" βῆμα δὲ τοῦτο τῶν ἀναγνωστῶν. Οὐκοῦν, ὑπολαδὼν ὁ μοναχὸς εἶπε, καὶ τῆς Εὐσεδίας σορὸν παρὰ τὴν Καισαρίου γαμετὴν ζητητέον " καθότι περιοῦσαι τὰ πολλὰ συνῆσαν ἀλλήλαις, θανοῦσαι συνέθεντο ἅμα τὰς θήκας ἔχειν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατὰ τὰ εἰρημένα ὀρύττειν ἔδει, τὰ ἱερὰ λείΨανα ἀνιχνεύειν, μαθοῦσα ταῦτα ἡ βασιλὶς, ἐταξεν ἔχεσθαι τοῦ ἔργου. ᾿Ανορυγέντος τε τοῦ περὶ τὸν ἄμθωνα χώρου, εὑρέθη ἡ τῆς Καισαρίου γαμετῆς θήκη, καθὼς συνέδαλε Πολυχρόνιος ὀλίγον δὲ διεστὼς ἐκ πλαγίου κατάστρωμα πλίνθων ὀπτῶν, Ισομέτρως τε τῇ τούτων περιβολῇ πλὰξ μαρμαρίνη· ὑφ᾽ ἣν αὐτῆς Εὐσεβίας ἡ σορὸς ἀπεδείχθη, καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτὴν εὐκτήριον, ἐπιεικῶς μάλα λευκοπορφύροις μαρμάροις ἡμφιεσμένον. Τὸ δὲ ἐπίθεμα τῆς θήκης, ὥσπερ εἰς ἱερὰν ἐξησκεῖτο τράπεζαν. Ἐπ' ἄκρου δὲ καθ᾿ ὅ οἱ μάρτυρες ἔκειντο, τρύπημα μικρὸν ἀνεφάνη. Παρεστὼς δὲ τις τοῦ βασιλέως οἴκου, ῥάβδον λεπτὴν ἣν ἔτυχε κατέχων, διὰ τοῦ τρυπήματος καθῆκεν· καὶ ἀνιμήσας, τῇ ῥινὶ προσἡγαγε, καὶ μύρον εὐωδίας ὠσφράνθη. Ἐκ τούτου γε ἀγαθαὶ ἐλπίδες τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις, καὶ τοῖς ἐφεστῶσιν ἐγένοντο · καὶ σπουδῇ τὴν σορὸν ἀποκαλύψαντες, εὑρίσκουσι τὴν Εὐσεβίαν. Τὸ δὲ πρὸς κεφαλὴν αὐτῆς ἐξέχον τῆς θήκης, εἰς κιβωτοῦ σχῆμα περιεξεσμένον, ἰδίῳ ἔνδοθεν ἐκαλύπτετο ἐπιθέματι · καὶ ἑκατέρωθεν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰ χείλη σίδηρος ἐπικείμενος, συνεῖχε μολίβδῳ συμπεπηγώς. Ἐπὶ δὲ μέσου τὸ αὐτὸ τρύπημα πάλιν ἀναφανὲν, ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐδείκνυ ἔνδον ἔχειν τοὺς μάρτυρας. Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ἠγγέλθη, συνἐδραμον εἰς τὸ μαρτύριον, ἤ τε βασιλὶς καὶ ὁ ἐπίσκοπος · αὐτίκα δὲ διὰ τῶν ἐπιστημόνων περιαιρεθέντων τῶν σιδηρείων δεσμῶν, εὐπετῶς ἐξειλκύσθη τὸ ἐπίθεμα · ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτο μύρα πολλὰ, καὶ ἐν τοῖς μύροις ἀλαβαστροθῆκαι ἀργυραῖ δύο εὑρέθησαν, ἐν αἷς τὰ ἱερὰ λείψανα ἔκειντο. Τότε μὲν οὖν ἡ βασιλὶς εὐχαριστήρια ηὔξατο τῷ Θεῷ, τοσαύτης ἐπιφανείας ἀξιωθεῖσα καὶ τῆς εὑρέσεως ἐπιτυχοῦσα τῶν ἱερῶν λειψάνων · μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, πολυτελεστάτῃ θήκῃ τιμῶσα τοὺς μάρτυρας, παρὰ τὸν θεσπέσιον Θύρσον κατέθετο, δημοτελοῦς ἑορτῆς, ὡς εἰκὸς, καὶ τῆς προσηκούσης τιμῆς καὶ πομπῆς σὺν ψαλμῳδίαις ἐπιτελεσθείσης, ᾗ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ παρεγενόμην. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε γενέσθαι, οἱ παρατυχόντες τῇ ἑορτῇ μαρτυρήσουσι • σχεδὸν γὰρ ἔτι πάντες περίεισι, καθότι πολλῷ ὕστερον συνέβη, Πρόκλου ἐπιτροπεύοντος τὴν Κωνσταντινουπόλεως Ἐκκλησίαν.
Gynē tis Eusebia tounoma, diakonos tēs Makedoniou haireseōs, oikēma kai kēpon eiche pro tou teichous tēs Kōnstantinoupoleōs; kai hiera leipsana enthade ephylatte tōn en Sebasteią tēs ᾿Armenias kata tous Likiniou chronous martyrēsantōn tessarakonta stratiōtōn ". Mellousa de teleutąn, katelipe ton proeirēmenon topon monachois homodoxois, kai meth' horkōn autōn edeēthē ekeise taphēnai ; hyper de kephalēs epi tǭ akrǭ tēs autēs soron idią xesai, kai synkatathesthai autę̄ tōn martyrōn ta leipsana, kai mēdeni katamēnysai. Kai hoi men hōde epoioun. Hōste de tēs prosēkousēs therapeias metalanchanein tous martyras ; kai tous exōthen agnoein; kata ta syntetheimena pros Eusebian, euktērion oikon hypo gēn etektēnanto peri tēn autēs thēkēn; eis de to prophanes, oikēma hyperanō plinthois optais to edaphos hēmphiesmenon, kai katabasion ek toutou lanthanon epi tous martyras. Meta de tauta Kaisarios anēr tōn tote en dynamei, hos kai hypatou kai hyparchou eis axian proēlthe, thanousan autou tēn gametēn para tēn Eusebias soron ethapse. Touto gar eti periousais autais synedoxen, hyperphyōs kecharismenais allēlais, kai peri to dogma kai tēn thrēskeian homophronousais. Enteuthen prophasis egeneto Kaisariǭ ktēsasthai touton ton topon, hōs an kai autos plēsion tēs gametēs tapheiē. Hoi de proeirēmenoi monachoi, allachē metǭkisthēsan, mēden peri tōn martyrōn homologēsantes. Katapesontos de tou oikou meta tauta, gēs te kai phorytou epiblēthentos, pas ho tę̄de topos exōmalisthē; kathoti autos Kaisarios eis timēn Thyrsou tou martyros, megaloprepē naon tǭ Theǭ enthade anestēsen. Hōs eoike de, epimelōs ōde aphanisthēnai ton proeirēmenon topon, kai tosouton proBOZOMENI , elthein chronon ho Theos edouleto, paradoxoteran kai epiphanesteran parascheuazōn tōn martyrōn tēn heuresin, tēs heurousēs tēn theophileian. de tou kratountos hē adelphē Poulcheria hē basilis. Epiphaneis gar hautę̄ triton ho thaumasios Thyrsos, tous hypo gēn kryptomenous emēnyse, kai metatithesthai pros hechyton ekeleusen hōste tēs homoias theseōs timēs metechein. de autoi hoi tessarakonta chlanidas hēmphiesmenoi lampras, katadēlous hautę̄ sphas epoiēsan. Edokei de pisteōs einai kreitton to pragma, kai pantelōs aporon. Oute gar hoi palaioteroi tōn enthade klērikōn pollakis erōtēthentes, oute allos oudeis katamēnyein eiche tous martyras. To dē teleutaion, pantōn amēchanountōn, Polychroniǭ tini presbyterǭ, palai genomenǭ tōn Kaisariou oikeiōn, agei to theion eis noun tous pote ton topon oichēsantas monachous. Kai para tous Makedonianōn klērikous elthōn, epynthaneto peri autōn. Ēdē de pantōn teteleutēkotōn, hena monon perionta heurōn hōs epi mēnysei tōn epizētoumenōn martyrōn eti pephylagmenon en zōsin, edeito phrazein, eige hiera leipsana eiden hypo ton dēlōthenta chōron kryptomena. Epei de dia tas pros Eusedian synthēkas, idōn hauton Polychronios hypoparaitoumenon, kai tēn theian epiphaneian edēlōse, kai tēs basilidos tas ochlēseis, kai hautōn tēn amēchanian, synōmologēsen alēthę̄ ton Theon epideixai tę̄ kratousę̄ " boupaida gar tote onta, hypo gerontas hēgoumenous tēn monastikēn echdidaschomenon, akchridthōs epistasthai, martyras ( cheistha: peri tēn soron mē eidenai mentoi, poteron hypo temenos, ē heterōthi chatorōrygmenoi eisi, tǭ polyn parelthein chronon, tēn proteran opsin tou topou eis to nyn phainomenon ameiphthēnai, Kai mēn, ephē Polychronios, ou to hauto pepontha. Memnēmai gar paratychōn tę̄ taphę̄ tēs Kaisariou gametēs " kai analogizomenos tēs pelas parakeimenēs leōphoron, eikazō autēn keisthai peri" bēma de touto tōn anagnōstōn. Oukoun, hypoladōn ho monachos eipe, kai tēs Eusedias soron para tēn Kaisariou gametēn zētēteon " kathoti periousai ta polla synēsan allēlais, thanousai synethento hama tas thēkas echein. Epei de kata ta eirēmena oryttein edei, ta hiera leiPsana anichneuein, mathousa tauta hē basilis, etaxen echesthai tou ergou. ᾿Anorygentos te tou peri ton amthōna chōrou, heurethē hē tēs Kaisariou gametēs thēkē, kathōs synedale Polychronios oligon de diestōs ek plagiou katastrōma plinthōn optōn, Isometrōs te tę̄ toutōn peribolę̄ plax marmarinē; hyph᾽ hēn autēs Eusebias hē soros apedeichthē, kai to peri autēn euktērion, epieikōs mala leukoporphyrois marmarois hēmphiesmenon. To de epithema tēs thēkēs, hōsper eis hieran exēskeito trapezan. Ep' akrou de kath᾿ ho hoi martyres ekeinto, trypēma mikron anephanē. Parestōs de tis tou basileōs oikou, rhabdon leptēn hēn etyche katechōn, dia tou trypēmatos kathēken; kai animēsas, tę̄ rhini prosēgage, kai myron euōdias ōsphranthē. Ek toutou ge agathai elpides tois ergazomenois, kai tois ephestōsin egenonto ; kai spoudę̄ tēn soron apokalypsantes, heuriskousi tēn Eusebian. To de pros kephalēn autēs exechon tēs thēkēs, eis kibōtou schēma periexesmenon, idiǭ endothen ekalypteto epithemati ; kai hekaterōthen autǭ pros ta cheilē sidēros epikeimenos, syneiche molibdǭ sympepēgōs. Epi de mesou to auto trypēma palin anaphanen, eti saphesteron edeikny endon echein tous martyras. Hōs de tauta ēngelthē, synedramon eis to martyrion, ē te basilis kai ho episkopos ; autika de dia tōn epistēmonōn periairethentōn tōn sidēreiōn desmōn, eupetōs exeilkysthē to epithema ; hypo de touto myra polla, kai en tois myrois alabastrothēkai argyrai dyo heurethēsan, en hais ta hiera leipsana ekeinto. Tote men oun hē basilis eucharistēria ēuxato tǭ Theǭ, tosautēs epiphaneias axiōtheisa kai tēs heureseōs epitychousa tōn hierōn leipsanōn ; meta de tauta, polytelestatę̄ thēkę̄ timōsa tous martyras, para ton thespesion Thyrson katetheto, dēmotelous heortēs, hōs eikos, kai tēs prosēkousēs timēs kai pompēs syn psalmǭdiais epitelestheisēs, hę̄ kai autos egō paregenomēn. Kai ta men hōde genesthai, hoi paratychontes tę̄ heortę̄ martyrēsousi • schedon gar eti pantes perieisi, kathoti pollǭ hysteron synebē, Proklou epitropeuontos tēn Kōnstantinoupoleōs Ekklēsian.
A certain woman named Eusebia, a deaconess of the Macedonian heresy, had a house and garden before the wall of Constantinople, and kept there sacred relics of the forty soldiers who were martyred at Sebasteia in Armenia in the time of Licinius. When about to die, she left the place to monks of her own belief, and begged them with oaths to bury her there, and above her head, at the top of her coffin, to hollow out a separate receptacle and lay the relics of the martyrs with her, and to tell no one. They did so. And so that the martyrs might receive fitting veneration while those outside knew nothing, according to the agreement with Eusebia they built a house of prayer underground about her tomb, and openly a dwelling above it with its floor covered with baked bricks, and from it a hidden descent to the martyrs. After this Caesarius, one of the powerful men of the time, who had advanced to the rank of consul and of prefect, buried his wife, when she died, beside Eusebia’s coffin; for they had agreed on this while still alive, being exceedingly dear to each other and of one mind about doctrine and religion. Hence Caesarius had a pretext for acquiring this place, so that he too might be buried near his wife. The monks mentioned moved elsewhere, having said nothing about the martyrs. When the house afterwards fell down, and earth and rubbish were thrown on it, the whole place there was levelled; for Caesarius himself raised a magnificent temple to God there in honour of the martyr Thyrsus. It seems that God willed the place to be thus carefully obliterated and so much time to pass, preparing a more wonderful and more glorious finding of the martyrs and of the love of God of her who found them. And this was the emperor’s sister, the empress Pulcheria. For the wonderful Thyrsus appeared to her three times, disclosed those hidden underground, and ordered them to be moved beside himself, so as to share the same position and honour; and the Forty themselves, clothed in splendid cloaks, made themselves known to her. The thing seemed beyond belief and altogether impossible; for neither the older clergy there, though often asked, nor anyone else could point out the martyrs. At last, when all were at a loss, God brought to the mind of a certain Polychronius, a presbyter, who had once been of Caesarius’s household, the monks who had formerly lived in the place. Going to the clergy of the Macedonians, he inquired about them. All had already died; but finding one alone surviving, as if kept alive for the disclosure of the martyrs sought for, he begged him to say whether he had seen sacred relics hidden under the place in question. When Polychronius saw him somewhat refusing, because of the agreement with Eusebia, and told him of the divine appearance, the empress’s urgings and their own perplexity, he admitted that God had shown the ruler the truth. For being a young boy then, being taught the monastic life under the old men who led it, he knew exactly that martyrs lay about the coffin; but he did not know whether they were buried under the sanctuary or elsewhere, since, much time having passed, the former appearance of the place had changed to what is now seen. “But I,” said Polychronius, “have not had the same experience. For I remember being present at the burial of Caesarius’s wife; and reckoning from the highway lying nearby, I conjecture that she lies about the ambo” — this is the readers’ platform. “Then,” the monk answered, “Eusebia’s coffin too must be sought beside Caesarius’s wife; for while alive they were mostly together, and when dying they agreed to have their tombs together.” When it became necessary to dig according to what had been said and to track the sacred relics, the empress, learning of it, ordered the work to begin. When the place about the ambo had been dug up, the tomb of Caesarius’s wife was found, as Polychronius had conjectured; and a little way off to the side a pavement of baked bricks, and a marble slab equal in measure to their enclosure, under which the coffin of Eusebia herself was revealed, and the oratory about it, very fittingly faced with white and purple marble. The lid of the coffin was worked like a holy table; and at the top, where the martyrs lay, a small hole appeared. One of the emperor’s household standing by let down through the hole a thin rod he happened to be holding; and drawing it up he brought it to his nose and smelled a fragrant perfume. From this good hopes arose in the workers and those overseeing them; and quickly uncovering the coffin, they found Eusebia. The part of the tomb projecting at her head, carved out in the shape of a chest, was covered within by its own lid; and iron laid along its edges on each side held it, fixed with lead. In the middle the same hole appeared again and showed still more clearly that the martyrs were inside. When this was reported, the empress and the bishop ran together to the martyr’s shrine; and at once, the iron fastenings having been removed by craftsmen, the lid was easily drawn off. Under it much perfume was found, and in the perfume two silver caskets in which the sacred relics lay. Then the empress gave thanks to God for having been thought worthy of so great a manifestation and of finding the sacred relics; and afterwards, honouring the martyrs with a most costly casket, she laid them beside the divine Thyrsus, a public festival being held, as was fitting, with due honour, procession and psalm-singing, at which I myself was present. That these things happened so, those present at the festival will bear witness; for almost all are still alive, since it happened much later, when Proclus governed the church of Constantinople.
9.3PG 67:1603
Λόγος δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ ἄλλοις πράγμασι πολλάκις τὸν Θεὸν προαναφανῆναι τὸ μέλλον τῇ βασιλίδι, καὶ πλεῖστα θεοφίλειαν μαρτυροῦντα συμβῆναι περὶ αὐτὴν καὶ τὰς αὐτῆς ἀδελφάς · ἐπεὶ καὶ αὗται τὸν ἶσον πολιτεύονται τρόπον, περὶ τοὺς ἱερέας, καὶ τοὺς εὐκτηρίους οἴκους σπουδάζουσαι, καὶ περὶ τοὺς δεομένους ξένους καὶ πτωχοὺς φιλοτιμούμεναι. Τράπεζα καὶ πρόοδος ὡς ἐπίπαν ἡ αὐτὴ πάσαις· κοινῇ τε νύκτωρ καὶ μεθ᾽ ἡμέραν τὸν Θεὸν ὑμνοῦσι· καὶ οἷος ἀξιαγάστων γυναικῶν νόμος, ὑφασμάτων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἔργων ἐπιμελοῦνται. Ῥαστώνην γὰρ καὶ ἀργίαν, καίπερ βασιλεύουσαι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις τεχθεῖσαι καὶ τραφεῖσαι, παρθενίας ἱερᾶς ἣν μετιᾶς σιν ἀναξίαν ἡγήσαντο, καὶ τοῦ οἰκείου βίου ἀφώρισαν. Διὰ ταῦτα δὲ προφανῶς ἵλεω ὄντος τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αὐτῶν οἴκου ὑπερμαχοῦντος, τῷ μὲν κρατοῦντι τὰ τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπεδίδου · πᾶσα δὲ ἐπιβουλὴ, καὶ πόλεμος κατ' αὐτοῦ συνιστάμενος, αὐτομάτως διελύετο.
Logos de kai epi allois pragmasi pollakis ton Theon proanaphanēnai to mellon tę̄ basilidi, kai pleista theophileian martyrounta symbēnai peri autēn kai tas autēs adelphas ; epei kai hautai ton ison politeuontai tropon, peri tous hiereas, kai tous euktērious oikous spoudazousai, kai peri tous deomenous xenous kai ptōchous philotimoumenai. Trapeza kai proodos hōs epipan hē autē pasais; koinę̄ te nyktōr kai meth᾽ hēmeran ton Theon hymnousi; kai hoios axiagastōn gynaikōn nomos, hyphasmatōn kai tōn toioutōn ergōn epimelountai. Rhastōnēn gar kai argian, kaiper basileuousai, kai en tois basileiois techtheisai kai trapheisai, parthenias hieras hēn metias sin anaxian hēgēsanto, kai tou oikeiou biou aphōrisan. Dia tauta de prophanōs hileō ontos tou Theou, kai tou autōn oikou hypermachountos, tǭ men kratounti ta tēs hēlikias kai tēs archēs epedidou ; pasa de epiboulē, kai polemos kat' autou synistamenos, automatōs dielyeto.
It is said that in other matters too God often revealed the future to the empress beforehand, and that very many things bearing witness to the love of God happened concerning her and her sisters. For they too live in the same way, zealous for the priests and the houses of prayer, and generous to strangers in need and to the poor. Their table and their going out are for the most part the same for all; they sing hymns to God together night and day; and, as is the rule of admirable women, they busy themselves with weaving and such works. For though they are princesses, born and brought up in the palace, they thought ease and idleness unworthy of the holy virginity they pursue, and banished them from their life. Because of this, God being plainly gracious and fighting for their house, the ruler grew in age and in power, and every plot and war raised against him was dissolved of itself.
9.4PG 67:1603–1605
Τότε γοῦν Πέρσαι μὲν εἰς μάχην κεκινημένοι, ἑκατοντούτεις σπονδὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἔθεντο. Στολίχων δὲ ὁ τῆς Ονωρίου στρατιᾶς ἡγούμενος, ὕποπτος ὢν ὡς Εὐχέριὸν τὸν υἱέα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ σπουδάζων ἀναγορεῦσαι βασιλέα κατὰ τὴν Ἕω, κτίννυται παρὰ τῶν ἐν Ῥαβέννῃ στρατιωτῶν. Οὗτος δὲ πρότερον, ἔτι περιόντος ᾿Αρκαδίου, καταστὰς εἰς ἔχθραν τοῖς αὐτοῦ ἄρχουσιν, ἐβεβούλευτο παρ' ἑαυτὰ συγκροῦσαι τὰ βασίλεια. Καὶ στρατηγοῦ Ῥωμαίων ἀξίαν προξενήσας ᾿Αλαρίχῳ τῷ ἡγουμένῳ τῶν Γότθων, προϋτρέψατο καταλαβεῖν τοὺς Ἰλλυριούς. Καὶ ὕπαρχον αὐτὸν καταστάντα τὸν Ἰόβιον προπέμψας, συνέθετο καὶ αὐτὸς συνδραμεῖσθαι μετὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατιωτῶν, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς τῇδε ὑπηκόους ὑπὸ τὴν Ονωρίου δῆθεν ἡγεμονίαν ποιῆσαι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ᾿Αλάριχος ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τῇ Δαλματίᾳ καὶ Παννονίᾳ γῆς βαρβάρου, οὗ διῆγε, παραλαβὼν τοὺς ὑπ᾿ αὐτὸν, ἦγεν εἰς τὰς Ἠπείρους· καὶ 370 συννὸν ἐνταῦθα προσμείνας χρόνον, ἄπρακτος ἐπαν - ἴλϑεν Ἰταλίαν, Μέλλων γὰρ ἐκδημεῖν κατὰ τὰ συντεθειμένα, 'θνωρίου γράμμασιν ἐπεσχέθη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτελεύτησεν ᾿Αρκάδιος, ὥρμησε ρίος φειδοῖ τῇ περὶ τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς Κωνσταντινούπολιν, καὶ πιστοὺς ἄρχοντας καταστῆσαι τῆς αὐτοῦ σωτηρίας βασιλείας. Ἐν τάξει γὰρ υἱέος αὐτὸν ἔχων, ἐδεδίει ματι πάθοι διὰ τὸ νέον, ἕτοιμος ὧν πρὸς ἐπιθουλήν. Ἤδη δὲ μέλλοντα ἔχεσθαι τῆς ὁδοῦ, πείθει Στελίχων ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ μένειν τὸν Ὅνώριον, ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τοῦτο εἰπὼν, καθότι Κωνσταντῖνός τις ἐτύγχανεν ἔναγχος ἐν ᾿Αρηλάτῳ τυραννήσας. Θάτερον δὲ τῶν σχήπτρων ὃ Λάδωρον Ῥωμαῖοι καλοῦσι, γράμματα βασιλέως λαβὼν, ἐπιτρέποντα αὐτῷ τὴν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ανατολὴν ἄφιξιν, ἔμελλεν ἐκδημεῖν, τέσσαρας ἀριθμοὺς στρατιωτῶν παραλαβών. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ φήμης διαδραμούσης ὡς ἐπιθουλεύει τῷ βασιλεῖ, ἐπὶ τυραννίδα τοῦ υἱέως παρασχευάζεται, συμπράττοντας ἔχων τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει, στασιάσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται κτείνουσι τὸν Ἰταλίας ὕπαρχον ,. καὶ τὸν τῶν Γαλαπῶν, καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς, τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς διέποντας τὰς ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις ἀρχάς. ᾿Αναιρεῖται ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς παρὰ τῶν Ῥαδέννῃ στρατιωτῶν " ἀνὴρ εἴπερ τις ἄλλος πώποτε, ἐν πολλῇ δυνάμει γενόμενος, καὶ πάντας, ὡς εἰπεῖν, Βαρβάρους τε καὶ Ῥωμαίους πειθομένους ἔχων. Στελίχων μὲν οὖν ὑπονοηθεὶς χαχόνους εἶναι τοῖς βασιλείοις, ὧδε ἀπὠλετο κτίννυται δὲ καὶ Εὐχέριος ὁ τούτου υἱός.
Tote goun Persai men eis machēn kekinēmenoi, hekatontouteis spondas pros Rhōmaious ethento. Stolichōn de ho tēs Onōriou stratias hēgoumenos, hypoptos ōn hōs Eucherion ton huiea ton heautou spoudazōn anagoreusai basilea kata tēn Heō, ktinnytai para tōn en Rhabennę̄ stratiōtōn. Houtos de proteron, eti periontos ᾿Arkadiou, katastas eis echthran tois autou archousin, ebebouleuto par' heauta synkrousai ta basileia. Kai stratēgou Rhōmaiōn axian proxenēsas ᾿Alarichǭ tǭ hēgoumenǭ tōn Gotthōn, proÿtrepsato katalabein tous Illyrious. Kai hyparchon auton katastanta ton Iobion propempsas, synetheto kai autos syndrameisthai meta tōn Rhōmaiōn stratiōtōn, hōste kai tous tę̄de hypēkoous hypo tēn Onōriou dēthen hēgemonian poiēsai. Kai ho men ᾿Alarichos ek tēs pros tę̄ Dalmatią kai Pannonią gēs barbarou, hou diēge, paralabōn tous hyp᾿ auton, ēgen eis tas Ēpeirous; kai 370 synnon entautha prosmeinas chronon, apraktos epan - ilϑen Italian, Mellōn gar ekdēmein kata ta syntetheimena, 'thnōriou grammasin epeschethē. Epei de eteleutēsen ᾿Arkadios, hōrmēse rios pheidoi tę̄ peri ton adelphidoun epanelthein eis Kōnstantinoupolin, kai pistous archontas katastēsai tēs autou sōtērias basileias. En taxei gar huieos auton echōn, edediei mati pathoi dia to neon, hetoimos hōn pros epithoulēn. Ēdē de mellonta echesthai tēs hodou, peithei Stelichōn en tę̄ Italią menein ton Honōrion, anankaion einai touto eipōn, kathoti Kōnstantinos tis etynchanen enanchos en ᾿Arēlatǭ tyrannēsas. Thateron de tōn schēptrōn ho Ladōron Rhōmaioi kalousi, grammata basileōs labōn, epitreponta autǭ tēn eis tēn ᾿Anatolēn aphixin, emellen ekdēmein, tessaras arithmous stratiōtōn paralabōn. En toutǭ de phēmēs diadramousēs hōs epithouleuei tǭ basilei, epi tyrannida tou huieōs parascheuazetai, symprattontas echōn tous en dynamei, stasiasantes hoi stratiōtai kteinousi ton Italias hyparchon ,. kai ton tōn Galapōn, kai tous stratēgous, tous allous tous diepontas tas en tois basileiois archas. ᾿Anaireitai hos kai autos para tōn Rhadennę̄ stratiōtōn " anēr eiper tis allos pōpote, en pollę̄ dynamei genomenos, kai pantas, hōs eipein, Barbarous te kai Rhōmaious peithomenous echōn. Stelichōn men oun hyponoētheis chachonous einai tois basileiois, hōde apōleto ktinnytai de kai Eucherios ho toutou huios.
At that time, at any rate, the Persians, who had been roused to battle, made a hundred years’ truce with the Romans. Stilicho, commander of Honorius’s army, being suspected of being eager to proclaim his son Eucherius emperor in the East, was killed by the soldiers at Ravenna. Earlier, while Arcadius was still alive, he had become hostile to his officials and had planned to set the two courts against each other. Having obtained for Alaric, the leader of the Goths, the rank of a Roman general, he urged him to seize Illyricum; and sending ahead Jovius, appointed its prefect, he agreed that he himself would join them with the Roman soldiers, so as supposedly to bring the subjects there under the rule of Honorius. Alaric, taking those under him from the barbarian land bordering Dalmatia and Pannonia where he was living, led them to the Epiruses; and having stayed there a long time, he returned to Italy without success. For when he was about to depart according to the agreement, he was held back by letters of Honorius. When Arcadius died, Honorius set out, out of concern for his nephew, to go to Constantinople and appoint faithful officials for his safety and rule; for regarding him as a son, he feared lest he suffer something because of his youth, being easily exposed to plots. But when he was already about to set out, Stilicho persuaded Honorius to remain in Italy, saying this was necessary because a certain Constantine had lately made himself usurper at Arles. Taking one of the standards which the Romans call the labarum, and receiving letters of the emperor entrusting to him the journey to the East, Stilicho was about to set out with four units of soldiers. Meanwhile a rumour ran that he was plotting against the emperor and preparing to make his son usurper, with the powerful working with him; the soldiers rioted and killed the prefect of Italy and that of the Gauls, and the generals and others holding offices in the palace. And he himself was killed by the soldiers at Ravenna, a man who, if anyone ever, had come to great power and had, so to speak, all, barbarians and Romans, obedient to him. So Stilicho, suspected of being ill disposed toward the court, perished thus; and Eucherius his son was also killed.
9.5PG 67:1605–1607
Κατὰ ταυτὸν δὲ συνέδη Οὔννους στρατοπεδευομένου: ἐν Θράκῃ, μήτε πολεμοῦντος αὑτοῦ, μὴτε διώκοντος, αἰσχρῶς ὑποστρέψαι; τοὺς πλείους ἀπο᾿Επεὶ γὰρ Οὔλδις ὁ ἡγούμενος τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἴστρον βαρδάρων, πλείστην ἔχων στρατιὰν ἐπεραιώθη τὸν ποταμὸν, ἐν τοῖς Θρχαχῶν ἐστρατοπεδεύετο. Καὶ Καστράμαρτις πόλιν τῆς Μυσίας προδοσίᾳ ἐλὼν, ἐντεῦθεν τὴν ἄλλην Θράκην χατέτρεχε, σπονδὰς θέσθαι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ὑπ᾽ ἀλαζονείας οὐχ ἠνείχετο. Διαλεγομένου δὲ αὐτῷ περὶ εἰρήνης τοῦ ὑπάρχου τῶν Θρᾳχίων στρατευμάτων, ἀνίσχοντα τὸν ἥλιον ἐπιδείξας, οὐ γαλεπὸν αὐτῷ ἔφη, ἣν βούλοιτο, πᾶσαν ἣν ἐφορᾷ γῆν χαταστῥέψασθαι. Τερατευομένου τοιάδε, καὶ δασμὸν ὅσον ἐβούλετο ἐπιτάττοντος, ἐπὶ τούτοις Ρωμαίοις εἰρήνην ἔχειν ἢ πόλεμον ἀμηχάνου τε τοῦ πράγματος ὄντος, ἐπέδειξεν ὁ Θεὸς ἣν ἔχει προμήθειαν περὶ τὴν παροῦσαν βασιλείαν. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν γὰρ λόγοι πρὸς τοὺς ἀμφὶ τὸν Οὔλδιν οἰκείους λοχαγοὺς ἐγένοντο περὶ τῆς Ῥωμαίων πολιτείας, τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως φιλαν - θρωπίας, ὁποίων τε καὶ ὅσων ἀξιοῖ γερῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους καὶ ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας. Οὐχ ἀθεεὶ δὲ τούτων εἰς ἔρωτα χαταστάντες, Ῥωμαίοις προσεχώρησαν, σὺν αὐτοῖς; ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἅμα τοῖς ὑπ᾽ αὐτοὺς τεταγμένοις. Ὁ δὲ Οὔλδις πρὸς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ μόλις διεσώθη, πολλοὺς ἀποδαλὼν, ἄρδην δὲ τοὺς καλουμένους Σχιρούς" ἔθνος δὲ τοῦτο βαρον, ἱκανῶς πολυάνθρωπον, πρὶν τοιᾷδε περιπεσεῖν συμφορᾷ. Ὑστερήσαντες γὰρ ἐν τῇ φυγῇ, οἱ μὲν αὐτῶν ἀνῃρέθησαν" οἱ δὲ ζωγρηθέντες, δέσμιοι πρὸς τὴν Κωνσταντινούπολιν ἐξεπέμφθησαν. Δόξαν ὃΣ τοῖς ἄρχουτιν διανεῖμαι τούτους, μή τι πλῆθος ὄντες νεωτερίσωσι" τοὺς μὲν ἐπ᾽ ὀλίγοις τιμήμασὶ ἀπέδοντο" τοὺς δὲ πολλοῖς προῖκα δουλεύειν παρέδοἐπὶ τὸ μήτε Κωνσταντινουπόλεως, μήτε πάσης Εὑρώπης ἐπιβαίνειν, καὶ τῇ μέσῃ θαλάσσῃ χωρίζεσθαι τὸν ἐγνωσμένον αὐτοῖς τόπον. τούτων τε πλῆθος ἄπρατον περιλειφθὲν, ἄλλος ἀλλαχῇ διατρίθειν ἐτάχθησαν " πολλοὺς δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς Βιθυνίας τεθέαπρὸς τῷ καλουμένῳ Ὀλύμπῳ ὄρει, σποράδην οἰκοῦντας, τοὺς αὐτόθι λόφους ὑπωρείας γεωργοῦντας.
Kata tauton de synedē Ounnous stratopedeuomenou: en Thrakę̄, mēte polemountos hautou, mēte diōkontos, aischrōs hypostrepsai? tous pleious apo᾿Epei gar Ouldis ho hēgoumenos tōn peri ton Istron bardarōn, pleistēn echōn stratian eperaiōthē ton potamon, en tois Thrchachōn estratopedeueto. Kai Kastramartis polin tēs Mysias prodosią elōn, enteuthen tēn allēn Thrakēn chatetreche, spondas thesthai pros Rhōmaious hyp᾽ alazoneias ouch ēneicheto. Dialegomenou de autǭ peri eirēnēs tou hyparchou tōn Thrąchiōn strateumatōn, anischonta ton hēlion epideixas, ou galepon autǭ ephē, hēn bouloito, pasan hēn ephorą gēn chatastrhepsasthai. Terateuomenou toiade, kai dasmon hoson ebouleto epitattontos, epi toutois Rōmaiois eirēnēn echein ē polemon amēchanou te tou pragmatos ontos, epedeixen ho Theos hēn echei promētheian peri tēn parousan basileian. Ouk eis makran gar logoi pros tous amphi ton Ouldin oikeious lochagous egenonto peri tēs Rhōmaiōn politeias, tēs tou basileōs philan - thrōpias, hopoiōn te kai hosōn axioi gerōn tous aristous kai agathous andras. Ouch atheei de toutōn eis erōta chatastantes, Rhōmaiois prosechōrēsan, syn autois? estratopedeuonto hama tois hyp᾽ autous tetagmenois. Ho de Ouldis pros to peran tou potamou molis diesōthē, pollous apodalōn, ardēn de tous kaloumenous Schirous" ethnos de touto baron, hikanōs polyanthrōpon, prin toiąde peripesein symphorą. Hysterēsantes gar en tę̄ phygę̄, hoi men autōn anę̄rethēsan" hoi de zōgrēthentes, desmioi pros tēn Kōnstantinoupolin exepemphthēsan. Doxan hoS tois archoutin dianeimai toutous, mē ti plēthos ontes neōterisōsi" tous men ep᾽ oligois timēmasi apedonto" tous de pollois proika douleuein paredoepi to mēte Kōnstantinoupoleōs, mēte pasēs Heurōpēs epibainein, kai tę̄ mesę̄ thalassę̄ chōrizesthai ton egnōsmenon autois topon. toutōn te plēthos apraton perileiphthen, allos allachę̄ diatrithein etachthēsan " pollous de epi tēs Bithynias tetheapros tǭ kaloumenǭ Olympǭ orei, sporadēn oikountas, tous autothi lophous hypōreias geōrgountas.
At the same time it happened that the Huns, encamped in Thrace, withdrew disgracefully, losing most of their men, though no one fought against them or pursued them. For Uldis, the leader of the barbarians along the Ister, having crossed the river with a very large army, encamped in Thrace; and having taken Castra Martis, a city of Moesia, by treachery, he overran the rest of Thrace from there, and out of arrogance would not make a treaty with the Romans. When the commander of the troops in Thrace was discussing peace with him, he pointed to the rising sun and said that it would not be hard for him, if he wished, to subdue all the land it looked upon. While he was boasting so, and demanding as much tribute as he pleased, on these terms to have peace with the Romans or war, and the matter was desperate, God showed what providence he has for the present reign. For not long after, conversations took place with the officers of Uldis’s own following about the Roman constitution, the emperor’s kindness, and what and how great rewards he gives to excellent and good men. Not without God, falling in love with these things, they went over to the Romans and encamped with them, together with those ranked under them. Uldis barely escaped to the other side of the river, having lost many, and above all those called the Sciri — a barbarian nation, quite numerous before it fell into such a disaster. For being left behind in the flight, some of them were killed, while others were taken alive and sent in chains to Constantinople. Since the officials thought it best to distribute them, lest, being numerous, they cause some disturbance, they sold some for small prices, and gave many to serve free, on condition that they never set foot in Constantinople or anywhere in Europe, and that the place assigned to them be separated by the sea between. Of these a great number were left unsold and were ordered to live in different places; and I have seen many in Bithynia near the mountain called Olympus, living scattered and farming the hills and foothills there.
9.6PG 67:1607–1609
Τὰ μὲν οὖν πρὸς τῆς ἀρχομένης, πολεμίων ἀπήλλακτο, σὺν χότμῳ πολλῷ ἰθύνετο παρὰ τὴν πάντων δόξαν. τὰρ ἔτι νέος ὁ κρατῶν. Τὰ πρὺς Δύσιν, ἐν ἀταξίαις ἦν, πολλῶν ἐπανισταμένων τυράννων. ᾿Ἡνέχα δὴ μετὰ τὴν Στελίχωνος ἀναΐίρετιν, ᾿Αλάριχος ὁ τῶν Γότθων ἡγούμενος, πρεσδευσάμε:νος περὶ εἰρήνης πρὸς Ονώριον, ἀπέτυχε· καὶ ταλαβων τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐπολιόρκει, πολλοὺς βαρβάρους ἐπιστήσας Θύμβριδι τῷ ποταμῷ· ὥστε μὴ εἰσκομίζεσθαι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀπὸ τοῦ Πόρτου ὧδε γὰρ ὀνομάζουσι τὸ Ῥωμαῖον ἐπίνειον. Χρονίας δὲ γενομένης τῆς πολιορκίας, λιμοῦ τε καὶ λοιμοῦ τὴν πόλιν πιέζοντος, δούλων τε πολλῶν, καὶ μάλιστα βαρβάρων τῷ γένει, πρὸς τὸν ᾿Αλάριχον αὐτομολούντων, ἀναγκαῖον ἐδόκει τοῖς Ἑλληνίζουσι τῆς συγκλήτου, θύειν ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ναοῖς. Θοῦσκοι γάρ τινες ἐπὶ τοῦτο μετακληθέντες παρὰ τοῦ ὑπάρχου τῆς πόλεως, ὑπισχνοῦντο σκηπτοῖς καὶ βρονταῖς ἀπελάσειν τοὺς βαρβάρους. Ηὔχουν δὲ τοιοῦτον αὐτοῖς εἰργᾶσθαι καὶ περὶ Λαρνίαν πόλιν τῆς Θουσκίας, ἣν παριών ᾿Αλάριχος ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην οὐχ εἶλεν. Ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἔσεσθαι τῇ πόλει, ἡ ἀπόβασις ἔδειξε. Τοῖς γὰρ εὖ φρονοῦσιν ὑπὸ θεομηνίας κατεφαίνετο ταῦτα συμβαίνειν Ῥωμαίοις, κατὰ ποινὴν ὧν προτοῦ ὑπὸ πολλῆς ῥαστώνης καὶ ἀκολασίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ ξένους ἀδίκως ἥμαρτον. Λέγεται γοῦν ἀγαθός τις τῶν ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ μοναχῶν, σπεύδοντι ἐπὶ Ῥώμην ᾿Αλαρίχῳ παραινέσαι, φείσασθαι τῆς πόλεως, μηδὲ τηλικούτων αἴτιον γενέσθαι κακῶν. Τὸν δὲ φάναι, ὡς οὐχ ἑκὼν τάδε ἐπιχειρεῖ · ἀλλά τις συνεχῶς ἐνοχλῶν αὐτὸν βιάζεται, καὶ ἐπιτάττει τὴν Ῥώμην πορθεῖν · ὃ δὴ τελευτῶν ἐποίησεν. Ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἐπολιόρκει, πλεῖστα δῶρα λαβών, ἐπὶ χρόνον τινὰ πολιορκίαν ἔλυσε, συνθεμένων Ῥωμαίων τὸν βασιλέα πείσειν εἰς εἰρήνην αὐτὸν δέχεσθαι.
Ta men oun pros tēs archomenēs, polemiōn apēllakto, syn chotmǭ pollǭ ithyneto para tēn pantōn doxan. tar eti neos ho kratōn. Ta prys Dysin, en ataxiais ēn, pollōn epanistamenōn tyrannōn. ᾿Hēnecha dē meta tēn Stelichōnos anaïiretin, ᾿Alarichos ho tōn Gotthōn hēgoumenos, presdeusame:nos peri eirēnēs pros Onōrion, apetyche; kai talabōn tēn Rhōmēn, epoliorkei, pollous barbarous epistēsas Thymbridi tǭ potamǭ; hōste mē eiskomizesthai ta epitēdeia tois en tę̄ polei apo tou Portou hōde gar onomazousi to Rhōmaion epineion. Chronias de genomenēs tēs poliorkias, limou te kai loimou tēn polin piezontos, doulōn te pollōn, kai malista barbarōn tǭ genei, pros ton ᾿Alarichon automolountōn, anankaion edokei tois Hellēnizousi tēs synklētou, thyein en tǭ Kapitōliǭ kai tois allois naois. Thouskoi gar tines epi touto metaklēthentes para tou hyparchou tēs poleōs, hypischnounto skēptois kai brontais apelasein tous barbarous. Ēuchoun de toiouton autois eirgasthai kai peri Larnian polin tēs Thouskias, hēn pariōn ᾿Alarichos epi tēn Rhōmēn ouch eilen. Alla toutōn men ouden ophelos esesthai tę̄ polei, hē apobasis edeixe. Tois gar eu phronousin hypo theomēnias katephaineto tauta symbainein Rhōmaiois, kata poinēn hōn protou hypo pollēs rhastōnēs kai akolasias eis autous kai xenous adikōs hēmarton. Legetai goun agathos tis tōn en Italią monachōn, speudonti epi Rhōmēn ᾿Alarichǭ parainesai, pheisasthai tēs poleōs, mēde tēlikoutōn aition genesthai kakōn. Ton de phanai, hōs ouch hekōn tade epicheirei ; alla tis synechōs enochlōn auton biazetai, kai epitattei tēn Rhōmēn porthein ; ho dē teleutōn epoiēsen. En hǭ de epoliorkei, pleista dōra labōn, epi chronon tina poliorkian elyse, synthemenōn Rhōmaiōn ton basilea peisein eis eirēnēn auton dechesthai.
So the eastern part of the empire was free of enemies and was governed in great order, contrary to everyone’s expectation, though the ruler was still young. But the West was in disorder, as many usurpers rose up. Then, after the killing of Stilicho, Alaric, the leader of the Goths, having sent envoys about peace to Honorius and failed, seized and besieged Rome, posting many barbarians on the river Tiber, so that provisions could not be brought in to those in the city from Portus — for so they call the Roman harbour. The siege being prolonged, and famine and pestilence pressing the city, and many slaves, especially barbarians by race, deserting to Alaric, it seemed necessary to the pagans of the senate to sacrifice on the Capitol and in the other temples. For some Tuscans, summoned for this by the prefect of the city, promised to drive away the barbarians with thunderbolts and thunders; and they boasted that they had done such a thing at Narnia, a city of Tuscany, which Alaric had not taken in passing on his way to Rome. But the outcome showed that these things would be of no use to the city. For to the sensible it appeared that these things befell the Romans through the wrath of God, as punishment for the sins they had formerly committed unjustly, through great ease and licentiousness, against themselves and strangers. It is said, at any rate, that a good monk in Italy urged Alaric, as he hastened toward Rome, to spare the city and not become the cause of such great evils; and that he said that he was not attempting this willingly, but that someone continually troubled him and forced him, ordering him to sack Rome — which at last he did. While he was besieging it, having received very many gifts, he lifted the siege for a time, the Romans agreeing to persuade the emperor to receive him into peace.
9.7PG 67:1609–1611
Γενομένης δὲ περὶ τούτου πρεσβείας, οἱ τὰ ἐναντία πράττοντες ᾿Αλαρίχῳ ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις, ἐνεπόδιζον τῇ εἰρήνῃ. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πρεσβευσαμένου Ἰνοκεντίου 5 τοῦ Ῥωμαίων ἐπισκόπου, μετακληθεὶς ᾿Αλάριχος γράμμασι τοῦ βασιλέως, ἧκεν εἰς ᾿Αρίμηνον πόλιν, δέκα καὶ διακοσίοις σταδίοις τῆς Ῥαβέννης ἀφεστῶσαν. Ἐνταῦθα δὲ σκηνὰς ἔχοντι πρὸ τῶν τειχῶν, εἰς λόγους ἐλθὼν Ἰόβιος τῆς Ἰταλίας ὕπαρχος ὢν, δηλοῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν ᾿Αλαρίχου αἴτησιν, Αι καὶ ὡς δέοι δέλτοις αὐτὸν τιμῆσαι στρατηγοῦ δυνάμεως ἑκατέρας. Ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς χρημάτων μὲν καὶ σιτηρεσίων ὧν ᾔτει, ὡς ὑπάρχῳ Ἰοβίῳ τὴν ἐξουσίαν δέδωκεν· ἀξίας δὲ οὗ ποτε μεταδώσειν αὐτῷ ἀντι εδήλωσεν. ᾿Αβούλως δὲ Ἰόβιος ἐν τῇ Ἀλαρίχου σκηνῇ περιμείνας τὸν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων ἀπεσταλμένον, ἀναγινώσκειν ἐκέλευε, παρόντων τῶν βαρβάρων, τὰ δόξαντα τῷ βασιλεῖ. Ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ ἀρνήσει τοῦ ἀξιώματος ὀργισθεὶς Αλάριχος ὡς ὑβρισμένος, αὐθωρὸν τῇ σάλπιγγι σημήνας, ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλαυνε. Δείσας δὲ ὁ Ἰόβιος μὴ ὑπονοηθῇ τῷ βασιλεῖ ᾿Αλαρίχῳ σπουδάζειν, ἀβουλοτέρῳ ἢ πρότερον περιπεσών, πρὸς τῆς σωτηρίας τοῦ βασιλέως αὐτὸς ὤμοσε, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἄρχοντας παρεσκεύασε, μή ποτε εἰρήνην θέσθαι πρὸς ᾿Αλάριχον. Οὐκ εἰς μακρὰν δὲ μεταμεληθεὶς ὁ βάρβαρος, ἐδήλωσε μηδὲν ἀξιωμάτων δεῖσθαι· σύμμαχον δὲ παρέξειν ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ μετρίᾳ σίτου δόσει, καὶ οἰκήσει τόπων, οὐ πάνυ Ῥωμαίοις ἐσπουδασμένων.
Genomenēs de peri toutou presbeias, hoi ta enantia prattontes ᾿Alarichǭ en tois basileiois, enepodizon tę̄ eirēnę̄. Meta de tauta presbeusamenou Inokentiou 5 tou Rhōmaiōn episkopou, metaklētheis ᾿Alarichos grammasi tou basileōs, hēken eis ᾿Arimēnon polin, deka kai diakosiois stadiois tēs Rhabennēs aphestōsan. Entautha de skēnas echonti pro tōn teichōn, eis logous elthōn Iobios tēs Italias hyparchos ōn, dēloi tǭ basilei tēn ᾿Alarichou aitēsin, Ai kai hōs deoi deltois auton timēsai stratēgou dynameōs hekateras. Ho de basileus chrēmatōn men kai sitēresiōn hōn ę̄tei, hōs hyparchǭ Iobiǭ tēn exousian dedōken; axias de hou pote metadōsein autǭ anti edēlōsen. ᾿Aboulōs de Iobios en tę̄ Alarichou skēnę̄ perimeinas ton ek tōn basileiōn apestalmenon, anaginōskein ekeleue, parontōn tōn barbarōn, ta doxanta tǭ basilei. Epi de tę̄ arnēsei tou axiōmatos orgistheis Alarichos hōs hybrismenos, authōron tę̄ salpingi sēmēnas, epi tēn Rhōmēn ēlaune. Deisas de ho Iobios mē hyponoēthę̄ tǭ basilei ᾿Alarichǭ spoudazein, abouloterǭ ē proteron peripesōn, pros tēs sōtērias tou basileōs autos ōmose, kai tous allous archontas pareskeuase, mē pote eirēnēn thesthai pros ᾿Alarichon. Ouk eis makran de metamelētheis ho barbaros, edēlōse mēden axiōmatōn deisthai; symmachon de parexein heauton epi metrią sitou dosei, kai oikēsei topōn, ou pany Rhōmaiois espoudasmenōn.
When an embassy was sent about this, those working against Alaric in the palace hindered the peace. After this, when Innocent, the bishop of the Romans, had gone as an envoy, Alaric, summoned by a letter of the emperor, came to Ariminum, a city two hundred and ten stadia from Ravenna. There, while he had his tents before the walls, Jovius, being prefect of Italy, came to terms with him and informed the emperor of Alaric’s request, and that he ought to honour him with the commission of general of both forces. The emperor gave Jovius as prefect authority over the money and provisions he asked for, but replied that he would never give him the rank. Jovius, unwisely, waiting in Alaric’s tent for the one sent from the palace, ordered the emperor’s decision to be read in the presence of the barbarians. Alaric, angry at the refusal of the rank as insulted, at once sounded the trumpet and marched on Rome. Jovius, fearing lest he be suspected by the emperor of supporting Alaric, falling into more unwise conduct than before, himself swore by the emperor’s safety, and made the other officials swear, never to make peace with Alaric. But not long after the barbarian changed his mind and declared that he needed no rank, but would offer himself as an ally for a moderate gift of grain and a dwelling in places not much prized by the Romans.
9.8PG 67:1611–1613
Ἐπεὶ δὲ δὶς ἀπέτυχε περὶ τούτου πρεσβευσάμενος διά τινων ἐπισκόπων, ἐλθὼν εἰς Ῥώμην, ἐπολιόρκει τὴν πόλιν· καὶ ἐξ ἑνὸς μέρους τὸν Πόρτον ἑλὼν, βιάζεται Ῥωμαίους βασιλέα ψηφίσασθαι τὸν ῎Ατταλον, ὕπαρχον ὄντα τότε τῆς πόλεως. Ῥωμαίων δὲ Ει προβληθέντων ἐπὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς, χειροτονεῖται ᾿Αλάριχος στρατηγὸς ἑκατέρας δυνάμεως, ᾿Αδάουλφος δὲ ὁ τῆς αὐτοῦ γαμετῆς ἀδελφὸς, ἡγεμὼν τῶν ἱππέων δομεστίκων καλουμένων. Συγκαλέσας δὲ τὴν γερουσίαν "Ατταλος, λόγον διῆλθε μακρὸν καὶ λαμπρῶς μάλα πεπονημένον, ὑπισχνούμενος τὰ πάτρια τῇ συγκλήτῳ φυλάξειν, καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πρὸς Ἕω ἀρχομένην, ὑπήκοον Ἰταλοῖς ποιῆσαι. Καὶ ὁ μὲν ὧδε ἀλαζονευόμενος, οὐδὲ εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν ὁλόκληρον ἤμελλε βασιλεὺς καλεῖσθαι · μάντεσι δέ τισιν ὑπαχθεὶς, ὑπισχνουμένοις ἀμαχητί τὴν Ἀφρικὴν καθέξειν, οὔτε ᾿Αλαρίχῳ ἐπείσθη, μετρίαν δύναμιν εἰσηγησαμένῳ πέμψαι εἰς Καρχηδόνα –ἐπὶ ἀναιρέσει τῶν Ονωρίου ἀρχόντων, εἰ ἀντιπαραΟ τάξοιεν αὐτῷ· οὔτε Ἰωάννῃ, ὃν προεστήσατο τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν βασιλικῶν τάξεων, φάσκοντι χρῆναι Κώνσταντα τὸν ἐκδημεῖν εἰς Λιβύην παρ᾿ αὐτοῦ τεταγμένον, ὡς παρὰ Ονωρίου ἀπεσταλμένον, γράμματι συνήθει ὃ διάταγμα καλοῦσι, παῦσαι τῆς ἀρχῆς Ἡρακλειανὸν, τὸν τηνικάδε τῶν ἐν ᾿Αφρικῇ στρατιωτῶν ἐπιτετραμμένον τὴν ἡγεμονίαν. Ἴσως δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τοῦτο προὐχώρησεν · οὔπω γὰρ δῆλα έγεγόνει τοῖς ἐν Λιβύῃ τὰ κατὰ ῎Ατταλον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Κώνστας, τοῦτο τοῖς μάντεσι δόξαν, ἔπλευσεν εἰς Καρχηδόνα, Ατταλος δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐβλάβη τὸν νοῦν, ὡς μηδὲ ἀμφιβάλλειν ἀξιοῦν, ἀλλὰ πεπεῖσθαι τοὺς ῎Αφρους ὑπηκόους ἔχειν κατὰ τὴν πρόῤῥησιν τῶν μάντεων, ἐπιστρατεύει τῇ Ραβέννῃ. "Αμα δὲ ἠγγέλθη εἰς Ἀρίμινον ἀφίχθαι μετὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων στρατιᾶς καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων, γράφει αὐτῷ Ονώριος ὡς βασιλεῖ, καὶ πρεσβεύεται διὰ τῶν ἀμφ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς μεγίστας ἀρχὰς λαχόντων, κοινωνὸν ἀγαπῶν ἔχειν τῆς βασιλείας. ῎Ατταλος δὲ τὴν μὲν κοινωνίαν τοῦ κράτους ἀπαρνεῖται, δηλοῖ δὲ Ονωρίῳ, νῆσον ἢ τόπον ἑλέσθαι ὂν βούλεται, καὶ καθ' ἑαυτὸν διάγειν, πάσης βασιλικῆς θεραπείας ἀξιούμενον. Εἰς τοῦτο δὲ περιστάντων τῶν πραγμάτων, ὡς εὐπρεπεῖς αὐτὸν ἔχειν ναῦς, ἵν᾽, εἰ δεήσειεν, ἀποπλεύσῃ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν, ἀδοκήτω, ἐν ἓξ ἀριθμοῖς ἀμφὶ τετρακισχίλιοι στρατιῶται νύκτωρ τῇ Ῥαβέννῃ προσἐπλευσαν ἐκ τῆς Ἀνατολῆς · οἷς τὴν φυλακὴν τῶν τειχῶν ἐπέτρεψε, δεδιὼς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων στρατιωτῶν τὸ ἔτοιμον εἰς προδοσίαν. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ Ἡρακλειανὸς ἀνελὼν τὸν Κώνσταντα, φύλακας ἐπέστησεν ἐν τοῖς λιμέσι καὶ ταῖς ἀκταῖς τῆς ᾿Αφρικῆς, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα τῶν ἐμπόρων ἐκώλυσεν εἰς Ῥώμην ἀνάγεσθαι. Λιμοῦ δὲ ἐντεῦθεν καταλαβόντος τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, πρεσβεύονται περὶ τούτου πρὸς ῎Ατταλον. Ὁ δὲ πρὸς τὸ πρακτέον ἀμηχανῶν, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς Ῥώμην, ὡς α μετὰ τῆς συγκλήτου συμβουλευσόμενος. Ἐπικρατήσαντος δὲ τοῦ λιμοῦ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ὡς καστάνοις ἀντὶ σίτου κεχρῆσθαι, ὑπονοηθῆναι δὲ τινας καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων ἀπογεύσασθαι κρεῶν · ᾿Αλάριχος μὲν συνεβούλευε πεντακοσίους βαρβάρους κατὰ Ήρακλειανοῦ πέμπειν· τῇ δὲ συγκλήτῳ καὶ ᾿Αττάλῳ ἐδόκει, μὴ δεῖν πιστευθῆναι βαρβάροις τὴν ᾿Αφρικήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ δῆλον ἦν τὸν Θεὸν ἀντιπράττειν τῇ Αττάλου βασιλείᾳ, συνιδὼν ᾿Αλάριχος μάτην πονεῖν ἐπὶ πράγματι οὐκ ἐν αὐτῷ κειμένῳ, συντίθεται περὶ καταλύσεως τῆς αὐτοῦ ἀρχῆς πρὸς Ονώριον, ὑποσχέσεις λαβών. Πάντων τοίνυν συνελθόντων πρὸ τῆς πόλεως, ἀποτίθεται ῎Ατταλος τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας· συναποτίθενται δὲ τὰς ζώνας καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ ἄρχοντες, καὶ συγγνώμην ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβεβηκόσι νέμει πᾶσιν Ονώριος, ἕκαστον ἔχειν τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν ἀξίαν ἧς προτοῦ μετελάγχανεν. Ἄτταλος δὲ ἅμα τῷ παιδὶ ᾿Αλαρίχῳ συνῆν, οὐκ ἂν οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς τέως ἡγούμενος ἐν Ῥωμαίοις διάγειν.
Epei de dis apetyche peri toutou presbeusamenos dia tinōn episkopōn, elthōn eis Rhōmēn, epoliorkei tēn polin; kai ex henos merous ton Porton helōn, biazetai Rhōmaious basilea psēphisasthai ton ᾿Attalon, hyparchon onta tote tēs poleōs. Rhōmaiōn de Ei problēthentōn epi tas allas archas, cheirotoneitai ᾿Alarichos stratēgos hekateras dynameōs, ᾿Adaoulphos de ho tēs autou gametēs adelphos, hēgemōn tōn hippeōn domestikōn kaloumenōn. Synkalesas de tēn gerousian "Attalos, logon diēlthe makron kai lamprōs mala peponēmenon, hypischnoumenos ta patria tę̄ synklētǭ phylaxein, kai tēn Aigypton kai pasan tēn pros Heō archomenēn, hypēkoon Italois poiēsai. Kai ho men hōde alazoneuomenos, oude eis eniauton holoklēron ēmelle basileus kaleisthai ; mantesi de tisin hypachtheis, hypischnoumenois amachēti tēn Aphrikēn kathexein, oute ᾿Alarichǭ epeisthē, metrian dynamin eisēgēsamenǭ pempsai eis Karchēdona –epi anairesei tōn Onōriou archontōn, ei antiparaO taxoien autǭ; oute Iōannę̄, hon proestēsato tōn amph᾿ auton basilikōn taxeōn, phaskonti chrēnai Kōnstanta ton ekdēmein eis Libyēn par᾿ autou tetagmenon, hōs para Onōriou apestalmenon, grammati synēthei ho diatagma kalousi, pausai tēs archēs Hērakleianon, ton tēnikade tōn en ᾿Aphrikę̄ stratiōtōn epitetrammenon tēn hēgemonian. Isōs d᾽ an kai touto prouchōrēsen ; oupō gar dēla egegonei tois en Libyę̄ ta kata ᾿Attalon. Epei de Kōnstas, touto tois mantesi doxan, epleusen eis Karchēdona, Attalos de epi tosouton eblabē ton noun, hōs mēde amphiballein axioun, alla pepeisthai tous ᾿Aphrous hypēkoous echein kata tēn prorrhēsin tōn manteōn, epistrateuei tę̄ Rabennę̄. "Ama de ēngelthē eis Ariminon aphichthai meta tēs Rhōmaiōn stratias kai tōn barbarōn, graphei autǭ Onōrios hōs basilei, kai presbeuetai dia tōn amph᾿ auton tas megistas archas lachontōn, koinōnon agapōn echein tēs basileias. ᾿Attalos de tēn men koinōnian tou kratous aparneitai, dēloi de Onōriǭ, nēson ē topon helesthai on bouletai, kai kath' heauton diagein, pasēs basilikēs therapeias axioumenon. Eis touto de peristantōn tōn pragmatōn, hōs euprepeis auton echein naus, hin᾽, ei deēseien, apopleusę̄ pros ton adelphidoun, adokētō, en hex arithmois amphi tetrakischilioi stratiōtai nyktōr tę̄ Rhabennę̄ prosepleusan ek tēs Anatolēs ; hois tēn phylakēn tōn teichōn epetrepse, dediōs tōn epichōriōn stratiōtōn to etoimon eis prodosian. En toutǭ de Hērakleianos anelōn ton Kōnstanta, phylakas epestēsen en tois limesi kai tais aktais tēs ᾿Aphrikēs, kai ta ploia tōn emporōn ekōlysen eis Rhōmēn anagesthai. Limou de enteuthen katalabontos tous Rhōmaious, presbeuontai peri toutou pros ᾿Attalon. Ho de pros to prakteon amēchanōn, epanēlthen eis Rhōmēn, hōs a meta tēs synklētou symbouleusomenos. Epikratēsantos de tou limou epi tosouton, hōs kastanois anti sitou kechrēsthai, hyponoēthēnai de tinas kai anthrōpinōn apogeusasthai kreōn ; ᾿Alarichos men synebouleue pentakosious barbarous kata Ērakleianou pempein; tę̄ de synklētǭ kai ᾿Attalǭ edokei, mē dein pisteuthēnai barbarois tēn ᾿Aphrikēn. Epei de dēlon ēn ton Theon antiprattein tę̄ Attalou basileią, synidōn ᾿Alarichos matēn ponein epi pragmati ouk en autǭ keimenǭ, syntithetai peri katalyseōs tēs autou archēs pros Onōrion, hyposcheseis labōn. Pantōn toinyn synelthontōn pro tēs poleōs, apotithetai ᾿Attalos ta symbola tēs basileias; synapotithentai de tas zōnas kai hoi autou archontes, kai syngnōmēn epi tois symbebēkosi nemei pasin Onōrios, hekaston echein tēn timēn kai tēn axian hēs protou metelanchanen. Attalos de hama tǭ paidi ᾿Alarichǭ synēn, ouk an ouk asphales teōs hēgoumenos en Rhōmaiois diagein.
When he had twice failed in an embassy about this through some bishops, he came to Rome and besieged the city; and having taken Portus on one side, he forced the Romans to elect as emperor Attalus, who was then prefect of the city. When Romans had been appointed to the other offices, Alaric was made general of both forces, and Ataulf, his wife’s brother, commander of the cavalry called domestics. Attalus, calling the senate together, delivered a long and very elaborate speech, promising to preserve the ancestral rights of the senate and to make Egypt and the whole eastern empire subject to the Italians. Boasting so, he was not to be called emperor even for a full year. Led on by certain diviners who promised that he would take Africa without a battle, he neither obeyed Alaric, who proposed to send a moderate force to Carthage to destroy Honorius’s officials if they resisted him, nor John, whom he had put in charge of his palace staff, who said that Constans, whom he had appointed to go to Libya, ought, as though sent by Honorius, by the usual letter which they call a decree, to remove from office Heraclian, then entrusted with the command of the soldiers in Africa. Perhaps this would have succeeded, for the affairs of Attalus were not yet known to those in Libya. But when Constans, as the diviners had decided, sailed to Carthage, Attalus was so harmed in mind that he did not even think fit to doubt, but was persuaded that he had the Africans as subjects according to the diviners’ prediction, and marched against Ravenna. As soon as it was announced that he had come to Ariminum with the Roman army and the barbarians, Honorius wrote to him as emperor and sent an embassy through those holding the highest offices about him, content to have him as partner in the empire. Attalus refused partnership in power, but sent word to Honorius to choose an island or place where he wished and live by himself, being granted all imperial service. Affairs having come to this, so that Honorius kept ships ready to sail, if necessary, to his nephew, unexpectedly about four thousand soldiers in six units sailed by night to Ravenna from the East; to them he entrusted the guarding of the walls, fearing the readiness of the local soldiers for treachery. Meanwhile Heraclian killed Constans, set guards in the harbours and on the coasts of Africa, and prevented the merchants’ ships from sailing to Rome. As famine then seized the Romans, they sent envoys about it to Attalus. He, at a loss what to do, returned to Rome as if to take counsel with the senate. The famine prevailed so far that they used chestnuts instead of grain, and some were suspected of having tasted human flesh. Alaric advised sending five hundred barbarians against Heraclian; but the senate and Attalus thought that Africa should not be entrusted to barbarians. When it was plain that God opposed the reign of Attalus, Alaric, seeing that he laboured in vain on a matter not in his power, came to terms with Honorius about deposing him, receiving promises. All having gathered before the city, Attalus laid aside the insignia of empire, and his officials laid aside their belts with him; and Honorius granted pardon to all for what had happened, each to keep the honour and rank he had held before. Attalus, with his son, stayed with Alaric, not thinking it safe for the time being to live among the Romans.
9.9PG 67:1615
Ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ ὧδε ἀποβεβηκόσιν, οὐ μετρίως ἐδυσφόρουν Ελληνές τε καὶ Χριστιανοὶ οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Αρείου αἱρέσεως. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ, τεκμηράμενοι τῆς Αττάλου προαιρέσεως καὶ τῆς προτέρας ἀγωγῆς, εἰς τὸ προφανὲς Ἑλληνίσειν αὐτὸν ἡγοῦντο, καὶ τοὺς πατρίους ἀποδιδόναι ναοὺς, καὶ ἑορτὰς καὶ θυσίας· οἱ δὲ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν ὡς ἐπὶ Κωνσταντίου καὶ Οὐάλεντος πάλιν κρατήσειν ᾤοντο, εἰ βεβαίως σχοίη τὴν βασιλείαν. Καθότι καὶ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν παρὰ Σιγησαρίου τοῦ ἐπισκόπου τῶν Γότθων, καὶ καταθύμιος ἐπὶ τούτῳ πᾶσί τε αὐτοῖς καὶ ᾿Αλαρίχῳ ἐτύγχανεν. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ᾿Αλάριχος καταλαβών τὰς "Αλπεις (χωρίον δὲ τοῦτο ἀμφὶ τὰ ἑξήκοντα στάδια διεστὼς τῆς Ῥαβέννης), εἰς λόγους ἦλθε τῷ βασιλεῖ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης. Σάρος δέ τις βάρβαρος τὸ γένος, εἰς ἄκρον τὰ πολέμια ἠσκημένος, ἀμφὶ τριακοσίους μόνους περὶ αὐτὸν ἔχων πάντας εὔνους καὶ ἀρίστους, ὕποπτος ὢν ᾿Αλαρίχῳ διὰ προτέραν ἔχθραν, ἐλογίσατο μὴ συνοίσειν αὐτῷ τὰς μεταξὺ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Γότθων σπονδάς. Καὶ ἐξαπίνης μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπανελθὼν, ἀναιρεῖ τινας τῶν βαρβάρων. Ἐκ τούτου δὲ εἰς ὀργὴν καὶ δέος καταστὰς ᾿Αλάριχος, τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἀναστρέφει· καὶ περικαθεσθεὶς τὴν Ῥώμην εἶλε προδοσίᾳ· καὶ τοῖς ( αὐτοῦ πλήθεσιν ἐπέτρεψεν ἑκάστῳ, ὡς ἂν δύναιτο, τῶν Ῥωμαίων πλοῦτον ἁρπάζειν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς οἴκους ληΐζεσθαι· ἄτυλον εἶναι προστάξας, αἰδοῖ τῇ πρὸς τὸν ἀπόστολον Πέτρον, τὴν περὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ σορὸν ἐκκλησίαν, μεγάλην τε καὶ πολὺν χῶρον περιέχουσαν. Τουτὶ δὲ γέγονεν αἴτιον τοῦ μὴ ἄρδην ἀπολέσθαι τὴν Ῥώμην. Οἱ γὰρ ἐνθάδε διασωθέντες (πολλοὶ γὰρ ἦσαν) πάλιν τὴν πόλιν ᾤκησαν.
Epi toutois de hōde apobebēkosin, ou metriōs edysphoroun Ellēnes te kai Christianoi hoi apo tēs ᾿Areiou haireseōs. Hoi men gar, tekmēramenoi tēs Attalou proaireseōs kai tēs proteras agōgēs, eis to prophanes Hellēnisein auton hēgounto, kai tous patrious apodidonai naous, kai heortas kai thysias; hoi de tōn ekklēsiōn hōs epi Kōnstantiou kai Oualentos palin kratēsein ǭonto, ei bebaiōs schoiē tēn basileian. Kathoti kai baptistheis ēn para Sigēsariou tou episkopou tōn Gotthōn, kai katathymios epi toutǭ pasi te autois kai ᾿Alarichǭ etynchanen. Ou pollǭ de hysteron ᾿Alarichos katalabōn tas "Alpeis (chōrion de touto amphi ta hexēkonta stadia diestōs tēs Rhabennēs), eis logous ēlthe tǭ basilei peri tēs eirēnēs. Saros de tis barbaros to genos, eis akron ta polemia ēskēmenos, amphi triakosious monous peri auton echōn pantas eunous kai aristous, hypoptos ōn ᾿Alarichǭ dia proteran echthran, elogisato mē synoisein autǭ tas metaxy Rhōmaiōn kai Gotthōn spondas. Kai exapinēs meta tōn idiōn epanelthōn, anairei tinas tōn barbarōn. Ek toutou de eis orgēn kai deos katastas ᾿Alarichos, tēn autēn hodon anastrephei; kai perikathestheis tēn Rhōmēn eile prodosią; kai tois ( autou plēthesin epetrepsen hekastǭ, hōs an dynaito, tōn Rhōmaiōn plouton harpazein, kai pantas tous oikous lēïzesthai; atylon einai prostaxas, aidoi tę̄ pros ton apostolon Petron, tēn peri tēn autou soron ekklēsian, megalēn te kai polyn chōron periechousan. Touti de gegonen aition tou mē ardēn apolesthai tēn Rhōmēn. Hoi gar enthade diasōthentes (polloi gar ēsan) palin tēn polin ǭkēsan.
At these events the pagans and the Christians of the Arian heresy were not a little vexed. For the former, judging from Attalus’s purpose and his former upbringing, thought he would openly turn pagan and restore the ancestral temples, festivals and sacrifices; while the latter thought they would again hold the churches as under Constantius and Valens, if he held the empire securely; for he had been baptized by Sigesarius, the bishop of the Goths, and for this reason was pleasing to them all and to Alaric. Not long after, Alaric, having occupied the Alps — this is a place about sixty stadia from Ravenna — came into talks with the emperor about peace. But a certain Sarus, a barbarian by race, highly trained in war, who had about him only some three hundred men, all well disposed and excellent, being suspect to Alaric through a former enmity, reckoned that a treaty between the Romans and the Goths would not be to his advantage. Suddenly returning with his men, he killed some of the barbarians. Thrown by this into anger and fear, Alaric turned back by the same road; and besieging Rome, he took it by treachery, and allowed his multitudes to seize the wealth of the Romans, each as he could, and to plunder all the houses; but out of reverence for the apostle Peter he ordered that the church about his tomb, which is large and encloses much space, should be a sanctuary. This was the reason that Rome was not utterly destroyed; for those saved there — and they were many — inhabited the city again.
9.10PG 67:1615–1617
Οἷα δὲ εἰκὸς, ὡς ἐν ἁλώσει τοιᾶσδε πόλεως πολλῶν συμβεβηκότων, ὃ τότε μοι ἔδοξεν ἐκκλησιαστικῆς ἱστορίας ἄξιον γεγενῆσθαι ἀναγράψομαι. Δηλοῖ γὰρ ἀνδρὸς βαρβάρου πρᾶξιν εὐσεβῆ, καὶ γυναικὸς Ῥωμαίας ἀνδρείαν ἐπὶ φυλακῇ σωφροσύνης. Αμφοτέρων δὲ Χριστιανῶν, οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως· καθότι ὁ μὲν τὰ ᾿Αρείου, ἡ δὲ τῶν ἐν Νικαίᾳ τὴν πίστιν ἐζήλου. Ταύτην δὲ εὖ μάλα καλὴν ἰδών τις νέος τῶν ᾿Αλαρίχου στρατιωτῶν, ἡττήθη τοῦ κάλλους, καὶ εἰς συνουσίαν εἶλκεν. ᾿Ανθέλκουσαν δὲ καὶ βιαζομένην μηδὲν ἀσελγὲς παθεῖν, γυμνώσας τὸ ξίφος, ἠπείλησεν ἀναιρεῖν· καὶ μετὰ φειδοῦς, οἷά γε ἐρωτικῶς διακείμενος, ἐξ ἐπιπολῆς ἔπληξε τὸν τράχηλον. Πολλῷ δὲ περιῤῥεομένη τῷ αἵματι, τὸν αὐχένα τῷ ξίφει ὑπέσχεν, αἱρετώτερον ἐν σωφροσύνῃ λογισαμένη ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ ζῇν ἑτέρου πειρασθεῖσαν ἀνδρὸς μετὰ τὸν νόμῳ συνοικήσαντα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάλιν ὁ βάρβαρος καὶ φοβερώτερον ἐπιὼν, οὐδὲν πλέον ἤνυε, θαυμάσας αὐτῆς τὴν σωφροσύνην, ἤγαγεν εἰς τὸ Πέτρου ἀποστολεῖον· καὶ παραδοὺς τοῖς φύλαξι τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ χρυσοὺς ἓξ εἰς ἀποτροφὴν αὐτῆς, ἐκέλευσε τῷ ἀνδρὶ φυλάττειν.
Hoia de eikos, hōs en halōsei toiasde poleōs pollōn symbebēkotōn, ho tote moi edoxen ekklēsiastikēs historias axion gegenēsthai anagrapsomai. Dēloi gar andros barbarou praxin eusebē, kai gynaikos Rhōmaias andreian epi phylakę̄ sōphrosynēs. Amphoterōn de Christianōn, ouk apo tēs autēs haireseōs; kathoti ho men ta ᾿Areiou, hē de tōn en Nikaią tēn pistin ezēlou. Tautēn de eu mala kalēn idōn tis neos tōn ᾿Alarichou stratiōtōn, hēttēthē tou kallous, kai eis synousian eilken. ᾿Anthelkousan de kai biazomenēn mēden aselges pathein, gymnōsas to xiphos, ēpeilēsen anairein; kai meta pheidous, hoia ge erōtikōs diakeimenos, ex epipolēs eplēxe ton trachēlon. Pollǭ de perirrheomenē tǭ haimati, ton auchena tǭ xiphei hypeschen, hairetōteron en sōphrosynę̄ logisamenē apothanein, ē zę̄n heterou peirastheisan andros meta ton nomǭ synoikēsanta. Epei de palin ho barbaros kai phoberōteron epiōn, ouden pleon ēnye, thaumasas autēs tēn sōphrosynēn, ēgagen eis to Petrou apostoleion; kai paradous tois phylaxi tēs ekklēsias, kai chrysous hex eis apotrophēn autēs, ekeleuse tǭ andri phylattein.
As was likely, many things happened at the capture of so great a city; but I will record what seemed to me then worthy of church history. For it shows the pious act of a barbarian man and the courage of a Roman woman in guarding her chastity. Both were Christians, but not of the same heresy; for he was zealous for the faith of Arius, she for that of those who met at Nicaea. A young soldier of Alaric’s, seeing that she was very beautiful, was overcome by her beauty and tried to drag her to intercourse. When she pulled back and struggled not to suffer any outrage, he drew his sword and threatened to kill her; and with restraint, being in love with her, he struck her neck lightly. Streaming with much blood, she offered her neck to the sword, reckoning it more desirable to die in chastity than to live having known another man after her lawful husband. When the barbarian came at her again more fearfully and accomplished nothing more, admiring her chastity he led her to the church of the apostle Peter, and handing her over to the guardians of the church, with six gold pieces for her keep, ordered them to keep her for her husband.
9.11PG 67:1617–1619
Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον, πολλῶν ἐπανισταμένων τυράννων ἐν τῇ πρὸς Δύσιν ἀρχῇ, οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλων πίπτοντες, οἱ δὲ παραδόξως συλλαμβανόμενοι, οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ἐπεμαρτύρουν Ονωρίῳ θεοφίλειαν. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἐν Βρεττανίᾳ στασιάσαντες τ στρατιῶται ἀναγορεύουσι Μάρκον | τύραννον · μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Γρατιανὸν, ἀνελόντες Μάρκον· ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οὗτος οὐ πλέον τεσσάρων μηνῶν διελθόντων ἐφονεύθη παρ᾿ αὐτῶν, πάλιν Κωνσταντῖνον χειροτονοῦσιν, οἰηθέντες καθότι ταύτην εἶχε προσηγορίαν, καὶ βεβαίως αὐτὸν κρατήσειν τῆς βασιλείας. Ἐκ τοιαύτης γὰρ αἰτίας φαίνονται καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰς τυραννίδα ἐπιλεξάμενοι. Περαιωθεὶς δὲ Κωνσταντῖνος ἀπὸ Βρεττανίας ἐπὶ Βουβονίαν πόλιν τῆς Γαλατίας παρὰ θάλασσαν κειμένην, προσηγάγετο τοὺς παρὰ Γαλάταις καὶ Ἀκουϊτανοῖς στρατιώτας· καὶ τοὺς τῇδε ὑπηκόους περιεποίησεν ἑαυτῷ, μέχρι τῶν μεταξὺ Ἰταλίας Γαλατίας 5, ἃς : οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καλοῦσι. Κώνσταντα δὲ τὸν σβύτερον τῶν αὑτοῦ υἱέων, ὃν ὕστερον βασιλέως σχῆμα ἐνέδυσε, Καίσαρα τότε ἀναγορεύσας, πέπομφεν εἰς Σπανίας᾽ ὁ δὲ, τὸ ἔθνος χαταλαδὼν, ἄρχοντας ἰδίους κατέστησε. Καὶ δεσμίους αὐτῷ ἀχθῆναι προσέταξε Δίδυμον Βερενιανὸν, τοὺς ᾿θνωρίου συγγενεῖς " οἱ τὰ πρῶτα διαφερόμενοι πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς, εἰς κίνδυνον χαταστάντες ὡμονόησαν" καὶ πλῆθος ἀγροίχων καὶ οἰχετῶν συλλέξαντες, κοινῇ κατὰ τὴν Λυσιτανίαν παρετάξαντο, καὶ πολλοὺς ἀνεῖλον τῶν εἰς σύλληψιν αὐτῶν ἀποσταλέντων παρὰ τοῦ τυράννου στρατιωτῶν.
Hypo de touton ton chronon, pollōn epanistamenōn tyrannōn en tę̄ pros Dysin archę̄, hoi men pros allēlōn piptontes, hoi de paradoxōs syllambanomenoi, ou tēn tychousan epemartyroun Onōriǭ theophileian. Prōton men gar hoi en Brettanią stasiasantes t stratiōtai anagoreuousi Markon | tyrannon ; meta de touton Gratianon, anelontes Markon; epei de kai houtos ou pleon tessarōn mēnōn dielthontōn ephoneuthē par᾿ autōn, palin Kōnstantinon cheirotonousin, oiēthentes kathoti tautēn eiche prosēgorian, kai bebaiōs auton kratēsein tēs basileias. Ek toiautēs gar aitias phainontai kai tous allous eis tyrannida epilexamenoi. Peraiōtheis de Kōnstantinos apo Brettanias epi Boubonian polin tēs Galatias para thalassan keimenēn, prosēgageto tous para Galatais kai Akouïtanois stratiōtas; kai tous tę̄de hypēkoous periepoiēsen heautǭ, mechri tōn metaxy Italias Galatias 5, has : hoi Rhōmaioi kalousi. Kōnstanta de ton sbyteron tōn hautou huieōn, hon hysteron basileōs schēma enedyse, Kaisara tote anagoreusas, pepomphen eis Spanias᾽ ho de, to ethnos chataladōn, archontas idious katestēse. Kai desmious autǭ achthēnai prosetaxe Didymon Berenianon, tous ᾿thnōriou syngeneis " hoi ta prōta diapheromenoi pros heautous, eis kindynon chatastantes hōmonoēsan" kai plēthos agroichōn kai oichetōn syllexantes, koinę̄ kata tēn Lysitanian paretaxanto, kai pollous aneilon tōn eis syllēpsin autōn apostalentōn para tou tyrannou stratiōtōn.
About this time, when many usurpers rose up in the western empire, some falling at one another’s hands, others being unexpectedly captured, they bore witness to no ordinary love of God for Honorius. For first the soldiers in Britain, in revolt, proclaimed Mark usurper; after him Gratian, having killed Mark; and when he too was murdered by them after not more than four months, they elected Constantine, thinking that because he had this name he would hold the empire securely; for it seems that for such a reason they also chose the others for usurpation. Constantine, crossing from Britain to Bononia, a city of Gaul lying by the sea, won over the soldiers among the Gauls and Aquitanians, and gained the subjects there for himself, as far as the Alps between Italy and Gaul which the Romans call the Cottian. Constans, the elder of his sons, on whom he later put the dress of emperor, he then proclaimed Caesar and sent to Spain. He, having seized the province, appointed officials of his own, and ordered Didymus and Verenianus, the kinsmen of Honorius, to be brought to him in chains. They, at odds with each other at first, became of one mind when in danger; and gathering a multitude of peasants and slaves, they took the field together in Lusitania, and killed many of the soldiers sent by the usurper to arrest them.
9.12PG 67:1619–1621
Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συμμαχίας προστεθείσης τοῖς ἐναντίοις, ἐζωγρήθησαν, καὶ ἅμα ταῖς αὑτῶν γαμεταῖς ἀπήχθησαν, καὶ ὕστερον ἀνηῃρέϑησαν. Ἔν ἑτέραις δὲ ἐπαρχίαις διατρίβοντες Θεοδοσίωλος καὶ Λαγώδιος, αὐτῶν ἀδελφοὶ, φεύγουσι τὴν πατρίδα, διασώζονται, Θεοδοσίωλος μὲν, εἰς Ἰταλίαν πρὸς Ὁνώριον τὸν βασιλέα" Λαγώδιος δὲ, πρὸς Θεοδόσιον εἰς ᾿Ανατολήν. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Κώνστας ταῦτα διαπραξάμε. ἐπανῆλθε πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, φρουρὰν χαταστῆ ἀπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τῆς ἐπὶ τὰς Σπανίας παρόδου" ἣν δεομένοις Σπάνοις κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαΐην ἔθος φυλάττειν, οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν. Ὃ αἴτιον γέγονε μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς ἀπωλείας τῶν τῇδε, Καταπεσούσης γὰρ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου δυνάμεως, ἀναλαβόντες ἕαυτοὺς Οὐανδαλοί τε καὶ ᾿Αλανοὶ, ξῦνη βάρδαρα, τῆς παρόδου ἐκράτησαν, πολλὰ φρούρια πόλεις τῶν Ἱσπανῶν Γαλατῶν εἶλον, καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας τοῦ τυράννου. Κωνσταντῖνος δὲ τέως κατὰ γνώμην πράττειν δοκῶν, Κώνσταντα τὸν υἱὸν ἀντὶ Καίσαρος βασιλέα καταστήσας, ἐδουλεύετο τὴν Ἰταλίαν χαταλαδεῖν" παραμείψας τὰς Κοττίας "λλπεις, ἧκεν εἰς Λιθερῶνα πόλιν τῆς Λιγουρίας" μέλλων δὲ περαιοῦσθαι τὸν Ἠριδανὸν, τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἀνέστρεψε, μαθὼν τὸν ᾿Αλαθίχου θάνατον " ὃν δὴ στρατηγὸν ᾿θνωρίου ὄντα, ὕποπτον ὡς Κωνσταντίνῳ πραγματευόμενον πᾶσαν τὴν πρὸς τὴν Δύσιν ἡγεμονίαν, ἀναιρεθῆναι συνέδη τότε, προηγούμενον ὡς ἔθος ἑπανιόντος ἐκ προόδου τινὸς τοῦ κρατοῦντος. Ἡνίκα δὴ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὖτίκα τοῦ ἵππου ἀποῦὰς, δημοσίᾳ εὐχαριστήρια τῷ Θεῷ ηὔξατο, ὡς προφανοῦς ἐπιδούλου ἀπαλλαγείς. Κωνσταντῖνος δὲ φεύγων, τὴν ᾿Αρήλατον χατέλαθδε, κατὰ ταυτὸν δὲ Κύνστας ὁ αὐτοῦ φεύγων ἐχ τῆς Ἰσπανίας. Καταπεσούσης γὰρ τῆς Κωνσταντίνου δυνάμεως, ἀναλαβόντες ἑαυτοὺς τε Σούϊβοι, καὶ ᾿Αλανοὶ, σπουδῇ τὸ Πυρηναῖον ὄρος κατέλαβον, εὐδαίμονα καὶ πλουσιωτάτην τὴν χώραν ἀκούοντες" παρημεληχότων τε τῶν ἐπιτραπέντων παρὰ Κώναταντος τὴν φρουρὰν τῆς παρόδου, παρἦλθον εἰς Ἰσπάνίαν.
Meta de tauta symmachias prostetheisēs tois enantiois, ezōgrēthēsan, kai hama tais hautōn gametais apēchthēsan, kai hysteron anēę̄reϑēsan. En heterais de eparchiais diatribontes Theodosiōlos kai Lagōdios, autōn adelphoi, pheugousi tēn patrida, diasōzontai, Theodosiōlos men, eis Italian pros Honōrion ton basilea" Lagōdios de, pros Theodosion eis ᾿Anatolēn. Kai ho men Kōnstas tauta diapraxame. epanēlthe pros ton patera, phrouran chatastē apo tōn stratiōtōn tēs epi tas Spanias parodou" hēn deomenois Spanois kata to archaïēn ethos phylattein, ouk epetrepsen. Ho aition gegone meta tauta tēs apōleias tōn tę̄de, Katapesousēs gar tēs Kōnstantinou dynameōs, analabontes heautous Ouandaloi te kai ᾿Alanoi, xynē bardara, tēs parodou ekratēsan, polla phrouria poleis tōn Hispanōn Galatōn eilon, kai tous archontas tou tyrannou. Kōnstantinos de teōs kata gnōmēn prattein dokōn, Kōnstanta ton huion anti Kaisaros basilea katastēsas, edouleueto tēn Italian chataladein" parameipsas tas Kottias "llpeis, hēken eis Litherōna polin tēs Ligourias" mellōn de peraiousthai ton Ēridanon, tēn autēn hodon anestrepse, mathōn ton ᾿Alathichou thanaton " hon dē stratēgon ᾿thnōriou onta, hypopton hōs Kōnstantinǭ pragmateuomenon pasan tēn pros tēn Dysin hēgemonian, anairethēnai synedē tote, proēgoumenon hōs ethos hepaniontos ek proodou tinos tou kratountos. Hēnika dē ho basileus autika tou hippou apouas, dēmosią eucharistēria tǭ Theǭ ēuxato, hōs prophanous epidoulou apallageis. Kōnstantinos de pheugōn, tēn ᾿Arēlaton chatelathde, kata tauton de Kynstas ho autou pheugōn ech tēs Ispanias. Katapesousēs gar tēs Kōnstantinou dynameōs, analabontes heautous te Souïboi, kai ᾿Alanoi, spoudę̄ to Pyrēnaion oros katelabon, eudaimona kai plousiōtatēn tēn chōran akouontes" parēmelēchotōn te tōn epitrapentōn para Kōnatantos tēn phrouran tēs parodou, parēlthon eis Ispanian.
Afterwards, when allies had joined the enemy, they were taken alive, led away with their wives, and later put to death. Their brothers Theodosiolus and Lagodius, living in other provinces, fled their homeland and were saved, Theodosiolus to Italy to the emperor Honorius, Lagodius to Theodosius in the East. Constans, having accomplished this, returned to his father, having set a garrison of his own soldiers over the pass into Spain, which he did not allow the Spaniards, though they asked it, to guard according to ancient custom. This later became the cause of the ruin of those there. For when the power of Constantine collapsed, the Vandals and Alans, barbarian nations, recovering themselves, seized the pass, took many forts and cities of the Spaniards and Gauls, and the usurper’s officials. Constantine, meanwhile seeming to fare as he wished, made his son Constans emperor instead of Caesar, and planned to seize Italy; and passing the Cottian Alps, he came to Liberona, a city of Liguria. But when about to cross the Eridanus, he turned back by the same road, learning of the death of Allobichus. For this man, being Honorius’s general, was suspected of working to secure the whole western rule for Constantine, and it happened that he was then killed as he was leading the way, as was the custom, for the ruler returning from a procession. Then the emperor at once dismounted from his horse and publicly offered thanks to God, as freed from a manifest plotter. Constantine, fleeing, seized Arles; and at the same time Constans his son, fleeing from Spain. For when the power of Constantine collapsed, the Suebi, Vandals and Alans, recovering themselves, eagerly seized the Pyrenees mountains, hearing that the country was prosperous and very rich; and since those entrusted by Constans with the guarding of the pass had neglected it, they passed into Spain.
9.13PG 67:1621–1623
τούτῳ δὲ Γερόντιος, ὁ τῶν Κωνσταντίνου στρατηγῶν ἄριστος, δυσμενὴς αὐτῷ γέγονεν " ἐπιτήδειόν τε εἰς τυραννίδα Μάξιμον τὸν αὐτοῦ οἰκεῖον νουἱσας, βασιλικὴν ἐνέδυσεν ἐσθῆτα, ἐν Ταῤῥαχόνῃ διάγειν εἴασεν. Αὐτὸς δὲ Κωνσταντίνῳ ἐπεστράτευσεν, ἐν παρόδῳ Κώνσταντα τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν Βιέννῃ ὄντα ἀναιρεθῆναι παρασκευάσας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔμαθε εἰ ; Κωνσταντῖνος τὰ Μάξιμον, Ἐδόδιχον μὲν τὸν αὖτοῦ στρατηγὸν πέραν τοῦ Ῥήνου πέπομφεν, Φράγ. χων τε καὶ ᾿Αλαμανῶν συμμαχίαν προτρεψάμενον. Κώνσταντι δὲ τῷ αὐτοῦ παιδὶ Βιέννης καὶ τῶν τῇδε πόλεων τὴν φυλακὴν ἐπέτρεψε. Καὶ Γερόντιος μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν ᾿Αρήλατον ἐλάσας, ἐπολιόρκει τὴν πόλιν. οὐ πολὺ δὲ στρατιᾶς ᾿θνωρίου κατὰ τοῦ τυράννου παραγενομένης, ἧς ἡγεῖτο Κωνστάντιος ὁ τοῦ Οὐσλεντινιανοῦ τοῦ βασιλέως πατὴρ, φεύγει παραχρῆμα μετ᾽ ὀλίγων στρατιωτῶν. Οἱ γὰρ πλείους τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Κωνστάντιον προσεχώρησαν δὲ ἐν Ἵσπανίᾳ στρατιῶται εὐκαταφρόνητον ἀπὸ τῆς φυγῆς δέξαντα τὸν Γερόντιον ἐβουλεύσαντο ἀνελεῖν " οἱ φραξάμενοι, νύκτωρ αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν κατέδραμον. Ὁ δὲ, μεθ" ἑνὸς ᾿Αλανοῦ ἐπιτηδείου ὀλίγων χετῶν, ἄνωθεν τοξεύων, ὑπὲρ τοὺς τριακοσίους ἀνστρατιώτας. Ἐπιλειψάντων δὲ τῶν βελῶν, φεύγουσιν οἰχέται, καθέντες αὑτοὺς τοῦ οἰκήματος λάθρα. Γερόντιος δὲ τὸν ἴσον τρόπον διασωθῆνα: δυνάμενος, οὐχ εἵλετο, χατασχεθεὶς ἔρωτι Νοννιχίας πῆς αὐτοῦ γαμετῆς. Περὶ δὲ τὴν ἔω πῦρ ἐμβαλόντων τῇ οἰχέᾳ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, οὐχ ἔχων λοιπὸν σωτηρίας ἐλπίδα, ἑκόντος τοῦ συνόντος αὐτῷ ᾿Αλανοῦ ἀποτέμνει τὴν κεφαλήν' μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῆς ἰδίας γαμετῆς ὀλοφυρομένης, καὶ μετὰ δακρύων προσωθούσης ἑαυτὴν τῷ ξίφει, καὶ πρὶν ὑφ᾽ ἑτέροις γενέσθαι, παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἀποθανεῖν αἰτούσης, καὶ τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον ὕστατον παῤ᾽ αὐτοῦ λαθεῖν ἀντιδολούσης. Καὶ ἡ μὲν γυνὴ, ἀνδρείᾳ τῆς θρησκείας ἐπαξίως φανεῖσα (ἣν γὰρ Χριστιανὴ), ὧδε τέθνηκε, κρείττονα λήθης τὴν περὶ αὐτῆς μνήμην τῷ χρόνῳ παραδοῦσα. Γερόντιος δὲ τρίτον ἑαυτὸν τῷ ξίφει παίσας, ὡς οὐ καιρίαν λαδὼν ἤσθετο, σπασάμενος τὸ παρὰ τὸν μηρὸν ξιφίδιον, κατὰ τῆς χαρδίας ἤλασε.
toutǭ de Gerontios, ho tōn Kōnstantinou stratēgōn aristos, dysmenēs autǭ gegonen " epitēdeion te eis tyrannida Maximon ton autou oikeion nouisas, basilikēn enedysen esthēta, en Tarrhachonę̄ diagein eiasen. Autos de Kōnstantinǭ epestrateusen, en parodǭ Kōnstanta ton huion autou, en Biennę̄ onta anairethēnai paraskeuasas. Epei de emathe ei ? Kōnstantinos ta Maximon, Edodichon men ton autou stratēgon peran tou Rhēnou pepomphen, Phrag. chōn te kai ᾿Alamanōn symmachian protrepsamenon. Kōnstanti de tǭ autou paidi Biennēs kai tōn tę̄de poleōn tēn phylakēn epetrepse. Kai Gerontios men epi tēn ᾿Arēlaton elasas, epoliorkei tēn polin. ou poly de stratias ᾿thnōriou kata tou tyrannou paragenomenēs, hēs hēgeito Kōnstantios ho tou Ouslentinianou tou basileōs patēr, pheugei parachrēma met᾽ oligōn stratiōtōn. Hoi gar pleious tois amphi ton Kōnstantion prosechōrēsan de en Hispanią stratiōtai eukataphronēton apo tēs phygēs dexanta ton Gerontion ebouleusanto anelein " hoi phraxamenoi, nyktōr autou tēn oikian katedramon. Ho de, meth" henos ᾿Alanou epitēdeiou oligōn chetōn, anōthen toxeuōn, hyper tous triakosious anstratiōtas. Epileipsantōn de tōn belōn, pheugousin oichetai, kathentes hautous tou oikēmatos lathra. Gerontios de ton ison tropon diasōthēna: dynamenos, ouch heileto, chataschetheis erōti Nonnichias pēs autou gametēs. Peri de tēn eō pyr embalontōn tę̄ oicheą tōn stratiōtōn, ouch echōn loipon sōtērias elpida, hekontos tou synontos autǭ ᾿Alanou apotemnei tēn kephalēn' meta de tauta tēs idias gametēs olophyromenēs, kai meta dakryōn prosōthousēs heautēn tǭ xiphei, kai prin hyph᾽ heterois genesthai, para tou andros apothanein aitousēs, kai touto to dōron hystaton par᾽ autou lathein antidolousēs. Kai hē men gynē, andreią tēs thrēskeias epaxiōs phaneisa (hēn gar Christianē), hōde tethnēke, kreittona lēthēs tēn peri autēs mnēmēn tǭ chronǭ paradousa. Gerontios de triton heauton tǭ xiphei paisas, hōs ou kairian ladōn ēstheto, spasamenos to para ton mēron xiphidion, kata tēs chardias ēlase.
Meanwhile Gerontius, the best of Constantine’s generals, became hostile to him; and thinking Maximus, his intimate friend, suitable for usurpation, he put the imperial dress on him and let him live at Tarraco. He himself marched against Constantine, arranging on the way for his son Constans, who was at Vienne, to be killed. When Constantine learned of Maximus’s affairs, he sent his general Edobichus beyond the Rhine to obtain the alliance of the Franks and Alamanni, and entrusted to Constans his son the guarding of Vienne and the cities there. Gerontius, marching to Arles, besieged the city. But not long after, when an army of Honorius came against the usurper, led by Constantius, the father of the emperor Valentinian, he fled at once with a few soldiers; for most went over to Constantius. The soldiers in Spain, thinking Gerontius contemptible because of his flight, resolved to kill him; and, armed, they ran upon his house by night. He, with one Alan, his friend, and a few slaves, shooting from above, killed more than three hundred soldiers. When the missiles ran out, the slaves fled, letting themselves down from the building secretly. Gerontius, though able to save himself in the same way, would not choose it, held back by his love for Nonnichia, his wife. About dawn, when the soldiers set fire to the house, having no further hope of safety, he cut off the head of the Alan who was with him, at the Alan’s own wish. After this, his own wife lamenting and with tears thrusting herself on the sword, and asking to die by her husband before coming into the power of others, and begging to receive this last gift from him — the woman, showing a courage worthy of her religion, for she was a Christian, died thus, handing down to time a memory of herself stronger than forgetfulness. Gerontius struck himself three times with the sword; and when he perceived that he had not received a mortal blow, he drew the dagger at his thigh and drove it into his heart.
9.14PG 67:1623–1625
Κωνσταντῖνος δὲ, περιχαθημένης τῆς Ὁνωρίου στρατιᾶς, ἔτι πρὸς τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀντεῖχεν, ἀγγελοἱ θέντος Ἐδοδίχου μετὰ πλείστης συμμαχίας ἥξειν. Τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς οὐ μετρίως ἐφόθδει, Βουλευσαμένων τε αὐτῶν ἀναστρέφειν εἰς Ἰταλίαν, πειραθῆναι τοῦ πολέμου, ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο συνεδόκει, πλησίον ἀγγελθέντος Ἐδοδίχου, περῶσι Ῥοδανὸν τὸν ποταμόν. Καὶ Κωνστάντιος μὲν ἔχων τοὺς πεζοὺς, ἐπιόντας περιμένει τοὺς πολεμίους “ Οὐλφίλας δὲ ὁ Κωνσταντίου συστρατηγὸς, οὗ πόῤῥωθεν ἀποχρυθεὶς μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων ἐλάνθανεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ παραμείψαντες οἱ πολέμιοι τοῦ Οὐλφίλα τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἔμελλον εἰς χεῖρας ἱέναι τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Κωνστάντιον, σημείου δοθέντος, ἐξαπίνης ἀναφανεὶς Οὐλφίλας, κατὰ νώτον τῶν πολεμίων ἤλαυνεν " αὖτίκα τε τροπῆς γενομένης, οἱ μὲν φεύγουσι, οἱ δ᾽ ἀναιροῦνται, οἱ δὲ πλείους τὰ ὅπλα ἀποθέμενοι, συγγνώμην ἤἥτησαν, φειδοῦς ἠξιώθησαν. Ἐδόδιδὲ ἵππον ἐπιδὰς, ἔφυγεν εἰς ἀγρόν τινα πρὸς Ἐχδίχιον τὸν χεχτημένον, πλεῖστα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ Ἐδοδίχου πρότερον εὐηργετημένον, φίλον νομιζόμενον. Ὁ δὲ, τὴν αὐτοῦ κεφαλὴν ἀποτεμὼν, προσφέρει τοῖς ᾿σνωρίον στρατηγοῖς, ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι μεγάλων δώρων καὶ τιμῆς. Κωνστάντιος δὲ τὴν μὲν κεφαλὴν 380 δεχθῆναι προσέταξε, χάριν ἔχειν Ἐκδικίῳ τὸ δημόσιον εἰπὼν τῆς Οὐλφίλα πράξεως· συνεῖναι δὲ σπουδάζοντα αὐτὸν ἀναχωρεῖν ἐκέλευσεν, οὐκ ἀγαθὴν ἡγησάμενος κακοῦ ξενοδόχου τὴν συνουσίαν ἔσεσθαι αὐτῷ ἢ τῇ στρατιᾷ. Καὶ ὁ μὲν, φίλου ἀνδρὸς καὶ ξένου ἐν δυσπραγίᾳ διακειμένου ἀνοσιώτατον φόνον τολμήσας, κατὰ κενῆς, τοῦτο δὴ τοῦ λόγου, χανὼν ἀπῆλθε.
Kōnstantinos de, perichathēmenēs tēs Honōriou stratias, eti pros tēn poliorkian anteichen, angeloi thentos Edodichou meta pleistēs symmachias hēxein. Touto de kai tous stratēgous ou metriōs ephothdei, Bouleusamenōn te autōn anastrephein eis Italian, peirathēnai tou polemou, epeidē touto synedokei, plēsion angelthentos Edodichou, perōsi Rhodanon ton potamon. Kai Kōnstantios men echōn tous pezous, epiontas perimenei tous polemious “ Oulphilas de ho Kōnstantiou systratēgos, hou porrhōthen apochrytheis meta tōn hippeōn elanthanen. Epei de parameipsantes hoi polemioi tou Oulphila tę̄ stratią, emellon eis cheiras hienai tōn amphi ton Kōnstantion, sēmeiou dothentos, exapinēs anaphaneis Oulphilas, kata nōton tōn polemiōn ēlaunen " autika te tropēs genomenēs, hoi men pheugousi, hoi d᾽ anairountai, hoi de pleious ta hopla apothemenoi, syngnōmēn hēētēsan, pheidous ēxiōthēsan. Edodide hippon epidas, ephygen eis agron tina pros Echdichion ton chechtēmenon, pleista par᾽ autou Edodichou proteron euērgetēmenon, philon nomizomenon. Ho de, tēn autou kephalēn apotemōn, prospherei tois ᾿snōrion stratēgois, ep᾽ elpidi megalōn dōrōn kai timēs. Kōnstantios de tēn men kephalēn 380 dechthēnai prosetaxe, charin echein Ekdikiǭ to dēmosion eipōn tēs Oulphila praxeōs; syneinai de spoudazonta auton anachōrein ekeleusen, ouk agathēn hēgēsamenos kakou xenodochou tēn synousian esesthai autǭ ē tę̄ stratią. Kai ho men, philou andros kai xenou en dyspragią diakeimenou anosiōtaton phonon tolmēsas, kata kenēs, touto dē tou logou, chanōn apēlthe.
Constantine, besieged by Honorius’s army, still held out against the siege, since it had been announced that Edobichus would come with a very great allied force. This frightened the generals not a little. When they had deliberated whether to return to Italy or to try the war, and decided on the latter, as Edobichus was reported near, they crossed the river Rhône. Constantius with the infantry awaited the enemy’s approach, while Ulfilas, Constantius’s fellow general, hidden not far off with the cavalry, escaped notice. When the enemy, having passed Ulfilas’s army, were about to come to blows with Constantius’s men, a signal was given; Ulfilas suddenly appeared and charged the enemy’s rear. At once there was a rout; some fled, others were killed, and most, laying down their arms, asked for pardon and were spared. Edobichus, mounting a horse, fled to an estate, to Ecdicius its owner, who had formerly received very many benefits from Edobichus and was thought a friend. But he cut off his head and brought it to Honorius’s generals, in the hope of great gifts and honour. Constantius ordered the head to be received, saying that the state was grateful to Ecdicius for Ulfilas’s deed; but when he was eager to stay with them, he ordered him to depart, not thinking that the company of an evil host would be good for himself or the army. And he, having dared a most unholy murder of a friend and guest in misfortune, went away, as the saying goes, having gaped in vain.
9.15PG 67:1625
Μετὰ δὲ τὴν νίκην ἀντιπεραιωθείσης αὖθις πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τῆς Ονωρίου στρατιᾶς, μαθὼν Κωνσταντῖνος ἀναιρεῖσθαι Ἐδόβιχον, αὐτὸς ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἀλουργίδα· καὶ τὰ σύμβολα τῆς βασιλείας ἀπέθετο · καὶ καταλαβὼν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, χειροτονεῖται πρεσβύτερος. Ὅρκους τε πρότερον λαβόντες οἱ ἔσω τειχῶν, ἀνοίγουσι τὰς πύλας, καὶ φειδοῦς ἀξιοῦνται πάντες. Καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἐκείνου πάλιν τὸ τῇδε ὑπήκοον εἰς τὴν Ονωρίου ἡγεμονίαν ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτὸν ἄρχουσιν ἐπείθετο. Κωνσταντίνος δὲ ἅμα Ἰουλιανῷ τῷ παιδὶ παραπεμφθεὶς εἰς Ἰταλίαν, πρὶν φθάσαι, κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν κτίννυται. Οὐ πολλῷ δὲ ὕστερον ἀδοκήτως ἀναιροῦνται Ἰοβιανός τε καὶ Μάξιμος Η οἱ προειρημένοι τύραννοι, καὶ Σάρος, καὶ ἄλλοι πλεῖστοι ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τῇ Ονωρίου βασιλείᾳ.
Meta de tēn nikēn antiperaiōtheisēs authis pros tēn polin tēs Onōriou stratias, mathōn Kōnstantinos anaireisthai Edobichon, autos ex heautou tēn alourgida; kai ta symbola tēs basileias apetheto ; kai katalabōn tēn ekklēsian, cheirotoneitai presbyteros. Horkous te proteron labontes hoi esō teichōn, anoigousi tas pylas, kai pheidous axiountai pantes. Kai to ex ekeinou palin to tę̄de hypēkoon eis tēn Onōriou hēgemonian epanēlthe, kai tois hyp' auton archousin epeitheto. Kōnstantinos de hama Ioulianǭ tǭ paidi parapemphtheis eis Italian, prin phthasai, kata tēn hodon ktinnytai. Ou pollǭ de hysteron adokētōs anairountai Iobianos te kai Maximos Ē hoi proeirēmenoi tyrannoi, kai Saros, kai alloi pleistoi epi toutois, epibouleusantes tę̄ Onōriou basileią.
After the victory Honorius’s army crossed back again to the city. When Constantine learned that Edobichus had been killed, he of his own accord laid aside the purple and the insignia of empire, and taking refuge in the church was ordained presbyter. Those within the walls, having first received oaths, opened the gates, and all were spared. From that time the subjects there returned again to the rule of Honorius and obeyed the officials under him. Constantine, sent with his son Julian to Italy, was killed on the way before arriving. Not long after, the usurpers mentioned, Jovinus and Maximus, were unexpectedly killed, and Sarus, and very many others besides who had plotted against the rule of Honorius.
9.16PG 67:1627
Ταῦτα δὲ καταλέγειν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος καιροῦ · ὅμως δ' οὖν ἀναγκαίως ἐμνήσθην, ὡς ἂν ἔχοιμεν εἰδέναι, ἀρκεῖν βασιλεῖ πρὸς φυλακὴν τοῦ κράτους, ἐπιμελῶς τὸ θεῖον πρεσβεύειν, ὁποῖος καὶ οὐτοσὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐγένετο. Τούτῳ δὲ συνῆν καὶ Γάλλα Πλακιδία, ὁμοπατρία αὐτοῦ ἀδελφὴ, παραπλησίως πολὺν ποιουμένη λόγον τῆς θρησκείας καὶ τῶν Ἐκκλησίων. "Αγεται δὲ ταύτην Κωνστάντιος ὁ τὴν Κωνσταντίνου τυραννίδα καθελὼν, ἀνὴρ μαχιμώτατος καὶ στρατηγικός· ὃν ὁ βασιλεὺς γεραίρων, τῇ ἀδελφῇ στεφάνῳ καὶ ἁλουργίδι καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τοῦ κράτους ἐτίμησεν. Ὀλίγον δὲ χρόνον ἐπιβιώσας, ἐτελεύτησεν, Οὐαλεντινιανὸν τὸν Ονωρίου διάδοχον καὶ Ὀνωρίαν παῖδας καταλιπών. Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ, τὰ μὲν πρὸς Ἕω τῆς ἀρχομένης πολεμίων ἀπήλλακτο, καὶ σὺν κόσμῳ πολλῷ τὰ τῇδε ἰθύνετο παρὰ τὴν πάντων δόξαν · ἦν γὰρ ἔτι νέος ὁ κρατῶν. Ἐδόκει δὲ ὁ Θεὸς προφανῶς ἤδεσθαι τῇ παρούσῃ βασιλείᾳ, οὐ μόνον ἐξ ἀπροσδοκήτου τὰ περὶ τοὺς πολέμους ὧδε διατεθεὶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλῶν ἐπὶ εὐσεβείᾳ πάλαι εὐδοκιμηκότων τὰ ἱερὰ σώματα ἀναφαίνων · οἷον δὴ καὶ τότε γενέσθαι συνέβη ἐπὶ Ζαχαρία τῷ παλαιοτέρῳ προφήτῃ, καὶ Στεφάνῳ τῷ διακόνῳ χειροτονηθέντι παρὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων. Ἑκατέρου δὲ τῆς εὑρέσεως παραδόξου καὶ θείας οὔσης, ἀναγκαῖον εἰπεῖν τὸν τρόπον.
Tauta de katalegein, ouk epi tou parontos kairou ; homōs d' oun anankaiōs emnēsthēn, hōs an echoimen eidenai, arkein basilei pros phylakēn tou kratous, epimelōs to theion presbeuein, hopoios kai outosi ho basileus egeneto. Toutǭ de synēn kai Galla Plakidia, homopatria autou adelphē, paraplēsiōs polyn poioumenē logon tēs thrēskeias kai tōn Ekklēsiōn. "Agetai de tautēn Kōnstantios ho tēn Kōnstantinou tyrannida kathelōn, anēr machimōtatos kai stratēgikos; hon ho basileus gerairōn, tę̄ adelphę̄ stephanǭ kai halourgidi kai tę̄ koinōnią tou kratous etimēsen. Oligon de chronon epibiōsas, eteleutēsen, Oualentinianon ton Onōriou diadochon kai Onōrian paidas katalipōn. En toutǭ de, ta men pros Heō tēs archomenēs polemiōn apēllakto, kai syn kosmǭ pollǭ ta tę̄de ithyneto para tēn pantōn doxan ; ēn gar eti neos ho kratōn. Edokei de ho Theos prophanōs ēdesthai tę̄ parousę̄ basileią, ou monon ex aprosdokētou ta peri tous polemous hōde diatetheis, alla kai pollōn epi eusebeią palai eudokimēkotōn ta hiera sōmata anaphainōn ; hoion dē kai tote genesthai synebē epi Zacharia tǭ palaioterǭ prophētę̄, kai Stephanǭ tǭ diakonǭ cheirotonēthenti para tōn apostolōn. Hekaterou de tēs heureseōs paradoxou kai theias ousēs, anankaion eipein ton tropon.
To recount these things is not for the present occasion; yet I have mentioned them of necessity, so that we may know that for the guarding of his power it suffices an emperor to honour the divine diligently, as this emperor did. With him was also Galla Placidia, his half-sister on the father’s side, who likewise made much account of religion and the churches. Constantius, who had overthrown Constantine’s usurpation, married her, a most warlike man and able general; and the emperor, honouring him because of his sister, honoured him with crown and purple and partnership in power. Having lived a short time, he died, leaving children, Valentinian, the successor of Honorius, and Honoria. Meanwhile the eastern part of the empire was free of enemies, and affairs there were governed with great order, contrary to everyone’s expectation; for the ruler was still young. God seemed plainly to take pleasure in the present reign, not only arranging the affairs of war so unexpectedly, but also revealing the sacred bodies of many who had long been renowned for piety; as happened then too with Zechariah the ancient prophet, and Stephen, who was ordained deacon by the apostles. Since the finding of each was wonderful and divine, it is necessary to tell the manner.
9.17PG 67:1627–1629
῎Αρξομαι δὲ τοῦ προφήτου. Χαφὰρ Ζαχαρία κώμη ἐστὶν ἐν ὁρίοις Ἐλευθεροπόλεως τῆς Παλαιστίνης. Ἐπετρόπευε δὲ ταύτην Καλήμερός τις ὁμόδουλος τῷ ἀγρῷ, εὔνους μὲν τῷ κεκτημένῳ, χαλεπὸς δὲ καὶ δύσκολος, καὶ περὶ τοὺς ὁμόρους ἀγροίκους ἄδικος. Τοιούτῳ δὲ ὄντι ὕπαρ ἐπιστὰς ὁ προφήτης, ἑαυτὸν κατεμήνυσε· καὶ κῆπόν τινα ἐπι· δείξας, ῎Αγε δὴ ἐνθάδε ὄρυξον δύο πήχεις, ἔφη, ἀναμετρήσας ἀπὸ τῆς αἱμασιᾶς ἐπὶ τὸν κῆπον, παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ Βιϑθερέδιν τὴν πόλιν ἄγουσαν. Εὑρήσεις δὲ λάρνακα διπλῆν, ξυλίνην τὴν ἔνδον, ἐν μολυθδίνῃ τῇ ἔξωθεν " ἀμφὶ δὲ τὴν λάρνακα, ὑέλινον σχεῦος πλῆρες ὑδάτων, καὶ δύο ὄφεις μεγέθει μετρίους, καὶ πράους καὶ ἀβλαβεῖς, ὡς δοκεῖν χειροήθεις εἶναι. Κατὰ δὲ τὴν σύνταξιν τοῦ προφήτου παραγενόμενος Καλήμερος ἐπὶ τὸν δηλωθέντα τόπον, σπουδῇ τοῦ ἔργον εἴχετο. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις συμθόλοις ἀναχαλυφθείσης τῆς ἱερᾶς θήκης, ἀνεφάνη ὁ θεῖος προφήτης, λευχὴν στολὴν ἠμφιεσμένος, οἷά γε, οἶμαι, καὶ ἱερεὺς " ὑπὸ δὲ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ἔξωθεν τῆς λάρναχος, παιδίον ἔκειτο βασιλικῆς ἠξιωμένον ταφῆς. Εἶχε μὲν γὰρ, ἐπὶ μὲν τῆς κεφαλῆς, χρυσοῦν στέφανον χρυσᾶ δὲ τὰ ὑποδήματα, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα τιμίαν. ᾿Απορούντων δὲ τῶν τότε σοφῶν καὶ ἱερέων περὶ τούτου τοῦ παιδίου, τίς τε εἴη πόθεν, καὶ οὗ χάριν τοιάδε ἡμφίεστο, λέγεται Ζαχαρίαν τὸν ἡγούμενον τῆς ἐν Γεράροις μοναχικῆς συνοικίας, παλαιᾷ περιτυχεῖν γραφῇ, οὐ τῶν ἐχχλησιαζομένων. Ἐδήλου δὲ ὡς ἡνίκα Ζαχαρίαν τὸν προφήτην ἀνεῖλεν Ἰωὰς ὁ τῆς Ἰουδαίας βασιλεὺς, οὐχ εἰς μακρὰν περὶ τὸν οἶχον χαλεπῇ ἐχρήσατο συμφορᾷ. γὰρ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τοῦ προφήτου, ἐξαπίνης αὐτῷ μάλα χεχαρισμένυς ὁ παῖς ἀπολώλει. Συμδαλὼν δὲ κατὰ θεομηνίαν τοιούτῳ παθήματι περιπεσεῖν, ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ τὸ μειράκιον ἔθαψεν, ἀπολογούμενος ταύτῃ ὑπὲρ ὧν εἰς αὐτὸν ἥμαρτε. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ὧδε ἔγνων. Ὁ δὲ προφήτης, καίπερ πρὸ πλείστων γενεῶν ὑπὸ γῆν κείμενος, σῶος ἀνεφάνη, ἐν χρῷ χεχαρμένος, εὐθύῤῥις, γενειάδα μετρίως χαθειμένην ἔχων, τὴν δὲ κεφαλὴν βραχυτέραν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὀλίγον ἐν βάθει ταῖς ὀφρύσι χαλυπτομένους. σὺν τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τριάδι.
᾿Arxomai de tou prophētou. Chaphar Zacharia kōmē estin en horiois Eleutheropoleōs tēs Palaistinēs. Epetropeue de tautēn Kalēmeros tis homodoulos tǭ agrǭ, eunous men tǭ kektēmenǭ, chalepos de kai dyskolos, kai peri tous homorous agroikous adikos. Toioutǭ de onti hypar epistas ho prophētēs, heauton katemēnyse; kai kēpon tina epi; deixas, ᾿Age dē enthade oryxon dyo pēcheis, ephē, anametrēsas apo tēs haimasias epi ton kēpon, para tēn hodon tēn epi Biϑtheredin tēn polin agousan. Heurēseis de larnaka diplēn, xylinēn tēn endon, en molythdinę̄ tę̄ exōthen " amphi de tēn larnaka, hyelinon scheuos plēres hydatōn, kai dyo opheis megethei metrious, kai praous kai ablabeis, hōs dokein cheiroētheis einai. Kata de tēn syntaxin tou prophētou paragenomenos Kalēmeros epi ton dēlōthenta topon, spoudę̄ tou ergon eicheto. Hypo de tois proeirēmenois symtholois anachalyphtheisēs tēs hieras thēkēs, anephanē ho theios prophētēs, leuchēn stolēn ēmphiesmenos, hoia ge, oimai, kai hiereus " hypo de tous podas autou exōthen tēs larnachos, paidion ekeito basilikēs ēxiōmenon taphēs. Eiche men gar, epi men tēs kephalēs, chrysoun stephanon chrysa de ta hypodēmata, kai tēn esthēta timian. ᾿Aporountōn de tōn tote sophōn kai hiereōn peri toutou tou paidiou, tis te eiē pothen, kai hou charin toiade hēmphiesto, legetai Zacharian ton hēgoumenon tēs en Gerarois monachikēs synoikias, palaią peritychein graphę̄, ou tōn echchlēsiazomenōn. Edēlou de hōs hēnika Zacharian ton prophētēn aneilen Iōas ho tēs Ioudaias basileus, ouch eis makran peri ton oichon chalepę̄ echrēsato symphorą. gar hēmerą tēs anaireseōs tou prophētou, exapinēs autǭ mala checharismenys ho pais apolōlei. Symdalōn de kata theomēnian toioutǭ pathēmati peripesein, hypo tous podas autou to meirakion ethapsen, apologoumenos tautę̄ hyper hōn eis auton hēmarte. Kai ta men hōde egnōn. Ho de prophētēs, kaiper pro pleistōn geneōn hypo gēn keimenos, sōos anephanē, en chrǭ checharmenos, euthyrrhis, geneiada metriōs chatheimenēn echōn, tēn de kephalēn brachyteran, tous ophthalmous oligon en bathei tais ophrysi chalyptomenous. syn tę̄ hagią Triadi.
I will begin with the prophet. Kaphar Zacharia is a village in the territory of Eleutheropolis in Palestine. It was managed by a certain Calemerus, a serf of the estate, well disposed to its owner but harsh and difficult and unjust to the neighbouring countrymen. To him, such as he was, the prophet appeared in a waking vision and made himself known; and pointing out a certain garden, he said: “Come, dig here two cubits, measuring from the hedge to the garden, by the road that leads to the city of Bitheribis. You will find a double coffin, the inner of wood, in an outer one of lead; and about the coffin a glass vessel full of water, and two snakes of moderate size, gentle and harmless, so as to seem tame.” Calemerus, coming to the place indicated according to the prophet’s instruction, set to the work zealously. When the sacred tomb had been uncovered with the signs described, the divine prophet appeared, clothed in a white robe, as a priest, I think; and under his feet, outside the coffin, lay a child who had been thought worthy of a royal burial; for he had on his head a golden crown, golden shoes, and a costly garment. When the wise men and priests of the time were at a loss about this child — who he was, whence, and why he was so dressed — it is said that Zacharias, the head of the monastic community at Gerara, came upon an old writing, not one of those read in the churches. It showed that when Joash, king of Judah, had killed the prophet Zechariah, not long after he met with a grievous calamity in his house. For on the … day of the prophet’s killing, his son, who was very dear to him, suddenly died. Concluding that he had fallen into such suffering through the wrath of God, he buried the boy under the prophet’s feet, making amends in this way for his sin against him. So I have learned. The prophet, though he had lain under the earth for very many generations, appeared intact, his hair cut close, his nose straight, with a moderately long beard, his head rather small, his eyes a little sunken and covered by his eyebrows. [… with the Holy Trinity.]